“White Rabbit”
Grace Slick: 1960s-2010s

From one of Grace Slick’s Alice-in-Wonderland themed paintings, titled 'Trust,' giclee art on canvas, Area Arts, Santa Rosa, CA.
From one of Grace Slick’s Alice-in-Wonderland themed paintings, titled 'Trust,' giclee art on canvas, Area Arts, Santa Rosa, CA.
At the peak of the psychedelic rock music era in the summer of 1967, a song named “White Rabbit” by the Jefferson Airplane, a San Francisco rock group, was a big part of that summer’s soundtrack.

The song was written by a woman named Grace Slick who also sings the lead vocals on the Jefferson Airplane song with a very strong, distinctive and penetrating voice.

“White Rabbit” was recorded by Jefferson Airplane for their 1967 album, Surrealistic Pillow. The song was also released as a single and became a Top Ten hit and a million seller, reaching No. 8 on the Billboard Hot 100 in July 1967.

The song, however, would become controversial and a lightning rod for some social critics and politicians who charged it encouraged drug use among the nation’s youth. More on that a bit later.

The inspiration for “White Rabbit” and its lyrics came in part from a famous work of literature, Alice’s Adventures in Wonder-land, written by Lewis Carroll in 1865, and its sequel of 1871, Through the Looking-Glass.

Jefferson Airplane, 1967. Top row from left: Jack Casady, Grace Slick, Marty Balin; bottom row from left: Jorma Kaukonen, Paul Kantner, Spencer Dryden. Click for CD.
Jefferson Airplane, 1967. Top row from left: Jack Casady, Grace Slick, Marty Balin; bottom row from left: Jorma Kaukonen, Paul Kantner, Spencer Dryden. Click for CD.
The Grace Slick / Jefferson Airplane song draws on some of the imagery in these stories, and mentions several of the stories’ characters by name. In addition to the White Rabbit, the song also includes Alice, the hookah-smoking caterpillar, the White Knight, the Red Queen, and the Dormouse (lyrics appear later below).

 

Music Player
“White Rabbit”-1967
Grace Slick / Jefferson Airplane

In the Lewis Carroll story, as well as popularized film versions — there were more than a dozen of these films by the time of the 1967 song, including a popular 1951 Walt Disney film — the White Rabbit character appears at the very beginning.

At the opening of Lewis Carroll’s story, Alice and her sister are sitting along a river bank one summer day reading when a rabbit happens by. However, this was no ordinary rabbit. He was attired in a waistcoat, talking to himself, and looking at his pocket watch. Curiosity got the better of Alice and she followed him down a rabbit hole, where her other-worldly adventures soon began.

Cover of an older book featuring Lewis Carroll’s 1865 story, “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland.”
Cover of an older book featuring Lewis Carroll’s 1865 story, “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland.”
It was here that Alice would encounter a range of strange creatures and also have a number of experiences that would alter her size and perception.

At one point in the story, for example, there is a caterpillar who tells Alice that eating from one side of the mushroom will make her taller and, from the other side, will make her shorter. Alice eats from the mushroom and partakes of other substances during her adventures, meeting lots of interesting characters along the way.

Grace Slick, like others raised in the 1940s and 1950s, was very familiar with the “Alice in Wonderland” story, having had it read to her many times as a child. But for Slick, the story’s imagery and descriptions remained vivid into her young adult years, having an influence on her as she began writing songs.

Grace Slick was born “Grace Barnett Wing” in 1939 in Highland Park, a suburb of Chicago, Illinois. Her father was an investment banker and her mother had briefly been an actress and singer. In the late 1950s, after graduating from an all girls school in Palo Alto, California, Grace attended Finch College, a New York finishing school for girls located on Manhattan’s Upper East Side.

Grace Slick in a recording studio, circa 1960s.
Grace Slick in a recording studio, circa 1960s.
Later, at the University of Miami in 1958-1959, Slick majored in art. A series of odd jobs followed, and then a stint at modeling from 1960-1963 for I. Magnin’s department store.

In 1961, Grace married Jerry Slick, a film student and later successful cinematographer. Some of her first songwriting came during work with Jerry’s film projects.

In 1965, Grace and Jerry also formed a rock band named the Great Society (a play on Lyndon Johnson’s social program of the same name), which performed for a time in San Francisco’s North Beach area. The group also opened for other acts, including a band named Jefferson Airplane.

Although the Great Society group did cut some recordings and played various venues in San Francisco, the band’s fortunes did not soar and soon dissolved.

Grace Slick, however, was asked to join the Jefferson Airplane, bringing with her two songs she had used with her former group – “White Rabbit” and “Somebody To Love” (the latter written by brother-in-law Darby Slick at Great Society). These songs would appear on the Jefferson Airplane’s 1967 album, Surrealist Pillow, each becoming Top Ten hits.

“White Rabbit”
Grace Slick / Jefferson Airplane
1967

One pill makes you larger
And one pill makes you small
And the ones that mother gives you
Don’t do anything at all
Go ask Alice
When she’s ten feet tall

And if you go chasing rabbits
And you know you’re going to fall
Tell ’em a hookah-smoking caterpillar
Has given you the call
Call Alice
When she was just small

When the men on the chessboard
Get up and tell you where to go
And you’ve just had some kind of mushroom
And your mind is moving low
Go ask Alice
I think she’ll know

When logic and proportion
Have fallen sloppy dead
And the White Knight is talking backwards
And the Red Queen’s off with her head
Remember what the dormouse said
Feed your head
Feed your head
Feed your head

In addition to the Alice in Wonderland elements of the “White Rabbit” song, another influence on its construction was the music of jazz musicians Miles Davis and Gil Evans, and in particular, their 1960 album Sketches of Spain.

Prior to Slick’s writing “White Rabbitt,” she had listened to the Davis / Evans album for hours, later saying that the bolero they used in parts of their music – a form of slow, crescendo-building Latin/Spanish dance music – was especially appealing.

Another influence on Slick’s composition was LSD. While composing her song, she had taken LSD – a “mind-expanding” drug then popular among musicians and the youth counterculture in San Francisco.

In fact, when Slick wrote “White Rabbit” in 1965, the music scene in San Francisco had become something of an epicenter of cultural change. A major youth movement and counterculture was underway, with music and drugs at its center, including experimentation with “magic mushrooms” and hallucinogenic drugs such as LSD.

This was the era when ex-Harvard University faculty member, Dr. Timothy Leary, had become a prominent proponent of LSD and “mind expanding” drug experimentation. Cultural norms and authority figures were being challenged as well.

Grace Slick, for one, was no shrinking violet (no Alice pun intended) — an independent soul who spoke her mind. In fact, Slick would revel in her anti-authority role with the Jefferson Airplane, made larger by the group’s rising fame.

1967 magazine ad touting Jefferson Airplane’s “Surrealistic Pillow” album and the new single, “White Rabbit.”
1967 magazine ad touting Jefferson Airplane’s “Surrealistic Pillow” album and the new single, “White Rabbit.”

 
In February 1967, the group released their Surrealistic Pillow album in the U.S. Two singles from the album followed. “Somebody to Love” was released in April 1967, and “White Rabbit” in June 1967.

 

Music Player
“Somebody To Love”-1967
Grace Slick / Jefferson Airplane

 

“Somebody to Love,” although not written by Slick, also has a couple of zingers in its lyrics, including its opening lines — “When the truth is found to be lies / And all the joy within you dies.”

Slick’s delivery of lines like these proved forceful and riveting, distinguishing her as one of the era’s lead female voices. And as the group’s songs rose on the charts, Jefferson Airplane’s fortunes began to soar.

It didn’t hurt that in May 1967, Look magazine, then a widely read national bi-weekly, did a feature piece on the band, titled, “Jefferson Airplane Loves You.” That piece, which included five pages about the group, also ran a lead photo of Slick on the contents page with a glowing review, as follows:

Grace Slick gets top billing on Look's contents page, May 30th, 1967 issue (with actor Michael Caine on the cover). Click for copy.
Grace Slick gets top billing on Look's contents page, May 30th, 1967 issue (with actor Michael Caine on the cover). Click for copy.

“Look into those blue-gray eyes. Hear that voice, that intent, wailing, uninhibiting, grabbing voice. You will rock, you will forget who you are. Six young people built Jefferson Airplane, but this girl, Grace Slick, is the one who makes it fly. And when it soars on her airborne voice, something electric suffuses you, traps your mind, jerks you into feeling. Call what happens Love Rock, the San Francisco Sound, and know that it cannot exist without you. To find out why, take off on a flight to remember, Jefferson Airplane Loves You, page 58.”

The Look magazine piece helped send Jefferson Airplane to the front of San Francisco music scene. There, they became a lead group among those offering the “love-rock-psychedelic” sound. Also that month, the group appeared as musical guests on CBS-TV’s The Smothers Brothers Comedy Hour. Meanwhile, “White Rabbit” and the group’s album were being touted in trade magazine ads. “Millions read about it in ‘LOOK,” explained RCA in its ad copy (above left). “Their Surrealistic Pillow” album is now Top 10… ‘Pillow’ features their current Top 10 single, ‘Somebody to Love.’ Now, a second great single from the same sensational album: ‘White Rabbit’.”

June 1968: Grace Slick & mates from rock group, Jefferson Airplane, featured on Life magazine cover. Click for copy.
June 1968: Grace Slick & mates from rock group, Jefferson Airplane, featured on Life magazine cover. Click for copy.
In June 1967, Jefferson Airplane played on the second evening of the “Monterey Pop Festival” in Monterey, California. That month, they also performed on Dick Clark’s American Bandstand TV show, then located in California. By July, “White Rabbit” had climbed into the Top Ten on the music charts. In September Surrealistic Pillow was released in the UK in a somewhat different form, as the group’s fortunes continued to rise.

By June 1968, Slick and Jefferson Airplane had also appeared on the cover of Life magazine, one of seven rock groups featured in a multi-page spread on “The New Rock.” Robin Richman, the Life reporter who wrote the story, would observe of the group generally, and Slick in particular: “They all share a compassion for people and they’re reaching out directly with their music. The difference is mainly in their style, they will use whatever device seems appropriate. Any musical or literary form from the oldest to the newest is possible. So Grace Slick of the Jefferson Airplane has a way of commenting on society, using metaphor and allusion – like Joyce – to get her ideas across…” Slick at the time, along with Janis Joplin, was marking new territory in the rock world’s male-dominated hierarchy, where very few women had become leaders of rock bands.

 

Sept 24, 1969: Time features “Drugs and the Young” as its cover story and emerging national issue. Click for copy.
Sept 24, 1969: Time features “Drugs and the Young” as its cover story and emerging national issue. Click for copy.

Music, Drugs & Politics

On the national political scene, meanwhile, the convulsive year of 1968 produced a series of shocking developments – a year in which Dr. Martin Luther King and Robert F Kennedy had been assassinated; sitting president Lyndon Johnson, mired in the Vietnam War, shocked his party by refusing to seek a second term; and the nation watched a riotous Democratic convention in Chicago as protesters and police clashed in prime time. Amid the tumult, Republican Richard Nixon, was elected President that November. Nixon had campaigned as a law-and-order candidate, also blaming the Democrats for a reign of permissiveness in the 1960s – or as some characterized it, an explosion of sex, drugs, and rock ‘n roll.

In his first few months as president in 1969, Nixon proposed toughening drug enforcement laws, with legislation sent to Congress for review and hearings. The baby boomer counterculture by this time was exploding, and with it drug use. In August 1969 the giant Woodstock musical festival was held in upstate New York, where many famous rock musicians performed, including Jefferson Airplane, Janis Joplin, Jimi Hendrix and dozens of others.

August 1969: Grace Slick at Woodstock.
August 1969: Grace Slick at Woodstock.
In September 1969, Time magazine featured “Drugs and the Young” as its cover story, with a long piece inside the magazine titled, “Pop Drugs: The High as a Way of Life.” In that article, the writers noted varying statistics about youth drug use, pointing out, for example, that at the August 1969 Woodstock music festival in upstate New York, “some 90% of the 400,000 participants openly smoked marijuana [bringing] the youthful drug culture to a new apogee.” Time also noted that cultural references to drugs and drug use were cropping up everywhere. “Rock musicians use drugs frequently and openly,” said Time, “and their compositions are riddled with references to drugs, from the Beatles’ ‘I get high with a little help from my friends’ to the Jefferson Airplane’s ‘White Rabbit’ (‘Remember what the dormouse said: Feed your head’)….” It would not be the last time that the Beatles’ music, “White Rabbit,” and other rock music would be singled out for its purported influence on the rising drug culture.

The Nixon Administration, meanwhile, initiated “Operation Intercept,” a surprise anti-drug measure announced by the President on September 21, 1969 aimed at disrupting the flow of Mexican marijuana coming into the U.S. The program resulted in a near shutdown of border crossings between Mexico and the U.S., as brief inspections were conducted on every vehicle crossing into the U.S. After a few weeks of complaints from Mexican officials and travelers, the inspections were abandoned as the Nixon Administration declared it had achieved its objective. Some months later, in May 1970, the Jefferson Airplane would release a song titled “Mexico,” written and sung by Grace Slick, that was essentially a rant against the Nixon border operation. The song received little radio air play, and was banned in some states, but it did manage to reach No. #102 on the music charts, just under the Billboard Hot 100.

 

A ‘Mickey’ for Nixon
Aborted White House Plot

In April 1970, Grace Slick had designs on “slipping a mickey” into President Richard Nixon’s tea at a White House reception – the mickey, in this case, a tiny pill of LSD. But the plan never hatched. The President’s daughter, Tricia Nixon, had planned a tea party for alumni of Finch College, the New York girls’ finishing school she had attended. Grace Slick, too, had attended Finch some 10 years earlier. But when Slick went to Finch, she was enrolled under her maiden name, Grace Wing. Tricia had invited all of the Finch alumni to the White House tea party, and Grace Slick received an invitation.

April 24, 1970: Grace Slick & Abbie Hoffman on line at the White House for Tricia Nixon’s Finch College alumni tea. AP Photo/Bob Daugherty
April 24, 1970: Grace Slick & Abbie Hoffman on line at the White House for Tricia Nixon’s Finch College alumni tea. AP Photo/Bob Daugherty
“Her people didn’t know that Grace Wing was Grace Slick,” explained Slick some years later to a Wall Street Journal reporter. “So I called Abbie Hoffman [1960s activist and famous defendant in the Chicago Seven trial of disruptive protesters at the 1968 Democratic National Convention] and said, ‘Guess where we’re going’.” Slick had planned to spike Richard Nixon’s tea with acid, but she and Abbie never made it through the gates.

Hoffman had been cleaned up a bit, dressed in a respectable suit and tie with well groomed hair. Grace too, appeared reasonably dressed, though sporting a see-through fish net blouse beneath her coat. The tea party, however, was billed as an “all ladies” event, which made Hoffman, waiting on line that day, immediately suspect. When guards approached, he claimed to be Slick’s bodyguard, which didn’t work. He created a bit of flurry thereafter, shifting into his activist mode. Grace Slick, meanwhile, declined to attend once her “bodyguard” was refused entry. President Nixon, in any event, was not at the tea that day, and had gone to Camp David. Some 600 Finch ladies did attend the tea that day.

But had Grace Slick shown up that day by herself, she just might have made it into the White House. Getting close enough to the President’s tea, however, even if he had been there, was another matter altogether. She was carrying some 600 micrograms of LSD that day. In any case, her intent, it appears, was not to “poison the guy,” she would later say, but rather, to send him into a bit of embarrassing trippy behavior.
___________________
Sources: “Abbie Hoffman Barred From White House Tea,” New York Times, April 25, 1970; Sally Quinn, “Abbie Left at The Gate,” Washington Post/Times Herald, April 25, 1970, pp. E-1-E-2; and Marc Myers, “She Went Chasing Rabbits,” Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2011.

 

Oct 23, 1969: President Richard Nixon at left talks with TV personality Art Linkletter during White House meetings where Linkletter urged adoption of an educational program to publicize the evils of dangerous drugs. AP photo.
Oct 23, 1969: President Richard Nixon at left talks with TV personality Art Linkletter during White House meetings where Linkletter urged adoption of an educational program to publicize the evils of dangerous drugs. AP photo.
In 1969, the Nixon Administration was also convening private briefings and strategy sessions on the nation’s drug problem.

One of these sessions was held in the Cabinet Room of the White House in late October 1969, where President Nixon invited a group of congressional leaders, including Senate Majority Leader Mike Mansfield, Speaker of the House John McCormick, and several others.

At this session, Art Linkletter – a popular TV personality known throughout the nation for his “Kids Say Anything” TV shows and a staunch Nixon campaign supporter – was one of those addressing the group.

The drug problem, in fact, had become quite personal for Linkletter by that time. His 20-year-old daughter, Diane, had committed suicide only weeks before this session, having jumped to her death from the sixth floor of her West Hollywood apartment on October 4, 1969.

Linkletter blamed LSD as the cause of his daughter’s death, and he would become something of national anti-drug campaigner thereafter. During the Cabinet Room session, Linkletter told the group:

…You gentlemen may not realize it but almost every time a “top 40” record is played on the radio, it is an ad for “acid,” marihuana, and trips. The lyrics of the popular songs and the jackets on the albums of the popular songs are all a complete, total campaign for the fun and thrills of trips. If you don’t believe it, you ought to take a good, long look at some of the lyrics and some of the albums with the hidden symbols, with the language that the kids know that you don’t even realize they are talking about…

May 8, 1970: Spiro Agnew on the cover of Life prior to his “drug music” speech. By this time he was also Nixon's chief attack dog for the media. Click for copy.
May 8, 1970: Spiro Agnew on the cover of Life prior to his “drug music” speech. By this time he was also Nixon's chief attack dog for the media. Click for copy.
In December 1969, Nixon convened a Governors’ Conference on Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs. Forty of the nation’s governors attended the gathering at the State Department in Washington, D.C. Nixon addressed the group and so did Art Linkletter, who in his remarks condemned Dr. Timothy Leary, a former Harvard University lecturer, as “that poisonous evil man” who was then a well known promoter of marijuana and LSD.

The Nixon Administration would continue its anti-drug program over the next several years and Art Linkletter would head up a national advisory council on drugs.

Also playing a key role in the Nixon Administration’s anti-drug crusade, its anti-media battles, and generally serving as point man on the “social permissiveness” front, was Vice President Spiro Agnew.

Historians Mary Beth Norton, Carol Sheriff, David W. Blight, and Howard Chudacoff, writing in the book A People and a Nation: A History of the United States, note, for example:

…As president, Nixon worked to equate the Republican Party with law and order and the Democrats with permissiveness, crime, drugs, radicalism, and the “hippie lifestyle.” To capitalize on the backlash against the 1960s movements for social change, and consolidate support of those he called “the silent majority,” Nixon fostered divisions, using his outspoken vice president, Spiro Agnew, to attack war protesters and critics as “naughty children,” “effete…snobs,” and “ideological eunuchs….”

Agnew would also become one of the Administration’s “music-and-drugs” messengers. In a September 1970 speech before Republicans in Las Vegas, Agnew echoed the concerns of Linkletter and other drug critics, and took special aim at the music and film industries, charging them with encouraging drug use. Agnew stated that certain rock songs and their lyrics, along with some Hollywood films, books, and underground newspapers, were among the chief culprits in the rising national drug problem.

September 18, 1970: Headline from the Deseret News (Las Vegas) for Associated Press story reporting on Vice President Spiro Agnew’s speech before 1,200 Republicans at fundraising dinner at the Sahara Hotel in Las Vegas, Nevada. Click for 2019 book, “Republican Populist: Spiro Agnew and the Origins of Donald Trump’s America”.
September 18, 1970: Headline from the Deseret News (Las Vegas) for Associated Press story reporting on Vice President Spiro Agnew’s speech before 1,200 Republicans at fundraising dinner at the Sahara Hotel in Las Vegas, Nevada. Click for 2019 book, “Republican Populist: Spiro Agnew and the Origins of Donald Trump’s America”.

In one mid-September 1970 speech before 1,200 Republicans at a $100-a-plate fundraising dinner at the Sahara Hotel in Las Vegas, Nevada — a speech carried over radio and TV throughout the state — Agnew singled out the lyrics of several songs he claimed were part of a cultural “brainwashing” then taking place, leading youth into drug use. From the Beatles, he quoted the lines: “I get by with a little help from friends / I get high with a little help from my friends.” Of the song, Agnew said, “it’s a catchy tune, but until it was pointed out to me, I never realized that the ‘friends’ were assorted drugs.” He also mentioned several other songs, including “White Rabbit,” quoting the lines: “One pill makes you larger, and one pill makes you small / And the ones that mother givers you don’t do anything at all.” Other songs Agnew mentioned in his speech were “Eight Miles High” by the Byrds, “The Acid Queen” by The Who, and “Don’t Step on the Grass, Sam,” by Steppenwolf.

The Reading Eagle, Reading, PA.
The Reading Eagle, Reading, PA.
“These songs present the use of drugs in such an attractive light,” Agnew said, “that for the impressionable, turning on becomes the natural and even approved thing to do.” He called it a form of “brainwashing.” In too many of the songs, he said, “the message of the drug culture is purveyed… [A]t its worst, it is blatant drug culture propaganda…” Agnew also mentioned the plot line of one popular film at the time without mentioning the title (“Easy Rider”), in which the film’s two heroes were, according to Agnew, “able to live a carefree life off the illegal proceeds of drugs.”

Agnew’s critique brought a swift reaction from many in the entertainment industry and even a few public officials. One retort to Agnew came from Nicholas Johnson, a minority Democrat at the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). Johnson cited a number of rock songs that had negative messages on drug use, including songs by Steppenwolf (“The Pusher”), Canned Heat (“Amphetamine Annie”), The Rolling Stones (“Mothers Little Helper”) and others. Other rock music, Johnson noted, lamented the problems of war or environmental degradation. On the other hand, some advertising from establishment pillars such as the Ford Motor Co., used drug-evocative expressions in their TV pitches, as in Ford cars that would “blow your mind.” Johnson argued that more attention be paid to the constant barrage of drug and pharmaceutical TV advertising — i.e., pills to sleep, to wake up, to feel calm, to feel excited, to conquer anxieties, etc. Others believed that trying to interpret musical lyrics for their meaning was something of a fool’s errand, a highly subjective enterprise, with varying outcomes. Exactly what was it that Perry Como had in mind when he sang “climb aboard the butterfly” in the 1949 song “A Dreamer’s Holiday?”

“White Rabbit”
An Anti-Drug Interpretation

At least one writer has offered the view that “White Rabbit” could be interpreted as a song that discouraged drug use. Here’s that view from Terence Towles Canote, writing at the blog, A Shroud of Thoughts:

“…On the surface, ‘White Rabbit’ would appear to be a song advocating drug use. Indeed, in making the comparison between Lewis Carroll’s works and the effects of psychoactive drugs, it would seem to be encouraging their use. That having been said, I have often thought the song could also be interpreted as discouraging the use of psychoactive drugs, whether Grace Slick meant it as such or not. From the very beginning the song emphasizes the mind altering effects of such drugs, “One pill makes you larger/And one pill makes you small.” These effects become more extreme as the song proceeds. From growing and shrinking to encounters with white rabbits and hookah-smoking caterpillars, the song moves to chessmen telling one where to go. By the last stanza it would almost seem to be describing a bum trip. Logic and proportion have lost all meaning. The White Knight is talking backwards, perhaps indicating reality has lost all coherence. And worst yet, the Red Queen is apparently demanding decapitations. The growing sense of menace in the song is only amplified by its music, which is a gradually rising crescendo. As the song progresses, the music’s volume grows and with it so does this impending sense of things gone awry, particularly when combined with the lyrics. Given that the lyrics seem to grow darker and more menacing with each stanza, as does the music, I would think that in the end the song would in the end cause people to stay as far away from psychoactive drugs as possible!…”

Still, the Agnew-Linkletter-Nixon attack on rock music had a bit of a chilling effect on the airing of songs perceived to be lauding drug use. In fact, the FCC would later send a public notice memorandum to broadcasters urging them to become aware of music “tending to promote or glorify the use of illegal drugs.” And Nixon himself would speak to a group of some 70 radio broadcasters who attended a day long “White House Conference on Drugs For the Radio Industry” in October 1970.

In his remarks to the broadcasters, Nixon assured them he had no intention of telling them what songs to play or not play, or how to program their broadcasts, but he would “appreciate” their cooperation on the matter of songs that promoted drugs. Dean Burch of the FCC also addressed the group, and noted the commission would look favorably on stations that aired anti-dug messages.

Some of what the Nixon Administration was advocating in terms screening songs for drug messaging appears to have resulted in broadcasters and program managers pulling music off the air and/or preventing it from airing.

In June 1970, after 600 people petitioned the WFAA radio station in Dallas, Texas to quit playing songs with drug lyrics or face a boycott of their sponsors, Charlie Van, director of programming, withdrew any songs with pro-drug lyrics. Elsewhere, Rick Sklar, program director of WABC radio in New York city, stated that his station would not play songs dealing with drugs, “because even if the song is supposedly anti-drug, it tends to glorify the subject.”

In December 1970, the Illinois Crime Commission issued a list of “drug-oriented” rock songs. Among those on the Illinois list were: “White Rabbit,” for “extolling the kicks provided by LSD and other psychedelics;” “Hi-De-Ho” by Blood Sweat & Tears, for the “joys of smoking marijuana;” “A Whiter Shade Of Pale” by Procol Harum, for lyrics related to the “mind-bending characteristics of the psychedelics;” and The Beatles’ “Lucy In The Sky With Diamonds,” since the initial letters of this song’s title formed the word “LSD,” and the song itself “depicts the pleasure of LSD.” But the real kicker in the list was “Puff The Magic Dragon” by Peter, Paul & Mary – the song that mentions little Jackie Paper and his imaginary Dragon friend and playmate, Puff. Yes, that song was listed by the Illinois commission with regard to “smoking marijuana and hashish”.

In other cases, artists were dropped from record labels. Billboard magazine reported in November 1970 that “MGM Records president Mike Curb has dropped 18 acts who, in his opinion, promote and exploit hard drugs through music.” At the time, Curb was reportedly alarmed by the drug-related deaths of several rock stars.

Grace Slick of the Jefferson Airplane in recording studio.
Grace Slick of the Jefferson Airplane in recording studio.
And yes, around the time of the Nixon Administration’s “drugs-and-rock-music” crusade, there were untimely deaths of prominent rock musicians in which drugs were implicated as the known or suspected cause. Among the departed were: Alan Wilson, lead singer and composer for the group Canned Heat, died September 3, 1970 of a barbiturate overdose; rock guitarist Jimi Hendrix, died September 18, 1970 of suspected heroin overdose; blues/rock singer Janis Joplin, died on October 4, 1970 of suspected heroin overdose; and in the following year, on July 3, 1971, Jim Morrison, lead singer of the Doors, died in Paris of a an accidental heroin overdose. Meanwhile, Grace Slick, for her part, had made some effort to offer a word of caution to her listeners, if only in a small way. She wrote some alternative “White Rabbit” lyrics for a public service radio commercial for Do It Now, a California organization sponsoring the message, designed to prevent drug abuse. The alternate wording Slick used for a “White Rabbit” ad were: “One pill makes you larger, and one pill makes you small / But if you shoot speed, you won’t get there at all, because you’ll be dead.”

 

Grace Slick’s 1998 rock-and-roll memoir, "Some-body To Love?" w/ Andrea Cagan. Click for copy.
Grace Slick’s 1998 rock-and-roll memoir, "Some-body To Love?" w/ Andrea Cagan. Click for copy.

Linkletter Names Slick

Some years later, on a 1977 TV show, when drug guru Timothy Leary appeared as an interview guest, Art Linkletter, who happened to be in the viewing audience, made a long telephone call-in comment on that show attacking Leary and also naming Grace Slick. Leary took the brunt of Linkletter’s excoriating remarks about leading young people into drugs, but he also blamed others, including Grace Slick, poet Alan Ginsburg, and Aldous Huxley’s book, The Doors of Perception – “all of whom,” Linkletter said during his call, “were promoting the glories of drug abuse in what was a drug world.”

Grace Slick also happened to see the show, and as she would later say in her 1998 book, Somebody to Love?: A Rock-and-Roll Memoir:

“…When I heard Linkletter accuse me, I tried to call the station. I wondered how many celebrities who’d been paid to pitch alcohol had been accused of the millions of traffic deaths attributable to alcohol over the years. Probably none. I wanted to talk to the man, to remind him of the more serious alcohol situation and the hypocrisy associated with it, but the lines [phone lines to the TV show] were jammed with other people who had their own opinions. I suppose Linkletter’s grief would have prevented him from really listening to me anyway…”

Cover art for a “White Rabbit” single.
Cover art for a “White Rabbit” single.
The song, “White Rabbit,” however, would continue to meet with occasional controversy even some years after the Nixon/Linkletter drug wars. In one community in Missouri, for example, a high school marching band in the late 1990s was ordered to stop playing ‘White Rabbit,’ the action upheld by a federal district court. Fort Zummwalt school superintendent, Bernard J DuBray ordered the song removed from the band’s halftime program in September 1998 saying “it’s almost an anthem for the drug culture.” A group os 14 students from Fort Zumwalt North High School in O’Fallon, Missouri had filed a lawsuit asking the district court to restore the song to its playlist, but were turned down.In 1998, one Missouri high school ordered “White Rabbit” removed from the school’s marching band halftime program, citing the song as “almost an anthem for the drug culture.” What made this a curious case, in part, was the fact that the marching band did not use the lyrics of the song, and only played it as an instrumental.

Grace Slick, meanwhile, has stood her ground over the years on why she wrote the song. In a 2011 interview with The Wall Street Journal, she was asked if “White Rabbit” was metaphor for drugs. “Not exactly,” she replied. “It’s about following your curiosity. The White Rabbit is your curiosity. Alice follows him wherever he goes. He leads her to drugs, though, and that’s why the song was written…” But then, as something of a defense on her writing the song, Slick adds: “…Hey, all major children’s books do this. In “Peter Pan,” sparkle dust lets you fly. In the “Wizard of Oz,” they awaken in a poppy field to see the beautiful Emerald City. Our parents read us stories about chemicals that make it possible to have a good time.” Slick would also say that part of her intended audience for “White Rabbit” were the parents who read those stories to their kids – parents who at the time, wondered why their adolescent children were then using drugs.

Unknown artist offering some characters and expressions from “Alice in Wonderland.”
Unknown artist offering some characters and expressions from “Alice in Wonderland.”
However, on the matter of LSD, Slick seems to have mellowed a bit on that front. In her 2011 interview with the Wall Street Journal, and answering the question: “What was Jefferson Airplane’s obsession with LSD?,” Slick explained: “LSD was new then. It opened up our heads and gave us new insight into the fact that reality isn’t just one thing. That excited us. But it’s also terrifying if your head isn’t in the right place. So in hindsight, our advocating for LSD was kind of dangerous.”

Slick’s career with the Jefferson Airplane continued through the 1970s and 1980s, as the group changed its name twice – to Jefferson Starship and then Starship – and also went through several changes in personnel and musical style (Slick also left for a time between June 1978 and January 1981).

Still, during these years, the group had another 17 songs that charted in the Top 40, including two Top Ten hits – “Miracles” (#3, 1975) and “Count on Me” (#8, 1978) – and two No. 1 hits – “We Built This City” (November 1985), and “Nothing’s Gonna Stop Us Now” (April 1987).

During these years, however, Grace Slick had her personal demons, with alcohol becoming a particular problem for her, leading to DUI arrests, blown concert dates, abusive behavior toward fans, and periods in alcohol rehab. In recent years, she has conquered her alcohol problem, remaining sober for nearly two decades.

Artist Grace Slick at work, circa 2006 or so.
Artist Grace Slick at work, circa 2006 or so.
After retiring from the rock scene in 1989, Grace Slick began something of a second career drawing and painting. Among her works are Alice-in-Wonderland-inspired paintings, a number of which feature white rabbits in various settings, with and without Alice. Some of her work appears in the pages of her 1998 autobiography, Somebody to Love?

In recent years, she has joined forces with Area Arts of Santa Rosa, California to help market her work, and she had her first exhibition in 2000. Her work has appeared in shows all across the U.S. In 2006, the popularity of her “Alice in Wonderland” works led to a partnership with Dark Horse Comics, Inc. that resulted in the release of stationery and journals with the “Wonderland” motif. She has also done some album art as well as portraits of Jerry Garcia, Janis Joplin, Pete Townsend, Sting, and other musicians. Samples of her work can be viewed at the Area Arts website.

Poster announcing art works of Grace Slick.
Poster announcing art works of Grace Slick.
Still, for Grace Slick the lead singer of the 1960s Jefferson Airplane, it is the two hit songs of that era which remain the prominent musical milestones. “Somebody to Love” is ranked No. 274 on Rolling Stone’s 2004 list of “The 500 Greatest Songs of All Time,” while “White Rabbit” is ranked No. 478 on that same list. Both songs have also been used in soundtracks for several Hollywood films and TV movies.

“White Rabbit” has been used in more than two dozen TV and Hollywood films, including Vietnam War-era films Platoon (1986), and Coming Home (1978), the latter starring Jane Fonda, Jon Voight and Bruce Dern. It is also used in The Game (1997), starring Michael Douglas and in The Soprano’s TV series. “Somebody to Love” is heard in the 1998 film version of Fear and Loathing in Las Vegas and also in the prologue of the 1998 TV film, A Bright Shining Lie, about the Vietnam War.

Most recently in 2020, the “White Rabbit” song has been used as part of the central theme, with related background imagery, in a Celebrity Cruises TV advertisement, titled “Wonder Awaits,” produced by a London ad agency. As the ad runs, with the Grace Slick version playing, an Alice-like character wanders through some psychedelic-like scenes featuring the cruise line’s various on-board amenities. Apparently, time heals all wounds.

See also at this website, “Joplin’s Shooting Star: 1966-1970,” a profile of Janis Joplin’s life and music career; “Joni’s Music: 1962-2000s,” a profile of singer-songwriter Joni Mitchell; and, “Legend of a Mind: Timothy Leary & LSD,” a story that uses a Moody Blues song as an introductory segue into a short history of Leary’s travels from Harvard to the San Francisco drug scene and the counterculture history of that era.

Additional stories profiling songs, musicians, and songwriters can be found at the “Annals of Music” page, and see also the “Politics & Culture” page for more stories in that category. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please help support the research and writing at this website with a donation. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 31 December 2015
Last Update: 8 February 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “White Rabbit: Grace Slick: 1960s-1970s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 31, 2015.

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social
____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Grace Slick and David Miner from The Great Society group in an early recording session, 1965–1966.
Grace Slick and David Miner from The Great Society group in an early recording session, 1965–1966.
Dick Clark interviewing Grace Slick after Jefferson Airplane performance, American Bandstand, June 5, 1967.
Dick Clark interviewing Grace Slick after Jefferson Airplane performance, American Bandstand, June 5, 1967.
Jefferson Airplane’s Grace Slick on cover of Rolling Stone, 12 November 1970, featured in interview. Click for copy.
Jefferson Airplane’s Grace Slick on cover of Rolling Stone, 12 November 1970, featured in interview. Click for copy.
Grace Slick and Janis Joplin. Click for framed print.
Grace Slick and Janis Joplin. Click for framed print.
Grace Slick & Janis Joplin clowning.
Grace Slick & Janis Joplin clowning.
Rolling Stone, January 1st, 1976 cover story: “Kantner, Slick & Balin of Jefferson Starship: The Miracle Rockers Who Turn Old Airplane Parts into Gold.” Click for copy.
Rolling Stone, January 1st, 1976 cover story: “Kantner, Slick & Balin of Jefferson Starship: The Miracle Rockers Who Turn Old Airplane Parts into Gold.” Click for copy.
Undated, unattributed photo of Grace Slick, possibly late 1960s-early 1970s.
Undated, unattributed photo of Grace Slick, possibly late 1960s-early 1970s.
Book cover for “Grace Slick, The Biography,” by Barbara Rowes, Doubleday, 1980, 215 pp. Click for copy.
Book cover for “Grace Slick, The Biography,” by Barbara Rowes, Doubleday, 1980, 215 pp. Click for copy.
March 1980: Grace Slick during interview with John Roszak for San Francisco PBS-TV “Evening Edition” at station KQED. Click for outtakes video.
March 1980: Grace Slick during interview with John Roszak for San Francisco PBS-TV “Evening Edition” at station KQED. Click for outtakes video.

“Grace Slick,” Jefferson Airplane.com.

Jefferson Airplane Website.

“White Rabbit (Jefferson Airplane song),” Wikipedia.org.

“Grace Slick,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Nitty-Gritty Sound,” Newsweek, December 19, 1966, p. 102

“Jefferson Airplane Loves You,” Look, May 1967.

“Jefferson Airplance! Now Departing At Gate One,” TeenSet, Summer 1967.

Editor’s Note, George P. Hunt, Managing Editor, “Grace Slick vs. White Tie and Tails,” Life, June 28, 1968, p. 3.

“Music That’s Hooked the Whole Vibrating World: The New Rock” / “Jefferson Airplane, Top Rock Group” (featured taglines in cover photo), Life, June 28, 1968.

Richard Nixon, President of the United States, “Remarks at the Opening Session of the Governors’ Conference at the Department of State,” December 3, 1969.

Peter Grose, “Governors See Simulated ‘Trip’ At Nixon Presentation On Drugs,” New York Times, December 4, 1969.

UPI (Washington, D.C.), “Linkletter Blasts Drug Lecturer,” Desert Sun, December 4, 1969.

John A. McKinney, As Others See It / Letters to the Editor, “Linkletter Presses Campaign Against TV Pushing Drugs,” The Evening News, March 6, 1970, p. 6-A.

Don McLeod, UPI, “Yippie Leader Giggles at Delay As Elegant Hairdoos Drip,” The Southeast Missourian (Cape Girardeau, MO), April 24, 1970, p. 3.

“Abbie Hoffman Barred From White House Tea,” New York Times, April 25, 1970.

Associated Press, “Abbie Hoffman Refused Entry to White House Tea,” Spokane Daily Chronicle (Spokane, WA), April 25, 1970.

Brock Brower,”Don’t Get Spiro Agnew Wrong; He Speaks for The Silent Majority and His Stock Speech is a Talking-To,” Life (Vice President Sprio Agnew on cover), May 8, 1970, p. 64.

Associated Press (New York), “Rock Music People Reject Agnew Barb On Drug Usage,” Lawrence Journal-World, September 16, 1970.

Associated Press, “Agnew Hits Pop Songs on Drugs,” Reading Eagle (Reading, PA), September 15, 1970, p. 27.

Associated Press, “Agnew Attacks Permissiveness,” The Tuscaloosa News (Tuscaloosa, Alabama) September 15, 1970, p. 11.

Associated Press, “Agnew Says Composers, Movies Encourage Drugs,” The Spartanburg Herald (Spartanburg, SC), September 15, 1970, p. 1.

Ann Hencken, Associated Press, “Rock-Music Spokesmen Reject Agnew’s Claim About Drug Songs,” Idaho State Journal (Pocatello, Idaho), September 16, 1970, p. 14.

“Agnew is Accused of Missing Target,” New York Times, September. 18, 1970, p. 19

Ann Hencken, Associated Press, “Agnew: Youth Brainwashed,” The Deseret News (Las Vegas, Nevada), September 18, 1970, p. 2-C.

Associated Press (AP), “Agnew Says Composers, Movies Encourage Drugs,” The Spartanburg Herald (South Carolina), September 15, 1970, front page.

Ann Henchken, AP, “Agnew: Youth Brainwashed,” The Deseret News (Las Vegas), September 18, 1970, p. C-2.

Warren Weaver, Jr., “Gore Joins Receiving Line for Agnew,” New York Times, September, 23, 1970, p. 21.

Mildred Hall, “Rock Eases Youth Pressures: Johnson,” Billboard, September 26, 1970, p. 3.

Nicholas Johnson, “Dear Vice President Agnew,” New York Times, October 11, 1970, Section 2, p. 17.

“Agnew vs. The White Rabbit,” Rolling Stone, October 20, 1970, p, 24.

Letters to the Editor, “Agnew and Johnson on Rock,” New York Times, November 1, 1970, section 2, p. 17.

AP, “Song Lyrics About Drugs Banned By One of Top 10 Record Companies,” Eugene Register-Guard (Eugene, Oregon), November 3, 1970, p. 1-A.

AP, “TV, Radio Stations Told They Must Mute the Drug Music Beat,” Gadsden Times (Gasden, Alabama), March 6, 1971, p. 1

Michael J. Reilly, “Stations Warned About Drug Songs; Licenses Threatened,” Eugene Register-Guard (Eugene, Oregon), March 8, 1971, p. 7-A.

Fred Ferretti, “Johnson of FCC Scores Notice on Drug Lyrics,” New York Times, March 13, 1971.

Ben Fong-Torres, “Radio: One Toke Behind the Line,” Rolling Stone, April 15, 1971.

“White Rabbit by Jefferson Airplane,” SongFacts.com.

Richard Nixon, “Campaign Statement About Crime and Drug Abuse,” October 28, 1972, at: Gerhard Peters and John T. Woolley, The American Presidency Project.

“They Called Grace Slick of Jefferson Starship the Acid Queen, But Her Real Battle Is With the Bottle,” People, August 28, 1978, Vol. 10 No. 9

Barbara Rowes, Grace Slick: The Biography, Doubleday, 1980, 215pp.

“John Roszak Interviews Grace Slick” (for Evening Edition, KQED-PBS-TV), March 1980 (KQED 16mm film outtakes featuring scenes of John Roszak interviewing singer and songwriter Grace Slick).

Susan C. Boyd, Hooked: Drug War Films in Britain, Canada, and the U.S., Routledge, December 2007, 262 pp.

Linda Martin, Kerry Segrave, Anti-Rock: The Opposition to Rock ‘n’ Roll, Da Capo Press, 1993, 374pp.

Grace Slick with Andrea Cagan, Somebody to Love? A Rock-and-Roll Memoir, New York: Warner Books, 1998, 370 pp.

Alex Kuczynski, “White Rabbit: Grace Slick Recounts Her Life Before, During and After Jefferson Airplane,” New York Times (Review of Somebody to Love), September 20, 1998.

Associated Press (St. Louis), “Marching Band Loses Halftime Appeal,” The Southeast Missourian, (Cape Girardeau, MO), October 25, 1998, p. 13-A.

Associated Press (AP), Missouri Today, “School Can Order Marching Band To Stop Playing ‘White Rabbit’,” The Nevada Daily Mail (Missouri), April 29, 1999.

Ken Tucker, Knight Ridder Newspapers, “Slick’s Career Spans 20 Years,” Lewiston Herald, April 13, 1987.

Robert Hilburn, Los Angeles Times News Service, “‘Platoon’ is a Hit at The Record Stores,” Gainesville Sun (Florida), April 24, 1987.

Sue Kovach Shuman, “At 67, Grace Is Still Slick,” Washington Post, January 28, 2007.

Marc Myers, “She Went Chasing Rabbits,” Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2011.

Kim Simpson, Early ’70s Radio: The American Format Revolution, Bloomsbury Publishing USA, July 2011, 288pp.

“Somebody to Love,” Jim Marshall Photo-graphy, September 22, 2011.

Mary Beth Norton, Carol Sheriff, David W. Blight, Howard Chudacoff, A People and a Nation: A History of the United States, Volume II: Since 1865, Vol 2, 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2011, 640 pp.

Mickey Stanley, “Jefferson Airplane’s Grace Slick on Aging Rock Stars and Life as a Painter,” VanityFair.com, June 15, 2012.

Hendrik Hertzberg, “Newsweek’s Glory Days (Mine, Too),” NewYorker.com, August 13, 2013.

David Browne, “Grace Slick’s Festival Memories: Fearing Orgies and Getting Lit; Jefferson Airplane Singer Recalls Her First Experiences Monterey, Woodstock and Altamont,” Rolling Stone, May 23, 2014.

Dave Swanson “45 Years Ago: Grace Slick Plans to Dose President Richard Nixon With LSD,” UltimateClassicRock.com, April 24, 2015.

_________________________________________

 

 

“Sinatra Stories”
1940s-1980s

Teen Idol Years

“The Sinatra Riots”

1942-1944

Bobbysoxer hysteria
provides career boost
for teen sensation.

Annals of Music

“Summer Wind”

1966

Profile of a classic
Sinatra song & a Gay
Talese Esquire piece.

Politics & Celebrity

“The Jack Pack”

Pt.1: 1958-60

Frank Sinatra’s “Rat Pack”
cavort with & campaign for
JFK in his White House bid.

Politics & Celebrity

“The Jack Pack”

Pt. 2: 1961-64

Good times JFK Inaugural
is followed by some falling
out and tragic endings.

Frank & Mia

“Mia’s Metamorphoses”

1966-2010

Mia Farrow’s story
includes a marriage
to Frank Sinatra.

Sport & Celebrity

“Ali, Frazier, Sinatra…”

Boxing & Culture

“Photographer Frank”
hovers at ringside for
1971 Ali-Frazier bout.

Frank & Ava

“Ava Gardner”

1940s-1950s

Feisty Hollywood beauty
became the love
of Frank’s life.

Hard Knocks Music

“Sinatra: Cycles”

1968

The ‘Chairman’ brings his
wee-hours style to
a “that’s life” song.

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 2 December 2015
Last Update: 29 August 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Sinatra Stories: 1940s-1980s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 2, 2015.

_______________________________________________

 





“Magazine History”
Selected Stories: 1910s-2010s

Magazine Cover Art

“John Clymer’s America”

Saturday Evening Post

His cover art helped
us “see” America the
Beautiful & much more.

Magazine Cover Stories

“Four Dead in O-hi-o”

May 1970

Life and Newsweek cover
stories are part of the Kent
State shootings history.

Cover Art & Politics

“FDR & Vanity Fair”

1930s

Magazine cover art &
caricature during Franklin
Roosevelt’s New Deal.

Magazines & Civil Rights

“Rockwell & Race”

1963-1968

Norman Rockwell’s changing
art & magazine history
of racial depiction.

Magazines & Culture

“Ali-Frazier History”

Boxing & Culture

Magazines fed the hype
around the Ali-Frazier
match of March 1971.

Magazines & Culture

“American Bandstand”

1956-2007

TV Guide’s owner also
owned Bandstand’s TV
station & Seventeen.

Magazine History

Newsweek Sold!”

1961-2012

Newsweek as a Washington
Post
property, subsequent
sale, and its final years.

Sports Magazines

“All Sports All the Time”

1978-2008

ESPN Magazine is
part of the “all-sports”
network story.

Magazine Ads & Art

“Remington’s West”

1959

A John Hancock Co.
“history series” ad page:
Frederic Remington, artist.

Magazine Ads & Art

“Christy Mathewson”

Hancock Ad: 1958

Baseball star of 1900s
appears in “historic
figures” ad campaign.

Cultural Powerhouse

“Empire Newhouse”

1920s-2012

From Vanity Fair to The
New Yorker
, Newhouse
is a magazine power.

The TV Magazine

“Lucy & TV Guide”

1953-2013

“I Love Lucy” and
TV Guide helped each
other & TV culture.

Magazine Cover Art

“Rosie The Riveter”

1942-1945

Norman Rockwell’s Saturday
Evening Post cover
becomes iconic symbol.

Magazine Cover Art

“One Good Shot…”

Gisele’s Covers

A Gisele Bündchen cover
photo has repeated use
around the world.

Magazine Mogul, Too

“Murdoch’s NY Deals”

1976-1977

New York Magazine
was a key property in
Murdoch’s NY raid.

Magazine Illustrator

“Falter’s Art, Rising”

1940s-1960s

John Falter’s art work
for The Sat Eve Post
included 129 covers.

Photoplay & Hollywood

“Pearl White”

1910s-1920s

A daredevil heroine
of the silent screen
becomes a big star.

Photoplay & Hollywood

“Talkie Terror”

Late 1920s

Silent film stars & all of Hollywood faced the perils
of a new technology.

Magazine Supermodel

“The Most Beautiful Girl”

1993-2012

Gisele Bündchen becomes
modeling sensation &
sought-after cover girl.

Magazine Art & Culture

“U.S. Post Office”

1950s-2011

Magazine art from the
1950s helps frame today’s
“postal values” fight.


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You


Date Posted: 14 November 2015
Last Update: 20 February 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Magazine History — Topics Page: 18 Stories,”
PopHistoryDig.com, November 14, 2015.

_______________________________________________




“Ali-Frazier History”
Boxing & Culture: 1970s

March 16th, 1971 edition of Life magazine with cover photo and feature story on the historic Joe Frazier (L) -Muhammad Ali (R) fight. Photo taken by Frank Sinatra. Click for copy.
March 16th, 1971 edition of Life magazine with cover photo and feature story on the historic Joe Frazier (L) -Muhammad Ali (R) fight. Photo taken by Frank Sinatra. Click for copy.
It was another one of those “fights of the century,” as boxing promoters and the media so like to hype the big showdown battles between heavyweight contenders. In this case though, there was some basis for the hype as two titanic powers were about to square off: Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali.

But this fight was more than just a major boxing match for the world title. No, this match was also freighted with the social and political angst then eating at the nation — namely, civil rights and the Vietnam War.

The year was 1971. Richard Nixon was in the White House. The No. 1 songs in January and February that year were “My Sweet Lord” / “Isn’t It a Pity” by former Beatle George Harrison; “Knock Three Times” by Dawn; and “One Bad Apple” by The Osmonds. At the box office, the Hollywood film, “Love Story,” starring Ali MacGraw and Ryan O’Neal, was setting sales records as the No. 1 film through early March that year. On television, the landmark sitcom “All in the Family,” starring Carroll O’Connor as Archie Bunker, made its debut on CBS. In the Super Bowl that year, played on January 17th, Baltimore beat Dallas,16-13.

But the big event in sports in the early part of 1971 was the scheduled 15 round heavyweight boxing championship match between Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali. That bout was set for March 8th at New York city’s Madison Square Garden. Joe Frazier, with a record of 26–0, was the reigning heavyweight champion of the world. The challenger that night was Muhammad Ali with a record of 31–0.

Poster for the March 1971 World Heavyweight Championship fight between Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali. Click for similar poster.
Poster for the March 1971 World Heavyweight Championship fight between Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali. Click for similar poster.
But the backstory leading up to this fight fed into the much anticipated showdown, truly making it one of the most significant bouts in boxing history. Ali had actually won the title seven years earlier, in February 1964, when he beat Sonny Liston in Miami Beach. Thereafter, he successfully defended the title for the next three years.

However, in March 1967, Ali had his championship title stripped away by boxing authorities for his refusal to be inducted for U.S. military service. Ali had claimed it was against his religion to participate in war. He had also made earlier public statements in 1966 on the war and why he would not go:

“Why should they ask me to put on a uniform and go ten thousand miles from home and drop bombs and bullets on brown people in Vietnam while so called Negro people in Louisville are treated like dogs and denied human rights? No, I am not going…to help murder and burn another poor nation simply to continue the domination of white slave masters of the darker people the world over…”

June 1967 Houston Post front-page headlines on the conviction of then heavyweight boxing champion, Cassius Clay /Muhammad Ali, for refusing induction into U.S. military service. He was then out on bond while his case was appealed in the courts, and in two instances – although his title and boxing license had been revoked – would gain approvals to fight in two 1970 bouts.
June 1967 Houston Post front-page headlines on the conviction of then heavyweight boxing champion, Cassius Clay /Muhammad Ali, for refusing induction into U.S. military service. He was then out on bond while his case was appealed in the courts, and in two instances – although his title and boxing license had been revoked – would gain approvals to fight in two 1970 bouts.

Before title was stripped, Ali in 2nd victory over Sonny Liston, 1965. Click for wall print.
Before title was stripped, Ali in 2nd victory over Sonny Liston, 1965. Click for wall print.
In June 1967 Ali was convicted of draft evasion, sentenced to five years in prison and fined $10,000. He paid a bond and remained free while the verdict was appealed. But Ali, then 25, was effectively a champ without a ring, losing his license to fight in many states, and in effect, forced into a three-year layoff during the prime of his career while he battled the federal government and state boxing commissions.

Ali did not fight from March 1967 to October 1970, and with two exceptions thereafter. First, by virtue of an Atlanta, Georgia judge granting him a license to fight in Atlanta, an October 1970 bout was arranged against Jerry Quarry, which Ali won in three rounds. And second, after a federal court ordered his New York boxing license reinstated, he fought December 1970 bout with Oscar Bonavena at Madison Square Garden which he also won in 15 rounds. But during this time, and through much of 1971, Ali labored under the cloud of his federal draft conviction, awaiting the outcome of his appeal. Still, with his December 1970 win over Bonavena, Ali was then the prime contender to meet Frazier in a championship bout.

Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali feuding for the cameras (and for real), separated by NY State Athletic Commission’s Edwin Dooley at Dec 30 1970 news conference. AP photo.
Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali feuding for the cameras (and for real), separated by NY State Athletic Commission’s Edwin Dooley at Dec 30 1970 news conference. AP photo.
Joe Frazier, the gritty boxer from Philadelphia known as “Smokin’ Joe,” had, in Ali’s absence from the ring, gained the heavyweight championship title with victories over Jimmy Ellis (Feb 1970) and Buster Mathis (Nov 1970).

Frazier was known as a ferocious fighter with a powerful left hook. According to one account of Frazier’s decisive win over Ellis, he delivered “a frightening display of power and tenacity.” Frazier by then was recognized by boxing authorities as the World Champion. So, in the months between the scheduling of the March 1971 match with Ali – agreed to in December 1970 – and during the run up to that fight in early 1971, there was a tremendous amount of hype and anticipation as to who was the true heavyweight champ. Both Frazier and Ali were then undefeated. More on the fight in a moment.


Backstory: The Fighters

Before Muhammad Ali was Muhammad Ali, he was known as Cassius Clay, a young boxer from Louisville, Kentucky who developed a dazzling style in the ring. In 1960, as an 18 year-old, he had won the Olympic light heavyweight title. That fall, he turned pro at 18 with the backing of some Louisville businessmen. From October 1960 to June 1963, Cassius Clay won all 19 bouts he entered, a few with some difficulty, notably Doug Jones and Henry Cooper, the latter of whom knocked him down once with a left hook. And it was during these years that Ali became something of a non-stop talker, self-promoter, and boxing poet, proclaiming himself “the greatest” and often predicting in rhyme the round he would beat opponents. “Float like a butterfly, sting like a bee,” was a favorite line he used to define his light-of-foot /quick punching style, mocking all comers. The boxing world and the sports media hadn’t seen anything like him.

March 22, 1963: Time cover depicting boxer Cassius Clay also as something of a playful street poet. Click for copy.
March 22, 1963: Time cover depicting boxer Cassius Clay also as something of a playful street poet. Click for copy.
June 1963: Then Cassius Clay, tagged the “Louisville Lip” in this piece, on his way to fight Henry Cooper. Click for copy.
June 1963: Then Cassius Clay, tagged the “Louisville Lip” in this piece, on his way to fight Henry Cooper. Click for copy.

Yet this “Cassius Clay” fellow was attracting wide attention wherever he went, for himself and boxing.

By March 1963, he was featured on the cover of Time magazine in a rendition by artist Boris Chaliapin who sought to capture Clay’s “playful mischievousness,” portraying him as part boxing poet. Inside the magazine, Clay was profiled in a favorable five-page story.

That was followed by a June 10th, 1963 Sports Illustrated cover of the young boxer tagged, “Cassius Invades Britain.” Clay was then on his way to fight Great Britain’s Henry Cooper in London.

These stories included Clay’s self-boasting quips, with Sports Illustrated tagging him “The Louisville Lip.” It was a style that would bring him media attention and endear him to many of his fans, while at the same time repulsing the conservative boxing world and his opponents, as well as many sportswriters and boxing fans.

But along with his boasts and bravado, there was real athletic ability and boxing talent. “He had incredibly fast hands and cat-like reflexes,” noted sportswriter Michael Silver. “His handsome face was rarely hit” – a point of pride he would often repeat in press conferences.

Cassius Clay also had a serious side, and was a early follower and friend of Malcolm X, then a Black Muslim. A big turning point for Clay came when he beat Sonny Liston in February 1964 to win the world heavyweight boxing crown.

After his victory over Liston, Cassius Clay denounced his “slave name” and became a Black Muslim, a little known black separatist movement that practiced the religion of Islam, advocating self help for African Americans. He soon began using his new Muslim name — Muhammad Ali. He made clear at the time he would not be treated the way that other black heavyweight champs had been treated. Some of his black opponents, including Joe Frazier, refused to call him by his new name, while the boxing establishment hoped his stay at the top of boxing would be brief.

But Clay – now Muhammad Ali – became a boxing superstar following the Liston fight, as a new round of publicity elevated him to international celebrity. Life magazine put him on the cover of their magazine – not only for its domestic issue of March 6, 1964, with six pages of coverage from the Liston fight, but also in later issues using the same photo and some of the same content. Life’s international issue of May 30th, 1966, circulating in dozens of countries, ran him on the cover, as did some Life special national issues, such as its Spanish edition of July 1966. (click on covers for available copies).

March 1964: Sport magazine.
March 1964: Sport magazine.
May 1965: Ali and Liston.
May 1965: Ali and Liston.
May 1966: Life Int’l edition.
May 1966: Life Int’l edition.
August 1966: Patterson & Ali.
August 1966: Patterson & Ali.

Meanwhile, from 1965 to 1967 Ali defended his title against all comers – winning nine bouts, including a rematch with Liston in 1965, a fight that yielded the famous photo of Ali standing defiantly over a knocked down Liston.

Ali’s views on the Vietnam war, his religion and the black race were part of the territory he covered in public – and he received a degree of scorn for speaking out.

But one fighter, Floyd Patterson, who Ali had fought and beaten in November 1965 — a fighter who did not agree with Ali’s views — but nonetheless lent his name and image and support on behalf of Ali’s right to free speech in an August 1966 Esquire magazine cover and feature story. That piece was written with Gay Talese and entitled, “In Defense of Cassius Clay.” Ali’s press coverage by this time went well beyond the usual sports venues.

In the ring during these years, Ali was in a class by himself, few could touch him. But by the time he refused the call of Uncle Sam to serve in the military, the country was split right down the middle over the Vietnam War, and he became part of the controversy and polarization. In 1967, when he refused the draft, hundreds of thousands of Americans were doing service in the jungles of Vietnam. Nearly 30,000 had been killed by then. The champ was denounced as a draft dodger; congressmen vilified him, others questioned his patriotism and his motives.

Racial issues were also coming to the fore in new ways while Ali was making his stand. Racial unrest had broken out in Los Angeles in 1965; in Newark, New Jersey, Detroit, Michigan, and a dozen other cities in 1967; and in April 1968, following the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King, protest and unrest occurred in more than 100 cities. The Black Power movement had begun by then as well. African American athletes at the Summer Olympics in Mexico City in 1968 had given the black power salute from the medals podium, and also that summer, the James Brown song, “Say It Loud, Say it Proud,” hit No. 1 on the R& B music chart.

April 1968: Cover of Esquire.
April 1968: Cover of Esquire.
May 1969: Sports Illustrated.
May 1969: Sports Illustrated.
Nov 9th, 1970: “...He’s Back.”
Nov 9th, 1970: “...He’s Back.”
Nov 9th, 1970: Newsweek.
Nov 9th, 1970: Newsweek.

Ali, meanwhile, continued to be featured on magazine covers – for Esquire in 1968 and Sports Illustrated in May 1969. Esquire, courtesy of its art director George Lois, did a classic cover for its April 1968 issue, featuring Ali in a Saint Sebastian pose with puncturing arrows in his body, with head thrown back as if in great pain (St. Sebastian was a early Christian martyr shown in some classic paintings tied to a post and shot with multiple arrows). As George Lois would in fact explain to Ali while lobbying him for the photo shoot as an arrow-riddled martyr – “…And what I am saying is that you are a martyr to your race, you are a martyr because of the war. It’s a combination of race, religion, and war in one image, you’re symbolizing it in one image.” For the May 5, 1969 issue of Sports Illustrated Ali was depicted in a cover shot draped in royal garb complete with kingly crown as the tagline asked, “Clay-Ali: Once and Future King?.” The feature story pondered the future of the 27 year-old boxing champion, then in a kind of limbo while he appealed his conviction. Then, in 1970, when an Atlanta judge allowed him to face Jerry Quarry in his first return to the ring, his fans were ecstatic. Life and Newsweek put him on November 1970 covers. And after his fight with Quarry, he was awarded the Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. Freedom Medal and Mrs. Coretta King said that he was not just a champion of boxing but “a champion of truth, peace and unity.” For his fans and admirers, Ali was carrying a lot of hopes and expectations. And this too, figured into the background leading up to the Frazier-Ali fight in March 1971.

Joe Frazier, for his part, was almost the complete opposite of Ali, quiet and hard working, not inclined toward social statement. Nor did he have the celebrity cache and media notice that Ali had accumulated. Born into a poor family on a farm in rural South Carolina, Joe Frazier was the youngest of 12 children. As a married 16 year-old in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, he worked in a slaughterhouse. That was about when he took up boxing for exercise, as he had begun to gain weight. He was discovered trying to lose weight boxing at a Philadelphia Police Athletic League gym. He soon became a recognized amateur, winning three Golden Gloves titles. In 1964, he added the Olympic heavyweight championship gold medal. Upon his return from the Olympics, however, there was no money, and he took a job as a janitor in a Baptist church of North Philadelphia. There, the pastor happened to have some wealthy friends, among them F. Bruce Baldwin, executive of the Horn & Hardart restaurant chain who helped set up financing for Frazier’s boxing career. He was 21.

Heavyweight boxing champ, Joe Frazier, in 1971. By this time he had a 26-0 record, with 23 KOs; shown here posing by “victory party” poster after final public workout in Philadelphia, March 6, 1971.  AP photo/Bill Ingraham.
Heavyweight boxing champ, Joe Frazier, in 1971. By this time he had a 26-0 record, with 23 KOs; shown here posing by “victory party” poster after final public workout in Philadelphia, March 6, 1971. AP photo/Bill Ingraham.

Over the next five years, he compiled a fearsome record or 26 and 0, winning 23 of his bouts by knockout. In the ring Frazier developed a reputation for his devastating left hook. Boxing analysts called him “a pure puncher.” He would come at opponents relentlessly, in a low and forward moving crouch. His bobbing and weaving could sometimes disguise his left hook, that could catch opponents by surprise. Outside of the ring, Frazier was described by sportswriter Michael Silver as “a decent, hardworking, law abiding, church going family man, who was too busy trying to support his growing family to get involved in any causes.” But ahead of the famous March 1971 fight, Frazier was also drawn into the soci-political currents of the times.


January 28, 1971: Muhammad Ali, with a small crowd behind him, appears outside Joe Frazier’s gym in Philadelphia, PA to taunt him. Photo, Associated Press.
January 28, 1971: Muhammad Ali, with a small crowd behind him, appears outside Joe Frazier’s gym in Philadelphia, PA to taunt him. Photo, Associated Press.

The Backdrop

Ali, as he had done with other opponents and part of his stage act and clowning for the media, would taunt Frazier incessantly. He called Frazier names – some of which cut Frazier to the quick, and for which he could never quite forgive Ali. Frazier was ignorant, said Ali at one point, and he likened him to a gorilla. He also used “chump,” “impostor,” “amateur” and “tramp” to describe him from time to time. Ali also said Frazier’s black supporters – and Frazier himself – were “Uncle Toms,” black code for being subservient and/or sucking up to the white man.

Yet, before all the name calling, Frazier had done what he could to help Ali, reportedly lending him some money during his suspension, testifying in Congress, and petitioning President Richard Nixon to have Ali’s boxing license reinstated. Ali, in fact, had come to Frazier, seeking help to get his license back. Among other things, he told Frazier that once reinstated, an Ali-Frazier match would make them both rich. As Frazier would later recount to Sports Illustrated: “He’d come to the gym and call me on the telephone. He just wanted to work with me for the publicity so he could get his license back. One time, after the Ellis fight [i.e., after Feb 1970], I drove him from Philadelphia to New York City in my car. Me and him. We talked about how much we were going to make out of our fight. We were laughin’ and havin’ fun. We were friends, we were great friends. I said, ‘Why not? Come on, man, let’s do it!’ He was a brother. He called me Joe, ‘Hey, Smokin’ Joe!’ In New York we were gonna put on this commotion.”

March 1st, 1971. Colorful pre-fight edition of Sports Illustrated, with Ali-Frazier cover art by artist Robert Handville. Click for copy.
March 1st, 1971. Colorful pre-fight edition of Sports Illustrated, with Ali-Frazier cover art by artist Robert Handville. Click for copy.
But Frazier soon became astonished at how quickly Ali pirouetted into something less than a friend once he got his license back, then going into his full media act, demeaning Frazier in the run up to their fight. By then, Frazier was boiling inside over the indignities. And beyond the personal matters, Frazier and Ali also became symbols of the larger societal issues of the day – namely, the Vietnam War and the ongoing civil rights struggle. These issues became part of the backdrop for the fight and a kind of national referendum, with folks taking sides whether they were boxing fans or not. As Michael Arkush, author of The Fight of the Century (2007) would later put it:

…The fight was about much more than two men dueling for the undisputed world heavyweight crown. It was about two men representing vastly different versions of our nation in turmoil. With American troops still waging a lost war in Southeast Asia, Ali symbolized a strong challenge to the status quo while Frazier was seen by many as the embodiment of those who were clinging to the past. No doubt these perceptions were way too simplistic, and unfair, especially to Frazier, but they were another example of how much the country was looking for a way to define itself, and its future.

In the boxing world too, the anti-Ali crowd had found their man in Frazier, even though he was not keen on being anyone’s symbol or cause célèbre. Frazier was content to be himself and nothing more. “I often felt bad for Joe,” photographer John Shearer would tell Life.com in later years, recalling the weeks and months he spent with both fighters before the March 1971 bout. “He was completely miscast as the bad guy in the fight. In so many of the pictures I made of him that winter, when he’s with friends and relaxed, there’s something genuinely charming there — but something in his face suggests that if you scratched the surface, you’d find a world of other feelings.”

Meanwhile, breathing fire into the upcoming March 1971 showdown between the two fighters was the media coverage and the hype of fight promoters.

Life magazine’s March 5th, 1971 edition, ahead of historic first Ali-Frazier fight in NY. Click for copy.
Life magazine’s March 5th, 1971 edition, ahead of historic first Ali-Frazier fight in NY. Click for copy.
Time magazine’s March 8th, 1971 pre-fight edition, “The $5,000,000 Fighters”. Click for copy.
Time magazine’s March 8th, 1971 pre-fight edition, “The $5,000,000 Fighters”. Click for copy.

Mainstream magazines such as Life and Time had run cover stories featuring the fighters the week prior to the bout. Life ran its feature story on March 5th with the cover tagline, “Battle of the Champs,” with the fighters shown on the cover decked out in handsome formal wear. Life’s ten-page feature story by Thomas Thompson, “The Battle of the Undefeated Giants,” included photos of both the fighters by Life photographer John Shearer showing them in training and other contexts.

Thompson’s piece included background on, and quotes from, each fighter. Ali, in keeping with his loquacious ways, did not disappoint, telling Thompson at one point: “There’s not a man alive who can whup me. I’m too fast… I’m too smart… I ‘m too pretty…I am the greatest. I am the king.”

Of Frazier, Thompson wrote: “There is a confidence bordering on serenity about Frazier.” His article noted that Frazier was a religious man, read the Bible regularly, and showed him in one photo at a church service with his son Marvis. Another showed him on his daily 6 a.m., six-mile training run with his dog at his training camp, and also noted Frazier’s stage presence and more friendly nature working with his soul and R&B singing group, “Joe Frazier & The Knockouts.”

Time magazine’s pre-fight edition of March 8th, 1971 included an artist’s rendering of the two fighters’ faces on the cover beneath the tagline, “The $5,000,000 Fighters,” alluding to the $2.5 million guaranteed each fighter for their meeting at Madison Square Garden (at the time, the most money ever paid to anyone for a few hours of work). Even though Ali and Frazier were highlighted for the money they would make, the promoter of the fight, then 40 year-old Jerry Perenchio, a California theatrical agent whose clients included Richard Burton, Any Williams, Johnny Mathis, and Henry Mancini, would wind up with even more money – something on the order of $20 million to $30 million. Closed-circuit TV venues were set for 350 locations in the U.S. accommodating some 1.7 million viewers at $10 to $30 per seat. (Still, given Ali’s conviction on draft evasion charges, there were more than 20 venues that opted out of the closed-circuit offering). More viewers would come from overseas locations. Perenchio also had the rights to the souvenir fight program, commercials, poster, and post-fight film. And finally, he also had plans to acquire for auction the trunks and boxing gloves used by Ali and Frazier during the fight. “If they can sell Judy Garland’s red Oz shoes [worn in the classic 1939 Wizard of Oz film] for $15,000,” Perenchio told Life magazine in March 1971, “then we should get at least as much for these.”

Joe Frazier during a break in training prior to the March 1971 title bout with Muhammad Ali.
Joe Frazier during a break in training prior to the March 1971 title bout with Muhammad Ali.
Time also quoted Ali offering some perspective on his larger motivations: “…My mission is to bring freedom to 30 million black people. I’ll win this fight because I’ve got a cause. Frazier has no cause. He’s in it for the money alone.” Yet Frazier might have proven to have been the more prescient of the fight’s outcome, summarizing how his attack on Ali might go, always calling him “Clay”:

…Clay can keep that pretty head, I don’t want it. What I’m going to do is try to pull them kidneys out. I’m going to be at where he lives—in the body. Then I’ll be in business, when I get smoking around the body. Watch him—he’ll be snatching his pretty head back and I’ll let him keep it. Until about the third or fourth round, and then there’ll be a difference. He won’t be able to take it to the body no more. Now he’ll start snatching his sore body away, and then the head will be leaning in. That’s when I’ll take his head, but then it won’t be pretty, or maybe he just won’t care.

One tidbit of political history that occurred on the night of the Ali-Frazier fight, though little-noticed at the time, was a most-significant break-in at FBI offices in Media, Pennsylvania (and in fact, the nation’s preoccupation with the fight that night proved a helpful diversion to the burglers). A small group of independent activists known as The Citizens’ Commission to Investigate the FBI, would remove suitcases-full of FBI files later distributed to selected press revealing the agency’s spying on American citizens and a lot more. Back in New York, meanwhile, in the main arena of Madison Square Garden, the big show was about to begin.


Garden Glitterati

On fight night, Madison Square Garden was full of the rich, famous and fashionable. Professional championship boxing matches in those years were still something of big social events where the literati and glitterati of all stripes came out to be part of the scene. African-American boxing fans attended the event wearing the latest fashions of the day, including long fur coats and top hats for some of the guys, and the latest mini fashion for the ladies.

Photograph by famous New York photojournalist Jean-Pierre Laffont, capturing the style and high fashion of some of those attending the Joe Frazier-Muhammad Ali championship fight at Madison Square Garden, NY, March 8, 1971.
Photograph by famous New York photojournalist Jean-Pierre Laffont, capturing the style and high fashion of some of those attending the Joe Frazier-Muhammad Ali championship fight at Madison Square Garden, NY, March 8, 1971.

Among notables in attendance at the Garden that night were: jazz musician Miles Davis, comedian Bill Cosby, singer Diana Ross, and actors Dustin Hoffman, Diane Keaton and Woody Allen. Bob Dylan was there too, and so were U.S. Senators Ted Kennedy and Hubert Humphrey. Artist LeRoy Neiman was there; he painted Ali and Frazier as they fought. Actor Burt Lancaster was positioned at ringside, serving as a commentator on the closed circuit TV coverage. Barbi Benton and Hugh Hefner came together. Eunice Shriver was there, and so was Hollywood dancer, Gene Kelly. Bert Sugar, boxing historian and commentator was there, as was future contender George Foreman, who would later fight both Frazier and Ali.

Frank Sinatra 1, Ali-Frazier fight, 8 March 1971.
Frank Sinatra 1, Ali-Frazier fight, 8 March 1971.
Frank Sinatra 2, Ali-Frazier fight, 8 March 1971.
Frank Sinatra 2, Ali-Frazier fight, 8 March 1971.

Celebrity Frank

Another celebrity that figures into this story is Frank Sinatra. The famous singer and Hollywood actor was then known for his 1969 hit song, “My Way,” which had reached the Top 40 in the U.S. and did even better in the U.K. However, by early 1971 Sinatra was also talking retirement, possibly by June, after he completed a charity event (for more on Sinatra see “Sinatra Stories”). But Sinatra was also a boxing fan and an amateur photographer of sorts.

That March of 1971, Sinatra was keen to get a ringside seat for the Ali-Frazier fight, but few were available. One report had it that he made a deal with Life magazine to do some photography for the magazine at the Ali-Frazier fight, which would give him more or less free license to roam around up close to the action. But in the introduction to Life’s March 16th, 1971 edition reporting on the fight, managing editor Ralph Graves explained in an “editor’s note” column how the magazine came to use both Sinatra and writer Norman Mailer beyond its own reporters and photographers. On Sinatra’s role, Graves explained: “…We didn’t expect to get anything the professional photographers didn’t have, but [his photographs] might be worth inspecting. Indeed, Sinatra wound up getting the cover, a memorable full-spread picture [inside the magazine], and two other shots in our story….”

On the Life cover of that March 16th, 1971 edition, shown at the top of this article, there was a special credit line at the very bottom which read: “Cover Photograph By Frank Sinatra.” So, not only did this edition of Life magazine have the value of the Ali-Frazier sports celebrity as a selling point, it also had the added cache of Sinatra’s involvement and Norman Mailer’s prose. Sinatra took photos throughout the night, as others took photos of him doing his work. He became as much a diversion for some fans and news photographers as did the main contenders. Or as one observer would later put it, “Frank Sinatra was the third most photographed person that night.” Mailer’s reporting and Sinatra’s photos – at least four of the latter – would appear together in Life magazine’s nine-page spread on the fight.

March 8, 1971, Madison Square Garden, NY, NY: Frank Sinatra, on assignment with Life magazine to cover the Joe Frazier-Muhammad Ali World Heavyweight Championship fight, is a popular subject himself, as others snap away.
March 8, 1971, Madison Square Garden, NY, NY: Frank Sinatra, on assignment with Life magazine to cover the Joe Frazier-Muhammad Ali World Heavyweight Championship fight, is a popular subject himself, as others snap away.

March 1971: Actors Paul Newman and Glenn Ford viewed the fight via closed-circuit TV in Beverly Hills, CA.
March 1971: Actors Paul Newman and Glenn Ford viewed the fight via closed-circuit TV in Beverly Hills, CA.
Meanwhile, on fight night, a sellout crowd of 20,455 packed the Garden. The overflow crowd – including some big names like Bing Crosby who couldn’t get into the main arena – were seated at closed circuit television locations like Radio City Music Hall. In fact, 6,500 seats there had sold out three weeks earlier. Virtually every other closed circuit location was also filled to capacity.

Millions more – celebrities among them – watched on closed-circuit screens across the U.S. and around the world. Actors Paul Newman and Glen Ford (pictured at right) viewed the fight at a closed circuit screening in Beverly Hills. Elvis and Priscilla Presley did the same at Ellis Auditorium in Memphis, Tennessee.

It was estimated that 300 million people around the globe had watched the fight. It was the largest audience ever for a television broadcast up to that time. In fact, more people had tuned into the fight than had watched the moon landing two years before.

In the lead up to the fight, Sports Illustrated had a featured cover story on its pre-fight edition titled, “The Slugger and The Boxer” (shown earlier above), which included some famous bouts from history, but for the current fight, described Ali as “a superb boxer” who was also “a mighty good puncher.” And in Joe Frazier, the magazine found “the very model of the relentlessly oncoming slugger.” The fight, said Sports Illustrated’s Martin Kane, “will surely rank with the classics.”

At the time of the fight, Frazier was 27 years old and at his boxing peak, Ali was 29, emerging from his legal battles, with two recent bouts under his belt. The odds makers had given Frazier a slight edge.


March 1971: Joe Frazier (green trunks) and  Muhammad Ali (red trunks), square off in the big fight.
March 1971: Joe Frazier (green trunks) and Muhammad Ali (red trunks), square off in the big fight.

The Fight

At the opening bell of the scheduled 15-round fight, it was Ali who came out on the attack, dominating much of the first three rounds. He came at Frazier with a series of repeated short jabs to the face, which took their toll on Frazier over the course of the bout. Frazier’s face had visible welts by the time Round 3 ended. However, in the closing seconds of round three, Frazier hit Ali hard with hook to the jaw, as some photos caught Ali’s head snapping back.

In round four, Frazier began to dominate, again catching Ali with several left hooks. He also had Ali up against the ropes, where he went to work on Ali’s body, causing him to cover up. “Frazier didn’t fight by going for the head, the way a lot of other boxers did against Ali,” Life photographer John Shearer would later note. “He went after Ali’s body the whole fight, pounding away, taking terrible blows to the head himself.”

Frank Sinatra, roaming near ringside as he took his photographs, noticed Frazier getting hit repeatedly by Ali’s jabs. “…I kept watching Frazier putting his head too far out for Ali to punch it,” he would say in a conversation with Bill Gallo, a sportswriter with The New York Daily News. “He was defying Ali, and I said to the newspaper guy next to me: ‘He may win, but if he keeps that up, he’s going to the hospital, taking all those punches’.” Still, Frazier seemed to have his plan and was sticking with it.

March 1971: Frazier hits Ali with a left during fight.
March 1971: Frazier hits Ali with a left during fight.
Life photo showing Ali working his jabs on Frazier, which throughout the night took a toll on Frazier’s head & face.
Life photo showing Ali working his jabs on Frazier, which throughout the night took a toll on Frazier’s head & face.
Round 15: Frazier after landing knock-down punch on Ali.
Round 15: Frazier after landing knock-down punch on Ali.
Round 15: Ali falling to the canvass after punch by Frazier.
Round 15: Ali falling to the canvass after punch by Frazier.
Round 15: Joe Frazier escorted to his corner as Muhammad Ali recovers on the canvas following Frazier's knock-down punch.
Round 15: Joe Frazier escorted to his corner as Muhammad Ali recovers on the canvas following Frazier's knock-down punch.
March 1971. Joe Frazier, celebrating his victory over Muhammad Ali with his corner crew. AP photo.
March 1971. Joe Frazier, celebrating his victory over Muhammad Ali with his corner crew. AP photo.

“Frazier moved in with the snarl of a wolf,” Norman Mailer wrote of the middle rounds in his Life magazine piece. “His teeth seemed to show through his mouthpiece … Ali looked tired and a little depressed … At the beginning of the fifth round, he got up slowly from his stool, very slowly. Frazier was beginning to feel that the fight was his. He moved in on Ali, his hands at his side in mimicry of Ali, a street fighter mocking his opponent, and Ali tapped him with long light jabs to which Frazier stuck out his mouthpiece, a jeer of derision as if to suggest that the mouthpiece was all Ali would reach all night.”

The fight had a “grudge match” air about it; each man fighting as if he had something to prove. The verbal slurs and taunts continued back-and-forth between both fighters throughout the contest.

The sixth round came and went – the round Ali had predicted he would knock out Frazier. By this round and the next, Ali was visibly tired. The pace he had set in the earlier rounds had slowed, though he still had flurries of punches for Frazier and his speed and punch combinations kept him roughly even with Frazier,

By round eight, however, at about two minutes in, Frazier landed a clean left hook to Ali’s right jaw. At one point, as Ali tried to take refuge or on the ropes, Frazier grabbed Ali’s wrists and swung him into the center of the ring. Ali then went into a clinch with Frazier until separated by referee Mercante.

In the ninth, Frazier began to work on Ali’s body again, as Ali fended them off the best he could. But then Ali bounced back with a flurry of sharp punches and some good foot work. In the tenth Ali did well again, and it appeared the fight might be turning his way. Yet overall the fight was still very close. Then came round 11.

At about nine seconds into the round, Frazier caught Ali with a left hook, and Ali fell to the canvas with both gloves and his right knee on the canvas. As the referee stepped in, Ali rose from the canvas. The referee wiped Ali’s gloves, but did not signal a knockdown, as the two fighters resumed battle.

Near the end of round 11 Frazier again staggered Ali with a left hook as Ali stumbled and grabbed at Frazier to keep his balance. He then stumbled to the ropes, bounced forward into a clinch with Frazier until the two were separated by the referee. As the round closed, Ali clowned his way back to his corner, with Frazier appearing in control.

Sports Illustrated’s William Nack would later write of the fight some years later:

“…It was soon clear that this was not the Ali of old, the butterfly who had floated through his championship years, and that the long absence from the ring had stolen his legs and left him vulnerable. He had always been a technically unsound fighter: He threw punches going backward, fought with his arms too low and avoided sweeping punches by leaning back instead of ducking. He could get away with that when he had the speed and reflexes of his youth, but he no longer had them, and Frazier was punishing him.”

For the next three rounds, to the end of round 14, according to the judges’ scorecards, Frazier had the advantage on points for those rounds by all three judges. However, in the 14th Ali had pounded Frazier with some of his best punches of the fight.

In the final round, round 15, Ali’s legs appeared leaden, and Frazier wasted no time moving in on him. After a minute or so into the round, Frazier landed a powerful left hook – described in one account as “an absolutely titanic left hook” – that put Ali on his back. Some photos show Ali going down hard, with legs in the air and the red tassels on his shoes flying. It was only the third time in Ali’s career that he had been floored.

With Ali on the canvas, referee Arthur Mercante escorted Frazier to his corner. Ali got up quickly from Frazier’s blow, as Norman Mailer wrote his Life magazine piece:

…[Y]et Ali got up, Ali came sliding through the last two minutes and thirty five seconds of this heathen holocaust in some last exercise of the will, some iron fundament of the ego not to be knocked out… something held him up before the arm-weary triumphant near-crazy Frazier who had just hit him the hardest punch ever thrown in his life… and they went down to the last few seconds of a great fight, Ali still standing…

As he rose from the canvas, Ali’s jaw was now visibly swollen from earlier hits. He managed to stay on his feet as the fight resumed, but Frazier continued to land several more solid hits on Ali as the round ended. A few minutes later the judges made it official: Frazier had retained the title with a unanimous decision, dealing Ali his first professional loss.

As the post-mortems of the fight came in among fans and commentators, there seemed to be some consensus that Ali wasn’t prepared for the fight; that he was not in his best physical shape; and that he failed do the proper amount of training. Frazier, on the other hand was in top form.

Life photographer John Shearer, had spent weeks with both fighters before the bout, had taken lots of photos of Ali and Frazier during their respective training camps, and would later observe of Frazier:

“When I see the pictures I made of Joe running by himself, for example, the one thing that strikes me, maybe even more now than when I was making the photos, is his discipline. He was training, training, training. He was driven. And in many ways, he was a man alone.”

Following the fight that night, there was a party for Frazier. But both fighters would spend some time in the hospital getting checked out. Sports news headlines the next day across the country announced the Frazier victory. Sports Illustrated put Frazier’s 15th round knock down punch of Ali on the cover with the headline, “End of the Ali Legend.” But that assessment would prove way premature.

NY Daily News, March 1971: “Joe Wins By Decision.”
NY Daily News, March 1971: “Joe Wins By Decision.”
15 March 1971: Sports Illustrated post-fight edition, “End of the Ali Legend,” though Ali would rise again. Click for copy.
15 March 1971: Sports Illustrated post-fight edition, “End of the Ali Legend,” though Ali would rise again. Click for copy.
13 Oct 1975. Ali won the grueling “Thrilla in Manilla” bout,  giving him a 2-to-1 edge in the pair’s 3 fights. Click for copy.
13 Oct 1975. Ali won the grueling “Thrilla in Manilla” bout, giving him a 2-to-1 edge in the pair’s 3 fights. Click for copy.
30 Sept 1996: Ali vs. Frazier – “25 years later...still slugging it out,” over their bouts & personal matters. Click for copy.
30 Sept 1996: Ali vs. Frazier – “25 years later...still slugging it out,” over their bouts & personal matters. Click for copy.

And even before the fight had ended with Frazier the victor, there was talk of a rematch between the two. And indeed there would be a rematch – in fact, two more celebrated bouts between these two phenomenal boxers, a series of battles that would entwine their names forever as a pair in the annals of boxing history. More on those in a moment.

With his victory and prize money, Joe Frazier was able to leave his mark on his native state of South Carolina, where he spent his dirt-poor farm days as a boy. In 1971 he bought a 368-acre estate called Brewton Plantation near his boyhood home. He also became the first black man since Reconstruction to address the South Carolina Legislature.

Ali, too, had a good outcome in 1971. On June 27, 1971, by a vote of 8-0 (with Justice Thurgood Marshall abstaining) the U. S. Supreme Court overturned Ali’s conviction for draft evasion, clearing him of all charges.

Following the 1971 Ali-Frazier fight, Frazier defended his title in two 1972 bouts – one against Terry Daniels and the other with Ron Stander, beating both by knockout, Daniels in the fourth round and Stander in the fifth. In another defense of his title in January 1973 he lost the championship to George Foreman. But six months later, he rebounded with a July 1973 victory over Joe Bugner in London, on his way to becoming a contender again.

After his loss to Frazier in 1971, Ali went on a tear, winning six fights the following year – beating Jerry Quarry, Floyd Patterson (for the second time), Bob Foster, and three others. In 1973, Ali suffered the second loss of his career at the hands of Ken Norton, who broke Ali’s jaw during the fight.

After initially seeking retirement, Ali went back into the ring and won a controversial decision against Norton in their second bout. This led to a rematch with Joe Frazier who had lost the title to George Foreman. In January 1974, Ali scored a 12-round decision over Frazier in a non-title bout at Madison Square Garden. This put the pair even after their two bouts, each with one win.

Ali then took on heavyweight champion George Foreman on October 30th, 1974 in the famous “Rumble-in-the-Jungle” fight in Kinshasa, Zaire. Foreman was considered one of the hardest punchers in heavyweight history, and few believed Ali would prevail. But Ali cagily tired out Foreman, and in the eighth round hit Foreman with a combination that sent big George to the mat and down for the count.

Ali, now champ, then dispensed with challengers in three subsequent fights, one of whom was Chuck Wepner, a New Jersey fighter who inspired Sylvester Stallone’s first Rocky film. Then came the third Al-Frazier fight on October 1st, 1975, better known known as the “Thrilla in Manila.”

The “Thrilla in Manila” championship bout is regarded as one of the greatest fights in boxing history. It ended after 14 grueling rounds when a battered Frazier, one eye swollen shut, did not come out to face Ali for the final 15th round. Ali too, was exhausted in his corner, collapsing on the canvas not long after the fight’s end, and later calling the battle a near-death experience.

But over the years, Ali never let up on Frazier with his taunts and name-calling. In the build-up to “The Thrilla in Manila,” Ali called Frazier “the other type of negro,” “ugly,” “dumb,” and “gorilla,” while waving around a hand-held toy gorilla he used with the media when taunting Frazier.

Some believed Ali’s name-calling of Frazier tarnished his standing among his own supporters. Author David Halberstam would later write that Ali was able to manipulate and deal with the media in ways that Frazier could not. But that in demeaning Frazier – “in letting the game become too cruel, Ali [was] diminished in the eyes of those of us who admired him and wanted him in every way to be worthy of his own greatness.”

“The truth was,” wrote Halberstam, “that Joe Frazier was never a Tom, and he was not a white man’s fighter, nor in any way was he political… Frazier’s only politics were his fists. Fighting was his only ticket out of the cruelest kind of poverty.”

After a few more fights, Joe Frazier retired in 1976. He staged an unsuccessful one-fight comeback attempt in 1981. He then retired again and began operating a training gym in Philadelphia.

Ali continued fighting through the 1970s, suffering punishing bouts with Ernie Shavers in Sept 1977 (though winning) and Larry Homes in Oct 1980, a fight stopped in the 11th round by Ali’s trainer, Angelo Dundee. The Holmes fight is said to have contributed to Ali’s Parkinson’s disease. Ali fought one last time on December 1981 against Trevor Berbick, losing a ten-round decision.

One testament to the famous standing of the 1971 Ali-Frazier bout came in a special Sports Illustrated issue at the fight’s 25th anniversary in 1996 which featured the two titans once again opposite each other on the cover, with the tag line: “25 Years After the First of Their Epic Fights, They’re Still Slugging it Out.” But this piece also recounted the long-standing personal bitterness between the two over Ali’s name-calling and demeaning of Frazier.

July10th, 2002: Frazier and Ali pose together as they arrive at the 10th annual ESPY Awards in Hollywood. Reuters/Fred Prouser
July10th, 2002: Frazier and Ali pose together as they arrive at the 10th annual ESPY Awards in Hollywood. Reuters/Fred Prouser
Frazier, in fact, had been scarred more deeply by what Ali said about him over the years than the actual physical blows suffered in the ring. And some of Frazier’s bitterness toward Ali surfaced in his 1995 book, Smokin` Joe: The Autobiography of A Heavyweight Champion of the World (with Phil Berger), and also in demeaning statements he made after Ali’s 1984 Parkinson’s diagnosis.

By that time, even some of Frazier’s closest aides felt he was carrying the bitterness too long and too deeply for his own good.

At the 30th anniversary of the first Ali-Frazier bout, in March 2001, Ali wrote in the New York Times: “Joe is right (to be bitter). I said a lot of things in the heat of the moment that I shouldn’t have said. Called him names I shouldn’t have called him. I apologize for that. I’m sorry. It was all meant to promote the fight.” Yet many believe the part about selling tickets and promoting the fights was bogus, since there was plenty of that going on elsewhere.

Privately, however, Frazier had said for years that he wanted a personal, face-to-face apology from Ali. Still, when Frazier, arriving late at the 30th anniversary gathering, was told of Ali’s statement which Ali had also made to the press there, Frazier was reported to have said: “We have to embrace each other. It’s time to talk and get together. Life’s too short.” Frazier was also reported to have told Sports Illustrated in May 2009 that he no longer held hard feelings towards Ali.

September 2015: A 12-foot bronze statue of Joe Frazier in his boxing stance was dedicated  in front of the NBC Sports Arena at the Xfinitiy Live site in south Philadelphia.
September 2015: A 12-foot bronze statue of Joe Frazier in his boxing stance was dedicated in front of the NBC Sports Arena at the Xfinitiy Live site in south Philadelphia.
In late September 2011, Joe Frazier was diagnosed with liver cancer and admitted to hospice care. He died on November 7th, 2011. Among those attending his funeral were Muhammad Ali, Don King, Larry Holmes, Magic Johnson, Dennis Rodman, and others. Joe Frazier’s professional record, compiled between August 1965 and December 1981, was 32 wins (27 knockouts, 5 decisions), 4 losses (3 knockouts, 1 decision), and 1 draw. Frazier remains one of only two boxers to beat Muhammad Ali in his prime years, the other being Ken Norton.

In retirement, Joe Frazier often felt overshadowed by Ali’s various awards and notices, and he seemed to be left out of the historic recognition traditionally accorded professional boxers of his standing. Adding insult to injury was the fact that the fictional Rocky Balboa character from the Sylvester Stallone /Rocky film series had a statue in Philadelphia, while the city’s most renowned real boxer of recent years did not. This was not unnoticed by Jesse Jackson, who, while eulogizing Frazier at his funeral, made prominent mention of the slight. A few years later, however, in mid-September 2015, a 12-foot bronze statue of Joe Frazier in his boxing stance was dedicated in front of the NBC Universal Sports Arena at the Xfinitiy Live site in south Philadelphia. Statue artist Stephen Layne said he modeled his work on the famous knock-down punch Frazier leveled on Ali in the 15th round of their March 1971 fight. “I found my inspiration in that photo,” Layne said.

Joe Frazier book, 2016.
Joe Frazier book, 2016.
Joe Frazier biography, 2019.
Joe Frazier biography, 2019.
Muhammad Ali  book, 2003.
Muhammad Ali book, 2003.
Muhammad Ali  book, 2017.
Muhammad Ali book, 2017.
 

Ali, meanwhile, remains one of the greatest heavyweight boxers of all time, and also one of the most recognized sports celebrities in the world.

Ali’s professional boxing record over a 21-year career between 1960 and 1981 stands at 56-and-5, one of the best of all time — with 56 wins (37 knockouts and 19 decisions), and 5 losses (4 decisions and 1 knockout).

After retiring from boxing in 1981, he received all manner of sports and other awards and recognition, met with presidents and heads of state, served on various national and international committees, and lent is name to various causes.

In 1991 he traveled to Iraq during the Gulf War and met with Saddam Hussein in an attempt to negotiate the release of American hostages. In 1996, he bore the Olympic Torch to light the flame at the 1996 Summer Olympics in Atlanta, Georgia.

Although Ali was diagnosed with Parkinson’s syndrome in 1984, he remained active for a number of years after his diagnosis. In 2005, Ali was awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom by President George W. Bush during ceremonies at the White House.

After being hospitalized with a respiratory illness on June 2, 2016, Ali died the following day. He was 74. On June 10, 2016, his funeral procession went through the streets of his hometown, Louisville, KY, and a public memorial was held there, watched on television by an estimated 1 billion viewers worldwide, attended by many dignitaries and sports leaders. (Click on Ali/Frazier book covers above to view Amazon pages for those books).

For other stories at this website, see for example: the “Annals of Sport” category page; “Baseball Stories, 1900s-2000s,” a topics page with 14 baseball stories; “The Rocky Statue, 1980-2009,” story on the 20-year controversy over the location of a Rocky Balboa statue at the Philadelphia Art Museum; and “Dempsey vs Carpenteir,” a recounting of the famous 1921 fight between Jack Dempsey and George Carpenteir and the role radio played in making that fight one of the first “mega sports events.” Additional civil rights history can be found at “Civil Rights Topics,” a category page with 14 additional stories.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

________________________________________

Date Posted: 9 November 2015
Last Update: 22 September 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: https://bsky.app/profile/jackdoyle.bsky.social
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Ali-Frazier History: Boxing & Culture,
1960s-70s,” PopHistoryDig.com, November 9, 2015.

________________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Official program from Ali-Frazier fight, March 8, 1971, with cover art by LeRoy Neiman, famous painter of athletes.
Official program from Ali-Frazier fight, March 8, 1971, with cover art by LeRoy Neiman, famous painter of athletes.
July 24, 1971: Muhammad Ali  – shown here on the eve of Jerry Ellis fight -- appeared on Sports Illustrated  covers 39 times, more than anyone except Michael Jordan.
July 24, 1971: Muhammad Ali – shown here on the eve of Jerry Ellis fight -- appeared on Sports Illustrated covers 39 times, more than anyone except Michael Jordan.
Cover of 2013 Joe Frazier DVD using 1971 photo by John Shearer of Frazier doing road work. Click for copy.
Cover of 2013 Joe Frazier DVD using 1971 photo by John Shearer of Frazier doing road work. Click for copy.
Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali as young boxers.
Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali as young boxers.
2003: Muhammad Ali & Joe Frazier pictured in their 1971 robes at Joe Frazier’s Philadelphia Gym; Frazier shown here in a forgiving pose. (Walter Iooss Jr./SI).
2003: Muhammad Ali & Joe Frazier pictured in their 1971 robes at Joe Frazier’s Philadelphia Gym; Frazier shown here in a forgiving pose. (Walter Iooss Jr./SI).

“Fight of the Century,” Wikipedia.org.

David R Arnott,, “Frank Sinatra Photographs Joe Frazier for Life Magazine,” NBCNews .com, November 8, 2011.

“Sport: The Dream (Cassius Clay cover story),” Time, Friday, March 22, 1963.

“Cassius Clay in London” (cover), Sports Illus- trated, June 10, 1963.

Martin Kane, “The Art of Ali,” Sports Illus- trated, May 5, 1969.

“Sport: Bull v. Butterfly: A Clash of Cham- pions,” Time, Monday, March 8, 1971.

Ralph Graves, Managing Editor, Editor’s Note, “Some Staff Prediction on the Big Fight,” Life, March 5, 1971, p. 3.

Thomas Thompson, “The Battle of the Undefeated Giants: Joe Frazier and Muhammad Ali Square Off for $2.5 Million Each” (photos by John Shearer), Life, March 5, 1971, p. 40.

Hugh McIlvanney, “When the Mountain Came to Muhammad,” The Guardian, March 9, 1971 (and November 8, 2011).

Norman Mailer, “Ego” (feature story on the Joe Frazier-Muhammad Ali fight), Life, March 19, 1971, pp. 18-36.

“Muhammad Ali,” Wikipedia.org.

“Joe Frazier,” Wikipedia.org.

Thomas Hauser, Muhammad Ali: His Life and Times, Simon & Schuster, 1991, 544 pp.

Joe Frazier with Phil Berger, Smokin` Joe: The Autobiography of a Heavyweight Champion of the World, Macmillan USA, 1996, 213 pp..

William Nack, “Twenty-Five Years Later, Ali and Frazier Are Still Slugging it Out,” Sports Illustrated, September 30, 1996.

David Remnick, King of the World: Muhammad Ali and the Rise of an American Hero, Random House, October 1998, 326 pp.

David Halberstam, Page 2 Columnist, “Ali Wins Another Fight,” ESPN.com, 2001.

Michael Silver, “Where Were You on March 8, 1971?,” ESPN Classic, November 19, 2003.

Michael Arkush, The Fight of the Century:Ali-vs Frazier, March 8, 1971, John Wiley & Sons, September 2007, 272 pp.

Alan H. Levy, Floyd Patterson: A Boxer and a Gentleman, McFarland, 2008, 297 pp.

“Frazier Gets His Time to Shine” (HBO film), Sports Illustrated, April 22, 2009.

“Ali: The Louisville Lip”(photo gallery), Louisville Courier Journal, November 30, 2009

“Storytime With George Lois, Part 2,” Jux- tapoz.com, November 29, 2010.

Michael Arkush, “Fight of The Century Remains Unmatched 40 Years Later,” Boxing Experts Blog, March 7, 2011.

Richard Goldstein, “Joe Frazier, Ex-Heavyweight Champ, Dies at 67,” New York Times, November 7, 2011.

Associated Press, “Boxing Great Joe Frazier, 67, Dies After Bout With Cancer,” The Oregonian, November 7, 2011.

JekyllnHyde, “Lawdy, Lawdy, He’s Great” – A Profile in Political Courage,” DailyKos.com, November 19, 2011.

Geoff Stanton, “Ego and ‘The Fight of the Century’ | Muhammad Ali and Smokin’ Joe Frazier New York City 1971,” FromTheBar- relHouse.com, December 18, 2011.

Roosterman Productions, “Smokin Joe Frazier – The Final Goodbye” (w/Johnny Cash tune, “Hurt”), YouTube.com, posted, December 31, 2011.

“The Passion of Muhammad Ali,” Steven Lebron.com, July 16, 2012.

“Meeting Mr. Time: The National Portrait Gallery Celebrates the Genius of Boris Chaliapin, Time Magazine’s Most Prolific Cover Artist,” Montage Magazine, December 23, 2013.

Richard Hoffer, Bouts of Mania, Da Capo Press, July 2014, 296 pp.

Ben Cosgrove, “Ali, Frazier and The ‘Fight of the Century’: A Photographer Remembers,” Time.com, October 10, 2014.

“Sports Fan: Frank Sinatra,” Photo Gallery, Sports Illustrated.

“Muhammad Ali vs. Joe Frazier Crowd” (30 images), J. P. Laffont, New York, NY.

“Muhammad Ali Sportsman Legacy Award” (and cover gallery), Sports Illustrated, October 5, 2015.

Mark Kram, Ghosts of Manila: The Fateful Blood Feud Between Muhammad Ali and Joe Frazier, Harper, 2001, 244 pp.

Bob Mee, Ali and Liston: The Boy Who Would Be King and the Ugly Bear, Skyhorse Publishing, 2011, 336 pp.

_______________________________




“They Go To Graceland”
Elvis Home a Big Draw

On Saturday morning, July 1st, 2006, a somewhat out-of-the-ordinary front-page photograph greeted readers of The Washington Post. President George Bush and Japanese Prime Minister, Junichiro Koizumi, had visited the former home of rock `n roll legend Elvis Presley. Known today as Graceland, the Elvis home had recently been designated a National Historic Landmark. In the Washington Post front-page photograph, Koizumi, a known Elvis fan, was shown demonstrating some of his Elvis moves at Graceland while President Bush, Elvis’s former wife Priscilla, and Elvis’s daughter, Lisa Marie Presley, looked on.

July 1st, 2006 edition of The Washington Post with photo of Japanese  Prime Minister, Junichiro Koizumi doing his Elvis imitation at Graceland as President Bush, Priscilla and Lisa Marie Presley looked on during tour.
July 1st, 2006 edition of The Washington Post with photo of Japanese Prime Minister, Junichiro Koizumi doing his Elvis imitation at Graceland as President Bush, Priscilla and Lisa Marie Presley looked on during tour.

A few months earlier, U.S. Secretary of the Interior, Gale Norton, declared the Graceland estate to be a National Historic Landmark, which is the highest U.S. recognition accorded historic properties. Fewer than 2,500 such places share the honor, among them, Mount Vernon and Monticello, Virginia, the former homes of George Washington and Thomas Jefferson. Graceland is also the first, and to date, the only home of a rock `n roll star to be so designated.

March 2006: Graceland a National Historic Landmark; with, L-to-R, Jack Soden of Elvis Presley Enterprises, Priscilla Presley, and U.S. Interior Secretary, Gale Norton.
March 2006: Graceland a National Historic Landmark; with, L-to-R, Jack Soden of Elvis Presley Enterprises, Priscilla Presley, and U.S. Interior Secretary, Gale Norton.
“In recognition of Elvis Presley’s achievements and contributions to American culture and musical history, we designate his home, Graceland, as a National Historic Landmark,” Secretary Norton said during the March 27th, 2006 dedication ceremony.

“American culture and music changed irreversibly because of Elvis,” Secretary Norton said during her remarks. “It would be difficult to tell the story of the 20th century without discussing the many contributions made by this legendary, iconic artist.”

Former wife of Elvis, Priscilla Presley, and Jack Soden of Elvis Presley Enterprises were on hand to receive the formal certification. Less than three months later, Bush and Koizumi would make their visit to Graceland.

Prime Minister Koizumi, it turned out, was a big Elvis fan, not uncommon in Japan, where at least two Elvis fan clubs thrive with thousands of members. Prior to the Bush-Koizumi visit to Graceland, the two heads of state had conducted earlier business in Washington over two days. They had a series of talks on world and bilateral issues, ranging from Iraq and North Korea to U.S. beef exports. But following a black-tie dinner at the White House, the next day’s itinerary was devoted to Graceland.

July 2006: President Bush and Japanese Prime Minister Koizumi in the awards section of Elvis Presley home at Graceland where various Presley costumes and recording awards are displayed.
July 2006: President Bush and Japanese Prime Minister Koizumi in the awards section of Elvis Presley home at Graceland where various Presley costumes and recording awards are displayed.

On the Air Force One plane ride to Graceland, it was also “all Elvis” as White House staff and traveling press joined in the festivities. “Love Me Tender” and “Don’t Be Cruel” and other Elvis songs were played over the Air Force One public address system. DVDs of Elvis movies were available for viewing. Even fried peanut butter-banana sandwiches – an Elvis specialty – were offered to those willing to indulge.

July 2006: Prime Minister Koizumi is excited to try on a pair of Elvis sunglasses as Priscilla & Lisa Marie Presley look on.
July 2006: Prime Minister Koizumi is excited to try on a pair of Elvis sunglasses as Priscilla & Lisa Marie Presley look on.
July 2006: Prime Minister Koizumi with Elvis sunglasses outside Graceland mansion as President Bush looks on.
July 2006: Prime Minister Koizumi with Elvis sunglasses outside Graceland mansion as President Bush looks on.
July 2006: Prime Minister Koizumi outside of Graceland, in front of an Elvis pink Cadillac.
July 2006: Prime Minister Koizumi outside of Graceland, in front of an Elvis pink Cadillac.

Arriving at Graceland, which was closed to the general public while the heads of state were there, Koizumi and Bush saw what most visitors see. In the museum portion of the home, there were displays of the King’s extravagant concert costumes, his guitars, wall after wall of gold records.

In the living areas of the Graceland mansion they saw a glossy black baby-grand piano and a 15-foot-long white sofa. There was also the billiard room with multicolored fabric covering the walls and ceiling and a yellow-and-blue basement entertainment room with mirrored ceiling and triple televisions embedded in the walls.

And not least on the tour was the famously furnished Jungle Room, with its shag carpet, reportedly decorated from Elvis’s memory of a Hawaiian visit.

It was in the Jungle Room where Koizumi was treated to a pair of Elvis’s gold-rimmed sunglasses, which inspired him to offer what appeared to be a brief display of some Elvis air guitar while singing, “Glory, glory, hallelujah.” Press photos, such as that at the top of this story, captured the moment and appeared in news outlets around the world. Outside, just off the drive way and parked on the lawn was one of Elvis’s prize cars – a pink Cadillac.

Some 300 journalists came out to document and report on the trip. In fact, a separate press center was set up in the Elvis Presley Automobile Museum, a separate building where the Cadillac and an MG used in the Elvis movie “Blue Hawaii” were on display, along with other Elvis cars, reported at one time to have numbered more than 30.

While at Graceland, Bush and Koizumi shared some private time for official business in the Meditation Garden – an area where Elvis and his parents are buried next to an eternal flame.

President Bush had decided that a Graceland visit for Koizumi would be the perfect way to honor his friend and fellow world leader. The two had apparently hit it off on a personal level since their first meeting. In fact, at a 2005 birthday party for President Bush, Koizumi sang a few bars of Presley’s, “I Want You, I Need You, I Love You,”( also appropriate at the time regarding the U.S.-Japan relationship).

Cover of 2001 CD: “Junichiro Koizumi Presents My Favorite Elvis Songs,” which was marketed for charity purposes in Japan.
Cover of 2001 CD: “Junichiro Koizumi Presents My Favorite Elvis Songs,” which was marketed for charity purposes in Japan.
In addition to the July 2006 Graceland visit, and as a parting gift to Koizumi for his then forthcoming retirement from office that September, Bush also arranged for a jukebox loaded with Elvis hits to be given to his friend.

Although Elvis never performed outside of the U.S., he continued to have fans around the world, including thousands in Japan. Koizumi, who shares a birth date with Elvis, January 8th, was also an active Elvis fan back home. His brother once ran Presley’s fan club in Yokohama.

In 1987, Koizumi also played a key role in erecting a bronze statue of Presley in Tokyo. And in 2001, he personally selected 25 Elvis songs for a limited-edition charity CD released in Japan under the title, “Junichiro Koizumi Presents My Favorite Elvis Songs,” a CD that quickly sold out. (In 2009, after he retired, Koizumi attended an unveiling of another Elvis Presley statue, this one in Kobe, Japan.)

Near the end of the July 2006 visit to Graceland, President Bush, reflecting on the tour and satisfied that he helped provide a good time for Koizumi, noted: “I knew he loved Elvis,” he said of the Japanese prime minister, “I didn’t realize how much he loved Elvis.”


600,000 Visitors

Graceland sign outside the former home of Elvis Presley.
Graceland sign outside the former home of Elvis Presley.
Graceland, it turns out, is not only a nice diversion for a visiting head of state. In fact, for nearly 35 years now the Elvis homestead has become big business. Tens of thousands go there every year – as paying visitors. Forbes magazine reported that Presley’s estate – including Graceland visitors, licensing fees, and merchandise – earned an estimated $55 million in 2013, placing Elvis among the top-earning deceased celebrities for that year and a number of years past.

Elvis Presley died at Graceland in August 1977 at the age of 42. Since his death, Graceland has become essentially a memorial to Presley and national monument of a kind. The site was opened to the public on June 7, 1982. It was first listed in the National Register of Historic Places on November 7, 1991, becoming a National Historic Landmark in March 2006. Since its opening to the public it has become, after the White House, one of the most-visited private homes in America with more than 600,000 visitors in recent years.

1957: Elvis at front entrance of Graceland mansion.
1957: Elvis at front entrance of Graceland mansion.
Graceland includes the mansion house, located on nearly 14 acres. There are 23 rooms, in the mansion, including 8 bedrooms and bathrooms. There is also a full stable on the grounds. The estate is located just under 10 miles from downtown Memphis, Tennessee and less than four miles north of the Mississippi state line. Elvis was born in Tupelo, MS. Presley, his parents Gladys and Vernon Presley, and his grandmother, are buried in the Meditation Garden at Graceland. A memorial gravestone for Presley’s stillborn twin brother, Jesse Garon, is also at the site. When Presley died in 1977 he was originally buried at Forest Hill Cemetery. But after attempts were made to steal his body that August, Presley’s father, Vernon, had the bodies of Elvis and his mother both reburied at Graceland.

Graceland also includes a museum across the street where various Elvis artifacts are on display, including some of his famous Las Vegas jumpsuits, gold records, guitars he used, and other material. Elvis’ extensive collection of automobiles, including his pink Cadillac, are also housed there. And although they were put up for sale in 2015, two of Presley’s specially-outfitted airplanes were also on the grounds, exhibited there for tourists by a separate company.

Elvis originally purchased Graceland on March 19, 1957 for the amount of $102,500. In those days, the property was located in a mostly rural area, which in subsequent years filled in with residential and commercial growth expanding from Memphis. After purchasing the property Elvis spent more than $500,000 making modifications, including a low-lying stone wall of Alabama fieldstone surrounding the grounds; a wrought-iron front gate shaped as a page of sheet music with musical notes and silhouetted guitar players on each side; a kidney shaped swimming pool; a racquetball court; the “jungle room” mentioned earlier, with indoor waterfall and recording studio; and other additions. Although his performances kept him away from home a good deal, and he also had other homes, Elvis regarded Graceland as his homeplace for 20 years, from 1957-1977, during which, off and on, an assortment of family members lived there as well.

1957: Elvis Presley stands at the wrought iron gates he had made for the entrance drive at Graceland,  made to resemble a page of sheet music with musical notes and guitar players depicted.
1957: Elvis Presley stands at the wrought iron gates he had made for the entrance drive at Graceland, made to resemble a page of sheet music with musical notes and guitar players depicted.

After Elvis’s death in 1977, the executor of his estate initially was his father, Vernon, who then passed it on to Elvis’ former wife, Priscilla, until daughter Lisa Marie came of age. The estate, meanwhile, faced $500,000 a year in upkeep costs and considerable taxes. There was some worry that Graceland might have to be sold in order to avoid bankruptcy. Priscilla then set about examining how historic homes and museums operated and she hired business executive Jack Soden to help turn Graceland into a tourist destination.

Headlines from an August 2002 Associated Press story on Graceland: “Presley’s Home Earns Millions...”
Headlines from an August 2002 Associated Press story on Graceland: “Presley’s Home Earns Millions...”
On June 7, 1982. Graceland was opened to the public under the management of Elvis Presley Enterprises (EPE) with Soden at the helm and Priscilla as chairwoman and president. At first, there was uncertainty that Graceland could sustain itself as a tourist location, but after the first few months of visitation the estate recouped its upgrade investment and began turning a profit. There had also been some litigation and court-ordered investigations of the handling of Elvis’s past business affairs by former manager Colonel Tom Parker. Favorable resolution of these and other legal issues helped put the estate on better financial footing. EPE, meanwhile, became more aggressive in securing rights to Elvis’s image and related intellectual property, even helping push through new copyright and trademark legislation in the U.S. Congress. EPE also had a hand in a new Tennessee law that guaranteed that commercial rights to the name and image of a deceased celebrity would pass to his or her heirs.

A Reuters news graphic outlining the Graceland-area businesses and properties of Elvis Presley Enterprises at that time, August 2002.
A Reuters news graphic outlining the Graceland-area businesses and properties of Elvis Presley Enterprises at that time, August 2002.
During the 1980s and 1990s, Elvis Presley Enterprises also bought up some of the properties and businesses around Graceland. And over the years EPE also filed more than a hundred lawsuits to assert and protect the estate’s exclusive right to Elvis’s name and image. Licensing fees were also bolstered to help produce income for the Presley estate. Any business selling Elvis memorabilia in the U.S. pays EPE both a licensing fee and an advance royalty based on expected sales. In terms of Elvis’s music, however, Colonel Parker sold those rights long ago to RCA for a song. But in the 1990s, EPE negotiated a new deal with RCA for royalties from newly packaged anthologies of old Elvis tunes. Among these, for example, was a five-CD boxed set released in 1993 that topped a million in sales. More new releases have followed.

At Graceland, meanwhile, tourist visitation continued to do well through the 1990s. On the 20th Anniversary of Elvis’ death in 1997, throngs of fans descended on Graceland, including several hundred media, whose coverage of the event brought more public notice to Graceland, helping spur more visitation. Each August now, at the anniversary of Elvis’ death, thousands come to Graceland for a range of activities during “Elvis Week.” At the 25th anniversary in 2002 as estimated 40,000 people came to Graceland during Elvis Week. And Elvis’s music, even in 2002, still had popular currency. When RCA rereleased some of his singles that year to promote a greatest-hits compilation, more than a dozen of them became top five hits in Britain.

In the early 2000s, however, visitation at Graceland hit a plateau in the 500,000-to-600,000 range. Priscilla, Lisa Marie, and Jack Soden at EPE had watched visitors from the U.S. and all over the world express their enthusiasm, and open their wallets, for all things Elvis. They suspected there was more potential upside at Graceland and the Elvis Presley legacy. But they did not have the experience to take it to the next level. That’s about when some bigger players entered the picture.


Sillerman/CKX Deal

Lisa Marie Presley, 2004.
Lisa Marie Presley, 2004.
In December 2004, Lisa Marie Presley made a business deal with CKX, Inc. and its chairman, Robert Sillerman, a notable player in the entertainment business and celebrity rights management. In a $114 million deal with CKX, she sold some 85 percent of the business side of her father’s estate, along with some Elvis Presley rights. She kept the home and the Graceland property, as well as the bulk of the possessions there. But she turned over the management of Graceland and EPE to CKX.

“For the past few years, I’ve been looking for someone to join forces with to expand the many facets of (Elvis Presley Enterprises), to take it to new levels internationally and to make it an even greater force in the entertainment industry,” said Lisa Marie Presley at the time of the deal.

Lisa Marie received $50 million from the sale plus stock in CKX. Priscilla Presley got $6.5 million and a 10-year consulting contract with CKX at $560,000 a year. She also received a seat on the CKX board of directors.

Sillerman and CKX got the rights to the Elvis name, image, likeness, and trademark, then used in 100 or so merchandising and licensing deals. CKX also got the publishing rights to 650 songs, royalty rights to fewer Elvis songs recorded after 1973, and royalty rights to 24 Elvis movies.

Robert Sillerman in a 2009 photograph.
Robert Sillerman in a 2009 photograph.
Robert Sillerman, the chairman of CKX, had become a billionaire in the 1990s after collecting and selling off a network of radio properties, and concert and entertainment venues. Sillerman was known as something of wheeler dealer in the entertainment management world. In fact, shortly after the Graceland deal, his company also acquired 19 Entertainment, the company that owned the American Idol TV show. That deal was valued at $190 million.

Sillerman, a friend of Mel Brooks who years earlier had invested in Brooks’ Broadway production, The Producers, also came to own Muhammed Ali rights as well as the firm that managed Woody Allen, Robin Williams and Billy Crystal. In April 2006, Sillerman paid $50 million for an 80 percent stake in Muhammed Ali’s name, image and likeness. “When we created CKX and came up with the idea for it,” Mr. Sillerman said in an April 2006 interview, “we came up with three things that we thought had the greatest impact on American culture,” then naming the three: Elvis Presley, American Idol, and Muhammed Ali.

Sillerman had big plans for the future – including those built upon the licensing rights of baby boomer cultural icons like Elvis. He even had hoped to land some Beatles’ rights, but that did not happen. Still, with Graceland and the Elvis Presley legacy, Sillerman saw new business opportunities ahead. “Does it make sense to invest in Elvis Presley enterprises in Japan? Does it make sense in Germany?,” he asked at the time of the Elvis deal. “Are there things that can be done in other jurisdictions in the United States? The answer to some of the questions is obviously yes,’ he said., “we just don’t know which ones.”

Elvis Week at Graceland has evolved into an annual mid-August celebration of  the music and legacy of Elvis Presley.
Elvis Week at Graceland has evolved into an annual mid-August celebration of the music and legacy of Elvis Presley.
There was thinking at the time of possible Elvis-themed venues around the world, prehaps something similar similar to a Hard Rock Café type design. Some observers believed that taking the Elvis brand into foreign markets could dwarf U.S. opportunities. “Put a casino in Macau or Dubai, put a replica of Graceland in Tokyo—the opportunities are huge,” offered one business analyst. EPE’s Jack Soden had also been eyeing the international potential, and he offered one anecdote as an indication that foreign visitors were just as crazy about Elvis as Americans. “The Bolshoi Ballet came en masse to Graceland,” Soden told Fortune magazine in 2005. “All these ballet dancers from Russia were huge Elvis fans, and [their handlers] were asking for our help to get them out of here and back to rehearsal. They had a per diem, and they were missing meals and saving money so they could buy more stuff at the shop.”

In February 2006, Robert Sillerman announced plans to turn Graceland into a much improved tourist destination that would also draw international visitors. What Sillerman had in mind was something on a par with the Disney or Universal theme parks. Graceland and the immediate area would be made over to accommodate a doubling or even tripling of annual visitors, possibly to around 2 million a year. CKX began working with Disney Imagineering based in Orlando, Florida, to improve the tourist area around Graceland. While keeping the historic home intact, the make-over would include a three-mile Elvis Presley Boulevard as an entertainment district near the estate. Elvis Presley Enterprises, meanwhile, had already bought up over 120 acres of land, apartments and existing shops that would make way for the expansion.

2015: Although it took time to advance from the earlier property acquisitions of Elvis Presley Enterprises and the vision  Robert Sillerman’s CKX in 2005, expansion plans for the Graceland area, with a new hotel – “Guesthouse at Graceland” (lower left) – and an “Entertainment Complex,” have moved forward, collecting state and local approvals.
2015: Although it took time to advance from the earlier property acquisitions of Elvis Presley Enterprises and the vision Robert Sillerman’s CKX in 2005, expansion plans for the Graceland area, with a new hotel – “Guesthouse at Graceland” (lower left) – and an “Entertainment Complex,” have moved forward, collecting state and local approvals.

There was also some potential for Elvis/Graceland cross-promotion between Sillerman properties and Elvis venues. In May 2006, Sillerman’s American Idol show featured some of its contestants visiting Graceland. Not long thereafter, attendance at Graceland in July 2006 was up six percent over July 2005, which some attributed to the American Idol linkage. And in September 2006, Memphis was one of seven cities where American Idol held auditions. American Idol contestants doing Elvis songs on that show in the future was another distinct possibility.

“Viva Elvis” debuted December 2009.
“Viva Elvis” debuted December 2009.
Sillerman was also working on an Elvis venue to be built in Las Vegas. And his firm was helping Cirque du Soleil develop a high-concept production about Elvis that would launch later in Las Vegas and potentially tour the world. That production was planning to use Elvis imagery, music, and artifacts in an artistically-colored act with Cirque du Soleil dancers and trapeze artists.

After some time in development, that show, billed as a tribute to the life and music of Elvis Presley and titled “Viva Elvis,” debuted with preview performances in December 2009 at the Aria Resort & Casino.

However, Sillerman’s bigger plans for Elvis and CKX began to fall apart after he invested in Las Vegas property with the idea of creating an Elvis Presley-themed casino. That occurred not long after the economy turned bad in 2008-2010, as stocks and real estate values plummeted, when Sillerman and CKX got into financial trouble. In May 2010, Sillerman stepped down as chairman and CEO of CKX. About a year later, in May 2011, CKX was sold to Apollo Management for $512 million, and Apollo changed the name of CKX to CORE Media Group. Not long thereafter, Apollo began to sell off some of what it has acquired, though keeping American Idol, at least for the time being.

Authentic Brands Group logo.
Authentic Brands Group logo.
On November 19, 2013, Apollo sold its stake in Elvis Presley Enterprises and Muhammad Ali Enterprises to Authentic Brands Group(ABG), a New York-based intellectual property corporation that already managed Marilyn Monroe rights, among others. In this deal, ABG would then own Elvis Presley’s intellectual property rights and Elvis Presley Enterprises. ABG was believed to have paid something north of $130 million for the Presley and Ali rights. In the deal, ABG assumed the global rights to a vast library of Elvis Presley photographic imagery, including artwork, album covers and movie posters; video and audio assets, including television appearances and music specials; Elvis’ name and likeness; and other assets, including the rights to major Elvis-themed events such as Elvis Week.

With the ABG deal, Priscilla Presley noted in a statement: “We look forward to working with the ABG team to further promote the legacy of Elvis. This is the opportunity the family has been envisioning to expand the Graceland experience and enhance Elvis’ image all over the world.” Lisa Marie Presley added: “While I will continue to own Graceland and Elvis’ original artifacts, we are looking forward to working with our new partners to continue the growth and expansion we have been working towards. The licensing and merchandising aspect of this business is not to be confused with the fact that the property will always remain with me and my family. However, this is a great partnership for our family and Elvis fans worldwide.”

“Direct From Graceland: Elvis” – for ABG’s London exhibit.
“Direct From Graceland: Elvis” – for ABG’s London exhibit.
ABG soon put its Elvis properties to work, taking their new Graceland brand on the road for the first time with a nine-month exhibition of Elvis Presley artifacts displayed at London’s O2 arena.

And in February 2015, ABG announced it would establish a second permanent Elvis home in Las Vegas, at the Westgate Las Vegas Resort and Casino, on the site where Elvis had performed in earlier years.

In 1969, Elvis had played a record 58 consecutive, sold-out shows at that location at the former International Hotel. He would eventually play some 837 performances in Las Vegas.

The London and Las Vegas venues, according to ABG, demonstrated the potential for using the million or so Graceland-Elvis artifacts that often remain in storage. “Once you give someone a taste of this,” said ABG managing partner Joel Weinshanker of the Elvis exhibits and other artifacts, “they’ll want more.”

Back at Graceland proper, meanwhile, Authentic Brands was also at work. By August 2014, they introduced an interactive iPad tour guide and the Graceland Archive, in which curators exhibit and discuss material not on permanent display. ABG and EPE were also moving ahead with the planned Graceland expansion. A 450-room hotel and conference center – dubbed the Guest House at Graceland (noted on map earlier), is scheduled to open in 2016. It will be Memphis’s largest new hotel and will also include a 500-seat theater. In conjunction with the larger Graceland area development plan, EPE is also seeking to designate the area a “tourist development zone.” It also wants state and local tax breaks – as much as $40 million according to one report – noting that the projected expansion will generate jobs and business income.

The July 2008 Tennessee Business magazine raised the question of how long the Elvis economic magic and appeal might last.
The July 2008 Tennessee Business magazine raised the question of how long the Elvis economic magic and appeal might last.
Still, there have been some “doubting Thomases” out there who wonder just how long the Elvis magic can last. Elvis followers and fans are mostly older, and some analysts have called the Elvis enterprise a “boomer play,” expecting a downturn as this cohort dies off. But there are signs that the Elvis story and his music can have legs with new followers and new markets. In recent years, new compilations of Presley’s music, and rediscovered or never released material, have resonated with younger listeners and buyers. Elvis’s appeal musically also cuts across the rock, gospel and blues genres, and that will also help broaden and sustain his fan base going forward.

So stay tuned. Elvis hasn’t quite left the building yet – and if the investors and entertainment moguls have anything to do with it, he never will.

For additional stories on Elvis Presley at this website, see for example: “Elvis on the Road, 1955-1956” (the travels and town-by-town concert itinerary of early Elvis and his band); “Elvis Riles Florida, 1955-1956” (Elvis & band come to perform at the Florida Theater in Jacksonville, but face arrest warrants there if he “gyrates” too suggestively on stage); and “Drew Pearson on Elvis, 1956,” (a video commentary on Elvis Presley’s rapid rise to stardom by a famous syndicated newspaper columnist of that era). See also the “Annals of Music” category page for additional stories on the history of popular music, artist profiles, and selected song analysis. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 17 September 2015
Last Update: 14 April 2018
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “They Go To Graceland, Elvis Home a Big Draw,”
PopHistoryDig.com, September 17, 2015.

____________________________________


Elvis music at Amazon.com

“The Essential Elvis Presley” album. Click for copy.
“The Essential Elvis Presley” album. Click for copy.
Elvis Album: 30 No 1 Hits. Click for copy.
Elvis Album: 30 No 1 Hits. Click for copy.
Elvis: Gospel Songs; 3 CDs, 87songs. Click for copy.
Elvis: Gospel Songs; 3 CDs, 87songs. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

“Celebrity Visitors”
…At Graceland

President George W. Bush and Prime Minister Koizumi weren’t the only high-profile visitors to tour Graceland in recent years. Since their July 2006 visit to Graceland, other heads of state and/or related royalty have also gone to Graceland. On August 6, 2010, Prince Albert II, Monaco’s Head of State, and his fiancée, Charlene Wittstock, on a U.S. vacation, toured Graceland. Prince William and Prince Harry of the U.K., while in Memphis for a friend’s wedding, visited Graceland on May 2, 2014, where they were joined by Princess Beatrice and Princess Eugenie for a private tour. Rock `n roll “royalty,” as well, have also had some interaction with Graceland. American singer-songwriter Paul Simon, visited Graceland in the early 1980s and wrote a song which became the title track of his 1986 world music hit album, Graceland, suggesting some homage to Elvis and his home place (Simon has also mentioned Sun Records recordings of country rhythms as an influence on the album). On May 26, 2013, Sir Paul McCartney visited Graceland, leaving a guitar pick on Elvis’s grave “so Elvis can play in heaven.” And of course, in prior years, a long list of celebrities, aspiring musicians, and other notables – from conservative columnist William F. Buckley to world famous architect, I.M. Pei – have visited Graceland. A few years after he left the White House, President Jimmy Carter and former first lady Roslyn Carter visited Graceland.

 

Sept/Oct 2010 sample edition of “Graceland” magazine, published by German fans since 1979, one indication of Presley’s continuing appeal abroad.
Sept/Oct 2010 sample edition of “Graceland” magazine, published by German fans since 1979, one indication of Presley’s continuing appeal abroad.
One of the exhibits of Elvis Presley gold records and other artifacts at Graceland in Memphis, TN.
One of the exhibits of Elvis Presley gold records and other artifacts at Graceland in Memphis, TN.
Elvis Week logo, August 2012, 35th anniversary, Graceland.
Elvis Week logo, August 2012, 35th anniversary, Graceland.

Amy Argetsinger and Roxanne Roberts, “From the White House to Graceland,” Washington Post, June 14, 2006, p. C-3.

“Bush, Japan’s Koizumi Tour Graceland,” USA Today, June 30, 2006.

Amy Argetsinger and Roxanne Roberts, “Bush and Koizumi, Walking in Blue Suede Footprints,” Washington Post, June 30, 2006, p. C-3

Peter Baker, “Bush Takes Koizumi for Tour of Graceland,” Washington Post, Saturday, July 1, 2006.

Stephen Kaufman, “Bush, Koizumi Tour of Graceland Highlights Elvis’ Enduring Legacy; Rock Icon’s Home Attracts More than 600,000 Visitors Each Year,” U.S. Department of State, June 27, 2006.

Graceland, Official Website.

“Graceland,” Wikipedia.org.

“Elvis Presley Enterprises,” Wikipedia.org.

Woody Baird, AP, “Public Tours Of Graceland Bring High Profits,” Kentucky New Era, June 8, 1983, p. 12.

Craig Horowitz and others, “The Presley Inheritance: Elvis Squandered It, Priscilla Restored It; Now Lisa Marie Is in Charge of It,” People, Vol. 39, No. 8, March 1, 1993,

Sidebar (Presley inheritance story above), “Taking Care of (the King’s) Business,” People, Vol. 39, No. 8, March 1, 1993.

Woody Baird, Associated Press, “Graceland: Presley’s Home Earns Millions For Estate,” The Daily Courier (Prescott, Arizona), August 16, 2002, p. 15-A.

Associated Press, “Lisa Marie Presley Selling Elvis Estate,” USA Today, December 16, 2004.

Andy Serwer, “The Man Who Bought Elvis; Investor Robert Sillerman Is Combining the King, American Idol, and Other Enter- tainment Assets to Build His Next Media Conglomerate,” Fortune, December 12, 2005.

Woody Baird, Associated Press, “All Shook Up Over Graceland Deal; Now That Outsiders Run the Elvis Presley Mansion, Those Who Flock to Memphis Every Year Worry That it Won’t Be Quite So Homey,” Los Angles Times, August 11, 2005.

Associated Press, “Media Mogul Wants To Improve Graceland,” The Victoria Advocate (Victoria, Texas), March 5, 2006.

Associated Press, “Elvis’ Graceland Becomes a National Landmark; Home of ‘King of Rock ‘n’ Roll,’ White House Receive Rare Distinction,” NBCtoday.com (includes video clip with Campbell Brown and Priscilla Presley), March 27, 2006.

Julie Bosman, “$50 Million Puts Ali in Ring With Elvis and ‘American Idol’,” New York Times, April 12, 2006.

Woody Baird, AP, “Lisa Marie Worries Elvis Fans By Selling Piece of Graceland,” The Victoria Advocate (Victoria, TX), August 6, 2006, p. 6-D.

David Lieberman, “Master of the Fame Game” (Robert Sillerman), USA Today, October 17, 2006.

Donnie Snow, “A Little More Action” Busi- nessTN, July 2, 2008.

Anthony Effinger and Daniel Taub, “American Idol Sillerman Dealt Elvis Default Heartbreak in Vegas,” Bloomberg.com, June 1, 2009.

“Robert F. X. Sillerman,” Wikipedia.org.

David Lieberman, “’American Idol’ Owner CKX Sells To Financial Firm, Ending Robert F.X. Sillerman’s Dream,” Deadline Holly- wood, May 10, 2011.

Adrian Sainz, “How Priscilla Presley Turned Elvis’ Graceland Into Big Business 30 Years Ago,” Billboard, June 13, 2012.

Alan Hanson, “Elvis Presley Enterprises …Who Owns It Now?,” Elvis History Blog, February 2013.

Associated Press, “Elvis Presley’s Intellectual Property Rights Sold to Authentic Brands,” Billboard, November 19, 2013.

“First Look at Planned 450-Room Hotel at Elvis’ Graceland,” Memphis Business Journal, May 16, 2014.

“Elvis Estate Seeks Tax Breaks for Graceland Expansion,” Don’t Mess With Taxes, August 17, 2014.

“Elvis Presley Enterprises Sold! Management of Graceland and EPE in Corporate Hands,” Elvis Information Network, 2004-2015.

Kevin McKenzie, “Years of Acquisition, Demolition Prepared for Graceland Expansion in Memphis,” The Commercial Appeal, January 7, 2015.

Stuart Miller, “Graceland Is Taking Its Show on the Road to Las Vegas,” New York Times, February 4, 2015.

“Elvis Presley,” Authentic Brands.com.

________________________________________


Books & film at Amazon.com

Peter Guralnick’s bestseller, “Last Train to Memphis.” Click for copy.
Peter Guralnick’s bestseller, “Last Train to Memphis.” Click for copy.
“Elvis” - The 2023 film. Click for DVD or prime video.
“Elvis” - The 2023 film. Click for DVD or prime video.
Priscilla Presley’s book, “Elvis and Me.”  Click for copy.
Priscilla Presley’s book, “Elvis and Me.” Click for copy.




“Barge Explodes in NY”
ExxonMobil Depot: 2003

On a clear, quiet Friday morning, February 21st, 2003, around 10 a.m., a tanker barge owned by the Bouchard Transportation Co. was off-loading its cargo of 100,000 barrels of unleaded gasoline at ExxonMobil’s oil depot at Staten Island, New York. Suddenly, an explosion of tremendous force erupted, shaking businesses and homes for miles around (see video at 4th image below). Black smoke from the blaze drifted through the boroughs of Brooklyn, Manhattan, and Queens and rattled terrorist-sensitive city residents, many of whom thought of the 9/11 attack. “I was convinced that there had been a terrorist attack…,” said one woman from Tottenville, Staten Island, three miles south of the blast. “It was so violent. I was in a total panic. You could actually taste the gasoline in your mouth.”

February 2003. A Bouchard Transportation Co. barge exploded & burned while unloading gasoline at the ExxonMobil docks at Port Mobil, Staten Island, NY, on the Arthur Kill waterway. Two workers were killed.
February 2003. A Bouchard Transportation Co. barge exploded & burned while unloading gasoline at the ExxonMobil docks at Port Mobil, Staten Island, NY, on the Arthur Kill waterway. Two workers were killed.

On Wall Street, when traders first heard the news of the explosion, also thinking it was terrorist-related, there was a stock sell-off. But once they learned it was “only a refinery fire,” it was back to business as usual. New York’s mayor at the time, Michael Bloomberg, moved to reassure his city and the nation that there was no reason to believe terrorists were involved.

Burning wreckage of Bouchard Barge 125 after Feb 2003 explosion at ExxonMobil oil depot.
Burning wreckage of Bouchard Barge 125 after Feb 2003 explosion at ExxonMobil oil depot.
Map showing location of February 2003 barge explosion & fire in the NY City-NJ area.
Map showing location of February 2003 barge explosion & fire in the NY City-NJ area.

At the accident scene, meanwhile, it was like a war zone. “I looked up at the sky, and I saw pieces of metal flying all over,” said worker Jaime Villa, who was repairing a pump at the depot when the barge exploded. “I ran as fast as I could go…”

Electrical contractor Ernie Camerlingo also described the scene: “It sounded like a bomb going off. I could feel the debris hitting the top of my car….”

Large chunks of the exploding barge – some “as big as a small bus” by one account – flew hundreds of feet away from where the barge was berthed. One New York Times report noted: “Witnesses told of metal chunks flying in the air, of searing heat waves and blast forces that knocked people down, shattered windows and unhinged doors miles away…”

Another account described “chips of burnt material the size of quarters rained down upon the roofs and patios” in residential areas sending “thousands of panicked residents into the streets.”

Bouchard Barge 125 had unloaded about half its cargo of 100,000 barrels of unleaded gasoline before it exploded. It burned ferociously at its depot berth following the explosion, sending flames 100 feet or more into the air. A NASA satellite image later showed the smoke plume stretching about 94 miles from the site of the fire.

Divers who examined the remains of the barge underwater following the incident, found that the explosion had created a tunneling effect, ripping through the vessel and destroying all 12 of its cargo tanks. A malfunctioning pump aboard the barge was later suspected as the culprit, possibly discharging sparks that ignited the explosion (play silent video below briefly to see size of initial explosion).

As the barge burned that day the New York City Fire Department sent fire boats and fire trucks to the scene. The boats battled the blaze from the Arthur Kill side of the incident, while fire trucks went to the depot side to fight the fire from land.

At one point another tanker barge, Bouchard Barge 35, also loaded with 8,000 barrels of gasoline, began burning. That fire was put out before it could ignite another explosion, but the barge was still near the blazing inferno. Heroically, one tug crew went in there and pulled the threatened barge away from the blast area. It was then doused with water by the fire boats to keep it cool.

The 200-acre storage depot, meanwhile, which included eight loading berths and 39 large storage tanks, was also a major concern. Residents living near the industrial area were evacuated after the explosion. The depot’s storage tanks could hold up to 2.5 million barrels of gasoline, low-sulfur diesel and jet fuel. But at the time, less than 500,000 gallons of product were then in storage at the depot.

After being pulled from near the explosion area, fire boats proceeded to douse Bouchard Barge 35 with cool water, at it was also loaded with gasoline and fire officials feared it too would explode.
After being pulled from near the explosion area, fire boats proceeded to douse Bouchard Barge 35 with cool water, at it was also loaded with gasoline and fire officials feared it too would explode.

At the time of the explosion, there were about 30 ExxonMobil employees on the job at the depot. One ExxonMobil worker at the dock was severely burned and hospitalized, while the bodies of two Bouchard barge crewman who were killed in the explosion were later pulled from the water. Firefighters had contained the barge blaze by the afternoon of the explosion, but flickering flames could still be seen at the site the following morning.Another Bouchard barge spill of 98,000 gallons of oil in Buzzards Bay, Mass. killed hundreds of loons, sea ducks and other birds. The Coast Guard closed the Arthur Kill waterway to shipping between Staten Island and New Jersey. The barge remained partially submerged, and eventually sunk.

The Bouchard Transportation Co., meanwhile, had some previous New York spills, one East River spill in March 2002 in which a Bouchard employee was found legally drunk. The cleanup for that spill lasted several weeks and cost $1.3 million. Bouchard would also have another spill a few months following the Staten Island barge explosion, when one of its barges in April 2003 ran aground outside a shipping lane at Buzzards Bay, Massachusetts. In that spill, 98,000 gallons of No. 6 fuel oil took a considerable toll on birds and other wildlife. Hundreds of loons, sea ducks and other birds were killed. Beaches there, which serve as key habitats for birds such as piping plovers, were also oiled. Bouchard would pay a $10 million fine as part of a criminal plea deal in that case, the government charging the company had negligently piloted the barge, resulting in the death of migratory birds in violation of the Federal Migratory Bird Act. In November 2010, Bouchard also agreed to pay another $6 million penalty in that case to settle claims for water pollution.

Smoldering remains and aftermath of the Bouchard Barge 125 explosion at ExxonMobil’s Staten Island depot. Half-sunken remains of the barge visible in the foreground, as large portions of it were blown out into the depot.
Smoldering remains and aftermath of the Bouchard Barge 125 explosion at ExxonMobil’s Staten Island depot. Half-sunken remains of the barge visible in the foreground, as large portions of it were blown out into the depot.

“The Daily Damage”
An Occasional Series

This article is one in an occasional series of stories at this website that feature the ongoing environmental and societal impacts of industrial spills & explosions, fires & toxic releases, air & water pollution, and other such occurrences.

These stories will cover both recent incidents and those from history that have left a mark either nationally or locally; have generated controversy in some way; have brought about governmental inquiries or political activity; and generally have taken a toll on the environment, worker health and safety, and/or local communities.

My purpose for including such stories at this website is simply to drive home the continuing and chronic nature of these occurrences through history, and hopefully contribute to public education about them so that improvements in law, regulation, and industry practice will be made, yielding safer alternatives in the future.
— Jack Doyle

Back in New York, in November 2008, three years after the Staten Island barge explosion, the U.S. attorney’s office in Brooklyn asked a federal judge for a judgment against Bouchard of up to $61.6 million under the Clean Water Act. Some 3.2 million gallons of gasoline spilled into the Arthur Kill waterway at the time of the incident, much of which was assumed to have been burned off in the fire that followed. Still, under the Clean Water Act penalties of up to $1,100 per barrel of spilled oil can be sought. “Shipping companies that spill large quantities of gasoline into the environment and navigable waters must be penalized and made to contribute to the cost of future cleanups,” said U.S. attorney, Benton J. Campbell, in a statement at the filing.

The final outcome of that case, however, did not come until February 2011, eight years after the explosion, when Bouchard agreed to pay $4 million to settle the Clean Water Act lawsuit for the 50,000 barrels of gasoline it allegedly spilled near Staten Island, N.Y. The civil penalty was then the largest ever collected by the Coast Guard in a federal Clean Water Act case, according to Loretta Lynch, U. S. Attorney for the Eastern District of New York and Admiral Daniel Neptun, Commander of the First Coast Guard District. Still, the Coast Guard, had originally sought a penalty of up to $1,100 per each barrel of oil spilled, which would have amounted to more than $50 million.

See also at this website, for example: “Burning Philadelphia,” a story about the 1975 Gulf Oil Co. refinery fire in that city; “Burn On, Big River,” about the historic pollution of the Cuyahoga River in Ohio; or “Inferno at Whiting,” about the Standard Oil refinery explosion and fire of August 1955 near Chicago that burned for eight days. Additional environmental stories can be found at the “Environmental History” topics page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 17 September 2015
Last Update: 23 March 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Barge Explodes in NY, ExxonMobil Depot: 2003”
PopHistoryDig.com, September 17, 2015.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

One fear at the time of the February 2003 barge explosion was the possibility of a storage-tank chain reaction at the depot.
One fear at the time of the February 2003 barge explosion was the possibility of a storage-tank chain reaction at the depot.
“Vehicle-size” piece of the exploding Bouchard Barge 125 that was hurled into the depot on February 21, 2003.
“Vehicle-size” piece of the exploding Bouchard Barge 125 that was hurled into the depot on February 21, 2003.
Part of the “depot side” firefighting contingent that fought the 2003 Staten Island barge explosion & fire.
Part of the “depot side” firefighting contingent that fought the 2003 Staten Island barge explosion & fire.

CNN, New York, “Two Bodies Recovered after Barge Explosion; Flames Shoot Hundreds of Feet Over Staten Island,” CNN.com, Friday, February 21, 2003

Brooke A. Masters, “Explosion Rocks Staten Island Oil Facility; No Indication of Terrorism, Authorities Say,” Wash- ington Post, Friday, February 21, 2003.

Robert D. Mcfadden, “Oil Barge Blast in Staten Island Leaves 2 Dead,” New York Times, February 22, 2003.

Robert D. McFadden, “The Barge Blast: The Overview,” New York Times, February 22, 2003, p. B-1.

Andrew Jacobs, “The Barge Blast: Jitters,” New York Times, February 22, 2003, p. B-7.

Elissa Gootman, “2 Who Died in Barge Blast Understood Job Risks, But Liked the Benefits,” New York Times, February 24, 2003

“Two Killed in Explosion of Gasoline Barge in New York Harbor,” Pro- fessional Mariner (Journal of The Maritime Industry), June/July 2003.

“Oil Spill Closes Bay To Shellfishing; Wildlife Officials Trying To Save Birds,” TheBostonChannel.com (re: Bouchard grounding & spill in Buzzards Bay, MA), April 29, 2003.

Andy Newman, “U.S. Sues Barge Operator in Fatal 2003 Explosion,” New York Times, November 6, 2008.

Bill Brucato, “Explosion at Port Mobil Staten Island NY, 10:00 am February 21, 2003. The Bouchard 125,” YouTube.com (run time, 9:15), uploaded on February 4, 2009.

captbbrucato, “The Bouchard 125, Port Mobil Explosion,” NY Tugmaster’s Weblog, February 5, 2009.

Richard Vanderford, “Bouchard To Pay $4M Over NY Gas Spill,” Law360.com, February 8, 2011.

“Environmental Enforcement: $4 Million Penalty Imposed in 2003 Staten Island Barge Explosion,” EnvironmentalLeader .com, February 10, 2011.

“Assault on America: A Decade of Petroleum Company Disaster, Pollution, and Profit,” National Wildlife Feder- ation, Washington, D.C., June 2010, 32pp.

___________________________





“Eleanor Rigby”
The Beatles: 1966

The 1966 song by the Beatles, “Eleanor Rigby,” not only became something of an important departure for pop music in its day, it also inspired at least one piece of sculpture in the Beatles’ hometown of Liverpool, England. The bronze statue shown below is displayed at Stanley Street in Liverpool not far from the Cavern Club where the young Beatles performed. It depicts a woman seated on a bench in coat and head scarf with a handbag on her lap and a shopping bag on her right. Also on the bench is a discarded newspaper where a sparrow is pecking at a piece of bread likely provided by the woman as she looks down at the bird. The woman is cast here as of one of the “lonely people,” described in the Lennon-McCartney song, “Eleanor Rigby.”

Sculpture in Liverpool, England offered in 1982 in homage to the Beatles’ song, “Eleanor Rigby” and the lyric therein, 'All the lonely people / Where do they all come from.' Sculptor, Tommy Steele.
Sculpture in Liverpool, England offered in 1982 in homage to the Beatles’ song, “Eleanor Rigby” and the lyric therein, 'All the lonely people / Where do they all come from.' Sculptor, Tommy Steele.

The statue was designed and sculpted by Tommy Steele, a famous rock musician himself (and sometime sculptor) who rose in the 1950s as Britain’s first teen idol, then dubbed as the U.K.’s answer to Elvis Presley. He is known for his 1957 No. 1 hit, “Singing the Blues.” In 1981, on a visit to Liverpool where he performed, Steele made an offer to city officials to create the sculpture as a tribute to the Beatles, donating his labor. The city fathers approved the idea and also helped fund the project. The cost of casting the figure was met by The Liverpool Echo newspaper. Steele completed the piece in December 1982 when the sculpture was unveiled.

On the wall behind the figure is an inscribed plaque which reads in part, “Eleanor Rigby, Dedicated to ‘All the Lonely People…’ This statue was sculpted and donated to the City of Liverpool by Tommy Steele as a tribute to the Beatles…”

“Eleanor Rigby”
The Beatles
1966

Ah, look at all the lonely people
Ah, look at all the lonely people

Eleanor Rigby, picks up the rice
In the church where a wedding has been
Lives in a dream
Waits at the window, wearing the face
That she keeps in a jar by the door
Who is it for

All the lonely people
Where do they all come from?
All the lonely people
Where do they all belong?

Father McKenzie, writing the words
Of a sermon that no one will hear
No one comes near
Look at him working, darning his socks
In the night when there’s nobody there
What does he care

All the lonely people
Where do they all come from?
All the lonely people
Where do they all belong?

Ah, look at all the lonely people
Ah, look at all the lonely people

Eleanor Rigby, died in the church
And was buried along with her name
Nobody came
Father McKenzie, wiping the dirt from
his hands as he walks from the grave
No one was saved

All the lonely people
Where do they all come from?
All the lonely people
Where do they all belong?

The Beatles’ song “Eleanor Rigby,” credited as a Lennon-McCartney creation, was released on the Beatles’ 1966 album Revolver and as also as single. It appears to be one of those songs, fashioned at least partially, by a group process during the give-and-take of songwriting. In addition to Lennon and McCartney, where the division of labor was 80 percent McCartney and 20 percent Lennon, according to McCartney, several others also contributed suggestions for phrasing and composition that figured into the final song.

 

Music Player
“Eleanor Rigby”-The Beatles
1966

 

The idea for the song began with McCartney, who initially had been working with earlier lyrics that he set aside, most of which would be abandoned. But when he hit upon the phrase, “…picks up the rice in a church where a wedding had been,” it became a pathway to the song’s story. McCartney imagined this woman picking up the rice as odd, since others would leave it on the ground. He envisioned her “as a lonely spinster type of this parish,” not likely to have her own wedding, and that’s when he decided the song would be about lonely people. In particular, the song was structured around the spinster and a priest, who presides at the woman’s funeral.

The name Eleanor Rigby came over time as well, with “Eleanor” first borrowed from Eleanor Bron who had appeared with McCartney and the Beatles in the 1965 film Help!. “Rigby” came about from a business sign McCartney had seen – Rigby & Evans Wine & Spirit Shippers. But there is also something earlier from when young Lennon and McCartney first met in 1957, which was near a cemetery at St Peter’s Church in Woolton, a hang-out spot at the time. In that cemetery one tombstone’s engraving includes an “Eleanor Rigby” entry. As McCartney has stated about the name: “It was either complete coincidence or in my subconscious” from his earlier years.

Other lyrics for the song came after McCartney gathered his bandmates together – Lennon, George Harrison, and Ringo Starr, along with Lennon friend, Pete Shotton – at Lennon’s home to help finish the song. George came up with the opening phrase, “Ah, look at all the lonely people.” Ringo contributed “darning his socks,” and Shotton offered that the song should end with a funeral, bringing all the story’s characters together.

 

The Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” EP, Portugal, Parlophone.
The Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” EP, Portugal, Parlophone.
Studio & Strings

In the studio, meanwhile, “Eleanor Rigby” would become a song in which classical strings would be used in innovative fashion, distinguishing this Beatles song as charting new territory. It would be the second time the Beatles would use strings on a song – following “Yesterday,” which features McCartney singing alone with acoustic guitar and string quartet – two violins, a viola and a cello.

Beatles’ producer, George Martin, had first suggested strings to Paul for “Yesterday,” but Paul was initially reluctant. He later agreed to their use, and “Yesterday” would become one of the Beatles’ most popular songs. “Yesterday” had been recorded in mid-June 1965 at the Abbey Road studios in London.

After the experience of “Yesterday,” Paul was more receptive to strings, and some accounts report it was his idea to orchestrate “Eleanor Rigby.” George Martin was quite receptive to the idea as well, later commenting that the song “cried out for strings.” Also at the time, according to John Lennon, McCartney was listening to and liking Vivaldi’s classical masterpiece, “The Four Seasons,” introduced to him by then girlfriend, Jane Asher. Paul though, was concerned about a “too syrupy sound” that strings might add. George Martin, meanwhile, had suggested a more biting strings sound, like that heard in the 1960 Alfred Hitchock film, Psycho. “`Yesterday’ and ‘Eleanor Rigby’ said in one fell swoop, strings can be cool…”– John Reed, cellist.

In any case, two string quartets – comprised of four violins, two cellos, and two violas, scored by George Martin – would become central to “Eleanor Rigby.” The biting sound that McCartney and George Martin sought was achieved with the help of engineer Geoff Emerick who, according to Rolling Stone, “was determined to capture the sound of bows striking strings with an immediacy previously unheard on any recording, classical or rock…” In order to achieve this, Emerick miked the instruments separately and had the musicians sit close to the mics. And the proof, as they say, is in the pudding, as the strings stand out on “Eleanor Rigby” – clearly audible, dominant, and not syrupy at all. The Beatles, however, do not play any instruments on “Eleanor Rigby;” the octet is the only music. McCartney provides the lead vocal, double-tracked, with Lennon and Harrison adding harmonies.

Classical strings had been used in pop music only rarely before, as in 1958, by Buddy Holly, on his single “True Love Ways” and “It Doesn’t Matter Anymore.” Strings were also used in early 1960s pop music by New York city Brill Building composers and songwriters, among them, Gerry Goffin and Carole King (“Will You Love Me Tomorrow?” for the Shirelles), and also Phil Spector and his orchestrated “wall-of-sound” recordings (some with Ellie Greenwich and Jeff Barry), often as background for popular “girl group” songs such as “Then He Kissed Me” by the Crystals and others.

But the Beatles use of strings in “Eleanor Rigby” in 1966, opened a whole new era of studio application. It ushered in the common use of stringed instruments in pop music and helped bridge the then-wide rift between classical and pop music.

Cover art on the Beatles’ “Yellow Submarine / Eleanor Rigby single as released in Brazil.
Cover art on the Beatles’ “Yellow Submarine / Eleanor Rigby single as released in Brazil.

“Its impact has been huge,” says Hampton String Quartet cellist John Reed of the Beatles’ and George Martin’s use of strings in the mid-1960s. Interviewed in a 2005 article of Strings magazine, Reed explains: “‘Yesterday’ and ‘Eleanor Rigby’ said in one fell swoop, strings can be cool… Since then, string players have made lots of money being hired to sweeten thousands of rock tracks.”

 

Message Music

In addition to charting new musical territory, the message and commentary of “Eleanor Rigby” was also covering new lyrical ground. The song was among those that took the Beatles – and contemporary music of that time – away from simple, pop-styled rock `n roll tunes to more sophisticated compositions that had something to say.

“Eleanor Rigby” is described by Rolling Stone as “a meditation on solitude and aging that sounded like nothing else on the radio at the time.” AllMusic critic and reviewer Richie Unterberger has noted that “singing about the neglected concerns and fates of the elderly” on “Eleanor Regby” is one example “of why the Beatles’ appeal reached so far beyond the traditional rock audience”.
 

David Crosby on Eleanor Rigby
“I Was Stunned”

“…Nobody else wrote about those people. Nobody else had the heart to write about the lonely, old, frozen-in-place people that are the main part of the population. Nobody writes about them. We write about glorious, brave, bigger-than-life [events, etc]. We write about people who are in terrible pain. We write about very dramatic things. But we don’t write about small, cold, old, painful, lonely stuff like that… It was a very brave piece of writing. It’s a kind song, it’s a song of compassion in a quiet and very beautiful way.”

“…It was the first rock ’n’ roll [song] that had that kind of feel to it. Paul just wrote differently than other people. He could write “Paperback Writer” and stuff like that without even thinking about it. It [Eleanor Rigby] was so different. Everybody else was trying to write about …[girls, sex, etc], or some bright, shiny experience that they had. …[Eleanor Rigby] was dark and mysterious, but kind. I just didn’t think anybody else was doing that….I thought it was an immensely courageous piece of writing.

“I was stunned… I didn’t realize they [the Beatles] could grow that fast… They were my inspiration for consciousness expansion on a lot of levels, not just taking psychedelics. Becoming aware of human beings in a different way than I had been.

“…You know, if I’m driving on a sunny afternoon I want to hear “Day Tripper.” But if I want to be moved emotionally…“Eleanor Rigby” really does it for me. I love “She’s Leaving Home” also. I think that’s another very brave song from around the same time. Very emotionally mature, very grown-up, very beautiful. He [Paul] dealt with very emotional stuff very bravely.”
__________________________

Source: Ryan Leas, “80 Artists Pick Their Favorite Paul McCartney Song For His 80th Birthday,” stereogum.com, June 15, 2022.

 
After Paul McCartney heard the final track, his perception of his own songwriting changed, according to Rolling Stone, seeing the song as something of breakthrough, moving him away from pop styles toward more serious possibilities in the future.

Beatles on the cover of the 1966 Swedish edition of the “Yellow Submarine” / “Eleanor Rigby” single, 1966.
Beatles on the cover of the 1966 Swedish edition of the “Yellow Submarine” / “Eleanor Rigby” single, 1966.
Still, on the popular music charts of 1966, “Eleanor Rigby” did quite well, especially in the U.K. It was released in early August 1966 as a single and also on the album Revolver. It was the second track on that album, following George Harrison’s “Taxman.” Ringo Starr’s “Yellow Submarine,” which would be paired with “Eleanor Rigby” on the single, is also on Revolver.

Revolver was the Beatles’ 7th studio album and their second following Rubber Soul, which marked a progression in their new “studio phase” of music making, where they began experimenting with new sounds and new techniques, evolving a more sophisticated body of work (see also at this website a separate story on “Tomorrow Never Knows,” also from Revolver).

In the U.K, the “Eleanor Rigby” single on the Parlophone label went to No. 1, staying there for four weeks. In the U.S., on the Capitol label, it hit No. 11. The song was also nominated for three Grammys, with McCartney winning the 1966 Grammy for Best Contemporary Vocal Performance. Rolling Stone magazine rated “Eleanor Rigby” at No. 138 on its 2004 list of “The 500 Greatest Songs of All Time.”

Beatles song historian, Ian MacDonald, author of Revolution in the Head (1994), has noted that “Eleanor Rigby” – while certainly not the first popular song to deal with death and loneliness – “came as quite a shock to pop listeners in 1966.”

The song, as others have noted, despite its bleak message of depression and isolation with funeral trappings, went right to the top of the pop music charts. Prior Beatles material, for the most part, had been focused on love songs in one form or another. By 1966, they had released a few songs such as “Nowhere Man” and “Paperback Writer.”“…I don’t think there has ever been a better song written than ‘Eleanor Rigby’.”– Jerry Leiber. But “Eleanor Rigby” marked an even sharper departure from their earlier years. Adds AllMusic.com reviewer Richie Unterberger:

… In a broader sense, the Beatles could be commenting here on the alienation of people in the modern world as a whole, with a pessimism that is rare in a Beatles track (and rarer still in a McCartney-dominated one). What are these characters doing their small tasks for, and what is the point: those are the questions asked by the song, albeit in an understated tone. Pessimism about the worth of organized religion is implied in the desolate portrait of Father McKenzie and the finality of the phrase ‘no one was saved.’…

In any case, the musicians and producers of that day were listening, and they heard something new. Pete Townshend of the rock group The Who noted in one 1967 interview: “I think ‘Eleanor Rigby’ was a very important musical move forward. It certainly inspired me to write and listen to things in that vein.” And American songwriter Jerry Leiber has stated: “The Beatles are second to none in all departments. I don’t think there has ever been a better song written than ‘Eleanor Rigby’.” Howard Goodall, an English composer of musicals, choral, and theatrical music has remarked on the song as being an urban version of a tragic ballad with classical Greek influences.

Cover of a 1968 Ray Charles single featuring his version of the Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” song. Click for Amazon.
Cover of a 1968 Ray Charles single featuring his version of the Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” song. Click for Amazon.
The Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” has also been covered by a long list of contemporary artists, at least 62 of whom have recorded it on albums. Among those covering the song vocally have been Joan Baez, Aretha Franklin, John Denver, Bobbie Gentry, and Sarah Vaughn, to mention a few. Instrumental versions include those by Booker T and the MGs and The Percy Faith Strings.

 

Music Player
“Eleanor Rigby”-Ray Charles
1968

However, one cover version of “Eleanor Rigby,” offered by Ray Charles and his Raelettes (above), provides a strong and vibrant interpretation – adding a touch of soul and R & B from the master, along with a little call-and-response action from the Raelettes. The Ray Charles version, in fact, cracked the U.S. Top 40 in July-August 1968, reaching No. 35.

Cover art for the May 2012 digitally-restored edition of the 1968 “Yellow Submarine” film, which includes the “Eleanor Rigby” song. Click for DVD.
Cover art for the May 2012 digitally-restored edition of the 1968 “Yellow Submarine” film, which includes the “Eleanor Rigby” song. Click for DVD.
The Beatles, meanwhile, would also issue the song on a number of their albums. In addition to Revolver in 1966, it also appears as the second song in the Beatles’ 1968 animated film, Yellow Submarine, but is not on the original Yellow Submarine soundtrack album. In 1984, a re-interpretation of the song was included in the film and album Give My Regards to Broad Street, written by and starring Paul McCartney. The song in that production segues into a symphonic extension titled, “Eleanor’s Dream.”

A fully remixed stereo version of the original “Eleanor Rigby” was issued in 1999 on the Yellow Submarine Songtrack for the re-release of the 1968 film. It also appears on several other Beatles collections, anthologies, and box sets issued since the 1990s.

See also at this website “Beatles History” a topics page which includes additional story choices focused on the Beatles, 1962-2015. The “Annals of Music” category page includes other story choices as well. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 31 August 2015
Last Update: 25 May 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Eleanor Rigby, The Beatles: 1966,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 31, 2015.

____________________________________


Beatles Music at Amazon.com


The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs. Click for Amazon.


Source, Links & Additional Information

EMI ad on the release of the Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” single, appearing in the Friday, August 5th, 1966 edition of the U.K’s “New Musical Express” magazine, which also includes a photo of the Beatles behind a wire mesh fence.
EMI ad on the release of the Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” single, appearing in the Friday, August 5th, 1966 edition of the U.K’s “New Musical Express” magazine, which also includes a photo of the Beatles behind a wire mesh fence.
1966: Capitol Records’ 45rpm disc for the Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” single. Click for digital version at Amazon.
1966: Capitol Records’ 45rpm disc for the Beatles’ “Eleanor Rigby” single. Click for digital version at Amazon.

“The Beatles,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 56-59.

“Eleanor Rigby (statue),” Wikipedia.org.

“Tommy Steele,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Beatles 100 Greatest Songs: Eleanor Rigby, No. 22,” Rolling Stone, Special Collectors Edition (print), November 2010, p. 53.

Song Review by Richie Unterberger, “Eleanor Rigby- The Beatles,” AllMusic.com.

“Eleanor Rigby,” Wikipedia.org.

Greil Marcus, “The Beatles,” in Anthony DeCurtis and James Henke, with Holly George-Warren (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock n Roll, New York: Random House, revised edition, 1992, pp. 209-222.

“No 138, Eleanor Rigby, 500 Greatest Songs of All Time,” Rolling Stone, 2011.

Terry Cavanagh, Public Sculpture of Liverpool, Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1997.

Bill Harry, The Beatles Encyclopedia: Revised and Updated, London: Virgin Publishing, 2000.

Ian MacDonald, Revolution in the Head: The Beatles’ Records and the Sixties (3rd ed.), Chicago Review Press, 2005.

Dave Rybaczewski, “Eleanor Rigby History,” BeatlesBooks.com.

“Document with Clues to Beatles Song Eleanor Rigby Could Raise £500,000,” The Telegraph, November 12, 2008.

“Revolver (Beatles album),” Wikipedia.org.

Miriam Coleman “Sculpture of Eleanor Rigby Made of £1 Million in Bank Notes Unveiled in Liverpool; Life-Sze Statue Is on Display at the Museum of Liverpool,” Rolling Stone, September 21, 2014.

Greg Cahill, “How the Beatles Launched a String-Playing Revolution,” StringsMagazine .com, June 1, 2005.

“Early 60s String Fills,” OrchestraSounds.com.

__________________________________


Books at Amazon.com


“All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Beatles Release,” every album, every song, 1963-1970. Click for Amazon.
“All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Beatles Release,” every album, every song, 1963-1970. Click for Amazon.
Glenn C. Altschuler’s  “All Shook Up: How Rock 'n' Roll Changed America,” Oxford University Press, 240 pp. Click for Amazon.
Glenn C. Altschuler’s “All Shook Up: How Rock 'n' Roll Changed America,” Oxford University Press, 240 pp. Click for Amazon.
“The Rolling Stones All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track” (2022 expanded ed.). 340 songs, 760pp. Click for Amazon.
“The Rolling Stones All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track” (2022 expanded ed.). 340 songs, 760pp. Click for Amazon.


 

 

“The Babe Ruth Story”
Book & Film: 1948

Book cover for 1948 1st edition of “The Babe Ruth Story” as told to Bob Considine, published by E.P. Dutton. Click for book.
Book cover for 1948 1st edition of “The Babe Ruth Story” as told to Bob Considine, published by E.P. Dutton. Click for book.
Babe Ruth, the famous New York Yankee baseball slugger of the 1920s and 1930s, had retired from baseball in June 1935 after playing professionally for more than 20 years. In April and June of 1948, before adoring fans, he was honored on two occasions at Yankee Stadium. But by this time, Ruth was also battling throat cancer, first diagnosed in November 1946, though he was never told he had cancer.

In 1947, Ruth had also authorized a biography about his life and times — The Babe Ruth Story (cover at right) — which would be published in 1948. Written in the first person, Ruth’s story was “told to Bob Considine,” then a famous author and Hearst syndicated newspaper columnist. Considine’s name appears on the book’s cover along with Ruth’s — as well as a hand-written note at the top, supposedly from Ruth, calling the book “my only authorized story.”

The Babe Ruth Story, however, was not written by Considine – or at least a good portion of it came from another source. Considine did meet with Ruth several times in attempts to interview him for the book. Another sports writer, Fred Lieb, who worked for the New York Telegram newspaper, became the real ghostwriter for the book. Lieb later recounted his role to other writers, including Lawrence Ritter and Leigh Montville:

“The Babe Ruth book is under Considine’s name, but I gave him most of his information. I dictated that book for about a week before the 1947 World Series. I told everything I knew or could recall about the Babe – well, everything that could be printed, anyway.”

According to Lieb, Considine didn’t know enough about Ruth to do his biography, and hadn’t covered him as extensively as Lieb had. “I was with Ruth [as a sportswriter] from 1920 to 1934. Considine didn’t come to New York until around 1933.”

Back cover of 1948 book, “The Babe Ruth Story.”
Back cover of 1948 book, “The Babe Ruth Story.”
In 1947, when Considine sought to work with Ruth, he found it hard for Ruth to sit still long enough to have any serious interviewing – as Ruth was then on the rebound from what was thought to be a successful round of drug treatments (false, it turned out) for his diagnosed throat cancer. Ruth would become too sick for Considine to interview for the book, and without the interviews, he only had partial knowledge of Ruth’s full career. And that’s when Considine turned to Fred Lieb for help. But Lieb, Considine, and Ruth did work on various parts of the book during the closing months of 1947.

When the book came out in May 1948, it was Bob Considine’s name on the cover, plus a photo of he and Ruth on the back cover, along with Considine’s biography and considerable author credits.

Considine was born in Washington D.C., grew up there and graduated from George Washington University with a journalism degree. However, he had also worked at the state department while in college, and might have had a career overseas if it weren’t for a Washington Post job offer as a sports writer. He covered the sports beat there and at the Washington Herald between 1930 and 1933. Thereafter, Considine served as a war correspondent for the William Randolph Hearst-owned International News Service (a predecessor of United Press International).

From 1937 to 1975 Considine’s “On The Line” column was syndicated nationally. He also authored some 25 books, including Thirty Seconds Over Tokyo, a 1943 collaboration with Captain Ted Lawson. His “On the Line” column was also the basis for radio commentaries.

Young Babe Ruth in action with the Boston Red Sox. Click for story with more of his career statistics and the batting records he set.
Young Babe Ruth in action with the Boston Red Sox. Click for story with more of his career statistics and the batting records he set.
A Time magazine profile of him would note: “Ghostwriter Considine dashes off his fast-moving autobiographies while their heroes still rate Page One, takes one-third of the ‘author’s’ royalties as his cut. His General Wainwright’s Story was in print before Wainwright was out of the hospital. While Ted Lawson was still recovering from wounds suffered in Doolittle’s Tokyo raid, Considine finished Thirty Seconds Over Tokyo.” In his prime, Considine was making an estimated $100,000 annually. He also wrote several Hollywood movie scripts. By the time he was tapped to write the Babe Ruth book, his national column covered the general news topics of the day. On the back of the Ruth book, Considine offered his Babe Ruth bona fides:

“Babe and I have known each other since 1933, when I started covering big league ball for the Washington Herald. When I was a kid, he was, of course, my No. 1 baseball hero. He pitched the first big league game I ever saw – during the summer of 1918. He beat Washington [then the Senators] 1-0, and the 1 was one of the 11 home runs he hit that season to tie for the America league homerun championship. I was the first sportswriter Babe was able to see after he returned home from the hospital [during his cancer treatments]. I took Hank Greenberg [famous Detroit Tigers slugger] up there one Sunday afternoon early last year [1947] and the story of the two of them, incidentally, hit a lot of front pages throughout the country.”

The 250-page book on Ruth was published by E.P. Dutton & Co. in New York, in May of 1948. Below are the internal book jacket fly leafs offering the publisher’s description of the book – which Ruth claimed was his only authorized story, a line used on the cover and in marketing.

Inside front book flap for “The Babe Ruth Story,” which also repeats “my only authorized story” note.
Inside front book flap for “The Babe Ruth Story,” which also repeats “my only authorized story” note.
Inside back book flap for “The Babe Ruth Story” also mentioned the forthcoming film & paperback edition.
Inside back book flap for “The Babe Ruth Story” also mentioned the forthcoming film & paperback edition.

In his treatments for cancer, Ruth had received, in different stages, both radiation and some newer drug treatments. During this time, he was in and out of the hospital, a period when he had also lost quite a bit of weight and had difficulty speaking and swallowing.

An 8-part series of the Babe Ruth book ran in the Saturday Evening Post. The top of the Feb 14th edition ran a feature box for part 1.
An 8-part series of the Babe Ruth book ran in the Saturday Evening Post. The top of the Feb 14th edition ran a feature box for part 1.
In early 1948, Ruth returned to New York after some convalescing in Florida, but his cancer was not much better. He agreed, however, to attend a book signing party for The Babe Ruth Story being held at the offices of E.P. Dutton. Bob Considine, who attended the book signing, would later recall:

“A lot of publishers were there because it was obvious that Babe’s days were numbered. Bennet Cerf [a founder of Random House] stood in line to get the Babe’s autograph. Ernest Hemingway was there. The books were just about running out, the end of the line near, and I said, ‘Jeez, I’d like to have one, too.’ Babe opened the book and wrote, in his marvelous Spencerian handwriting, ‘To my pal Bob…’ And he looked up and said, ‘What the hell is your last name?’ I’d spent two months with him.”

Excerpts from the Ruth-Considine book appeared in an eight-part series in The Saturday Evening Post, then a popular weekly magazine read by millions. The series appeared under the by-line “Babe Ruth with Bob Considine” and ran under the title: “My Hits – And My Errors.” (sample page below).

Sample page from the Saturday Evening Post series on “The Babe Ruth Story,” showing a young Ruth sprinting from the batters’ box on the occasion of his 21st Yankee home run in 1920, a year he hit 54 HRs, changing the game thereafter.
Sample page from the Saturday Evening Post series on “The Babe Ruth Story,” showing a young Ruth sprinting from the batters’ box on the occasion of his 21st Yankee home run in 1920, a year he hit 54 HRs, changing the game thereafter.

The serialization of The Babe Ruth Story in The Saturday Evening Post ran in editions that appeared between February 14th, 1948 and April 3rd, 1948. That exposure no doubt helped bring notice to the book and helped increase its sales. A New York Times book review covering both the Ruth book and another on pitching star Walter Johnson, appeared in May of 1948.

Pocket Books edition of “The Babe Ruth Story” - by Babe Ruth/Bob Considine, 1948. Click for copy.
Pocket Books edition of “The Babe Ruth Story” - by Babe Ruth/Bob Considine, 1948. Click for copy.
Paperback publishers at the time, also released Babe Ruth books. Bantam had a Babe Ruth book out in 1948, and Pocket Books (then owned by Marshall Field III who also owned the Chicago Sun newspaper) apparently had the rights and/or an agreement with Dutton, to publish The Babe Ruth Story under its name in paperback form. The Pocket Books edition of The Babe Ruth Story shown at right featured Ruth on the cover in his distinctive home-run swing.

The Babe Ruth Story was also the first baseball book to crack the New York Times bestsellers list, then in its 13th year. Sales of the book were spurred in part by the Babe’s passing, as the book had only been out a few months before his death. The Babe Ruth Story was on the New York Times bestsellers list for three weeks.

Today, copies of The Babe Ruth Story, especially autographed hardback editions, are highly valued by collectors. A Babe Ruth autographed 1948 hardback edition of The Babe Ruth Story sold for $6,462.50 at Robert Edwards Auctions in 2008 – billed by the auction house as “one of the most desirable of all baseball books.” Ruth-autographed copies of this book are especially rare since he was quite ill at the time and only signed a limited number of copies.

As the Robert Edwards auction house has stated: “Thus, signed copies of this book are not only rare but also represent one of the most important and final items ever penned by the legendary ‘Sultan of Swat.’ For that reason they are highly prized by collectors today.” At least one other copy of a signed hardback edition of The Babe Ruth Story sold at Robert Edwards Actions for $4,740.00 in 2013.


One of the movie posters for 1948 film, “The Babe Ruth Story,” this one also promoting Louisville Slugger bats.
One of the movie posters for 1948 film, “The Babe Ruth Story,” this one also promoting Louisville Slugger bats.

Babe Ruth Film

As the book was being written, plans for a Hollywood film on Ruth using the same title – “The Babe Ruth Story” – were also underway, with the film to be based on the Bob Considine book. Considine, in fact, was hired to help with the screenplay.

Starring in the film would be: William Bendix as Ruth; Claire Trevor as Ruth’s wife, Claire; Charles Bickford as Brother Matthias, and William Frawley (later famous for his I Love Lucy TV role as Fred Mertz) as Jack Dunn, Ruth’s manager during his years with the minor league Baltimore Orioles. The film would be produced by Roy Del Ruth (no relation), who had directed a number of actors in the 1930s, including, James Cagney, Bette Davis, Edward G. Robinson, Ginger Rogers and others. Allied Studios would distribute the film.

The idea for a film on Ruth and his life had been kicking around in Hollywood since 1941 or so. But with the outbreak of WWII, the project was shelved for a time, and then the film was on again – off again while trying to find the right lead actor. But in 1947, with Ruth’s health in decline, it became the intent of Allied Artists studio to quickly produce the film and get it into theaters while Ruth was still alive.

Ruth had been signed by the studio as a consultant to help prepare Bendix for the role, and in late-April-early-May 1948, Ruth and Claire went to Hollywood.

On June 13, 1948, when the New York Yankees celebrated the 25th anniversary of Yankee Stadium, there was a also a ceremony retiring Ruth’s No. 3 jersey. It was the last time Ruth would appear at the stadium. Following that outing, and over the next week or so, Ruth traveled on behalf of an American Legion Baseball project with Ford Motor Co., visiting three cities in the Midwest. Not long thereafter, he was back in the hospital, as by this time the cancer had spread throughout his body.

Babe Ruth giving actor William Bendix a few pointers on the art of hitting, May 1948. Ruth was then battling cancer.
Babe Ruth giving actor William Bendix a few pointers on the art of hitting, May 1948. Ruth was then battling cancer.
Still, in late July 1948, July 26th, he was taken from his hospital room – apparently with the approval of his then wife, Claire – to make an appearance at the film premiere of The Babe Ruth Story at the Astor Theater. A number of those around him at the time thought he was really too sick to have been there, and half way though the film, he was taken back to the hospital. About ten days later, Ruth died of cancer on August 16th, 1948, just before the film’s general release. He was 53 years old.

As for the film’s reception, Leigh Montville would note in his own book on Ruth, The Big Bam:

“…The movie was so bad, so cliche filled and unbelievable, that people [attending the premiere] said they wished they also could have left [as Ruth did]. ‘The Babe Ruth Story’ was killed across the board by the critics.
“ ‘No home run,’ Wanda Hale of the Daily News said, ‘It’s more than a scratch single, a feeble blooper back of second base.’”

1948 poster for Babe Ruth film. Click for DVD.
1948 poster for Babe Ruth film. Click for DVD.
The New York Times review stated that the film “has much more the tone of low-grade fiction than it has of biography.” American film critic and historian Leonard Michael Maltin, author of several mainstream books on cinema, called it a “perfectly dreadful bio of the Sultan of Swat that is sugar-coated beyond recognition…” A number of others put it on their “worst movies” list.

Still, one bad film wasn’t going to tarnish the legend of Babe Ruth, which remains intact today, warts and all. And although the 1992 biopic, The Babe, was made with John Goodman in the lead role, there may yet be room for other films to come on this giant personality and how he changed the game. Certainly in the book department, Ruth is well covered. According to Leigh Montville and others at least 27 books have been written on Ruth, but that mysteries about his life still remain.

For additional stories on Babe Ruth at this website see: “Babe Ruth Days, 1947 & 1948” (covers special days honoring Ruth at Yankee Stadium and reviews his career); “Ruth at Oriole Park” (about a statue of Ruth at Baltimore’s Camden Yards, his early baseball youth, and years in Baltimore); and “Babe Ruth & Tobacco” (Ruth’s endorsements of various cigar, cigarette, and chewing tobacco products, as well as appearances at a tobacco shop in Boston). See also “Baseball Stories,” a topics page at this website with additional baseball history. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website.
Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 28 August 2015
Last Update: 7 May 2021
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Babe Ruth Story: Book & Film, 1948,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 28, 2015.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

1910s: Young Babe Ruth pitching for the Red Sox. As a pitcher his record was 94-46, with an ERA of 2.88.
1910s: Young Babe Ruth pitching for the Red Sox. As a pitcher his record was 94-46, with an ERA of 2.88.
Aug 17th, 1948: When Babe Ruth died, he was treated like a national hero and his passing was front-page news across the country; here with The Detroit Free Press.
Aug 17th, 1948: When Babe Ruth died, he was treated like a national hero and his passing was front-page news across the country; here with The Detroit Free Press.

“Babe Ruth Homers Again; Life Film Story $100,000,” New York Times, September 13, 1946.

“Republic Planning Film on Babe Ruth,” New York Times, April 3, 1947.

“Babe Ruth Film Set; Allied Artists to Produce Movie Based on Considine Book,” New York Times, July 18, 1947.

Gladwin Hill, “Bendix Steps Up to the Plate as Babe Ruth,” New York Times, April 4, 1948.

Arthur Daley, “Sports of the Times; The Babe’s Own Story,” New York Times, April 26, 1948.

Rex Lardner, Book Reviews, “For the Baseball Lover’s Library,” New York Times, May 2, 1948.

“People Who Read and Write” (On Dutton Book Party, Ruth Book), New York Times, May 9, 1948.

“‘Babe Ruth’ Premiere Set; Film Story of Famed Bambino Opens at Astor,” New York Times, July 26,” July 8, 1948.

“Ruth Sees Premiere of Film on His Life,” New York Times, July 27, 1948.

“Babe Ruth,” Wikipedia.org.

Robert Creamer, Babe: The Legend Comes to Life, 1976.

“The Babe Ruth Story,” Turner Classic Movies.

“Bob Considine,” Wikipedia.org.

Lawrence Ritter, The Babe: The Game That Ruth Built, 1997.

Leigh Montville, The Big Bam: The Life & Times of Babe Ruth, New York: Doubleday, 2006.

Tom Bartsch, “Baseball’s Best-Sellers: An Updated List of Baseball Books that Landed on the N.Y. Times Best-Seller List,” Sports CollectorsDigest.com, October 8, 2012.

Frank Jackson, “Bombing in the Bronx: The Babe Ruth Story,” HardBallTimes.com, October 28, 2014.

Lot # 1002: “1948 First Edition of The Babe Ruth Story Signed by Babe Ruth” (starting bid – $1,500.00; Sold For – $4,740.00), 2013 Auction, Robert Edward Auctions, LLC, Watchung, NJ,.

“U.S. Mourns For ‘Babe’ Ruth, Baseball Hero,” Gloucester Citizen (England, U.K.), Tuesday 17 August 1948.

“The Babe Ruth Story” (film), Wikipedia.org.

“The Babe Ruth Story,” American Film Institute.

_____________________________





“Inferno at Whiting”
Standard Oil: 1955

Circa 1910: Postcard rendition of oil storage tanks at southern tip of Lake Michigan where the sprawling Standard Oil refinery at Whiting, Indiana would become one the world’s largest.
Circa 1910: Postcard rendition of oil storage tanks at southern tip of Lake Michigan where the sprawling Standard Oil refinery at Whiting, Indiana would become one the world’s largest.
Late 1930s billboard, along a row of storage tanks (behind sign), touting the Whiting refinery as “the world’s largest.”
Late 1930s billboard, along a row of storage tanks (behind sign), touting the Whiting refinery as “the world’s largest.”
Aerial view of refinery grounds, processing equipment and storage tanks covering some 1,600 acres at Whiting, Indiana.
Aerial view of refinery grounds, processing equipment and storage tanks covering some 1,600 acres at Whiting, Indiana.

In 1955, the Standard Oil refinery at Whiting, Indiana was one of the largest oil processing centers in the world. The refinery became a centerpiece of John D. Rockefeller’s Midwest oil empire in 1889, part of his larger Standard Oil Trust that came to dominate the oil industry through the early 1900s.

Initially, the Whiting oil refinery processed high-sulfur, “sour crude” from the oilfields of Lima, Ohio, imported via Rockefeller-controlled railroads. The principal product was then kerosene for lamp lighting. But by the 1910s, with the rise of the automobile, gasoline became the primary product. In fact, at Whiting, some of Rockefeller’s scientists helped develop a refining process that would produce more gasoline from a barrel of oil.

Rockefeller’s company, Standard of Indiana, later became “Amoco” after Standard absorbed the American Oil Company in the 1920s. Amoco and the Whiting refinery, were later acquired by British Petroleum in 1998, the current owner.

But at the beginning, in 1889, the Whiting oil refinery rose in what was then a mostly rural area on the southern shores of Lake Michigan – a time when sand dunes were the most prominent feature in the area.

The town of Whiting – born of a railroad stop named “Pop Whiting’s Siding” after a rail engineer — grew with the refinery. Located about 16 miles from downtown Chicago, by the mid-1930s about 7,000 people were employed at the Whiting plant and the company’s Chicago offices.

By the early 1950s, Standard of Indiana ranked as the second-largest American oil company with annual gross sales of $1.5 billion. The refinery by this time had grown to encompass more than 1,600 acres, with many acres of storage tanks, refining towers, and processing equipment.

Standard of Indiana, like all oil companies of that era, had its growing pains and also had its share of spills, fires, and explosions. But on Saturday morning, August 27, 1955, an incident of historic proportion erupted there.


“Like The Sun Exploded”

It was early dawn that Saturday morning. A brand new hydroformer at the Whiting refinery was cranking up. It was also known by some as a “cat cracker,” as catalysts were used with naphtha and hydrogen under high pressure and heat to make higher-octane fuel. The hydroformer stood 260 feet high, or more than twenty-five stories tall. It was a giant piece of equipment, made of steel plate and concrete, designed to withstand the rigors of heavy operating pressures. In it’s production of high octane fuel, it would process 30,000 gallons of highly flammable naphtha every day. This hydroformer was one of the heaviest vessels ever made for oil refining at that time, then believed to be state of the art. But something went terribly wrong that Saturday morning.

Aerial photograph of the spreading August 1955 oil refinery fire at Standard Oil’s Whiting, Indiana complex. The 8-day fire, set by a processing tower explosion, would consume at least 45 acres of storage tanks and damage nearby homes and businesses. Two people were killed, another 40 injured, and 1,500 evacuated.
Aerial photograph of the spreading August 1955 oil refinery fire at Standard Oil’s Whiting, Indiana complex. The 8-day fire, set by a processing tower explosion, would consume at least 45 acres of storage tanks and damage nearby homes and businesses. Two people were killed, another 40 injured, and 1,500 evacuated.

Without warning, at about 6:15 a.m., several explosions occurred at the giant hydroformer, and shortly thereafter – as some who were at the refinery that day would later recount – “all hell broke loose.” The initial blast tore apart the huge processing unit, hurling 30-foot long chunks of two-inch steel and countless smaller shards in all directions. “I thought the sun had exploded and that this was the end of the world,” said one woman, quoted in The Times newspaper of northwest Indiana. “There was a terrible noise and a big red flash.” The force of the initial blast broke almost every window in a three-mile radius. Smoke could be seen in Chicago and from 30 miles away.

Aug 28, 1955: In the town of Whiting, Indiana, looking south along Indianapolis Blvd, the Standard Oil refinery grounds to the left is where the initial explosion occurred, as the rising fireball shows. But there were also acres of storage tanks and more refinery stretching away from this area with additional storage tanks and refinery on the other side of this road.
Aug 28, 1955: In the town of Whiting, Indiana, looking south along Indianapolis Blvd, the Standard Oil refinery grounds to the left is where the initial explosion occurred, as the rising fireball shows. But there were also acres of storage tanks and more refinery stretching away from this area with additional storage tanks and refinery on the other side of this road.

Fiery debris from the exploding cat cracker rained down on the refinery grounds and nearby residential areas. Within the refinery, some of the flying metal and concrete landed on and punctured other oil storage tanks, igniting them in the process, touching off subsequent explosions. The Times and Chicago Tribune newspapers, among others, reported on the scene at the time, described “a flood of burning oil and naphtha” that washed over the refinery grounds and into Whiting streets and sewers. Residents were later warned about the risks of smoking and other open flames from home appliances that might ignite fumes backing up from the sewers. Some utility poles in the area also caught fire. (A short British Pathé newsreel film from 1955, shown below left, complete with dramatic music, captured some of the blaze that swept through the refinery and the Whiting community).

In residential areas near the refinery, flying projectiles damaged several homes, terrifying residents. A 3-year-old boy in one nearby home was killed in his sleep as a 10-foot steel pipe torpedoed through the roof of his bedroom.

In another instance, a 180-ton chunk of steel “as big as a five bedroom house,” according to The Times was hurled two blocks. That huge projectile, leveled a home and a grocery store on 129th Street, where the homeowner had left only minutes before the blast. Businesses, homes, garages and automobiles within a three mile radius of the refinery sustained substantial damage. Six miles from the explosion, some residents reported being knocked from their beds.

One family that barely escaped was that of Harvey Hunter and his wife Beverly and their two young children, Bonnie and Dennis. Harvey, a crane operator at Inland Steel in his day job, recounted the family’s horror to a Chicago Tribune reporter after he and his family had reached the Whiting Community Center for shelter:

August 1955: Onlookers watching the refinery blaze from a distance were surprised by a subsequent explosion and ran for their cars. Life magazine, Sept 5, 1955, Wallace Kirkland.
August 1955: Onlookers watching the refinery blaze from a distance were surprised by a subsequent explosion and ran for their cars. Life magazine, Sept 5, 1955, Wallace Kirkland.

“We were thrown out of bed by the explosion. Chunks of steel pipe came thru the building, the windows and screens blew inwards, and the plaster fell from the ceiling.

“I picked myself off the floor and started looking for the children. Dennis’ bed was upside down and he was under it – covered with broken glass and plaster. Something had hit me on the head…

“I found my wife and daughter and the four of us got out of there in a hurry. We got into our station wagon and started down the alley but the way was blocked by a metal casting – it must have weighed 100 tons – that had been hurled there from the refinery. We turned back and got out at the other end of the alley and got here [community center shelter]…”

In addition to the boy killed in his home, one Standard Oil workman died of a heart attack, and more than 40 others were injured and sent to hospitals.

About 1,500 residents from some 600 homes were evacuated from the area to avoid further casualties as armed National Guard units patrolled the streets helping local police maintain order. Following the initial explosions, fire began consuming other parts of the refinery. By night fall on the first day, 60 million barrels of oil in storage tanks had gone up in flames.

For the next two days, the fire continued to spread, marching through the refinery’s tank farm acre-by-acre touching off further explosions, more refinery spillage, and additional fire. Spreading flames sometimes rose to heights of 300-to-400 feet.

Aug 28, 1955 Chicago Tribune headlines on the Standard Oil refinery fire indicate huge losses and “oil blaze out of control.”
Aug 28, 1955 Chicago Tribune headlines on the Standard Oil refinery fire indicate huge losses and “oil blaze out of control.”
Aug 29, 1955 Chicago Tribune headlines indicate Standard Oil fire in check, but still burning, with residents kept from their homes.
Aug 29, 1955 Chicago Tribune headlines indicate Standard Oil fire in check, but still burning, with residents kept from their homes.

In the end, at least 67 storage tanks over some 45 acres had been completely destroyed. Oil and naphtha from ruptured tanks had also flowed into the Indiana Harbor Ship Canal.

Newspaper photos from inside the refinery told a story of the fire’s awesome heat and destructive power — railroad rails that “resembled strands of spaghetti, bent by the extreme heat and force of the explosion,” according to one report. Some freight and tank cars were melted by the intense heat generated.

In battling the inferno, numerous Standard Oil workers were enlisted to fight the blaze and fire departments from Hammond, East Chicago, Gary, Calumet City, Dolton and Chicago rushed to help – more than 6,000 in all joined the fight.

As the days went by, the firefighters realized their task was to contain rather than extinguish the blaze. They began building large sand barricades at the perimeter of the fire in an attempt to keep burning oil from spreading to other areas of the refinery. At times, however, there was fear the blaze would spread to the nearby Sinclair Oil refinery, creating an even greater catastrophe. But on the second day of the blaze, the fire was said to be “under control,” although sill burning.

A YouTube viewer commenting on one of the Whiting fire films found on the web, offered an eye-witness account of the 1955 blaze with the following: “I lived two streets in front of this [fire] on White Oak Ave. When the explosion happened we thought it was the Atom Bomb. Everyone ran from their homes, some people were moving their furniture out. By the time we got to the corner of Indianapolis Blvd., the entire block at Standard was on fire and oil tanks were exploding. I was 11 years old. We left for East Chicago and spent a week at my grandmother’s home. Sand trucks were brought in from the Dunes to help contain [the refinery fire]. The tanks were exploding and we could feel the heat by just standing in the front yard of my grandmother’s home miles and miles away. We left everything, including the dog and our bird…”.

Aug 1955: Life magazine photo of Standard Oil workers at Whiting trying to contain burning oil and sequential tank explosions by building sand barricades to keep the oil & fire from spreading to other parts of the 1,660-acre refinery.
Aug 1955: Life magazine photo of Standard Oil workers at Whiting trying to contain burning oil and sequential tank explosions by building sand barricades to keep the oil & fire from spreading to other parts of the 1,660-acre refinery.

When the last of the fires were finally put out on September 4, 1955, the area was declared a National Disaster. The company’s own internal publication, The Standard Torch of October 1955, offered an initial accounting: “Eight days and five hours later, the last flame was extinguished. By then, 45 acres of the refinery lay in ruins. Seventy tanks were crumbled and burned out. Three process units were destroyed. Twisted, fire-blackened steel lay about as grim reminders.. .. Damage was estimated to be in excess of $10 million dollars, all but one million of which was insured.” Other estimates put the figure at $30 million (or roughly between $87 million and $273 million in 2015 dollars).

Two men at center survey the damage in a portion of the burnt-out Standard Oil refinery, then still smoldering, with the remains of two crumpled and distorted giant storage tanks to the left. Whiting oil refinery, Aug 1955, Chicago Tribune photo.
Two men at center survey the damage in a portion of the burnt-out Standard Oil refinery, then still smoldering, with the remains of two crumpled and distorted giant storage tanks to the left. Whiting oil refinery, Aug 1955, Chicago Tribune photo.

A year after the fire, Standard Oil was back to business as usual, having rebuilt the damaged parts of the refinery and soon operating at 100 percent capacity again. But the terror the incident created among workers and in the community was very real. One resident, Gayle Kosalko, would later note, “that explosion caused Whiting’s population to go from 10,000 people to 5,000.” And indeed, after the incident, Amoco/Standard took the opportunity to buy up land near the refinery, and many homes and businesses that were destroyed or damaged by that fire or abandoned were leveled and never rebuilt.

Boiling fire on top of large tank at left, with twisted metal thrown from explosion in the foreground. Whiting refinery fire, Aug 1955.
Boiling fire on top of large tank at left, with twisted metal thrown from explosion in the foreground. Whiting refinery fire, Aug 1955.
Photo of some of the large debris thrown by the explosion into residential areas. Whiting refinery fire, Aug 1955.
Photo of some of the large debris thrown by the explosion into residential areas. Whiting refinery fire, Aug 1955.

In August 2005, at the 50th anniversary year of the big blaze at the Whiting refinery, a couple of survivors from the incident spoke with reporter Oliva Clarke of The Times, recalling its effects. Norb Dudzik, 62, of Whiting noted: “You could just feel the heat off of it. …[W]e drove through some of the neighborhoods. It was almost like you’d seen a tornado with cars flipped upside down and houses — some destroyed and some moved off their foundation.”

George Orr, 89, of Hessville, Indiana and an instrument technician supervisor at the time of the blaze who was also recruited to fight the fire for several days, explained:

“The flames were as high as telephone poles on both sides of us and the heat was unbearable…I wore ordinary work clothes, and of course we had to wear hard hats and hard-toed shoes. …If you refused to fight the fire, you didn’t have a job at Standard Oil in the morning.”

At the fire’s 60th anniversary, in August 2015, the Historical Society of Whiting/Robertsdale sponsored a screening of a new documentary on the fire titled, “One Minute After Sunrise.” The half hour film was the result of a year’s worth of research and personal interviews aimed at preserving and documenting this episode of Whiting and Standard Oil history. (See also John Hmurovic’s book, One Minute After Sunrise: The Story of the Standard Oil Refinery Fire of 1955.)

Other Incidents. The 1955 fire and explosion at the Whiting refinery was not the first such incident there, nor would it be the last. On July 4, 1921, eight workers were killed and more than 40 others injured when a series of gasoline pressure sills exploded and burned at the refinery. In September 1941, a nine hour conflagration at the refinery killed one man and injured 20 others. That blaze also destroyed more than 30 oil storage tanks and half a dozen buildings with a loss estimated at $100,000 (1941 dollars). Another fire and explosion in July 1946 ripped through the refinery, this time with only one worker injured. In the years following the 1955 inferno, there continued to be more incidents at the Whiting refinery of one kind or another – fires, leaks, spills, explosions, and or pollution. These occurred more or less on a regular basis, both large and small, some years worse than others, but continuing to the present day under the auspices of BP, the refinery owner since 1998-99.


Whiting Refinery Incidents
Standard Oil/Amoco
1957-1991

Over the years, the Whiting oil refinery has had its share of incidents, large and small, including numerous fires and explosions, many of the smaller variety, some not always reported. Included below is a sampling of some of the documented incidents occurring at the Whiting oil refinery under Standard/Amoco management in the 1957-1991 period:

23 Nov 1957++2 workers killed in refinery fire.
27 Feb 1977++oil tanks at the refinery overflow.
2 Mar 1977++fish kill is tracked to leaking underground tanks at the Whiting refinery.
29 Mar 1977++oil blows into the air from tank field onto nearby homes in “a rain of oil.”
18 Aug 1978++Amoco is cited by EPA for excessive hydrocarbon emissions.
13 Feb 1978++explosions at night rock refinery area; residents evacuated.
14 Feb 1978++1,000 area residents are barred from returning home as a second series of explosions occur at refinery after pipeline leak.
2 Mar 1979++fumes described as “85 percent explosive” rout families from homes in refinery area.
20 Apr 1979++Residents find crude oil 3 feet beneath the ground; complain of fumes in their homes.
30 Apr 1979++crude oil overflows from tanks.
3 May 1979++chlorine gas leak; fumes drop five workers at refinery.
24 Aug 1980++a dust-like cloud escapes from catalytic cracking unit in repair; Amoco keeps unit running during repair to avoid start-up costs.
3 Nov 1980++residents of Whiting & Robertsdale discover oil spurting two feet into air from manhole; oil also found in wiring tunnel to Calumet College
14 Jun 1981++pipeline leak at Optimist Park, Kennedy Ave. sends unknown amount of diesel fuel into Optimist Lake.
7 July 1983++fire at Whiting refinery.
10 Jan 1984++worker dies in fire at refinery.
26 Dec 1984++residents evacuated during refinery blast & fire threat.
31 Oct 1985++residents complain about refinery fumes.
24 Jul 1986++Amoco notifies officials of chemical leak.
19 Feb 1988++second fire in two weeks at refinery.
16 Apr 1988++16 hurt in explosion at refinery.
6 Oct 1988++explosion & fire at refinery injures two workers.
31 Oct 1988++3 workers killed, 1 seriously injured in asphalt plant explosion & fire.
16 Nov1989++1,800 lbs of hydrogen sulfide gas escapes along w/naphtha, butane and other flammable gases; reaches Valparaiso; 3 to hospital & evacuation.
16 Dec 1989++two injured in refinery blast.
20 Feb 1990++explosion at liquid petroleum loading dock kills 2 workers, injures 3 truck drivers; Amoco fails to notify Hammond.
25 Dec 1990++500 lbs. of hydrogen sulfide gas & 25,000 lbs of propane hydrocarbon gas escapes from over-pressurized relief valve.
28 Dec 1990++150 lbs. of hydrogen sulfide gas escapes from same relief valve.
24 Sep 1991++unknown quantity of propylene gas escapes from Amoco rail tank car.
_________________________________________

Sources: Don Jordan, “Amoco Shutdown is Part of Firm’s History,” The Times (of Northwest Indiana), April 13, 1990; Rebecca Vick, “Amoco Toxic Gas Leak Is Second This Week,” The Times, December 29, 1990, p. B-1; Susan Erler and Phil Wieland, “OSHA Orders Shutdown of Reactor,” The Times, April 12, 1990; Rebecca Vick, “Leak Forces Amoco Employees to Move,” The Times, September 25, 1991, p. B-1.


1988-1990

By the late 1980s, incidents at the Whiting refinery had the attention of state and federal safety officials. On October 30, 1988, an explosion and fire killed three workers and injured another. The explosion occurred in the oxidizer unit, a vessel 70 foot high with a 32-foot diameter. When the explosion occurred, the entire unit rose 40 to 50 feet off the ground.By 1988-1990, Indiana officials were calling the Whiting refinery the most dangerous workplace in the state. It also coated workers with 500-degree asphalt. The unit had begun to malfunction several days earlier, but the company kept it running in order to maintain production. Two previous explosions in the same unit in 1988 had injured 18 workers. The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) cited Amoco for a wide variety of violations and fined the company $300,000 for the infractions. In fact, for the 1988-1990 period, Indiana officials were calling the Whiting facility the most dangerous workplace in the state. “No one else has that kind of safety record,” said Kenneth Zeller, Indiana Commissioner of Labor at the time. In April 1990, the Indiana Occupational Safety and Health Administration — citing “imminent danger” and “a strong possibility of catastrophe” — ordered Amoco to shut down a chemical reactor in one of the refinery’s key Ultraformer processing units. Officials ordered the shut down after inspecting the unit following an anonymous complaint from a worker at the plant who reported “hot spots” in the reactor. In the late 1980s and early 1990s, at least two more people were killed at the Whiting refinery and several others injured in at least five other incidents.


Artist’s rendering of oil storage tanks at Whiting, circa 1940s or so.
Artist’s rendering of oil storage tanks at Whiting, circa 1940s or so.


Leaking Oil

In January 1991, after conducting a two-year, in-house investigation, Amoco officials revealed a 16.8 million-gallon leaked underground plume of petroleum products beneath the Whiting refinery. The company reported that 150 ground-water monitoring wells defined a plume of lubricating oils and gasoline components, including benzene, of between four and 18 inches floating on groundwater beneath much of the plant. Amoco sent 500 information packets to residents in a 12-block area in Whiting and the Robertsdale section of Hammond notifying them of the findings and offering free testing for benzene and combustible vapors. At the time, Amoco officials said the situation did not present an immediate safety or health hazard” for people living near the plant. The plume, they said, was formed over the plant’s 102 years of operation, a time when wooden and metal storage tanks leaked oil products into the ground. At least two class action suits were brought against Amoco in the 1990s claiming the company was negligent for allowing oil to leak into city sewers and beneath the community.


BP Acquires Amoco

One artist’s rendering of the “merging” of Amoco & BP.
One artist’s rendering of the “merging” of Amoco & BP.
In August 1998, Amoco was acquired by British Petroleum (BP) in a nearly $54 billion deal that at the time created the world’s third-largest publicly traded energy company, behind Royal Dutch Shell and Exxon.

Over the years since, BP has had a mixed record at the Whiting refinery. For example, in May 2009, EPA issued a notice of violation to BP for toxic air pollution at the refinery.

According to EPA, for nearly six years, under BP’s watch, the refinery emitted cancer-causing benzene at its wastewater treatment plant without proper air pollution control equipment.

BP stated at the time there was no evidence that humans or the environment were harmed. The violations occurred between 2003 and 2008. In 2008, the BP plant totaled just over 100 tons of benzene waste – nearly 16 times the amount allowed, according to the EPA. Similar violations for benzene waste also occurred between 2003 and 2008.

By 2013, BP stated that it had invested $3.8 billion to modernize the Whiting refinery, primarily to make it capable of processing of heavier crudes – i.e. tar sands from Canada and other crude. BP stated that its “modernization” was essential to the long-term viability of the refinery, and included $1.4 billion for “environmental enhancements” such as wastewater improvements, emissions reductions, and systems to remove sulfur from gasoline and diesel.

Yet today, one of BP’s by-products in refining the sludgy tar sands crude is an unwelcome substance called petroleum coke, or “pet coke.” Refining heavy crudes produces significantly more pet coke than conventional crude oil. And BP’s refinery at Whiting has tripled its yield of pet coke since expanding the refinery to process more of the unconventional tar sands oil. Whiting now yields about 6,000 tons of pet coke every day, or about 2.2 million tons annually.

“The Daily Damage”
An Occasional Series

This article is one in an occasional series of stories at this website that feature the ongoing environmental and societal impacts of industrial spills & explosions, fires & toxic releases, air & water pollution, and other such occurrences.

These stories will cover both recent incidents and those from history that have left a mark either nationally or locally; have generated controversy in some way; have brought about governmental inquiries or political activity; and generally have taken a toll on the environment, worker health and safety, and/or local communities.

My purpose for including such stories at this website is simply to drive home the continuing and chronic nature of these occurrences through history, and hopefully contribute to public education about them so that improvements in law, regulation, and industry practice will be made, yielding safer alternatives in the future.
— Jack Doyle

While petroleum coke can be used as a heating fuel in some instances, or as a raw material in manufacturing, piles of the stuff from the Whiting plant and other U.S. refineries have produced swirling dust storms in areas where it’s stockpiled, raising public health concerns and angering nearby communities.

EPA has noted that significant quantities of fugitive dust from pet coke storage and handling can present a health risk. Particles that are 10 micrometers in diameter or smaller are of special concern to EPA, as these particles can pass through the throat and nose and enter the lungs, and once inhaled, can affect the heart and lungs and cause serious health effects.

Residents and community activists in the Whiting area have also raised concerns about the health effects of increased air pollution that comes with the use of flaring at the refinery – stack “flares” being a kind of safety valve feature found in all refineries, yet still a process that can sometimes be abused or used to compensate for more serious systemic shortcomings within the refinery. Others have also expressed worries about tar sands-induced pipeline leaks near the refinery, given that tar sands have a more corrosive effect on pipelines.

Additional stories at this website on oil and the environment include, for example: “Burning Philadelphia,” a story about the 1975 Gulf Oil Co. refinery fire in that city; “Texas City Disaster,” about BP’s negligence in the March 2005 Texas City, TX oil refinery explosion & fire that killed 15 workers and injured another 180, including 60 Minutes TV coverage and details on related litigation; and “Burn On, Big River…,” about the historic pollution and river fires on the Cuyahoga River in Ohio. Additional environmental stories can be found at the “Environmental History” topics page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please consider making a donation to help support this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

_________________________________

Date Posted: 21 August 2015
Last Update: 18 May 2022
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Inferno at Whiting – Standard Oil: 1955,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 21, 2015.

_________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Aug 27, 1955: Explosion at the Whiting refinery as seen looking north on Berry Ave. from 129th St.  Original Chicago Tribune caption noted: “A dark mushroom cloud, 8,000 feet high and visible for 30 miles, obscured the sun, effectively turning day into night.” Photo,  John Austad
Aug 27, 1955: Explosion at the Whiting refinery as seen looking north on Berry Ave. from 129th St. Original Chicago Tribune caption noted: “A dark mushroom cloud, 8,000 feet high and visible for 30 miles, obscured the sun, effectively turning day into night.” Photo, John Austad
Part of the destruction from the 1955 Whiting oil refinery explosion & fire. Investigative worker in foreground is inside large piece of structural metal thrown there from explosion.
Part of the destruction from the 1955 Whiting oil refinery explosion & fire. Investigative worker in foreground is inside large piece of structural metal thrown there from explosion.
Another aerial photo of the August 1955 Standard Oil refinery fire at Whiting, Indiana taken from a different perspective.
Another aerial photo of the August 1955 Standard Oil refinery fire at Whiting, Indiana taken from a different perspective.
August 1955: Photo of Whiting fire taken from inside the refinery, it appears, by a firefighting unit, according to photo's notation.
August 1955: Photo of Whiting fire taken from inside the refinery, it appears, by a firefighting unit, according to photo's notation.
Related Reading: Scott Cole’s 2018 book, “Fallout,” about a community’s fight with oil industry pollution from a Unocal Oil refinery in California. Click for copy.
Related Reading: Scott Cole’s 2018 book, “Fallout,” about a community’s fight with oil industry pollution from a Unocal Oil refinery in California. Click for copy.

“Standard Oil,” Whiting Public Library, Whit-ing, Indiana.

“Standard Indiana,” ChicagoHistory.org.

“Whiting, Indiana,” ChicagoHistory.org.

“Fire Loss Tops 10 Millions; Whiting Oil Blaze Out of Control,” Chicago Sunday Tribune, August 28, 1955, p. 1.

“Food and Clothing Rushed to Aid Homeless Families,” Chicago Sunday Tribune, August 28, 1955, p. 1.

“List of Dead and Wounded in Whiting Refinery Fire,” Chicago Daily Tribune, August 28, 1955; pg. 2;

“Refinery Giant Among Giants; Sprawls Across 1,660 Acres,” Chicago Sunday Tribune, August 28, 1955, p. 3.

“Big Mushroom Cloud Visible 30 Miles Away,” Chicago Sunday Tribune, August 28, 1955, p. 4.

“Standard Head Pledges Quick Aid to Victims,” Chicago Sunday Tribune, August 28, 1955, p. 4.

“Oil Fire in Whiting Checked,” Chicago Daily Tribune, August 29, 1955, p. 1.

“Many Return to Homes; Oil Fire Abating,” Chicago Daily Tribune, August 30, 1955, p. 1.

“The Whiting Fire,” Chicago Daily Tribune, August 30, 1955, p. 20.

“Standard Oil Seeks to Buy Whiting Land,” Chicago Daily Tribune, September 2, 1955, p. B-2.

“Standard Oil Bids for Homes in Blast Area,” Chicago Daily Tribune, September 3, 1955, p. 8.

“Fire in Whiting Oil Refinery Finally Out,” Chicago Daily Tribune, September 5, 1955, p. B-4.

“At An Exploding Indiana Refinery, Frus- trated Firefighters and Fleeing Onlookers” (photos, Wallace Kirkland), Life, September 5, 1955, pp. 22-23.

“Hint Whiting Fire Source of Lake Oil Slick,” Chicago Daily Tribune, January 19, 1956, p. B-8.

“Oil Refinery Fire in Whiting Is Nearly Out,” Chicago Daily Tribune, January 31, 1957, p. 7.

“Two Workmen Killed in Oil Refinery Fire,” Chicago Daily Tribune, November 23, 1957, p. 4.

William Gaines, “Huge Whiting Oil Fire Was 10 Years Ago, But Memories Still Burn; Industry Improves Safety Measures Thru Probes,” Chicago Tribune, August 29, 1965, p. A-6.

“Refinery Blast Recalls Whiting’s 1955 Standard Oil Explosion,” NWItimes.com, March 28, 2005.

Olivia Clarke, “Memories of Disaster,” NWItimes.com, Saturday, August 27, 2005.

“Whiting, Indiana – August 27, 1955,” Industrial Fire World, Volume 16, No. 2.

Robert Kostanczuk, “1955 Whiting Refinery Fire Ranks as Catastrophic Industrial Accident,” HubPages.com.

“Early Whiting History,” Whiting Public Library, Whiting, Indiana.

British Pathé (Newsreel), “Ten Million Dollar Oil Blaze (1955),” YouTube.com.

Associated Press, “1,500 Flee As Blasts, Fire Hit Oil Refinery,” Toledo Blade (Toledo, OH), February 12, 1979, p. 1.

UPI, “Refinery Blaze Put Out; 400 Return To Homes,” Bangor Daily News, February 13, 1979.

“$100,000 Damage Caused by 9 Hour Fire at Refinery; 1 Killed, 20 Others Hurt in Whiting Blaze,” Chicago Daily Tribune, September 25, 1941, p. 14.

Oil, Chemical & Atomic Workers (OCAW), “Fatal Oil Accidents Involving OCAW Members, 1984-1989,” January 1990.

Chris Isidore, “Memorial Due; Probes Lagging,” Post-Tribune, Sunday, April 22, 1990, p. F-1

Susan Erler and Phil Wieland, “OSHA Orders Shutdown of Reactor,” The Times, April 12, 1990.

Chris Isidore, “Tips Spurred Amoco Probe,” Post-Tribune, April 14, 1990, p. A-1.

Caleb Solomon, “Rash of Fires at Oil And Chemical Plants Sparks Growing Alarm,” Wall Street Journal, November 7, 1989, p. 1.

Laurie Goering, “Amoco Finds 16.8 Million-Gallon Leak,” Chicago Tribune, January 25, 1991.

“Area Cities Sit Atop Massive Sea of Oil,” The Times (Northwest Indiana), January 27, 1991.

Rebecca Vick, “500 Added To Lawsuit Against Amoco,” The Times, February 1, 1992, p. B-1.

Andrea Holecek, “Amoco: Most Of Leak Stayed At Refinery,” The Times, June 5, 1992, p. A-1.

Associated Press, “Oil Company Earmarks Billions To Meet Regulations,” New York Times, May 15, 1992.

Jack Doyle, Crude Awakening: The Oil Mess in America, Friends of the Earth, Washington, DC, October 1993, 350pp.

Sallie L. Gaines, “Huge Deal Remakes Amoco Into A Global Powerhouse; Giant To Combine With BP In Merger Worth $53 Billion,” Chicago Tribune, August 12, 1998.

Kari Lydersen, “Pollution Fight Pits Illinois vs. BP, Indiana; Upgrade of Oil Refinery Would Discharge More Pollutants Into Lake Michigan,” Washington Post, August 23, 2007.

Kari Lydersen, “Community Is Torn Over Expansion of Oil Refinery,” New York Times, September 15, 2011.

Anna Simonton, “Subsidy Spotlight: Paying the Price of Tar Sands Expansion,” Oil Change International, October 16, 2014.

“Standard Oil Refinery Fire of 1955,” Photo gallery (11 photos), Chicago Tribune, August 2015.

John Hmurovic, “Whiting’s 4th of July Disaster” [1921], The Whiting – Robertsdale Historical Society / wrhistoricalsociety.com, May 2021.
_____________________________________________






“Summer Wind”
Frank Sinatra: 1966

1966: Frank Sinatra performing at The Sands nightclub, lost in a moment of song -- perhaps grieving over that lost summer love...
1966: Frank Sinatra performing at The Sands nightclub, lost in a moment of song -- perhaps grieving over that lost summer love...
For those Frank Sinatra fans who have heard the song “Summer Wind” at least once or twice, the musical give-away is that light, airy, Nelson Riddle orchestral lead. It offers a kind of instant recognition for that song – and anticipation. You know Frank is coming behind that lead, and he doesn’t disappoint. The topical matter suits him perfectly.

“Summer Wind” has a poignancy about it that is tailor-made for Sinatra. It’s a story about a summer love, once held, but now gone and wistfully and longingly remembered by its crooning narrator.

The song’s musical treatment, plus Sinatra’s delivery, give it a presence in the mind’s eye; transporting the listener to a summer place, summoning the very elements of that season.

One guest writer at the Sinatra Family Forum website – “Melissa” – put it aptly in her 2006 comment: “Summer Wind was meant for Frank Sinatra. No one has ever done it better. I can almost feel the breeze blow when he sings it.” Indeed, the “summery-by-the-ocean” feel is there through and through.

Anonymous couple enjoying a summer beach stroll.
Anonymous couple enjoying a summer beach stroll.
However, “Summer Wind” did not originate in America nor with Frank Sinatra. The original title was “Der Sommerwind” and the music for it was composed by German, Heinz Meier. The original lyrics were also in German, written by Hans Bradtke. American Johnny Mercer heard the song in its German version and in 1965 wrote an English version. The first American recording of the song was by Wayne Newton, also in 1965. However, it is the 1966 version by Sinatra that has become the classic.


Music Player
Summer Wind – 1966
Frank Sinatra

Sinatra recorded his version in mid-May 1966 with Nelson Riddle and his orchestra. The song was released later that same month on the album, Strangers In The Night. It also appeared as a Reprise single backed by “You Make Me Feel So Young” on the B-side. By the week of August 30th, WABC radio of New York had “Summer Wind” as a top hit prospect. Beginning in early September 1966 the song would have a seven-week run on the Billboard pop singles chart, peaking at No. 25. “Summer Wind” also hit No. 1 on the Easy Listening chart in October that year.

Although “Summer Wind” is classic Sinatra in style and content, he didn’t start performing it regularly at his concerts until some twenty years after its recording. But by 1986, “Summer Wind” had become a part of Sinatra’s performances.

“Summer Wind”
H. Mayer, J. Mercer
1965

The summer wind, came blowin’ in,
from across the sea
It lingered there, to touch your hair,
and walk with me
All summer long, we sang a song,
and then we strolled that golden sand
Two sweethearts, and the summer wind

Like painted kites, those days and nights,
they went flyin’ by
The world was new, beneath a blue,
umbrella sky
Then softer than, a piper man,
one day it called to you
I lost you, I lost you to the summer wind

The autumn wind, and the winter winds,
they have come and gone
And still the days, those lonely days,
they go on and on
And guess who sighs his lullabies,
through nights that never end
My fickle friend, the summer wind

The summer wind; warm summer wind
Mmm… the summer wind.

A Summer Love

The male narrator of “Summer Wind” remembers a happy time – a brief time, with his summer love. He sings of strolling on the beach, and glorious days and nights, shared between the two. The listener can imagine all of the good summertime activity that a couple in love could share – from dinner at a seaside café and evening walks along the shore, to the deeper intimacy and personal discovery that come with romantic relationships.

“The world was new,” the narrator sings, clearly taken with his lady and seeing only good things ahead. He was feeling like a million bucks, and more. Anything was possible!

But then, suddenly, it all ends.

Turns out, the summer wind can cut both ways.

One day it called to the lady of this lyrical tale, sending her off for parts unknown; no explanation offered. The narrator simply croons, “I lost you to the summer wind.” Was it another love? A rooted and committed life somewhere else? Or perhaps it was personal: some fundamental differences? No details provided.

In any case, those formerly happy days and warm summer nights were now just a memory. Closing his eyes, our narrator is there again, back in that moment, remembering how it was, though heartsick in the losing. Going forward, he nurses his hurt through the “autumn wind” and the “winter wind” – harsher times, and lonely times — longing for a return to that earlier time, left only with “my fickle friend, the summer wind.”

Millions of music listeners have had their own “summer wind” experiences, good and bad, and Frank takes them along for the ride in this song. It’s just good, old-fashioned “memory music,” tinged with a touch of the blues made perfect by the master.

The song and lyrics of “Summer Wind,” however, are flexible enough that the song has been used in other contexts, some commercial. “Summer Wind” was used in the opening scene of the 1984 film, The Pope of Greenwich Village, starring Mickey Rourke and Darryl Hannah. It was also used in the 2003 film Matchstick Men with Nicolas Cage and Alison Lohman.

Frame from MasterCard TV ad, "Family of Four - Summer Wind," depicting a family at an L.A. Dodgers baseball game away from modern distractions. Click to view ad.
Frame from MasterCard TV ad, "Family of Four - Summer Wind," depicting a family at an L.A. Dodgers baseball game away from modern distractions. Click to view ad.

At The Ballpark

In 2006, MasterCard used the song in a baseball-themed TV ad depicting a family outing at a big league game. The ad was part of MasterCard’s “priceless” commercials, and was shot at Dodger Stadium in Los Angeles.

The ad features a family of four taking in a night game in the grandstands at Chavez Ravine. The sentimental spot plays up the family relaxing and bonding during the game at the ballpark, away from all the modern gadgets and distractions.

As Sinatra’s “Summer Wind” plays in the background, the voice-over in the ad states: “Program in the first: $4. Snacks in the fourth: $25. Soda at the end of the seventh: $3. No runs, hits, errors, TVs, meetings or video games — priceless.” Sinatra’s cool message, between the lines in this case, is actually saying: “Hey, relax. Chill out. Enjoy the game. Enjoy your family. Feel the breeze.” In this ad, “Summer Wind,” sets the tone, and puts the viewer in that frame.


Sinatra’s 1966

Frank Sinatra, likely in California, mid-1960s or so.
Frank Sinatra, likely in California, mid-1960s or so.
In 1966, Frank Sinatra had already had a pretty good year, even before recording “Summer Wind” that April. His first live album, Sinatra at the Sands, was recorded during January and February at The Sands Hotel in Las Vegas. A Sinatra single, “It Was a Very Good Year,” was also in the Top 40 of the Billboard 100 during January and February that year — and No. 1 on the Adult Contemporary or “Easy Listening” chart for the week of February 5th.

In March 1966, Moonlight Sinatra, a studio album recorded the previous November was released by Sinatra on the Reprise label. All of its songs reference the moon in some way, and it was arranged and backed by Nelson Riddle and his orchestra. The album’s title is a play on Beethoven’s “Moonlight Sonata”. In May 1966, Sinatra released Strangers in the Night, the album that included the No. 1 hit single of that name, along with “Summer Wind” and a mix of show tunes, standards and big band music.

In his personal life, meanwhile, in mid-July 1966, Sinatra married Mia Farrow. She was 21, he 50. She was then the star of TV soap opera Peyton Place. By late July 1966, the album Strangers in the Night had reached No. 1. on the Billboard 200 albums chart. The single version of “Strangers…” hit No. 1 on the U.K. charts in June 1966, and also on the Billboard pop and easy listening charts in July. Early that fall, as Sinatra and Farrow settled into their first months of marriage, “Summer Wind” was also in the Top 40 on the radio. Another Sinatra album, That’s Life, was released in October 1966, with its title song, “That’s Life,” hitting the No. 4 spot in December 1966 — this and other Sinatra hits coming at a time when the Beatles, Rolling Stones, Beach Boys, and other rock groups were all the rage.

Cover of the April 1966 issue of Esquire magazine, featuring Gay Talese’s classic article on Frank Sinatra. Click for book.
Cover of the April 1966 issue of Esquire magazine, featuring Gay Talese’s classic article on Frank Sinatra. Click for book.
On other fronts, earlier in 1966, Gay Talese had published a legendary piece of writing for Esquire magazine, titled “Frank Sinatra Has a Cold.” The Talese profile of Sinatra – published in the April 1966 issue — would become one of the most famous pieces of magazine journalism ever written, often considered one of the best pieces on Sinatra as well as one of the best celebrity profiles ever. Vanity Fair called it “the greatest literary-nonfiction story of the 20th century.”

As for the title of the Gay Talese piece, the article opens in 1965 with Sinatra in a bad mood at a private Hollywood club. He is stressed about all the events in his life he is then dealing with, and on top of it all he has a common cold, which has restricted his singing.

Talese, meanwhile, proceeds to write about Sinatra mostly in 1965, the year he turned 50, when he was in the news regarding his involvement with Mia Farrow. It was also the year when he was the subject of a CBS television documentary that had pried into his personal life and speculated about possible ties to mafia leaders. Sinatra’s various business ventures in real estate, film, recording label were also probed. At the time, Talese also wrote that Sinatra maintained a personal staff of 75. Over time, however, the Talese Sinatra profile became more about Talese’s writing style and the “new journalism” methodology he employed than it was about Sinatra per se – although the subject was well covered, to be sure.

Anonymous couple catching the seaside’s summer wind.
Anonymous couple catching the seaside’s summer wind.
Sinatra, in any case, would survive the glare of the Talese piece in 1966, and in fact thrive through the remainder of the decade. At the 9th Annual Grammy Awards in March 1967, for example, honoring musical accomplishment for 1966, Sinatra scored major awards: Record of the Year; “Strangers in the Night” (Frank Sinatra, Jimmy Bowen); Album of the Year, Strangers in the Night (Frank Sinatra, Jimmy Bowen); and, Best Male Pop Performer, “Strangers in the Night” (Frank Sinatra). Yet some things begun in 1966 would not survive. The Sinatra-Farrow union, for one, would end in divorce a few years later. They separated after 16 months. The “summer wind,” in any case, would continue to beguile and intoxicate star-struck couples wherever they may wander.

For other Sinatra-related stories at this website, see, for example: “The Sinatra Riots, 1942-1944” (his teen idol phase at NY Paramount); “Ava Gardner, 1940s-1950s” (includes section on their relationship); “Sinatra: Cycles, 1968” (Sinatra song profile); and “The Jack Pack, 1958-1960” (Frank’s Rat Pack & John F. Kennedy). Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 5 August 2015
Last Update: 22 July 2018
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Summer Wind, Frank Sinatra: 1966,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 5, 2015.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover art for Reprise single of Frank Sinatra's "Summer Wind," as released in some European countries, 1967.
Cover art for Reprise single of Frank Sinatra's "Summer Wind," as released in some European countries, 1967.
“Frank Sinatra,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 889-890.

Stephen Thomas Erlewine, Album Review, “Strangers in The Night,” AllMusic.com.

Guest Comment, Melissa, at “The Origins of “Summer Wind,” SinatraFamily.com, May 19-20, 2006.

Mark R. Gould, “Great Songs: ‘Summer Wind’ and Songwriter Johnny Mercer.”

Geoff Edgers, “Why Frank Sinatra Still Matters,” WashingtonPost.com, May 29, 2015.

“Strangers in the Night (Frank Sinatra album),” Wikipedia.org.

“Sinatra at the Sands,” Wikipedia.org.

“Moonlight Sinatra,” Wikipedia.org.

MasterCard, “Family of Four – Summer Wind,” AdWeek.com, December 19, 2007.

Gay Talese, “Frank Sinatra Has a Cold,” Esquire, April 1966.

________________________________




“Athletes Advertising”
Selected Stories: 1900s-2010s

Superstars of Soccer

“Vuitton’s Soccer Stars”

June 2010

Soccer legends Pelé, Zidane,
& Maradona do advert
for a luxury bag maker.

Famous Athlete

“Celebrity Gifford”

1950s-2000s

Pro football star becomes
well-known celebrity
and frequent pitchman.

All-Around Athlete

“1930s Super Girl”

Babe Didrikson

Famous female athlete
was also sought out for
product endorsements.

Tennis Champion

“Vines for Camels”

1934-1935

Ellsworth Vines, a world-
ranked No. 1 tennis player,
endorses Camel cigarettes.

Mickey Mantle Ad

“…Keeps on Ticking”

1950s-1990s

New York Yankee star
Mickey Mantle appears
in Timex watch ad.

Historic Sports Star

“Christy Mathewson”

Hancock Ad: 1958

Baseball hero used by
John Hancock Co. in
life insurance ad.

Female Flying Star

“The Flying Flapper”

1920s-1930s

Daredevil aviatrix, Elinor
Smith, set flying records;
sought for her celebrity.

Baseball Celebrity 

“Babe Ruth & Tobacco”

1920s-1940s

Famous Yankee slugger
used to sell cigars, cigarettes,
pipe & chewing tobacco.

World Series Champs

“21 of 23 Giants”

…Smoke Camels

Tobacco company uses
entire World Series team in
1933 ad to hawk cigarettes.

Yogi Berra Ad

“The Yogi Chronicles”

1940s-2012

Yogi Berra of NY Yankees
also became famous in
commercial advertising.

Tobacco Sports Card

“$2.8 MM Baseball Card”

1909 Honus Wagner

Card’s value rose, in part,
from Wagner’s worry
about kids smoking.

Famous Football Star

“Slingin` Sammy”

1937-1952

Washington Redskins QB
also lent name & image
for product adverts.

Lucky Strike Ad

“Gifford for Luckies”

1961-1962

NY Giants football star
Frank Gifford gives his
pitch for Lucky Strikes.

Sports & Marketing

“Wheaties & Sport”

1930s

A cereal maker becomes
an advertising icon
using sports celebrities.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You


Date Posted: 30 July 2015
Last Update: 27 December 2017
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: Jack Doyle/Pop History Dig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Athletes Advertising, 1920s-2010s” (Topics Page,
14 Stories), PopHistoryDig.com, July 30, 2015.

___________________________________________


Books on Advertising at Amazon.com


Roberta J. Newman 2019 book, “Here's the Pitch: The Amazing, True, New & Improved Story of Baseball & Advertising..” Click for Amazon.
Roberta J. Newman 2019 book, “Here's the Pitch: The Amazing, True, New & Improved Story of Baseball & Advertising..” Click for Amazon.
Jim Heimann, 2018 book, “50s All-American Ads” (1950s),  Taschen America, 679 pp., multilingual edition. Click for Amazon.
Jim Heimann, 2018 book, “50s All-American Ads” (1950s), Taschen America, 679 pp., multilingual edition. Click for Amazon.
Jane Maas, “Mad Women: The Other Side of Life on Madison Avenue in the '60s and Beyond,” Thomas Dunne, 2012. Click for Amazon.
Jane Maas, “Mad Women: The Other Side of Life on Madison Avenue in the '60s and Beyond,” Thomas Dunne, 2012. Click for Amazon.




“Joni’s Music”
1962-2000s

1972: Joni Mitchell during early folk singing days. AP photo.
1972: Joni Mitchell during early folk singing days. AP photo.
Canadian born Joni Mitchell is one of the most acclaimed singer-songwriters of the late 1960s-mid-1970s period – and also one of the most gifted voices of that era. A rising folk musician in Canada and the U.S. during her early years, Joni Mitchell reached mainstream notice in the 1968-1974 period with the release of her first several albums, among them — Clouds, Ladies of the Canyon, Blue, and Court & Spark, each of which include a selection of very poignant, personal and moving songs.

What follows here is a sampling of some of that music from her early years along with a bit of her biography and social context during, before, and after that period. For starters, consider one of her songs, “Little Green” (below right), which she wrote a few years into her career. It’s a song about a baby daughter she had given up for adoption, as would be learned later. More on that part of her life to follow. For the moment, however, consider the voice, the music, the poetry — and the hurt.

 

Joni Mitchell performing, 1972.
Joni Mitchell performing, 1972.
Born Roberta Joan Anderson in 1943 in Fort MacLeod, Alberta, Joni Mitchell was an only child. Her father was in the Royal Canadian Air Force, and the family moved around a bit before settling in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan.

Music Player
“Little Green” – Joni Mitchell

Young Joni contracted polio when she was nine, and spent time in a polio ward where she first began to sing for others – also beating the prediction she would never walk again. Growing up in the late 1950s she listened to a lot of local Canadian radio, but classical music appears to have first captured her ear. “I loved Debussy, Stravinsky, Chopin, Tchaikovsky,” she would recount in a later interview, “anything with romantic melodies, especially the nocturnes.”

Unable to afford a guitar as a teenager, she bought a cheap ukulele and a Pete Seeger songbook and taught herself to play. Learning some folk songs, she began performing for movie money and pocket change to pay for cigarettes, a life-long habit she began early on. Still, music was a secondary interest at the time, as she wanted to be an artist.

Her first club performances as a 19 year-old folk singer came in late October early November 1962 at the Louis Real Coffeehouse in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. And through 1963 and early 1964 there were also performances at ski lodges, a few “hootenannies,” as folk-singing gatherings were called, as well as coffeehouse and club appearances in Calgary, Regina, and Edmonton.

October 1965: Joni Mitchell, as she appeared on a Canadian television show.
October 1965: Joni Mitchell, as she appeared on a Canadian television show.
Chuck and Joni Mitchell in a promotional photo for their singing act.
Chuck and Joni Mitchell in a promotional photo for their singing act.

After a year at the Alberta College of Art and Design she moved to Toronto in June 1964 to make a more determined bid as a folk singer, but initially had difficulty finding the money to enter the musicians union, which was needed to play most venues. She also worked at local department stores for a time to make ends meet.

In Toronto, while performing at The Penny Farthing club in March 1965, she met Chuck Mitchell, a young musician from America. In their early meeting she chastised him for badly altering some Bob Dylan verse. Still, they struck up a romance, and the two were married in June 1965. It was a union that Joni would later describe as a “marriage of convenience,” for at that time she was an unwed mother with a young baby daughter fathered by a former college boyfriend who had left before the baby’s birth. She had given birth in February 1965, and while single, relied on local foster care to help with her child. At first, it appeared Chuck and Joni would raise the child together, but that changed and the child was put up for adoption. The birth and adoption would remain private for much of her career.

Chuck and Joni Mitchell moved to Detroit, Michigan and performed together as a folk duo, where they became something of a “golden couple” on the local folk circuit. Joni’s singing, meanwhile, drew praise as she began to further develop her musical and songwriting skills, sometime performing on her own. In Detroit, she would meet other musicians, among them, Eric Anderson, a singer songwriter from New York’s Greenwich Village, who taught her some basics about open tuning, a style and sound she would become noted for. One of the clubs where Chuck and Joni performed was the Chess Mate in Detroit. On one occasion there, when singer songwriter Tom Rush was on the bill for a short engagement, he listened to a set of Joni’s songs. “She was a slip of a girl: blond, intense,” recalled Rush in a later interview. “…The songs blew me away – their poetry, their visual imagery.” One of the songs he heard Joni perform was “Urge For Going,” a version of which is offered below in a YouTube video from her early years.

 

 

Tom Rush adopted “Urge for Going” in his own routine, and performed it to great reception on his hometown circuit in Cambridge, Massachusetts. In fact, he was eager to have more of Joni’s material. “I remember asking her, ‘What else do you have? What else do you have?'” She sent him an early version of the “The Circle Game,” which she wasn’t happy with but he instantly liked and would later use in a 1968 album, titled The Circle Game. Rush would also have Joni come to New England and open for him at a series of engagements there.

1966: Joni & Chuck Mitchell at work in their apartment at the Verona on Ferry St. in Detroit. Detroit News
1966: Joni & Chuck Mitchell at work in their apartment at the Verona on Ferry St. in Detroit. Detroit News
1967 ad for a Joni Mitchell appearance at the 2nd Fret club in Philia., PA, where she also appeared in 1966. Click for CD.
1967 ad for a Joni Mitchell appearance at the 2nd Fret club in Philia., PA, where she also appeared in 1966. Click for CD.
Summer 1967: Joni Mitchell would meet and befriend members of the Blues Project band, playing at the club where she was appearing. Click for CD.
Summer 1967: Joni Mitchell would meet and befriend members of the Blues Project band, playing at the club where she was appearing. Click for CD.
Through Judy Collins, Joni Mitchell would be invited to the July 1967 Newport Folk Festival.
Through Judy Collins, Joni Mitchell would be invited to the July 1967 Newport Folk Festival.
At the Newport Folk Festival, Joni Mitchell would meet Leonard Cohen. Photo, David Gahr
At the Newport Folk Festival, Joni Mitchell would meet Leonard Cohen. Photo, David Gahr

Back in Detroit, and also in some Canadian venues, Chuck and Joni continued their performances together. The “Chuck & Joni show,” as it was sometimes called, consisted of an opening song or two together, a closing song or two together, and solos in between.

At their Detroit home – a top floor apartment in the 1890s Verona building, a five-story walk-up near Wayne State University – they were a gracious and sociable couple. In fact they entertained lots of visitors and up-and-coming musicians there. A long line of them stayed at the Mitchell place when they played in Detroit – Gordon Lightfoot, Jerry Corbitt, Jesse Colin Young, Tom Rush, Dave Van Ronk, Bruce Langhorne, Eric Andersen, Rambling Jack Elliot, and others.

Joni, meanwhile, sought more autonomy in performing, and over the objections of her husband, she began making single bookings, although they would still do some joint performances.

In May 1966, Chuck and Joni appeared at the Gaslight Café in New York to play as part of a Gaslight Hootenanny. A month later, they made their first appearance as Gaslight Café performers for a two-week engagement. This is the period during which Joni would be seen by other performers, among them, Joan Baez, who came to Joni and said she liked her performance.

David Geffen, who would later become Joni Mitchell’s agent, also first heard her perform at the Gaslight – when she and Chuck Mitchell were performing there together. Geffen was then the agent for singer Buffy Sainte-Marie, whose new album at the time included Joni Mitchell’s “The Circle Game,” which Geffen especially liked, and was the first time he had ever heard her name.

In late 1966 Joni had some engagements at The 2nd Fret club in Philadelphia. It was there that Joni met another folk singer from Colorado named Michael who was playing at the Trauma club, also in Philadelphia. The pair struck up a romance, and spent some time together in Philadelphia. But back in Detroit, upon her return there, this did not go over well with Joni’s husband, Chuck. The affair, however, had fueled Joni’s song, “Michael From Mountains.” New love was a powerful creative force for Joni and her songwriting, as would be shown time and time again throughout her career.

Meanwhile on the club/coffeehouse circuit, Chuck and Joni continued to appear together, honoring their commitments through early 1967. But by that time, their marriage was over. Their last joint appearance came in May 1967.

Joni Mitchell then moved to New York City to pursue her dream of becoming a solo artist. She eventually settled in New York’s Chelsea district as her home base.

While in New York during the summer of 1967 and performing at the Café Au Go Go she met Steve Katz who played with the house band there, The Blues Project. She had a brief romance with Katz who in turn, introduced her to Roy Blumenfeld, the Blues Project’s drummer. Blumenfeld and Joni then spent a part of the summer of 1967 together until Blumenfeld’s French girlfriend came home from Europe.

“I was crazy in love with Joan Mitchell,” Roy would tell author Sheila Weller in her 2008 book, Girls Like Us. “The way I felt about her….it scared me…” Joni’s song, “Tin Angel,” using the name of a New York restaurant, is in part about Roy. Roy would later say that Joni Mitchell’s music “was more original than Dylan’s.”

Another of Joni’s Blues Project band member friendships turned out to be Al Kooper, the group’s keyboardist, lead singer, and chief composer. Kooper was also a friend of Judy Collins, who would invite Joni to the Newport Folk Festival, in Newport, Rhode Island.

The July 1967 program at the Newport Folk Festival then included the likes of Joan Baez, Judy Collins, Tim Hardin, Fred Neil, Odetta, Phil Ochs, Tom Paxton, and others.

Joni, after being introduced at the festival by Judy Collins, played a short set that included “Michael From Mountains,” “Chelsea Morning” and “The Circle Game” – a set that stunned the audience, and according to Lachlan MacLearn who was there – prompted “a tumultuous and prolonged standing ovation.”

It was also at the Newport Folk Festival that summer that Joni met Judy Collins’ Canadian friend, Leonard Cohen, by then a rising poet and singer. Joni was much taken with the 42 year-old Cohen, and the two began a romance. This affair, like others, is credited with fueling Joni’s “love muse,” helping to inspire her songwriting. Among the Joni Mitchell creations credited in whole or part to her time with Cohen, are said to be: “Rainy Night House,” “The Gallery” and “A Case of You.”

As became her practice, Joni wrote snatches of material based on what moved her at the moment, these figuring into songs she might not complete until months or years later. The Cohen affair, in any case, ended within a year or so, after Joni discovered Cohen wasn’t everything she thought he was. Still, Cohen described Joni as “prodigiously gifted,” and a “great painter too.”

Through 1967, Joni continued her performances in various U.S. and Canadian venues, among them: The 2nd Fret in Philadelphia, Le Hibou Coffee House in Ottawa, The Riverboat in Toronto, The Living End in Detroit, and The Gaslight Café in Coconut Grove, Florida.

 
David Crosby

Those who heard Joni Mitchell sing in those early years were typically blown away. David Crosby was one of those smitten by her sound — and her good looks. Crosby himself was already a famous singer-songwriter who had successfully performed with the Byrds (e.g., “Mr.Tambourine Man” 1965, “Turn Turn Turn,” 1965,” Eight Miles High” 1967). He would also soon become a founding member of another folk-rock group, Crosby, Stills & Nash. But it was sometime in late August/early September 1967 when Crosby had his first encounter with Joni Mitchell. By this time, he had left the Byrds over personal differences and had gone to Florida to sort things out.

David Crosby, Joni Mitchell, and not shown, Graham Nash, en route to Big Bear Lake, California, February 1969. Photo, Henry Diltz
David Crosby, Joni Mitchell, and not shown, Graham Nash, en route to Big Bear Lake, California, February 1969. Photo, Henry Diltz
Joni Mitchell and David Crosby, California, 1968.
Joni Mitchell and David Crosby, California, 1968.

“I went looking for a sailboat to live on. I wanted to do something else. Find another way to be. I was pretty disillusioned.” Then he walked into a coffee house in Coconut Grove, Florida and heard Mitchell singing. “[I] was just completely smitten,” he would later say. “She was standing there singing all those songs … ‘Michael From Mountains’, ‘Both Sides Now’, and I was just floored. I couldn’t believe that there was anybody that good….”

Crosby would also fall for Joni, and would later write at least part of a song alluding to his feelings about her with “Guinnevere,” which appears on the first Crosby, Stills & Nash album. Joni Mitchell moved in with David Crosby for a time when she came to southern California in 1967, but according to her, they were “never an item,” save for a brief romance in Florida. Crosby would later say of Joni: “It was very easy to love her, but turbulent. Loving Joni is a little like falling into a cement mixer.”

Still, Crosby became her personal promoter and helped her settle into a special little corner of Los Angeles known as Laurel Canyon, which became a famous singer-songwriter enclave where an incredible amount of high-quality rock and folk-rock music would originate. Crosby had her play at the homes of his Hollywood friends — “Mama” Cass Elliot among them, she of the then flourishing Mamas & Papas group. Still, in the U.S. music industry at the time, folk music was a tough sell. But Crosby, with his Byrds success and some connections in the music business, was determined to produce a Joni Mitchell album highlighting her folk and vocal talent. (According to later sources, Joni wasn’t always comfortable with Crosby’s help in presenting her to his friends – “treating her like a prized, talented possession,” according to author David Browne – and as Joni would note elsewhere: “It was kind of embarrassing … as if I were his discovery.”)

Joni soon had her own manager as well. In late October 1967, while performing at the Café Au Go Go in New York, she met Elliot Roberts, who then managed Buffy St. Marie, who suggested he check out Joni’s performance. Roberts later recounted this first meeting with Joni to Vanity Fair: “I saw Joni in New York… at the Café au Go Go…. I went up to her after the show and said, ‘I’m a young manager and I’d kill to work with you.’ At that time, Joni did everything herself; she booked her own shows, made her travel arrangements, carried her own tapes. She said she was going on tour, and if I wanted to pay my own expenses, I could go with her. I went with her for a month, and after that, she asked me to manage her.”

Joni Mitchell at Reprise contract signing, March 1968, with (l-to-r), Elliot Roberts, David Crosby, and Mo Ostin.
Joni Mitchell at Reprise contract signing, March 1968, with (l-to-r), Elliot Roberts, David Crosby, and Mo Ostin.
In New York, she had also met Mo Ostin, general manager of the Reprise record label, by way of Tom Rush, who had already recorded two of her songs. It had not gone unnoticed that a number of her songs were being snapped up by others beyond Tom Rush, including: Judy Collins (Both Sides Now, Michael From Mountains), Buffy Sainte-Marie (Song To A Seagull, Circle Game), Ian & Sylvia (Circle Game), Dave Van Ronk (Clouds, Chelsea Morning), Fairport Convention (Eastern Rain), and George Hamilton IV, a country musician whose version of “Urge For Going” became a big country hit in 1967.

Still, folk music at the time did not have the business appeal that rock `n roll did. Elliot Roberts, however, helped Joni negotiate a recording deal with the Reprise record label in mid-March 1968. Joni, who already had her own publishing company, Siquomb Music, secured a pretty good deal with Reprise. For one, she was given total and complete artistic freedom. It was then quite rare for a woman to be writing and recording her own material, let alone to be an unaccompanied solo act. At the contract signing in Burbank, California, and pictured at left were: Elliot Roberts, David Crosby, and Mo Ostin. Crosby would produce her first album, and for the most part, to his credit, he let the album’s recording sessions focus on Joni Mitchell and her acoustic music without regard for the more “rocked-up” marketing wishes of the studio.

Joni Mitchell’s first album, “Song to A Seagull,” which includes her art work on the cover, a practice that would continue with subsequent albums. Click for CD.
Joni Mitchell’s first album, “Song to A Seagull,” which includes her art work on the cover, a practice that would continue with subsequent albums. Click for CD.
The resulting album, Song to a Seagull, was released in March 1968 and included ten of Mitchell’s acoustic songs, including some of those that had bowled David Crosby over in Florida.

 

Music Player
“Cactus Tree”- Joni Mitchell

 

Among the album’s ten songs are: “I Had A King,” “Michael From Mountains,” “Night In The City,” “Cactus Tree” and others. “Cactus Tree,” the last song on the album, is offered above in the music player. It’s a song about a long line of suitors and another from her muse-driven trove of auto-biographical love-loss-hurt-vs-freedom songs. As narrator in this song, she is loving to all her suitors, though warning each one, in so many words, “don’t get too close, as I have things to do and places to go.” Indeed, as she sings, “she’s busy being free.”

1968 French release of Joni Mitchell’s single, “Night in the City” on Reprise with “I Had a King”. Click for digital.
1968 French release of Joni Mitchell’s single, “Night in the City” on Reprise with “I Had a King”. Click for digital.
In terms of the other songs in this album, ‘I Had a King,’ takes it cues from the ending of her first marriage, and is her statement of moving on and becoming independent, with no regrets or blame. “Michael From Mountains” is about a new-found love, described earlier, a song that some listeners find very moving. “Night in the City’ is regarded by many as the best song on the album. In some countries, this song was released as a single with “I Had A King” on the B side, as shown in the French release at left. Joni does the guitar and piano work on this track, along with her great vocal range, and Stephen Stills provides the backing bass guitar. Other songs on the album include: “Marcie,” “Nathan La Franeer,” “Sisotowbell Lane,” “The Dawntreader,” and “The Pirate of Penance.”

David Crosby, meanwhile, fared well in the album, as Joni referenced him in some way in at least three of the songs: the first stanza of “Cactus Tree,” a line in “Dawntreader,” and parts of “Song to a Segull.” (Crosby, however, would fare less favorably on a later Joni composition – “That Song About the Midway,” on her 2nd album, Clouds – which had some excoriation for Crosby’s dalliances with others while with Joni – a “Goodbye David’ song,” Crosby would later acknowledge.)

Following the recording sessions for Song to a Seagull, Joni was on the road for a good part of 1968. In March she was playing Le Hibou in Ottawa. In June she had twelve shows at The Troubadour in Los Angeles, and through early July 1968 she played seventeen dates at The Bitter End in New York. In August she appeared at the Philadelphia Folk Festival. Back at her new home in California’s Laurel Canyon, Joni Mitchell’s personal life was about to take a new turn.

Joni Mitchell and Graham Nash.
Joni Mitchell and Graham Nash.
Joni Mitchell and Graham Nash at the Miami Folk Festival, 29 December 1968. Photo, Henry Diltz
Joni Mitchell and Graham Nash at the Miami Folk Festival, 29 December 1968. Photo, Henry Diltz
Joni Mitchell at Laurel Canyon house, 1968. Baron Wolman
Joni Mitchell at Laurel Canyon house, 1968. Baron Wolman
David Crosby, Stephen Stills & Graham Nash first harmonized together in Laurel Canyon, CA, and as Joni Mictchell recalls, first at her house. (Click for separate story on them).
David Crosby, Stephen Stills & Graham Nash first harmonized together in Laurel Canyon, CA, and as Joni Mictchell recalls, first at her house. (Click for separate story on them).

 
“Willy”

It was August 1968 when Graham Nash arrived at the house on Lookout Mountain Avenue in Laurel Canyon section of Los Angeles. He had just flown in from London and was in the process of splitting from the famous British rock band, The Hollies, over differences. His marriage was then on the rocks as well. He had come to Los Angeles to visit Joni Mitchell – the woman, he explained later – “who had captured my heart.”

Nash and Mitchell had met earlier that year, in March, after a Hollies show in Ottawa, Canada when they became romantically involved. His August 1968 arrival at the Laurel Canyon house was the first he had seen Joni since then. “She was the whole package,” he would later write, “a lovely, sylphlike woman with a natural blush, …and an elusive quality that seemed lit from within.” They began living together thereafter, as Joni invited him to stay at her Laurel Canyon home.

But also there that August night when Nash arrived from the airport with his guitar case in tow, were David Crosby and Stephen Stills – two singer-songwriters who, like Nash, had also departed from their rock groups – Crosby from The Byrds, and Stills from Buffalo Springfield. These three bandless musicians started some impromptu jamming and singing that evening and discovered they made wonderful harmony together. As Joni Mitchell recalled for Vanity Fair in 2015: “[T]he first night they raised their voices together I do believe happened at my house. I just remember in my living room the joy of them discovering their blend.” That soon led to the formation of Crosby, Stills and Nash, and about a year later, their blockbuster debut album bearing the group name.

By the time of the Miami Pop Festival of late December 1968, Graham Nash and Joni Mitchell were traveling together as a pair. And Nash, like his friend and new bandmate Crosby, would later write songs about Joni and his relationship with her – “Our House” and “Lady of the Island” – songs that would later appear on Crosby, Stills & Nash albums.

Joni Mitchell and Graham Nash – whom she called “Willy” and wrote a song about him in that name – also visited Joni’s parents in her Canadian hometown of Saskatoon. The pair had talked about marriage briefly, but their relationship eventually ran its course and ended. But Joni would remain close to the Crosby, Stills & Nash group (and later Neil Young, a fellow Canadian, as well), and often performed and/or traveled with them.

Mitchell’s music, meanwhile, was rising in notice, and through the late 1960s, she continued one of her most productive periods of song writing and recording. In fact, she had written many more songs than she had recorded, with some of her work doing well for other artists. In 1967-68, at least three artists had released albums with one or more of her songs on them: Tom Rush, Buffy Sainte-Marie and Judy Collins. But it was Collins’ recording of Joni’s “Both Sides Now” that helped move Joni’s music to a new level. Collins had first included the song on her 1967 Wildflowers album and then released its as a single in October 1968. Two months later the single was a Top Ten (#8) pop hit. That helped raise interest in Joni Mitchell’s songwriting, and created anticipation about what she might do with her second album.

During early 1969, Joni was featured along with John Sebastian and Mary Travers (of “Peter, Paul & Mary”) on The Mama Cass Television Program, ABC-TV, which was taped in January of 1969 and broadcast in April. On the road, she had play dates at The Troubadour in W. Hollywood in January, and in the following month, Carnegie Hall in New York and Zellerbach Auditorium at UC Berkeley. And there were also continuing coffeehouse dates, including the Unicorn Coffee House in Boston, where James Taylor opened for her in March. She also had a Queens College date that month. And in April, more performances: Boston University, Northwestern University in Illinois, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology in Cambridge, the Academy of Music in Philadelphia, the Fillmore East in New York, and McConaughy Hall at Wesleyan University in Connecticut. Finishing off April 1969, she and a small group of musicians, including Graham Nash and Bob Dylan, had dinner at the home of Johnny Cash where they also played music among themselves for hours. In Nashville, on May 1st, she and Dylan also had performances taped for the Cash show that would be broadcast later that summer.

Joni Mitchell’s 2nd studio album, “Clouds,” released in May 1969, also featured her artwork on the cover. Click for CD.
Joni Mitchell’s 2nd studio album, “Clouds,” released in May 1969, also featured her artwork on the cover. Click for CD.
In May 1969, Mitchell’s second studio album, Clouds, was released. Among its ten tracks were her own versions of songs that had already been covered by other artists, including “Chelsea Morning,” “Tin Angel,” and “Both Sides Now.”
 

Music Player
“Both Sides, Now” – Joni Mitchell

“Both Sides Now,” had been written by Joni a good 18 months before it ran up the charts for Judy Collins. It was inspired in March 1967 during a plane ride as Joni was reading Saul Bellow’s novel, Henderson the Rain King, and in particular, a passage where the main character is also traveling by plane viewing clouds out the window, as Joni was doing when she put the book down and started writing. The novel also includes the line, “we are the first generation to see the clouds from both sides,” presumably referring to the newly available commercial aviation and viewing clouds from above.

“Both Sides Now”
Joni Mitchell
1967-69

Rows and flows of angel hair
And ice cream castles in the air
And feather canyons everywhere
I’ve looked at clouds that way

But now they only block the sun
They rain and snow on everyone
So many things I would have done
But clouds got in my way

I’ve looked at clouds from both sides now
From up and down, and still somehow
It’s cloud illusions I recall
I really don’t know clouds at all

Moons and Junes and Ferris wheels
The dizzy dancing way you feel
As every fairy tale comes real
I’ve looked at love that way

But now it’s just another show
You leave ’em laughing when you go
And if you care, don’t let them know
Don’t give yourself away

I’ve looked at love from both sides now
From give and take, and still somehow
It’s love’s illusions I recall
I really don’t know love at all

Tears and fears and feeling proud
To say “I love you” right out loud
Dreams and schemes and circus crowds
I’ve looked at life that way

But now old friends are acting strange
They shake their heads, they say I’ve changed
Well something’s lost, but something’s gained
In living every day

I’ve looked at life from both sides now
From win and lose and still somehow
It’s life’s illusions I recall
I really don’t know life at all

I’ve looked at life from both sides now
From up and down and still somehow
It’s life’s illusions I recall
I really don’t know life at all

Joni’s perspective at the time, and forming the first stanza of “Both Sides Now,” recalled how children see clouds from the ground below, concocting all sorts of fanciful and innocent images, and then in later life, as adults, seeing them more as bearers of bad weather. The song then continues to use the two different perspectives of looking at clouds as metaphor for the larger themes of life and love, adding in the verse, that even with life’s new perspectives and experience — its trials, tribulations, judgments of others, ups and downs, etc. — she really doesn’t understand life or love after all.

Mitchell was 21 when she wrote the song, and some suggest it is also derived, in part, from the failure of her first marriage, and as later learned, her decision to give up her baby daughter for adoption. Rolling Stone magazine ranked “Both Sides, Now” at No. 171 on its December 2004 list of “The 500 Greatest Songs of All Time.”

Mitchell did a re-recording of “Both Sides Now” in 2003 that was used in the film Love Actually, along with other songs from her later, February 2000 Both Sides Now album. The Judy Collins version of the song was used in a June 2013 episode of the Mad Men TV series.

Other songs on the Clouds album deal with love, lovers, and the uncertainty of new love – i.e.,”I Don’t Know Where I Stand,” “Tin Angel,” “That Song About the Midway,” and “The Gallery.”

The “love/relationship” factor would continue to play heavily in her other albums during the early 1970s, a time some describe as her folk/ confessional period.

But Clouds also includes “The Fiddle and The Drum,” a song that compared U.S. government during the Vietnam War to a bitter friend, and, “I Think I Understand,” dealing with mental illness.

David Cleary of AllMusic.com, in a favorable review of the album, also singled out another of its songs: “Imaginatively unusual and subtle harmonies abound here, never more so in her body of work than on the remarkable ‘Songs to Aging Children Come,’ which sets floridly impressionistic lyrics to a lovely tune that is supported by perhaps the most remarkably sophisticated chord sequence in all of pop music.”

In 1969, Joni Mitchell’s Clouds album rose to No. 22 on the Canadian chart and No. 31 on the Billboard 200 chart. Mitchell produced all the songs on the album (except for one), played acoustic guitar and keyboards, and was joined by Stephen Stills on bass guitar for one song. Clouds also brought Joni Mitchell a Grammy Award – her first – for Best Folk Performance.

1969: Joni Mitchell, Nashville, TN, possibly in May for the Johnny Cash Show taping.
1969: Joni Mitchell, Nashville, TN, possibly in May for the Johnny Cash Show taping.
In the summer of 1969, Joni’s earlier taped performances for two episodes of The Johnny Cash TV Show aired. On the June 7th show, Joni then 26, and fresh from her first Grammy win, joined Cash in a duo on the song, “I Still Miss Someone.” In July and August she did a number of folk festivals, beginning with the July 18-19 Newport Folk Festival in Newport, RI where she met James Taylor. In July, she also made other appearances, including the South Shore Music Circus in Cohasset, MA; The Music Shed at Tanglewood in Lenox, MA; the Schaefer Music Festival at the Wollman Skating Rink Theater in New York; and the Mariposa Folk Festival held on Centre Island, Toronto (where she and Joan Baez were the featured performers). Another festival performance in early August came at The Sounds Of Summer Mississippi River Festival in Edwardsville, IL where she and Arlo Guthrie were featured performers.

That summer, Joni also appeared as the opening act for her friends Crosby, Stills, and Nash, who were just about to break out big with their first album, Crosby, Stills, and Nash. She would open their first big concert at the Auditorium Theater in Chicago on August 16th, where by some accounts, she nearly stole the show. But earlier that month, on August 1st, 1969, at the Atlantic City Pop Festival held at the Atlantic City Race Track, she left the stage angrily due to the inattentiveness of the large crowd. It would not be the last time she would lose patience with outdoor festival crowds, as she would come to prefer the friendlier confines of the smaller clubs and coffeehouses she had known, as well as the studio.

Joni had already been featured on the cover of the May 17th, 1969 edition of Rolling Stone magazine, then in its early years. Inside the magazines, she was featured in a piece entitled, “Introducing Joni Mitchell.” The cover of that edition also included the tag line, “The Swan Song of Folk Music,” which was somewhat premature given her rise, though at the time reflected the prevailing perspective in the music industry. Happily, despite the tag line, Joni would prove, at least for a time, that folk music and/or folk-rock, were on the upswing. And by that summer’s end, she would become known for something else as well.

________________________________________________________

Woodstock: Event & Song
1969-1970

 

Headlines from the New York Daily News of August 14, 1969, tell of a Woodstock-generated traffic nightmare.
Headlines from the New York Daily News of August 14, 1969, tell of a Woodstock-generated traffic nightmare.
Joni Mitchell was scheduled to appear at the August 1969 Woodstock festival in upstate New York, but her agent, David Geffen, cancelled her appearance there, worried she would not be able to make it back in time for a television appearance in New York for The Dick Cavett Show. It appeared at the time that horrendous traffic congestion and bad weather might make it difficult for her to get back to the city, as filming for the late night show occurred on Monday afternoon.

As Geffen would later describe their arrival, coming into New York for the festival: “I was bringing Crosby, Stills, Nash and Young …and Joni Mitchell to Woodstock. And I arrived at La Guardia Airport. And I picked up the New York Times and it says, ‘400,000 People Sitting In Mud.’ And thought, ‘no way am I going to Woodstock.’ And so they [Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young] went on to Woodstock. And Joni and I went back to my apartment at Central Park South, and we watched it on television…”

Geffen did not want to risk Joni missing national TV exposure. The Dick Cavett Show was a very popular, and culturally important TV show at that time. Cavett’s show ran opposite Johnny Carson’s Tonight Show in those days, and he was somewhat more permissive of his guests’ interaction and expression than Carson, and had a following among the young and literati of that day. For his late-night show following the Woodstock gathering, Cavett had lined up a number of guests who were scheduled to appear at the festival and would come to the city for a Monday afternoon taping of the late-night broadcast.

Joni Mitchell, however, by staying at Geffen’s 59th Street New York city apartment and not going to Woodstock, would instead compose a song titled “Woodstock” — a song that would become an anthem of sorts for her generation, defining one of the era’s key events. The song would become a big hit for Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young and would also be recorded by Joni for her Ladies of the Canyon album (more on this album later below).

Joni Mitchell on the Dick Cavett TV show, post Woodstock, August 1969. Click for 'Dick Cavett Rock Icons' DVD.
Joni Mitchell on the Dick Cavett TV show, post Woodstock, August 1969. Click for 'Dick Cavett Rock Icons' DVD.
As it turned out for the Cavett show, in addition to Joni, some of those who had performed at Woodstock were able to make it back in time for the Monday afternoon taping – including David Crosby, Stephen Stills, Grace Slick, and the Jefferson Airplane. On the show, Mitchell sang several songs, including “Chelsea Morning”, “Willy,” and “For Free,” and also an a capella version of “The Fiddle and the Drum.” The Jefferson Airplane performed “We Can Be Together,” Stephen Stills performed his “4 + 20” song, and David Crosby joined Grace Slick in a version of “Somebody to Love.” Cavett’s “Woodstock show,” as it would be called (which can be found today on YouTube), was seen by many young people who had heard about the festival, or read about it in the newspapers, but weren’t able to get there. When Cavett asked David Crosby about what he had seen at Woodstock and if he thought it was a success, Crosby (who had arrived at Woodstock with Nash and Stills by helicopter, getting quite an overview of the scene coming in) replied: “It was incredible. … It looked like an encampment of the Macedonian army on the Greek hills, crossed with the biggest band of Gypsies you ever saw.”

“Woodstock”
Joni Mitchell
1969

I came upon a child of God
He was walking along the road
And I asked him where are you going
And this he told me
I’m going on down to Yasgur’s farm
I’m going to join in a rock ‘n’ roll band
I’m going to camp out on the land
I’m going to try an’ get my soul free

We are stardust
We are golden
And we’ve got to get ourselves
Back to the garden

Then can I walk beside you
I have come here to lose the smog
And I feel to be a cog in
something turning
Well maybe it is just the time of year
Or maybe it’s the time of man
I don’t know who I am
But you know life is for learning

We are stardust
We are golden
And we’ve got to get ourselves
Back to the garden

By the time we got to Woodstock
We were half a million strong
And everywhere there was song and
celebration
And I dreamed I saw the bombers
Riding shotgun in the sky
And they were turning into butterflies
Above our nation

We are stardust
(billion year old carbon)
We are golden
(caught in the devil’s bargain)
And we’ve got to get ourselves
back to the garden

In the months and years that followed the giant festival, it would be the “Woodstock” song that Joni Mitchell had written about the gathering – which she composed on the basis of reports from her then boyfriend, Graham Nash, plus what she saw on television – that would have lasting impact.

 

Music Player
“Woodstock” – CSNY

 

The version of “Woodstock” that first reverberated across the nation, however, was that recorded by her friends, Crosby, Stills, Nash and Young (CSN&Y). When they first heard it, they decided to record it. By March-April 1970 the song was receiving airplay in three ways: the CSN&Y single of “Woodstock;” the CSN&Y album De Ja Vu, which included the single version; and Joni Mitchell’s album, Ladies of the Canyon, also released at that time with her version of the song. The CSN&Y single became a popular national hit, rising to No.11 on the Billboard Hot 100. Stephen Stills provided a distinctive lead guitar opening for that version and also the lead vocals, backed with Crosby/Nash harmonies. This version also ran over the closing credits of Woodstock the film, which had a much anticipated opening in March 1970 as well.

 

Music Player
“Woodstock” – Joni Mitchell

 

Joni Mitchell’s version of the “Woodstock” song also came out about this time as well. Her version, however, has a different pace and feel to it, some finding it a more haunting treatment. The song is an “all-Joni-Mitchell-production” — she sings the main verse, plays a tremoloed Wurlitzer electric piano, and provides her own backing chorus with layered, multi-tracked Joni Mitchell voices. It is the more contemplative of the two versions, and coming from the composer, reveals, perhaps, more of her intention. She would also perform the song in September 1969 at the Big Sur Folk Festival, one month after Woodstock.

The lyrics to “Woodstock” tell the story of the narrator meeting a person on his way to Max Yasgur’s farm – the actual festival location in upstate, Bethel, New York. The traveler also explains he’s going for the music but also other reasons – to camp out on the land and try to get his soul free. Then comes the “we-are-stardust” chorus that is part metaphysical, part spiritual, suggesting a getting back to nature and/or a “Garden of Eden” like place.

One of the posters for the “Woodstock Music & Art Fair,” this one identifying some of the scheduled acts to appear at the festival during the three-day, August 15-17, 1969 event. Click for 2-CD set of “Music From The Original Soundtrack”.
One of the posters for the “Woodstock Music & Art Fair,” this one identifying some of the scheduled acts to appear at the festival during the three-day, August 15-17, 1969 event. Click for 2-CD set of “Music From The Original Soundtrack”.

As the narrator joins the traveler on his trek, she explains that she too, wants to “lose the smog” and the feeling of being “a cog in something turning.” And maybe there is opportunity ahead, this time, for some revelation and learning. Repeat chorus and refrain that there is hope/power in our stardust, i.e., “we are golden;” a chance for change and getting back on the right path. Reaching Woodstock, they find “half a million strong” and much celebration. Buoyed by this hope, the narrator lets herself dream that things might be different. At a time when the Vietnam War was the national concern, she conjures “bombers… turning into butterflies.” Peace is the hope.

Joni Mitchell with guitar, 1960s.
Joni Mitchell with guitar, 1960s.
In the final chorus, more detail is added to the stardust concept: that it is, in fact, “billion year old carbon,” which science by that time had borne out. And as some interpretations have it, although “we are golden” and this Woodstock generation is strong, it and we are also “caught in the devil’s bargain.” That being the biblical bad deal Eve made with the devil, eating the forbidden fruit from the Tree of Knowledge, for which she and the rest of us were expelled from paradise, i.e, the garden. And now in modern times, as sinful souls, we are left to grapple with, presumably, war, racial injustice, crime, pollution, etc.,. Still, we have the ability to work at these problems and “get back to the garden.”

Mitchell, in somewhat less grander terms, would later explain her feelings and perspective on writing “Woodstock,” as offered in a 1995 Goldmine magazine piece. First, she explained that not being able to get to site that weekend made her want to be there all the more, and gave her a special interest in the event:

“The deprivation of not being able to go provided me with an intense angle on Woodstock. I was one of the fans. I was put in the position of being a kid who couldn’t make it. So I was glued to the media. And at the time I was going through a kind of born again Christian trip – not that I went to any church, I’d given up Christianity at an early age in Sunday school. But suddenly, as performers, we were in the position of having so many people look to us for leadership, and for some unknown reason, I took it seriously and decided I needed a guide and leaned on God. …So I was a little ‘God mad’ at the time, for lack of a better term, and I had been saying to myself, ‘Where are the modern miracles? Where are the modern miracles?’ Woodstock, for some reason, impressed me as being a modern miracle, like a modern day fishes-and-loaves story. For a herd of people that large to cooperate so well, it was pretty remarkable and there was tremendous optimism. So I wrote the song ‘Woodstock’ out of these feelings…”

“We-are-stardust” sculpture at Princeton University, donated by the Class of 1969 on their 25th reunion in 1994.
“We-are-stardust” sculpture at Princeton University, donated by the Class of 1969 on their 25th reunion in 1994.
David Crosby, who was there, offered his praise for Joni’s “Woodstock” song: “She captured the feeling and importance of the Woodstock festival better than anyone who’d been there.”

And years later, others found her poetry of that moment worthy of memorial. The Princeton University Class of 1969 – at their 25th reunion in 1994 – dedicated a piece of sculpture featured in a quiet garden on campus (shown at left), that has the final “we-are-stardust” verse etched into its body along with Joni Mitchell’s by-line.

_________________________

 

Following Woodstock, Joni continued her performances in the U.S. and Canada, appearing at the Vancouver Pop Festival at the Paradise Valley Resort in Squamish, British Columbia and the California Exposition & State Fair at Sacramento, CA, both in the August 22-24 time frame. She also had a series of a half dozen or so August dates at the The Greek Theater in Los Angeles, opening on her final date there for Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young. In mid-September it was on to the Big Sur Folk Festival at the Esalen Institute in Big Sur, CA, where she performed solo and again with CSN&Y and John Sebastian. Some of these performances were later featured in the film, Celebration at Big Sur. In late September, Canadian Broadcasting (CBC-TV) aired the earlier performances at the Mariposa Folk Festival (July 25-27) with Joni, Joan Baez, Ian and Sylvia, Doc Watson, and others.

Through the last quarter of 1969, there were more performances, among them an October 19th Gala 50th Anniversary Concert at the Pauley Pavilion, at UCLA in Westwood, CA where Joni performed nine songs alone and three with the Los Angeles Philharmonic Orchestra. On October 27th, 1969 she did a performance at the Rockefeller Chapel, at the University of Chicago. On November 1st it was on to her hometown of Saskatoon, SK where she performed at Centennial Auditorium. More college and university concerts followed in November and December: California State University at Fullerton on November 22nd, where John Fahey opened for her; an afternoon concert at Holy Cross College in Worcester, MA on November 29th; and an evening concert that same day at Alden Memorial Auditorium at Worcester Polytechnic Institute also in Worcester.

14 Sept 1969: From left, John Sebastian, Graham Nash, Joni Mitchell, David Crosby and Stephen Stills at Big Sur Folk Festival. It appears that Joni and Stills may be having a little “dueling guitars” contest. Photo Robert Altman
14 Sept 1969: From left, John Sebastian, Graham Nash, Joni Mitchell, David Crosby and Stephen Stills at Big Sur Folk Festival. It appears that Joni and Stills may be having a little “dueling guitars” contest. Photo Robert Altman

On December 5th 1969, she performed at Symphony Hall in Boston, and on the following day she did two evening performances at Crouse College Auditorium in Syracuse, NY. Two days later she performed at the University of Hartford in Hartford, CT and on December 10th at Springfield College in Springfield, MA. Over the next four days, December 11th through the 14th, she performed at Brandeis University in Waltham, MA; M.I.T in Cambridge, MA; the Kleinhans Music Hall in Buffalo, NY; and The Masonic Temple Theater in Detroit, Michigan, where she was a surprise guest performer at a CSN&Y concert.

By April 1970, Joni Mitchell’s 3rd studio album, Ladies of the Canyon, had been released, and in addition to “Woodstock” it also included “The Circle Game,” and “Big Yellow Taxi,” the latter known for the line, “they paved paradise and put up a parking lot.” The song was written by Mitchell on a trip to Hawaii, seeing the beautiful paradise-like islands, but also, out her hotel window, a huge, never-ending parking lot. An environmental anthem for some, the song also references the pesticide DDT — “Hey farmer, farmer, but away that DDT now.” Released as a single, “Big Yellow Taxi” became a Top 20 hit in several countries. Ladies of the Canyon, meanwhile, became quite popular on FM radio, and it sold well over the summer and into the fall, eventually becoming her first gold album, selling more than 500,000 copies.

“For Free”
Joni Mitchell
1970

I slept last night in a good hotel
I went shopping today for jewels
The wind rushed around in the dirty town
And the children let out from the schools
I was standing on a noisy corner
Waiting for the walking green
Across the street he stood
And he played real good
On his clarinet for free

Now me I play for fortunes
And those velvet curtain calls
I’ve got a black limousine
And two gentlemen
Escorting me to the halls
And I play if you have the money
Or if you’re a friend to me
But the one man band
By the quick lunch stand
He was playing real good for free

Nobody stopped to hear him
Though he played so sweet and high
They knew he had never
Been on their T.V.
So they passed his music by
I meant to go over and ask for a song
Maybe put on a harmony
I heard his refrain
As the signal changed
He was playing real good for free

Among other songs on the album is one titled “For Free,” the second track, written by Mitchell. It’s a song about a traveling music star in an anonymous city who comes upon a local musician playing a clarinet on a street corner — “for free.”

 

Music Player
“For Free” – Joni Mitchell

 

The song’s narrator – a music star like Mitchell, presumably – comes to this town for a gig. While there, she is out and about walking through town doing some shopping, and in the course of her outing, comes to an intersection with a traffic light – “waiting for the walking green” – where she sees a street musician across the way plying his craft.

The scene has her thinking about her own career by comparison – “now me, I play for fortunes, and those velvet curtain calls.” She is also driven to her concerts in a limo and escorted by two gentlemen, bodyguards, no doubt. And if you want to attend one of her shows, it will cost you a fair penny. But the guy playing on the street that day – the one by the quick lunch stand – “he was playing really good for free.”

She laments the fact that “nobody stopped to hear him,” and attributes this lack of interest to a fickle public that knew “he had never been on their T.V.,” so they passed his music by. She had in mind to join him – “maybe put on a harmony.” But the signal changed, and life went on. Still, “he was playing read good for free.”

The song is emblematic of Mitchell’s style at the time, likely something she experienced in her travels. It is also a simple story, with a poignant tale, accompanied by a basic piano and Mitchell’s gorgeous voice; a perfect little song and vignette.

"...He was playing real good for free.."
"...He was playing real good for free.."
“For Free” also shows her good eye for scenes from daily life, and how to find poetry there. In this piece there are touches of jazz in the clarinet playing and arrangement, a harbinger of her emerging interests to come. On YouTube, there is at least one video clip that has Mitchell at the piano performing “For Free” in a televised segment.

Other notable songs on Ladies of the Canyon, include: “Circle Game,” “Rainy Night House”, “The Priest”, “Morning Morgantown,” “Conversation,” “Ladies of the Canyon,” “Willy,” “The Arrangement” and “Blue Boy.” Credited on the album for helping with the chorus on “The Circle Game” is “The Lookout Mountain United Downstairs Choir,” i.e,, Crosby, Stills, Nash and Young. Among reviewers of Ladies of the Canyon in 1970, Robert Christgau of The Village Voice, gave the album a “B+” finding it “superior to her previous work, richer lyrically and more compelling musically.” He called the album’s second half “almost perfect,” noting that its arrangements “are intelligent throughout.” However, he also noted Mitchell’s voice to be weak at times and her wordplay “inconsistent.” Most of her fans, in any case, were glad to have it.

1970: Joni Mitchell with dulcimer and Cary Raditz on the island of Crete.
1970: Joni Mitchell with dulcimer and Cary Raditz on the island of Crete.

 
Time Off

In early 1970 Joni Mitchell decided to take some time off to travel and to paint, and renew her creative juices. She was feeling isolated, finding that success had a way of cutting her off from the rest of the world. She would perform at a few festivals in the summer of 1970, but did not take on a regular concert schedule. She felt she needed new material. “I need new things to say in order to perform,” she told one reporter. “You just can’t sing the same songs.” She was also still ending her relationship with Graham Nash.

On her sojourn that spring, taken in part with a friend named Penelope, Joni traveled throughout Europe, visiting France, Spain, and Greece. On the isle of Crete she took up the dulcimer and while there began writing a series of songs dealing with her adventures. Among these were “Carey” and “California,” the former song about an American guy, Cary Raditz, who she became involved with while on Crete.

Later that summer, Joni agreed to perform at the Isle of Wight Festival off England in August 1970 – a giant festival with 250,000 or so attending, some of whom became rowdy and impolite to performers. Joni, for one, was interrupted during her performance by one stage crasher (actually, someone she knew from Crete who was quite out of line), driving her to near tears. Still, she delivered her performance while asking the audience to be civil toward performers.

July 1969: Joni Mitchell and James Taylor at Newport Folk Festival.
July 1969: Joni Mitchell and James Taylor at Newport Folk Festival.
Oct 29, 1970: James Taylor and Joni Mitchell in London for a BBC radio performance.
Oct 29, 1970: James Taylor and Joni Mitchell in London for a BBC radio performance.

In 1970, Joni also spent time with James Taylor. She had met him a year or so earlier at the Newport Folk Festival. But during 1970, he was working on a Hollywood film project with the title Two-Lane Blacktop, a road movie also starring The Beach Boys’ Dennis Wilson and Warren Oates. In any case, during this time, as Taylor would later explain in a June 2015 Uncut interview: “Joni Mitchell came along with me [during filming]. We wrote in this camper across the southwest of America and had some of the most outrageous good times. It was really great.” Taylor also noted: “I had played on the album that Joni was making when we met, Blue. I played guitar and backed her up on a few of those songs. It was wonderful working with Joni. We had a great year together, we worked, we traveled.”

Mitchell and Taylor were then each writing songs for their respective albums that would appear in 1971 – Mitchell’s Blue and Taylor’s Mud Slide Slim and the Blue Horizon. And each would write songs for and/or about the other: Mitchell for him in “See You Sometime” and “Just Like This Train,” and Taylor for her in “You Can Close Your Eyes.”

Although she was not on a hectic touring schedule that latter part of 1970, Joni was still making selected appearances in the U.S. and in Europe. In the fall of 1970, Joni joined actor Dennis Hopper, Michele Phillips of the Mamas & Papas, Micky Newbury and Johnny Cash for a late night of food, fun, and music at a Nashville restaurant after that year’s first taping of The Johnny Cash Show. In London, England in October 1970, she gave a concert of her songs on guitar, piano and dulcimer for the BBC’s “In Concert” series. In Vancouver, British Columbia she, Phil Ochs and James Taylor performed at an October Greenpeace benefit concert. That month she also joined John Hartford and Pete Seeger for a “folk-rock” TV special in Los Angeles. On October 29, 1970, she and James Taylor appeared together for a BBC radio performance at the Paris Theater, broadcast in late December that year. In early November she appeared during the encore session of a James Taylor concert at Princeton University where she and Taylor sang “You Can Close Your Eyes” together.

Cover of Joni Mitchell’s 1971 album, “Blue.” Click for CD.
Cover of Joni Mitchell’s 1971 album, “Blue.” Click for CD.

Blue

In 1971, Joni Mitchell would record an album that would set her apart from her peers and distinguish her for a major achievement. The album, Blue, covered what some would call her confessional oeuvre, with Joni bearing her soul, wearing her love life on her lyrical sleeve, as it were.

Blue was hailed and lauded by critics as well as her musical peers. She had written some of it years earlier, some during her European travels of 1970, and more when she came back home.

Blue offered, for the most part, an intimate and painful assortment of her own love and life stories. Stephen Holden, a music critic at the New York Times observed that “Blue just went to a level of psychic pain and honesty that no one else had ever written before, and no one else has written since.”

In its lyrics and tone, the album was regarded as inspired, a near masterpiece — albeit depressing and “blue” as its title aptly states. Mitchell would later explain: “At that period of my life, I had no personal defenses. … I felt like I had absolutely no secrets from the world and I couldn’t pretend in my life to be strong. Or to be happy. But the advantage of it in the music was that there were no defenses there either….” Jack Hamilton, commenting on Blue some years later in a retrospective review of Mitchell’s work for The Atlantic magazine, called the album “a 10-song suite that might be the most vivid autopsy of romantic relationships ever put to record.”

In fact, Mitchell’s buffeting from the loves of her life once again proved the powerful ingredient in her song-making. In its deepest moments, Blue is part Graham Nash, part James Taylor. And as mentioned earlier, even relationships dating to the 1960s, such as that with Leonard Cohen, may have also influenced some of the album’s lyrics.

“Blue”
From the album, Blue
Joni Mitchell
1971

Blue, songs are like tattoos
You know I’ve been to sea before
Crown and anchor me
Or let me sail away

Hey Blue, here is a song for you
Ink on a pin
Underneath the skin
An empty space to fill in

Well there’re so many sinking now
You’ve got to keep thinking
You can make it thru these waves
Acid, booze, and ass
Needles, guns, and grass
Lots of laughs, lots of laughs

Everybody’s saying that hell’s the
hippest way to go
Well I don’t think so
But I’m gonna take a look around it though
Blue I love you

Blue, here is a shell for you
Inside you’ll hear a sigh
A foggy lullaby
There is your song from me

Graham Nash, writing of Joni and this album in 2012, noted: “Listening to Blue is quite difficult for me personally. It brings back many memories and saddens me greatly. It is, by far, my most favorite solo album, and the thought that I spent much time with this fine woman and genius of a writer is incredible to me. I watched her write some of those songs and I believe that one or two of them were about me, but who really knows?”

Prior to the making of Blue, Mitchell had broken up with Nash, and on her travels to Europe had a fling with Cary Riditz on Crete, and then came back to the States where a relationship with James Taylor began. All of that and more figures into the emotional stew at work in this album.

 

Music Player
“Blue” – Joni Mitchell

Despite James Taylor’s difficulties with heroin, Mitchell became quite taken with him during their time together and was said to have been devastated when he broke off the relationship. It was around this time that she began recording Blue. Among the songs on the album believed to be inspired in whole or in part by her involvement with and parting from Taylor are “All I Want” and “Blue,” as well as “This Flight Tonight.”

On the song “Blue” – in this instance, Blue being the unnamed subject of the narrator’s plea – there is palpable and powerful emotion. On this song in particular, but others as well, Mitchell sends out very visceral waves of emotion; feelings unseen of course, but yet somehow moving from voice, piano wire, and guitar string through the air as a kind of empathetic current, deeply penetrating and deeply felt by those who receive it, some brought to tears and/or deep internal feeling as they listen. Mitchell seems to possess a certain kind of emanating emotional aura that flows out of such performances, received by listeners in very moving ways.

1971: Joni Mitchell’s “Carey” released as a single with “This Flight Tonight”. Click for digital.
1971: Joni Mitchell’s “Carey” released as a single with “This Flight Tonight”. Click for digital.
1971: “California” was the 2nd single from Blue, with “A Case of You”. Click for digital.
1971: “California” was the 2nd single from Blue, with “A Case of You”. Click for digital.

Released in June 1971, Blue was a powerful watershed for Mitchell as well as a critical and commercial success. By September, Blue peaked at No. 15 on the Billboard albums chart, while hitting No. 3 on UK albums chart. In January 2000, the New York Times chose Blue as one of the 25 albums that represented “turning points and pinnacles in 20th-century popular music.” Among the songs on Blue, in order of their appearance are: “All I Want,” “My Old Man,” “Little Green,” “Carey,” and “Blue” on side one, and “California,” “This Flight Tonight,” River,” “A Case of You,” and “The Last Time I Saw Richard” on side two.

Reviewing the album in 1971, Robert Hilburn of the Los Angeles Times called it “a marvelously sensitive portrait of love and romance…” He also added that it ran the gamut of emotions – “…There’s happiness in ‘My Old Man,’ tenderness in the poignant ‘Little Green,’ mischievousness in ‘Carey,’ regret in ‘This Flight Tonight,’ longing in ‘River’ and a kind of shattered idealism in ‘The Last Time I Saw Richard.’

“Little Green” – the song available at the top of this story – is autobiographical and dates to 1964 when Mitchell became pregnant by her boyfriend at the time who later left her. Joni had given birth to the child in February 1965, naming her Kelly Dale Anderson, choosing the name after the color, kelly green. The child, initially placed in foster care while Joni struggled as a poor folk singer in Toronto, was later given up for adoption. “I was dirt poor,” she later explained. “An unhappy mother does not raise a happy child. It was difficult parting with the child, but I had to let her go.” Mitchell wrote “Little Green” in 1967.

The existence of her daughter was not publicly known until 1993, when a roommate from Mitchell’s art school days in the 1960s sold the story to a tabloid magazine. Kelly’s adoptive parents, David and Ida Gibb, renamed her Kilauren. Joni and her daughter were reunited in 1997 and since then a number of press accounts have appeared about their relationship.

Other songs on the album are not sad in the way that “Little Green” is sad, but most are soul-wrenching in other ways. And some, like “California,” describe travels in Europe with a longing to be home. Still, it is the love and loss-of-love songs, such as “River,” that have the deep and abiding power in this album.

 
“River”

“River,” the third track on side two of Blue, has become one of Joni Mitchell’s most famous songs. It’s cast in a Christmas setting, believed to be southern California where Mitchell was then living, along La Brea Avenue in Los Angeles. In the song, the narrator is in a painful time, dealing with a recent breakup and not feeling particularly cheery. She longs to escape her emotional difficulties. “I wish I had a river I could skate away on,” she sings, a river so long it “would teach my feet to fly.” In Canada, no doubt, Mitchell, in her youth, likely found a river or two to skate away on. But in southern California, no frozen rivers were available to take her away from her sadness. The song’s spare, piano-driven arrangement paints a vivid picture of loss, longing, and some self-blame as well.

Joni Mitchell skating on frozen Lake Mendota, near Madison, Wisconsin, 'Picnic Point' behind her, March 1976. Photo, Joel Bernstein. Also used on her 'Songs of a Prairie Girl' album (2005). Click for album.
Joni Mitchell skating on frozen Lake Mendota, near Madison, Wisconsin, 'Picnic Point' behind her, March 1976. Photo, Joel Bernstein. Also used on her 'Songs of a Prairie Girl' album (2005). Click for album.

James Taylor, who had been involved with Mitchell not long before the Blue recording sessions, was quite familiar with “River,” having first heard the song when she played it at her home in Laurel Canyon, Los Angeles. “I’ve known it from the time it was written, and I’ve always loved it,” he told Washington Post reporter J. Freedom du Lac in December 2006.

And although “River,” was not intended to be a holiday song, it is now often heard during the holiday season when Christmas music is played. In fact, more than 100 artists have covered the song, including Taylor, who put “River” on his own Christmas album.

“River”
From the album, Blue
Joni Mitchell
1971

It’s coming on Christmas
They’re cutting down trees
They’re putting up reindeer
And singing songs of joy and peace
Oh I wish I had a river I could skate away on

But it don’t snow here
It stays pretty green
I’m going to make a lot of money
Then I’m going to quit this crazy scene
Oh I wish I had a river I could skate away on

I wish I had a river so long
I would teach my feet to fly
I wish I had a river I could skate away on
I made my baby cry

He tried hard to help me
You know, he put me at ease
And he loved me so naughty
Made me weak in the knees
Oh, I wish I had a river I could skate away on

I’m so hard to handle
I’m selfish and I’m sad
Now I’ve gone and lost the best baby
That I ever had
I wish I had a river I could skate away on

Oh, I wish I had a river so long
I would teach my feet to fly
I wish I had a river
I could skate away on
I made my baby say goodbye

It’s coming on Christmas
They’re cutting down trees
They’re putting up reindeer
And singing songs of joy and peace
I wish I had a river I could skate away on

“Most Christmas songs are light and shallow, but ‘River’ is a sad song,” Taylor explained. “It starts with a description of a commercially produced version of Christmas in Los Angeles . . . then juxtaposes it with this frozen river, which says, ‘Christmas here is bringing me down.’ It only mentions Christmas in the first verse. Then it’s, ‘Oh, I wish I had a river I could skate away on’ — wanting to fall into this landscape that she remembers.” Taylor also adds: “It’s such a beautiful thing, to turn away from the commercial mayhem that Christmas becomes and just breathe in some pine needles.” But he adds, “It’s a really blue song.”

 

Music Player
“River” – Joni Mitchell

The demise of the personal relationship is the major point of the song, as Mitchell turns the blame on herself at one point: “I’m so hard to handle / I’m selfish and I’m sad / Now I’ve gone and lost the best baby I’ve ever had.” So she’s thinking maybe she’s made a big mistake here, sending her lover away. And about now, she really needs that river.

During his Washington Post interview, Taylor asked rhetorically: “Do I want to know who she made cry, who she made say goodbye?…Well, I haven’t asked her that question. That’s the only mystery in it: Who was it whose heart she broke?… There were a lot of us.” In fact, some believe the song is actually about Graham Nash, as she wrote this particular song in 1969, and sang it publicly in late 1969 as “River/Willy.”

“River” is also one of Mitchell’s songs that has received wider exposure through its use in Hollywood films and TV shows. Over the years, the song has been used in televised episodes of: Thirtysomething(1987), The Wonder Years(1988), Ally McBeal(2000), Alias(2002), and ER(2007). It was also used in the films Almost Famous(2000) and Love Actually(2003). In fact, many of Mitchell’s songs have been used in various films, TV programs, and documentaries over the years – garnering at least 85 soundtrack credits to date, according to Imdb.com, the movie data base website. In other cases, her music has made it into the film’s narrative or dialogue as in the 1998 film, You’ve Got Mail, in which there are numerous references to Mitchell’s songs by Tom Hanks and Meg Ryan.

April 1972: Joni Mitchell with, among others, James Taylor and Paul Simon for benefit concert for Democratic Presidential candidate, Senator George McGovern.
April 1972: Joni Mitchell with, among others, James Taylor and Paul Simon for benefit concert for Democratic Presidential candidate, Senator George McGovern.
Sometime after Blue, Joni Mitchell sold her house in Laurel Canyon, and purchased a piece of property near Half Moon Bay in British Columbia, Canada where she could have privacy and quiet not available to her in Hollywood. In the latter half of 1971 she retreated to this property for a time where she built a small house. When she needed to be in L.A. for recording or other business, she would stay with her agent, David Geffen. By February of 1972, Joni resumed performing, beginning a 13-city North American tour. Jackson Browne, then a rising singer-songwriter, became her opening act for the tour, and the two became involved in what would be something of a stormy relationship.

After her North American tour, she began residing at David Geffen’s house in Los Angeles. She would also sometimes travel in Geffen’s social circles. In 1972 she and Geffen attended a fundraiser for Democrat George McGovern’s presidential campaign. There she met Jack Nicholson and Warren Beatty, among others. She and Jackson Browne by this time were ending their relationship, and Geffen sought to cheer up his friend and housemate by taking her away from the L.A. scene for a time with a trip to Paris.

Joni Mitchell’s “For the Roses” album, produced on the Asylum label and released in November 1972. Click for CD.
Joni Mitchell’s “For the Roses” album, produced on the Asylum label and released in November 1972. Click for CD.
Joni would later write about Geffen and Paris in one of her songs, described below. At this point in her career, her contract with the Reprise record label had ended, and coincidentally, housemate David Geffen was then starting his own recording label, Asylum, which Joni signed on with.

Mitchell’s albums following Blue kept her career on an upward trajectory. Her fifth album, For the Roses, released in October 1972, did well on the music charts, rising to No. 11 on Billboard and also going gold. A single from the album, “You Turn Me On, I’m a Radio,” peaked at No. 25 on Billboard for two weeks in February 1973, her first American hit single.

Two other songs of note from this album – “Cold Blue Steel and Sweet Fire,” about a heroin addict, and “Judgment of the Moon and Stars” (Ludwig’s Tune), inspired in part by Beethoven – were also popular tracks. In 2007, For The Roses was one of 25 recordings chosen that year by the Library of Congress to be added to the National Recording Registry – the only one of her albums so far selected for that distinction.

Joni Mitchell’s 6th and most successful studio album, “Court and Spark,” released on Asylum, January 1974. Click for CD.
Joni Mitchell’s 6th and most successful studio album, “Court and Spark,” released on Asylum, January 1974. Click for CD.
Joni Mitchell’s sixth album, Court and Spark, came in January 1974 and would become her most commercially successful album. It went to No. 2 on the Billboard albums chart and No. 1 on the Cashbox chart.

Mitchell by this time was breaking away from her earlier folk and acoustic sound, adding more musical hardware to the production of her songs, and delivering, in some cases, more of a rock `n roll sound. She hired a jazz/pop fusion band, L.A. Express, to back her up on Court and Spark. In the PBS documentary, Joni Mitchell: Woman of Heart and Mind, singer-songwriter Eric Andersen observed of Joni’s move to working with a band: “People have this image and idea of this fragile, Nordic goddess who’s descending from the mountains, like wisps of Wagner, and Tiffany wind chimes… But later on, you know, I think when she got infected with rock and roll, well she turned [out] like a red-hot mama, flesh and blood.”

The new band helped power songs like “Raised on Robbery,” which cast Mitchell as a hard rocker. Backing her now on a tune like “Robbery” were fellow Canadian Robbie Robertson on guitar (later of The Band) and also Tom Scott on saxophone. David Crosby and Graham Nash contributed background vocals on “Free Man in Paris.” And several other musicians also contributed throughout the album.

Joni Mitchell, Mama Cass & David Geffen, possibly at Laurel Canyon gathering, late 1960s. Photo, Henry Diltz
Joni Mitchell, Mama Cass & David Geffen, possibly at Laurel Canyon gathering, late 1960s. Photo, Henry Diltz
David Geffen and Joni Mitchell sometime in the 1970s. Photo, Julian Wasser
David Geffen and Joni Mitchell sometime in the 1970s. Photo, Julian Wasser

 
Geffen: Free Man

Another popular song and hit single from Court and Spark was “Free Man in Paris,” a song Mitchell wrote about her agent and friend, David Geffen. Part of the inspiration for this song came about when she, Geffen, Robbie and Dominique Robertson made the trip to Paris mentioned earlier. “Free Man in Paris” went to No. 22 on the Billboard Hot 100 and to No. 2 on the Easy Listening chart.

Geffen was Mitchell’s agent from nearly the beginning of her career, and he would be around her and her friends not only in recording, contract, and negotiating sessions, but also on social and informal occasions. In the Laurel Canyon years, he would visit with Joni and friends and help her when she needed a friend to lean on or a place to stay.

“Free Man In Paris” is a song that hits at the travail of those who work in the popular music industry, and in particular, a guy like Geffen who was then engaged with many pop artists “stoking the star-making machinery behind the popular song.”

Mitchell, who had already begun taking swipes at the pop music industry in earlier songs, would have a double effect with this song, as a thank you to her friend and agent for his hard work in helping her, but also as a critique of the industry that was taking a toll on its own, and sometimes, as Joni saw it, trying to crush her art in favor of dollars. There would be more of Mitchell’s music industry critique in the years ahead.

“Free Man in Paris”
Joni Mitchell
1974

The way I see it he said
You just can’t win it
Everybody’s in it for their own gain
You can’t please ’em all
There’s always somebody calling you down
I do my best
And I do good business
There’s a lot of people asking for my time
They’re trying to get ahead
They’re trying to be a good friend of mine

I was a free man in Paris
I felt unfettered and alive
There was nobody calling me up for favors
And no one’s future to decide
You know I’d go back there tomorrow
But for the work I’ve taken on
Stoking the star maker machinery
Behind the popular song

I deal in dreamers
And telephone screamers
Lately I wonder what I do it for
If l had my way
I’d just walk through those doors
And wander
Down the Champs Elysées
Going cafe to cabaret
Thinking how I’ll feel when I find
That very good friend of mine

I was a free man in Paris
I felt unfettered and alive
Nobody was calling me up for favors
No one’s future to decide
You know I’d go back there tomorrow
But for the work I’ve taken on
Stoking the star maker machinery
Behind the popular song

Geffen, meanwhile, may have felt that he was in the meat grinder too, but was soon doing quite well in the music business. In fact, by 1970 he had founded Asylum Records with Elliot Roberts, the label that Mitchell had joined for her albums, For The Roses, Court and Spark, and others to come. In fact, Asylum would also sign a number of artists, among them: Jackson Browne, Bob Dylan, Tom Waits, Linda Ronstadt, and others. By 1972, Asylum would be acquired by Warner Communications and merged with Elektra Records.

 

Music Player
“Free Man in Paris” – Joni Mitchell

Geffen went on to become a Warner Brothers executive for a time, establish Geffen Records in 1980, DGC Records in 1990, and in 1994, one of the three founders of DreamWorks SKG. As of 2014, Geffen’s estimated net worth was $6 billion, making him one of the richest people in the entertainment industry.

So, while David Geffen might have been a free man in Paris momentarily in the early 1970s, enjoying some well-deserved R&R, as history would seem to suggest, he went back to work and built himself a nice little entertainment empire.

Still, “Free Man in Paris” has a nice airy feel to it, and is an enjoyable and relatable piece of music, especially for any listener who has an overbearing, high-pressure work load and a longing to find some escape, whether Paris or the Great North Woods.

Court and Spark, in any case, went to No. 2 on the Billboard album chart and stayed there for four weeks. “Help Me,” a popular single from the album, released in March 1974, became Mitchell’s only Top 10 single when it peaked at No. 7 in the first week of June 1974.

Meanwhile, Mitchell herself was “courting and sparking,” as she would later put it, beginning a relationship with L.A. Express drummer John Guerin. In 1974, Joni purchased a Spanish style home on a private road in the Bel Air section of L.A., and she and Guerin set up house there.

 Maclean's, June 1974.
Maclean's, June 1974.
Time, December 17, 1974.
Time, December 17, 1974.

Court and Spark – and the L.A. Express – helped make Joni Mitchell a popular touring act over some 50 dates in the U.S. and Canada during 1974, generating good notices and also producing a live, two-record set album, Miles of Aisles, in November 1974.

Joni was also a mainstream music star by this time, sought out for magazine features and cover stories. In June 1974, Maclean’s magazine of Canada featured her in a cover story, and Time magazine also put her on the cover of its December 17th, 1974 issue, featuring “Rock Women: Songs of Pride and Passion.”

Through the second half of the 1970s the Joni Mitchell albums kept coming: The Hissing of Summer Lawns in November 1975, Hejira in 1976, and Don Jaun’s Reckless Daughter in December 1977. By now, Joni Mitchell was well into the jazz and experimental stage of her career, and she had lost some of her previous fans who preferred her acoustic style.

Nov 1975: Joni Mitchell’s “Hissing of Summer Lawns”, title and lyric phrase derived from the sound of L.A. lawn sprinklers. Click for CD.
Nov 1975: Joni Mitchell’s “Hissing of Summer Lawns”, title and lyric phrase derived from the sound of L.A. lawn sprinklers. Click for CD.
As Tom Casciato would put it in one later online review: “Hissing was where a lot of people got off the Joni bus.” But Joni Mitchell, like Bob Dylan, was not about to be circumscribed by her fans’ preferences. She had to follow her muse and move into new territory; that was just who she was. So the music continued, and so did the poetry, now in a different form.

She began working with some of the best musicians in the jazz and fusion worlds, composing new music, and winning their respect, among them – bass player Jaco Pastorius, drummer Don Alias, saxophonist Wayne Shorter (all of whom worked with the progressive jazz group Weather Report), jazz guitarist Pat Metheny, and others.

In late 1978, Charles Mingus, the famous jazz bassist, composer, and orchestra leader, asked her to work with him on his last project. Mingus was then in the final stages of Lou Gehrig’s disease. The album Joni helped produce and compose for him, Mingus, was released after his death in June 1979.

In 1982, Joni Mitchell married jazz bassist and sound engineer Larry Klein. They were married for about 10 years.
In 1982, Joni Mitchell married jazz bassist and sound engineer Larry Klein. They were married for about 10 years.
December 1995: Joni Mitchell with the Billboard Century Award, for “distinguished creative achievement.”
December 1995: Joni Mitchell with the Billboard Century Award, for “distinguished creative achievement.”

In 1982-1992 Joni Mitchell was married to bassist and sound engineer Larry Klein, and during that decade, with Klein’s help and others, she released more albums, three on Geffen Records — Wild Things Run Fast in 1982, Dog Eat Dog in 1985, and Chalk Mark in a Rain Storm in 1988. In the popular market, however, much of this work did not fare well. The 1980s were also a time when Mitchell broadened her social critique taking aim at televangelists in one of her songs, while supporting causes such as the plight of Native Americans (Wounded Knee incident). She also continued to level barbs at the music industry. In a 1995 Vogue interview with writer Charles Gandee, she noted: “…Another thing was that in the eighties we moved into a particularly unromantic period in music. Videos had just begun, and they had a tendency to feature cold women with dark lipstick and stilettos grinding men’s hands into the ground. It was an anti-love period, and my work — Wild Things Run Fast, in particular — was a joyous celebration of love, which basically made people sick.”

In the 1990s she regained some of her popularity. Night Ride Home, released in March 1991, was closer to her earlier acoustic work. Her next album, Turbulent Indigo, also viewed by some critics as having more accessible material, though still offering social critique at turns, was called a strong comeback. Turbulent Indigo won two Grammy Awards, including Best Pop Album. In the late 1990s she re-united with her daughter, Kilauren Gibb, and her grandchildren. In the year 2000, Mitchell turned out a collection of standards along with a couple of her older songs with Both Sides Now, which received a Grammy award for Best Traditional Pop Vocal Album. In 2007, jazz pianist Herbie Hancock released his River: The Joni Letters, an album dedicated to Mitchell’s music, and also the first jazz album to win Album of the Year at the Grammy Awards.

In recent years, Mitchell has collected a variety of honors and awards for her musical and songwriting accomplishments. In December 1995, Billboard honored her with The Century Award, its highest award for distinguished creative achievement. In 1996, she received the Governor General’s Performing Arts Award for Lifetime Artistic Achievement, Canada’s highest honor in the performing arts. In 1997, she was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. In April 2000, the TNT cable TV network presented a celebration in her honor at the Hammerstein Ballroom in New York City, with an all-star cast of performers singing her songs, from Elton John to Diana Krall. In 2002 she became only the third popular Canadian singer/songwriter to be appointed a Companion of the Order of Canada, that country’s highest civilian honor. She also received a Grammy Lifetime Achievement Award that year. In 2007 she was inducted into the Canadian Songwriters Hall of Fame and Canada Post also honored her that year with a postage stamp. In 2015, she was awarded the SFJAZZ Lifetime Achievement Award. Yet for Joni Mitchell, perhaps the highest praise has come from her peers and those who have been touched by her words and music.

Joni Mitchell, in a pensive moment, 1976. Photo, Joel Bernstein.
Joni Mitchell, in a pensive moment, 1976. Photo, Joel Bernstein.

 
Magic & Muse

Joni Mitchell’s music and poetry have touched a lot of people. Those who heard her perform or listened to her songs in her early years seem to have been especially moved by her ability to reach into their inner core.

David Crosby, awed from the first time he heard her, would simply say of her singing and songrwriting, “there’s some magic that took place there.” Gene Shay from Philadelphia’s Second Fret, where Joni played in her early years, echoed a similar sentiment about her performances: “Everyone was saying that there was a magic to her songs,” said Shay. “She’d come up with these marvelous melodies and wonderful words.”

“Joni exorcises her demons by writing those songs,” said Stephen Stills in a 1974 Time magazine story on Joni, “and in so doing she reaches way down and grabs the essence of something very private and personal to women.” True enough, but it wasn’t just women she touched – though women did seem to have an extra sensory something that “got” what she was sending out.

1973: Malka Marom and Joni Mitchell on their way to visit fellow Canadian singer Neil Young at his ranch just south of San Francisco. Click for Marom's book, 'Joni In Her Own Words',
1973: Malka Marom and Joni Mitchell on their way to visit fellow Canadian singer Neil Young at his ranch just south of San Francisco. Click for Marom's book, 'Joni In Her Own Words',
Malka Marom, a Canadian folk artist and writer, had her own singing act a few years earlier than Joni. She performed in Canada with her husband, as Malka & Joso. One night in November 1966 Malka discovered Joni when she happened into The Riverboat coffeehouse in Toronto where Joni was playing. Malka was simply knocked out by what she heard:

“When I first saw her, hardly anybody was there…I mean the coffeehouse was empty. She was standing almost a little pigeon-toed. She was all involved in tuning her guitar, and she covered her face with her hair. It’s almost like she wants to erase who she is, and just let the voice be, let the songs be who she is. Then she started to sing “I Had a King,” [a poignant song about an ill-fitting marriage with the opening lines, ‘I had a King in a salt-rusted carriage / Who carried me off to his country for marriage too soon…’] I was going through a divorce then. And I just felt, I don’t know what it was about that song. Talk about a new way of conveying–-through music, through words–-a new way of conveying an existential reality… It was really something… And, oh, I just started to sob. …She sang it as if she was singing for me. She was my voice, you know… She was everybody’s voice… I was amazed that she was so young; there was so much wisdom in her work.”

Malka that night would talk with Joni after she performed to the mostly empty coffeehouse, telling her she had something special and could become a star. The two became life-long friends and Malka would compile a book on Joni in 2014 based on the conversations she had with her over 30 years, Joni Mitchell: In Her Own Words.

Feb 1991: Joni Mitchell, age 47, on the cover of Telegraph Magazine, interviewed in advance of her album, “Night Ride Home.”
Feb 1991: Joni Mitchell, age 47, on the cover of Telegraph Magazine, interviewed in advance of her album, “Night Ride Home.”
Among those in the music industry who first dealt with Joni Mitchell, many were also amazed at what she brought to the table and how she created so much material in so short a time. Elliot Roberts, her manager in the early years would observe: “When she first came out, she had a backlog of 20, 25 songs that were what most people would dream that they would do in their entire career. She had already done it, before she had recorded. It was stunning.” Bill Flanagan of MTV Network, explained in the PBS film, Joni Mitchell: Woman of Heart and Mind: “Joni took this really potent popular image — that had been building for seven or eight years anyway — the California girl, the Beach Boys’ girl, the beautiful golden girl with the long, blonde hair parted in the middle. And Joni not only was the girl, but she was also the Bob Dylan, the Paul Simon, the Lennon and McCartney, writing it. I mean, she was the whole package. She was the subject and she was the painter. And that was incredibly powerful for people.”

Yet women in particular looked up to Joni Mitchell as a trailblazer and would grow up with her music over the years. In 2003, filmmaker Susan Lacy, who made the 90-minute PBS documentary, Joni Mitchell: Woman of Heart and Mind for the “American Masters” TV series, also offered her personal views on what Mitchell meant to her:

In my teens, 20’s, and even into my 30’s, when I was disturbed or needed to reflect on things, I would sit at the piano and play Joni Mitchell songs. When I had children, my favorite song to sing with them was “Circle Game,” which they learned from the time they could sit up. I loved her music then and still do. Her songs were a touchstone to my own experiences and emotions. I grew up listening to Joni Mitchell – going from my teenage years into adulthood.

I saw her as the free spirit we all wanted to be. She represented an incredibly interesting mix of mysticism, beauty, talent, and femininity but, with a backbone of steel. She was doing it her way. Wouldn’t we all like to be like that?

“Joni’s Love Muse”
1960s-2000s

Love, for Joni Mitchell, during much of her career, was more than just love. Her love relationships fueled her creative process. She loved being in love; it inspired her; it was how she wrote much of her material. “Being in love is extremely important to her muse,” said jazz musician and producer Larry Klein, her husband for ten years in the 1980s. “A lot of her creative impulses come from whatever that phenomenon is that happens to us when we fall in love.” Joni was a free spirit in her dealings with men, given licence in the era of “sex, drugs and rock n roll” to be whoever she wanted to be. And she pushed it to the limit. She acted just like men had for eons. But as a genuine romantic, she also took her relationships to heart, good and bad. And that is clear in her music. Sometimes though, the scars ran deep. A few bad depressions and one rumored suicide attempt appear to be part of that history. When Rolling Stone magazine included her by name in an early 1970s story with a line graphic connecting partners in “the Laurel Canyon love nest,” Joni was hurt and angry. She saw the age-old double standard at work. And although there were marriages and near marriages in her life’s course, Joni seemed to have a compulsion to stay free. “I remember getting a telegram from Greece from Joan,” said Graham Nash of his early 1970s relationship with her. “The last line of which was, ‘If you hold sand too tightly in your hand, it will run through your fingers.’ It was Joan’s way of saying goodbye to me.” And so she remained: in love, recovering from love, or on the hunt for love through much of her career. Of course, the record for all of this — or at least some of it — is found in her lyrics, explicit and between the lines, in the hundreds of songs she has written. It’s a legacy of heart and soul, delight and torment, doubt and self discovery; a legacy that remains an open book of one person’s journey with life and love.

Gail Sheehy is a New York writer with some 17 books to her credit, including Passages of 1976, and also occasional articles for Vanity Fair and other publications. In 2014, Sheehy spoke to the Wall Street Journal’s Marc Myers about how Joni Mitchell’s music had entered her life, and how one song in particular, “Both Sides Now,” helped her grow, celebrate, love, divorce, grieve, and recover in her own various life stages:

“Back in 1968, when I was 30, my entire life blew up. I had a life plan and it collapsed for no rational reason. I had been a newspaper reporter in New York but left the job to help editor Clay Felker start New York magazine. My marriage was breaking up and I was falling in love with Clay. The song that carried me through those years and all stages of my life is “Both Sides Now” by Joni Mitchell…”

In that song, Sheehy found Mitchell’s voice to be genuine, neither “cynical or put off by life;” she admitted her confusion while still marveling at what she saw around her, though shedding her illusions. “In 1969, after my divorce,” said Sheehy, “I let go of my illusions about marriage.”

Some years later, after a second marriage and after her husband had died in 2008, Sheehy was devastated. “I put on Joni’s version [of “Both Side Now”] with strings from 2000 and heard a deeper voice full of sorrow and wine and cigarettes. Eventually I found my way out of that dark place and dared to love again.”

Linda Sanders of Entertainment Weekly, reviewing Mitchell’s Turbulent Indigo of 1994 called that album “the distilled essence of everything she’s done before,” adding of her long career to that date: “all she’s really managed to deliver in the course of sixteen albums is one of the most vivid and delicious chronicles of a woman’s life that’s ever been produced in any medium anytime, anyplace.”

 
Musician & Critic

Yet Joni Mitchell is more than simply a troubadour of the female soul or a love balladeer – as anyone who has followed her career knows.

Whether finding exquisite phrasing to capture an image or some moment of the heart; using her “weird chords” (open tuning) to bend the sound for the right tonal conveyance; or pushing the bounds of experimental jazz, Joni Mitchell has been a thoughtful and pioneering musician.

Joni Mitchell, 1968. Photo, Doug Griffin
Joni Mitchell, 1968. Photo, Doug Griffin
In addition, her interviews, especially in the later years, are full of thoughtful, honest and sometimes stinging critique. She became outspoken on a range of topics, whether the state of the environment or the corruption of modern culture — including her own music industry. Still, for millions, it will be her poetry and music that bear the lasting gifts – whether from the “acoustic Joni” or the “jazzy Joni.”

Although this piece has explored more of the early parts of her career, and is meant more for those who know little about her, there is much more detail on the life and work of Joni Mitchell at her website, JoniMitchell.com. See also the various Joni Mitchell biographies, interviews, and profiles noted below in “Sources” at the end of this article.

For additional stories on music at this website see the “Annals of Music” page. See also “Noteworthy Ladies,” a topics page with additional story choices on famous women. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

First Posted: 15 July 2015
Last Update: 23 August 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig
 
Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Joni’s Music: 1962-2000s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, July 15, 2015.

____________________________________


Related Books at Amazon.com


Ann Powers’ 2024 book, “Traveling: On the Path of Joni Mitchell,” Day Street Books, 448pp. Click for Amazon.
Ann Powers’ 2024 book, “Traveling: On the Path of Joni Mitchell,” Day Street Books, 448pp. Click for Amazon.
David Yaffe’s 2017 book, “Reckless Daughter: A Portrait of Joni Mitchell,” Sarah Crichton; 448 pp. Click for copy.
David Yaffe’s 2017 book, “Reckless Daughter: A Portrait of Joni Mitchell,” Sarah Crichton; 448 pp. Click for copy.
Sheila Weller’s 2008 book, “Girls Like Us: Carole King, Joni Mitchell, Carly Simon ...,” Click for copy,
Sheila Weller’s 2008 book, “Girls Like Us: Carole King, Joni Mitchell, Carly Simon ...,” Click for copy,


 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

2003 PBS documentary, “Joni Mitchell: Woman of Heart and Mind,” for “American Masters” TV series (90-minutes). Click for DVD or streaming.
2003 PBS documentary, “Joni Mitchell: Woman of Heart and Mind,” for “American Masters” TV series (90-minutes). Click for DVD or streaming.
1960s: Joni Mitchell started out in Canada touring coffeehouses and small clubs in the early years.
1960s: Joni Mitchell started out in Canada touring coffeehouses and small clubs in the early years.
Advertising poster from The 2nd Fret club of Phila., PA, where Joni Mitchell appeared in the 1960s. Click for related CD.
Advertising poster from The 2nd Fret club of Phila., PA, where Joni Mitchell appeared in the 1960s. Click for related CD.
Early Joni Mitchell performing with David Rea.
Early Joni Mitchell performing with David Rea.
June 1974: Joni Mitchell at photo shoot for Maclean's magazine.
June 1974: Joni Mitchell at photo shoot for Maclean's magazine.
1971: James Taylor and Joni Mitchell providing background vocals in L.A. studio for Carole King's 'Tapestry' album.
1971: James Taylor and Joni Mitchell providing background vocals in L.A. studio for Carole King's 'Tapestry' album.
1998: Bob Dylan and Joni Mitchell concert at Maple Leaf Gardens, Toronto, Canada.
1998: Bob Dylan and Joni Mitchell concert at Maple Leaf Gardens, Toronto, Canada.
Joni Mitchell, 1988. Photo, Doug Griffin
Joni Mitchell, 1988. Photo, Doug Griffin
Joni Mitchell on the cover of 'Billboard' magazine for receiving the Billboard Century Award award, its "highest honor for distinctive creative achievement."
Joni Mitchell on the cover of 'Billboard' magazine for receiving the Billboard Century Award award, its "highest honor for distinctive creative achievement."
1978: Joni Mitchell and Charles Mingus. Photo, Sue Mingus
1978: Joni Mitchell and Charles Mingus. Photo, Sue Mingus

Joni Mitchell music page @Amazon.com (CDs, vinyl, digital).

“Joni Mitchell,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 657-659.

Stephen Holden, “The Evolution of the Singer-Songwriter”(Joni Mitchell section), in Anthony DeCurtis and James Henke (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock `n Roll, New York: Random House, 1992, pp. 483-484.

Wally Breese, “Biography: 1964-1968, Early Years,” JoniMitchell.com, January 1998.

Mark Scott, “Oh, But California…,” 2014 Biography Series, Part 2 of 16, JoniMitchell .com, May 16, 2014.

Joni Mitchell Website.

“Joni Mitchell,” Wikipedia.org.

A.L. McClain, “Two Single Acts Survive a Marriage,” Detroit News, February 6, 1966.

RS Editors, “Introducing Joni Mitchell: The Canadian-Born Singer-Songwriter Makes Folk Music Hip Again,” Rolling Stone, May 17, 1969.

“Joni Mitchell Joins Reprise,” Record World, March 16, 1968.

Susan Gordon Lydon, “In Her House, Love,” New York Times, April 20, 1969.

“Rock Stars Will Dominate Cavett Show Next Tuesday,” New York Times, August 12, 1969.

“Woodstock (song),” Wikipedia.org.

Mike Evans, Paul Kingsbury, Woodstock: Three Days That Rocked the World.

Gary Von Tersch, Album Review, “Joni Mitchell, Ladies of the Canyon” (Reprise), Rolling Stone, June 11, 1970.

“Ladies of the Canyon,” Wikipedia.org.

Robert Christgau, The Village Voice, July 30, 1970.

Bernard Weinraub, “Isle of Wight Festival Turns Slightly Discordant,” New York Times, August 30, 1970.

Michael Watts, “Glimpses of Joni,” Melody Maker, September 19, 1970.

Robert Hilburn, “Joni Mitchell’s Bid for Top Album,” Los Angeles Times, June 29, 1971.

Lynn Van Matre, “Singing-Songwriters: 1971 Is Woman’s World,” Chicago Tribune, July 4, 1971.

Cameron Crowe, “Joni Mitchell Defends Herself: The Rolling Stone Interview,” Rolling Stone, July 26, 1979.

Jack Hamilton, “Why Joni Mitchell’s ‘Blue’ Is the Greatest Relationship Album Ever,” The Atlantic, February 14, 2013.

John MacFarlane, “Listening Again to Blue Gives Writer a Case of Joni Mitchell,” Toronto Star, March 6, 2013.

Mick Brown, “The Flowering of Joni Mitchell,” Telegraph Magazine, February 23, 1991.

Stephen Holden, “Joni Mitchell Finds the Peace of Middle Age,” New York Times, March 17, 1991.

David Wild, “A Conversation with Joni Mitchell,” RollingStone.com, May 30, 1991.

William Ruhlman, “From Blue to Indigo,” Goldmine, February 17, 1995.

Bill Higgins, “Both Sides at Last,” Los Angeles Times, April 8, 1997.

J. Freedom du Lac, “Joni Mitchell’s Blue ‘River’ Flows Onto Holiday Playlists,” Washington Post, Thursday, December 21, 2006.

“For the Roses,” Wikipedia.org.

“Free Man in Paris,” Wikipedia.org.

Michael Posner, “Little Green a Little Blue,” Toronto Globe and Mail, April 11, 1998.

Andrew Purvis, “Joni, No Longer Blue,” Time, June 24, 2001.

“Joni Mitchell: For Free (Live) HQ,” YouTube .com.

“Clouds (Joni Mitchell album),” Wikipedia .org.

David Cleary, AllMusic.com, Review of Joni Mitchell’s Clouds.

Wally Breese, “A Conversation With David Crosby,” JoniMitchell.com, March 15, 1997.

“Inductee: Joni Mitchell,” Rock & Roll Hall of Fame, 1997.

David Wild, “Women in Rock: Joni Mitchell,” Rolling Stone, October 31, 2002

PBS-TV, “Joni Mitchell: Woman of Heart and Mind,” American Masters, April 2003.

“Filmmaker Interview – Susan Lacy,” American Masters/PBS.org, April 2nd, 2003.

David Yaffe, (Dance), “Working Three Shifts, And Outrage Overtime,” New York Times, February 4, 2007.

Sheila Weller,“The Rebel Angels,” Vanity Fair, April 2008; Excerpted from, Girls Like Us: Carole King, Joni Mitchell, Carly Simon—and the Journey of a Generation, New York: Atria Books / Simon & Schuster, 2008.

George Bulanda, “Sixties Folklore” (interview with Chuck Mitchell), Detroit News, February 24, 2009.

“Joni Mitchell Biography – 1965 to 1967 (Chapter 8),” Girls Like Us – The Music.

Jeff Meshel, “Joni Mitchell, `Cactus Tree’,” Jeff Meshel’s World, August 5, 2011.

David Wild, “Morrissey Interviews Joni Mitchell,” Rolling Stone, March 6, 1997.

Wally Breese, “A Conversation with David Crosby,” JoniMitchell.com, March 15, 1997.

Jason Ankeny, “Album Review, Blue, Joni Mitchell,” AllMusic.com.

Tom Manoff, “Joni Mitchell’s Stylistic Journey,” PBS.org, April 2nd, 2003.

Barney Hoskyns, “Lady of the Canyon,” The Observer, October 15, 2005.

Susan Whitall, “Joni’s Journey; From an Apartment in Detroit, Mitchell Composed Some of Her Most Famous Songs,” Detroit News, June 5, 2008.

Tom Casciato, “Loving Joni Mitchell: You Don’t Have to Be Gay,” PBS.org, March 7, 2011.

Rich Kamerman, “Joni Mitchell Part 2 – Lady Of The Canyon,” KamerTunesBlog, October 1, 2011.

Ruth Charnock, “Joni Mitchell: Music & Feminism,” United Academics Journal Of Social Science, May 2012.

Katherine Monk, Joni: The Creative Odyssey of Joni Mitchell, Greystone Books, September 7, 2012.

Brian D. Johnson, “Leonard Cohen’s Tale of Redemption,” Maclean’s (Canada), October 22, 2012.

Roger Friedman, “Graham Nash: Listening to Joni Mitchell’s ‘Blue’ is ‘Quite Difficult for Me Personally’,” ShowBiz411.com, November 15, 2012.

Graham Nash, “The Beatles: Please, Please Me, and Joni Mitchell: Blue,” in Jeff Gold, 101 Essential Rock Records/The Golden Age of Vinyl From the Beatles to the Sex Pistols, Gingko Press Inc.; 1st edition, November 30, 2012.

Leah Collins, “Throwback Thursday: Cartooning with Joni Mitchell and Adrienne Clarkson,” CBC Live (Canada), June 6, 2013.

Graham Nash, “’Come to My House and I’ll Take Care of You’: Graham Nash on His Romance with Joni Mitchell and Making Music with Crosby and Stills,” Daily Mail (London), September 14, 2013.

Marc Myers, “The Many Sides of Joni Mitchell’s ‘Both Sides Now’; Joni Mitchell’s Classic Speaks to the Many Stages of Life, Says Gail Sheehy,” Wall Street Journal, August 19, 2014.

Caroline Howe, “The Secret Torment of Joni Mitchell: Unflinching Insight into the Reclusive 70s Icon’s Battles…” The Daily Mail (London), September 1, 2014.

Malka Marom, Joni Mitchell: In Her Own Words, ECW Press, September 2014.

Sean O’Hagan, “Joni Mitchell: The Sophistication of Her Music Sets Her Apart from Her Peers – Even Dylan,” TheGuardian .com, Sunday, October 26, 2014.

Judith Timson, “Happy Birthday Joni Mitchell, and Thanks for Everything,” Toronto Star, November 7, 2014.

Michelle Davies, “Joni Mitchell’s Colourful, And Often Tragic, Life Story,” Marie Claire, November 2014.

Marc Myers, “When Joni Mitchell Met Cary Raditz, Her ‘Mean Old Daddy’,” Wall Street Journal, November 11, 2014.

Marc Myers, Anatomy of a Song, “Joni Mitchell on the Muse Behind ‘Carey’,” Wall Street Journal, November 11, 2014.

Lisa Robinson, “An Oral History of Laurel Canyon, The 60s and 70s Music Mecca,” Vanity Fair, March 2015.

Kenneth Partridge, “Joni Mitchell: One of Music’s Greatest Singer-Songwriters Creates an Inspired Box Set,” M Music & Musicians, April 2015.

“Joni Mitchell: Seven Essential Songs,” BBC.com (Canada), April 1, 2015.

Maura Johnston, “Joni Mitchell’s Long Battle With ‘Male Egos’,” Refinery29.com, April 2, 2015.

Jeff Meshel, “215: Joni Mitchell, ‘Blue’,” jmeshel.com, April 3, 2015.

“Joni Mitchell Through the Years,” Photo Gallery, Houston Chronicle, April 28, 2015.

“Paintings by Year,” Joni Mitchell artwork, JoniMitchell.com.

Bridget Oates, “Joni Mitchell, Bob Dylan & Doug Kershaw Played Johnny Cash’s First Show, June 7, 1969″( w/video), GuitarPlayer .com, June 5, 2015.

Tom Pinnock, “James Taylor: ‘It Was Wonderful Working With Joni Mitchell’,” Uncut (U.K), June 19, 2015.

_____________________________


Joni Mitchell Music at Amazon.com


Joni Mitchell, “The Studio Albums 1968 - 1979.” Click for CD, streaming or MP3.
Joni Mitchell, “The Studio Albums 1968 - 1979.” Click for CD, streaming or MP3.
Joni Mitchell Archives – Vol. 2: The Reprise Years 1968-1971. Click for Amazon.
Joni Mitchell Archives – Vol. 2: The Reprise Years 1968-1971. Click for Amazon.
Joni Mitchell, “The Asylum Albums 1972–1975,” Click for Amazon.
Joni Mitchell, “The Asylum Albums 1972–1975,” Click for Amazon.


 

 

 

 

 

“Love & Mercy”
Brian Wilson Film


The above video clip is the movie trailer for the 2015 film, Love & Mercy, about Brian Wilson of the 1960s Beach Boys rock group. Wilson is the singer-songwriter-composer known, most famously, for helping lead and musically inspire the Beach Boys through their phenomenal rise in the 1960s. While many regard Wilson as the genius composer, arranger, and studio whiz behind the group’s much-loved music, he also had his personal demons, which become a focal point in this film. The Beach Boys early success is chronicled in the film up to the point where Wilson has a breakdown and quits touring with the group to focus on studio production, vowing to create “the greatest album ever made,” which becomes Pet Sounds of 1966. In the film, Wilson is shown losing his grip on reality as his drug and psychedelic experiences give rise to voices in his head and more serious mental duress and odd behavior.

Brian Wilson, right, performing in real life in 1964 with fellow Beach Boys, Carl Wilson and Al Jardine.
Brian Wilson, right, performing in real life in 1964 with fellow Beach Boys, Carl Wilson and Al Jardine.
In something of a novel approach, Wilson is played by two separate actors in the film, each marking distinct periods of Wilson’s life, reflecting his respective psychological condition in those times — well and not well.

Love & Mercy director Bill Pohlad, in a May 2015 comment to Michael O’Sullivan of the Washington Post, described the film as “the story of a hypercreative musical genius reaching his peak — really, his most creative period. And then he falls off the edge.”

Wilson actually went through a period of about 20 years of ups and downs with his various drug problems and mental health issues, and repeated rehabilitations and periodic lapses.

Unbeknownst to those around him, Wilson suffered from a psychological condition later determined to be “bipolar schizoaffective disorder.” But for many years, no one knew quite how to help him. In 1988, after the Beach Boys were inducted into the Rock ‘n Roll Hall of Fame, he began a fuller recovery and a solo recording career which he has continued though the 2010s.

Elizabeth Banks as Melinda and John Cusak as Brian Wilson in a scene from the 2015 Brian Wilson film, “Love & Mercy.”.
Elizabeth Banks as Melinda and John Cusak as Brian Wilson in a scene from the 2015 Brian Wilson film, “Love & Mercy.”.
In the film, director Bill Pohlad tells the Brian Wilson story by cutting back and forth between the “two Brians” during his respective life periods of success and struggle.

Actor Paul Delano plays Wilson in the early years, capturing Wilson’s creative period and his crash-and-burn descent. By 1973, in real life, Wilson had gone into major seclusion, a time after his father had died and he faced other problems. During this period, there were times when he barely made it out of bed, prompting family members to seek help for him.

In the film, now some years later in the 1980s when Wilson is a middle-aged man, he is played by actor John Cusack. At this point Wilson is shown as a broken, confused man under the hold of medical therapist, Dr. Eugene Landy, played by Paul Giamatti who dispenses for Wilson a pharmacological regimen and dictatorial control over his every move.

In the film, during an outing to buy a Cadillac automobile with the ever-hovering Dr. Landy, Brian meets his second wife to be – Melinda Ledbetter, played brightly and sympathetically by Elizabeth Banks – she, the Cadillac saleswoman. The two strike up an intense relationship which the film explores. But Melinda also becomes determined to save Wilson from Dr. Landy’s manipulation. In real life, Wilson’s family would win a court order freeing Brian Wilson from Landy’s grip. (Although not depicted in the film, Landy faced state ethical charges and surrendered his license in California and was also forbidden from further contact with Wilson. Landy died in 2006.).

Brian Wilson in the recording studio.
Brian Wilson in the recording studio.
Love & Mercy is filled with Beach Boys and Brian Wilson music, its title taken from a 1988 Brian Wilson song of that name. Those who grew up with Beach Boys music will definitely want to see this film, and those not knowing much of Wilson’s recording genius or his psychological difficulties, will be enlightened on both counts.

Love & Mercy is directed by Bill Pohlad, whose past credits, as executive producer, include: Brokeback Mountain, A Prairie Home Companion, and Food, Inc., and as producer, Into the Wild and 12 Years a Slave. In 2012 he was nominated for an Academy Award as producer for The Tree of Life. Love & Mercy is also produced by Pohlad, along with Claire Rudnick Polstein and John Wells. The writers are Oren Moverman and Michael Alan Lerner.

Love & Mercy’s premiere screening came in September 2014 at the Toronto International Film Festival, where it received early acclaim from reviewers and audiences. It also had early screenings at the South By Southwest film festival in Austin, Texas and in Europe at the Berlin International Film Festival. Its public release in the U.S. would not come until June 2015.

Brian Wilson, in real life, August 1976.
Brian Wilson, in real life, August 1976.
The film’s unusual approach to biography in using two actors to portray the main character, was predicated upon the view that Wilson was actually “like two different people” before and after his mental difficulties. The original film score by composer Atticus Ross has also received praise, as have those scenes portraying Wilson’s genius at work in the recording studio during his earlier years. Brian Wilson himself has called the film “very factual,” and his wife, Melinda, appears to have played an important role in helping guide its accuracy.


Background

A film on Brian Wilson’s life titled “Love & Mercy” was first proposed in 1988. It was planned to star William Hurt as Wilson and Richard Dreyfuss as Dr. Landy. But for whatever reasons, that film was not advanced. However, two made-for-TV films were produced: Summer Dreams: The Story of The Beach Boys, in 1990, and, The Beach Boys: An American Family, in 2000. These films were criticized for historical inaccuracies. Another 1995 film on Wilson, I Just Wasn’t Made for These Times, by Don Was, received better marks. One book that came out in early 1991 appears to have muddied the waters on Wilson – Wouldn’t It Be Nice: My Own Story, “by Brian Wilson with Todd Gold,” which many believe was actually ghost-written, in whole or part, by Dr. Eugene Landy to tout his services in “saving Brian.” In 2006, the earlier Hollywood project on Wilson was briefly revived, but went nowhere. Then in 2011, the Love & Mercy film project was announced with Bill Pohlad directing.

Film poster for 2015 film, “Love & Mercy,” featuring Paul Dano and John Cusack, uses the tag line: “His Music Shaped Our Lives. Love Saved His. The True Story of The Beach Boys’ Brian Wilson.” Click for Amazon.
Film poster for 2015 film, “Love & Mercy,” featuring Paul Dano and John Cusack, uses the tag line: “His Music Shaped Our Lives. Love Saved His. The True Story of The Beach Boys’ Brian Wilson.” Click for Amazon.
In 1997, Pohlad had become quite taken with the Beach Boys music, and in particular, The Pet Sounds Sessions boxed set. That music prompted him to take a deeper look into the life of Brian Wilson, and he began thinking about a film. He later collaborated with John Wells and Claire Rudnick Polstein who were attempting to make their own Beach Boys film, but instead became producers for Love & Mercy. Reportedly, Pohlad financed the undertaking with his own money.

After the Toronto screening in September 2014, Lionsgate Entertainment paid $3 million for film’s North American rights, with Roadside Attractions doing distribution. In other countries, Lionsgate will handle the release.

Among early reviews, The Hollywood Reporter gave Love & Mercy a favorable nod, calling it “a deeply satisfying pop biopic whose subject’s bifurcated creative life lends itself to an unconventional structure.” The same reviewer added, however, that Cusack’s lack of a physical resemblance to Wilson “will be a stumbling block for some fans, but those who can get beyond it will find a very fine film about a singular artist.” One theatrical poster for the film ran a favorable Washington Post blurb at its top that read: “Extraordinary. Visionary. Brilliance on Brilliance. Paul Dano and John Cusak mesmerize in a groundbreaking dual performance as Brian Wilson.” Another poster, shown above, appearing near the film’s release, used the tag line: “His Music Shaped Our Lives. Love Saved His. The True Story of The Beach Boys’ Brian Wilson.”

Brian Wilson, in more recent times, 2007.
Brian Wilson, in more recent times, 2007.
Maclean’s magazine of Canada thought the film edged into glorification of Wilson, claiming more hagiography than biography, but also noted that “the soundtrack is unimpeachable,” and that Pohlad “offers a riveting look at how Wilson crafted such aural wonders as ‘God Only Knows’ and ‘Good Vibrations’.”

The film’s public release was scheduled for June 5th, 2015. In addition to the film, a book titled, I Am Brian Wilson, was also slated for release, and a soundtrack of the film’s music from Capitol Records was also planned.


Beach Boys Story

See also at this website two related Brian Wilson/Beach Boys stories. The first, “Early Beach Boys, 1962-1966,” recounts the phenomenal rise and early recording and touring history of the Beach Boys, lists the group’s hits, subsequent albums, TV appearances, and more. The second story, “Early Beach Boys, Pt.2: Six Songs,” includes six full songs and historical narrative for each from the 1963-1966 period: “In My Room” (1963), “Don’t Worry Baby” (1964), “All Summer Long” (1964), “When I Grow Up” (1964), “The Warmth of The Sun” (1964), and “God Only Knows” (1966).

For additional music stories at this website visit the “Annals of Music” category page.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 4 June 2015
Last Update: 4 July 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Love & Mercy: Brian Wilson Film,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 4, 2015.

____________________________________


Beach Boys Book & Music at Amazon.com


“Sounds Of Summer: The Very Best Of The Beach Boys” (remastered). 30 songs, Capitol, 2022. Click for Amazon.
“Sounds Of Summer: The Very Best Of The Beach Boys” (remastered). 30 songs, Capitol, 2022. Click for Amazon.
New book – 2024 – on Beach Boys history w/ text & photos by the Beach Boys. Genesis, 408 pp. Click for copy.
New book – 2024 – on Beach Boys history w/ text & photos by the Beach Boys. Genesis, 408 pp. Click for copy.
Beach Boys’ famous Brian Wilson-produced album, “Pet Sounds,” available in various formats. Click for album.
Beach Boys’ famous Brian Wilson-produced album, “Pet Sounds,” available in various formats. Click for album.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Nov 4th, 1976: Rolling Stone magazine with cover story: “The Healing of Brother Brian – A Multitrack Interview with Beach Boys Brian, Dennis, Carl, Mike and Al, Plus Brian’s Mom, His Dad, His Wife and His Shrink,” by Davide Felton.
Nov 4th, 1976: Rolling Stone magazine with cover story: “The Healing of Brother Brian – A Multitrack Interview with Beach Boys Brian, Dennis, Carl, Mike and Al, Plus Brian’s Mom, His Dad, His Wife and His Shrink,” by Davide Felton.
Brian Wilson, presented as his 1960s self, on the cover of Mojo, the UK music magazine, March 2004, around the time he performed his “Smile” concert in London.
Brian Wilson, presented as his 1960s self, on the cover of Mojo, the UK music magazine, March 2004, around the time he performed his “Smile” concert in London.

Love & Mercy Website, LoveAndMercy Film.com.

“Love and Mercy (film),” Wikipedia.org.

John DeFore, “Love & Mercy” Film Review, “Paul Dano and John Cusack Play Brian Wilson at Different Ages in Bill Pohlad’s Pop Biopic,” The Hollywood Reporter, September 7, 2014.

Barry Hertz, “TIFF 2014 Diary: Getting Good Vibrations with Brian Wilson,” Maclean’s, September 9, 2014.

Tatiana Siegel , Borys Kit, “Toronto: Lionsgate Nabs Beach Boys Biopic ‘Love & Mercy’,” The Hollywood Reporter, September 9, 2014.

Ann Hornaday, “At Film Festival, Bill Murray Makes a Splash, but Brian Wilson Biopic Steals the Show,” Washington Post.com, September 13, 2014.

Kory Grow, “Brian Wilson Faces Manipulation in New ‘Love & Mercy’ Trailer; Paul Giamatti Plays Controlling Psychiatrist in Clip’s Intense Scenes,” Rolling Stone, April 14, 2015.

Michael O’Sullivan, “Finding Beach Boy Brian Wilson,” WashingtonPost.com, May 29, 2015.

Michael O’Sullivan, “2 Actors Explore Wilson’s Talent, Pain,” Washington Post (print version) Sunday, May 31, 2015, Arts & Style, p. E-5.

Alan Light, “In ‘Love & Mercy,’ Brian Wilson Is Portrayed by John Cusack and Paul Dano,” New York Times, May 29, 2015.

Mark Dillon, “Beach Boy Brian Wilson Back in the Spotlight with a New Movie, a New Album and a Summer Tour,” TheStar.com (Toronto), May 31, 2015.

Robert Windeler, “The Beach Boys Hang 15; That’s 15 Years, and Better Still, Brian Wilson’s Back from His Crack-Up,” People, Vol. 6 No. 8, August 23, 1976.

“Brian Wilson,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Beach Boys,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Beach Boys,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp.51-54.

Alexis Petridis, “The Astonishing Genius of Brian Wilson,” TheGuardian.com, June 24, 2011.

For a detailed musical/technical analysis of Brian Wilson/Beach Boys’ songs, see Greg Panfile at “The Mind of Brian,” where a series of detailed musical reviews of at least nine Beach Boys’ songs had been posted online as of June 2015.

___________________________________


Beach Boys Books at Amazon.com


Steven Gaines’ book, “Heroes And Villains: The True Story of the Beach Boys,” 1995 paperback edition,  Da Capo Press, 416 pp. Click for copy.
Steven Gaines’ book, “Heroes And Villains: The True Story of the Beach Boys,” 1995 paperback edition, Da Capo Press, 416 pp. Click for copy.
Brian Wilson & Ben Greenman book, “I Am Brian Wilson: A Memoir,” 2016, Da Capo Press; 336 pp.  Click for copy.
Brian Wilson & Ben Greenman book, “I Am Brian Wilson: A Memoir,” 2016, Da Capo Press; 336 pp. Click for copy.
David Leaf’s 2022 book, “God Only Knows,” The Story of Brian Wilson & The Beach Boys, Omnibus Press, 448 pp. Click for copy.
David Leaf’s 2022 book, “God Only Knows,” The Story of Brian Wilson & The Beach Boys, Omnibus Press, 448 pp. Click for copy.




“Environmental History”
Selected Stories: 1950s-2020s

Western Pennsylvania

“Petrochem Peril”

Shell Cracker & Beyond

Some history and
controversy around Shell’s
new plastics plant.

Business & The Environment

“Applause For Du Pont?”

Pollution History

Critique of a 1990s Du Pont
TV ad & environmental record,
plus recent PFAS troubles.

Petrochem Pollution

“Nurdle Apocalypse”

Plastic on the Loose

Plastic pellet spills are
polluting oceans & rivers,
menacing wildlife & more.

Corporate History

“Doing Great Things?”

Dow Chemical Co.

1980s ad campaign sought
to heal a troubled past, yet
toxic legacies remain.

Oil & The Environment

“Exxon at Baton Rouge”

Fire & Fume: 1989-2020s

For more than 30 years
a giant Exxon refinery
has had its troubles.

Oil & The Environment

“125 Significant Incidents”

U.S. Refineries, 2012

Story details CSB’s list
of 125 refinery incidents
for 2012 — and more.

Oil Spill History

Torrey Canyon Spill”

Off U.K., 1967

One of the first, big
“supertanker” oil spills
& story of its impacts.

Autos & Pollution

“Smog Conspiracy”

DOJ vs. Automakers

1969 lawsuit > Detroit
held back pollution-
controls for 16 years.

Strip Mining History

“Ford Helps Strippers”

…With 2 Vetoes, 1974-75

President Gerald Ford vetoes
2 strip mine bills; Congress
& activists fight back.

Pipeline Explosion

“Pipeline Fireball”

Bellingham, WA: 1999

Gasoline pipeline explosion
& fireball kills 3 boys;
terrorizes urban community.

Sci-Fi Film Classic

“Soylent Green”

1973

Dystopian film raises
environmental, population &
corporate power issues.

Toxic Waste History

“Valley of the Drums”

Superfund, 1970s-2020s

Tracks history of toxic
waste dumps, Love Canal &
Superfund law in Congress.

River Pollution

“Burn On, Big River…”

River Fires Ignite Change

Oil pollution history of
Cuyahoga River w/famous
song & national politics.

Oil Spill History

“Santa Barbara Oil Spill”

Union Oil: 1969

Offshore blowout pollutes
beaches, kills wildlife;
ignites environmental cause.

Oil Disaster Film

“Deepwater Horizon”

Film & Spill: 2010-2016

Story on Hollywood film
also recounts history &
politics of real BP oil spill.

Strip Mining History

“Giant Shovel on I-70″

Ohio Fight: 1973

Shovel’s highway crossing
spurs activist organizing
& Congressional action.

Pesticides & Ecology

“Power in the Pen”

1962-1963

Rachel Carson’s Silent
Spring took aim
at the chemical industry.

Strip Mining Foe

“Mountain Warrior”

1950s-1980s

Harry Caudill,
author and activist,
fought for Appalachia.

Towns Wiped Out

“Buffalo Creek Disaster”

Coal Dams Fail: 1972

125 dead, 4,000 homeless
after coal-waste tsunami
crashes through valley.

Western Pennsylvania

“Petrochem Peril”

Shell Cracker & Beyond

Some history and
controversy around Shell’s
new plastics plant.

Refinery Explosion

“Texas City Disaster”

BP Refinery: 2005

The BP oil company,
skimping on safety,
kills 15, injures 180.

Big Coal vs. Small Town

“Paradise”

1971-John Prine

Strip mining history in
Muhlenberg County, KY is
covered in this story.

Sexy Coal Hype

“G.E.’s Hot Coal Ad”

2005

General Electric’s ‘hot’
TV ad casts coal mining
in an unreal light.

Pesticide Promotion

“…A Richer Harvest”

Union Carbide Ads

“Giant hand” pesticide
ads & the story of
the Bhopal disaster.

Offshore Oil Junk

“The Brent Spar Fight”

Greenpeace:1995

A classic environmental
battle over an offshore oil
structure in the North Sea.

Urban/Enviro History

“Highway Wars”

1950s-1970s

Interstate Highway frenzy
brought citizens to the
barricades & the courts.

Oil Refinery Blaze

“Inferno At Whiting”

Standard Oil: 1955

Big refinery near Chicago
explodes & burns for
8 days; 1,500 flee.

2003 Explosion

“Barge Explodes in NY”

ExxonMobil Depot

A Bouchard oil barge
blast frightens terrorist-
sensitive NY city area.

Environmental Reporting

“Nader’s Raiders”

1968-1974

Ralph Nader’s “swat teams”
published best-selling
environmental exposés.

Autos & Air Pollution

“G.M. & Ralph Nader”

1965-1971

“Unsafe at Any Speed”
included reporting on
auto pollution & smog.

Poplar Pipeline Leak

“Oil Fouls Montana”

January 2015

Oil pipeline break pollutes
Yellowstone River
& Glendive’s water.

Gulf Oil Company

“Burning Philadelphia”

Refinery Inferno: 1975

Eleven-alarm oil blaze
kills eight firefighters
& frightens city.

Petrochem History

“The Phillips Explosion”

23 Dead, 130 Injured

Following Wall Street stock
raids, big oil company
makes costly job cuts.

Modern Chemistry

“Plastic Infernos”

A Short History

Plastic materials implicated
in spread & severity
of deadly fires.

Gulf of Mexico

“Offshore Oil Blaze”

Shell Oil: 1970-71

Oil rig blowout
kills four, burns for
nearly three months.

Big Tank Failure

“Disaster at Pittsburgh”

Ashland Oil: 1988

Oil tank collapse pollutes
drinking water for
millions downstream.

Chemical Plant History

“Shell Plant Explodes”

1994: Belpre, Ohio

Shell plastics plant explodes;
nearby tanks burn, pollute
river; 3 workers killed.

Coal & Politics

“Kennedy Coal History”

Bobby & Ted: 1968-2008

RFK railed against coal
exploitation; Ted pushed mine
safety laws in Congress.


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 9 May 2015
Last Update: 22 April 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Environmental History: Selected Stories,
1950s-2020s,” PopHistoryDig.com, May 9, 2015.

________________________________________

 
 

Environmental History at Amazon.com
 

Elizabeth Kolbert’s “The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History,” 2015 paperback edition. Click for copy.
Elizabeth Kolbert’s “The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History,” 2015 paperback edition. Click for copy.
PBS 2016 documentary film, “Rachel Carson,” American Experience series, 2 hrs. Click for DVD or Prime Video.
PBS 2016 documentary film, “Rachel Carson,” American Experience series, 2 hrs. Click for DVD or Prime Video.
Jack Doyle’s 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” 300pp. Click for copy.
Jack Doyle’s 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” 300pp. Click for copy.

 


“…A Richer Harvest”
Union Carbide Ads: 1960s

1963 Union Carbide ad titled, “Holding the Line...For a Richer Harvest,” touting its chemical insecticide, Sevin.
1963 Union Carbide ad titled, “Holding the Line...For a Richer Harvest,” touting its chemical insecticide, Sevin.
In the 1950s and 1960s, the Union Carbide Corporation began an advertising campaign that was somewhat unique in the annals of commercial persuasion. The campaign, in purpose, was not unlike the usual ad banter that companies use for touting their products or industrial abilities.

However, in this case, Union Carbide used a “giant hand” motif to capture attention and convey its industrial-sized prowess. And no doubt for some readers who viewed these ads, at one level the giant hands may well have conveyed a kind of almighty, “hand-of-God” type imagery. In fact, one observer of the Union Carbide ads noted: “The hand seems clearly intended to remind us of the ceiling of the Sistine Chapel, where Michelangelo depicted the hand of God bestowing life by touching Adam.”

The Union Carbide “giant hand” ads — and there were dozens of them in the series — typically explained how the company was wielding the powers of science and engineering, or touted the particular virtues of one or more products it was selling. Union Carbide was then ranked among the top 30 U.S. corporations on the Fortune 500 list, with mid-1960s annual revenues of about $1.5 billion or so.

One of Carbide’s giant hand ads, from 1963, shown at right, has the giant hand positioned in an agricultural field. One side of the field shows crop plants ravaged by disease and pestilence, and the other side, bountiful and productive – “protected” by the giant hand. The headline beneath the ad’s illustration reads: “Holding The Line …For a Richer Harvest.” The rest of the text explains:

Boll weevil, codling moth, leaf rollers, thrips and beetles . . . these are only a few of the thousands of insects that chew up millions of dollars worth of farm crops each year. Fortunately, however, they are no match for a new Union Carbide product called Sevin insecticide. In the United States and many other countries, the use of Sevin has already saved such staple crops as cotton, corn, fruits and vegetables from destruction by ravaging insects. You can now get Sevin insecticide for your own garden as part of the complete line of handy Eveready garden products that help you grow healthy vegetables and flowers. Sevin comes from years of research in Union Carbide laboratories and at an experimental farm in North Carolina where scientists prove out their latest agricultural chemicals. This is only one area in which chemicals from Union Carbide help improve everyday living. The people of Union Carbide are constantly at work searching for better products that will meet the needs of the future. ….A Hand in Things to Come. Union Carbide.

Union Carbide company logo with slogan, later years.
Union Carbide company logo with slogan, later years.
Union Carbide – which today is part of the Dow Chemical Company (Dow acquired Carbide in 2001) – began its industrial life in the 1910s. Initially, it was formed in a merger of five companies that included, principally, two main businesses: the National Carbon Co., a maker of the first dry-cell battery, later trade-named Eveready, and the Union Carbide Co., a calcium chloride producer. By 1917, the new company was known as the Union Carbide and Carbon Corporation. It was engaged primarily in metallurgical and carbon products, but soon added gases and chemicals to its repertoire, and by World War II, was also refining uranium. By the 1940s plastics and agricultural chemicals were emerging from its laboratories, and in the 1950s these became substantial parts of its business. Sevin, the insecticide touted in the ad at the top of this article, was introduced commercially by Carbide in 1958, made from the chemical carbaryl, which Carbide discovered. Carbaryl is part of the carbamate family of chemicals.

Carbaryl initially, was given a relatively clean bill of health in terms of its environmental and human toxicity. In fact, early on, the development of the carbamate insecticides was generally seen as something of a major breakthrough in pesticide chemistry, since the carbamates did not have the persistence of the chlorinated pesticides – which Rachel Carson would later single out in her seminal pesticide critique of 1962, Silent Spring. Still, carbaryl and Sevin, had toxic effects, not all of which were at first apparent. Carbaryl, the active ingredient in Sevin, is an inhibitor of the cholinesterase enzyme, found in nervous tissue, red blood cells, and plasma. That’s how it kills insects. But in the 1950s and early 1960s, environmental and health effects testing and analysis were very limited. And like other pesticides, carbaryl and Sevin would generate a long history of ongoing reviews by the U.S. EPA for health and environmental effects. Years later, in the early 2000s, the chemical would be classified as a likely human carcinogen by EPA based on animal feeding studies, though it is still used today. But in the late 1950s and early 1960s, Sevin was approved for use on hundreds of crops and other applications.

Union Carbide ad titled “Complexion Care for Apples,” touting the company’s Sevin insecticide for orchards.
Union Carbide ad titled “Complexion Care for Apples,” touting the company’s Sevin insecticide for orchards.
Another of Union Carbide’s “giant hand” ads for Sevin touted the chemical as an orchard insecticide – an ad that Carbide titled, “Complexion Care for Apples.” The text of that ad explains:

Apples and peaches are the most tempting when they look best. Yet all season long fruits are exposed to attack from hungry insects that can stunt growth and leave ugly blemishes on the surface. This battle of the bugs is now being won with the remarkable Crag insecticide called Sevin. Highly effective against a wide range of insects, it helps fruit trees produce a crop with healthful beauty that is more than skin deep.

Many modern chemicals are used to do the work for you on the home garden front too. A complete line of garden products is available under Union Carbide’s well known Eveready trade-mark. There are dusts to keep delicate roses or tomatoes free from destructive bugs or fungus. . . weed killers that put an end to a back-breaking chore . . . and an all-purpose aerosol insecticide that had a lethal effect on insects in the garden or inside the house.

The people of Union Carbide are continuing their research to develop more of the products that help enrich your everyday life. Union Carbide. …A Hand in Things to Come.

Carbide’s “giant hand” ads became part the “good-life-with-chemicals-and-plastics” mantra that was a cornerstone of chemical company growth and messaging that went on for decades from the end of WWII through the 1960s and beyond. Environmental and public health risks were not the primary concerns of Union Carbide and other chemical companies in those years. Rather, as these 1960s ads show, Sevin was touted by Carbide as a broad-spectrum insecticide, pushed to American farmers as a good thing. Sevin was also pitched for use in the home garden, and it was not uncommon to find home gardeners through the 1960s, and even in more recent decades, using Sevin dust on their tomatoes and other vegetables. Beyond American farmers and gardeners, Sevin was also proffered to third world countries as a savior for their insect-ravaged crops. Latin America was targeted first, then India.

A 1962 Union Carbide ad titled, “Science Helps Build a New India,” which appeared in 'National Geographic', among others.
A 1962 Union Carbide ad titled, “Science Helps Build a New India,” which appeared in 'National Geographic', among others.
In India, Carbide offered Sevin as a solution to Indian farmers’ troubles, as their crops were then being regularly ravaged by insects. Sevin would kill any insect, went the pitch, and soon the chemical was embraced as a solution, regarded as something of a “miracle chemical” to improve India’s agricultural prospects. In the process, Union Carbide was seen as a company that would bring beneficial products to India.

By 1962, Union Carbide, in one of its “giant hand” ads (at left), was offering that view in a paternalistic, “Western-know-how- will-help-you” message titled, “Science Helps Build a New India.” The rest of the ad’s text ran as follows:

“Oxen working the fields . . . the eternal river Ganges . . . jeweled elephants on parade. Today these symbols of ancient India exist side by side with a new sight – modern industry. India has developed bold new plans to build its economy and bring the promise of a bright future to its more than 400,000,000 people. But India needs the technical knowledge of the western world. For example, working with Indian engineers and technicians, Union Carbide recently made available its vast scientific resources to help build a major chemicals and plastics plant near Bombay. Throughout the free world, Union Carbide has been actively engaged in building plants for the manufacture of chemicals, plastics, carbons, gases, and metals. The people of Union Carbide welcome the opportunity to use their knowledge and skills in partnership with the citizens of so many great countries.” The ad ends with the sign off: “A Hand in Things To Come / Union Carbide.”


Union Carbide India, Ltd. plant at Bhopal, India.
Union Carbide India, Ltd. plant at Bhopal, India.
Dec 3rd, 1984: Screenshot of “NBC Nightly News” TV program with Tom Brokaw reporting on Bhopal gas leak.
Dec 3rd, 1984: Screenshot of “NBC Nightly News” TV program with Tom Brokaw reporting on Bhopal gas leak.
December 5th 1984 edition of The Hindustan Times of India with early reporting on the Bhopal gas leak disaster.
December 5th 1984 edition of The Hindustan Times of India with early reporting on the Bhopal gas leak disaster.

The Bhopal Plant

India by the 1960s had begun to embrace the promise of Green Revolution agriculture – a regimen that used new wheat varieties, heavy fertilization, and chemical pesticides. In 1969 in central India, a few miles from Bhopal, a city of about 900,000 people, a new pesticide plant was built. That year, Union Carbide India, Ltd. (UCIL) — 50.9 percent owned by the Union Carbide Corp.(U.S.) — began producing Sevin and another pesticide, Temik, an aldicarb pesticide.

In manufacturing these pesticides, an intermediate chemical ingredient named methyl isocyanate, or MIC, was used. For the first decade or so, the Bhopal plant imported MIC from a Union Carbide “sister plant” located in Institute, West Virginia.

By the late 1970s, however, the Bhopal plant added its own MIC production unit, with engineering and design based on Carbide’s West Virginia plant.

Normally, during the process of producing the pesticides, MIC, a dangerous gas, was vented and passed through a sodium hydroxide scrubber and flare towers to prevent any problems. But on December 2nd, 1984, something went wrong at the Bhopal plant.

At 11:30 p.m. that night, workers at the Bhopal plant, their eyes tearing and burning, informed their supervisor they had detected a gas release. By 12:45 a.m. a rapid pressure increase occurred inside one of the MIC storage tanks, which opened the safety relief valve, releasing the dangerous methyl isocyanate into the atmosphere. In all, some 40 tons of the gas were released.

Twice as heavy as air, methyl isocyanate remained close to the ground as an escaping gas cloud as it left the plant, rolling southward on light winds. The low-lying, ground-hugging gas cloud was heading toward the eastern flank of a sleeping Bhopal.

MIC is a highly poisonous gas, capable of reacting violently with many substances, including water and some metals. It is also particularly lethal to the eyes and respiratory system.

On December 3rd, 1984, as the gas left the plant, it first hit densely-populated squatter settlements near the plant containing some of Bhopal’s poorest citizens. Thousands were killed in their sleep or as they fled in terror.

December 17th, 1984: Union Carbide’s disaster in Bhopal, Time cover story. Click for copy.
December 17th, 1984: Union Carbide’s disaster in Bhopal, Time cover story. Click for copy.
The gas poured out of the plant for nearly two hours, spreading eight kilometers downwind over the city. Hospitals were overwhelmed in the hours and days that followed.

“No one is counting the numbers any longer,” reported chemical engineer and journalist Praful Bidwai at the Hamidia Hospital three days after the gas release. “People are dying like flies. They are brought in, their chests heaving violently, their limbs trembling, their eyes blinking from the photophobia. It will kill them in a few hours, more usually minutes.”

There were more than 500,000 people in the path of the Union Carbide MIC gas leak at Bhopal. At least 3,000 people are thought to have perished in the first 24 hours. Thousands more died within two weeks. And over the years since the disaster, thousands more succumbed as gas-related diseases took their toll. Additionally, many thousands more were injured or were left with debilitating life-long conditions of one sort or another — 558,125 with some kind of injury by one count.

A 2014 report in Mother Jones magazine, quotes a health clinic spokesperson for Bhopal Medical Appeal, noting that: “An estimated 120,000 to 150,000 survivors still struggle with serious medical conditions including nerve damage, growth problems, gynecological disorders, respiratory issues, birth defects, and elevated rates of cancer and tuberculosis.” However the grim toll of this tragedy is counted, Bhopal remains the worst industrial accident in history.

Portion of a graphic showing map of 1984 Bhopal gas release and incorporating various estimates of those killed in the immediate aftermath of the incident and longer term.  AFP / Source: India CSE/ICMR
Portion of a graphic showing map of 1984 Bhopal gas release and incorporating various estimates of those killed in the immediate aftermath of the incident and longer term. AFP / Source: India CSE/ICMR

The repercussions of the disaster would stretch over the next 30 years, and as of this writing they continue. A wide variety of social justice, victims compensation, environmental and other organizations have worked for years to bring fair compensation to the people of Bhopal and its region, among these, the International Campaign for Justice in Bhopal. Union Carbide and its successors were taken to court and brought before tribunals multiple times and in varying U.S. and Indian jurisdictions.

Dan Kurzman’s 1987 book on Bhopal, “A Killing Wind,” was one of a number of books written on the tragedy and its aftermath. Click for copy.
Dan Kurzman’s 1987 book on Bhopal, “A Killing Wind,” was one of a number of books written on the tragedy and its aftermath. Click for copy.
In 1989, the Union Carbide Corporation paid $470 million to settle litigation. That settlement was unsuccessfully challenged by activists in 1990 and 1991, some advocating pursuit of the $3 billion in damages that had been originally proposed. Civil and criminal cases, however, continued to be pursued. In 1994, Union Carbide sold its stake in the Bhopal plant and after some clean up at the site, which remains contaminated from historic practices unrelated to the disaster, it was eventually turned over to the state government of Madhya Pradesh. By 2001, Dow Chemical had completed its acquisition of Union Carbide, and although it had tried to insulate itself from Carbide’s Bhopal liabilities by how it structured the Carbide deal, it too was pursued by Bhopal victims.

In October 2003, U.S. Congressman Frank Pallone (D-NJ) and eight other members of Congress filed an amicus brief on behalf of about 20,000 victims of the 1984 Bhopal disaster. The brief, initiated by Pallone— a co-founder of the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans— came in response to a March 2003 decision by a U.S. District Judge in New York who dismissed all claims against Dow Chemical (although Bhopal victims appealed). Pallone and his colleagues sent a 23-page brief in the appeal case. It urged the court to hold Dow Chemical responsible. “There is strong support in Congress for holding those responsible for this horrific tragedy accountable for their actions,” said Pallone at the time. “It is unacceptable to allow an American company not only the opportunity to exploit international borders and legal jurisdictions, but also the ability to evade civil and criminal liability for environmental pollution and abuses committed overseas.”

In November 2014, at the 30th anniversary of the Bhopal disaster, the film, “A Prayer for Rain,” starring Martin Sheen, was released. Click for film.
In November 2014, at the 30th anniversary of the Bhopal disaster, the film, “A Prayer for Rain,” starring Martin Sheen, was released. Click for film.
In June 2010, as result of civil and criminal cases filed in Bhopal, India, seven ex-employees, including the former UCIL chairman, were convicted of causing death by negligence and sentenced to two years imprisonment and a fine of about $2,000 each, the maximum punishment allowed by Indian law. In February 2012, WikiLeaks released a cache of email related to a private U.S. security think tank named Stratfor. It revealed that Dow Chemical had engaged Stratfor to monitor the public and personal lives of activists involved in the Bhopal disaster. As of 2013, a curative petition previously field challenging the earlier $440 million settlement of 1989 was still pending in India’s Supreme Court. In November 2014, to coincide with the 30th anniversary of the Bhopal disaster, a historical drama film based on the disaster – A Prayer for Rain starring Martin Sheen – was released. Los Angeles Times critic Martin Tsai called the film “ambitious and shattering,” also noting that “although the real-life events took place three decades ago, the cautionary tale could not be more relevant.”

Back in the mid-1980s, meanwhile, one of the highlighted revelations driven home by the Bhopal incident was that the way pesticide and other chemical products were made – that is, the chemical ingredients and processes used in their manufacture – could be quite dangerous and toxic to workers and nearby communities. Chemical plant safety, in other words, was spotlighted by the Bhopal disaster in a much bigger way than it had been previously. And the risks to public safety weren’t limited to foreign locations with little regulation. In fact, in the U.S. not long after the Bhopal disaster, there was a less serious but no less worrisome incident at a Union Carbide plant that also handled methyl isocyanate.


West Virginia Leak

In the mid-1980s, Union Carbide operated a chemical plant located at Institute, West Virginia, where it also produced methyl isocyanate (MIC) – the same gas that had savaged Bhopal. Carbide officials, however—especially in the aftermath of Bhopal—had promised to focus on safety at all of their facilities. Yet federal investigators in 1985 soon found serious problems at Institute—namely, 190 chemical leaks from the MIC plant in a five-year period. Still, company Chairman Warren Anderson then assured the public that Carbide had gone through the complex “with a fine tooth comb” and had determined the plant was “safe to run.” The company poured millions into the Institute plant to demonstrate its commitment to safety. But at the very place where the company was making its supposed best effort, another mishap occurred.

Wire service stories on Union Carbide’s August 1985 gas leak in West Virginia appeared in various U.S. newspapers.
Wire service stories on Union Carbide’s August 1985 gas leak in West Virginia appeared in various U.S. newspapers.
On August 11, 1985, the plant released a toxic gas cloud consisting of aldicarb oxime – a chemical used to make the pesticide Temik – and methylene chloride, a known neurotoxin and suspected animal carcinogen. At least 135 people were sickened by the gas and taken to local hospitals. Described in one account as “a 200-yard-wide cloud of yellowish gas that rolled over the West Virginia towns of Dunbar, Institute, Nitro and St. Albans,” the leak also closed some local roads in the Kanawha River Valley, including Interstate 79 and West Virginia 25, for up to an hour. Some of the stranded motorists complained of a choking and burning sensation from the fumes. Others described it like a rolling fog. Union Carbide officials said the leak occurred because of a valve failure after a buildup of pressure in a storage tank containing the chemical. The incident soon had the attention of Congress and the nation. “Here we had a company that could not operate in a safe fashion even with a public microscope on it,” said U.S. Senator Frank R. Lautenberg (D-NJ), then referring to a highly-scrutinized Carbide, post-Bhopal. “It casts doubt on the competence and credibility of the whole industry.”

Given the Bhopal incident, and revelations that American plants weren’t all that safe either, Congress was spurred to action, and soon moved to adopt tougher regulation. The 1986 Emergency Planning and Community Right to Know Act was adopted, establishing the Toxic Release Inventory, which improved citizen access to toxic chemical information in their own communities. EPA reports made clear that the U.S. chemical industry had the capacity and the potential, with the right set of circumstances, to have Bhopal-scale or worse chemical disasters. It also helped to improve state and local emergency planning. And for the next several years, chemical plant safety and toxic release issues remained on the agenda as Congress considered the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990. During that debate, EPA reports made clear that the U.S. chemical industry had the capacity and the potential, with the right set of circumstances, to have Bhopal-scale or worse chemical disasters. More emphasis was placed on chemical plant safety at EPA and OSHA, and new programs were adopted. EPA was authorized to develop its Risk Management Program Rule for protection of the public, and OSHA to develop its Process Safety Management Standard to protect workers. The Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990 also established the independent U.S. Chemical Safety Board, which since its creation, has become an important investigative entity, issuing hundreds of accident investigation reports and recommendations for improved chemical plant safety. Still, to this day, many find that national chemical safety oversight is lacking, fraught with basis data gaps, and lacking in meaningful funding.


Sevin Survives

One of the 1984 ads for Union Carbide’s Sevin pesticide by the ad agency Ogilvy & Mather.
One of the 1984 ads for Union Carbide’s Sevin pesticide by the ad agency Ogilvy & Mather.
As for the pesticide Sevin, the chemical continued to be used for many years. Union Carbide ads for the insecticide would also appear in later years, though not with the drama of the “big hand” motif. In fact, in 1984, the same year of the Bhopal disaster, but some months before it occurred, a new advertising campaign for Sevin had been authorized by Union Carbide. The Ogilvy & Mather ad agency of Atlanta, Georgia developed a new campaign with a series of print and TV ads that sought to revitalize and reintroduce classic brands. In the case of Sevin, part of the pitch was made to home gardeners and also for lawn, horticultural, and turf uses. And although the Olgilvy & Mather ad shown at right makes Sevin out to be just about one of the safest things you could use in your garden, Sevin had been getting some less-than-flattering internal government reviews about its safety. In fact, as early as 1969, a U.S. Department of Health, Education and Welfare report recommended that the use of carbaryl “should be immediately restricted to prevent risk of human exposure.” HEW, as it was then known, had seen some studies showing that carbaryl could cause birth defects in mammals. But HEW’s concerns were ignored. By the mid-1970’s EPA, then the primary agency in charge of pesticide registration, decided to review carbaryl in a process known by its acronym, RPAR – for Rebuttable Presumption Against Registration. Under RPAR, when questions arise about the risks of a certain pesticide, the public is permitted to submit evidence to make a case against its continued registration The pesticide manufacturer then has an opportunity to rebut the evidence. If the manufacturer can make that case, the pesticide retains its registration. If they can’t the pesticide is either restricted, taken off the market, or changes are made in allowed uses and its label description and/or warnings. Carbaryl, it seems, was on the road to RPAR in the late 1970s when it was abruptly withdrawn from that process in 1980. Turns out there some working groups from the EPA’s Office of Pesticide Protection that had twice recommended that carbaryl be taken through RPAR, and despite several scientific studies that raised health questions about the chemical, the director of the EPA’s Office of Pesticide Programs decided that there was not enough evidence. Instead, the EPA elected to conduct a review outside of the RPAR process. In 1984, the agency requested two scientific studies on carbaryl and made a few minor changes on its label.

Close up shot of a front panel from a Garden Tech Sevin product in recent years.
Close up shot of a front panel from a Garden Tech Sevin product in recent years.
Carbaryl was then one of America’s most popular and widely used pesticides, including among some 5 million or more home gardeners, More than 25 million pounds of Sevin were then used annually by all users. The chemical was then present in some 1,500 products used on over 100 crops to control more than 500 insect pests. By 1984, it had been sprayed over hundreds of thousands of acres to battle gypsy moth and was widely used in home gardens to kill Colorado potato beetles and flea beetles. It was also approved for use as a dust to control fleas on cats and dogs. But Warren Schultz Jr., writing an Organic Gardening magazine article in October 1984 titled, “The Trouble With Carbaryl,” called the widely used chemical possibly one of the most dangerous then in use. “You wouldn’t know it from reading the label,”he noted. “The recommendations and precautionary statements [on the label] make Sevin sound about as safe as baby powder. Inspect a canister or bottle of Sevin at the local hardware store, and you won’t find the words ‘Poison’ or even ‘Danger’ anywhere on the package.” That was 1984.

Since then, EPA has made more reviews of carbaryl and Sevin and more restrictions have come on the chemical. In 2003, EPA classified carbaryl as a likely human carcinogen. It is also potentially toxic to the human nervous system, can cause nausea, dizziness, confusion and, at high exposures, respiratory paralysis and death. Young children are particularly vulnerable to carbaryl and other pesticides because their bodies and brains are still developing. In the environment, since it is a broad-spectrum insecticide, carbaryl can kill beneficial insects like honeybees and other pollinators. And when this chemical runs off farms and lawns it can contaminate streams and rivers, where it is toxic to aquatic animals and fish. Yet, at this writing, Sevin and carbaryl are still used on a wide variety of farm and orchard crops including, apples, pecans, grapes, alfalfa, oranges and corn. as well as lawns and gardens. But EPA has been tightening its restrictions. In October 2009, the agency announced that carbaryl will no longer be allowed for use in flea collars. The environmental organization, NRDC, the Natural Resources Defense Council, has called for a total ban on the chemical. “The surest way to protect the American public at large is to ban the use of carbaryl entirely,” says NRDC on its “Smarter Living” page profiling carbaryl. Sevin/carbaryl, meanwhile, has had a product lifetime of more than 50 years, which shows that once chemicals are approved for use, getting them removed from the market is nearly impossible.

“The Body Toxic” by Nena Baker, one of a number of books to probe the dangers of “everyday chemistry.” Click for copy.
“The Body Toxic” by Nena Baker, one of a number of books to probe the dangers of “everyday chemistry.” Click for copy.
Carbaryl, of course, in only one of many chemicals in current use. And new chemical compounds for all uses continue to be introduced into global commerce at a rate of about three per day. Yet less that 10 percent of the 100,000 chemicals registered for use in global commerce have had complete toxicological profiles, and most have not been studied in-depth for potential ecological or reproductive effects. More worrisome is the fact that in the last decade or so, more than 500 chemicals – variously labeled “persistent organic pollutants” or “persistent bioaccumulative toxic substances” – have been found in human blood and body tissue. Modern chemistry, it seems, has become an invasive human health concern.

As for Union Carbide’s “giant hand” ads of the 1950s and 1960s – and there was an extensive series of these covering a gamut of Carbide products and industries – they went the way of over-done industrial hype and eventually faded from the advertising pages. However, these Union Carbide ads – among others from the chemical industry in those years – helped create and embed a “chemicals-are-good-for-you” culture, along with the notion that these substances were somehow the handmaidens of progress, vital to the economy, and above reproach or challenge. Rather, the “giant hand” needed today is one of safety assurance from the government, strict chemical oversight, and no chemical harm.

See also at this website, “Power in the Pen,” the story of Rachel Carson’s 1962 best-selling book, Silent Spring, which rocked the chemical industry and helped spur the modern day environmental movement. Additional stories on business & environment issues can be found at the “Environmental History” topics page; the “Business & Money” category page; and the “Politics & Culture” page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you see here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 4 May 2015
Last Update: 5 April 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “…A Richer Harvest: Union Carbide Ads, 1960s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, May 4, 2015.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

“Abuse of Power,” 1990 Union Carbide book by David Dembo, Ward Morehouse & Lucinda Wykle. Click for copy.
“Abuse of Power,” 1990 Union Carbide book by David Dembo, Ward Morehouse & Lucinda Wykle. Click for copy.
Joe Thornton’s March 2000 book on the role of chlorine in modern chemistry and its toxic legacy. Click for copy.
Joe Thornton’s March 2000 book on the role of chlorine in modern chemistry and its toxic legacy. Click for copy.
2013 paperback edition of “Deceit and Denial: The Deadly Politics of Industrial Pollution,” by Gerald Markowitz and David Rosner. Click for copy.
2013 paperback edition of “Deceit and Denial: The Deadly Politics of Industrial Pollution,” by Gerald Markowitz and David Rosner. Click for copy.
Jack Doyle’s 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” Common Courage Press / Environ-mental Health Fund, Boston, MA. Click for copy.
Jack Doyle’s 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” Common Courage Press / Environ-mental Health Fund, Boston, MA. Click for copy.

“Holding the Line…For a Richer Harvest” (Union Carbide advertisement), The Illinois Technograph, April 1963, p. 2.

Union Carbide Corporation, Company Profile, Hoover’s Handbook of American Companies, 1996, Austin, TX: The Reference Press, Inc.,.

Milt Moskowitz, Michael Katz, and Robert Levering, Everybody’s Business, Harper & Row: San Francisco, 1990, pp. 526–27.

David Dembo, Ward Morehouse, Lucinda Wykle, Abuse of Power: Social Performance of Multinational Corporations: The Case of Union Carbide, New York: New Horizons Press, 1990.

“Complexion Care for Apples” (Union Carbide advertisement), Torrance Press (newspaper, Torrance, CA), Thursday, August 15, I957, p. 15.

Rajiv Desai, “An Ill Wind: For The People Of Once-prosperous Bhopal, The Horror Of History`s Worst Industrial Disaster May Never End,” ChicagoTribune.com, November 30, 1986.

Dhiren Bhagat, “A Night in Hell,” Sunday Observer, reprinted in Bhopal: Industrial Genocide?, Arena Press, March 1985, p. 23, and Praful Bidwai, “The Poisoned City—Diary From Bhopal,” Times of India, December 16, 1984, both cited by Russell Mokhiber in Corporate Crime and Violence, San Francisco: Sierra Club Books, 1988.

“Bhopal Disaster,” Wikipedia.org.

Jackson B. Browning (Retired Vice President, Health, Safety, and Environmental Programs
Union Carbide Corporation) “Union Carbide: Disaster at Bhopal,” 1993.

Amy Waldman, “Bhopal Seethes, Pained and Poor 18 years Later,” New York Times, September 21, 2002, p. A-3.

U.S. Chemical Safety & Hazard Investigation Board, “Bhopal Disaster Spurs U.S. Industry, Legislative Action,” Electronic Reading Room, ChemSafety.org, September 1999.

Scott Baldauf, “Bhopal Gas Tragedy Lives On, 20 Years Later,” Christian Science Monitor, May 4, 2004.

Jack Doyle, Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century, Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press/Environ- mental Health Fund, Boston, MA, 2004.

Edward Broughton, “The Bhopal Disaster and its Aftermath: A Review,” Environmental Health (National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD), Published online May 10, 2005.

Mick Brown, “Bhopal Gas Disaster’s Legacy Lives on 25 Years Later,” The Telegraph, August 6, 2009.

Alex Masi, Sanjay Verma, Maddie Oatman “Photos: Living in the Shadow of the Bhopal Chemical Disaster,” Mother Jones, June 2, 2014.

“WikiLeaks: Dow Monitored Bhopal Activists,” Wall Street Journal/India Real Time, February 29, 2012.

Jon Mcclure, Daniel Lathrop and Matt Jacob, “90% of Chemical Accident Data Wrong; Gaps, Inaccuracies Erode Ability to Prevent the Next Catastrophe,” Dallas Morning News, August 25, 2013.

United Press International, “Union Carbide Says U.S. Must `Live With Leaks`,” February 20, 1985.

Karen Tumulty, “Scores Hurt by Leaking Chemicals : Faulty Valve Cited at Union Carbide’s West Virginia Plant,” Los Angeles Times, August 12, 1985.

Anndee Hochman, “Faulty Valve Blamed For Leak at Second Union Carbide Plant,” Washington Post, August 15, 1985, p. A-3.

Stuart Diamond, “Credibility a Casualty in West Virginia,” New York Times, August 18, 1985, p. 1-E.

Associated Press, “Carbide Details Poison Leak,” Washington Post, August 24, 1985, p. A-5.

W. Joseph Campbell, “Toxic Leak Still Haunts W. Va., Despite Carbide’s Efforts,” Philadelphia Inquirer, December 27, 1985.

Philip Shabecoff, “Union Carbide Agrees to Pay $408,500 Fine for Safety Violations,” New York Times, July 25, 1987, p. 8.

Union Carbide Ag/Consumer Pesticide Brands, Agency: Ogilvy & Mather/Atlanta, behance.net.

Warren Schultz, Jr.,”The Trouble with Carbaryl,” Organic Gardening, October 1984.

Insecticide Fact Sheet, Carbaryl, Journal of Pesticide Reform, Summer 2005, Vol. 25, No. 2.

Union Carbide Corporation History, FundingUniverse.com.

“Carbaryl,” ChemicalWatchFactsheet, Beyond Pesticides.org, Updated March 2001.

Carbaryl /Chemical Index, ”Smarter Living,” Natural Resources Defense Council.

U.S EPA, Amended Carbaryl RED, August 2008 (PDF)

U.S. EPA, Carbaryl IRED Facts, October 2004 (PDF)

“Carbaryl” (General Fact Sheet), National Pesticide Information Center, (NPIC is sponsored cooperatively by Oregon State University and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency).
________________________________________________





“Falter’s Art, Rising”
Saturday Evening Post

Artist John Falter’s painting, “Golf Driving Range,” was used to illustrate the cover of the July 26, 1952 “Saturday Evening Post,” one of some 129 covers he did for the magazine.
Artist John Falter’s painting, “Golf Driving Range,” was used to illustrate the cover of the July 26, 1952 “Saturday Evening Post,” one of some 129 covers he did for the magazine.
Illustration art – the kind used on the covers of mid-20th century magazines such as The Saturday Evening Post – is rising in value. So say the experts at Antiques Roadshow, the popular PBS TV show that explores the market and historic values of hidden treasures found in family attics and garages all over the country.

On an Antiques Roadshow first broadcast from Birmingham, Alabama in June 2014, and rebroadcast in early April 2015, a painting by artist John Falter (1910-1982) used to illustrate the cover of the July 26th, 1952 Saturday Evening Post shown at right, was assigned an insurance value of up to $250,000.

“I would put an insurance value of about $200,000 to $250,000 on it,” said Alan Fausel, the Roadshow’s appraiser during the segment presenting Falter’s painting. It was brought in by a Roadshow guest. The appraiser here was talking about the original painting by Falter that was used for the magazine cover – not the magazine cover itself. Still, that Falter’s work – and by extension, other illustration artists of that era of similar skill – could fetch that amount of money, certainly got the attention of viewers, and shortly thereafter, the Twitterverse and beyond. Appraiser Alan Fausel also commented during the show that “illustration art is one of the hottest things in the American art market today.” According to the Antiques Roadshow website, the owner of the Falter painting, “Golf Driving Range,” later sold the painting at auction in November 2014 for $197,000.

November 2014: “Antiques Roadshow” appraiser (L) with owner (R) of John Falter painting, magazine cover & letter.
November 2014: “Antiques Roadshow” appraiser (L) with owner (R) of John Falter painting, magazine cover & letter.
The owner’s father originally had seen the painting when it had periodically hung in his office as part of a rotating exhibit. He later decided to contact the artist, John Falter, directly to purchase the painting for his own use, which he did in 1978 for $2,500.

In that transaction, John Falter included a letter to the buyer explaining the genesis of the painting and some description of it subjects.

When the owner’s son – the Roadshow guest in Birmingham, Alabama – inherited the painting, he still had the original Falter letter, which is valuable “provenance” as they say in the art appraisal trade, and more valuable coming from the artist himself. Together with the painting, of course, it made for a more valuable “package.”

The Falter painting, “Golf Driving Range,” captured a bit of popular 1950s Americana and recreation activity, as golf driving ranges such as that depicted were then sprouting up all over suburbia. And many were open at night as well, also as illustrated in Falter’s piece. Golf in post-WWII America was becoming a middle class pursuit.The owner of the inherited John Falter painting sold it at auction in November 2014 for $197,000. By 1953, the Tam O’Shanter World Championship golf tournament near Chicago was the first to be nationally televised. Falter too, it turns out, was something of a frustrated golfer himself, as he would explain in his 1978 letter to the buyer: “The idea of this cover,” he would write, “came from the frustrations of the artist to solve the mysteries of Golf.” Falter noted that he had early experience with the game as a youth in Nebraska – with “corn field golf that considered sand greens total luxury.” Later, after WWII when Falter was living on the East Coast, he picked up the game again, becoming something of a self-described “golf nut,” trying still to decipher the game’s secrets. So when he painted “Golf Driving Range” in 1952 he had some first-hand experience with the game’s difficulties – and enough to know about its golf-swing frustrations, which he comically depicted in his painting, all explained in his letter below (here, taking some liberties with punctuation):

Artist John Falter in later years.

“…The scene of the cover is a [golf driving] range out on Rockville Pike, Bethesda [Maryland]. Probably gone now. I tried to represent all of the bad swings in golf, as I know them – and I should know, I had them all. [Describing the various “swings” from the top of the painting]: The anger shot; the no energy swing; the overextended back swing; the embraceable you shot; Bobby Jones the change of pace; The eager beaver; The irritator who always looks good but can’t hit; The lesson; The Fall back; the Fall forward. There are probably a lot more that I would have learned had I not been stopped by arthritis…”

In closing his letter Falter noted, “It’s a grand old game,” then adding a touch of humor, “and I have low handicap — on the tube.” ( here, presumably, he meant as a TV viewer ).

But to the good fortune of art, and not golf, and for nearly two decades from the 1940s through 1961, Falter turned out 128 other covers for The Saturday Evening Post – and these were only a portion of the more than 5,000 paintings he did during his lifetime. A selection of some of his Saturday Evening Post covers follows below, along with background on his career, the times, and his subject art. It should be noted, however, regarding the cover art below, that the original Saturday Evening Post magazine was a large-format magazine, nearly 11″x 15″ in size, so the artist’s detail and color quality would be much sharper in the actual magazine – one reason why millions of Americans in those days looked forward to seeing their weekly Saturday Evening Post. Still, the quality of Falter’s work shines through, even in these smaller examples.

Ben Franklin, January 1943.
Ben Franklin, January 1943.
Ltr From Overseas, May 1943.
Ltr From Overseas, May 1943.
Gramercy Park, NY, 1944.
Gramercy Park, NY, 1944.
Amber Waves..., Sept 1945.
Amber Waves..., Sept 1945.
Yankee Stadium, April 1947.
Yankee Stadium, April 1947.
Fall scene, November 1947.
Fall scene, November 1947.
Surf Swimming, August 1948.
Surf Swimming, August 1948.
Flying Kites, March 18, 1950.
Flying Kites, March 18, 1950.
Family Baseball, Sept. 1950.
Family Baseball, Sept. 1950.
Paperboy, April 14, 1951.
Paperboy, April 14, 1951.
Evening Picnic, August 1951. Click for canvas wall print.
Evening Picnic, August 1951. Click for canvas wall print.
Covered Bridge, August 1954.
Covered Bridge, August 1954.
Golden Gate, Nov 1957.
Golden Gate, Nov 1957.
Frosty in Freezer, Feb 1959.
Frosty in Freezer, Feb 1959.
Commuters in Rain, Oct 1961.
Commuters in Rain, Oct 1961.
Foxhunters Outfoxed ,1961.
Foxhunters Outfoxed ,1961.


John Falter

Born in Plattsmouth, Nebraska, John Phillip Falter began his artistic career by creating a comic strip when he was a high school student. A cartoonist at the Des Moines Register newspaper in Iowa – Pulitzer Prize-winner J. N. “Ding” Darling – saw some of Falter’s cartoons and said he should become an illustrator.

After high school, John Falter set off on his art education. Among his pursuits and learning experiences: he studied at the Kansas City Art Institute; won a scholarship to the Art Students League of New York City (which he did not complete); took courses during the Depression at the Grand Central School of Art above New York’s Grand Central station; and with three friends from his days at the Kansas City Art Institute, set up shop in New Rochelle, NY where he and they launched their respective careers as freelance illustrators.

In 1933, Falter received a major break with his first commission from Liberty Magazine. He was hired to do three illustrations a week. “They paid me $75 a week,” Falter said, “just like a steelworker. But my expenses for models and costumes were running $35 a week during one 16-week serial I was illustrating.”

Falter soon discovered there was better money to be made doing advertising illustrations. By 1938, he had begun doing ads for Gulf Oil, Four Roses Whiskey, Arrow Shirts, and Pall Mall cigarettes. Many of these ads appeared in the national magazines of that era. Falter found in fact, that his advertising work gave him enough income to explore other avenues of art, including easel painting.

With the outbreak of WWII, Falter joined the war effort, enlisting in the Navy in 1943. Eventually rising to the rank of Chief Petty Officer, Falter’s artistic talents were used in the war effort, designing over 300 recruiting posters.

Some of Falter’s wartime posters focused on security concerns of the time and about causal conversation leaking information to the enemy. One of his posters featured a Navy man heading off to duty, duffle bag on shoulder, with the caption, “If you tell where he’s going, he may never get there.” He also did a series of recruiting posters for the women’s Navy, the WAVES. And later for Esquire magazine, he did a series depicting 12 Medal-of-Honor winners.

Falter’s first Saturday Evening Post cover, a portrait of the magazine’s historic founder, Benjamin Franklin, appeared with the September 1st, 1943 issue. That began a 25-year association between Falter and the Post, during which he developed his own unique style. Falter’s eye for America and its people was aptly suited to the distinctly American story the Post sought to convey to its readers each week.

“There were plenty of Rockwell imitators and J. C. Leyendecker imitators,” Falter explained of two of the more famous Saturday Evening Post illustrators. “My main concern in doing Post covers was trying to do something based on my own experiences. I found my niche as a painter of Americana with an accent of the Middle West. I brought out some of the homeliness and humor of Middle Western town life and home life. I used humor whenever possible.”

Most of Falter’s Post covers were his own ideas. “Four didn’t make it,” he said, in one interview, and “probably 12 ideas were supplied by the Post.”

After the war, Falter moved to Saint Davids Street in the Chestnut Hill section of Philadelphia, where he was closer to the offices of The Saturday Evening Post and its owner, Curtis Publishing. In addition to his Saturday Evening Post illustrations, Falter also did work for other Curtis magazines, including Country Gentleman and Ladies Home Journal. He also did work for rival magazines, such as Reader’s Digest, Life, and Look.

As can be seen in the selection of his covers included with this story, there is a clear American style and tone about Falter’s Saturday Evening Post art, whether capturing the beauty of a Nebraska wheat field, the vivid colors of fall, or a simple, everyday scene of a newspaper boy on his bike – this last, an everyday occurrence in 1951 when it was painted, but today, a wistful part of a fading Americana.

Falter was dedicated to his craft. “It has to be a love affair every time,” he would say about his subject art. “If you aren’t in love with what you are trying to put on that canvas, you better quit.” Still, when viewing his completed works, he would always see something to improve. But most viewers, without his hard-judging eye, only saw very good illustration.

“John Falter’s work was less about people and more about settings,” wrote Diana Denny, describing his work in a 2012 story for SaturdayEveningPost.com. “It was all about perspective…”

Falter’s “Running for The Bus,” Oct 12, 1957. Click for copy.
Falter’s “Running for The Bus,” Oct 12, 1957. Click for copy.
While there are often people in Falter’s Saturday Evening Post work, those covers depicting outdoor themes in particular, stress the larger nature scene and not the people. In some respects, in these paintings the people are only bit players, secondary to the scene; made small in comparison to the larger majesty of a river, rolling landscape, moonlit night, etc. In “Evening Picnic,” shown earlier above, there is a well-crafted and detailed picnic scene with people engaged in all the requisite activities. Yet the “star” in this illustration is clearly the pink evening sky reflected on a glassy lake, accented by a few the tall trees. Again, in his “Running for the Bus,” a 1957 Saturday Evening Post cover shown at right, the child running down the lane to catch the school bus, and the local traffic jam made in the waiting, are only the smallest parts of this scene, which glories in the larger natural setting, its productive color, and it agricultural yield. Here, the human activity appears incidental. It’s as if Falter is purposely saying how small we all are when placed against the larger beauty of the world around us. Perspective indeed. In fact, Falter’s panoramic covers with long views and small people were something of a departure from the Post’s traditional close-up designs. Other Post illustrators, including Norman Rockwell, adopted the style for a time. In fact, Rockwell had high praise for Falter generally, calling him “one of America’s most gifted illustrators.”

But like Rockwell and other of the Post illustrators, John Falter’s art used humor frequently, which also fit the Americana imagery the Post sought to convey. Falter’s humor often revolved around American families, children, and teenagers. “Frosty in the Freezer,” for example, from 1959 and shown earlier, is a clever Falter subject along these lines. Another is, “Learning to Fly,” a June 1953 cover, shown below left, which aptly captures the humor and parental concern for an adventuresome son convinced that he has devised the perfect personal flying apparatus. Falter features him atop the family garage about to make a test run. Mom and Dad, of course, are shown pleading for some sanity. Falter also shows a grandparent and a few neighbors, all out on their porches or back yards looking on as the boy gets set to “test his wings,” so to speak – mattress below at the ready (the painting for this cover would later be included in a Heritage Auctions catalog of October 2008 with an estimated sale price of between $40,000 and $60,000.

John Falter’s “Learning to Fly,” Saturday Evening Post, June 20, 1953.
John Falter’s “Learning to Fly,” Saturday Evening Post, June 20, 1953.
John Falter’s “Stan The Man” (Stan Musial, St. Louis Cardinals), Saturday Evening Post, May 1, 1954.
John Falter’s “Stan The Man” (Stan Musial, St. Louis Cardinals), Saturday Evening Post, May 1, 1954.

Falter, and other Post illustrators, also had time for baseball in one form or another. He did a couple baseball themed- covers depicting family and sandlot games, and also one with an actual baseball great, Stan Musial, of the St. Louis Cardinals, shown signing autographs at the edge of a dugout during a big league game – and aptly titled “Stan the Man,” the fan-based moniker he was known by in those years.

A self-portrait of a younger John Falter is used for a December 22, 1952 Newsweek cover story about him.
A self-portrait of a younger John Falter is used for a December 22, 1952 Newsweek cover story about him.


A Golden Era

For any magazine illustrator of the mid-1940s through early 1960s, The Saturday Evening Post was the place to be. Millions read it weekly, and the cover illustration each week was sort of the YouTube or Instagram of its day – making a visual statement of some kind about the nation, its people, its culture.

But the Post was not immune to the vagaries of a changing world and its economic demands. Falter, Rockwell, and other illustrators who had drank deeply from the golden cup that was The Saturday Evening Post, might have thought that their world would go on forever. But times change.

“I was sort of going along on a ship that would never sink,” Falter himself would later say. “It seemed that nothing could possibly happen to the Post. Then suddenly, in my middle life, I had to retool…”

By the early 1960s, photography was coming on strong, elbowing illustrators off magazine covers. And TV was making inroads on magazine advertising, leading eventually to the demise of the big, general interest and picture magazines of that era. The Saturday Evening Post was the first to go, but in later years, the other big magazines went under as well.

John Falter with sketch pad, undated.

By 1963, illustrated covers at The Saturday Evening Post had gone by the wayside as photography moved in. Illustration art had become unfashionable. Once famous illustrators were now scrambling. Falter, for one, was forced to spend much of his savings to stay afloat and regain his footing. He turned to portrait painting and book illustration. Clark Gable, James Cagney, Olivia de Havilland, and other celebrities had portraits done by Falter. Among the 40 books he illustrated was a special edition of Carl Sandburg’s Abraham Lincoln – The Prairie Years and also Houghton-Mifflin’s series on Mark Twain. Jazz nightclubs and jazz muscians were also part of Falter’s territory, having been a self-taught jazz clarinet player in the 1920s. He painted scenes of Harlem nightclub life in the 1930s, and later did portraits of famous jazz musicians. He would sometimes sketch at clubs such as Eddie Condon’s on West 52nd St in New York City. In the mid-1970s, the 3M Company commissioned him to do a series of six paintings in celebration of the American Bicentennial, titled “From Sea to Shining Sea.” Paintings of the Old West became another Falter specialty. One of his projects in this area consisted of some 190 scenes, painted on separate canvases, depicting the western migration from the Missouri River to the Rocky Mountains. He continued working into the early 1980s. However, in May 1982, after a stroke and resulting complications, John Falter died at the University of Pennsylvania Hospital in Philadelphia. He was 72. His ashes were later cast into the Platte River, flowing into the Missouri, a subject of his western paintings. John Falter’s work lives on today, on display in numerous galleries and continuing to rise in value among collectors.

John Falter’s “Listening to the Sea,” Saturday Evening Post cover, July 21, 1956.
John Falter’s “Listening to the Sea,” Saturday Evening Post cover, July 21, 1956.
Photo of sketch setting brought into “Antiques Roadshow,” 2007, by Falter’e step-daughter, the girl in the painting.
Photo of sketch setting brought into “Antiques Roadshow,” 2007, by Falter’e step-daughter, the girl in the painting.


Earlier Roadshow

Other work of John Falter’s appeared on an earlier Antiques Roadshow program – prior to the “Golf Driving Range” painting that is described at the top of this article. In 2007-2008, Falter’s “Listening to the Sea” painting — which appeared as a July 1956 Saturday Evening Post cover — came to a Roadshow broadcast from Louisville, Kentucky. The painting came via Falter’s step daughter, who had appeared in the painting as the little girl subject holding the seashell to her ear, shown at left. Falter’s step daughter also had a photograph of that setting, with her as the little girl with the seashell.

“We were posing for my stepfather, John Falter, who was one of the artists painting for The Saturday Evening Post,” explained Falter’s step-daughter on the Roadshow segment. “We were in my stepfather’s studio, outside San Francisco, and the background [in the painting] is all creative license.” The boy, also in the photo and painting, dressed in something of space suit, was a neighbor. They were both about 5 years old at the time.

The Roadshow’s appraiser, Kathleen Guzman explained at the time that Falter’s art had not risen to the “Norman Rockwell level,” but that there was “a lot more interest in this kind of second-tier sort of artist.” About ten years ago, or earlier, she explained, “this was a very hard thing to sell,” and that buyers weren’t really looking for that kind of art then. “The market price on a picture like this was barely $5,000 to $7,000,” she explained. “It crept up to $10,000 to $15,000.” She then asked her guest how much she thought the painting might be valued at? The guest replied, “$50,000.”

Guzman suggested there had been a surge in price, which “has only happened in the past five years.” Although it wasn’t “record-breaking, to the point of Rockwell,” prices for Falter’s work, she said, were rising. She noted that “a few years ago,” a Saturday Evening Post painting by Falter of Yankee Stadium (shown earlier above) “at auction, brought $150,000.” Guzman acknowledged that the subject, being Yankee Stadium, as depicted in the 1947 cover, made it “kind of a specialized category.” Turning to the art at hand, the appraiser, Ms. Guzman continued: “This subject, though, is just as wonderful. As a presale auction estimate, something like this we would put between $100,000 to $150,000. Okay. And I’m sure, since this is an heirloom… I would say for an insurance value, you should put at least $175,000 on it.”

John Falter’s “Ice Skating in the Country,” for the December 1st, 1971 Saturday Evening Post.
John Falter’s “Ice Skating in the Country,” for the December 1st, 1971 Saturday Evening Post.
Also in 2008, a few other of Falter’s pieces were included in a Heritage Auctions Catalog for an auction that was held in Dallas, Texas in October 2008. Three pieces of Falter art were featured in a section of the catalog titled, “Through Falter’s Eyes.” The Falter pieces had come to auction from the estate of Jack Warner, a Pennsylvania friend of Falter’s.

One of the works featured was a panoramic piece Falter had painted of a snowy winter scene in Pennsylvania, a portion of which was later used for the cover of The Saturday Evening Post “Winter 1971″ issue shown at right. This cover, with old-style title lettering, came when the Post was operating under different ownership and published much less frequently. The cover also marked the last time (to date) that a Falter painting would appear on a Saturday Evening Post cover.

The full panoramic painting Falter did of the Pennsylvania winter scene was the auction item, and was given an estimated value of $30,000 to $50,000. It is not known if this particular painting was actually sold at the time or at what price. More recently, however, sale prices were posted on three other Falter paintings sold at a 2014 Christie’s auction, discussed below.


Falters at Christie’s

During an American art sale held at Christie’s auction house in New York city in February 2014, three John Falter paintings that were used for Saturday Evening Post covers were sold at auction for premium prices and well above pre-sale estimates. The three Falter paintings, which were acquired in the late 1960s, were put up for sale by “a distinguished family collection,” according to Christie’s.

Falter’s “Fifth Avenue” painting, shown below left, only a portion of which was used for The Saturday Evening Post cover of March 19, 1960 (was a larger fold out cover), sold at auction in its full version to a private buyer at a price of $461,000. His “Spilled Purse on Steep Hill,” shown below middle (lady losing the contents of her purse while walking a dog, as three gentlemen passing by attempt to retrieve her items), used for The Saturday Evening Post cover of March 26, 1955, sold for $131,000. The buyer in this case was the American Illustrators Gallery of New York city. Also bought by the American Illustrators Gallery at the same auction was Falter’s “Chasing the Fire Engine,” at a price of $106,250. This painting had been used as the cover illustration for The Saturday Evening Post of June 30, 1956.

John Falter’s painting used for this March 1960 Sat Eve Post cover sold for $461,000 in Feb 2014.
John Falter’s painting used for this March 1960 Sat Eve Post cover sold for $461,000 in Feb 2014.
Falter painting for March 1955 Sat Eve Post cover sold for $131,000, Feb 2014. Click for larger image.
Falter painting for March 1955 Sat Eve Post cover sold for $131,000, Feb 2014. Click for larger image.
John Falter’s painting used for this June 1956 Sat Eve Post cover sold for $106,250 in Feb 2014.
John Falter’s painting used for this June 1956 Sat Eve Post cover sold for $106,250 in Feb 2014.

Note: The works of John Falter shown in this piece are small representations of the actual full-size Saturday Evening Post covers that appeared in subscribers’ hands each week. For an excellent overview of John Falter’s 129 SEP covers, each in large size with annotation, see the John Philip Falter Museum website. Other examples of Falter’s covers are found at FullTable.com and VintagePoster Works.com.

Among other stories at this website that include history on Saturday Evening Post cover art and artists are: “John Clymer’s America”; “Rosie The Riveter, 1941-1945”; “Rockwell & Race, 1963-1968″; “The U.S. Post Office, 1950s-2011″; and “The Yogi Chronicles, 1940s-2012″ (Yogi Berra cover). Additional stories with magazine cover content include: “FDR & Vanity Fair, 1930s”; “Empire Newhouse, 1920s-2012”; and “Murdoch’s NY Deals, 1976-1977.” Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 19 April 2015
Last Update: 2 April 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Falter’s Art, Rising: Saturday Evening Post,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 19, 2015.

____________________________________


Sources, Links & Additional Information

John Falter captures an “all-night-at-the-office” poker game for the Saturday Evening Post, August 18, 1945.
John Falter captures an “all-night-at-the-office” poker game for the Saturday Evening Post, August 18, 1945.
John Falter’s moonlit "Lovers' Lane, Falls City, Nebraska," Saturday Evening Post cover, May 24, 1947.
John Falter’s moonlit "Lovers' Lane, Falls City, Nebraska," Saturday Evening Post cover, May 24, 1947.

Dylan Hayley Leavitt, “The Mysteries of Golf: What’s In A Swing?,” Antiques Roadshow, April 6,2015.

‘Antiques Roadshow:’ Saturday Evening Post Art Worth $250K,” AOL.com, April 7th, 2015.

John Falter Page, SaturdayEveningPost.com, October 22, 2014.

“John Philip Falter,” Wikipedia.org.

“Biography: John Philip Falter (February 28, 1910-May 20, 1982),” SaturdayEveningPost .com.

John Falter Gallery, Art.com.

“John Falter,” Field Guide To Wild American Pulp Artists, PulpArtists.com.

Diana Denny, “Remembering Artist John Falter,” SaturdayEveningPost.com, August 5, 2011.

Diana Denny, “Classic Covers: John Falter’s August,” SaturdayEveningPost.com, August 10, 2012.

John Falter, “Saturday Evening Post Illustration,” Antiques RoadShow, April 21, 2008, Louisville, KY, Hour 1, #1213 (appraised value: $100,000 – $175,000; appraised July 28, 2007, Louisville, KY, Appraiser: Kathleen Guzman).

“Through Falter’s Eyes,” Heritage Auctions, Inc., Heritage Auctions Illustration Art Auction Catalog, #7001, pp. 42-44. Illustration Art Auction, Dallas TX, October 15, 2008.

John Philip Falter (1910-1982), “Fifth Avenue” (and others), Christies.com.

Magazine Image Gallery, CurtisPublishing .com.

Joseph Scales, “Beyond the Canvas: Imagination Survives Despite the Influence of Television,” SaturdayEveningPost.com, April 8, 2014.

John Falter Gallery, FullTable.com.

1945 John Falter “Office Poker Party” Saturday Eve Post Poster, Original Vintage, Vintage PosterWorks.com.

1946 John Falter “Steam Engine Along the Missouri,” Saturday Eve Post Poster, Vintage PosterWorks.com.

1947 John Falter “Lovers’ Lane, Falls City, Nebraska,” Saturday Eve Post Poster, Vintage PosterWorks.com.

__________________________



“The Flying Flapper”
1920s-1930s

In 1934, Elinor Smith became the first woman to appear on a Wheaties cereal box – then on the back panel. Wheaties would not put a woman on the front of the box until 1984 when gymnast Mary Lou Retton won the honor.
In 1934, Elinor Smith became the first woman to appear on a Wheaties cereal box – then on the back panel. Wheaties would not put a woman on the front of the box until 1984 when gymnast Mary Lou Retton won the honor.
It was the fall of 1928, a very heady time in America when all kinds of boundaries were being challenged and broken. The country, then in the midst of the “roaring 20’s,” was feeling pretty good about itself. It was the age of jazz, new fashion, liberal behavior, and great sports accomplishment.

Babe Ruth, the immortal slugger of the New York Yankees, hit 54 home runs that year after hitting 60 the year before – an unheard-of feat. Jack Dempsey, although he had lost the heavyweight boxing crown by then, was still a popular sports figure in New York and elsewhere, having held the title for most of the 1920s. On Wall Street, fortunes were being made daily, as the stock market was running full bore, soaring to new records – this about a year before the Great Crash.

On November 6th, 1928, U.S. President Herbert Hoover, who had spoken that fall of America’s “system of rugged individualism,” would defeat Democrat Alfred E Smith in the U.S. Presidential election, winning his second term. Later that year, in December, NBC would set up a permanent, coast-to-coast radio network and Louis Armstrong would record his “West End Blues.”

Aviation, a new industry, was still testing its wings, so to speak, and the American public was captivated with what it saw. “Wing-walkers,” barnstormers, and flying circuses had become popular sources of aviation entertainment in the mid-1910s and 1920s. But more than any single event, it was Charles Lindbergh’s historic May 1927 non-stop flight across the Atlantic Ocean from Long Island, New York to Paris, France that made Americans aware of the potential of commercial aviation.

Teenage pilot, Elinor Smith, 1927-28.
Teenage pilot, Elinor Smith, 1927-28.
Flying then was generally a man’s arena, although there were a few determined women making their mark, the most famous of whom would be Amelia Earhardt, who by October 1922, had set a the women’s altitude record of 14,000 feet. But there were others among this “aviatrix” group, not the least of whom was a young woman named Elinor Smith – a woman who would perform a bit of derring do in the skies around New York city that would make her an instant celebrity. More on that in a moment.

Born on August 17, 1911 in New York City, Elinor Smith, at the age of six, took her first flight in a Farman pusher biplane. What she saw that day on her first flight stayed with her forever.

“I could see out over the Atlantic Ocean, I could see the fields, I could even see the [Long Island] Sound,” she recalled. “And the clouds on that particular day had just broken open so there were these shafts of light coming down and lighting up this whole landscape in various greens and yellows.” Young Elinor was hooked: from that point on, all she wanted to do was fly.

Elinor Smith in the cockpit of her plane, circa 1928-29.
Elinor Smith in the cockpit of her plane, circa 1928-29.
She had grown up at Freeport, Long Island during the “golden age” of flight, and there she had access to some of the best flying fields in the country and also some of the most famous flyers.

Taking lessons as a young girl, she had to have blocks attached to the rudder pedals in order to reach them. Before she was 10, she flew with an instructor, propped up with a pillow and aided by her rudder blocks. By age 12, she would later say, “I could do everything but take off and land.” At 15, she made her first solo flight. Three months later, she set her first of many altitude records – an unofficial women’s light aircraft altitude record of 11,889 feet in a Waco 9 plane. A year later, in 1928, she received her pilot’s certificate, then becoming the youngest pilot at age 16 to receive a license from the Federal Aviation Administration. Orville Wright signed her license.


The 4 Bridges Stunt

In the fall of 1928, Smith set out to do something that was quite daring. About a month after she received her license, a former barnstorming pilot who hung out at Curtiss Field, bragged to Smith and others about his failed attempt to fly under a bridge. This barnstormer reportedly also spread rumors that Elinor Smith had backed out of trying a similar feat. Other accounts have reported that Smith was ridiculed by male pilots and was acting on a dare to try the feat. So the 17-year-old Smith decided not only to try flying under one bridge, but four – the Queensboro, Williamsburg, Manhattan and Brooklyn bridges – all on New York’s East River.

Artist’s rendition /recreation of Elinor Smith’s plane approaching the Queensboro Bridge for a “below-the-bridge” flying stunt. Adapted from an illustration by Francois Roca in Tami Lewis Brown’s 2010 book, “Soar, Elinor.” Click for book.
Artist’s rendition /recreation of Elinor Smith’s plane approaching the Queensboro Bridge for a “below-the-bridge” flying stunt. Adapted from an illustration by Francois Roca in Tami Lewis Brown’s 2010 book, “Soar, Elinor.” Click for book.

Smith undertook her plan with careful preparation. She visited all four locations of the bridges, and studied their structures, suspension features, and pillers. She also noted the surroundings of each bridge, their use, the river tides, and especially the extent and nature of the river traffic below each bridge. Smith had also done some aerial reconnaissance above the East River and the four bridges to plot the route she would fly in approaching the bridges. She had also practiced low-level flying around ship masts on western Long Island’s Manhasset Bay. Still, the feat was daring and filled with risk. There could be unpredictable winds, and ships and boats on the river could move in unpredictable directions. And there was also a big professional risk even if successful: she could lose her pilot’s license for the stunt, regarded as a threat to public safety.

Photograph of Elinor Smith & plane (circled) flying beneath New York city’s Manhattan Bridge on the East River,  October 21, 1928. Photo by Nick Petersen/NY Daily News.
Photograph of Elinor Smith & plane (circled) flying beneath New York city’s Manhattan Bridge on the East River, October 21, 1928. Photo by Nick Petersen/NY Daily News.
On Sunday, October 21, 1928, the morning broke clear and bright in the New York city area. The weather offered near-perfect flying conditions with little or no wind. Elinor and her friends pushed the Waco 9 plane out of its hangar and onto the airfield. She then hopped into the cockpit and did a final check run of the plane’s engine.

In her autobiography, Aviatrix, Smith recalled that she was disappointed that none of the newsmen who had dared her to undertake the feat, had come out to see her off that morning. But Smith had a few well wishers that day, including one who thoroughly surprised her.

As she was seated in her cockpit making preparations for her flight, someone tapped on her shoulder. When she turned around, she would later recount, “I found myself staring into the handsome face of the world’s hero, Charles Lindbergh.” Lindbergh gave her a big smile and said, “Good luck, kid. Keep your nose down in the turns.” Lindbergh’s support and encouragement was just what she needed.

Among the crowd of friends and pilots she had come to know at the Curtiss airfield on Long Island, there had been much talk and some betting about whether she could really accomplish the four-bridges fly under feat she had set for herself. However, those in Elinor’s corner had alerted the media in advance of her plan so there would be clear evidence in the newspapers and on film that she was the person flying the plane should she succeed. Smith herself, however, was unaware that the media and newsreel crews had been alerted to her plan.

(Reportedly there were newsreel crews at each bridge that day, and Cynthia Krieg of the Freeport Historical Society has stated that the library at the University of California, Los Angeles has an archive of old Hearst movie reels and may have the footage of Smith flying under the bridges).

According to one recounting of her flight that appeared in a 2010 Wall Street Journal story: “…[Smith] headed south in her Waco 9 biplane, dodging ships while flying beneath the Queensboro, Williamsburg and Manhattan bridges. She finished by flying sideways beneath the Brooklyn Bridge and then circled the Statue of Liberty twice.” One account of her finish noted that boats in the harbor blew their whistles in salute to the young pilot. The New York Daily News of October 22nd, 1928 — which gave the event front-page coverage with photos — reported: “Elinor Smith, Freeport’s 17-year-old aviatrix, nonchalantly ducked under four East River bridges yesterday afternoon in a Waco biplane and reported the stunt was easy… ‘I had to dodge a couple of ships near the bridges, but there was plenty of room,’ the high school aviatrix reported.”

Headlines from New York Times story , October 22, 1928.
Headlines from New York Times story , October 22, 1928.
The New York Times of October 22nd also covered her flight with the headline: “Says She Flew Under East River Bridges; Elinor Smith, 17, Reports Feat at Curtiss Field –Tells of Dodging Ships.” Some of the post-flight coverage was quite enthusiastic about Smith’s feat, calling her a “daredevil” and posting photos of her powdering her nose following the flight.

The stunt, in any case, made her an instant celebrity and helped win her the nickname “The Flying Flapper.”

At New York’s city hall several days later, however, the young pilot was called to account for her actions. She received a 10-day “grounding” by the city of New York, the prerogative of then Mayor James J. Walker. However, Walker interceded on the young pilot’s behalf to prevent U. S. Department of Commerce from suspending her license. Other reports indicate there was a 15-day suspension of her license for the stunt.

An artist’s rendering from the 1940s showing three of the four bridges on New York’s East River that Elinor Smith and her plane flew beneath on October 21, 1928.  In order, from the top: the Williamsburg Bridge,  the Manhattan Bridge, and the Brooklyn Bridge.  Not shown and further upriver and the first bridge Smith flew under, was the Queensboro Bridge.
An artist’s rendering from the 1940s showing three of the four bridges on New York’s East River that Elinor Smith and her plane flew beneath on October 21, 1928. In order, from the top: the Williamsburg Bridge, the Manhattan Bridge, and the Brooklyn Bridge. Not shown and further upriver and the first bridge Smith flew under, was the Queensboro Bridge.

A 1981 photograph showing two of the bridges Elinor Smith flew beneath in 1928 – the Manhattan Bridge and the Brooklyn Bridge – more or less as they appear today.
A 1981 photograph showing two of the bridges Elinor Smith flew beneath in 1928 – the Manhattan Bridge and the Brooklyn Bridge – more or less as they appear today.

Poster promoting Elinor Smith as celebrity aviation correspondent for NBC Radio in the early 1930s.
Poster promoting Elinor Smith as celebrity aviation correspondent for NBC Radio in the early 1930s.
Elinor Smith’s career, meanwhile — as the result of her stunt — took off. In addition to selling sightseeing rides in her plane from a Queens sandbar airstrip, she would also have a host of other opportunities – from modeling clothes in newspaper and magazine ads posed in front of her airplane, to becoming an aviation commentator at NBC radio.

Advertising posters such as the one at right would later tout her radio broadcasts – “Famed Star In The Air, And On The Air,” offered one NBC tagline. Both NBC and CBS wanted her, but NBC gave her a weekly show.

During her career, Smith would also do some writing, becoming aviation editor at Liberty magazine and also writing stories that appeared in Aero Digest, Colliers, Popular Science, and Vanity Fair.

But Smith was a very active aviator in her early years, and she continued to push the bounds for female pilots, setting records on her own and with other female partners.

On January 30th, 1929, flying an open cockpit Bruner Winkle biplane with zero degree temperatures aloft, Smith set a women’s solo endurance record of 13½ hours. Three months later, in April 1929, after other women pilots had broken her endurance record, Smith again took to the skies, staying aloft for 26½ hours in a Bellanca CH monoplane, also marking the first time a woman had piloted such a large and powerful aircraft.

In May 1929, she set a women’s world speed record of 190.8 miles per hour in a Curtiss military aircraft. The following month, the Irving Parachute Company hired her to tour the U.S. and fly a Bellanca Pacemaker on a 6,000-mile tour

A Universal Newsreel title screen featuring a story on one of Elinor Smith’s record flights for altitude.
A Universal Newsreel title screen featuring a story on one of Elinor Smith’s record flights for altitude.
Crowd of admirers gathering around Elinor Smith's plane on arrival at airfield after one of her record-setting flights.
Crowd of admirers gathering around Elinor Smith's plane on arrival at airfield after one of her record-setting flights.
Elinor Smith greeting a well-wisher from the cockpit of her plane, one of the crowd who came out to cheer her return.
Elinor Smith greeting a well-wisher from the cockpit of her plane, one of the crowd who came out to cheer her return.

Smith also teamed up with another female flier, Evelyn “Bobbi” Trout. In November 1929, flying out of what is now Van Nuys Airport in Los Angeles, the pair set the first official women’s record for endurance with a mid-air refueling, at 42½ hours.

In March 1930 Elinor surpassed the world altitude record by 1 mile, flying to a height of 27,419 feet. It was following this event, after she had given an interesting interview to an NBC radio reporter, that the 18 year-old Smith was offered a broadcasting position covering aviation. Through 1935 she would do live broadcasts for NBC from air shows such as the Cleveland Air Races. She also did interviews with pilots and covered Graf Zeppelin landings as well.

Among her other distinctions, Elinor Smith also became the youngest pilot ever granted a Transport License by the U.S. Department of Commerce. But one of her most prized honors came in a poll of licensed pilots conducted in October 1930, when she was voted the “Best Woman Pilot in America,” beating out her contemporary, Amelia Earhart.

In March 1931, she attempted to set the world altitude record again, but almost met with disaster when she blacked out at high altitude and her plane went into a steep dive.

Fortunately, at about 6,000 feet, Smith regained consciousness and managed to pull out of the dive and bring the plane to a safe but damaging landing, forcing the plane up on its nose purposely to avoid wing damage.

Ten days later, after repairs, she made a second attempt at the record, securing the women’s record again at 32,567 feet, but not the world record. Smith also had hopes of doing a non-stop trans-Atlantic solo flight, but the Great Depression put the damper on that venture.

New York Times story on Elinor Smith’s flight of March 1931 when she blacked out and had engine failure, but still managed to recover from both and set an altitude record.
New York Times story on Elinor Smith’s flight of March 1931 when she blacked out and had engine failure, but still managed to recover from both and set an altitude record.

For a time thereafter, Elinor Smith continued to be a prominent stunt flyer. She also performed for numerous Depression-era fundraisers, some benefiting the homeless and needy.

In 1933, she married New York State legislator and attorney Patrick H. Sullivan. In 1934, Elinor Smith appeared on a Wheaties cereal box (shown at the top of this story), the same year that baseball star Lou Gehrig of the New York Yankees also appeared. He was the first athlete to appear on a Wheaties box, and Elinor the first female.

After the birth of her first two children, she decided to retire from flying and would spend the next 20 years as a suburban housewife, raising her four children. Following her husband’s death in 1956, she returned to flying periodically, including piloting the Lockheed T-33 jet trainer and C-119s for paratroop maneuvers.

In 1981 her autobiography, Aviatrix, was published in New York by Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, and in 2001 she was inducted into the Women in Aviation International Pioneer Hall of Fame.

At age 89, in April 2001, she flew an experimental C33 Raytheon AGATE, Beech Bonanza at Langley Air Force Base in Virginia. A year earlier, in March 2000, with an all-woman crew, she had piloted NASA’s Space Shuttle vertical motion simulator, becoming the oldest pilot to navigate a simulated shuttle landing.


Elinor Smith, portrait photo, circa 1930s.
Elinor Smith, portrait photo, circa 1930s.

“Significant Flying”

At the death of Elinor Smith in 2010, age 98, Dorothy Cochrane, a curator at the Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum, told the Washington Post: “She’s not a household word, but she probably should be because she did some really significant flying.”

Today, Elinor Smith is among the female fliers whose photographs and biographies are on display at the Women in Aviation and Space History section of the Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum in Washington, D.C.

Readers of this story may also find “1930s Super Girl” of interest, featuring the athletic career of 1932 Olympics phenom and later golfing sensation, Babe Didrikson. For additional stories on famous and interesting women at this website see, “Noteworthy Ladies,” a topics page with thumbnail links to 36 other stories on a variety of women. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you see here, please make a donation to support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 6 April 2015
Last Update: 26 April 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Flying Flapper, 1920-1930s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 6, 2015.

____________________________________


Books on Female Pilots at Amazon.com


Beryl Markham’s classic memoir, “West With The Night,” including her experiences as a bush pilot in Africa.  Click for Amazon.
Beryl Markham’s classic memoir, “West With The Night,” including her experiences as a bush pilot in Africa. Click for Amazon.
Keith O'Brien’s book, “Fly Girls: How Five Daring Women Defied All Odds and Made Aviation History,” 2019.  Click for Amazon.
Keith O'Brien’s book, “Fly Girls: How Five Daring Women Defied All Odds and Made Aviation History,” 2019. Click for Amazon.
Caroline Johnson w/ Hof Williams, “Jet Girl...” ( w/ Navy’s most lethal aircraft), 2020, St. Martin's Griffin, 336pp, Click for copy.
Caroline Johnson w/ Hof Williams, “Jet Girl...” ( w/ Navy’s most lethal aircraft), 2020, St. Martin's Griffin, 336pp, Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Elinor Smith’s autobiography, “Aviatrix,” shown in Kindle edition, also in Harcourt hardback (304pp). Click for copy.
Elinor Smith’s autobiography, “Aviatrix,” shown in Kindle edition, also in Harcourt hardback (304pp). Click for copy.
April 24, 1929: Elinor Smith, 17, waves from the cockpit of her Bellanca CH 300 Pacemaker after setting an endurance record from Roosevelt Field, Long Island, NY.  Photo, Newsday
April 24, 1929: Elinor Smith, 17, waves from the cockpit of her Bellanca CH 300 Pacemaker after setting an endurance record from Roosevelt Field, Long Island, NY. Photo, Newsday
November 1929: Bobbi Trout (left) and Elinor Smith with their Sunbeam airplane around the time they set a 42½ hour flight endurance record with a refueling.
November 1929: Bobbi Trout (left) and Elinor Smith with their Sunbeam airplane around the time they set a 42½ hour flight endurance record with a refueling.
Flight of Elinor Smith & Bobbi Trout photographed at 32 hours during refueling in mid-air (light line between planes). Smith did the flying, Trout handled the fuel lines.
Flight of Elinor Smith & Bobbi Trout photographed at 32 hours during refueling in mid-air (light line between planes). Smith did the flying, Trout handled the fuel lines.

Laura Muha, “Newsday’s 2000 Profile of Elinor Smith Sullivan,” Newsday (Long Island, NY), November 14, 2000.

“Elinor Smith,” Wikipedia.org.

Phyllis R. Moses, “Keep Your Nose Down in the Turns,” Aviation History (WingsAndStars .com), September 2003.

“Elinor Smith,” CradleOfAviation.org.

“Says She Flew Under East River Bridges; Elinor Smith, 17, Reports Feat at Curtiss Field–Tells of Dodging Ships,” New York Times, October 22, 1928. p. 3.

Associated Press (Roosevelt Field, N.Y.), “Flapper ‘Ace’ Tops Women’s Air Records; Elinor Smith Is Up Above 26 Hours; Victor Over Four,” April 24, 1929.

“Miss Smith in Faint Sets Altitude Mark; Girl Flier Loses Consciousness When More Than 30,000 Feet Up, a Record for Women. Her Motor Fails at Peak; Fuel Line Frozen, Plane Drops Mile Before She Recovers to Make Difficult Landing,” New York Times, March 11, 1930. p. 1.

“Elinor Smith Passes Test; Freeport Flier, 18, Qualifies for Transport Pilot’s License,” New York Times, April 6, 1930.

“Elinor Smith Assails Foes of Stunt Flying; Replying to Exchange Club Head at Freeport Luncheon, She Says Aviators Are Business People.” New York Times, September 11, 1930.

“Girl Flier’s Hard Trip; Elinor Smith Uses Planes, Trains, Taxis and Motor Boat to Cross Country in Two Days for Radio Engagement; Decides to Take Chance,” New York Times, December 7, 1930.

Elinor Smith, Aviatrix, New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, 1981, 304pp.

Phyllis R. Moses, “The Amazing Aviatrix Elinor Smith,” Women Pilot, (Chicago, Illinois), March 30, 2008.

Denise Lineberry, “Elinor Smith: Born to Fly,” The Researcher News/NASA.gov, NASA Langley Research Center, March 30, 2010.

“The Pioneers: Elinor Smith,” Ctie.Monash .edu.

Andrew Hackmack, Local Aviation History, “Famous Female Flyer Talk a Family Affair,” Valley Stream Herald (Nassau County, NY), January 6, 2010.

Stephen Miller, “Elinor Smith 1911-2010: A Barnstormer Who Flew With the Stars,” Wall Street Journal, March 24, 2010 p. A-6.

Patricia Sullivan, “Pioneering Pilot Elinor Smith Sullivan Dies at 98,” Washington Post, Wednesday, March 24, 2010.

“Elinor Smith Sullivan Dies at 98; Daring Female Pilot,” Los Angles Times, March 28, 2010.

Julie Vessigault , “Elinor Smith, Aviatrix of the Golden Age of Aviation, Gone West,” NYCaviation.com, March 29, 2010.

Erica R. Hendry “Saying Goodbye to One of America’s Earliest Female Aviation Pioneers: Elinor Smith Sullivan, Smithsonian.com, March 30, 2010.

Tami Lewis Brown, Soar, Elinor! / Pictures by Francois Roca, New York: Farrar Strauss, October, 2010.

Sally Lodge, “Book on Pioneering Aviatrix Takes Flight” (Review of Soar, Elinor!), Publishers Weekly.com, October 21, 2010.

“Women’s History Month Activity Kit,” Based on the Book, Soar, Elinor!, by Tami Lewis Brown.

“1920’s The Flying Flapper – Elinor Smith,” YouTube.com (6:46), Posted by Aaron1912, April 9, 2010.

Elinor Smith, “Women in Aviation and Space History,” Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum Archives, Washington, DC.

_____________________________




“Disaster at Pittsburgh”
1988 Oil Tank Collapse

Pittsburgh Post-Gazette of January 4th, 1988, describes river pollution from Ashland oil tank failure & drinking water concerns.
Pittsburgh Post-Gazette of January 4th, 1988, describes river pollution from Ashland oil tank failure & drinking water concerns.
During the first week of January 1988, the big news story in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and around much of the nation was the failure of a giant oil storage tank owned by the Ashland Oil Company. On the evening of January 2nd, 1988, the big tank split apart vertically at the company’s storage yard in Floreffe, Pennsylvania, located about 25 miles south of Pittsburgh on the Monongahela River. The tank released its entire contents of 3.85 million gallons of diesel fuel, flooding the complex grounds and sending some 750,000-to-800,000 gallons of the fuel into the Monongahela River. The Ashland tank failure would become one of the worst inland oil spills in the nation’s history.

The Monongahela River flows north-northwest to Pittsburgh, where it joins the Allegheny River to form the Ohio River, then flowing west and southwest into the West Virginia panhandle, Ohio, and beyond. The spill’s pollution of the Monongahela and Ohio rivers created an acute public safety emergency. Public water systems were shuttered and more than one million people in some 80 communities downstream in Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia were affected. Some towns were without regular water services for up to eight days. Thousands of birds and fish were killed.

Artists’ rendering of failed storage tank at Ashland Oil Co.’s Floreffe, PA complex in January 1988.  Source: EPA.
Artists’ rendering of failed storage tank at Ashland Oil Co.’s Floreffe, PA complex in January 1988. Source: EPA.
Aerial photo looking down on the scene with twisted shell of split tank remaining and “dented” neighboring tank at right.
Aerial photo looking down on the scene with twisted shell of split tank remaining and “dented” neighboring tank at right.
The Monongahela River flows north to Pittsburgh where it joins the Allegheny, then forming the Ohio River. Floreffe, where the tank burst, is about 25 miles south of Pittsburgh.
The Monongahela River flows north to Pittsburgh where it joins the Allegheny, then forming the Ohio River. Floreffe, where the tank burst, is about 25 miles south of Pittsburgh.
January 4, 1988: The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reported on the evacuation of some 242 families near the spill site.
January 4, 1988: The Pittsburgh Post-Gazette reported on the evacuation of some 242 families near the spill site.

The tank’s failure occurred while it was being filled to capacity for the first time after it had been installed at Ashland’s Floreffe storage yard. The big tank, which had been previously used in Ohio, was dismantled there and moved to Pennsylvania where it was reassembled. When the tank split apart, its contents overwhelmed the standard earthen containment dikes, as millions of gallons of diesel fuel swamped and flooded the storage complex and flowed across adjacent property, reaching a nearby drain. About 775,000 gallons of the spilled fuel entered the Monongahela River through the drain.

The force generated at the site by the escaping fuel volume as it burst from the tank was considerable. Some local residents reported hearing a low level explosion-like sound as the tank split apart. The escaping oil from the big tank actually propelled it backwards off of its foundation, ripping and bending the structure. The steel shell of the tank itself was left “twisted and contorted” on the ground, as the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) would later report.

“[M]assive steel columns and other internal support members were bent into acute angles and thrown dozens of feet from their original locations,” DEP would explain in one report. “The shell itself was displaced about 120 feet to the east of its original location.”

Another large storage tank, about one hundred feet away, was crumpled at its side by the impact of the surging fuel from the burst tank. A second nearby tank exhibited brownish stains all the way up its side – some forty feet from ground level – where the escaping fuel had splashed against it. One small structure also in the path of the spill, was swept away.

On the first night following the spill, some 242 families – about 1,200 people – were evacuated from their homes in Jefferson and Elrama in Washington County near the Ashland facility. Firefighters from the Floreffe Volunteer Fire Co., had begun going door-to-door in the area telling people they had to leave their homes as a precaution for safety reasons.

During the tank collapse, some debris from the spill had punctured a gasoline line at another big million-gallon tank, which had then leaked some 20,000 gallons of gasoline. A mixture of diesel and gasoline fumes can create a danger of an explosion, which was the primary reason for the evacuation. Lt. Gov. Mark S. Singel visited evacuees the day in a shelter set up at a local high school.

By Monday evening, January 4th, 1988, the Pittsburgh oil spill was among the top stories on the NBC Evening News with Tom Brokaw. The network’s Cassandra Clayton reported from the Monongahela River showing emergency crews at work with attempted clean-up efforts and also noting that Pennsylvania Governor Robert P. Casey had declared the region a disaster area. Some local residents appeared on camera expressing concern about drinking water safety, and Pittsburgh’s public safety director, Glenn Cannon, commented that cleanup costs would be substantial.

On the Monongahela, meanwhile, a giant oil slick soon moved down river, washing over two dam locks and dispersing throughout the width and depth of the river. The spill not only killed birds and fish and contaminated drinking water, but also damaged private property and adversely impacted area businesses. The Coast Guard closed the Monongahela River to vessel traffic between the Ashland facility in West Elizabeth and Pittsburgh. The smell of diesel fuel could be detected as far north as Pittsburgh. Rail and motor vehicle traffic was halted along some routes near the river due to concerns about human health and fire hazards.

January 1988: Workers at Ashland’s Floreffe, PA storage yard in aftermath of tank collapse, try to clean up some remains of spilled diesel fuel in an earthen-bermed containment area. Photo, Darrell Sapp/Pittsburgh Post-Gazette.
January 1988: Workers at Ashland’s Floreffe, PA storage yard in aftermath of tank collapse, try to clean up some remains of spilled diesel fuel in an earthen-bermed containment area. Photo, Darrell Sapp/Pittsburgh Post-Gazette.

As the diesel fuel entered the Monongahela River above Pittsburgh, at least five municipal water suppliers serving tens of thousands of residents were affected, closing their water intakes. Water conservation measures were put in place to conserve supplies; classes in some Pittsburgh schools were suspended, for example, to help conserve water. Still, some Pittsburgh residents went without normal water service from January 4 until January 12th.

When the oil slick reached the junction of the Monongahela and Allegheny rivers – which together form the Ohio River which continues west and southwest – concentrations of diesel fuel remained high enough to warrant continuing concern for downriver users in the states of West Virginia and Ohio. In Steubenville, Ohio, for example, all nonessential businesses were closed with water service interrupted for three days.

January 1988: Boat on the Monongahela River in the aftermath of the Ashland Oil tank collapse. The “dark patches” in this case are those of water, the rest is spill. Photo, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette
January 1988: Boat on the Monongahela River in the aftermath of the Ashland Oil tank collapse. The “dark patches” in this case are those of water, the rest is spill. Photo, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette

By January 8, 1988, although icy water and stiff winds had slowed the flow of the slick, it reached Wheeling, West Virginia. In the days thereafter, it would continue flowing south-southwest down the Ohio River – though in more diluted form – to other large cities, including Louisville, Kentucky, Cincinnati, Ohio, and Evansville, Indiana

In Pennsylvania, meanwhile, at least 11,000 fish and 2,000 birds were killed by the spill, with dozens of miles of river shoreline contaminated. One report later stated that “ millions of fish” were killed. Coast Guard and oil company clean-up of the spilled diesel fuel was hampered by the wintry weather, though some 2.98 million gallons were reported recovered. Still, estimates of between 510,000 gallons and 860,000 gallons of the diesel fuel was not recovered, remaining in the rivers.

January 1988: Following the Ashland Oil tank collapse, which polluted the Monongahela and Ohio rivers, workers on the Monongahela at the Braddock Lock, attempt to remove oil from the river. Tony Tye/ Pittsburgh Post-Gazette.
January 1988: Following the Ashland Oil tank collapse, which polluted the Monongahela and Ohio rivers, workers on the Monongahela at the Braddock Lock, attempt to remove oil from the river. Tony Tye/ Pittsburgh Post-Gazette.

In September 1988, Ashland was indicted by a federal grand jury for negligently discharging oil into the Monongahela River in violation of the Clean Water Act. Ashland faced $32.5 million in assorted fines and settlements, including: $14 million for damages, expenses, and civil penalties (including $4.6 million in costs and civil penalties to the state of Pennsylvania); $11 million for cleanup; $5.25 million in attorneys’ fees; and $2.25 million for a Federal criminal fine for negligence in the spill. The Ashland spill, according to Mary Ellen Bolish of the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources, speaking at the time of the incident, “could have been prevented if the tank had been inspected.” She added that the Ashland tank failure was “the huge one,” but that smaller such incidents were then occurring “all over the state.”

Nearby tank damaged by the force of escaping oil from collapsed tank at Ashland’s Floreffe complex. Photo, NOAA.
Nearby tank damaged by the force of escaping oil from collapsed tank at Ashland’s Floreffe complex. Photo, NOAA.


Lack of Regulation

The Ashland tank collapse highlighted the inadequate regulation of aboveground storage tanks – known as “ASTs” – at both the state and federal levels. According to EPA at that time, only 15 states had laws then regulating ASTs. Less than half of the states even bothered to keep track of AST spills. Thirty-four states then regulated ASTs under National Fire Protection Association standards – standards that had little to do with protecting the environment, rivers and streams, or groundwater. Among states that did regulate, the jurisdictions and authorities were unclear, sometimes spread over several agencies. Local jurisdictions were often left fending for themselves, or at the very least, confused about who to call for help when a large spill or underground leak threatened a school, a water supply, or residential areas.

A brief round of Congressional inquiries into ASTs followed the Ashland incident, and a number of bills were introduced, ranging from those designed to prevent catastrophic spills like Ashland’s, to others that would subject ASTs to tougher licensing and inspection procedures. But the central regulatory failing that surfaced in the various post mortems of the Ashland spill was the lack of government-mandated standards for tank design, construction, operation and inspection — a series of changes, which if adopted and enforced, would shift the federal emphasis from after-the-fact spill clean-up and contingency planning to spill prevention.

“EPA’s regulations do not require that operators of oil storage facilities construct and test tanks using industry standards,” reported a 1989 General Accounting Office (GAO) study to Congress. “The Ashland tank was not constructed of materials meeting current industry standards and was not tested for integrity as required by these standards. The tank ripped apart when it was first filled to capacity. Subsequent metallurgical analysis showed that it was not tough enough for the cold temperatures and stress to which it was subjected.”

Another shot of the Ashland terminal in relation to the Monongahela River at right, following the tank collapse.
Another shot of the Ashland terminal in relation to the Monongahela River at right, following the tank collapse.
Following the Ashland oil tank disaster, Pennsylvania lawmakers adopted the Storage Tank and Spill Prevention Act of 1989. New tank regulations came into effect in August 1989. Thereafter, every storage tank in the state had to be registered and permitted to ensure that inspectors for the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (DEP) knew where to find them. Only storage tank installers or inspectors certified by the DEP could install, modify, remove or inspect storage tanks. Tank farms and tank storage yards were also required to have a secondary containment system that, in the event of failure, would be able to hold more than what its tanks held. These systems were required to be capable of capturing 110 percent of the volume of the largest tank at that particular location. Pennsylvania’s regs also required that tanks would be painted and have no visible signs of rust. And tank owners must also have approved preparedness, prevention and contingency plans and/or a spill prevention control and countermeasure plan for each tank. These plans and spill prevention measures must be approved by the DEP.


Underground Leaks

Aboveground tank failures such as the Ashland disaster are rare. However, another major problem with giant oil storage tanks – though mostly out of sight but often more damaging – has been tank leakage, groundwater pollution, and offsite public safety concerns. Such leakage has come from storage tanks at refineries, tank farms, loading terminals and other locations. During the middle and late decades of 20th century in the U.S. and elsewhere, numerous such leaks began to be discovered, some revealing gigantic underground “lakes” or “plumes” of petroleum pollution. Crude oil, gasoline, diesel, jet fuel, and other petroleum and/or petrochemical mixtures, were often found below ground, in varying thicknesses, floating on top of groundwater, or leaking into nearby creeks and streams.

“The Daily Damage”
An Occasional Series

This article is one in an occasional series of stories at this website that feature the ongoing environmental and societal impacts of industrial spills, toxic releases, fires, air & water pollution incidents and other such occurrences.

These stories will cover both recent incidents and those from history that have left a mark either nationally or locally; have generated controversy, political activity, or government inquiry; and generally have taken a toll on the environment, worker health & safety, and/or local communities.

My purpose for including such stories here is simply to drive home the continuing and chronic nature of these incidents through history, and hopefully contribute to public education about them so that improvements will be made in law, regulation, and industry practice, yielding safer alternatives ahead. — Jack Doyle

Some of these leaks – also occurring on a smaller scale at gasoline stations and smaller storage yards – created public health concerns and /or explosion fears, especially where leaked petroleum product migrated into underground drinking water sources and/or beneath neighboring residential areas.

The 1988 Ashland tank collapse, in any case, is one in a long list of oil industry incidents and accidents imposed on society during many years of extraction, refining, and transporting fossil fuels. Such incidents, and their aftermath, are still apparent, or have left their mark, on many U.S. communities. And for Pittsburgh, the 1988 incident would not be the last time the city would see oil or chemical pollution of its waterways. In March 1990, a Buckeye Pipe Line Co. 10-inch pipeline ruptured after a landslide at Murphy’s Bottom in South Buffalo Township of Armstrong County, sending more than 75,000 gallons of gasoline, kerosene and diesel into the Allegheny River. In February and March of 2010, there were also two smaller spills at the Floreffe tank farm, by then owned by Marathon Petroleum – one of 660 gallons of hydrochloric acid, and another of a oil-based asphalt emulsion of more than 4,000 gallons.

See also at this website “Oil Fouls Montana,” a story about a January 2015 oil pipeline leak in Eastern Montana that polluted the Yellowstone River and disrupted local water supplies; “Burning Philadelphia,” an account of a Gulf Oil Co. refinery explosion and fire in 1975 that killed 8 firefighters and threatened the city; and “Offshore Oil Blaze,” the story of a 1970-71 Gulf of Mexico offshore oil blowout and fire at a Shell Oil platform that killed four workers, injured 37 others, and burned for more than four months. Other stories at this website with environmental-related history include “Burn On, Big River,” about the historic pollution of the Cuyahoga River in Ohio, and “Paradise,” a story about strip mining in Kentucky. For Pittsburgh fans, see “The Mazeroski Moment” (1960 World Series) and “$2.8 Million Baseball Card” (Honus Wagner history). Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 6 April 2015
Last Update: 6 December 2017
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Disaster at Pittsburgh – 1988 Oil Tank Collapse,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 6, 2015.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Walter C. Kidney, historian for the Pittsburgh History & Landmarks Foundation, assembled 144 pages of photos for this 2004 book by Thunder Bay Press. Click for book.
Walter C. Kidney, historian for the Pittsburgh History & Landmarks Foundation, assembled 144 pages of photos for this 2004 book by Thunder Bay Press. Click for book.
“The Monongahela: River of Dreams, River of Sweat,” by Arthur Parker, 1999, Penn State Univ. Press,  216 pp.
“The Monongahela: River of Dreams, River of Sweat,” by Arthur Parker, 1999, Penn State Univ. Press, 216 pp.
“The Allegheny River: Watershed of the Nation,” by Jim Schafer & Mike Sajna, 1992, Penn State Univ. Press, 304 pp.
“The Allegheny River: Watershed of the Nation,” by Jim Schafer & Mike Sajna, 1992, Penn State Univ. Press, 304 pp.
“Devastation and Renewal: An Environmental History of Pittsburgh and Its Region,” Joel A. Tarr  (ed.), 2005, Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 312 pp. Click for book.
“Devastation and Renewal: An Environmental History of Pittsburgh and Its Region,” Joel A. Tarr (ed.), 2005, Univ. of Pittsburgh Press, 312 pp. Click for book.
“City of Steel: How Pittsburgh Became the World's Steelmaking Capital during the Carnegie Era,” by Kenneth J. Kobus, 2015, Rowman & Littlefield, 316 pp. Click for book.
“City of Steel: How Pittsburgh Became the World's Steelmaking Capital during the Carnegie Era,” by Kenneth J. Kobus, 2015, Rowman & Littlefield, 316 pp. Click for book.
“Early Days of Oil: A Pictorial History of the Beginnings of the Industry in Pennsylvania,” by Paul H. Giddens, 1st edition, 1948, Princeton University Press. Click for book.
“Early Days of Oil: A Pictorial History of the Beginnings of the Industry in Pennsylvania,” by Paul H. Giddens, 1st edition, 1948, Princeton University Press. Click for book.

United Press International (UPI), “Oil Spill Endangers Water for Thousands,” January 3, 1988.

Associated Press (AP), “Oil Spill Fouls River, Threatens Water for 750,000,” January 3, 1988.

“1,200 Flee After Spill on River,” Seattle Times (Seattle, WA), January 3, 1988. p.A2.

Andrew Sheehan, “Oil Oozes For 33 Miles,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, January 4, 1988, p. 1.

“Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Oil Spill,” NBC Evening News, Monday, January 4, 1988 (Tom Brokaw anchor, Cassandra Clayton, reporting, Pittsburgh, PA).

Carman J. Lee and Sarah Behrer, “Tap Water Safe, Supply is Short,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, January 4, 1988, p. 1.

Lynda, Guydon, “Oil Affects People, Wildlife; Families in District Evacuated Overnight, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, January 4, 1988, p. 5.

Wolfgang Saxon, “Monongahela Oil Spill Threatens Water Supplies in Pittsburgh Area,” New York Times, January 5, 1988.

“Oil Spill Cuts Water Supply to Thousands West of Pittsburgh,” Seattle Post-Intel- ligencer, January 5, 1988, p.A-1.

“More Towns Prepare as Diesel-Fuel Spill Moves Downstream,” Seattle Times, January 7, 1988. p.A-2.

“Oil Imperils Water in Two More States,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, January 7, 1988, p. A-3.

Associated Press, “Oil Slick From Tank Collapse Reaches City in West Virginia,” New York Times, January 8, 1988.

John Hartsock, States News Service, “Focus On: The Oil Spill Ashland Oil Co. Tank Collapsed Through Hole In Federal Regulations,” The Morning Call (Allentown, PA), January 10, 1988.

“Diesel Oil Slick Reaches Wheeling, W.Va.; Citizens Urged to Conserve Water,” Seattle Times, January 10, 1988, p. A-2.

“Oil Slick Threatens More Cities Along Pathway of Disaster,” Seattle Times, January 13, 1988. p. B-6.

“Oil Spill Will Disperse in Next 2 Weeks, Experts Says,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, January 13, 1988, p. A-4.

“The Nation : Cincinnati Shuts River Valves as Oil Hits,” Los Angles Times, January 25, 1988

Associated Press, “Bad Welds Detected A Year Before Tank Collapsed,” January, 28, 1988.

U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Energy and Commerce. Subcommittee on Transportation and Hazardous Materials, Hearing, “Ashland Oil Spill,” 100th Congress, 1st Session, January 26, 1988.

David Guo, “Fisher: Ashland ‘Stonewalling;’ Executive Fails to Answer Queries of [Pennsylvania] Senate Panel,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, February 13, 1988, p. 4.

U.S. Senate, Committee on Environment and Public Works, Subcommittee on Environ- mental Protection,” Hearing, “Oil Spill on Monongahela River,” 100th Congress, 1st Session, February 1988.

Fred J. Sissine, “Oil Storage Tanks: Construction and Testing Issues Arising from the Ashland Oil Spill,” Issue Brief, Science Policy Research Division, Congressional Research Service, Washington, D.C., Updated February 10, 1988, 14pp.

Staff Memorandum (Patty Power) to U.S. Senator John Heinz (R-PA), “Federal Reaction to The Ashland Spill,” February 12, 1988, 3pp.

Tank Collapse Task Force, “Report of the Investigation into the Collapse of Tank 1338,” Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Resources, June 1988.

David Guao, “Substandard Steel At Fault; Report Lists Reasons For Ashland Oil Tank Collapse,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, June 18, 1988, p. 5.

“Ashland 1988: Storage Tank Collapse Sends 500,000 Gallons Of Diesel Fuel into Monongahela River,” Pennsylvania Depart- ment of Environmental Protection.

Associated Press, “Ashland Accepts Oil Spill Accord,” New York Times, November 9, 1989, p. A-32.

Associated Press, “Company To Pay Millions For Spill,” New York Times, November 23, 1989, p. A-22.

ABB Environmental Services, Inc. (EPA-Commissioned study), 1992.

Mike Ward and Scott W. Wright, “Tank Farm Leaks, Spills Increasing Nationwide,” Austin American-Statesman (Austin, TX), Sunday, June 7, 1992, p. A-11.

U.S. General Accounting Office, Report to the Honorable Arlen Specter, U.S. Senate, Inland Oil Spills: Stronger Regulation and Enforcement Needed to Avoid Future Incidents, GAO/RCED-89-65, February 1989, p. 3.

Cdr. E. A. Miklaucic, U.S. Coast Guard, Pittsburgh, PA, and J. Saseen, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Wheeling, WV, “The Ashland Oil Spill, Floreffe, PA – Case History and Response Evaluation,” International Oil Spill Conference, 1989.

Lois N. Epstein, P.E., “Comments Of The Environmental Defense Fund On Oil Pollution Prevention: Non-Transportation-Related Onshore and Offshore Facilities” (Spill Prevention, Control, and Countermeasure Plans), December 23, 1991, Docket Number SPCC-1P., pp. 2-3.

Michael J. Davis, Unregulated Potential Sources of Groundwater Contamination Involving the Transport and Storage of Liquid Fuels: Technical and Policy Issues, Environmental Assessment Programs, Environmental Assessment & Information Sciences Division, Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, IL (U.S. Department of Energy, Asst. Secretary for Environment, Safety & Health, Office of Environmental Analysis), August 1989.

“Ashland Oil Tank Failure, Floreffe, Pennsylvania, January 1988 (photographs), NOAA Incidents Gallery.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, The Ohio River Oil Spill: A Case Study.

Mila Sanina, “1988: Monongahela Oil Spill,” The Digs (photos from the Pittsburgh Post Gazette)

“Ashland Oil Spill Disaster,” Disasters Channel, YouTube.com, May 25, 2014, (run time, 7:13).

Don Hopey, “Another Leak Reported at Floreffe Tank Farm,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, March 23, 2010.

Jack Doyle, Crude Awakening: The Oil Mess in America, Washington, DC: Friends of the Earth, 1994, 257pp., plus appendices.

Dr. Jeanette M. Trauth, et. al., “Economic and Policy Implications of the January 1988 Ashland Oil Tank Collapse in Allegheny County, Pennsylvania,” Final Report for the Allegheny County Planning Department, University Center for Social and Urban Research, University of Pittsburgh, July 1989, 135pp.

“1988 Tank Collapse Led to Changes in Pa. Law,” The State Journal (Charleston, WV), February 13, 2014.

__________________________



“Sea of Love”
1959

Cover art for “Sea of Love” by Phil Phillips & The Twilights, 1950s Collection, Bacci Bros Records, 2010. Click for digital.
Cover art for “Sea of Love” by Phil Phillips & The Twilights, 1950s Collection, Bacci Bros Records, 2010. Click for digital.
One night in 1957, John Phillip Baptiste of Lake Charles, Louisiana was trying to express his ardor for the lady of his fancy. Her name was Verdie Mae, and she was not convinced that John Phillip really loved her. John Phillip was visiting her that evening, and as they talked in her kitchen, he was trying to make his case plain. He later went outside on the porch with his guitar, still trying to come up with a way to convince Verdie Mae that his love was real. He began thinking about the sea and taking Verdie Mae out on the water alone.

“If only I could take her to the sea and tell her how much I love her, it would prove my love for her,” he would later recall. “With guitar in hand, a melody came to me as I started to strum. I started singing the melody out loud: ‘Come with me, my love…To the sea, the sea of love…I want to tell you how much I love you’.”

And with that, John Phillip Baptiste – who would later change his name to Phil Phillips – had the basis of a 1959 Top Ten hit song titled “Sea of Love.” It would eventually sell more than 2 million copies and win a gold record. But success for Phil Phillips with this song didn’t come easy, and his career suffered along the way as a contract dispute between feuding record labels prevented him from recording while he was a hot commodity.

Born John Phillip Baptiste on March 14, 1926, in Lake Charles, Louisiana, Phil Phillips began singing at the age of eight. As he grew a bit older he formed a gospel music group with his brothers called The Gateway Quartet. He also sang solos at his church. Phillips was also briefly enrolled at the Naval Academy in Annapolis, Maryland, but later returned to Lake Charles, Louisiana where he worked as a bellhop at the Chateau Charles Hotel. He later organized a group to sing backup which he named The Twilights. Phillips had also made a demo of his Verdie Mae/“Sea of Love” song. One afternoon, a gas company meter man heard him singing the song and told him he had a hit. The workman had also mentioned the song to George Khoury, who owned a record store and was also a local record producer. In 1958, Phillips was introduced to Khoury, who would soon record Phillips’ song at the Goldband Recording Studio, owned by Eddie Shuler.

Eddie Shuler, George Khoury, and Phil Phillips at Goldband Studio, 1959, where “Sea of Love” was first recorded.
Eddie Shuler, George Khoury, and Phil Phillips at Goldband Studio, 1959, where “Sea of Love” was first recorded.

 

Music Player
“Sea of Love” – Phil Phillips
1959

Shuler was convinced the song was a hit the first time he heard it, listening to a demo that Phillips had made, recorded alone with his guitar. “You’re walking around with a million dollars in your hand,” Shuler would tell Phillips at one point, referring to the demo he heard.

Khoury first brought Phillips in for an audition in late February 1959, as he and Shuler worked out their production agreement. The song was arranged and produced by Eddie Shuler for George Khoury’s self-named label, Khoury Records.

Shuler and Khoury took some time to set the song’s arrangement, as Phillips with guitar began working with pianist Ernest Jacobs, and then with backing vocal groups. After three months they felt they were ready to record.

As Phil Phillilps would later recount: “The Twilights and I, along with some musicians and a group called Cookie & The Cupcakes, recorded Sea of Love in about eight to ten takes…” Phillips used the same exact lyrics that he had sung to Verdie Mae on her porch back in 1957. Cookie & the Cupcakes, was a local “swamp rock band” who had recorded their own song, but added background vocals and harmony for the session.

The “Sea of Love,” by Phil Phillips, as first issued by Khoury’s Records of Louisiana.
The “Sea of Love,” by Phil Phillips, as first issued by Khoury’s Records of Louisiana.
The finished recording of “Sea of Love” was released on Khoury’s label, credited to “Phil Phillips with The Twilights,” with Khoury and Phillips (Baptiste) listed as songwriters. However, the song wasn’t an immediate hit. “When it was first released, deejays just took the record and threw it in the trash can,” Phillips said. “They said it wasn’t a good song.”

A deejay in Baton Rouge, however, played “Sea of Love” and his listeners liked it so much they started calling him to play it over and over. But the manager at that radio station wasn’t exactly smitten by the song, and told the deejay to quit playing it. When the deejay refused, they fired him.

Still, the deejay persisted, locking himself in the control room and playing the song repeatedly. That act of defiance did the trick for Phil Phillips and the “Sea of Love,” as the listening public began requesting the song. Other deejays also began playing it as well.

Mercury Records’ 45rpm single recording of Phil Phillips “Sea of Love.” Click for vinyl 45rpm.
Mercury Records’ 45rpm single recording of Phil Phillips “Sea of Love.” Click for vinyl 45rpm.
Khoury, meanwhile, negotiated a distribution deal with Mercury Records. Mercury leased the song and signed Phil Phillips to a contract. And all was well – but only for a time.

The “Sea of Love” entered the Billboard pop chart at No. 85 in early July 1959. Phillips then appeared on American Bandstand’s second anniversary show on August 6, 1959 performing his hit, “Sea of Love.” Annette Funicello also appeared on that show performing the song “Lonely Guitar.” In addition to Bandstand, Philips also appeared on the Alan Freed Show that year. By late August, “Sea of Love” had risen to its peak No. 2 position on the Billboard pop chart.

In October 1959, Phillips joined the Dick Clark’s Caravan of Stars, touring the country with the Drifters, the Skyliners, Bobby Rydell, LaVern Baker, Duane Eddy, Paul Anka, Lloyd Price and others. It was around this time, that “Sea of Love” hit No. 1 hit on the R & B chart.

Cover of the 1959 record sleeve for the Mercury Records’ release of “Sea of Love
Cover of the 1959 record sleeve for the Mercury Records’ release of “Sea of Love
However, a year or so after the release of “Sea of Love,” Mercury Records and Khoury got into a legal dispute, catching Phillips in the middle.

“They just put the kill on my records,” he would later say. “They had me under a five-year contract and I couldn’t get out of it and that killed my whole career.”

Phillips had also recorded enough material for an album, but he decided not to produce one under the circumstances.

In the late ‘60s, Phillips attempted a recording comeback at the Muscle Shoals recording studio in Sheffield, Alabama, where Percy Sledge had launched his career in 1966. But the Muscle Shoals experience didn’t help Phillips get back on track. Still, “Sea of Love,” both in Phillips’ version and some cover versions, would continue to get air time in subsequent years, helping to keep the song’s legacy alive.


Cover Versions

Cover of a 1959 EP on the Philips label which featured Marty Wilde’s version of “Sea of Love.”
Cover of a 1959 EP on the Philips label which featured Marty Wilde’s version of “Sea of Love.”
“Sea of Love” has been covered by a number of recording artists, including B. J. Thomas, Freddy Fender, the Heptones, Cat Power, Iggy Pop, Tom Waits and others. However, there were at least three cover versions of “Sea of Love” that reached the charts. One of the first of these came quickly on the heels of the original 1958 version – recorded in the U.K. by a rock ‘n roll star named Marty Wilde who was also popular on U.K. TV music shows.

From mid-1958 to the end of 1959, Wilde was one of the leading British rock ‘n roll singers, along with Tommy Steele and Cliff Richard. In February 1959 Wilde had Top Ten hits with a cover version of Ritchie Valens’ hit “Donna” and in May that year with Dion DiMucci’s “A Teenager in Love.” Wilde’s version of “Sea of Love” became a No. 3 hit in the U.K. in September 1959. In more recent years, some of Wilde’s children including Ricky Wilde, Kim Wilde and Roxanne Wilde have had pop hits as well.

Cover of record jacket for Del Shannon’s 1981-82 single recording of “Sea of Love.” Click for digital single.
Cover of record jacket for Del Shannon’s 1981-82 single recording of “Sea of Love.” Click for digital single.
Record jacket for the Honeydrippers’ 1984 single of “Sea of Love” and “Rockin` at Midnight.” Click for CD.
Record jacket for the Honeydrippers’ 1984 single of “Sea of Love” and “Rockin` at Midnight.” Click for CD.

In 1981-82, Phil Phillips’ “Sea of Love” was covered by Del Shannon, and his version would climb to No. 33 on the pop charts.

Shannon’s version of the song had first entered Billboard’s Hot 100 chart on December 6th, 1981. About six weeks later, on January 16th 1982, Shannon performed “Sea of Love” on the ABC teen dance TV program, American Bandstand. A week later, by January 31st, 1982, the Shannon version peaked at No. 33.

For Shannon – who had three Top 10 hits in the 1960s, the most notable of which was his 1961 No.1, “Runaway” – it would be his 17th and last recording to enter the Top 100 chart.

Two years later, in 1984, a group named The Honeydrippers recorded “Sea of Love.” This group was a pet project of Robert Plant of the rock group Led Zeppelin, who wanted to have an R&B band.

In addition to Plant, The Honeydrippers group included Led Zeppelin’s Jimmy Page, Yardbirds alumnus Jeff Beck, Nile Rodgers from the band Chic, and Paul Shaffer on keyboards — this last participant known to many as the band leader on Late Night with David Letterman.

The Honydrippers version of “Sea of Love” rose to No. 3 on the pop chart, spending 14 weeks in the Top 40. In production of the single, the A-side was initially intended to be “Rockin’ At Midnight,” a cover of Elvis Presley’s “Good Rockin’ Tonight,” with “Sea of Love” as the B-side. But the single got flipped, which worked to the advantage of “Sea of Love.”

Another artist who has done a cover version of “Sea of Love” is Tom Waits who included it on his 2006 collection Orphans: Brawlers, Bawlers & Bastards.

Cat Power recorded the “Sea of Love” on her 2000 album, The Covers Record, and the 2007 film, Juno, featured the Cat Power version in its soundtrack. Power’s cover was certified gold in the U.S. & Canada.

For Phil Phillips, meanwhile, the cover versions brought in some writer’s royalties, which helped keep him afloat through those years, as did a few uses of the song in films.


Al Pacino Film

Blue-ray disc cover for the 1989 film, “Sea of Love,” starring Al Pacino, Ellen Barkin, and John Goodman. Click for DVD.
Blue-ray disc cover for the 1989 film, “Sea of Love,” starring Al Pacino, Ellen Barkin, and John Goodman. Click for DVD.
Sea of Love is also the name of a 1989 detective/crime film starring Al Pacino, Ellen Barkin, and John Goodman. The story centers on a New York City detective – Frank Keller, played by Pacino – who is trying to catch a serial killer who finds victims through the singles column in a newspaper.

Frank is assigned the case, and investigates the murder of a man in Manhattan, found shot dead in his bed, face down and naked. The victim had been listening to an old 45 rpm recording of “Sea of Love,” which is still playing at the murder scene. Other victims are subsequently found murdered in the same way, some with the “Sea of Love” playing on the phonograph when the victim is found. A female perpetrator is suspected in the murders, and Frank sets about using his own singles ads to lure a series of females, one of whom he becomes involved with. Turns out, her ex-husband is the culprit, methodically killing the guys his former wife – and Frank’s new friend – had relationships with. Now Frank is next. When the murderous ex-husband comes to kill Frank, the two begin a fight, during which the perpetrator falls through a window and to his death. End of story.

In addition to the use of the Phil Phillips version in the Pacino film, “Sea of Love,” sung by Cat Power, was also used in the 2007 award-winning film Juno, the Canadian-American comedy-drama starring Ellen Page as the independent-minded teenager who confronts an unplanned pregnancy and more.

Phil Phillips in 2007 at his Louisiana Music Hall of Fame designation with statement signed by the Governor.
Phil Phillips in 2007 at his Louisiana Music Hall of Fame designation with statement signed by the Governor.
Cover of compilation album of Phil Phillips’ songs released by Bear Family Records in 2008. Click for CD.
Cover of compilation album of Phil Phillips’ songs released by Bear Family Records in 2008. Click for CD.

Phil Phillips

Although Phil Phillips would not again reach the top of the music charts with his music, he would continue to perform occasionally and also work in the music business. In his later years, Phillips worked as a radio DJ at station KJEF in Jennings, Louisiana.

In October 2007, Phillips was honored for his contributions to Louisiana music with his induction into The Louisiana Music Hall of Fame. And in 2008, a compilation album under the title Sea of Love, was issued by the Bear Family Records. The CD contains some 26 tracks, including all of Phillips’ original Khoury/Mercury recordings, plus nine never released tracks and a 36-page booklet. Among the Phil Phillips tunes and covers included are: “Stormy Weather,” “Don’t Leave Me,” “I Love to Love You,” “Don’t Cry Baby,” and “Yes I’ll Get By.”

Phil Phillips, by the way, did not end up with Verdie Mae, which he seems to believe was for the best. Instead, he married Winnie Bell in June 1961, with whom he had seven children. The couple in recent years lived in Lake Charles, Louisiana. For additional stories at this website on music history please see the “Annals of Music” category page. Also included at this website, are stories on Dick Clark and American Bandstand and Alan Freed, both mentioned in the current story.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you see here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 21 March 2015
Last Update: 11 July 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Sea of Love, 1959,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 21, 2015.

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

“Top 25 Hit Songs”
Billboard Hot 100 Chart
September 5, 1959

1. The Three Bells -The Browns
2. Sea of Love – Phil Phillips
3. Sleep Walk – Santo and Johnny
4. Lavender-Blue – Sammy Turner
5. I’m Gonna Get Married – Lloyd Price
6. What’d I Say – Ray Charles
7. A Big Hunk O’ LoveElvis Presley
8. There Goes My Baby – The Drifters
9. Red River Rock – Johnny & Hurricanes
10. ….Walk You Home – Fats Domino
11. It Was I – Skip & Flip
12. …Heart…Open Book – Carl Dobkins
13. (‘Til) I Kissed You – Everly Brothers
14. Broken-Hearted Melody – S. Vaughan
15. Kissin’ Time – Bobby Rydell
16. Thank You Pretty Baby – B. Benton
17. Baby Talk – Jan & Dean
18. What A Difference… – D Washington
19. What Is Love – The Playmates
20. Just a Little Too Much – Ricky Nelson
21. My Wish Came TrueElvis Presley
22. … A Wheel Some Day – Fats Domino
23. 40 Miles of Bad Road – Duane Eddy
24. Lonely Boy – Paul Anka
25. Here Comes Summer – Jerry Keller
____________________________
Source: “The Hot 100,” Week of
September 5, 1959, Billboard.

“Phil Phillips / Bio,” ReverbNation.com.

“Phil Phillips,” Wikipedia.org.

Goldband Records: The Early Years (Update) Wired For Sound, Thursday, November 24, 2011.

“Sea of Love (song),” Wikipedia.org.

Stephen Thomas Erlewine, “Review of Sea Of Love (album),” AllMusic.com, Bear Family Records, 2008.

“Sea of Love by Phil Phillips with the Twilights,” SongFacts.com.

“Sea of Love (film),” Wikipedia.org.

“Phil Phillips,” The Louisiana Music Hall of Fame, October 2007.

Rick Coleman, CD liner notes, Phil Phillips, Sea Of Love, Bear Family CD, 2008.

“The Hot 100,” Billboard, Week of September 5, 1959.

“Phil Phillips,” Black Cat Rockabilly (website).

Fred Bronson, “The Top 100 Songs of 1959,” Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, 4th edition, New York: Billboard Books, 2007, p. 339.

Joel Whitburn, “Phil Phillips with The Twilights,” The Billboard Book of Top 40 Hits, Revised and Expanded Eighth Edition, New York: Billboard Books, 2004, p. 491.


_________________________________




1950s-Related Reading at Amazon.com


J.C. De Ladurantey’s 2016 book, “Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop...” 1950s & Early 1960s. 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
J.C. De Ladurantey’s 2016 book, “Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop...” 1950s & Early 1960s. 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
Richard Aquila’s 2016 book, “Let's Rock!: How 1950s America Created Elvis and the Rock and Roll Craze,” 368 pp. Click for Amazon.
Richard Aquila’s 2016 book, “Let's Rock!: How 1950s America Created Elvis and the Rock and Roll Craze,” 368 pp. Click for Amazon.
David Halberstam’s best seller, “The Fifties,” w/fascinating profiles of Madison Avenue, Ricky Nelson, Elvis Presley, etc. Click for Amazon.
David Halberstam’s best seller, “The Fifties,” w/fascinating profiles of Madison Avenue, Ricky Nelson, Elvis Presley, etc. Click for Amazon.





“Philadelphia Morning”
Rocky Music: 1976-1977

“Rocky” film score/soundtrack by Bill Conti. Click for CD.
“Rocky” film score/soundtrack by Bill Conti. Click for CD.
In the very first Rocky film of 1976 – the Academy Award winner for “Best Picture” that year – there is a key film segment backed by an understated but powerful piece of music titled “Philadelphia Morning.”

It’s not a long piece of music, but in its own way it’s something of a masterpiece for what it helps to set up and convey in the film.

Now, if you happen to abhor the Rocky franchise and/or boxing, don’t head for the exits just yet. Give this piece of music a chance, and consider its artistry and what it did in the film (the music is provided below).

“Philadelphia Morning” runs about two-and-a-half minutes or so. In the film, it gives depth and emotional underpinning to a particular scene, and it tells a bit of a story in itself.

It is arguably one of those perfect little pieces of film music that captures the essence of an on-screen moment, providing weight and poignancy to scene and story so the viewer/listener not only gets the message, but feels the moment, and in this case, the challenge too.

“Philadelphia Morning” is nearly perfect for its task, although it may be the kind of music passed over and forgotten as the movie rolls on to other scenes. Yet for some, as the feedback on this film over the years suggests, this particular bit of soundtrack has left its mark. But before delving into that, some context and set up for the scene and the music.

In the film, Rocky Balboa and Apollo Creed at press conference announcing the special fight.
In the film, Rocky Balboa and Apollo Creed at press conference announcing the special fight.
Rocky Balboa, played by Sylvester Stallone, is a down–and-out boxer who uses the moniker “The Italian Stallion.” His boxing career hasn’t exactly been lucrative, or even sustaining, so he is also a part-time “break-your-thumbs” debt collector — though the empathetic Rocky breaks few thumbs. But in an amazing turn of the fates, Rocky is plucked from obscurity to spar with the world’s undefeated heavyweight champion, Apollo Creed, played by Carl Weathers. It’s a special prize fight and publicity stunt, designed to give some unknown boxer “a shot at the title.” It will be staged in Philadelphia on New Year’s day 1976, the year of the U.S. Bicentennial. It’s all hype and no worries for the Muhammad Ali-like champ, Apollo Creed, who comes up with the idea. Creed expects to dispense with Rocky at will – three rounds at most. For Rocky, however, it’s the chance of a lifetime; a chance to prove himself and be somebody. And the “Philadelphia Morning” music helps set the stage.

In the opening scene of the “Philadelphia Morning” film segment, a ringing alarm clock in a dark room rouses the sleeping “Italian Stallion,” who makes his way out of a rumpled bed. He turns on the a.m. radio with its background noise, then lurches toward the fridge. There, he cracks a series of eggs one-by-one into a large plastic glass and then downs his home-made protein drink. He then pulls on his sweats, heads down the steps and out the door.

The “Italian Stallion” confronts his first “Philadelphia Morning” workout – it’s 4:00 a.m., and he’s out of shape!
The “Italian Stallion” confronts his first “Philadelphia Morning” workout – it’s 4:00 a.m., and he’s out of shape!

It’s a gray, cold winter morning in Philadelphia that day – 4 a.m, still dark and 28 degrees. Bill Conti’s score, opening with its flat French horn, captures the cold remoteness of the setting as well as the unwelcoming challenge ahead. The horn is also a kind of eerie calling; an uncertain calling, beckoning the down-and-out boxer to his task.

Rocky lives by himself in the bowels of back-street Philadelphia in his ramshackle row-house walk-up. But now, it’s all on him; what he faces in getting ready to battle Apollo Creed. He’s pretty much alone. He has one “sort-of-friend” in a guy named Paulie, no roommates, and maybe an older trainer from the local gym who will help him. But basically, on this morning, it’s just him facing his first day of self-imposed training. And that’s what the muted French horn and trumpets are saying. They’re calling to him, but at the same time, playing to his self-doubt. “Hey buddy, it’s a long road here. Are you ready for this?” At his stoop, Rocky stretches his legs a time or two. Then he begins to jog away, slowly, very slowly, as the music and camera follow him into the darkness of pre-dawn Philadelphia.

Rocky begins his pre-dawn run, moving away from his stoop.
Rocky begins his pre-dawn run, moving away from his stoop.
Rocky (far center) recedes into the city’s deserted streets.
Rocky (far center) recedes into the city’s deserted streets.
Rocky (lower center-left) continues his run into center city Phila-delphia and through the City Hall passageway on Broad St.
Rocky (lower center-left) continues his run into center city Phila-delphia and through the City Hall passageway on Broad St.
On the other side of City Hall, Rocky heads for the steps at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
On the other side of City Hall, Rocky heads for the steps at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
The Philadelphia Art Museum in daylight, where Rocky will arrive in early morning darkness to run its steps.
The Philadelphia Art Museum in daylight, where Rocky will arrive in early morning darkness to run its steps.
Rocky Balboa during one of his later training runs of the steps at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
Rocky Balboa during one of his later training runs of the steps at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.
However, on his first try at the steps, Rocky struggles, barely making it to the top, and is badly winded when he gets there.
However, on his first try at the steps, Rocky struggles, barely making it to the top, and is badly winded when he gets there.
Doubled over in pain and wheezing, Rocky ends his run and begins his retreat down the Art Museum’s steps.
Doubled over in pain and wheezing, Rocky ends his run and begins his retreat down the Art Museum’s steps.
With the Benjamin Franklin Parkway in view, Rocky, still winded, reaches the bottom of the steps, now heading home.
With the Benjamin Franklin Parkway in view, Rocky, still winded, reaches the bottom of the steps, now heading home.

 

Music Player
“Philadelphia Morning” – Bill Conti

Bill Conti’s score in this short segment is penetrating and pensive, and part oppressive – as it had to be. For this music is also describing the battle within; the solitude of it; the impossibility at hand; and generally, the struggle involved in pushing oneself. We all have those battles, putting one foot ahead of the other; taking one day at a time.

Still, the weight of the prospect before this Rocky Balboa character is truly daunting – as long-odds as the music suggests.

In fact, there is a powerful but subtle orchestration here; the sound of a kind of musical undertow — an undertow that is pulling our hero down, as if giving him leaden legs, or of running in quicksand. But there is also a twinkle of possibility left in this score.

Meanwhile, Rocky, as he begins his run must be thinking: “How the hell did I get into this fix? I can’t do this! What the hell was I thinking?”

The music has already begun to convey the self doubt and the challenge – the horns are muted and not quite sure. It’s a tough road ahead, no question.

Piano and orchestra begin tracking Rocky’s tentative first steps. They are heavy, ponderous plodding steps as he begins to rise to his impossible dream. Yes, one foot ahead of the other, the underdog begins his journey.

Rocky slowly moves away from his walk-up on the still dark street. The camera pulls out as a smaller and smaller Rocky fades into the morning darkness headed for center city and beyond. It’s still dark, the city is still asleep.

The camera follows Rocky as he moves through the streets, shadow boxing a bit, jabbing at the air. A Daily News delivery truck pulls away after dispensing some of the morning newspapers.

Rocky passes through City Hall, picking up the pace a bit on the other side, now heading toward his middle-run challenge: a series of steps at the Philadelphia Museum of Art (since named the “Rocky Steps” in Philadelphia lore because of this film). It’s still dark when he arrives at the base of the steps. The city is waking; some twinkling lights are seen.

Rocky begins his charge up the steps, which rise to the museum in several segments, each separated by a short, flat plaza. But by this time, he is probably wishing he had stayed in bed. For Rocky struggles as he tries to conquer the museum steps.

Half way up, he is bending over, feeling the burn, but he keeps moving. He is badly winded when he gets to the top of the steps. He barely makes it.

At the top, he is bent over, gasping for air and collecting himself. There is no “champ dance” at this arrival. “What have I gotten myself into?” he is surely thinking, bent over in pain and inadequacy — now limping, not running, down the steps, holding his side and wheezing as he goes.

As the dawning light begins to break over the Philadelphia skyline, Rocky has lost his first bout with the museum steps. He gingerly limps down the final flight of steps, logging an incomplete workout, heading back to his walk-up.

The music returns to the flat, muted horn and that “undertow” sound is heard once again. The suggestion is writ large: “can this guy make it?” And after this run, he’s no doubt asking himself the same question.

The piano and orchestra trail off, and there is uncertainty in the air. This “Philadelphia Morning” was a rough beginning. It is the first of many to come if he is to stick with it. Would he continue? Could he even get to square one? Maybe he’ll just stay in bed the next time?

The music, though muted and understated, was perfect for this scene, helping to cast the loneliness of the struggle, the hard road ahead, the impossible odds. Nicely done. Thank you, Bill Conti.

In the years since Rocky was first shown, the “Philadelphia Morning” segment has appeared on YouTube and similar channels in both aural and video form, inspiring a range of comment from viewers. Of these, a few noted that the scene seemed utterly hopeless. Others said the scene made them feel badly for the struggling underdog. But a number also found the scene quite moving, some rating it among their favorites.

“Although on the surface this scene seems simple, it is actually a very beautiful, artfully created masterpiece,” said one YouTube viewer. “The acting’s great, the music is just right, the lighting and the scenes go along with one another perfectly well. It really puts you into the moment…”

Still others found encouragement and inspiration: “This scene is iconic to me. No matter how inspired or encouraged you are by others, it’s up to YOU to make that sacrifice and get out there and push yourself no matter how thankless the result of your final performance….”

One 17-year old from West Virginia wrote in 2014 that he’s been running three miles every morning at 4 a.m. for the last six years – “and I owe it all to this scene.”

Others raved about the music and praised the film score and its composer. “Bill Conti captured 100% of the emotion and power of this movie,” said one. “Just incredible. I remember when I first saw this movie. I was 16. I didn’t understand the message it sent. I do now.”

This “Philadelphia Morning” segment, of course, is all set up for what’s to come later in the film, as Rocky does manage to get himself into fighting trim and will have more successful visits with the Art Museum’s steps. More on that later. First, some background and history on the music maker, Bill Conti, and his Rocky soundtrack.

“Rocky” music composer Bill Conti around the time the first “Rocky” film was produced.
“Rocky” music composer Bill Conti around the time the first “Rocky” film was produced.

 

The Rocky Film Score

“Let me tell you something,” John Avildsen, Rocky film director would say in an interview some years later, “if Bill Conti’s music wasn’t in Rocky, nobody would know anything about Rocky.” Indeed, the film is buoyed throughout by both powerful, inspiring tracks – as well as its more pensive and tender moments – all thanks to composer Bill Conti.

Conti was born in Providence, Rhode Island in 1942, graduated from Louisiana State University, and studied at the Julliard School of Music. He spent time in Italy ghost-writing for composers and working in clubs. By the 1970s, he and his wife were working in the U.S. and taking what work they could find. Bill’s big break into musical celebrity came in 1975-76, when he was hired to compose the music for a small, low-budget, United Artists film named Rocky.

The film, written by Sylvester Stallone, then an unknown actor who pushed the studio to cast himself in the leading role, became a surprise major hit, and Conti’s film score helped make the film a mega American hit and international success. In composing the score, Conti started with a relatively simple theme at his piano – “a sad tune for a sad, down-and-out boxer,” he would later say. Conti used variations and extensions of that motif throughout the film to help fashion the entire soundtrack. At the time, much of it was piecemeal and additive, working with the theme to fit the various movie scenes, stretching and cutting the music as needed.

The single jacket cover for Bill Conti’s “Gonna‘ Fly Now,” with B-side “Reflections.” Click for digital.
The single jacket cover for Bill Conti’s “Gonna‘ Fly Now,” with B-side “Reflections.” Click for digital.
A number of the tunes in the score are raucous and brassy, as they were designed to be, summoning boxing and heroic themes during the film.

Yet, Rocky is also a love story – between Rocky and the shy pet store attendant, Adrian (Talia Shire). And it is also at times, a story with pensive, inward-looking “can-I-do-this” and “alone-in-the-ring” moments – as in the “Philadelphia Morning” segment.
 

Music Player
“Gonna’ Fly Now” – Bill Conti

Among this softer group, Conti used subdued treatments such as the spare-piano Rocky theme. Rocky the person, despite his rough edges and awkwardness, is really a softie inside. And Bill Conti’s music manages to capture and covey this as well, and the overall story, in good and popular form.

When Stallone first met Conti to do the score, he had his doubts, but in the end, he was more than pleased, saying he should have known, since Conti was an Italian.

The now famous film montage of Rocky training in and around Philadelphia for the fight — and growing stronger as he does – is backed by the Conti piece that became the movie’s main theme and most popular song – “Gonna Fly Now”(lyrics by Carol Connors and Ayn Robbins). Also known as the “Theme from Rocky,” the song builds and builds in the training sequence, rising to a crescendo as Rocky soars up the 72 steps at the Philadelphia Art Museum with energy to spare. It is on this occasion that Rocky does his famous “champ dance” at the top of steps, arms thrust to the sky. Thereafter, that scene and the song became embedded in American popular culture.

In one of the “Rocky” film’s most iconic screen moments, Bill Conti’s composition of the theme song, "Gonna Fly Now" reaches a crescendo point as Rocky now sprints to the top of the Art Museum’s fabled steps, where he proceeds to do a little “champ dance,” proclaiming his fitness with arms raised while facing a Philadelphia morning skyline. Click for similar poster.
In one of the “Rocky” film’s most iconic screen moments, Bill Conti’s composition of the theme song, "Gonna Fly Now" reaches a crescendo point as Rocky now sprints to the top of the Art Museum’s fabled steps, where he proceeds to do a little “champ dance,” proclaiming his fitness with arms raised while facing a Philadelphia morning skyline. Click for similar poster.

The song, with only a spare 14 words sung multiple times, was nominated for an Academy Award for Best Original Song. The version of the song from the movie, performed by Conti and orchestra, with lyrics sung by DeEtta Little and Nelson Pigford, hit No. 1 on the Billboard Hot 100 chart in early July of 1977. Another of the Rocky/ Bill Conti songs with lyrics by Connors and Robbins – “You Take My Heart Away,” also sung by Little and Pigford – became popular as well, cracking the Top 40 on the pop charts. In fact, the entire Rocky soundtrack would become a best seller, hitting No. 4 on the Billboard 200 albums chart at its peak. Here’s a listing of the tracks in that album:

“Gonna Fly Now” (Theme from Rocky; vocals Little/Pigford) – 2:48
“Philadelphia Morning” – 2:22
“Going the Distance” – 2:39
“Reflections” – 3:19
“Marines’ Hymn/Yankee Doodle” – 1:44
“Take You Back (Street Corner Song) – 1:49
“First Date” – 1:53
“You Take My Heart Away” (vocals: Little/Pigford) – 4:46
“Fanfare for Rocky” – 2:35
“Butkus” – 2:12
“Alone in the Ring” – 1:10
“The Final Bell” – 1:56
“Rocky’s Reward” – 2:02

Sylvester Stallone and Bill Conti, circa 1970s.
Sylvester Stallone and Bill Conti, circa 1970s.
As for Bill Conti, once his Rocky score landed him Oscar, Golden Globe, and Grammy nominations, and as sales of the Rocky soundtrack album soared, a whole new era of opportunity began for the composer. These openings ran the gamut in film and television, spanning both the pop and orchestral realms.

For starters, he was asked to lead the orchestra for the Academy Awards show in 1977, the year he was first nominated for his Rocky song ( He would subsequently do the Oscars show 18 times, more than any other orchestra leader – and win Emmy Awards for three of those productions).

In 1984, Bill Conti won the Academy Award for composing the score of The Right Stuff. He also did the music for several of the Rocky sequels (those of 1979, 1982, 1990 and 2006). Included among Conti’s other film scores and TV music are: the James Bond film, For Your Eyes Only (1981); That Championship Season (1982); The Karate Kid (1984); Falcon Crest and Dynasty (TV, 1992); The Thomas Crown Affair (1999); and others.

 

The first “Rocky” is also a love story, and in the ice rink scene, Rocky, without skates, is trying his best to court Adrian.
The first “Rocky” is also a love story, and in the ice rink scene, Rocky, without skates, is trying his best to court Adrian.
After their “first date,” Rocky is trying to convince Adrian to come with him to his walk-up apartment for a visit.
After their “first date,” Rocky is trying to convince Adrian to come with him to his walk-up apartment for a visit.
Inside Rocky’s apartment, Adrian (Talia Shire) is appre-hensive, but eventually succumbs to Rocky’s advances.
Inside Rocky’s apartment, Adrian (Talia Shire) is appre-hensive, but eventually succumbs to Rocky’s advances.
During “Rocky I,” Adrian gradually loses her shy, “pet store attendant look,” revealing an attractive beauty.
During “Rocky I,” Adrian gradually loses her shy, “pet store attendant look,” revealing an attractive beauty.

 
Rocky Film & Music

The original Rocky music, however, remains a high point for Conti. The music did well in 1976-1977 and it has continued to reap recognition. In 1977, Billboard ranked Conti’s version of “Gonna Fly Now” as the No. 21 song of the year. Conti’s single also became a certified million seller in the U.S. In June 2004, the American Film Institute placed it at No. 58 on its 100 Years…100 Songs list. Versions of the song continue to be heard somewhere almost daily, whether high school marching band, political campaign, or commercial advertising, leading some to cry “Rocky fatigue.” In 2015, the song was used as backing music in a Publishers Clearing House TV commercial.

 

Music Player
“First Date”-Bill Conti

 

As for the original Rocky film, there continues to be divided critical opinion – ranging from “love it” to “hate it,” and others who believe the proliferation of the Rocky sequels have detracted from or overshadowed the original.

Still, in its day, 1976-77, the Rocky film was a phenomenon — and in somewhat difficult economic times, its “underdog rising” and “love story” motifs gave the nation something to cheer about.

At the box office, meanwhile, for a small-budget film ($1 million) with an unknown lead actor, Rocky became a huge success and the highest grossing film of 1976. According to Hollywood Reporter, by December 2006 the original Rocky had grossed $225 million worldwide, with more than $117 million of that at the domestic box office. The film also received ten Academy Award nominations in nine categories, winning three.

 

Music Player
“You Take My Heart Away”-Rocky
1976-77

 

In 2006, the original Rocky was selected by the Library of Congress for preservation in the U.S. National Film Registry as being “culturally, historically, or aesthetically significant.” The Rocky film series, meanwhile (6 films to date), has generated more than $1.2 billion at the box office worldwide, with a 7th film in the series, Creed, slated for release in November 2015.

"You Take My Heart Away" single; click for digital.
"You Take My Heart Away" single; click for digital.
Other stories at this website on the use of music in film include: “Let The River Run” (Carly Simon’s hit song from 1988’s Working Girl); “The Saddest Song” (Samuel Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” in Platoon and other films); and, “Streets of Philadelphia” (Bruce Springsteen and Neil Young songs in Philadelphia, with Tom Hanks as AIDS victim Andy Beckett).

See also: “The Rocky Statue, 1980-2009” (20-year controversy over the location of a Rocky statue at the Philadelphia Art Museum), and, “Dempsey vs. Carpentier, July 1921” (famous match between American, Jack Dempsey, and French challenger, Georges Carpentier and role of early radio in the rise of sports entertainment). Other sports-related stories are found at the “Annals of Sport” page, and for film, the “Film & Hollywood” page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 21 March 2015
Last Update: 5 February 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Philadelphia Morning: 1976-1977,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 25, 2015.

____________________________________

 
Books at Amazon.com

“100 Greatest Film Scores.” Click for copy.
“100 Greatest Film Scores.” Click for copy.
“Hearing the Movies: Music & Sound in Film.” Click for copy.
“Hearing the Movies: Music & Sound in Film.” Click for copy.
“50 Best Soundtracks.” Click for copy.
“50 Best Soundtracks.” Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Movie poster of Adrian and Rocky after he has lost the fight, but won the love of his life. Click for Amazon.
Movie poster of Adrian and Rocky after he has lost the fight, but won the love of his life. Click for Amazon.
Music - “The Rocky Story,” Vince DiCola. Compilation of songs from the first four Rocky movies. Click for Amazon.
Music - “The Rocky Story,” Vince DiCola. Compilation of songs from the first four Rocky movies. Click for Amazon.

“Rocky,” Wikipedia.org.

“Rocky,” Catalog of Feature Films, American Film Institute.

Frank Rich, Review of Rocky, New York Post, November 22, 1976. p. 18

Judy Klemesrud, “‘Rocky Isn’t Based on Me,’ Says Stallone, ‘But We Both Went the Distance’,” New York Times, November 28, 1976.

Charles Champlin, “ ‘Rocky’ Hits Right on the Button,” Los Angeles Times, November 28, 1976, pp. O1-O3

Arthur B. Krim, “Film Mailbag; Raves for ‘Rocky’,” New York Times, December 12, 1976.

Gary Arnold, “’Rocky’ Challenges the Odds,” Washington Post, March 27, 1977.

Tom Shales, “The Oscars: Top Honors to ‘Rocky’, Finch and Dunaway,” Washington Post, March 29, 1977, pp. B1, B2.

Ted Thachrey, Jr; “ ‘Rocky’ Wins as Best Picture,” Los Angeles Times, March 29, 1977, p. A-3.

Jon Nordheimer, “‘Rocky’ Gets Oscar as Top Film; Finch, Dunaway Win for Acting,” New York Times, March 29, 1977.

Jon Burlingame, Bill Conti Interview, Los Angeles, Archive of American Television, September 20, 2010.

“Rocky Steps,” Wikipedia.org.

“Rocky,” Filmtracks.com, December 11, 2009.

“Bill Conti,” Wikipedia.org.

“Rocky & Philadelphia Morning,” YouTube .com, by Maxioteque, posted, February 4, 2010.

Danny Antonelli, “Bill Conti – Living The Truth – Trailer,” Vimeo.com, January 15, 2014.

Danny Antonelli, “Rocky – Music by Bill Conti,” Vimeo.com, January 15, 2014.

“Gonna Fly Now,” Wikipedia.org.

“Bill Conti – Philadelphia Morning Video,” PhiladelphiaInformer.com, Posted, 28 August 2012.

Dorothy Miell, Raymond A. R. MacDonald, David John Hargreaves, Musical Commu-nication, Oxford University Press, 2005, 433 pp.

“Rocky – 1976,” Turner Classic Movies, TCM .com.

Hollywood Reporter, December 12-18, 2006.

Sylvester Stallone, “The Making of ‘Rocky’,” (Special to Page 2), ESPN.go.com, January 12, 2007.

“Rocky (film series),” Wikipedia.org.

Michael Vitez, Tom Gralish, Sylvester Stallone (foreword), Rocky Stories: Tales of Love, Hope, and Happiness at America’s Most Famous Steps, Paul Dry Books; 2006, 144 pp.

 

_____________________________________


Film/Video at Amazon.com

Rocky: Heavyweight Collection, 6 Film Set. Click for copy.
Rocky: Heavyweight Collection, 6 Film Set. Click for copy.
PBS Video: The Rise & Fall of Jack Johnson. Click for copy.
PBS Video: The Rise & Fall of Jack Johnson. Click for copy.
The Creed Collection, 3 Film Set. Click for copy.
The Creed Collection, 3 Film Set. Click for copy.


 

 

“Oil Fouls Montana”
January 2015

On January 17th, 2015, as much as 1,200 barrels of crude oil may have leaked into Montana’s Yellowstone River.
On January 17th, 2015, as much as 1,200 barrels of crude oil may have leaked into Montana’s Yellowstone River.
On January 17th, 2015, the Bridger Pipeline Company’s Poplar pipeline leaked as much as 1,200 barrels of crude oil into the Yellowstone River near Glendive, Montana. Poplar’s 12-inch steel pipeline — with a capacity of 42,000-barrels-per-day — crossed beneath the Yellowstone River. It had burst that Saturday morning, leaking crude into the river.

The Poplar line is one of those that transports crude oil from the newly-productive Bakken oil fields of eastern Montana and western North Dakota. “The Bakken,” as it is known in the trade, is an historic area of large oil reserves that has seen renewed booming development with new hydraulic fracturing technology, also known as “fracking.” The Poplar line runs from the Canadian border to Baker, Montana, where it meets the Butte pipeline, also owned by Bridger.

According to initial reports, the spill occurred some nine miles upstream from Glendive, an agricultural town of about 6,000 people located near the North Dakota border and about 220 miles northeast of Billings, Montana. Once the leak was discovered early aircraft patrols spotted an oily sheen on the Yellowstone some 25 miles downstream from the leak. An Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) official later said an oil sheen was also detected near Sidney, Montana, about 60 miles downstream, although icy conditions generally made detection and attempted clean-up difficult.

January 23, 2015: Aerial photo looking down on ice-covered Yellowstone River as workers attempt to find and clean up an oil spill that occurred on January 17, 2015 near Glendive, MT from the Poplar Pipeline. EPA Photo.
January 23, 2015: Aerial photo looking down on ice-covered Yellowstone River as workers attempt to find and clean up an oil spill that occurred on January 17, 2015 near Glendive, MT from the Poplar Pipeline. EPA Photo.

The Yellowstone River, which has it headwaters in the Rocky Mountains of Wyoming and Yellowstone National Park (see map below), flows north into Montana and then east and northeast across the state and eventually, several hundred miles later, northeast into North Dakota where it flows into the Missouri River.

ExxonMobil/Silvertip Spill. The Bridger Pipeline oil spill into the Yellowstone River was the second recent pipeline breach releasing oil into the Yellowstone in less than four years. In July 2011, ExxonMobil Corp’s 40,000 barrels-per-day Silvertip pipeline in Montana ruptured beneath the river near Laurel, Montana, about 230 miles southwest of Glendive. That rupture released an estimated 1,500 barrels (63,000 gallons) of crude into Yellowstone River that washed up along some 85 miles of riverbank, costing the company about $135 million to clean up. Federal regulators later levied a $1.7 million penalty against ExxonMobil for that incident and the government is still in the process of pursuing the company for natural resources damages for the spill.

This map, compiled by Inside Climate News, shows the locations of both the July 2011 ExxonMobil pipeline spill and the January 2015 Poplar Pipeline spill, both fouling the Yellowstone River. Click on map for Inside Climate News.
This map, compiled by Inside Climate News, shows the locations of both the July 2011 ExxonMobil pipeline spill and the January 2015 Poplar Pipeline spill, both fouling the Yellowstone River. Click on map for Inside Climate News.

“This is a significant spill,” the EPA said in a January 19th, 2015 statement regarding the Bridger/Poplar pipeline breach. The oil “threatens downstream water users, including drinking water supplies, agricultural uses, and wildlife,” the agency stated. EPA was then working with Bridger, local and state officials as well as the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and the U.S. Department of Transportation to contain the spill. Dave Parker, a spokesman for Montana Governor Steve Bullock, said on January 19th: “We think it was caught pretty quick, and it was shut down. The governor is committed to making sure the river is cleaned up.” Bridger Pipeline Co. issued a statement saying the pipeline was shut down shortly before 11 a.m. Saturday. Spill responders by then began placing containment structures across the Yellowstone River at Sidney, Montana, about 30 miles downstream of the spill.

Airboats were being used to transport oil spill response workers on the frozen Yellowstone River following the break of the Poplar Pipeline near Glendive, MT.  Some of the early response shown here.  Photo, Great Falls Tribune.
Airboats were being used to transport oil spill response workers on the frozen Yellowstone River following the break of the Poplar Pipeline near Glendive, MT. Some of the early response shown here. Photo, Great Falls Tribune.

Complicating the tracking and clean up of the spill was the fact that the river was partially frozen, much of it covered in ice as shown in the photos above. By January 19th, 2015, two days after the leak was discovered, cleanup workers had cut holes into the ice on the Yellowstone River near Crane, Montana as part of efforts to recover oil from the upstream leak. “These are horrible working conditions to try to recover oil,” Paul Peronard, the EPA’s on-scene coordinator, said at one point. “Normally you at least see it, but you can’t see it, you can’t smell it, ” he said. “We’re going to have to hunt and peck through ice to get it out.” By Tuesday, January 20th, oil sheens were reported as far away as Williston, North Dakota, below the Yellowstone’s confluence with the Missouri River. By February 4th, however, clean-up efforts along the Yellowstone were suspended due to weather conditions.

Jan 20, 2015: Residents of Glendive, MT line up to receive drinking water at distribution center. Matthew Brown / AP
Jan 20, 2015: Residents of Glendive, MT line up to receive drinking water at distribution center. Matthew Brown / AP
Jan 21, 2015: EPA contractor Megan Adamczyk examining water sample from a Glendive fire hydrant.
Jan 21, 2015: EPA contractor Megan Adamczyk examining water sample from a Glendive fire hydrant.
Jan 20, 2015: Whitney Schipman of Glendive, MT receives a case of bottled drinking water. AP Photo/Matthew Brown
Jan 20, 2015: Whitney Schipman of Glendive, MT receives a case of bottled drinking water. AP Photo/Matthew Brown
January 2015: Residents of the Glendive area loading bottled water into their car.
January 2015: Residents of the Glendive area loading bottled water into their car.


Drinking Water

One immediate worry in the wake of the spill was the safety of drinking water in Glendive and other towns downstream that depend on the river for drinking water. Initial water tests in Glendive Saturday and Sunday showed no evidence of oil, but residents soon complained that their tap water had an unusual odor. An advisory against using the water was issued late Monday, January 19th by offficials at the city’s treatment plant. Truckloads of bottled drinking water were shipped into Glendive as residents began lining up. Some businesses dependent on water, such as restaurants, shut down for a time.

It was later reported that benzene in the range of 10 to 15 parts per billion was detected in some early samples of Glendive water, according to EPA’s Paul Peronard. Anything above 5 parts per billion is considered a long-term risk, but not likely a health risk over a short period of time.

On the benzene problem, it was first thought that since oil floats, it would be well above the Glendive water treatment plant intake, which is some 14 feet deep in the river. However, the river was covered by ice. One theory offered was that because the oil was trapped beneath the ice rather than in the open air, chemical constituents such as benzene, could not volatilize into the air, and instead became dissolved throughout the entire water column. Some oil was also moving downstream.

On January 22nd, EPA investigated a reported contaminant at the water intake for city of Williston, ND suspected as being related to the Bridger Pipeline release. The reported contaminant level was subsequently found to be well below the Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) standards.

Back at Glendive meanwhile, by Friday, January 23, 2015, the municipal water supply was given the O.K., as it was then meeting standards set by the federal Safe Drinking Water Act, according to Montana’s Department of Environmental Quality. Bottled water distribution in Glendive was also discontinued at that time since city’s water was certified safe to drink. As a precaution, local authorities stockpiled a two-day supply of bottled water in Glendive.

By February 3rd, 2015, Bridger opened a claims center in Glendive for people affected by the spill. “…[W]e have the claim center set up, so businesses, residents and even local governments that have incurred added expense, because of this incident, which we’ve taken responsibility for, that we can reimburse them for those expenses,” said Bridger’s Bill Salvin.

“A Much-Loved River”
…And A Valued Resource


The Yellowstone River as viewed in Yellowstone National Park at the tamer northern end of the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone River.
The Yellowstone River as viewed in Yellowstone National Park at the tamer northern end of the Grand Canyon of the Yellowstone River.
The Yellowstone River is a much loved resource, both in Montana and nationally. From its headwaters in Yellowstone National Park though its nearly 700 miles to its juncture with the Missouri, the Yellowstone is an important economic, public health, and recreational resource. It is also distinguished as the longest undammed river in the lower 48 states. As one historic marker near Glendive, Montana explains:

…When the West was won, most rivers were lost to damming and dewatering. This river is the exception: it remained wet, wild and dam-free over its entire length. The Yellowstone flows free for over 650 miles, draining a watershed greater in area than all of the New England states combined.

In the 1970s, Montanans held a great debate over this mighty river’s future. When the dust settled, the state reserved a Yellowstone might never be depleted and might forever remain free-flowing.

Other uses of the river-municipal: agricultural and industrial are also provided for. Today this waterway is in balance with all its users, including nature’s creatures. Few American rivers can still make that claim.

The Yellowstone River in Montana.
The Yellowstone River in Montana.
In Montana the river has been used extensively for irrigation since the 1860s. In its upper reaches, within Yellowstone Park and the mountains of Montana, it is a popular destination for fly fishing. The Yellowstone is also ranked as a Class I river from the Yellowstone National Park boundary to the North Dakota border for the purposes of stream access for recreational purposes.


Other Issues

Judy Woodruff, of the “PBS NewsHour,” reporting on the Glendive, Montana oil spill, January 2015.
Judy Woodruff, of the “PBS NewsHour,” reporting on the Glendive, Montana oil spill, January 2015.
Pipeline Cover. A key issue for the Poplar Pipeline, and thousands of others that run beneath lakes, rivers, and creeks all across the country, is the earthen cover that exists over those lines – and especially how thick and how stable it is. A February 2015 report at InsideClimateNews raised this issue in some detail and discovered that when Bridger last checked its pipeline 3.5 years ago, it was buried under eight feet of riverbed. When the pipeline burst, however, it was no longer completely covered, but rather exposed on the riverbed for about 110 feet, vulnerable to the river’s current, damage by debris and other objects, as well as corrosion. Inside ClimateNews and others have pointed to a “scouring effect” that river currents can have on what was previously thought to be adequate and stable pipeline cover. Some experts believe that tougher standards are needed.

Bridger Pipeline LLC logo.
Bridger Pipeline LLC logo.
Belle Fourche Pipeline Co. logo.
Belle Fourche Pipeline Co. logo.

Company Record. The owner of the Bridger Pipeline Company, True Oil LLC, a family-owned company, also owns other pipelines, and a second pipeline company, Belle Fourche, which operates lines and tanks across some 551 miles in Montana, North Dakota and Wyoming. According to the Casper Star-Tribune, both companies have had prior spills, together accounting for some 30 incidents in Montana, North Dakota and Wyoming between 2006 and 2014. The Bridger Company reported nine incidents to government authorities during that time frame, while Belle Fourche, reported 21. Some of True Oil’s pipeline companies also own and operate “gathering lines” in the oilfields, small-diameter lines which gather oil from wells. These lines are unregulated and often a source of oilfield leaks and spills that go unreported and unmitigated.

Ecology & Wildlife. Environmental authorities say the ice cover on the river will delay the evaluation of the spill’s impact on fish and wildlife, probably until spring. The area provides nesting habitat for bald eagles and the river is also home to the pallid sturgeon, an endangered species. State and federal wildlife officials have identified nesting locations to be avoided during cleanup, especially during the spring breeding season. Bald eagles, piping plovers, and interior least terns are in the area, as are heron. Bald eagles will abandon their nests and chicks if their nests are disturbed. There will likely be some fish impact as well; oil spill toxins can accumulate in fish tissue as well as in the worms and crawdads that fish eat. Oil can also harm the tiny fibers in fish gills, their “breathing” system.

Artist’s rendering of pipeline tunneling beneath a riverbed.
Artist’s rendering of pipeline tunneling beneath a riverbed.
New Crossing & Restart. Bridger has proposed a new under-river crossing, and spokesman have stated the new route will be deeper than the original crossing. In fact, the U.S. Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration will require Bridger to use a technique known as directional drilling when they dig their new crossing. Tunnels drilled with this method are sometimes dozens of feet beneath a river, even passing through solid rock or other more stable depths to avoid the problem of shifting riverbeds. Bridger will not be permitted to restart the Poplar Pipeline at this crossing until it receives approval from PHMSA. Inspectors from the federal agency were at the Glendive, MT spill site and will also inspect Bridger Pipeline’s control room in Casper, Wyoming in making their report on the incident.


Bigger Picture

Beyond the Bridger Pipeline spill itself, is the larger issue of pipeline water crossings generally – existing and proposed. Among the latter category is the hotly debated Keystone XL oil pipeline, a line that would cross nearly 1,900 rivers, streams and reservoirs in Montana, South Dakota and Nebraska, according to one estimate. The route also takes that proposed pipeline across the Missouri and Yellowstone rivers in Montana, where owner TransCanada has pledged to install the pipeline 35 feet below the riverbeds.

The proposed Keystone XL pipeline, carrying Canadian tar sands crude, will cross the Missouri and Yellowstone rivers.
The proposed Keystone XL pipeline, carrying Canadian tar sands crude, will cross the Missouri and Yellowstone rivers.
The Glendive spill has led to renewed concerns among environmentalists about the safety of the proposed Keystone XL pipeline, which, if built, would pass about 25 miles north of Glendive. Residents of Glendive are not necessarily opposed to Keystone line, the town being generally supportive of the oil and gas industry for economic reasons. But there is also support in Glendive and Montana for strict environmental standards regulating oil and gas companies. “Eastern Montana is the energy producer for the state,” said Jerry Jimison, mayor of Glendive. “People down here deserve the same safeguards for safe water.”

Another problem with regard to pipelines nationally is a lack of frequent inspections, fueled in part by too few inspectors. Shortly after the Bridger/Poplar pipeline spill near Glendive, U.S. Sen. Jon Tester (D-Mont.), offered an amendment to the Keystone XL pipeline bill – then being considered in the U.S. Senate. Tester’s amendment called for a study of the federal pipeline agency’s inspection program. He argued that more inspectors were needed to prevent accidents like the one in Glendive. However, his amendment was never voted on, but the Keystone measure itself – which President Obama was then vowing to veto – was approved by the Senate.

“The Daily Damage”
An Occasional Series

This article is one in an occasional series of stories at this website that feature the ongoing environmental and societal impacts of industrial spills, toxic releases, fires, air & water pollution incidents and other such occurrences.

These stories will cover both recent incidents and those from history that have left a mark either nationally or locally; have generated controversy in some way; brought about governmental inquiries or political activity; and generally have taken a toll on the environment, worker health and safety, and/or local communities.

My purpose for including such stories here is simply to drive home the continuing and chronic nature of these occurrences through history, and hopefully contribute to public education about them so that improvements will be made in law, regulation, and industry practice, and that safer alternatives will replace them in the future. — Jack Doyle

However, on February 13th, 2015, Montana’s Governor, Steven Bullock (D) wrote to the Obama Administration urging a review of the current four-foot depth requirement for pipeline crossings beneath major waterways. Bullock also asked for more federal pipeline inspectors in Montana, which currently has only one overseeing some 3,800 miles of pipelines in the state. “Clearly, more frequent inspections and oversight are needed so as to avoid another major disaster here in Montana,” Bullock wrote.

Meanwhile, American Rivers, a Washington-based conservation organization working to protect the nation’s rivers, initiated an online petition drive shortly after the Poplar Pipeline spill, urging citizens to send a message to the federal pipeline agency, PHMSA, “to strengthen standards for oil pipelines and better protect our clean water.” At its petition site, American Rivers explains that “since 1986, pipeline oil spills have caused more than 55 deaths, 2,500 injuries, and more than $7.7 billion in damages.” The recent Yellowstone spills, says American Rivers, are “the latest in a string of pipeline failures that have put our rivers and clean water at risk.”

In the end, the Glendive/Poplar Pipeline oil spill may prove to have modest impacts, especially when compared to catastrophic spills such as the 2010 BP blow-out in the Gulf of Mexico. Still, the final verdict and full assessment for the Glendive/Poplar spill is some months away. Even if it turns out to be a modest incident, it is nevertheless one more in the continuing fossil fuels assault – i.e., spills, explosions, fires, toxic releases, and greenhouse gases – that have been occurring regularly for the past century or more. Clearly, there are safer energy alternatives available that should become the preferred choices of policy makers and political leaders everywhere.

Stay tuned to this website for future stories on environmental history and “the daily damage.” See, for example “Burn On, Big River,” a story about the history of pollution-caused Cuyahoga River fires in Ohio; “Paradise,” a story about Kentucky strip mining and the demise of a small town there; or “Power in the Pen,” about Rachel Carson’s powerful indictment of chemical pesticides in her famous book, Silent Spring. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 15 February 2015
Last Update: 1 July 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “”Oil Fouls Montana: January 2015,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 15, 2015.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Workers attempting early clean-up on the frozen Yellowstone River cutting 75-foot long “ice-slots” into the river(right, continuing out of frame) to try to collect passing oil spill (see below).
Workers attempting early clean-up on the frozen Yellowstone River cutting 75-foot long “ice-slots” into the river(right, continuing out of frame) to try to collect passing oil spill (see below).
Long, three-foot wide ice slots, cut in the river ice with chain saws and fitted with absorbent material, were tried in early clean-up attempts following the Poplar Pipeline spill near Glendive, Montana.
Long, three-foot wide ice slots, cut in the river ice with chain saws and fitted with absorbent material, were tried in early clean-up attempts following the Poplar Pipeline spill near Glendive, Montana.
Oil spill crew in air boat on icy Yellowstone River have safety line tied to worker trying to soak up oil, January 2015.
Oil spill crew in air boat on icy Yellowstone River have safety line tied to worker trying to soak up oil, January 2015.

“Bridger Pipeline’s Oil Spill on the Yellow- stone River Near Glendive,” Montana.Gov, January February, 2015.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, “Bridger Pipeline Release,” Incident Website, January-February 2015.

Associated Press, “Cleanup After ‘Unfor- tunate Incident’ in Yellowstone,” CBSNews .com, January 19, 2015.

Associated Press, “Oil Spill Forces Drinking Water to Be Trucked into Montana Town,” FoxNews.com, January 20, 2015.

Wendy Koch, “Oil Spills Into Yellowstone River, Possibly Polluting Drinking Water,” National Geographic, January 20, 2015.

CBS/AP, “Yellowstone River Spill: Oil Detected in Water Supplies,” CBSNews.com, January 20, 2015.

Eric Killelea and Jack Healyjan, “Traces of Montana Oil Spill Are Found in Drinking Water,” New York Times, January 20, 2015.

CBS/ Associated Press, “‘It’s Scary:’ City Rushes to Rid Water of Cancer-Causing Agent After Oil Spill,” CBSNews.com, January 21, 2015.

Elizabeth Douglass, “Ruptured Yellowstone Oil Pipeline Was Built With Faulty Welding in 1950s…,” InsideClimate News, January 22, 2015.

Matthew Brown, (AP), “Regulators Order Pipeline Upgrades after Montana Oil Spill,” YahooNews, January 23, 2015.

Editorial, “Lessons Learned From Montana’s Oil Spills,” Billings Gazette, January 27, 2015.

Greg Seitz, “Oil & Water: Pipeline Safety Questioned from Montana to Southern Wisconsin,” St. Croix 360, MinnPost.com, January 29, 2015.

Benjamine Storrow, “Oil Spill Near Glendive Latest in String of Casper Company’s Pipeline Breaks,” Casper Star-Tribune, February 2, 2015.

Brett French, AP (Billings, MT), “Labs Testing Yellowstone River Fish after Oil Spill,” February 2, 2015.

Karl Puckett, “Impacts of Oil Spill on Fish, Birds Still Unknown,” GreatFallsTribune .com, February 2, 2015.

Simone DeAlba, MTN News, “Ice Halts Oil Spill Cleanup Efforts on Yellowstone River,” KXLH.com, February 4, 2015.

Elizabeth Douglass, “Yellowstone Oil Spills Expose Threat to Pipelines Under Rivers Nationwide,” InsideClimate News, February 6, 2015.

True Oil, LLC, “Companies,” TrueCos.com, Casper, Wyoming.

National Wildlife Federation, “Assault on America: A Decade of Petroleum Company Disaster, Pollution, and Profit,” NWF.org, July 28, 2010.

Karl Puckett, “Oil Spill Caught Montana City off Guard,” GreatFallsTribune.com, February 10, 2015.

_________________________________




“Offshore Oil Blaze”
Shell: 1970-71

December 1970: Smoke & flames rise from Shell Oil's burning rig in the Gulf of Mexico, as five mobile rigs around it work to drill relief wells. Photo: Times-Picayune, New Orleans.
December 1970: Smoke & flames rise from Shell Oil's burning rig in the Gulf of Mexico, as five mobile rigs around it work to drill relief wells. Photo: Times-Picayune, New Orleans.
In the Gulf of Mexico, when it comes to offshore oil spills and other incidents, there is certainly ample history to ponder. The U.S. Minerals Management Service (MMS) in the Department of the Interior, and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration both have extensive case files and reports that document a sad and continuing history of oil and gas incidents, large and small.

[ Note: In October 2011, following the BP Deepwater Horizon disaster in the Gulf of Mexico, the U.S. Minerals Management Service (MMS) was dissolved and divided into three new agencies to separate potential conflicts of interest: the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, for regulation and accident reports; the Bureau of Ocean Energy Management for leasing; and the Office of Natural Resources Revenue for revenue collection.]

The BP disaster of 2010 was certainly the most notable of U.S offshore incidents in recent history. Yet spills and blowouts have been occurring in the offshore regions for decades. And these incidents are but one part of the continuing environmental damage that has occurred at the hand of the fossil fuels industry for more than a century. Herewith, the case of Shell Oil’s “platform 26” in 1970.

Headline from ‘Washington Post/Times Herald’ story of Dec. 7th, 1970, reporting on Shell Oil’s offshore rig blowout & fire.
Headline from ‘Washington Post/Times Herald’ story of Dec. 7th, 1970, reporting on Shell Oil’s offshore rig blowout & fire.


On December 1st, 1970, an offshore oil rig operated by the Shell Oil Company in the Gulf of Mexico in Bay Marchand near Port Fourchon exploded and caught fire. Four workers were killed and 37 others were seriously burned, some injured when jumping from the burning rig into the water to save their lives. A well blowout was later determined to be the cause.

The Shell platform and several of its multiple wells burned for nearly three months. A large oil slick also formed, covering more than twenty miles at one point, stretching into the Gulf and oiling some Louisiana islands and beaches. Oil slicks of smaller size, breaking up over time, were still visible in the Gulf five months after the incident – through April 1971. At the time, the Shell blowout and fire was the worst offshore oil disaster to have occurred in the Gulf of Mexico. The incident lasted 137 days with some of its oil reaching Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula.

December 1970: Shell”s “Platform 26” burning in the Gulf of Mexico following well blow out.  Photo by Bob King aboard Coast Guard cutter, ‘Dependable,’ arriving at scene.
December 1970: Shell”s “Platform 26” burning in the Gulf of Mexico following well blow out. Photo by Bob King aboard Coast Guard cutter, ‘Dependable,’ arriving at scene.
December 1970: Shell offshore oil rig blaze in the Gulf of Mexico. Photo, Bob King, aboard ‘Dependable’.
December 1970: Shell offshore oil rig blaze in the Gulf of Mexico. Photo, Bob King, aboard ‘Dependable’.
December 1970: Bob King photo of Shell offshore platform blaze captures the beginning collapse of the rig.
December 1970: Bob King photo of Shell offshore platform blaze captures the beginning collapse of the rig.
December 1970: Shell offshore oil rig in collapsed state, being sprayed with water as fire continues. Photo, Bob King, from Coast Guard cutter, ‘Dependable’.
December 1970: Shell offshore oil rig in collapsed state, being sprayed with water as fire continues. Photo, Bob King, from Coast Guard cutter, ‘Dependable’.


Incident History

Also known as “Platform 26,” or the “Baker” drilling rig, the Shell offshore platform included 22 production wells, which before the blowout were producing 17,500 barrels of oil and 40 million cubic feet of natural gas each day. One of the wells – the 21-B well with a yield of more than 400 barrels a day – had ruptured about 12 feet above the water line and became a primary feeder of the fire. The flames from the burning platform leapt 400 feet into the air. Burning oil covered the surface of the water in an irregular 50-foot circle around the platform. For the first two-to-three days, the fire raged at full throttle.

One sequence of photos taken by Bob King, then stationed aboard the Coast Guard cutter, Dependable, is shown at right. King witnessed the early days of the inferno and captured the blaze, some of the firefighting, and the rig’s collapse. “The purpose of our assignment,” King has recalled recently, “–which was two weeks out and 2 in — was for search and rescue and recovery, and also pollution control. Unfortunately we had to recover two men that lost their lives.”

J.J. Cadigan, commander of the Dependable, after arriving on the scene, reported the following: “Six wells appear to be burning, including one gas well… Oil is spilling on the water and burning. In addition, two to three wells are spewing downward [and] flaming downward.” Cadigan also offered that there appeared to be no significant pollution problem, as “the oil escaping from the flow lines is burning on the water, extending about 50 feet from the platform.” Yet there would be continued oil pollution in the Gulf and on some beaches from the disaster for weeks after.

By December 3rd, 1970 the big service crane on the rig collapsed towards the center of the platform at a 60° angle.

Meanwhile, in an effort to cut off the oil supply feeding the blaze from the bad wells, several drilling rigs were deployed to drill relief wells around the troubled Shell rig. The first of the relief wells, started on December 5th, would eventually reduce some of the oil flow. However, oil slicks that formed near the platform ignited periodically, endangering and hindering the response teams.

Six days into the incident, on December 7th, well 21-B was still contributing its yield to the fire. At least eight other wells at the rig were also burning. Shifting winds, fog, and rough seas slowed the efforts underway to fight the blaze and control the spillage.

Two firefighting firms, Jet Barges Jaraffe and Red Adair, were pumping about 19 million gallons of water per day to cool the burning platform. By December 30th, salt water was pumped into the relief well to help kill 21-B, the well with the largest fire. Killing this well reduced the intensity of the fire by about 40 percent.

Chemical dispersants were used early in the response to prevent oil slicks from developing. The dispersant concentration was not allowed to exceed 0.03 percent of the total spray stream, due to its toxic nature. Aerial application of the dispersant was also used along the shoreline from the west end of east Timbalier Island to 1.5 miles west of Belle Pass.

Skimmers, straw, and booms were used to contain and collect oil when possible. Shell’s Oil Herder product was used to aid skimming operations two miles southwest of Belle Pass.

An oil slick entered Timbalier Bay by late December, and some of it reached the beach. A week later, pollution surveys reported scattered oil accumulations on the beach, and some at the southern end of Grand Isle. Oil accumulations were also noted southwest of Caminada Pass.

On January 13th, oil along Grand Isle Beach was reported to be breaking up into globs and patches with the incoming tide. Still, a 1.5-inch thick accumulation of oil was observed near the Grand Isle Beach jetty. A slick ten feet wide and 6-to-12 inches thick floated on the water. Vacuum trucks later recovered oil from Grand Isle Beach and truckloads of litter and oil emulsion were picked up and hauled away by January 15th.


Still Burning

By January 20th, 1971, nearly two months later, eight of the wells at the damaged platform remained on fire. Workers had put through a relief well by this time attempting to contain the flow from the blowout, but the fire and oil flow continued. By January 20th, the slick extended two miles southwest of the fire, producing a fan of rainbow sheen for another six miles.By January 20, 1971, nearly two months after the explosion, eight of the rig’s wells were still burning and the oil slick extended two miles from the fire. Streaks of sheen extended for up to 29 miles southwest of the platform, with a maximum width of four miles. Well-head piping was severely damaged by the intense heat of the fire. Shell Oil Co. personnel constructed an abrasive cutting boom in an attempt to cut the damaged well head off the B-8 well, which was bent into the water and partially submerged, causing a pollution problem. This device was used to cut the well heads off two of the wells and a sand-blast cutting device was used to cut the piping off two other wells. Three additional well heads were cut by February 11th. Oil spill response operations began moderating on March 1, 1971, as a U.S. Coast Guard cutter and helicopter were released from the scene by then. Still, relief drilling, capping, and pumping of the wells continued throughout April. The next-to-last well fire to be quelled – number 10 of the burning wells – came on April 7, 1971. However, one of the wells, B-4, continued burning, as there was difficulty intercepting it by way of a relief well. It was finally controlled from the surface, and was put out with a high-pressure water spray. Well B-4 was capped and declared dead on April 16, 1971.

By this time, the event had lasted 136 days. Still, on April 16, 1971, the estimated rate of oil being released was 20 barrels per day. The case was closed by the U.S. Coast Guard on May 17th, 1971. Shoreline oiling resulting from the incident was found between Caminada Pass and Bay Champagne. However, some oil from the incident was tracked to Mexico’s Yucatan Peninsula.…Robert Bea recalled that his bosses at Shell were surprised to learn that the oil traveled underwater all the way to the Yucatan Peninsula…. Bob Bea, who helped design the multi-well platform used on the Shell rig at Bay Marchand and later became a University of California professor, would serve in a key role investigating the cause of the April 2010 BP disaster. But for the 1970-71 Shell incident, Bea recalled that his bosses at Shell were surprised to learn that the oil from that incident traveled underwater all the way to the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico. It took nine months to finally complete all the of relief wells to fully kill the 23 boreholes associated with the platform. Shell eventually removed the destroyed platform, built a new one, and redrilled the field. And as author Tyler Priest writes in his 2007 book, The Offshore Imperative: Shell Oil’s Search for Petroleum in Postwar America, the 1970-71 blowout at Bay Marchand “was a watershed event for the company, forcing the E&P [exploration & production] organization to refocus on safeguarding the environment and workers.” But Shell, to this day, like other oil companies, would continue to have leaks, spills and blowouts in their operations.

Later investigation of the Shell disaster at its Bay Marchand platform revealed that the plastic coating on the tubing in well B-21 sloughed off and plugged the well. In the course of wireline operations to clean out the well there was a time when the well was unattended and well-control valves were left incompletely closed.…A subsurface safety valve waiver, granted for com- pletion purposes, was also in effect at the time… In addition, a subsurface safety valve waiver – which had been granted for completion purposes – was also in effect at the time. The rest, as they say, is history: the well blew out and the fire ignited. Yes,1970-71 might seem like ancient history, and much has improved in the industry since then. Following the 1970-71 Shell blowout, which had been preceded earlier that year by a Chevron rig that also burned for months, industry began to focus more on safeguards for the environment and workers, while government regulators moved to tighten standards as well. Still, a look at the Wall Street Journal map below from 2010, shows there is no room for complacency in the Gulf of Mexico when it comes to potential offshore catastrophes that may be lurking in the existing stock of offshore rigs.

Map of oil rigs in the Gulf of Mexico, compiled by the Wall Street Journal in December 2010, w/story, “Growing Old in the Gulf”.
Map of oil rigs in the Gulf of Mexico, compiled by the Wall Street Journal in December 2010, w/story, “Growing Old in the Gulf”.

The above map, compiled by the Wall Street Journal in 2010, shows Gulf of Mexico oil and gas rigs. The Journal found that roughly half of the region’s more than 3,000 rigs have been operating longer than their designers intended, with about a third dating back to the 1970s or earlier, well before the adoption of modern construction standards. According to the Journal’s 2010 analysis, of the 81 accidents on these facilities reported to the federal government in the past three years (presumably 2008-2010), in more than one-quarter of the cases the incident was related to the age of the structure. In this map, the darkest red indicates rigs dating to the 1940s, while the lighter pink shades indicate rigs of more recent vintage, installed in the 2000-to-2010 period.

“The Daily Damage”
An Occasional Series

The above article is one in an occasional series of stories at this website that feature the ongoing environmental and societal impacts of industrial spills, toxic releases, fires, air & water pollution incidents and other such occurrences. Included among these will be both recent incidents and those from history that have had some impact either nationally or locally — i.e., have generated controversy; brought about government inquiry or political activity; and generally, have taken a toll on the environment, worker health and safety, and/or local communities.

My purpose for including such stories here is simply to drive home the continuing and chronic nature of these occurrences through history, and hopefully contribute to public education about them so that improvements will be made in law, regulation, and industry practice, yielding safer alternatives in the future.— j.d.

See also at this website, “Deepwater Horizon, Film & Spill,” a story about the making of the 2016 Hollywood film on the BP offshore oil rig disaster, plus a recap of the politics, media coverage, and corporate maneuvering during the real BP oil spill in the Gulf.

Additional stories on Shell Oil at this website include: “Shell Plant Explodes: 1994. Belpre, Ohio,” a story on a Shell plastics plant explosion & fire that killed three workers, caused the temporary evacuation of 1,700 residents, and polluted the adjacent Ohio River; “The Brent Spar Fight: Greenpeace, 1995,” about the battle over a proposed deep-sea disposal of an offshore oil storage spar; and, “Petrochem Peril: Shell Cracker History,” regarding Shell’s recently-built plastics plant and related infrastructure near Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

For additional “oil & the environment” stories at this website see any of the following: “Burning Philadelphia,” a story about the 1975 Gulf Oil Co. refinery fire in that city; “Santa Barbara Oil Spill” about the 1969 Union Oil offshore oil well blow-out and pollution of California’s coastline; “Texas City Disaster,” about BP’s 2005 Texas City, TX oil refinery explosion and fire that killed 15 workers and injured another 180; “Barge Explodes in NY,” about a Bouchard gasoline transport barge docked at an ExxonMobil depot that exploded into a giant fireball in 2003, polluting waterways in the New York city area, shutting down water traffic, and shaking up communities for miles around; “Inferno at Whiting: 1955,” about an eight-day catastrophic Standard Oil/Amoco oil refinery explosion and fire near Chicago; and “Oil Fouls Montana,” profiling an oil pipeline leak that fouled the Yellowstone River in January 2015.

In addition, these and other environmental stories can be found at the “Environmental History” page, including, for example: “Burn On, Big River,” about the history of pollution-related Cuyahoga River fires near Cleveland, Ohio; “Paradise,” a story that uses a John Prine song as introduction to some history about Kentucky strip mining and the demise of a small town there; and “Power in the Pen,” a profile of the impact of Rachel Carson’s historic book on chemical pesticides, Silent Spring.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 15 February 2015
Last Update: 16 January 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Offshore Oil Blaze, Shell: 1970-71,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 15, 2015.

____________________________________

 
Books at Amazon.com
 

Steve Coll’s book,  “Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power,” 2013 edition, Penguin Books, 704 pp. Click for copy.
Steve Coll’s book, “Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power,” 2013 edition, Penguin Books, 704 pp. Click for copy.
Christopher Leonard’s book, “Koch-land: The Secret History of Koch Industries and Corporate Power in America,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.
Christopher Leonard’s book, “Koch-land: The Secret History of Koch Industries and Corporate Power in America,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.
Gregory Zuckerman’s book, “The Frackers: The Outrageous Inside Story of the New Billionaire Wildcatters.” Click for copy.
Gregory Zuckerman’s book, “The Frackers: The Outrageous Inside Story of the New Billionaire Wildcatters.” Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Tyler Priest’s 2007 book, “The Offshore Imperative: Shell Oil's Search for Petroleum in Postwar America.”
Tyler Priest’s 2007 book, “The Offshore Imperative: Shell Oil's Search for Petroleum in Postwar America.”
“Deep Water” – Report to the President by the National Commission on the BP Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill and the Future of Offshore Drilling, 2011, 392pp. Click for copy.
“Deep Water” – Report to the President by the National Commission on the BP Deepwater Horizon Oil Spill and the Future of Offshore Drilling, 2011, 392pp. Click for copy.
Jack Doyle’s 2002 book, “Riding The Dragon: Royal Dutch Shell & The Fossil Fire.”
Jack Doyle’s 2002 book, “Riding The Dragon: Royal Dutch Shell & The Fossil Fire.”

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Adminis-tration, Hazardous Materials Response Division, Oil Spill Case Histories, 1967-1991: Summaries of Significant U.S. and Inter-national Spills, Report No. HMRAD 92-11, Seattle, WA, September 1992.

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Admin-istration (NOAA), “Shell Platform 26; Gulf of Mexico, Louisiana, December 1, 1970,” IncidentNews, NOAA, Washington, D.C.

“IFP. Platform Databank on Accidents to Drilling Vessels or Offshore Platforms (1955-1989),” #7032, U.S. Coast Guard POLREP file.

United Press International, “Shell Oil Plat-form Is Ablaze in Gulf; 2 Are Dead and 57 Are Rescued,” New York Times, December 2, 1970.

“Fire Fighters Begin Gulf Rig Battle,” Arizona Republic (Phoenix, AZ), December 5, 1970, p. 41.

“Shell Tries to Plug Burning Oil Wells,” Washington Post/Times Herald, December 7, 1970, p. 10.

United Press International, “Oil Crews Drill Under Fire in Gulf,” Chicago Tribune, December 7, 1970.

Associated Press, “Offshore Oil Fire Curbed As a Wild Well Is Plugged,” New York Times, December 31, 1970.

“Threaten Court Action Against Oil Companies,” Houma Daily Courier (Houma, LA), January 14, 1971.

Associated Press, “Wild Oil Well Killed in Gulf”[8th well of 11], New York Times, March 21, 1971.

K. Edmiston, “Shell Fire Dying Peacefully,” Oil Industry 6: 1971, pp. 34-41.

“Offshore Oil Blaze Blasted Out After Burning Since Last Dec. 1,” New York Times, April 13, 1971, p. 36.

Robert T. Miller and Ronald L. Clements, Shell Oil Co., “Reservoir Engineering Techniques Used To Predict Blowout Control During the Bay Marchand Fire,” Journal of Petroleum Technology, Vol. 24, No. 3, March 1972, pp. 234-240.

Jack Doyle, Riding The Dragon: Royal Dutch Shell & The Fossil Fire, Boston: Environ-mental Health Fund, 2000, 351pp.

Tyler Priest, The Offshore Imperative: Shell Oil’s Search for Petroleum in Postwar America, Texas A&M University Press, April 2007, 317pp.

David Hammer, “Louisiana Has Always Welcomed Offshore Oil Industry, Despite Dangers,” Times-Picayune (New Orleans, LA), Sunday, July 18, 2010.

John Donovan, “Shell Bay Marchand 1970 Well Blowout in the Gulf of Mexico,” RoyalDutchShellplc.com, July 27th, 2010.

Ben Casselman, “Aging Oil Rigs, Pipelines Expose Gulf to Accidents,” Wall Street Journal, December 14, 2010.

“Aging Oil and Gas Infrastructure Threatens Louisiana Gulf Coast,” Times-Picayune /Nola.com, December 15, 2010.

“Growing Old in the Gulf,” Wall Street Journal, December 2010 (formerly posted interactive map of aging offshore oil rigs for nine companies by date of platform construction).

Ed Warner (geologist) “The Great Gulf Blowout: Understanding the Blame Game,” TheModerateVoice.com (Posted by Dr. Clarissa Pinkola Estés, Managing Editor of TMV and Columnist, June 15, 2010).

Craig E. Colten, Jenny Hay, and Alexandra Giancarlo, “Community Resilience and Oil Spills in Coastal Louisiana,” Ecology and Society, Vol. 17, No. 3, Art. 5, 2012

Jason P. Theriot, American Energy, Imperiled Coast: Oil and Gas Development in Louisiana’s Wetlands, LSU Press, 2014, p. 86.

Associated Press, “Fire Spreading on Oil Rig, Control May Take Weeks,” The Cincinnati Enquirer, December 4, 1970, p.8.

Bob King, Electronic correspondence with photographic attachments to Jack Doyle at: jdoyle@PopHistoryDig.com, September 29 and October 1, 2016.

_____________________________________________




“Burning Philadelphia”
Refinery Inferno: 1975

August 1975: Smoke rising from Gulf Oil refinery fire scene near landmark stack, Philadelphia, PA.
August 1975: Smoke rising from Gulf Oil refinery fire scene near landmark stack, Philadelphia, PA.
In 1975 it was one of the biggest oil refineries in the country – the Gulf Oil Co. refinery and tank farm in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Originally built in 1904 and located near the juncture of the Delaware and Schuylkill rivers, the Philadelphia refinery soon sprawled over more than 700 acres on the outskirts of the city. By the 1950s, commuters on their way into and out of the city viewed it daily as they crossed the high-rising Penrose Avenue Bridge that arched over the refinery grounds.

But on August 17th, 1975 near dawn, a fire started in the refinery when a 75,000-barrel oil storage tank ignited after being filled from a docked oil tanker on the Schuylkill River. However, this fire, thought to be under control a few hours after it began, roared back to life a second time, taking the lives of several firemen already on the scene, and causing a fire-storm inferno at the Gulf complex that almost took down the entire refinery, and more.

On that Sunday morning, just after midnight, at around 12:45 a.m., the oil tanker Afran Neptune, berthed at a Gulf refinery dock, had begun off-loading its cargo of crude oil to the refinery. It was pumping reconstituted Venezuelan crude oil (containing an additional five percent naphtha) into storage tank No. 231.

This particular tank had been built in 1929 and it was located in the refinery not far from Boiler House No.4, which also had a tall brick chimney that rose high above the refinery grounds. Both were near the Penrose Avenue Bridge.

The tall stack, in particular, was a familiar landmark to Philadelphia motorists using the bridge, as it bore the giant word “GULF” in large, white letters, announcing the refinery’s owner.

Gulf Oil Company logo.
Gulf Oil Company logo.
The Gulf Oil Company was then one of the largest corporations in the world, among the top ten on the Forbes 500 list. Gulf, in fact, was one of the original “Seven Sisters,” the famous group of international oil companies that sat atop the global economy.

By 1975, Gulf was among the top U.S. producers of crude oil, natural gas, and coal. Their 17,000 gas stations were found in 29 states. Gulf Oil mined uranium and also produced chemicals and plastics. Overseas, Gulf oil production came from countries such as Kuwait, Nigeria, Angola, Gabon and Zaire. On the world’s oceans, a fleet of 17 large Gulf oil tankers moved petroleum in international trade. And at least 14 Gulf-owned oil refineries in North America, like the one in Philadelphia, turned crude oil into various petroleum products.

Aug 1975: Aerial view of Gulf Oil refinery fire in Phila. PA, looking down on the Penrose Ave. Bridge that crossed the refinery grounds.
Aug 1975: Aerial view of Gulf Oil refinery fire in Phila. PA, looking down on the Penrose Ave. Bridge that crossed the refinery grounds.
But on the Sunday morning of August 17th, 1975, hydrocarbon vapors, coming from tank No. 231 at the refinery as it was being filled from the berthed tanker, had wafted into the air outside of the tank and accumulated near the boiler house. There the vapors ignited causing a fiery explosion.

The flames then followed the vapor trail back to tank No. 231 causing another huge explosion. It was about 6:00 a.m. that Sunday morning, just about sunrise.

Then a second explosion occurred at tank No. 231, as burning petroleum spilled into a diked area surrounding the tank. Another tank in that area also went up. The first explosion had damaged a nearby pipe manifold, and leaking petroleum was spewing out on the ground, which also ignited.

The first alarm for the Philadelphia Fire Department went out shortly after the initial tank explosions, followed quickly by a second alarm. Arriving firemen found large clouds of heavy black smoke coming from the two burning tanks. The 150-foot brick tower stack at the Boiler House was also showing fire with a prominent vertical crack radiating from its base.

The battalion fire chief on the scene quickly ordered a third and fourth alarm, followed by a fifth from another fire chief and then a sixth alarm from Fire Commissioner Joseph Rizzo at around 7:00 a.m.

Over the next few hours, firefighters fought the blaze with water and foam, and by 9:00 a.m. or so they thought they had the fire contained and stabilized, though it was still burning. However, there were other problems on the scene that would soon make the situation near-catastrophic.

August 17, 1975: Firemen and equipment beneath Penrose Bridge as they move in to fight the Gulf Oil refinery blaze in Philadelphia, PA, with a Gulf Oil office building in the fire’s path.
August 17, 1975: Firemen and equipment beneath Penrose Bridge as they move in to fight the Gulf Oil refinery blaze in Philadelphia, PA, with a Gulf Oil office building in the fire’s path.

It soon became apparent that the refinery’s sewerage system was not adequately draining the water and petroleum-naphtha mixture that was accumulating on the ground at the scene. In addition, the power to some of the refinery’s drainage pumps was shut off over concern for overhead power lines in the area. The liquid mixture continued to accumulate, as is seen in the photo below.

August 1975: Firemen pulling hose through the Gulf Oil Refinery in Philadelphia, PA, on their way to do battle with the fierce blaze.  Note accumulating water at their feet.  Dominic Ligato, Philadelphia Evening Bulletin photo /Temple Univ.
August 1975: Firemen pulling hose through the Gulf Oil Refinery in Philadelphia, PA, on their way to do battle with the fierce blaze. Note accumulating water at their feet. Dominic Ligato, Philadelphia Evening Bulletin photo /Temple Univ.

Three firemen at one point were wading in the watery mixture in an area of the refinery where they were attending to their equipment and one of the firetrucks. Suddenly there was a flash and the water was ablaze. Philadelphia Fire Commissioner Joseph Rizzo and Gulf refinery manager Jack Burk were then on an overhead catwalk nearby observing the firefighting operations when they witnessed the unfolding horror, as their men became trapped in the fiery water. “The flames just engulfed them,” said Commissioner Rizzo of his men, also describing how he escaped the first of dozens of explosions.“The flames just engulfed them…They were human torches.”
– Fire Commissioner J. Rizzo
As he looked back, he saw his three men sealed in flames. “They were trying to get under the foam, but to no avail,” he said. “They were human torches.”

One firefighter that day, David Schoolfield, who was in the middle of that same tragedy and nearly lost his life, recalled the scene some years later: “The ground was full of hose lines coming from all directions. We were walking in warm oil that came up maybe 24 inches on our boots. …But they said we were controlling the fire. I believed it. Then about 3:30 that afternoon, I was on break at a Red Cross truck and I heard them call ‘firemen on fire.’ I ran in that direction. I saw three firemen in flames. They were like human torches running around in circles. They fell into the oil to try to douse themselves. They may have drowned. There was nothing I could do. Then I heard people behind me screaming for me to get out. But when I turned to run, I broke through the foam, flames shot up and I went up like a torch. …A guy named Reginald Simmons grabbed me and we got out…I remember they had to keep putting me out because my skin kept reigniting…” David Schoolfield spent the next two months in hospital burn centers for treatment of burns that covered 26 percent of his body.

August 1975: View of the Gulf refinery fire from Penrose Bridge, looking west. Photo, Temple University
August 1975: View of the Gulf refinery fire from Penrose Bridge, looking west. Photo, Temple University
August 1975: Another view of the Gulf refinery fire from further up on the Penrose Bridge. Photo, Temple University
August 1975: Another view of the Gulf refinery fire from further up on the Penrose Bridge. Photo, Temple University

In 2015, Philadelphia Inquirer reporter Aubrey Whelan noted that another firefighter at the scene, rookie Ray Rajchel, had been separated from his company, Engine 20, after he tripped and fell into the oil/water mixture. His supervisor, Lt. James Pouliot, told him to walk back to his fire truck and get hosed down before rejoining the group. Rajchel was on his way back to the previous fire location when a secondary flash explosion occurred. He watched in horror as the flames and smoke spread through the refinery and down the wide avenues between the giant oil tanks. He never again saw his supervisor, Lt. James Pouliot.

Back at the refinery in August 1975, meanwhile, a fire storm was now developing. Commissioner Rizzo ordered two more alarms, five additional rescue squads, and recalled all fire companies that had previously been released that day. It was nearly 5:00 pm, and Rizzo soon had ordered a ninth alarm. A major disaster was now unfolding at the Gulf Refinery.

The fire had already expanded eastward in the refinery, taking with it two fire department engines – No. 160 and No.133 – and also a refinery foam pumper. Two other Philadelphia fire trucks had already been destroyed in the flash explosion. Electric power and phone service also went out in the area around the refinery. The fire, meanwhile, kept spreading and was threatening four additional storage tanks, and was headed for the 125-foot Penrose Avenue Bridge. By 5:30 p.m. Rizzo ordered the tenth alarm. The fire had now engulfed the refinery’s administration building. Another fire that day in Philadelphia at a paper plant had fully taxed the Fire Department’s capabilities. By 6:00 p.m., Rizzo ordered an 11th alarm for the refinery fire and also ordered day-shift personnel held over. Explosions during the fire had put a large crack in the boiler house smokestack next to the bridge. Officials then closed the bridge for several hours, fearing that the big Gulf Oil stack might collapse on the bridge or that the encroaching fire would damage or weaken it.

Additional view of the August 1975 Gulf Oil refinery fire, likely from the Penrose Bridge, showing the intensity of the blaze as it approached the administration building, subsequently burnt to the ground. Photo, Philadelphia Inquirer.
Additional view of the August 1975 Gulf Oil refinery fire, likely from the Penrose Bridge, showing the intensity of the blaze as it approached the administration building, subsequently burnt to the ground. Photo, Philadelphia Inquirer.

By 7:00 p.m. Sunday evening, the burning tanks and pipelines at the refinery were still gushing flames and a number of roadways in the complex were also burning streams of oil and other petroleum products. For a time, it appeared the fire would not be stopped. This was not the first time the Gulf Oil refinery had burned. In fact, there were 10 fires there between 1960 and 1975. Contingency plans, in fact, had been made for a street-by-street, tank-by-tank retreat through the refinery. In the end, the Philadelphia Fire Department prevailed in the main battle, and by 5:38 a.m. Monday morning, August 18, 1975, the fire was reported as under control. That evening on ABC-TV, the Philadelphia fire made the ABC Evening News national news broadcast with Howard K. Smith reporting. Clips from the fire were shown as Smith explained the fire was still being fought and that six men were then lost, 4 dead and 2 missing. Back in Philadelphia, meanwhile, the fire in the original tank no. 231, was permitted to burn itself out. “Flare-ups” at the site continued for another week or so, with at least four calls to the Fire Department to assist refinery firefighters still dealing with the fire’s aftermath.

Associated Press wire photo used by The Baltimore Sun showing firemen still battling one of the tank fires at the Gulf Oil refinery in Philadelphia, PA on Monday, August 18, 1975, a day after the fire had started.  “Flare ups” at the site would continue for another week following the original inferno.
Associated Press wire photo used by The Baltimore Sun showing firemen still battling one of the tank fires at the Gulf Oil refinery in Philadelphia, PA on Monday, August 18, 1975, a day after the fire had started. “Flare ups” at the site would continue for another week following the original inferno.

Finally, on Tuesday, August 26, 1975, the fire was declared officially extinguished. However, this had not been the first time the Philadelphia Gulf Oil Co. refinery had burned. In fact, the refinery had been the scene of ten fires since 1960. On May 16, 1975, a six-alarm fire struck the Gulf Refinery. And following the big blaze of August 1975, a second six-alarm fire occurred at the Gulf refinery on October 20, 1975.

Ed Marks, among those who fought the 1975 Gulf refinery fire, recalled in a 2015 Philadelphia Inquirer interview, how subdued his firehouse was after the blaze and how it felt to visit the refinery scene two days later: “When we pulled in, it was the most eerie sense that came over you, knowing the devastation and the loss of life that had just occurred. It was complete and total devastation. The refinery administration building burnt to the ground, the twisted steel, every vehicle burnt down to the skeletons.”

Philadelphia Evening Bulletin photo of burnt out and twisted remains of Gulf Oil refinery apparatus near storage tank earthen dike with fire truck and pumper skeletons in foreground, August 1975, Philadelphia, PA.
Philadelphia Evening Bulletin photo of burnt out and twisted remains of Gulf Oil refinery apparatus near storage tank earthen dike with fire truck and pumper skeletons in foreground, August 1975, Philadelphia, PA.

“The Daily Damage”
An Occasional Series

This article is one in an occasional series of stories at this website that feature the ongoing environmental and societal impacts of industrial spills, toxic releases, fires, air & water pollution incidents and other such occurrences. These stories will cover both recent incidents and those from history that have left a mark either nationally or locally; incidents that have generated controversy in some way, brought about governmental inquiries or political activity, and generally have taken a toll on the environment, worker health and safety, and/or local communities.

My purpose for including such stories here is simply to drive home the continuing and chronic nature of these occurrences through history, and hopefully contribute to public education about them so that improvements in law, regulation, and industry practice will be made, and that safer alternatives will replace them in the future. — Jack Doyle

The initial cause of the August 1975 inferno at the refinery was the overfilling of tank no. 231. Large quantities of hydrocarbon vapors had been trapped at the top of the big storage tank above the crude oil. As the quantity of crude oil in the tank increased, these hydrocarbon vapors were forced out of the tank’s vents and into the area of the boiler house where the initial ignition occurred. The overfilling of the tank had resulted from a failure of the tanker’s personnel to properly monitor the quantity of crude oil being pumped into the tank. After the first explosion and initial fire, the supplying tanker terminated its pumping, left its Schuylkill River berth, and relocated to the piers at Hog Island. But beyond the first cause, there were other contributing circumstances — and some might say outright negligence — that made the fire a much bigger catastrophe than it should have been.


Remaining Issues

Less than two months after the Gulf Oil fire in Philadelphia, on October 12, 1975, another oil refinery fire occurred in the city – this one at the Atlantic Richfield (ARCO) refinery not far from the Gulf refinery. The ARCO fire went to nine alarms with more than 200 firefighters involved, but had no loss of life.

Still, this fire, coupled with the Gulf blaze and other incidents in the 1970s, prompted then Pennsylvania attorney general, Robert Kane, to form a special governors task force to begin an investigation into Philadelphia-area oil refinery fires and explosions. “We are going beyond that (the Gulf fire) to deal with all the refinery fires in Pennsylvania during the past 10 years to determine whether there is a risk and what can be done to correct it,” Kane told the Philadelphia Inquirer on October 13th, 1975. The group had already held its first session in early October. The special task force proposed to look into a series of oil-related incidents in the Philadelphia area that occurred in the 1960s and 1970s. There had been more than 50 people killed in those incidents. (A January 1977 Philadelphia Inquirer story indicated that the task force investigation was still ongoing, and that a draft had been prepared).

Philadelphia Inquirer headlines from May 12th, 1970, reporting on one of the earlier refinery incidents in South Philly, this time at the Atlantic Richfield refinery (later known as ARCO), where a catalytic cracking unit explosion would, in the end, kill seven.
Philadelphia Inquirer headlines from May 12th, 1970, reporting on one of the earlier refinery incidents in South Philly, this time at the Atlantic Richfield refinery (later known as ARCO), where a catalytic cracking unit explosion would, in the end, kill seven.

In addition to the Gulf refinery fire, which killed eight firemen and caused an estimated $10 million in property damage, the task force was expected to investigate several other refinery- and oil-related incidents in the area. Included among these were the following: the January 31, 1975 explosion of the Greek oil tanker Corinthos and the death of 25 crewmen at British Petroleum’s dock in Marcus Hook after it was struck by the S. S. Edgar M. Queeny; the April 9, 1974 explosion of the Greek tanker Elias at the ARCO dock on the Delaware River, killing 12; and the May 11, 1970 explosion of a 13-story catalytic processing unit at the ARCO refinery, killing seven workers. There had also been numerous smaller incidents at area refineries in the 1960s, most of which were non-fatal fires – and eight of which occurred at the Gulf refinery between 1966 and the 1975 blaze. One of the worst of these occurred on September 9, 1960, when lightning touched off an eight-alarm, $l-million blaze that destroyed 20 large storage tanks.

UPI wire story, New York Times, July 7, 1977, p. 27.
UPI wire story, New York Times, July 7, 1977, p. 27.
Regrettably, research at this website to date has not been able to determine what happened with Attorney General Kane’s state-level investigation, whether a report was in fact prepared and issued, or what findings and/or recommendations might have been made.

In July 1977, there were some news reports indicating that Gulf Oil – in connection with the 1975 refinery fire – was cited with 172 violations of the city fire code and fined for a portion of those, some of which may have been subsequently waived. And while there may also have been state actions taken and/or private lawsuits brought against Gulf Oil for its liabilities in the 1975 refinery fire – possibly with out-of-court settlements – this website has not yet found any record of those.
Note: for readers who may know of such records, or details of the state’s oil industry investigation, please forward any links or related materials, or contact Jack Doyle at the email address below.


Firemen Honored

Six firefighters lost their lives at the scene during the August 1975 Gulf refinery fire; two others died later of burns, and at least 14 others were treated for burns and injuries. The Gulf Oil refinery fire of 1975 is still remembered in Philadelphia, especially among friends and family of those lost in the blaze and by the Philadelphia fire-fighting community. In August 2007, about 200 people gathered at the Fireman’s Hall Museum in Philadelphia as plaques were unveiled to honor the firefighters who lost their lives in the Gulf Oil refinery disaster. Again, in August 2015, marking the 40th year of the fire, city and fire department officials, survivors, and family members gathered in remembrance of the tragedy with a ceremony at the Fireman’s Hall Museum.

Two additional stories at this website on the history of oil refinery fires and explosions include: “Texas City Disaster: BP Refinery, March 2005” (about BP’s negligence in the 2005 Texas City, TX oil refinery explosion & fire that killed 15 workers and injured another 180, including 60 Minutes TV coverage and details on related litigation); and, “Inferno at Whiting: Standard Oil, 1955” (story about the eight-day catastrophic oil refinery fire near Chicago in 1955, and later leaks, spills, and waste issues at the refinery under Amoco and BP management).

Other stories of possible interest at this website include: “Burn On, Big River,” about oil-pollution fed Cuyahoga River fires near Cleveland, Ohio; “Offshore Oil Blaze,” an account of a major offshore well blowout and fire at a Shell Oil Co. rig in the Gulf of Mexico; and “Plastic Infernos,” a brief history of toxic dangers found in high-rise and other fires with high plastics content. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 15 February 2015
Last Update: 29 April 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Burning Philadelphia: Refinery Inferno, 1975,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 15, 2015.

____________________________________


Oil Disaster Books at Amazon.com
 

Stephen McGinty’s 2008 book, “Fire in the Night: The Piper Alpha Disaster,” Macmillan, Click for Amazon.
Stephen McGinty’s 2008 book, “Fire in the Night: The Piper Alpha Disaster,” Macmillan, Click for Amazon.
2017 book: “One Minute After Sunrise: The Story of the Standard Oil Refinery Fire of 1955,” 246 pp. Click for copy.
2017 book: “One Minute After Sunrise: The Story of the Standard Oil Refinery Fire of 1955,” 246 pp. Click for copy.
2008 book on 15-year citizens’ battle at Shell’s Norco, LA refinery & chem plant. Amistad publishers, 288pp. Click for copy.
2008 book on 15-year citizens’ battle at Shell’s Norco, LA refinery & chem plant. Amistad publishers, 288pp. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Another view of the August 1975 Gulf Oil refinery fire in Philadelphia, PA with the former landmark brick boiler stack, ruined in the blaze.
Another view of the August 1975 Gulf Oil refinery fire in Philadelphia, PA with the former landmark brick boiler stack, ruined in the blaze.
Fireman on firetruck No. 133 and other men fighting blaze at Gulf Oil refinery, photographed not long before this area went up in flames, destroying the firetruck and killing some of the firefighters.
Fireman on firetruck No. 133 and other men fighting blaze at Gulf Oil refinery, photographed not long before this area went up in flames, destroying the firetruck and killing some of the firefighters.

Associated Press, “Philadelphia Blaze At Gulf Fuel Plant Kills 3 Firefighters,” New York Times, August 18, 1975.

“3 Firemen Die Fighting Philadelphia Oil Blaze,” Chicago Tribune, August 18, 1975, p. 3.

“Refinery Fire, Philadelphia,” ABC Evening News, Howard K. Smith, Monday, August 18, 1975.

“2 Brave Hot Oil to Close Valve at Refinery Fire,” Los Angeles Times, August 19, 1975, p. 4.

“Philadelphia Firemen Keep Watch at Site of Oil Blaze,” New York Times, Wednesday, August 20, 1975, p. 12.

“Fear of New Blast at Refinery Forces Shutdown of Bridge,” Los Angeles Times, August 21, 1975, p, B-14.

United Press International, “7th Philadelphia Fire Victim,” New York Times, August 26, 1975

“Philadelphia Fire Burns Out,” New York Times, Wednesday, August 27, 1975, p. 12.

Murray Dubin, “Kane’s Refinery Study, Begun in 1975, Is Still Out,” Philadelphia Inquirer, January 25, 1977, p. 9-A.

Elmer Smith, “30 Yrs. Later, Memories of a Refinery Inferno; Gulf Oil Refinery- Philadelphia, Pa. 30 Years Ago; Tragic Fire Revisited,” Philadelphia Inquirer, August 17, 2005.

Vernon Clark, “City Honors 8 Firefighters Lost in 1975,” Philadelphia Inquirer, August 16, 2007, p. B-1.

Mike Pence & Bob Burns, View From The Bridge, “The 1975 Philadelphia Gulf Oil Refinery Fire,” Fire World, Volume 22, No. 6, November 2007.

Robert Burke, “Remembering the Gulf Oil Refinery Fire,” Firehouse.com, December 3, 2010.

Christopher R. Dougherty, “A Petaled Rose Of Hell: Refineries, Fire Risk, And The New Geography Of Oil In Philadelphia’s Tide- water,” HiddenCityPhila.org, December 10, 2013.

“Gulf Oil Refinery Fire, August 1975,” George D. McDowell / Philadelphia Evening Bulletin Photographs, Digital Library, Temple University, Philadelphia, PA

Kristen A. Graham, “George Schrufer, 72, Firefighter Who Survived 1975 Gulf Refinery Blaze,” Philadelphia Inquirer, December 21, 2014.

Aubrey Whelan, “Ceremony Marks 1975 Gulf Oil Refinery Blaze That Killed Eight Firefighters,” Philly.com, August 17, 2015.

Max Marin, “South Philly Refinery’s Long History of Fires, Explosions, Deaths and Injuries,” BillyPenn.com, June 21, 2019.

_________________________

 
Books at Amazon.com
 

Steve Coll’s book,  “Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power,” 2013 edition, Penguin Books, 704 pp. Click for copy.
Steve Coll’s book, “Private Empire: ExxonMobil and American Power,” 2013 edition, Penguin Books, 704 pp. Click for copy.
Christopher Leonard’s book, “Koch-land: The Secret History of Koch Industries and Corporate Power in America,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.
Christopher Leonard’s book, “Koch-land: The Secret History of Koch Industries and Corporate Power in America,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.
Gregory Zuckerman’s book, “The Frackers: The Outrageous Inside Story of the New Billionaire Wildcatters.” Click for copy.
Gregory Zuckerman’s book, “The Frackers: The Outrageous Inside Story of the New Billionaire Wildcatters.” Click for copy.

 



“Tomorrow Never Knows”
The Beatles: 1966

1966: The Beatles’ album “Revolver” ventured into new musical territory with use of the sitar and novel studio effects in “psychedelic” song, “Tomorrow Never Knows.” Click for digital or CD.
1966: The Beatles’ album “Revolver” ventured into new musical territory with use of the sitar and novel studio effects in “psychedelic” song, “Tomorrow Never Knows.” Click for digital or CD.
In August 1966 the Beatles released their seventh studio album, Revolver. The album spent 34 weeks on the UK albums chart, arriving at the No. 1 spot on August 13th 1966. It also reached No. 1 on the Billboard albums chart, where it stayed for six weeks.

Among the 14 songs on Revolver are a number of memorable Beatles tunes, including: “Taxman,” “Eleanor Rigby,” “Here, There and Everywhere,” “Good Day Sunshine,” and “For No One.” But one song on the album – the last one on side two – is titled, “Tomorrow Never Knows.” It is credited as a Lennon–McCartney song, but was written primarily by John Lennon.

The Beatles, with this album, and the one preceding it, Rubber Soul, began venturing into what became known as psychedelic music. And “Tomorrow Never Knows,” in particular, was one of the songs with a sound all its own; a sound that typified the self-discovery, “mind-expanding” reaches of the psychedelic genre. The title for the song, which does not appear in the lyrics, came from a Ringo Starr observation – Starr known occasionally for his twisted expressions, in this case, a malapropism of “tomorrow never comes,” adopted by Lennon for the song’s title. And for this particular tune, “Tomorrow Never Knows” seemed to fit quite well.

1964: "The Psychedelic Experience," by Timothy Leary, Ralph Metzner and Richard Alpert – a "how to" guide for those using psychedelic drugs. Click for book.
1964: "The Psychedelic Experience," by Timothy Leary, Ralph Metzner and Richard Alpert – a "how to" guide for those using psychedelic drugs. Click for book.
Classic guide to Tibetan traditions & thought; seen in 1960s as a basic text for psychedelic explorations.
Classic guide to Tibetan traditions & thought; seen in 1960s as a basic text for psychedelic explorations.


Trippy Origins

John Lennon wrote the song in January 1966. His lyrics were adapted from the 1964 book The Psychedelic Experience: A Manual Based on the Tibetan Book of the Dead, by Timothy Leary, Richard Alpert, and Ralph Metzner.

(Timothy Leary a former Harvard professor, had become something of a cultural celebrity for his brash advocacy of LSD. See “Legend of Mind” story at this website for more on Leary and LSD ).

Some have stated that Lennon’s source for the lyrics was the Tibetan Book of the Dead itself, which Lennon reportedly read while under the influence of LSD. But both George Harrison and Paul McCartney stated that the idea for the lyrics came from the Leary-Alpert-Metzner book.


Music Player
“Tomorrow Never Knows”
The Beatles-1966

[ scroll down for lyrics ]


McCartney reported that he and Lennon visited the newly opened Indica bookshop in London. At the time, Lennon was looking in particular for The Portable Nietzsche, but instead found a copy of The Psychedelic Experience.

In that book is the line: “Whenever in doubt, turn off your mind, relax, float downstream,” similar to the lyric heard in the song.


…And LSD

According to some accounts, after Lennon bought the book, he then went home, took LSD, and followed the instructions exactly as stated in the book.

The book held that the “ego death” – experienced under the influence of LSD and other psychedelic drugs – is a shedding of ego, but the process requires a stepwise guidance, outlined in the book.

The Beatles, meanwhile — at least three of them — had already experienced LSD. Reportedly, while in Los Angeles in August of 1965, John, George and Ringo had first ventured into LSD with Peter Fonda and The Byrds. Paul apparently did not partake at the time. So John already had some experience with the drug prior to his 1966 venture in composing “Tomorrow Never Knows.”

“Tomorrow Never Knows”
The Beatles
1966

Turn off your mind relax and float down stream
It is not dying, it is not dying

Lay down all thoughts, surrender to the void,
It is shining, it is shining.

Yet you may see the meaning of within
It is being, it is being

Love is all and love is everyone
It is knowing, it is knowing

And ignorance and hate mourn the dead
It is believing, it is believing

But listen to the colour of your dreams
It is not leaving, it is not leaving

So play the game “Existence” to the end
Of the beginning, of the beginning
Of the beginning, of the beginning
Of the beginning …[ fade out ]


Harrison’s View

George Harrison would later offer the following observation about whether Lennon (and others) fully understood the meaning of the song’s lyrics:

You can hear (and I am sure most Beatles fans have) “Tomorrow Never Knows” a lot and not know really what it is about. Basically it is saying what meditation is all about.

The goal of meditation is to go beyond (that is, transcend) waking, sleeping and dreaming. So the song starts out by saying, “Turn off your mind, relax and float downstream, it is not dying.”

Then it says, “Lay down all thoughts, surrender to the void—it is shining. That you may see the meaning of within—it is being.” From birth to death all we ever do is think: we have one thought, we have another thought, another thought, another thought. Even when you are asleep you are having dreams, so there is never a time from birth to death when the mind isn’t always active with thoughts. But you can turn off your mind, and go to the part which Maharishi described as: “Where was your last thought before you thought it?”


Psychedelic poster art, ‘Tomorrow Never Knows,’ by RedBundle at DeviantArt.com, incorporating first line of Beatles’ 1966 song.
Psychedelic poster art, ‘Tomorrow Never Knows,’ by RedBundle at DeviantArt.com, incorporating first line of Beatles’ 1966 song.
[Harrison, continuing…]

The whole point is that we are the song. The self is coming from a state of pure awareness, from the state of being. All the rest that comes about in the outward manifestation of the physical world. . . is just clutter. The true nature of each soul is pure consciousness. So the song is really about transcending and about the quality of the transcendent.

I am not too sure if John actually fully understood what he was saying. He knew he was onto something when he saw those words and turned them into a song. But to have experienced what the lyrics in that song are actually about? I don’t know if he fully understood it.


1966: John Lennon during recording sessions for the Beatles album, “Revolver.”
1966: John Lennon during recording sessions for the Beatles album, “Revolver.”
Music & Recording

Revolver was recorded at EMI Studios, London, with sessions that ran between April and June of 1966. “Tomorrow Never Knows,” was the first track to be recorded – primarily in April 1966 – but became the last song on the album.

The song stands out as totally different from the rest, as there was a good deal of studio experimentation with this song.

One prominent instrument heard in the song is the sitar, which George Harrison had been using after visiting with Ravi Shankar. “Tomorrow Never Knows” is also distinguished by Ringo’s unusual backbeat on the drums – a constant but non-standard tumbling pattern suggested by Paul McCartney for the song.

There were also some novel techniques used in the song’s production such as reverse guitar, and at one point, some of Lennon’s vocals were given an unusual treatment as well.

Robert Rodriguez’s 2012 book, “Revolver: How the Beatles Reimagined Rock 'n Roll.” Click for book.
Robert Rodriguez’s 2012 book, “Revolver: How the Beatles Reimagined Rock 'n Roll.” Click for book.
John Lennon’s instruction to producer George Martin and EMI engineer Geoff Emerick for the production on this song, was that he, Lennon, wanted “to sound as if I’m the Dalai Lama singing from the highest mountain top.” Other accounts, describe Lennon as wanting to sound like a “hundred chanting Tibetan monks.” At one point, Lennon even had the idea of singing the song while spinning on a rope suspended from the studio ceiling to get the effect he wanted. In the end, Lennon’s vocals were run through a rotating Leslie organ speaker to produce the desired effect, the first instance of using that particular technique on a pop recording.

Lennon, upon hearing his processed voice in the studio for the first time, exclaimed: “That is bloody marvelous!” McCartney added, “It’s the Dalai Lennon!” (The Beatles would, two years later, take a much publicized trip to India to study meditation ). Tape loops by the Beatles were also used on the song, “mixed in and out of an Indian-based modal backing,” according to one description. Seagulls and various orchestral sounds can also be heard, some of which was played and recorded backwards. The result of all this studio experimentation and novel recording was that the Beatles were moving in a distinctly new direction, taking popular music with them as they went.

Some consider “Tomorrow Never Knows” as one of the Beatles’ greatest songs – or at least one of the most notable in that era. Robert Rodriguez, writing in his 2012 book, Revolver: How The Beatles Re-Imagined Rock ‘N’ Roll, describes “Tomorrow Never Knows” as “the greatest leap into the future” that the Beatles had yet taken, and was on the leading edge of psychedelic music.“…Never had pop swirled quite like this – the sea-gulls, the sitar drone, the sped-up orchestral bits. It was music without edges, all porous borders, one sound bleeding into the next…”
Pitchfork, 2006
Other musicians and producers agree, some citing it as “the beginning of psychedelia in recorded music.” In the book The 100 Most Influential Musicians of All Time (Gini Gorlinski, ed.), the song is called “hallucinatory hard rock.” In August 2006, Pitchfork, the Chicago-based internet music magazine, ranked “Tomorrow Never Knows” at No. 19 on their list of “The 200 Greatest Songs of the 1960s,” noting:

…Never had pop swirled quite like this– the seagulls, the sitar drone, the sped-up orchestral bits. It was music without edges, all porous borders, one sound bleeding into the next. But it wasn’t some new age drift, either, what with Ringo compensating for all the space in his part by hitting each stutter-stop beat with double force, and the snarling backward lead zigzagging ribbon-like down the rabbit hole. Disorienting contrast is the power of this song– a possible bad trip talk-down…– and explains why it loomed mightily above the nascent psychedelic movement.

Still others date the Beatles entry into psychedelia even earlier, with the preceding album, Rubber Soul, and songs such as “Norwegian Wood,” which also uses the sitar. But “Tomorrow Never Knows” was clearly an innovative leap forward in any case, drawing praise as recently as 2011 from contemporary hip hop artist DJ Spooky, who noted the song’s contribution to sampling. Others have cited it as an early example of the “studio as instrument.” And despite its unusual sound and recording techniques, “Tomorrow Never Knows” has also been covered by a number of artists, ranging from Jimi Hendrix in 1968 and Herbie Hancock in 2010, to Reggae group The Wailing Souls in 1998 and the Portland band Helio Sequence in 2000, among others.


Poster for the TV series “Mad Men,” which follows the drama of those working at a New York advertising agency in the 1960s. Click for box set.
Poster for the TV series “Mad Men,” which follows the drama of those working at a New York advertising agency in the 1960s. Click for box set.
Mad Men Episode

“Tomorrow Never Knows” has also been used recently in one television series. It was featured during the final scene of the 2012 Mad Men episode “Lady Lazarus” (Episode 8, Season 5).

In that episode, Don Draper (John Hamm) – the super advertising guy in the 1960s New York ad agency, Sterling Cooper Draper Price – is given a copy of the Revolver album by his younger wife, Megan (Jessica Pare). Don has complained to Megan about not knowing what is going on in youth and popular culture. Megan responds by bringing him a copy of The Beatles’ Revolver album. She picks out the song “Tomorrow Never Knows,” advising him to “start with this one.”

As Megan leaves for acting class, Don picks up the album sleeve, looks it over a bit, then removes the LP, and plays it. He listens to the music as he sits with a glass of whiskey. As Lennon and the Beatles sing, “You may see the meaning of within…,” the camera cuts to a sequence of scenes of Don’s wife and his co-workers, all caught in moments of uncertainty and transition. Back in his easy chair, Don’s own response to this bit of Beatles’ mind-expanding music is more puzzlement, if not outright disinterest. Less than a minute or so into the song, Don lifts the needle from the recording in mid-play and turns off the player. Seemingly displeased with the sound, lyrics or both, and no more enlightened than he was before about youth culture, Don Draper walks back to his bedroom as the episode ends in silence. The song also played over the closing credits. The episode was watched by 2.29 million viewers during its initial broadcast

2012: “Mad Men’s” Don Draper, in his easy chair at home, listening briefly to the Beatles’ “Tomorrow Never Knows.”
2012: “Mad Men’s” Don Draper, in his easy chair at home, listening briefly to the Beatles’ “Tomorrow Never Knows.”


Song Rights

According to the New York Times, the rights to the song for the Mad Men episode cost the producers over $250,000. Beatles songs have been rarely used in TV productions or commercials.

In the late 1980s, the Beatles went to court when Nike used one of their songs in a famous sneaker commercial. In the case of this Mad Men episode, writer/creator Matthew Weiner felt strongly about using the song, and using it in a proper context. In fact, to win the approval of Apple Corps, which administers Beatles song rights, Weiner had to share the episode’s story line with the company. The surviving Beatles, Yoko Ono, and Olivia Harrison, also signed off on the Mad Men usage. As Matthew Weiner explained to the New York Times:

…It was hard, because I had to, writing-wise, commit to the story that I thought was worthy of this incredible opportunity. The thing about that song in particular was, the Beatles are, throughout their intense existence, constantly pushing the envelope, and I really wanted to show how far ahead of the culture they were. That song to me is revolutionary, as is that album.

May 19, 1967: The Beatles at a London press conference celebrating the completion of their album, “Sgt Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band.”
May 19, 1967: The Beatles at a London press conference celebrating the completion of their album, “Sgt Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band.”

Psychedelic Sound

Back in 1966 meanwhile, when the Beatles released this song and Revolver, the group was just getting started with innovative music and psychedelic-tinged songs. In the next year, 1967, they produced their much-heralded Sgt Peppers Lonely Hearts Club Band album. And following their 1968 sojourn to India, they would return to London to record the double disc “White Album.”

For more on the Beatles at this website see the Beatles topics page, which includes thumbnails and links to ten other Beatles stories. Additional music stories can be found at the “Annals of Music” page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support this website.
Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 7 February 2015
Last Update: 18 February 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Tomorrow Never Knows, The Beatles: 1966,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 7, 2015.

____________________________________


Beatles Music at Amazon.com


The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Paperback edition of Ian MacDonald’s 2005 book, “Rev-olution in the Head: The Beatles’ Records and the Sixties.”
Paperback edition of Ian MacDonald’s 2005 book, “Rev-olution in the Head: The Beatles’ Records and the Sixties.”
1966: John Lennon in studio during “Revolver” sessions.
1966: John Lennon in studio during “Revolver” sessions.

“The Beatles 100 Greatest Songs: No 18. Tomorrow Never Knows,” Rolling Stone, (newsstand edition), November 24, 2010, p. 47, and also at RollingStone.com.

“Tomorrow Never Knows,” Wikipedia.org.

Peter Brown and Steven Gaines, The Love You Make: An Insider’s Story of The Beatles, Methuen Publishing, 1980.

George Harrison, The Beatles Anthology (DVD), Special Features, 1995.

Brian Roylance (editor), The Beatles Anthology, Weidenfeld & Nicolson, October 2000 (1st edition), 368 pp.

Mark Lewisohn, The Complete Beatles Recording Sessions: The Official Story of the Abbey Road Years, 1962–1970, Hamlyn, 2004.

Bill Harry, The Ringo Starr Encyclopedia, Virgin Books, 2004.

Bob Spitz, The Beatles: The Biography, Little, Brown & Company, 2005.

Ian MacDonald, Revolution in the Head: The Beatles’ Records and the Sixties (3rd ed.), Chicago Review Press. 2005.

Pitchfork Staff, “The 200 Greatest Songs of the 1960s: Part Five: #20-1,” Pitchfork.com, August 18, 2006.

Gini Gorlinski (ed.), The 100 Most Influential Musicians of All Time, New York: Rosen Publishing, 2009.

Jacob Turcotte, “John Lennon: Top 6 Most Influential Songs,” Christian Science Monitor, December 8, 2010.

Robert Rodriguez, Revolver: How the Beatles Reimagined Rock’n’Roll, Hal Leonard Corporation, 2012.

Dave Itzkoff and Ben Sisario, “How ‘Mad Men’ Landed the Beatles: All You Need Is Love (and $250,000),” New York Times, May 7, 2012.

John Jurgensen, “How Much ‘Mad Men’ Paid for The Beatles,” Wall Street Journal, May 7, 2012.

“The Beatles Go To 11: Dave Brogan’s Picks,” DirtyImpound.com, April 29, 2013.

Song Review by Richie Unterberger, “Tomorrow Never Knows,” AllMusic.com.

“Revolver (Beatles album),” Wikipedia.org.

John Lennon, The Beatles Anthology (DVD), Episode 7.

____________________________________________________________


Books at Amazon.com


“All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Beatles Release,” every album, every song, 1963-1970. Click for Amazon.
“All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Beatles Release,” every album, every song, 1963-1970. Click for Amazon.
Glenn C. Altschuler’s  “All Shook Up: How Rock 'n' Roll Changed America,” Oxford University Press, 240 pp. Click for Amazon.
Glenn C. Altschuler’s “All Shook Up: How Rock 'n' Roll Changed America,” Oxford University Press, 240 pp. Click for Amazon.
“The Rolling Stones All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track” (2022 expanded ed.). 340 songs, 760pp. Click for Amazon.
“The Rolling Stones All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track” (2022 expanded ed.). 340 songs, 760pp. Click for Amazon.




“Harry Caudill”
Writer & Activist: 1950s-1980s

Harry Caudill’s 1983 book on the history of Kentucky exploitation by steel and mining companies, published by the University of Illinois Press. Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s 1983 book on the history of Kentucky exploitation by steel and mining companies, published by the University of Illinois Press. Click for copy.
Harry M. Caudill (1922-1990) was a writer, country lawyer, and political activist who fought for Appalachia and his native Kentucky homeland. He fought with words and political action to preserve and protect his land and local culture, winning a seat in the state legislature and rising to national prominence in the 1950s and 1960s as an author and spokesman for Appalachia. He railed mostly against absentee corporate interests who sought to exploit the region’s resources while giving little in return.

Kentucky then, and still today, is besieged by corporate interests who came for the region’s natural wealth, primarily its coal. Caudill not only did battle with the coal barons, but also local corruption and local politicians – often the handmaidens of the outside interests. After years of battling, Caudill succeeded in drawing attention to the plight of Kentucky and the larger Appalachian Region. The cover of one of his books is displayed at right, as its title and subtitle aptly capture what Harry Caudill railed against for much of his life.

A lifelong resident of Kentucky’s Letcher County, Harry Monroe Caudill was born near Whitesburg on May 3, 1922. His ancestors helped settle the county. After high school, Caudill served in the U.S. military and saw action in Italy during WWII. Following the war, he received his law degree from the University of Kentucky in 1948. That year he began practicing law in Whitesburg. But he soon turned to politics, elected to the Kentucky legislature in 1954, 1956 and 1960. He also rose on the national stage with the 1963 publication of Night Comes to the Cumberlands, a book which eloquently described the forces of Appalachian poverty and exploitation, helping to spur the Kennedy and Johnson administrations to help the region.

Harry Caudill of Kentucky.
Harry Caudill of Kentucky.
In addition to Night Comes…, Harry Caudill would write a number of other books, several on similar themes of resource and regional exploitation, among them: My Land is Dying (1971), Darkness at Dawn (1976); The Watches of the Night (1976); and others. His writing also appeared in numerous magazines, among them, The Atlantic Monthly, The Nation, Reader’s Digest, The New York Times Sunday Magazine, Audubon, and Commonweal.

Becoming something of a national figure in the 1960s, Caudill was also profiled in articles by noted writers such as Calvin Trillin of The New Yorker and noted historian, David McCullough, then writing for American Heritage magazine.

Caudill would also testify before various committees of the U.S. Congress on topics ranging from balanced economic development to the problems of older Americans in rural areas. But the issue that helped bring Caudill to state and national attention between the 1950s and 1970s was strip mining for coal.

1967: Harry Caudill, photographed in Kentucky by Life magazine photographer Bob Gomel.
1967: Harry Caudill, photographed in Kentucky by Life magazine photographer Bob Gomel.


Strip Mining

Strip mining in Kentucky and elsewhere had gone on for decades before Harry Caudill arrived on the scene, but after World War II the technology had moved well beyond the “pick-and-shovel” stage. In eastern Kentucky especially, the practice of “shoot and shove” contour strip mining was notorious. Miners gouged into hillsides with mechanized shovels and dozers, establishing a “bench,” and from there would snake around mountain sides for miles (see photo later below). In the process, tons of dirt and spoil were pushed “over the side,” off the bench and down the mountain sides, clogging and polluting streams below. In its wake, a ruinous moonscapes remained, with dangerous highwalls, acid mine drainage, mudslides and flooding. Hardscrabble farmers and rural communities often paid the price.

In the 1950s, residents of Letcher, Harlan, Knott, Perry and other mountain counties in Kentucky began to advocate a ban on strip mining. Regulatory control bills had been offered in 1948 and 1952 but did not pass. By the time Harry Caudill took his seat in the legislature in 1954, a weak measure was adopted, requiring operators to post a paltry $100 to $200 bond per acre. In those days, few operators even bothered to get a permit, and a court decision exempted augur mining- a horizontal drilling technique that often added to the damage. Then the governor abolished the regulatory agency. Eastern Kentucky continued to be ravaged.

Many operators who held mineral rights obtained under the notorious “broad from deed”– a pernicious bit of legalese that swindled rightful landowners out of their mineral rights decades earlier – ran roughshod over landowners. Coal operators did not bother, nor were they bound, to ask the landowners for permission to mine. Neither did they repair the land or abate the damage in the wake of their mining. Blasting and bulldozers shattered windows, knocked homes off foundations, covered roads with debris, uprooted forests, and ruined cropland – typically without compensation to landowners.

Circa 1967:  Aerial view of contour strip mining's handiwork in Eastern Kentucky, with gouged mountainsides running for miles to the far horizon. Source: “These Murdered Mountains,” Life magazine, January 12, 1968, photo by Bob Gomel.
Circa 1967: Aerial view of contour strip mining's handiwork in Eastern Kentucky, with gouged mountainsides running for miles to the far horizon. Source: “These Murdered Mountains,” Life magazine, January 12, 1968, photo by Bob Gomel.

In 1960, Harry Caudill had introduced the first bill in the Kentucky legislature to ban strip mining. But more pressure to develop Kentucky and Appalachian coal fields came from a New Deal agency designed to help the region – the Tennessee Valley Authority. In 1961, TVA decided to get into the coal business and signed long-term contracts to buy 16.5 million tons of strip-mined coal to supply its power plants. In 1962, Peabody Coal Co. was among those answering the call, as it opened the Sinclair Surface Mine in Muhlenberg County in Western Kentucky, there operating a gargantuan 20-story shovel nick-named “Big Hog” that supplied coal for years to the TVA Paradise Fossil Plant (see “Paradise” story at this website). Back in Eastern Kentucky, more strip mines opened up as well, arousing citizen anger. One local resident named Raymond Rash gathered petitions from one thousand supporters calling for a strip mine ban. Bu neither Caudill’s bill in the legislature nor the citizen petitions made much difference, as a 1963 revision of the state’s strip-mine control law would be adopted. But that law was all window dressing and had little effect on stripping. Meanwhile, Harry Caudill would publish the book that would bring he and his Appalachian cause more national notice.

Cover of best-selling 1962 book by Kentucky author, Harry Caudill, whose portrayals of Appalachia and the ravages of strip mining were revelations to many. Click for copy.
Cover of best-selling 1962 book by Kentucky author, Harry Caudill, whose portrayals of Appalachia and the ravages of strip mining were revelations to many. Click for copy.


“Night Comes…”

In 1962, Harry Caudill’s Night Comes to the Cumberlands was published as an Atlantic Monthly Press book by Little, Brown & Co. of Boston, Massachusetts.

“In Night Comes to the Cumberlands, “ wrote the publisher on the back of early paperback editions, “author Harry M, Caudill focuses on the terrible social sore of squalor, ignorance and demoralization among the inhabitants of the Cumberland region of eastern Kentucky. The ugly practice of coal mining plundered the hills, leaving the natives jobless and hopeless among refuse-clogged streams, sterile fields, and abandoned ‘company towns.’ And these shocking conditions prevail in the Cumberlands even today.”

Excerpted on the book’s back cover as well were selected review blurbs: “Few books of recent years present a more devastating but poignant account of the degradation of a people than the story of the Kentucky mining regions,” from the Minneapolis Sunday Tribune, and, “…One cannot come away from reading Night Comes to The Cumberlands without a terrible sense of indignation and urgency,” said JFK brother-in-law and Peace Corps director, Sargent Shriver.

“Caudill’s book,” wrote then Secretary of the Interior, Stewart Udall in the book’s preface, “is a story of land failure and the failure of men. It is reminiscent of such earlier works as Upton Sinclair’s The Jungle, Steinbeck’s The Grapes of Wrath, and Agee’s Let Us Now Praise Famous Men….” Like those books, said Udall, Caudill’s Night Comes to the Cumberlands “speaks eloquently to the American conscience”.

In the book, after providing a geological and cultural overview of the region and its heritage, Caudill moved directly to the coal industry’s dire effect on the land and its people:

“…Coal has always cursed the land in which it lies. When men begin to wrest it from the earth it leaves a legacy of foul streams, hideous slag heaps and polluted air. It peoples this transformed land with blind and crippled men and with widows and orphans. It is an extractive industry which takes all away and restores nothing. It mars but never beautifies. It corrupts but never purifies.”

April 1964: President Lyndon B. Johnson during a visit with Tom Fletcher and family in Inez, Kentucky announcing his “War on Poverty” program.
April 1964: President Lyndon B. Johnson during a visit with Tom Fletcher and family in Inez, Kentucky announcing his “War on Poverty” program.

“But the tragedy of the Kentucky mountains transcends the tragedy of coal. It is compounded of Indian wars, civil war and intestine feuds, of layered hatreds and of violent death. To its sad blend, history has added the curse of coal as a crown of sorrow.”

What Caudill did so successfully with Night Comes… was to point up, in 1962, that Appalachia had become an island of poverty in a national sea of plenty and prosperity. The book was at least partially credited with sparking the creation in 1964 of the Appalachian Regional Commission (ARC), a federal agency to assist Kentucky and twelve other states in the Appalachian Mountains. After Caudill’s book came out, President John F. Kennedy appointed a commission to investigate conditions in the region, and his successor, Lyndon B. Johnson, made Appalachia and the ARC a focus of his “War on Poverty.” Johnson, in fact, came to Inez, Kentucky, meeting with a local family there as part of his “War on Poverty” campaign. Subsequently more than $15 billion in federal aid was invested in the region over twenty-five years.

February 1968: Harry Caudill showing U.S. Senator Robert F. Kennedy (D-NY) some of Eastern Kentucky during Kennedy’s tour of Appalachia.
February 1968: Harry Caudill showing U.S. Senator Robert F. Kennedy (D-NY) some of Eastern Kentucky during Kennedy’s tour of Appalachia.
Night Comes to the Cumberlands also inspired young activists to come to the region to offer volunteer help. Social scientists came too. “By fall 1963,” wrote John Cheves and Bill Estep in their 2012 series on Caudill for the Lexington Herald-Leader, “the whole world was coming to Whitesburg to share a meal with Harry and Anne Caudill in their modest, book-lined home and take his ‘poverty tour’ of shattered mountains and shantytowns.” Bobby Kennedy was one of those who came. In February 1968, then a U.S. Senator, Kennedy toured Appalachia and Eastern Kentucky and met with Caudill. Not long thereafter, Kennedy announced he was running for president, only to be cut down by an assassin’s bullet in June 1968 after he had won the California primary.

Back in Appalachia, as the fight to control strip mining began moving from state legislatures to the federal level in the late 1960s, the national press began to pay more attention to the issue. One story that ran appeared in the January 12th 1968 issue of Life magazine. Life was one of the very prominent weekly magazines of that era, and it titled its strip mining story: “These Murdered Old Mountains – Kentucky Operators are Violently Defacing the Land and Ruining Lives.” The story was given prominent play in the magazine over several pages, and it included some dramatic photos of strip mining’s effects, one of mountainside strip mining stretching to the horizon shown earlier. It also included accounts of strip mining damaging homes, unearthing a grave in a family cemetery, causing land-scouring mudslides that destroyed homes, and others that wiped out gardens or clogged streams that flooded and backed-up into people’s homes.

The home at the bottom of this 1968 photo near Hazard, KY was formerly located half way up the mountainside, its demise by massive mudslide precipitated by the removal of forest and strip mining for coal. / Life
The home at the bottom of this 1968 photo near Hazard, KY was formerly located half way up the mountainside, its demise by massive mudslide precipitated by the removal of forest and strip mining for coal. / Life
Part of the Life magazine story included photos of, and an interview with Harry Caudill, who was quoted as follows:

“…When man destroys his land, he begins to destroy himself. I believe that… We’re laying a precedent for the destruction of vast areas. This is not an abstraction. We’re talking about millions of acres, at a time when we’re on a collision course between diminishing land and increasing population. This land may not recover fully for a century. If we have any consideration for posterity, of continuity, of meaning or design in the human equation, then the land is the most important heritage we can pass down. Those narrow few inches of topsoil laid down over so man centuries are the very basis of life. That explains man’s atavistic attachment to the earth – and it explains why the mass destruction of land is somehow obscene.

“You see this in these murdered old mountains and in the impact on the spirit, the soul, the mind of the these people.”

Life’s correspondent noted that the Kentucky coal industry regarded Caudill as an “impractical visionary who doesn’t grasp the real significant of progress,” quoting one strip miner who had gone to college with Caudill, saying: “he was a son of a bitch then and he’s a son of bitch now.” Caudill’s retort was simply, “Strip mining has become a very big business.”

Caudill would also travel to Washington to lend his voice to the strip mine debate. In the summer of 1968, he testified before a Senate committee then considering three proposed bills that had been introduced to regulate strip mining, including one from the Johnson Administration. Caudill stated that stripping should only be allowed where reclamation of the land could be assured – and according to Caudill, none of the pending bills met that standard. He also stated that strip mining should be prohibited in much of southern Appalachia where the slopes were so steep that reclamation and restoration of the land to it former state was impractical and impossible. Areas of special beauty and important to wildlife should also be off limits to strip mining. And finally, as part of any worthy strip mining bill would be a program to restore abandoned mine lands – of which there were many thousands of acres already stripped and abandoned in Caudill’s Kentucky, as well as thousands more in 25 other states, a problem which still festers to this day. An abandoned mine fund, said Caudill and others, should be financed by a special tax on the extractive industries.

Although some bills were introduced in Congress during the late 1960s and early 1970s to regulate strip mining nationally, they made little headway. In 1971, over a dozen bills were introduced, including one by the Nixon administration. In February 1971, Rep. Ken Hechler (D-WV) introduced a bill to ban all surface coal mining. But turning such measures into law would be uphill fights in Congress, where the coal industry had many friends.

Cover of Harry Caudill’s 1971 book, “My Land is Dying,” which covered more of the Appalachian struggles with coal and mining. Click for copy.
Cover of Harry Caudill’s 1971 book, “My Land is Dying,” which covered more of the Appalachian struggles with coal and mining. Click for copy.
Harry Caudill, meanwhile, continued his activism and writing. In November 1971, he published My Land is Dying, something of an extension of Night Comes to the Cumberlands, Caudill singled out Kentucky legislators, judges, and the TVA, as part of the problem. He also documented the court struggles of the Appalachian Group, Save the Land and the People, harassment of Appalachian volunteers, and the actions of local mountain people who sat before bulldozers, some with shotguns in hand, in attempts to save their land and communities. Focusing on Kentucky, Caudill found the state’s “reclamation” law to be toothless, evaded regularly by the strippers. Kirkus Reviews called My Land is Dying “starkly graphic, bitter and eloquent” and one that should rise to the top of the conservation literature. Harvard social scientist, Robert Coles, in an introduction to the book, noted of Caudill: “He writes, he fights in the courts, he speaks to people, he does all he can and more than most of us. A more enlightened nation would honor him as one of its finest citizens. But then, a more enlightened nation would not be so in need of his kind of extraordinary public service.”

Back home, Caudill and his neighbors tried unsuccessfully to stop a big Bethlehem Steel company strip mine in Letcher County in 1969. That operation — begun by the Beth-Elkhorn Corporation in June 1969 — eventually took out more than a thousand acres of heavily timbered land, much of it owned by the company, in order to begin strip mining 7,000,000 tons of coal found in three near-surface seams.

Undated photo of citizens demonstrating for ending the broad form deed in Kentucky.
Undated photo of citizens demonstrating for ending the broad form deed in Kentucky.
Harry Caudill also worked to overturn the effects of the “broad form deed,” an outmoded legal document that severed mineral rights from surface rights, meaning those who lived on such land might not own the minerals below the surface. And in fact, for thousands of landowners that was the case, their mineral rights signed away many decades earlier. Under the broad form deed, the mineral owner could extract coal or other minerals by any means “necessary or convenient.” While other states construed the broad form deed to refer only to coal extraction methods existing at the time the deed was executed, Kentucky courts would rule that the broad form deed allowed mechanized strip mining, a practice inconceivable in the late 1800s. Numerous residents discovered they held only “surface rights” to their homes and farms.

Holders of mineral rights under the broad form deed could come after any coal, gas and oil on the property, destroying the surface land even if the surface owner objected. It took years to change the law; not until 1988 when an amendment to the state constitution was adopted with the help of the citizen group, Kentuckians for the Commonwealth.

Harry Caudill was also quite forceful on why extractive industries in the Appalachian region should have been taxed more in order to improve the lot of the larger community. In a 1975 interview with the Mountain Call, for example, he said:

“…Instead of letting the coal barons plunder these mountains at will and get off scot-free the way we’ve done, let’s say we started taxing the big coal companies fairly back in their early days. And that we used the money collected to provide education for the people who lived here in the hills from which all that black wealth was taken.“[L]et’s say we started tax- ing the big coal companies fairly back in their early days. And that we used the money collected to provide education for the people who lived here in the hills from which all that black wealth was taken….” Would that education for its inhabitants early on have drastically changed Appalachia’s recent past and present?

“If we had had the will and the mind and the intelligence at the local level to levy a fair and adequate tax on coal and the other minerals taken from these mountains and then if we had put that money into good schools, we could have changed the whole situation.

“It wouldn’t have taken a very large tax, either. If we had collected just 10 cents a ton on coal moving out of here in the early years — and keep in mind that 10 cents then had the purchasing power of about 60 or 70 cents now — we would have had — in a county like Letcher, for example — $60 million to spend by 1955. Well, $60 million invested in schoolhouses and in roads to get children to school and in decently paid teachers would have created an entirely different situation….”

Caudill’s ideas on corporate responsibility and taxation gained some traction in the late 1970s, when George Atkins, former UK basketball player, Hopkinsville mayor, and state Auditor, sought the Democratic nomination for governor of Kentucky. Atkins advocated an increase in the severance tax if corporations failed to contribute voluntarily. Atkins later supported John Y. Brown who was elected governor and appointed Atkins as Finance Secretary. Harry Caudill, meanwhile, remained concerned with tax inequities, as well as with the large swaths of Appalachian land and resources controlled by absentee owners.

“Protest at Clear Creek*”
January 1972

January 1972: Part of the contingent of 20 Kentucky women who occupied equipment at a Knott County strip mine site in protest.
January 1972: Part of the contingent of 20 Kentucky women who occupied equipment at a Knott County strip mine site in protest.
In Kentucky in January 1972, two hundred activists and citizen groups traveled to Frankfort to pressure their state legislators on strip mining. A bill had been introduced by Rep. Nick Kafliogis to phase out strip mining. The citizens advocated the abolition bill and carried signs that read, “Reclamation a Damn Shame” and “Keep Our Country Green And Employed: Ban Strip Mining.” Several legislators and Governor Wendell Ford addressed the crowd, making no commitments.

Meanwhile, back in the coalfields of Eastern Kentucky, a small group of protesters from Floyd County, Kentucky occupied equipment at the Ken Mack strip mine site above Clear Creek in Knott County. It was a cold, rainy day that January 1972 as 20 women moved to occupy loaders and bulldozers on the site in an angry and tense confrontation with workers. The women were all members of the group Save the Land and the People.

During the 15-hour standoff, some workers tore down a tent the protesters had put up, and other male demonstrators who were not directly on the site (for fear they would provoke male workers) but at the gate area — including James Banscome and a reporter for the Mountain Eagle – were attacked by mine employees. When the protest ended, the women found two of their cars had slashed tires and smashed windows. Branscome’s car was overturned.

Published statement from women who blocked mining equipment in Knott Co., Kentucky, January 20, 1972.
Published statement from women who blocked mining equipment in Knott Co., Kentucky, January 20, 1972.
The protest action that day in Knott County, Kentucky would mark one of the final acts of citizen protest and direct action against surface mining prior to the federal legislative fight that came in the 1970s.

By the early 1970s, activist and citizen sentiment for controlling strip mining nationwide became increasingly focused on what might be possible in the U.S. Congress. Citizens in Appalachia by then had begun to convene regional and multi-state gatherings of activists, focusing on strategy for federal legislation. State legislatures during this period were also active, some passing bills for the first time, others amending existing laws, though typically not for the better. The coal industry would maneuver to pass weak state laws in hopes of forestalling federal regulation. However, a month after the Elijha Fork citizen action in Kentucky, tragedy struck the coalfields in West Virginia. On February 26, 1972, a large coal waste dam burst at Buffalo Creek, killing 125 people. The event galvanized concern about coal mining and related dangers, and helped spur the drafting and passage of regulatory strip mine bills in the U.S. House of Representatives during the early 1970s. But none of these would become law — at least not then. There was more to come on that fight.
___________________
*Note: In other accounts, this protest was reported as occurring at “Elijah Fork.”


Harry Caudill’s 1976 book, “The Watches of the Night,” a new plea for Appalachia. Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s 1976 book, “The Watches of the Night,” a new plea for Appalachia. Click for copy.
Harry Caudill sought to help his region deal with the power of coal and corporations by bringing more government leverage to the table. Among his proposals was a “Southern Mountain Authority” modeled on the Tennessee Valley Authority, which he saw as a good model for resource development in its early years, despite its later faults. He also advocated diversification of Eastern Kentucky’s economic base by establishing wood-using forest-based industries for furniture, flooring, and molding.

Still, even as he fought for improved regional leverage, Caudill seemed resigned to the fact that all the coal in Appalachia would be mined regardless of how it was regulated; he was not optimistic about controlling strip mining or the prospects for post-mining reclamation, even with stronger regulation. In a wide-ranging February 1975 interview with Caudill on Kentucky coal and other topics that was first published in The Mountain Call and later in Mother Earth News, Caudill – who was not opposed to all coal extraction, but abhorred surface mining – told his interviewers that Appalachia’s future did not look good.

“I think it’ll be mined into a desert,” he said. “We’ll dig till every lump of coal is taken out of these hills.” At the time, Caudill thought there might be some hope in a technique known as “coal liquefaction” – that is, to “liquefy coal in place… and pump it out of the ground instead of having to tear it out.” This, of course, was in 1975. “Otherwise,” he continued, left to strip mining, “it’s just a matter of time. Every hill will be decapitated and all the woods will be dug up. The streams will be congested with mud and the whole country will be ransacked…” And as time and further analysis would show, many of the “synthetic fuels” options touted about that time, including coal liquefaction, would offer no better outcomes.

1967:  Life magazine photo of the after-effects of contour strip mining on a Kentucky mountainside showing the highwall cut, coal overburden sent down the hillside, and the remaining shelf, now used as a coal haul road.
1967: Life magazine photo of the after-effects of contour strip mining on a Kentucky mountainside showing the highwall cut, coal overburden sent down the hillside, and the remaining shelf, now used as a coal haul road.

As for the power of regulation to make the strippers reclaim the land, Caudill believed that was not likely either, as he explained in 1975:

“…Even if you passed a tough strip mining law now, you’d never know the difference.

“I had kind of hoped we’d do more than make strippers reclaim the land they tore up. I’d hoped we might stop stripping entirely.

“Not a chance. The pressures to keep it going are too powerful. You’re facing a tough combination when you line up against the rails, and the barge lines, and the mining companies, and the great land-owning companies, and the steel companies, and the utilities, and the rural electric co-ops, and the great foreign corporations that are loaded with billions of dollars and who want the coal.

“That combination could buy every voter in the country if necessary, and most people couldn’t care less. People, for the most part, don’t care anything about the land. We’re a people without any land ethic whatever…”

Despite Harry Caudill’s dire forecast in the mid-1970s, efforts persisted across the country and in Washington, D.C., to bring stronger national regulation to strip mining.


1977 Strip Mine Law

Front-page New York Times story by Ben Franklin on President Jimmy Carter signing the strip mine law, August 1977.
Front-page New York Times story by Ben Franklin on President Jimmy Carter signing the strip mine law, August 1977.
The battle over a federal strip mine law, however, would emerge as one of the longest and most contentious of the 1970s’ environmental fights. Not only were eastern Appalachian land, water, and wilderness at stake, but Midwest prime farmlands in Indiana and Illinois, as well as grazing and ranching lands of Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado were also underlain with near-surface coal. In fact, in the semi-arid western states, critical underground aquifers were sometimes interwoven with the coal seams. Given the national dimensions of the problem – with strippable coal in 26 states – a determined national citizens coalition formed of Appalachian groups, Midwest farmers, Western ranchers, and Native Americans to push a federal strip mine bill in Congress. The coalition was led by a small Washington-based environmental lobby group named the Environmental Policy Center and their feisty lobbyist, Louise Dunlap.

The legislative battle in Congress would rage through the mid-1970s in a process that would see more than 500 attempted amendments, good and bad, all kinds of legislative maneuvering to stop the bill, and two presidential vetoes. By 1977, following the election of Jimmy Carter, who said during his campaign that he would sign a strip mine bill, Congress passed the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, which was signed into law by President Carter in August 1977. Harry Caudill was among those in the Rose Garden the day Carter signed the bill. Yet as this is written, more than 40 years later, the battle over strip mining – made more rapacious in recent years by way of “mountain top removal” techniques – continues, and its effects seem to bear out what Harry Caudill worried about in the mid-1970s.

1983: Harry Caudill photographed in his office with a portion of his Appalachia library at right. Photo by John C. Wyatt, Herald-Leader newspaper, Lexington, KY.
1983: Harry Caudill photographed in his office with a portion of his Appalachia library at right. Photo by John C. Wyatt, Herald-Leader newspaper, Lexington, KY.


University of Kentucky

In 1977 Harry Caudill gave up practicing law to become Professor of Appalachian Studies at the University of Kentucky (UK).“…[T]hrough his zeal for teaching, his ready rapport with people of all ages, and his well honed wit,” wrote the University of Kentucky on his biography page, “he quickly and effectively gained the respect of students and faculty alike.” And by all accounts, he continued to be his own man. Finding no suitable textbook on the region for teaching, for example, he compiled his own. Caudill remained a professor at UK until 1985.

Earlier, 1965 photo of Harry Caudill and his wife, Anne Frye Caudill.
Earlier, 1965 photo of Harry Caudill and his wife, Anne Frye Caudill.
He also continued to write. With his wife Anne as his secretary, he published dozens of articles in numerous publications, including: The Atlantic Monthly, Reader’s Digest, The Nation, Audubon Magazine, and others. He turned out more books as well, among them: The Mountain, the Miner and the Lord, and Other Tales from a Country Law Office in 1980; Theirs Be the Power: The Moguls of Eastern Kentucky, in 1983; and Slender is The Thread: Tales from a Country Law Office, Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1987. He also wrote numerous editorials that appeared in the feisty Whitesburg newspaper, The Mountain Eagle. And he delivered frequent speeches on strip mining and other eastern Kentucky issues.

In October 1986, Caudill was honored at a “Banquet and Roast” at the University of Kentucky, part of the conference, “On the Land and Economy of Appalachia,” sponsored by the University’s Appalachian Center and also intended to celebrate the 25th anniversary of Night Comes to the Cumberlands. By 1990, Harry Caudill was spending much of his time at home. Experiencing increasing pain from a foot injury he suffered in WW II and battling Parkinson’s Disease. On the afternoon of November 29th, 1990, while facing Pine Mountain outside his Whitesburg home, Harry Caudill took his own life with a handgun. He left a note telling his wife that he loved her and did not want to burden her with his Parkinson’s Disease. In addition to his books, he left behind 80 newspaper essays, 50 odd magazine articles, and more than 120 lectures and speeches.


Rendering of Harry Caudill by Chris Ware.
Rendering of Harry Caudill by Chris Ware.
Later Years & Legacy

Harry Caudill remained a critic and gadfly throughout his life, and regularly expressed his disillusionments with the remedies and fixes that were offered to help his region, some being created by his own prodding. The well-intentioned Appalachia Regional Commission, for example, ended up becoming its own political boondoggle, spreading its largesse over some 420 counties in 13 states. Even though hundreds of millions of dollars were poured into Kentucky and other states, with visible infrastructure and other improvements resulting, some believed the fundamental underlying problems still remained, and Harry Caudill was among the critics.

In his later years, some say Caudill turned bitter and jaded, though still searching for answers and solutions to help the seemingly intractable misfortune that gripped his homeland. Caudill in the mid-1970s, edged into some dicey territory when he began considering the highly controversial theories of Robert Shockley, and “dysgenics,” suggesting that a poor gene pool among Scotch-Irish and German descendants in the Kentucky mountains may have contributed to the region’s problems. In newspaper reporting that appeared in the Lexington Herald-Leader during 2012, some documentation and correspondence was unearthed suggesting that Caudill had adopted the dysgenics view with the intention of supporting research by Shockley into that arena in Eastern Kentucky. Yet his wife Anne, writing in reaction to the story, maintained that her husband’s excursion into the works and theories of Shockley, and his meeting with Shockley, were among hundreds of discussions and meetings he had with countless others over the years. His thinking in this area was, according to Anne Caudill, later abandoned. She wrote: “…Harry Caudill always spoke openly and wrote about his thinking. Was he always right? No one is. After a little further correspondence, he became dubious about the direction of the discourse and dropped it.” But for some of Harry Caudill’s friends and former colleagues, this transgression in thought and consideration caused a parting of ways.

The 2001 edition of “Night Comes to the Cumberlands” includes photographs of environmental damage, as well an Afterword written by Caudill’s son, James K. Caudill, titled: "The Gray and Cloudy Present." Click for copy.
The 2001 edition of “Night Comes to the Cumberlands” includes photographs of environmental damage, as well an Afterword written by Caudill’s son, James K. Caudill, titled: "The Gray and Cloudy Present." Click for copy.
Still, the great bulk of Caudill’s life’s work over several decades was focused on those who exploited the region’s resource wealth but gave little back in the way of lasting socioeconomic improvement. And many believe it is that contribution and perspective for which Harry Caudill should be remembered.

Caudill, according to the University of Kentucky archive where his papers are housed, “was best known nationally for his role as a writer… who drew attention to the social, economic, and environmental problems the coal industry had caused in his region, earning him the moniker ‘Upton Sinclair of the coal fields’.”

According to the archive, Caudill wanted the nation to develop a more objective understanding of Appalachia along with a new land ethic. “…He wanted everyone in and outside of Appalachia to feel the urgency of the realization that haunted him: the knowledge of how important it was for the region to get out from under the shadow of coal and stand on its own….”

The main public library in Letcher County, Kentucky, located on Main Street in Whitesburg, was named the Harry M. Caudill Memorial Library in 1994. In addition, the Harry Caudill Award for Journalism is made every two years by Bookworm & Silverfish, a book store in Wytheville, Virginia, to recognize investigative journalism in the Appalachian region. In 2010, for example, the $2,000 award was given to journalist Penny Loeb for her book, Moving Mountains, the story of one woman’s battle against the coal industry and mountaintop removal in southern West Virginia.

The Harry M. Caudill Memorial Library, located on Main Street in Whitesburg, KY, was named for Caudill in 1994.
The Harry M. Caudill Memorial Library, located on Main Street in Whitesburg, KY, was named for Caudill in 1994.
See also at this website, “Paradise,” a story which uses the “Mr.-Peabody-has-hauled-it-away” line and music of John Prine’s 1971 song as segue into additional coal mining history in Kentucky’s Muhlenberg County. “Sixteen Tons,” another story that uses a popular song from the 1950s, also explores Appalachian coal mining history. See also the “Politics & Culture” and/or “Business & Money” pages for additional stories in those categories. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 26 January 2015
Last Update: 22 March 2021
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Mountain Warrior: Harry Caudill, 1950s-1980s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, January 26, 2015.

Title Change:
Jack Doyle, “Harry Caudill, Writer & Activist: 1950s-1980s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 4, 2019.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Harry & Anne Caudill at their Whitesburg farm, July 1963.
Harry & Anne Caudill at their Whitesburg farm, July 1963.
Harry Caudill’s account of the Indian kidnaping and wilderness trials of 1790s Virginia-Kentucky settler Jenny Wiley, first published by Little Brown, 1969. Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s account of the Indian kidnaping and wilderness trials of 1790s Virginia-Kentucky settler Jenny Wiley, first published by Little Brown, 1969. Click for copy.
Ronald Eller’s 2009 book, “Uneven Ground: Appalachia Since 1945.” Click for copy.
Ronald Eller’s 2009 book, “Uneven Ground: Appalachia Since 1945.” Click for copy.
Paperback edition of Harry Caudill’s 1982 book, “The Mountain, The Miner and The Lord, and Other Tales from a Country Law Office.” Click for copy.
Paperback edition of Harry Caudill’s 1982 book, “The Mountain, The Miner and The Lord, and Other Tales from a Country Law Office.” Click for copy.
Paperback version of David McCullough’s 1992 book, “Brave Companions: Portraits in History” – one of whom is Harry Caudill. Click for copy.
Paperback version of David McCullough’s 1992 book, “Brave Companions: Portraits in History” – one of whom is Harry Caudill. Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s 1987 book, “Slender is the Thread: Tales from a Country Law Office.” Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s 1987 book, “Slender is the Thread: Tales from a Country Law Office.” Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s 1976 book, “A Darkness at Dawn: Appalachian Kentucky and the Future.” Click for copy.
Harry Caudill’s 1976 book, “A Darkness at Dawn: Appalachian Kentucky and the Future.” Click for copy.
Anne Caudill’s 2013 book on life with Harry, “The Caudills of the Cumberlands.” Click for copy.
Anne Caudill’s 2013 book on life with Harry, “The Caudills of the Cumberlands.” Click for copy.
E-book edition of “Fifty Years of Night,” based on the 2012 Lexington Herald-Leader newspaper series on the plight of Eastern Kentucky 50 years after “Night Comes to The Cumberlands.” Click for Kindle edition.
E-book edition of “Fifty Years of Night,” based on the 2012 Lexington Herald-Leader newspaper series on the plight of Eastern Kentucky 50 years after “Night Comes to The Cumberlands.” Click for Kindle edition.

“Anne and Harry M. Caudill Collection, 1854-1996,” Special Collections and Digital Programs, University of Kentucky Libraries, Lexington, Kentucky.

“The Harry M. Caudill Collection,” Special Collections & Archive, Southern Appalachian Archives, Berea College, Berea, Kentucky.

“Harry Caudill, Southern Appalachian Writers Collection,” Special Collections, D. Hiden Ramsey Library, University of North Carolina, Asheville, North Carolina.

Harry M. Caudill, “The Rape of the Appalachians,” The Atlantic, April 1962.

Harry M. Caudill, Night Comes to the Cumberlands: A Biography of a Depressed Area, Boston: Little, Brown, 1963.

Fred Luigart, Jr., “Compassion for a Region,” Louisville Courier-Journal Magazine, July 7, 1963.

Harriette Simpson Arnow, “A Future As Dark As Coal,” New York Times Book Review, July 21, 1963, p. 184.

Fred W. Luigart, Jr., “Caudill’s in Another Fight,” Louisville Courier-Journal Magazine, November 17, 1963.

“We Are on Our Way to Becoming a Welfare Reservation” (Harry Caudill interview), U. S. News & World Report, May 11, 1964.

Margaret Paschke, “Caudill Urges New Tack on Appalachia,” Kentucky Post, March 17, 1965.

Harry Caudill, “Who Would Wreck a Valley for a Bit of Cheap Fuel.” Mountain Life & Work, Vol. 40, no. 3, Fall 1965 (Remarks before White House Conference on Natural Beauty, May 24, 1965).

Ben A. Franklin, “Strip Coal Mines Vex Kentuckians; 70 Hold Motorcade, Picket Capitol and See Governor, New York Times, June 23, 1965.

“Harry Caudill: God’s Angry Mountaineer,” Appalachian South, Fall and Winter 1965.

David Nevin, “These Murdered Old Mountains – Kentucky Operators are Violently Defacing the Land and Ruining Lives,” Life, January 12, 1968, Photographs by Bob Gomel, pp. 54-64.

David G. McCullough,”The Lonely War of a Good, Angry Man,” American Heritage, December 1969.

Harry M. Caudill, Dark Hills to Westward: The Saga of Jenny Wiley, Boston: Little Brown, 1969.

Jack Trawick, “Strip Mining Foe Keeps Battling,” Winston-Salem Journal and Sentinel, March 22, 1970.

Harry M. Caudill, My Land is Dying, New York: Dutton, 1971.

National Broadcasting Company (NBC-TV), “Harry Caudill Interview with Frank McGee ,” Today Show, January 7, 1972.

“An Interview With Harry Caudill,” Coal Facts, Vol. 1, No. 5, January 28, 1972 (transcript of NBC’s Today Show interview w/Frank McGee ).

Colman McCarthy, “Harry Caudill and His Land,” Washington Post, July 7, 1972.

Donald Felty (Master’s thesis), “Harry Monroe Caudill–A Study in Regional Oratory,” Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, 1972.

J.A.C. Dunn, “Kentucky is a Mix of Violence, Coal and Smiles,” Winston-Salem Journal and Sentinel, September 7, 1974

Harry M. Caudill, The Senator from Slaughter County, Boston: Little Brown, 1974.

Greg Carannante and Jim Webb, “Honorary Mountaineer of the Month: Harry Caudill, Fighter for a Lost Cause?,” Mountain Call, April 1975.

“The Plowboy Interview: Harry Caudill, Appalachian Environmentalist,” Mother Earth News, July/August 1975.

Mary Buckner, “Prophet of Environmental -ists: Kentucky Author Harry Caudill Still Worried About Future,” Lexington Herald-Leader, February 1, 1976.

John Ed Pearce, “Has Harry Caudill Mellowed?,” Louisville Courier Journal & Times Magazine, June 6, 1976.

Harry M. Caudill, The Watches of the Night, Boston: Little, Brown (hardcover, 1st edition), 1976.

Harry M. Caudill, Darkness at Dawn: Appalachian Kentucky and the Future, Lexington, KY: University Press of Kentucky, 1976 (on demand paperback).

Scott Payton,” Caudill Looks Back and Ahead as He Takes Leave of His Hills–For Awhile,” Lexington Herald-Leader, August 28, 1977.

W. E. Chilton III and James F. Dent, “Press Essential to ‘Save the Day’,”[Caudill interview] Charleston Gazette-Mail (West Virginia), August 27, 1978.

Kevin Osbourn,”From Politics to Books, Harry Caudill Is Still Thinking,” Kentucky Kernel, April 29, 1980.

Harry M. Caudill, The Mountain, The Miner and The Lord, and Other Tales from a Country Law Office, Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1982.

Lee Mueller, “Harry Caudill Still Beating the Drum for Appalachia,” Lexington Herald-Leader, March 8, 1981.

Elizabeth Rouse, “Harry M. Caudill in His Own Words,” Kentucky Monthly, Vol. 2, No. 5, April 1981.

Alice Cornett, “The ‘Other’ Harry Caudill: A Critique,” Kentucky Coal Journal, April 1981.

“Caudill’s Works Are Filled With Inaccuracies, Hazard Writer Says.” Lexington Herald-Leader, April 19, 1981 [reprint of “The ‘Other’ Harry Caudill: A Critique,” from Kentucky Coal Journal, April 1981; includes a Harry Caudill “Counterpoint.”].

Stephen L. Fischer and J. W. Williamson, “An Interview With Harry Caudill,” Appalachian Journal, Vol. 8, No. 4, Summer 1981.

C. Fraser Smith, “Hulking 6-Footer Drove Home Ugliness of ‘Welfarism’ for Kentucky Muckraker,” Baltimore Sun, November 13, 1981.

Ron Larson, “Appalachia: Tracking the Character of a People Through the Hills” and “Appalachia’s Progressive Destination,” Roanoke Times & World Report, March 28, 1982 and April 4, 1982 [from December 1981 interview].

Ronald D. Eller, “Harry Caudill and the Burden of Mountain Liberalism,” Proceedings of the 5th Annual Appalachian Studies Conference, 1982.

William T. Cornett, “Night Comes to the Cumberlands. Twenty Years After and Twenty Years Ahead,” Troublesome Creek Times, June 30, 1982.

Jim Warren, “Ravages of Strip Mining Still Exist” [Caudill interview], Lexington Herald-Leader, March 7, 1983.

Harry M. Caudill, Theirs Be the Power: The Moguls of Eastern Kentucky, Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1983.

Steve Fisher, “As the World Turns: The Melodrama of Harry Caudill,” Appalachian Journal, Spring 1984 [also a review of Theirs Be The Power].

“We Need Community–But How?”[interview with Caudill and Father Ralph Beiting], Mountain Spirit, November-December 1984.

Katy McCrocklin, “Harry Caudill, Noted Appalachian Author, Leaving UK for Home,” Kentucky Journal, Vol. 1, No. 13, May 2, 1985.

Judy Jones Lewis, “Harry Caudill in Retirement: He Remains a Mountain Rebel,” Lexington Herald-Leader, October 26, 1986.

Harry M. Caudill, Slender is the Thread: Tales from a Country Law Office, Lexington: University Press of Kentucky, 1987.

Harry Caudill, “The Settling of Eastern Kentucky,” The Mountain Eagle, Wednesday, February3, 1988.

John G. Mitchell,”The Mountain, The Miners, and Mister Caudill,” Audubon, November 1988.

William T. Cornett, “Harry Caudill and Wife Anne Work for Better East Kentucky,” Mountain Eagle, April 12, 1989.

Mary Ellen Elsbernd, “Interview with Anne Frye Caudill,” February and March 1990 [unpublished as of April 1995].

Jim Warren,”Voice of the Mountains,” Lexington Herald-Leader, April 29, 1990.

Mary Ellen Elsbernd and James C. Claypool, “An Interview With Harry Caudill,” Journal of Kentucky Studies, Vol. 7, September 1990.

William T. Cornett, “Mountain Lawyer’s Writings Draw Nation’s Attention to Kentucky Highlands,” Kentucky Explorer, November 1990.

Glenn Fowler, “Harry M. Caudill, 68, Who Told of Appalachian Poverty,” New York Times, December 1, 1990.

Colman McCarthy, “Harry Caudill’s Appalachia,” Washington Post, December 8, 1990.

Tom Gish, “The Man Who Loved the Mountains,” Appalachia, Vol. 24, No.2, Spring 1991.

Loyal Jones,”A Tribute to Harry M. Caudill,” Appalachian Heritage, Vol. 19, no. 2, Spring 1991.

David McCullough. Brave Companions: Portraits in History, New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

Thomas T. Ross, “Harry Caudill’s ‘Night Comes to the Cumberlands’ Marks 30th Anniversary,” Kentucky Explorer, September 1993.

“Ups and Downs: Caudill Was Right; A Vote For Tax Equity,” Lexington Herald-Leader, May 28, 1994.

“Appalachia: Hollow Promises,” Special Series, Columbus Dispatch (Ohio), September 1999.

Jedediah Purdy, “Rape of the Appalachians,” The American Prospect, November 14, 2001.

Tylina Jo Mullins, “A ‘Good Angry Man’: Harry Caudill, The Formative Years, 1922-1960,” University of Kentucky Master’s Theses, 2002, Paper 299.

Chad Montrie, To Save The Land and People: A History of Opposition to Surface Coal Mining in Appalachia, University of North Carolina Press: Chapel Hill & London, 2003.

“Harry Monroe Caudill,” University of Kentucky Alumni Association, Lexington, KY.

Ronald D. Eller, Uneven Ground: Appalachia Since 1945, University Press of Kentucky, June 30, 2009, 376 pp.

Jeff Biggers, “‘Rape of the Appalachians’ Turns 50: What Would Harry Caudill Do Today?,”
Huffington Post.com, May 31, 2012.

John Cheves & Bill Estep, “Meet the Man Who Focused the World on Eastern Kentucky’s Woes,” Lexington Herald-Leader, December 16, 2012.

John Cheves & Bill Estep, “The Making of an Angry Book about an Exploited Appalachia,” Lexington Herald-Leader, December 17, 2012.

John Cheves & Bill Estep, “The World Comes to Whitesburg to Take Harry Caudill’s ‘Poverty Tour’,” Lexington Herald-Leader, December 19, 2012.

“Fifty Years of Night: The Story of Eastern Kentucky’s Continued Struggles 50 Years After a Country Lawyer Focused the Nation on its Problems,” Lexington Herald-Leader, December 16, 2012

John Cheves & Bill Estep, “Disillusioned, Harry Caudill Blames ‘Genetic Decline’ in Eastern Kentucky,” Lexington Herald-Leader, December 21, 2012.

John Cheves & Bill Estep, “Harry Caudill Inspired the War on Poverty, but Gloom Darkens His Legacy,” Lexington Herald-Leader, December 23, 2012.

Anne F. Caudill, Op-Ed, “Anne Caudill: Harry Caudill Found Eugenicist’s Plan Dubious,” Lexington Herald-Leader, February 4, 2013.

Anne F. Caudill, Op Ed, “Series Ably Showing E. Ky. Promise, Peril,” Lexington Herald-Leader, August 19, 2013.

George Vecsey, “Anniversaries for Two Other Giants,” GeorgeVecsey.com (Vecsey, a former New York Times reporter who knew Harry Caudill), November 8, 2013.

__________________________________





“CBS Loved Lucy”
1950s-1970s

One of the logos that appeared on television screens in the 1950s at the opening of the “I Love Lucy” show.
One of the logos that appeared on television screens in the 1950s at the opening of the “I Love Lucy” show.
I Love Lucy, a 1950s television “sitcom” (situation comedy) starring comedienne Lucille Ball, dominated TV in its day like no other program had before, and few since.

Broadcast on the CBS television network in its early years, from October 1951 to April 1957, I Love Lucy had more total share of viewers than any other show on television. It was either the No. 1, No. 2, or No. 3 show during that period, garnering audiences of between 48 and 67 percent of homes with television sets.

By April 7, 1952, some 10.6 million households – roughly 30-to-40 million viewers – were tuning in to I Love Lucy each week. It was the first time in history that a television show had reached that many people. Watching I Love Lucy in the 1950s became a weekly ritual for much of America.

Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz played “Lucy & Ricky Ricardo” on the CBS TV show, “I Love Lucy.”
Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz played “Lucy & Ricky Ricardo” on the CBS TV show, “I Love Lucy.”
Even after the show’s initial glory years, the Lucy franchise continued. Two more Lucy shows began in the 1960s and 1970s – The Lucy Show and Here’s Lucy — also on CBS and also ranked among the Top Ten shows during 1962-1972. The Lucy franchise, in fact, over more than 20 years, would help make CBS a leading television network, generating millions of dollars in revenue from advertising and Lucy merchandise. Beyond Lucy’s initial broadcast success, the show’s popular re-runs in syndication proved lucrative as well, a piece of prospective business CBS did not fully grasp at the time, but would amount to a significant global business in its own right. More on all of this a bit later. First, some history on Lucille Ball, CBS, and the rise of I Love Lucy.

Young Lucille Ball as model and actress.
Young Lucille Ball as model and actress.
Lucille Ball was born in Jamestown, New York in 1911. However, in her teens, she was told by drama coaches she was no performer. Still, she held fast to her dream of becoming an actress, but success did not come easy. In her 20s, she went to New York, and enjoyed some success as a fashion model and as a Chesterfield Girl. In stage productions on Broadway, however, she was less fortunate.

In the 1930s, she decided to try film and moved to Hollywood. There she became a B-grade movie actress, appearing in several films. In 1933, she was selected as a “Goldwyn Girl” for the film Roman Scandals, and later that year, signed with Columbia, called RKO in 1935. In 1940, she met and married Cuban bandleader Desi Arnaz while making the film version of the Rodgers & Hart stage hit, Too Many Girls. She continued acting with MGM through 1946. With her film career ending, she joined CBS radio in 1947 for a role in the situation comedy My Favorite Husband. There she was cast a somewhat wacky wife to a conservative Midwest banker husband played by Richard Denning. Then in 1951, CBS asked that Lucy explore the possibility of a weekly show similar to My Favorite Husband, but broadcast on the hot new medium, television. She was 40 years old at the time.

Other radio performers had gone over to television by then, such as Arthur Godfrey and Jack Benny, but the shows were still new. Corporate advertisers, however, were there from the start, sponsoring some of the earliest shows. In June 1948, Ed Sullivan’s Sunday evening show was sponsored by Lincoln Mercury; George Burns and Gracie Allen’s show had B.F. Goodrich; and in September 1948, Milton Berle’s Texaco Star Theater began its popular run with the Texaco oil company as it prime sponsor.

Lucille Ball worked at CBS radio in the late 1940s where she did the program “My Favorite Husband” which she used to help frame the “I Love Lucy” TV show.
Lucille Ball worked at CBS radio in the late 1940s where she did the program “My Favorite Husband” which she used to help frame the “I Love Lucy” TV show.


Lucy’s TV Plan

Lucille Ball, as she was working on the idea for a CBS-TV show in 1951, thought she could use her radio show sitcom as a framework for the new TV show. However, she also proposed a new twist: she wanted her real life husband, Desi Arnaz, a Cuban band leader, to play her TV husband.

Studio brass worried that American audiences would not find such a “mixed marriage” to be believable, and were concerned about Arnaz’s heavy Cuban accent. Lucy argued that Desi was her real husband, and therefore a viable marriage as far as she saw it. She also believed privately that the couple’s real marriage would be seen favorably by viewers and add to show’s interest.

During the summer of 1950, Lucy and Desi went on tour performing before live audiences to prove to CBS that Desi would be believable as her husband. Early in 1951 they produced a film pilot for the series with $5,000 of their own money.

Nov 19, 1951: In “I Love Lucy” episode "The Audition," Lucy appears at Ricky’s stage act in disguise as the dim professor clown with an uncooperative cello.
Nov 19, 1951: In “I Love Lucy” episode "The Audition," Lucy appears at Ricky’s stage act in disguise as the dim professor clown with an uncooperative cello.
Finally, over the objections of some outside reviewers who noted, for example – “keep the redhead, but ditch the Cuban” – CBS brass approved the “package deal” of Lucy and Desi, giving the new show a spot on the fall schedule and a new name – I Love Lucy. Cigarette maker Philip Morris agreed to sponsor the show.

In building the show’s framework, Lucy wanted her character to appeal to average viewers. She did not want to be cast as a Hollywood star, but rather, a housewife who wanted to be a star. In fact, that became an oft-repeated theme in many shows, with Lucy always scheming in some way to get on stage or prove she had talent.

In the sitcom, Lucy Ricardo became the somewhat wacky wife, who in her escapades always appeared to be making life difficult for her loving but often flustered husband, Ricky, a Cuban bandleader at the Tropicana Club somewhere in Manhattan.

Lucy was constantly trying to prove to Ricky she could be in show business too, and with her neighbor and friend, Ethel Mertz, would concoct crazy schemes of one sort or another that often led to riotous slapstick outcomes.

Ricky, on the other hand, just wanted her to be a simple housewife. But as often turned out, he and neighbor Fred Mertz, would wind up saving Lucy and Ethel from some near-catastrophic situation. The first show aired on October 15, 1951.

May 26, 1952: Time cover says Lucy is “Rx for TV.”
May 26, 1952: Time cover says Lucy is “Rx for TV.”
At first the reviews for I Love Lucy were not sensational, and Philip Morris nearly pulled its sponsorship. Yet network executives were advised to give the show a little time – and time was all Lucy needed. As David Halberstam wrote in his excellent book, The Fifties:

“Lucille Ball was destined for television, where her slapstick talents could be properly appreciated. Lucy had a marvelous comic voice, but, like [Milton] Berle, she was primarily a visual comedienne. She was just wacky and naive enough to generate sympathy rather than irritation.”

And Desi Arnaz proved all the doubting CBS executives wrong as well, becoming the perfect foil for Lucy. Desi had good comedic timing, an expressive face, and offered just the right amount of fluster as husband Ricky. His mispronounced and “Latinized” words added to the comedy. The show’s skits appealed to a wide variety of age groups with believable dilemmas similar to those encountered by married couples in their everyday lives. Within four months of its debut, I Love Lucy was the No. 1 show in New York, and the national audience soon followed.

What soon became apparent as the show began its run and the skits poured out, was that Lucille Ball was a very talented comedienne, possessed of timing, facial, and body language skills that made her a superb comic. She was a master of physical and slapstick comedy, and her chief asset became her incredibly expressive face; a face that could dominate a scene and say all that needed to be said without uttering a word. Some samples follow below.


Lady of 1,000 Faces
Master Comedienne of Expression



In fact, Lucille Ball seemed to make her face “fit” every character she inhabited, and she used her facial expressions naturally and seamlessly, along with complimenting voice flexion and body movements for maximum effect. Lucy was an attractive woman, endowed with large eyes and a large mouth, and in her performances she put these features to good and sometimes wildly contorted use in an ever-expanding array of “Lucy looks.” She could be a scene stealer; sometimes single-handedly capturing the moment with her facial expression or body pose.


Lucy Tops TV

January 19, 1953: Newsweek, “Lucille Ball: Who Doesn’t Love Lucy?”
January 19, 1953: Newsweek, “Lucille Ball: Who Doesn’t Love Lucy?”
By April 7, 1952, some 10.6 million households were tuning in to I Love Lucy, the first time in history that a television show had reached that many people. By year’s end 1952, there were about 20 million U.S. homes with TV sets. At the show’s peak in 1952-53, I Love Lucy averaged an incredible 67.3 rating, meaning that on a typical Monday night, more than two-thirds of all homes with TV sets were tuned to Lucy. Watching I Love Lucy in the early 1950s became as much a part of life as watching Milton Berle’s Texaco Star Theater had been in the late 1940s. Some of the episodes, in fact, approached national events.

In 1952, when Lucy became pregnant in real life, she argued for working her pregnancy into the script of the show, which CBS and Philip Morris reluctantly agreed to after some worry about public reaction. In fact, the public followed each episode with more interest, it seemed, leading up to the January 19, 1953 episode when – in real life and on the TV show – Lucy gave birth to a boy, named “Little Ricky” on the show. In real life, her new baby was her second child, Desi Arnaz, Jr. An estimated 68 percent of television sets that night were tuned to I Love Lucy, meaning that about 44 million people were watching. “That was twice the number who watched the inauguration of Dwight Eisenhower the next day,” observed David Halberstam. Lucy and her new baby, meanwhile, also made the covers of several magazines, including Life and Look, the popular mainstream picture magazines of their day.

April 1953: Lucy, Desi, their new baby and daughter Lucie featured as “TV’s First Family” on Life cover. Click for copy.
April 1953: Lucy, Desi, their new baby and daughter Lucie featured as “TV’s First Family” on Life cover. Click for copy.
I Love Lucy became a successful enterprise on many levels – for Lucy and Desi, CBS, the TV industry, commercial sponsors, and even TV manufacturers. A month after 44 million people watched the January 1953 episode “Lucy Goes to the Hospital,” Lucy and Desi signed a two-and-a-half year contract for $8 million with Philip Morris and CBS (roughly $70 million in 2013), then the largest contract ever written for a television series. In America at the time, the average annual salary was about $4,700; a car cost about $1,850, and a home about $17,500.

Philip Morris, in fact, was quite satisfied with its part of the deal. In describing the contract with Lucy and Desi, as reported in 1985 by Bart Andrews in The ‘I Love Lucy’ Book, the president of Philip Morris explained: “This show is the all-time phenomenon of the entertainment business. On a strictly dollars-and-cents basis, it is twice as effective as the average nighttime television show in conveying our advertising message to the public. . . . [I]t is probably one of, if not the most efficient advertising buys in the entire country. In addition, we derive many supplementary merchandising and publicity benefits from the show. As you can see, we love ‘Lucy.’”


“Lucy & Tobacco”
1950s

1953: Sample magazine ad featuring Lucille Ball pitching Philip Morris cigarettes.
1953: Sample magazine ad featuring Lucille Ball pitching Philip Morris cigarettes.
The 1950s were the heyday of cigarette culture in America, and few early TV shows were more involved in cigarette advertising than I Love Lucy. Philip Morris was the show’s sponsor, and Lucy and Ricky also did advertising for the company beyond the show. But during the show, especially in the early years, Philip Morris appears to have had the run of the place. In fact, the company had direct access to the I Love Lucy audience in some quite unique ways, especially given the product they were pitching.

In the very first episode, aired on October 15, 1951, the cigarette pitch came first, before the show even started. It opened with a Philip Morris “narrator” positioned on the show’s stage set, standing in middle of the Ricardo living room where the show’s story would unfold. The Philip Morris narrator then began his pitch to the TV audience:

“Good evening and welcome. In a moment we’ll look in on Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz. But before we do that, may I ask you a very personal question? The question is simply this – do you inhale? Well, I do. And chances are you do, too. And because you inhale you’re better off–much better off–smoking Philip Morris and for good reason. You see, Philip Morris is the one cigarette proved definitely less irritating, definitely milder than any other leading brand. That’s why when you inhale you’re better off smoking Philip Morris . . . . And now Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz in I Love Lucy.”

Lucy & Ricky cartoon characters.
Lucy & Ricky cartoon characters.
Years later, Philip Morris’ heavy-handed sales pitch in this instance drew some strong critique: “This [on stage] announcement clouds the boundaries that exist between the sponsor’s product, the series, the actors, and the viewing audience,” offered Lori Landay, a professor at Emerson College.

“By standing in the living room set, the announcer places himself in the fictional world of the Ricardos, greeting and welcoming the viewer as a guest visiting the Ricardo home, yet his words move out of the fictional set and into ‘your’ living room, as he first allies himself with the viewer (i.e., ‘In a moment, we’ll look in’) and then hails the viewer directly with…implied dialogue made familiar by radio advertising (‘may I ask you a very personal question?’).”

Lucy & Ricky stick figures clowning with a cigarette pack.
Lucy & Ricky stick figures clowning with a cigarette pack.
Philip Morris also commissioned artists in New York to create cartoonish stick figures of Lucy and Desi that would be used in the show’s opening and closing scrolls. These cartoon characters would also cavort with a red-capped bellhop character – a well known icon by then who had for nearly two previous decades been calling out the well-known Philip Morris’ advertising slogan: “Cal-l-l for-r-r Phil-lip Mor-ray-ssss.”

That call would also be heard on some of the I Love Lucy show openings and closings. In addition, on the show’s opening and closing credit scrolls – as well as ads run during the show – the cartoon-type stick figures of Lucy, Desi, and bellhop would appear, holding packs of cigarettes or otherwise plugging Philip Morris.

Lucy & Desi appear in 1952 Philip Morris ad.
Lucy & Desi appear in 1952 Philip Morris ad.
Lucy and Desi also appeared as themselves in Phillip Morris TV ads at the show’s closing. In one, Desi asks for a cigarette and Lucy happily fetches him a Phillip Morris. “You see how easy it is to keep your man happy,” she says in the spot. The closing scroll of credits for the I Love Lucy show would also run over a background pack of Philip Morris cigarettes. Magazine ads for the brand also featured photographs of Lucy and Desi smiling, posing with cigarettes in hand — one with the slogan, “Smoke for Pleasure Today–No Cigarette Hangover Tomorrow!” By late 1954, Philip Morris relinquished some of its advertising turf on the show, becoming a co-sponsor with Procter & Gamble. That spring, the company began to introduce a new cigarette brand that became Marlboro. At the end of the 1954-55 season, Philip Morris bowed out of TV advertising for a time as it moved to a new ad agency, N. W. Ayer and Sons. When it returned in 1955 the spotlight switched to its new cigarettes and new ad campaign built around a western cowboy known as “the Marlboro man.”


TV, CBS On Rise

TV screenshot of a 1950s CBS network logo.
TV screenshot of a 1950s CBS network logo.
I Love Lucy also paralleled the rapid U.S. adoption of television sets. In 1951, about 12 million homes had TV sets, by 1955 half of all U.S. homes had one. No new invention had entered American homes faster than black and white television sets, and I Love Lucy was no doubt a factor in the surge.

CBS, meanwhile, was still new in the TV business. It had begun providing a full prime time schedule for stations in 1948, many of which had been carried over in whole or part from CBS radio programs, as with Lucy’s radio show, My Favorite Husband. But with television, CBS became a much greater power, for its early shows like I Love Lucy began to dominate the airwaves and ratings, and that meant more money, as David Halberstam reported in his book, The Powers that Be:

…For the first twenty five years of its history the net income of CBS had averaged $4 or $5 million a year. Those were essentially radio years. Then television arrived. In 1953, television reached 21 million American homes and CBS income after taxes reached $8.9 million; by 1954, the year that CBS, by virtue of television, became the largest advertising medium in the world, the net income was $11.4 million; By the end of the 1956-1957 TV season, CBS controlled nine of the top ten slots, with I Love Lucy at the top.by 1957, 42 million homes had television sets and the profits after taxes reached $22.2 million. It was a constantly ascending curve… In the first decade of national television, CBS dominated…

By the end of the 1956-1957 television season, the network controlled nine of the “top ten” slots in terms of ratings, with I Love Lucy at the top, followed by other CBS shows such as The Ed Sullivan Show, General Electric Theater, The $64,000 Question, December Bride, and others. CBS profits rose to about $50 million by 1965, and by the mid-1970s, they were at $100 million annually. The CBS network would retain its Top Ten TV show dominance through much of the 1960s, until the rise of ABC in the mid-1970s. But back in the 1950s, there were some perilous times for the entertainment industry and emerging icons such as Lucille Ball, as the politics of that era turned scary.


“Reds”

Headline from Sept 11th, 1953 “Los Angeles Herald Express” charges: “Lucille Ball Was Red in 1936."
Headline from Sept 11th, 1953 “Los Angeles Herald Express” charges: “Lucille Ball Was Red in 1936."
Cold War politics and fear of the spread of global communism gripped much of the nation during the 1950s. In Congress at the time, and throughout the federal government, there was rising paranoia over possible communist influence and infiltration. On Capitol Hill, a series of hearings and investigations had begun to identify those who had joined, associated with, or funded communist organizations. Hollywood in particular had been one area of special interest to Congress, as numerous actors, directors, studio heads and others had been called to Washington for questioning.

In 1953, Lucille Ball was subpoenaed by the House Committee on Un-American Activities because on a 1936 voter registration card on which she had declared her intent to vote for Communist Party candidates. On September 4th, 1953, Lucy testified before a congressional panel in a closed-door session in Los Angeles. She would explain that the registration had come about at the insistence of her socialist grandfather. She had also supported American political candidates since 1936. In 1944 she was seen at an FDR fundraiser as a prominent supporter, and in 1952 she voted for President Eisenhower. While she was questioned extensively by the Congressional committee in September 1953 about the 1936 card and some other activities – noting then that she had little interest in politics herself – she was cleared of all suspicion. Still, her appearance had been private and not reported in the press – at least not until the story came out about a week later.

Sept 12th, 1953: Los Angeles Times photo shows Lucille Ball & Desi Arnaz meeting with reporters following Lucy’s Congressional testimony on communism.
Sept 12th, 1953: Los Angeles Times photo shows Lucille Ball & Desi Arnaz meeting with reporters following Lucy’s Congressional testimony on communism.
Sept 12th, 1953: Los Angeles Times photo shows Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz meeting with the press in the back yard of their home. Desi is holding their dog, Pinto.
Sept 12th, 1953: Los Angeles Times photo shows Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz meeting with the press in the back yard of their home. Desi is holding their dog, Pinto.

Following her testimony, Lucy and Ricky had been on edge about the allegations. According to reports, two nights after her closed-door private session in Los Angeles with the House Un-American Activities Committee, she was at home on a Sunday evening going over her latest I Love Lucy script while listening to Walter Winchell’s popular radio program. During his broadcast, Winchell mentioned a “blind” item, stating that “the top television comedienne has been confronted with her membership in the Communist party.” The following day, in some newspapers, Walter Winchell’s syndicated column reiterated the news. On Friday morning, September 11th – also the first day of shooting the third season of I Love Lucy – the front page of the Los Angeles Herald Express featured a photo of Lucy and her 1936 Communist registration card, with the headline “Lucille Ball Named Red.” While Lucy was rehearsing, Desi met with CBS and MGM executives who assured him they were behind he and Lucy. Sponsor Phillip Morris, however, was another story. If the plug was pulled on I Love Lucy not only would Lucille Ball’s career be ruined, but hundreds of Desilu employees would be out of a job.

On September 12th, 1953, after a transcript of Lucy’s appearance before a private session of the House Un-American Activities Committee was released, she and Desi met with press at their Chatsworth, California home. Lucy told the assembled group of half dozen or so reporters that she was confident the current stir over her registration as a Communist in 1936 would not damage her career. “Hurt me?” she said, according to a Los Angels Times report. “I have more faith in the American people than that. I think any time you give the American people the truth they’re with you.” Testimony by Lucy’s mother and brother also corroborated the fact that they, too, had registered communist to please the grandfather.

On September 13th, 1953 the Los Angeles Times ran a front page story reporting on Lucy and Desi’s reaction to the release of Lucy’s testimony, a story which included the two photos shown above. Lucy and Desi expressed relief it was now in the open. By September 14, 1953, the Los Angeles Times was reporting that Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz were “comforted by stacks of telegrams from well-wishers” supporting them regarding the charges.

Yet, at the filming of the 1953-54 season I Love Lucy premiere, Desi Arnaz, who typically warmed up the studio audience before they performed their episode, gave a serious speech denouncing communism and labeling the rumors about Lucy as lies. The audience cheered. He ended his remarks that night by introducing his wife: “And now, I want you to meet my favorite wife” (a play on Ball’s successful 1940s radio show, My Favorite Husband) “my favorite redhead – in fact, that’s the only thing red about her and even that’s not legitimate – Lucille Ball!” Although Lucy was cleared of any official suspicion, the FBI reportedly still kept a file on her.


Ricky & Lucy discuss some mysteriously discovered cash in a 1950s episode of “I Love Lucy.”
Ricky & Lucy discuss some mysteriously discovered cash in a 1950s episode of “I Love Lucy.”
May 1952: From "Lucy Does a TV Commercial," when Lucy is hired as the ‘Vitameatavegamin’ girl pitching a special patent-medicine vitamin product. Click for framed photo collage & episode summary.
May 1952: From "Lucy Does a TV Commercial," when Lucy is hired as the ‘Vitameatavegamin’ girl pitching a special patent-medicine vitamin product. Click for framed photo collage & episode summary.
Nov 1956: Lucy with Superman (George Reeves) who starred in his own 1950s series, “The Adventures of Superman.”
Nov 1956: Lucy with Superman (George Reeves) who starred in his own 1950s series, “The Adventures of Superman.”
1954 Emmy Awards: From left: Vivian Vance, Desi Arnaz, William Frawley, and Lucille Ball celebrate after collecting at least two of their awards.
1954 Emmy Awards: From left: Vivian Vance, Desi Arnaz, William Frawley, and Lucille Ball celebrate after collecting at least two of their awards.

Lucy’s Success

I Love Lucy, meanwhile, went on to continue its stellar performance in TV ratings with some 159 episodes produced over seven years – finishing as the No. 1 or No. 2 rated show for most of those years. Among some of the more famous I Love Lucy episodes during the 1951-1957 period were: “The Audition” (Nov 1951), when Lucy fills in as a clown during a Ricky TV audition; “Lucy Does a TV Commercial” (May 1952), when Lucy is hired as the ‘Vitameatavegamin’ girl pitching a special patent-medicine vitamin product; “Job Switching” (Sept 1952), when Lucy and Ethel trade places with this husbands who do house work while they take jobs at a candy factory where they confront a very speedy chocolate production line; “L.A. At Last!” (Feb 1955) a show with an appearance of famous actor William Holden; another on May 9th, 1955 with “Harpo Marx;” and a classic from January 14th, 1957, “Lucy and Superman,” when Lucy tries to get Superman, played by George Reeves, to attend a birthday party for her son, Little Ricky.

Of course, I Love Lucy wasn’t the only family based sitcom of the 1950s and 1960s. Among others in that era, for example, were The George Burns and Gracie Allen Show (1950-58), The Adventures of Ozzie and Harriet (1952-66), and The Danny Thomas Show (1953-64). But it was the Lucy character and Lucille Ball who became, for millions, two of the nation’s best known figures of the 1950s and 1960s. Yet, in terms of the social impact of the “Lucy” character, especially for women, there were varying interpretations – whether she was simply a bumbling, domesticated idiot, or something a bit deeper; something closer to a rebellious, though comic, non-conformer. One take on that latter view is offered below by Christopher Anderson writing for the Museum of Broadcast Communications:

…It is possible to see I Love Lucy as a conservative comedy in which each episode teaches Lucy not to question the social order. In a series that corresponded roughly to their real lives, it is notable that Desi played a character very much like himself, while Lucy had to sublimate her professional identity as a performer and pretend to be a mere housewife. The casting decision seems to mirror the dynamic of the series; both Lucy Ricardo and Lucille Ball are domesticated, shoehorned into an inappropriate and confining role. But this apparent act of suppression actually gives the series its manic and liberating energy. In being asked to play a proper housewife, Lucille Ball was a tornado in a bottle, an irrepressible force of nature, a rattling, whirling blast of energy just waiting to explode. The true force of each episode lies not in the indifferent resolution, the half-hearted return to the status quo, but in Lucy’s burst of rebellious energy that sends each episode spinning into chaos. Lucy Ricardo’s attempts at rebellion are usually sabotaged by her own incompetence, but Lucille Ball’s virtuosity as a performer perversely undermines the narrative’s explicit message, creating a tension which cannot be resolved. Viewed from this perspective, the tranquil status quo that begins and ends each episode is less an act of submission than a sly joke; the chaos in between reveals the folly of ever trying to contain Lucy.


Magazine ad for an “I Love Lucy” bedroom suite.
Magazine ad for an “I Love Lucy” bedroom suite.


“Live Like Lucy”

I Love Lucy also generated its own little economy. In addition to helping the tobacco industry make millions, Lucy and Desi would soon realize their show was a veritable pot of gold in other ways. They had already established a TV production company, first created in 1951 to produce the vaudeville act they used to convince CBS they were a viable pair for a TV show. This company would become known variously as Desilu Studios or Desilu Productions (“Desilu” formed by combining Desi and Lucy). Desilu would produce the I Love Lucy shows. Later it would also become the owner and/or producer of other hit TV shows like Star Trek, Mission Impossible, and others. More on Desilu a bit later.

But during the 1950s, I Love Lucy also spawned a huge merchandising business. Millions of I Love Lucy viewers wanted to be like Lucy and Ricky, and have the things that appeared in the TV show. Academic researchers, historians and writers such as Bart Andrews, author of The I Love Lucy Book, and Lori Landay of the University of Pennsylvania, have documented much of the merchandising that surrounded the show. Beginning in October 1952, for example, there were 2,800 retail outlets for Lucille Ball dresses, blouses, sweaters, aprons, pajamas and more, and also Desi Arnaz smoking jackets and robes.

Dec 1956 “I Love Lucy” comics. Click for sample.
Dec 1956 “I Love Lucy” comics. Click for sample.
In one month in late-1952, 30,000 Lucy dresses were sold, along with 32,000 heart-adorned aprons. Lucy and Ricky pajamas sold out in two weeks. There was also a line of dolls produced. During one Christmas rush, 85,000 Lucy dolls were sold. Even Lucy and Ricky bedroom suites were sold. In fact, in January 1953, the first month of selling the bedroom suites, $500,000 in sales were reported in two days. There were also Desi sport shirts and denims, Lucy lingerie and costume jewelry, desk and chair sets, I Love Lucy albums, sheet music, coloring books, and comic books.

After the “Ricardo” and Ball-Arnaz babies were born in January 1953, the show spawned merchandising tie-ins that exceeded $50 million. Desilu also received five percent of the gross earnings of any products the stars endorsed. By 1957, according to Parade magazine, Lucy and Desi were worth an estimated $25 million, or roughly $100 million in 2013 dollars.

Although I Love Lucy, the original series, ended in 1957 – as the couple had become weary of the weekly production grind – the show went out on top, still ranked No. 1. And in subsequent years, the Lucy character would appear again and again, not only in rebroadcasts of older I Love Lucy shows, but also in new TV series that ran in the 1960s, 1970s and also briefly in 1986. More on those later.


Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz in their respective Desilu Studios directors chairs, circa 1950s.
Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz in their respective Desilu Studios directors chairs, circa 1950s.


The Rise of Desilu

During the years that I Love Lucy ran, the Desilu Studios became the fastest rising production company in television. Initially formed by Lucy and Desi in 1951 with some $5,000, in just six years’ time it would grow from a dozen employees to some 800. Using the income generated by the success of I Love Lucy, which also earned over $1 million a year in reruns by the mid-1950s, Desilu was able to branch out into several types of production. Desilu also produced TV series and shows for the networks and for syndication, such as December Bride and The Texan. It also contracted to shoot series for other producers, such as The Danny Thomas Show. In October 1956 Desilu sold the rights to I Love Lucy to CBS for $4.3 million. With this money, Desilu then purchased RKO studios for $6.15 million in January 1958. RKO had been the studio where Ball and Arnaz once performed as contract actors. Now, Desi ran the new enterprise, a studio with thirty-five soundstages.

Lucy & Desi on one of their film lots owned by Desilu.
Lucy & Desi on one of their film lots owned by Desilu.
Desi Arnaz also had a hand in helping along Rod Serling’s series, The Twilight Zone, which CBS had bought but had set aside. After Desi supported the script and featured it on Desilu Playhouse, CBS later picked it up and developed it into a series. During the 1958–59 season, Desilu generated more than $32 million dollars in revenue. Under Desilu, the property continued to expand, as more productions were filmed on their lot. Desilu Studios was soon producing over 200 movies a year and dozens of television shows, including The Untouchables, Star Trek, and Mission: Impossible. Through the mid-1960s, a long list of more than 50 TV programs would use Desilu facilities to produce some or all of their programs. Among these were My Three Sons, Make Room for Daddy, The Dick Van Dyke Show, The Andy Griffith Show, and I Spy. Desilu, meanwhile, continued to produce new shows and make money. It was later sold in 1967 and merged into Paramount Pictures.


One of the logos used for “The Lucy-Desi Comedy Hour” shows broadcast in the 1957-1960s period.
One of the logos used for “The Lucy-Desi Comedy Hour” shows broadcast in the 1957-1960s period.


1957-1960

Comedy Hour Shows

After the final episode of the original I Love Lucy series in 1957, a continuation of the series was produced by Desilu Studios as a series of specials. Desi Arnaz had been pushing CBS to allow them to film bi-monthly, one-hour Lucille Ball-Desi Arnaz shows within an anthology series format. He was finally given the green light to do so for Westinghouse’s Desilu Playhouse. I Love Lucy then went into hiatus for two years.

Under the title, The Lucy–Desi Comedy Hour, 13 one-hour specials were produced and aired during the 1957-1960 period. These were hour-long productions as opposed to the earlier 30-minute I Love Lucy format. The first five, shown during the 1957-58 television season, were aired as The Ford Lucille Ball-Desi Arnaz Show. The next eight were shown under the rubric, The Westinghouse Desilu Playhouse Presents The Lucille Ball-Desi Arnaz Show. These episodes, broadcast by CBS, featured the same major cast members, along with a number of celebrity guest actors. CBS also reran the The Lucy–Desi Comedy Hour during some subsequent summers and it was later put into syndication.

When The Lucille Ball-Desi Arnaz Show ended it’s run in 1960, other new CBS shows rose in its place, such as Gunsmoke, The Andy Griffith Show and others. But CBS, since 1959, had also been running I Love Lucy in reruns in primetime and some daytime slots, with good results. Seeing the unending appeal of the series, the network was open to Lucy coming back for a new series, even though she had vowed initially not to do so. In their off-stage life, meanwhile, Lucy and Desi went through a divorce in the summer of 1960.


Screen shot of early logo used for “The Lucy Show,” using stick-figure style from “I Love Lucy” era. Click for DVD series.
Screen shot of early logo used for “The Lucy Show,” using stick-figure style from “I Love Lucy” era. Click for DVD series.
1962-1967

The Lucy Show

In 1962, Lucille Ball began a new version of the her TV sitcom without Desi Arnaz. In The Lucy Show, she played the role of widow Lucy Carmichael with two children living in suburban Danfield, Connecticut. Lucy and her children shared their home with divorced friend Vivian Bagley played by Vivian Vance, the Ethel Mertz character from the original I Love Lucy program. Vivian’s character also had a son.

The Lucy Show was formulated in late 1961, when Desilu, then under the direction of Desi Arnaz, was having some difficulty as a few of its shows had been cancelled. Desi offered Lucy an opportunity to do a new weekly sitcom. Some at CBS, however, were doubtful that Lucy could carry such a show without Arnaz, nor follow the success of I Love Lucy. So the show was formulated with the idea of running for a single season. Nevertheless, advance word of the show hit the media in early 1962, as Life magazine ran a cover story with the tagline, “Lucy is Back.”

Jan 5, 1962: “Lucy is Back,” says Life, adding: “a favorite warms up for her big TV return.”
Jan 5, 1962: “Lucy is Back,” says Life, adding: “a favorite warms up for her big TV return.”
The Lucy Show initially offered more comic adventures of Lucy and Vivian, now presented in a new package. In this series, Lucy worked part time as a secretary in a bank. The show premiered on Monday night, October 1, 1962, at 8:30 p.m.

During the show’s first season, comedian Dick Martin – later of Rowan & Martin/Laugh-In fame – was cast in ten episodes as Lucy’s next-door neighbor, Harry Connors. At the end of its first season, The Lucy Show received rave reviews from the critics and ranked No. 5 in the Nielsen ratings. In 1963, at the beginning of the show’s second season, Desi Arnaz resigned as head of Desilu Productions and as the executive producer of The Lucy Show. Lucille Ball then took over as President of Desilu while continuing to star in The Lucy Show. She was the first woman to ever head up a Hollywood production company.

The Lucy Show ran during a period of major change in television, as color television was then coming on the scene. However, CBS was reluctant push color transmission of its shows, though it had the ability to film in color. During the 1963-64 season, Lucy had the episodes of her show filmed in color even though CBS continued to broadcast the shows in black and white until September 1965. Lucy realized that when the series ended its prime-time run, color episodes would command more money when sold to syndication. CBS reserved color transmission for feature films, then stating it was too expensive and too difficult to use the color equipment for short periods of time. The parent company of CBS rival, NBC, was RCA, then a leader in producing the new line of color TV sets, and CBS was likely reluctant to promote a medium that would profit RCA and NBC. Fewer than 5 percent of the population owned a color TV set in 1963. By the fall of the following year, CBS began broadcasting sporting events and cartoons in color, but not The Lucy Show. Finally, in the fall of 1965, CBS began broadcasting all programming, including The Lucy Show, in color.

An early “Lucy Show” episode finds Lucy & Vivian  getting stuck to the walls during a rec room project after underestimating the strength of wall-panel glue.
An early “Lucy Show” episode finds Lucy & Vivian getting stuck to the walls during a rec room project after underestimating the strength of wall-panel glue.
During the run of The Lucy Show, there were changes in characters and storyline. By January 1966, Lucy Carmichael’s children, her trust fund, and her former life in Danfield, Connecticut were dropped, phased out, or given plot-related exits. Lucy Carmichael became a single woman living in San Francisco. Vivian Vance was Lucy’s partner in fiasco for the first few years of the series, until Mary Jane Lewis later became her replacement. Vance would still occasionally appear in the show as a visiting friend from the East.

Comedic episodes, of course, were the stock and trade of the series, with Lucy as the focus in one caper or another, as in one 1963 episode “Lucy and Viv Put In A Shower,” in which the pair try to install a bathroom shower stall but become trapped inside, unable to shut the water off (Ball actually nearly drowned while performing this skit, as in the flooded stall she couldn’t maneuver properly to get to the surface, saved by Vance, who pulled her to the surface). Among other skits in The Lucy Show series were: “Lucy Gets Locked in the Vault,” i.e., a bank vault; Lucy drenching actor Danny Kaye with soup in a restaurant while trying to meet him; Lucy being disguised as the stunt man, ‘Iron Man’ Carmichael” for film work in Hollywood; and the episode, “Lucy Flies to London,” highlighting Lucy’s lack of experience in air travel. Other episodes featured one or more Hollywood stars making guest appearances as they did business at Lucy’s bank. An assortment of straight and humorous characters came into The Lucy Show episodes, such as the “Countess Framboise” (played by Ann Southern), who had been widowed by a husband “who left her his noble title and all of his noble debts.”

Lucille Ball won consecutive Emmy Awards as Outstanding Lead Actress in a Comedy Series for the final two seasons of The Lucy Show, 1966–67 and 1967–68. Lucy’s second husband, Gary Morton, became executive producer of the show during the 1967-68 season. Desilu Productions, meanwhile, was sold to Gulf & Western Industries in July 1967, and over the course of the 1967-68 season, Desilu-owned properties were merged with Paramount Pictures, another G & W subsidiary.

“Lucy Show” episode in which Vivian and Lucy are involved with baseball, and in this scene, Lucy appears to be trying to catch fly balls with her trousers.
“Lucy Show” episode in which Vivian and Lucy are involved with baseball, and in this scene, Lucy appears to be trying to catch fly balls with her trousers.
The Lucy Show – which ran for 156 episodes – ended with the 1967-68 season. By then Lucy was satisfied that the show had enough episodes for syndication. At the end, in its sixth season, The Lucy Show posted its highest Nielsen rating, ranking at No.2. But there was still more to come. Lucy opted to continue with another TV show – one that would be titled, Here’s Lucy – provided that her two children, Lucie Arnaz and Desi Arnaz, Jr., would appear with her.

Among other notable episodes and/or fan favorites from The Lucy Show, are: “Lucy Plays Florence Nightingale”, “Lucy Misplaces Two Thousand Dollars,” “Lucy Conducts the Symphony,” “Lucy the Bean Queen,” “Lucy the Babysitter,” “Mooney and the Monkey,” “Main Street USA,” “Lucy Meets the Law,” and “Lucy Gets Caught in the Draft.” There were also a number of shows with other stars – “Lucy and Phil Silvers,” “Lucy and George Burns,” Lucy and Paul Winchell,” and “Lucy and John Wayne.” It was also on The Lucy Show that Carol Burnett appeared with Lucy, in selected episodes, including “Lucy Gets a Roommate” and “Lucy and Carol in Palm Springs.” When The Lucy Show ended in prime time, CBS began broadcasting it in daytime reruns from September 1968 to September 1972.

During the 1960s, Lucy also did a number of specials, including one filmed in London in 1966 and shot in a mod style, titled “Lucy in London.” It even included a “trippy, hippy tune” according to one source, that was written and produced by rock `n roll maestro Phil Spector. The show featured the Lucy Carmichael character cavorting around London in mod attire with the British rock group The Dave Clark Five, then popular in both the U.K and America.


1968-1974

Here’s Lucy

TV screen shot of one of the logos used for “Here’s Lucy.” Click for DVD box set of the complete ‘Here’s Lucy’ series (1968-74), 144 episodes.
TV screen shot of one of the logos used for “Here’s Lucy.” Click for DVD box set of the complete ‘Here’s Lucy’ series (1968-74), 144 episodes.
In 1968 Lucy formed her own company, Lucille Ball Productions, for which she developed, produced, and starred in a new sitcom, Here’s Lucy, which more or less built on the previous show, but with a new plot line. Here’s Lucy would run for the next six years. Desilu’s successor, Paramount, co-produced the first season, but sold its stake to Lucille Ball Productions thereafter.

In the Here’s Lucy series, Lucy has moved to Los Angeles, and was now Lucy Carter with two children, played by her real-life teenage kids, Lucie and Desi, Jr. Lucy was now employed at ‘Carter’s Unique Employment Agency’ by her brother-in-law Harry, played by Gale Gordon. Vivian Vance, Ball’s longtime co-star, also made numerous guest appearances as Vivian Jones through the series.

"Here's Lucy" also featured Lucy's real-life teenage children, daughter Lucie in the middle and Desi, Jr., right.
"Here's Lucy" also featured Lucy's real-life teenage children, daughter Lucie in the middle and Desi, Jr., right.
1971 CBS ad for “Here’s Lucy” episode when Lucy and TV detective “Mannix” are tied up together and try to escape.
1971 CBS ad for “Here’s Lucy” episode when Lucy and TV detective “Mannix” are tied up together and try to escape.
 “Here’s Lucy” ad: “Johnny Carson meets his match when gatecrasher Lucy stumps the band and takes over the show...”
“Here’s Lucy” ad: “Johnny Carson meets his match when gatecrasher Lucy stumps the band and takes over the show...”

Here’s Lucy also sought to present a “generation gap” struggle between a working mother and her two increasingly independent teenagers. Episodes of the series also touched upon current events – civil rights, rock music, the sexual revolution and other issues. In the run up to the airing of the new series in the fall of 1968, some editions of TV Guide ran full-page ads for the show’s debut featuring Lucy with her two kids.

Among Here’s Lucy episodes featuring classic “Lucy moments” are those including: Lucy as down-trodden “Dirty Gertie;” Lucy outfitted as a giant pickle; Lucy sky-diving through the roof of a lodge; Lucy as construction worker with a jackhammer; Lucy as a saxophone player in an all-Nun band; and Lucy and detective star Mannix tied up to chairs trying to make their bound-together escape.

Other episodes featured Lucy organizing a strike against her boss, Harrison Carter, and another in which the frenetic Lucy Carter meets famous actress, Lucille Ball — and many more. In a 1969 spy episode, Lucy becomes involved in a Keystone Kops-styled chase scene through L.A. International Airport — an episode given special billing in a TV Guide “close-up” feature. In a 1971 Here’s Lucy episode, Carol Burnett and Lucy salute the stars of old Hollywood as they recruit jobless entertainers to stage a variety show. Among the spoofs: Carol and Lucy perform as Betty Grable and Alice Faye, Lucy does a Marlene Dietrich song, and Lucie Arnaz joins in a dance salute to Bill ‘Bojangles’ Robinson.

A number of Hollywood stars and other famous celebrities appeared on Here’s Lucy, typically serving as a focal point of one comic skit or another, among them: Patty Andrews of The Andrews Sisters, Ann-Margret, Frankie Avalon, Jack Benny, Milton Berle, Lloyd Bridges, George Burns, Ruth Buzzi, Carol Burnett, Johnny Carson, Petula Clark, Sammy Davis, Jr., Tennessee Ernie Ford, David Frost, Eva Gabor, Jackie Gleason, Helen Hayes, Don Knotts, Liberace, Dean Martin, Eve McVeagh, Joe Namath, Wayne Newton, Donny Osmond, Vincent Price, Tony Randall, Buddy Rich, Joan Rivers, Ginger Rogers, Dinah Shore, O.J. Simpson, Danny Thomas, Lawrence Welk, Flip Wilson, and Shelley Winters.

“Here’s Lucy” 1970: Actor Richard Burton looks on as Lucy and Liz Taylor struggle to remove Liz’s diamond ring from Lucy’s finger in the opening episode that year. Episode 1, Season 3.
“Here’s Lucy” 1970: Actor Richard Burton looks on as Lucy and Liz Taylor struggle to remove Liz’s diamond ring from Lucy’s finger in the opening episode that year. Episode 1, Season 3.
Lucy still had star power enough in those years that she could attract top talent to her show, as in the opening of the 1970 season when Richard Burton and Elizabeth Taylor appeared.

In that show, Ball’s trademark slapstick talents were on view in one famous scene in which Lucy tries on Elizabeth Taylor’s famous large diamond ring, which of course, gets stuck on Lucy’s finger. Television sitcoms by this time were also willing to take on more controversial material, and as one reviewer later commenting on the Burton-Taylor appearance noted, “the show’s writers had a field day, stuffing it with references to the famous couple’s fights and drinking binges.” Richard Burton, however, was reportedly not fond of Ball’s directorial manner, and would later say so with a harsh critique in his memoir.

Movie poster for the 1974 musical film, "Mame," starring Lucille Ball. Click for DVD.
Movie poster for the 1974 musical film, "Mame," starring Lucille Ball. Click for DVD.
In 1972, Lucille Ball broke her leg in a skiing accident, and was in a full leg cast. The show’s writers then gave Lucy Carter a broken leg as well. But now, Lucy’s physical comedy skits were limited, and some believe that marked the beginning of the end of Lucy’s career and her best years. But at the time, Lucy’s lesser role in the Here’s Lucy series, gave other members of the cast a chance to shine, including young Lucie Arnaz and featured players Mary Jane Croft and Vanda Barra. One 1972 show, for example, had Donny Osmond falling for young Lucie after she comes to one of his concerts. A show spin-off with young Lucie, in fact, was briefly considered, including a pilot, but never went forward.

During the various Lucy TV series dating to the original show, Lucy and Desi earlier, and Lucy later by herself, would sometimes engage in outside film or stage ventures, such as the 1953 film with Desi, The Long, Long Trailer and Yours, Mine, and Ours of 1968 with Henry Fonda and Van Johnson. In 1973-74, while still involved with Here’s Lucy, Ball became involved as the lead star in the musical film Mame, a production that did not fare well at the box office. In the reviews, some of the critics were quite hard on Lucy’s role in the film. Time magazine said, “. . . Miss Ball has been molded over the years into some sort of national monument, and she performs like one too. Her grace, her timing, her vigor have all vanished.” She was also compared to former stars who had played the role, with one critic saying she “simply hasn’t the drive and steel of a Rosalind Russell, an Angela Lansbury or a Ginger Rogers…” But other critics were more generous. Judith Crist writing in New York Magazine, was displeased with the film but supportive of the star: “Lucille Ball is–and no ‘still’ about it–a first-rate entertainer, supplementing her superb comedic sense with a penetrating warmth and inner humor. She is without peer in making a hung-over stagger from bed to bathroom an exercise in regal poise, in using her slightly crooked smile to vitiate the soppiness of an overly sentimental sequence, in applying her Goldwyn Girl chorine know-how to a dash of song and dance.” Yet it appeared by that time Lucy’s better days were behind her.

“CBS Love Affair”
…with Lucy: 1951-1974

Season/Show            Rank/Share

               I Love Lucy
1951-1952                    #3 / 50.9%
1952-1953                    #1 / 67.3%
1952-1953                    #1 / 67.3%
1953-1954                    #1 / 58.8%
1954-1955                    #1 / 49.3%
1955-1956                    #1 / 46.1%
1956-1957                    #1 / 43.7%

            The Lucy Show
1962-1963                  #1 / 43.7%
1962-1963                  #4 / 29.8 %
1963-1964                  #6 / 28.1 %
1964-1965                  #8 / 26.6 %
1965-1966                  #3 / 27.7 %
1966-1967                  #4 / 26.2 %
1967-1968                  #2 / 27.0 %

               Here’s Lucy
1968-1969                  #9 / 23.8 %
1969-1970                  #6 / 23.9 %
1970-1971                   #3 / 26.1 %
1971-1972                 #10 / 23.7 %*
1972-1973                 #15 / 21.9 %
1973-1974                #29 / 20.0 %

_______________________
The Nielsen Rating is the percent of
all TV-equipped homes tuned to a
program on an average night. *Tie.

Source: Generated from Appen-
dix 3, T. Brooks & E. Marsh (2003).

In the spring of 1973, the Here’s Lucy TV show had fallen to No. 15 in the ratings – the first time a Lucille Ball series had fallen out of the top ten. It appeared the series might end with the fifth season, as Lucy was again satisfied there were enough episodes for syndication. However, CBS president Fred Silverman convinced Lucy to change her mind and she returned for a sixth season. The show ceased production at the end of that season. Here’s Lucy had run for 144 episodes, 1968-1974. And like the other Lucy series, Here’s Lucy would also have an afterlife in syndication, appearing first in daytime reruns May to November 1977, and in later years, for example, on the PAX Network in 1998, on Australia’s Go! channel beginning in May 2010, and also on Cozi TV in August 2014.


Era’s End

In 1974, with the formal end of the Here’s Lucy series in regular broadcasting, some 23 years of Lucille Ball appearing regularly on television also ended. Reportedly, it was Lucille Ball’s decision to end the series, even though it still had what many regarded as a “respectable” 29th in the Nielsen ratings. But television and the TV sitcom were then changing. CBS had already begun more contemporary shows such as The Mary Tyler Moore Show, All in the Family, The Bob Newhart Show, and M*A*S*H. The last of the “old guard” shows like Gunsmoke, were in their final years. At the beginning of 1974, Lucille Ball had been the last performer from TV’s classic age who still had a weekly series. Still, CBS, for more than two decades, had enjoyed a Lucy show of one kind or another that ranked consistently at or near the top of the TV ratings for all those years, generating millions in advertising revenue.

Thereafter there were intermittent Lucy specials. In 1977, for example, Vance and Ball were reunited one last time in the CBS special, “Lucy Calls the President,” which also co-starred Gale Gordon. In 1986, Lucy tried a comeback with another sitcom, Life with Lucy. Initially the show debuted on ABC with good ratings, landing in Nielsen’s Top 25 (#23) for its opening episode, September 20th, 1986. But after eight episodes, Life With Lucy was canceled by ABC owing to low ratings. Still, the original I Love Lucy was airing in reruns all over the world – as were some of the subsequent Lucy shows as well.


Rerun Heaven

Keeps on Giving

Back in 1951, when Lucy and Desi first negotiated a contract with CBS and Philip Morris, a point of contention emerged over where to produce the series. CBS and the sponsor wanted the program broadcast live from New York, as was then the prevailing practice. Most of the network’s production facilities were located there as well. TV then was also predominately a live medium. For personal reasons Ball and Arnaz wanted to stay in Hollywood, where they had made their home for several years. A compromise was made to “film” the shows for I Love Lucy. But the increased costs of shooting became an issue for CBS.In the early television industry, the concept of the viable and profitable rerun hadn’t yet formed, as many in the industry wondered who would ever want to watch a program a second time? Those costs were then offset by Arnaz and Ball agreeing to take a cut in their weekly salary. In return, CBS agreed that Arnaz and Ball would own the shows after they were filmed and broadcast, which would prove to be a huge windfall not fully appreciated by either side at the time.

At one point during I Love Lucy’s second season (1952-53), when Lucy was pregnant, she was not able to fulfill the show’s 39-episode production schedule. As a substitute, Desi and producer Jess Oppenheimer decided to rebroadcast some popular episodes from the series’s first season to help give Lucy the rest she needed. The rebroadcasts unexpectedly proved to be ratings winners, and that’s when Lucy and Desi, and the rest of the industry, started to see the possibility of rerun gold. In the early television industry, the concept of the viable and profitable rerun hadn’t yet formed, as many in the industry wondered who would ever want to watch a program a second time? Syndication had not yet started. But the CBS concession, giving Lucy and Desi the I Love Lucy rights, would alone make Desilu Productions at that time one of the most powerful independent companies in television. Desilu made many millions of dollars on I Love Lucy rebroadcasts and became a textbook example of how a show can become profitable in second-run syndication. By the late 1990s, the price of broadcasting a single episode of I Love Lucy was a handsome $100,000.

May 1994 newspaper ad running in The Toledo Blade (OH), for cable’s Nick-at-Nite reruns of “I Love Lucy.”
May 1994 newspaper ad running in The Toledo Blade (OH), for cable’s Nick-at-Nite reruns of “I Love Lucy.”
I Love Lucy and other Lucy TV series have remained popular in syndication. The show is known globally, seen in 80 countries, and has been dubbed into 22 languages. In the U.S., reruns have aired nationally on TBS (1980s–1990s), Nick at Nite (1994–2001) and TV Land (2001–2008) as well as various local channels. Nickelodeon reran The Lucy Show in the late-1980s and early-1990s, and again in the late 1990s.

When I Love Lucy joined Nick at Nite in 1994, a week-long marathon called “Nick at Nite Loves Lucy” aired, showcasing every one of Lucille Ball’s sitcoms that aired between 1951 and 1986 (I Love Lucy, The Lucy-Desi Comedy Hour, The Lucy Show, Here’s Lucy and Life With Lucy).

As of July 2007 in the Los Angeles area, I Love Lucy remained the longest-running program to air continuously almost 50 years after production ended. The series in later years was aired in the Los Angeles market on KTTV on weekends and KCOP on weekdays. In January 2009, I Love Lucy moved to the Hallmark Channel. In December 2010, a Me-TV digital subchannel also began carrying I Love Lucy.

Speaking at a Goldman Sachs media and communications conference in New York city in September 2012, CBS Chief Executive Leslie Moonves said that I Love Lucy was then still delivering about $20 million a year in revenue.Speaking at a Goldman Sachs media and commu-nications conference in September 2012, CBS chief executive Leslie Moonves said that I Love Lucy was still delivering about $20 million a year in revenue. In December 2013, CBS re-aired a colorized, digitally remastered version of the I Love Lucy Christmas special, along with the episode, “Lucy’s Italian Movie,” which includes the classic grape-stomping scene. That special attracted 8.7 million viewers.

Periodically over the years, selected I Love Lucy episodes, special broadcasts, and Lucy Christmas shows have demonstrated that I Love Lucy programming can still draw sizeable audiences. A December 1989 airing of the 1956 I Love Lucy Christmas episode garnered CBS an 18.5 rating, placing it No. 6 on the Nielsen list for the week of December 18th that year. CBS and others have also repackaged, reworked and reissued I Love Lucy programs and other Lucy-related material. In April 1990 CBS released a previously unseen, 40-year-old, 34-minute pilot for the I Love Lucy series as a TV special hosted by Lucie Arnaz, with interviews and clips from other popular Lucy episodes. In May 2006, Paramount released I Love Lucy: The Complete Sixth Season, and Warner Home Video released The Lucy & Desi Collection, a set of three movies the couple had made.

Lucy offering a famous pose during a November 1953 episode of “I Love Lucy” involving knife throwing.
Lucy offering a famous pose during a November 1953 episode of “I Love Lucy” involving knife throwing.

 
The Lucy Legacy

Apart from its continuing popularity in reruns all around the world, I Love Lucy and its related shows – and Lucille Ball – have collected special recognition from a variety of sources for years. In 1964 there was a “Lucy Day” at the New York World’s Fair. In 1971, Lucy was designated “Comedienne of the Century” at a benefit show, “To Lucy With Love,” held at the L.A. Music Center. In 1990, I Love Lucy became the first show to be inducted into the Television Hall of Fame. And over the last 50 years or more, thousands of devoted Lucy fans and fan clubs have continued to tout the show and its founder.

In July 1996 at the 45th anniversary of I Love Lucy, some 500 fans descended on the Burbank Airport Hilton in Southern California for the country’s first-ever national, Lucille Ball convention. “Loving Lucy ’96,” was the convention’s title, a three-day gathering that included panel discussions by I Love Lucy cast members and writers, an auction of Lucy memorabilia, and a 45th birthday I Love Lucy banquet.

An “I Love Lucy” U.S. stamp issued back in the days when the going rate was 33 cents.
An “I Love Lucy” U.S. stamp issued back in the days when the going rate was 33 cents.
Also in 1996, the Lucille Ball-Desi Arnaz Center opened at Lucy’s birthplace, Jamestown, New York, located about eight hours northwest of New York City. The center is a museum memorializing Lucy and I Love Lucy, and together with its nearby Desilu Playhouse offers a treasure trove of Lucy memorabilia. Visitors can view video clips, walk through replicas of I Love Lucy sets and see original costumes from the classic sitcom. Visitors can also re-enact classic Lucy bits on the replica sets. Every year, up to 30,000 people trek to the museum, which is open 12 months a year. Each August during Ball’s birthday week, the museum holds the “Lucy Fest: The Lucille Ball Festival of Comedy.” Hundreds have come to the Fest attired in Lucy Ricardo costume.

I Love Lucy and/or its various episodes have also done well on various “best of” and “greatest hits” lists. In 1997, the episodes “Lucy Does a TV Commercial” and “Lucy’s Italian Movie” were ranked respectively, No. 2 and No. 18 on a TV Guide list of the “100 Greatest Episodes of All Time.” In 2002, TV Guide ranked I Love Lucy No. 2 on its list of the “50 Greatest TV Shows,” behind Seinfeld and ahead of The Honeymooners. In May 2003, CBS aired Lucy, a TV film on the life of Lucille Ball. In 2007, Time magazine placed I Love Lucy on its list of the 100 best television shows.

Lucy in a relaxed pose, as she begins to sample the health tonic “Vitameatavegamin” she is supposed to be selling in a famous 1956 “I Love Lucy” episode.
Lucy in a relaxed pose, as she begins to sample the health tonic “Vitameatavegamin” she is supposed to be selling in a famous 1956 “I Love Lucy” episode.
On August 6, 2011, which would have been Lucille Ball’s 100th birthday, Google celebrated with an interactive doodle on its homepage featuring six classic moments from the I Love Lucy show. On the same day a total of 915 Ball look-alikes converged on Jamestown, New York to celebrate Lucy’s birthday.

At the 60th anniversary of I Love Lucy show in the fall of 2011, there were numerous celebrations and special gatherings honoring the show, including those at the Hollywood Museum in Los Angeles, the Library of Congress in Washington, DC, and the Paley Center for Media in New York city. Google also did a special Lucy salute, partnering with the Lucy Desi Center for Comedy in Jamestown, NY. In 2013, TV Guide ranked I Love Lucy as the third greatest show of all time. Lucille Ball, in fact, appeared on more TV Guide covers than any other TV star. (See also at this website, “Lucy & TV Guide”). At least a dozen books have also been written about Lucille Ball, Desi Arnaz, and the I Love Lucy show. These range from in-depth biographies to various academic treatments, some of which are cited below in “Sources.”


Lucille Ball
“Not All Laughs”


Lucille Ball with cigarette observing a rehearsal or reading of some kind, likely in a Desilu studio or sound stage.
Lucille Ball with cigarette observing a rehearsal or reading of some kind, likely in a Desilu studio or sound stage.
Lucille Ball was an acting comic – a slapstick genius by all accounts. She knew her craft inside out, and did her job well. But once off stage, she wasn’t an especially funny person – at least not in a I Love Lucy sense of the term. “She was witty,” explained her son, Desi Arnaz, Jr., in 1989 comments to People magazine, describing her as having “a Will Rogers kind of humor.” But off stage, in real life, Lucille Ball was not like her “Lucy” character on the TV shows. “My mother was a clown, and she could turn funny, brilliantly funny written things into magic,” daughter Lucie Arnaz said, “but she didn’t think she was funny.”

Wanda Clark, Lucy’s personal secretary for more than 25 years from 1963 to 1989, put it this way: “She didn’t go around doing ‘I Love Lucy’ shtick, but she had a great sense of humor and she loved to have a good laugh.” Others found her to be a great practical joker.

In 1953, during shooting of  “The Long, Long Trailer” film, Lucy has a look through the lens.
In 1953, during shooting of “The Long, Long Trailer” film, Lucy has a look through the lens.
Still, some were left cold by Lucy after experiencing her wrath as a producer or involved lead actor who expected all players to hit their marks. For when it came to the production of her shows, she was a no-nonsense business person who strove for perfection. She had little tolerance for careless or unprofessional performance on the job. Yet some charged that rigorous attitude, in part, to her past and the fact that she had spent twenty years in the back lots of Hollywood struggling for notice. She learned the hard way and never forgot it, so that when she made it, she insisted on only the best possible effort by everybody in her productions.

Actor Tony Randall, a guest on Lucy’s show in the 1970s, told People magazine: “A lot of people found her very, very tough to work with. She bossed everybody around and didn’t spare anybody’s feelings. But I didn’t mind that because she knew what she was doing. If someone just says, ‘Do this!,’ it’s awful if they’re wrong. If they’re right, it just saves a lot of time. And she was always right.” Gale Gordon, who co-starred with Lucy in three of her television shows, noted: “No one worked harder than Lucy. There weren’t any 10 men who could keep up with her.” But Lucy appears to have been fair to those who worked with her and praiseworthy of work well done, often acknowledging and giving credit to her writers as important and key players in her radio and TV success. And Lucy’s loyalty, especially to her employees, was well known, as she hated to let anyone go from their jobs at Desilu.

Lucy’s stage observations, continued – woman at work.
Lucy’s stage observations, continued – woman at work.
Others noticed a change in Lucy after her divorce from Desi. “I’ll tell you about Lucy,” offered one long-time friend anonymously in 1989. “She was a warm, passionate, loving woman years ago. She was crazy in love with Desi. She’s been hurt. Hurt for years and years…” And that changed her. “Lucy could be cold and hard,” said another. “I think it was an effect of the divorce, she (and also Desi) never recovered from the divorce. She was really hurt and that had frozen her. Even Desi says that.”

But Wanda Clark says “the real” Lucille Ball was “warm and wonderful and generous – to all of us that worked with her…” And she was loyal, added Clark, “that’s why we were all so loyal to her.” Gary Morton, her second husband, said of his wife: “The first thing I noticed about Lucy was her warmth. The second was her carriage.” She was “like a thoroughbred,” Morton would say; when she walked into a room, you knew she was there.


Lucy in a farewell Charlie Chaplin pose.
Lucy in a farewell Charlie Chaplin pose.
Lucille Ball, passed away in April 1989 at the age of 77. She appears to have had a very full life. Often overlooked is the fact that she was 40 years old when I Love Lucy began its run in 1951. In one sense, she had already had two other media careers: one as a “B-movie queen,” making some 50 Hollywood films, and another in radio where she had learned and honed at the least the aural side of her comedic craft. I Love Lucy, in any case, took off in the early 1950s and sent Lucy and Desi into another world, enriching them beyond their wildest dreams and making them entertainment business moguls with the rocket growth of Desilu.

Yet the “Lucy effect” – in business terms – went well beyond Desilu, also enriching CBS, TV Guide, and the TV nostalgia industry for nearly 70 years. Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz – their energy, their craft, and the opportunities they seized along the way – left a pretty amazing mark on the entertainment industry and the larger culture; one that appears to be in motion still.

For additional stories on “Film & Hollywood” or “Celebrity & Icons,” please visit those pages. See also the “Noteworthy Ladies” topics page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 26 January 2015
Last Update: 4 December 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “CBS Loved Lucy: 1950s-1970s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, January 26, 2015.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Stefan Kanfer’s 2003 book, “Ball of Fire: The Tumultuous Life and Comic Art of Lucille Ball.” Click for book.
Stefan Kanfer’s 2003 book, “Ball of Fire: The Tumultuous Life and Comic Art of Lucille Ball.” Click for book.
Lucille Ball in her early years in Hollywood.
Lucille Ball in her early years in Hollywood.
2022 award winning Amazon Prime film from director Amy Poehler, “Lucy and Desi,” explores their partnership and enduring legacy. Click for film at Amazon Prime Video.
2022 award winning Amazon Prime film from director Amy Poehler, “Lucy and Desi,” explores their partnership and enduring legacy. Click for film at Amazon Prime Video.
Lucy and Harpo Marx clowning during the 1950s. Harpo appeared in May 1955 episode of “I Love Lucy.”
Lucy and Harpo Marx clowning during the 1950s. Harpo appeared in May 1955 episode of “I Love Lucy.”
Two “I Love Lucy” episodes from Oct 1955 have Lucy & Vivian stealing the concrete slab of John Wayne’s Hollywood footprints at Grauman’s Theater in L.A.
Two “I Love Lucy” episodes from Oct 1955 have Lucy & Vivian stealing the concrete slab of John Wayne’s Hollywood footprints at Grauman’s Theater in L.A.
1956: Lucy in French bistro scene from "Paris at Last" episode when she is served escargot by French waiter played by Maurice Marsac. Hilarity ensues when Lucy clamps the snail tongs to her nose, not knowing their purpose. “This food has snails in it,” she exclaims to the insulted waiter, who is then horrified when she says she might be able to eat them with ketchup, close to a French sacrilege.
1956: Lucy in French bistro scene from "Paris at Last" episode when she is served escargot by French waiter played by Maurice Marsac. Hilarity ensues when Lucy clamps the snail tongs to her nose, not knowing their purpose. “This food has snails in it,” she exclaims to the insulted waiter, who is then horrified when she says she might be able to eat them with ketchup, close to a French sacrilege.
1967: Carol Burnett in “Lucy Show” episode when she and Lucy attend school to become airline stewardesses.
1967: Carol Burnett in “Lucy Show” episode when she and Lucy attend school to become airline stewardesses.
“Here’s Lucy” episodes (1968-1974), also featured Lucy’s real-life teenage children, Lucie, left, and Desi, Jr.
“Here’s Lucy” episodes (1968-1974), also featured Lucy’s real-life teenage children, Lucie, left, and Desi, Jr.
Part of a TV magazine ad for the 1972 season premiere of “Here’s Lucy” with star Lloyd Bridges as Lucy’s doctor after she broke her leg (in real life & in the show).
Part of a TV magazine ad for the 1972 season premiere of “Here’s Lucy” with star Lloyd Bridges as Lucy’s doctor after she broke her leg (in real life & in the show).
April 27, 1989: Front page of the New York Post at the death of Lucille Ball, age 77– “We Loved Lucy.”
April 27, 1989: Front page of the New York Post at the death of Lucille Ball, age 77– “We Loved Lucy.”
In 2011, when AARP’s magazine was “MM,” for modern maturity, it ran the above cover story with a young Lucille Ball in a 1943 beach scene, confusing some readers who thought she was Marilyn Monroe. Click for copy.
In 2011, when AARP’s magazine was “MM,” for modern maturity, it ran the above cover story with a young Lucille Ball in a 1943 beach scene, confusing some readers who thought she was Marilyn Monroe. Click for copy.

“Lucille Ball: Television Producer, Executive, Director, Actress,” The Paley Center For Media.

“I Love Lucy: An American Legend,” Exhibition, U.S. Library of Congress.

Christopher Anderson, “I Love Lucy,” Museum of Broadcast Communications / Encyclopedia of Television, Archive of American Television.

“I Love Lucy,” in, Tim Brooks and Earle March, The Complete Directory to Prime Time Network and Cable TV Shows, 1946-Present, Eighth Edition, New York: Ballantine Books, 2003, pp. 566-568.

Steve Hanson and Sandra Garcia-Myers, “I Love Lucy,” St. James Encyclopedia of Popular Culture, 2002, Gale Group.

“List of I Love Lucy Episodes,” Wikipedia .org.

“Beauty Into Buffoon: Lucille Ball’s Slapstick Makes Her a Top TV Star,” Life, February 18, 1952, pp. 93-97.

“Sassafrassa, the Queen,” Time, May 26, 1952, cover, pp. 62-68.

Leonore Silvian, “Laughing Lucille,” Look, June 3, 1952, pp. 7-8.

Jack Gould, “Nearing Birth of (?) Arnaz Is Engendering Interest of Fans of ‘I Love Lucy’,” New York Times, January 16, 1953, p. 29.

United Press, “Lucille Ball Adheres to Television Script; Comedienne Gives Birth to 8 1/2-Pound Boy,” New York Times, January 19, 1953.

Jack Gould, “Why Millions Love Lucy,” New York Times, March 1, 1953.

“Desilu Formula for Top TV: Brains, Beauty, Now a Baby,” Newsweek, January 19, 1953, Cover story, pp. 56-59.

Albert Morehead, “‘Lucy’ Ball,” Cosmo- politan, January 1953, Cover, pp. 15-19.

Jess Oppenheimer,”Lucy’s Two Babies,” Look, April 21, 1953, pp. 20-24.

“There’s No Accounting for TV Tastes,” TV Guide, September 4, 1953, p. 20.

“Lucille Ball Was Red in 1936; I Love Lucy Star Denies Commie Now,” The Herald Express (Los Angeles), 1953.

Testimony of Lucille Desiree Ball Arnaz, Before the U.S. House of Representatives, Committee on Un-American Activities, “Investigation of Communist Activities in the Los Angeles Area — Part 7,” Hollywood, California, Friday, September 4, 1953, Room 512, 7046 Hollywood Boulevard, Hollywood, California., Hearing Commencing at 2 P. M., William A. Wheeler, Investigator.

Scott Harrison, “Lucille Ball Explains 1936 Communist Link,” Los Angeles Times, September 15, 2011.

I Love Lucy Comics, Vol. 1, No. 1, 1954, New York: Dell Publications Co., 1954.

“The Desi-Lucy Love Story,” Look, Cover Story (with Keith Thibodeaux; Robert Vose, photographer), December 25, 1956.

Lloyd Shearer, “Desilu: The Story of an Empire,” Parade, October 13, 1957.

Pete Martin, “I Call on Lucy and Desi,” Saturday Evening Post, May 31, 1958.

“Arnaz and Ball Take Over as Tycoons $30 Million Desilu Gamble,” Life, October 6, 1958. Photographed for Life by Leonard McCombe

Dan Jenkins, “A Visit With Lucille Ball,” TV Guide, July 18, 1960.

“The Lucy Show”(1962-1968), Wikipedia .org.

“The Lucy Show” (and “Here’s Lucy’), 1962-1974, in Tim Brooks and Earle March, The Complete Directory to Prime Time Network and Cable TV Shows, 1946-Present, Eighth Edition, New York: Ballantine Books, 2003, p. 710.

“Here’s Lucy”(1968-1974), Wikipedia.org.

“The Lucy Show Episode Guide,” LocateTV .com.

“The Lucy Show Episode Guide,” AngelFire .com.

“Here’s Lucy – Episode Guide,” TV.com.

“The Ten Best Here’s Lucy Episodes of Season Five,”(1972-73), JacksonUpperco .com, June 24, 2014.

Desi Arnaz, A Book, Morrow, 1976, 322pp.

Douglas T Miller and Marion Nowak, The Fifties: The Way We Really Were, Garden City, NY: Doubleday,1977.

David Halberstam, The Powers That Be, New York: Alfred A. Knopf: 1979.

Bart Andrews and Thomas J. Watson, Loving Lucy: An Illustrated Tribute to Lucille Ball, Macmillan, January 1982, 226pp.

Bart Andrews, The ‘I Love Lucy’ Book, New York: Doubleday, 1985.

Joe Morella and Edward Z. Epstein, Forever Lucy: The Life of Lucille Ball, Lyle Stuart, October 1986, 268pp.

Charles Higham, Lucy: The Real Life of Lucille Ball, St. Martin’s Press, 1986, 261pp.

Peter B. Flint, “Lucille Ball, Spirited Doyenne of TV Comedies, Dies at 77,” New York Times, April 27, 1989.

Susan Schindehette, Suzanne Adelson, Doris Bacon, Leah Feldon, Lee Wohlfert, “Remembering Lucy: Friends and Family Share Memories of Lucy and Her Life Behind the Laughter,” People, Vol. 32, No. 7, August 14, 1989.

William Boddy, Fifties Television: The Industry and Its Critics. Urbana and Chicago: University of Illinois Press, 1990.

George Lipsitz, Time Passages: Collective Memory and American Popular Culture, Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1990.

Alexander Doty, “The Cabinet of Lucy Ricardo: Lucille Ball’s Star Image,” Cinema Journal, Urbana, Illinois, 1990, 29:3-22.

Thomas Schatz, “Desilu, I Love Lucy, and the Rise of Network TV,” in Robert J. Thompson and Gary Burns (eds.), Making Television: Authorship and the Production Process, New York: Praeger, 1990.

Warren G. Harris, Lucy and Desi: The Legendary Love Story of Television’s Most Famous Couple, Simon & Schuster, October 1991, 351pp.

William H. Chafe, The Paradox of Change: American Women in the Twentieth Century, New York: Oxford University Press, 1991.

Camille Baron-Smith, Enterprising Women: Television Fandom and the Creation of Popular Myth, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1992.

Lynn Spigel, Make Room for TV: Television and the Family Ideal in Postwar America, Chicago, University of Chicago Press, 1992.

Coyne Steven Sanders and Tom Gilbert, Desilu: The Story of Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz, New York: William Morrow & Co., 1993.

David Halberstam, The Fifties, New York: Villard Books, 1993, 197-98.

Kathleen Brady, Lucille: The Life of Lucille Ball, New York: Hyperion, 1994.

Lucille Ball with Betty Hannah Hoffman, Love, Lucy, New York: G.P. Putnam’s Sons, 1996, 286pp.

Andrew Blankstein, “A Ball in Her Honor: Burbank Convention Celebrates Lucy’s Television Legacy,” Los Angeles Times, July 20, 1996.

Tim Frew, Lucy – A Life In Pictures, Metro Books, 1996, 96pp.

Steven Stark, Glued to The Set: The 60 Television Shows and Events That Made Us Who We Are Today, New York: The Free Press, May 1997.

Steven Stark, “The Lucy Chronicles – Before Betty Friedan and Gloria Steinem, Lucille Ball Played an Unapologetically Ambitious Woman Who Challenged Her Husband’s Authority and Wasn’t Afraid to Be Funny. Was Lucy TV’s First Feminist? Ask June Cleaver,” Los Angeles Times, May 4, 1997.

Gregg Oppenheimer (for his father, Jess), Laughs, Luck …and Lucy: How I Came to Create the Most Popular Sitcom of All Time, New York: Syracuse University, December 1996, 312pp.

Lori Landay, Madcaps, Screwballs, and Con Women: The Female Trickster in American Culture, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1998.

Lori Landay, “Millions ‘Love Lucy:’ Com- modification and The Lucy Phenomenon,” NWSA Journal (National Women’s Studies Association), Vol. 11, No. 2, Summer 1999, pp. 25-47.

Stuart Galbraith IV, (DVD Review), “Here’s Lucy – Best Loved Episodes from the Hit TV Series,” (Shout Factory, August 17, 2004), DVDTalk.com, July 27, 2004.

Madelyn Pugh Davis with Bob Carroll, Jr., Laughing with Lucy: My Life With American’s Leading Lady of Comedy, Clerisy Press / Emmis Books, September 2005, 288pp.

Susan King, “For the Love of Lucy and Desi,” Los Angeles Times, May 2, 2006.

“Lucille Ball: Finding Lucy,” American Masters/PBS.org, September 21st, 2006.

Filmmaker Interview – Pamela Mason Wagner and Thomas Wagner, “Lucille Ball: Finding Lucy,” American Masters/PBS.org, September 21, 2006.

Michael Karol, The Lucy Book of Lists, iUniverse.com, December 2009.

Belinda Man, Research Paper, “Desilu: The Family, The Success, The Productions, and Its T.V. Impact,” Evergreen.edu, 2009-2010.

Elisabeth Edwards, I Love Lucy: Celebrating 50 Years of Love and Laughter, Running Press, 2010, 301pp.

“Magazines With Lucy on the Cover,” Glen Charlow’s Lucille Ball Collection, LucilleBall.net, as of June, 15, 2010.

Lori Landay, I Love Lucy, Wayne State University Press, 2010, 119pp.

A Blog About Lucille Ball.

“‘I Love Lucy: An American Legend’ Opens Aug. 4,” Library of Congress, July 20, 2011.

Stephen Battaglio , “I Love Lucy Goes Live! – Today’s News: Our Take,” TVGuide.com, September 14, 2011.

S. Rothaus, McClatchy-Tribune Newspapers, “Museums, Events Celebrate 60th Anniversary of ‘I Love Lucy’, Lucille Ball’s Centennial,” Tampa Bay Times, Saturday, September 24, 2011

Bill Newcott, From: AARP Radio, “Do You Still Love Lucy? Celebrate the Funny Lady’s 100th Birthday,” AARP.org, August 2, 2011.

Joe Flint, “’I Love Lucy’ Still a Cash Cow for CBS,” Los Angeles Times, September 20, 2012.

Margot Peppers, “Talk About Loving Lucy! Polka Dot Dress Worn by Lucille Ball on Fifties Show Fetches a Whopping $168,000 at Auction,” Daily Mail (London), August 7, 2013.

Marcela, “Loving Lucy Day 4: The Story of the Aftermath,” Best-of-The-Past, Sunday, October 14, 2012.

“Favorite Wife, My Favorite Redhead – In Fact, That’s The Only Thing Red About Her,” Desi & Luci Blog, December 23, 2012.

Marcela, “Audrey Hepburn and Why I Wouldn’t Want to Be an Icon,” Best-of-The-Past, Saturday, January 12, 2013.

Billy Ingram with Dan Wingate, “The Lost Lucy Themes,” TVParty.com.

“Was Lucy (Lucille Ball) Funny in Real Life?,” A Blog About Lucille Ball and Desi Arnaz, June 19, 2013.

Christopher Rudolph, ‘I Love Lucy’ Premiered 62 Years Ago: Let’s Celebrate!,” The Huffington Post, October 15, 2013 (selection of Lucy faces & skits )

___________________________



“Lucy & TV Guide
1953-2013

Regional guide, 12 Oct 1951.
Regional guide, 12 Oct 1951.
Regional guide,  25 Jan 1952.
Regional guide, 25 Jan 1952.
Regional guide, 6 June 1952.
Regional guide, 6 June 1952.
Regional guide, 20 March 1953.
Regional guide, 20 March 1953.
Nat’l TV Guide - 3 April 1953.
Nat’l TV Guide - 3 April 1953.
Week of April 17th,1953.
Week of April 17th,1953.
Week of July 17, 1953.
Week of July 17, 1953.
Week of April 23rd, 1954.
Week of April 23rd, 1954.
Week of October 9th, 1954.
Week of October 9th, 1954.
Week of December 10th, 1955.
Week of December 10th, 1955.
Week of  January 12th, 1957.
Week of January 12th, 1957.
Week of  November 2nd, 1957.
Week of November 2nd, 1957.
Week of July 12th, 1958.
Week of July 12th, 1958.
Week of July 16th, 1960.
Week of July 16th, 1960.
Week of September 29th, 1962.
Week of September 29th, 1962.
Week of April 6th, 1963.
Week of April 6th, 1963.
Week of September 5th, 1964.
Week of September 5th, 1964.
Week of August 28th, 1965.
Week of August 28th, 1965.

For more than 60 years, Lucille Ball’s famous television character “Lucy” – the red-headed star of the iconic 1950s I Love Lucy sitcom – helped enrich a part of the publishing world that covered television. And no publication in that arena benefited more from Lucy than TV Guide. It all began in the early 1950s, as the I Love Lucy show took off and swept the nation.

By April 1952, more than 10 million households were tuning in to I Love Lucy, the first time in history that a television show had reached that many people. By October 1952 it was the No. 1 TV show in America, scoring an incredible 67.3 rating, meaning that two-thirds of all homes with TV sets were tuned to Lucy. The show proceeded to dominate the TV ratings through most of the decade, creating something of a new entertainment phenomenon.

But in the early days of television, program guides for TV watching were rare and fairly basic. And they were not found everywhere. At first – and as early as 1948 – there were a few regional TV channel listings and guides. Some of these guides, appearing in the 1951-1953 period, were among the first to run covers with Lucy, her husband, Desi Arnaz, and other co-stars from the I Love Lucy show.

In Philadelphia, Pennsylvania at that time there was a company named Triangle Publications, established by the Annenberg family. Triangle had initially risen on the success of the Daily Racing Form and a wire service that connected racetracks with bookies. Walter Annenberg, Jr., son of founder Moses Annenberg, was running the Philadelphia Inquirer newspaper when he started thinking about a national TV guide in 1952. Annenberg bought up several of the smaller regional television magazines that had already begun publishing TV listings – among them, TV Digest in Philadelphia, TV Forecast in Chicago, and TV Guide in New York and New England, the latter of which is sampled in the first few slots here, above right.

Then in 1952 and 1953 came the I Love Lucy episodes surrounding the pregnancy of Lucy – in real life and on the show – and the birth of her son in 1953. At first hesitant to use Lucy’s actual pregnancy in the show, Lucy’s baby-to-be soon became a central part of the show’s plot over some weeks, generating a huge following and culminating in the birth episode of January 19, 1953, “Lucy Goes to the Hospital.” Some 44 million viewers watched that episode, then a record audience, easily eclipsing the 20 million or so who watched President Dwight D. Eisenhower’s inauguration.

TV Guide’s first national issue picked up on this Lucy mania, and on April 3, 1953 ran a cover featuring a photograph of Lucille Ball’s newborn son, Desi Arnaz, Jr., along with a top-of-the-page teaser headline, “Lucy’s $50,000,000 Baby.” A small photo of Lucy was also placed in the top corner of that cover.

What TV Guide meant by the “$50,000,000 Baby” line was the fact that Lucy’s TV “mommyhood,” as the magazine put it, “triggered an avalanche of merchandise.” As TV Guide would later explain, that lucrative avalanche included: “dolls, games, books and nursery sets, as well as Lucy maternity wear and Desi smoking jackets…” Replicas of the Ricardos’ bedroom and living-room furniture were also sold. And Desi’s recording, “There’s a Brand New Baby in Our House,” was popular on the music charts. Said TV Guide: “We even suggested Little Desi’s worth might actually be closer to $100 million.”

With TV Guide’s first national edition, using the “Lucy’s baby” cover, a long and profitable relationship began between the weekly magazine and Lucille Ball. Lucy, of course, wasn’t the only star in the TV constellation in those years, and TV Guide would use them all. But in the end, Lucy would garner more TV Guide covers that any other star then or since – at least 44 in which she appeared as the featured star or included with others.

( In the 1950s, Walter Annenberg’s business empire in Philadelphia also included WFIL-TV, where a new TV dance show in the 1950s called American Bandstand was taking hold, which TV Guide would promote as well.)

In April 1953, when it first launched nationally, the weekly circulation of TV Guide’s was about 1.5 million. But it soon climbed upward that fall, and would sell millions more copies for years to come.

By the 1960s, TV Guide was the most read and circulated magazine in the United States. Each issue’s features were also promoted in a weekly television commercial.

By 1974, TV Guide became the first magazine ever to sell 1 billion copies in a year. Among inside jokes then circulating in Annenberg’s Triangle Publications was: “Each week we lose more copies of TV Guide off the backs of our trucks than most other magazines sell.”

TV Guide, like other magazines, was sold at grocery stores, drug stores, and supermarket check-out counters nationwide. Subscriptions were also available. But over the years, typically two-thirds of TV Guide’s sales came from those newsstands. And Lucy and her travails – both on and off screen – would prove especially appealing to newsstand readers over the years. “Lucy covers” no doubt sold well in those years, so she continued to receive top billing in the magazine. Lucy, her family, and the I Love Lucy TV series all became a rich vein for TV Guide cover stories and articles over the next sixty years, from 1953 through 2013.

Under Triangle’s management, TV Guide continued to grow, not only in circulation, but also as a recognized authority on television programming, with engaging articles from staff and outside writers. Lucy stories of every conceivable sort were also among those published.

The July 17th, 1953 edition focused on a movie Lucy and Desi were then making, The Long, Long Trailer. The April 23rd, 1954 issue included the cover story, “How TV Changed Lucille Ball.” The July 30, 1955 TV Guide (not shown), had Lucy and Desi on the cover along with The Whiting Girls, who also had a CBS sitcom.

Subsequent issues of TV Guide simply featured head shots of Lucy with no related story indicated. The December 10th, 1955 cover featured a portrait of Lucy that Desi Arnaz had hung in his Hollywood office. The November 2nd, 1957 issue featured an illustration of Lucy by artist Al Hirschfeld, known for his New Yorker sketches. The July 12th, 1958 issue put Lucy on the cover and also carried a story tagline, “Lucy Exposes Some Phony Publicity.” In July 1960, after Lucy had finalized her divorce with Desi, TV Guide had her on the cover with the story, “Lucille Ball: Humiliated and Unhappy.”“Possibly the most unset- tling event on the current TV scene is the new husbandless Lucy, who is making her debut on The Lucy Show… as a widow with two children. . .”
TV Guide, Sept 1962

By the fall of 1962, with the launch of Lucille Ball’s new sitcom, “The Lucy Show,” TV Guide put her on the cover of its September 29th issue in a comedic jumping pose with the tagline, “Lucy Clowns Again.” The first few paragraphs of that cover story read as follows:

“Possibly the most unsettling event on the current TV scene is the new husbandless Lucy, who is making her debut on The Lucy Show this Monday as a widow with two children.

“Encountering America’s favorite zany in a new habitat, with a new last name (Carmichael), with unknown children and without her dashing Desi, is an odd experience. A decade of I Love Lucy shows has so indissolubly wedded the images of Lucy and Desi Arnaz that to discover a Desi-less Lucy on the screen is like finding a revised edition of “Gone with The Wind” in which Scarlett O’Hara appears without Rhett Butler.

“Nevertheless, the ‘new’ Lucy, despite the alien corn, is identical to the ‘old’ Lucy – unaltered in all essentials of character and personality… She is still the frantically funny creature she always was, swinging overhand from emotion to emotion, perpetually tossed on the horns of some preposterous dilemma…”

Week of April 30th, 1966.
Week of April 30th, 1966.
Week of October 22nd, 1966.
Week of October 22nd, 1966.
Week of July 15th, 1967.
Week of July 15th, 1967.
Week of March 30th, 1968.
Week of March 30th, 1968.
Week of March 1st, 1969.
Week of March 1st, 1969.
Week of September 5th, 1970.
Week of September 5th, 1970.
Week of June 12th, 1971.
Week of June 12th, 1971.
Week of March 31st, 1973.
Week of March 31st, 1973.
Week of July 6th, 1974.
Week of July 6th, 1974.
Week of October 4th, 1986.
Week of October 4th, 1986.
Week of March 12, 1988.
Week of March 12, 1988.
Week of May 6, 1989.
Week of May 6, 1989.
Week of February 9, 1991.
Week of February 9, 1991.
July 1991: 2000th Issue.
July 1991: 2000th Issue.
Week of April 4th, 1998.
Week of April 4th, 1998.
Week of January 23rd, 1999.
Week of January 23rd, 1999.
Week of May 4th, 2002.
Week of May 4th, 2002.
Week of August 7th, 2005.
Week of August 7th, 2005.

In April 1963, for the 10th anniversary issue of TV Guide, Lucille Ball was the featured cover personality, as the magazine asked its readers if they ….subject. For the September 5, 1964 issue of TV Guide, the magazine offered an artist’s rendering of Lucy on the cover with a story titled “The Change in Lucille Ball,” which covered her… That edition also had the cover headline, “Newton Minow’s Proposals for Reshaping TV,” Minow then being the respected but sometimes controversial (calling television a “vast wasteland” in a 1961 speech) member of the Federal Communications Commission that regulated television.

In the 1960s, as Lucy began her new sitcom without Desi Arnaz, TV Guide continued to chronicle her activities. The August 28th, 1965 issue included a cover photo of a wet and distressed Lucy in a pool of water with “Splash” the dolphin. An inside story titled “Lloyd Bridges She Isn’t” (alluding to the aquatically-skilled Sea Hunt TV star of that day) explained that a planned filming sequence at Marineland of the Pacific in Palos Verdes, California was to be used for the first “Lucy Show” that season. The skit had Lucy’s son losing his ball in the water, with Lucy going in to retrieve it by way of an inflatable yellow raft, whereupon she is beset by three dolphins and a sea lion who believe she wants to play ball with them. Lucy becomes a bit freaked out by the creatures during her adventure, and inevitably falls into the water fully clothed.

A cartoonish sketch of Lucy by British artist Ronald Searle was used for TV Guide’s cover of April 30th, 1966. Searle’s drawings and/or satirical cartoons appeared in magazines such as Life, Holiday, Punch, The New Yorker and others. Another TV Guide cover in late October 1966 used a shot of Lucy in “London Mod” attire with tagline “Lucy Goes Mod In London.” In that period photo – when London’s mod fashion was all the rage – Lucy was set among a group of dancers on the steps of a building.

TV Guide for the week of July 15th, 1967 – which featured a Bob Peak illustration of Lucy in three faces on the cover – also included Dwight Whitney’s story, “The President Wore a Dress To the Stockholders Meeting,” covering Lucy’s rising role as a formidable businesswoman and president of Desilu Productions at time when the company was in play to be acquired by Gulf & Western Industries.

For its March 1st, 1969 cover, TV Guide ran a color photo of Lucy with her growing children, Desi and Lucie. In early September 1970, Elizabeth Taylor and Richard Burton joined Lucy on the cover of TV Guide – along with Liz’s famous $1 million, 69-carat diamond ring that Burton bought for her in 1969. Liz, Burton and diamond all appeared with Lucy in a famous Emmy-nominated Here’s Lucy episode in which Lucy managed to get the ring stuck on her finger. Another artist rendering of Lucy by Al Parker appeared on the June 12th, 1971 cover of TV Guide, while the March 31st, 1973 edition ran a “20-years-later” reprise of TV Guide’s 1953 “Lucy’s $50,000,000 Baby” cover, this time with Desi, Jr. all grown up, at age 20.

During the mid-1970s, meanwhile, TV Guide was thriving as a publishing entity, into its peak circulation years, reaching an apex of 19 million readers a week in 1974.

TV Guide’s July 6th, 1974 edition – featuring a Richard Amsel cover illustration of Lucy – also announced with a cover tagline, “End of An Era: Lucy Bows Out After 23 Years,” as Lucy aired her final Here’s Lucy sitcom episode on March 18th, 1974. Yet, 12 years later, Lucy tried a comeback and TV Guide once again put her on the cover of the October 4th, 1986 edition, this time with Andy Griffith, announcing “Two Old Favorites” were returning to series TV – Lucy with a new sitcom, Life With Lucy, and Griffith with the Matlock detective series. Lucy was then 75 years old, though still as spunky and sassy as ever. However, her attempted comeback with Life With Lucy on ABC was short-lived as the show was pulled off the air after two months. Still, into the late 1980s and early 1990s, Lucy continued to appear on a TV Guide covers – though mostly in a nostalgia vein, and with smaller inset photos of her either in a famous comedic face or together with Desi Arnaz. Most of these covers typically included other current and former TV stars.

The week of March 12th, 1988, for example, with cover story, “Is TV Getting Better – Or Worse,” TV Guide featured stars from Cheers, MASH and other popular shows of the era, but also included an inset photo of Desi and Lucy on the cover’s the top corner. A year later, for the May 6th, 1989 issue of TV Guide, celebrating 50 years of television, Lucy and Desi again appeared among a collage of TV stars and memorable moments depicted on the cover.

Walter Annenberg and Triangle Publications, meanwhile, had sold TV Guide to Rupert Murdoch’s News Corporation in August 1988 for $3.2 billion, along with some other properties. Readership at TV Guide had begun a slow decline by then and continued on that path into the 1990s as younger, hipper magazines and internet websites began grabbing TV readers. Still, TV Guide continued publishing pretty much as it had in the past. And under the new management, Lucille Ball and her legacy continued to be featured occasionally.

The February 1991 edition of TV Guide included a photo of Lucy and Desi on the cover and played to a bit of controversy at the time, featuring a quote from daughter Lucie on the cover taking issue with a made-for-TV film about the couple: “I did everything I could possibly do to stop this from happening… This is not their lives… This is as much a cartoon of their lives as any unauthorized fiction… This film is based on nothing.” A TV Guide special edition, commemorating the 2000th issue of the magazine, was also published in 1991 with Lucy on the cover.

In 1993 and 1998, photos and/or earlier TV Guide covers of Lucy, Desi and/or the I Love Lucy show were included on the covers of TV Guide’s 40th (not shown) and 45th anniversary issues. Through the 2000s, Lucy and Desi would appear occasionally on TV Guide covers, though in less prominent display, typically in a collage of show clips or a top-of-the-cover corner photo as seen in weekly editions of May 4th, 2002 and August 7th, 2005 shown above.

By 1999, however, circulation of TV Guide had dropped to 10 million, and a company named United Video Satellite Group acquired TV Guide from News Corp. in a merger deal forming a new company, named TV Guide, Inc. By this time the company was much more than just the magazine, moving into the interactive and online worlds while still publishing a range of cable and satellite TV directories and other magazines. In subsequent years, there would be more deals, mergers, re-namings and divisions of property, the latest of which, as of March 2013, had the print magazine owned by the private equity firm, OpenGate Capital, while its digital properties were controlled by the CBS Interactive division of CBS Corporation. In the midst of all the wheeling and dealing and management changes, the print and online editions of TV Guide would still feature its old stars in special issues and selected anniversary editions. Such was the case when the big 50th and 60th anniversary dates arrived for the I Love Lucy show.

October 2001: As part of the celebration of the 50th Anniversary of the “I Love Lucy” show, TV guide assembled and published a set of eight “I Love Lucy” covers which highlighted some of the “50 funniest moments” from the show.
October 2001: As part of the celebration of the 50th Anniversary of the “I Love Lucy” show, TV guide assembled and published a set of eight “I Love Lucy” covers which highlighted some of the “50 funniest moments” from the show.

To mark the golden anniversary of the I Love Lucy show, TV Guide magazine and TV Land cable TV channel teamed up to select “The 50 Funniest Moments” from the I Love Lucy show. Those 50 moments were assembled in a special October 13, 2001 edition issue of TV Guide. For its part, TV Land, the cable channel, telecast an I Love Lucy marathon during October 15th-19th, 2001, showcasing the episodes from which the funniest moments were selected. In addition, TV Guide produced a commemorative set of the eight I Love Lucy covers highlighting those moments as well, plus a special cover exclusive to online visitors. The special set of covers could also be purchased through the TV Guide store.

Poster for the 60th Anniversary TV Guide / Paley Center exhibit, “Loving Lucy,” that ran in New York & Los Angeles in late 2011.
Poster for the 60th Anniversary TV Guide / Paley Center exhibit, “Loving Lucy,” that ran in New York & Los Angeles in late 2011.
Again, ten years later, at the 60th anniversary of the I Love Lucy show in October 2011, TV Guide commemorated the occasion with an exclusive look back at its collection of I Love Lucy magazine covers, featuring Lucy and other characters from her shows. It so happened that August of that year also marked Lucille Ball’s 100th birthday, so some of the commemorations also included that as part of the celebration.

TV Guide teamed up with the Paley Center for Media in New York City to salute Lucille Ball in her centennial year with a multi-dimensional exhibit titled “Loving Lucy.” TV Guide’s Jeff Hardy designed the exhibit highlighting some 43 Lucy covers with captions for each, plus additional information from each issue. Some 20 of the covers were featured in blown-up size, with Lucy portrayed by artists such as Richard Amsel, Bob Peak, Ronald Searle, and Philippe Halsman, as well as other leading illustrators and photographers.

The Paley Center contributed exclusive footage for specially designed screenings on Lucy and her life. Together, all the elements of the “Loving Lucy” exhibit took guests through the history of Lucy and Desi’s marriage, the birth of their children, their success with Desilu, and the challenges Lucy faced with balancing career and home life. In New York the exhibit ran from September 28 to November 27, 2011; in Los Angels, from October 8 to November 28, 2011.

April 2013: One of six commemorative covers TV Guide used for its 60th anniversary was a Lucy rerun from 1957.
April 2013: One of six commemorative covers TV Guide used for its 60th anniversary was a Lucy rerun from 1957.
In April 2013, at TV Guide’s 60th publication anniversary, among six special commemorative cover images the magazine issued was a reprise of a Lucy cover from January 1957, offered in a grainy, pixelized version.

Over the years then, for six decades, TV Guide and Lucy had quite a mutually-enriching relationship. Those years marked an historic time for memorable television programming. But the print media proved to be a key ingredient to the success of the electronic media, especially in the early years. TV Guide certainly contributed to both Lucy’s TV celebrity and the success of television generally. But after a time, Lucy the celebrity also helped sell lots of TV Guides – no doubt reason for her many appearances on the cover. In fact, the three interacting ingredients – TV star, print guide, and the TV medium itself – proved something of a winning calculus for all three in terms of TV ratings, magazine sales, and celebrity notice (though some likely saw it as part of the “bread-and-circuses” game). In any case, television today is a much different entity, with a greater array of participants, contributors, competition and choices, with few shows dominating the viewing audience as Lucy once did, and no single TV-show listing source capturing viewer-readers as TV Guide once did.

Readers of this story may also find “CBS Loved Lucy” of interest, which covers the history of the I Love Lucy show and the other Lucy sitcoms, as well as the rise of Desilu Studios along with Lucy and Desi biography. For other story choices at this website please see the thumbnail sketches on the Home Page, or visit the “Print & Publishing” page for stories in that category. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 26 January 2015
Last Update: 9 August 2017
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Lucy & TV Guide: 1953-2013,”
PopHistoryDig.com, January 26, 2015.

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

November 2001 Canadian edition of “TV Guide,” special collector’s issue, celebrating “I Love Lucy’s” 50th anniversary.
November 2001 Canadian edition of “TV Guide,” special collector’s issue, celebrating “I Love Lucy’s” 50th anniversary.
“Glen Charlow’s Lucille Ball Collection: TV Guides w/Lucy on the Cover,” LucilleBall.net.

“The Cover Archive,” TV Guide Magazine.com.

“List of TV Guide Covers (1950s),” Wikipedia.org.

“Lucy the Lecturer,” TV Guide, October 31, 1959.

Dan Jenkins, “A Visit With Lucille Ball,” TV Guide, July 18, 1960.

“The Lucy Show” (Review), TV Guide, 1963.

Dwight Whitney, “The President Wore a Dress To the Stockholders Meeting,” TV Guide, July 15-21, 1967.

Michael Logan, “TV Guide Magazine’s 60th Anniversary: How Desi Arnaz Jr. Became Our First Cover Star,” TVGuide.com, April 3, 2013.

“Taylor-Burton Diamond,” Wikipedia.org.

Michael Karol, Lucy A to Z: The Lucille Ball Encyclopedia, iUniverse, 2004, 451pp.

“TV Guide Magazine, LLC,” Hoover’s Company Profiles, Answers.com.

Ileane Rudolph, “Celebrating 60 Years of I Love Lucy,” TV Guide.com, September 29, 2011.

“TV Guide,” Wikipedia.org.

______________________________



“Mailer on Kennedy”
New Taschen Book

Cover of Taschen’s “JFK/Norman Mailer” book, featuring 300 JFK campaign photos built around Mailer’s famous November 1960 Esquire magazine piece – “Superman Comes to The Supermarket.”
Cover of Taschen’s “JFK/Norman Mailer” book, featuring 300 JFK campaign photos built around Mailer’s famous November 1960 Esquire magazine piece – “Superman Comes to The Supermarket.”
Norman Mailer, the irascible, Pulitzer Prize-winning novelist and sometimes irreverent and controversial journalist, wrote on a wide range of topics with a one-of-a-kind style from the 1940s through the mid-2000s. In his literary career, he published a dozen novels and 20 works of nonfiction. He also wrote hundreds of essays, stage plays, screenplays, television miniseries, two books of poetry and a collection of short stories. Included in this body of work is a famous 1960 essay published in Esquire magazine on the political emergence of John F. Kennedy (JFK).

Mailer – along with a few other leading literary lights of his day, including Tom Wolfe, Gay Talese, and Truman Capote – became one of the key innovators of the “new journalism,” a genre of creative nonfiction that applied the method and style of literary fiction to fact-based journalism. Mailer’s piece on JFK – utilizing this methodology – became one of the earliest and notable examples of the new style.

In 1960, Clay Felker, editor at Esquire, recruited Mailer to do a piece on the rising U.S. Senator from Massachusetts, John F. Kennedy, then seen as the front-runner and likely to land the Democratic presidential nomination at the national convention that summer in Los Angeles, California. Mailer went to the week-long convention and immersed himself in Democratic politics and the Kennedy organization. The resulting piece, “Superman Comes to the Supermarket,” was a long, laudatory piece on Kennedy published in Esquire three weeks before the November 1960 presidential election. The Esquire article became famous both as a piece of new journalism and a new kind of political reporting – and a piece Mailer believed brought votes to Kennedy.


September 9, 1960. A sea of hands surge toward JFK in Los Angeles. Buttressed by California Governor Pat Brown — one of many former rivals for the Democratic nomination —Kennedy enjoyed the full support of his party by the time of the general campaign. Photo, Stanley Tretick (from Taschen book).
September 9, 1960. A sea of hands surge toward JFK in Los Angeles. Buttressed by California Governor Pat Brown — one of many former rivals for the Democratic nomination —Kennedy enjoyed the full support of his party by the time of the general campaign. Photo, Stanley Tretick (from Taschen book).
Taschen Book

In November 2014, more than 50 years after Kennedy’s election and Mailer’s groundbreaking reporting, the two historic events comprise the focus of a spiffy new book by the upscale Taschen publishing house, titled: JFK: Superman Comes to the Supermarket, Norman Mailer. The 370-page book is both an exploration of John F. Kennedy and Norman Mailer, as it features in great and glorious detail some 300 Kennedy campaign and inauguration photographs built around Mailer’s Esquire piece and other Mailer writing, as well as selected passages and quotes from Kennedy campaign speeches.

The book covers JFK’s bid for the White House, mostly his 1960 campaign and through his Inauguration in January 1961. Aided by some of the best photographers of that era – including Cornell Capa, Henri Dauman, Jacques Lowe, Lawrence Schiller, Paul Schutzer, Stanley Tretick, Hank Walker, Garry Winogrand, and Burton Berinsky – the pages come alive with the optimism, energy and activity that Kennedy brought to those hopeful days of 1960-1961.

Taschen, an art book publisher founded in 1980 by Benedikt Taschen in Cologne, Germany, has published thousands of titles across a range of topics found online and at Taschen book shops globally. The Mailer-Kennedy book is edited by Nina Wiener, who has dozens of titles under her belt at Taschen, including Walton Ford’s Pancha Tantra, Norman Mailer’s MoonFire, and Lawrence Schiller’s Marilyn & Me. J. Michael Lennon, Mailer’s biographer, has two top-rate essays on Mailer framing the book – one to introduce the work and another at the end on Mailer’s career. Jack Doyle, editor and publisher of this website, The Pop History Dig, contributed captions and two Kennedy chronologies to the book, and is also the author of this post.

April 1960: JFK perched precariously on high chair as he addresses a gathering in Logan County, West Virginia during that state’s primary election. Photo, Hank Walker.
April 1960: JFK perched precariously on high chair as he addresses a gathering in Logan County, West Virginia during that state’s primary election. Photo, Hank Walker.
Early reviews of the Taschen book have been positive. Jill Abramson, writing briefly in the New York Times in an October 2013 pre-publication review, noted, “Mailer got Kennedy better than anyone, even though it was his first major work of political journalism.” Richard Reeves, author of President Kennedy: Profile of Power (1993), called the Taschen book, “one impressive piece of work.” And Vanity Fair writer, Joseph Alcott, writing on presidential politics in 2010 and ruminating on the Mailer’s 1960 historic essay, called that work, “one of the rocket bursts heralding the rowdy arrival of the New Journalism.”


Kennedy Campaign

After J. Michael Lennon’s introductory essay in the book setting up the Mailer essay and the Kennedy context, the reader is taken through a series of four chapters organized around JFK’s 1960 campaign – announcing his bid for president and winning key primary elections, notably in Wisconsin and West Virginia; maneuvering and politicking for votes and delegates at the Democratic Convention in Los Angeles in July 1960 to secure his party’s nomination; debating his opponent, Republican Vice President Richard Nixon in four historic TV debates; campaigning frenetically throughout the nation in the fall campaign; enduring a long election-night vote count with a next-day concession from Richard Nixon; and finally, becoming President of the United States on Inauguration Day, January 1961. These four chapters entail the meat of the book, and capture all the energy and excitement of that historic 1960-61 presidential season.

July 9, 1960: JFK makes his way through a crowd of supporters and journalists upon his arrival at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles.
July 9, 1960: JFK makes his way through a crowd of supporters and journalists upon his arrival at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles.
The book also aptly captures Kennedy’s national concerns and inspiring ideas, offering excerpts from his speeches, such one he gave at a luncheon in Salt Lake City, Utah in January 1960, where he expressed worry about national direction:

“We have the most gadgets and the most gimmicks in our history, the biggest TV and tail-fins — but we also have the worst slums, the most crowded schools, and the greatest erosion of our natural resources and our national will. It may be, for some, an age of material prosperity — but it is also an age of spiritual poverty.”

Subsequent sections of the book include two important timelines – “A Road to The White House,” chronicling JFK’s campaign with important dates and events from January 1960 through Inauguration Day, January 21, 1961, and, “John F. Kennedy: A Life,” a biographical timeline, from his May 29, 1917 birth through his tragic assassination of November 22, 1963. These timeline sections are also peppered with relevant photos.

“The Candidate in Print” is also found in the latter half of the book – a section which Kennedy fans and political historians of all stripes, as well as those interested in magazine and newspaper history, will find of special interest. This ten-page spread includes a rare cross-section of magazine covers, print articles, newspaper front pages, brochures and other material pertaining to JFK’s various campaigns – dating from his early U.S. Navy days, House and Senate years, through his presidency.


“Mailer’s Boast”
Margin of Victory?

Norman Mailer in 1969, when he ran for Mayor of New York, in front of campaign poster and slogan for he and running mate Jimmy Breslin, “Vote the Rascals In.”
Norman Mailer in 1969, when he ran for Mayor of New York, in front of campaign poster and slogan for he and running mate Jimmy Breslin, “Vote the Rascals In.”
Norman Mailer, of course, was not shy about touting the importance of his “Superman Comes To the Supermarket” essay, or the influence it might have had on the election’s outcome – or as he saw it – did have in helping Kennedy win the election. The Taschen book recounts Mailer’s thinking here, having calculated that his Esquire piece could well have made the difference, noting that Kennedy had only won the popular count by a margin of about 100,000 votes:

“…So if I came to the cool conclusion I had won the election for Kennedy with my piece in Esquire, the thought might be high presumption, but it was not unique. I had done some-thing curious but indispensable for the campaign — succeeded in making it dramatic. I had not shifted one hundred thousand votes directly, I had not. But a million people might have read my piece and some of them talked to other people. The cadres of Stevenson Democrats whose morale was low might now revive with an argument that Kennedy was different in substance from Nixon. Dramatically different. The piece titled ‘Superman Comes to the Supermarket’ affected volunteer work for Kennedy, enough to make a clean critical difference through the country. But such counting is a quibble. At bottom I had the feeling that if there were a power which made presidents, a power which might be termed Wall Street or Capitalism or The Establishment, a Mind or Collective Mind of some Spirit, some Master, or indeed the Master, no less, that then perhaps my article had turned that intelligence a fair hair in its circuits. This was what I thought. Right or wrong, I thought it, still do.” [From “An Evening With Jackie Kennedy, or, the Wild West of the East,” Esquire, July 1962].

Norman Mailer, August 1969.
Norman Mailer, August 1969.
Regardless of the actual voter impact Mailer’s piece may or may not have had, there is no question about its continuing influence on journalism – both among his peers at the time and those who followed in his new journalism footsteps. Covering Kennedy in that 1960s season, also changed Mailer. In fact, he caught a bit of the “Kennedy contagion” himself, later venturing into the arena as a political candidate in 1969 when he ran for Mayor of New York City (photo above), though coming in fourth in a five-candidate field. A more lasting result, however, was his further political reporting – which he continued to do in great and enduring form, turning out, for example, “On the Steps of the Pentagon,” for Harper’s magazine, his account of the massive October 1967 anti-Vietnam War demonstrations in Washington, D.C. This piece was later expanded into the 1968 book, The Armies of the Night, which won a National Book Award and a Pulitzer Prize. Another probing political book, Miami and the Siege of Chicago, covered the Republican and Democratic national conventions of 1968 and the anti-war protests surrounding them. Mailer, in fact, would continue his political writing into the 1990s, covering the Clinton-Dole race of 1996 for John F. Kennedy, Jr’s George magazine.


The photos throughout the Mailer-JFK book, meanwhile, are vivid with the action of Kennedy’s run for the White House, whether glimpsing insider arm twisting at the convention, or simply capturing average folks across America who came out in droves to seen the new young candidate. But it’s all here. From Kennedy family members campaigning for their favorite son, to reporters, TV correspondents, and photographers gathering in the scenes and events of the 1960 campaign. Editor Nina Wiener and her staff worked long hours and scouted wide and far to find, catalog, and arrange just the right photos to capture and convey key moments and personalities in the Kennedy story. No detail was too small. Even the remarks and views of campaign photographers are used to good effect throughout the book – for these behind-the-lens travelers got to know the candidate as well, if not better than, many political pundits of that day. The Democratic National Convention – held in Los Angeles that July 1960 – is a highpoint of the book’s photographic coverage and of Mailer’s analysis.

October 21st, 1960: Richard Nixon, far left, pointing, appears to be trying to score on last rejoinder as JFK leaves the stage after their 4th nationally-televised presidential debate. Taschen’s Norman Mailer-JFK book covers all four of the debates, on stage and off, presenting photographs like this one, which capture some of the “post-game” action.
October 21st, 1960: Richard Nixon, far left, pointing, appears to be trying to score on last rejoinder as JFK leaves the stage after their 4th nationally-televised presidential debate. Taschen’s Norman Mailer-JFK book covers all four of the debates, on stage and off, presenting photographs like this one, which capture some of the “post-game” action.

Hollywood celebrities populate this book as well – among them, Frank Sinatra, Judy Garland, Janet Leigh, Tony Curtis, and Sammy Davis, Jr. Political stars and rival contenders are central to the photographic story and are found throughout the book, including Adlai Stevenson, Lyndon B. Johnson, Hubert Humphrey, Eleanor Roosevelt, then Speaker of the House Sam Rayburn, and others. Teddy and Bobby Kennedy are here as well, often doing advance work on the campaign trail or negotiating over delegates. Jackie Kennedy is seen campaigning alongside Jack at a number of locations in 1959 and 1960, although her pregnancy kept her sidelined for much of the 1960 campaign. And as this book acknowledges, Jackie was a highly regarded campaign presence. JFK, of course, is shown in confident and forceful tones throughout, as well as in his weary and pensive moments – all cast in the unique angle and light of each photographer’s particular style.


October 11th, 1960: Look magazine ran a portion of the full 1957 portrait photograph of Jackie Kennedy on its cover taken by Yousuf Karsh, which appears in a richer full version in the Taschen Norman Mailer /John F. Kennedy book.
October 11th, 1960: Look magazine ran a portion of the full 1957 portrait photograph of Jackie Kennedy on its cover taken by Yousuf Karsh, which appears in a richer full version in the Taschen Norman Mailer /John F. Kennedy book.


Jackie Kennedy

A special treat for Jackie Kennedy fans comes near the end of the book in a section titled “An Evening With Jackie Kennedy,” which recounts Mailer’s 1960 visits with, and impressions of, Jackie at Hyannis Port, home of the Kennedy compound and the soon-to-be “summer White House.”

Among Mailer’s impressions of Jackie at that meeting: “…There was something quite remote in her. Not willed, not chilly, not directed at anyone in particular, but distant, detached as the psychologists say, moody and abstracted the novelists used to say…”

And also this: “…I liked Jackie Kennedy, that she was not at all stuffy, that she had perhaps a touch of artful madness which suggests future drama….”

In this section of the book, there is also the stunning full-page, full-color portrait photo of a young Jacqueline Kennedy in 1957 taken by famed portrait photographer Yousuf Karsh at Hammersmith Farm in Newport, Rhode Island.

“She may have been all American,” says the Taschen caption, but Karsh that day “made royalty out of [her].” The Karsh photo also appeared on the cover of Look magazine during the election campaign in October 1960.

1964 Bantam edition of Norman Mailer’s 1963 book, The Presidential Papers. Click for copy.
1964 Bantam edition of Norman Mailer’s 1963 book, The Presidential Papers. Click for copy.
And last but not least in the Taschen book is “Norman Mailer: A Brief History,” by J. Michael Lennon, which not only includes a concise look at Mailer’s sprawling and productive career, but also a sample page of Mailer’s “Superman” manuscript showing the master’s handwritten edits as he made them on a later typewritten draft. In his essay, Lennon offers a fine summary of Mailer’s career, as follows:

. . . Mailer is the only person to win Pulitzers in both fiction and nonfiction. Five of his books have been finalists for National Book Awards, including Of a Fire on the Moon (1971), his nonfiction narrative of the Apollo 11 moon shot, which was serialized in Life. . . . He won a second Pulitzer for The Executioner’s Song (1979), an account of the life and death of Utah murderer Gary Gilmore. He explores other lives at great length, but nowhere else does he display his acumen for psychological spelunking with such verve. Other biographical works include portraits of Muhammad Ali, Henry Miller, Pablo Picasso, Lee Harvey Oswald, Madonna, Jesus Christ, and Hitler. In 2006 he was recognized for his many contributions to literature and culture with the National Book Award Foundation’s Lifetime Achievement Award. Married six times, he was the father of nine children and had ten grandchildren. . . .

Also mentioned here is Mailer’s 1963 book, The Presidential Papers, which featured “Superman Comes to the Supermarket,” among other essays, and had gone to press just two weeks before Kennedy’s November 22nd, 1963 assassination. Mailer had hoped his ideas might win him some notice by JFK, and even a role as a White House advisor.

JFK & Jackie cartoon characters also appear in the Mailer-Kennedy book, by Edwin Fotheringham.
JFK & Jackie cartoon characters also appear in the Mailer-Kennedy book, by Edwin Fotheringham.


History Keepsake

All in all, the Taschen book on the Mailer-Kennedy nexus of 1960-61 hits all the right marks. It takes a unique historical cut on politics, campaigning, journalism, and photography all wrapped up in one nice package – well worth the investment as both a political history keepsake and an example of engaging political journalism.

Additional stories on publishing at this website can be found at the “Print & Publishing” category page, and on politics, at the “Politics & Culture” page. Additional Kennedy stories at this website are listed below in “Sources.”

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You


____________________________________

Date Posted: 5 December 2014
Last Update: 19 January 2023
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Mailer on Kennedy – New Taschen Book,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 5, 2014.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

"Superman in The Supermarket":  JFK visits a West Virginia grocery store in April 1960.  Photo by Hank Walker from the Taschen book.
"Superman in The Supermarket": JFK visits a West Virginia grocery store in April 1960. Photo by Hank Walker from the Taschen book.
July 11, 1960: JFK sister Eunice (left) with sisters-in-law Joan (center) and Ethel (right) on the floor at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles. Jacques Lowe photo from the Taschen Mailer-Kennedy book.
July 11, 1960: JFK sister Eunice (left) with sisters-in-law Joan (center) and Ethel (right) on the floor at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles. Jacques Lowe photo from the Taschen Mailer-Kennedy book.
November 9, 1960: Member of the press who gathered at the Hyannis Armory through the long election night, displays a Boston Globe headline proclaiming Kennedy’s victory.  Henri Dauman photo from the Taschen Mailer-Kennedy book.
November 9, 1960: Member of the press who gathered at the Hyannis Armory through the long election night, displays a Boston Globe headline proclaiming Kennedy’s victory. Henri Dauman photo from the Taschen Mailer-Kennedy book.

Norman Mailer, Nina Wiener, J. Michael Lennon, Norman Mailer. JFK. Superman Comes to the Supermarket, Taschen (300 photographs), November 2014, 370 pp.

Taschen Books website.

“America’s First Soap Opera,” Taschen, Winter 2014, pp. 72-81.

Jill Abramson, “J.F.K.: A Sampler” (short reviews of JFK books), Sunday Book Review, New York Times, October 22, 2013 (“Superman Comes to the Supermarket” included).

James Wolcott, “One Cool Cat,” VanityFair .com, September 2010.

John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, JFKlibrary.org, Boston, MA.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers with Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown & Co., 1970.

Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power, New York: Simon & Schuster, October 1993, 800pp.

J. Michael Lennon, Norman Mailer: A Double Life, New York: Simon & Schuster, October 2013, 960pp.

Philip French, “Lover, Fighter, Saint and Sinner – a Fascinating Biography Skillfully Traces the Contradictions That Defined Norman Mailer,” Review of Norman Mailer: A Double Life, by J. Michael Lennon, TheGuardian.com, November 30, 2013.

Norman Mailer, Colum McCann, MoonFire, The Epic Journey of Apollo 11, Taschen, June 2010, 348pp.


JFK Stories at The Pop History Dig

“JFK’s 1960 Campaign,” PopHistoryDig.com, July 20, 2014.

“JFK’s Pacific Swim: August 1962,” Pop HistoryDig.com, March 31, 2014.

“Kennedy History: 12 Stories, 1954-2013,” PopHistoryDig.com, November 10, 2013 (a “topics page” with thumbnails & links).

“JFK’s Early Campaign: 1958,” PopHistory Dig.com, August 21, 2013.

“JFK’s Texas Statue, Ft. Worth: 2012,” PopHistoryDig.com, April 17, 2013.

“The Jack Pack, 1958-1960,” (Frank Sinatra’s Rat Pack & Jack Kennedy), PopHistoryDig .com, August 21, 2011.

“JFK’s Profiles in Courage, 1954-2008” (JFK book & related history), PopHistoryDig.com, February 11, 2008.

“Murdoch’s NY Deals, 1976-1977″ (includes Clay Felker/New York magazine history), PopHistoryDig.com, September 25, 2010.

____________________________






“Legend of a Mind”
Timothy Leary & LSD

Timothy Leary during NY city press conference, Sept 19, 1966 – “turn on, tune in, drop out.” Click for Leary page at Amazon.
Timothy Leary during NY city press conference, Sept 19, 1966 – “turn on, tune in, drop out.” Click for Leary page at Amazon.
“Legend of a Mind” is the name of a 1968 song by British rock band The Moody Blues. It’s about a man named Timothy Leary, a former Harvard University instructor and research psychologist. In the 1960s, Leary would become an advocate of the drug LSD – lysergic acid diethylamide – a mind- altering, hallucinogenic compound.

LSD, also known in the 1960s by its slang name, “acid,” became something of a revolutionary, counter-cultural substance in that period. And Leary, after a time as a university researcher exploring the drug’s psychotherapy potential, became a kind of “pied piper” for the drug’s recreational and spiritual use. He would write a dozen or more books on LSD and the psychedelic experience. And with subsequent media attention, he became something of national guru to a younger generation then rebelling against the status quo. During the 1960s he also became known for his phrase, “turn on, tune in, drop out,” a slogan he used for urging people to embrace self-enlightenment through psychedelic drugs and mind expansion, while “dropping out” – i.e., breaking free of social convention, questioning authority, and becoming independent thinkers. Leary’s explanation of his slogan was typically more nuanced than what the media often suggested, i.e, “getting stoned; dropping out of school, work, etc.”

What follows below is a short history on Leary and the times – from his Harvard days and LSD proselytizing to his run-ins with famous entertainer Art Linkletter, U.S. President Richard Nixon, and the federal government in their denunciations of him and their battles over drug use, as well as Leary’s flight from the law. But first, by way of musical introduction to show how Leary imprinted on popular culture of that day is the history of the Moody Blues hit song of 1968, “Legend of A Mind,” which served to boost the respective careers of Leary and the Moody Blues as well as burnishing the Leary/LSD connection in cultural history.

Life, March 25, 1966: “LSD: The Exploding Threat of the Mind Drug That Got Out of Control.” Click for copy.
Life, March 25, 1966: “LSD: The Exploding Threat of the Mind Drug That Got Out of Control.” Click for copy.
May 6, 1966:  Newsweek, “LSD and The Mind Drugs.”
May 6, 1966: Newsweek, “LSD and The Mind Drugs.”

“Legend of a Mind” was recorded by the Moody Blues in January 1968 and was first released in July 1968 on their album, In Search of the Lost Chord, which explores a variety of “quest and discovery” themes, including those of spiritual development and higher consciousness. The U.S. drug scene had already begun to surface in 1965-66, and Leary and LSD had both been in the popular press by then as well. “Legend of A Mind” is seemingly a praiseworthy ode to Leary, intimating for him a guru-like status, though it is the song’s Eastern mystical sound that conjures up a trip-like, ethereal quality, offering a prime example of that era’s psychedelic music.


Music Player
“Legend of a Mind”
MoodyBlues-1968


Known for an earlier 1964 rock-n-roll hit, “Go Now,” the Moody Blues had gone through some personnel changes by 1967-68 and began moving in a new musical direction. The group then consisted of Justin Hayward, vocals and guitar; John Lodge, bass, guitar, vocals; Ray Thomas, flute, percussion, harmonica, vocals; Mike Pinder, keyboards, vocals; and Graeme Edge, drums, percussion, vocals. The group’s previous album, Days of Future Passed, of 1967, produced hit songs such as “Nights in White Satin” and “Tuesday Afternoon,” marking them as a rising international rock band.

The Moodies’ style and sound at this point in their career had a certain orchestral, Eastern, and mystical quality about it, due in part to the use of a novel keyboard instrument called a Mellotron – an instrument capable of duplicating orchestral sounds of violins, flutes, choirs, and more. Adding to the Moodies’ distinctive sound at this time were two Indian instruments – the sitar and the tambura – then being used selectively by other groups such as the Rolling Stones and the Beatles as well. The sitar and tambura are heard throughout In Search of the Lost Chord and “Legend of a Mind.”

Ray Thomas, who wrote the song, sings the vocals, and also has a long, beautiful flute interlude in the middle of the 6:40 minute song. That portion of the song suggests an under-the-influence moment, as wandering, seductive background music ebbs and flows, finally emerging with an optimistic ending and presumably, a positive “trip around the bay.”

“Legend of a Mind”
Moody Blues
1968

Timothy Leary’s dead.
No, no, no, no, He’s outside looking in.
Timothy Leary’s dead.
No, no, no, no, He’s outside looking in.
He’ll fly his astral plane,
Takes you trips around the bay,
Brings you back the same day,
Timothy Leary. Timothy Leary.

Timothy Leary’s dead.
No, no, no, no, He’s outside looking in.
Timothy Leary’s dead.
No, no, no, no, He’s outside looking in.
He’ll fly his astral plane,
Takes you trips around the bay,
Brings you back the same day,
Timothy Leary. Timothy Leary.

Along the coast you’ll hear them boast
About a light they say that shines so clear.
So raise your glass, we’ll drink a toast
To the little man who sells you thrills
along the pier.

He’ll take you up, he’ll bring you down,
He’ll plant your feet back firmly
on the ground.
He flies so high, he swoops so low,
He knows exactly which way he’s gonna go.
Timothy Leary. Timothy Leary.

He’ll take you up, he’ll bring you down,
He’ll plant your feet back on the ground.
He’ll fly so high, he’ll swoop so low.
Timothy Leary.

He’ll fly his astral plane.
He’ll take you trips around the bay.
He’ll bring you back the same day.
Timothy Leary. Timothy Leary.
Timothy Leary. Timothy Leary.
Timothy Leary.

The Moody Blues song, while never mentioning LSD per se, puts Leary at the center of its lyrics, describing him as the person who dispenses thrills on “trips around the bay.” But more than the lyrics, it is the song’s musical sound that suggests the mystical and “trippy” effects of LSD. In fact, the Moodies’ music captured the psychedelic experience perhaps as good, if not better than, any group of that era.

Bruce Eder of AllMusic.com, writing a profile of Ray Thomas, observes:

…Thomas delivered the [MoodyBlues’] defining psychedelic-era anthem, “Legend of a Mind.” With the central phrase “Timothy Leary’s dead/Oh no, he’s outside, looking in” and its elaborate instrumentation (swooping cellos and droning Mellotron sharing the spotlight with Thomas’ flute), the song became a central part of the psychedelic era’s ambience, and part of the pop culture ‘soundtrack’ almost as much as the Beatles’ ‘Strawberry Fields Forever’ or ‘Penny Lane;’ the fact that it utilized the name of Dr. Timothy Leary, a widely known, once respected academic turned LSD guru, only boosted the group’s credibility as a serious psychedelic act within the counterculture of the period….


1967-1968

In 1967, the “Summer of Love” commenced with all manner of young people gathering in San Francisco, elevating the term “hippie” in popular culture as well as the Haight-Ashbury drug scene.

Timothy Leary was already some years into his LSD notoriety by then, having published The Psychedelic Experience in 1964 with colleagues Richard Alpert and Ralph Metzner and lectured around the country. In San Francisco in 1967, Leary spoke at the “Human Be-In” gathering in January at Golden Gate Park (more on this later) where some 30,000 heard him offer his philosophical phrase, “turn on, tune in, drop out.”

The following summer, the Moody Blues released In Search of the Lost Chord, hitting No. 23 on the U.S. album charts in July 1968, also reaching No. 5 in the U.K. Three songs from the album would bring more notice to the Moodies – “Ride My See-Saw,” “Voices in the Sky,” and “Legend of a Mind.” And the album itself would be lauded over the years for its musicianship (33 instruments used by the Moodies themselves) and its mystical and psychedelic qualities.

“In Search of The Lost Chord” album artwork and theme played into the Eastern mysticism and psychedelic strains of its songs. Click for album.
“In Search of The Lost Chord” album artwork and theme played into the Eastern mysticism and psychedelic strains of its songs. Click for album.


Socio-Political Milieu

The 1960s, meanwhile, continued to see cultural change throughout the world, driven by the post-WWII baby boom. By 1968 in America – a presidential election year – political tumult and convulsive change were front and center. Already buffeted by ongoing Vietnam War protests and civil rights unrest, the assassinations of Martin Luther King in April and Bobby Kennedy in June added more woe to the nation’s misery. Then came the televised protests and street riots at the Democratic National Convention in Chicago that August. Social protest, drugs, alternative life styles, Eastern mysticism, and the call of the counterculture were all part of the scene. Youth the world over were then searching for explanations and alternatives. The “Timothy Leary” song became part of the musical backdrop.

Although Leary initially did not like the Moody Blues song, he soon adopted it as something of a theme song during his lecture tours. But the irony was, as Ray Thomas would later reveal in a Rolling Stone interview, he wrote the song as something of a put on; “I was taking the piss out of him,” Thomas said in the interview. “I saw the ‘astral plane’ as some gaily painted little biplane: you pay your two bucks, and he’ll take you around the bay for a little flight…” Numerous listeners, however, never got the put on, “hearing” the song’s spiritual and exploratory content instead.

Moody Blues band member Ray Thomas, author of “Legend of a Mind,” during flute solo in later years.
Moody Blues band member Ray Thomas, author of “Legend of a Mind,” during flute solo in later years.
Justin Hayward of the Moody Blues, in a 1996 interview with rock critic Roger Catlin of the Hartford Courant(CT) newspaper, added his perspective on the song:

“Some of us in the band — and this was 1966, ’67 — were going through our own psychic experiences, as a lot of musicians were at the time, probably being led by the Beatles. We were reading a lot of underground press and reading about Tim Leary, so we put him in…”

“The song is a very tongue-in-cheek version, a very cheeky English version of what we thought things would be like in San Francisco in the `flower power’ days’… It was tongue in cheek, but with a background of serious meaning. It did mean something to us. We were using a lot of phrases of the time, extracts from the Tibetan Book of the Dead, talking about the astral plane and so forth, and it’s a reflection of that.”

The classic guide to Tibetan traditions and thought, seen in the 1960s as a basic text for psychedelic explorations. Click for copy.
The classic guide to Tibetan traditions and thought, seen in the 1960s as a basic text for psychedelic explorations. Click for copy.
The Moody Blues – some of whom had taken LSD in 1967 – didn’t meet Timothy Leary until their first U.S. tour, later in 1968. “We met Tim, and he wasn’t offended by our lyrics at all,” said Hayward. “He enjoyed it, and we became friends over the years.”

Moody Blues keyboardist Mike Pinder, who arranged the song, said in a 1996 interview, that the line,“Timothy Leary’s dead / Oh, no, he’s outside looking in,” was actually a high compliment to Leary. “It was quite metaphysical,” Pinder explained. “It used him as an out of body experience and looking back at life at a normal level.”

Others have also noted this line in a similar vein, that “Timothy Leary’s dead” had to do with “ego death” as experienced in transcendental meditations as instructed in Tibetan Book of the Dead. In fact, Leary’s 1964 book, written with colleagues Richard Alpert and Ralph Metzner – The Psychedelic Experience – also instructed its readers how to prepare for and take LSD and other such drugs and was subtitled, A Manual Based on the Tibetan Book of The Dead.

“Those who didn’t get the message behind the song,” Pinder would say with a laugh during his 1996 interview, “were on the other outside looking in.” As for Leary, he never had a problem with the song, according to Pinder.

1968: The Moody Blues, as seen on the cover sleeve of one of their singles, "Ride My See-Saw." Click for digital version.
1968: The Moody Blues, as seen on the cover sleeve of one of their singles, "Ride My See-Saw." Click for digital version.
Regardless of how the lyrics are parsed for “Legend of A Mind,” or what they were intended to mean, the song is one of the classic examples of psychedelic music in that era – as are several other Moody Blues songs and the album, In Search of the Lost Chord. For millions in the late 1960s, the song was taken at face value, as part of the culture.

“Legend of A Mind” certainly made Leary more of a pop star than he already was at the time, and kept his name tied to that era thereafter.

For the Moody Blues, “Legend of a Mind,” proved to be one of their most popular numbers, especially in concerts stretching over some 35 years.

And apart from the song’s composition and history, there is, of course, a lot more to the legend of Timothy Leary and LSD than the Moody Blues tune. That part of the story is next.

_________________________________


1961: From left, Dr. Timothy Leary and Dr. Richard Alpert at Harvard University.
1961: From left, Dr. Timothy Leary and Dr. Richard Alpert at Harvard University.


Timothy Leary

Dr. Timothy Francis Leary (1920 –1996) was born in Springfield, Massachusetts, the only child of an Irish Catholic family. His parents separated when Leary was 13 – his father, a dentist, left his mother. Leary graduated high school in Springfield, but his college experience would be protracted and difficult. He passed through several colleges – Holy Cross, West Point, and the University of Alabama – running afoul of rules and regulations, ranging from alleged honor code violations at West Point to expulsion from the University of Alabama for an overnight stay in a women’s dorm. Later reinstated at Alabama after service in the Army during WWII, Leary received his undergraduate degree in psychology in 1943. By 1946 he received an M.S. in psychology at Washington State University and in 1950, a Ph.D. in clinical psychology at the University of California, Berkeley. Leary then became an assistant professor at Berkeley. Through 1958, he was also director of psychiatric research at the Kaiser Family Foundation Hospital in nearby Oakland. During these years, he was discovering that conventional psychotherapy was not exactly his cup of tea. But in his Berkeley years, he and his wife were party goers, drinkers, and had their respective affairs. In 1955, his wife committed suicide, leaving him to raise two young children. On a sojourn to Europe, he met David McClelland, director of the Center for Personality Research at Harvard University, who found Leary’s work impressive, offering him a position at Harvard. In 1959, joined McClelland’s research center at Harvard and also became a university lecturer in psychology.

Cover headline for May 13th, 1957 edition of Life magazine story reporting on “mushrooms that cause strange visions” in Mexico.
Cover headline for May 13th, 1957 edition of Life magazine story reporting on “mushrooms that cause strange visions” in Mexico.
In August 1960, after learning about the possible mind-altering and spiritual qualities of a certain variety of mushrooms in Mexico, Leary traveled there with a colleague to sample psilocybin mushrooms. It was an experience that drastically altered Leary’s life. He would later comment that he learned more about his brain and its possibilities and psychology in his five hours after taking the mushrooms than he had in the preceding fifteen years of study in psychology. Returning to Harvard that fall after his experience, Leary and Richard Alpert, among others, began the Harvard Psilocybin Project, a research project to analyze the effects and therapeutic potential of psilocybin and other hallucinogens on human subjects using synthesized compounds. Mescaline, LSD, and psilocybin were all legal at the time.

Front cover of The Harvard Review’s “Drugs and the Mind,” special edition, Summer 1963. Click for copy.
Front cover of The Harvard Review’s “Drugs and the Mind,” special edition, Summer 1963. Click for copy.
In the Harvard project, Leary and colleagues assessed and recorded the effects of the psychoactive drugs. They also conducted some experiments with prisoners, and encouraged others in the university community to experiment with the drugs, believing them to hold great promise for understanding human behavior. Leary also came to believe that everyone, not just academic researchers, had the right to experiment with consciousness alteration. In late 1961, early 1962, Leary had his first experiences with LSD. Not long thereafter, he would predict that within 10 years more than a million people would try LSD – which turned out to be a conservative projection.

Leary and his colleagues also caught the attention of other academics with their writing in The Harvard Review, which published a special edition in the summer of 1963 on “Drugs and The Mind.” Leary and Richard Alpert published the lead article, “The Politics of Consciousness Expansion.” And coming from two respected Harvard scholars at the time, it created quite a stir – in fact, the whole edition did. And there was more on the way, as the back cover advertised a new forthcoming journal — The Psychedelic Review, edited by Leary and Alpert associate, Ralph Metzer – which became a serious academic journal and was published through 1971. But it was the lead article by Leary and Alpert in The Harvard Review that got the attention of East Coast intellectuals, and was a sign of things to come in the 1960s. According to the website Lysergia.com, “The Politics of Consciousness Expansion” by Alpert and Leary, “represents the exact point where Leary, Alpert and their merry band of acidheads started to diverge from the straight academic path.”

Yet well before Leary’s involvement, LSD was a reputable research field, with lots of earnest scientists looking into possible uses and effects. By one count, between 1949 and 1959 there were nearly a thousand published papers on LSD in professional journals. There were also a few reports that had appeared in the mainstream press.

Time-Life publications – owned by Henry and Clare Boothe Luce, who had both indulged in LSD – were said to have given favorable coverage to LSD early on, here for the Sept 9, 1966 cover story featuring “LSD Art.” Click for copy.
Time-Life publications – owned by Henry and Clare Boothe Luce, who had both indulged in LSD – were said to have given favorable coverage to LSD early on, here for the Sept 9, 1966 cover story featuring “LSD Art.” Click for copy.
In fact, unbeknownst to the public at the time, Time-Life owner and publisher, Henry Luce and his wife, Clare Boothe Luce, otherwise respectable Republicans, were both quiet cheerleaders for the drug, each having indulged in the 1950s and early 1960s with positive results – Clare, reportedly more than a dozen times. And at least one historian has suggested that the Luces’ Time and Life magazines gave favorable coverage to the drug early on and well into the 1960s, even after psychotic “scares” had been reported.

Time and Life were fascinated by LSD,” wrote Stephen Siff’ in a 2008 paper for Journalism History. “Henry Luce’s magazines discovered LSD in 1954 and remained enthusiastic even as the drug was becoming popular with recreational users, frequently discussing the experience in an explicitly biblical framework. Scare stories were balanced with endorsements of LSD by professors, businessmen, and celebrities, and some articles even read like advertisements…” Time first wrote about LSD in 1954 with an article titled, “Dream Stuff,” an account of LSD’s use in psychotherapy. “LSD 25, while it has no direct curative powers, can be of great benefit to mental patients,” the magazine stated. Life magazine, in “Seeking the Magic Mushroom” of May 13, 1957 (top of cover shown above earlier), documented the use of psilocybin mushrooms in the religious ceremony of the indigenous Mazatec people of Mexico. And Time in 1960 reported on celebrities taking LSD under the supervision of their doctors. Years earlier in Switzerland, meanwhile, a research chemist named Albert Hofmann working at Sandoz Pharmaceuticals had synthesized both LSD and psilocybin, which were made readily available to U.S. and other researchers by 1949.

May 1963: Harvard University’s newspaper, “The Harvard Crimson,” reports the firing of Richard Alpert, a story soon picked up by other news outlets nationally.
May 1963: Harvard University’s newspaper, “The Harvard Crimson,” reports the firing of Richard Alpert, a story soon picked up by other news outlets nationally.
Back at Harvard in the early 1960s, Leary first gave psilocybin to graduate students and important members of academic community, asking them to write accounts of their experiences. Beatnik poet Allen Ginsberg heard about Leary’s Harvard research project and made himself available for experiments. Ginsberg’s involvement helped spread word of the substances to other artists and intellectuals, and he and Leary formed something of a campaign to spread the psychedelic gospel, which by then also included LSD. Meanwhile some of the Harvard faculty found Leary and Alpert’s handling of the drugs in their project to be lax and cavalier. In May of 1963, Alpert was reported to have given Harvard students the drugs, with Leary also charged with failing to show up at his lectures. Alpert was fired and Leary’s contract was not renewed. News of a university drug scandal was widely reported at the time, with Leary and Alpert taking on the image of rogue professors seeking new truths. Reporting of the pair’s ouster from Harvard and/or their drug adventures received national coverage in magazines such as Esquire, Look, The Saturday Evening Post, and the New York Times Magazine.

Early 1960s: Ralph Metzner (left) and Timothy Leary (right) in front of the Millbrook estate. Photo, New York Daily News.
Early 1960s: Ralph Metzner (left) and Timothy Leary (right) in front of the Millbrook estate. Photo, New York Daily News.
After leaving Harvard, Leary, Alpert and others would eventually set up shop on a large estate at Millbrook, New York. The estate was made available to them through Peggy, Billy and Tommy Hitchcock, heirs to the Mellon fortune who had become interested in Leary’s work. The 2,500 acre estate and 64-room mansion, located in Dutchess County about two hours north of New York City, became something of new age scene, with dozens of residents, variously involved in transcendental meditation, sex games, and psychedelic drug experimentation. Leary also conducted paid weekend seminars at Millbrook on the psychedelic experience– having taken a lecture and light show to New York city where he advertised the Millbrook seminars. One New York Times report in later years would describe the Millbrook scene as follows: “the headquarters of Leary and gang for the better part of five years, a period filled with endless parties, epiphanies and breakdowns, emotional dramas of all sizes, and numerous raids and arrests, many of them on flimsy charges concocted by the local assistant district attorney, G. Gordon Liddy…”– an infamous figure himself, later convicted in the Watergate/Richard Nixon fiasco of the mid-1970s.

1964: “The Psychedelic Experience,” is published by Leary, Ralph Metzner and Richard Alpert –  a “how to” guide for those planning to use psychedelic drugs. Click for copy.
1964: “The Psychedelic Experience,” is published by Leary, Ralph Metzner and Richard Alpert – a “how to” guide for those planning to use psychedelic drugs. Click for copy.
1965-66: Poster for “Psychedelic Sessions” by Leary & Metzner in various U.S. cities.
1965-66: Poster for “Psychedelic Sessions” by Leary & Metzner in various U.S. cities.

In August 1964, Leary, Ralph Metzner and Richard Alpert published, The Psychedelic Experience: A Manual Based on The Tibetan Book of the Dead, in part, a “how to” guide intended for those planning to use psychedelic drugs. The book rose to bestseller status by 1966. A reading from the book was also recorded by the authors as a spoken-word LP under the name The Psychedelic Experience in 1966 . Leary also recorded another spoken-word album, titled LSD (cover shown later below), which instructed on the use of the drug and answered questions about its effects. Leary and Alpert would also hold meetings with the press when traveling in various U.S. cities. In December 1964 Leary and fashion model Nena von Schlebrugge were married at the Millbrook estate, though divorced not long thereafter.

It was in 1966 that Leary began using his slogan, “Turn on, tune in, and drop out” – inspired in part by Marshall McLuhan, the famous mass media analyst and advertising man. McLuhan coined the phrase “the medium is the message” in his famous 1964 book, Understanding Media. McLuhan and Leary had lunch in New York City sometime in 1966 — a meeting recounted by Leary, during which McLuhan offered other advice to Leary, suggesting the key to Leary’s work was advertising and that his product – “the new and improved accelerated brain” – should be promoted to arouse consumer interest.

“Associate LSD with all the good things that the brain can produce—beauty, fun, philosophic wonder, religious revelation, increased intelligence, mystical romance,” McLuhan reportedly told him. “…[G]et your rock and roll friends to write jingles about the brain.” He also gave Leary some style pointers – again, according to Leary’s account: “Wave reassuringly. Radiate courage. Never complain or appear angry. It’s okay if you come off as flamboyant and eccentric. You’re a professor, after all. But a confident attitude is the best advertisement. You must be known for your smile” – all advice Leary appears to have adopted.

In 1966 Leary testified before a U.S. Senate hearing in support of citizen’s right to experiment with consciousness raising drugs. But by the mid-1960s, Leary had run afoul of the law on some drug charges. In fact there would be three arrests over a period of several years: one at the Mexico border in Laredo, Texas in 1965; another at the Millbrook Estate in 1966; and the last in Laguna Beach, California in 1968. Convicted for illegal possession of marijuana on the Texas charge, Leary’s conviction under appeal was reversed by the U.S. Supreme Court in 1969. The Millbrook arrest yielded no drug charges. The Laguna Beach arrest for possession of marijuana, however, would result in a conviction and prison term. More on this a bit later.

1966: Timothy Leary’s “spoken word” LP on LSD.
1966: Timothy Leary’s “spoken word” LP on LSD.
America’s drug culture in the mid-1960s continued to receive media attention. The March 26, 1966 edition of Life magazine featured LSD as its cover story of a hand reaching out for colored squares (cover shown near the top of this article). And despite the scare headline on that cover – “The Exploding Threat of the Mind Drug That Got Out of Control, LSD” – the tone of the magazine’s coverage in a ten-page spread was more curious than condemning.

In one of the Life pieces, the views of a cross-section of individuals were presented, including that of a Navy intelligence analyst who took the drug to help solve a problem in pattern recognition while developing intelligence equipment. A theologian who took LSD reported a “Moses-like burning bush” revelation, feeling his was a positive experience.

Sept 1966: First page of Timothy Leary’s interview with Playboy magazine, then a popular outlet for new ideas.
Sept 1966: First page of Timothy Leary’s interview with Playboy magazine, then a popular outlet for new ideas.
Another of the Life articles included a separate account reported by a “hard headed businessman” who described the details of his LSD trip in confident terms. Dr. Stanley Cohen, meanwhile, who had published the book The Beyond Within, expressed alarm in his comments to Life about possible brain damage among indiscriminate users. Said Cohen: “Many people are doing to themselves what we [psychologists] would never consider doing experimentally…”

The Life editors also offered a question-and-answer series on LSD aimed at the general public, which prompted Leary and friends to put out their own spoken-word recording – an “LSD” LP on Capitol records – that addressed many of those same questions (see image above).

In September 1966, Leary also had a featured interview with Playboy magazine, then well known and well regarded for it lengthy interviews with leading personalities of the day.

But the rising “street use” of LSD soon raised social concerns, which would lead to restrictions and controls on the substance. Sandoz tightened researchers’ access to the drug in 1963 and again 1966 amid concerns about the volume of LSD leaking out of laboratories and into the hands of recreational users. Then, in 1965, the U.S. Congress passed legislation prohibiting the sale of LSD, but not possession for personal use.

Other bills in Congress proposed to ban the substance completely. Senator Thomas Dodd (D-CT), one of those moving in that direction, convened subcommittee hearings in late May 1966 on recreational drug use among America’s youth. Timothy Leary was one of the witnesses Dodd called to testify. In his testimony, Leary asserted: “the challenge of the psychedelic chemicals is not just how to control them, but how to use them.” He emphasized the need for further investigation of LSD rather than prohibition. He claimed that LSD and many other psychedelic drugs were not dangerous, so long as they were used wisely and with precautions. Senator Dodd, however, pointed to earlier testimony by a doctor who said LSD encouraged homicidal tendencies and destructive behavior.

Timothy Leary giving Senate testimony, 1966.
Timothy Leary giving Senate testimony, 1966.
Also at the hearing was Senator Ted Kennedy of Massachusetts who at one point characterized Leary’s testimony as “general hyperbole.” When Kennedy asked if LSD usage was dangerous, Leary replied, “Sir, the motor car is dangerous if used improperly… Human stupidity and ignorance is the only danger human beings face in this world.” Leary called for licensing that would require LSD users to be highly trained, much like a pilot’s license, so that responsible adults could use LSD “for serious purposes, such as spiritual growth, pursuit of knowledge, or their own personal development.” He also noted that without such licensing, Americans faced “another era of prohibition” that would create a new group of college-educated white-collar criminals. In a later autobiography Leary charged that Kennedy had bullied him at the hearing in an attempt “to gain respectability points by lynching me!”

In 1966, New York passed an anti-LSD law and California followed suit later that year, in October. Still, the drug culture – and LSD usage – were at its peak, and no where was this more apparent than San Francisco.

One version of poster advertising the Jan 14, 1966 “Human Be-In” in San Francisco’s Golden Gate Park.
One version of poster advertising the Jan 14, 1966 “Human Be-In” in San Francisco’s Golden Gate Park.


San Francisco

By 1966-1967, the counter culture was becoming a growing movement in America, especially on the West Coast, and San Francisco had become one of its epi-centers. An eclectic assortment of disaffected youth, activists, “Hippies,” “flower children,” and others were coming to the city. Many of those who came were suspicious of government, opposed the Vietnam War, and rejected consumerism. Others pursued communal living. Still others were on a spiritual quest, involved with transcendental meditation.

In January, a huge turnout of some 25,000 to 30,000 people of all stripes came to the Polo Grounds area of San Francisco’s Golden Gate Park for what had been billed and promoted in the alternative press as a “Pow-Wow” and “a gathering of the tribes” in the Bay Area – a coming together for a “Human Be-In.”

The gathering was also conceived locally as something of a unity rally, as there were philosophical differences among various factions, especially between those who thought the movement should be more political and more activist, as opposed to those who thought it should be more spiritual, inner-directed, and a-political, not involved with trying to change the system. Leary would become a figurehead for this latter group, generally the hippie/spiritual contingent.

January 14th, 1967: Some 25,000 to 30,000 came to Golden Gate Park in San Francisco for “Human Be-In” gathering.
January 14th, 1967: Some 25,000 to 30,000 came to Golden Gate Park in San Francisco for “Human Be-In” gathering.
Timothy Leary addressing the assembled thousands at Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, January 14th 1967.
Timothy Leary addressing the assembled thousands at Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, January 14th 1967.

Leary, in fact, was prominent among the headliners that day – those featured in the program of speakers and music that Saturday January 14th. Among others were Richard Alpert, Allen Ginsberg, Jerry Rubin and others. A host of local rock bands were also on hand, among them, the Grateful Dead, Quicksilver Messenger Service, Santana, and the Steve Miller Band. LSD flowed freely throughout the crowd, as the “Be-In” was also, in part, a protest against California’s law enacted in October 1966, banning the use of LSD.

Leary, in his all-white garb that day – dress that would become part of his persona at such events – appeared with flowers tucked behind his ears and offered his message of “tune in, turn on, drop out” to the crowd. At the time he was 45?? years old. Still he became something of figurehead for the new movement.

In many ways, the January 1967 “Be-In” was a warm-up for the “Summer of Love” that followed in San Francisco that same year, popularized by the song, “San Francisco (Be Sure to Wear Flowers in Your Hair),” written by John Phillips of The Mamas & the Papas, and sung by Scott McKenzie. The song, released in May 1967, was also used to promote the Monterey International Pop Music Festival, another big youth and counterculture event held in June of that year. College and high-school students began streaming into the Haight-Asbury section of San Francisco during the spring break of 1967 – a pilgrimage that continued through the summer, swelling the city’s population by an additional 100,000 or so newcomers. At the Monterey Festival that summer, a classic line-up of 1960s artists performed, including the Grateful Dead, the Animals, Simon and Garfunkel, Jefferson Airplane, The Mamas & the Papas, The Who, Jimi Hendrix and Janis Joplin. Also that June, the Beatles released their Sgt. Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band, which became part of the “summer of love” soundtrack.

Cover art for soundtrack album used with Timothy Leary’s film, “Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out.”
Cover art for soundtrack album used with Timothy Leary’s film, “Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out.”
Leary by this time had also developed a multi-media play, or series of plays, exploring the psychedelic experience that, for a time, had drawn considerable audiences off Broadway in New York and also the attention of the New York Times. One of Leary’s plays used the title “Death of Mind.”

But Leary also wanted to make a film using his play as a starting point, and he reportedly sold the rights to Death of Mind to Columbia Pictures, receiving a down payment of $300,000.

In May 1967, a 35mm film starring Leary, Alpert and Leary’s partner, Rosemary, came out in Los Angeles. The film used the title, Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out. It also had its own musical score recorded by Mercury Records, also titled Turn On, Tune In Drop Out: The Original Motion Picture Soundtrack. The film, however, went nowhere, and had a very limited showing.

July 1967: Time magazine featured the cover story, “The Hippies: Philosophy of a Subculture.”
July 1967: Time magazine featured the cover story, “The Hippies: Philosophy of a Subculture.”
In early July 1967, Time magazine featured the cover story, “The Hippies: Philosophy of a Subculture.” Time’s coverage offered another indication that the counterculture was permeating mainstream America.

By then, a debate over the meaning of the counterculture and the drug scene had already begun. And in the Time magazine piece, everyone from historian Arnold Toynbee to California’s Bishop James Pike offered their views. Worried parents were represented as well, troubled over their children dropping out of college.

The article also described the guidelines of the hippie code – which sounded a lot like Timothy Leary’s slogan: “Do your own thing, wherever you have to do it and whenever you want. Drop out. Leave society as you have known it. Leave it utterly. Blow the mind of every straight person you can reach. Turn them on, if not to drugs, then to beauty, love, honesty, fun.”

Psychedelia, in any case, was in full flower by that time, receiving mass media attention. And Timothy Leary was often part of the story.


August 8th, 1967, Look magazine: “America’s Bad Trip: The Pot-And-Pill Kick That Is Getting Out of Hand.”
August 8th, 1967, Look magazine: “America’s Bad Trip: The Pot-And-Pill Kick That Is Getting Out of Hand.”


“America’s Bad Trip”

By August 1967, American press reports were turning more skeptical and negative on the drug scene. One of the stories receiving headline treatment on the cover of the August 8th, 1967 edition of Look magazine used the tagline “Drugs: America’s Bad Trip: The Pot-and-Pill Kick That’s Getting Out of Hand.” But even in that issue, Timothy Leary was still getting a share of the coverage. He was profiled and interviewed by Look senior editor J.M. Flager who visited Leary at the Millbrook estate in New York. The five-page spread on Leary also included photos by James H. Karales, and was titled: “Drugs and Mysticism: The Visions of ‘Saint Tim’.” Amid photos of a Leary-staged play adapted in part from Herman Hesse’s Steppenwolf, and some room-to-room visits looking in on Millbrook residents, a few in meditative pose, Look offered a couple of bolded pull quotes on Leary and his activities. One that read: “Prophet or phony? An exotic scholar makes a religion of LSD,” and another on Millwood: “At Leary’s rustic mecca ‘every room is a psychedelic trip’.”

Sept 1967: The Saturday Evening Post cover story, “The Newly Discovered Dangers of LSD...” Click for similar issue.
Sept 1967: The Saturday Evening Post cover story, “The Newly Discovered Dangers of LSD...” Click for similar issue.
At the time of the Look profile, according to the magazine, Leary had taken LSD a total of some 300 times. The article was generally skeptical of Leary and his theology. Still, the magazine included a total of 17 pages of text and photos on the drug issue, including a personal account of an LSD trip taken by one of its senior editors, Jack Shepherd, and a report focusing on a doctor at the Haight-Ashbury Free Medical Clinic in San Francisco.

The Saturday Evening Post also featured LSD on its cover in September 1967, also raising concerns with its tagline: “The Newly Discovered Dangers of LSD – To The Mind, To The Body, To the Unborn.”

The hippie and drug scene by then had fully permeated mainstream culture. In New York, the rock musical Hair, which told the story of the hippie counterculture and sexual revolution of the 1960s, opened off-Broadway on October 17, 1967.

In November 1967, Leary married his third wife, Rosemary Woodruff, a former actress and airline stewardess. Their wedding ceremony was held at a desert ranch house near Joshua National Monument in California. Many of the guests at the wedding were reportedly on acid at the time. By 1968, Leary and his family had moved from Millbrook, New York to Laguna Beach, California. From his new base he continued to write and lecture about the psychedelic experience.

Timothy Leary’s “High Priest.”
Timothy Leary’s “High Priest.”
1968: Leary book on ecstasy.
1968: Leary book on ecstasy.

In 1968, Leary published two more books – High Priest, a recounting of Leary’s 16 most life changing “trips” when under various forms of hallucinogens, and The Politics of Ecstasy, a collection of some of Leary’s essays and lectures the on the psychedelic drug experience – most previously published in magazines, journals and underground newspapers.

During 1968, Leary continued to crop up in news reports. One TV news clip from CBS-KPIX Channel 5 in San Francisco on July 10th, 1968 captured Leary’s remarks at a press conference at the Psychedelic Shop on Haight Street in San Francisco, where he offered his views about LSD, teenagers, and their parents. “LSD is not dangerous physically,” he told a reporter. “It can be dangerous psychologically to someone who’s not prepared to confront the energy and the grandeur and the wisdom of the divine process. It scares you out of your mind.” Further on in the interview, he praised a group of young people at the conference, and urged parents to try to understand why their kids were taking drugs and to learn what they were experiencing. He even suggested to parents: “Perhaps eventually, when you’re spiritually ready, you’ll turn on with your children.” It was also in July 1968 that the Moody Blues song about Leary, “Legend of Mind,” featured earlier above, was released on their album, In Search of the Lost Chord.

June 1969: Rosemary & Timothy Leary, Yoko Ono, and John Lennon, reading newspaper story about their “Bed-In” peace demonstration. Photo, Stephen Sammons
June 1969: Rosemary & Timothy Leary, Yoko Ono, and John Lennon, reading newspaper story about their “Bed-In” peace demonstration. Photo, Stephen Sammons
In 1969, Leary continued to be in demand on the lecture circuit, especially on college campuses. In February 1969, for example, he gave a series of lectures on the psychedelic experience at UC Berkeley. Leary was also moving around in prominent Hollywood circles and that of other notable celebrities. In June 1969, Leary and his wife, Rosemary were invited to Montreal, Canada for John Lennon and Yoko Ono’s “Bed-In” and recording session (among others, including: Tommy Smothers, Dick Gregory, Murray the K, Al Capp, Allen Ginsberg). Leary and Rosemary both sang on the recording of “Give Peace a Chance,” and are also mentioned in the lyrics. Leary at the time had mentioned to Lennon that he was intending to run for Governor of California in 1970, believing that since a Hollywood actor like Ronald Reagan could be elected, maybe he could pull off a surprise with his youth following. In any case, Lennon asked if there was anything he could do to help his candidacy. “The Learys wanted me to write them a campaign song,” Lennon told Rolling Stone, “and their slogan was ‘Come together.'” Leary had come up with slogan, “Come together, join the party.” Lennon then wrote a quick “chant-along thing” and Leary took the demo tape home and aired it on some radio stations. But Lennon later decided that he wanted to do something else with the lyric he had started, rather than finish the Leary campaign song. Leary soon had legal troubles and never ran for Governor. “Come Together,” meanwhile, became a big No. 1 Beatles hit in 1969.

Aug 1969: Woodstock poster. Click for copy.
Aug 1969: Woodstock poster. Click for copy.
In August 1969, America witnessed another demonstration of the burgeoning power of the post WWII baby boomer generation as more than 400,000 gathered on a large farm in the Catskills area of New York state from August 15th-to-18th for the Woodstock Festival. Billed as “An Aquarian Exposition: 3 Days of Peace & Music,” Woodstock became one of the seminal moments of the 1960s counterculture, a peaceful celebration, with some historians marking it as a closing act for the 1960s counterculture. On the West Coast, however, some months later there was a different turn. Another huge outdoor music festival was held on December 6th, 1969 at the Altamont Speedway in northern California. That concert drew 300,000 people, some calling it a “Woodstock West.” But this event was marred by violence, property damage, and four deaths, one a killing of an irate fan by a Hells Angels member (the biker gang hired to protect the Rolling Stones) who saw the fan draw a pistol during the concert threatening performers. Earlier that summer, on August 9th and 10th, the murders of seven people in Los Angeles over two days, including actress Sharon Tate, committed by followers of Charles Manson, had also occurred. The Manson murders, as they came to be known, were linked in media reports to “a hippie clan,” “hypnotized hippies,” “nomadic hippies” and other such descriptions – generally tarnishing the image of the “peace and love” hippie subculture. These events – plus ongoing protest and social unrest over the Vietnam War – contributed to a rising concern about “social permissiveness,” law and order, and the impact of drugs in American society.

In Washington, DC, meanwhile, Richard Nixon had been elected president following a tumultuous year of political and social unrest, including the assassinations of Martin Luther Kind and Robert F. Kennedy. Through 1969, the Nixon Administration had begun to set a new tone across the nation.


Linkletter v. Leary

Art Linkletter, TV personality, began and anti-drug campaign after his daughter committed suicide in 1968.
Art Linkletter, TV personality, began and anti-drug campaign after his daughter committed suicide in 1968.
In December 1969, President Nixon convened a Governors’ Conference on Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs. Forty of the nation’s governors attended the gathering at the State Department in Washington, D.C. Nixon, aware that drug abuse had been growing among upper middle-class kids, saw that a public education strategy might be more politically palatable than sending college kids to jail. But he also called for expanded drug search powers and warned the governors in his remarks that unchecked, the drug problem would destroy America.

Also with Nixon that day at the Governors Conference was Art Linkletter – a popular TV personality known throughout the nation for his “Kids Say The Darndest Things” segment on his House Party TV show. Linkletter was one of the featured speakers to address the governors. The drug problem had hit Linkletter personally. His 20-year-old daughter, Diane, had committed suicide only months before, jumping to her death from the sixth floor of her West Hollywood, Calif., apartment on October 4, 1969. Linkletter blamed LSD as the culprit. “It isn’t suicide because she wasn’t herself,” Linkletter told the media shortly after he death. “It was murder. She was murdered by the people who manufacture and sell LSD.” Linkletter claimed that his daughter had taken LSD the night before her death, and her panic over its effects led to the fatal plunge. But an autopsy showed no trace of LSD in Diane’s body. However, Diane had taken acid six months before her death and Linkletter said she had experienced a “flashback,” which prompted her to jump out the window, an account which spread though the media.

October 1969: Associated Press news story reported shortly after the suicide death of Diane Linkletter, the 20-year old daughter of TV personality Art Linkletter, who maintained at this reporting, that LSD was the culprit in her death.
October 1969: Associated Press news story reported shortly after the suicide death of Diane Linkletter, the 20-year old daughter of TV personality Art Linkletter, who maintained at this reporting, that LSD was the culprit in her death.

Two weeks after his daughter’s death, Linkletter was in the Cabinet Room of the White House, where President Nixon invited him to recount the tragedy to a small group of congressional leaders, including Senate Majority Leader Mike Mansfield, Speaker of the House John McCormick, and several others. At the December 1969 governor’s conference, meanwhile, with Nixon and Vice President Spiro Agnew on the platform, Linkletter told the governors that the older generation must help get kids “turned on to life” instead of “turned on to drugs.” Linkletter also blamed the people he called “missionaries” for making drugs attractive and available to younger people. And he singled out Dr. Timothy Leary, whom Linkletter called “a poisonous and evil man” for promoting marijuana and LSD. With his daughter’s death, Linkletter became involved in the anti-drug campaign, giving talks on the issue around the country, and railing against permissiveness in society and what he believed to be the threat to family values.

December 1969: News story by United Press International reporting on Art Linkletter’s speech before the Governors Conference on Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs (this account appeared in The Bulletin, Bend, Oregon, Dec. 3rd, 1969, p. 1).
December 1969: News story by United Press International reporting on Art Linkletter’s speech before the Governors Conference on Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs (this account appeared in The Bulletin, Bend, Oregon, Dec. 3rd, 1969, p. 1).

Some years later, on a TV show, Linkletter would again attack Leary, saying that his daughter and her generation believed there was nothing wrong with LSD because Timothy Leary had claimed it was “Gods’ gift to young people.” Linkletter also said on that show that Leary “happened to be an intellectual, a university-based guru, and gave the youngsters a kind of rallying point.” They weren’t just talking about hippies touting the drugs, explained Linkletter, “they were talking about an intellectual leader. And he [Leary], by saying these things, was giving them an additional argument for experimentation…” Linkletter added that Leary wasn’t alone in promoting the drug scene, also pointing to Grace Slick of the Jefferson Airplane, poet Allen Ginsberg, and Aldous Huxly in his book, The Doors of Perception, “all of whom were promoting the glories of drug abuse in what was a drug world.”

Yet, by the mid and late 1970s, some startling revelations about drugs and LSD would come from a somewhat unexpected quarter.

“CIA Does LSD”
Special Report & Senate Hearings
Mid-1970s

Part of the front page of the Washington Post, June 11, 1975, reporting on Rockefeller Commission findings that the CIA conducted LSD experiments. including one in which a U.S. Army scientist had died (i.e.,:"Suicide Revealed" sub head).
Part of the front page of the Washington Post, June 11, 1975, reporting on Rockefeller Commission findings that the CIA conducted LSD experiments. including one in which a U.S. Army scientist had died (i.e.,:"Suicide Revealed" sub head).
Dr. Timothy Leary, it turns out, wasn’t alone in extolling the virtues of LSD and other hallucinogenic and mind-expanding substances. In fact, early on, LSD wasn’t a guru-led or hippie initiative at all. Writes Louis Menand in a 2006 New Yorker article: “The great hippie drug was introduced into American life by the suits: the medical profession and the federal government. Beginning in the early nineteen-fifties, the military and the C.I.A. had hopes that LSD could serve as either a truth serum or an instrument of mind control…”

A CIA research program code named Project MK-ULTRA administered LSD to CIA employees, military personnel, doctors, other government agents, prostitutes, mentally ill patients, and members of the general public to study their reactions, often without the subject’s knowledge. None of this was known publicly at the time, and only surfaced in the mid-1970s when the Rockefeller Commission – led by then Vice President Nelson Rockefeller – issued its report on CIA activities within the U.S. The commission was created by President Gerald Ford in response to a December 1974 report in The New York Times that the CIA had conducted illegal domestic activities, including experiments on U.S. citizens. On June 11, 1975, the Commission’s report was front page news, with a dramatic Washington Post headline – “CIA Infiltrated 17 Area Groups, Gave Out LSD.” For a generation of young people who had been badgered by the federal government about the evils of drugs, with all kinds of insinuation about their recklessness and irresponsibility, this headline was a stunner and the height of hypocrisy: their own government, it turns out, was one of the biggest drug pushers of all.

Headlines and portion of story that appeared in the New York Times, August 4, 1977.
Headlines and portion of story that appeared in the New York Times, August 4, 1977.
But the Rockefeller Commission, it turns out, didn’t have the full story, as its commission and staff didn’t have access to all the information. Much of the CIA program record was purposely destroyed by the government (or at least that was the story at the time) before the commission or Congress could see it. The commission found that in 1973 the CIA destroyed 152 files documenting LSD testing to prevent public knowledge of illegality. Still, what did emerge was pretty creepy.

In one LSD experiment gone awry was recounted in the case of Frank Olson, a 42-year-old government scientist was reported to have committed suicide after being given the drug. In late November 1953, Olson plunged to his death from the 13th floor of New York’s Statler Hotel, just opposite Penn Station. At the time, Olson’s death reported as a suicide of a depressed government bureaucrat who came to New York seeking psychiatric treatment. But 22 years later, the Rockefeller Commission report was released, detailing a litany of domestic abuses committed by the CIA. And with that report, some of the ugly truth began to emerge: Olson’s death was the result of his having been surreptitiously dosed with LSD days earlier by his colleagues. Still, there was more to come about the government and LSD in subsequent House and Senate investigations.

In the mid-1970s, the Church Committee – named for Senator Frank Church (D-ID), and officially named the U.S. Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities – conducted a wide-ranging series of hearings on the activities of the U.S. intelligence community (and also, in similar investigations, through the Pike Committee in the U.S. House of Representatives ). Among the Church Committee’s findings, for example, it reported that from 1954-1963, the CIA “randomly picked up unsuspecting patrons in bars in the United States and slipped LSD into their food and drink.”

August 1977 U.S. Senate hearings report on MK-ULTRA.
August 1977 U.S. Senate hearings report on MK-ULTRA.
In 1977, a Freedom of Information Act request uncovered a cache of 20,000 documents relating to Project MK-ULTRA, which led to a joint hearing by the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence and the Senate Subcommittee on Health and Scientific Research in August 1977. These hearings produced a new round of revelations leading to more news headlines about the government and drug activity, such as the one above, “80 Institutions Used In C.I.A. Mind Studies,” reported by the New York Times, August 4, 1977. In 1984, the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO) also issued a report on the topic, finding that Department of Defense, working with the CIA, gave hallucinogenic drugs to thousands of “volunteer” soldiers in the 1950s and 1960s. In addition to LSD, the Army also tested other hallucinogens. Many of these tests were also conducted under the MK-ULTRA program. Between 1953 and 1964, GAO reported, the program consisted of 149 projects involving drug testing and other studies on unwitting human subjects.

There is a lot more detail on the House and Senate investigations and their findings – as well as a number of books on the topic – a subject well beyond the scope of this article, only offered here briefly in the context of the Leary story. For those interested in this issue, there are a number of sources listed at the end of this article in “Sources, Links & Additional Information” that provide beginning leads to further source material.


Leary was arrested on drug charges several times. Here, he is escorted by U.S. Customs agents in October 1966 for failing to register at LaGuardia Airport as a drug offender on return from an international (Canadian) trip.
Leary was arrested on drug charges several times. Here, he is escorted by U.S. Customs agents in October 1966 for failing to register at LaGuardia Airport as a drug offender on return from an international (Canadian) trip.


Arrests, Flight & Nixon

Timothy Leary, meanwhile, hit some rough water in the 1970s. His earlier 1968 arrest for possession of marijuana in Laguna Beach, California resulted in a 1970 conviction. He was sentenced to a 10-year prison term and began serving time at the California Men’s Colony in San Luis Obispo. At that point, Leary’s life turns into something of a Hollywood action movie script.

Not eager to serve his sentence, Leary engineered an escape from the minimum security prison in September 1970. He climbed to a rooftop and up a telephone pole, then going hand-over-hand along a cable across the prison yard, above and beyond barbed wire, he dropped to the road below outside the prison. There he was helped by members of the leftist Weathermen underground group who helped move him and his wife Rosemary to Algeria. There he was given sanctuary of sorts with Eldridge Cleaver’s American government-in-exile.

The Nixon Administration, meanwhile, had become quite revved up about Timothy Leary – owing in part to Art Linkletter’s concerns, already mentioned, but also for other reasons. Nixon Administration lawyers had lost a May 1969 Supreme Court appeal in Leary v. United States – which sought to overturn an earlier Leary marijuana conviction. But in that case, the court found the Marijuana Tax Act of 1937 unconstitutional. And when Nixon launched Operation Intercept in September 1969, a drug enforcement action to stop the flow of marijuana coming across the Mexican border, Leary had countered with Operation Turn-On, urging his followers to grow their own and help spawn a national industry. “They lost the war in Vietnam,” Leary said at the time, “and now they are using the same techniques in the war on pot.”

2018 book by Bill Minutaglio and Steven L. Davis, subtitled, “Timothy Leary, Richard Nixon and the Hunt for the Fugitive King of LSD,” focusing on Leary’s flight. Click for copy.
2018 book by Bill Minutaglio and Steven L. Davis, subtitled, “Timothy Leary, Richard Nixon and the Hunt for the Fugitive King of LSD,” focusing on Leary’s flight. Click for copy.
In any case, Nixon and team were generally unnerved by Leary, and especially the large crowds he drew and the national notice he had received. They viewed him as a threat to the social order and had him near the top of their “enemies” list.

So when Leary escaped from prison in September 1971 and went on the lamb, Nixon and his people decided to make him even more of a special target. In a 2018 book on Leary’s flight from the law – The Most Dangerous Man in America: Timothy Leary, Richard Nixon and the Hunt for the Fugitive King of LSD – authors Bill Minutaglio and Steven L. Davis, say that Nixon and his inner circle sought to use Leary as part of a “diversionary politics” to help steer the national mood away from the Vietnam War, ongoing protests, and other domestic difficulties. According to co-author Bill Minutaglio:

…Nixon needed a poster child — someone to vilify in his burgeoning war on drugs. …The war in Vietnam was still raging, and there was a lot of violence and aggressive activism on the streets… [W]e stumbled across…a tape where Nixon at the White House with many of his infamous colleagues — a lot of the Watergate-era folks — had gathered around and said: “You know what? To salvage your approval ratings, to misdirect attention away from this flagging war in Vietnam, a stagnant economy, your swooning poll numbers, we need to find a villain, a guy in a black hat, and why not choose Timothy Leary? He’s sort of the godfather of the countercultural revolution. And we can make him public enemy No. 1.”

Algeria, circa 1970: Timothy Leary with Brian Barritt, an English counter-culture author and artist who collaborated with Leary during his years in flight.
Algeria, circa 1970: Timothy Leary with Brian Barritt, an English counter-culture author and artist who collaborated with Leary during his years in flight.
By October 1970, Richard Nixon’s secretary of state, William Rogers, was sending orders to Bill Eagleton, head of American operations in Algeria, expressing “astonishment” that the Government of Algeria had accorded political asylum to Leary, and that surely they were uninformed about Leary, and that hosting him further would not be in their best interest. But at that point Eldridge Cleaver was hosting Leary, not the Algerian government.

Leary and Cleaver, meanwhile, had their own disagreements, and after a time, Leary was in flight once again. This time he ended up in Switzerland, where he found a benefactor and protector for a time. But the Nixon Administration was hot on his heels. Nixon sent Attorney General John Mitchell to Switzerland in a bid to have the Swiss hand over Leary. But Switzerland ruled in favor of Leary, arguing that his marijuana conviction was a minor offense, though the Swiss did jail him for a short time in response to Mitchell; but they would not extradite him.

March 1970 California prison photo of Timothy Leary before his September 1970 escape.
March 1970 California prison photo of Timothy Leary before his September 1970 escape.
In Switzerland, Leary briefly enjoyed some celebrity again, but was soon on the run again. In 1972, he fled to Afghanistan, being captured and arrested in Kabul by the U.S. Bureau of Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs. Back in America, he was held on $5 million bail, at that time the largest bail on a private citizen in American history. In 1973 he was tried an sentenced to 15 years, and sent to Folsom Prison in California, put in solitary confinement, and placed in a cell next to Charles Manson.

In prison, and seeking a way to reduce his time, Leary began cooperating with prosecutors, naming names and writing incriminating articles, which caused a falling out among some of his followers. In 1974, he was publicly denounced by a group that included Arthur Miller, Dick Gregory, Judy Collins and Country Joe McDonald. At a press conference that included Leary’s son, Jack, Allen Ginsberg, Richard Alpert (then Ram Dass) and Yippie leader Jerry Rubin, Leary was called an “informant,” a “liar” and a “paranoid schizophrenic.” Yet Leary would maintain that no one was ever prosecuted based on any information he had given to the FBI. In 1976, Leary was released from prison by Governor Jerry Brown.


Later Years

For the next 20 years or so, Timothy Leary became something of a notorious and caricatured figure, sometimes branded as a loony who had “fried his brain on acid.” Yet at times, he seemed to be into the next new thing, reinventing himself as he went. In the early 1980s, he tapped into the information age, attracting the attention of the young and wired. He embarked on some college lectures touting the future of computers and also worked on a software line called Futique and helped design programs to digitize thought-images. He believed the internet was going to empower people on a massive scale and at one point proclaimed the PC would be “the LSD of the 1990s.”

G. Gordon Liddy (left) and Timothy Leary (right) at one of their joint appearances in the 1980s.
G. Gordon Liddy (left) and Timothy Leary (right) at one of their joint appearances in the 1980s.
Leary and G. Gordon Liddy made something of an odd couple on the lecture circuit for a time in 1982. And in 1983, he published his autobiography, Flashbacks, a later paperback edition shown below. Several years later, in 1988, he appears to have hosted a fundraiser for Rep. Ron Paul at his home in Benedict Canyon, California. Paul, then making his first bid for the White House on the Libertarian ticket was a proponent of drug legalization, garnering Leary’s support. Personal tragedy hit Leary in 1990, when his daughter Susan committed suicide in prison hanging herself. Leary’s later years were spent writing about space exploration and the process of death. In the spring of 1996, he developed terminal prostate cancer and died in his home in California. At his death, Leary was cremated and some of his ashes were launched into space on a privately owned satellite, along with the remains of Star Trek creator Gene Roddenberry and a few others – truly, on the “outside looking in,” as the Moody Blues song put it in 1968.

A 1997 paperback edition of Timothy Leary’s 1983 autobiography, “Flashbacks,” which covers his controversial career. Click for copy.
A 1997 paperback edition of Timothy Leary’s 1983 autobiography, “Flashbacks,” which covers his controversial career. Click for copy.
In his obituary, he was lauded as a person who had seemingly done it all, consorting with the famous and infamous throughout his life, as offered by Laura Mansnerus in his New York Times obituary:

…As the era of drugs, sex and rock ‘n’ roll unfolded, it seemed that Mr. Leary was at every scene, alongside a strange cast of famous characters. He took psilocybin trips with, among others, Arthur Koestler, Allen Ginsberg, Jack Kerouac, Robert Lowell, Maynard Ferguson and William Burroughs. He was arrested by G. Gordon Liddy. He sang “Give Peace a Chance” with John Lennon and Yoko Ono. As a fugitive on drug charges, he lived in Algeria with Eldridge Cleaver and dined in Gstaad with Roman Polanski; back at Folsom prison in…

Although Leary had his fans into his later years, and has followers still today, those in the scientific community who worked on psychedelic drugs for their medicinal and psychotherapy potential are not among his admirers. For Leary’s proselytizing and popularizing LSD in the 1960s was not viewed positively by this community, their research essentially shut down by the LSD backlash that had occurred. Serious scientific research into the psychoactive drugs and their possible beneficial uses was set back decades by some estimates. And it wasn’t just LSD, but dozens of other drugs seen as possible treatments for depression, post-traumatic syndrome, alcoholism, and end-of-life applications. Now in recent years, some 50 years after many of these substances were first studied, research has resumed. Even Harvard is studying LSD again.

Dr. Timothy Leary at his desk, circa mid-1960s.
Dr. Timothy Leary at his desk, circa mid-1960s.
“Timothy Leary’s dead,” say the Moody Blues lyrics — though now that line can refer to his actual death. Yet Leary’s psychedelic rebirth in the 1960s, his rise to guru celebrity, and his LSD advocacy had impacts far and wide. Charlatan or visionary, the debate on Leary is likely to go on for years. And just in time to help that process along is a trove of Leary documents recently acquired by the New York Public Library – some thousands of letters, writings and documents related to his scientific research on psychedelic drugs, much of it never published. The library purchased the collection from the Leary estate in 2011, and is now deciphering the material on its website. It joins a number of existing biographies and articles on Leary, some of which are cited below.

Readers of this story may also find the following of interest: “White Rabbit: Grace Slick: 1965-2010s” (about famous Jefferson Airplane “Alice-in-Wonderland” song with alleged drug imagery and innuendo by feisty lead singer that became political lightening rod for Nixon Administration and others); “The Pentagon Papers: 1967-2018” (story of the secret Pentagon history of Vietnam War that was leaked by Daniel Ellsberg to the New York Times and Washington Post, touching off historic 1971 freedom-of-the-press confrontation between the Nixon Administration and the publishers, also spawning 2018 Oscar-nominated film, “The Post.”); “Enemy of the President, 1970s” (profile of Paul Conrad’s political cartoons, with special attention to those on Richard Nixon and Watergate); and, “The Frost-Nixon Biz, 1977-2009” (the David Frost/Richard Nixon TV interviews regarding the Watergate scandal).

Additional stories on the 1960s and 1970s can be found in the period archives for those respective decades. Stories on music or politics can be found respectively at the “Annals of Music” and “Politics & Culture” category pages. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 26 November 2014
Last Update: 20 March 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Legend of a Mind: Timothy Leary, 1960s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, November 26, 2014.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

John Higgs 2006 book on Timothy Leary, “I Have America Surrounded,” with forward by Timothy Leary goddaughter and Hollywood actress, Winona Ryder. Click for copy.
John Higgs 2006 book on Timothy Leary, “I Have America Surrounded,” with forward by Timothy Leary goddaughter and Hollywood actress, Winona Ryder. Click for copy.
1960s San Francisco: Allen Ginsberg, Peggy Hitchcock, T. Leary & Lawrence Ferlinghetti at Sinaloa club.
1960s San Francisco: Allen Ginsberg, Peggy Hitchcock, T. Leary & Lawrence Ferlinghetti at Sinaloa club.
1966: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, and Ralph Metzner at Millbrook Estate, New York.
1966: Allen Ginsberg, Timothy Leary, and Ralph Metzner at Millbrook Estate, New York.
Don Lattin’s 2010 book, “The Harvard Psychedelic Club.”  His website, www.donlattin.com. Click image for book.
Don Lattin’s 2010 book, “The Harvard Psychedelic Club.” His website, www.donlattin.com. Click image for book.
Editor James Penner presents the early scientific work of Timothy Leary & associates at Harvard in this 2014 book.
Editor James Penner presents the early scientific work of Timothy Leary & associates at Harvard in this 2014 book.
2007 paperback edition of Robert Greenfield’s book, “Timothy Leary: A Biography.” Click for book.
2007 paperback edition of Robert Greenfield’s book, “Timothy Leary: A Biography.” Click for book.
Aldous Huxley’s “Doors of Perception”–  written in 1954 after using the hallucinogenic peyote (mescaline) -- was later combined in one book with another essay, “Heaven & Hell.” Harper/Perennial edition, 2008. Click for book.
Aldous Huxley’s “Doors of Perception”– written in 1954 after using the hallucinogenic peyote (mescaline) -- was later combined in one book with another essay, “Heaven & Hell.” Harper/Perennial edition, 2008. Click for book.
Aldous Huxley, 1920s. Huxley and Timothy Leary met and corresponded in Huxley’s later years, during the 1960s.
Aldous Huxley, 1920s. Huxley and Timothy Leary met and corresponded in Huxley’s later years, during the 1960s.
Updated 2013 version of Albert Hoffman’s 1980 book – “LSD My Problem Child.” Hoffman first synthesized LSD with Sandoz Laboratories in the late 1930s and early 1940s.
Updated 2013 version of Albert Hoffman’s 1980 book – “LSD My Problem Child.” Hoffman first synthesized LSD with Sandoz Laboratories in the late 1930s and early 1940s.
“Acid Dreams,” Martin Lee and Bruce Schlain's 1994 book on the impact of LSD on American popular culture, including how the CIA became obsessed with LSD during the Cold War, testing the drug on unwitting citizens, sometimes with tragic results. Grove Press, 384pp. Click for book.
“Acid Dreams,” Martin Lee and Bruce Schlain's 1994 book on the impact of LSD on American popular culture, including how the CIA became obsessed with LSD during the Cold War, testing the drug on unwitting citizens, sometimes with tragic results. Grove Press, 384pp. Click for book.
"The Project MKULTRA Compendium: The CIA's Program of Research in Behavioral Modification". Click for book.
"The Project MKULTRA Compendium: The CIA's Program of Research in Behavioral Modification". Click for book.
Dennis McDougal’s 2020 book, “Operation White Rabbit: LSD, the DEA, and the Fate of the Acid King,” 288pp.  Click for copy.
Dennis McDougal’s 2020 book, “Operation White Rabbit: LSD, the DEA, and the Fate of the Acid King,” 288pp. Click for copy.

“Moody Blues,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 665-667.

Bruce Eder, “Biography, Moody Blues,” All Music.com, 2009.

“Legend of a Mind,” Wikipedia.org.

“In Search of the Lost Chord,” Wikipedia.org.

Roger Catlin, “Future, Past Merge In Fully Orchestral Moody Blues Tour,” Hartford Courant (Hartford, CT), June 12, 1996.

In Search Of The Lost Chord (liner notes, etc.), Yuku.com, 2005 posts.

Brian Travers, Retro Review: The Moody Blues / In Search of the Lost Chord, mcquad- rangle.org., September 7, 2005.

“Medicine: Dream Stuff,” Time, Monday, June 28, 1954.

Joe Hyams, “How A New Shock Drug Unlocks Troubled Minds,” This Week (Sunday Supplement magazine), November 8, 1959.

Dr Paul Terrell (as told to Ted Levine), “I Went Experimentally Insane,” Argosy, October 1959.

Timothy Leary, The Interpersonal Diagnosis of Personality, New York: John Wiley and Sons Inc, 1957.

Richard Alpert & Timothy Leary, “The Politics of Consciousness Expansion,” The Harvard Review, Summer 1963, Vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 33-37.

Andrew T. Weil, “The Strange Case of the Harvard Drug Scandal,” Look, November 5, 1963.

“A Straight Scene,” Newsweek, July 22, 1964, p. 74.

John Kobler, “The Dangerous Magic of LSD,” Saturday Evening Post, November 2, 1963, pp.30-40.

Richard Alpert, Timothy Leary, and Ralph Metzner, The Psychedelic Experience: A Manual Based on the Tibetan Book of the Dead, New Hyde Park, NY: University Books, 1964.

KRON TV News, Press Conference scenes, Timothy Leary & Richard Alpert, Re: Their Use and Study of the Hallucinogenic Drug LSD. October 28th 1964,

Nancy Moran, “Sex, Poetry, Music; LSD Simulation Session [with Timothy Leary] Lures 16 to ‘Ecstatic Experience’… Everyone Meditates ‘What Is Reality’,” Washington Post/Times Herald, November 1, 1965, p. B-3.

“LSD: The Exploding Threat of the Mind Drug that Got Out of Control,” Life, March 25, 1966.

Barry Farrell, “Scientists, Theologians, Mystics Swept Up in a Psychic Revolution,” Life, March 25, 1966.

“LSD and Mind Drugs,” Cover Story, Newsweek, May 6, 1966, pp. 59-64.

“The Growth of a Mystique” (on Leary), Newsweek, May 6, 1966, pp. 60-61.

“Senate Testimony on LSD,” Washington Post, May 26, 1966, p. A-3.

Jean M. White, “Leary Proposes a Ban on LSD Except in ‘Psychedelic Centers’; Regret Expressed,” Washington Post/Times Herald, May 27, 1966, p. A-2.

“Essay: LSD,” Time, Friday, June 17, 1966.

“Night Spots That Make You Feel Like LSD,” Saturday Evening Post, October 22, 1966.

Timothy Leary, Press Conference, Fairmont Hotel, San Francisco, December 12, 1966, as reported in the San Francisco Oracle, December 16, 1966.

George B. Leonard, “Where The California Game is Taking Us,” Look, June 28, 1966.

Timothy Leary, Psychedelic Prayers After the Tao Te Ching, New Hyde Park, NY: University Books, 1966.

David Solomon, LSD: The Consciousness Expanding Drug, Berkeley, 1966 (with introduction by Timothy Leary).

John Cashman, The LSD Story, New York: Fawcett, 1966,

“Leary Arrested, Says Many Use LSD at Harvard,” The Harvard Crimson, October 13, 1966.

The Psychedelic Experience (LP): Readings from the Book,”The Psychedelic Experience: A Manual Based on the Tibetan Book of the Dead,” 1966 (LP recording), 2003 (CD) American Folkways.

Alex Henderson, Review, “Timothy Leary: Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out”(LP), AllMusic.com.

“History of the Hippie Movement,” Wikipedia.org.

Joyce Haber, “Dr. Leary–Is This Trip Necessary?,” Los Angeles Times, February 5, 1967, p. C-8.

Charles Champlin, “Leary LSD Film at Cinema,” Los Angeles Times, May 12, 1967, p D-15.

Timothy Leary, Start Your Own Religion, Millbrook, New York: Kriya Press. 1967.

J.M. Flager,“Drugs and Mysticism: The Visions of ‘Saint Tim,’ Look, August 8, 1967, pp. 18-22.

“The Hidden Evils Of LSD,” Saturday Evening Post (cover story), August 12, 1967.

“Court Upholds Fine, Sentence Against Leary,” Los Angeles Times, September 30, 1967, p. 2

Don Robinson and Richard Blumenthal, “Leary Drops-In, Urges Students To ‘Drop-Out’ at NSA Debate,” Washington Post/Times Herald, August 18, 1967, p. A-3.

Larry Keenan (photographer), “1960s & 1970s Counterculture Gallery.”

Timothy Leary, High Priest, American Library/World Publishing Co.; 1st Edition, January 1, 1968, 353pp.

Ralph Dighton, “Leary Prepares to Play the ‘Messiah Game’; Life Is Different, Controlled Society,” Washington Post/Times Herald, February 22, 1968, p. F-1.

Timothy Leary, The Politics of Ecstasy, New York: Putnam, 1968.

“Bed-In,” Wikipedia.org.

Richard Nixon, et. al., “Remarks at a Bipartisan Leadership Meeting on Narcotics and Dangerous Drugs,” Washington, DC, October 23, 1969.

UPI, “Linkletter Speaks Out; Dr. Leary Blasted As Drug Promoter,” The Bulletin (Bend, Oregon), December 3, 1969, p. 1.

“Turn On, Tune In, Drop Out,” Wikipedia.org.

“Algeria Grants Timothy Leary Political Asylum,” Washington Post/Times Herald, October 21, 1970, p. 24.

“Leary Calls Violence Necessary” [remarks from Cairo, Egypt], Washington Post/Times Herald, October 31, 1970, p. A-10.

“Leary Tells Young to Quit Drugs, Take Up Revolt,” Washington Post/Times Herald, February 25, 1971, p. A-28.

Timothy Leary, Confessions of a Hope Fiend, New York: Bantam, 1973.

Timothy Leary, NeuroLogic, San Francisco, CA: Starseed Information Center, 1973.

“Tim Leary and the Long Arm of the Law,” Rolling Stone, March 15, 1973.

“CIA Infiltrated 17 Area Groups, Gave Out LSD,” Washington Post, June 11, 1975, p. 1.

“Project MKUltra,” Wikipedia.org.

“Project MKULTRA,” New York Times (PDF file, 1977 Committee hearings).

“Rockefeller Panel Findings on CIA Domestic Activities,” Washington Post, June 11, 1975, pp. A8-A10.

Austin Scott and Bill Richards, “LSD Test Data Is Missing From Rockefeller Report,” Washington Post, July 13, 1975, p. 1.

Bill Richards, “School, Army Tested LSD On Hundreds,” Washington Post, July 17, 1975, pp. A-1, A-2.

Stephen J. Lynton, “Army ‘Guinea Pig’ In 1963-64 Tells Of ‘Hallucinations’,” Washington Post, July 20, 1975, p. A-3.

Jack Anderson and Les Whitten, “Soldiers in Mock Battle Given LSD,” Washington Post, July 30, 1975, p. B-11.

Bill Richards, “AF [Air Force] Paid For LSD Studies; Drug Given To Children, Mental Cases AF Financed LSD Studies At 5 Colleges,” Washington Post, July 31, 1975, p. A-1.

Alice Bonner, “100 Professionals Took LSD Dosage,” Washington Post, August 4, 1975, p. A-5.

Bill Richards, “Navy Reveals LSD Use On Depressed Patients,” Washington Post, August 8, 1975, p. C-3.

Bill Richards, “LSD Used in U.S. Interrogation,” Washington Post, September 13, 1975, p. A-2.

Bill Richards, “Army Plans No Action On 900 in LSD Tests [from 1959 to 1967],” Washington Post, September 30, 1975, p. A-11.

Nicholas M. Horrock, “80 Institutions Used In C.I.A. Mind Studies,” New York Times, August 4, 1977.

John Jacobs,“The Diaries Of a CIA Operative,” Washington Post, September 5, 1977, p. A-1.

Timothy Leary, The Game of Life, Los Angeles: Peace Press, 1979.

Albert Hofmann, LSD, My Problem Child, McGraw-Hill, January 1, 1980, 209pp.

Timothy Leary, Changing My Mind, Among Others: Lifetime Writings, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1982.

Timothy Leary, Flashbacks: An Autobiography, Los Angeles: J.P Tarcher, Inc., 1983.

Laura Mansnerus, Obituary, “Timothy Leary, Pied Piper Of Psychedelic 60’s, Dies at 75,” New York Times, June 1, 1996.

Joceylyn McClurg, “An Experimental Life: Clare Boothe Luce Turned On, But Never Dropped Out,” Hartford Courant(CT), November 16, 1997.

Robert Forte (ed), Timothy Leary: Outside Looking In: Appreciations, Castigations, and Reminiscences – Ram Dass, Andrew Weil, Allen Ginsberg, Winona Ryder, William Burroughs, Albert Hofmann, Aldous Huxley, Terence McKenna, Ken Kesey, Huston Smith, Hunter S. Thompson, & Others, Inner Traditions / Bear & Co., March 1999, 352 pp.

Timothy Leary, Change Your Brain, Berkeley, CA: Ronin Press, 2000.

Timothy Leary, Politics of Self-Determination, Berkeley, CA: Ronin Press, 2000.

Timothy Leary, Your Brain Is God, Berkeley, CA: Ronin Press, 2000.

BBC Documentary, “Timothy Leary: The Man Who Turned On America,” June 2000.

Tom Mcnichol, “Tricky Dick’s Guide to Drinking and Toking; In Newly Released Transcripts, Richard Nixon and Art Linkletter Struggle to Fathom the Differences Between Demon Rum and Dope,” Salon.com, April 15, 2002.

Joe Holley, Obituary, “John K. Vance; Uncovered LSD Project at CIA,” Washington Post, June 16, 2005.

Robert Greenfield, Timothy Leary: A Biography, New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2006, 704pp.

Nick Gillespie, “Psychedelic, Man,” Washington Post, Book Review of Robert Greenfield’s Timothy Leary: A Biography, June 15, 2006.

John Higgs, I Have America Surrounded: A Biography of Timothy Leary, Barricade Books, August 2006, 1st Edition, 320pp.

Louis Menand, “Acid Redux: The Life and High Times of Timothy Leary,” The New Yorker, June 26, 2006.

Joseph L. Flatley, “From The Vaults: Two Interpretations of Timothy Leary.”

“Timothy Leary Bibliography,” Wikipedia.org.

John Cloud, “Was Timothy Leary Right? No, but New Research on Psychedelic Drugs Shows Promise for Their Therapeutic Use,” Time, April 19, 2007.

John Cloud, “When the Elite Loved LSD,” Time, April 23, 2007.

Stephen Siff, “Henry Luce’s Strange Trip: Coverage of LSD in Time and Life, 1954-68,” Journalism History, Vol. 34, No.3, 2008, pp 126-134.

Don Lattin, The Harvard Psychedelic Club: How Timothy Leary, Ram Dass, Huston Smith, and Andrew Weil Killed the Fifties and Ushered in a New Age for America, New York: Harper, January 2010, 272 pp.

M. J. Stephey Q&A, “The Harvard Psychedelic Club,” Time, January 11, 2010.

Philip Messing, “Did the CIA test LSD in the New York City Subway System?,” New York Post, March 14, 2010.

Jack Shafer, “The Time and Life Acid Trip: How Henry R. Luce and Clare Boothe Luce Helped Turn America on to LSD,” Slate.com, June 21, 2010.

Sue Blackmore, “Will Timothy Leary’s papers turn us on to LSD? Leary Was Far from Crazy in Claiming Psychedelics Have Healing Powers. Hopefully the Sale of His Papers Will Help Us Learn More,” Guardian.com, June 18, 2011.

Jon Hanna, “Andrew Weil’s 1963 Report on Harvard’s Firing of Richard Alpert,” Erowid.org, October 2011.

“MK Ultra News Articles,” The Hubris of Boz, Friday, December 21, 2012.

“Timothy Leary’s ‘Dangerous’ Psychedelic Album | You Can Be Anyone this Time Around 1970,” FromTheBarrelHouse.com, September 25, 2013.

“Acid Dreams (book),” Wikipedia.org.

Scott Staton, “Turn On, Tune In, Drop by the Archives: Timothy Leary at the N.Y.P.L.”[NY Public Library], The New Yorker, June 16, 2011.

Theodore P. Druch, Timothy Leary and the Madmen of Millbrook [Kindle Edition].

Sheila Weller, “Suddenly That Summer,” Vanity Fair, July 2012.

Tom Couillard, “Depth of Field Icons: G. Gordon Liddy and Timothy Leary,” St Thomas.edu, November 19, 2013.


__________________________



“The Mazeroski Moment”
1960 World Series

It was the ultimate in baseball – the final, showdown Game 7 of a World Series. The place was Forbes Field, a classic baseball park in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania. It was October 13th, 1960, that time of year when the last warm days of summer begin to meet crisper fall afternoons. Excitement was already in the air generally, both in Pittsburgh and throughout the nation, as a presidential election race was also underway and a young man named John F. Kennedy was offering the country something new. Later that evening, in fact, Kennedy and his Republican opponent, vice president Richard Nixon, would debate on national television for the third time. But the business at hand in Pittsburgh that afternoon wasn’t politics; it was baseball.

October 1960; Forbes Field, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania: No. 9 of the Pittsburgh Pirates, Bill Mazeroski, has just hit a pitch that is heading for the trees beyond the left field wall. It is an historic home run, occurring in the bottom of the ninth inning in Game 7, a walk-off home run that wins the World Series, beating the favored NY Yankees. Photo, Marvin E. Newman. Click for copy.
October 1960; Forbes Field, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania: No. 9 of the Pittsburgh Pirates, Bill Mazeroski, has just hit a pitch that is heading for the trees beyond the left field wall. It is an historic home run, occurring in the bottom of the ninth inning in Game 7, a walk-off home run that wins the World Series, beating the favored NY Yankees. Photo, Marvin E. Newman. Click for copy.

The New York Yankees and the Pittsburgh Pirates were tied in this World Series, each having won 3 games. Now, in the bottom of the ninth inning of their showdown Game 7, the score was tied, 9-to-9, as the numerals on the Forbes Field hand-operated scoreboard would reflect. However, a magical moment was about to unfold – “the Mazeroski moment” – shown above and named for Pirate second baseman, Bill Mazeroski, No. 9, who was then batting.

“Maz,” as he was called, had just hit a baseball that would leave the confines of Forbes Field. The clutch, game-winning home run marked Mazeroski in that instant — and for the ages — as a hero for hitting one of the most famous home runs in baseball history. In fact, the Mazeroski blast still stands today as the only World Series-winning walk-off home run in a game 7.

On some versions of the above photo, just off and above the upper right-hand corner of the scoreboard clock, the feint outlines of the baseball in flight can be seen. It was on a path to clear the left field wall where Yankee player, Yogi Berra, seen distantly in the outfield, is already reacting. (A colorized painting of this same scene in included at the very bottom of this story).

Oct 14, 1960: Headlines from the New York Daily News delivers the bad news to New York Yankee fans, showing Bill Mazeroski making his jubilant run to home plate.
Oct 14, 1960: Headlines from the New York Daily News delivers the bad news to New York Yankee fans, showing Bill Mazeroski making his jubilant run to home plate.
Mazeroski’s home run was that dream heroic moment that every kid who loves baseball fantasizes about. A bottom-of-the ninth, game-winning home run – and more. But this was much more than your average, everyday, run-of-the-mill, bottom-of-the-ninth-inning home run since it came in the World Series. And yet it was even more than that – a home run of “David-vs.-Goliath” proportion, in fact, since it had toppled the powerhouse New York Yankees – make that the “dynasty” Yankees, a team filled with superstars such as Mickey Mantle, Roger Maris, Yogi Berra, Whitey Ford, and others.

The Pittsburgh Pirates, of course, had good players of their own that year – among them Roberto Clemente, Dick Groat, Don Hoak, and pitchers Bob Friend, Vernon Law, and Elroy Face, among others. But the Yankees were still heavily favored to win. Few, if any bookies placing odds on the Series that fall had picked the Pirates to win. And for Pittsburgh, when it came to the New York Yankees, there were some long-lingering bad memories from the last time the Pirates and the Yankees faced off in a World Series. That was 1927, when the Yankees had Babe Ruth and Lou Gehrig, both of whom proceeded to put on a home run clinic that intimidated and humiliated Pittsburgh, as the Yankees swept the Pirates in four straight games.

Pittsburgh in 1960 was also city that had a very long drought when it came to winning baseball titles. The Pirates had not won a World Series since 1925 and for much of the 1950s had been one of the worst teams in the majors. In fact, a particularly bad run of nine consecutive losing seasons was fresh in memory. Pittsburgh, in short, was then a city starved for baseball glory – and for that matter – sports glory of almost any kind. The Pittsburgh Steelers football team was then a dozen years away from winning their first playoff game. The Penguins ice hockey team was seven years away from being born. So, when the 1960 World Series came to town, there was a lot of pent-up hope and expectation – not only in Pittsburgh, but throughout the entire Western Pennsylvania region as well. What follows here is a recounting of some of that World Series, which had drama throughout and beyond “The Mazeroski Moment” – and there’s also a Bing Crosby connection. More on that later.


Time & Place

Pittsburgh in more recent times at the juncture of the Allegheny & Monongahela Rivers, with Cathedral of Learning visible in the far distance, top center, marking former location of Forbes Field.
Pittsburgh in more recent times at the juncture of the Allegheny & Monongahela Rivers, with Cathedral of Learning visible in the far distance, top center, marking former location of Forbes Field.
October 1960 was both a tense and exciting time for Pittsburgh and America. It was the height of the Cold War and the space race with the Soviet Union. Months earlier, in May, an American Lockheed U-2 spy plane operated by the CIA pilot was shot down in Russia and its pilot captured. The Soviet Union that month had also launched its fourth Sputnik satellite into earth orbit. Dwight D. Eisenhower was then president of the U.S., facing off in those times with Russian leader, Nikita Khrushchev.

In literature, Harper Lee had published her novel To Kill a Mockingbird in July, a book which would later win the Pulitzer Prize for the best American novel of 1960. And as already mentioned, the 1960 presidential election campaign was underway, with U.S. Vice-President Richard M. Nixon (R) running against U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy (D) of Massachusetts. At the 1960 Summer Olympic Games in September, a young boxer named Cassius Clay had won the gold medal in light-heavyweight boxing. This was also prime time for Frank Sinatra and his Las Vegas “Rat Pack” – the cool guys of that era – Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., Joey Bishop and Peter Lawford. At the box office in mid-October, Spartacus, starring Kirk Douglas as the slave-turned-gladiator rebel in ancient Rome, was the No. 1 movie. On the Billboard music charts that fall, “Save The Last Dance for Me” by the Drifters, “Georgia on My Mind” by Ray Charles, and “Are You Lonesome Tonight” by Elvis Presley were among the top hits.

Forbes Field, Pittsburgh, PA, circa 1950s-1960s.
Forbes Field, Pittsburgh, PA, circa 1950s-1960s.
Another shot of Forbes Field, which is located in the Oakland section of Pittsburgh, with the University of Pittsburgh’s “Cathedral of Learning” tower seen in this photo.
Another shot of Forbes Field, which is located in the Oakland section of Pittsburgh, with the University of Pittsburgh’s “Cathedral of Learning” tower seen in this photo.
Pittsburgh Pirates “official program” guide for the 1960 World Series games played at Forbes Field. Click for Pirates page.
Pittsburgh Pirates “official program” guide for the 1960 World Series games played at Forbes Field. Click for Pirates page.

The city of Pittsburgh, meanwhile, was remaking itself from its gritty, grimy past. Pittsburgh had risen as a 19th century industrial powerhouse on the avenues of commerce that were the Allegheny and Monongahela Rivers, transporting coal and iron ore to the steel mills that helped build America. Following World War II, Pittsburgh launched civic revitalization and clean air projects known as the “Renaissance,” aimed at cleaning up the city’s sooty image. But Pittsburgh in 1960 was still very much that broad-shouldered, working-class city of coal, iron and steel. It was the town of Jones and Laughlin Steel, Pittsburgh Plate Glass, Alcoa, U.S. Steel, and Westinghouse. Pittsburgh, in short, was still very much a blue-collar town – capital of Western Pennsylvania, a region brimming full of loyal sports fans.

Then there was the beloved baseball park, Forbes Field. In 1908, city leaders approved plans for a baseball park in the Oakland section of the city. About a year later, Pirates owner Barney Dreyfuss opened a stadium at Forbes Field, which was the world’s first three-tiered steel and concrete stadium. The ball park was sited near the hills and trees of Schenley Park, and brought notice for its setting and design. Fittingly, the Prates played in the 1909 World Series there, with Honus Wagner among Pirate stars of that day, doing battle with the Detroit Tigers and Ty Cobb. The Pirates won that Series, besting Detroit 4 games to 3. Forbes Field, in fact, hosted two more World Series in 1925 and 1927, winning the 1925 Series by beating the Washington Senators 4 games to 3, and losing the 1927 Series to the Yankees, as already mentioned in a four game sweep. There were also two All-Star games played at Forbes, in 1944 and 1959.

Forbes Field was known for its ivy-covered outfield wall in left and left center field. It also had a hand-operated scoreboard topped with a large clock. The scoreboard was part of the left field wall. Lights were added later for night games.

In 1947, when the Pirates acquired slugger Hank Greenberg, the left field wall was moved in thirty feet and the bullpens located in the space between the wall and the scoreboard. This area this area then became known as “Greenberg Gardens.” Later, when Ralph Kiner joined the team, the Gardens became known as “Kiner’s Korner.”

Forbes Field also had claim to a share of baseball’s iconic moments, including Babe Ruth’s last game, played as a Boston Brave in 1935 – a game in which he hit his last three career home runs – #’s 712, 713 & 714 — the 3rd of which cleared the right field roof and traveled some distance beyond the park.

Forbes Field was the first home stadium of the Pittsburgh Steelers and was also used for football by the University of Pittsburgh “Pitt” Panthers. The Homstead Grays of the Negro Baseball League also played at Forbes. Boxing matches and political rallies were held there as well. On October 2, 1936, President Franklin D. Roosevelt addressed a crowd of 60,000 at Forbes Field during a campaign stop, defending his New Deal programs. Forbes Field was demolished in July 1971, as the Pirates used the newly-built Three Rivers Stadium as their home park until 2001, when the team moved to their present home field, PNC Park. But for the 1960 World Series, the first two games were played at Forbes Field, and the attendance for Game 1 on October 5th, 1960 was 36,676, filling the park.

1960 New York Yankee All Stars, from left: Roger Maris, Yogi Berra, Mickey Mantle, and Bill “Moose” Skowron.
1960 New York Yankee All Stars, from left: Roger Maris, Yogi Berra, Mickey Mantle, and Bill “Moose” Skowron.
Pittsburgh Pirates from the 1960 team shown a few years later, from left: Bill Mazeroski, Vernon Law, Roberto Clemente and Elroy Face.
Pittsburgh Pirates from the 1960 team shown a few years later, from left: Bill Mazeroski, Vernon Law, Roberto Clemente and Elroy Face.


The 1960 Series

Yanks vs. Bucs

The 1960 New York Yankees and Pittsburgh Pirates had comparable records. The Yanks had won the American League pennant by eight games with a 97–57 record for a .630 win-loss average. The Pirates won the National League race by seven games with a 95–59 record and a .617 average.

Still, the Yankees featured raw hitting power on a level just below that of 1927’s Babe Ruth and Lou Gehrig, this time with Mickey Mantle and Roger Maris – the “M & M boys” as they would be called in the following year when the two sluggers engaged in a heated race for Babe Ruth’s home run record — which Maris would break hitting 61.

In the 1960 season, however, Maris hit 39 home runs with 112 RBIs and a .283 average. Mantle had 40 home runs that year, 94 RBIs, and a .275 average.

In addition to Maris and Mantle, there was also Yogi Berra (15 HR, 62 RBIs, and.276 avg.) and Bill “Moose” Skowron (26 HR, 91 RBIs, and .309). Catcher Elston Howard, who had not played a full season, could also hit for power. And shortstop Tony Kubek and third baseman Clete Boyer had more than 100 RBIs between them.

The Yankees’ core pitching staff had no 20 game winners among them, but included – Art Ditmar (15-9), Jim Coates (13-3), Whitey Ford (12-9), and Ralph Terry (10-8). Bobby Shantz was a top reliever, with a 5-4 record, 11 saves and a 2.79 ERA.

Pirate shortstop and 1960 NL MVP, Dick Groat, featured on the August 8th 1960 cover of Sports Illustrated. Click for copy.
Pirate shortstop and 1960 NL MVP, Dick Groat, featured on the August 8th 1960 cover of Sports Illustrated. Click for copy.
The Pirates were no slouches, however. They had scored 734 runs during the regular season to lead the National League.

Strong performances that year had come from Roberto Clemente, Dick Stuart and Dick Groat. Clemente compiled a .314 batting average in 1960 with 16 home runs and a team-leading 94 RBIs.

Dick Stuart, the Bucs’ home run leader that year with 23, also had 83 RBIs. Stuart had once hit 66 home runs in a single season in the minor leagues.

Dick Groat, the Bucs’ 29 year-old shortstop that year, had hit .325 with 189 hits. In August 1960, Groat made the cover of Sports Illustrated magazine, with the tagline, “Fiery Leader of the Pirates.”

Groat had been a Duke University basketball All-American and had grown up just a few miles from Forbes Field (click for separate story). As a kid, he had always wanted to play for the Pirates. In 1952, he got his wish.

Groat was signed by Branch Rickey, famous Brooklyn Dodger general manager (GM) who had brought Jackie Robinson into Major League baseball to break the “color barrier.” Rickey was then GM with the Pirate organization. After Groat signed with the Pirates, he soon became the team’s regular shortstop. In 1960, he would win the National League’s Most Valuable Player (MVP) trophy.

Promotional photo for the 1960 World Series with Mickey Mantle (L) and Roger Maris (R) flanking the Pirates’ Dick Stuart, who as a minor leaguer in 1956, hit 66 home runs.
Promotional photo for the 1960 World Series with Mickey Mantle (L) and Roger Maris (R) flanking the Pirates’ Dick Stuart, who as a minor leaguer in 1956, hit 66 home runs.
Among other important Pirates was outfielder Bob Skinner who had 15 home runs in 1960 along with 86 RBIs and a .273 average.

Pirate pitching in 1960 finished third in National League Earned Run Average (ERA). The team’s starters that year, led by Cy Young award winner Vernon Law (20-9), also included Bob Friend (18-12), Wilmer “Vinegar Bend” Mizell (13-5) [and later member of Congress], and Harvey Haddix (11-10).

“Little guy” Elroy Face (5′-9″) was one of the best reliever/closers then in baseball. Known for his “fork ball,” Face had a 10-8 record in 1960 with 24 saves.

Still, the Yankees were big favorites. On October 4th, a story in the New York Times used the headline: “Yanks 7-5 Choice To Capture Title; Odds Even on Opening Game — Pirates Calmly Study Reports on Bombers.” A second story from the Times that same day focused on Yankee power: “Pirates No Match in the Number of Distance Hitters; Bombers’ Attack Is Strong From Both Sides of Plate,” said the headline. But Pirates had a working-class grit about them, befitting their city, and had the support of those rooting for the underdog.

Pittsburgh ace, Vernon Law, pitched Game 1 of the 1960 World Series, which the Pirates won, 6-to-4.
Pittsburgh ace, Vernon Law, pitched Game 1 of the 1960 World Series, which the Pirates won, 6-to-4.
Pirate victory in Game 1 of the 1960 World Series is front-page news in Pittsburgh on October 6, 1960.
Pirate victory in Game 1 of the 1960 World Series is front-page news in Pittsburgh on October 6, 1960.


Game 1

Pirates, 6-4

In Game 1 of the Series, played at Forbes Field, the Governor of Pennsylvania, David Lawrence, threw out the ceremonial opening pitch, and Billy Eckstine, Pittsburgh native, singer, and a bandleader of the swing era, sang the National Anthem. Vernon Law was the starting pitcher for the Pirates in Game 1, and the Yankees threw Art Ditmar.

In the opening half of the 1st inning, Law retired the first two Yankee batters. Roger Maris, however, unloaded on Law for a home run, making Pirate fans a bit nervous. But the Pirates quickly came back, exhibiting the scrappy style of play that had become their trademark all year, putting together a walk, a double, two singles, and two stolen bases to produce three runs. Hitting by Dick Groat and Roberto Clemente had figured in the scoring, giving the Bucs the lead, 3-to-1.

In the fourth inning, New York cut the lead to 3-2 after Maris singled and then was moved around the bases by a Mantle walk, a fly ball by Yogi Berra, and then scored on a single by Bill Skowron. The Pirates came back again adding two more runs in 4th inning on a Bill Mazeroski two-run homer off Yankee reliever Jim Coates, making the count 5-to-2. The Bucs added another run in the 6th, making it 6-to-2.

In the top of the eighth inning, however, two Yankee singles with no outs were enough to bring in Elroy Face to relieve Vernon Law. Face managed to strike out Mantle and Skowron, with Berra making a fly out. The Yankees’ Elston Howard, however, ripped Face for a two-run homer in the ninth, cutting the score to 6-to-4, which proved to be enough, as the Pirate infield turned a double play to end the game. Still the Yankees collected 13 hits in the game, while the Pirates had eight. The next day, the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette featured the home team’s Game 1 victory on the front page, also mentioning the two-run home run by Mazeroski as a key ingredient in the victory.


Oct 1960: Mickey Mantle, surrounded by press, celebrates with an Iron City beer in locker room after hitting two home runs in Game 2 of the 1960 World Series. Art Rickerby /Time-Life
Oct 1960: Mickey Mantle, surrounded by press, celebrates with an Iron City beer in locker room after hitting two home runs in Game 2 of the 1960 World Series. Art Rickerby /Time-Life
Game 2

Yankees, 16-3

Yankee power was on full display in a 16-3 trouncing of the Pirates in Game 2 of the 1960 World Series. Mickey Mantle hit two home runs in the game – a two-run blast in the 4th inning and a three-run shot in the 7th. Bob Turley was the starting pitcher for the Yankees in that game and Bob Friend for the Pirates.

The Pirates and Friend were still in the ball game through five innings when the score was 5-to-1 Yanks. But the wheels came off in the 6th inning, as the Yankees sent 12 men to the plate scoring 7 runs on seven hits, with one Pirate error and a passed ball adding the woes. After Friend was knocked out, he was followed by five Pirate relievers trying to hold the Yankees down.

For the Yankees, in addition to Mantle’s two home runs, Tony Kubek had three hits, while McDougald, Skowron and Howard each had two, a few of which went for extra bases. Although the Pirates only managed to score three runs, they had 13 hits as well, with Clemente, Nelson, Cimoli, and Burgess each having two apiece.

With the Series tied at one game each, the scene then shifted to Yankee Stadium in the Bronx, New York.


Oct 8th, 1960, Game 3, Yankee Stadium: Bobby Richardson being greeted at home plate by Gil McDougald (12), Elston Howard (32) and Bill Skowron (14) for his first inning Grand Slam home run. Tony Kubek (10) was on deck.
Oct 8th, 1960, Game 3, Yankee Stadium: Bobby Richardson being greeted at home plate by Gil McDougald (12), Elston Howard (32) and Bill Skowron (14) for his first inning Grand Slam home run. Tony Kubek (10) was on deck.
Game 3

Yankees, 10-0

On Saturday, October 8th. at about 2:40 pm in the afternoon, some 70,000 fans filled Yankee stadium – nearly twice what the turnout had been for Game 1 at Forbes Field. Yankee pitcher, Whitey Ford, who had been 12-9 that season, was the starting pitcher for the Yanks, while Vinegar Bend Mizell got the nod for the Pirates.

However, another lopsided Yankee affair soon followed, as both Mizell and Pirates reliever, Green were knocked out in the first inning. The Yankees tallied 6 runs on 7 hits in that inning alone, featuring a grand slam home run by Yankee second baseman Bobby Richardson.

Four more Yankee runs were added in the 4th inning with Mantle contributing a two-run home run and Richardson a two-run single, giving him total of 6 RBIs for Game 3. Mantle went 4-for-5 that game. Whitey Ford pitched the entire nine innings for the Yanks, giving up only four Pirate hits – to Clemente, Stuart, Mazeroski and Virdon. Final score, Yankees 10, Pirates 0. The Yankees were feeling pretty superior by this point.

Oct 8th: A wire service photo showing the route of Bobby Richardson’s Grand Slam home run in the 1st inning of Game 3 of the 1960 World Series at Yankee Stadium, with identifying labels provided for Yankee and Pirate players.
Oct 8th: A wire service photo showing the route of Bobby Richardson’s Grand Slam home run in the 1st inning of Game 3 of the 1960 World Series at Yankee Stadium, with identifying labels provided for Yankee and Pirate players.


Oct 10th, 1960 edition of Sports Illustrated with Pittsburgh Pirate pitcher Vernon Law on cover. Click for copy.
Oct 10th, 1960 edition of Sports Illustrated with Pittsburgh Pirate pitcher Vernon Law on cover. Click for copy.
Game 4

Pirates, 3-2

On Sunday, October 9th at Yankee Stadium, at about 2:30pm in the afternoon with some 67,000 fans attending, Game 4 of the 1960 World Series began. Pirate pitcher Vernon Law started his second game for the Pirates, while the Yankees went with Ralph Terry.

Law held the Yankees to two runs – one, a Bill Skowron home run in the 4th, and a second on an infield double-play that scored Elston Howard in the bottom of the 7th.

The Pirates, however, didn’t get a hit until the fifth inning, when Gino Cimoli singled and Smoky Burgess got on with a ground ball. Two outs followed, but thanks to Law, the runners moved along when he doubled to left, scoring Cimoli. Law, in fact, had two hits that game. Virdon then singled, which sent Burgess and Law in to score, making the count 3-to-1 Pirates.

After the Yanks collared a few hits in the seventh scoring one run and leaving runners on base with one out, Elroy Face was called in to relieve Vernon Law. The Yankees’s Bob Cerv then hit a long drive off of Face to right center field that looked like certain trouble until sprinting centerfielder Bill Virdon made a spectacular one-hand catch, falling down at the wall as he did. Face retired the next batter for the final out in the 7th, and also the next three Yankees in order in the 8th inning. In the ninth, Bill Skowron gave the Pirate a scare when he hit a ball that had home run distance, but went foul. Don Hoak then made a good defensive play on Skowron’s next hard hit ground ball to third for one out, while Face retired the next two Yankees in order to preserve the Pirate win, 3-to-2. The Series was now tied at two wins each.


Harvey Haddix was the winning pitcher in Game 5 of the 1960 World Series.
Harvey Haddix was the winning pitcher in Game 5 of the 1960 World Series.
Game 5

Pirates, 5-2

On Monday, October 10, 1960, also at Yankee Stadium, the Pirates managed another victory, 5-to-2, as Pirate pitcher Harvey Haddix shut down the Yankees for the most part. The Pirates had a three-run second inning capitalizing in part on a Yankee error on the base paths.

Here’s how that play went down: the Pirate’s Dick Stuart had singled, but was forced out on a Clemente grounder. Smoky Burgess then doubled sending Clemente to third. Don Hoak hit a grounder to short, which Yankee shortstop Tony Kubek fielded and threw to McDouglad at third, attempting to get Burgess out as he tried to reach third. Clemente, meanwhile, had already scored. Kubek’s throw to third for Burgess got away from McDouglad and all hands were safe. Mazeroski, next up, doubled, sending in two more runs.

Harvey Haddix generally pitched a good game for the Bucs, recording six strikeouts and giving up just two runs — one in the second and a home run to Roger Maris in the 3rd. He kept Yanks tied up through 6 and one-third innings and left with a 4-2 Pirate lead. The Pirates added a run in the top of the 9th, giving them a 5-to-2 lead. Elroy Face, who had already relieved Haddix, then closed out the game. The Pirates now had a 3-2 lead in the Series and were heading home for Game 6, and if needed, Game 7.


Yankee Whitey Ford in the 9th inning of Game 6 of the 1960 World Series at Forbes Field, with scoreboard telling the tale. Yanks 12, Pirates 0.  Photo, N. Leifer
Yankee Whitey Ford in the 9th inning of Game 6 of the 1960 World Series at Forbes Field, with scoreboard telling the tale. Yanks 12, Pirates 0. Photo, N. Leifer
Game 6

Yankees, 12-0

Back at Forbes Field in Pittsburgh for Game 6, Whitey Ford made his second Series start for the Yankees, and he didn’t disappoint. Ford shut out the Pirates, going the distance over nine innings allowing 7 hits but no runs.

Whitey’s teammates, meanwhile, pounded out 17 hits and 12 runs to take Game 6 by a count of 12-0. Although no Yankee homers figured in the final math, Berra, Mantle, Maris, and Skowron all collected hits. Bobby Richardson enjoyed another big game, with a pair of triples and three RBIs.

The Series was now tied 3-to-3, heading into the decisive Game 7.


Game 7

Pirates, 10-9

In the winner-take-all showdown game of the 1960 World Series, some 36,683 fans were on hand at Forbes Field. Yankees’ manager Casey Stengel went with Bob Turley as his team’s starting pitcher. Turley was the winning pitcher in Game 2. The Pirates employed their ace, Vernon Law, the winning pitcher in Games 1 and 4.

The Pirates struck first, knocking out Turley in the first inning as Rocky Nelson homered with Skinner on base, giving the Pirates an early 2–0 lead. The Pirates then added two more runs in the next inning, extending their lead to 4-0. Things were looking promising in Steel Town. Yankee power, meanwhile, had been shut down until the 5th inning when Bill Skowron hit a lead-off home run. But it was still 4-to-1, Pirates. Bobby Shantz began pitching for the Yankees in the third inning, and the Bucs were held scoreless through the seventh, during which time the Yankees had pulled ahead.

In the 6th inning the Yankees scored four runs to take the lead at 5-to-4. Bobby Richardson led off the inning with a single, followed by a walk to Tony Kubek. Roger Maris popped out but Mantle hit a single driving in one run. With Kubek and Mantle on base, Yogi Berra then ripped a three-run homer, a key blow, giving the Yanks a 5-4 edge.

Yogi Berra hitting a 3-run home run for the NY Yankees against the Pittsburgh Pirates at Forbes Field in the 6th inning of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series, giving the Yanks a 5-4 lead. Photo: N. Leifer / Sports Illustrated. Click for Yogi Berra story.
Yogi Berra hitting a 3-run home run for the NY Yankees against the Pittsburgh Pirates at Forbes Field in the 6th inning of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series, giving the Yanks a 5-4 lead. Photo: N. Leifer / Sports Illustrated. Click for Yogi Berra story.

The 7th inning of Game 7 was scoreless for both sides. However, in that inning, the Pirates had a chance for some runs. Smoky Burgess led off with a base hit, and Murtaugh sent in a faster pinch runner for Burgess who would then be replaced in the lineup by back-up catcher Hal Smith. Burgess was a good hitter, so it was a tough decision for Murtaugh to take him out. But the gamble fizzled as the next two batters came up empty: Don Hoak lined out and Mazeroski hit into a double play. It was still 5-to-4 Yanks. Then came the 8th inning with Yankee power again coming to plate – Maris, Mantle and Berra. However, this time Maris and Mantle both made infield outs while Berra walked. But then other Yankees stepped up… – two singles and a double followed, adding two more runs, putting the Yanks still further ahead, 7-to-4.

By the bottom of the eighth inning, things were not looking good in Pirate town. Down by three big runs, there were only six outs remaining. But the Pirate hitters went to work. They opened the inning with a single by Gino Cimoli, who had pinch-hit for Face. Virdon was next, and he hit a sharp ground ball to short for what appeared to a double-play ball. Instead, the ball took a bad hop on the rough infield and hit Yankee shortstop Tony Kubek in the throat, sending Kubek to the turf and stopping the game. It was later reported that Kubek had blood in his throat and having trouble breathing as his windpipe swelled . A conclave of Yankees, and manager Casey Stengel, came on the field to Kubek’s aide, and he was taken out of the game.

8th inning, Game 7, 1960 World Series, manager Casey Stengel (37), coming to see injured Yankee shortstop, Tony Kubek, hit in the Adams Apple of his throat after a ground ball took a bad hop, swelling his wind pipe.
8th inning, Game 7, 1960 World Series, manager Casey Stengel (37), coming to see injured Yankee shortstop, Tony Kubek, hit in the Adams Apple of his throat after a ground ball took a bad hop, swelling his wind pipe.

As play resumed, the Pirate batter, Bob Skinner, was called upon to bunt, which he did, moving the runners to second and third. Nelson came up next, and flied out to shallow right field, with no runners moving. Clemente came to the plate next, fighting off a series of pitches with foul balls, and breaking his bat at one point. He then hit a ground ball chopper that went wide of first base, which Skowron fielded. Yankee pitcher, Coates, was supposed to cover first base, but had initially gone for the ball too, and was unable to recover quickly enough to beat Clemente to the bag, who was safe at first. In the process, Pirate base runner Bill Virdon scored, cutting the Yankee lead to 7-6.


Roberto Clemente, with Dick Groat behind him, gives Hal Smith a celebratory lift for hitting a 3-run home run giving the Pirates a 9-to-7 lead over the NY Yankees in the bottom of 8th inning, Game 7, 1960 World Series. Click for autographed photo.
Roberto Clemente, with Dick Groat behind him, gives Hal Smith a celebratory lift for hitting a 3-run home run giving the Pirates a 9-to-7 lead over the NY Yankees in the bottom of 8th inning, Game 7, 1960 World Series. Click for autographed photo.
Hal Smith’s Homer

Next up was back-up Pirate catcher, Hal Smith, who had been sharing catching duty during the season with starter Smoky Burgess, and had come into the game after Burgess was lifted for a pinch runner earlier. Yankee pitcher Jim Coates took Smith to a 2-and 2 count, and then threw a him a low fastball. Smith connected with the pitch solidly, sending it soaring to left field, over the head of left fielder Yogi Berra and over the wall – a three-run homer scoring himself, Groat and Clemente.

TV announcer Mel Allen was astonished, saying that Smith’s 2-strikes- 2-outs home run “will be one of the most dramatic base hits in the history of the World Series” – a hit that “will long be remembered.” Smith’s homer proved to be a very big deal – at least for the moment – but would be soon be overshadowed and historically buried by what was yet to come. But for the moment, the Pirates now led by a score of 9-to-7, thanks to Smith’s heroics.

Out on the pitching mound, meanwhile, the Yanks replaced Coates with Ralph Terry, who then recorded the third out in the Pirates big 8th inning by getting Don Hoak to fly out to left. But the damage had been done. Now, heading into the top of the 9th inning, it was the Yankees under the gun with only three outs remaining and the Pirates up by two runs, 9-to-7.

Game 7: Mickey Mantle’s single scored Richardson and moved McDougald to third, who later scored, tying the game, 9-to-9.
Game 7: Mickey Mantle’s single scored Richardson and moved McDougald to third, who later scored, tying the game, 9-to-9.
Pirate manager, Danny Murtaugh decided to bring in pitcher Bob Friend, normally a starting pitcher. But in this case, he needed him as a reliever, in hopes of protecting the Pirate’s 9-7 lead and securing the World Series title. Friend was an eighteen game winner for the Pirates that year, who had also started Game 2 and Game 6. But after Yankee hitters Bobby Richardson and pinch-hitter Dale Long both singled off Friend, Murtaugh again turned to his bull pen, this time bringing in Harvey Haddix. Up next was power hitter Roger Maris with two men on base – as Gil McDougald entered the game as a pinch runner for Long. One good home run swing by Maris could put the Yankees back on top. But Haddix managed to have Maris foul out. More Yankee power was next. Mickey Mantle. Mantle hit a hard single to right that scored Richardson and moved McDougald to third. It was now 9-to-8.

With two outs, Yogi Berra was next up, and hit a short grounder to first snared by Pirate first baseman Rocky Nelson, who stepped on the bag for the second out. Mickey Mantle, who was on first base, had started for second on Berra’s grounder, but saw he had no chance to make it there, and quickly reversed course back to first base, adroitly avoiding a tag by Nelson. Had Mantle been caught, it would have been the third out. Meanwhile, McDougald, who had been on third base, had scored, tying the game, 9-to-9. The next batter, Bill Skowron, grounded to short, which forced Mantle out at second base to end the inning.

October 13th, 1960: Students at the University of Pittsburgh’s  Cathedral of Learning had a special perspective on  Forbes Field below as they cheered the Pirates during Game 7 of the World Series. Photo, George Silk/Life. Click for related photo.
October 13th, 1960: Students at the University of Pittsburgh’s Cathedral of Learning had a special perspective on Forbes Field below as they cheered the Pirates during Game 7 of the World Series. Photo, George Silk/Life. Click for related photo.

Now it was the bottom of the ninth inning, with home team Pittsburgh coming to bat. One run, scored at any time that inning, was all the Pirates needed to win the World Series. Yankee pitcher, Ralph Terry, who had made the final Pirate out in the eighth inning, returned to the mound for the bottom of the ninth. His job was to hold the line, keep the Pirates off the bases, and maintain the 9-to-9 tie score so the Yanks could hit again in the top of the 10th inning. The first man he faced was Pirate second baseman, Bill Mazeroski. Maz was having a pretty decent Series (in fact, he would go 8-for-25 over the seven games and bat .320 for the Series ), and although he had hit one home run earlier in the Series, in Game 1, he was still not regarded as a home run threat. During the 1960 season Maz had hit 11 home runs.

October 13th, 1960: Pittsburgh Pirate, Bill Mazeroski, just after hitting a Ralph Terry pitch in the bottom of the ninth inning at Forbes Field in Game 7 of the 1960 World Series that would sail over the left field wall to win the Series.
October 13th, 1960: Pittsburgh Pirate, Bill Mazeroski, just after hitting a Ralph Terry pitch in the bottom of the ninth inning at Forbes Field in Game 7 of the 1960 World Series that would sail over the left field wall to win the Series.

Terry’s first pitch to Mazeroski was a fast ball down the middle but high, for a ball. Next came a pitch lower in the hitting zone which Mazeroski unloaded on with a good swing. The ball popped off the bat and soared high into the afternoon sky heading toward and then over the left field wall. Bill Mazeroski had just made his Pittsburgh Pirates the 1960 champions of baseball. As NBC’s TV announcer, Mel Allen, called Mazeroski’s historic hit that afternoon:

Yankee Yogi Berra watched two late-inning Game 7 Pirate home runs go over the Forbes Field left field wall: one to tie the game by Hal Smith and one to win it by Bill Mazeroski.
Yankee Yogi Berra watched two late-inning Game 7 Pirate home runs go over the Forbes Field left field wall: one to tie the game by Hal Smith and one to win it by Bill Mazeroski.

…There’s a drive into deep left field, look out now… that ball is going, going, gone! And the World Series is over! Mazeroski… hits it over the left field fence, and the Pirates win it 10–9 and win the World Series!

Chuck Thompson, a local radio announcer, also captured some of the action in his call:

,,,[H]ere’s a swing and a high fly ball going deep to left, this may do it!… Back to the wall goes Berra, it is…over the fence, home run, the Pirates win!… (long pause for crowd noise)… Ladies and gentlemen, Mazeroski has hit a one-nothing pitch over the left field fence at Forbes Field to win the 1960 World Series for the Pittsburgh Pirates…

Forbes Field was a ballpark with fairly deep outfield fences, and where Mazeroski hit the ball to left-center field, it went over the 18-foot ivy-covered brick wall near the 406 marker, with estimates that it likely traveled 430 feet or so – a very respectable World Series-winning clout.

As the Pirates bench and Forbes Field erupted, Mazeroski, running hard to first base, came around the bag and realized his hit had left the yard and what he had just done. By the time he reached second base, fans began running onto the field, some coming toward him, trying to greet him and/or run the bases with him. In order to make the Pirate victory official, it was imperative that Mazeroski touch each bag and reach home plate for that final 10th run to be tallied.

Bill Mazeroski, on his home run trot, begins celebrating in earnest between 2nd and 3rd base on his way home.
Bill Mazeroski, on his home run trot, begins celebrating in earnest between 2nd and 3rd base on his way home.
At 3rd base, well-wishing fans begin to greet Maz as Pirate third base coach, Frank Oceak, joins the party.
At 3rd base, well-wishing fans begin to greet Maz as Pirate third base coach, Frank Oceak, joins the party.
Bill Mazeroski, on final leg of home run trot, is pursued by fans as he makes his way to home plate where his teammates await. Has become iconic photo. Click for photo choices.
Bill Mazeroski, on final leg of home run trot, is pursued by fans as he makes his way to home plate where his teammates await. Has become iconic photo. Click for photo choices.

Continuing his run around the bases midway between second and third, Mazeroski began waving with one arm and holding his batting helmet in the air with the other. Approaching third base, a couple of kids and a few other fans came alongside him, trying to offer their congratulatory pat-on-the-back or run along with him.

As he made the turn at third base there were a few more fans and some security guards and police were coming onto the field to help control the crowd and protect the players. In the stadium, the crowd was screaming wildly, with fans hugging one another, some crying with joy. As Mazeroski came down the third base line toward home plate, a mob of his teammates and some fans awaited him. There as well was home plate umpire Bill Jakowski, positioned between a couple of the waiting Pirates to make sure Mazeroski touched the plate. By then the field began to fill up with fans, along with state and local police, as the ballplayers tried to make their way to the clubhouse.

The Yankees. After Mazeroski’s homer, the Yankees stood around their dugout in stunned disbelief. The Pirates had been outscored, outhit, and outplayed by the Yankees, but had managed to emerge with the victory.

The Yankees, in fact, were the winners of the Series, statistically. They had out-scored the Pirates 55–27, out-hit them 91–60 with a better batting average, .338 to .256; out-homered them 10-to-4; and out-pitched them, led by Whitey Ford’s two complete-game shutouts and a team composite ERA of 3.54- to-7.11. Despite their statistically superior performance, the Yanks still lost.

Years later, Mickey Mantle was quoted as saying that losing the 1960 World Series was the biggest disappointment of his career, the only loss, amateur or professional, over which he cried actual tears.

Photographers. The Pittsburgh Post- Gazette had an enterprising photographer in 1960 named Jim Klingensmith who managed to capture Mazeroski’s home run and also the sequence of shots of Mazeroski bounding around the bases after he realized what he had done.

Sometime before Game 7, Klingensmith had scouted out the best spot in Forbes Field for taking what he hoped would be some good shots of the final World Series game that year.

On game day, with help from his son and a friend, he used a ladder and climbed atop the grandstand rooftop behind home plate. Once there, he kept the ladder with him to make sure he could get back down, and also to prevent competitors from encroaching on his territory.

From this perch, Klingensmith had a great perspective on the park that enabled him to make some priceless shots, a few of which now reside in the Baseball Hall of Fame in Cooperstown, NY.

Also at the ball park that day was photographer Marvin E. Newman, who captured the Mazeroski moment in a classic shot of the field, scoreboard, and Longines clock that appears at the top of this story. Life magazine photographer George Silk, meanwhile, was on the roof of the nearby Cathedral of Learning at the University of Pittsburgh where he recorded his classic photo shown earlier of Pitt students cheering the Pirates on.


Bill Mazeroski
Pittsburgh Hero

Bill Mazeroski, circa 1960s.
Bill Mazeroski, circa 1960s.
A coal miner’s son who grew up in the rural Ohio-West Virginia border town of Witch Hazel, Ohio, Bill Mazeroski faced tough conditions as a young boy in the 1940s, living in a small home without electricity or indoor plumbing. His father encouraged him toward sports, and young Bill excelled in high school baseball and basketball. In fact, he was offered basketball scholarships to several colleges.

But Bill opted instead for minor league baseball, signing with the Pittsburgh Pirates and rising in their farm system to the Hollywood Stars of the Pacific Coast League. Midway through the 1956 season with the Stars and batting .306, the Pirates brought Bill Mazeroski up to the majors. He was 19 years old.

In the 1960 World Series, as a 23 year-old second baseman, Bill Mazeroski was something of the unexpected and improbable hero. A second baseman and a .250 average as a hitter, Mazeroski was not your everyday, big-guy power hitter – not the Babe Ruth type expected to hit the ball out of the park. That year, in fact, Bill Mazeroski had 11 home runs – not bad for a second baseman, yet still not a total that would put fear into opposing pitchers.

Bill Mazeroski on his 74th birthday at September 2010 dedication of his statue at PNC Park in Pittsburgh, PA.
Bill Mazeroski on his 74th birthday at September 2010 dedication of his statue at PNC Park in Pittsburgh, PA.
Bill Mazeroski was a great infielder, with a number of Gold Glove awards to his credit, and a key player for Pittsburgh. But he wasn’t the “go to” guy expected to deliver clutch home runs – especially in a Game 7, bottom-of-the-9th situation. So when he did knock the ball out of the park in one of the most clutch moments in baseball – and against one of game’s most powerful opponents – he became, with one swing of the bat, a baseball hero, a giant slayer, and champion of the underdog.

When his 17-year career ended in 1972, Bill Mazeroski held the major league records for most double plays in a season and most double plays in a career. His Pirate numeral, No. 9, was retired in 1987. He was elected to the Baseball Hall of Fame in 2001. A street outside PNC Park in Pittsburgh is named Mazeroski Way, and a statue commemorating his famous 1960 World Series home run, was installed outside the Park in early September 2010. Mazeroski, then 74, spoke at the unveiling. His statue joined three others arrayed around the outside of the Pittsburgh ball park – one each for Pirate greats Honus Wagner, Roberto Clemente and Willie Stargell.


The Celebration

October 13, 1960: Downtown Pittsburgh, PA erupted in a prolonged celebration after Pirates won the World Series.
October 13, 1960: Downtown Pittsburgh, PA erupted in a prolonged celebration after Pirates won the World Series.
Back at Forbes Field on the afternoon of October 13, 1960, pandemonium ensued with the Mazeroski homer, and a giant celebration began throughout the city and beyond. As the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette would report on the front page the following day: “At 3:36:30 yesterday, all hell broke loose…” This particular front-page story – one of several devoted to the victory – was headlined “Our Town Goes Wild Over Pirate Victory,” explaining in an auxiliary line above the story: “Crowds Yell, Firecrackers Boom, Air Raid Sirens Shriek, Confetti Rains, Church Bells Ring.” The Series-winning Mazeroski homer had touched off one of the city’s wildest celebrations in its history. “The bedlam – and there is no other way to describe the scene downtown after the game–,” explained the Post-Gazette, “continued on and on and on into the night.”

Life magazine, reporting on the celebration in a later edition, also noted the action following the victory: “… For the next 12 hours, Pittsburgh seethed in celebration for the team that should have lost but wouldn’t. The people felt and uncontrollable urge to let go – and loud. Automobile horns began a non-stop honking and attics were ransacked for whistles, tubas, and Halloween noisemakers. The hordes converged on downtown Pittsburgh where paper hurled from office windows had bogged down trolley cars. Snake dancers bearing sings torn from Forbes Field and beer bottled added to the traffic snarl….” By 9.pm. that evening, bridges and tunnels leading into the city had been closed, and downtown hotels were barring those without a room key from entering their lobbies.

October 14th, 1960: Pittsburgh Post-Gazette published a “souvenir edition” with its comprehensive coverage of the Pittsburgh Pirate victory in the 1960 World Series. Click for baseball book.
October 14th, 1960: Pittsburgh Post-Gazette published a “souvenir edition” with its comprehensive coverage of the Pittsburgh Pirate victory in the 1960 World Series. Click for baseball book.
Amidst the dominating “Bucs Are The Champs” newspaper headlines and stories that ran in the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette the next day, the editors managed to squeeze in some other news of the day.

Also in the newspaper that day, for example, was one front-page story on the Kennedy-Nixon presidential TV debate from the previous night, as well as another on the bellicose departing words of visiting Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev still upset over the U-2 spying incident, calling Eisenhower a liar and saying, “If you want war, you’ll get war.”

Still, in Pittsburgh at least, the main topic of the day on the 14th of October 1960 was that the Pittsburgh Pirates were the world champions of baseball. And as another Post-Gazette header and part “dig line” put it – meant no doubt to press salt into the wounds of those who thought the Pirates had no chance against the high-and-mighty Yankees – “We Had ‘Em All The Way.”

Bill Mazeroski had his own headline that day, of course. But also, further down in the sub-headline reporting, there was also mention of the Pirate’s Hal Smith as a key player in the team’s come-from-behind rally: “Five Run Rally in Eighth Inning Breaks Yank Lead as Smith Brings in 3 Runs With 4-Bagger.” The front-page photos featured Pirate manager Danny Murtaugh celebrating with hero Mazeroski and another with Pirates owner John W. Galbreath and general manager Joe L. Brown in a happy embrace.

Oct 1960: Pennsylvania Governor and former Pittsburgh mayor David Lawrence reads the good news. Click for related book.
Oct 1960: Pennsylvania Governor and former Pittsburgh mayor David Lawrence reads the good news. Click for related book.
Other photos of happy fans basking in the moment of Pirate glory included Pennsylvania Governor, Democrat David L. Lawrence smiling and holding one of the Post-Gazette’s big headline editions proclaiming the Pirate championship.

Lawrence, who served as the 37th Governor of Pennsylvania from 1959 to 1963, was also mayor of Pittsburgh from 1946 through 1959. Lawrence was born into a working-class Irish-Catholic family in the Golden Triangle neighborhood of Pittsburgh and worked his way up the ladder in Pennsylvania politics. As of this writing, he is the only mayor of Pittsburgh to be elected Governor of Pennsylvania. He was a life-long Pirate fan and holder of a 1960 season ticket.


Bill Mazeroski at his 2nd base position in a later 1970 photo with the Forbes Field outfield wall behind him.
Bill Mazeroski at his 2nd base position in a later 1970 photo with the Forbes Field outfield wall behind him.
Series of Distinction

The 1960 World Series, meanwhile, left behind a few distinctions and records that still stand today. First, the Mazeroski home run is one of a kind – so far. As of this writing, it is the only walk-off, World Series winning, Game 7 home run in baseball history. Another World Series winning home run occurred in the 1993 World Series when Joe Carter of the Toronto Blue Jays hit one to end the Series, beating the Philadelphia Phillies. But that one came in a Game 6. In terms of championship home runs generally, there is only one other home run in 20th century baseball history that might be considered in a comparable dramatic vein to Mazeroski’s – that being the famous Bobby Thompson home run of October 3rd, 1951. Thomson’s homer came in the decisive Game 3 of a three-game playoff series that year to decide the National League pennant winner. The Brooklyn Dodgers and the New York Giants finished in a tie that year, and played at the Polo Grounds in New York for their decisive Game 3. In the bottom of the ninth inning, with two out and two Giant runners on base and Brooklyn leading 4-to-2, the Giants’ Bobby Thomson hit a 3-run home run to left field that won the game and the pennant for the Giants, 5-to-4. And a wild hysteria at the Polo Grounds then followed.

Another anomaly of the 1960 World Series is that the Most Valuable Player (MVP) award went to a player from the losing team — second baseman Bobby Richardson of the New York Yankees. Richardson had a good series — 11 hits for 30 at bats, hitting at .367, with 2 doubles, 2 triples, a grand slam home run, 8 runs scored, and 12 RBIs. Still, it’s the only time that a World Series MVP award has gone to a player on the losing team. And finally, in Game 7 of the 1960 World Series – that wild game with 19 total runs, 23 hits, four lead changes and five home runs – there were no strikeouts; not one, also a record for World Series play that still stands. Some fans and sportswriters mark Game 7 as one of the greatest World Series games ever.

Mickey Mantle – #7, “safe” at first  – was said to have made a nifty move to avoid the tag of Rocky Nelson on a key 9th inning play when Yogi Berra, #8, grounded out.
Mickey Mantle – #7, “safe” at first – was said to have made a nifty move to avoid the tag of Rocky Nelson on a key 9th inning play when Yogi Berra, #8, grounded out.

What Ifs? The lore of the 1960 World Series lives on, in any case. As with all of baseball, when great games and great plays are recalled, there are always varied opinions, second guesses, and “what ifs.” And so it is with the 1960 World Series: “What if Whitey Ford had been the Yankee starter in Game 1 and had a chance for three wins in the Series?” Or – “What if Mantle had been tagged out by Nelson at first base in the top of the 9th when there were two outs with the Pirates ahead, 9-8?” Or – “What if that ground ball to Tony Kubek hadn’t taken a bad hop, with him making a double play instead of being injured and leaving two Pirates on base with no outs?” Some of those who played the game remember it too, and also have their opinions. “I still think we outplayed them,” said the Yankees’ Whitey Ford in a 2008 New York Times article on the 1960 Series. “We just felt we were a better team. And then to get beat by a second baseman who didn’t hit many home runs? I still can’t believe it.” Yet, in the World Series arithmetic that matters, the Pittsburgh Pirates won 4 games and the New York Yankees won 3 games. Casey Stengel, meanwhile, 70 years old that fall, was relieved of his command by Yankee management. Though in baseball history, Stengel remains one of the all-time best managers in terms of win-loss record.

Memory & Place. The 1960 surprise World Series win by the Pittsburgh Pirates has become more than merely one of baseball’s most famed moments. It is iconic, to be sure. But it is also of another time and place, and of a more innocent era. And for Pittsburgh fans who grew up in that time, and even those who watched the game on television in October of 1960, there is still a nostalgia and an attachment associated with that Series. For those who were alive at the moment, or even those schooled in the moment at countless American dinner tables, something about the photos of Maz running the bases – or even the stored memory of that image – just automatically brings up a feeling for that other time. “Somehow, it just did something to the city,” Mazeroski has said in recent years, “and they just can’t forget it.” And for natives of Pittsburgh – even if they’ve left town over the years for career or family reasons – there is also a special “sense of place” wrapped up in the memory – that of Forbes Field; a place that is partially there and not there, but still lingers in memory for tens of thousands still alive who had gone there as fans. And although Forbes Field was demolished in the 1970s, a portion of its left field wall has been preserved in the city — where, thanks to a Pittsburgh group named “The Game 7 Gang,” an annual gathering of fans and original radio broadcast of Game 7 occurs every October 13th. And also, by fluke it turns out, a film of Game 7 survives as well.

In 2010, Major League Baseball released the “Crosby Tapes” of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series as a DVD. Click for DVD.
In 2010, Major League Baseball released the “Crosby Tapes” of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series as a DVD. Click for DVD.


Crosby Treasure

In 1960, neither the major TV networks nor local TV stations generally preserved telecasts of sporting events. In most cases, these telecasts were taped over and used for other shows and broadcasts. As a result, no TV film of the first six games of the 1960 World Series is known to exist. However, one happy exception is a remaining black-and-white “kinescope” of the entire telecast of Game 7 (kinescopes were tapes that were filmed from a video monitor, a common practice in the 1950s). The Game 7 kinescope was discovered nearly fifty years after the fact, in December 2009, quite by accident. The film was found in a wine cellar in the Hillsborough, California home of famous singer and Pittsburgh Pirate part owner, Bing Crosby.

Crosby became a part owner of the Pittsburgh Pirates in 1946 and remained an owner until his death in 1977. He was an enthusiastic supporter of the team, and also figured in the recruitment of one the team’s 1960 stars – pitcher Vernon Law. In 1948, Crosby made a telephone call to Law’s mother saying “I’d like you know, Mrs. Law, that we’d like to have your son, Vernon, pitch for the Pittsburgh Pirates.” And that call apparently made the difference, as Vernon, who had been more of a football prospect in the Boise area of Idaho as a high school athlete, signed with Pirates. “I guess you could say that Crosby’s telephone call was the final straw in our family decision that I’d sign with the Pirates,” he later explained to a reporter. “It sure thrilled my mother.”

1948: Bing Crosby at right with Pittsburgh Pirate manager Billy Meyer.
1948: Bing Crosby at right with Pittsburgh Pirate manager Billy Meyer.
But when it came to the 1960 World Series, Crosby was reportedly superstitious about watching the games live, fearing he would jinx the Pirates’ chances. By the time of Game 7, he was in Paris where he listened to the game with his wife Kathryn and two friends on a shortwave radio. But he had made plans for watching Game 7 at a later date – but only if the Pirates won. He had arranged that the NBC telecast of the game be recorded on kinescope. Upon his return from Paris, Crosby watched the game. The film was then placed in his wine cellar and film vault where it remained for the next 49 years. In December 2009, while an archivist was looking for footage of old Crosby television specials for DVD conversion, he found some dusty film canisters marked “1960 World Series.” First he found two reels, and later three more, and after viewing them, realized what he had found. The five-reel set is the only known complete copy of the historic game. For fans and baseball historians, it was an important find.

The Crosby estate negotiated a deal with Major League Baseball (MLB) for the use of the film for broadcast and conversion to DVDs. In November 2010, an exclusive screening of the film was held in Pittsburgh with some of the game’s participants in attendance. An audience of some 1,300 came out for premiere at the Byham Theater in downtown Pittsburgh – including eight members of the Pirates’ championship team and Bobby Richardson of the Yankees. (Mazeroski , however, was ill at the time).


Hal Smith being greeted by Dick Groat and Roberto Clemente for his 3-run home run, Game 7, 1960 World Series.
Hal Smith being greeted by Dick Groat and Roberto Clemente for his 3-run home run, Game 7, 1960 World Series.
Hal Smith’s Moment

One poignant moment during the MLB screening of the Game 7 film occurred when the film showed Hal Smith’s key 8th inning, 3-run home run, as Smith, then 79, was in attendance. Smith – whose World Series homer gave the Bucs a 9-to-7 lead at the time but has always been overshadowed by the more dramatic Mazeroski homer – was given a standing ovation at the screening, not only from the fans in attendance, but from his fellow teammates as well.

Some baseball statisticians, meanwhile, have crunched the numbers on famous World Series home runs, and they conclude that Smith’s is one of the most important of all World Series homers, and statistically more important that Mazeroski’s in that it gave the Pirates an edge to win the game and the Series.

As ESPN’s Alok Pattani has reported, Smith’s home run “took the Pirates from having a 30 percent chance to win the game before the home run to being more than 90 percent favorites” to win the game (and the Series) after his home run — which they did.

Still, “the Mazeroski moment” carried the day in that October of 1960, and it lives on for the ages. For it was Mazeroski’s winning run that crossed the plate in the final Game 7 tally of 10-to-9, sending Pittsburgh into a frenzy. Yet Mazeroski himself – always humble in his much-feted heroic moment – has said many times, that his contribution was only one of many others in that game and in the 1960 World Series that resulted in Pittsburgh’s victory.

 2013 book, 'The Last Pure Season,' w/ Dick Groat Foreword. Click for copy.
2013 book, 'The Last Pure Season,' w/ Dick Groat Foreword. Click for copy.

New Eras Ahead

The year 1960 was also something of an important demarcation – for sport, culture, and politics. In baseball, this was the last season of the 16-team professional structure – when the National and American baseball leagues each had eight teams. Expansion teams began to be added in 1961 and 1962. Nor were there Divisional or Championship Series playoffs in baseball then, only the regular season pennant races in each league and the World Series itself.

And beyond baseball, a few weeks following the 1960 World Series, the nation elected a new president, John F. Kennedy, who promised “a new frontier” and changes ahead. And so began not only a more modern era of government and politics, but also culture-wide changes in thinking, business, and personal style.

For additional stories on baseball, please visit the “Baseball Stories” topics page or go to the “Annals of Sports” page for sports stories generally. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

____________________________________

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 20 October 2014
Last Update: 13 October 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Mazeroski Moment: 1960 World Series,”
PopHistoryDig.com, October 20, 2014.

____________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored  in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

1960 Topps trading card for Vernon Law, an ordained Mormon minister, nicknamed the “Deacon;” won 2 World Series games & 1960 Cy Young Award. Click for 'Buc Hill Aces'.
1960 Topps trading card for Vernon Law, an ordained Mormon minister, nicknamed the “Deacon;” won 2 World Series games & 1960 Cy Young Award. Click for 'Buc Hill Aces'.
1960 Topps trading card for Mickey Mantle who hit a torrid .400 in the 1960 World Series, going 10 for 25 with 1 double, 3 homers, 8 runs scored, and 11 RBIs. Click for MM cards.
1960 Topps trading card for Mickey Mantle who hit a torrid .400 in the 1960 World Series, going 10 for 25 with 1 double, 3 homers, 8 runs scored, and 11 RBIs. Click for MM cards.
Pirate foursome of Burgess, Stuart, Clemente and Skinner shown on a 1963 Topps trading card, played in the 1960 World Series. In 1962 they combined for 274 RBIs. Click for card.
Pirate foursome of Burgess, Stuart, Clemente and Skinner shown on a 1963 Topps trading card, played in the 1960 World Series. In 1962 they combined for 274 RBIs. Click for card.
NY Daily News front-page headline for October 14, 1960, featured Kennedy-Nixon TV debate differences along with photo of Mazeroski home run celebration.
NY Daily News front-page headline for October 14, 1960, featured Kennedy-Nixon TV debate differences along with photo of Mazeroski home run celebration.
Historic marker at the former site of Forbes Field in the Oakland section of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Historic marker at the former site of Forbes Field in the Oakland section of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.
Bill Mazeroski World Series statue shown against Pittsburgh skyline along the Allegheny River at PNC Park.
Bill Mazeroski World Series statue shown against Pittsburgh skyline along the Allegheny River at PNC Park.

John Drebinger, “Series Pitching: Bucs Have Edge; Law, Friend, Mizell Rated Over Yanks for Short Haul,” New York Times, October 3, 1960.

Roy Terrel, “Beat ‘Em, Bucs,” Sports Illus- trated, October 3, 1960.

United Press International (UPI), “Crosby’s Phone Call Sold Vernon Law On Pirates,” Milwaukee Journal, October 4, 1960, p. 2.

Louis Effrat, “Yanks 7-5 Choice To Capture Title; Odds Even on Opening Game — Pirates Calmly Study Reports on Bombers,” New York Times, October 4, 1960.

John Drebinger, “Pirates No Match in the Number of Distance Hitters; Bombers’ Attack Is Strong From Both Sides of Plate,” New York Times, October 4, 1960.

Roy Terrell, “Seven Bold Bucs” Sports Illus- trated, October 10, 1960.

“Two Inside Slants on the Big Series,” Life magazine: 1.) Jim Brosnan, “A Pitcher-Author Writes His ‘Book’ on The Pirates,” and, 2.) Ted Williams, “The Greatest Hitter of Our Day Respects Yankee Power and Casey,” Life, October 10, 1960, pp. 168-169+

“1960 World Series,” Baseball Almanac.com.

“1960 World Series,” Wikipedia.org.

“1960 World Series,” Baseball-Reference .com.

Reprint Series & Interactive Features, 1960 World Series Stories, Games 1-7, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, October 2010.

Jack Hernon, “Game One: Bucs Top Yanks in Opener, Pirates 6, Yankees 4 — Maz’s HR Nets Two Vital Runs, Law Earns Win,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette (Reprint Series), October 10, 2010.

Jack Hernon, “Game Two: Pirate Second Victory Slightly Delayed / Beat ‘Em Bucs, Next Time! Yankees 16, Pirates 3 — Yanks Clobber Pirates, Rout 6 Pitchers,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette (Reprint Series), October 10, 2010.

Roy Terrell, “The Knife And The Hammer,” Sports Illustrated, October 17, 1960.

Roy Terrell, “It Went All The Way!,” Sports Illustrated, October 24, 1960.

“The Bucs Heist Series and The Lid Blows Off: Implausible Series Ends With a Preposterous Civic Binge,” Life, October 24, 1960, pp. 32-35.

Pittsburgh Pirates, 1961 Yearbook (includes 1960 World Series summary, box scores, etc.).

Terry Chay, “Forbes Field Forever,” Terry Chay.com, April 14, 2006.

Sean D. Hamill, “In 1960, A Series to Remember (or Forget),” New York Times, June 24, 2008.

Jim Reisler, The Best Game Ever: Pirates vs. Yankees, October 13, 1960, De Capo Press, February 2009, Paperback, 336 pp.

Anne Madarasz, “Sports History: Field of Dreams,” Pittsburgh Sports Report, June 2009

“The One That Got Away,” MLBblogs.com, October 14, 2009.

“Forbes Field (1909-1970),” BrooklineCon- nection.com.

“Forbes Field: A Century of Memories,” Senator John Heinz History Center, Pittsburgh, PA, June 27-Feb. 22, 2010.

John Moody, Kiss It Good-Bye: The Mystery, The Mormon, and the Moral of the 1960 Pittsburgh Pirates, Shadow Mountain, March 2010, Hardback, 350 pp.

Rick Cushing, 1960 Pittsburgh Pirates – Day by Day: A Special Season, An Extraordinary World Series, March 2010, Paperback, Dorrance Publishing, 432 pp.

Robert Dvorchak, “1960 Pirates: Where Are They Now?,” Black & Gold, Sunday, April 4, 2010, at

Robert Dvorchak, “Pirates’ 1960 Champs ‘A Team of Destiny’; On 50th Anniversary, Team Remembered as Much More Than Just Maz,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Sunday, April 4, 2010.

Alan Robinson, Associated Press, “Pirates Honor Mazeroski With Statue of Famous HR Against Yankees,” New York Post, September 5, 2010.

Richard Sandomir, “In Bing Crosby’s Wine Cellar, Vintage Baseball,” New York Times, September 23, 2010.

Richard Sandomir, “50 Years Later, a Slide Still Confounds” [re: Mickey Mantle on first base], New York Times, September 30, 2010.

David Schoenfield, “The Greatest Game Ever Played,” ESPN.com, October 13, 2010.

Alok Pattani, “Ranking Most Valuable World Series HRs,” ESPN.com, October, 29, 2010.

Mike Dodd, “Pirates Heroes Dust off Reel Classic Game 7 of the 1960 Series,” USA Today, Updated November 16,2010.

Ray Kienzl, “Maz Hoped It Would Go for HR; Sock Touches Off Long Celebration,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, October 13, 2010.

Al Gioia, “Our Town Goes Wild Over Pirate Victory; Crowds Yell, Firecrackers Boom, Air Raid Sirens Shriek, Confetti Rains, Church Bells Ring,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, October 13, 2010.

Clifton Blue Parker and Bill Nowlin (eds), Sweet ’60: The 1960 Pittsburgh Pirates, Society for American Baseball Research, 2013.

Tom Conmy, “Hal Smith: Bucs Bridesmaid, World Series Hero,” BehindTheBag.net, February 17, 2013.

Mila Sanina, “1960: ‘Dreaming of the World Series…Too Soon, You Say?’,” The Digs: Pittsburgh Post Gazette, October 9, 2013.

Bob Hurte, “Bill Mazeroski,” SABR.org (Society for American Baseball Research), September 2014.

Mel Allen Call & TV Video of 1960 Bill Mazeroski Home Run, PittsburghPost-Gazette.com.

_____________________________________


This is a painting of the black-and-white photograph used at the top of this article.  It is the work of Graig Kreindler, and there are more of these “golden era” baseball paintings at his website, http://graigkreindler.com/
This is a painting of the black-and-white photograph used at the top of this article. It is the work of Graig Kreindler, and there are more of these “golden era” baseball paintings at his website, http://graigkreindler.com/

____________________________



“Noteworthy Ladies”
Selected Stories: 1910s-2010s

Classic Film Music

“You Only Live Twice”

Film & Music:1967

Sinatra theme song
& Japanese music make
Bond film a winner.

Celebrity, Culture, Politics

“Fonda Fitness Boom”

1980s & Beyond

Hollywood’s Jane Fonda
spawns fitness empire that
helps fund her activism.

TV, Culture & Business

“CBS Loved Lucy”

1950s-1970s

Over 3 decades, Lucille
Ball kept CBS-TV on top
and in the money.

TV & Publishing

“Lucy & TV Guide”

1953-2013

“I Love Lucy” enriched
Walter Annenberg as both
popularized TV culture.

Annals of Sport

“1930s Super Girl”

Babe Didrikson

When it came to athletics,
there was little that Babe
Didrikson couldn’t do.

Music & Advertising

“Keira & The Zombies”

2014 & The 1960s

A Chanel perfume ad
features Keira Knightley
& a 1960s Zombies’ tune.

Music & Biography

“Taylor Swift, Rising”

2003-2009

A 19-yr-old singer/
songwriter storms the
music charts …and more.

Annals of Music

“The End of The World”

1963

Skeeter Davis sings
a sad song of
unbearable loss.

College Romance

“The Love Story Saga”

1970-1977

Ali MacGraw’s fresh-faced
coed, Jenny Cavilleri, swept
the nation off its feet.

Love & Loyalty

“Of Bridges & Lovers”

1992-1995

A best-selling love story
comes to the Big Screen
starring Meryl Streep.

Hollywood, Dance, Film

“Legs: Cyd Charisse”

1950s-1990s

Statuesque beauty of
MGM musicals was a
commanding presence.

Music & Theater

“Memory & Cats”

1981-2010

Aging feline Grizabella,
in Cats, sings a painful,
poignant “Memory.”

TV & Civil Rights

“When Harry Met Petula”

April 1968

Pet Clark & Harry Belafonte
made civil rights history
challenging a Chrysler v. p.

Female Celebrity & Politics

“Linda & Jerry”

1971-1983

Linda Ronstadt meets
Jerry Brown as her
music career soars.

Music & Politics

“Barracuda Politics”

2008

Sarah Palin campaign music
at Republican convention
riles rock group, Heart.

Determined Performer

“Rocker Supreme”

1958-2008

The tough times, amazing
comeback, and true grit
of Tina Turner.

Famous Women

“The Flying Flapper”

1920s-1930s

Daredevil aviatrix, Elinor
Smith, set flying records;
flew beneath NY bridges.

Annals of Music

“Joni’s Music”

1962-2000s

Singer-songwriter
Joni Mitchell’s
amazing career.

 Music for The Ages

“Let The River Run”

1988-1989

Carly Simon’s rousing song
from Working Girl film
inspires listeners.

Ladies of Rock

“Motown’s Heat Wave”

1963-1967

Martha & The Vandellas’
dance tune captures teens
& boosts Motown.

Silent Film Star

“Pearl White”

1910s-1920s

A daredevil heroine
of the silent screen
becomes a big star.

The First Film Star

“A Star Is Born”

1910s

Early film studios create
the first movie star,
Florence Lawrence.

Female-Powered Music

“White Rabbit”

Grace Slick: 1960s

Jefferson Airplane song
propelled group; lyrics
drew political fire.

First Lady History

“Jackie & The Twist”

1960s Dance

Jackie Kennedy helped
bring new dance to the
White House & nation.

Campaign TV Ad

“Endorsing Jimmy Carter”

Mary Tyler Moore: 1980

TV star gives a strong
womens’ pitch for re-
electing President Carter.

Single Women TV

“Mary Tyler Moore”

1950s-2010s

Her 1970s TV show
helped put women in a
new independent light.

1950s’ TV Icon

“Dinah Shore & Chevy”

1951-1963

“See-the-USA” ad jingle
defines a TV celebrity &
America’s car culture.

Women’s Rights Icon

“Rosie The Riveter”

1942-1945

A WWII-era image
becomes an icon
for the ages.

Ladies of Rock

“Joplin’s Shooting Star”

1966-1970

Janis Joplin’s last
five years; her music,
life, and legacy.

Music & Advertising

“Selling Janis Joplin”

1995

How Mercedes-Benz
used a Janis Joplin tune to
pitch baby boomers.

Publishing, Politics, Ecology

“Power in the Pen”

1962-1963

Rachel Carson’s book, Silent
Spring, takes on pesticides;
spurs environmental cause.

Magazine Cover Girl

“One Good Shot…”

2011-2012

A Gisele Bündchen cover
photo has repeated use
around the world.

Music, Film, Celebrity

“Bette Davis Eyes”

1981

A top song of the 1980s
tells the story of a
Hollywood legend.

Music & Advertising

“Madonna’s Pepsi Ad”

1989

A Madonna TV ad
stirs controversy
by association.

Annals of Music

“1960s Girl Groups”

1958-1966

The innocent & upbeat
sound that came between
Elvis & The Beatles.

Music & Biography

“Be My Baby”

1960s-2010

The Ronettes & Phil Spector produce a game-
changing new sound.

Music & Advertising

“Google & Gaga”

2011

Lady Gaga’s hit song,
“The Edge of Glory,” is
used in a Google TV ad.

Singing & Acting

“Streisand Rising”

1961-1965

A young girl from Brooklyn
aims at Manhattan and
becomes a music icon.

In Memorium

“Candle in the Wind”

1973 & 1997

Elton John honors the
memory of Marilyn Monroe
and Princess Diana.

Film Celebrity

“Anna Q. Nilsson”

1920

The story behind a 1920
Photoplay cover girl
& silent film star.

Film Star & Activist

“Mia’s Metamorphoses”

1966-2010

Mia Farrow’s life changes:
actress-to-activist
& using her fame.

Lady Sings The Blues

“Strange Fruit”

1939

Billie Holiday sings
a haunting song and
has a troubled life.

Feisty Film Goddess 

“Ava Gardner”

1940s-1950s

North Carolina country
beauty becomes Hollywood
box office gold.

Supermodel Stardom

“The Most Beautiful Girl”

1993-2012

Gisele Bündchen becomes
modeling sensation;
earns $33 million in 2006.

Sex In Advertising

“G.E.’s Hot Coal Ad”

2005

Mad Ave.’s sexy miners
give coal biz a glamour
that’s not exactly real.

Recording Artist

“Hello Stranger”

1963

Barbara Lewis brings
a “smooth jazz” sound
to the mid-1960s.

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 16 September 2014
Last Update: 17 April 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Noteworthy Ladies: 1910s-2010s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, September 16, 2014.


____________________________________

 





“Serenade: Steve Miller”
1975-1978

1976: Steve Miller on the cover of record sleeve single, “Rock`n Me / Serenade,” Netherlands, Mercury label. Click for digital.
1976: Steve Miller on the cover of record sleeve single, “Rock`n Me / Serenade,” Netherlands, Mercury label. Click for digital.
The Steve Miller Band is an American rock group that initially formed in San Francisco, California in 1966. The band is well known for its mid-1970s hit songs such as: “The Joker (No. 1, 1974); “Rock`n Me” (No. 1, 1976), “Fly Like an Eagle” (No. 2, 1976), and “Jet Airliner” (No. 8, 1977).

However, another song by the Steve Miller Band, “Serenade” – also from the mid-1970s – deserves some special attention since it is sometimes overlooked or overshadowed by the other hits.

“Serenade” was recorded in 1975 at the CBS studios on San Francisco and appears as the fourth track on the album Fly Like an Eagle, an album released in May 1976 by Capitol Records in North America and by Mercury Records in Europe. The principal musicians on the album include: Steve Miller on vocals, guitar, and keyboards; Lonnie Turner on bass guitar; and Gary Mallaber on drums and percussion.

Fly Like an Eagle was the group’s ninth studio album, and it did well on the charts – reaching the Top 5 in U.S. and Canada, and the Top 20 in the U.K., Germany, the Netherlands and Sweden. The album would eventually sell four million copies. As of 2012, Rolling Stone magazine ranked Fly Like an Eagle at No. 445 on its list of the 500 greatest albums of all time. The album also spawned three singles – the title track, “Fly Like an Eagle,” “Take the Money and Run,” and “Rock’n Me.” The song “Serenade,” however, doesn’t always get the accolades it deserves, which Rolling Stone called, in one 2014 article, a “should be classic.”

“Serenade”
Steve Miller Band
1976

Did you see the lights
As they fell all around you
Did you hear the music of
Serenade from the stars

Wake up, wake up
Wake up and look around you
We’re lost in space
And the time is our own

Whoa, whoa …

Did you feel the wind
As it blew all around you
Did you feel the love
That was in the air

Wake up, wake up
Wake up and look around you
We’re lost in space
And the time is our own

Whoa, whoa….

The sun comes up
And it shines all around you
You’re lost in space
And the earth is your own

Whoa, whoa, whoa…

In the U.K. “Serenade” came out as a single in 1976 on the B side of “Rock’n Me,” as shown above, but apparently did not appear elsewhere in the single format. Still, the song is “classic Steve Miller” in sound and appeal, and among Steve Miller fans, it has a loyal following.

Some titles for this song have it labeled, “Serenade (From the Stars),” as that line is used in the opening stanza. Musically, the song opens with a short drum intro followed by round of rising acoustic guitar. The vocals arrive shortly thereafter in a rolling, easy-listening rhythm.

The song’s message appears to be both “cosmic and local,” befitting earlier Steve Miller-esque “traveling-in-space” and “space-cowboy” type themes. At least one YouTube treatment for this song has an accompanying series of space photographs. But the song is also about the home planet and its occupants, among the space travelers.

Music Player
“Serenade” – Steve Miller Band


The verse seems to be a calling to pay attention to the everyday world as well as the larger cosmic universe. It suggests a homage to beauty, nature and cosmic proportion, from which we can draw inspiration. While we may be “lost in space” – floating through the cosmos without control – the lyrics seem to suggest there is no need for despair — i.e., “The time is our own;” it’s what we make of it. Humility and appreciation are offered as well. “Did you feel the wind as it blew all around you?” — reminding us of those simple, life-sustaining things we often take for granted. Here, “the wind,” might also have another meaning, alluding to those around us, as the verse asks: “Did you feel the love that was in the air?”

Toward the end of the song, comes the repeated admonition: “Wake up, wake up,” urging a getting-on-with-things, and perhaps taking advantage of one’s everyday life, becoming engaged, etc., as “the time is our own.”

So, if this is a “serenade from the stars,” it offers some reassurance and reaffirmation. This “rock” we’re on is a worthy and beautiful place, and our lives too, but some personal effort is required. Don’t give up, the lyrics seem to suggest: “The sun comes up / And it shines all around you / You’re lost is space / And the earth is your own ” — So go for it; make it worthwhile.

“Serenade” is the 5th track on The Steve Miller Band’s “Greatest Hits 1974-78” album, 1978. Click for CD.
“Serenade” is the 5th track on The Steve Miller Band’s “Greatest Hits 1974-78” album, 1978. Click for CD.
The lyrics of this song – presuming that Steve Miller had a prominent hand in crafting them – may derive from a time in Miller’s life after he had a bit of hardship and gained new perspective, although co-writer Chris McCarty was also involved with this song.

Early success for the Steve Miller Band had come in October 1968 with the album Sailor which had risen to No. 24 on the Billboard album charts, and included the single “Living in the USA”. A series of other albums and songs followed, such as “Space Cowboy” and “Brave New World,” which also became popular on FM radio. A fallow period then ensued with a couple of lackluster albums.

Then came a 1971 auto accident in which Miller broke his neck and later developed hepatitis. That put him out of action for a time in 1972 and 1973. During his recuperation he set about reinventing himself and his band, with some focus on song writing, producing 1973’s The Joker, a million-seller with its title track also a No.1 single.

Following The Joker, Miller took three years off, purchased some land and a hilltop home in Marin County, California, adding his own recording studio there. That’s when he went to work on songs for the albums Fly Like an Eagle and Book of Dreams, the period during which “Serenade” was written as well.

Steve Miller performing with guitar in recent years.
Steve Miller performing with guitar in recent years.
“Serenade” is found on The Steve Miller Band: Greatest Hits 1974-78, shown above. That album, released in 1978, became one of the best-selling releases of all-time, selling millions of copies per year through the end of the century. In September 2003, Capitol Records issued the Young Hearts album, featuring “The Complete Greatest Hits” of the Steve Miller Band, including “Serenade.”

Over more than 45 years, with a varying roster of musicians, the Steve Miller Band has released 18 studio albums, three live albums, seven compilation albums, and at least 29 singles. To date, the group has sold more than 30 million albums worldwide. Their last studio album, Let Your Hair Down was released in April 2011, and The Joker (Live) was released in May 2014 on the Sailor label. As of this writing, the Steve Miller Band continues to perform.

Additional stories at this website on music can be found at the Annals of Music category page. For story choices in the 1970s or 1980s decades, follow those links, or scroll to the “Period Archive” in the upper right-hand corner of this page.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 29 August 2014
Last Update: 26 May 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Serenade: Steve Miller, 1975-1978,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 29, 2014.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Album cover, Steve Miller Band live broadcast in New York City in 1976 during the band’s promotion of its ‘Fly Like An Eagle” album. Issued, January 2016. Click for CD.
Album cover, Steve Miller Band live broadcast in New York City in 1976 during the band’s promotion of its ‘Fly Like An Eagle” album. Issued, January 2016. Click for CD.
“Steve Miller Band,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 651-652.

Steve Miller Band Website.

“Steve Miller Band,” Wikipedia.org.

Steve Miller Band — Serenade [ Official Live Video ] HD,” YouTube.com.

“Serenade From The Stars – Steve Miller Band,” YouTube.com.

“Steve Miller Band Discography,” Wikipedia.org.

“40 Albums Baby Boomers Loved That Millennials Don’t Know; These LPs Were Beloved by Millions, But Are Younger Generations Finding Them?,” Rolling Stone, May 14, 2014.

Rahul Kulhalli, “Review Of: Steve Miller Band – Serenade (From The Stars),” AudiophileParadise, December 2, 2012.

“Fly Like an Eagle,” Wikipedia.org.

__________________________




“Linda & Jerry”
1971-1983

April 23, 1979 cover of Newsweek magazine, featuring the story, “The Pop Politics of Jerry Brown”. Click for Linda Ronstadt page at Amazon.com.
April 23, 1979 cover of Newsweek magazine, featuring the story, “The Pop Politics of Jerry Brown”. Click for Linda Ronstadt page at Amazon.com.
Linda Ronstadt and Jerry Brown first met sometime in 1971 at Lucy’s El Adobe, a Mexican restaurant in Los Angeles. They were introduced by Lucy Casada, the co-owner of the restaurant along with her husband, Frank. Jerry Brown was then California’s Secretary of State. Linda Ronstadt was in the pre-superstar stage of her musical career, not yet the mega star she would soon become. She was 25 at the time; Jerry Brown was 33.

The friendship between Linda Ronstadt and Jerry Brown grew gradually; they had some compatible interests and liked each other’s company. They enjoyed ethnic food, long walks along the California seaside, Japanese movies, and country music. Both were also Catholic.

By 1975, however, Brown and Ronstadt became high-profile celebrities in their respective realms – he in politics, by then California’s governor, and she, rising to the top of the music charts with her Heart Like a Wheel album. There is a lot more to their respective careers, both before and after 1975, explored later. Yet through their rising fame, and through most of the 1970s – including the glare of Brown’s presidential bids in 1976 and 1980 – they continued to see each other, with speculation at one point, mostly in the press, of a possible marriage between the two. That, however, in the words of an earlier Ronstadt/Stone Poneys song, “Different Drum,” would not likely occur, as the song’s lyrics suggest: “You and I travel to the beat of a different drum / Oh, can’t you tell by the way I run / Ev’ry time you make eyes at me…” Still, there was an interesting decade of activity between this rock star and politician, made more interesting by the swirl of music and politics of those times. What follows here is a look back at some of that history.
 

Jerry Brown, running for Governor of California, 1974.
Jerry Brown, running for Governor of California, 1974.
Jerry Brown

Jerry Brown was born in San Francisco in 1938. His father, Edmund Gerald “Pat” Brown, was then District Attorney of San Francisco and later Governor of California for two terms (1959-1967). Young Jerry grew up in San Francisco and graduated from St. Ignatius Catholic High School. In 1955, after a year at Santa Clara University, he entered a Jesuit seminary, intent on becoming a Catholic priest, but left after three years. He then enrolled at the University of California, Berkeley in 1960, graduating a year later with a degree in Latin and Greek. A law degree from Yale followed in 1964. After law school, Brown returned to California and clerked for California Supreme Court Justice Mathew Tobriner. He then went into private practice in Los Angeles. In 1968, he left his L.A. law practice briefly to join U.S. Senator Gene McCarthy’s presidential campaign. Back in California in 1969, Brown ran for and won his first elective office, the newly created Los Angeles Community College Board of Trustees.

1974: Jerry Brown during his campaign to become governor of California. Click for Jerry Brown page at Amazon.com.
1974: Jerry Brown during his campaign to become governor of California. Click for Jerry Brown page at Amazon.com.
The following year he was elected Secretary of State. In that post through 1974, among other things, Brown argued before the California Supreme Court and won cases against Standard Oil of California, International Telephone and Telegraph, Gulf Oil, and Mobil for election law violations. He also forced legislators to comply with campaign disclosure laws.

In 1974, he ran for, and was elected governor of California at age 36, the youngest to do so in the state’s history. Brown followed Ronald Reagan in the Governor’s office, who previously held the post for two terms, 1967-1975.

On taking office, Brown garnered some headlines when he canceled the inaugural ball and refused to live in the $1.3 million governor’s mansion that Ronald Reagan had built. He also sold the governor’s limo and wouldn’t use the jet plane. He lived in an apartment, walked to work, and had his chauffeur drive him around in his 1974 Plymouth.

November 1974: California Governor-elect Jerry Brown meeting with outgoing Governor Ronald Reagan.
November 1974: California Governor-elect Jerry Brown meeting with outgoing Governor Ronald Reagan.

Once in office, Brown pushed a landmark farm labor law and new environmental initiatives. The farm labor measure won him particular kudos, as agreement on that front — while retaining labor’s right to strike — had eluded other politicians for more than 40 years. He also made some notable appointments, including Sim Van der Ryn as State Architect, and environmentalist Stewart Brand as Special Advisor, also adding minorities and women to major government posts. He significantly boosted funding for the California Arts Council.

In 1975, Brown helped repeal a prized oil-industry tax break, the “depletion allowance,” and later in his term sponsored the “first-ever tax incentive for rooftop solar.” Brown also strongly opposed the death penalty and later in his term vetoed it as Governor, although the legislature overrode his veto.

 

Linda Ronstadt

March 1968: Linda Ronstadt on her first solo album 'Hand Sown ...Home Grown', Topanga, California. Photo / Ed Caraeff
March 1968: Linda Ronstadt on her first solo album 'Hand Sown ...Home Grown', Topanga, California. Photo / Ed Caraeff
Linda Ronstadt was born in 1946 in Tucson, Arizona, to Gilbert Ronstadt, a prosperous machinery merchant who ran the F. Ronstadt Co. hardware store. Her mother, Ruth Mary Copeman, from the Flint, Michigan area, was the daughter of Lloyd Groff Copeman, a prolific inventor and holder of nearly 700 patents, among them, an early form of the microwave oven and a flexible ice cube tray, the latter earning millions in royalties. Linda’s father came from a pioneering Arizona ranching family and was of German, English, and Mexican descent, and also a guitarist who sang Mexican songs to his children. Linda was raised on the family’s ten-acre ranch in Tucson along with three siblings. She had a pony and later a horse. As a teen, she formed a folk trio with brother Peter and sister Suzy; calling themselves the New Union Ramblers.
 

Music Player
“Different Drum”- Ronstadt/Stone Poneys

 

At age 18 in 1964, after meeting guitarist Bob Kimmel while attending University of Arizona briefly, the pair left for Los Angeles, joining guitarist and singer/songwriter Kenny Edwards to form the Stone Poneys. After three years the group broke up, but scored a Top 20 hit in 1967-68 with the Ronstadt-led “Different Drum.”

Following her stint with the Stone Poneys, Ronstadt then began a solo career, struggling for about five years, playing with various transient and backup musicians. Owing in part to her timid nature, she had some performance and self-confidence troubles in the studio and on stage. Along the way, there were also difficult romantic entanglements and some cocaine use, a period of her life she sometimes refers to as the “bleak years.” But it wasn’t all bad.

Record sleeve cover for 1970 single with "Long Long Time" by Linda Ronstadt. Click for digital.
Record sleeve cover for 1970 single with "Long Long Time" by Linda Ronstadt. Click for digital.
In March 1970, her second solo album, Silk Purse, was released, but it did not fare well on the music charts. However, one of its singles did – “Long Long Time,” rising in late-summer 1970 to No. 25 on the Billboard pop chart. The song proved to be an opening for Ronstadt, highlighting her voice and talent.

Music Player
“Long Long Time”- Linda Ronstadt

 

“Long Long Time” earned her a Grammy Award nomination in early 1971, although Dionne Warwick took the prize that year for best contemporary female vocalist.

One of Ronstadt’s backing bands in her early solo period featured musicians Don Henley, Glenn Frey, Bernie Leadon, and Randy Meisner, who went on to form the Eagles, one of the most successful American rock bands of the 1970s. They toured with her for a short period in 1971 and played on Linda Ronstadt, her self-titled third album. In those years she was beginning to define a new genre of music, sometimes called country rock.

Linda Ronstadt with Peter Asher in a later 1970s photo. Asher helped advance her career.
Linda Ronstadt with Peter Asher in a later 1970s photo. Asher helped advance her career.
Still, by the end of 1972 Linda Ronstadt was in debt and paying commissions to two managers. Then came Peter Asher, formerly of the Peter & Gordon duet, who had also been a manager at the Beatles’ Apple Records label. Asher became her producer and manager.

With Asher, she made two albums – the first, Don’t Cry Now, came out in 1973 which would sell 300,000 copies. Among its songs was “Desperado,” an Eagles song she would notably perform in concert. The album also included her first country hit, “Silver Threads and Golden Needles,” which broke into the Top 20.

Capitol Records, meanwhile, perhaps suspecting there might be more upside business opportunity in Ms. Ronstadt’s voice than they previously believed, began digging up her older tunes and issuing them as compilation albums, one of which appeared in early 1974 under the title, Different Drum.

But the second album she made with Peter Asher, Heart Like a Wheel, became her big breakthrough album. Asher would later tell Time magazine: “Linda is brilliant musically. Her voice is qualitatively exceptional…”.

March 27, 1975: Linda Ronstadt on the cover of "Rolling Stone" magazine.
March 27, 1975: Linda Ronstadt on the cover of "Rolling Stone" magazine.
Released shortly before Christmas 1974, Heart Like a Wheel hit No. 1 on both the Billboard albums chart and the Country & Western chart (C&W). The album offered Ronstadt doing a mix of pop covers and contemporary songs. One of its singles was “You’re No Good,” a song previously done in 1963 by Betty Everett (famous for “It’s In His Kiss”, the “shoop shoop song”). “You’re No Good” was released a week after the Heart Like A Wheel album came out. It soared to No. 1 on the singles chart by February 15, 1975 and stayed in the Top 40 for ten weeks.

Music Player
“You’re No Good”- Linda Ronstadt

 

“You’re No Good” was also a hit for Ronstadt in Australia (#15), the Netherlands (#17), and New Zealand (#24). The B-side, “I Can’t Help It If I’m Still in Love With You,” a Hank Williams cover, hit No. 2 on the C & W chart. That song would also win her a Grammy that year for Best Female Country Vocal Performance. Another song from Heart Like A Wheel – the follow-up single, “When Will I Be Loved” – a 1960 Everly Brothers hit, was also a big Ronstadt hit. In May 1975, her uptempo version of this song hit No. 2 on the pop chart and No. 1 on the country chart. A review of the song at AllMusic.com by Denise Sullivan notes, in part:

“…There was no disputing her vocal prowess, but Ronstadt’s choice in repertoire was equally important to her success, as she continually picked heartbreakers and tearjerkers like ‘When Will I Be Loved.’ Oddly, there wasn’t a shred of inauthenticity in the sung sentiments, even though Ronstadt was considered to be a hugely popular singer and sex symbol with an active personal life. Yet, she gave the song its definitive reading, even more so than the Everly Brothers…”

Linda Ronstadt, 1970s.
Linda Ronstadt, 1970s.
Although Ronstadt still had problems with stage jitters, she soon became a popular concert attraction. Heart Like a Wheel, meanwhile, would go on to sell over two million copies in the U.S. With this success, her first Rolling Stone magazine cover appeared on March 27, 1975 with a story titled, “Linda Ronstadt: Heartbreak on Wheels,” reporting on her earlier struggles to make it in the rock ’n roll business.

In September 1975, another Ronstadt album came out – Prisoner In Disguise – which quickly climbed into the top five on the Billboard chart and sold over a million copies. Asylum Records also issued a single from that album with a Ronstadt version of “Heat Wave,” a 1963 Motown/Martha & The Vandellas tune on the A-side, and Neil Young’s “Love Is a Rose” on the B-side. “Heat Wave” proceeded to crack the top five on Billboard’s pop chart, while “Love Is A Rose” did the same on Billboard’s country chart. With her new-found success that fall, she also bought a place of her own – reported at the time to be a $325,000 beach house in Malibu. Ronstadt by this time was also filling up her rock concert outings, as she did at the Center for the Performing Arts, San Jose, California on September 22, 1975. In 1976, a European tour — her first outside the U.S. — extended her popularity. Back in the States, meanwhile, her friend, Jerry Brown was about to make some waves of his own.

 

June 1976: People’s story on Jerry Brown’s presidential run: “the far out candidate.”
June 1976: People’s story on Jerry Brown’s presidential run: “the far out candidate.”
“Brown-for-Prez” (Pt.1)

In March 1976, Jerry Brown began his first run at the Democratic Party nomination for President of the United States. However, the primary season had already begun and several other candidates, including Georgia Governor Jimmy Carter, had been campaigning for a year.

The Democratic primaries that year had become more numerous and more important in the nominating process than they were previously, and Carter, for one, set out to run in all of them. He surprised political pundits by finishing second in the Iowa caucuses (“uncommitted” finished first). Rep. Morris Udall, a front-runner in early polls, came in fifth behind former Senator Fred R. Harris. Carter went on to win in New Hampshire, North Carolina (defeating George Wallace), Pennsylvania (defeating Senator Henry “Scoop” Jackson ) and Wisconsin (beating Mo Udall).

However, some Northern and Western liberal Democrats viewed Carter as too conservative, and sought alternative candidates to block him from getting the nomination. Jerry Brown and Senator Frank Church of Idaho were seen by some as possible alternatives to Carter, or at least to help slow him down.

Jerry-Brown-for-Prez button, 1976.
Jerry-Brown-for-Prez button, 1976.
By May 1976, Brown’s name began appearing on primary ballots, and he visited with key party leaders and bosses to improve his chances, including Chicago Mayor Richard Daley and Maryland Governor Marvin Mandell. Brown won contests in Maryland, Nevada, and his home state of California with its 280 delegates. In Oregon, he missed the deadline, but as a write-in candidate, he took an unprecedented 25 percent of the vote, finishing third behind Jimmy Carter and Senator Frank Church of Idaho.

In the New Jersey and Rhode Island primaries, Brown supported uncommitted slates of delegates which “won” in those contests. In Louisiana, Governor Edwin Edwards backed Brown, helping him win a majority of that state’s convention delegates, besting southerners Carter and George Wallace.

July 15, 1976: Jerry Brown and Jimmy Carter at the Democratic National Convention in New York City after Carter won the party's nomination. AP Photo
July 15, 1976: Jerry Brown and Jimmy Carter at the Democratic National Convention in New York City after Carter won the party's nomination. AP Photo
Brown’s late bid and his gathering of delegates was seen as a possible way to influence uncommitted delegates at the Democratic National Convention in July.

Still, Brown’s bid for the Democratic nomination was seen as too late by party insiders and quixotic by others. People magazine ran a June 14, 1976 cover story on Brown with the tagline, “The far-out candidate who puzzles almost everybody.”

In campaigning, Brown spoke of “an era of limits” – not typically a Democratic sentiment – while critics found his term as California’s Governor unimpressive. Yet his late-coming primary victories had been a demonstration of his voter appeal.

Linda Ronstadt with Eagles & Gov. Jerry Brown. Photo, Chuck Pullin.
Linda Ronstadt with Eagles & Gov. Jerry Brown. Photo, Chuck Pullin.
May 14, 1976: From left, Dan Fogelberg, Linda Ronstadt, Governor Jerry Brown and Joe Walsh on stage at Maryland concert . Photo, Richard E. Aaron / Redferns
May 14, 1976: From left, Dan Fogelberg, Linda Ronstadt, Governor Jerry Brown and Joe Walsh on stage at Maryland concert . Photo, Richard E. Aaron / Redferns

 

Despite Jerry Brown’s impressive showing in a short amount of time, he was unable to stall Carter’s momentum. At the 1976 Democratic National Convention in New York city, Carter was nominated on the first ballot. Brown finished third with roughly 300 delegate votes behind Congressman Morris Udall of Arizona.

Jerry Brown, however, had his supporters during his brief presidential bid – not least of whom was a contingent of rock music stars, including Linda Ronstadt. Brown had Ronstadt’s help and that of others from the rock music business. Ronee Blakley, Helen Reddy, Jackson Browne, Joni Mitchell and Ronstadt all performed at various times for Brown at fund-raisers and rallies.

At one “Brown For President” benefit concert event held at the Capital Center in Maryland in mid-May 1976, Brown joined Ronstadt, The Eagles and other performers on stage briefly, waving to the audience. Although Jerry Brown’s run for the presidential nomination ended, and he went back to being Governor of California, there would be more Jerry Brown presidential politics in the future.

Linda Ronstadt, meanwhile, in a December 1976 interview with Creem magazine, appeared to be having some second thoughts about mixing her concert gigs with political advocacy:

“I’ve retired from politics…. For a while, I thought it might do some good working for someone I believe in, like Jerry Brown, but now I’m only going to do benefits for concrete causes in the community that I live. Right now that happens to be Los Angeles.”

“I just got tired of mixing up the message. I mean, if kids are there to listen to music, I don’t want to ram politics down their throats. It ruins the magic of the music. I just think it’s taking unfair advantage of the audience to sort of slip in some specific political message while they’re captivated by your music. Politics should not be run like a circus.”

Still, Ronstadt appeared to be a person who stayed informed on the issues of her day, noting in late December 1976 that she was a daily reader of the Wall Street Journal. She would not likely be retired from politics for very long.

 

Dec 2, 1976: Linda Ronstadt as photographed by Annie Leibovitz for Rolling Stone. Click for copy.
Dec 2, 1976: Linda Ronstadt as photographed by Annie Leibovitz for Rolling Stone. Click for copy.
Ronstadt Rising

Ronstadt’s musical career, meanwhile, was heading into the stratosphere. In August 1976 she released Hasten Down the Wind, an album that included her version of Buddy Holly’s “That’ll Be The Day,” the single for which hit No. 11 on both the Billboard and Cash Box charts. It also rose to No. 27 on the Billboard country chart. Hasten Down the Wind also included a cover of Willie Nelson’s classic “Crazy,” which became a Top Ten country hit for Ronstadt in early 1977.

Hasten Down the Wind was Ronstadt’s third straight million-selling album – a feat no other female artist had then accomplished. The album earned her a Grammy Award for Best Pop Vocal Performance, Female. It was her second Grammy. In early December 1976 she appeared on the cover of Rolling Stone for the second time, as photographed by Annie Leibovitz. That Christmas season, Ronstadt issued a Greatest Hits LP that also became a top seller. And while Jerry Brown was not the Democratic Presidential nominee that political season, Ronstadt was invited to sing at Jimmy Carter’s presidential inaugural in January 1977. Meanwhile, the notices on her music kept coming. By late February 1977, she appeared on the cover of Time magazine (see below right) with the cover-story tagline: “Linda Ronstadt: Torchy Rock,” referring to her love-hurts balladeering in the rock ‘n roll age. Said Time: “Ronstadt has used the driving energy of rock and the melancholy of country music to transport …her audiences into a region…rarely explored by a mainstream singer in the past two decades. …[S]he has the neural-overload generation…screaming for a kind of music that … goes back to the cabaret singing of Ella Fitzgerald, Billie Holiday and Peggy Lee. Linda has made the Stones’ people listen to a torch singer. Try a new name: torch rock.” Time also added that Ronstadt was “a superstar on the verge of becoming …a Big Superstar.”

“Torchy Linda”
Image Politics

 

February 28th, 1977: Time magazine cover, “Linda Ronstadt: Torchy Rock.” Photo, Milton Greene. Click for copy.
February 28th, 1977: Time magazine cover, “Linda Ronstadt: Torchy Rock.” Photo, Milton Greene. Click for copy.
As a rising rock star – and “rock star cover girl” – Linda Ronstadt was also dealing with issues involving her image, both in how she appeared to the public as well as backstage, in the male-dominated music business. The December 1976 Rolling Stone cover story and photo shown above earlier, also included a couple of photographs inside the magazine of Ronstadt at home – photos taken by avant garde photographer Annie Leibovitz. One of the photos of Ronstadt that ran in the Rolling Stone story, included her sprawled across her bed at home in a skimpy red slip and underpants (shown below). However, Leibovitz had refused to grant any veto of the photos that would run in the December 2, 1976 issue of Rolling Stone, which incensed Peter Asher, Ronstadt’s manager. Asher reportedly kicked Leibovitz out of the house when she visited to show them the photographs prior to publication. Ronstadt would later explain: “Annie [Leibovitz] saw that picture [sprawling on the bed ] as an exposé of my personality. She was right. But I wouldn’t choose to show a picture like that to anybody who didn’t know me personally, because only friends could get the other sides of me in balance.” Not all of the photos Leibovitz took appeared in the magazine (However some of them did appear later in the tabloid, Modern People of January 28, 1979, and possibly others).

Linda Ronstadt as photographed by Annie Leibovitz, 1976.
Linda Ronstadt as photographed by Annie Leibovitz, 1976.
But it wasn’t just Leibovitz and Rolling Stone. With Ronstadt’s February 1977 Time magazine cover photo using the “Torchy Rock” banner, shown above, Ronstadt also felt manipulated. For one, the photographer pushed her to wear a dress, which was an image she did not want to project. Some years later, in 2004, Ronstadt was interviewed for CBS This Morning and stated that this image was not her because she did not sit like that. Ronstadt said she hated the image the Time cover photo of her projected.

Still, at least part of Ronstadt’s image in her heyday was that based on her sex appeal, exploited by more than Rolling Stone and Time, also seen in her mid-1970s album covers as well as her nightclub and rock concert attire, which could run to hot-pants-and-heels for some performances. But Ronstadt was also a women’s rights advocate, especially in her profession. Peter Asher, for one, called her “an extremely determined woman, in every area. To me, she was everything that feminism’s about.”

In the October, 14th, 1977 issue of New Times magazine, John Rockwell wrote a piece titled “Linda Ronstadt: Her Soft-Core Charms,” a piece that covered Ronstadt’s career and persona at the time, quoting her during an ongoing interview. In the piece, Rockwell noted: “Even before her 1970 Daisy Mae, Moonbeam McSwine album cover on Silk Purse [her second album] Linda was regarded as a sex symbol. Then it was braless bouncing and bare feet; today, it’s more sophisticated and complex, though no less overt…” Then Rockwell added there were “problems in being a sex goddess,” and that Linda was mindful of those, quoting her as follows:

Linda Ronstadt in photo by Annie Leibovitz that appeared in the Dec. 2nd, 1976 issue of ‘Rolling Stone’ magazine, over which Ronstadt and her manager reportedly had no veto.
Linda Ronstadt in photo by Annie Leibovitz that appeared in the Dec. 2nd, 1976 issue of ‘Rolling Stone’ magazine, over which Ronstadt and her manager reportedly had no veto.
Linda Ronstadt, circa 1970s. Photo, Mark Kauffman.
Linda Ronstadt, circa 1970s. Photo, Mark Kauffman.

“…I don’t know how good a sex symbol I am, but I do think I’m good at being sexy. The sexual aspect of my personality has been played up a lot, and I can’t say it hasn’t been part of my success. But it’s unfair in a way, because I don’t think I look as good as my image. Sometimes I feel guilty about it, sometimes I feel embarrassed about it, sometimes I feel I have to compete with it. But that’s part of the fun, too- that’s part of the charade. When you look at somebody like Jean Harlow real close, she really did have an exquisitely formed face and beautiful hair and beautiful skin and a real gorgeous figure, and those are things I just don’t have. But I don’t think they’re essential to being attractive. Sometimes they’re more of a handicap than a help. I think vitality is what is attractive to people. That’s why there are a lot of pretty girls that are kind of boring to look at. If I get a hot romance, my sexuality is likely to work whether I curl my hair and put makeup on or not. When it’s successful and I’m at my shining best, I like to think of it as sassiness that incorporates sexuality and strength. It’s aggressive without being intimidating. As long as there’s strength in my attitude, I like it.”

Still, some years later, in a September 2008 New York Times piece by Patricia Leigh Brown, Ronstadt explained of her rock ‘n roll years that she was marketed as “this sexualized being, somebody else’s version of me walking around with my name. It became a strange distortion. Eventually I had to put out the complete version of who I was.” Which she eventually did, both in her later personal life and through her demonstrated musical diversity. As John Rockwell would note in his 2014 Rock Hall of Fame biographical essay on Ronstadt, in which he would make special mention of Ronstadt’s vocal range and versatility: “People may have loved her looks, but they bought her records because of the sounds she made.”

 

Cover for Linda’s Ronstadt’s “Blue Bayou” single from her 1977 album, ‘Simple Dreams’. Click for single.
Cover for Linda’s Ronstadt’s “Blue Bayou” single from her 1977 album, ‘Simple Dreams’. Click for single.
Back in 1977, meanwhile, Ronstadt’s eighth studio album, titled Simple Dreams, was released in September. Two months later it had replaced Fleetwood Mac’s long-running No. 1 album Rumours in the top spot. Simple Dreams stayed atop the Billboard albums chart for five consecutive weeks.

Music Player
“Blue Bayou”- Linda Ronstadt

 
On the Billboard country chart, Simple Dreams knocked Elvis Presley out of the No.1 slot. The album would sell over 3.5 million copies in less than a year in the U.S. alone, and would also hit No. 1 on Australia and Canada’s pop and country charts.

Simple Dreams also spawned a string of hit singles including covers of Roy Orbison’s “Blue Bayou”; Buddy Holly’s “It’s So Easy,” and up-and-coming songwriter Warren Zevon’s “Poor Poor Pitiful Me.” Of the three, “Blue Bayou” – which included Don Henley of the Eagles singing backup – was the biggest hit, rising to No. 3 on the Billboard pop chart in late 1977, where it held for four weeks. It also hit No. 2 on the Cash Box chart, No. 2 on the country chart and No.3 on the “easy listening” chart. “Blue Bayou” would become one of Ronstadt’s signature tunes. It sold more than 1 million copies by January 1978, and would later surpass the 2 million mark, becoming a worldwide hit with a Spanish version as well.

Oct 24, 1977: Linda Ronstadt, National Anthem at World Series.
Oct 24, 1977: Linda Ronstadt, National Anthem at World Series.
By October 1977, Linda Ronstadt was pretty much at the top of the rock world. She had turned out five straight million-selling albums, was grossing something on the order of $60 million from those albums, and had much more music ahead. That fall she was also asked by the Los Angeles Dodgers to sing the National Anthem on October 24, 1977 at game three of the World Series as the Dodgers hosted the New York Yankees.

 

Jerry & Linda

As for Jerry Brown and Linda Ronstadt, they continued to see each other in the late 1970s. In December 1977, it was reported that Brown took Ronstadt to some of his old haunts in San Francisco where he had grown up: City Lights Bookstore, a landmark of the 50s beat culture, the Spaghetti Factory, and the museums at the Academy of Sciences in Golden Gate Park. Later that month, they spent the Christmas holiday together in Malibu. In the following year, they were seen together occasionally at public events, ranging from a March 1978 tribute to Neil Simon at the Long Beach Civic Auditorium to a reception at the Beverly Wilshire Hotel for a group of Chinese diplomats. They also appeared together at rock music hangouts such as the Roxy in Los Angeles.

On May 17, 1978, US magazine put Ronstadt on its cover along with a smaller inset photo of Governor Jerry Brown, with the headline: “The Governor and The Rock Queen” plus an additional teaser tagline that read: “Jerry Brown courts Linda Ronstadt: Are they playing love songs…or politics?”

May 17th, 1978: ‘US’ magazine features “The Governor & The Rock Queen” on its cover. Click for copy.
May 17th, 1978: ‘US’ magazine features “The Governor & The Rock Queen” on its cover. Click for copy.
The magazine reported that in early April 1978 the couple celebrated Brown’s 40th birthday at Lucy’s, the Mexican restaurant where they met back in 1971. The next afternoon Brown was seen emerging from Ronstadt’s house. That night, they were seen dining together at Tony Rome’s, another popular Hollywood restaurant. There were also reports that the Governor was spending weekends at Ronstadt’s house. Orville Schell, who wrote a book about Brown (Brown, Random House, 1978), recounted one Saturday morning visit to Ronstadt’s Malibu house to meet with Brown, as Ronstadt moved in and out of the room in which they met. Later, Schell described the three of them leaving for a drive in Ronstadt’s Porsche, with Schell driving and Ronstadt sitting on Brown’s lap.

Still, some believed Brown’s relationship with Ronstadt was just a friendship and nothing more. “I just think he uses Linda’s home as a sanctuary,” said Robert Pack in a May 1978 article in US magazine. “It’s situated among an expensive group of houses that are guarded and closed off to the public,” explained Pack, whose biography, Jerry Brown: The Philosopher Prince, was published that year by Stein & Day. “His favorite pastime is walking on the beach. And he takes his privacy seriously…I don’t think he would have a serious relationship with her because of her background,” Pack noted, referring to numerous affairs Ronstadt acknowledged having. Ronstadt, for her part, found reports of her many involvements to be greatly exaggerated, once quoted as saying: “I wish I had as much in bed as I get in the newspapers.”

May 1978: Linda Ronstadt with canine friend on the Malibu, California beach near her home, reportedly a location frequented by Jerry Brown who was fond of long walks along the beach.
May 1978: Linda Ronstadt with canine friend on the Malibu, California beach near her home, reportedly a location frequented by Jerry Brown who was fond of long walks along the beach.

Jerry Brown as governor, meanwhile, was very popular among California voters. In his first year as governor, Brown had a voter approval rating of 87 percent – then the highest in the history of polling in the state. Brown’s popularity, and public opinion about him, was then being watched very closely by President Jimmy Carter’s staff in Washington, then monitoring Brown’s activities. Carter’s aides considered Brown to be the “single largest threat” to the President’s re-election in 1980. Yet first, before Brown could challenge Carter, he faced a gubernatorial re-election campaign in California, beginning with the 1978 primary elections.

 

Seeking Re-Election

July 19, 1978: California Gov. Jerry Brown makes a point at news conference in Los Angeles during his reelection bid as tax reformer Howard Jarvis and reporters look on. AP photo.
July 19, 1978: California Gov. Jerry Brown makes a point at news conference in Los Angeles during his reelection bid as tax reformer Howard Jarvis and reporters look on. AP photo.
In the California gubernatorial primaries of 1978, California Attorney General Evelle Younger won the Republican primary defeating three other candidates, including Pete Wilson, then Mayor of San Diego. On the Democratic side, Jerry Brown, with only minor opposition, won the Democratic Primary and would seek a second term.

The one big issue in California during the time of primaries was Proposition 13, a ballot initiative authored by anti-tax crusader Howard Jarvis. Prop 13 sought to drastically reduce property taxes and change the way property taxes were calculated – a provision if enacted would play havoc with government budgets and funding of key services. Younger and most Republicans supported Proposition 13 while Brown and most Democrats opposed it. The initiative, which appeared on the June 6 primary ballot, passed with 64.8 percent of the vote and is still in effect today.

Then came the general election campaign in the fall of 1978. With the apparent taxpayer revolt now enrolled in law, Republican candidate Younger attempted to seize the Prop 13 momentum and Brown’s opposition to it. Younger, however, was not the best campaigner, and his organization faltered. The Republican primary battle had also drained Younger’s campaign of money, leaving him short of funds in the general election. Brown, on the other hand, saw a campaign opening.

Fall 1978: California Governor Jerry Brown brings his re-election campaign to UCLA's Westwood campus where he addressed more than 5,000 students. Photo, L.A. Times.
Fall 1978: California Governor Jerry Brown brings his re-election campaign to UCLA's Westwood campus where he addressed more than 5,000 students. Photo, L.A. Times.

During the primaries that summer, Brown had called Prop 13 “consumer fraud, expensive, unworkable and crazy, the biggest can of worms the state has ever seen.” But in the June election ballot vote, more than 4 million voters went for Prop 13 by a 2-1 margin. Once these results were in, Brown cleverly pivoted to a new position as the would-be top official in charge of implementing the law, promising, as enforcer-in-chief, if elected, to back the law.

Nov 1978: Jerry Brown with his parents, celebrating his re-election victory to a 2nd term as California’s governor.
Nov 1978: Jerry Brown with his parents, celebrating his re-election victory to a 2nd term as California’s governor.
“The people have spoken [on Prop 13],” he said, “and as Governor I will diligently enforce their will.” Thus Brown turned a negative into a positive. In addition, since he was relatively unchallenged in the primary, he had a much bigger campaign war chest.

During his campaign in 1978 Brown opposed another high-profile initiative– this one on the general election ballot. Proposition 6, also known as the Briggs Initiative, sought to ban gays and lesbians from serving as public school teachers in California. Brown opposed and helped defeat the initiative on November 7.

Jerry Brown ultimately won reelection in a landslide, beating Republican Evelle Younger by some 1.3 million votes, one of the biggest margins in California election history.

 

Linda’s 1978

Oct 1978: Linda Ronstadt on Rolling Stone cover in a photo by Francesco Scavullo for interview story. Click for copy.
Oct 1978: Linda Ronstadt on Rolling Stone cover in a photo by Francesco Scavullo for interview story. Click for copy.
During 1978, Linda Ronstadt scored her third consecutive No.1 album with Living in the USA. It appeared on the Billboard album chart in September 1978 and was the first album by any recording act to ship over 2 million advance copies. It would eventually sell some 3 million copies in the U.S. alone. A major hit single from that album in October 1978 was a cover of Smokey Robinson & the Miracles’ “Ooh Baby Baby.” That single, in fact, appeared on all four of the major music charts – Pop (No. 7), Adult Contemporary (No. 2), Country, and R&B.

Ronstadt appeared on another Rolling Stone cover October 19th in a photo by Francesco Scavullo, and was also featured in the magazine’s interview. She also appeared in the 1978 film FM, about competing radio disc jockeys and the rock music business. In the film, Ronstadt performed the songs “Poor, Poor Pitiful Me,” “Love Me Tender,” and the Rolling Stones’ “Tumbling Dice.”

Earlier that year, in July, she made a guest appearance in her hometown of Tucson appearing with the Rolling Stones at the Tucson Community Center where she and Mick Jagger sang “Tumbling Dice” together.

Linda Ronstadt performing in 1978.
Linda Ronstadt performing in 1978.

By the end of 1978, Linda Ronstadt had solidified her role as one of rock and pop’s most successful solo female acts. She was selling out her rock concerts, including those in large arenas and stadiums, with tens of thousands of fans.

According to some sources, she was the “highest paid woman in rock,” with income that year estimated at more than $12 million, or more than $43 million in today’s dollars. Her 1978 album sales were reported to have reached some 17 million units – with a gross return of well over $170 million in today’s dollars.

Billboard magazine crowned Ronstadt with three No. 1 Awards for the Year – Pop Female Singles Artist, Pop Female Album Artist, and overall Female Artist of the Year. By then six of her albums had exceeded 1 million in sales, three of which had been No. 1 on Billboard, as well as numerous Top 40 singles.

Her friend Jerry Brown also had a pretty good year. Following his reelection as California’s Governor, he was expected to mount a second try for the Democratic Presidential nomination in 1979-1980. But before he did, he and Linda Ronstadt would have what some might call a high-profile moment.

Jerry Brown and Linda Ronstadt in London airport during their April 1979 Africa trip.
Jerry Brown and Linda Ronstadt in London airport during their April 1979 Africa trip.

 

Trip To Africa

In early April 1979, Governor Jerry Brown and rock star Linda Ronstadt decided to do some traveling together. The governor had been advised to go to Africa and meet with some of its national leaders. There were also environmental issues he wanted to explore there.

The couple perhaps thought they could mix a little business with pleasure, take a respite from their busy lives, and explore Africa’s land, wildlife and culture. The period they selected to travel also included Jerry Brown’s 41st birthday.

On April 6, 1979, the couple left for their trip as the Los Angeles Times reported in a news story headline: “Brown, Miss Ronstadt Slip Quietly Out of New York; Board Plane for Africa.” But if they thought their trip would go unnoticed in the U.S, or that there would be little interest in them in Africa, they were sadly mistaken.

At the time, there had been a sizable contingent of western photographers and reporters already in Africa, trying to cover a war in Uganda. But failing to gain entry to that country, they turned their cameras and attention to covering the California Governor and his rock star guest. Reporters and photographers camped outside hotel rooms and mobbed the couple whenever they appeared.

In Africa, Jerry Brown spent time visiting African officials and listening to environmental experts.
In Africa, Jerry Brown spent time visiting African officials and listening to environmental experts.
Linda Ronstadt, with baby camel in Africa, also spent time alone as Brown attended meetings.
Linda Ronstadt, with baby camel in Africa, also spent time alone as Brown attended meetings.
Linda Ronstadt was not happy with the stalking press in Africa, but did make a truce with them. Look.
Linda Ronstadt was not happy with the stalking press in Africa, but did make a truce with them. Look.

The press stalked the couple at Nairobi’s airport, where Ronstadt was reluctant to show herself to board a plane, even though Brown coaxed her to let the press have one photo and be done with it. One report quoted a Ronstadt friend as saying the press really freaked her out and that she felt badly that she was “ruining Jerry’s trip.”

When Brown set off for meetings with African presidents or environmental officials, Ronstadt often remained behind in the hotel or cottages where they has stayed. At one point, it was reported that she inquired about an early departure. One April 11th, 1979 Los Angeles Times headline noted:“Brown Politicks; Miss Ronstadt ‘May Go Home’.”

However, the couple did have some luxury camping in Tanzania, where they also safaried to watch buffalo, wildebeests and cheetahs, later dining on beef Wellington around a campfire. And Ronstadt established a truce with the press, sharing stories and drinks with them at one point. Near the end of their trip, Ronstadt departed separately and flew to London, where Brown later caught up with her, flying home together to Los Angeles.

Meanwhile, the press coverage of their trip back in the States had been reported by the Los Angeles Times and other newspapers, and soon the magazines had stories as well, including cover stories in Newsweek’s April 23 edition (shown at the top of this story), and People’s April 30th edition. Look magazine ran a later story on the trip in June. The magazine accounts played up the relationship side of the story, and also what the trip might mean for Brown’s presidential ambitions.

Many in the political community then following the reporting on the Brown/Ronstadt trip, believed Brown had made a political misstep by taking the trip with Ronstadt. Some felt he had damaged his chances of being a prominent challenger to incumbent Jimmy Carter for the 1980 nomination. One senior Carter aide told Time magazine he thought the trip would “hurt [Brown] in a serious way,” adding, “I can’t help but wonder if there isn’t something self-destructive in him.” Democrats watching from the early primary state of New Hampshire had similar thoughts. Dudley Dudley, a leading liberal Democrat there told Time: “In political terms, this sort of thing is counterproductive. A lot of people are chuckling about [his trip with Ronstadt].”

The Newsweek and other stories on the Africa trip also refocused attention on the Brown/Ronstadt relationship and what had or had not transpired between the two in Africa, as well as previously back home. Newsweek’s writers asked, “were the singer with a heart like a wheel and the governor with a soul set on the White House getting it all together at last?” One rumor at the time had it that Brown and Ronstadt were going to the slopes of Mount Kilimanjaro to be married.

In terms of what had already transpired between the two back home, Newsweek reported that they took long walks together, “hand in hand,” along the Malibu beach; sometimes went to midnight Japanese movies in West L.A., or enjoyed country music “at the funky Palomino out in the San Fernando Valley.” And as regulars at the El Adobe restaurant where they met, co-owner Frank Casada reported them having a good time there, enjoying each other’s company, and giving each other pecks on the cheek occasionally.

April 30th, 1979: “People” magazine ran the Brown/ Ronstadt Africa trip as their cover story.
April 30th, 1979: “People” magazine ran the Brown/ Ronstadt Africa trip as their cover story.
“They really like each other,” explained California State Assemblyman Willie Brown in the Newsweek story – a friend who had spent time with them. “He’s a different person when he’s with her,” Willie Brown said. “There’s a side the public never sees. He’s flirty, flippant and very funny. And he’s as interested in her physically as I’d like to be.”

“It’s a very, very special relationship that they have,” one of Brown’s aides was quoted in the Newsweek story. “It’s a very important thing, and it’s not something that either of them takes lightly.”

But whether the couple had more serious intentions ahead, was quite another matter. Both had made statements they could not be married to one another, Brown saying it would stop him from reaching the White House, and Ronstadt saying that the political life for her would be too confining.

Yet some of Ronstadt’s friends offered Newsweek a different take: “Marrying Jerry is an urge that comes on her periodically. She wants a sense of stability. She has talked about their becoming hermits on Jerry’s land in northern California.” But Linda’s mother Ruthmary Ronstadt, weighed in with a definitive “I know she would not like being a political wife.” And Ronstadt herself – pointing to an occasion when Mick Jagger breezed through town and called her to meet him in Mexico – acknowledged, “that’s the sort of thing I couldn’t do if I was married to Jerry.” Still, they continued their relationship in the meantime.

In November 1979, Jerry Brown formally announced that he would be a candidate for the Democratic Presidential nomination in 1980.

1979-1980

“Brown-for- Prez” (Pt 2)

Campaign placard for Jerry Brown in 1980 displays slogan: “A President Who Owes No Favors, Favors The Nation.”
Campaign placard for Jerry Brown in 1980 displays slogan: “A President Who Owes No Favors, Favors The Nation.”
The late 1970s were an anxious time in America. Overseas, the Iranian revolution of 1978-79 had curtailed oil supplies, spurring inflation and gasoline lines in America by the summer of 1979. President Carter’s approval ratings had plummeted to below 30 percent. And earlier in the year, in March, the Three Mile Island nuclear power plant near Harrisburg, Pennsylvania had a catastrophic accident, an event which raised questions about the safety of nuclear power nationally while elevating the potential for energy alternatives.

Jerry Brown had been a proponent of energy alternatives to both continued oil import dependency and nuclear power, and so, was a politician who might draw some attention nationally by way of these issues. But Brown was also now a second term governor, and had a record of what he had and had not accomplished.

In his first term as California governor, Brown came down hard on crime, refused to raise taxes, and sought to eliminate waste in the state bureaucracy. Personally, he had refused the trappings of office early on, living frugally without the big limo and Governor’s mansion. But liberals believed he had fallen short on job programs for the inner cities, child-care, housing for the poor, and tax reform. Brown did develop a strong relationship with the large Mexican-American community, an important voting bloc. He also negotiated a landmark farm-labor law with Cesar Chavez, the growers, and the Teamsters Union. And he signed laws decriminalizing marijuana, another ending oil depletion allowances, and a third permitting sexual freedom between consenting adults.

1979: California Governor Jerry Brown speaking at a mass transit conference during his second term.
1979: California Governor Jerry Brown speaking at a mass transit conference during his second term.
Yet Brown was still a puzzle for many; a man hard to pin down, frustrating the press by answering their questions with questions of his own, or offering some philosophical nugget from Thomas Aquinas or a Zen aphorism. Still, he often proved the pundits wrong and had a keen political sense of public sentiment. Said one observer: “He’s capable of taking the pulse of the public before the public even knows what it’s feeling.” He was also capable of running counter to public sentiment. When a bill to reinstitute the death penalty came to his desk as governor – with polls showing an overwhelming 70 percent of the public favoring it – he vetoed it. But this action did not hurt him politically that year, as the legislature overrode his veto.

In California, some viewed Brown as an opportunist, hellbent on the White House. State House Republican minority leader Paul Priolo stated at one point that Brown’s philosophy was “to do what’s necessary to become President.” Some even suggested that his relationship with Ronstadt was a calculated media ploy to further his career.

In November 1979 when he announced that he would be a candidate for the 1980, Democratic Presidential nomination, Brown offered a platform with three main planks: a call for a constitutional convention to ratify the Balanced Budget Amendment, a promise to increase funds for the space program, and, in the wake of the 1979 Three Mile Island nuclear powerplant accident, opposition to nuclear power. The anti-nuclear movement in California was especially strong, and Brown had addressed activist gatherings that helped give him national visibility on the issue.

June 30th, 1979: California Governor Jerry Brown addressing a crowd of about 25,000 at an anti-nuclear rally in San Luis Obispo, California. Los Angeles Times.
June 30th, 1979: California Governor Jerry Brown addressing a crowd of about 25,000 at an anti-nuclear rally in San Luis Obispo, California. Los Angeles Times.

On the subject of the 1979 energy crisis, Brown charged that Carter had made a “Faustian bargain” with the oil industry. He also declared that he would greatly increase federal funding of research into solar power. During his campaign he described the health care industry as a “high priesthood” engaged in a “medical arms race” and called for a market-oriented system of universal health care. Brown also endorsed the idea of mandatory, non-military national service for the nation’s youth, and suggested that the Defense Department cut back on support troops while beefing-up the number of combat troops.

Feb 25, 1980: Linda Ronstadt campaigning in Portsmouth, New Hampshire with Jerry Brown – seen at left in trench coat behind Ronstadt. Photo with edit marks, Baltimore Sun.
Feb 25, 1980: Linda Ronstadt campaigning in Portsmouth, New Hampshire with Jerry Brown – seen at left in trench coat behind Ronstadt. Photo with edit marks, Baltimore Sun.
In his presidential bid, however, Brown had trouble gaining traction in both fundraising and polling. Part of the problem had come from Jimmy Carter regaining voter approval after American hostages were taken in Iran, as the country traditionally rallied around any President during a national crisis.

But the more serious problem for Brown as a challenger to Carter came from the rival candidacy of liberal icon, Edward M. Kennedy of Massachusetts. Senator Kennedy had refused to run previously in 1972 and 1976, primarily due to his Chappaquiddick auto accident and the death of passenger Mary Jo Kopechne. But 1980, many believed, was Kennedy’s moment, and he mounted a major challenge to Carter.

Still, Brown continued his candidacy, and among his supporters were a number of film stars and others from Hollywood, as well as those from the music industry. Linda Ronstadt did benefit concerts for Brown, including one on December 22nd, 1979 in Las Vegas. At that concert, she mentioned on stage that evening that Brown had been running hard for president “in the the last two months” and that she hadn’t seen him much during that time, “except on TV.” She went on to say that he was coming home soon, and dedicated the next song in her performance to him – “My Boyfriend’s Back.” Another benefit concert for Brown on December 24th that year included others from Hollywood and the music business, including Jane Fonda, Helen Reddy, and members of the rock band Chicago. The star-studded benefit concerts, however, did not produce the turnout or revenue the Brown campaign had hoped for.

Campaign button touting “Jerry & Linda in 1980."
Campaign button touting “Jerry & Linda in 1980."
Linda Ronstadt would also campaign for and with Brown on occasion, and was mentioned in news stories about his campaign. Her image also appeared on various campaign buttons, some with Brown and others by herself, the latter touting her for “First Lady.”

Jerry Brown’s supporters from Hollywood and the music industry, however, could cut both ways with voters. Conservative commentators of the day began describing some of Brown’s supporters such as activists Jane Fonda, Tom Hayden, and Jesse Jackson as on “the fringe,” which did hurt Brown in certain quarters.

Brown appeared on the ballot in a number of primary states. In the February 26, 1980 New Hampshire primary, however, he received only 10 percent of the vote. By late March 1980, Brown had spent $2 million but had won no primaries. Kennedy, on the other hand had beaten Carter in the Connecticut and New York primaries on March 25th, and seemed to be picking up steam.

1980: Governor Jerry Brown being interviewed in Los Angeles, CA.
1980: Governor Jerry Brown being interviewed in Los Angeles, CA.
Brown then announced that his continuation in the race would hinge on a good showing in the April 1st, 1980 Wisconsin primary. Brown had polled well in Wisconsin throughout the primary season.

Then came a plan to film Brown on the steps of the Wisconsin state capitol at Madison in a special 30-minute event to be broadcast live and then used as a campaign commercial. Hollywood’s Francis Ford Coppola was retained to produce and direct the event, and a thoughtful speech was prepared titled, “The Shape of Things to Come.” However, due to technical problems, the event did not go well, and contributed to the melt-down of Jerry Brown’s candidacy.

On April 1st, 1980, after finishing 3rd in the Wisconsin primary behind Carter and Kennedy, Brown withdrew from the Democratic Presidential race. Momentum thereafter went briefly in Kennedy’s direction after Carter’s attempt to rescue the hostages on April 25th ended in disaster. Still, Carter was able to hold off Kennedy, winning the nomination in the end, but losing to Ronald Reagan in the 1980 general election.

 

April 3, 1980: Linda Ronstadt on the cover of Rolling Stone. Click for copy.
April 3, 1980: Linda Ronstadt on the cover of Rolling Stone. Click for copy.

 

Linda’s Interview

A few days after Jerry Brown quit his presidential bid, Linda Ronstadt appeared on the April 3rd, 1980 cover of Rolling Stone in a piece titled “The Styles of Linda Ronstadt,” with Annie Leibovitz photos. However, around the same time, she had also given an interesting interview to Playboy magazine – an interview conducted earlier that spring that was published in the April 1980 issue.

The interview was billed by Playboy as: “a candid conversation with the first lady of rock about her music, her colorful past, her new image, and her ‘boyfriend,’ Jerry Brown.” The magazine likely reached subscribers and the newsstands before Jerry Brown had quit the presidential race, and so would still be topical with Brown’s candidacy in mind. But in the interview, Ronstadt offered some thoughtful observations on how she dealt with her celebrity and political involvement. A few excerpts follow below:

…PLAYBOY: Why weren’t you involved in the benefits opposed to nuclear power?

RONSTADT: I didn’t have a band and I felt it might be construed as an attempt on my part to start stumping for Jerry Brown.

PLAYBOY: What’s wrong with that?

RONSTADT: I feel it can be dangerous for me as an artist to get involved with issues and, particularly, with candidates. But at some point, I feel like I can’t not take a stand. I think of pre-Hitler Germany, when it was fashionable for the Berliners not to get involved with politics and, meantime, this horrible man took power.If I am saying things about nuclear power, I want people to go out and learn about it. I don’t want them to say “No nukes” because Jackson and Linda say it. But it is difficult for me as a public person. I don’t want people to take my word for something because they like my music. That’s a danger in itself. I am real aware of my ability to influence impressionable people and I am reluctant to wield that power. If I am saying things about nuclear power, I want people to go out and learn about it. I don’t want them to say “No nukes” because Jackson (Browne) and Linda say it. I don’t want them to think that to be hip, they have to be a no-nukes person. I don’t want people to think about issues when they hear my music. I really want them to hook their dreams onto what I am singing. When I’m out in public, I want to be singing.

PLAYBOY: But you are stumping for Brown. You had a $1000-a-couple dinner for him and you’re doing concerts, something you said you’d never do.

Photos of Linda Ronstadt as she was being interviewed by ‘Playboy’ magazine for the April 1980 edition. Interview by Jean Vallely, photos by Larry Logan.
Photos of Linda Ronstadt as she was being interviewed by ‘Playboy’ magazine for the April 1980 edition. Interview by Jean Vallely, photos by Larry Logan.

RONSTADT: You know how most people burn their bridges behind them? Well, I have a tendency to burn my bridges ahead of me. I swore up and down I wouldn’t do a benefit for Jerry. The artistic reason is the selfish reason, but also, I always thought that if I did a concert for Jerry, it would be perceived by the public as him trying to use me. They would say, “I told you all along: The basis of their relationship is that she can do concerts for him and make him a lot of money.” But there is no way for me to stay neutral.…A candidate like Ronald Reagan can go to Westing- house and ask for lots of money…Jerry Brown can’t go to Westinghouse. He can only go to indivi- duals. He has no corporate financing for his ideology. …Jerry Brown can’t go to ARCO for money for solar power, because it’s not in the company’s interest…. If I won’t support him, and I know him best, it looks like an attack. I would like him to be able to speak his ideas. I think they are really important and good and, for the most part, he’s right. It’s so hard for me, not only as a public figure but also as someone who believes in him, cares about him, is close to him and is on his side. I want to be on his side.

PLAYBOY: What’s the reaction to your limited public support of Brown?

RONSTADT: I’m going to take a lot of heat for it, but I’m ready. I just don’t feel that any of the alternatives are as good as Jerry, and that’s what it comes down to. Look at it this way: The Eagles and I, in a way, represent the antinuclear concern. Westinghouse is heavily invested in nuclear power. A candidate like Ronald Reagan can go to Westinghouse and ask for lots of money and despite the $1000 limit, Westinghouse can commandeer huge sums of money. Plus, it can hire lawyers and take out huge ads in the newspapers and continue to brainwash the American public about the safety of nuclear power, which I think is a lie. Jerry Brown can’t go to Westinghouse. He can only go to the individuals. He has no corporate financing for his ideology. A candidate like Jerry Brown can’t go to Arco for money for solar power, because it’s not in the company’s interest. I believe it’s in the public interest to have a candidate who is interested in furthering technology like solar power and protecting us from things like nuclear power.

PLAYBOY: Then you’re not wary about ill-informed performers’ affecting politics.

RONSTADT: A lot of us were naive in the beginning about doing benefits. We tended just to take people’s word for things. I don’t now. I read newspapers, periodicals. I’m not saying I’m an expert, but I am a hell of a lot better informed than before and better informed than the average person. I think my opinion is informed enough to put out there.…But if Frank Sinatra is going to do a benefit for Reagan, then I guess I have to do a benefit for Jerry…. Richard Reeves wrote sarcastically about how nobody would pay $400,000 an hour to watch him type, but Richard Reeves, in fact, swings much more influence with a typewriter than I ever could. He’s a political writer. He sways public opinion every day. Doing a concert for a candidate can’t swing an election. We flatter ourselves to think that. What I can do is provide better access to the public forum, and then it’s up to the public to decide. Artists like Jane Fonda, Joan Baez, Vanessa Redgrave, I say more power to them, they are sticking out their necks. I don’t particularly want to stick out my neck. But I don’t see how I can not take a stand. It’s dangerous territory for me, that’s for sure. But if Frank Sinatra is going to do a benefit for Reagan, then I guess I have to do a benefit for Jerry….

 

March 20, 1983: Linda Ronstadt and Jerry Brown attending the opening of ‘Dreamgirls’ at the Shubert Theater in Century City, California.
March 20, 1983: Linda Ronstadt and Jerry Brown attending the opening of ‘Dreamgirls’ at the Shubert Theater in Century City, California.
Subsequent Lives

In the early 1980s, Jerry Brown and Linda Ronstadt would continue to be seen together occasionally. She joined him and other friends at an informal gathering in Sacramento on January 3, 1983 after he stepped down as governor. Later that year, on March 20th, 1983, they were photographed together attending the opening of the film Dreamgirls at the Shubert Theater in Century City, California. But after their active friendship years ended, Brown and Ronstadt went their separate ways, continuing in their respective careers.

In 1982, Jerry Brown could have sought a third term as governor, but instead decided to run for the U.S. Senate. He was defeated in that attempt by Republican Pete Wilson. Afterward, he took some personal time, traveling to Mexico to learn Spanish, to Japan to study Buddhism in a monastery, and to India to work with Mother Teresa. Upon his return in 1988, Brown won a race to become chairman of the California Democratic Party, and in that post he greatly expanded the party’s donor base. But in early 1991, Brown resigned as Democratic Party Chairman, announcing he would run for the U.S. Senate seat held by then retiring Alan Cranston. Although he led in the polls for both the nomination and the general election, he quit this Senate bid in favor of running for president for a third time in 1992. Running as an outsider, he won six primaries, but still lagged well behind frontrunner Bill Clinton.

1992: Jerry Brown, 2nd from left, was among the candidates competing for the 1992 Democratic Presidential Nomination, then including Sen. Tom Harkin (IA), far left, and R-L from Brown: Sen. Bob Kerry (NE), former Sen. Paul Tsongas (MA), and Arkansas Governor, Bill Clinton. AP photo, prior to a debate forum.
1992: Jerry Brown, 2nd from left, was among the candidates competing for the 1992 Democratic Presidential Nomination, then including Sen. Tom Harkin (IA), far left, and R-L from Brown: Sen. Bob Kerry (NE), former Sen. Paul Tsongas (MA), and Arkansas Governor, Bill Clinton. AP photo, prior to a debate forum.

After Jerry Brown’s third failed attempt at the Presidency, many believed his political career was over, and for six years or so, he remained in the political wilderness. But in 1997, running as an independent, Brown became mayor of Oakland, California where he helped revitalize the city and reverse its hemorrhage of residents. In 2007, Brown ran for and won the post of State Attorney General, and four years later, succeeded Arnold Schwarzenegger in a third term as California’s governor. As this is written, Brown is running for an historic fourth term as California’s governor, which if he wins on November 4, 2014, will begin in January of 2015.

Linda Ronstadt on 2002 DVD cover for “Pirates of Penzance” stage production. Click for DVD.
Linda Ronstadt on 2002 DVD cover for “Pirates of Penzance” stage production. Click for DVD.
Linda Ronstadt, for her part, went on making music – all kinds of music. In 1981, she went to Broadway as Mabel in The Pirates of Penzance, co-starring with Kevin Kline. She also co-starred with Kline and Angela Lansbury in the 1983 film version. In music she continued to put out popular recordings and appear at concert venues. In 1983, her estimated worth was placed at over $40 million, mostly from records, concerts and merchandising But she soon tired of rock concerts, where the audience – sometimes into beer and pot – was not always focused on the performer. Ronstadt longed for venues that had “angels in the architecture,” as she once put it. In late 1984 she ventured into opera, cast as Mimi in La Bohème in New York City.

Back in the studio, meanwhile, in 1983-1986, she collaborated with Nelson Riddle on songs from the Great American Songbook, producing three albums of jazz and traditional pop standards that between them sold more than seven million copies in the U.S. In 1987 she collaborated with Dolly Parton and Emmy Lou Harris to produce the album Trio which held the No.1 position on Billboard’s country albums chart for five weeks. In late 1987, Ronstadt released Canciones de Mi Padre, an album of traditional Mexican folk songs.

For Ronstadt the 1980s proved to be just as commercially successful as the 1970s. Between 1983 and 1990, she turned out six additional million-selling albums; two of which sold more than three million U.S. copies. In 1991, she released a second album of Mexican music, Mas Canciones, for which she won a Grammy. And there is lots more about her music, politics, and personal life – covered elsewhere in greater detail.

Linda Ronstadt as photographed by 'Time' magazine in 1977.
Linda Ronstadt as photographed by 'Time' magazine in 1977.
Suffice it to say here that Linda Ronstadt was one of the most successful and versatle female singers in U.S. history. To date, she has sold in excess of 100 million records worldwide and also became one of the top-grossing concert performers for over a decade. During her career, she released over 45 albums, 30 of those studio productions. Among her singles, 38 charted on Billboard’s pop chart – 21 in the Top 40, ten in the Top 10, three at No. 2, and “You’re No Good” at No. 1. She has earned 11 Grammy Awards, two Academy of Country Music Awards, an Emmy Award, and an ALMA Award. But sadly, in August 2013, Ronstadt revealed she has Parkinson’s disease, leaving her unable to sing.

In April 2014, Linda Ronstadt was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. In July 2014, President Obama awarded her one of twelve 2013 National Medals of Arts and Humanities. He also stated that he had had a crush on her when he was younger. Engaged to filmmaker George Lucas for a time in 1984, Linda Ronstadt never did marry. In her 40s, during the 1990s, she adopted two children – Mary and Carlos, now young adults. Her autobiography, Simple Dreams: A Musical Memoir, was released in September 2013 when it debuted in the Top 10 on the New York Times best sellers list.

In that memoir she writes: “Jerry Brown and I had a lot of fun for a number of years. He was smart and funny, not interested in drinking or drugs, and lived his life carefully, with a great deal of discipline.” She said she found him to be “a relief” from the musicians she hung around with. But she also added: “Neither of us ever suffered under the delusion that we would like to share each other’s lives. I would have found his life too restrictive, and he would have found mine entirely chaotic…Eventually we went our separate ways and embraced things that resonated with us as different individuals…We have always remained on excellent terms.”

For additional stories at this website on music please see the “Annals of Music” category page, and for politics, the “Politics & Culture” page. See also, “Noteworthy Ladies,” a topics page with more than 40 story choices on the history and careers of famous women. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 22 August 2014
Last Update: 17 March 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Linda & Jerry: 1971-1983,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 22, 2014.

____________________________________

 
Books & music at Amazon.com

Linda Ronstadt’s memoir, “Simple Dreams.” Click for copy.
Linda Ronstadt’s memoir, “Simple Dreams.” Click for copy.
“Linda Ronstadt, Greatest Hits I & II.” Click for album.
“Linda Ronstadt, Greatest Hits I & II.” Click for album.
Linda Ronstadt book, “Feels Like Home.” Click for copy
Linda Ronstadt book, “Feels Like Home.” Click for copy

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Poster for 2019 documentary film, “Linda Ronstadt: The Sound of My Voice,” which first aired on CNN, January 1, 2020. Click for Amazon video or DVD.
Poster for 2019 documentary film, “Linda Ronstadt: The Sound of My Voice,” which first aired on CNN, January 1, 2020. Click for Amazon video or DVD.
1970: Linda Ronstadt, long hair days. Photo, Michael Ochs.
1970: Linda Ronstadt, long hair days. Photo, Michael Ochs.
Jerry Brown featured on the cover of Time magazine’s October 21st, 1974 election year issue, “New Faces, Key Races.”
Jerry Brown featured on the cover of Time magazine’s October 21st, 1974 election year issue, “New Faces, Key Races.”
Nov. 1974: Jerry Brown elected Governor of California.
Nov. 1974: Jerry Brown elected Governor of California.
Linda Ronstadt performing, mid-1970s. Photo, Creem / Andy Kent.
Linda Ronstadt performing, mid-1970s. Photo, Creem / Andy Kent.
Jerry Brown on the cover of Orville Schell’s 1978 book, “Brown,” Random House, 370pp. Click for copy.
Jerry Brown on the cover of Orville Schell’s 1978 book, “Brown,” Random House, 370pp. Click for copy.
Linda Ronstadt on roller skates in photo from cover of her 1978 album, “Living in The USA.”
Linda Ronstadt on roller skates in photo from cover of her 1978 album, “Living in The USA.”
Billboard on Hollywood’s Sunset Strip advertising a Linda Ronstadt concert at The Forum, December 1978.
Billboard on Hollywood’s Sunset Strip advertising a Linda Ronstadt concert at The Forum, December 1978.
July 1978: Mick Jagger of the Rolling Stones and Linda Ronstadt performing “Tumbling Dice” in Tucson, AZ.
July 1978: Mick Jagger of the Rolling Stones and Linda Ronstadt performing “Tumbling Dice” in Tucson, AZ.

“Linda Ronstadt,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 837-839.

Kari Bethel, “Linda Ronstadt, Singer,” Contemporary Hispanic Biography/Encyc- lopedia.com, 2003.

“Linda Ronstadt,” Wikipedia.org.

Anne Johnson, “Ronstadt, Linda.” Contem- porary Musicians / Encyclopedia.com, 1990.

“Linda Ronstadt and Bobby Darin – Long Long Time” (her appearance on “The Darin Invasion 1970” TV special, October 1970), YouTube.com.

“Bright Song Style of Linda Ronstadt Lights Up Fillmore,” New York Times, May 9, 1971.

“Linda Ronstadt Gifted As Singer, But Her Country Style Art Reveals Contradictions,” New York Times, August 2, 1972.

“Can Linda Find a Focus?,” New York Times, November 11, 1973.

John Rockwell, “Linda Ronstadt Is Surer Now; Singer, Here for 3 Concerts, Shows New Confidence An Album Success Helps Her Revise Cult-Object Image,” New York Times, Sunday, January 26, 1975.

“Linda Ronstadt at Her Best,” New York Times, January 28, 1975.

“A Benefit for Jerry Brown,” Washington Post, May 6, 1976, p. 80.

Larry Rohter, “Pop and Politics: When Two Worlds Collide,” Washington Post, May 15, 1976, p. B-1

“You’re No Good,” Wikipedia.org.

“Jerry Brown Likes Granola, Zen and Winning Elections,” People, June 14, 1976, p. 43.

“Looking for Mr. Good Guy: The Democrats Wonder If Guru-Governor Jerry Brown Could Be the Answer,” People, June 14, 1976.

“Jerry Brown,” Wikipedia.org.

Cameron Crowe, “Linda Ronstadt: The Million-Dollar Woman,” Rolling Stone, December 2, 1976.

“Linda Ronstadt: a Vagabond Grows up as Country Rock’s First Lady,” People (double issue), December 27, 1976 – January 3, 1977.

Robert Hilburn, “Harris Averts the Ronstadt Connection,” Los Angeles Times, January 30, 1977, p. S-68

“Dramatic and Charming Ronstadt,” New York Times, August 24, 1977.

Robert Hilburn, “Ronstadt’s Concert Trail: Long Nights of Doubt,” Los Angeles Times, September 18, 1977, p. Q-1.

Mark Kernis, “’Simple Dreams’: A Masterful, Exciting New Album by Linda Ronstadt,” Washington Post, September 21, 1977, p. D-12.

Jack Ong, “Linda Ronstadt Sings Her Way to the Top,” Los Angeles Times, October 14, 1977, p. I-13.

Robert Windeler, “Liberating Linda; On the Charts and in Men’s Hearts, Rock’s Hottest Torch Linda Ronstadt Is No. 1,” People, Vol. 8, No. 17, October 24, 1977.

John Swenson, “Linda Ronstadt, Female Vocalist of the Year; At the Top of Her Field, She Become an American Heroine,” Circus, February 16, 1978.

Ed Ward, “The Queens of Rock – Linda Ronstadt, Joni Mitchell, Carly Simon and Stevie Nicks – Talk about Their Men, Music and Life on the Road,” US Magazine, February 21, 1978.

William Carlsen, “The Governor and The Rock Queen,” US Magazine, May 16, 1978.

“Elder Brown Has Wish–That Son Would Wed,” Los Angeles Times, September 14, 1978, p. B-3.

Nancy Skelton, “Called Man of Intrigue; Engagement Now Could Hurt Brown, Pollster Says,” Los Angeles Times, September 22, 1978, p. A-10.

“California Gubernatorial Election, 1978,” Wikipedia.org.

Vivian Claire ( for the Los Angeles Times), “Linda Ronstadt: Of Love And Drugs And Jerry Brown,” The Spokesman-Review (Spokane, WA), November 13, 1978 (second of a five-part series extracted from Vivian Claire’s biography, Linda Ronstadt ).

Tom Zito, “Sex and the Single Governor; Brown, Ronstadt: Good Fortune?,” Los Angeles Times, December 7, 1978, p. H-6.

Elizabeth Kaye, “Linda Ronstadt: Why Is She The Queen Of Lonely?,” Redbook, February 1979.

William K. Knoedelseder Jr. and Ellen Farley, “El Adobe Looks East; Jerry Brown’s Favorite Restaurant Aims for Washington,” Washington Post, April 5, 1979, p. D-1.

John J Goldman, “Brown, Miss Ronstadt Slip Quietly Out of New York; Board Plane for Africa, Los Angeles Times, April 7, 1979, p. A-1.

“Brown Politicks; Miss Ronstadt ‘May Go Home’,” Los Angeles Times, April 11, 1979, p. B-28.

Victoria Brittain, “The African Jaunt: On Safari With Jerry Brown And Rock Star Linda Ronstadt,” Washington Post, April 16, 1979, p. B-1.

“Politics Is a Real Jungle,” Los Angeles Times, April 20, 1979, p. D-6.

“Making the African Scene,” Time, April 23, 1979.

Tom Mathews, with Martin Kasindorf and Janet Huck, “Ballad of Jerry and Linda,” Newsweek, April 23, 1979.

Karen G. Jackovich, Harry Minetree, Patricia Newman, “Swinging Safari: Jerry Brown’s Safari with Rock Star Linda Ronstadt Could Just Be the End of Something Big,” People, April 30, 1979 Vol. 11, No. 17.

William K, Knoedelseder, Jr; Ellen Farley, “Where the Elite Meet Discreetly,” Los Angeles Times, Apr 22, 1979, p. U-3.

Jimmy Breslin, “She Stoops to Conquer–But What?,” Los Angeles Times, May 20, 1979, p. F-6.F6

“Ronstadt Takes on the Press,” Look, June 11, 1979.

Alan Baron, “Jerry Brown Rolls Out the Campaign Banner,” Los Angeles Times, November 4, 1979, p. E-1.

Kathy Sawyer, “Brown Launches Underdog Race,” Washington Post, November 9, 1979, p. A-1.

Laurie Becklund, Nancy Skelton, “Less Isn’t More at Brown Fund Raiser,” Los Angeles Times, December 22, 1979, p. A-30.

Laurie Becklund, “Ronstadt Shines a Little Light on Brown Campaign; Ronstadt Gives Boost to Brown Campaign,” Los Angeles Times, December 24, 1979, p. B-3.

Robert Hilburn, “Brown Benefit: Clash of Music and Politics,” Los Angeles Times, December 24, 1979, p. E-5.

Murray Fromson, “Undaunted by Iowa, Brown Sees Hope in Zero-Based Campaign,” Los Angeles Times, January 27, 1980, p. F-3.

William Endicott, “Ronstadt Joins Brown in Wooing Voters,” Los Angeles Times, February 25, 1980.

“Linda Tries ‘First Lady’ on for Size: ‘I’d Die Laughing’,” Los Angeles Times, March 4, 1980,
p. A-2.

Charlotte S. Perry, “Jerry Brown’s Dream-Turned-Nightmare; ’76 Celebrity Status Haunts Him in ’80 as Public’s Familiarity Breeds Contempt,” Los Angeles Times, March 28, 1980, p. C-7.

“Linda Ronstadt at Music Hall,” New York Times, April 17, 1980.

Robert Hilburn, “Linda Ronstadt: Opening Up on the Rock ‘n Roll Trail; On the Road with Ronstadt,” Los Angeles Times, April 20, 1980.

Jean Vallely, “Linda Ronstadt: a Candid Conversation with the First Lady of Rock about Her Music, Her Colorful Past, Her New Image and Her ‘Boyfriend,’ Jerry Brown,” Playboy, April 1980.

John J. Goldman, “Brown–From Celebrity to Good Soldier; Media Magnetism Is Gone,” Los Angeles Times, August 13, 1980, p. B-19.

“Linda Ronstadt Interview on Johnny Carson’s Tonight Show, 1983″ (part), You Tube.com, Uploaded on December 19, 2009.

Mary Ellin Bruns, “Ronstadt: The Gamble Pays Off Big” (interview), Family Weekly, January 8, 1984.

“What’s New with Linda Ronstadt? She’s Singing Her Love Songs to Star Wars Czar George Lucas,” People, March 26, 1984.

Patricia Leigh Brown, “Linda Ronstadt, Home Again,” New York Times, September 22, 2008.

“Linda Ronstadt Articles & Interviews,” Ronstadt-Linda.com (fan site).

“The Reinvention Of Calif.’s New and Former Governor,” NPR.org, November 18, 2010.

Nathan Masters, “Governor Brown, Then and Now,” KCET.org, January 13, 2011.

Jerry Roberts, “Shades of Jerry Brown: How and Why Governor Moonbeam Returned to Earth,” The Independent (Santa Barbara, CA), November 1, 2012.

Matthew Garrahan, “Second Coming: the Governor of California Talks about Taxes, Mother Teresa and Being Back in Charge,” FT.com (Financial Times), April 5, 2013.

Daniel Buckley, “Why Linda Ronstadt Still Matters to Tucson A Tucson Music Historian Reflects on the Lasting Influence of Our City’s Most Famous Musical Export,” Tucson Weekly.com, September 12, 2013.

John Rockwell, “Linda Ronstadt,” RockHall .com, Inducted 2014.

Anthony York, “Linda Ronstadt Recalls Time with Jerry Brown in New Memoir,” Los Angles Times, September 17, 2013.

Stephen Spaz Schnee, “Get Closer: An Exclusive Interview with Linda Ronstadt,” DiscussionsMagazine.com, Wednesday, May 14, 2014

Maureen Dowd, “Palmy Days for Jerry,” New York Times, March 22, 2014.

_________________________

 

 

 

“JFK’s 1960 Campaign”
Primaries & Fall Election

After three years of running “unofficially” for president, JFK made it official on January 2nd, 1960, announcing his candidacy for President. (scroll down for day-by-day campaign itinerary).
After three years of running “unofficially” for president, JFK made it official on January 2nd, 1960, announcing his candidacy for President. (scroll down for day-by-day campaign itinerary).
John F. Kennedy, the young U.S. senator from Massachusetts, had been running “unofficially” for his party’s presidential nomination for three years. Since 1957 he had traveled the country, making speeches, shaking hands, helping other Democrats in their election fights, and building his own campaign organization as he went. Journalist and presidential campaign historian Teddy White would later observe: “No Democrat, not even Adlai Stevenson, spoke in more states, addressed more Jefferson-Jackson Day dinners, participated in more local and mayoralty campaigns of deserving Democrats than did John F. Kennedy.”

By White’s count Kennedy had not only visited every state of the union, but had done something even more important: “[H]is intelligence files bulged with what was possibly the most complete index ever made of the power structure of any national party.” Now, in January 1960, JFK was ready to make it official.

In Washington, on January 2nd in the U.S. Senate Caucus Room, amid a crowd of more than 300 friends, family, Senate colleagues, Democratic party officials and national press, Kennedy made clear his intent to run for and win both the Democratic Presidential Nomination and that fall’s national election.

January 4, 1960: The Herald Republican of Springfield, MA, announces JFK’s formal entry into Presidential race.
January 4, 1960: The Herald Republican of Springfield, MA, announces JFK’s formal entry into Presidential race.
It was a Saturday morning when JFK made his announcement, insuring he would get good newspaper coverage in the Sunday editions. In making his announcement, Kennedy laid down the gauntlet of the Democratic primary elections as the true testing ground, saying those seeking to compete with him should do so in the primaries. He specifically mentioned senators Lyndon Johnson of Texas and Stuart Symington of Missouri, suggesting that if such rivals couldn’t beat him in the primaries they wouldn’t be able to beat Richard Nixon in the fall. For starters, he would enter the March 8th New Hampshire primary and would announce his plans for other state primaries in the weeks that followed. Kennedy also made clear to Democratic leaders that he was running for the Presidential nomination of his party, and under no circumstances would he be a candidate for Vice President, as some had suggested. Senator Hubert Humphrey of Minnesota was also an announced candidate, having made his announcement in late December 1959. Many of the old school Democrats still believed Kennedy was too young, too Catholic, and too inexperienced to receive his party’s nomination. At age 42, he was the youngest presidential candidate in U.S. history.

Jan 1960: JFK being interviewed shortly after announc-ing his candidacy with Jackie by his side, U.S. Senate Caucus room, Wash., D.C. Photo, Hank Walker, Life.
Jan 1960: JFK being interviewed shortly after announc-ing his candidacy with Jackie by his side, U.S. Senate Caucus room, Wash., D.C. Photo, Hank Walker, Life.
As Kennedy campaigned in 1960, he would be buffeted by events of the day. In early February, four black students staged a sit-in at a lunch counter at Greensboro, North Carolina to protest a “whites only serving policy,” a civil rights action that was one of many in the South that had begun in the mid- and late-1950s, and would continue through the 1960s.

In May, an American U-2 spy plane, piloted by Francis Gary Powers, was shot down over Russia with Powers taken prisoner. In late June, a ten nation disarmament conference closed after failing to reach agreement on nuclear arms control. In July, the U.S. cut its sugar imports from Cuba by 95 percent, prompting rebel leader, Fidel Castro to begin confiscating U.S. assets and property there.

In the “space race” that year, the U.S. launched its first weather satellite, Tiros I; the first experimental communications satellite, Echo I; and the first spy satellite, Corona. The Soviets, meanwhile, put another of their Sputnik series into orbit, this one with two dogs on board, returning them safely to earth. In sports, the Summer Olympics were held in Rome where a young boxer from Louisville, Kentucky named Cassius Clay won the light heavyweight gold medal.

“The Remarkable Kennedys,” by Joe McCarthy, published in Feb 1960, was billed as “the dramatic, inside story” of JFK “and his remarkable family.”
“The Remarkable Kennedys,” by Joe McCarthy, published in Feb 1960, was billed as “the dramatic, inside story” of JFK “and his remarkable family.”
Among best-selling books that year were: To Kill a Mockingbird, by Harper Lee; Rabbit, Run, by John Updike; and The Rise and Fall of the Third Reich, by William L. Shirer. The first oral contraceptives came into use in 1960 and Elvis Presley had three No. 1 hits that year: “Stuck on You,” “It’s Now or Never,” and “Are You Lonesome Tonight?” It was also 1960 when the famous dance tune, “The Twist,” by Chubby Checker was first released. Other popular songs that year included: “Theme From Summer Place” by Percy Faith; “Cathy’s Clown” by the Everly Brothers; “Stay” by Maurice Williams; “Beyond the Sea” by Bobby Darin; “Georgia on My Mind” by Ray Charles; and “Last Date,” a piano tune by Floyd Cramer.

At the box office that year, Spartacus, Psycho, Exodus, Oceans 11, and Butterfield 8 were among the top grossing films. And several of the actors and actresses appearing in those films would become active JFK supporters, including Tony Curtis, Janet Leigh, Frank Sinatra, and Sammy Davis, Jr.

As the early 1960 race began, the first notable contests for Kennedy and the Democrats came in the Wisconsin and West Virginia primaries – April 5th and May 10th, repectively – both of which Kennedy would win, but not without controversy and considerable effort. Kennedy’s victory over Humphrey in Wisconsin was helped by Catholic voters in some districts, yet his margin of victory was not strong enough in other districts where there were no Catholics. That meant the next primary in West Virginia – a state that was 95 percent Protestant – would be a more telling test of Kennedy’s non-Catholic appeal, watched closely by party bosses.

April 1960: JFK campaigning in the tiny hamlet of Ona, West Virginia prior to that state’s May 10th primary.
April 1960: JFK campaigning in the tiny hamlet of Ona, West Virginia prior to that state’s May 10th primary.
Kennedy scored a solid victory in West Virginia, knocking Humphrey out of the race. The win in West Virginia, plus Wisconsin, gave Kennedy two early primary victories, and also gave his campaign momentum, helping him to win a string of primaries through May and June while wooing important governors and party insiders along the way.

Heading into the July Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles, Kennedy was the odds-on favorite for the nomination, but there were still vestiges of the old “brokered convention” in play, where back-room wheeling and dealing could still generate surprises and dark-horse candidates. Kennedy very definitely had momentum, but he didn’t have a lock on the nomination.

In July 1960, as Democrats gathered at the year-old Sports Arena in Los Angeles for the Democratic National Convention, there were still a number of other candidates who could alter the nomination process, including: Sen. Lyndon Johnson of Texas, the powerful majority leader of the U.S. Senate, who claimed to have 500 or more delegates committed to his candidacy; Sen. Stuart Symington of Missouri, a candidate backed by former president, Harry S. Truman; Adlai Stevenson, the Democrats’ presidential nominee in 1952 and 1956, and a favorite of liberals; and Senators Hubert Humphrey of Minnesota and Wayne Morse of Oregon, JFK primary opponents. There was also California Gov. Pat Brown, regarded a “favorite son” possibility.

25 July 1960: Life magazine features happy convention delegates on its cover, with tagline, “The Demonstration for Jack Kennedy.”Click for copy.
25 July 1960: Life magazine features happy convention delegates on its cover, with tagline, “The Demonstration for Jack Kennedy.”Click for copy.
Life magazine’s July 25th edition, covering the DNC, featured celebrating JFK conventioneers on its cover with the tagline, “The Demonstration for Jack Kennedy.” But the magazine also reported on the convention’s inside politics and how “the Kennedy organization” was showing itself as something of new political phenomenon.

Life’s writers noted that Kennedy was a formidable figure and not merely some Harvard pretty boy. In fact, Kennedy and his 34-year-old brother and campaign manager, Robert, were, according to Life’s reporters, “steam-rolling the crafty old pros of the party with ruthless efficiency….” They were bringing “a new era of American politics” to the Democratic party and delivering “a brand-new and youthful set of owners and operators….” And of course, there was also something else Life’s writers noted: “Kennedy had the magic essential for a candidate, the ability to get votes.”

On July 13, 1960, JFK secured the Democratic nomination on the first ballot. The next day, over the objection of his brother Bobby, organized labor and others, he selected Lyndon Johnson to be his running mate, and the Convention approved. Kennedy would need Texas to win, and that fact above all else, meant Johnson was the best choice. Closing out the convention at the Los Angeles Coliseum with his “New Frontier” speech before TV cameras and a live stadium audience of 50,000 plus, Kennedy and his party went forward, energized for the fall campaign ahead.

July 15, 1960: JFK at the Los Angeles Coliseum speaking before some 52,000 and another 35 million on television. “Today our concern must be with [the] future.... The old era is ending. The old ways will not do…. We stand today on the edge of a New Frontier… ”
July 15, 1960: JFK at the Los Angeles Coliseum speaking before some 52,000 and another 35 million on television. “Today our concern must be with [the] future.... The old era is ending. The old ways will not do…. We stand today on the edge of a New Frontier… ”
Once on the campaign trail, the Kennedy-Johnson ticket covered the entire country, with LBJ barnstorming the South, and Kennedy focusing on a core of some 17 Northeast, industrial, and West Coast states crucial in the electoral arithmetic.

For Kennedy, 1960 was the final stretch in an odyssey that had begun at the 1956 DNC, where he almost won the VP slot. Campaigning as his own man from 1957 on, Kennedy had traveled far and wide, and he had grown as a speaker and campaigner. He had also learned a great deal about the American people and his party. According to aides Kenny O’Donnell and Dave Powers, from late August 1960 until the first Tuesday in November, JFK traveled to speaking appearances and rallies in 237 cities. Nixon, by their count, went to 168 cities.

By Labor Day 1960, when Kennedy formally kicked off his fall campaign in Michigan, his oratory skills had risen to peak form, hitting themes of universal appeal with new and vivid language, inspiring thousands with calls for a better America. By late October, Russell Baker of the New York Times would observe: “…[I]n the last month he has flowered into a magnificent campaigner with a Pied Piper magic over the street crowds, and especially the ladies,“…[Kennedy] has flowered into a magnificent cam- paigner with a Pied Piper magic over the street crowds, and especially the ladies…”
– R. Baker, NY Times
and with a considerable talent for what is ungraciously called rabble-rousing.” That JFK was appealing to women of all ages was no surprise, some calling out their affections for him from the crowds. Life magazine would report in its last issue before the November 8th election: “The blissful fog of feminine adoration surrounding Jack Kennedy — the great phenomenon of the 1960 campaign — grew even thicker in the last days of his tour.” Teddy White would later recount one Southern Senator’s observation that JFK embodied “the best qualities of Elvis and Franklin D. Roosevelt.” But Kennedy’s campaign also garnered the respect of the journalists who followed him.“The consensus of newspapermen who are watching his performance,” wrote syndicated columnist Roscoe Drummond, “‘[is] that he is more articulate than either President Eisenhower or former President Truman, more direct and understandable than Adlai Stevenson, and has much of the charm of Franklin D. Roosevelt.”

JFK’s on-screen appearance during the first Presidential TV debate of Sept 26th, 1960 was believed by some to have been a decisive factor.
JFK’s on-screen appearance during the first Presidential TV debate of Sept 26th, 1960 was believed by some to have been a decisive factor.
The key momentum for the Kennedy campaign, however, did not come from the meet-the-folks retail politics of personal handshakes and Rotary Club speeches – of which there were plenty. Rather, it came in a television studio at station WBBM in Chicago on September 26, 1960. For that was the evening when Kennedy’s movie-star good looks and confident style stole the show from Dick Nixon and got the attention of a nation looking for something new.

“I think the most important moment was in that first television debate with Richard Nixon,” noted Kennedy historian Robert Dallek in a November 2013 National Public Radio interview, “when Kennedy came across as presidential. As someone who was poised, who was witty, charming, handsome and deserved to be president of the United States.”

The 1960 election was a time when television gained as the medium of politics; when image began to play an outsize role in modern culture, and JFK was among the first beneficiaries. There were 85 million television sets in America by then, nearly one set for every two Americans. “When that [first] debate was over,” CBS producer Don Hewitt would later say, “I realized that we didn’t have to wait for an election day. We just elected a president. It all happened on television.” Still, there were four TV debates in all, and Nixon regained some ground in the later debates. However, old-fashioned politics were still very much alive in 1960 – when strategic, well-timed, or accidental events could figure into the electoral calculus. And Kennedy’s organization was attuned to such possibilities, if only by the help of perceptive staffers.

Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. being interviewed by WSB-TV reporter upon leaving the Georgia State Prison at Reidsville, Oct 27, 1960. Civil Rights Digital Library.
Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. being interviewed by WSB-TV reporter upon leaving the Georgia State Prison at Reidsville, Oct 27, 1960. Civil Rights Digital Library.
One of those moments came in October 1960, after civil rights leader Dr. Martin Luther King (MLK) was jailed in a Georgia prison for a trumped-up parole violation following his participation in a student sit-in. Harrison Wofford, then a campaign aide working in the lower bowels of the JFK campaign in Sargent Shriver’s department, but who years later would become a U.S. Senator, learned about the King situation. Wooford advised that Kennedy should become involved. His idea worked its way up the chain of command, first to Shriver, and eventually to JFK, who made a brief call to King’s wife, Coretta Scott King. Bobby Kennedy, however, was furious about the call, believing word of JFK’s action would alienate southern Democrats. Bobby later calmed down and helped secure King’s release after Jack did some back-channel calling to state officials. Meanwhile, Martin Luther King’s father, who some called “Daddy King,” a prominent Baptist minister,After the Kennedys helped MLK get out of jail, “Daddy King,” a Baptist preacher planning to vote for Nixon, promised “a whole suit- case full of votes” for JFK. was quite thankful for the Kennedy involvement and said as much in a public statement to the press a few days later, noting at one point that he had “a whole suitcase full of votes” he would send JFK’s way. Daddy King, a registered Republican, had endorsed Richard Nixon, and previously opposed Kennedy because he was a Catholic. But now the tide had turned, and the Kennedy campaign made the most of it. According to Evan Thomas, writing in his book, Robert Kennedy, A Life, JFK’s campaign, in its final days, published hundreds of thousands of leaflets and handbills that were distributed at black churches and bars. Included was one flyer that read on one side: “Jack Kennedy called Mrs. King,” and on the other side — “Richard Nixon did not.” Many political analysts believe that JFK’s phone call and Bobby’s intercession on behalf of MLK – and the resulting notice these actions received in the black community – figured into the election’s outcome, as black voters shifted to Kennedy in several states and key urban areas. MLK himself, however, never endorsed either candidate.


Home Stretch

JFK in a private moment aboard his campaign plane, The Caroline, which logged thousands of miles during the primary and general election campaigns.
JFK in a private moment aboard his campaign plane, The Caroline, which logged thousands of miles during the primary and general election campaigns.
Toward the end of October 1960, Kennedy was drawing very large and energized crowds, especially in Pennsylvania, a key battleground state that held 32 electoral votes – as many as California and second only to New York. Between October 28th and October 31st, Kennedy and his team made a blitz of cities and towns in the eastern half of Pennsylvania.

Beginning with three morning speeches in Allentown on October 28th, a 20-car Kennedy motorcade then headed north visiting a string of towns, including: Pottsville, McAdoo, Hazleton, Ashley, Sugar Notch, Nanticoke, Plymouth, and finally Wilkes-Barre and Scranton. In Hazleton, thousands jammed Main Street to hear Kennedy, standing shoulder-to-shoulder. In Wilkes-Barre, also on the 28th, an estimated crowd of 30,000 converged on Public Square to hear the senator. These were substantial crowds for small and medium-sized towns. The New York Times, reporting on Kennedy’s campaigning in the region on October 29, 1960, headlined its story, “Kennedy Cheered in Pennsylvania; 500,000 Acclaim Senator as He Motors Through Area of High Unemployment.”

October 28, 1960: JFK – on platform, lower left -- speaks to an overflow crowd jamming the downtown area of Hazelton, Pennsylvania (streets to Kennedy's left, not shown, were equally jammed). The Hazelton stop was among at least a dozen other Pennsylvania towns he visited that day.
October 28, 1960: JFK – on platform, lower left -- speaks to an overflow crowd jamming the downtown area of Hazelton, Pennsylvania (streets to Kennedy's left, not shown, were equally jammed). The Hazelton stop was among at least a dozen other Pennsylvania towns he visited that day.

On the evening of October 28th, it was back to the Philadelphia area for a fundraising dinner and speech, followed the next day by visits throughout the Philadelphia metro area at eight more stops – from Chester and Upper Darby to Roosevelt Field in Norristown and Snellenburg’s Shopping Center in Willow Grove. More Philadelphia area campaigning followed on October 30th and 31st, including stops at a bonds-for-Israel rally, the Raymond Rose apartments, Rayburn Plaza, and Temple University. Thousands had come out for these rallies, as they did in the rain in Philadelphia, Chester, and at the town square in Valley Forge where they heard JFK summon Revolutionary War history: “Men here knew the deadly meaning of danger, but they also preserved the bright hope of opportunity.” In the end, Kennedy’s Pennsylvania blitz paid off: he carried the state and won its 32 electoral votes.

Nov 4, 1960: JFK rides in car with Chicago Mayor, Richard J. Daley, right, during torchlight parade through city.
Nov 4, 1960: JFK rides in car with Chicago Mayor, Richard J. Daley, right, during torchlight parade through city.


“The Irish Prince”

On November 4, 1960, with only five days left until the election, Chicago Mayor Richard J. Daley orchestrated a huge torchlight parade for Kennedy through the city, culminating at a Chicago Stadium event that was broadcast over national television (NBC). An estimated 1.5 million came out for the Chicago parade and the rally. At the stadium, Mayor Daley introduced John F. Kennedy to a sold-out audience, as “the Irish Prince.”

In the final week of the race, JFK’s schedule was truly punishing, traveling the breadth of the country, with non-stop campaigning. As aide Kenny O’Donnell would later write, ticking off the stops and how little sleep Kennedy had: “During the closing week of the campaign – Sunday and Monday in Philadelphia, Tuesday in Los Angeles, Wednesday in San Francisco, Thursday in Phoenix, Albuquerque, Amarillo, Wichita Falls and Oklahoma City, Friday in Virginia, Ohio and Chicago, Saturday in New York, Sunday in Connecticut, Long Island, New Jersey and Maine, and… Monday in New England and Boston – he had never gotten four hours of sleep on any night.” But there were some sights to behold in those final days, as O’Donnell would also recount in two episodes, one in Connecticut, late Saturday night November 5th, and the other in Maine, late Sunday night, November 6th:

…We landed in the Caroline [campaign plane] at Bridgeport after midnight and drove from there in a motorcade along Route 8 in the Naugatuck River Valley to Waterbury. All along the road, for more than twenty-seven miles, there were crowds of cheering people, waving torches and red lights, most of them wearing coats over their pajamas and nightgowns, and at the firehouses in every town the fire engines were lines up beside the road with their lights flashing, bells ringing, and sirens wailing.“…All along the road, for more than twenty-seven miles, there were crowds of cheering people, waving torches and red lights, most of them wearing coats over their pajamas and nightgowns…” Although it was almost three o’clock in the morning when we reached Waterbury, there was a roaring crowd of more than forty thousand people in the city square outside the Roger Smith Hotel where Kennedy was to spend the night…

…Then [late Sunday] he flew at night to Lewiston, Maine, arriving there at one-thirty. Lewiston was cold and the airport was dark and empty. The advance man and the few local party leaders who met us at the plane hurried Kennedy into a car and drove him in the the city without saying anything about where he was going. The streets were quiet and empty. He glanced at me questioningly, wondering what he was doing in a freezing cold Maine factory town in the middle of the night when everybody seemed to be in bed. Then we drove into a park where a crowd of more than twenty thousand people were waiting, carrying torchlights. Coming from the cold darkness and stillness of the drive from the airport to the sudden glare of torchlighted area, filled with warmth and excited people, Kennedy was stunned. “My God, isn’t this unbelievable?” he said. Then the crowd recognized him, there was a roar of cheering that could be heard for miles away.

Still, the early November election polls had Nixon and Kennedy pretty much in a dead heat.


JFK and Jackie both voted in Boston on election day then traveled to Hyannis Port to join family, friends, and key campaign staff to await election returns. AP photo.
JFK and Jackie both voted in Boston on election day then traveled to Hyannis Port to join family, friends, and key campaign staff to await election returns. AP photo.


Election Day

On election day, Tuesday November 8th JFK and Jackie voted in Boston then traveled to Hyannis Port, Massachusetts to join family, friends, and core campaign staff to monitor the election returns. As the early vote came in from large cities in the East and Midwest – Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Detroit, and Chicago – Kennedy had a large lead in the popular and electoral vote. It appeared he was headed for certain victory. However, after some premature TV declarations of Kennedy wins in selected states – and some retractions – an hours-long “too-close-to-call” contest set in, stretching late into the night and next day. As later election returns came in during the early a.m hours of November 9th – especially from the rural and suburban Midwest, Western states, and Pacific Coast states – Nixon began to catch up. Some newspapers, including the New York Times, had already prepared “Kennedy Elected” headline copy. But the election was still too close to call.

Nov 8, 1960: Election-night coverage by NBC-TV team of Chet Huntley & David Brinkley at desk, with posted election returns.
Nov 8, 1960: Election-night coverage by NBC-TV team of Chet Huntley & David Brinkley at desk, with posted election returns.
By 3 a.m, Eastern Time, Kennedy’s popular vote lead – which had been about 2.3 million votes at midnight – had nearly evaporated, and some commentators were saying he might win the presidency with the electoral vote, but lose the popular vote. When Nixon appeared with his wife at the podium in the Ambassador Hotel at 12:30 a.m. Pacific Time (3:30 a.m. EST), four key states were still undecided — California, Illinois, Michigan, and Minnesota. Only if Kennedy lost all four of these states could Nixon win. As journalist Teddy White put it: “[T]hough Nixon had almost certainly lost, Kennedy had yet not definitely won.” In a televised address from the Ambassador Hotel that night, with a tearful Pat by his side, Nixon told the crowd, “[A]s I look at the board here; while there are still some results to come in,…if the present trend continues, Senator Kennedy will be the next President of the United States.” This wasn’t a Nixon concession, however – as one of his aids, Herb Klein, followed Nixon to say just that. On the East coast, Kennedy’s people, watching the telecast, were furious. But JFK himself, also watching, said: “Why should he concede? I wouldn’t.” And with that, at nearly 4. a.m., JFK went to bed to await the outcome.

Nov 9, 1960 a.m. edition of Los Angeles Times has JFK “nearing victory” amid Nixon’s conditional concession.
Nov 9, 1960 a.m. edition of Los Angeles Times has JFK “nearing victory” amid Nixon’s conditional concession.
By 6:30 a.m. EST the next morning, at NBC-TV in New York, Chet Huntley and David Brinkley, having covered the returns for12 straight hours, were still on the air, but had no official final result to broadcast. At around 11:00 a.m. EST on Wednesday morning, November 9th, Nixon still hadn’t conceded. JFK at that point was believed to be 11 electoral votes short of victory, even though at least one TV network had called the election for Kennedy earlier that morning. At about 12:30 EST, Minnesota was added to JFK’s column, which then put him over the top. Within 10 minutes or so of that announcement on TV, a telegram for JFK arrived at Hyannis Port from Nixon: “I want to repeat through this wire congratulations and best wishes I extended to you on television last night. I know that you have united support of all Americans as you lead this nation in the cause of peace and freedom during the next four years.” The Nixon telegram was also read about the same time before TV cameras by Nixon aide Herb Klein. Kennedy had defeated Nixon in one of the closest presidential elections of the twentieth century. In the national popular vote Kennedy led Nixon by just two-tenths of one percent (49.7% to 49.5%), while in the electoral vote – with 269 needed to win – Kennedy received 303 and Nixon 219.

Nov 9th, 1960: Famous photo of JFK with daughter Caroline awaiting final election results at Hyannis Port.
Nov 9th, 1960: Famous photo of JFK with daughter Caroline awaiting final election results at Hyannis Port.
The 1960 Kennedy campaign, in many ways, was a watershed in modern political campaigning. Kennedy and his team broke the mold of what had gone before and set a new style that blended both old and new, tapped into popular culture (e.g., Sinatra’s Rat Pack), and made the most of television. Historian Robert Dallek has stated that no one has yet created a new template the way Kennedy did.

What follows below is an abbreviated timeline of JFK’s campaigning in 1960 – from the primaries of early 1960, through the Democratic National Convention (DNC) in July, to the final fall campaign, September through election day. The left hand column includes a shorthand listing of known campaign stops, speech titles or general topics, meetings, endorsements, and related press and other activities during 1960. The right hand column includes related photos, magazine covers, newspaper clips and other items from the 1960 campaign. Additional photos and campaign information appear below the timeline, in “Sources, Links & Additional Information” at the bottom of this article. 

See also at this website additional stories on JFK’s “road to the White House,” including separate stories on his campaigning in 1957, 1958, and 1959, as well as other related stories such as, “The Jack Pack, 1958-1960.” Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

 

JFK’s 1960 Presidential Campaign
Campaign Stops, Speech Topics, Meetings, Press, Etc.,.
January-November 1960

 

Jan 2, 1960: Newsreel title screen for story about JFK’s announcement. Newsreels were then used in theaters.
Jan 2, 1960: Newsreel title screen for story about JFK’s announcement. Newsreels were then used in theaters.
Jan 14, 1960: JFK outlines his strategy for the presidency at the National Press Club in Wash., D.C.  Photo, UPI.
Jan 14, 1960: JFK outlines his strategy for the presidency at the National Press Club in Wash., D.C. Photo, UPI.
Jan 1960: JFK &  Jackie campaigning in New Hampshire.
Jan 1960: JFK & Jackie campaigning in New Hampshire.
Jan 25, 1960: Nashua Telegraph headlines suggest a favorable showing in New Hampshire after JFK and wife Jackie visited the state in January.
Jan 25, 1960: Nashua Telegraph headlines suggest a favorable showing in New Hampshire after JFK and wife Jackie visited the state in January.
Feb 6, 1960: JFK makes a quick trip to Charleston, WV to file for the state’s May 10th primary election where he will face Sen. Hubert Humphrey. Kennedy, at the desk of State Secretary Joe Burdette, is talking with the press. At left is Neil Boggs of WSAZ.  Photo, WV State Archives.
Feb 6, 1960: JFK makes a quick trip to Charleston, WV to file for the state’s May 10th primary election where he will face Sen. Hubert Humphrey. Kennedy, at the desk of State Secretary Joe Burdette, is talking with the press. At left is Neil Boggs of WSAZ. Photo, WV State Archives.
Feb 8, 1960: Frank Sinatra with JFK outside The Sands hotel in Las Vegas where Kennedy stayed during a campaign swing. Sinatra would go “all out” for JFK in 1960. Click for Sinatra & “Jack Pack” story.
Feb 8, 1960: Frank Sinatra with JFK outside The Sands hotel in Las Vegas where Kennedy stayed during a campaign swing. Sinatra would go “all out” for JFK in 1960. Click for Sinatra & “Jack Pack” story.
Feb 8, 1960: JFK arriving in Roseburg, Oregon, where he is met by a local delegation that includes Edward Murphy (c), his Douglas County campaign manager, and  State Rep. W.O. Kelsey (r). Photo, The Oregonian.
Feb 8, 1960: JFK arriving in Roseburg, Oregon, where he is met by a local delegation that includes Edward Murphy (c), his Douglas County campaign manager, and State Rep. W.O. Kelsey (r). Photo, The Oregonian.
Feb 17, 1960: JFK, at the Hotel Retlaw in Fond du Lac, WI, where a large photo of his likeness was mounted behind him, spoke on the topic of “Water Pollution,” noting that in 1959 the beaches of Milwaukee had been closed because the water was unsafe and unhealthy.
Feb 17, 1960: JFK, at the Hotel Retlaw in Fond du Lac, WI, where a large photo of his likeness was mounted behind him, spoke on the topic of “Water Pollution,” noting that in 1959 the beaches of Milwaukee had been closed because the water was unsafe and unhealthy.
JFK, on a winter visit to Manchester, NH, greets student supporters at St. Anselm’s College who have brought along a donkey, symbol of the Democratic Party.
JFK, on a winter visit to Manchester, NH, greets student supporters at St. Anselm’s College who have brought along a donkey, symbol of the Democratic Party.
Los Angeles Times headline announces JFK and Nixon victories in the March 8, 1960 New Hampshire primary.
Los Angeles Times headline announces JFK and Nixon victories in the March 8, 1960 New Hampshire primary.
Vying presidential hopefuls in the 1960 Wisconsin Democratic primary, Humphrey & Kennedy, shown on the March 28, 1960 cover of ‘Life’ magazine as they compete for, among other interests, the dairy farm vote. Click for copy.
Vying presidential hopefuls in the 1960 Wisconsin Democratic primary, Humphrey & Kennedy, shown on the March 28, 1960 cover of ‘Life’ magazine as they compete for, among other interests, the dairy farm vote. Click for copy.
March 30, 1960: Campaigning early a.m. at the Manitowoc Shipyards in Wisconsin, JFK greets arriving workers and brothers, Ralph and Berlin Schroeder.
March 30, 1960: Campaigning early a.m. at the Manitowoc Shipyards in Wisconsin, JFK greets arriving workers and brothers, Ralph and Berlin Schroeder.
April 3rd, 1960: JFK watching a TV playback of an earlier TV appearance in Milwaukee, Wisconsin leading up to the April 5th Wisconsin primary.  AP photo.
April 3rd, 1960: JFK watching a TV playback of an earlier TV appearance in Milwaukee, Wisconsin leading up to the April 5th Wisconsin primary. AP photo.
April 5, 1960: JFK & team working the phones on WI primary night. Behind JFK from left: Pierre Salinger, Kenny O’Donnell and Larry O’Brien.  RFK is on the extreme right.
April 5, 1960: JFK & team working the phones on WI primary night. Behind JFK from left: Pierre Salinger, Kenny O’Donnell and Larry O’Brien. RFK is on the extreme right.
April 5th, 1960: CBS newsman Walter Cronkite interviews JFK during the Wisconsin primary vote.
April 5th, 1960: CBS newsman Walter Cronkite interviews JFK during the Wisconsin primary vote.
April 1960: As JFK stepped off his campaign plane at the Tucson Arizona Municipal Airport, he was greeted by about 150 supporters, some waving “Viva! Kennedy” placards. He was also given a sombrero and a cowboy hat. Photo, Tucson Citizen.
April 1960: As JFK stepped off his campaign plane at the Tucson Arizona Municipal Airport, he was greeted by about 150 supporters, some waving “Viva! Kennedy” placards. He was also given a sombrero and a cowboy hat. Photo, Tucson Citizen.
April 9th, 1960: JFK, Rep. Stewart Udall, and guest enjoy a light moment during a Democratic luncheon in Tucson, AZ. Udall would later become Kennedy’s Sec. of the Interior. Tucson Citizen photo.
April 9th, 1960: JFK, Rep. Stewart Udall, and guest enjoy a light moment during a Democratic luncheon in Tucson, AZ. Udall would later become Kennedy’s Sec. of the Interior. Tucson Citizen photo.
April 1960: JFK campaigning in rural West Virginia in advance of the state's May 10th primary.
April 1960: JFK campaigning in rural West Virginia in advance of the state's May 10th primary.
April 1960: JFK meeting with a group of coal miners near Mullens, West Virginia during a shift change while campaigning in Logan County during the West Virginia primary race.
April 1960: JFK meeting with a group of coal miners near Mullens, West Virginia during a shift change while campaigning in Logan County during the West Virginia primary race.
May 1960: Part of the JFK story being disseminated during the election was Kennedy’s WWII heroics, put forward here in a “Man’s Magazine” cover story.
May 1960: Part of the JFK story being disseminated during the election was Kennedy’s WWII heroics, put forward here in a “Man’s Magazine” cover story.
May 15th: JFK threw opening day baseball for Little League teams at Riverside ballpark in Portland, OR. Mike Gefroh caught ball and asked JFK to autograph it.
May 15th: JFK threw opening day baseball for Little League teams at Riverside ballpark in Portland, OR. Mike Gefroh caught ball and asked JFK to autograph it.
June 3, 1960: In Michigan, Mackinac Islanders welcome JFK, awarding him a key to the island. Gov. Williams introduced JFK to the crowd. Photo, Detroit News
June 3, 1960: In Michigan, Mackinac Islanders welcome JFK, awarding him a key to the island. Gov. Williams introduced JFK to the crowd. Photo, Detroit News
June 16, 1960: JFK makes guest appearance on Jack Paar’s Tonight Show. Click for video.
June 16, 1960: JFK makes guest appearance on Jack Paar’s Tonight Show. Click for video.
June 19, 1960:  U.S. Rep. George McGovern, right, joins JFK on the campaign trail in Sioux Falls, S.D.
June 19, 1960: U.S. Rep. George McGovern, right, joins JFK on the campaign trail in Sioux Falls, S.D.
July 2, 1960: A week before the DNC, former President, Harry Truman said Kennedy was “too young” & “not ready” and charged the DNC was “rigged” in his favor.
July 2, 1960: A week before the DNC, former President, Harry Truman said Kennedy was “too young” & “not ready” and charged the DNC was “rigged” in his favor.
July 9, 1960: JFK arriving in Los Angeles for the Democratic National Convention, where he is the front- runner for the Democratic Presidential nomination.
July 9, 1960: JFK arriving in Los Angeles for the Democratic National Convention, where he is the front- runner for the Democratic Presidential nomination.
July 13th: North Carolina delegates and LBJ supporters, Gov. Luther Hodges (holding paper) and Senator Sam Ervin Jr., right, at the DNC. Rumor had it that Kennedy was slipping in his bid for the nomination, as Southern delegates battled over civil rights and other issues.
July 13th: North Carolina delegates and LBJ supporters, Gov. Luther Hodges (holding paper) and Senator Sam Ervin Jr., right, at the DNC. Rumor had it that Kennedy was slipping in his bid for the nomination, as Southern delegates battled over civil rights and other issues.
July 14th, 1960: Los Angeles Times banner news head-line announcing JFK’s nomination victory at the DNC.
July 14th, 1960: Los Angeles Times banner news head-line announcing JFK’s nomination victory at the DNC.
July 1960: Classic photo of LBJ, RFK & JFK during Johnson’s VP selection. Photo,  Jacques Lowe
July 1960: Classic photo of LBJ, RFK & JFK during Johnson’s VP selection. Photo, Jacques Lowe
Aug 14,1960: JFK speaks at FDR Historic Home Site on 25th Anniversary of Social Security Act. Photo, NPS
Aug 14,1960: JFK speaks at FDR Historic Home Site on 25th Anniversary of Social Security Act. Photo, NPS
Aug 14, 1960: JFK admiring bust of FDR while touring the FDR Library during his visit to Hyde Park, NY.
Aug 14, 1960: JFK admiring bust of FDR while touring the FDR Library during his visit to Hyde Park, NY.
Aug 20, 1960: Cover for major farm conference in Des Moines, IA, with JFK& LBJ attending.  JFK pledges Democratic action to raise farm income to “full parity” and “preserve family farming as a way of life.”
Aug 20, 1960: Cover for major farm conference in Des Moines, IA, with JFK& LBJ attending. JFK pledges Democratic action to raise farm income to “full parity” and “preserve family farming as a way of life.”
Aug 26, 1960: JFK waves to crowd as he leaves Cobo Hall in Detroit following speech to the VFW National Conven-tion.  Photo, Tony Spina/Walter Reuther Library
Aug 26, 1960: JFK waves to crowd as he leaves Cobo Hall in Detroit following speech to the VFW National Conven-tion. Photo, Tony Spina/Walter Reuther Library
Sept 6, 1960: JFK in Spokane, WA reading about his proposed  “wheat plan” in the Spokane Daily Chronicle.
Sept 6, 1960: JFK in Spokane, WA reading about his proposed “wheat plan” in the Spokane Daily Chronicle.
Sept 8-9, 1960: JFK speaking from back of train during two-day California whistlestop tour. Photo, C. Capa
Sept 8-9, 1960: JFK speaking from back of train during two-day California whistlestop tour. Photo, C. Capa
Sept 13: JFK campaigning with LBJ, in Dallas, Texas.
Sept 13: JFK campaigning with LBJ, in Dallas, Texas.
Sept 16th: Crowd fills Penn Square, Lancaster, PA, to hear JFK speak. He also stopped at nearby Columbia, PA, as well as Reading, York and Lebanon, PA that day.
Sept 16th: Crowd fills Penn Square, Lancaster, PA, to hear JFK speak. He also stopped at nearby Columbia, PA, as well as Reading, York and Lebanon, PA that day.
Poster announcing visit of JFK to the York Fair, in York, PA on September 16, 1960.
Poster announcing visit of JFK to the York Fair, in York, PA on September 16, 1960.
September 22, 1960: JFK, in backseat of Pontiac convertible, talks with farmer James Cox during a visit to his farm in Fort Dodge, Iowa. AP photo.
September 22, 1960: JFK, in backseat of Pontiac convertible, talks with farmer James Cox during a visit to his farm in Fort Dodge, Iowa. AP photo.
Sept 26, 1960: JFK and Richard Nixon appear in the first nationally-televised presidential debate, which many believe Kennedy won. With some 70 million viewers, that debate gave an enormous boost to Kennedy’s campaign. Up to 20 million fewer viewers watched the remaining 3 debates, in which Nixon fared better.
Sept 26, 1960: JFK and Richard Nixon appear in the first nationally-televised presidential debate, which many believe Kennedy won. With some 70 million viewers, that debate gave an enormous boost to Kennedy’s campaign. Up to 20 million fewer viewers watched the remaining 3 debates, in which Nixon fared better.
Sept 28, 1960: Erie, PA “Daily Times” headline: “40,000 Greet Kennedy in Erie,” with photo of JFK & crowd.
Sept 28, 1960: Erie, PA “Daily Times” headline: “40,000 Greet Kennedy in Erie,” with photo of JFK & crowd.
Sept 29: Female voter in Schenectady, NY makes her preference known. Jackie’s campaigning was limited by her pregnancy, though she made early and late campaign appearances, and was a popular and valued campaigner.
Sept 29: Female voter in Schenectady, NY makes her preference known. Jackie’s campaigning was limited by her pregnancy, though she made early and late campaign appearances, and was a popular and valued campaigner.
Campaign poster for JFK appearances on Oct 10th, 1960 at Gateway Center & Syria Mosque in Pittsburgh, PA.
Campaign poster for JFK appearances on Oct 10th, 1960 at Gateway Center & Syria Mosque in Pittsburgh, PA.
Oct. 10, 1960: JFK addressing crowd at the LaGrange-Callaway Airport in Georgia, and would later visit Warm Springs, GA, former FDR retreat. Photo, Atlanta Journal
Oct. 10, 1960: JFK addressing crowd at the LaGrange-Callaway Airport in Georgia, and would later visit Warm Springs, GA, former FDR retreat. Photo, Atlanta Journal
October 10th, 1960 edition of Newsweek features JFK-Nixon TV debates on its cover along with “stormy K,” a reference to Soviet Premier, Nikita Khrushchev.
October 10th, 1960 edition of Newsweek features JFK-Nixon TV debates on its cover along with “stormy K,” a reference to Soviet Premier, Nikita Khrushchev.
October 19th, 1960: JFK & Jackie riding in motorcade during tickertape parade in New York City.
October 19th, 1960: JFK & Jackie riding in motorcade during tickertape parade in New York City.
October 24th edition of “Rockford Register-Republic” chronicles JFK Illinois campaign visit, mentioning plans for a 5th national TV debate that never came about.
October 24th edition of “Rockford Register-Republic” chronicles JFK Illinois campaign visit, mentioning plans for a 5th national TV debate that never came about.
Oct 31: JFK campaigns in downtown Philadelphia, PA near Citizens for Kennedy-Johnson hdqtrs, 1431 Chestnut St. Photo, Evening Bulletin/Temple Univ.
Oct 31: JFK campaigns in downtown Philadelphia, PA near Citizens for Kennedy-Johnson hdqtrs, 1431 Chestnut St. Photo, Evening Bulletin/Temple Univ.
Nov 1, 1960: JFK in blizzard of confetti in downtown Los Angeles during motorcade up Broadway, where it took more than 1 hour to travel 20 blocks.  AP photo
Nov 1, 1960: JFK in blizzard of confetti in downtown Los Angeles during motorcade up Broadway, where it took more than 1 hour to travel 20 blocks. AP photo
Nov 4, 1960: Headline from ‘Chicago Daily News’ touting big Mayor Daley-backed torchlight parade and stadium rally for JFK that would draw 1.5 million.
Nov 4, 1960: Headline from ‘Chicago Daily News’ touting big Mayor Daley-backed torchlight parade and stadium rally for JFK that would draw 1.5 million.
Nov 7, 1960: JFK coming into Boston with a police escort after days of campaigning throughout New England. He would make a final campaign speech at the Boston Garden and another on national TV, ending his campaign.
Nov 7, 1960: JFK coming into Boston with a police escort after days of campaigning throughout New England. He would make a final campaign speech at the Boston Garden and another on national TV, ending his campaign.
November 9, 1960: A beaming Jackie Kennedy and a happy JFK, during his acceptance speech  at the Hyannis Armory in Massachusetts following the long election night.
November 9, 1960: A beaming Jackie Kennedy and a happy JFK, during his acceptance speech at the Hyannis Armory in Massachusetts following the long election night.
Richard Robbins’ 2020 book, “JFK Rising: The 1960 West Virginia Primary and the Emergence of John F. Kennedy.” Click for copy.
Richard Robbins’ 2020 book, “JFK Rising: The 1960 West Virginia Primary and the Emergence of John F. Kennedy.” Click for copy.
Book by JFK aides, Kenny O'Donnell & Dave Powers, "Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye," paperback. Click for book.
Book by JFK aides, Kenny O'Donnell & Dave Powers, "Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye," paperback. Click for book.

January 1960

Jan 2: Wash., DC, Announces Candidacy
Jan 2: Universal-International Newsreel
Jan 2: Waltham, MA, Eleanor Roosevelt
Jan 3: Boston, MA, w/Advisory Group
Jan 3: Wash., DC, NBC’s Meet The Press
Jan 4: New York, NY
Jan 4: Wash. DC, Dinner w/ Joe Alsop
Jan 5: Wash., Dinner w/Ben & Toni Bradlee
Jan 5-6: Ohio Gov. Mike DiSalle for JFK
Jan 5: NH Campaign Office Opens
Jan 6: Wash., Dave Garroway TV filming
Jan 6: Wash., Women’s Nat’l Press Club
Jan 7: Parkersburg, WV, Campaign Mtg
Jan 7: Pres. Eisenhower, State of the Union
Jan 8: New York, Lunch w/ Look Editors
Jan 8: Wash, DC, Foreign Press Assoc.
Jan 8: ‘Kansans for Kennedy’ in Topeka
Jan 9: Nixon Announces Candidacy
Jan 9: Wash., DC, AFL-CIO Reception
Jan 11: Wash., DC, Board of Overseers
Jan 12: Wash., Walter Reuther Mtg.
Jan 12: Wash., Mass. Labor Leaders
Jan 13: Wash., Rep. Torbert MacDonald
Jan 14: Wash., DC, National Press Club
Jan 15: Louisville, KY
Jan 15-18: Palm Beach, FL, R&R
Jan 19: CA Gov. Pat Brown is Candidate
Jan 19: Wash., Lunch w/Joe Alsop
Jan 19: Wash., Bill Gillrick, Life
Jan 19: Wash., Franklin Roosevelt Jr.
Jan 20: Wash., John Oakes, NY Times
Jan 21: Milwaukee, WI with Jackie
Jan 21: Milwaukee Press Conference
Jan 22: Milwaukee, Pfister Hotel
Jan 22: Wash., DC, Gov. M. Williams
Jan 22: Wash., DC, Gov. Pat Brown
Jan 22: Wash., DC, Fundraising
Jan 23: Wash., National Committee
Jan 23: Wash., Pres. Kick-Off Dinner
Jan 24: Cambridge, MA, Harvard Club
Jan 24: Boston, MA, Jeff-Jackson Dinner
Jan 24: Nashua, NH, City Hall
Jan 24: Nashua, NH, Rotary Club
Jan 25: Manchester, NH
Jan 26: Baltimore, MD, Gov. Tawes
Jan 27: Omaha, NE, Labor Recep/Rally
Jan 28: Wash, DC, AP Photographers
Jan 28: Wash., Radio Interview/NY
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, UT, Luncheon
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, Press Conference
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, Later Day Saints
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, KCFX-TV Show
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, Labor Leaders
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, Dem Reception
Jan 30: Salt Lake City, Roosevelt Ball
Jan 31: Reno, NV, Gov’s Reception
Jan 31: Carson City, NV

 
February 1960

Feb 1: Carson City, NV, State Legislature
Feb 2: Annapolis, Enters MD Primary
Feb 4: Indianapolis, Enters IN Primary
Feb 4: Gary, IN, Hotel Gary Reception
Feb 4: Gary, Int’l Institute, Benefit Dinner
Feb 5: Gary, Lake County Women’s Club
Feb 5: Gary, Hotel Gary, Press Conf.
Feb 5: E. Chicago, IN, Dem. Luncheon
Feb 5: Gary, IN, U.S. Steel Tour
Feb 5: Terre Haute, IN, Dem Reception
Feb 5: Terre Haute, WTBI-TV
Feb 5: Terre Haute, State Teacher’s Col.
Feb 6: Charleston, WV, Primary filing
Feb 6: Bismark, ND, Hotel Patterson
Feb 6: Bismark, KYFR-TV Interview
Feb 6: Bismark, ND, Young Dems Lunch
Feb 6: Jamestown, ND, Press Conf.
Feb 6: Stutsman County (ND) Dems
Feb 7: Albuquerque, NM, Western Conf.
Feb 7: Albuquerque, New Mexico Univ.
Feb 7: Albuquerque, Dem. Luncheon
Feb 7: Albuquerque, Civic Auditorium
Feb 7: Las Vegas, Sands Hotel, Press
Feb 8: Las Vegas, Conv. Center Spch
Feb 8: Conv. Center Gold Room Recep.
Feb 8: Las Vegas, Sands Hotel
Feb 9: Roseburg, OR, Dem. Committee
Feb 9: Roseburg, Visit Lumber Mill
Feb 9: Roseburg, ‘Better Housing’ Spch
Feb 9: Corvallis, OR, Dem. Committee
Feb 9: Corvallis, Dem. Women
Feb 9: Corvallis, Benton Hotel Spch
Feb 9: Albany, OR, St. Mary’s Hall
Feb 9: Portland, OR, Multnomah Hotel
Feb 10: Portland, Press Conference
Feb 10: Portland, Chamber of Commerce
Feb 10: Newport, OR, Yaquina Harbor
Feb 10: Newport, Georgia Pacific Mill
Feb 10: Newport, Dem. Dinner
Feb 10: Corvallis, OR, Oregon St. Univ.
Feb 10: Portland Airport Reception
Feb 10: Portland-to-Pullman, WA
Feb 10: Pullman, Wash. State Univ.
Feb 11: Spokane, WA, Gonzaga Univ.
Feb 11: Spokane, Whitworth College
Feb 11: Spokane, Labor Council
Feb 11: Spokane, WA, Dem Club Dinner
Feb 12: Palo Alto, CA, Stanford Univ.
Feb 12: Fresno, CA, Dem Clubs Convnt.
Feb 12: Fresno, Hotel Fresno Reception
Feb 13: NY, NY, Dem. State Com. Dinner
Feb 16: Ft Atkinson, Wisconsin
Feb 16: Ft Atkinson, Whitewater College
Feb 16: Lake Geneva, WI. Town Tour
Feb 16: Kenosha, WI, ‘Senior Citizens’
Feb 16: Kenosha, Campaign Song Aired
Feb 16: Madison, WI, Press Conference
Feb 17: Port Washington, WI
Feb 17: West Bend, WI
Feb 17: Mayville, WI, City Hall
Feb 17: Beaver Dam, WI, ‘Dairy Program’
Feb 17: Fond Du Lac, ‘Water Pollution’
Feb 18: Oshkosh, WI, Wisconsin Axle
Feb 18: Oshkosh, Oshkosh Overall plant
Feb 18: Oshkosh, WI, Oshkosh St. College
Feb 18: DePere, WI, St. Norbert’s College
Feb 18: Appleton, WI, Town Center
Feb 18: Green Bay, WI, Champion Paper
Feb 18: Green Bay, WI, ‘Minimum Wage’
Feb 19: Berlin, New Hampshire
Feb 19: Berlin, White Mnt Lumber Co.
Feb 19: Berlin, Burgess Mill
Feb 19: Berlin, Cascade Plant
Feb 19: Berlin, Granite State Lumber Co,
Feb 19: Hannover, NH, Dartmouth College
Feb 19: Lebanon, NH
Feb 19: Claremont, NH, Hotel Moody
Feb 19: Claremont, City Hall Reception
Feb 20: Hartford, CT, Gov’s Mansion
Feb 20: Hartford, Jeff-Jackson Dinner
Feb 24: Madison, WI, ‘Natural Resources’
Feb 24: Madison, WI, East Side Optimists
Feb 24: Portage, WI, ‘Forest Research’
Feb 25: Wausau, WI, ‘Unshared Abundance’
Feb 25: Antigo, WI, ‘Rural Elec Co-ops’
Feb 25: Medford, WI, ‘Natural Resources’
Feb 25: Abbotsford, WI, ‘Social Security’
Feb 26: Eau Claire, WI, ‘…Tight Money’
Feb 26: Chippewa Falls, WI, ‘Ag Research’
Feb 26: Bloomer, WI, ‘REA Co-ops’
Feb 26: Durand, WI, ‘Dairy Program’
Feb 29: U.S. Senate, ‘Investment for Peace’

 
March 1960

Mar 4: Indianapolis, IN, File for Primary
Mar 4: Indianapolis, Press Conference
Mar 4: Indianapolis, Visit Campaign Hqtrs
Mar 4: Hutchinson, KS, Democratic Dinner
Mar 4: Gallup Poll: JFK 50%, Nixon 50%
Mar 5: Laconia, NH, Tavern Hotel Brk’fst
Mar 5: Franklin, NH, Reception
Mar 5: Concord, NH, Highway Hotel Recep.
Mar 5: Suncook, NH, Legion Sq. Reception
Mar 5: Manchester, NH, Champagne Mkt.
Mar 5: Manchester, St. Anselm’s College
Mar 5: Nashua, NH, Democratic Dinner
Mar 6: Berlin, NH, City Hall
Mar 6: Hanover, NH, Dartmouth College
Mar 6: Lebanon, NH, City Hall
Mar 6: Dartmouth College Speech
Mar 6: Claremont, NH, City Hall Recep.
Mar 7: Rochester, NH
Mar 7: Rochester, Hubbard Shoe Co.
Mar 7: Somersworth, NH
Mar 7: Somersworth, G.E. Meter Plant
Mar 7: Durham, NH, Lunch, Univ. of NH
Mar 7: Durham, New Hampshire Hall
Mar 7: Durham, Radio Q&A, WNDR
Mar 7: Newington, NH, Simplex Wire Co.
Mar 7: Portsmouth, NH, Press Conference
Mar 7: Dover, NH, City Hall Reception
Mar 8: JFK Wins NH Primary
Mar 9: Madison, WI, Press Conference
Mar 9: Baraboo, WI, ‘Forest Products’
Mar 9: Reedsburg, WI, ‘Dairy Income’
Mar 9: Mauston, WI, ‘National Defense’
Mar 9: Sparta, WI
Mar 9: La Crosse, WI, ‘Distressed Areas’
Mar 10: Black Falls, WI
Mar 10: Fairchild, WI, Neillsville H.S.
Mar 10: Marshfield, WI
Mar 10: Stevens Pt., WI, ‘Farm Credit’
Mar 11: Manawa, WI, Coffee Hour
Mar 11: Clintonville, WI
Mar 11: Shawano, WI, ‘Dairy Industry’
Mar 11: New London, WI
Mar 11: Neemah, WI
Mar 11: Meesha, WI
Mar 11: Appleton, WI, Nat. Resources
Mar 12: Wash, DC, Gridiron Dinner
Mar 14: Wash., Building Trades Conf.
Mar 15: Nat’l Veterans For Kennedy
Mar 16: Charleston, WV, Press Conf.
Mar 16: Madison, WI, ‘Disarmament’
Mar 16: Madison, Univ of Wisconsin
Mar 16: Madison, Businessmen’s Club
Mar 17: Cornell, WI, ‘REA Co-ops’
Mar 17: Ladysmith, WI
Mar 17: Park Falls, WI
Mar 17: Mellen, WI
Mar 17: Montreal, WI
Mar 17: Hurley, WI
Mar 17: Ashland, WI
Mar 18: Washburn, WI,
Mar 18: Hayward. WI
Mar 18: Shall Lake, WI
Mar 18: Minong, WI
Mar 18: Gordon, WI
Mar 18: Superior, WI. ‘The Unemployed’
Mar 19: Milwaukee, WI, Press Conf.
Mar 19: Mukwonago, WI, Coffee Hour
Mar 19: Burlington, WI
Mar 19: Racine, WI, Young Democrats
Mar 19: Hayward, WI
Mar 19: Delavan, WI, ‘Small Business’
Mar 19: Janesville, WI, ‘Ag Research’
Mar 20: Milwaukee, WI, ‘Right to Vote’
Mar 20: Marionette, WI, ‘Farm Credit’
Mar 21: Indianapolis, IN, Primary Cert.
Mar 23: Milwaukee, NW Mutual Co.
Mar 23: Milwaukee, G.E. Plant Tour
Mar 23: Milwaukee, Schlitz Plant
Mar 23: Milwaukee, American Motors
Mar 23: Milwaukee, Jewish Com. Center
Mar 24: Sen. Symington Enters Race
Mar 24: Milwaukee, Telephone Co.
Mar 24: Milwaukee, Univ of WI / ‘Berlin’
Mar 24: Milwaukee, Miller Brewing
Mar 24: Kenosha, WI, Am. Motors Plant
Mar 24: Racine, WI, Reception
Mar 25: Hillsboro, WI, High School Spch
Mar 25: Gays Mills, WI
Mar 25: Muscoda, WI
Mar 25: Lancaster, WI, REA County Mtg.
Mar 25: Milwaukee, Univ of WI / ‘Cuba’
Mar 26: Detroit, MI, Dem Midwest Conf.
Mar 26: Cadillac, MI, Press Conference
Mar 27: Detroit, UAW Rally /‘Forand Bill’
Mar 28: Life cover story, WI Primary
Mar 29: Milwaukee, WI
Mar 29: Hudson, WI, ‘Ag Research’
Mar 30: Manitowoc, WI, ‘Farm Co-ops’
Mar 30: Manitowoc, Shipyard Workers
Mar 31: Oconomowoc, WI, ‘Nat’l Forests’

 
April 1960

Apr 1: Dodgeville, WI, ‘Fighting Crime’
Apr 1: Beloit, WI, ‘Social Security’
Apr 2: Milwaukee, WI, ‘This Campaign’
Apr 2: Milwaukee, Assoc Student Councils
Apr 3: Milwaukee, ‘American Labor’
Apr 4: Milwaukee, Univ of WI, ‘Berlin’
Apr 5: JFK Wins Wisconsin Primary
Apr 5-6: Kennedy team gathers in WV
Apr 6: JFK at home, Georgetown/D.C.
Apr 7: Alexandria, IN, Farm Forum
Apr 7: Muncie, IN, Ball State University
Apr 7: Muncie, Luncheon /Press Conf
Apr 7: Muncie, Borg Warner /shift change
Apr 7: Lafayette, IN, Am Legion Reception
Apr 7: Lafayette, IN, Jeff-Jackson Dinner
Apr 8: South Bend, IN, Studebaker workers
Apr 8: Plymouth, IN, Marshall Co. Schools
Apr 8: Michawaka, IN, Bal Band plant
Apr 8: South Bend, IN, St. Mary’s College
Apr 8: South Bend, IN, Democratic Dinner
Apr 9: Flagstaff, AZ, Dem Breakfast
Apr 9: Tucson, AZ, ‘Nat Resource Devlpmnt’
Apr 9: Yuma, AZ, ‘High Interest Rates…’
Apr 9: Phoenix, AZ, ‘Natural Resources’
Apr 9: Phoenix, Democratic Reception
Apr 11: “Stop Kennedy” in WV reported
Apr 11: Parkersburg, WV, Elks Club Coffee
Apr 11: Charleston, Morris Harvey College
Apr 11: “ “, Kanawha Co. Court House
Apr 11: Charleston, Kanawha Hotel Lunch
Apr 11: Ona, WV, JFK/Post Office photo
Apr 11: Huntington, WV, Connors Steel
Apr 11: Huntington, Marshall College
Apr 11: Raleigh Co., WV, Airport Rally
Apr 11: Raleigh Co. Courthouse, Press
Apr 11: Beckley, WV, Slab Fork Coal Co.
Apr 11: Beckley, WV, ‘New Deal for WV’
Apr 12: N. Vincent Peale hits JFK religion
Apr 12: JFK Wins Illinois Primary
Apr 14: Palm Beach, FL, JFK R&R
Apr 17: Clarksburg, WV, with Jackie
Apr 18: Clarksburg, WBOY-TV
Apr 18: Clarksburg, Jackson Hotel Coffee
Apr 18: Clarksburg, Hazel Atlas plant
Apr 18: Clarksburg, ‘The Unemployed’
Apr 18: Fairmont, WV
Apr 18: Fairmont, ‘Program for Coal’
Apr 18: Fairmont, Lunch/Palace Restaurant
Apr 18: Fairmont, Owens-Illinois Glass
Apr 18: Morgantown, WV, Sterling Faucet
Apr 18: Pursglove, WV, Miners’ Mem. Cntr
Apr 18: Morgantown, Hotel Morgan Recep.
Apr 18: Morgantown, WV, ‘Coal By Wire…’
Apr 19: Bethany, WV, Bethany College
Apr 19: Bethany, W. Liberty St. College
Apr 19: Wheeling, WV, TV Interview
Apr 19: JFK & others, NBC-TV Startime
Apr 19: Wheeling, Sylvania Plant
Apr 19: Wheeling, Press Conference
Apr 19: Wheeling, WV, ‘WV & Pentagon’
Apr 19: Beckley, WV, Arival
Apr 20: Beckley, Beckley Manufacturing
Apr 20: Mt Hope, WV, ‘Food For WV’
Apr 20: Oak Hill, WV, Collins H.S.
Apr 20: Fayetteville, WV
Apr 20: Gauley Bridge, WV, High School
Apr 20: Montgomery, WV, High School
Apr 20: Cedar Grove, WV
Apr 20: Cabin Creek, WV, Jack’s Supmkt.
Apr 20: Charleston, Owens-Illinois plant
Apr 20: Charleston, ‘Program For WV’
Apr 20: Huntington, Depressed Area Aid
Apr 21: Wash., DC, Newspaper Editors
Apr 22: Portland, OR, Arrival/Press Conf
Apr 22: Portland, Omark Industries plant
Apr 22: N. Clackamas, OR, High School
Apr 22: N. Clackamas, Chamber of Com.
Apr 22: Milwaukie, OR, Milwaukie H.S.
Apr 22: Beaverton, OR, First Methodist
Apr 22: Beaverton, Pendleton Mills
Apr 22: S. Eugene, OR, ‘Disarmament’
Apr 23: Medford, OR, Pear Blossom Parade
Apr 23: Medford, Lunch, Hotel Medford
Apr 23: Portland, OR, ‘Social Security’
Apr 23: Ashland, OR
Apr 23: Portland, Cleveland High School
Apr 25: Huntington, WV, Press Conf
Apr 25: Huntington, TV Address
Apr 25: Huntington, Huntington Mfg. Co.
Apr 25: Lavalette, WV, Veterans Hospital
Apr 25: Lavalette, Wayne Co. Courthouse
Apr 25, Crum, WV, Railroad Workers
Apr 25: Kermit, WV
Apr 25: Williamson, WV, ‘Older Citizens’
Apr 25: Omar, WV
Apr 25: Rossmore, WV, Courthouse
Apr 25: Logan, WV, ‘Coal’
Apr 26: Welsh, WV
Apr 26: Amherstdale, WV, with FDR, Jr.
Apr 26: Amherstdale, Nat’l Fuels Policy
Apr 26: Pineville, WV, Court House Spch
Apr 26: Oceana, WV
Apr 26: Man, WV, Bluefield Nat’l Guard
Apr 26: Glenwood, WV
Apr 26: Mullens, WV, ‘Natural Resources…’
Apr 26: Near Mullens, Itmann coal mine
Apr 26: Welsh, Municipal Bldg. Spch
Apr 26: Kimball, WV
Apr 26: Keystone, WV
Apr 26: Northfork, WV
Apr 26: Maybeury, WV
Apr 26: Bramwell, WV
Apr 26: Glenwood Pk, WV, ‘Food For WV’
Apr 26: JFK Wins MA Primary
Apr 26: JFK Wins PA Primary
Apr 27: Athens, WV, ‘Teacher College Grads’
Apr 27: Bluefield, WV, Bluefield St. College
Apr 27: Bluefield, Jackie on WHIS-TV
Apr 27: Princeton, WV, Maidenform plant
Apr 27: Charles Town, WV, Dem. Rally
Apr 27: Kimball, WV
Apr 27: Near Eckman, Eureka Hollow
Apr 27: Bramwell, WV
Apr 27: Montcalm, WV
Apr 27: Goodwill Hollow, WV
Apr 27: Hinton, WV, (Ted Kennedy sub)
Apr 27: Alderson, WV, Alderson H.S.
Apr 27: Ronceverte, WV, High School
Apr 27: Lewisburg, WV, High School
Apr 27: White Sulfur Springs, WV
Apr 27: Martinsburg, WV, WEPM Radio
Apr 27: Charles Town, WV, Ractrack
Apr 28: Charleston, WV
Apr 28: Princeton, WV, Courthouse Spch
Apr 29: Albany, IN, U.S. Steel Plant
Apr 29: Seymour, IN, Freeman Field
Apr 29: Kokomo, Howard Co. Ct. Hse
Apr 29: Richmond, IN, Earlham College
Apr 29: Richmond, Holy Family School
Apr 29: Richmond, Jeff-Jackson Dinner
Apr 30: Esdale, WV, JFK sub/sore throat
Apr 30: Park, WV, Kroger’s Store
Apr 30: Kanawha City, WV
Apr 30: South Charleston, WV
Apr 30: Dunbar, WV
Apr 30: Madison, WV, Co. Courthouse
Apr 30: Marmet, WV, Ted Sorenson sub
Apr 30: Chesapeake, WV,
Apr 30: St. Albans, WV, Democratic Rally
Apr 30: Charleston, ‘Industry for WV’

 
May 1960

May 1: Parkersburg, WV, ‘WV Primary’
May 1: Weirton, WV, ‘Small Business’
May 3: Welch, WV, ‘Poverty in WV’
May 3: JFK Wins Indiana Primary
May 4: Charleston: JFK/HHH TV-Debate
May 4: Athens, WV, ‘Crisis in Education’
May 4: White Sulphur Springs, WV
May 4: Alderson, WV, ‘Indust. Devel.’
May 4: Ronceverte, WV, ‘Indust. Devel.’
May 4: Lewisburg, WV, ‘Youth Cons. Corps’
May 4: Charleston, ‘American Economy’
May 6: Huntington, WV, Economic Issues
May 7: Omaha, NE, ‘The Pres. Primary’
May 8: Elkins, WV, ‘Indust. Devel.’
May 8: Clarksburg, ‘Indust. Devel.’
May 8: Charleston, WV radio address
May 10: Wash, D.C., Dem Women’s Lunch
May 10: JFK Wins WV Primary
May 11: Chestertown, MD, Wash. College
May 12: Rockville, MD, Dem. Women
May 12: NY, NY, Bronx Dem. Dinner
May 13: Hagerstown, MD, ‘Indust. Devel.’
May 13: Frederick MD, Hood College Spch.
May 13: Baltimore, ‘American Economy’
May 14: Elkton, MD, ‘Ed. of Am. Politician’
May 14: Easton, MD, ‘Federal Farm Policy’
May 14: College Pk, Univ of MD Rally
May 14: Salisbury, MD, ‘Older Citizens’
May 14: Cambridge, MD, ‘Water Pollution’
May 14: MD, Alben Barkley Club Banquet
May 15: Portland, OR, Kennedy Rally
May 15: Portland, Riverside Little League
May 15: The Dalles, OR, ‘Oregon Primary’
May 16: Portland, Lewis & Clark College
May 16: Astoria, OR, Democratic Lunch
May 17: Portland, Hillsboro High School
May 17: Eugene, OR, Weyerhaeuser Co.
May 17: JFK Wins MD Primary
May 18: St. Helens, OR, Breakfast Spch.
May 18: Portland, OR, Benson H.S. Rally
May 20: JFK Wins Oregon Primary
May 27: Spokane, WA, ‘Democratic Party’
May 29: Libertyville, IL, w/Adlai Stevenson
May 31: L.A., CA, Dinner for Gov. Brown
May 31: L.A., CA, Democratic Dinner
May 31: Scripps-Howard papers for LBJ

 
June 1960

Jun 1: San Francisco, Gov. Brown Dinner
Jun 2: Chicago, IL, Textile Workers Union
Jun 2: Chicago, JFK: “National Decline”
Jun 3: Mackinac Island, MI
Jun 4: JFK/LBJ Split NM Dem Delegates
Jun 4: Minneapolis, MN, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Jun 7: Grand Rapids, MI, AFL-CIO Convnt.
Jun 7: Gov. Pat Brown Wins CA Primary
Jun 7: Sen. Humphrey, Wins SD Primary
Jun 10: E. Roosevelt Endorses Stevenson
Jun 11: St. Louis Post for Stevenson
Jun 16: JFK on TV’s Jack Paar Show
Jun 17: NY, NY, Nat’l Dem. Luncheon
Jun 18: Aberdeen, SD, ‘Ag Bill of Rights’
Jun 18: Durango, CO, Nat. Resource Cons.
Jun 19: Sioux Falls, SD, Am. Legion Convnt.
Jun 19: Fargo, ND, Fargo Airport Spch
Jun 19: Fargo, ND, Fairgrounds
Jun 19: Fargo, ND, Quentin Burdick Dinner
Jun 22: Dover, DE, Dover Air Force Base
Jun 22: Dover, DE, Dover Hotel
Jun 22: Camden, NJ, John Healey Dinner
Jun 22: Spring Lake., NJ, Dem Dinner
Jun 22: Camden, 1st Cong. Dist. Dinner
Jun 22: Speech before NY Liberal Party
Jun 22: Pittsburgh Press interview
Jun 23: NY, NY, Mtg. w/Martin L. King
Jun 24: Wash., African Diplomatic Corps
Jun 25: Hyannis, MA
Jun 26: Iowa Campaigning, ‘Farm Policy’
Jun 27: Helena, MT
Jun 27: Helena, Montana Legislature.
Jun 27: Helena, Marlow Theater
Jun 27: Helena, Dem State Convention
Jun 27: Helena, Placer Hotel/Dem Mtg
Jun 29: JFK: Mtg w Jackie Robinson.
Jun 30: NYPost: Stevenson-JFK ticket.

 
July 1960

Jul 1: A. Clayton Powell for Symington
Jul 1: JFK Meets w/ Sen. Symington
Jul 1: JFK Reply to Jackie Robinson
Jul 2: Harry Truman: “JFK Too Young”
Jul 4: CBS TV: JFK Rebuts Truman
Jul 4: JFK’s Health Raised
Jul 4: Newsweek: Who Can Stop JFK?
Jul 5: LBJ Announces Candidacy
Jul 6: JFK to Harlem, NY/J.R. Jones
Jul 8: NY, JFK Predicts DNC Win

 
Democratic National Convention
Los Angeles, California

Jul 9: JFK Arrives at DNC
Jul 10: JFK: Meet the Press
Jul 10: JFK Speech at NAACP
Jul 10: Illinois – 59 ½ votes to JFK
Jul 10: Gov. Brown Endorses JFK
Jul 10: E. Roosevelt Arrives at DNC
Jul 10: Dem Nat’l Committee Dinner
Jul 10: Celebrity Gala: Sinatra, et. al.,
Jul 11: DNC Formally Opens
Jul 11: Sammy Davis Booed at DNC
Jul 11: Gov. Lawrence: PA For JFK
Jul 12: JFK/LBJ Showdown Debate
Jul 12: Stevenson Floor Demonstration
Jul 13: JFK Nominated/1st Ballot
Jul 14: JFK Picks LBJ For V.P. Slot
Jul 15: JFK Formally Nominated
Jul 16: L.A. Coliseum: ‘New Frontier’
Jul 16: L.A., JFK Press Conference
Jul 16: Dem Nat’l Convention Close
Jul 16: Private Dinner, Romanoff’s
Jul 17: Depart for Boston/Hyannis, MA

 
Jul-Aug 1960 – Post DNC
Hyannis, Massachusetts

Jul 19: Hyannis, Campaign Planning
Jul 19: Look, ‘Kennedys: Pol Machine’
Jul 20: Hyannis, 3 Top Aides Named
Jul 23: Hyannis: Allen Dulles Briefs JFK
Jul 25-28:Republican Nat’l Convention
Jul 26: JFK Praise for Gov. Rockefeller
Jul 28: JFK Accepts TV Debate Prop.
Jul 28: Hyannis: JFK Press Conference
Jul 29: Hyannis: JFK/Stevenson Confer
Jul 29: Hyannis: JFK/LBJ Confer
Jul 29: JFK Accepts 2 More TV Debates
Jul 30: JFK-LBJ Joint Press Conference
Aug 1: Hyannis: Dems on Farm Policy
Aug 2: Hyannis: Civil Rights & Campaign
Aug 4: Gov Meyner Heads NJ Campaign
Aug 5: NY, NY, Overseas Press Club
Aug 6: Hyannis, MA, Lithuanian Leaders
Aug 6: Hyannis, Policy-American Leaders
Aug 6: Hyannis, Chinese-Americans
Aug 6: Hyannis, Immigration Statement

 
August 1960

Aug 8: U.S. Senate Reconvenes
Aug 8: Wash., DC, ‘Civil Rights’
Aug 9: Wash., ‘Republicans & Civil Rights’
Aug 10: Truman to Campaign for JFK-LBJ
Aug 10: U.S. Senate, ‘Minimum Wage Bill’
Aug 11: 3 Rail Unions Back JFK-LBJ
Aug 13: Wash., ‘Medical Care of Aged’
Aug 14: Hyde Park, NY w/ E. Roosevelt
Aug 14: Hyde Pk, FDR Home/S.S.Act 25th
Aug 17: Nat’l Assn. County Officials (tel)
Aug 17: U.S. Senate, ‘Airlift Africa’
Aug 18: Wash., ‘Minimum Wage Bill’
Aug 19: ‘Farmers for Kennedy & Johnson’
Aug 20: Omaha, NE, Offutt Air Force Base
Aug 20: Independence, Missouri
Aug 20: Missouri Mtg. w/Harry Truman
Aug 20: Independence, MO, Press Conf.
Aug 20-21: Des Moines, IA, Farm Conf.
Aug 21: Des Moines, LBJ & JFK
Aug 21: Des Moines, LBJ & JFK Press
Aug 21: Des Moines, JFK Farm Spch
Aug 21: “Farmers for JFK-LBJ” Press
Aug 22: Life Magazine Article by JFK
Aug 24: Alexandria, VA, Dem. Rally
Aug 26: NY, NY, Zionists of America
Aug 26: Detroit, MI, VFW Convention
Aug 26: Miami, AMVET Cnvnt. (tel)
Aug 26: AFL-CIO Endorses Kennedy
Aug 30: NY State AFL-CIO (tel)
Aug 30: Wash., DC, Press Conf.
Aug 31: Nat’l Bar Assn., ‘Negro Judges’

 
September 1960

Sept 2: Portland, ME, Press Conference
Sept 2: Manchester, NH, Airport Rally
Sept 2: Presque Isle, ME, Airport Rally
Sept 2: Bangor, ME, ‘1960 Election’
Sept 2: Portland, ME, ‘1960 Election’
Sept 3: San Francisco, A-port / Press
Sept 3: Anchorage, AK, A-port / Press
Sept 3: Palmer, Alaska, State Fair
Sept 3: Anchorage, TV/Radio Spot
Sept 4: Detroit, MI, Airport Reception.
Sept 5: Detroit, Labor Day kick-off
Sept 5: Detroit, State Fair/Labor
Sept 5: Pontiac, MI, Labor Day picnic
Sept 5: Flint, MI, Atwood Stadium
Sept 5: Muskegon, MI, Lab. Day Picnic
Sept 5: Muskegon, Doo Drop Inn
Sept 6: Alaska Newspapers by Phone
Sept 6: Pocatello, Idaho, Press Interview
Sept 6: Pocatello, ‘Mining Legislation’
Sept 6: Pocatello, Radio Interview
Sept 6: Spokane, WA, Parade & Speech
Sept 6: Seattle, WA, Public Rally
Sept 6: Seattle, ‘National Defense’
Sept 7: Seattle, WA, Press Conference
Sept 7: Eugene, OR, Public Rally
Sept 7: Eugene, ‘American Prestige’
Sept 7: Salem, OR, Public Rally
Sept 7: Portland, OR, TV Appearance
Sept 7: Portland, Multnomah Hotel
Sept 7: N. V. Peale: Catholic President

 
California Whistlestop Tour
September 8-9, 1960

Sept 8: Redding, CA
Sept 8: Red Bluff, CA
Sept 8: Chico, CA
Sept 8: Marysville, CA
Sept 8: Sacramento, CA
Sept 8: Davis, CA
Sept 8: Fairfield, CA
Sept 8: Martinez, CA
Sept 8: Richmond, CA
Sept 8: Oakland, CA,
Sept 9: Stockton, CA
Sept 9: Modesto, CA
Sept 9: Turlock, CA
Sept 9: Merced, CA
Sept 9: Madera, CA
Sept 9: Fresno, CA
Sept 9: Tulare, CA
Sept 9: Bakersfield, CA

 
September 1960 (cont’d)

Sept 9: Burbank, CA, A-port Press
Sept 9: Burbank, Shopping Centery
Sept 9: L.A., Shrine Aud/‘Civil Rights’
Sept 11: San Diego, Linbergh Field
Sept 11: San Diego, Grant Hotel
Sept 11: San Diego, ‘Defense’
Sept 11: El Paso, TX, Arrival
Sept 12: El Paso, ‘Democratic Party’
Sept 12: Lubbock, TX, Airport speech
Sept 12: San Antonio, TX, Motorcade
Sept 12: San Antonio, Alamo Speech
Sept 12: Houston, Coliseum Speech
Sept 12: Houston Ministers Speech
Sept 12: Austin, TX, Arrival
Sept 13: Austin, Spch on Capitol Steps
Sept 13: Ft. Worth, TX, Arrival
Sept 13: Arlington, TX, Motorcade
Sept 13: Dallas, Memorial Aud. Speech
Sept 13: Dallas, Chance Vought Aircraft
Sept 13: Texarkana, TX, Courthouse Square
Sept 13: NY Liberal Party for JFK
Sept 14: St. Louis, I. A.M. Convention
Sept 14: NYC, Dem. Women’s Luncheon
Sept 14: NYC, Fundraising
Sept 14: NYC, Kennedy Workers Rally
Sept 14: NYC, Senior Citizens Rally
Sept 14: NYC, Liberal Party Nomination
Sept 15: Jersey City, NJ, Dem Party Spch
Sept 15: Bergen, NJ, Bergen Mall Rally
Sept 15: Paterson, NJ, City Hall Rally
Sept 15: Newark, NJ, City Hall Rally
Sept 15: Elizabeth, NJ, City Hall Rally
Sept 15: N. Brunswick, Hall of Records
Sept 15: Trenton, NJ, State Office Bldg.
Sept 15: Clifton, NJ, Dem Party Speech
Sept 15: Mercer, PA, Arrival
Sept 15: Harrisburg, PA, Band Greeting
Sept 15: Harrisburg, PA, Market Sq. Spch
Sept 15: Harrisburg, Zembo Mosque
Sept 15: Harrisburg, PA, Statewide TV
Sept 16: Lebanon, PA, ‘Republican Party’
Sept 16: Reading, PA, ‘Republican Party’
Sept 16: Lancaster, PA, Penn Square Spch
Sept 16: Columbia, PA, ‘Republican Party’
Sept 16: York, PA, Lincoln Woods Inn
Sept 16: York, PA, Fairgrounds Speech
Sept 16: Towson, MD, ‘Democratic Party’
Sept 16: Pikesville, MD, ‘Khrushchev Visit’
Sept 16: Washington, DC, Arrival/Home
Sept 17: Greenville, NC, Tobacco Auction
Sept 17: Greenville, E. Carolina Stadium
Sept 17: Greensboro, NC, Airport speech
Sept 17: Ashville, NC, via Phone Conf.
Sept 17: Charlotte, NC, Coliseum Speech
Sept 17: Raleigh, NC, Gov’s Mansion
Sept 17: Raleigh, Rally, Speech, Q&A
Sept 17: Washington, DC, Arrival/Home
Sept 18: Americans for Dem Action for JFK
Sept 19: Atlantic City, NJ, Chem Workers
Sept 19: Atlantic City, NJ, Steelworkers
Sept 19: Charleston, WV, Dan Boone House
Sept 19: Charleston, TV talk & Press Conf
Sept 19: CBS-TV: Cronkite/JFK Interview
Sept 19: CIA’s Allen Dulles Briefs JFK
Sept 19: Washington, DC, Arrival/Home
Sept 20: Wash., DC, Sheraton Hotel Spch
Sept 20: Person to Person TV w/Jackie
Sept 21: Tri Cities Airport, VA/TN, Rally
Sept 21: Knoxville, TN, Airport Rally
Sept 21: Nashville, TN, War Memorial Spch.
Sept 21: Nashville, State Fair, ‘Farm Policy’
Sept 21: Memphis, TN, TV Speech
Sept 21: Memphis, Riverside Drive Rally
Sept 21: Sioux City, IA, Municipal Aud. Spch
Sept 22: Sioux City, Fundraising Breakfast
Sept 22: Fort Dodge, IA, Parade
Sept 22: Fort Dodge, IA, Airport Speech
Sept 22: Sioux Falls, SD, Airport Speech
Sept 22: Sioux Falls, Nat’l Plowing Contest
Sept 22: Mitchell, SD, ‘Federal Farm Policy’
Sept 22: Fargo, ND, Airport Rally/Reception
Sept 22: Billings, MT, Shrine Auditorium
Sept 22: Cheyenne, WY, ‘Nat. Resources’
Sept 23: Cheyenne, Brkfst Spch, Frontier Pk
Sept 23: Cheyenne, Airport Rally
Sept 23: Denver, CO, Civic Center Rally
Sept 23: Denver, CO, Hilton Hotel Spch.
Sept 23: Salt Lake City, Mormon Tabernacle
Sept 23: Salt Lake City, Tabernacle TV Show
Sept 23: Salt Lake City, Hotel Utah Spch
Sept 24: Chicago, Arrival-1st TV debate
Sept 25: Cleveland, OH, Hotel Hollenden
Sept 26: Cleveland, Euclid Beach Pk.
Sept 26: Chicago, IL, Carpenters Union.
Sept 26: 1st Kennedy-Nixon TV Debate
Sept 27: Painesville, OH, ‘Dem. Party’
Sept 27: Lorain, OH, Stadium Rally
Sept 27: Mansfield, OH, ‘Foreign Policy’
Sept 27: Akron, OH, Armory Spch & Rally
Sept 27: Canton, OH, Municipal Aud.
Sept 27: Erie, PA, Airport Rally
Sept 28: Erie, Breakfast Speech
Sept 28: Erie, Lawrence Hotel Rally
Sept 28: Niagra Falls, Bell Aircraft Co.
Sept 28: Niagra Falls, Treadway Inn Spch.
Sept 28: Lockport, NY, ‘Pres. Election’
Sept 29: N. Tonawanda, ‘Pres. Election’
Sept 28: Rochester, NY, Business Leaders
Sept 28: Rochester, War Memorial Rally
Sept 28: Buffalo, NY, Senior Citizens Mtg
Sept 28: Buffalo, Memorial Aud. Speech
Sept 29: Albany, NY, State Capitol Rally
Sept 29: Troy, NY, Rally, ‘Pres. Election’
Sept 29: Schenectady, NY, Rally
Sept 29: Amsterdam, NY, ‘Am. Economy’
Sept 29: Little Falls, NY, Lunch Rally
Sept 29: Ilion, NY
Sept 29: Utica, NY, Rally
Sept 29: Rome, NY, Rally
Sept 29: Oneida, NY, Rally
Sept 29: Syracuse, NY, ‘Foreign Policy’
Sept 29: Syracuse, NY, TV Address
Sept 29: Charles Collingwood, CBS-TV
Sept 30: Hyannis, Huntley-Brinkley/NBC

 
October 1960

Oct 1: Chicago, City Hall, ‘Eastern Europe’
Oct 1: Chicago, American Polish Congress
Oct 1: Chicago, Lake Meadow Shop. Cntr
Oct 1: Minneapolis, MN, TV Address
Oct 1: Minneapolis, Bean Feed
Oct 1: Minneapolis, Fundraising Spch
Oct 2: St. Paul, MN, Airport Rally
Oct 2: St. Paul, St. Paul Hotel Spch
Oct 2: St. Paul, GTA Convention
Oct 2: Duluth, MN, Univ of MN
Oct 2: Hibbing, MN, Mem. Arena Spch.
Oct 2: St. Louis, Arrival, Chase Hotel
Oct 3: Alton, IL, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 3: Granite City, IL, ‘Pres. Election’
Oct 3: E. St. Louis, 15th & Broadway
Oct 3: E. St. Louis, National Stockyards
Oct 3: Belleville, IL, Augustine’s
Oct 3: Belleville, ‘1960 Pres. Election’
Oct 3: Carbondale, IL, Stadium Speech
Oct 3: Marion, IL, Court House
Oct 3: Marion, Veterans’s Hospital
Oct 3: Marion Airport, ‘Dem Party’
Oct 3: Harrisburg, IL, ‘Farm Policy’
Oct 3: Venice, IL, ‘Republican Party’
Oct 3: Springfield, IL, Armory Spch.
Oct 3: Chicago. IL
Oct 4: Evansville, IN, Courthouse Rally
Oct 4: Indianapolis, IN, WTTV-TV
Oct 4: Indianapolis, Auditorium Spch
Oct 5: Pendleton, IN, ‘Am. Economy’
Oct 5: Anderson, IN, Courthouse Rally
Oct 5: Muncie, IN, Courthouse Rally
Oct 5: Muncie, Muncie Gear Works
Oct 5: Terre Haute, IN, Courthouse Rally
Oct 5: Louisville, KY, Jefferson Square
Oct 5: Louisville, Fairgrounds
Oct 5: Louisville, KY, TV Address
Oct 6: Cincinnati, OH, Gov’t Square
Oct 6: Cincinnati, Democratic Dinner
Oct 6: Washington, DC, Arrival Home
Oct 7: DC, Howard Univ, ‘Civil Rights’
Oct 7: Kennedy-Nixon, 2nd TV Debate
Oct 8: Lexington, KY, University of KY
Oct 8: Bowling Green, KY, Courthouse
Oct 8: Paducah, KY, Rally
Oct 8: Washington, DC, Arrival Home
Oct 9: Youngstown, OH, Rally
Oct 9: Girard, OH, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 9: Warren, OH, Courthouse Rally
Oct 9: Salem, OH, Rally
Oct 9: Louisville, KY, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 10: Columbus, GA, Airport Rally
Oct 10: Warm Springs, Little White Hse
Oct 10: La Grange, GA, Airport
Oct 10: Columbia, SC, State House Spch
Oct 10: Pittsburgh, PA, Gateway Center
Oct 10: Pittsburgh, Urban Affairs Conf.
Oct 10: Pittsburgh, Syria Mosque
Oct 10: NYC, Late night arrival
Oct 12: NYC, Breakfast w/Mrs Roosevelt
Oct 12: NYC, Columbus Day Parade
Oct 12: NYC, Associated Biz Pubs Conf.
Oct 12: NYC, Democratic Committees
Oct 12: NYC, Constitutional Rights Conf.
Oct 12: Mineola, NY, Long Island Fair
Oct 12: NYC, Hotel Theresa Rally
Oct 12: E. Harlem, Puerto Rican Rally
Oct 12: NYC, Nat’l Council of Women
Oct 13: Kennedy-Nixon, 3rd TV Debate
Oct 13: Los Angeles Times for Nixon
Oct 14: Ann Arbor, U. of Mich /early a.m.
Oct 14: Whistle stop /Southern Mich??
Oct 14: Jackson, MI, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 14: Albion, MI, Republican critique
Oct 14: Marshall, MI, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 14: Battle Creek, MI
Oct 14: Kalamazoo, MI, ‘Foreign Policy’
Oct 14: Grand Rapids, MI, Rally
Oct 14: E. Lansing, Mich. State University
Oct 14: Owasso, MI, ‘American Economy’
Oct 14: Lansing, MI, Capitol Steps Spch.
Oct 14: Bay County, MI
Oct 14: Saginaw, MI, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 14: Denver, CO, Adult Ed Assoc.
Oct 15: Sharon, PA, Rally
Oct 15: New Castle, PA, Rally
Oct 15: Beaver Falls, PA, Rally
Oct 15: Butler, PA, ‘American Economy’
Oct 15: Kittanning, PA, Rally
Oct 15: Indiana, PA, Rally
Oct 15: Johnstown, PA, Rally
Oct 15: Washington, DC, Arrive Home
Oct 16: Levittown, NJ, Shopping Cntr Rally
Oct 16: Wilmington, DE, Airport Rally
Oct 16: Wash., DC, Meet The Press TV
Oct 16: Silver Spring, MD, Blair H.S.
Oct 17: Dayton, OH, Courthouse Rally
Oct 17: Dayton, Biltmore Hotel Speech
Oct 17: Fairborn, OH, Rally
Oct 17: Springfield, OH, Wittenberg College
Oct 17: London, OH, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 17: Columbus, OH, Statehouse Rally
Oct 18: N. Miami Bch, FL, 163rd St. Rally
Oct 18: Miami, Am. Legion Convention/TV
Oct 18: Tampa, FL, Latin America speech
Oct 18: Jacksonville, FL. Hemming Park
Oct 18: Esquire’s N. Mailer JFK Story
Oct 19: NY City Hall steps, JFK speech
Oct 19: Motorcade through NY City
Oct 19: NYC: Rockefeller Plaza Rally
Oct 19: NYC: Union Hall Speech
Oct 19: Yonkers, NY, ‘Democratic Party’
Oct 19: NYC, Alfred E. Smith Dinner
Oct 20: Brooklyn, Fulton & Duffield Sts.
Oct 20: Brooklyn, Fulton & Nostrand Sts.
Oct 20: Brooklyn, Foster & Nostrand Sts.
Oct 20: Brooklyn, NY, Sears Roebuck
Oct 20: Brooklyn, Utica & Eastern
Oct 20: Brooklyn, Macy’s Dept Store
Oct 20: NYC, Pat Clancy Dinner, Astor
Oct 20: NYC: Madison Sq. Garden Spch
Oct 21: Kennedy-Nixon, 4th TV Debate
Oct 22: St. Louis, MO, Democratic Brkfst
Oct 22: Crestwood, MO, ‘1960 Election’
Oct 22: St. Louis, Northland Shop Cntr
Oct 22: Jennings, MO, ‘Dem. Party’
Oct 22: Joplin, MO, Airport Rally
Oct 22: Wichita, KS, Lawrence Stadium
Oct 22: K.C., MO, Richards-Gebaur AFB
Oct 22: Grandview, MO, Truman Shop Cntr
Oct 22: Kansas City, MO, Televised Spch
Oct 22: Kansas City, KS, Shawnee H.S.
Oct 22: Prairie Vlg., KS, Johnson Co. Dems
Oct 22: Green Bay, WI, Arrival, p.m.
Oct 23: Green Bay, Brown County Arena
Oct 23: La Crosse, WI, Airport Rally
Oct 23: Madison, WI, Field House Rally
Oct 23: Milwaukee, WI, Parade
Oct 23: Milwaukee, Arena Speech, TV
Oct 24: Champaign, IL, Willard Airport
Oct 24: Champaign-Urbana, Univ. of IL
Oct 24: Moline, IL, New Field House
Oct 24: Peoria, IL, Downtown Rally
Oct 24: Peoria, Live TV Program
Oct 24: E. Peoria, Caterpillar Plant
Oct 24: Rock Island, IL, ‘Nixon’s Record’
Oct 24: Rockford, IL, Coronado Theater
Oct 25: Chicago, O’Hare Inn
Oct 25: Libertyville, IL
Oct 25: Lake Zurich, IL
Oct 25: Barrington, IL, Barrington School
Oct 25: Carpentersville, IL,
Oct 25: Dundee, IL, Shopping Cntr Rally
Oct 25: Elgin, IL, Parade & Rally
Oct 25: Elgin, IL, Rally, Elgin Watch Co.
Oct 25: St. Charles, IL, Baker Park
Oct 25: Geneva, IL, Geneva Courthouse
Oct 25: Batavia, IL, ‘1960 Election’
Oct 25: Mooseheart, IL, Boys’ Home
Oct 25: Northgate, IL, Shopping Center
Oct 25: Aurora, IL, City Hall Rally
Oct 25: Elmhurst, IL, ‘Prestige Abroad’
Oct 25: Plainfield, IL
Oct 25: Hillcrest, IL, Shopping Center
Oct 25: Joliet, IL, Rally
Oct 25: York Township, IL, High School
Oct 26: Selfridge AFB, Michigan
Oct 26: Mt. Clemens, MI, Speech
Oct 26: Warren, MI, Republican. Critique
Oct 26: Rosedale, MI, ‘Education’
Oct 26: Hamtramck, MI
Oct 26: Macomb Co., MI. Shopping Cntr
Oct 26: Detroit, MI, Dem Party Workers
Oct 26: Detroit, Michigan State Fair
Oct 26: Detroit, Keyworth Stadium Speech
Oct 26: Detroit, Coliseum Speech (TV)
Oct 26: Newark, NJ, Governor’s Ball
Oct 26: Phone call to Coretta Scott King
Oct 27: NYC, ILGWU Speech (TV)
Oct 27: NYC, Liberal Party Rally
Oct 27: NYC, Stuyvesant Town Rally
Oct 27: NYC, Union Sq / Workers Rally
Oct 27: NYC, New York University
Oct 27: Brooklyn, NY, Motorcade
Oct 27: Brooklyn, Eastern Pkwy Arena
Oct 27: Queens, Sunnyside Gardens
Oct 27: Staten Island, NY
Oct 27: Bethlehem, PA, Arrival, p.m.
Oct 28: Bethlehem, Democratic Breakfast
Oct 28: Bethlehem, Moravian College
Oct 28: Allentown, PA, Center Sq Rally
Oct 28: Pottsville, PA, Rally
Oct 28: Hazleton, PA, Rally
Oct 28: Wilkes-Barre, PA, Rally
Oct 28: Scranton, PA, ‘Am. Economy’
Oct 28: Phila., PA, Aronomink CClub
Oct 29: Phila., PA, Lawrence Park
Oct 29: Chester, PA, Rally
Oct 29: Upper Darby, PA, Rally
Oct 29: Montgomery, PA, Lord & Taylor
Oct 29: Roosevelt Field, PA, Rally
Oct 29: Willow Grove, PA Snellenburg’s
Oct 29: Cheltenham, PA, Shopping Cntr
Oct 29: Philadelphia, PA, WFIL-TV
Oct 29: Valley Forge, PA, Rally
Oct 29: Valley Forge, Fundraising Din.
Oct 29: JFK cover, Saturday Eve. Post
Oct 30: Chicago Tribune endorses Nixon
Oct 30: Levittown, PA, Shopping Cntr
Oct 30: Phila., PA, Face The Nation TV
Oct 31: Phila., 6 Citizen Groups
Oct 31: Phila., Penn Fruit Shop Cntr
Oct 31: Phila., Bonds for Israel Dinner
Oct 31: Phila., Raymond Rosen Apts.
Oct 31: Phila., Rayburn Plaza Rally
Oct 31: Phila., TV studio
Oct 31: Phila., Temple University
Oct 31: Phila., Fundraising Dinner

 
November 1960

Nov 1: Los Angeles, Univ of So Cal
Nov 1: L.A., Elks Auditorium
Nov 1: L.A., Negro Ministers Mtg
Nov 1: L.A., Garment Workers Rally
Nov 1: Long Beach, Douglas Aircraft
Nov 1: Redondo Bch, South Bay Cntr
Nov 1: East L.A. State College Rally
Nov 2: L. A., Dem Women Breakfast
Nov 2: San Diego, City Plaza Rally
Nov 2: San Diego, Linbergh Field
Nov 2: San Jose, Downtown Rally
Nov 2: Oakland, Defremery Park
Nov 2: San Francisco, Fundraising
Nov 2: San Francisco, Cow Palace/TV
Nov 2: Henry Fonda w/Jackie K./ TV
Nov 3: Phoenix, AZ, Arrival, a.m.
Nov 3: Phoenix, Party Workers Brkfst
Nov 3: Phoenix, Rally/Spch/Telecast
Nov 3: Albuquerque, NM, Airport
Nov 3: Albuquerque, Univ. Rally
Nov 3: Amarillo, TX, w/LBJ
Nov 3: Wichita Falls, Airport Rally
Nov 3: Oklahoma City, Rally /TV
Nov 3: Okla. City, Reding Shop Cntr
Nov 4: Wash., DC, Arrive, early a.m.
Nov 4: Roanoke, VA, Airport Rally
Nov 4: Norfolk, VA, Campaign Rally
Nov 4: Toledo, OH, Courthouse Rally
Nov 4: Chicago, Buffet w Mayor Daley
Nov 4: Chicago /Torchlight /1.5 million
Nov 4: Chicago Stadium / NBC-TV
Nov 5: NYC, Fundraising Breakfast
Nov 5: NYC, Bronx, Grand Concourse
Nov 5: NYC, Bronx Women/Lunch
Nov 5: NYC, Queens Women/Lunch
Nov 5: NYC, Queens, Blvd Restaurant
Nov 5: NYC, Columbus Circle Spch
Nov 5: Nassau Co, NY, Sunrise Ave.
Nov 5: Flushing, NY, Elchester Apts.
Nov 5: NYC, 90th Street Rally
Nov 5: NYC, State Dems Meeting
Nov 5: NYC, Coliseum (outside)
Nov 5: NY Coliseum, ‘Presidency’
Nov 5: Waterbury, CT, Arrival, p.m.
Nov 6: Waterbury, Street Rally
Nov 6: New Haven, CT. Street Rally
Nov 6: Bridgeport, Railroad Plaza
Nov 6: Lake Ronkonkoma, CT
Nov 6: Newark, NJ, Mosque Theater
Nov 6: Teterboro, Teaneck Armory
Nov 6: Jersey City, NJ, Journal Sq.
Nov 6: Lewiston, Maine
Nov 6: Nixon TV Program
Nov 6: NYC, JFK TV Program
Nov 6: Gallup: 49% JFK, 48% Nixon
Nov 7: Roper: 49% Nixon, 47% JFK
Nov 7: Time cvr, ‘Candidate Kennedy’
Nov 7: Providence, RI, Airport
Nov 7: Providence, City Hall
Nov 7: Springfield, MA, city Hall
Nov 7: Hartford, CT, ‘Am. Economy’
Nov 7: Burlington, VT
Nov 7: Manchester, NH, Park Rally
Nov 7: Nixon Celeb TV Telethon
Nov 7: Manchester, JFK TV Program
Nov 7: T. Dewey on TV, Rebuts JFK
Nov 7: Boston, MA, Boston Garden
Nov 7: Boston, Nat’l TV Address
Nov 8: Election Day
Nov 9: JFK Elected President
Nov 9: Hyannis, Press Conference
Nov 9: Boston, ‘City Upon a Hill’

 
Post Election, Cabinet, etc.

Nov 10: Palm Beach, FL, R&R
Nov 12: L. Hodges: Commerce Sec
Nov 14: JFK & Nixon Meet/FL
Nov 16: Absentee Ballot Count
Nov 16: Nixon Wins California
Nov 18: A. Dulles Briefs JFK
Nov 21: Life cover, ‘Kennedys’
Nov 25: John F. Kennedy, Jr Born
Dec 1: Sen Ribbicoff: HEW Sec.
Dec 7: Rep Udall: Interior Sec.
Dec 12: Dean Rusk: Sec of State
Dec 13: R. McNamara, Defense Sec.
Dec 15: Final Election Vote Count
Dec 15: O. Freeman: Sec of Ag
Dec 15: A. Goldberg: Labor Sec.
Dec 16: RFK: Attorney General
Dec 16: D. Dillon, Treasury Sec.
Dec 17: J.E. Day, Postmaster Gen.
Dec 19: Electoral College Vote
Dec 19: Life: JFK, Jr Christening
Dec 25: Kennedys to Palm Beach

 
January 1961

Jan 2: JFK to Orange Bowl
Jan 19: Wash., DC, Snow
Jan 19: Pre-Inaugural Gala
Jan 20: JFK Inauguration
Jan 20: JFK: “Ask Not…”
Jan 20: 80 Million TV Viewers
Jan 21: JFK Meets w/Cabinet

____________________________
 
 
Note: This listing provides a rough overview of JFK’s 1960 travel itinerary, speeches, and other activities at the listed locations. Some dates and events are “best approximations” given uncertain and/or conflicting sourcing information. Sources for many of these campaign stops are listed below along with additional photos. More detailed information on JFK’s activities at many of these locations is available at the JFK Presidential Library in Boston.

 

____________________________

Date Posted: 19 July 2014
Last Update: 28 August 2016
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “JFK’s 1960 Campaign: Primaries
& General Election,” PopHistoryDig.com,
July 19, 2014.

_______________________________


Books on JFK
1960-1990s

James MacGregor Burns, John Kennedy: A Political Profile, Harcourt, 1960.

Joe McCarthy, The Remarkable Kennedys: The Dramatic, Inside Story of John Fitzgerald Kennedy and his Remarkable Family, Dial Press / Popular Library, February 1960.

Arthur Schlesinger, Kennedy or Nixon: Does It Make Any Difference?, New York: Macmillan, October 1960.

Jacques Lowe, Portrait: The Emergence of John F. Kennedy, New York: Bramhall House / McGraw-Hill, 1961.

Martin Agronsky & others (with photographers), Let Us Begin: The First 100 Days of the Kennedy Administration, New York: Simon & Schuster, 1961.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

Norman Mailer, The Presidential Papers, New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1963.

The New York Times with Jacques Lowe (photographer), The Kennedy Years, New York: Viking Press, 1964.

Mark Shaw, The John F. Kennedys: A Family Album, New York: Farrar, Straus & Co., 1964.

Arthur Schlesinger, A Thousand Days: John F. Kennedy in the White House, Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1965.

Paul B. Fay Jr., The Pleasure of His Company, Harper & Row, 1966.

William Manchester, Portrait of a President: John F. Kennedy in Profile, Boston: Little Brown & Co., revised edition, January 1967 (first serialized in Holiday magazine, 1962).

William Manchester, The Death of a President: November 1963, New York: Harper & Row, 1967.

Lawrence H. Fuchs, John F. Kennedy and American Catholicism, Meredith Press, 1967.

Kenneth O’Donnell, David Powers, & Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown, 1970.

Peter Schwab; J. Lee Shneidman, John F. Kennedy, Twayne Publishers, 1974.

Benjamin C. Bradlee, Conversations with Kennedy, Norton, 1975.

Sidney Kraus, The Great Debates: Kennedy vs. Nixon, 1960, Indiana University Press, 1977.

Harris Wofford, Of Kennedys and Kings: Making Sense of the Sixties, New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1980.

William Manchester, One Brief Shining Moment: Remembering Kennedy, Boston: Little Brown & Co., November 1983.

Theodore Sorensen, Let The Word Go Forth: The Speeches, Statements, and Writings of John F. Kennedy, Delacorte Press, October 1988.

Jacques Lowe & Wilfrid Sheed, The Kennedy Legacy: A Generation Later, New York: Viking, 1988.

Paul Harper; Joann P. Krieg, John F. Kennedy: The Promise Revisited, Greenwood Press, 1988

Robert E. Gilbert, The Mortal Presidency: Illness and Anguish in the White House, Basic Books, 1992.

Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power, New York: Simon & Schuster, October 1993.

Noam Chomsky, Rethinking Camelot: JFK, the Vietnam War, and U.S. Political Culture, South End Press, 1993.

George N. Dionisopoulos; Steven R. Goldzwig, In a Perilous Hour: The Public Address of John F. Kennedy, Greenwood Press, 1995.

Seymour Hersh, The Dark Side of Camelot, Little Brown & Co., 1997.

Meena Bose, Shaping and Signaling Presidential Policy: The National Security Decision Making of Eisenhower and Kennedy, Texas A&M University Press, 1998.


[“Books on JFK” continues below “Sources”]

 


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.


 


Sources, Links & Additional Information

A Norman Rockwell portrait of JFK appeared on the cover of the ‘Saturday Evening Post’ of Oct 29, 1960 – the Post then being one of the nation’s largest circulation magazines, and Rockwell, one of America’s most famous illustrators and portrait artists. He also did Nixon's. Click for copy.
A Norman Rockwell portrait of JFK appeared on the cover of the ‘Saturday Evening Post’ of Oct 29, 1960 – the Post then being one of the nation’s largest circulation magazines, and Rockwell, one of America’s most famous illustrators and portrait artists. He also did Nixon's. Click for copy.
JFK greeting Ohio Democratic Gov. Mike DiSalle, who after some Kennedy-team pressure, announced in Jan-uary 1960 that Ohio’s delegates would be JFK’s at DNC.
JFK greeting Ohio Democratic Gov. Mike DiSalle, who after some Kennedy-team pressure, announced in Jan-uary 1960 that Ohio’s delegates would be JFK’s at DNC.
Jan 3, 1960: JFK on ‘Meet the Press’ TV show a day after he announced his candidacy. At left is Ned Brooks, the show’s moderator. AP photo.
Jan 3, 1960: JFK on ‘Meet the Press’ TV show a day after he announced his candidacy. At left is Ned Brooks, the show’s moderator. AP photo.
Jan 21, 1960: JFK at a press conference in Milwaukee, WI, where he announced he would run in the state’s April 5th, 1960 primary against Sen. Hubert Humphrey. Kennedy aide, Pierre Salinger, is seen in the back-ground, far right, reading from paper.  Photo, UPI.
Jan 21, 1960: JFK at a press conference in Milwaukee, WI, where he announced he would run in the state’s April 5th, 1960 primary against Sen. Hubert Humphrey. Kennedy aide, Pierre Salinger, is seen in the back-ground, far right, reading from paper. Photo, UPI.
January 24, 1960: JFK & Jackie, campaigning in Nashua, N.H., sit at local lunch counter and chat with townsfolk.
January 24, 1960: JFK & Jackie, campaigning in Nashua, N.H., sit at local lunch counter and chat with townsfolk.
March 28, 1960: A key early test for JFK came in the Wisconsin primary of April 5th, 1960, as Newsweek asked: “Who’ll Tumble?”– Humphrey or Kennedy?”.
March 28, 1960: A key early test for JFK came in the Wisconsin primary of April 5th, 1960, as Newsweek asked: “Who’ll Tumble?”– Humphrey or Kennedy?”.
JFK addressing a breakfast or luncheon gathering in Wisconsin prior to that state’s April 5th, 1960 primary.
JFK addressing a breakfast or luncheon gathering in Wisconsin prior to that state’s April 5th, 1960 primary.
April 5th, 1960: Sen. Hubert Humphrey and JFK enjoy a moment of friendly banter during tabulation of the West Virginia primary election returns, which JFK would win.
April 5th, 1960: Sen. Hubert Humphrey and JFK enjoy a moment of friendly banter during tabulation of the West Virginia primary election returns, which JFK would win.
April 25, 1960: JFK campaigns in rural Logan County, West Virginia looking for support for the May 10th primary, precariously perched on a high-chair to deliver his speech. Photo, Hank Walker.
April 25, 1960: JFK campaigns in rural Logan County, West Virginia looking for support for the May 10th primary, precariously perched on a high-chair to deliver his speech. Photo, Hank Walker.
April 1960: JFK shakes hands with a one-armed coal miner while campaigning in Mullens, WV. Photo/Hank Walker.
April 1960: JFK shakes hands with a one-armed coal miner while campaigning in Mullens, WV. Photo/Hank Walker.
May 4th, 1960: During the West Virginia primary, JFK and Sen. Humphrey had a key televised debate over Channel 8, WCHS-TV, in Charleston, WV.
May 4th, 1960: During the West Virginia primary, JFK and Sen. Humphrey had a key televised debate over Channel 8, WCHS-TV, in Charleston, WV.
June 27, 1960: JFK addressed the Montana State Democratic Convention in Helena, and attended other events at the Marlow Theater and Civic Center. Ted Kennedy and Sargent Shriver were with JFK on this visit.
June 27, 1960: JFK addressed the Montana State Democratic Convention in Helena, and attended other events at the Marlow Theater and Civic Center. Ted Kennedy and Sargent Shriver were with JFK on this visit.
July 10th: JFK chats with sister Pat during fundraising dinner at the Beverly Hilton Hotel, with VIP guests such as Frank Sinatra (rt). Photo, L.A. Mirror-News.
July 10th: JFK chats with sister Pat during fundraising dinner at the Beverly Hilton Hotel, with VIP guests such as Frank Sinatra (rt). Photo, L.A. Mirror-News.
Part of a 3-panel Kennedy-Johnson flyer on “human rights for every American” –  to work, education, just compensation, live where he chooses, “security in sickness;” to vote, speak, read and worship as he pleases, and to be free from the terror of war – taken from July 1960 JFK speech before NAACP in L.A.
Part of a 3-panel Kennedy-Johnson flyer on “human rights for every American” – to work, education, just compensation, live where he chooses, “security in sickness;” to vote, speak, read and worship as he pleases, and to be free from the terror of war – taken from July 1960 JFK speech before NAACP in L.A.
July 10, 1960: Hollywood star Judy Garland, center, flanked by Adlai Stevenson and JFK during  fundraising event at the Beverly Hilton Hotel in L.A. during the DNC.
July 10, 1960: Hollywood star Judy Garland, center, flanked by Adlai Stevenson and JFK during fundraising event at the Beverly Hilton Hotel in L.A. during the DNC.
July 15: At the close of the DNC, JFK delivers his “New Frontier” speech at the L.A. Coliseum to an audience of 80,000. VIPs Stevenson, Humphrey and Symington are behind him as some “Kennedy Girls” look on as well.
July 15: At the close of the DNC, JFK delivers his “New Frontier” speech at the L.A. Coliseum to an audience of 80,000. VIPs Stevenson, Humphrey and Symington are behind him as some “Kennedy Girls” look on as well.
July 19, 1960: Look magazine's story: "The Kennedys: A Family Political Machine." Click for magazine copy.
July 19, 1960: Look magazine's story: "The Kennedys: A Family Political Machine." Click for magazine copy.
Aug 20th, Omaha, NE: JFK at Offutt AFB for briefing on SAC operations with Gen. Thomas S. Power (r), Strategic Air Command chief, and Gen. Curtis LeMay, Air Force vice chief of staff.  AP photo.
Aug 20th, Omaha, NE: JFK at Offutt AFB for briefing on SAC operations with Gen. Thomas S. Power (r), Strategic Air Command chief, and Gen. Curtis LeMay, Air Force vice chief of staff. AP photo.
Sept 6, 1960: JFK’s car in Spokane, WA is surrounded by crowds in downtown area as he campaigns with Gov. Albert D. Rosellini (L) and Sen. Henry “Scoop” Jackson (waving), then DNC chairman.
Sept 6, 1960: JFK’s car in Spokane, WA is surrounded by crowds in downtown area as he campaigns with Gov. Albert D. Rosellini (L) and Sen. Henry “Scoop” Jackson (waving), then DNC chairman.
Sept 12, 1960: In an attempt to quell questions about his Catholic religion and a Catholic becoming president, JFK gave an eloquent and convincing speech to the Ministers' Association of Greater Houston, addressing some 600 clergy and guests, taking their questions, and generally defusing a major issue that had dogged his campaign.
Sept 12, 1960: In an attempt to quell questions about his Catholic religion and a Catholic becoming president, JFK gave an eloquent and convincing speech to the Ministers' Association of Greater Houston, addressing some 600 clergy and guests, taking their questions, and generally defusing a major issue that had dogged his campaign.
Oct 14, 1960: Just before 2:00 a.m., thousands of students at the Univ. of Michigan greet JFK on the steps of the Michigan Union to hear his call for a “Peace Corps.”
Oct 14, 1960: Just before 2:00 a.m., thousands of students at the Univ. of Michigan greet JFK on the steps of the Michigan Union to hear his call for a “Peace Corps.”
Oct 17, 1960: JFK beset by a group of female admirers at the Dayton, OH airport – Life magazine would call JFK’s rock-star treatment “the adoration phenomenon.”
Oct 17, 1960: JFK beset by a group of female admirers at the Dayton, OH airport – Life magazine would call JFK’s rock-star treatment “the adoration phenomenon.”
Oct 24, 1960: JFK spoke before some 10,000 college students and faculty who packed the University of Illinois Quad at Urbana to hear him speak on foreign policy. It was the first political speech allowed on university property since the 1870s.
Oct 24, 1960: JFK spoke before some 10,000 college students and faculty who packed the University of Illinois Quad at Urbana to hear him speak on foreign policy. It was the first political speech allowed on university property since the 1870s.
Spring 1960: During the primaries, and traveling aboard ‘The Caroline,” photographer  Jacques Lowe caught Kennedy with one of his “calming props” – here holding a cigar. JFK used cigars, lit and unlit, during conversation and while working on strategy, but mostly in private. He preferred the narrower size, including one favorite, Cuba's Petit Upmann. Click for video vignette.
Spring 1960: During the primaries, and traveling aboard ‘The Caroline,” photographer Jacques Lowe caught Kennedy with one of his “calming props” – here holding a cigar. JFK used cigars, lit and unlit, during conversation and while working on strategy, but mostly in private. He preferred the narrower size, including one favorite, Cuba's Petit Upmann. Click for video vignette.
Nov 1960: A few days before the election, in early November, Kennedy’s campaign made a blitz of New England, bringing out tens of thousands.  Here the Bridgeport, CT ‘Sunday Herald’ notes an expected turnout.
Nov 1960: A few days before the election, in early November, Kennedy’s campaign made a blitz of New England, bringing out tens of thousands. Here the Bridgeport, CT ‘Sunday Herald’ notes an expected turnout.
Nov 4: JFK campaigning at airport rally at Woodrum Field, Roanoke, VA, four days before the election.
Nov 4: JFK campaigning at airport rally at Woodrum Field, Roanoke, VA, four days before the election.
Jan 20, 1961: Famous photo by Henry Burroughs of Jackie touching her husband’s face on Inauguration Day in the Capitol, a private moment expressing how proud she was; a moment she would later describe as “so much more emotional than any kiss because his eyes really did fill with tears.”
Jan 20, 1961: Famous photo by Henry Burroughs of Jackie touching her husband’s face on Inauguration Day in the Capitol, a private moment expressing how proud she was; a moment she would later describe as “so much more emotional than any kiss because his eyes really did fill with tears.”

John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, JFKlibrary.org, Boston, MA.

“Statement of Senator John F. Kennedy Announcing Candidacy for President of the United States, January 2, 1960,” Archives .gov.

Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers with Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown & Co., 1970.

Jacques Lowe, Portrait: The Emergence of John F. Kennedy, New York: Bramhall House/ McGraw-Hill, 1961.

The New York Times and Jacques Lowe, The Kennedy Years, New York: Viking Press, 1964.

The John F. Kennedy 1960 Campaign, Part II: Speeches, Press Conferences, and Debates (Speech Files, 1953-1960). A Collection From the Holdings of The John F. Kennedy Library, Boston, MA, Edited by Paul L. Kesaris; Associate Editor, Robert E. Lester; Guide compiled by Douglas D. Newman (a microfilm project of University Publications of America, Inc., Frederick, MD, 1986).

“1960 Election Chronology,” David Pietrusza .com.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

David Pietrusza, 1960–LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press, 2008.

The Life and Times of John F. Kennedy, Daily JFK.

“Democratic Party Presidential Primaries, 1960,” Wikipedia.org.

“1960 Presidential Election Speeches and Remarks,” The American Presidency Project.

Chalmers M. Roberts, “Gov. DiSalle Gives Ohio To Kennedy; Will Head State’s Delegation Pledged To Bay Stater,” Washington Post/Times Herald, January 6, 1960, p. A-1.

“January 14, 1960 – Senator John F. Kennedy at National Press Club, Washington, D.C.,” YouTube.com (excerpts).

Chalmers M. Roberts, “Kennedy Displays His Humor and Seriousness,” Washington Post/Times Herald, January 15, 1960, p. A-9.

John D. Morris, “Kennedy Pledges Firm Presidency; Attacks Eisenhower Concept of the Office… Pledges a ‘Strong’ Presidency if Elected,” New York Times, January 15, 1960.

Marquis Childs, “Kennedy’s Engine Picking Up Steam,” Washington Post/Times Herald, January 15, 1960, p. A-12.

Russell Baker, “Nixon Criticizes Kennedy’s Views About Presidency; Says Senator Is Confusing ‘Table Pounding’ With Strong Leadership Eisenhower Defended He Gets Results by Using Persuasion, Vice President Asserts…,” New York Times, January 17, 1960, p. 1.

Russell Baker, “Kennedy Will Vie With Humphrey in Wisconsin Test; His Formal Entry Expected Tomorrow in Milwaukee — Fight Could Be Decisive,” New York Times, January 20, 1960, p. 1.

Austin O. Wehrwein, “Wisconsin’s Primary Could Narrow Field; Loss There Might Put Humphrey Or Kennedy Out of the Race,” New York Times, January 24, 1960, p. E-4.

“Kennedy Hits Johnson for Avoiding Primaries; Senator in New Mexico Bid for Support Raps Candidates Who Skip Popular Test,” Los Angeles Times, February 8, 1960, p. 1.

“Kennedy Says We Should Err On Side Of Safety In Spending For Defense,” Washington Post /Times Herald, February 21, 1960.

John H. Fenton, “Nixon Denies Kennedy Is Soft on Reds, Repudiating New Hampshire Governor; Angry Senator Asserts He Is Disgusted at ‘Smear’ — Primary Is Today; Powell Reiterates Stand in a Telegram Sent to the Vice-President…,” New York Times, March 8, 1960.

“Nixon, Kennedy Score Big Victories in N.H.,” Los Angeles Times, March 9, 1960, p. 1.

“Senator Kennedy Speaks in City,” Reedsburg Times Press (Reedsburg, WI), March 10, 1960.

UPI, “Kennedy Enters Indiana Primary; Baptist Sect Demonstrators Challenge Him to Debate on Catholic President,” New York Times, March 22, 1960.

“Strategic Warpath in Wisconsin; Kennedy Bandwagon, Challenged By Humphrey, Heads For First Big Test,” Life, March 28, 1960, pp. 22-27.

Robert Ajemian, “Jack’s Campaign Aids: Hard Working Family, Enthusiastic Catholics,” Life, March 28, 1960, pp. 28-29.

Edward T. Folliard, “Triumph for Kennedy Not Up to Expectations” (re: Wisconsin victory), Washington Post / Times Herald, April 6, 1960, p. A-1.

W. H. Lawrence, “’Stop Kennedy’ Drive Led By Byrd of West Virginia; Coalition Being Formed to Support Humphrey in Primary…,” New York Times, April 11, 1960, p. 1.

Chalmers M. Roberts, “Supporters of 3 Absent Candidates Gang Up on Kennedy in West Virginia,” Washington Post/Times Herald, April 14, 1960, p. A-1.

Carroll Kilpatrick, “Kennedy Opens Fire On Bigotry; He Takes Offensive In W.Va; Charges Plot to Beat Him; Kennedy Strikes at Religious Issue, Charges ‘Gang-Up’; Sees Rival a Stalking-Horse, Points to State Problems,” Washington Post/ Times Herald, April 19, 1960, p. A-1.

Harry McCracken, “My Kennedy Polaroids: Instant History”(Medford, Oregon, April 23, 1960),” Time.com (techland), January 14, 2013.

Carroll Kilpatrick, “Tour of West Virginia Planned by Johnson,” Washington Post/Times Herald, April 30, 1960, p. A-2.

“Kennedy-Humphrey Primary Debate” (West Virginia, TV Debate), OurCampaigns.com, May 4, 1960.

Laurence Stern, “Kennedy Taunts His Opponents, Says Rivals Felt They Couldn’t Win In the Primaries,” Washington Post/Times Herald, May 15, 1960, p. A-1.

“Battleground West Virginia: Electing the President in 1960,” A West Virginia Archives and History Online Exhibit, West Virginia Division of Culture and History, WVCulture.org.

“End of the Beginning,” CNN/Time, Back in Time, March/April/May 1960 (primaries).

“A Small State Takes The Limelight: Hard Test in West Virginia of Kennedy’s Momentum,” Life, May 9, 1960, pp. 24-29.

Will Cronyn, “Over 4000 Hear Kennedy at Coliseum [May 14th]; Seeks to Capture State’s Votes in Tuesday Primary,” The Diamondback (College Park, University of Maryland), Tuesday, May 17, 1960.

Laurence Stern, “Kennedy Garners 70 Per Cent of Vote In Maryland Race,” Washington Post/Times Herald, May 18, 1960, p. A-1.

Laurence Stern, “First Ballot Victory Seen For Kennedy,” Washington Post/Times Herald, May 19, 1960, p. B-7.

“Kennedy’s Drive Gain Momentum in Oregon Sweep,” New York Times, May 22, 1960.

Edward T. Folliard, “Reporters Fail to Find Kennedy Bought Victory” (re: West Virginia primary), Washington Post/Times Herald, May 31, 1960, p. A-1.

Austin C. Wehrwein (Chicago, June 2), “Kennedy Charges National Decline; Says Administration Hasn’t Kept Pace With Red Gains — Williams Endorses Him,” New York Times, June 3, 1960, p. 1.

Edward T. Folliard , “Kennedy Backers See 650 1st-Ballot Votes,” Washington Post/Times Herald, June 5, 1960, p. A-1.

Richard F. Shepard, “Senator Kennedy to Be Paar Guest; Candidate Will Appear Next Thursday — Visit Raises Issue of Equal Time,” New York Times, June 9, 1960.

“JFK on Jack Paar Show, June 16, 1960,” YouTube.com (4:19), Uploaded by LPXI, December 18, 2010.

Interview by P.L. Prattis, Editor, “Senator Kennedy’s Answers” (civil rights issues), The Pittsburgh Press, June 22, 1960.

Clayton Knowles, “Kennedy’s Reply to Truman Asks Young Leaders; Senator Contends ‘Strength and Vigor’ Are Required in the White House, Refuses to Withdraw; Also Rejects Charge That Convention Is ‘Rigged’ — Cites Primary Victories,” New York Times, July 5, 1960, p. 1.

John D. Morris, (Washington, DC, July 5, 1960) “Johnson Enters Race Officially; Sees 500 Votes; Texan Says Kennedy Will Receive Fewer than 600 on the First Ballot; Health Issue Is Barred; Majority Leader Criticizes New Englander Obliquely — Cheered by Backers Johnson Enters Race Officially; Predicts Victory at Los Angeles,” New York Times, July 6, 1960.

James Reston, New York Times columnist, “Convention Marks The End of Political Boss Era and Shift to a New Generation,” Los Angles Times, July 10, 1960.

“Cheers and Boos Greet Kennedy at Rights Rally; Senator Calls for Action Against Racial Discrimination at White House Level,” Los Angeles Times, July 11, 1960, p. 3.

“Delegates Boo Negro; But Sammy Davis Jr. Is Also Applauded at Convention,” New York Times, July 12, 1960.

“Demos Decide Today; Kennedy Out in Front,” Los Angeles Times, July 13, 1960, p. 1.

John D. Morris, “Johnson Strives to Halt Kennedy; They Meet in a TV ‘Debate’ — Texan Criticizes Rival on Senate Absenteeism..,” New York Times, July 13, 1960, p. 1.

Kyle Palmer, “Liberals Nail Kennedy To Their Platform,” Los Angles Times, July 13, 1960.

“The Kennedys: A Family Political Machine,” Look, July 19, 1960.

“To The New Frontier,” Time, July 25, 1960.

“Giant Jazz Show to Boost Kennedy,” Washington Post/Times Herald, July 25, 1960, p. 21.

“Kennedy Accepts Nixon TV Debate; Vice President Is Agreeable but Bars Reading Notes — 8 Hours Proposed,” New York Times, July 29, 1960.

“The Race Is On,” New York Times Magazine, August 14, 1960.

National Park Service, “On With History,” Home Of Franklin D. Roosevelt, National Historic Site New York, JFK Visit, August 1960, NPS.gov.

“Key Women for Kennedy to Be Feted,” Los Angeles Times, September 6, 1960, p. A-4.

Murray Schumach, “Hollywood Wing in Kennedy Drive; Janet Leigh Opens Home to 2,000 Women as Group Kicks Off Its Campaign,” New York Times, September 8, 1960, p. 40.

“Kennedy Confers With Southland Democrats; Candidate Rests at Sister’s Home After Breakfasting With Congress Candidates,” Los Angeles Times September 11, 1960, p. 1.

“Interview of Senator John F. Kennedy by Walter Cronkite, September 19,1960,” JFKlibrary.org.

William M. Blair, (Sioux Falls, S.D., Sept. 22) –“Kennedy Offers a Farm Program of Income Parity; Tells Plowing Contest Plan for Equality of Earnings Means Curbs on Supply…,” New York Times, September 23, 1960, p. 1.

“52,000,000 TV Sets — How Many Votes?” New York Times Magazine, September 25, 1960.

“Nixon, Kennedy Meet Face to Face on TV,” Los Angeles Times, September 27, 1960, p. 1.

“Senator John F. Kennedy & Family, Person-to-Person TV Show (CBS) with Charles Collingwood,” airing, Thursday, September 29, 1960, 10pm,” Transcript posted at JFKlink.com.

“The TV Debates and Stormy K: How Much Influence on the Election?,” Newsweek, October 10, 1960.

“What Really Happened Before the TV Debate,” Life, October 10, 1960.

“Two Brooding Men in a Dazzling Duel,” Life, October 10, 1960.

Peter Kihss,“Kennedy Favors Fifth TV Debate; Nixon Counters; Vice President Proposes That Fourth Meeting Be Expanded to 2 Hours; Democrat ‘Rests’ Here, Meets With Party Leaders and Records Farm-Policy Talks With Humphrey…,” New York Times, October 12, 1960, p. 1.

Charles Grutzner, “Civil Rights Lag Laid to President; Kennedy Conference Here Also Blames Nixon,” New York Times, October 12, 1960.

Peter Kihss, “Kennedy Charges Nixon Risks War; Opponent ‘Trigger-Happy’ on Quemoy, Senator Says [at two enthusiastic rallies in the Puerto Rican and Negro areas of Harlem ] — 3d TV Debate Tonight; Kennedy Says Nixon Risks War By Calling for Quemoy Defense,” New York Times, October 13, 1960.

“Excerpt -My Day, October 19, 1960,” The Eleanor Roosevelt Papers,” GWU.edu.

“Moods of the Debaters,” New York Times Magazine, October 23, 1960.

“Interview With Dr.Martin Luther King, Jr., After Release from Georgia State Prison at Reidsville,” Stanford.edu, October 27, 1960.

W.H. Lawrence, “Kennedy Cheered in Pennsylvania; 500,000 Acclaim Senator as He Motors Through Area of High Unemployment,” New York Times, October 29, 1960.

“Be Careful: It’s a President You Are Choosing,” The American Legion Magazine, November 1960.

Rich Samuels, “The Night Richard J. Daley Bought NBC for JFK: Friday, November 4, 1960,” RichSamuels.com.

Associated Press, “The Illinois Campaign,” Mt. Vernon Register-News, November 4, 1960, p. 13.

“Cheers for the Next President,” New York Times Magazine, November 6, 1960.

“Hot Campaign in The Home Stretch,” Life, November 7, 1960, p. 26.

“1960 Phenomenon: Adoration,” Life, November 7, 1960, p. 29.

“All the Pre-Balloting Trends: Election Preview ‘60,” Newsweek, November 7, 1960.

“Kennedy Elected: His Plurality, Sets Albany Co. Record,” The Times Union (Albany, NY) November 9, 1960.

“Kennedy and Johnson Elected,” The Light (San Antonio, TX), November 9, 1960.

“Kennedy Wins!” San Francisco Examiner, November 9, 1960.

“Kennedy’s Victory Won By Close Margin; He Promises Fight For World Freedom; Eisenhower Offers ‘Orderly Transition’,” New York Times, November 11, 1960, p 1.

Gladwin Hill, “Election Pleases the Movie World; Even Hollywood Republicans Are Gratified by Role of TV and Films in Victory,” New York Times, November 11, 1960.

“President-Elect Kennedy”(cover), Time, November 16, 1960.

Paul Schutzer, “Election Night Tension Inside Kennedy House,” Life, November 21, 1960, pp.
36-37.

“Hollywood: Happy as a Clan,” Time, Monday, December 5, 1960.

“Democrats: The Most,” Time, Monday, December 19, 1960.

“Electors Certify Kennedy Victory,” New York Times, December 20, 1960, p.1.

“John F. Kennedy Fast Facts: National Television Appearances (to September 26, 1960),” JFKlibrary.org.

“Senator John F. Kennedy Campaign Visit, 1960,” Rockford Register Star (Rockford, IL).

Brian Burnes, “A Touch of Camelot in Kansas: Remembering the Night John F. Kennedy Came to Johnson County” (visit of 22 October 1960), Kansas City Star, November 5, 2013.

“WSB-TV Newsfilm Clip of Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Leaving the Georgia State Prison in the Company of Donald Hollowell, Ralph D. Abernathy, and Wyatt T. Walker, Reidsville, Georgia, 1960 October 27,” Civil Rights Digital Libary.

“Robert F. Kennedy Secures the Release of Martin Luther King, Jr. from Prison,” NBC News, New York, NY: NBC Universal, May 28,1993, via NBCLearn.com.

Chris Matthews (October 2010), “Election Night Flashback 1960: Video of Huntley-Brinkley Reporting, November 1960,” via NewsBusters.org.

“1960 Campaign Speeches of Senator John F. Kennedy and Vice President Richard M. Nixon,” JFKlink.com.

“John F. Kennedy”- A Waymarking.com Category.

Harris Wofford, Of Kennedys and Kings: Making Sense of the Sixties, New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1980.

Evan Thomas, Robert Kennedy: His Life, New York: Simon & Schuster, September 2000, pp. 101-102.

Tim Buckwalter, “JFK in Lancaster, 1960,” Flashback Lancaster, September 18, 2008.

Tad Walch, “JFK’s Utah Visits Chronicled on Web,” Deseret News, Saturday, November 22, 2008.

“50-Year Anniversary of John F. Kennedy Throwing Out Pitch to Start Little League Game in Portland,” The Oregonian, May 15, 2010.

Richard E. Meyer, “The Political Insider: When JFK accepted the Democratic nomination in L.A., he had Roz Wyman to thank for the crowd that showed up,” Los Angeles Magazine, July 1, 2010.

Karen Shugart, “University Historian Assesses the Significance of JFK Visit, 50 Years Later,” Pieces of Eight (East Carolina University), August 27, 2010.

Kelly Huth, “Thursday Marks 50 Years Since JFK Spoke at Moravian College,” The Express-Times, October 26, 2010.

Benjamin Wideman,“Kennedy’s 1960 Visit ‘Not Something You Ever Forget’,” Manitowoc Herald Times Reporter (Wisconsin), January 25, 2011.

“Candidate Kennedy Charms Voters at Staten Island Ferry Terminal,” Staten Island Advance, March 26, 2011.

“Archive Photos: Kennedy and Johnson in Tucson,” AzStarNet.com, July 27, 2012.

Scott Harrison, “1960 Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles,” Los Angeles Times, September 3, 2012.

Ted Widmer, “Kennedy After Dark: A Dinner Party About Politics and Power” (transcript from the JFK library), SmithsonianMag.com, October 2012.

Leanne Burden / Globe Insiders, “The Final Stretch: John F. Kennedy’s 1960 Campaign,” Boston Globe, October 31, 2012.

Steven Stark, “The Cultural Meaning of the Kennedys,” The Atlantic.com, September 18, 2013.

Meredith Land, “Forgotten Photos Show Happier JFK Visit to DFW: Dallas Morning News Finds 300 Negatives of 1960 Campaign Visit in Archive,” NBCdfw.com (Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX), Friday, October 4, 2013.

Alan Peppard, “Campaign ’60, JFK’s Forgotten Dallas Motorcade: The Unseen Film and Photos” (JFK & LBJ, September 1960), Dallas Morning News, October 2013.

Mick Zawislak, Lenore T. Adkins, Susan Sarkauskas, “Oct. 25, 1960: John Kennedy Campaigned Among Republicans in the Suburbs,” Daily Herald, October 25, 2013.

“In His Own Words: The Anniversary of JFK’s Final Campaign Speech in 1960 – In Manchester,” ConcordMonitor.com, Novem- ber 7, 2013.

Jim McClure, “JFK Chose a Hot Topic in 1960 York Fair Campaign Visit: The Cold War,” York Town Square, November 14, 2013.

“JFK In Connecticut”(photo gallery from 1960s), Hartford Courant, November 14, 2013.

Don Gonyea, “How JFK Fathered The Modern Presidential Campaign,” NPR.org, November 16, 2013.

Paul Grondahl, “A Star Turn by JFK in Region; Memories of Charismatic Politician’s Campaign Visit in 1960 Are Vivid to this Day,” TimesUnion.com, November 18, 2013.

Carol Marin, Don Moseley and Allison Preston, “Chicago’s 1960 Torchlight Parade Leaves Lasting Legacy,” NBCchicago.com, Wednesday, November 20, 2013.

Grant Schott, “Remembering John F. Kennedy; For Two Years, a Frequent Visitor to Oregon,” BlueOregon.com, November 20, 2013.

Carolyn Click, “John F. Kennedy in South Carolina: On the Cusp of the Presidency,” The State, November 21, 2013.

“John F. Kennedy: 1960 Campaign Visit to Spokane,” The Spokesman-Review, Novem- ber 21, 2013.

Larry J. Sabato, Director, U.Va. Center for Politics, “Kennedy & Me,” November 21st, 2013

“The Roosevelts and The Kennedys,” FDR Library / Found in the Archives, November 22, 2013.

Jeff Brown, “Kennedy’s 1960 Visit to Dover Was Intended to Charm Delegates,” Dover Post.com, November 22. 2013

Bill Archer, “John F. Kennedy Wins the Hearts of Southern West Virginia Coalfield Voters,” Bluefield Daily Telegraph (West Virginia), November 22, 2013.

Tom Vogt, “1960 Miss Vancouver Recalls Meeting JFK; Carol Erlandson Snyder Gave Him Key to Vancouver During Campaign Stop in Portland,” Columbian.com, Novem- ber 22, 2013.

“Photo Vault: JFK’s 1960 Visit to Warm Springs, Georgia,” Atlanta Journal-Constitution (Atlanta, GA).

“The Kennedy-Nixon Debates: When TV Changed the Game,” Life.com.

“John F. Kennedy and Television,” JFredMacDonald.com.

“Kennedy-Nixon Debates,” Archive of American Television.

Borys Krawczeniuk, “JFK Visit to NEPA Still Stirs Memories,” The Citizens Voice (Wilkes-Barre, PA), November 22, 2013.

“The 1960 Democratic Convention – Part 1″ (Video Highlights, July 11 & 12), YouTube .com.

“The 1960 Democratic Convention – Part 2” (Video Highlights, July 13-15), YouTube.com.

“John F. Kennedy Pictures,” Time.com.

“Salinger’s JFK-Cuban Cigar Stories,” YouTube.com, Uploaded by Janson Media, July 26, 2007.

_______________________________


Books on JFK (cont’d)
2000-2010s

Lawrence Freedman, Kennedy’s Wars: Berlin, Cuba, Laos, and Vietnam, Oxford University Press, 2000.

Vito N. Silvestri, Becoming JFK: A Profile in Communication, Praeger, 2000.

Geoffrey Perrett, Jack: A Life Like No Other, New York: Random House, 2002.

Laurence Leamer, The Kennedy Men: 1901-1963, New York: William Morrow Paperbacks, October 15, 2002.

Jacques Lowe, Remembering Jack, Bullfinch Press /AOL Time Warner, 2003.

John Fitzgerald Kennedy: A Life in Pictures, London: Phaidon Press, 2003.

Phil Stern, Patricia Bosworth, Carol McCusker & Brett Ratner, Phil Stern: A Life’s Work, New York: Powerhouse Books, 2003.

Robert Dallek, An Unfinished Life: John F. Kennedy, 1917-1963, Boston: Little Brown & Co., May 2003.

Richard Whelan and Kristen Lubben (eds), JFK for President – Photographs by Cornell Capa, Steidl, 2004.

Thurston Clarke, Ask Not: The Inauguration of John F. Kennedy and the Speech That Changed America, New York: Henry Holt & Co., 2004.

Richard J. Tofel, Sounding The Trumpet: The Making of John F. Kennedy’s Inaugural Address, Ivan R. Dee; Har/DVD edition, September 2005.

Herbert M. Druks, John F. Kennedy and Israel, Praeger Security International, 2005.

John A. Barnes, John F. Kennedy on Leadership: The Lessons and Legacy of a President, Amacom, 2005.

Robert Dallek and Golway, Let Every Nation Know: John F. Kennedy In His Own Words, Sourcebooks MediaFusion, April 2006.

Gary A. Donaldson, The First Modern Campaign: Kennedy, Nixon and The Election of 1960, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2007.

Richard Avedon, The Kennedys: Portrait of A Family, New York: Collins/Design, Smithsonian (copyright), 2007.

David Pietrusza, 1960–LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press, 2008.

David Kaiser, The Road to Dallas: The Assassination of John F. Kennedy, Belknap Press, 2008.

Shaun A. Casey, The Making of a Catholic President: Kennedy vs. Nixon 1960, Oxford University Press, 2009.

James G. Blight, Janet M. Lang, David A. Welch, Vietnam If Kennedy Had Lived, Rowman & Littlefield, 2009.

Edmund F. Kallina, Jr., Kennedy v. Nixon: The Presidential Election of 1960, Gainesville: University Press of Florida, 2010.

Michael Beschloss (Introduction), Caroline Kennedy (Foreward), Jacqueline Kennedy: Historic Conversations on Life with John F. Kennedy, New York: Hyperion; Har/Com Edition, September 2011.

Robert Dallek, John F. Kennedy, Oxford University Press, 2011.

Chris Matthews, Jack Kennedy: Elusive Hero, New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011.

Mimi Alford, Once Upon a Secret: My Affair with President John F. Kennedy and Its Aftermath, Random House, February 2012.

Stanley Tretick & Kitty Kelley, Capturing Camelot, Thomas Dunne / St. Martin’s Press, 2012.

Richard Reeves (ed), The Kennedy Years, New York: New York Times book, October 2013.



“Buses Are A’Comin’”
Freedom Riders: 1961

A portion of the DVD cover for the 2011 PBS / American Experience film, “Freedom Riders,” by Stanley Nelson. Click for DVD.
A portion of the DVD cover for the 2011 PBS / American Experience film, “Freedom Riders,” by Stanley Nelson. Click for DVD.
Extraordinary courage stepped up to bigotry in America during the summer of 1961. The acts of bravery came not from soldiers in battle or politicians taking a stand. No, in this case, the valor came from everyday Americans – civilians concerned about the state of their country. Eventually, there would be hundreds of them, acting over a five month period. They came from all over the U.S. They were black and white; liberal and conservative; Catholic, Protestant, and Jew. Many were college students; some from the seminary. They came to lend their presence and put their bodies on the line. Their actions were innocent and non-violent. All they set out to do was ride on a bus – or rather, insure that a person of any color could ride on a bus from one state to another. They were called “Freedom Riders.”

Before it was all over more than 60 “Freedom Rides” would criss-cross the South between May and November of 1961. At least 436 individuals would ride buses and trains to make their point. However, a number of the “freedom riders” were physically assaulted, chased, and/or threatened by white mobs, some beaten with pipes, chains and baseball bats. Many of the riders were also arrested and jailed, especially in Mississippi. Yet these arrests became part of the protest – and in this case, a badge of honor.

Mug shots of some of the more than 300 “freedom riders” who were arrested in Mississippi during the summer of 1961. More on this part of the story follows later.
Mug shots of some of the more than 300 “freedom riders” who were arrested in Mississippi during the summer of 1961. More on this part of the story follows later.
For those arrested were not criminals. Far from it. They were among America’s finest heroes. Yes, America has a long line of heroes, and none more honorable than those who fought and died in military conflicts – from the Revolutionary War through WWII, Korea, Vietnam, Iraq and Afghanistan. Those heroes occupy a special and honored place. Yet few heroes stand taller on the domestic front than those who came from the civilian population during the 1961 civil rights “freedom rides.” What follows here is part of their story, offered with photos and sidebars, culled from a much more detailed record that is referenced in “Sources” at the bottom of this story. This piece also adds a few more recent events and parts of the story that have not generally appeared together in the same profile.

The freedom rides of 1961, mostly bus rides, had a legal as well as a moral objective. They were testing two U.S. Supreme Court rulings – Morgan v. Virginia (1946) and Boynton v. Virginia (1960) – rulings that found that segregated public buses and related facilities on interstate transportation routes were unconstitutional and illegal. That meant trains, buses, planes, ferries, and related terminals and waiting rooms. The first case dates to July 1944, when Irene Morgan was arrested in Virginia after refusing to give up her seat on a Greyhound bus while traveling home from Baltimore, Maryland.

Freedom Ride button issued by the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE).
Freedom Ride button issued by the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE).
The National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) took up Morgan’s case, with the Supreme Court ruling in her favor in June 1946, striking down racial segregation on interstate buses. The 1960, Boynton v. Virginia ruling expanded on the Morgan case, outlawing segregated waiting rooms, lunch counters, and restroom facilities for interstate passengers. However, both rulings were largely ignored in the Deep South; the status quo prevailed and black patrons had to use separate facilities. As Diane Nash, a young student activist and one of the Freedom Rider organizers would explain in a later interview: “Traveling the segregated South, for black people, was humiliating. The very fact that there were separate facilities was to say to black people and white people that blacks were so subhuman and so inferior that we could not even use public facilities that white people used…”

In 1961, segregated waiting rooms, fountains & restrooms were common in Southern bus & train terminals, despite Supreme Court rulings striking them down.
In 1961, segregated waiting rooms, fountains & restrooms were common in Southern bus & train terminals, despite Supreme Court rulings striking them down.
In early 1961, the Congress of Racial Equality (CORE), headed by James Farmer, set about organizing interracial groups to ride interstate buses through the South to test the Supreme Court rulings.

Farmer and CORE were also testing the newly-elected Kennedy Administration in Washington – President John F. Kennedy and Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy – to see if they would enforce laws banning segregation.

The plan for the first ride was to send volunteers on two buses – one group on a Trailways bus and another on a Greyhound bus – both departing from Washington, D.C. bound for New Orleans, Louisiana. Along the route, there would be stops at bus terminals throughout the south, with the passengers selectively testing the “white only” or designated “negro waiting” areas.


May 4, 1961

First Departure

May 5, 1961: Washington Post story (p. B-4) covers the Freedom Riders’ plan and departure for the first 13 riders.
May 5, 1961: Washington Post story (p. B-4) covers the Freedom Riders’ plan and departure for the first 13 riders.
The first group of 1961’s Freedom Riders consisted of 13 individuals – black, white, male and female. They boarded the two buses in Washington, D.C. and departed on May 4th.

The Washington Post ran a story on the group’s intentions the following day, May 5th, 1961 on p. B-4 by reporter Elsie Carper. The story, headlined “Pilgrimage Off on Racial Test,” described the group’s trip along with an Associated Press photo of five of the participants looking over a map of their planned route of travel over the next two weeks.

Shown in the photo, from left, were: Edward Blankenheim from Tucson, Arizona; James Farmer, of New York city and director of CORE; Genevieve Hughes of Chevy Chase, Maryland; Rev. Benjamin Elton Cox of High Point, North Carolina; and Henry Thomas of St. Augustine, Florida.

The first leg of the Freedom Ride from Washington made stops in Virginia and North Carolina. Source: PBS / American Experience.
The first leg of the Freedom Ride from Washington made stops in Virginia and North Carolina. Source: PBS / American Experience.
Among others in the first group of 13 – black and white, male and female – were: John Lewis, son of Georgia sharecroppers and student at the American Baptist Theological Seminary (and later member of the U.S. Congress); Albert Bigalow, 55, of Cos Cob, Connecticut, a former naval officer who had commanded battle ships in WWII; husband and wife, Walter and Frances Bergman; Robert G. Griffin, Herman K. Harris, Jimmy McDonald, Ivor (Jerry) Moore, Mae Frances Moultrie, Joseph Perkins, Charles Person, Isaac (Ike) Reynolds, and James Peck, a white veteran at CORE.

The first leg of their trip included stops at Richmond, Petersburg, Farmville, Lynchburg and Danville in Virginia. Stops in North Carolina included Greensboro, High Point, Salisbury and Charlotte. There were no confrontations with riders at most of these stops. Should trouble occur, however, the Freedom Riders were trained in non-violent tactics and would not fight back. In Charlotte, North Carolina, there was an arrest.

Genevieve Hughes and John Lewis, Rock Hill, S.C.
Genevieve Hughes and John Lewis, Rock Hill, S.C.
In Charlotte, when black rider Joseph Perkins tried to get a shoe shine at a “white only” shoe shine station, he was arrested for trespassing, refused bail, and spent two nights in jail. He later rejoined the group as the journey continued south. Violence did occur in Rock Hill, SC at the Greyhound Bus terminal on May 10th when black rider John Lewis and white rider Albert Bigelow attempted to enter a white-only waiting area. Several white men attacked the pair. In the skirmish, another Freedom Rider, Genevieve Hughes, also sustained injuries. The attack was broken up by local police. But more violence lay ahead.

The second leg of the trip through South Carolina and Georgia included dinner with Martin Luther King in Atlanta.  Source: PBS/American Experience.
The second leg of the trip through South Carolina and Georgia included dinner with Martin Luther King in Atlanta. Source: PBS/American Experience.
The Freedom Riders left Rock Hill and continued through South Carolina, with stops at Winnsboro, Columbia, and Sumter. They then crossed into Georgia, with stops at Augusta, Athens and Atlanta. Arriving in Atlanta on May 13th, the Freedom Riders had dinner with Rev. Martin Luther King, Jr. They were hopeful that King would join them on the buses — perhaps becoming a Freedom Rider himself. Instead, King questioned the wisdom of proceeding into Alabama, where the probability of violent resistance was high. Sources told him at the time that the Ku Klux Klan has “quite a welcome” planned for them in Alabama. King urged the Riders to reconsider traveling through the Deep South. In fact, King flatly stated that night that the Riders would never make it to New Orleans. Still, the Freedom Riders left Atlanta on Mothers’ Day, May 14th, bound for Alabama.


May 14, 1961

Anniston

In Anniston, at the Greyhound station, a white mob had gathered waiting for the first bus with its Freedom Riders. As it arrived, the mob attacked the bus with iron pipes and baseball bats, breaking some windows and slashing its tires. By the time Anniston police arrived, the bus had taken a fair beating, but no arrests were made. The passengers had remained inside the bus. The Anniston police car escorted the bus out of the station to just beyond the Anniston city limit on a rural stretch of road. There, because of the punctured tires, the bus was forced to pull off the road near the Forsyth & Son grocery store. This was about five miles west of Anniston.

Mothers’ Day, May 14, 1961, as Greyhound bus carrying Freedom Riders and other passengers burns after being fire-bombed by white mob that attacked the bus and some riders near Anniston, Alabama.
Mothers’ Day, May 14, 1961, as Greyhound bus carrying Freedom Riders and other passengers burns after being fire-bombed by white mob that attacked the bus and some riders near Anniston, Alabama.

The fire-bombed bus at Anniston, Alabama produced thick smoke that filled the cabin, choking escaping riders.
The fire-bombed bus at Anniston, Alabama produced thick smoke that filled the cabin, choking escaping riders.
The fire on the mob-burned bus at Anniston, Alabama was eventually put out, but the bus was totally destroyed.
The fire on the mob-burned bus at Anniston, Alabama was eventually put out, but the bus was totally destroyed.
Freedom Riders Jimmy McDonald, center, Hank Thomas, foreground, and regular passenger Roberta Holmes, right, behind Thomas, after bus burning melee, May 14, 1961.
Freedom Riders Jimmy McDonald, center, Hank Thomas, foreground, and regular passenger Roberta Holmes, right, behind Thomas, after bus burning melee, May 14, 1961.
Fireman going through remains of bus, following fire.
Fireman going through remains of bus, following fire.
Map showing route of two Freedom Ride buses traveling from Atlanta, GA to Anniston and Birmingham, Alabama.
Map showing route of two Freedom Ride buses traveling from Atlanta, GA to Anniston and Birmingham, Alabama.


The white mob, meanwhile, had pursued the bus, with a line of some thirty cars and pickup trucks following behind – with at least one car later weaving back-and-forth in front of the bus to slow it down. After the one local police car disappeared, the mob resumed its assault on the bus and its occupants. One attacker hurled a firebomb into the bus. Some reports indicated that the bus door was held shut from the outside preventing riders from exiting, as some of the mob yelled, “burn them alive!” A few of the riders exited through windows.

The bus door was later forced opened, but only after one of the bus fuel tanks exploded, sending some of the mob into retreat. Riders exited gasping for their lives, choking on the thick smoke that had filled the bus.


Riders Beaten

Still, upon exiting the smoke-filled bus, some of the choking Freedom Riders were set upon and beaten by members of the mob. Rider Hank Thomas was one of those beaten with a baseball bat. Some of the mob remained, but a later-arriving state patrolman fired two warning shots into the air, and the mob gradually dispersed.

The Greyhound bus, meanwhile, became completely engulfed in flames and was totally destroyed. The riders on the second bus, the Trailways bus, were still on their way, unaware of what had happened in Anniston.

At the scene in Anniston, importantly was one lone photographer, Joe Postiglione of the Anniston Star, who had been tipped off by KKK members. Postiglione’s photos of the Anniston bus bombing – shown above and at left – were the only still photographs of the incident, and they soon made it over the newswires to newspapers all across the country – some running the photo on the front pages, thereby drawing the first national attention to the Freedom Rides.

Also in Anniston that day was a 12 year-old white girl, Janie Miller, who lived nearby, and after the violence subsided, defied the Klansmen and brought water to the bleeding and choking riders.

“It was the worst suffering I’d ever heard,” Miller would recall in the PBS / American Experience film, Freedom Riders. “I walked right out into the middle of that crowd. I picked me out one person. I washed her face. I held her, I gave her water to drink, and soon as I thought she was gonna be okay, I got up and picked out somebody else.” For daring to help the injured riders, she and her family were later ostracized by the community and could no longer live in the county.

A number of Freedom Riders that day were taken, eventually, to the Anniston Memorial Hospital where one attempt was made, unsuccessfully, by a group of Klansman trying to block the entrance to the emergency room.


KKK on 2nd Bus

Meanwhile, the second bus with Freedom Riders – the Trailways bus – made a brief stop in Anniston at another bus station. At that stop, the bus was infiltrated by some ticketed KKK members who proceeded to restore the “blacks-in-the-back” seating order on the bus by way of brutally beating up two of the Freedom Riders and installing them in the rear seats. These infiltrators stayed on the bus until it arrived in Birmingham, Alabama, slinging verbal abuse at the Freedom Riders en route and promising them a “special reception” in Birmingham.


May 14, 1961

Birmingham

Part of the attacking mob with KKK members at Birmingham, AL, as black bystander George Webb is beaten by several men in the foreground. Photo, Tommy Langston.
Part of the attacking mob with KKK members at Birmingham, AL, as black bystander George Webb is beaten by several men in the foreground. Photo, Tommy Langston.
As was later learned, Birmingham Police Chief Eugene “Bull” Conner had agreed to keep his police away from the Trailways station for 15 minutes to give local whites and members of the Klan time to beat up the arriving Freedom Riders. Connor had reportedly cut a deal with the KKK giving them 15 minutes to “burn, bomb, kill, maim, I don’t give a god-damn what you do.”

The Trailways station had filled with Klansmen and some reporters. When the Freedom Riders exited the bus, they were beaten by the mob, some wielding baseball bats, iron pipes and bicycle chains. White Freedom Riders in the group were especially singled out by the mob, receiving ferocious beatings.

Jim Peck, a 46-year-old white CORE member from New York, and black Freedom Rider Charles Person, a student from Atlanta, both headed for the “whites only” lunch counter, according to plan, as they came off the bus. However, they never made it there.

Jim Peck in hospital after treatment for injuries sustained during mob beating at the Birmingham bus terminal.
Jim Peck in hospital after treatment for injuries sustained during mob beating at the Birmingham bus terminal.
A group of Klansmen pummeled Peck with fists, chains and clubs. He was knocked unconscious, his face and head ripped with wounds. “When I saw Peck, I was shocked,” Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth, a Birmingham civil rights leader would later says. “His head was split down to the skull. Somebody had cracked him with a lead pipe. Peck was a bloody mess. . . .” It took more than an hour for Shuttlesworth to find an ambulance willing to take Peck to the all-white Carraway Methodist Hospital. Once there, staff refused to treat him. Only at Jefferson Hillman Hospital did Peck finally receive treatment, including some 53 stitches for his head wounds.

Freedom Riders were not the only ones attacked in Birmingham. Innocent bystanders were beaten too, and so were members of the press. As soon as the flashbulb went off for the photo shown above right, the mob took after the photographer, Tommy Langston of the Birmingham Post-Herald. He was caught in the bus station parking lot and beaten and kicked and threatened with pipes. His camera was also smashed to the ground. He later staggered down the street to the Post-Herald building and was later treated at the hospital.

Headline from 'The Montgomery Advertiser' news-paper (Montgomery, AL) tells of Anniston bus burning & mob attacks in Birmingham.
Headline from 'The Montgomery Advertiser' news-paper (Montgomery, AL) tells of Anniston bus burning & mob attacks in Birmingham.


A few of Langston’s colleagues at the Post-Herald returned to the bus station to retrieve his smashed camera to find, amazingly, that the film was still intact. The photo of the melee, shown above, ran the next day on the front page of the Birmingham Post-Herald, one of the few pieces of evidence documenting the mob attack and its participants.

Meanwhile, back in Anniston, hospitalized Freedom Riders were told to leave the hospital as the staff there became afraid of a growing mob. A group of churchmen and others led by Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth headed off around 2 a.m. that night to rescue the hospitalized Freedom Riders in Anniston.


Media Reports

In addition to news reports about the Anniston bus bombing and mob attacks in Birmingham, Howard K. Smith, a national CBS News correspondent, was already in Birmingham at the time of the attacks. He was working on a television documentary investigating allegations of lawlessness and racial intimidation in the Southern city. Smith, a Southerner himself from Louisiana, was trying to determine if the claims he and his network were hearing about were exaggerated or true.

May 1961: CBS newsman, Howard K. Smith, reported on the mob attacks on Freedom Riders that occurred in Birmingham, Alabama.
May 1961: CBS newsman, Howard K. Smith, reported on the mob attacks on Freedom Riders that occurred in Birmingham, Alabama.
On the night of May 13, Smith received a phone call tipping him off that the downtown bus station was the place to be the next day “if he wanted to see some real action.” Smith thus witnessed the May 14 “Mother’s Day” riot at the Birmingham Trailways Bus Station, as a vicious mob of Klansmen attacked the Freedom Riders and innocent bystanders alike with pipes and baseball bats. After the riot, Smith helped badly injured Riders Jim Peck and Walter Bergman to hail a cab. He also found three other injured black men after the melee, one of whom was Ike Reynolds. These men had agreed to do on camera interviews which Smith conducted with the men and was hopeful of airing that evening on CBS-TV. But “signal difficulties” from the local TV station – WAPI – prevented that from happening, though Smith suspected that the local owner there had vetoed such broadcast.

Smith did deliver news accounts of the bus station melee over the CBS radio network that went out nationally. He would make a series of live radio updates from his hotel room that day. “The riots have not been spontaneous outbursts of anger,” he reported in one broadcast, “but carefully planned and susceptible to having been easily prevented or stopped had there been a wish to do so.” In another he explained: “One passenger was knocked down at my feet by 12 of the hoodlums, and his face was beaten and kicked until it was a bloody pulp.”[i.e., the Jim Peck beating].The “rule of barbarism in Alabama,” said Smith in his commentary, must bow to the “rule of law and order – and justice – in America.” Smith reported the facts of the incident for CBS. “When the bus arrived,” he explained in one report, “the toughs grabbed the passengers into alleys and corridors, pounding them with pipes, with key rings, and with fists,” But he was outraged by what he had witnessed, and stated at one point that the “laws of the land and purposes of the nation badly need a basic restatement.” Smith at the time also did a Sunday radio commentary, during which he was more direct, “The script almost wrote itself,” he would later recall. “I had the strange, disembodied sense of being forced by conscience to write what I knew would be unacceptable.” In his commentary, Smith laid the blame squarely on Police Chief Eugene “Bull” Connor, whose officers had looked the other way during the attack. During that commentary Smith also stated that the “rule of barbarism in Alabama” must bow to the “rule of law and order – and Justice – in America.”

According to historian Raymond Arsenault, author of the 2006 book, Freedom Riders, “Smith’s remarkable broadcast opened the floodgates of public reaction. By early Sunday evening, hundreds of thousands, perhaps even millions, of Americans were aware of the violence that had descended upon Alabama only a few hours before.” At that point, few people had heard of CORE, and fewer still knew what the term ‘Freedom Rider’ meant. But with reports like the one Smith made, more and more of the general population would soon understand what was taking place in the southern part of their country.

By Monday, May 15th, photographs of the burning “Freedom Bus” in Anniston and Birmingham mob scene were reprinted in newspapers across the country. In Washington, D.C., meanwhile, on May 16th an editorial titled “Darkest Alabama” ran in the Washington Post newspaper.A Washington Post edito- rial of May 16, 1961 used the tagline, “Darkest Ala- bama.” The editors, noting the traditions of the old South such as chivalry, hospitality, and kindness, found them notably absent in Birmingham and Anniston, where the busses and Freedom Riders had been attacked. The Post also noted that “Alabama has a Governor who encourages contempt for the Constitution of the United States and who preaches incendiary racist nonsense.” The Post concluded that Americans traveling in Alabama could not be assured of the equal protection of the laws guaranteed by the Fourteenth Amendment. “They are quite justified, therefore, in looking to the United States Department of Justice for the protection of their rights as American citizens.” That message was likely read at the U.S. Justice Department and in the White House.


“The Kennedys”
…and Civil Rights
1961

During the violence and unrest of the Freedom Rides in 1961, President Kennedy and Attorney General Robert Kennedy met frequently to deal with the crisis.
During the violence and unrest of the Freedom Rides in 1961, President Kennedy and Attorney General Robert Kennedy met frequently to deal with the crisis.

Although John F. Kennedy (JFK) won the 1960 presidential election by a slender margin, with the black vote playing a key role, he had not been quick to move on civil rights issues in the early months of his administration. Kennedy had been cautious on civil rights as he feared taking action would antagonize southern Democrats – “the Dixiecrats” – a group he needed for both his near-term legislative agenda in Congress, and looking ahead to 1964, for his re-election. (In time, the “Dixiecrat defection” JFK feared would occur, helping elect Richard Nixon in 1968). So the Freedom Rides were among the last thing that he and his brother, Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy(RFK), wanted to see in 1961.

Just a month earlier, Kennedy had gone though the failed Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba. And in May, he was in the midst of preparing for a scheduled June 3, 1961 Vienna Summit with Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev, the first such summit of his presidential term. So Kennedy’s focus was not on domestic issues, and civil rights, least among these. Journalist Evan Thomas explains in the PBS film Freedom Riders: “The Kennedys, when they came into office, were not worried about civil rights. They were worried about the Soviet Union. They were worried about the Cold War. They were worried about the nuclear threat. When civil rights did pop up, they regarded it as a bit of a nuisance, as something that was getting in the way of their agenda.”

Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy, center, conferring with Justice Department assistants, Nicholas B. Katzenbach, left, and Herbert J. Miller, during the May 1961 Freedom Rides.
Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy, center, conferring with Justice Department assistants, Nicholas B. Katzenbach, left, and Herbert J. Miller, during the May 1961 Freedom Rides.

As President Kennedy first learned of the escalating tension around the Freedom Rides, he was not pleased. When reports of the bus burning and beatings in Birmingham reached Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy (RFK), he urged restraint on the part of Freedom Riders. The Kennedys, in fact, had condemned the Freedom Rides as unpatriotic because they embarrassed the nation on the world stage at the height of the Cold War. At one point later that summer, Robert Kennedy had called on the Freedom Riders for a “cooling off period.” James Farmer, head of CORE, responded saying, “We have been cooling off for 350 years, and if we cooled off any more, we’d be in a deep freeze.”

Although the Kennedys were initially angered by the Freedom Riders, and thought the bus rides should end, they soon became quite concerned with the incidents and the safety of the riders. Throughout the summer, Robert Kennedy especially, would become heavily involved in federal-state negotiations to protect the Riders – amid repeated attempts to dissuade them from continuing. However, the Administration was in a bit of quandary on just how much the federal government should get involved and what level of force might be needed. JFK, meanwhile, had some political alliances that would prove awkward.

JFK and Alabama Governor, Democrat John Patterson, during a 1960 Kennedy-Johnson campaign rally.
JFK and Alabama Governor, Democrat John Patterson, during a 1960 Kennedy-Johnson campaign rally.

During his 1960 presidential bid, JFK had made some political alliances that would come back to haunt him. Alabama’s governor, Democrat John Patterson, was one of these. Patterson had been one of the few southern politicians to endorse JFK for president, doing so early in 1959. Yet, when it came to the Freedom Riders, Patterson was squarely on the side of the segregationists and “states rights,” and he and the Kennedys would spar on the matter through May of 1961.

Given the Anniston and Birmingham incidents, the Kennedys worried that there might be more violence in Alabama, and they wanted protection for the Freedom Riders. Governor Patterson had refused to guarantee the Freedom Riders safety. JFK thought at one point he would be able to persuade his old political ally to come around on the matter, diffuse the tensions at the state level, and keep Washington out of the picture. Kennedy had White House telephone operators place a call to Governor Patterson. The governor’s secretary responded that the governor was fishing in the Gulf of Mexico and could not be reached. It was then that Kennedy realized what he was up against, and gave the go-ahead to begin preparing for the possible use of federal marshals.

Alabama Gov. John Patterson, left, confers with Robert Kennedy and two unidentified aides. Photo undated.
Alabama Gov. John Patterson, left, confers with Robert Kennedy and two unidentified aides. Photo undated.

Robert Kennedy, meanwhile, at the Justice Department, had conferred with a number of assistants on the matter, including Nicholas B. Katzenbach and Herbert J. Miller, shown in the photo above. Kennedy urged all citizens and travelers in Alabama to refrain from actions “which will cause increased tension or provoke violence” in troubled Montgomery. RFK had also sent his longtime friend, Justice Department representative John Seigenthaler, to mediate between the Freedom Riders and southern politicians. A native of Nashville, Tennessee, Seigenthaler had local southern roots that Robert Kennedy hoped would help ease tensions with southern politicians. Seigenthaler went to Birmingham to monitor the situation and ensure that the Freedom Riders would get off safely to their next destination. Other RFK aides and DOJ officials, including John Doar and Deputy Attorney General Byron White, later a Supreme Court justice, would also become involved with the Freedom Rides.


May 15, 1961: Freedom Rider James Peck,  talks with a Dept of Justice official and Ben Cox on plane to New Orleans. Photo, T. Gaffney.
May 15, 1961: Freedom Rider James Peck, talks with a Dept of Justice official and Ben Cox on plane to New Orleans. Photo, T. Gaffney.
Back in Birmingham, meanwhile, when the CORE Freedom Riders sought to continue their ride on May 15th to their next stop, Montgomery, Alabama, bus drivers refused to leave the station for fear for their lives. Behind the scenes in Washington, some calls were made to union officials to try to bring in willing bus drivers, but that effort failed. Robert Kennedy also tried to organize protection for the riders, but was unable to reach a compromise with Alabama officials. Finally, John Seigenthaler, one of the Robert Kennedy’s team sent to Alabama, convinced the Freedom Riders to fly to New Orleans instead of going by bus. They agreed to the plan, and CORE leaders at that point also chose to halt the Freedom Ride, their ranks diminished by injuries. Seigenthaler secured a flight for the Riders to New Orleans, which departed from the Birmingham airport late on May 15th. Still, in this departure, and on the plane’s arrival in New Orleans, the Freedom Riders faced threats and jeers. In Birmingham, a mob had gathered at the airport, making for a tense waiting period. When they first boarded the plane, all passengers had to exit because of a bomb threat. On arriving in New Orleans, the state police formed a “protective” corridor of troopers from the arriving plane’s door to the airport terminal. Yet these state troopers, to the astonishment of John Seigenthaler, engaged in vicious jeers and taunts as the Freedom Riders made their ways to the terminal. In New Orleans, the Riders attended a May 17th rally to celebrate the seventh anniversary of the Supreme Court school desegregation decision, Brown v. Board of Education.


April 1960: Diane Nash, as Fisk University junior with the Rev. Kelly Smith, president of the Nashville Christian Leadership Council. Photo: Gerald Holly, Nashville Tennessean.
April 1960: Diane Nash, as Fisk University junior with the Rev. Kelly Smith, president of the Nashville Christian Leadership Council. Photo: Gerald Holly, Nashville Tennessean.
“Fresh Troops”

Meanwhile, other civil rights activists, realizing the importance of the Freedom Ride, and also seeing the national attention the Anniston and Birmingham incidents had brought to the civil rights movement, began planning to continue the bus rides. The Nashville Student Movement, lead by Diane Nash, decided to send “fresh troops” to Birmingham – replacement riders – to continue what CORE had started. Nash and other civil rights activists began to see that what CORE had put in motion could not be allowed to fail, and should not stop because of violence.

Raised in middle-class Catholic family in Chicago, Nash attended Howard University in Washington, D.C, before transferring to Nashville’s Fisk University in the fall of 1959. Shocked by the extent of segregation she encountered in Tennessee, she became a founding member of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) in April 1960. In February 1961 she served jail time in solidarity with the “Rock Hill Nine” — nine students imprisoned after a lunch counter sit-in.

Nash felt that if violence was allowed to halt the Freedom Rides, the movement would be set back years. She pushed to resume the ride and began calling black colleges in nearby states to find replacements for the injured Freedom Riders. On May 17, 1961, a group of eight blacks and two whites – students from Fisk University, Tennessee State University and the American Baptist Theological Seminary – traveled by bus from Nashville to Birmingham, where they would then resume the Freedom Ride from there to Montgomery, Alabama, and then on to Mississippi and Louisiana. However, upon their arrival in Birmingham, they were immediately arrested – “protective custody,” according to police. Later that night, in the early a.m. hours, this group was transported by Birmingham police chief Eugene “Bull” Connor to Ardmore, Alabama near the Tennessee line, and dropped off in a rural area – an area reportedly known for Klan activity. They were told to take a train back to Nashville. After finding refuge with a local black family, they reached Diane Nash who sent a car for them, returning them to Birmingham, where they intended to resume the Freedom Ride.


“John Meets Diane”
May 1961

John Seigenthaler, in later years, would recall his activities during the 1961 Freedom Rides in the 2011 PBS documentary, “Freedom Riders.” Click for his books at Amazon.
John Seigenthaler, in later years, would recall his activities during the 1961 Freedom Rides in the 2011 PBS documentary, “Freedom Riders.” Click for his books at Amazon.

John Seigenthaler, a former reporter for The Nashville Tennessean newspaper, had worked with Robert Kennedy in Congress. In 1961, then 32, Seigenthaler became a special assistant in Robert Kennedy’s Justice Department.

Dispatched by Kennedy to the south to help diffuse the Freedom Rider tensions, his first task in that crisis was to get the CORE Riders safely on airplanes to New Orleans. When the Riders – after some harassment and verbal abuse along the way – arrived safely in New Orleans, Seigenthaler thought both the Freedom Rides and the crisis were over. Instead, he learned that someone named Diane Nash and others from the Nashville Student Movement planned on continuing what the CORE Riders had started. In the PBS film Freedom Riders, Seigenthaler appears on camera offering his remembrance of that pivotal moment:

. . . I went to a motel to spend the night. And you know, I thought, “What a great hero I am. . . . How easy this was. . . I just took care of everything the president and the attorney general wanted done. Mission accomplished.” My phone in the hotel room rings and it’s the attorney general.“Sir, you should know, we all signed our last wills and testaments last night before they left…”
– Diane Nash, 1961
And he opened the conversation, “Who the hell is Diane Nash? Call her and let her know what is waiting for the Freedom Riders.” So I called her. I said, “I understand that there are more Freedom Riders coming down from Nashville. You must stop them if you can.”

Her response was, “They’re not gonna turn back. They’re on their way to Birmingham and they’ll be there shortly.” You know that spiritual [song]—“Like a tree standing by the water, I will not be moved”? She would not be moved. And . . . I felt my voice go up another decibel and another and soon I was shouting, “Young woman, do you understand what you’re doing? You’re gonna get somebody . . . Do you understand you’re gonna get somebody killed?”

Diane Nash, of Fisk University, let John Seigenthaler know there was no turning back.
Diane Nash, of Fisk University, let John Seigenthaler know there was no turning back.

And there’s a pause, and she said, “Sir, you should know, we all signed our last wills and testaments last night before they left. We know someone will be killed. But we cannot let violence overcome nonviolence.”

That’s virtually a direct quote of the words that came out of that child’s mouth.

Here I am, an official of the United States government, representing the president and the attorney general, talking to a student at Fisk University. And she, in a very quiet but strong way, gave me a lecture.


James Peck (right) and Hank Thomas march in a picket line outside the Port Authority Terminal in New York City.
James Peck (right) and Hank Thomas march in a picket line outside the Port Authority Terminal in New York City.
National Notice

Civil rights leaders at the national level, meanwhile, were spreading word of what had happened to the Freedom Riders in the south. In several U.S. cities, CORE chapters used the May 17th anniversary date of the Brown v. Board of Education Supreme Court decision to protest the violence in Alabama. They set up picket lines in front of bus terminals in cities such as Boston, Los Angeles, and New York. More than two thousand people came out for the New York City demonstration, with hundreds picketing the Port Authority terminals of the Greyhound and Trailways bus lines in protest over the segregated bus stations in the South. Some marchers carried signs that read, “segregation is morally wrong.” At least two of the Freedom Riders – Hank Thomas, who had been attacked in Anniston, and James Peck, who was beaten in Birmingham and was still bandaged – joined the demonstration in New York City. Peck carried a large placard that identified him as “a victim of an attempt at lynching by hoodlums,” and Thomas a sign that indicated he was arrested on a Freedom Ride in South Carolina. Following the New York demonstration, Peck and Thomas also answered questions and at a press conference held at the offices of the International Ladies Garment Workers Union. Lillian Smith, a well-known author and southern liberal unafraid to criticize segregation and who worked to dismantle the Jim Crow laws, was also at the press conference. Other national figures began voicing their opinions as well. On Thursday morning, May 18th, the New York Times and other newspapers reported a story citing the Southern Baptist evangelist, Rev. Dr. Billy Graham, who said that the Southerners who had attacked and beaten the “Freedom Riders” should be prosecuted for their actions.

Rev. Shuttlesworth during “CBS Reports” TV show.
Rev. Shuttlesworth during “CBS Reports” TV show.
That evening on television, a documentary about Birmingham that CBS reporter Howard K. Smith had been working on, was aired as a CBS Reports special. Titled, “Who Speaks for Birmingham?,” the hour-long show featured a series of interviews with several black and white citizens, including one with Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth, a civil rights leader from Birmingham, and another with Temple Graves, a columnist for the Birmingham News. The documentary ran accounts of cultural and educational progress in Birmingham, alternating with stories of Klan violence and local segregationist resistance. On the whole, the show was not a flattering portrayal of Birmingham or Alabama. In the segment with Shuttlesworth, he recounted several beatings, two attempted bombings of his church, and a constant fear for his family’s safety and need to hire someone to guard his home at night. During the show, Howard K. Smith also re-aired his radio account of the May 14th bus terminal melee. Near the end of the broadcast, Smith, standing in front of an enlarged photo of Bull Connor, said that “fear and hatred” had stalked the streets of Birmingham in the preceding days.

May 18,1961: Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth, left, talks with several Freedom Riders waiting in the Birmingham bus station to go to Montgomery. AP photo.
May 18,1961: Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth, left, talks with several Freedom Riders waiting in the Birmingham bus station to go to Montgomery. AP photo.
Meanwhile, the contingent of student riders from Nashville who had come to Birmingham to resume the Freedom Ride to Montgomery, were in a kind of limbo at the bus station; still trying to make their trip. An Associated Press news story filed from Birmingham reported that on May 19 a crowd (i.e., a mob) had gathered outside the bus terminal that evening. Civil rights leader, Rev. Fred Shuttlesworth, was quoted in the story saying more riders from other areas outside Alabama were ready to come join the Freedom Rides – “wave after wave, if necessary,” he said. On May 20th, the group of replacement riders sent from Nashville boarded a Greyhound bus in Birmingham and finally headed for Montgomery. The Kennedy Administration had intervened on two counts: pressuring Greyhound to provide a bus driver, and secondly, securing a commitment from Alabama Governor John Patterson to protect the riders and the bus from Klan mobs and snipers on the road to Montgomery. Patterson’s director of public safety, Floyd Mann, had arranged for the safe passage to Montgomery. The situation in Montgomery, however, was another story.


May 20, 1961

Beatings in Montgomery

May 20, 1961: Jim Zwerg, one of the Freedom Riders beaten at Montgomery, Alabama bus terminal.
May 20, 1961: Jim Zwerg, one of the Freedom Riders beaten at Montgomery, Alabama bus terminal.
The trip to Montgomery was made at high speed along with a contingent of the Alabama State Highway Patrol. At the Montgomery city limits, however, the troopers disbursed. The Freedom Riders then were on their own, and at the Greyhound bus terminal they were met by a mob of more than 200, many of whom were Klansmen, armed with baseball bats and iron pipes. The mob attacked not just the Riders, but reporters and other bystanders, leaving more than twenty people seriously injured. The local police did not show up for 20 minutes.

One of those on the arriving bus was Jim Zwerg, a 21-year-old white college from Beloit College in Wisconsin who became an exchange student at Fisk University an was also active in the Nashville sit-in movement. Zwerg was one of those selected for the “new troops” initiative for replacement Riders begun by Diane Nash and others. He was one of the group that left Birmingham earlier that day on May 20th. As Zwerg, stepped off the bus in Montgomery, someone shouted, “kill the nigger-loving son of a bitch!” With clubs and fists they attacked Zwerg brutally, beating him several times. He lost teeth in the beatings and was eventually hospitalized.

The mob also brutally attacked John Lewis, Bernard Lafayette, and William Barbee. Barbee was beaten unconscious and left on the sidewalk, suffering injuries that would later shorten his life. Three others escaped the violence by jumping over the retaining wall and running to the adjacent post office. Five black female Freedom Riders escaped in a cab driven by a black cab driver. Two white women were pulled from another cab and beaten by the mob.

May 20, 1961: Montgomery, AL mob member, later identified as a Klan leader, attacking news photographer.
May 20, 1961: Montgomery, AL mob member, later identified as a Klan leader, attacking news photographer.
Floyd Mann, Alabama’s director of public safety, arrived on the scene and attempted to stop the violence, finally pulling out his pistol and firing two shots in the air. Mann succeeded in dispersing the crowd in one part of the bus station, but other areas of the station were still in turmoil. News reporters, camermen and photographers had been set upon by the mob even before the riders were attacked – their cameras and filming gear smashed to the ground.

Also on the scene that day in Montgomery to observe was Justice Department emissary John Seigenthaler, who was beaten as well. Seigenthaler, who saw the unfolding melee at the bus terminal from a distance, tried at one point from his car to help one of the female Freedom Riders being pursued in the street. But Seigenthaler was pulled from his car, beaten with a tire iron, his head fractured and left unconscious in the street.

In the aftermath, ambulances, manned by white attendants, refused to take the wounded to the hospital. Local blacks finally rescued the wounded, with some of the Freedom Riders eventually hospitalized.

Freedom Rider Jim Swerg in his hospital bed after beating with a copy of the “Montgomery Advertiser” newspaper, with his bloody photo on its front page.
Freedom Rider Jim Swerg in his hospital bed after beating with a copy of the “Montgomery Advertiser” newspaper, with his bloody photo on its front page.
Among the Freedom Riders on the bus into Montgomery that day was 18 year-old white girl, Susan Hermann of Los Angeles, CA, who said of her group’s arrival there, reported in the Los Angeles Times: “We were all prepared to die–and for a while Saturday I thought all 21 of us would die at the hands of that mob in Montgomery. We did not fight back. We do not believe in violence…” Hermann and another white girl, Susan Wilbur, 18, managed to outrun the mob, reaching a local police station.

The Montgomery melee was front-page news the next day all across the country. The Montgomery Advertiser, for its part, ran a large photo of a beaten and bloody Jim Swerg on its front page (see photo at right).

In Washington, D.C., the melee was front-page news as well. Along with the bloody Zwerg photo, The Washington Post headlines that day also announced the actions of the federal government in response to the violence: “Kennedy Orders Marshals to Alabama After New Freedom-Rider Mobbing.”

Attorney General Robert Kennedy had been on the phone with Justice Department lawyer John Doar who was relaying a nearly blow-by-blow account to Kennedy of the mob violence as the fists and clubs began flying that day.

May 21, 1961: Washington Post runs “marshals-to-Alabama” front-page story on violence in Montgomery, along with photo of bloodied Freedom Rider, Jim Swerg
May 21, 1961: Washington Post runs “marshals-to-Alabama” front-page story on violence in Montgomery, along with photo of bloodied Freedom Rider, Jim Swerg
“There are no cops present” Doar reported at one point, having already described to Kennedy the mob attacking people as they got off the bus. “It’s terrible. It’s terrible,” Doar relayed to Kennedy. “Not a cop in sight! People are yelling ‘Get ‘em. Get em!’ It’s awful.” Doar’s eye witness phone-in account of the melee reportedly angered Kennedy to the point where he heard enough and moved to send U.S. Marshals to the area. On May 21st, Kennedy ordered a task force of U.S. Marshals and Byron R. White, Deputy U.S. Attorney General, to go to Montgomery to safeguard federal rights. Initially, some 400 marshals were ordered. The marshals would be dressed in civilian attire wearing yellow arm bands. Governor Patterson, for his part, publicly objected to the marshals — as well as the civil rights leaders and activists who had come to Montgomery — telling them all to go home and mind their own business. He also threatened to arrest the marshals if they broke the law.


May 21, 1961: A contingent of Federal marshals gather to watch over civil rights activists and Freedom Riders coming to rally at the First Baptist Church in Montgomery. AP photo.
May 21, 1961: A contingent of Federal marshals gather to watch over civil rights activists and Freedom Riders coming to rally at the First Baptist Church in Montgomery. AP photo.
Part of the 1,500 supporters who came out to learn about the Freedom Rides and hear from civil rights leaders – on what became a long night. Joseph Scherschel /Time Life
Part of the 1,500 supporters who came out to learn about the Freedom Rides and hear from civil rights leaders – on what became a long night. Joseph Scherschel /Time Life
May 21, 1961: U.S. Marshals stand guard in front of Baptist Church as an automobile burns in the distance after being overturned by the mob. Photo, AP/Horace Cort
May 21, 1961: U.S. Marshals stand guard in front of Baptist Church as an automobile burns in the distance after being overturned by the mob. Photo, AP/Horace Cort
May 21-22,1961: Rev. Ralph Abernathy & Rev. Martin Luther King during stand-off with white mob outside Abernathy’s Baptist Church in Montgomery, AL. King had been on the phone with Attorney General Robert Kennedy seeking help.  Photo, Paul Schutzer/ Time Life.
May 21-22,1961: Rev. Ralph Abernathy & Rev. Martin Luther King during stand-off with white mob outside Abernathy’s Baptist Church in Montgomery, AL. King had been on the phone with Attorney General Robert Kennedy seeking help. Photo, Paul Schutzer/ Time Life.
May 21-22, 1961: Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy on the phone at his Justice Dept office during the night of the church attack in Birmingham, Alabama.  Bob Schutz/AP.
May 21-22, 1961: Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy on the phone at his Justice Dept office during the night of the church attack in Birmingham, Alabama. Bob Schutz/AP.
A detachment of National Guardsmen at the First Baptist Church in Montgomery, Alabama after martial law was declared. AP photo/Horace Cort.
A detachment of National Guardsmen at the First Baptist Church in Montgomery, Alabama after martial law was declared. AP photo/Horace Cort.
May 22, 1961: National Guard troops in front of the First Baptist Church, Montgomery, AL. AP/Horace Cort.
May 22, 1961: National Guard troops in front of the First Baptist Church, Montgomery, AL. AP/Horace Cort.

May 21, 1961

Church Mob

In response to the violence, civil rights leaders called for a gathering of supporters in Montgomery for Sunday evening, May 21, 1961. They convened at Rev. Ralph Abernathy’s First Baptist Church and organized a program of hymns and speakers. About 1,500 community members attended along with civil rights leaders, including, Martin Luther King, Jim Farmer, Joseph Lowery, and Rev. Shuttlesworth.

The purpose of the gathering was to show support for the Freedom Rivers – of which more than a dozen attended. Diane Nash was also listed on the program, possibly to introduce the Freedom Riders. The First Baptist Church was located just a few blocks from the state capitol. Federal marshals, now on the scene in Montgomery, stood watch from a park near the church as evening services began on May 21st.

As those inside the church that night listened to testimonials about courage and commitment and sang hymns and freedom songs, a white mob began gathering outside. By nightfall the mob had grown larger, and had begun yelling racial epithets and hurling rocks at the church windows.

Inside, Martin Luther King Jr., told the crowd that Gov. Patterson was responsible for allowing the violence to happen. King also called for legislation to end desegregation and stop the violence. “We hear the familiar cry that morals cannot be legislated. This may be true, but behavior can be regulated,” King said. “The law may not be able make a man love me, but it can keep him from lynching me.”

During the evening, the mob grew, overturned a U.S. marshal’s car, and set a couple of small fires. The mob threatened to overwhelm the federal marshals who feared the church would be set on fire. According to one account of that evening by a U.S. Marshals historian, “a fiery projectile nearly burned the roof of the church.” At one point during the evening, some 75 marshals charged the angry mob and were pelted with rocks. The marshals were later bolstered by local and state police. Still, the mob persisted.

From inside the church that night, at around 3 a.m., King called Attorney General Robert Kennedy at the Justice Department for help. Kennedy then called Governor Patterson and also had his Deputy Attorney General, Byron White, later a Supreme Court Justice, meet with Patterson and his staff.

Back at the mob scene, meanwhile, it became obvious that the civilian federal marshals were overmatched by the mob’s larger numbers. It was at that point that Patterson, under federal pressure, declared martial law and authorized a National Guard battalion to disperse the crowd. The Alabama National Guard took control of the scene and the U.S. marshals were placed under Guard command.

One wire story of the church attack by United Press International that appeared in newspapers on Monday, May 22nd, reported: “Tear gas and fire hoses were needed to beat off the angry mob of about 200 whites who converged on the church [other accounts had that number much larger]. It took 100 U.S. Marshals and more than that number of city police and a National Guard contingent to hold back the rock-hurling, club-swinging mob.”

But it was early morning before the surrounding streets were secure enough for the Freedom Riders and their supporters to leave the church. Before dawn on May 22, 1961, the Guard moved the congregation out, using military trucks to transport some of the church attendees back to their communities,

Back in Washington, there had been early a.m. meetings at the Justice Department on the crisis, and Robert Kennedy, up all night, called President Kennedy at 7 a.m. to update him on what had happened.

On May 23, 1961, martial law was in place in Montgomery, Alabama, and national guard soldiers were present in front of the First Baptist Church and elsewhere in the city, including the Montgomery bus terminal.

Still, Patterson called the Freedom Riders “agitators” and said, “they were to blame for the race rioting because of their insistence on testing bus station racial barriers.”

The church attack and martial law were front-page news across the country. In Rome, Georgia, the News-Tribune story covering the church attack included reaction from state and local politicians, including some who blamed the Kennedys for encouraging “these people to come into the South to change traditions and the way of life.”

That story also quoted the Alabama Ku Klux Klan “grand wizard,” Robert Shelton, who said the klans of the nation would amalgamate in an effort to prevent further integration attempts in the South. He also added: “It is regrettable that the President of the United States would used the power of his office to condone the unlawful activities of these integrationist groups by attempting to enjoin the Alabama klans from aiding in the preservation of our laws and customs.” Shelton said that while the klan did not condone violence, it would “take all measures necessary” to preserve Alabama customs.

Back in Montgomery, on May 23, 1961, civil rights leaders, including Martin Luther King Jr., Rev. Ralph Abernathy and James Farmer, and student leader John Lewis, held a news conference announcing that the Freedom Rides would continue.

The National Guard remained a presence in Montgomery following the mob activity at the First Baptist Church. Soldiers also lined the streets near the Montgomery bus terminals.

May 22, 1961: Alabama National Guardsman are also stationed at Montgomery bus station.  AP photo.
May 22, 1961: Alabama National Guardsman are also stationed at Montgomery bus station. AP photo.
May 23, 1961: Civil rights leaders John Lewis, Martin Luther King Jr., Rev. Ralph Abernathy and James Farmer  announcing that Freedom Rides would continue.
May 23, 1961: Civil rights leaders John Lewis, Martin Luther King Jr., Rev. Ralph Abernathy and James Farmer announcing that Freedom Rides would continue.
May 24, 1961: National Guard troops line sidewalk at  at bus station in Montgomery, AL as Freedom Riders plan to resume bus trips. Photo, AP / Horace Cort.
May 24, 1961: National Guard troops line sidewalk at at bus station in Montgomery, AL as Freedom Riders plan to resume bus trips. Photo, AP / Horace Cort.
May 1961: Photo from inside bus departing from Mont-gomery for Jackson with police & Nat’l Guard escort.
May 1961: Photo from inside bus departing from Mont-gomery for Jackson with police & Nat’l Guard escort.
May 24, 1961: Wm.Sloan Coffin (glasses) and Yale group of Riders arriving in Montgomery, AL.  Perry Aycock/AP
May 24, 1961: Wm.Sloan Coffin (glasses) and Yale group of Riders arriving in Montgomery, AL. Perry Aycock/AP
May 24, 1961: Alabama National Guard protecting Freedom Ride bus at stop near Mississippi handover, at state border.
May 24, 1961: Alabama National Guard protecting Freedom Ride bus at stop near Mississippi handover, at state border.
Jackson, Mississippi police line city streets near the bus station as Freedom Riders arrive there in May 1961.
Jackson, Mississippi police line city streets near the bus station as Freedom Riders arrive there in May 1961.


More Riders

On the morning of May 24, 1961, the Freedom Riders in Montgomery resumed their travels with two buses departing at different times for Jackson, Mississippi. The two buses carried 27 Freedom Riders between them and also some 20 members of the press. The buses were escorted by 16 highway patrol cars, each carrying three National Guardsmen and two highway patrolmen. A few national guardsmen were also on the buses. The ride from Montgomery to Jackson, a distance of about 140 miles, would take about six hours.

More Freedom Riders were also converging on Montgomery to fill more buses for additional trips into Mississippi. On the same day as the first buses departed for Jackson, for example, two white college students, David Fankhauser and David Myers, students at Central State College in Ohio, arrived in Montgomery. They were among those responding to the earlier call of Diane Nash seeking new recruits. On their arrival, these prospective riders and others would stay at local homes for a few days awaiting additional Freedom Riders sufficient to fill more buses.

Another bus arriving in Montgomery that afternoon from Atlanta brought a group of Riders from Connecticut, including four white college professors and three black students. Leading this group was white clergyman Rev. William S. Coffin, Chaplin at Yale University. Coffin, 35, and a WWII veteran, was also a member of President Kennedy’s Peace Corps Advisory Council. A day or so earlier on the Yale University campus, at a pre-Freedom Ride ally, Coffin had criticized southern ministers for not supporting the Rides. And in a Life magazine article a week or so later, Coffin also stated: “Many people in the South have criticized the Freedom Riders as ‘outsiders’ who want to stir up trouble. But if you’re an American and a Christian you can’t be an outsider on racial discrimination, whether practiced in the North or the South…”

Rev. Coffin also explained that by joining the Freedom Rides with his group “we hoped to dramatize the fact that this is not just a student movement. We felt that our being university educators might help encourage the sea of silent moderates in the South to raise their voices…”

Arriving at the Montgomery bus terminal on May 24th with Coffin that day were Dr. David E. Swift, Dr. John D. Maguire, and a contingent of Yale divinity students. The terminal was then patrolled by the National Guard. Still, a throng of angry whites had gathered there, but Sloan and others were able to make it to cars that carried them to meet with civil rights leaders at a local home. The next day, Coffin and his group were slated to board a bus for Jackson. However, while at the bus terminal that morning before departure, Coffin and others joined Ralph Abernathy, Fred Shuttlesworth, and others at a terminal lunch counter, testing a “whites only” restriction. Most of this group, including Coffin, were arrested in the Montgomery terminal for “breach of peace and unlawful assembly,” and did not make the trip to Jackson. They were later released after posting $1,000 bond.


“Fill The Jails”

As Freedom Riders and civil rights leaders gathered at Ralph Abernathy’s home in Montgomery, including Martin Luther King, Fred Shuttlesworth, and student leaders, a new strategy was devised for the Freedom Rides heading into Mississippi. They decided that as more and more riders came to participate – then converging on Jackson, Mississippi where all incoming riders would likely be arrested – they would seek to “fill the jails” in Mississippi as part of the protest.

Back in Washington, meanwhile, the Kennedy Administration, was suffering some bad press overseas as new reports of the Freedom Ride violence spread around the globe. As one attempted counter to those reports, Robert F. Kennedy, on May 25, 1961, delivered a radio broadcast over Voice of America, defending America’s record on race relations, and adding, “there is no reason that in the near or the foreseeable future, a Negro could [not] become President of the United States.”

Back in Alabama, the two buses that had left Montgomery on May 24 were traveling on the road to Jackson with their convoy of police cars, National Guardsmen, and overhead helicopter. They were only making limited stops en route, during which National Guardsmen would array themselves around the bus in a protective manner. As they approached the Mississippi border, there would be a changing of the guard as the Mississippi Guard would take over from the Alabama Guard, and that transfer went smoothly. However, there had been one report of a phoned-in dynamite threat in Mississippi, so the Guardsmen at the state-line border exchange were especially attentive to their surroundings.

In Washington, Robert Kennedy had been negotiating with Mississippi officials over the safety of the Freedom Riders who were heading to Jackson. He struck a deal with Mississippi’s Democratic Senator, James O. Eastland, allowing the Riders to be jailed in exchange for their safety. Kennedy would not interfere in Mississippi’s affairs by sending in federal marshals as long as Eastland would guarantee there would be no mob violence. Kennedy explained that the Federal Government’s “primary interest was that they [Freedom Riders] weren’t beaten up.”

There were no incidents en route to Jackson, with the exception of some hecklers and a thrown bottle or two. The first two buses of Freedom Riders arrived in Jackson safely on May 24th, with no rabid white mobs awaiting them. As the Riders exited the buses and tested the whites-only or colored waiting areas, they were immediately ushered by police into a waiting paddy wagon which drove them to jail. The riders were typically charged with “breach of peace,” rather than breaking segregation laws. Freedom Riders responded with a “jail, no bail” strategy —part of the effort to fill the jails. Back in Montgomery, more Riders were preparing for the trip to Jackson. On May 28th, and in the days thereafter, additional buses with more Freedom Riders made the trip to Jackson.

Among those departing from Montgomery on May 28th for Jackson was Pauline Knight, a 20-year-old Tennessee State student, who would be arrested in Jackson and would later lead a brief hunger strike among female Rider-inmates. Describing the motivation that led Knight to participate in the Freedom Rides, she said: “It was like a wave or a wind, and you didn’t know where it was coming from but you knew you were supposed to be there. Nobody asked me, nobody told me.”

June 1961: A police paddy wagon in Jackson, Mississippi with arrested Freedom Riders aboard. Photo from “Breach of Peace” book, Eric Etheridge.
June 1961: A police paddy wagon in Jackson, Mississippi with arrested Freedom Riders aboard. Photo from “Breach of Peace” book, Eric Etheridge.

In fact, like Pauline Knight, the same kind of motivation was true for many who came to the Freedom Rides that summer – they just came, in the hundreds, unselfishly, out of personal conviction, finding it was the right thing to do. It was a spontaneous movement of individuals, each coming from separate locations, but each making a similar decision to become personally involved. It was a simple but powerful statement of democratic action – one that augured well for America’s future, and a proud moment for all of its citizens.

Back in Washington, meanwhile, on May 29th, Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy formally petitioned the Interstate Commerce Commission to adopt “stringent regulations” prohibiting segregation in interstate bus travel. The proposed order would not be issued for several months, but the process was set in motion. Kennedy was also trying to dissuade the Freedom Riders from continuing their protest, asking for “cooling off” period that went nowhere. In fact, if anything, the movement only grew larger in the months ahead as individuals all around the country responded.

Ray Cooper
Freedom Rider
1961

Mug shot of Ray Cooper, 19, arrested in Jackson, MS.
Mug shot of Ray Cooper, 19, arrested in Jackson, MS.
Within two weeks of the May 14th, 1961 bus bombing in Anniston, Alabama, Ray Cooper, a 19 year-old art student from Seattle, Washington, was on a bus bound for New Orleans. The CORE chapter in New Orleans was conducting training classes in the practice of nonviolent civil disobedience, preparing candidates for more Freedom Rides. Cooper recounts his experience there and some of his early thinking regarding what he was about to do:

…Gathering in New Orleans, we were getting to know one another, bonding to find the courage to act together. There was a wave of volunteers and we had the moral advantage. I could not have continued past New Orleans if there had been a meager turn out. Strength in numbers. Was I frightened? Yes. But like the others I was calm and focused. I was nineteen and was about to do something meaningful for the first time in my life. I had resolved not to participate with the U.S. military adventure in Vietnam. The battle at home was my choice. I was testing myself, challenging my country to actually “free the slaves” not just talk about it…

I had read about Gandhi in high school.“I had read about Gandhi in high school. He stood against the British Empire. People listened to him and won. I admired that. . . .” He stood against the British Empire. People listened to him and won. I admired that. Martin Luther King Jr. quoted him. I respected that. I believed that nonviolent resistance would also work in America where people professed belief in democracy. It was a gamble but was a rather “strong hand”…

[Ray Cooper later boarded his Greyhound Bus in New Orleans, headed for Jackson, Mississippi].

…We arrived in Jackson in [July]. Police and their vans surrounded the terminal. They watched passively as we walked into the whites only waiting room. Once inside we sat on available benches together with arms locked. The police ordered us out. We declined. Threatened with arrest we went limp and were dragged from the Greyhound station by our feet and were loaded into paddy wagons. . . . Arrested and booked for unlawful assembly, we entered the jails of Jackson City and County. We were, of course, segregated by race and sex. Our fear was not of police mistreatment, but of the uncertainty of being housed with criminal prisoners. At no point during the summer did this occur. The standard length of incarceration was forty-five days, first in Jackson and ultimately at Parchman . . . All summer long the buses kept arriving with more Freedom Riders…

_____________________________
Source: “Memories of a Freedom Rider, by Ray Cooper,” SeattleInBlackandWhite.org.


 

Headline from ‘The Morning Herald’ newspaper of Hagerstown, MD, May 25, 1961 announcing jailing of Freedom Riders in Mississippi with photo of Riders being loaded into paddy wagon.
Headline from ‘The Morning Herald’ newspaper of Hagerstown, MD, May 25, 1961 announcing jailing of Freedom Riders in Mississippi with photo of Riders being loaded into paddy wagon.
Throughout, the summer of 1961, the Freedom Riders kept coming to Jackson, most later ransferred to the Mississippi State Penitentiary at Parchman, also known as Parchman Farm. A maximum security prison, Parchman had a reputation as a particularly inhospitable place. Basic jail cells had open toilets and were often rife with mice and insects, some with soiled mattresses. Abusive treatment of arriving female Freedom Riders included a Lysol-based vaginal examinations. Most Riders jailed there were issued only underwear, had no exercise, and received no mail. Some were placed in the maximum security unit on death row. Others were subject to solitary confinement or thrown in extremely crowded cells.

Mississippi’s governor, meanwhile, Ross Barnett, had the Freedom Riders in his sights, and set out “to teach ‘em a lesson” and “break the back” of their movement. By doing “real time in a real prison” like Parchman, Barnett believed his Mississippi jailers would give the Riders an education they would remember, helping to end the Freedom Rides. But Barnett’s jailers would underestimate the resolve and ingenuity of their charges. Among other measures to maintain their spirits while jailed, the Riders sang freedom and folk songs – among them, “Buses Are A’Comin, Oh Yeah,” which surely made their jailers boil. When the Riders refused to stop singing, prison officials took away their mattresses and toothbrushes. But the Riders kept singing, and also devised other strategies to survive their jail time. Most would endure a sentence of about 45 days.

PBS “Freedom Riders” map showing routes traveled as of July 1961, when some 367 Riders had participated.
PBS “Freedom Riders” map showing routes traveled as of July 1961, when some 367 Riders had participated.
Eventually there were more than 430 Freedom Riders that summer traveling various routes in the South, some 328 of whom would end up at Mississippi’s Parchman prison farm. The map at left shows some of the routes traveled through July 1961 – although additional Rides would continue into November and even December 1961.

Freedom Riders would also test train and plane routes and their related facilities — waiting areas, restrooms, and restaurants — at train stations and airports. Riders also went to Arkansas, Florida and Texas; some came from New York and Los Angeles. In fact, they came from all regions of the U.S., and some from Canada as well. (see PBS Freedom Riders website for full list of rides, riders, and routes traveled).

Media Coverage

June 2, 1961: Alabama Gov. John Patterson on Time cover for Freedom Riders story. Click for copy.
June 2, 1961: Alabama Gov. John Patterson on Time cover for Freedom Riders story. Click for copy.
Newsweek’s June 5, 1961 featured three of the contending major players in the Freedom Rider controversy that continued throughout the summer.
Newsweek’s June 5, 1961 featured three of the contending major players in the Freedom Rider controversy that continued throughout the summer.

By early June, the Freedom Riders story was front-page national news almost everywhere. Magazines such as Time and Newsweek had cover stories devoted to the latest developments. Life magazine in early June also chose the Freedom Riders and the unrest in Montgomery as its “story of the week.”

Time magazine featured the Freedom Riders as its cover story, using a cover photo of 39 year-old Governor John Patterson and focusing on the governor’s segregationist career, the incidents that had occurred in his state, and the fight between he and Robert Kennedy over enforcing the law.

Newsweek also had a photo of Patterson on its cover that week, along with those of Martin Luther King and Robert Kennedy – featuring the three contending players in that week’s news with quotes from each displayed with their photos. “We stand for human Liberty,” ran beside RFK’s photo. “We must be prepared to suffer…even die,” was attributed to Rev. King. And in the third frame, Gov. Patterson was quoted saying: “The Federal government encourages these agitators.”

Life magazine ran several pages of photos and narrative for its story of the week – “The Ride for Rights: Negroes Go by Bus Though the South Asking for Trouble and Getting It. Among Life’s photos in that issue was a sequence from the siege of the First Baptist Church in Montgomery.

More news reporters and photographers were drawn to the story by this time as well. A number of the media had already witnessed the early mob violence visited on the Freedom Riders in Montgomery. More reporters joined on the bus rides in late May 1961 during the National Guard escort from Alabama to Mississippi and others came to Jackson, Mississippi as the “breach of peace” arrests were made throughout that summer. As a result, Freedom Rider stories continued to appear in the news media through the summer and fall of 1961. The media coverage of the Rides kept the issue on the nation’s front burner. Yet it was the rising up of individuals all across the country that kept the Rides going – much to the dismay of the Kennedy Administration which tried to dissuade the Riders from continuing.

By November 1, 1961, the ICC rule that Robert Kennedy had initiated began to be enforced. With the new rule, passengers were permitted to sit wherever they pleased on interstate buses and trains and related facilities. All the “white” and “colored” signs came down at all terminals. There would be no more segregated drinking fountains, toilets, or waiting rooms. Lunch counters would serve all customers, regardless of race. However, there were still pockets of resistance in some locations. Black riders encountered stiff resistance in December 1961 when they attempted to desegregate a white waiting room in Albany, Georgia. Other locations also offered resistance. But eventually, the rule took hold everywhere, and segregated interstate travel and accommodation ended.


The Legacy

The Freedom Rides and Freedom Riders of 1961 provided an important boost to the civil rights movement. The Rides brought new momentum, new energy, and a broadening constituency to the movement. The grass roots nature of its participants also empowered the cause in a new way, directly influencing, and helping inspire, other activities that followed – from the March on Washington in August 1963 and the Freedom Summer movement in Mississippi in 1964, to landmark federal legislation culminating in the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and the voting Rights Act of 1965.

May 1961: Scene from Montgomery, Alabama after National Guard arrived to protect Freedom Riders from local mobs. / Bruce Davidson
May 1961: Scene from Montgomery, Alabama after National Guard arrived to protect Freedom Riders from local mobs. / Bruce Davidson
In 1961, the Freedom Rides shook up a complacent Washington, forcing a reluctant Kennedy Administration to act. Initially resistant to the Freedom Rider methodology, both President Kennedy and Attorney General Robert Kennedy were changed by the Rides, and both moved clearly to the side of quicker action in subsequent years. Robert Kennedy, acknowledging the impact of the Freedom Rides would later say, “I never recovered from it,” but thereafter became a champion of civil rights. And President Kennedy sent federal troops to the University of Mississippi in 1962 and the University of Alabama in 1963 to protect black students attempting to enroll. On June 11, 1963, JFK gave a nationally-televised speech calling upon Congress to pass a comprehensive Civil Rights bill, though adding that Americans were “confronted primarily with a moral issue, not a legislative or political one.” Journalist Evan Thomas states in the PBS documentary Freedom Riders, that there is “a direct line from the Freedom Riders to the speech that President Kennedy gave in June of 1963.”

James Peck’s 1962 book shown in one of its paperback editions. Click for book.
James Peck’s 1962 book shown in one of its paperback editions. Click for book.
Raymond Arsenault’s 2006 book on the 1961 Freedom Riders. Click for book.
Raymond Arsenault’s 2006 book on the 1961 Freedom Riders. Click for book.

And for the nation as a whole – the nation watching the horrors on television and reading the news accounts of what was happening, and seeing more and more people step forward willing to risk bodily harm and/or imprisonment – the Freedom Riders helped change minds and stiffen the national backbone for confronting Jim Crow. As the PBS Freedom Riders website has put it: “The courage and stoicism of the Freedom Riders, in the face of the most vicious hatred and racism and physical beatings, left a deep impression on the nation and the world.”

The Freedom Rides also became established in popular literature and American history practically from the beginning. In 1962, James Peck, a veteran CORE member and Freedom Rider who was badly beaten in Anniston and Birmingham, published his account of the Rides in a book first published by Simon and Schuster, titled Freedom Ride. Later editions of Peck’s book included a forward by African American author James Baldwin. Other books on the Freedom Rides followed in the 1980s and 1990s, some of which are listed in “Sources” below, as well as more comprehensive books on the overall civil rights movement, which typically incorporate special sections on the Freedom Rides.

In recent years, the Freedom Rides have received more in-depth treatment in volumes such as the January 2006 book by Raymond Arsenault, Freedom Riders: 1961 and The Struggle for Racial Justice, published by Oxford University Press. This volume, at 704 pages, is regarded by many as the definitive treatment of the 1961 Freedom Rides and their impact. One review of the book appearing in the New York Times Book Review by Eric Foner notes, for example:

“Drawing on personal papers, F.B.I. files, and interviews with more than 200 participants in the rides, Arsenault brings vividly to life a defining moment in modern American history…. Rescues from obscurity the men and women who, at great personal risk, rode public buses into the South in order to challenge segregation in interstate travel…. Relates the story of the first Freedom Ride and the more than 60 that followed in dramatic, often moving detail.”

Aresnault’s book became a primary source for a the PBS/American Experience documentary, Freedom Riders – an excellent two-hour show that first aired in mid-May 2011 and has since won numerous awards. 2011 was also the 50th anniversary year of the Freedom Rides, during which a number of other books, short films, museum specials, and other commemorations were produced – including a special May 2011 edition of The Oprah Winfrey Show. A number of these are also referenced in “Sources” below, many with links. However, one volume that came out in 2008 deserves special mention for the imagery and personal stories it brought forth, providing a whole new perspective on the Freedom Rides.


Eric Etheridge discovered the archive of Freedom Rider mug shots in 2003.
Eric Etheridge discovered the archive of Freedom Rider mug shots in 2003.
Adding The Faces

In 2003, Eric Etheridge, a native of Carthage, Mississippi, had lived and worked in New York City. He had done some work for Rolling Stone and Harper’s, but was then looking for a new photography project.

During a visit to Jackson, Mississippi in 2003 to see his parents, he was reminded that a lawsuit had forced the Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission – an agency created in 1956 to resist desegregation – to open its archives. The agency files, put online in 2002, included more than 320 police mug shots of Freedom Riders arrested for “breach of peace” in Jackson, Mississippi. The photos cover those incarcerated from late May to mid-September 1961.

The trove of photos, Eteridge concluded, was a pot of gold, and important history that should have wider circulation. “The police camera caught something special,” Etheridge would later say. The segregationist Sovereignty Commission had unintentionally created and preserved an important visual record of the Freedom Rides and civil rights history.

Eric Etheridge’s 2008 book, using Freedom Rider mug shots for “then- and-now” profiles of 80 Riders. Click for book.
Eric Etheridge’s 2008 book, using Freedom Rider mug shots for “then- and-now” profiles of 80 Riders. Click for book.
“I was captivated by these images and wanted to bring them to a wider audience,” Etheridge writes. “I wanted to find the riders today, to look into their faces and photograph them again.” Using the internet and information in the arrest files, he tracked a number of the riders down, then called them cold. “My best icebreaker was: ‘I have your mug shot from 1961. Have you ever seen it?’ Even people who are prone to be cautious were tickled to even think that it still existed.”

The result of Eteridge’s sleuthing was the book, Breach of Peace: Portraits of the 1961 Mississippi Freedom Riders, published in May 2008. It features 80 of the Freedom Riders, each shown in their 1961 mug shots alongside a more current photo that Etheridge took, plus interviews he did with the activists reflecting on their Freedom Ride experiences. More than two dozen of the riders Etheridge interviewed went on to become teachers or professors. There are also eight ministers as well as lawyers, Peace Corps workers, journalists and politicians.

Of the 320 or so Freedom Riders arrested in Mississippi, nearly 75 percent were between 18 and 30 years old. About half were black; a quarter, women. And as many who have examined these photos have concluded, the mug-shot expressions displayed by the riders in that famous summer of 1961 not only offer a look at the collective face of democracy in action, but also a measure of each Rider’s composure and determination at the time – and in some cases, their defiance, pride, vulnerability and/or fear as well. Yet above all, at least in the collective, there is an overwhelming optimism that seems to come through – and for the observer, faith in one’s “fellow man.”

A small cross-section of the 328 Freedom Riders who were arrested in Mississippi during the summer of 1961 – most of whom were processed in Jackson, MS and likely served time in Parchman State Prison for their “crime.”
A small cross-section of the 328 Freedom Riders who were arrested in Mississippi during the summer of 1961 – most of whom were processed in Jackson, MS and likely served time in Parchman State Prison for their “crime.”

The Mississippi Freedom Rider mug shots helped bring a new dimension to the Freedom Rider story, and many are now circulating on the web with personal histories attached, including “where-are-they-now” details. This visual record also helped enliven the 2011 PBS documentary mentioned earlier, and in some cases the photos have also been used on more recent book covers, magazine specials, websites, and DVDs exploring Freedom Rider history. They have also been used in special exhibits and in displays at some museums. A dozen or so are also offered below in “Sources,” only as a sampling, with very brief sketches.

For additional civil rights history at this website please visit “Civil Rights Stories,” a topics page, which includes thumbnail sketches and links to 14 additional story choices. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 24 June 2014
Last Update: 18 July 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Buses Are A’Comin’- Freedom Riders: 1961,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 24, 2014.

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

____________________________________


Books & Film at Amazon.com


Raymond Arsenault, “Freedom Riders: 1961 & the Struggle for Racial Justice (companion book to film), 2011, Oxford Univ, 320pp. Click for copy.
Raymond Arsenault, “Freedom Riders: 1961 & the Struggle for Racial Justice (companion book to film), 2011, Oxford Univ, 320pp. Click for copy.
DVD, “An Ordinary Hero: The True Story of Joan Trumpauer Mulhol-land,” one of the 1960s Freedom Riders. Click for Amazon.
DVD, “An Ordinary Hero: The True Story of Joan Trumpauer Mulhol-land,” one of the 1960s Freedom Riders. Click for Amazon.
Thomas E Ricks, 2022, “Waging a Good War,” civil rights history, 1954-1968,  Picador / Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 464 pp. Click for Amazon.
Thomas E Ricks, 2022, “Waging a Good War,” civil rights history, 1954-1968, Picador / Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 464 pp. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Catherine Burks Brooks helped integrate restaurants in  Nashville, TN before becoming a Freedom Rider. She was among the first group from Nashville who came to Birmingham to keep the Rides going in May of 1961, and also among those Birmingham Police Chief Bull Conner dropped off in rural Alabama in the middle of the night and told not to return. But she and her group did return to Birmingham to continue the Rides.
Catherine Burks Brooks helped integrate restaurants in Nashville, TN before becoming a Freedom Rider. She was among the first group from Nashville who came to Birmingham to keep the Rides going in May of 1961, and also among those Birmingham Police Chief Bull Conner dropped off in rural Alabama in the middle of the night and told not to return. But she and her group did return to Birmingham to continue the Rides.
Bill Svanoe heard Dr. King speak in his last year at Oberlin College and realized that “this was not the country I thought it was." He signed up with CORE and during his July 16th, 1961 bus ride was threatened with a gun by another traveler, but made it to Jackson where he was sent to Parchman prison. Later, his Rooftop Singers folk-rock group scored a No. 1 hit with 1963's “Walk Right In.” Play writing & teaching followed.
Bill Svanoe heard Dr. King speak in his last year at Oberlin College and realized that “this was not the country I thought it was." He signed up with CORE and during his July 16th, 1961 bus ride was threatened with a gun by another traveler, but made it to Jackson where he was sent to Parchman prison. Later, his Rooftop Singers folk-rock group scored a No. 1 hit with 1963's “Walk Right In.” Play writing & teaching followed.
Hank Thomas was a sophomore at Howard University in Washington, D.C. when he joined the first May 4, 1961 CORE Freedom Ride – the one that was firebombed in Anniston, AL. He was also beaten with a baseball bat there, but persisted in service with CORE as a field secretary in the South during 1962. In 1965-66 he served a tour of duty in Vietnam with the U.S. Army. Today he & his wife own restaurants & hotels in Georgia.
Hank Thomas was a sophomore at Howard University in Washington, D.C. when he joined the first May 4, 1961 CORE Freedom Ride – the one that was firebombed in Anniston, AL. He was also beaten with a baseball bat there, but persisted in service with CORE as a field secretary in the South during 1962. In 1965-66 he served a tour of duty in Vietnam with the U.S. Army. Today he & his wife own restaurants & hotels in Georgia.
Margaret Leonard, a 19 year-old student at Sophie Newcomb College in New Orleans, LA in June 1961, was the first white Southerner to participate in the Freedom Rides, joining 8 others on June 21 on a bus ride from Montgomery, Al to Jackson, MS where she was arrested.  Her mother, a progressive columnist for the Atlanta Journal, was fired after Margaret’s arrest.  Margaret, now retired, had a long career as a reporter in Florida.
Margaret Leonard, a 19 year-old student at Sophie Newcomb College in New Orleans, LA in June 1961, was the first white Southerner to participate in the Freedom Rides, joining 8 others on June 21 on a bus ride from Montgomery, Al to Jackson, MS where she was arrested. Her mother, a progressive columnist for the Atlanta Journal, was fired after Margaret’s arrest. Margaret, now retired, had a long career as a reporter in Florida.
Clarence Melvin Wright, one of ten children, was born in Mason, TN and was a 19 year-old student at Tennessee State University when he rode a Greyhound bus from Nashville, via Memphis, to Jackson, MS. Clarence was one of 14 Tennessee State students expelled from school for joining the Rides. He also became active in voter registration drives and urban community work, settling in Detroit as a Conrail worker and security contractor.
Clarence Melvin Wright, one of ten children, was born in Mason, TN and was a 19 year-old student at Tennessee State University when he rode a Greyhound bus from Nashville, via Memphis, to Jackson, MS. Clarence was one of 14 Tennessee State students expelled from school for joining the Rides. He also became active in voter registration drives and urban community work, settling in Detroit as a Conrail worker and security contractor.
Winonah Myers was a white student at the historically black Central State University in Ohio when she joined the Rides after the first group was attacked. She would later explain one key tactic of the Rides, in counter to those who thought mass arrests would stop the Rides: "Our feeling at the time was, 'We're going to keep coming and we're going to flood your jails, cram your dockets, and break you financially,' "
Winonah Myers was a white student at the historically black Central State University in Ohio when she joined the Rides after the first group was attacked. She would later explain one key tactic of the Rides, in counter to those who thought mass arrests would stop the Rides: "Our feeling at the time was, 'We're going to keep coming and we're going to flood your jails, cram your dockets, and break you financially,' "
Jean Thompson was born and grew up in Louisiana, and along with her sisters, became active in New Orleans CORE. She was arrested in Jackson on a June 1961 Freedom Ride. After bailing out of jail, she returned to New Orleans to train other Riders. She also did civil rights work elsewhere in the South in the `60s and also with CORE in NY City. By the late '60s, she became involved in anti-war and feminist causes in California.
Jean Thompson was born and grew up in Louisiana, and along with her sisters, became active in New Orleans CORE. She was arrested in Jackson on a June 1961 Freedom Ride. After bailing out of jail, she returned to New Orleans to train other Riders. She also did civil rights work elsewhere in the South in the `60s and also with CORE in NY City. By the late '60s, she became involved in anti-war and feminist causes in California.
James Farmer was co-founder and National Director of CORE, chief architect of the original 1961 Freedom Ride. Farmer joined the Montgomery-to-Jackson ride on May 24th, 1961, was arrested in Jackson and sent to Parchman  prison. Farmer, who devoted his career to civil rights and social justice causes, served as an Assist. Secretary in Richard Nixon’s Dept. of HEW, and was awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom in 1998 by Bill Clinton. Click for his book, “Lay Bare the Heart”.
James Farmer was co-founder and National Director of CORE, chief architect of the original 1961 Freedom Ride. Farmer joined the Montgomery-to-Jackson ride on May 24th, 1961, was arrested in Jackson and sent to Parchman prison. Farmer, who devoted his career to civil rights and social justice causes, served as an Assist. Secretary in Richard Nixon’s Dept. of HEW, and was awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom in 1998 by Bill Clinton. Click for his book, “Lay Bare the Heart”.
Jorgia Siegel was attending UC Berkeley when she heard a speaker describe the Freedom Ride violence in the South. She joined a training group in New Orleans to help “fill-the-jails.” On June 20th, 1961, she and 13 others took a train to Jackson where they were arrested and sent to Parchman. Growing up in a Jewish family, she remembered a cross burning in her neighborhood and a sign that read: “No Jews or Colored After Dark.”
Jorgia Siegel was attending UC Berkeley when she heard a speaker describe the Freedom Ride violence in the South. She joined a training group in New Orleans to help “fill-the-jails.” On June 20th, 1961, she and 13 others took a train to Jackson where they were arrested and sent to Parchman. Growing up in a Jewish family, she remembered a cross burning in her neighborhood and a sign that read: “No Jews or Colored After Dark.”
Rev. Grant Harland Muse, Jr. was a 35 year-old priest at the Good Shepherd Episcopal Church in Berkeley, CA when he joined the Freedom Rides. Rev. Muse was a graduate of the University of New Mexico and had studied theology at Mirfield, England, and the Church Divinity School of the Pacific. On June 20th, 1961, he and 12 others rode the Illinois Central Railroad from New Orleans to Jackson where they  were arrested.
Rev. Grant Harland Muse, Jr. was a 35 year-old priest at the Good Shepherd Episcopal Church in Berkeley, CA when he joined the Freedom Rides. Rev. Muse was a graduate of the University of New Mexico and had studied theology at Mirfield, England, and the Church Divinity School of the Pacific. On June 20th, 1961, he and 12 others rode the Illinois Central Railroad from New Orleans to Jackson where they were arrested.
Helen Singleton and her husband, Bob Singleton were among the few people to join the Freedom Rides as a married couple.  Inspired by the courage and commitment of earlier Freedom Riders, they helped recruit students from UCLA and Santa Monica College and other activists in Southern California to join the “fill-the-jails” strategy in Mississippi. They were both arrested after a July 30, 1961 train ride from New Orleans to Jackson.
Helen Singleton and her husband, Bob Singleton were among the few people to join the Freedom Rides as a married couple. Inspired by the courage and commitment of earlier Freedom Riders, they helped recruit students from UCLA and Santa Monica College and other activists in Southern California to join the “fill-the-jails” strategy in Mississippi. They were both arrested after a July 30, 1961 train ride from New Orleans to Jackson.
Ellen Lee Ziskind was volunteering at the CORE offices in NY City the summer before her last year at Columbia University. She heard first-hand accounts from Freedom Riders who’d been beaten and jailed. “I think they kind of took my breath away,” she would later recall. “...[I]t was kind of like a story from another country. And I was so... struck by, swept away by their working to have a democracy.” She later volunteered, rode a bus to Jackson and served six weeks in Parchman.
Ellen Lee Ziskind was volunteering at the CORE offices in NY City the summer before her last year at Columbia University. She heard first-hand accounts from Freedom Riders who’d been beaten and jailed. “I think they kind of took my breath away,” she would later recall. “...[I]t was kind of like a story from another country. And I was so... struck by, swept away by their working to have a democracy.” She later volunteered, rode a bus to Jackson and served six weeks in Parchman.
Stokely Carmichael was a 19-year-old student at Howard Univ. when he arrived in Jackson on June 4, 1961 by train from New Orleans with 8 other Riders. He would go on to become one of the leading voices of the Black Power Movement and the Black Panther Party. He moved to West Africa in 1969, changed his name to honor African leaders, and was a proponent of the All African Peoples Revolutionary Party. He died in Guinea at the age of 57.
Stokely Carmichael was a 19-year-old student at Howard Univ. when he arrived in Jackson on June 4, 1961 by train from New Orleans with 8 other Riders. He would go on to become one of the leading voices of the Black Power Movement and the Black Panther Party. He moved to West Africa in 1969, changed his name to honor African leaders, and was a proponent of the All African Peoples Revolutionary Party. He died in Guinea at the age of 57.
Eugene Levine, a 34 year-old English instructor at Oklahoma State Univ. and WWII vet, became a one-man Freedom Ride. Later explaining to Eric Etheridge that he hated joining groups, Levine drove to Jackson on his own. “The police saw I was alone... and older than the usual Freedom Rider.” They tried to send him back home without an arrest, but he persisted in joining the protest and was finally arrested on June 21, 1961 and put in jail.
Eugene Levine, a 34 year-old English instructor at Oklahoma State Univ. and WWII vet, became a one-man Freedom Ride. Later explaining to Eric Etheridge that he hated joining groups, Levine drove to Jackson on his own. “The police saw I was alone... and older than the usual Freedom Rider.” They tried to send him back home without an arrest, but he persisted in joining the protest and was finally arrested on June 21, 1961 and put in jail.
John Lewis, at age 19, was on the first CORE Freedom Ride and had already been arrested in Nashville sit-ins. He later rode to Birmingham, was beaten in Montgomery, and also rode to Jackson, serving time at Parchman. He was chairman of SNCC, spoke at the 1963 March on Washington, and played a key role in the 1965 Selma-to-Montgomery march. Elected to Congress in 1986, Lewis has served his Georgia district for 27 years.
John Lewis, at age 19, was on the first CORE Freedom Ride and had already been arrested in Nashville sit-ins. He later rode to Birmingham, was beaten in Montgomery, and also rode to Jackson, serving time at Parchman. He was chairman of SNCC, spoke at the 1963 March on Washington, and played a key role in the 1965 Selma-to-Montgomery march. Elected to Congress in 1986, Lewis has served his Georgia district for 27 years.
A 19-year-old Duke University student, Joan Trumpauer arrived in Jackson, MS by train from New Orleans, LA as part of a June 4, 1961 Freedom Ride. Arrested that day, she was later transferred to Parchman Prison, where among other things, she was subject to a forced vaginal examination. In 1964, she became a Freedom Summer organizer, later worked at various jobs in Washington, DC, and taught English as a second language.
A 19-year-old Duke University student, Joan Trumpauer arrived in Jackson, MS by train from New Orleans, LA as part of a June 4, 1961 Freedom Ride. Arrested that day, she was later transferred to Parchman Prison, where among other things, she was subject to a forced vaginal examination. In 1964, she became a Freedom Summer organizer, later worked at various jobs in Washington, DC, and taught English as a second language.
Rabbi Israel “Si” Dresner (left-center) and Rabbi Martin Freedman of New York – who rode a bus on the June 1961 Washington-to-Tallahassee, FL Freedom Ride – were also arrested in Tallahassee, shown above, for attempting to eat at a segregated airport restaurant.
Rabbi Israel “Si” Dresner (left-center) and Rabbi Martin Freedman of New York – who rode a bus on the June 1961 Washington-to-Tallahassee, FL Freedom Ride – were also arrested in Tallahassee, shown above, for attempting to eat at a segregated airport restaurant.
John Lewis w/ Michael D’orso,  “Walking With The Wind: A Memoir of the Movement,” Simon & Schuster, 2015 paperback, 560pp. Click for copy.
John Lewis w/ Michael D’orso, “Walking With The Wind: A Memoir of the Movement,” Simon & Schuster, 2015 paperback, 560pp. Click for copy.

Raymond Arsenault, Freedom Riders: 1961 and The Struggle for Racial Justice, New York: Oxford University Press, 2006.

WGBH, “Freedom Riders,” PBS/American Experience, Film & Website, PBS.org.

“Democracy in Action: A Study Guide to Accompany the Film, Freedom Riders,” American Experience/PBS/WGBH, PBS.org, 2011.

Terry Gross, “Get On the Bus: The Freedom Riders of 1961,” Fresh Air, WHYY/NPR, January 12, 2006.

“Freedom Rides,” Encyclopedia of Alabama.

“1961: Freedom Rides (May-Nov),” Veterans of the Civil Rights Movement, crmvet.org.

“Freedom Riders,” Wikipedia.org.

Elsie Carper, “Pilgrimage Off on Racial Test,” Washington Post, May 5, 1961, p. B-4.

United Press International ( Rock Hill, S.C., May 10), “Biracial Unit Tells of Beating in South,” New York Times, May 11, 1961.

“Newsfilm Clip of a Burned out Greyhound Bus and Injured Freedom Riders in the Hospital in Anniston, Alabama,” WSB-TV (Atlanta, GA), May 14, 1961, Civil Rights Digital Library.

Associated Press (Anniston, Ala., May 15), “Bi-Racial Buses Attacked, Riders Beaten in Alabama; Alabama Whites Fire Bi-Racial Bus, New York Times, May 15, 1961, p. 1.

“Darkest Alabama,” Editorial, Washington Post, May 16, 1961.

United Press International (UPI), “Bi-Racial Group Cancels Bus Trip; Alabama Rejects Appeal by Robert Kennedy for Guard; Bus Drivers Balk at Bi-racial Trip; State Inspector Aids Passengers in Bus Burning,” New York Times, May 16, 1961.

“Pickets March Here,” New York Times, May 18, 1961.

Jack Gould, “TV: ‘C.B.S. Reports’ Turns Camera on Birmingham; Negroes and Whites State Their Views; Program Sheds Light on Conflicting Forces,” New York Times, May 19, 1961, Business, p. 63.

Associated Press, “Judge Issues Writ; Alabama Judge Bars Attempts At ‘Freedom Rides’ in the State,” New York Times, May 20, 1961, p. 1.

Associated Press (Birmingham, Ala., May 19), “Crowd at Bus Station,” New York Times, May 20, 1961.

“SNCC Wires President Kennedy,” The Student Voice (The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee, SNCC), Atlanta, Georgia, April-May1961, p. 1.

“Freedom Rides,1961,” The Student Voice (The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee, SNCC), Atlanta, Georgia, April-May1961, p. 3.

Associated Press (Montgomery, Ala, May 20), “Freedom Riders Attacked by Whites in Montgomery; President’s Aide Hurt by Rioters; Battle Rages for 2 Hours as Mobs Chase and Beat Anti-Segregation Group,” New York Times, May 21, 1961, p.1.

“Negroes, Whites Try to Renew Freedom Ride,” Los Angeles Times, May 20, 1961, p. 3.

U.S. Sends 400 Officers to Alabama After Riot,” Los Angeles Times, May 21, 1961, p. F1-F2

Montgomery Baptist Church Program, “The Montgomery Improvement Association Salutes The Freedom Riders,” May 21, 1961, Montgomery, Alabama.

Anthony Lewis, “400 U.S. Marshals Sent to Alabama as Montgomery Bus Riots Hurt 20; President Bids State Keep Order; Force Due Today Agents to Bear Arms — Injunction Sought Against the Klan,” New York Times, Sunday, May 21, 1961, p. 1.

“Kennedy Orders Marshals to Alabama After New Freedom-Rider Mobbing,” Washington Post, May 21, 1961, p. 1.

“Russians Scornful; Refer to Alabama Violence as ‘Bestial’ U.S. Custom,” New York Times, May 22, 1961.

“Martial Law Declared in Alabama’s Capital; National Guard Troops Put Down New Riot; Wild Mob Trying to Overthrow U.S. Marshals; Scattered Troops Quell New Riots in Alabama’s Capital,” Los Angeles Times, May 22, 1961, pp. 1-3.

Susan Herrmann, “Southland Coed Caught in Rioting; Coed’s Story,” Los Angeles Times, May 22, 1961, p. 1

UPI, “Patterson Declares Martial Law As Alabama Negro Church is Attacked; New Violence Explodes in Montgomery Sunday,” Rome News-Journal (Rome, Georgia), May 22, 1961, pp. 1-2.

Dave Turk, “An Emergency Call to Montgomery,” U.S. Marshals Service.

Alison Shay, “On This Day: First Baptist Church Under Siege,” This Day in Civil Rights History, May 21, 2012.

“27 on Freedom Busses Arrested in Mississippi,” Los Angeles Times, May 25, 1961, p. 1-3.

“Days of Violence in the South,” Newsweek, May 29, 1961, p. 22.

“‘Freedom Riders’ – and Mob Violence,” U.S. News & World Report, May 29, 1961, p. 6.

“The South: Crisis in Civil Rights,” Time, Friday, June 2, 1961, pp. 14-15.

“The Ride for Rights: Negroes Go by Bus Though the South, Asking for Trouble and Getting It,” Life, June 2, 1961, pp. 46-53

William Sloan Coffin (as told to Life correspondent Ronald Baily) “Why Yale Chaplin Rode: Christians Can’t Be Outside,” Life, June 2, 1961, pp. 54-55.

“Freedom Riders Force a Test… State Laws or U.S. Law in Segregated South?,” Newsweek, June 5, 1961, pp. 18-20.

“A New Breed – The Militant Negro in the South,” Newsweek, June 5, 1961, p. 21.

“How the World Press Viewed the Days of Tension,” Newsweek, June 5, 1961, p.22.

“Is the South Headed for A Race War?,” U.S. News & World Report, June 5, 1961, p. 43.

“Ten Riders Hit City; 8 Jailed,” State Times (Jackson, MS), July 30, 1961.

James Clayton, “ICC Forbids Bus Station Segregation,” Washington Post, September 23, 1961, p. A-1.

Val Adams, “Howard K. Smith and CBS End Tie,” New York Times, October 31, 1961.

James Kates, “Kicking Nixon: Howard K. Smith and the Commentator’s Imperative,” ARNet, March 6, 2014.

Sid Moody, Associated Press, “Freedom Rides Brought More than Violence,” February 8, 1962.

James Peck, Freedom Ride, New York: Simon & Schuster, 1962.

Taylor Branch, Parting The Waters: America In The King Years 1954-1963, New York, Simon & Schuster; 1988.

Glenn T. Eskew, But for Birmingham: The Local and the National Movements in the Civil Rights Struggle, Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 1997.

David Halberstam, The Children, New York: Random House, March 1998, 783 pp.

John Lewis, Walking With the Wind, New York: Simon & Schuster, 1998.

Richard Lentz, Symbols, The News Magazines, and Martin Luther King, LSU Press, March 1, 1999, 392 pp.

Jon Wiener, “Southern Explosure,” The Nation, June 11, 2001.

David J. Mussatt, “Journey for Justice: A Religious Analysis of the Ethics of the 1961 Albany Freedom Ride,” Ph.D. Thesis, Temple University, 2001

David Niven, The Politics of Injustice: The Kennedys, The Freedom Rides, and The Electoral Consequences of a Moral Compromise, Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press, 2003.

PBS-WGBH, “1961: The Freedom Rides,” Eyes on The Prize/American Experience, 2005 (page created, August 23, 2006).

Gene Roberts and Hank Klibanoff, The Race Beat: The Press, the Civil Rights Struggle, and the Awakening of a Nation, New York: First Vintage Books, 2006.

Joan Mulholland, “Why We Became Freedom Riders,” Washington Post, May 17, 2007.

Dale Anderson, Freedom Rides: Campaign for Equality, Minneapolis: Compass Point Books, 2007.

“More Freedom,” PictureYear.Blogspot.com, Thursday, May 8, 2008.

Jennifer Balderama, Arts Beat, “Disturbing the Peace,” New York Times, July 3, 2008.

Bob Minzesheimer, Books, “Freedom Riders Again Ride in ‘Breach of Peace;’ They Put Up a Segregation Fight in 1961,” USA Today, Tuesday, July 15, 2008, p. 3-D.

Eric Etheridge, Breach of Peace (website), 2008-2010.

Mississippi Department of Archives & History, Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission, Files, 1956–1973.

“Tennessee A & I Freedom Riders 14,” Tenn-essee State University, 2008.

Thomas Forrest, “Freedom Riders / Free At Last: 47 Years Later It’s A Different Story,” Jackson Free Press (Jackson,MS), July 30, 2008.

Marian Smith Holmes, “The Freedom Riders, Then and Now,” Smithsonian Magazine, February 2009.

“The Freedom Riders: New Documentary Recounts Historic 1961 Effort to Challenge Segregated Bus System in the Deep South,” Democracy Now, February 1, 2010.

Raymond Arsenault, Freedom Riders: 1961 and the Struggle for Racial Justice, Oxford University Press, 1st abridged edition, March 2010 (and companion book to the 2011 PBS documentary).

“Memories of a Freedom Rider, by Ray Cooper,” SeattleInBlackandWhite.org.

“Freedom Rides: Recollections by David Fankhauser,” U.C. Clermont College, Batavia, Ohio.

David Fankhauser, “I Was a Teenage Freedom Rider: Ride for Freedom; Ride for Justice 50 Years Later,” Lecture & Slide Show, Presented to UC Blue Ash College, October 24, 2013.

Dr. Fankhauser is Professor of Biology and Chemistry, UC Clermont College, YouTube. com.

Michael T. Martin, “‘Buses Are a Comin’. Oh Yeah!’: Stanley Nelson on Freedom Riders,”
Black Camera, Volume 3, Number 1, Winter 2011, pp. 96-122.

Jess Bidgood, “From Lowell to Jackson, One Freedom Rider’s Story,” WGBH.org, April 27, 2011.

“50 Years Ago Today Freedom Rides Began,” Birmingham Public Library, Wednesday, May 4, 2011.

“Oprah Honors Freedom Riders,” Oprah .com, May 4, 2011.

Colleen O’Connor, “50 Years Ago, Freedom Riders Blazed a Trail for Civil Rights,” The Denver Post, May 6, 2011.

Freedom Riders Photo Gallery, Commercial Appeal.com, May 20, 2011.

“May 20, 1961: Riders in the Storm,” YouTube.com, Posted by RFK Center for Justice and Human Rights, Uploaded, May 24, 2011,

“May 1961: Freedom Rides,” The ’60s at 50, May 24, 2011.

“Photos: The 50th Anniversary of the Freedom Riders,” DenverPost.com, Posted May 31, 2011.

Amy Lifson, “Freedom Riders,” Humanities, May/June 2011, Vol. 32, No. 3.

Photo Gallery, “50 years After the Freedom Riders,” WashingtonPost.com, 2011.

“Mug Shot: A Freedom Rider’s Arrest Photo,” Yale Alumni Magazine, Nov/Dec 2011.

EJ Dickson, “Memories of a Movement: Oberlin Alumni Reflect on Their Time in the Civil Rights Movement of the Early 1960s,” Oberlin Alumni Magazine, Summer 2012, Vol. 107, No. 3.

“The Road to Civil Rights: Freedom Riders,” Federal Highway Administration, Updated, October 17, 2013.

“Martin Luther King Jr. and the Freedom Riders: Rare and Classic Photos,” Life.Time .com.

Freedom Rides of 1961, from “History & Timeline of the Southern Freedom Movement, 1951-1968,” Veterans of the Civil Rights Movement.

Taylor Street Films, An Ordinary Hero: The True Story of Joan Trumpauer Mulholland, (documentary film; 91 minutes), February 2013.

“Civil Rights in America: Connections to A Movement,” USA Today.

Civil Rights Series, “A Movement Emerges in Nashville,” The Tennessean.

“Freedom Riders(film),” Wikipedia.org.

Olga Hajishengallis, “Portraits of Civil Rights Pioneers,” USA Today, February 6, 2014.

“Singleton Freedom Riders,” Website of Helen & Bob Singleton (with video), 2014.

“Freedom Riders,” PBS Film, Online Viewing, PBS.org.

Appendix: “Roster of Freedom Riders”.

Rhonda Colvin, “‘We Were Soldiers’: The Flesh and Blood Behind the New Civil Rights Monument,” WashingtonPost.com, January 15, 2017.

 
Civil Rights History

Thomas Rose, Black Leaders, Then and Now: A Personal History of Students Who Led the Civil Rights Movement in the 1960’s – And What Happened to Them (Julian Bond, Senator, Atlanta, Georgia; Marion Barry, Mayor, Washington, DC; Charlayne Hunter-Gault, Television Correspondent, MacNeil-Lehrer News Hour), Youth Project, Garrett Park, MD: Distributed by Garrett Park Press, 1984.

David J. Garrow, Bearing the Cross: Martin Luther King, Jr., and the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, New York: W. Morrow, 1986.

Gary A. Donaldson, The Second Recon-struction: A History of the Modern Civil Rights Movement, Malabar, FL: Krieger Publishing, 2000.

Bobby M. Wilson, Race and Place in Birm-ingham: The Civil Rights and Neighborhood Movements, Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2000.

S. Jonathan Bass, Blessed are the Peace-makers: Martin Luther King, Jr., Eight White Religious Leaders, and the “Letter from Birmingham Jail,” Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 2001.

John Blake, Children of the Movement: The Sons and Daughters of Martin Luther King, Jr., Malcolm X, Elijah Muhammad, George Wallace, Andrew Young, Julian Bond, Stokely Carmichael, Bob Moses, James Chaney, Elaine Brown, and Others Reveal How the Civil Rights Movement Tested and Transformed Their Families, Chicago: Lawrence Hill Books, 2004.

Frederic O. Sargent, The Civil Rights Revolution: Events and Leaders, 1955-1968, Jefferson, NC: McFarland & Co., 2004.

Juan Williams, My Soul Looks Back in Wonder: Voices of the Civil Rights Experience, New York: AARP/Sterling, 2004.

Gilbert Jonas, Freedom’s Sword: The NAACP and the Struggle Against Racism in America, 1909-1969, New York: Routledge, 2005.

Vanessa Murphree, The Selling of Civil Rights: The Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee and the Use of Public Relations, New York: Routledge, 2006.

Linda Barrett Osborne, Women of the Civil Rights Movement, San Francisco: Pome-granate; Washington, DC: Library of Congress, 2006.

Renee C. Romano, ed., The Civil Rights Movement in American Memory, Athens: University of Georgia Press, 2006.

___________________________________




“Paradise”
1971: John Prine

Gigantic, 20-story tall strip-mining shovel that Peabody Coal Co. used to dig through more than 5,000 acres of Muhlenberg County, KY, 1963-1986, supplying TVA’s Paradise powerplant. Note full-size commercial bus at bottom of photo.
Gigantic, 20-story tall strip-mining shovel that Peabody Coal Co. used to dig through more than 5,000 acres of Muhlenberg County, KY, 1963-1986, supplying TVA’s Paradise powerplant. Note full-size commercial bus at bottom of photo.
In 1971, a song titled “Paradise” began to be heard on the radio. It was written and performed by country singer John Prine. The song, written for Prine’s father, is about how coal mining altered the countryside in western Kentucky. In this case, the type of mining at issue was strip mining. Companies such as Amax, Pittsburg & Midway, and Peabody Coal Company had either acquired coal land or engaged in strip mining in Muhlenberg County, Kentucky during the 1960s, and in some cases, for years thereafter.

Peabody Coal Co., for one, was then supplying coal under contract to the Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA), which had built a new coal-fired, electric-generating powerplant near the small town of Paradise, Kentucky.

Through the 1960s and 1970s, Peabody would supply huge amounts of coal to this plant – known then as the TVA Paradise Steam Plant. This particular powerplant — with three large generating units built between 1963 and 1970 — was located near huge coal deposits in Muhlenberg County that could supply the powerplant for many years.

Muhlenberg County in Western KY is mostly flat farmland, distinct from mountainous Eastern KY.
Muhlenberg County in Western KY is mostly flat farmland, distinct from mountainous Eastern KY.
1971: John Prine on the cover of his debut album, “John Prine,” which includes the song “Paradise.” Click for CD.
1971: John Prine on the cover of his debut album, “John Prine,” which includes the song “Paradise.” Click for CD.

As large-scale strip mining ensued there from the early 1960s through the 1970s, a substantial land area near Paradise, Kentucky – encompassing some thousands of acres – would be stripped.

In those days, especially during the 1960s and most of the 1970s, strip mine regulation and land reclamation, then governed by state laws, were minimal at best. As a consequence, land and water in the vicinity of Paradise suffered accordingly – as it did elsewhere in Kentucky and other states.

In the process, the small town of Paradise, a town dating to the 1800s, would become a victim as well, and would disappear entirely by the end of the 1960s. More on the town’s demise and the coal mining history in a moment.

John Prine’s song, “Paradise” — sampled below — is also known by some as “Take Me Back To Muhlenberg County,” or “Mr. Peabody’s Coal Train.” It was released in 1971 on his debut album, John Prine. In 2003, Rolling Stone rated the album at No. 458 on its list of the 500 greatest albums of all time.

John Prine was born in October 1946 and grew up in a Chicago suburb. His parents were natives and residents of Western Kentucky until the time when his father escaped the life of a coal miner and moved to Chicago.

However, as a child and a young boy, John spent many summers with relatives in the town of Paradise, where he took in the country environment, the culture, and lore of the region’s blue-collar struggles.

An earlier coal mine – a drift mine, one of the first commercial mines in Kentucky – had opened in the area in the 1820s. Paradise was also a river town, located on the Green River, where a ferry crossing operated. Prine’s song is about remembrance and loss; remembering happier times in that rural environment, and then seeing it altered by the “progress of man.”


Music Player
“Paradise” – John Prine

“Paradise”
John Prine
1971

When I was a child my family would travel
Down to Western Kentucky
where my parents were born
And there’s a backwards old town that’s
often remembered
So many times that my memories are worn.

Chorus:
And daddy won’t you take me back to
Muhlenberg County
Down by the Green River where
Paradise lay
Well, I’m sorry my son, but you’re
too late in asking
Mister Peabody’s coal train
has hauled it away.

Well, sometimes we’d travel right down
the Green River
To the abandoned old prison down by
Airdrie Hill
Where the air smelled like snakes and
we’d shoot with our pistols
But empty pop bottles was all we would kill.

(repeat chorus)

Then the coal company came with the
world’s largest shovel
And they tortured the timber and stripped
all the land
Well, they dug for their coal till the
land was forsaken
Then they wrote it all down as the
progress of man.

(repeat chorus)

When I die let my ashes float down
the Green River
Let my soul roll on up to the
Rochester dam
I’ll be halfway to Heaven
with Paradise waitin’
Just five miles away from
wherever I am.

(repeat chorus)


In October 2013, Lydia Hutchinson, writing a background piece on Prine at Performing Songwriter.com, brought together some of the history behind a few of his songs, including “Paradise.” Here’s what Prine had to say about the song:

…I wrote it for my father mainly so he would know I was a songwriter. Paradise was a real place in Kentucky, and while I was in the Army in Germany, my father sent me a newspaper article telling me how the coal company had bought the place out.

It was a real Disney-looking town. It sat on the river, had two general stores, and there was one black man in town, Bubby Short. He looked like Uncle Remus and hung out with my Granddaddy Ham, my mom’s dad, all day fishing for catfish. Then the bulldozers came in and wiped it all off the map.

When I recorded the song, I brought a tape of the record home to my dad; I had to borrow a reel-to-reel machine to play it for him. When the song came on, he went into the next room and sat in the dark while it was on. I asked him why, and he said he wanted to pretend it was on the jukebox…

Prine’s song did not crack the Top 40 on the pop charts in those days, but it did become something of an anthem for those trying to bring environmental law and order to the coal fields. At the time, surface coal mining was very weakly regulated – and in Kentucky even less.

A major push for increased coal development began in the 1960s, with coal then mined in more than 25 states, East and West. And after the Arab Oil embargo of the early 1970s, coal became a major alternative in the push for “energy independence.”

Throughout these years coalfield citizens and communities all across the country were pressing Congress for a federal strip mine law. Prine’s song became one of the popular expressions of that struggle, helping to bring the issue to a broader audience, and was also used to rally supporters.

Through the 1970s as well, Prine’s song was covered by a number of other prominent musicians – which also helped spread the song’s message.

Among those covering the song in 1972-1973, for example, were: Jackie DeShannon, John Denver, the Everly Brothers, the Country Gentlemen, and the Seldom Scene. The Everly Brothers also had family roots in Muhlenberg County.

“Mr. Peabody’s coal train” has a prominent role in John Prine’s 1971 song, “Paradise,” about coal mining’s damage.
“Mr. Peabody’s coal train” has a prominent role in John Prine’s 1971 song, “Paradise,” about coal mining’s damage.
But not everyone was excited by Prine’s song. Peabody Coal, for one, took issue with some of the song’s claims. During 1973, as the company battled strip mine activists, it offered a rebuttal to the song with a missive titled “Facts vs. Prine,” a broadside that noted, “we probably helped supply the energy to make that recording that falsely names us as ‘hauling away’ Paradise, Kentucky.”

It’s true that the town of Paradise wasn’t literally hauled away by Peabody. But the town was bought out by TVA in 1967, with its remaining buildings bulldozed. And so, the town’s essence was wiped out; its geographic identity removed, and so too, in a sense, its culture and heritage. And although “Mr. Peabody’s coal trains” may not have been directly involved with the demise of Paradise, Prine’s song was essentially right on the bigger picture, as Peabody trains during the 1960s and 1970s hauled away lots of coal from numerous other places throughout rural America. (For more on Prine’s career & albums scroll to end of story).

Long lines of coal hopper cars loaded with coal on rail siding.
Long lines of coal hopper cars loaded with coal on rail siding.
In Muhlenberg County near Paradise there were three companies involved with coal land during the 1960s and/or 1970s – Peabody, Amax, and Pittsburg & Midway – but Peabody appears to have been the major player. Peabody then was one of the top U.S. coal producers and among the largest coal companies in the world, and so a prominent name on the list of strip mine operators. Peabody was also the major player then supplying TVA’s Paradise coal plants.

In the late 1950s, TVA – the regional flood control and power authority created by President Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal of the 1930s – began a major push in building coal-fired electric power plants. Near the town of Paradise, Kentucky, TVA acquired land for what would eventually become the Paradise Steam Plants – initially two units, both in the 740 megawatt range. TVA also began making long-term coal supply contracts with mining companies for thousands of acres of land in the immediate vicinity of Paradise. Some 6,000 acres of relatively flat land in the county held thick seams of coal not far beneath the surface. The beauty of this project for TVA was that the powerplants were built, essentially, right in the coalfield, dramatically cutting coal haulage and transportation costs. TVA officials by this time were also advocating “bigger, faster stripping shovels, more powerful bulldozers, improved explosives and bigger haulage trucks” to improve extraction efficiency. And with Peabody Coal, they had a willing partner on those counts. For Peabody, in Muhlenberg County, would proceed to use one of the largest pieces of mining equipment the world had ever seen.

1970s: Peabody Coal Co.’s “Big Hog” at work at the Sinclair Mine in Muhlenberg Co., KY, uncovering coal seams in a strip mine pit where an army of other smaller shovels and trucks load and haul the coal to TVA’s Paradise plant.
1970s: Peabody Coal Co.’s “Big Hog” at work at the Sinclair Mine in Muhlenberg Co., KY, uncovering coal seams in a strip mine pit where an army of other smaller shovels and trucks load and haul the coal to TVA’s Paradise plant.

This colossal Peabody mining machine would be nicknamed “Big Hog,” and it was so big it had to be built on site, piece by piece. Bucyrus-Erie Company got the contract to manufacture the shovel. Then it had to be shipped by rail to the new mine near Drakesboro – named the Sinclair Strip Mine. New roads had to be built and a special rail spur was made, along with special rail cars, to haul in some of the parts. The huge shovel began arriving in pieces in 1962. Some 300 rail cars would bring in 5,000 parts and a 250-foot boom. The assembly took eleven months. Fully constructed, the Goliath-like machine stood 20 stories tall, weighed in at 20 million pounds, and cost some $7 million (in early 1960s money).

A Peabody “loader,” a smaller shovel, loading coal from a Sinclair Mine pit into a 100-ton capacity coal haulage truck for the Paradise Power Plant, circa 1960s-1970s.
A Peabody “loader,” a smaller shovel, loading coal from a Sinclair Mine pit into a 100-ton capacity coal haulage truck for the Paradise Power Plant, circa 1960s-1970s.
Big Hog’s bucket could scoop up sizeable chunks of earth; each bite had a capacity of 115 cubic yards, more than a football field’s worth, or about 173 tons. The giant shovel was also a huge energy user, requiring a daily electric feed equivalent to the needs of a small town of 15,000 people. Big Hog went to work in 1963 at the Sinclair Strip Mine, and continued mining essentially non-stop supplying coal for the TVA Paradise plant. For the next twenty-five years, the Sinclair strip mines and the Paradise Steam Plant were partners in the production of electric power. During that time Big Hog would supply nearly 80 million tons of coal stripped from more than 5,000 acres of Muhlenberg County land. Thanks in part to Sinclair’s strip mine production, Muhlenberg County during the 1960s and 1970s was the state’s leader in coal production, and at times, the top U.S. coal producer as well.

Peabody’s Big Hog was assisted in its work by a variety of other machines, including sizable loaders and coal haulage trucks. The trucks could carry some 100 tons of coal to TVA’s Paradise Steam Plant. They would drive over the plant’s hopper bays, and usually while moving, dump their coal loads into the massive storage units. Then it was back to the strip mine pit for another load. All of the coal that was being mined at the Sinclair Strip Mine went to Paradise Steam Plant. At the time, it was the largest coal-fired power plant in existence. Plans were made for two more similar units to be built, but the decision was to build an even bigger generator. By the late 1970s, however, the toll on Muhlenberg County land began to come clear. One newspaper reporting out of Bowling Green, Kentucky in April 1978 ran the headline, “50,000 Acres Ruined by Strip Mining,” referring to the acres strip mined in the county, with a soil conservation agent saying another 50,000 acres were ruined. Some landowners in the county said they were hopeful that the new federal strip mine law could help reclaim the land.

April 1978 headlines from the “Daily News” of Bowling Green, Kentucky announcing the toll of “50,000 acres ruined” at the hand of surface coal mining in Muhlenberg County, Kentucky.
April 1978 headlines from the “Daily News” of Bowling Green, Kentucky announcing the toll of “50,000 acres ruined” at the hand of surface coal mining in Muhlenberg County, Kentucky.

By 1986, most of the coal had been played out at the Sinclair Strip Mine. The mine had been in operation some twenty-five years, sine 1963. Big Hog had been working full time for most of those years. The big shovel had been the center of attention at the Sinclair site for nearly three decades – the technological “star” that churned through the thousands of acres of Muhlenberg County land that laid above the coal seams there. But Big Hog had one more job yet to do. With some fanfare, and with the news media and some miners in attendance, as well as state and federal officials, including some from EPA, the giant Bucyrus-Erie 3850 shovel would now be used to dig its own grave.

'Kentucky New Era' newspaper headline of April 7, 1986, on the burial of giant Peabody strip mine shovel.
'Kentucky New Era' newspaper headline of April 7, 1986, on the burial of giant Peabody strip mine shovel.
In April 1986, the big machine would be buried in the last pit at the Sinclair Strip Mine. Peabody had sought state permission to bury Big Hog in the pit, and no objections were apparently made. Peabody agreed to remove all the toxic and hazardous fluids and materials from the shovel. Its tracks were removed and its boom laid flat. A dragline was used to bury Big Hog.

The Peabody Coal Co. would then become responsible for reclaiming the barren pits at the Sinclair Strip Mine under the requirements of the federal Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977. Today, the Kentucky Fish and Wildlife division operates what is called the Peabody Wildlife Management Area at the former strip mine site.

 

Town of Paradise

The town of Paradise, meanwhile, wasn’t in the path of the giant Peabody shovel – although stripping near the town did occur by Pittsburg & Midway, according to some sources. Rather, the problem for Paradise came from the TVA’s coal-fired powerplants and the burning of the coal. In the early 1960s, after the plants first began operating, the town and power station co-existed. But soon, the fly-ash from the generating unit’s smokestacks became a big problem for residents. When residents would hang their wash out to dry, it would often turn gray with fly-ash. Other emissions were raising health concerns. And this was in the era before EPA. Over the years, in fact, the Paradise plant would become a problematic polluter, often cited by EPA for its emissions. But in Paradise during the 1960s, some residents, fed up with the pollution, began leaving of their own accord. TVA later installed electrostatic precipitators to control the fly ash. By then, many residents had left. TVA finally bought out the remaining residents and buildings, including the post office. All of the remaining buildings were later bulldozed.

An aerial view of the town of Paradise, Kentucky, circa 1965, before the final buy-out by TVA.
An aerial view of the town of Paradise, Kentucky, circa 1965, before the final buy-out by TVA.

Paradise had roots stretching back to the 1800s, first as a river trading post on the Green River called Stom’s Landing, then later, as a pick-and-shovel coal mining location, with a “drift mine” opening there in 1820, known as the “McLean drift bank.” A U.S. post office was established at Paradise on March 1, 1852. The town was located about 10 miles east-northeast of Greenville.

An older map showing a portion of Muhlenberg County, Ky with the town of Paradise shown, now gone.
An older map showing a portion of Muhlenberg County, Ky with the town of Paradise shown, now gone.
One rumor about how the town came to be known as Paradise – and there are at least three local stories on that count – has to do with an early pioneer family traveling up the Green River by boat, circa 1830s-1840s. During their trip, their young daughter became sick. The parents had stopped at several ports and towns along the river, but help was just not available. Without help, they continued on the river and were told by several old timers of a magical place further up river where Native Americans, centuries ago, had left an aura or an emanation that was believed to be able to cure people (Indian Knoll, an archaeological site near Paradise, was designated a National Historic Landmark in 1966). Several days later, the child was so near death that their last stop was to find a place to bury the child. Unbeknown to the parents, they had stopped at that magical place. The next day the child was better, and in a few days completely well. The parents believed, and would tell others, “this place must be paradise,” and decided to make their roots in the town, which later became known as Paradise.

In the 1960s, after TVA bought out the remaining residents of Paradise, the town ceased to exist. The last families moved out of Paradise in 1967, the same year that the post office closed and the Paradise Ferry ceased to operate. Soon after the TVA bought the town out, they tore down all the structures. At the powerplant, meanwhile, they built a third coal-fired boiler, “Paradise Unit 3”. Today, the Paradise Fossil Plant is the second largest plant in the TVA Fossil Fuels Plant Inventory and the largest power plant in the state of Kentucky. It has a rated output of 2,630 megawatts. It is composed of three units: units 1 and 2, twin 740 megawatt units, built between 1959 and 1962, and unit 3, a large cyclonic boiler rated at 1,150 megawatts, built in 1970. The plant also has three large natural-draft cooling towers. In 1985 a barge-unloading facility was added so that coal could be delivered by barge. That facility occupies a potion of land that was once part of Paradise. All that remains of the original town today is a small cemetery not far from the TVA Paradise plant (and some relatives of those interred there have complained to TVA about the cemetery’s condition).

TVA’s Paradise Power Plant, circa 1996,  near the former site of the town of Paradise, Kentucky, which in this photo would have sat just beyond the left-hand end of the photo and field of view.
TVA’s Paradise Power Plant, circa 1996, near the former site of the town of Paradise, Kentucky, which in this photo would have sat just beyond the left-hand end of the photo and field of view.

Paradise, however, was not the only town in Muhlenberg County that made way for the “progress” of coal development. According to one account in a 1973 edition of Southern Exposure, journalist James Branscome and his wife Sharen reported on the demise of the town of Morehead, a town then located in Muhlenberg County. The residents of this town, apparently, were forced to sell their homes after the roads in their town were condemned for strip mining. Here’s the summary of what the Branscomes found, as reported in the September 1, 1973 edition of Southern Exposure:

…In researching the company’s record in the Division of Reclamation in Frankfort, the office that enforces Kentucky’s strip mining laws, we found that Peabody has succeeded in removing all the residents from the entire community of Morehead in Muhlenberg County. Since Kentucky law prohibits strip mining within 100 feet of a public road, coal companies must persuade the County Judge to declare the roads of no use to the county and send a copy of this declaration to the Division of Reclamation. (The roads of Morehead were thus condemned.)

Peabody, it was said, “had Judges in their pockets,” and could get rural roads condemned for coal strip mining practically for the asking.

We asked a Division of Reclamation official about Peabody’s success in the Morehead venture:

Q: How Many people live there?
A: Not more than 500, I think.
Q: Did they all sell to Peabody?
A: They had no choice. Everybody knows that they had no choice about selling. If they decide they want what you have, they’ll blast you out. Sure, they force people out.
Q: Does Peabody do this kind of thing often?
A: Peabody is the worst in this. They close roads every day. All they need is to get the Judge to write a letter and we have to let them strip. They’re forcing old people out of their homes all over the place. They just buy everyone around a person and then start pressuring him to sell. They always sell.
Q: Do the County Judges ever object to giving public roads to Peabody?
A: No, they have the Judges in their pockets. Several magistrates in Muhlenberg County work for Peabody. When they decide they want to strip a road, they’ll hire a magistrate who doesn’t work for them it it takes that to get the court’s permission.
Q: Does Peabody pay the county for the roads?
A: No, it looks like, at least, that the coal that is under a public road should belong to the public, but that isn’t the way it is.

The Long View: Peabody strip mine operation supplying coal to the Paradise Fossil Plant, 1970s.
The Long View: Peabody strip mine operation supplying coal to the Paradise Fossil Plant, 1970s.
In addition to the Branscomes’ research, one report from the Woodson Baptist church, formerly of Morehead, noted: “In the Morehead Community the church grew and did prosper…. but then the sad day came when Peabody Coal Company bought all the property in and around Morehead and the church had to be moved to a new location.” In 1971, TVA also battled some Kentucky farmers in Union County, KY when it sought to build a giant 12.5 mile-long overland conveyor belt to move coal between two Peabody-run TVA mines and a river outlet. Twelve landowners went to court to stop the huge conveyor belt, which would be built on concrete supports. In the end, TVA prevailed and used its federal agency eminent domain power to build the conveyor system which would move 30,000 tons of coal each day. A similar fight around the same time occurred with four farmers in Ohio County, adjacent to Muhlenberg County, where Peabody invoked a private use of eminent domain under a little-used law allowing it to build a three-mile coal conveyor belt.

“Small Town Removal”
Strip Mine Depopulation
1960s-2010s

The loss of small towns like Paradise, Kentucky is not something that has occurred only in the “distant past” of the 1960s. Small towns have continued to disappear at the hand of coal development in the 1990s and 2000s. Coalfield citizens have been pointing out for decades that one of the major and often unheralded impacts of strip mining, especially in small rural communities, is the effect it has had – and continues to have – on driving people out of those communities. In some cases, the mining companies make no bones about it, as they set about directly buying up homes located near, or in the path of, planned or expanding mining operations. In other cases, the “driving out” is more subtle, and takes place over time, as in the daily harassment of mining activities, dust, truck traffic, blasting, the diminution of the local tax base, and families leaving one by one.Arch Coal Co., through a subsidiary, bought up more than half of the 231 houses in Blair, West Virginia in the l990s. In still other cases it’s the ruin of natural beauty; the despoliation of tourist and recreational assets that did have, or could have had, local economic value.

In the 1990s, as the Arch Coal Company was strip mining the mountaintop near Blair, West Virginia, it faced periodic complaints from residents who were being harassed by the constant dust and periodic rock fragments pelting their homes from strip mine blasting. Rather than fight constant complaints from homeowners, the coal company decided it would be easier to buy up the residential properties. So it set about doing just that. By August 1997, as Penny Loeb reported for U.S. News & World Report, Arch Coal, through a subsidiary, had bought up more than half of the 231 houses in Blair. Once the homes were vacated, they would often be stripped, and sometimes set ablaze by arsonists – the fate of at least two dozen such homes in the area.

2006: Mountain top strip mining proceeds in the mountains behind a home in Martin County, Kentucky.
2006: Mountain top strip mining proceeds in the mountains behind a home in Martin County, Kentucky.

In southwest Virginia, the town of Roda once had a population of more than 500 residents. In July 2008, reporter Debra McCown of the Bristol Herald Courier, interviewed Pete Ramey who had made his home in Roda in 1948. Ramey said he had to leave town because of strip mining. “It was the dust, the noise, and the blasting and rocks flying from the blasting into homes,” Ramey told McCowan. “The fear is terrible, the fear of blasting on the mountains above you. It’s still going on.” Ramey explained that in the last decade the Roda community – like other coal communities in the region – had dwindled in population. At the time he spoke with McCowan in 2008, the town’s population had fallen to ewer than 100. “There’s people who still live there,” he said, “but they’re just gradually coming down the mountain as most of them are forced to move. The community’s been destroyed.” Residents in Roda and elsewhere are often confronted by strip mining that can come as close as 300 feet to their homes. And once the mining arrives, their choices are limited. With the blasting of nearby strip mines, they can’t sell their homes, unless the coal company buys them. Some never have that option. So they just try to bear the dust, blasting, coal trucks, and mining for as long as they can. But for others, it becomes impossible, and they decide to just walk away. It’s a scenario that’s been played out many times throughout Appalachia and other rural mining locations.

Stonega. Stonega is the name of another town in southwest Virginia beset by strip mining. Created in 1890 by the Virginia Coal and Iron Co., the town lies between two mountains – Bluff Spur and Ninemile Spur, and had taken form along the banks of Callahans Creek.“The fear is terrible, the fear of blasting on the mountains above you…”
– Pete Ramey, 2008
In the first two decades of the 20th century, Stonega had more than 2,400 residents — white and black, natives and immigrants from Hungary, Poland and Italy. The town was sometimes known by its sections: Red Row, Canal Row, Hunktown, Midway, and others. During its heyday, Stonega boasted a brass band, baseball teams and a gospel quartet. There was also a hotel, a commissary, a theater, a hospital, schools, four churches. The town, in fact, had been on the National Register of Historic Places since 2004. “[A] listing on the National Register,” noted reporter Tim Thornton of The Roanoke Times in August 2006, “ is no hedge against demolition, and whole sections are already gone.” Strip mining was moving ever closer to the town, and in 2006 Cumberland Resources, a mining company then operating a strip mine at the edge of Stonega, had set about buying out local residents. As for the remains of the town, Cumberland Resources sought to preserve the neighborhood’s history with photographs and a video it made before the buildings were demolished – the video supplying documentation for a safety record as well.

Lindytown, Boone County, WV.
Lindytown, Boone County, WV.

Lindytown. As far as small towns go, Lindytown, West Virginia was one of the smaller places in America. Yet, it was a place that had several generations of families, a town with a church and a school bus that picked up kids for school. A place from which men went off to fight for their country in foreign wars and returned to marry local women, raise children, and live their lives with friends and family. They enjoyed their natural surroundings, taking to the hills and woods, hunting the wildlife, searching for ginseng, or just wandering in the outdoors. Extended families often had adjacent or nearby homes in the area. One of the deep mines in the area – the Robin Hood No. 8 mine – had shut down, taking jobs with it. Some residents began leaving the area to find work. But then in the 2000s, Massey Energy began strip mining in the area. And not long thereafter, the company began acquiring the homes of local residents.

Massey’s general counsel, Shane Harvey, explained to the New York Times in April 2011 that many of Lindytown’s residents were either retired miners or their widows and descendants. They welcomed the opportunity to move to more metropolitan locations, he explained – places with easier access to medical and other services. Residents who sold homes to Massey also signed documents in which they agreed not to sue, testify against, or “make adverse comments” about coal- mining operations in the area. Local residents of Lindytown came to Massey, he said, expressing interest in selling. So Massey began making offers in December 2008. “It is important to note that none of these properties had to be bought,” Mr. Harvey said. “The entire mine plan could have been legally mined without the purchase of these homes. We agreed to purchase the properties as an additional precaution.” Elaborating later in writing, Harvey added that Massey voluntarily bought the properties “as an additional backup to the state and federal regulations” that protect people who live near mining operations. James Smith, 68, a retired coal miner from Lindytown, told the Times, that yes, some people did approach Massey about selling their homes. But he also explained that many residents decided to leave Lindytown only because the mountaintop operations above them in the hills had ruined the quality of life below. And when residents agreed to sell to Massey, many also signed documents in which they agreed not to sue, testify against, seek inspection of, or “make adverse comments” about coal-mining operations in the area.

Lindytown, WV, November 2009, showing boarded- up homes & buildings.  Photo, OHVEC.org
Lindytown, WV, November 2009, showing boarded- up homes & buildings. Photo, OHVEC.org

In the spring of 2009, Lora Webb and her husband, Steve, a coal miner, packed up their possessions and left Lindytown, the place where Steve’s family had their ancestral roots. The Webbs had borne the strip mine assault – the giant, twenty- story dragline, daily explosions at the mine site, and the dust clouds and fly rock that rained down on their home and garden. They watched the nearby creeks and mountain hollows disappear and their community die. “It’s unreal,” Lora Webb remarked to a local newspaper reporter in the fall of 2008. “It’s like we’re living in a war zone.” So the Webbs moved on, as others did, leaving only a few families.

One who decided to stay was Quinnie Richmond, 85, who lives in a solitary home that displays five generations of family portraits in its small living room. Her son, Roger, a retired coal miner, lives next door. Quinnie, decided to sell various land rights to Massey, but wanted to remain in Lindytown. Roger’s uncle, Carson, who was killed in World War II, is buried in one of the small family cemeteries scattered in the mountains. “If he wanted to pay his respects,” The New York Times reported, “he would have to make an appointment with a coal company, be certified in work site safety, don a construction helmet and be escorted by a coal-company representative.” As regards family cemeteries in Appalachia, they are found quite extensively in small family plots throughout the region, and sometimes become entangled with strip mine sites as mining proceeds around their perimeters, leaving highwalls that make then inaccessible. AuroraLights.org has plotted some family cemetery locations on a map of the Coal River Mountain area of West Virginia (see Sources below).

Penny Loeb's 2007 book, "Moving Mountains." Click for copy.
Penny Loeb's 2007 book, "Moving Mountains." Click for copy.

As for the ever-vanishing Appalachian small town at the hand of strip mining, consider a comment made by Penney Loeb, who wrote the 1997 piece in U.S. News & World Report mentioned at the top of this sidebar, and also a 2007 book titled, Moving Mountains. Here she writes in 2003 about “disappearing towns” from her website:

…I am saddened when I return to communities I first visited five or six years ago and find the problems remain. Blair [West Virginia] got much coverage when the land company associated with the mine bought out more than half the residents, with many vacant homes quickly falling to an unknown arsonist. A similar scene was playing out in Mud River, but few people knew. A couple of years ago, I got an email from a woman whose family homeplace was one of the few remaining properties that Arch Coal had not purchased in Mud River. She had even written to ABC’s Primetime Live. Last summer, her family was featured on NOW with Bill Moyers. Still they are being forced to move away from a sweet little homestead that they loved.

Over the years, I watched as the communities [in West Virginia] disappeared along Rum Creek in Logan County. First Yolyn and Slagle went in the fall of 1997. Then Dehue at the other end of the creek in 2001. In between, a valley fill [from a strip mine operation] bulged nearly to the road in Chambers. Dust from the mining and preparation plant blanketed the communities…

…And apparently, the beat goes on. In 2014, the residents of a small community of about 219 residents and 100 homes in southern Illinois named Cottage Grove, were fighting Peabody Coal over the fate of their community, as the coal company wants to expand a strip mine site there by more than 1,000 acres, taking over a local road, and more. One local resident, citing the John Prine refrain, said “Mr. Peabody’s coal trains want to haul our community away.”

 

John Prine

Young John Prine, circa 1970s.
Young John Prine, circa 1970s.
Prine's 1984 album, “Aimless Love.” Click for CD.
Prine's 1984 album, “Aimless Love.” Click for CD.

As for John Prine, beyond his famous 1971 song “Paradise,” he went on to have a full and successful recording career. Prine had been a mailman in Illinois for a few years following high school, was drafted into the U.S. Army and was sent to Germany. When he returned home he resumed delivering the mail in Illinois. But during those years and while in the Army, Prine was playing his guitar and writing songs, mostly for himself. Then in 1970, after a few friends encouraged him to try some of his songs at an open-mike night at Chicago’s “The Fifth Peg” club, things began to change.

That fall, Chicago Sun-Times film critic Roger Ebert, who had given up on a bad movie, happened to visit The Fifth Peg and heard Prine perform. Ebert was so impressed with Prine that he wrote an article for the Sun-Times beyond his normal film beat, titled, “Singing Mailman Who Delivers a Powerful Message in a Few Words.” It proved a glowing first review of Prine’s music and it helped to spread the word about Prine’s talents in Chicago and beyond.

Prine later met Steve Goodman, a singer-songwriter who had helped Arlo Guthrie with his hit, “City of New Orleans.” Goodman played one of Prine’s songs for Kris Kristofferson who was greatly impressed with what he heard.

Paul Anka, too, liked some of Prine’s Hank Williams-influenced songs, according to Rolling Stone. In fact Anka, along with Kristofferson, is said to have helped Prine land his first recording contract.

Jerry Wexler at Atlantic Records put out Prine’s first album – the John Prine titled 1971 album. That album also included “Sam Stone,” a song about a drug addicted Vietnam veteran that has the famous line: “there’s a hole in daddy’s arm where all the money goes.”

An October 2011 CD album of John Prine recordings from 1970, before his debut, and borrowing the Roger Ebert line for its title, “The Singing Mailman Delivers.” Click for CD.
An October 2011 CD album of John Prine recordings from 1970, before his debut, and borrowing the Roger Ebert line for its title, “The Singing Mailman Delivers.” Click for CD.
John Prine performing with guitar in later years.
John Prine performing with guitar in later years.
Street scene from a portion of Paradise, KY, circa 1958.
Street scene from a portion of Paradise, KY, circa 1958.
“Paradise” (Live), from album, “John Prine: In Person & On Stage,” November 27, 2006. Click for CD or singles.
“Paradise” (Live), from album, “John Prine: In Person & On Stage,” November 27, 2006. Click for CD or singles.

Prine’s music and songwriting have brought effusive praise from the likes of Bob Dylan, Johnny Cash, and Pink Floyd’s Roger Waters, among others. He has turned out more than 20 albums in his career, at least a dozen of which have appeared on the Billboard 200 albums chart. In addition to his first album, other fan favorites include Sweet Revenge (1973), Common Sense (1975), and Bruised Orange (1978). In 1984 Prine co-founded an independent record label, Oh Boy Records, which produced several subsequent albums, among them, Aimless Love (1984), German Afternoons (1986) and The Missing Years(1991).

In early 1998, Prine was diagnosed with squamous cell cancer on the right side of his neck, had surgery and radiation therapy, and after a time, returned to recording. That same year, George Strait had a No. 1 Country & Western hit with Prine’s “I Just Want to Dance With You,” bringing a writer’s windfall to Prine just as he needed funds for his medical care. Although the neck surgery had altered Prine’s voice, giving it a gravelly quality, he continued recording and touring. His album Fair & Square won the 2005 Grammy Award for Best Contemporary Folk Album, and he also received the Artist of the Year award at the Americana Music Awards that September. Earlier in 2003, Prine had been inducted into the Nashville Songwriters Hall of Fame. In November 2013, Prine was diagnosed with operable lung cancer ( unrelated to his earlier cancer), and had surgery to remove the cancer. By March 2014, he had resumed performing and touring.

As for Prine’s coal mining song, “Paradise,” he may have taken some artistic license in that song regarding the town and Peabody Coal, but on balance, his message about the social and environmental damages of strip mining – especially in the larger context of what had occurred and what was occurring in America’s coalfields during those years – was right on the money. In fact, “Paradise” still has resonance today, whether the struggle is about coal or any other form of social, environmental, or corporate bullying.

Note: On April 7th, 2020, after contracting coronavirus and battling the disease for a time in intensive care with pneumonia and other complications, John Prine passed away. He was 73 years old. At his passing, numerous tributes poured in celebrating his life and his music. His 18th studio album and his last — The Tree of Forgiveness, released in 2018 — had debuted at No. 5 on the Billboard 200, No. 2 on the Top Country Albums chart, and No. 1 on Americana/Folk Albums.

See also at this website: “Ford Helps Strippers…With 2 Vetoes,” which covers the mid-1970s Congressional battles with the White House and coal industry over strip mine legislation – including a “protest convoy” of more than 400 coal trucks that came to Washington, and two vetoes by President Gerald Ford; “Harry Caudill, 1950s-1980s,” about the famous Kentucky author and strip-mine activist; “GE’s Hot Coal Ad,” about a General Electric TV ad touting coal use; “Sixteen Tons,” famous song from 1950s singer “Tennessee” Ernie Ford; and, “Giant Shovel on I-70,” about strip mining in southeastern Ohio during the 1960s and `70s.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 28 May 2014
Last Update: 17 April 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Paradise, 1971: John Prine,”
PopHistoryDig.com, May 28, 2014.

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

2001 edition of Harry Caudill’s 1962 classic, best-selling book on the exploitation of Appalachia, “Night Comes to The Cumberlands.” Click for copy.
2001 edition of Harry Caudill’s 1962 classic, best-selling book on the exploitation of Appalachia, “Night Comes to The Cumberlands.” Click for copy.
Chad Montrie’s 2002 book, “To Save The Land and People: A History of Opposition to Surface Coal Mining,” University of North Carolina Press, 245pp. Click for copy.
Chad Montrie’s 2002 book, “To Save The Land and People: A History of Opposition to Surface Coal Mining,” University of North Carolina Press, 245pp. Click for copy.
Paperback edition of Jeff Goodell’s 2006 book, “Big Coal: The Dirty Secret Behind America’s Energy Future,” Mariner Books (2007), 352pp. Click for copy.
Paperback edition of Jeff Goodell’s 2006 book, “Big Coal: The Dirty Secret Behind America’s Energy Future,” Mariner Books (2007), 352pp. Click for copy.
Erik Reece’s 2006 book, “Lost Mountain: A Year in the Vanishing Wilderness - Radical Strip Mining and the Destruction of Appalachia,” 288pp. Click for copy.
Erik Reece’s 2006 book, “Lost Mountain: A Year in the Vanishing Wilderness - Radical Strip Mining and the Destruction of Appalachia,” 288pp. Click for copy.
Shirley Stewart Burns’ 2007 book, “Bringing Down The Mountains: The Impact of Mountaintop Removal on Southern West Virginia Communities,” 214pp. click for copy.
Shirley Stewart Burns’ 2007 book, “Bringing Down The Mountains: The Impact of Mountaintop Removal on Southern West Virginia Communities,” 214pp. click for copy.

“John Prine,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 784-785.

Lydia Hutchinson, “Behind the Songs of John Prine,” PerformingSongwriter.com, October 10, 2013.

Jim & Hilma Stewart Graphics, “Peabody Coal Company / Sinclair Strip Mine,” RockPortKy .com, June 16, 2007.

“Paradise Kentucky,” TheStoms.com.

“Muhlenberg County, Kentucky,” Wikipedia .org.

“Paradise (John Prine song),” Wikipedia.org.

“John Prine (album),” Wikipedia.org.

“Paradise by John Prine,” YouTube.com, Posted July 20, 2007 by johngalt2626.

“Issues Page,” Citizens Coal Council Website.

J.C. Phillips, “The World’s Largest Stripping Shovel” (cover), Science and Mechanics, January 1963.

“Environment: The Price of Strip Mining,” Time, March 21, 1971.

James Branscome, “Paradise Lost,” Southern Exposure, The Institute for Southern Studies, September 1, 1973, pp. 29-41.

Frank Martin, “John Prine Goes Back to What’s Left of Paradise,” People, Vol. 2, No. 18, October 28, 1974.

Associated Press, “50,000 Acres Ruined By Strip Mining,” Daily News (Bowling Green, KY), April 5, 1978.

Associated Press, “Peabody Will Bury Strip-Mining Shovel,” Kentucky New Era, Monday, April 7, 1986, p. 5-A.

Associated Press, “River Queen Surface Mine Begins Closing [Peabody Coal / Muhlenberg County],” Kentucky New Era, June 12, 1991, p. 6-A.

Associated Press, “‘Paradise’ Returning to Mulenberg,” Kentucky New Era, September 1, 1992.

For an excellent retrospective on the 1970s-1990s history of the strip mining fight, citizen activists involved in that fight, and history on the strip mine law, The Surface Mining Control & Reclamation Act of 1977, see, “Special Issue on the 20th Anniversary of the Federal Coal Law,” Citizens Coal Council Reporter, August 3. 1997.

Penny Loeb, “Shear Madness,” U.S. News & World Report, August 11, 1997.

TVA Paradise Powerplant Photo, September 1997, KY Photo File, Fickr.com.

“Histories of the Local Churches,” Muhlenberg County Baptist Association (KY), Baptist History Homepage.

Tanya Anderson, “Finding Katie, A Graveyard in Paradise, Part 4,” Tanya AndersonBooks .com.

“The Plight of the Paradise Cemeteries,” The Stoms.com.

“Paradise Fossil Plant,” TVA.com.

Penny Loeb, “Mining’s Impacts on Commu-nities,”WVCoalfield.com, March 2003.

Walter L. Creese, TVA’s Public Planning: The Vision, The Reality, University of Tennessee Press, August 2003, 304pp.

Tim Thornton, “Companies Strip Town of Homes in Order to Strip for More Coal; People Are Selling Their Properties and Leaving What Used to Be a Thriving Mining Area,” Roanoke Times (Roanoke,VA), Monday, August 7, 2006.

Tim Thornton, “Women Make Some Noise About Mining Blasts; Two Residents of a Coal Mining Town Are Fighting for an Ordinance That Would Limit Explosions,” Roanoke Times, Monday, August 7, 2006.

Shirley L. Stewart Burns, Bringing Down the Mountains: The Impact of Mountain-Top Removal on Southern West Virginia Communities, West Virginia University Press: Morgantown, 2007.

“Strip Mining Blasting Residents On Black Mountain,” The Appalachian Voices, Wednes-day, May 2, 2007.

Debra McCown, “Environmental Groups Sue To Halt Logging At Future Mine Site,” Bristol Herald Courier (Bristol VA), July 31, 2008.

“New ‘Coal Country Music’ CD Benefits The Alliance for Appalachia,” I Love Moun-tains.org, Friday, November 20th, 2009.

Debra McCown, “Coal Mining Practices That Destroy, Not Just the Land, But Entire Communities,” Bristol Herald Courier (Bristol, VA) February 8, 2010.

“Lindytown Twilight-ed Into Darkness,” Winds of Change, Ohio Valley Environmental Coalition, (Huntington, WV), March 2010.

Dan Barry, “As the Mountaintops Fall, a Coal Town Vanishes,” New York Times, April 12, 2011.

Beth Wellington, “Mr. Peabody’s Coal Train Wants to Haul it Away,” The Writing Corner, June 22, 2012.

Alexis Bonogofsky, “Mr. Peabody’s Coal Train Has Hauled It Away…,” Wildlife Promise, June 27, 2012.

Todd Hatton, “John Prine and Paradise (KY) Lost”(radio clip, 7:18), WKMS.org, Murray, Kentucky, September 1, 2013.

Paul McRee, “Book Inspired by Western Kentucky Coal Mining,” SurfKy.com, October 25, 2013.

Theresa Dowell Blackinton, “How A Town Called Paradise Turned into Hell,” Moon Kentucky (Moon Handbooks Series), Avalon Travel, 2014, p. 399.

“Land Use Map – Coal River Mountain, W.Va.,” AuroraLights.org. Excellent Maps. See this Coal River Mountain area interactive map for a good introduction to the complexity of mining hazards in this one area of Appalachia.

Mud River (and other small towns hit by strip mining), WVcoalfield.com.

Tom Kane, “Classic Strip Mining Battle Looms,” Daily Register (Harrisburg, Illinois), January 8, 2014.

“Naperville City Officials In ‘Partnership to Destroy’ Downstate Town,” CityCouncil Watchdog.com, March 27, 2014.

“Blockade: Fighting Strip Mine Expansion Rocky Branch, Illinois,” The Understory, March 21, 2014.

“Top 10 Things You Didn’t Know About John Prine,” Alternative Reel.com.

“A Priceless First Peek at…John Prine,” in Tom Moon, 1,000 Recordings To Hear Before You Die, New York: Workman Publishing, 2008, pp. 614-615.
 

 
____________________________

 

 

“The End of the World”
Skeeter Davis: 1963

Cover of 1963 Skeeter Davis album, “The End of The World” (earlier format). Click for recent CD or digital versions at Amazon.
Cover of 1963 Skeeter Davis album, “The End of The World” (earlier format). Click for recent CD or digital versions at Amazon.
In early 1963, a song with the title “The End of the World” was doing something no other recording had done then or since then: making its way into the Top Ten of four of the nation’s music charts.

During March 1963, this song — performed by country singer Skeeter Davis — hit No. 2 on both the Billboard country and pop charts. The Davis song also hit No. 4 on the Billboard R&B chart and went to No. 1 for four weeks on the Billboard adult contemporary chart. “The End of the World” — about a lost love or personal bereavement — also rose into the Top 20 on the U.K. music charts.

Davis, then in her early 30s, was a country recording artist, and had started out singing as a teenager in the late 1940s as part of The Davis Sisters duo. She later began recording as a solo artist for RCA Records. By the late 1950s, she had become mostly a country star with some crossover to pop music.

Skeeter Davis promo ad for her song, "What Am I Gonna Do Without You," October 1964. Click for her Amazon page.
Skeeter Davis promo ad for her song, "What Am I Gonna Do Without You," October 1964. Click for her Amazon page.
“The End of the World” was written by composer Arthur Kent and lyricist Sylvia Dee; the latter drawing on sorrow from her father’s death, writing the lyrics when she was 14 years old. Skeeter Davis recorded the song on June 8, 1962 at the RCA Studios in Nashville, produced by Chet Atkins, and featuring Floyd Cramer on piano. Released by RCA Records in December 1962, “The End of the World” began its historic four-chart, Top Ten accomplishment in March 1963. An album featuring the song, along with other Skeeter Davis tunes, also reached the Billboard 200 album list in 1963. (cover shown above).

Music Player
“The End of The World”
Skeeter Davis-1963

In later years, “The End of the World” came to be regarded as something of a modern standard, subsequently covered by acts as diverse as Loretta Lynn, the Carpenters, Nancy Sinatra, Johnny Mathis, and John Cougar Mellencamp.

The Skeeter Davis version, however, the original “End of The World,” has been featured in a number of films, including: Girl, Interrupted, Riding In Cars With Boys, Daltry Calhoun, An American Affair, and others.

TV shows, including Mad Men, Under The Dome, and Granite Flats have also used the song. John Cassidy, writing in The New Yorker, noted that Mad Men in particular “took great pains to design its closing-credit songs,” adding that “the episode dealing with the assassination of John F. Kennedy ended with Skeeter Davis’s mysterious and mournful ‘The End of the World’.” The song has also been used in video games, such as Fallout 4 and Tom Clancy’s EndWar. “The End of the World” was also played at Chet Atkins’s funeral in an instrumental version by Marty Stuart, and at Davis’s own funeral in 2004 at the Ryman Auditorium.

“The End of The World”
Skeeter Davis
1963

Why does the sun go on shining?
Why does the sea rush to shore?
Don’t they know it’s the end of the world,
‘Cause you don’t love me any more?

Why do the birds go on singing?
Why do the stars glow above?
Don’t they know it’s the end of the world.
It ended when I lost your love.

I wake up in the morning and I wonder,
Why everything’s the same as it was.
I can’t understand. No, I can’t understand,
How life goes on the way it does.

Why does my heart go on beating?
Why do these eyes of mine cry?
Don’t they know it’s the end of the world.
It ended when you said goodbye.

Why does my heart go on beating?
Why do these eyes of mine cry?
Don’t they know it’s the end of the world.
It ended when you said goodbye.

Skeeter Davis – Mary Frances Penick – was born in a two-room cabin at Dry Ridge, Kentucky near Glencoe in 1931. She was the first of seven children, and she grew up on a farm. Her grandfather, impressed by her energy, nicknamed her “Skeeter.” After 1947, the Penick family moved to Covington, Kentucky, and it was there that Skeeter began singing with high school classmate Betty Jack Davis. Adapting the name the Davis Sisters – when Skeeter Penick became Skeeter Davis – the two girls gained momentum in the early ’50s working at Detroit’s WJR radio station on the “Barnyard Frolics” show. The girls’ harmonies came to the attention of RCA’s Steve Sholes, who signed them to a recording contract in 1953. They were just a year or two out of high school by then. That summer, as their “I Forgot More Than You’ll Ever Know” headed to No. 1 and million-seller status, a violent car crash left Betty Jack dead and Skeeter injured. Betty’s stage mother, reportedly then coerced Skeeter into performing with Betty’s sister, Georgia, through 1956. Skeeter then married, in part to escape Mrs. Davis, and begin a solo career.

Chet Atkins had played guitar on nearly all the Davis Sisters’ RCA sessions. By 1958 Atkins ran the RCA Nashville recording shop. Suspecting Skeeter’s voice had broader potential, he multi-tracked her vocals to echo the Davis Sisters sound. Skeeter also joined the Grand Ole Opry as a solo act in 1959. Between 1959 and 1962, she had a series of Top 10 and Top 20 hits on the Billboard Country chart including: “Am I That Easy To Forget” (1960); “(I Can’t Help You) I’m Falling Too” (1960), “My Last Date (With You)” (1961), and “Where I Ought to Be” (1962). Some of these latter recordings were “answer songs” to popular country recordings of the time.

Skeeter Davis on later copy of her single, “The End of the World” with “Blueberry Hill” on the B-side.
Skeeter Davis on later copy of her single, “The End of the World” with “Blueberry Hill” on the B-side.
During the 1960s, Skeeter Davis became one of RCA’s most successful country artists, charting 38 country hits, 13 of which crossed over to the pop charts. Among these was “The End Of The World” which became her best-known song and a million-selling recording. It was released by RCA Records in December 1962.

Radio DJs, however, had initially been playing the B-side of the record, which was the old pop standard, “Somebody Loves You.” But New York City disc jockey Scott Muni of WABC flipped it over and began playing Davis’s sentimental ballad. In the next week, it sold 100,000 copies.

And with that, Skeeter Davis was on her way to becoming a big crossover star, as the “The End of The World” climbed the Billboard pop chart.

The song reached it’s peak in March 1963, rising to No. 2 on the Billboard Hot 100 and No.2 on the Billboard country chart.

Skeeter Davis performing, likely in the 1970s.
Skeeter Davis performing, likely in the 1970s.
The song also enjoyed international success, topping out in the U.K. at No. 18 after thirteen weeks on the chart. She also received special recognition for the song in Norway (Silver Record) and South Africa (Gold Record).

But Davis expressed frustration when some of her country music fans accused her of selling out when the song became a big hit on the pop charts. For Davis, that only meant a broader audience, and the likely prospect that those listeners would spend more time with country music. “I know they began listening to my other albums and those of a lot of other country artists,” she would say in later interviews. “I looked upon these events as just another way of getting country music heard.”

In 1963, Davis achieved another country pop hit with the Carole King-penned song “I Can’t Stay Mad At You,” which became a Top 10 pop hit, peaking at No. 7.

During her career, Davis received five Grammy Award nominations, including four for Best Female Country Vocal Performance — in 1964 for “He Says the Same Things to Me;” 1965 for “Sunglasses;” 1967 for “What Does It Take;” and 1972 for “One Tin Soldier.”

Cover of Skeeter Davis’s 1993 book, “Bus Fare to Kentucky,” using country quilt motif. Click for book.
Cover of Skeeter Davis’s 1993 book, “Bus Fare to Kentucky,” using country quilt motif. Click for book.
Skeeter Davis was also an accomplished songwriter, penning nearly 70 songs and earning two BMI awards. Davis made several appearances on the pop music show American Bandstand in the early 1960s, and a decade later was one of the first country artists to appear on The Midnight Special TV show, a 90-minute late-night variety series on NBC. During the 1970s and early 1980s, The Midnight Special show followed the Friday night edition of Johnny Carson’s The Tonight Show.

In 1973 during a performance at the Grand Ole Opry, Skeeter dedicated a gospel song to street evangelists that had been arrested by Nashville police. For her “political” commentary, Davis was barred from the Grand Ole Opry for a time, but was later reinstated. In the 1970s, Davis was active singing with religious ministries and spent some time evangelizing in Africa.

In the mid-1970s she returned to the recording studio briefly with Mercury Records in 1976, producing two single releases, including her last song to chart nationally, “I Love Us.”

In 1985, New York Times pop music critic, Robert Palmer, noting an upcoming appearance by Skeeter Davis in December with the band NRBQ at New York’s Lone Star Café, called her “an extraordinary country-pop singer,” albeit one, he noted, who had faded from popularity and was then seldom seen. Palmer added, however, that on the basis of her NRBQ songs and recording history, “Miss Davis is still an exceptional singer” and her appearance in New York was “eagerly awaited.” Davis and NRQB that year had released the album She Sings, They Play.

Back cover of “Bus Fare to Kentucky” shows Skeeter Davis performing.
Back cover of “Bus Fare to Kentucky” shows Skeeter Davis performing.
Jeff Tamarkin, on assignment with Goldmine magazine in late 1985, saw Davis perform with NRBQ in New York that December and noted: “Watching Skeeter and the boys sing together at New York’s Bottom Line and Lone Star Cafe, it’s obvious that what both parties say is true: This is a match made in heaven. Skeeter sounded and looked great and NRBQ is right at home with her style and experience.”

In her career as a solo artist, Skeeter Davis placed a total of 43 singles on the Billboard Country Chart between 1957 and 1976. She also recorded some 30 studio albums and 14 compilation albums. Davis was an acknowledged influence on Tammy Wynette and Dolly Parton. Throughout much of the 1990s and into the early 2000s, Davis continued to perform. Her autobiography, Bus Fare to Kentucky – named after a 1971 Davis hit – was published in 1993 with a hardback print run of 40,000 copies and $40,000 for promotion. In 1998 she wrote a children’s book, The Christmas Note, with Cathie Pelletier. In 2001 she became incapacitated by the breast cancer that would later claim her life. While Davis remained a member of the Grand Ole Opry until her death, she last appeared on the program there in 2002. She was 72 when she died from breast cancer on September 19, 2004.

Other stories about country artists at this website include, “Last Date” (Floyd Cramer); “Paradise” (John Prine); and “Sixteen Tons” (Tennessee Ernie Ford). Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 28 May 2014
Last Update: 21 April 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The End of the World, Skeeter Davis:1963″
PopHistoryDig.com, May 28, 2014.

____________________________________


Books at Amazon.com


“All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Beatles Release,” every album, every song, 1963-1970. Click for Amazon.
“All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Beatles Release,” every album, every song, 1963-1970. Click for Amazon.
Glenn C. Altschuler’s  “All Shook Up: How Rock 'n' Roll Changed America,” Oxford University Press, 240 pp. Click for Amazon.
Glenn C. Altschuler’s “All Shook Up: How Rock 'n' Roll Changed America,” Oxford University Press, 240 pp. Click for Amazon.
“The Rolling Stones All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track” (2022 expanded ed.). 340 songs, 760pp. Click for Amazon.
“The Rolling Stones All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track” (2022 expanded ed.). 340 songs, 760pp. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

“WABC-Top Hits”
January 22, 1963

1. Go Away Little Girl – Steve Lawrence
2. Walk Right In – The Rooftop Singers
3. Tell Him – The Exciters
4. Up On the Roof – The Drifters
5. Hey Paula – Paul and Paula
6. The Gypsy Cried – Lou Christie
7. The End of the World – Skeeter Davis
8. Pepino the Italian Mouse – Lou Monte
9. Night Has a Thousand Eyes – Bobby Vee
10. Two Lovers – Mary Wells
11. Remember Then – The Earls
12. My Coloring Book – Kitty Kallen
13. Telstar – The Tornadoes
14. Our Day Will Come – Ruby & Romantics
15. Hotel Happiness – Brook Benton
16. He’s Sure the Boy I Love – The Crystals
17. Fly Me to the Moon…– Joe Harnell
18. Walk Like a Man – The 4 Seasons
19. …Really Got a Hold On Me – Miracles
20. Loop de Loop – Johnny Thunder
21. Don’t Make Me Over – Dionne Warwick
22. Limbo Rock – Chubby Checker
23. Ruby Baby – Dion
24. Bobby’s Girl – Marcie Blane
25. Zip-a-Dee Doo-Dah – B B. Soxx & BJs
____________________________
Source: WABC Radio (NY, NY) Silver
Dollar Sound Survey, Week of 22 Jan 1963.

“Skeeter Davis,” Artist Profile, Country Poli-tan.com.

“Skeeter Davis,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Incomparable Skeeter Davis,” Country Music Life, January 1966.

Rich Kienzle, “Skeeter Davis, 1931-2004,” No Depression Magazine, November-December 2004.

Skeeter Davis Discography,” Wikipedia .org.

“Skeeter Davis: ‘I’m So Straight, It’s Ridiculous’,” Look, July 13, 1971.

Gail Buchalter, “Skeeter’s Scoot To Stardom,” Country Song Roundup, August 1971.

Patrick Thomas, “Grand Ole Opry Suspends a Star,” Rolling Stone, January 31, 1974.

Robert Palmer, “Critics’ Choices; Pop Music, New York Times, December 15, 1985.

Jeff Tamarkin, “Skeeter Davis: They Don’t Make ‘Em Any Sweeter,” Goldmine, January 31, 1986.

Skeeter Davis, Bus Fare to Kentucky: The Autobiography of Skeeter Davis, Birch Lane Press, September 1993, 338 pp.

Bob Allen, “The Davis Sisters: The Lasting Legacy of a Short-Lived Duo,” The Journal of the American Academy for the Preservation of Old-Time Country Music, December 1993.

“Song Sung Blue: ‘Breaking Bad’ and Pop Music,” NewYorker.com, October 2, 2013.

_______________________________




“Last Date”
1960-2013

Floyd Cramer on cover of RCA Victor 45rpm EP, with four of Cramer’s songs: “Last Date,” “San Antonio Rose,” “Flip Flop Bop,” and “Chattanooga Choo Choo.”
Floyd Cramer on cover of RCA Victor 45rpm EP, with four of Cramer’s songs: “Last Date,” “San Antonio Rose,” “Flip Flop Bop,” and “Chattanooga Choo Choo.”
“Last Date” is the name of a 1960 instrumental song written and performed by Floyd Cramer. It entered the Top 40 music charts in October 1960, a time when John F. Kennedy and Richard M. Nixon were running for president of the United States; the same month of Bill Mazeroski’s historic, World-Series-winning home run for the Pittsburgh Pirates. It was also the time of a new dance song called “The Twist” by Chubby Checker, and the beginning of the 1960s’ “girl group” sound.

Instrumental piano, however, had never gone out of fashion, and Floyd Cramer brought his own unique style to the party.

Born in Shreveport, Louisiana, in 1933, Cramer became an American Hall of Fame pianist who was also one of the architects of the “Nashville sound” in country music – a more popular sound, sometimes called “countrypolitan,” that helped bring a pop audience to country music in the 1950s and 1960s. Cramer grew up in the rural saw mill town of Huttig, Arkansas.

As young boy, Cramer did not take well to piano lessons, but instead taught himself to play at an early age, learning by ear. After high school, he returned to Shreveport where he worked as a pianist at the Louisiana Hayride radio show. In the early 1950s, Cramer released a few recordings under his own name, cutting his first single, “Dancin’ Diane,” in 1953. He then toured for a time with a young singer just starting out named Elvis Presley.

Floyd Cramer’s “Last Date” song on the RCA Victor label, became a No. 2 hit in 1960. Click for digital.
Floyd Cramer’s “Last Date” song on the RCA Victor label, became a No. 2 hit in 1960. Click for digital.
By 1955, he moved to Nashville, where piano-backed tunes in country music was then growing in popularity.  The next year he became a studio session musician, backing a long line of stars, including Presley, Brenda Lee, Patsy Cline, Eddy Arnold, Roy Orbison, the Everly Brothers and others.

Music Player
“Last Date”-Floyd Cramer
1960

In 1956, he recorded with Elvis Presley for the first time in a two-day session that produced two Presley songs, “Heartbreak Hotel” and “Money Honey.” “Heartbreak Hotel” became Presley’s first big national hit. But Cramer, for the most part, remained a session player, unknown outside the music industry.  Then came “Last Date,” a piano piece he released in the fall of 1960 as a 45 rpm single.  This instrumental exhibited a relatively new concept for piano playing known as the “slip note” style.

“Last Date” entered the Top 40 on the Billboard pop music in late October 1960 and rose to No. 2. It stayed in the Top 40 for 15 weeks. “Last Date”sold over one million copies and was awarded a gold disc. Interestingly, the song was kept out of the No. 1 position by Elvis Presley’s “Are You Lonesome Tonight?,” a song which featured an unnamed Floyd Cramer on piano.  Two more follow-up Top Ten hits came for Cramer in 1961 – “On the Rebound,” which rose to No. 4 in the U.S. and No. 1 in the U.K., and “San Antonio Rose,” which hit No. 8 in the U.S. In 2009, “On the Rebound” was featured in the opening credits of the Oscar-nominated film An Education, which was set in England in 1961.

By one count, between 1958 and 1962, eleven of Cramer’s singles charted on Billboard’s Hot 100, which was quite notable for an instrumentalist in that era. Fred Bronson, writing in the updated and expanded 4th edition of Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, lists two of Cramer’s hits on his “Top 100 Instrumentals” chart – “Last Date” at No. 10, and “On the Rebound” at No. 67.  “Last Date” is also included on Bronson’s “Top 100 Songs of 1960″ at No. 13.

Cover photo of Floyd Cramer’s third studio album, also titled “Last Date,” released in 1961. Click for vinyl or digital.
Cover photo of Floyd Cramer’s third studio album, also titled “Last Date,” released in 1961. Click for vinyl or digital.

 

Music Player
“On The Rebound” – Floyd Cramer

Cramer’s piano backing is also found on numerous country songs of the late 1950s and early 1960s. His piano is heard on Hank Locklin’s hit, “Please Help Me, I’m Falling.”  By some estimates, as many as a fourth of the Nashville hits during the late 1950s and early 1960s had Cramer’s piano on them.  Many consider him the most important pianist in country music history.

Cramer was a longtime friend of producer and guitar virtuoso Chet Atkins. He toured with Atkins and saxophonist Boots Randolph as a member of the “Million Dollar Band.”

It was Atkins who suggested that Cramer write “Last Date” to showcase the “slip-note” or “slip-tone” style that Cramer would make popular. Cramer later explained of the sound and technique: “The style I use mainly is a whole-tone slur which gives more of a lonesome cowboy sound. You hit a note and slide almost simultaneously to another.” The exact origin of the technique is somewhat uncertain.

“It’s been done for a long time on the guitar by people like Maybelle Carter and by lots of people on the steel guitar,” Cramer would acknowledge. “ Half-tones are very common.” But the style Cramer made popular was a whole-tone slur. It seems first to have emerged for Cramer at a 1960 session for Hank Locklin’s future hit “Please Help Me I’m Falling,” during which Chet Atkins asked Cramer to copy the unusual piano styling used by the songwriter Don Robertson on the original demo.

Early 1960s: RCA studio session of Nashville musicians, from left: Bob Moore, Chet Atkins (arms folded on piano), Louis Nunley, Gil Wright, Anita Kerr (leaning on piano, back to camera), Willie Ackerman, and Floyd Cramer.
Early 1960s: RCA studio session of Nashville musicians, from left: Bob Moore, Chet Atkins (arms folded on piano), Louis Nunley, Gil Wright, Anita Kerr (leaning on piano, back to camera), Willie Ackerman, and Floyd Cramer.
Floyd Cramer continued to work as a session musician while putting out his own albums. He also performed with other country and pop stars including: Patsy Cline, Eddy Arnold, the Everly Brothers, Perry Como, and Roy Orbison. By the mid-1960s, Cramer had become a respected performer, making numerous albums. His recordings typically featured cover versions of the popular hits of the era for each calendar year, doing so from 1965 to 1974. Other Cramer albums included I Remember Hank Williams (1962), Floyd Cramer Plays the Monkees (1967), and Looking For Mr Goodbar (1978). On one of his albums, Cramer played eight different keyboard instruments. In 1979, he won a Grammy for Best Country Instrumental with “My Blue Eyes.” In 1980, he recorded a hit version of the theme song from the Dallas TV series.

 

Singer Skeeter Davis performing.
Singer Skeeter Davis performing.
‘Last Date’ Again

Cramer’s “Last Date,” however, became one of those songs that gained audience share and shelf life by way of its cover versions. It was also boosted after a few artists added lyrics to the music. That first occurred in 1960, the same year the song came out, when Skeeter Davis and Boudleaux Bryant wrote lyrics for the song. Skeeter Davis – who would later become famous with the 1962-63 hit “The End of the World” – was one of the artists who performed the Cramer song set to lyrics. She titled her version, “My Last Date (With You),” which became a Top-30 pop hit and a Top-Five country hit.

Other early 1960s performers who also covered the song using the Skeeter Davis lyrics, included Joni James, Ann-Margaret, and Pat Boone. In the mid-1960s, instrumental cover versions of the song, sticking closer to Cramer’s original, were offered by Lawrence Welk and Al Hirt.

The Emmylou Harris version of “Last Date” appears on her 2005 album.
The Emmylou Harris version of “Last Date” appears on her 2005 album.
In 1972, Conway Twitty recorded the song with new lyrics under the title, “(Lost Her Love) On Our Last Date,” which hit No. 1 on the U.S. country chart for one week.

Ten years later, in 1982, Emmylou Harris recorded the Conway Twitty version, substituting a male character – “(Lost His Love) On Our Last Date” – which also hit No. 1 on the country chart. That song appears on her 2005 album, Heartaches & Highways.

In 1987, R.E.M. recorded an instrumental version of the Skeeter Davis treatment of “Last Date.” Through the 1990s, there were also a few other “Last Date” cover versions. In 2013, the David Bromberg Band recorded a studio version of “Last Date,” which had been a regular part of their live repertoire.

 

In 2003, Floyd Cramer was inducted into the Country Music Hall of Fame and the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame.
In 2003, Floyd Cramer was inducted into the Country Music Hall of Fame and the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame.
Floyd Cramer

In December 1997, at the age of 64, Floyd Cramer died of lung cancer at his home in Nashville. He had been diagnosed with cancer six months earlier. He was interred in the Spring Hill Cemetery in the Nashville suburb of Madison, Tennessee. At his death, he was survived by his wife Mary, two daughters and four grandchildren.

In 2003 Floyd Cramer was inducted into both the Country Music Hall of Fame and the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame. East Tennessee State University in Johnson City, Tennessee, offers the Floyd Cramer Competitive Scholarship.

Country star Jimmy Dean is reported to have said of Cramer: “No orator ever spoke more eloquently than Floyd Cramer speaks with 88 keys.”

For additional stories at this website about music history and artist profiles please see the Annals of Music category page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 15 May 2014
Last Update: 1 March 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Last Date,” 1960-2013
PopHistoryDig.com, May 15, 2014.

____________________________________

 


 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

“WABC-Top Hits”
December 16, 1960

1. Are You Lonesome Tonight?Elvis Presley
2. A Thousand Stars – K. Young & Innocents
3. Will You Love Me Tomorrow – Shirelles
4. Wonderland By Night – Bert Kaempfert
5. Exodus – Ferrante & Teicher
6. Stay – Maurice Williams & Zodiacs
7. Sailor (Your Home Is the Sea) – Lolita
8. He Will Break Your Heart – Jerry Butler
9. Many Tears Ago – Connie Francis
10. North to Alaska – Johnny Horton
11. Poetry In Motion – Johnny Tillotson
12. Angel Baby – Rosie & the Originals
13. New Orleans – U.S. Bonds
14. You’re Sixteen – Johnny Burnette
15. Last Date – Floyd Cramer
16. Shop Around – The Miracles
17. Lonely Teenager – Dion
18. Sway – Bobby Rydell
19. Alone At Last – Jackie Wilson
20. Ruby Duby Du – Tobin Mathews & Co.
____________________________
Source: WABC Weekly Surveys for 1960.

“Floyd Cramer,” Rock and Roll Hall of Fame.

Jim Kelton,“Floyd Cramer (1933– 1997),” The Encyclopedia of Arkansas History & Culture.

“Floyd Cramer,” Wikipedia.org.

“Last Date (song),” Wikipedia.org.

“On The Rebound,” Wikipedia.org.

Emmylou Harris album, The Very Best of Emmylou Harris: Heartaches and Highways, 2005.

“Floyd Cramer, 64, Pianist With a Nashville Sound,” New York Times, January 2, 1998.

Paul Wadey, “Obituary: Floyd Cramer,” The Independent (U.K.), Monday, January 5, 1998.

“WABC Radio (NY, NY) Weekly Surveys for 1960,” MusicRadio77.com.

“Floyd Cramer, Biography,” Billboard.com.

Colin Escott, “Floyd Cramer,” Country Music Hall of Fame, Year of Induction, 2003.

Fred Bronson, “The Top 100 Instrumentals,” Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, 4th edition, New York: Billboard Books, 2007, pp. 313-315.

Fred Bronson, “The Top 100 Songs of 1960,” Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, 4th edition, New York: Billboard Books, 2007, p. 334.

____________________________________________

 

 


 

“Burn On, Big River…”
Cuyahoga River Fires

In late June 1969, the Cuyahoga River in Cleveland, Ohio caught fire — a river long polluted with oily wastes, chemicals, and debris. In fact, it was at least the 13th time the Cuyahoga River had caught fire since the 1860s. The 1969 fire, however, coming at a time of emerging national concern over pollution, made big news and became something of a famous disaster. The incident helped give momentum to a newly emerging national environmental movement. Only months before, on the beaches of Santa Barbara, California, an oil spill from a Unocal Oil Company offshore rig in January 1969, had soiled some 30 miles of California coastline, killing sea birds and other wildlife. Oil industry pollution and oily wastes were part of the Cuyahoga River concoction as well, described by an August 1969 Time magazine story as being “chocolate-brown, oily, [and] bubbling with subsurface gases.”

Nov. 3rd, 1952. Fireman on railroad bridge apply water to tug boat ‘Arizona’ amidst flames from the burning Cuyahoga River. Original United Press photo caption reported that “fire started in an oil slick on the river, swept docks at the Great Lakes Towing Co., destroying three tugs, three buildings and the ship repair yards.” (photo mistakenly used by Time magazine as 1969 fire).
Nov. 3rd, 1952. Fireman on railroad bridge apply water to tug boat ‘Arizona’ amidst flames from the burning Cuyahoga River. Original United Press photo caption reported that “fire started in an oil slick on the river, swept docks at the Great Lakes Towing Co., destroying three tugs, three buildings and the ship repair yards.” (photo mistakenly used by Time magazine as 1969 fire).

In fact, it was the August 1969 Time magazine story that helped bring national attention to the Cuyahoga River and nearby Lake Erie into which it flowed, both of which became poster images for the severe water pollution of those times. (Time magazine wasn’t alone, however. A New York Times story of June 28, 1969 bore the headline: “Cleveland River So Dirty It Burns.”).

U.S. Senator Gaylord Nelson (D-WI), a promoter of the first Earth Day in 1970, would later invoke the Cuyahoga-in-flames as an example of the nation’s most severe environmental disasters. Carol Browner, head of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency in the 1990s, would also recall in speeches the impression that images of the burning Cuyahoga had made on her. But the Cuyahoga River fire of June 1969 wasn’t the worst the river had experienced. A 1952 fire – shown in the two photos here – was much worse. Time magazine in its August 1969 story, had used one of those photos, incorrectly attributing it as the 1969 fire.

Another photo of the burning Cuyahoga River from the November 1952 fire, showing a broader expanse of the river area and nearby storage tanks on the far edge of photo.
Another photo of the burning Cuyahoga River from the November 1952 fire, showing a broader expanse of the river area and nearby storage tanks on the far edge of photo.

Turns out, there is a long history of Cuyahoga River fires – at least a dozen or more dating from the 1860s – several of which resulted in more damage than the 1969 incident. More on those in a moment. Still, when the June 1969 Cuyahoga River fire occurred, many people found it surprising that pollution could be so bad that a river would burn. That wasn’t supposed to happen. “[A] river lighting on fire was almost biblical,” said Sierra Club President Adam Werbach referring to the Cuyahoga fire during a CNN interview some years later. “And it energized American action because people understood that that should not be happening.”

“Burn On”
Randy Newman
1972

There’s a red moon rising
On the Cuyahoga River
Rolling into Cleveland to the lake

There’s a red moon rising
On the Cuyahoga River
Rolling into Cleveland to the lake

There’s an oil barge winding
Down the Cuyahoga River
Rolling into Cleveland to the lake

There’s an oil barge winding
Down the Cuyahoga River
Rolling into Cleveland to the lake

Cleveland, city of light, city of magic
Cleveland, city of light, you’re calling me
Cleveland, even now I can remember
‘Cause the Cuyahoga River
goes smokin’ through my dreams

Burn on, big river, burn on
Burn on, big river, burn on

Now the Lord can make you tumble
Lord can make you turn
The Lord can make you overflow
But the Lord can’t make you burn

Burn on, big river, burn on
Burn on, big river, burn on

The Cuyahoga’s plight – and particularly its association with oil pollution – caught the attention of singer/ songwriter Randy Newman, who penned a famous song about the river’s tendency to catch fire. “Burn On” was the name of the song, which Newman released with his 1972 hit album, Sail Away, an album brimming full of musical satire. Newman’s river song, however, was quite on the mark, conveying at least some of the history and causes of the Cuyahoga River’s pollution problem.

 

Music Player
“Burn On”-Randy Newman

 

Newman would explain that he was spurred to write the song after seeing news reports about the 1969 fire. To be fair, by the early 1970s, there were no more fires on the Cuyahoga, though it remained severely polluted for at least another decade. The cleanup of the river had begun by the time of Newman’s song – though ever so slowly, and slogged on for many years thereafter. Still, Newman’s song captured the historical demise of the river and one of its primary culprits, oil. His lyrics at the end of the song also captured the “unnatural” act of a river burning:

Now the Lord can make you tumble
Lord can make you turn
The Lord can make you overflow
But the Lord can’t make you burn

In later years, other musicians would also write music referencing the river, including REM’s. “Cuyahoga” of 1986 and Adam Again’s “River on Fire” of 1992. More on these songs a bit later.

The Cuyahoga River watershed is located in Northeastern Ohio. The river travels about 100 miles from its headwaters in rural Geauga County where it begins as two bubbling springs, then winding its way to Cleveland where it drains into Lake Erie. Named “the crooked river” by native Americans, “Cuyahoga” is an Iroquoian word, befitting the river’s turns and changing course.

Map of the Cuyahoga River watershed, showing the river's many tributaries and its "U" shaped course on its way to Cleveland and Lake Erie.
Map of the Cuyahoga River watershed, showing the river's many tributaries and its "U" shaped course on its way to Cleveland and Lake Erie.
The river’s East and West branches, originating from respective springs, later combine to form the main Cuyahoga, which flows southwest at first, through thick forests and past rich farm fields, until it reaches the urban areas near Akron, Ohio. At this point, the geology of an east-west continental divide forces a sharp northwestern turn, as the river then flows north. Here too, the once-important Ohio & Erie Canal ran parallel to the river to assist in its commerce. But it is this “lower portion” of the Cuyahoga – the Akron-to-Cleveland-to-Lake Erie segment – where industrial activity was most intense for decades, with steel plants, oil refineries, paint and chemical works running along the river’s banks. One of the largest oil refineries in U.S. history, in fact – John D. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil of Ohio – accounted for at least some of the pollution that fueled the Cuyahoga’s infamous fires. By the end of the Civil War – and before Rockefeller began buying up his competitors and consolidating oil properties – there were at least 20 oil refineries in the Cleveland area. A common practice in the early days of the oil refining industry was to dump the unusable portions of refined crude oil – one of which was gasoline – into nearby creeks and rivers. Rockefeller himself would report that “thousands and hundreds of thousands of barrels of it floated down the creeks and rivers, and the ground was saturated with it, in the constant effort to get rid of it.” No surprise then that fires would occur.

Cleveland Press headlines, circa 1883.
Cleveland Press headlines, circa 1883.
The Cuyahoga River had burned as early as 1868. One major fire in the river valley occurred at the Standard Oil refinery and other properties in early February 1883. A Cleveland Press account of the fire, which was reported while the blaze was still ongoing, blared the headline, “Furious Flames!!” That report went on to note in sub-heads that a “fast floating fire” set off “the most terrific explosions” at the refinery, adding that “tank after tank” and “still after still” blew up.

Prior to the fire, on Friday, February 2, 1893, Cleveland had a combination of rising temperature and torrential rains that melted existing snow, producing some of the worst floods in the city’s history. Much of the Flats area and the Cuyahoga River valley were in flood stage. But then came the fire. It began at the Shurmer & Teagle Refinery. However waste oil from a Standard Oil source upstream on Kingsbury Run had been leaking for hours. As reported in Cleveland’s Greatest Disasters: “One by one, nine enormous Standard Oil storage tanks, each containing from five to 16,000 barrels of oil, kerosene, or gasoline blew up over the next 12 hours, adding thousands of additional, lethal gallons to the inflammable torrent rushing toward downtown Cleveland. At one point, no fewer than seven oil tanks were burning at once.” The blaze went on for three days, and Cleveland was nearly a goner, saved by the blocking action of a jammed-up culvert and heroic firemen battling the inferno. By Monday, February 5th, firemen were still pouring water on the various fires. In the end, the damage included nine large storage tanks, 30 stills, and other Standard Oil property. Standard alone had between $350,00 and $300,000 in losses, with all other businesses suffering losses of about $500,000.

A portion of the Standard Oil refining complex in Cleveland, Ohio, as photographed in 1899.
A portion of the Standard Oil refining complex in Cleveland, Ohio, as photographed in 1899.

Still more oil and waste fires occurred on the Cuyahoga River in later years. Four years after the 1883 blaze there was another of lesser note, and perhaps others unrecorded. In 1912, a spark from a tugboat on the Cuyahoga ignited oil leaking from the Standard Oil cargo slip, triggering several explosions and a raging inferno. That fire killed five men and destroyed several boats. In 1914 a river fire reportedly threatened downtown Cleveland until a change in the wind altered its course. A fire in 1922 ignited in the same area as the 1912 Standard Oil dock fire. And in 1936 the river ignited and burned for five days. An ore carrier was damaged by a 1941 river fire. Other fires occurred in 1930, 1948, 1949, 1951. Then came the big one – the 1952 fire – which Jonathan Adler, environmental historian at Case Western Reserve University, describes in a 2003 Fordham Environmental Law Journal article on the history of Cuyahoga River pollution. Adler also describes the events leading up to the fire:

Nov. 2, 1952: Headlines in a Sunday edition of the Cleveland Plain Dealer tell of an oil-slick fire on the Cuyahoga River.
Nov. 2, 1952: Headlines in a Sunday edition of the Cleveland Plain Dealer tell of an oil-slick fire on the Cuyahoga River.

…In 1952, leaking oil from the Standard Oil Company facility was accused of creating, “the greatest fire hazard in Cleveland,” a two-inch thick oil slick on the river. In spots, the slick spanned the width of the river. Although many companies had taken action to limit oil seepage on the river, others failed to cooperate with fire officials. It was only a matter of time before disaster struck. On the afternoon of November 1, 1952, the Cuyahoga ignited… near the Great Lakes Towing Company’s shipyard, resulting in a five-alarm fire. The next morning’s Cleveland Plain Dealer led with a banner headline, “Oil Slick Fire Ruins Flats Shipyard.”[ shown at right]. Photos taken at the scene are incredible; the river was engulfed in smoke and flame. Losses were substantial, estimated between $500,000 and $1.5 million, including the Jefferson Avenue bridge. The only reason no one died was that it started on a Saturday afternoon, when few shipyard employees were on duty.

1951: Oil Burning in the Cuyahoga River, located in the downtown Cleveland Flats area.
1951: Oil Burning in the Cuyahoga River, located in the downtown Cleveland Flats area.
July 1964: Portion of a Bill Roberts’ Cleveland Press cartoon depicting industrial pollution on the Cuyahoga River.
July 1964: Portion of a Bill Roberts’ Cleveland Press cartoon depicting industrial pollution on the Cuyahoga River.
Circa 1960s. Cleveland reporter, Richard Ellers, dipping his hand in the Cuyahoga’s oily soup, was surprised by its thickness.
Circa 1960s. Cleveland reporter, Richard Ellers, dipping his hand in the Cuyahoga’s oily soup, was surprised by its thickness.
1960s: A Cleveland Press cartoon from Bill Roberts has a distressed fish from the polluted Cuyahoga River seeking help from President Lyndon B. Johnson (LBJ).
1960s: A Cleveland Press cartoon from Bill Roberts has a distressed fish from the polluted Cuyahoga River seeking help from President Lyndon B. Johnson (LBJ).
September 1964: Councilmen Edward F. Katalinas (left), Henry Sinkiewicz, and John Pilch examine oil-soaked white cloth dipped in the Cuyahoga. Photo, Cleveland Press.
September 1964: Councilmen Edward F. Katalinas (left), Henry Sinkiewicz, and John Pilch examine oil-soaked white cloth dipped in the Cuyahoga. Photo, Cleveland Press.
June 23, 1969: Photo of fire boat attending to hot spots and bridge timbers following Cuyahoga River fire the day before.
June 23, 1969: Photo of fire boat attending to hot spots and bridge timbers following Cuyahoga River fire the day before.
June 23, 1969: Cleveland Mayor Carl Stokes, center, and Ben Stefanski, city utilities director, right, during press conference near site of previous day’s Cuyahoga River fire.
June 23, 1969: Cleveland Mayor Carl Stokes, center, and Ben Stefanski, city utilities director, right, during press conference near site of previous day’s Cuyahoga River fire.

The Cleveland Plain Dealer, reporting on the 1952 fire, quoted Cleveland Fire Prevention Chief Bernard W. Mulcahy on the front page saying: “We have photographs that show nearly six inches of oil on the river. Our reports show the oil there comes from three sources: Oil brought down Kingsbury Run, from Standard Oil Co., and from Great Lakes Towing itself.”

The fire of 1952 wasn’t the last time the Cuyahoga or its environs would catch fire. Another smaller blaze had occurred a year earlier in the Cleveland Flats area, shown in the photo at left. But the big 1952 fire may have been a turning point, as some environmental historians see it – the point at which local citizen ire is aroused about the problem, with efforts aimed at bringing about change. Still, it would be years before the local recognition and the local resolve would generate the political will at the state and federal levels to write the laws and commit the funding needed to impose standards and clean things up. One preventive measure that was sometimes used along the river in the 1950s and 1960s was the use of a patrolling fireboat to check for oil slick build-ups, especially near bridges, and try to clear those away with high-pressure water hoses.

During the mid-1960s, the Cuyahoga’s pollution drew the attention of Cleveland Press cartoonist Bill Roberts, who did several cartoons on the river and nearby Lake Erie. A few journalists were active as well. Cleveland Plain Dealer reporter Richard Ellers was shown in one 1960s news photo dipping his hand in the Cuyahoga’s goop. And by 1964, a trio of Cleveland city councilmen was photographed retrieving an oil-soaked white cloth they had just dipped in the polluted river.

Cartoonist Bill Roberts also did a mid-1960s Cleveland Press cartoon showing President Lyndon B. Johnson (LBJ) listening to the plea of a Cuyahoga River fish amid pollution and the river’s stench, suggestion being that federal help was needed. But despite the fact that federal laws such as the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899 and the 1965 Federal Water Pollution Control Act were on the books, there was little use or effective enforcement of those laws. Yet, federal reports, such as one issued in October 1968, identified the Cuyahoga as one of the most heavily polluted rivers in the nation.

By November 1968 there were plans drawn up in Cleveland to upgrade the city’s sewer systems, as an impressive $100 million bond issue for that purpose had been approved by voters. But then came the fire of 1969.

 

Fire of 1969

On Sunday, June 22nd, the Cuyahoga caught fire for what was believed to be the 13th time in its history, depending on how many fires were actually counted and/or reported. A slick of oily debris caught fire that day near the Republic Steel operations after a spark from an overhead rail car ignited it. As the burning slick floated down the Cuyahoga, it made its way under the wooden bridges of two key railroad trestles and set them on fire. At times during the blaze, flames climbed as high as five stories, according to Battalion 7 Fire chief Bernard E. Campbell, cited in the Cleveland Plain Dealer the next day. A fireboat battled the flames on the water while fire trucks and firemen from three battalions fought the fire on the trestles, where they soon brought the fire under control. At the time, Campbell reported that a bridge belonging to Norfolk and Western Railway Co. sustained $45,000 damage, closing both of its tracks. The other, a one-track trestle, remained opened. The fire did $5,000 damage to the timbers of this bridge, a Newburgh & South Shore Railroad Co. crossing.

On the day following the fire, June 23, 1969, the Cleveland Plain Dealer ran a photo that showed a fire boat crew hosing down hot spots and smoldering timbers at one of the railroad bridges. Cleveland Mayor Carl Stokes also held a press conference that day using the charred railroad bridge as part of his backdrop. Along with Ben Stefanski, city utilities director, Stokes promised to fight for a cleaner river. He also announced that he was filing a formal complaint with the state, claiming that a clean river was beyond the city’s control. “We have no jurisdiction over what’s dumped in there,” he told The Plain Dealer that day.

In point of fact, the state of Ohio, like other states, did issue pollution discharge permits to industry, permits which purported to set discharge limits, but these were essentially “permits to pollute” and were rarely enforced. The federal government was no better. Even though federal pollution control laws had been enacted in 1949 and 1965, these were very weak laws, with little money attached, and little real help to the states. Another older federal law – the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899, also known as the “Refuse Act ” – had viable provisions of enforcement, and was even upheld in one 1966 Supreme Court case for oily wastes, but it too was rarely invoked. At his press conference, Cleveland Mayor Carl Stokes had criticized the federal government, noting their jurisdiction over the river for interstate commerce.

Meanwhile, the notoriety of the Cuyahoga’s June 1969 fire soon traveled around the country, primarily due to the August 1969 Time magazine story. Time ran a brief story describing the polluted river as “chocolate-brown, oily, [and] bubbling with subsurface gases.” The Cuyahoga, said Time, “oozes rather than flows.” But Time also incorrectly used a dramatic Cleveland Plain Dealer photo from the earlier 1952 fire showing firemen on a railroad bridge battling a blazing tugboat on the river (photo used at the top of this story). Time’s mis-casting of the photo as the 1969 fire appears to have helped spread that impression of the blaze to other news organizations and the general public, furthering “the legend” of the 1969 fire. Still, the river had burned in any case, and that’s what helped ignite calls for action on water pollution nationwide.

 

Earth Day 1970

The first Earth Day of April 22, 1970, which launched the modern environmental movement, brought demonstrations by some 20 million Americans in towns and cities across the country. The event in New York City brought out thousands who thronged 5th Avenue as far as the eye could see. The demonstration made the front page of the New York Times the next day with headline, “Millions Join Earth Day Observances Across the Nation” (photo below).

A throng of thousands along New York City’s 5th Ave., as far as the eye could see, came out for the Earth Day demonstration of April 22nd, 1970, resulting in front-page coverage the next day. Source: New York Times.
A throng of thousands along New York City’s 5th Ave., as far as the eye could see, came out for the Earth Day demonstration of April 22nd, 1970, resulting in front-page coverage the next day. Source: New York Times.

In Cleveland, a march to the Cuyahoga River by Cleveland State University students protesting the river’s pollution was also one of the demonstrations that day. And the Cuyahoga River fire of June 1969 would also be invoked in more than few Earth Day speeches and news accounts that day. Later in 1970, the Cuyahoga received more attention when National Geographic included the river as part of its December 1970 issue and cover story devoted to “Our Ecological Crisis.” The magazine ran a short story and graphic of a six-mile segment of the Cuyahoga showing how it received polluted wastes from steel mills, chemical plants, and other industries along its banks. Meanwhile, the outlook for the river’s health was not good. One report from the Federal Water Pollution Control Administration at the time of the 1969 fire offered this assessment: “The lower Cuyahoga has no visible signs of life, not even low forms such as leeches and sludge worms that usually thrive on wastes.” But change was on the way.

Dec. 4, 1970: At White House ceremony in Wash., D.C., William Ruckelshaus is sworn in as head of EPA as President Richard Nixon looks on. Photo, Charles Tasnadi/AP.
Dec. 4, 1970: At White House ceremony in Wash., D.C., William Ruckelshaus is sworn in as head of EPA as President Richard Nixon looks on. Photo, Charles Tasnadi/AP.
With growing public pressure for more pollution control, political action followed at the local, state and national levels. The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) – a key U.S. law that established national policy for promoting and protecting the environment – was passed by Congress in December 1969 and signed by President Richard Nixon on January 1, 1970. That law also established the President’s Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) and put in place an environmental review process assessing the potential impacts of all major federal actions on the environment. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) – a new, independent federal agency with wide ranging jurisdiction over environmental media – was created in December 1970 with 38-year-old William Ruckelshaus, a former Justice Department Assistant Attorney General, named its first Administrator. On December 11, 1970, a few days after being sworn in, Ruckelshaus went on the offensive against three cities with water pollution problems: Cleveland , Detroit, and Atlanta, giving the mayors of those cities six months to come into compliance or face court action.

The U.S. Congress, meanwhile, was churning out tougher environmental laws – one of which was the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972, also known as the Clean Water Act. This law – first passed by Congress in October 1972, was vetoed by President Nixon,The Clean Water Act of 1972 sought to make all U.S. waterways “fishable and swimmable” by 1985. but finally became law after the House and Senate successfully over-rode the President’s veto on October 18, 1972. The Clean Water Act — aimed at making all U.S. waterways “fishable and swimmable” by 1985 — totally revised water pollution law and regulation, shifting the control mechanism to “effluent limitations” with a long-range goal of “zero discharge.” More pollution control money eventually came to states and cities. In Ohio, meanwhile, the Ohio EPA was created on October 23, 1972, combining environmental programs that were previously scattered throughout several state departments. And in Cleveland, the Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District took over sewer operations for the city in the early 1970s and the long, hard fight to cleanup the Cuyahoga began. Progress, however, would not come overnight.

“Cuyahoga in Song”
R.E.M. & Adam Again
1986-1992

In addition to Randy Newman’s “Burn On, Big River” of 1972, included earlier, other musicians have also used the Cuyahoga in song.

In 1986, the group R.E.M. released a song titled “Cuyahoga,” which offers a kind of lamentation for a lost river, noting at one point, “we burned the river down.”

Music Player
“Cuyahoga”-R.E.M.

But the R.E.M. song is also about the river as a nostalgic place; a place where “we swam;” a place where photographs were taken and memories made — a place sadly, now gone; a place degraded. Among those lyrics are, for example:

This is where we walked,
this is where we swam
Take a picture here,
take a souvenir
Cuyahoga
Cuyahoga, gone

In 1992, the river’s burning was still present enough in cultural memory for Adam Again, an alternative rock band, to use the river in a metaphorical way, so stated in their song, “River on Fire.” This song appears to offer a parallel between a possible disaster in a personal relationship to the actual disaster that was the Cuyahoga burning. Some of the ending lyrics in that song are as follows:

…I could be happy,
and you could be miserable
I’ll grab a metaphor out of the air
The Cuyahoga river on fire

I know a lot about the history
of Cleveland, Ohio
Disasters that have happened there
Like the Cuyahoga river on fire.

And apart from music, there is also at least one beer named after the Cuyahoga’s infamous history – “Burning River Pale Ale” (see below).

As the Federal Clean Water Act first came into effect, EPA became the primary enforcer, sharing that role with state and cities in later years — in Cleveland’s case, the regional sewer district. Along the Cuyahoga, stiff fines were levied for violators and some polluters were put out of business. Local and state citizen and environmental groups helped as well, dating to the Kent Environmental Council in 1970 which held one of the Cuyahoga River clean-ups. Dozens of other groups would form in later years, including Friends of The Crooked River, and others.

 

Long Fight

Still, by 1984, when biologists for the Ohio EPA began counting fish in the middle-to-lower section of the Cuyahoga River — the worst polluted section from Akron to Cleveland — they found very few. In fact, they found less than a dozen fish in total, and even some of those were pollution-tolerant species such as gizzard shad, while others had deformities. But gradually, things began to turn for the better.

In 1988, as the U.S. and Canada began working jointly on cleaning up the Great Lakes, and identifying contributing problem areas, various local organizations were created to help with the effort, focusing on those rivers contributing most to the problem. Among the organizations created was the Cuyahoga River Community Planning group of Cleveland, known today as Cuyahoga River Restoration, which continues to work to bring the Akron-to-Cleveland segment of the Cuyahoga up to Great Lakes Water Quality Act goals and standards.

At first, improvements came mostly in the upper reaches of the river in its more rural counties. By the summer of 2008, unofficial surveys from Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District were finding high levels of aquatic life in the river. EPA, then following up with its own survey, reported 40 different fish species in the river, including steelhead trout, northern pike, and other clean-water fish.

Since the 1969 Cuyahoga River fire, the Northeast Ohio Regional Sewer District has invested more than $3.5 billion in new sewer systems to help clean up the river. Over the next thirty years or so, it is projected that Cleveland will spend another $5 billion or more to insure the upkeep of its wastewater system. The river is now home to about sixty different species of fish, and there has not been another river fire since 1969.

In 1998, EPA designated the Cuyahoga as one of 14 American Heritage Rivers, those which have played a key role in shaping the nation’s environmental, economic and cultural landscape.

In 2000, some 51 square miles of river valley between Akron and Cleveland was established as the Cuyahoga Valley National Park. This section of river valley was previously designated a national recreation area in 1974. Today the park includes forests, wetlands, canals, a waterfalls, and more than 125 miles of hiking trails, including the Ohio and Erie Canal Towpath Trail, which follows the route of the former canal. In some sections of the park, bald eagles and otters have returned to the river.

Cuyahoga River graphic depicting four decades of progress and calling for an end to all those bad Cleveland jokes. (Cuyahoga River Restoration).
Cuyahoga River graphic depicting four decades of progress and calling for an end to all those bad Cleveland jokes. (Cuyahoga River Restoration).
By June 2009, at the 40th anniversary of the 1969 Cuyahoga River fire, improvements along the river had been impressive enough for some to call for a formal EPA de-listing of the river regarding certain pollution criteria.

EPA officials, however, denied the request, though commending the community on progress made, but saying there was still some distance to go. One graphic at that time also called for an end to all the bad jokes about Cleveland centered around the Cuyahoga’s past history.

Meanwhile, in the Cleveland Flats area of the river, business investors found the area attractive enough to begin converting parts of the abandoned industrial landscape into more appealing urban uses. And along the Cuyahoga, things improved as well.

As Jane Goodman, executive director of Cuyahoga River Restoration, reported in August 2018: “…[N]ow we’re on to providing habitat for the several dozen pollution-sensitive fish species that now live in and migrate through the industrial channel. And the Flats is teeming with upscale housing, dining, and entertainment venues, parks and trails, and people kayaking, rowing, paddleboarding, fishing, and watching the gigantic ships taking ore to the steel mill and gravel to the materials sites.” And among visitors, tourists, and Cleveland enthusiasts patronizing the various pubs and restaurants in the Flats district today, there may well be a few venturesome souls imbibing in a local beer named “Burning River Pale Ale.”

 

More Than a Beer…

Great Lakes Brewing Co.'s "Burning River Pale Ale," seems to have helped elevate the Cuyahoga River to iconic status on behalf of environmental good.
Great Lakes Brewing Co.'s "Burning River Pale Ale," seems to have helped elevate the Cuyahoga River to iconic status on behalf of environmental good.
Great Lakes Brewing Company, a brewery and brewpub in Cleveland, Ohio, was founded in 1988. In the early 1990s, Great Lakes named one of its craft beers “Burning River Pale Ale,” a beverage described as “assertively hopped with citrusy and piney Cascade hops.” The founders of Great Lakes Brewing are Dan and Pat Conway. In 2001, they also helped found the Burning River Fest, now an annual outdoor festival event of summer fun, music, and food celebrated on Whiskey Island and Wendy Park at the Cleveland end of the Cuyahoga. The Burning River Fest, in turn, has spawned the Burning River Foundation, which uses proceeds from the Burning River Fest to help fund environmental and water conservation activities in Northeast Ohio to the tune of some $400,000 by last count. In recent years, the Burning River Fest has attracted more than 5,000 visitors to its two-day festival.

“The year 2019 will be the 50th anniversary of the Cuyahoga River catching on fire,” Pat Conway has stated. “The publicity from that incident spurred all of the environmental legislation that followed. I would love to see this Burning River Fest become the largest environmental celebration in the country by that time.” Other Cleveland and Cuyahoga organizations are also planning special events. Cuyahoga River Restoration, for example, is using the tagline: “50 years of Cuyahoga River recovery. No fires. Just fish, freight, and fun” for its year-long celebration, and will also publish a book of local perspective and remembrance.

The burning Cuyahoga, then, has become something of a cultural icon and continuing spur to civic and environmental improvement — an image of infamy now turned to good advantage. So yes, in the words of Randy Newman’s famous song – but for an altogether different, good, and honorable purpose – “burn on big river, burn on.”

Additional environmental stories at this website can be found at “Environmental History,” a topics page with links to stories on pesticides, air pollution, toxic chemicals, coal mining, oil refining, and other issues. See also at this website the “Politics & Society” page or the “Annals of Music” page for stories in those categories. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what your find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 12 May 2014
Last Update: 18 June 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Burn On, Big River…,” Cuyahoga River Fires,
PopHistoryDig.com, May 12, 2014.

____________________________________

 
 

Environmental History at Amazon.com
 

Phil Shabecoff’s environmental history, “A Fierce Green Fire: The American Environmental Movement,” updated, 2013. Click for copy.
Phil Shabecoff’s environmental history, “A Fierce Green Fire: The American Environmental Movement,” updated, 2013. Click for copy.
Robert Bilott, “Exposure: Poisoned Water, Corporate Greed, and One Lawyer's Twenty-Year Battle Against DuPont.” Click for copy.
Robert Bilott, “Exposure: Poisoned Water, Corporate Greed, and One Lawyer's Twenty-Year Battle Against DuPont.” Click for copy.
Eric Rutkow’s book, “American Canopy: Trees, Forests, and the Making of a Nation,” 2013 paperback, Scriber’s, 416 pp. Click for copy.
Eric Rutkow’s book, “American Canopy: Trees, Forests, and the Making of a Nation,” 2013 paperback, Scriber’s, 416 pp. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

1960s: Citizens of Cleveland, Ohio protest over the pollution of Lake Erie. Source: Cleveland Foundation.
1960s: Citizens of Cleveland, Ohio protest over the pollution of Lake Erie. Source: Cleveland Foundation.
December 1937: Aerial view of meandering Cuyahoga River in winter snow wending its way toward Lake Erie at Cleveland, Ohio. photo, National Archives.
December 1937: Aerial view of meandering Cuyahoga River in winter snow wending its way toward Lake Erie at Cleveland, Ohio. photo, National Archives.
1961: Fireboat on the Cuyahoga River using high-pressure water hoses to clear fire-prone oily build-ups.
1961: Fireboat on the Cuyahoga River using high-pressure water hoses to clear fire-prone oily build-ups.
1964: U.S. Congressmen visit pollution problem on the Cuyahoga River; L-to-R: John Blatnik, Charles Vanik & Mike Feighan. Cleveland Press photo.
1964: U.S. Congressmen visit pollution problem on the Cuyahoga River; L-to-R: John Blatnik, Charles Vanik & Mike Feighan. Cleveland Press photo.
River bank warning sign of the Cuyahoga River’s flammability, circa 1950s-1960s period.
River bank warning sign of the Cuyahoga River’s flammability, circa 1950s-1960s period.
Cuyahoga River on fire, possibly 1952 fire.
Cuyahoga River on fire, possibly 1952 fire.
Cover of Randy Newman’s 1972 album, “Sail Away,” which includes the Cuyahoga River song, “Burn On.”
Cover of Randy Newman’s 1972 album, “Sail Away,” which includes the Cuyahoga River song, “Burn On.”
Logo/poster for the Burning River Fest, held every summer at Whiskey Island on the Cuyahoga River at Cleveland, Ohio, the proceeds from which help benefit environmental work.
Logo/poster for the Burning River Fest, held every summer at Whiskey Island on the Cuyahoga River at Cleveland, Ohio, the proceeds from which help benefit environmental work.

Robert H. Clifford, “City’s Lake and River Fronts in Constant Peril of Conflagration Without the Protection of Fire Tugs,” Cleveland Press, April 25, 1936, p.1.

Dan Williams, “Rivermen Cite Fire Peril, Ask City for Protection,” Cleveland Press, March 11, 1941, p. 1.

WKYC-TV (NBC Cleveland, OH), The Crooked River Dies, A 1967 public affairs film in the Montage series, at YouTube.com (4:45 clip).

“Oil Slick Fire Damages 2 River Spans,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), June 23, 1969, p. 11-C.

“Cleveland River So Dirty It Burns,” New York Times, June 28, 1969.

“America’s Sewage System and the Price of Optimism,” Time, Friday, August 1, 1969.

U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, “Cuyahoga River,” EPA.gov.

John Stark Bellamy, II, Cleveland’s Greatest Disasters!: 16 Tragic True Tales of Death and Destruction, Gray & Co., 2009. Click for copy.

Michael D. Roberts, “Rockefeller and His Oil Empire Issue,” IBmag.com, July/August 2012.

Jonathan H. Adler, “Fables of the Cuyahoga: Reconstructing a History of Environmental Protection,” Fordham Environmental Law Journal, 2003.

Jonathan Adler, “Smoking Out the Cuyahoga Fire Fable,” National Review, June 22, 2004.

“Cuyahoga River Put Among the Most Rank,” Cleveland Plain Dealer, October 3, 1968.

Jack A. Seamonds, “In Cleveland, Clean Waters Give New Breath of Life,” U.S. News & World Report, June 18, 1984, p. 68.

“Sad, Soiled Waters: The Cuyahoga River and Lake Erie,” National Geographic, December 1970.

John Kuehner, “30 Years Ago, Polluted Cuyahoga Had No Fish; Now They’re Thriving,” Cleveland Plain Dealer, October 18, 2002, p. B-2.

“The Cuyahoga River Fire of 1969,” Pratie .BlogSpot.com, March 16, 2005.

PBS film, The Return of the Cuyahoga, April 2008.

David and Richard Stradling, “Perceptions of a Burning River: Deindustrialization and Cleveland’s Cuyahoga River,” Environmental History, July 2008, pp. 515-35.

Michael Scott, “After the Flames: The Story Behind the 1969 Cuyahoga River Fire and its Recovery,” The Plain Dealer(Cleveland, Ohio), January 4, 2009.

Michael Scott, “Cuyahoga River Fire Galvanized Clean Water and the Environment as a Public Issue,” The Plain Dealer, April 12, 2009.

Michael Scott, “Cuyahoga River Fire Story Comes out a Little Crooked on Way to Getting Tale Straight,” The Plain Dealer, April 12, 2009.

Michael Scott, “Scientists Monitor Cuyahoga River Quality to Adhere to Clean Water Act,” The Plain Dealer, April 12, 2009.

“Year of the River,” Brown Flynn, May 1, 2009.

Joe Koncelik, “Ending 40 Years Of Cleveland Jokes: A River’s Recovery,” Ohio Environ-mental Law Blog, June 14, 2009.

Michael Scott, “U.S. EPA Commends Cuyahoga Cleanup — But Won’t Take River off List of Polluted Waters,” The Plain Dealer, June 22, 2009.

“Fire on the River: Forty Years Later, a Much-Improved Cuyahoga, and Much Work Still to do,” Akron Beacon Journal, Friday, June 26, 2009.

Sharon Broussard (Northeast Ohio Media Group), “EPA Should Take Parts of the Cuyahoga River off the ‘Polluted’ List,” Cleveland.com, July 3, 2009.

Michael Scott, Healthy Fish, Insects Show Cuyahoga River Also Much Healthier,” The Plain Dealer, March 2, 2009 / Updated, January 14, 2010.

Special Series, “Year of the River: A Look at the Cuyahoga River 40 Years After it Caught Fire,” The Plain Dealer, 2011.

Michael Scott, “Cuyahoga River Fire 40 Years Ago Ignited an Ongoing Cleanup Campaign,” The Plain Dealer, March 7, 2011.

James F. McCarty, “Cuyahoga River Sediment Is Getting Less Toxic, Possibly Saving the Region Millions of Dollars,” The Plain Dealer, March 17, 2011.

“Cuyahoga River Pollution Photos,” Cleveland Memory Project, Cleveland State University Libraries, Cleveland, Ohio.

Michael Rotman, “Cuyahoga River Fire,” Cleveland Historical.org, Accessed May 2, 2014.

“Cuyahoga River Restoration,” YouTube .com, Posted by WFN: World Fishing Network (discusses the last 40 years of clean-up, returning fish populations, lower river development, and the Cuyahoga’s designation as one of 14 Heritage Rivers).

“What Would Gaylord Do? An Essay on the Environmental Movement and the Deepwater Horizon Disaster,” The Seventh Fold, May 3, 2010.

Michael Heaton, “Burning River Fest Parties in the Name of the Environment,” The Plain Dealer, July 19, 2012.

Burning River Foundation, Cleveland, Ohio.

Michael Rotman, “Cuyahoga River Fire,” PureWaterGazette.net, July 8, 2013.

Adam Again, “River on Fire,” YouTube.com, posted by Zarbod, uploaded November 2, 2007.

“Cuyahoga River,” Wikipedia.org.

Kevin Courrier, Randy Newman’s American Dreams, ECW Press, 2005.

“R.E.M. – Cuyahoga,” YouTube.com, Posted by Micheleland.

Cuyahoga River Restoration Website (formerly, Cuyahoga River Community Planning), Cleveland, Ohio.

Share The River Website, “Cleveland is a Waterfront City, and We’re Sharing All the Things That Make it a Vibrant and Engaging Space for Residents and Visitors.”

“Cuyahoga (scene),” re: ‘Fire On The Water’ play opening at Cleveland Public Theatre, Cleveland Centennial.blogspot.com, January 30, 2015

“Where The River Burned” (book excerpt), Belt Magazine, April 22, 2016.

________________________
 

Environmental History at Amazon.com
 

Elizabeth Kolbert’s “The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History,” 2015 paperback edition. Click for copy.
Elizabeth Kolbert’s “The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History,” 2015 paperback edition. Click for copy.
PBS 2016 documentary film, “Rachel Carson,” American Experience series, 2 hrs. Click for DVD or Prime Video.
PBS 2016 documentary film, “Rachel Carson,” American Experience series, 2 hrs. Click for DVD or Prime Video.
Jack Doyle’s 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” 300pp. Click for copy.
Jack Doyle’s 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” 300pp. Click for copy.

 


 

 

 

 

“Flash Boy Lewis”
1989-2014

Cover of “Flash Boys” by Michael Lewis published by W.W. Norton, NY, March 2014. Click for Amazon.
Cover of “Flash Boys” by Michael Lewis published by W.W. Norton, NY, March 2014. Click for Amazon.
Every now and then a book comes along that exposes a little known, unscrupulous practice so clearly that even the mainstream audience “gets it,” and in that discovery, an uproar ensues. This is especially the case when there is an unfairness involved; when innocent by-standers are harmed. In early April 2014, such as a book was Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt, written by well-known author, Michael Lewis.

Flash Boys’ premise – and its central exposé – is really quite simple. A bunch of stock traders on Wall Street have been making tons of money with computer-aided trades that exploit and run ahead of the rest of the market. This advantage comes thanks to some special fiber optic cable that connects their computers and give them a “first look” advantage. The practice, not currently illegal, may amount to a kind of insider trading that results in a “rigged market.” The beneficiaries – principally the “high-frequency traders”at the center of the process – make millions with a milliseconds heads-up based on who is buying what, how much, and at what price. All of this, of course, is programmed into the whirring computers, as the money flows directly into the traders’ accounts, millisecond-by-millisecond. While the practice of high-frequency trading – or HFT as insiders call it – varies depending on firm and location, the traders’ super- fast computers are able to post and cancel orders at astonishing rates, even millionths of a second, and in the process, capture price discrepancies on more than 50 public and private trading exchanges that make up the American stock market. Everyone who owns equities is victimized by the practice, Lewis believes. The stock exchanges, in his view, have become “unfair places” for average investors – and that includes average investors whose pension funds and IRAs are handled by institutional investors.

As Lewis’s book hit the streets in early April 2014, it created a bit of pandemonium, not only among the high-frequency traders, but also in the financial press and throughout the business media. Lewis and his publisher had kicked things off with an appearance by Lewis on the popular CBS-TV show, 60 Minutes, Sunday, March 30, 2014. During the interview, Steve Kroft and Lewis moved right to the heart of the issue:

March 30, 2014: Steve Kroft of “60 Minutes” is shown introducing segment on Michael Lewis &“Flash Boys.”
March 30, 2014: Steve Kroft of “60 Minutes” is shown introducing segment on Michael Lewis &“Flash Boys.”

Kroft: What’s the headline here?

Lewis: The stock market’s rigged. The United States stock market, the most iconic market in global capitalism, is rigged.

Kroft: By whom?

Lewis: By a combination of the stock exchanges, the big Wall Street banks, and high frequency traders. . .

Lewis: …The insiders are able to move faster than you, they’re able to see your order, and play it against other orders in ways that you don’t understand. They’re able to front-run your order.

Kroft: What do you mean, front run?

Lewis: …It means they’re able to identify your desire to buy shares of Microsoft, and buy them in front of you, and sell them back to you at a higher price. It all happens in infinitesimally small periods of time. The speed advantage that the faster traders have is milliseconds; some of it is fractions of milliseconds. But it’s enough for them to identify what you’re gonna do, and do it before you do it, and do it at your expense.

Kroft: So it drives the price up.

Lewis: So it drives the price up, and in turn, you pay a higher price.

Brad Katsuyama, founder of IEX exchange, and one of the heros in Michael Lewis book, “Flash Boys.”
Brad Katsuyama, founder of IEX exchange, and one of the heros in Michael Lewis book, “Flash Boys.”


But Flash Boys is not only about the nefarious “flash traders” skimming off the market volume of all those individual and institutional investors who are buying and selling shares. It is also about market repair and honest “flash boys” who are trying to build a very fast but also very fair stock exchange.

These are the flash boys who have learned what’s really going on. They are the heroes in Lewis’s story; the ones causing the “Wall Street revolt” in Flash Boys’ subtitle.

Among them is a Canadian trader named Brad Katsuyama. He’s the guy who educated Lewis on the whole business of HFT skimming to begin with. Katsuyama, in Lewis’ view, is one of the few people alive who actually understands how the stock market works.

Irish telecom expert, Ronan Ryan, during “60 Minutes” explains how fiber optic connections impact stock prices.
Irish telecom expert, Ronan Ryan, during “60 Minutes” explains how fiber optic connections impact stock prices.
Katsuyama, in turn, had help from others, including an Irish telecom expert named Ronan Ryan, who knew how the stock market is wired together – and most importantly – the details about high-speed fiber optic networks that serviced certain trading centers, which cables connected which data centers, and how quickly.

“Of course you’re arriving there at different time intervals,” Ryan revealed to Katsuyama. And that’s when the “a ha” light bulb clicked on for Katsuyama – why the stock orders that he and other traders were trying to fill were always vanishing or bumping up in price. Ryan is also one of the “flash heroes” in Lewis’ story. To help remedy the unfairness Katsuyama founded IEX, the Investor’s Exchange, and he and his employees — now including Ronan Ryan — are the hopeful part of Lewis’s book.

Michael Lewis during March 2014 interview on “60 Minutes.”
Michael Lewis during March 2014 interview on “60 Minutes.”
Lewis, meanwhile, is shining his light on some very powerful players and affiliated institutions. High-frequency traders account for about half of share volume in the U.S. stock market. And the exchanges themselves rely on these trades for profits as well as liquidity. This powerful new electronic marketplace has all but eliminated the old system of human floor traders. In fact, Lewis has talked about the official market as a “stale market” and also a “slow market” vs. a “fast market.” To show how lucrative the tactics are in the new flash market, Lewis writes of a technology firm that spent $300 million to build a [fiber optic] line that would shave three milliseconds off the time it takes to communicate between New Jersey and Chicago. This firm then leased access to the line to securities companies for $10 million each. In his book Lewis writes of “haves and have nots” based on trading speeds and who can afford what: “The haves paid for nanoseconds; the have-nots had no idea that nanoseconds had value.”

The Today Show’s Matt Lauer interviewing Michael Lewis about his book, “Flash Boys,” April 1, 2014.
The Today Show’s Matt Lauer interviewing Michael Lewis about his book, “Flash Boys,” April 1, 2014.
Brad Katsuyama and William O’Brien trade verbal jabs during a CNBC show debating HFT and “Flash Boys,” April 1st, 2014.
Brad Katsuyama and William O’Brien trade verbal jabs during a CNBC show debating HFT and “Flash Boys,” April 1st, 2014.

Following the 60 Minutes story on March 30, 2014, the web and blogosphere lit up with Michael Lewis and Flash Boys stories. Lewis was quickly booked on other TV talk shows. He did interviews on The Today Show, The Charlie Rose Show, The PBS Newshour, Daily Show with Jon Stewart, and others. He also appeared on business talk shows including CNBC and Bloomberg Television.

On the April 1st, 2014 CNBC show, Power Lunch – a live business and stock market news show – the conversation became quite heated as CNBC’s Sue Herera and Bob Pisani interviewed Brad Katsuyama and William O’Brien, president of BATS Global Markets.

On the show, Katsuyama and Lewis were criticized by O’Brien for their assertions that the market was unfair to ordinary investors: “Shame on both of you for falsely accusing literally thousands of people and possibly scaring millions of investors in an effort to promote a business model,” meaning Katsuyama’s IEX exchange. O’Brien also pressed Katsuyama on his claims in Lewis’ book that the market was rigged.

“I believe the markets are rigged,” Katsuyama said in response to O’Brien, “and I also think you’re part of the rigging.” Lewis later joined the CNBC debate and more accusations flew from both sides, as a shouting match ensued over the book’s indictment of HFT. CNBC later reported that the 20-minute debate had stopped activity on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange as traders watched the debate. The “twitterverse” also fired up with reaction to the show.

Michael Lewis with Jon Stewart during his April 2014 appearance on the Daily Show to discuss “Flash Boys.”
Michael Lewis with Jon Stewart during his April 2014 appearance on the Daily Show to discuss “Flash Boys.”
That Katsuyama, Lewis, and Flash Boys received a heated response from the business community is not surprising given the core of what is being exposed – along with the interrelated involvements of banking and the exchanges. High-frequency traders themselves – through an advocacy group, Modern Markets Initiative, “went on a tweeting rampage” after the Lewis story broke, according to once source, arguing that HFT actually makes markets more fair. The financial press, too – right and left – did a bit of piling on as well. Charles Gasparino, the Fox Business Network’s senior correspondent, in a New York Post opinion piece, called the book Lewis’ “high frequency bull.” Yet some in the business community welcomed it. Clive Williams, head of global trading at T. Rowe Price, told the New York Times he was “pleased to see Michael Lewis call further attention” to high-frequency trading

The New York Times Magazine of April 5th, 2014 ran a Michael Lewis excerpt from “Flash Boys” and put Brad Katsuyama on the cover.
The New York Times Magazine of April 5th, 2014 ran a Michael Lewis excerpt from “Flash Boys” and put Brad Katsuyama on the cover.
On Tuesday, April 1st, 2014, the day Flash Boys went on sale, it rose to No. 1 on Amazon.com. Lewis, meanwhile, continued making the media rounds through the week following his book’s release and into the weekend, appearing on National Public Radio’s “Fresh Air” program; C-SPAN’s Book TV program, where he took calls from viewers about his book on Saturday morning. The next day, he appeared on the NBC’s Sunday morning news show, Meet The Press. The New York Times Magazine that Sunday made the book its cover story as well, running a photo of Brad Katsuyama on the cover with the tagline: “Meet Brad: He’s a humble Canadian stock trader who happened to figure out exactly how the stock market was rigged. Now, Wall Street may never be the same.”

Within a few days of Flash Boys’ release, the Washington Post and the New York Times were reporting that the Justice Department, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission were either launching new investigations or had existing probes underway. The FBI, for one, announced it would investigate HFT for possible frontrunning, market manipulation, and insider trading.

So, with his latest book, Lewis succeeded in bringing fresh attention to stock market technology and a major new issue. As Lev Grossman put it in a short review of Flash Boys for Time magazine. “More than ever, the economic injustices of the world are made possible by the unequal distribution of information. Lewis is doing his part to smooth out those differences.”

But there’s more to Michael Lewis than his recent excursion into the HFT fray. Turns out he’s something of a literary “flash boy” – meant in the best sense of that term – here referring to his copious output as a business and financial writer over the last 25 years or so. During that time Lewis has become one of the nation’s most engaging interpreters of “business culture” in its many forms, facets, impacts, and personalities.


Michael Lewis with some of his best-selling books. Photo, Mark Costantini/Chronicle.
Michael Lewis with some of his best-selling books. Photo, Mark Costantini/Chronicle.
Flash Boy Lewis

Michael Lewis was born in New Orleans, Louisiana in October 1960. His father was a lawyer and his mother a community activist – also a descendant of James Monroe. On his father’s side there is reported “Lewis & Clark” lineage. His grandfather was the first Supreme Court justice in Louisiana. Young Michael attended Isidore Newman prep school in New Orleans, graduated from Princeton in Art History in 1982, worked briefly with New York art dealer Daniel Wildenstein, and then went to the London School of Economics where in 1985 he received an MA in Economics.

At age 24, he went to work at Salomon Brothers, first in New York for training and then to London as a bond salesman. At Salomon he was also schooled in derivatives. But while he was at Salomon in London, he also began testing his writing wings by offering anonymous perspectives from the trading floor. These pieces were published in The Spectator and the Sunday Telegraph, and when Lewis saw traders passing around photocopies of his pieces, he knew this might be something he could do. A few years later, in 1988, he left Salomon to begin a writing career focusing on financial issues. In 1989 he published Liar’s Poker, a book about Wall Street in the go-go 1980s that became a best seller, sending Lewis into the business/financial literary world in a big way.

Since then he has published 14 more books on a range of topics, from Silicon Valley and presidential politics, to baseball, football, and fatherhood. Yet in most of these books there is typically a thread of technology and/or business running through the storyline. In addition to the books, he has also written extensively for newspapers and magazines. He is currently, as of April 2014, a columnist for Bloomberg News and a contributing writer for Vanity Fair. A 2012 piece he did for Vanity Fair on President Obama, gave Lewis direct access to the President – including playing in one of Obama’s pick-up basketball games (photos below in Sources). His articles have also appeared in The New York Times Magazine, The New Yorker, The New Republic, Slate, Sports Illustrated, Foreign Affairs, and Poetry Magazine. He has served as editor and columnist for the British weekly The Spectator. But it has been his best-selling books that have established him as a talented writer with something to say.

Cover of Lewis’s 1989 book “Liar’s Poker.” Click for copy.
Cover of Lewis’s 1989 book “Liar’s Poker.” Click for copy.
Lewis’s first breakthrough book was Liar’s Poker, an era-defining work on Wall Street greed. The book is part autobiography and part no-holds-barred exposé. In it, Lewis describes his own experiences as a Salomon Brothers’ bond salesman during the 1980s, where he made millions for the firm during those go-go years. Lewis’s account offers a behind-the-scenes look at what was then going on. Says publisher W.W. Norton – “from the frat-boy camaraderie of the forty-first-floor trading room to the killer instinct that made ambitious young men gamble everything on a high-stakes game of bluffing and deception.” The book’s name is taken from liar’s poker, a high-stakes gambling game popular with the bond traders in the book.

The Sunday Times of London wrote in one review: “If you thought Gordon Gekko of the Wall Street movie was an implausibly corrupt piece of fiction, see how you like the real thing. This rip-the-lid-off account of the bond-dealing brouhaha is the work of a real-life bond salesman… Read all about it: headlong greed, inarticulate obscenity, Animal House horse-play…”

Published in 1989, Liar’s Poker became one of the books that captured Wall Street during that particular “wild west” era of the 1980s when big deals and big money flowed unencumbered by government regulators. Along with Barbarians at the Gate by Bryan Burrough and John Helyar and The Bonfire of the Vanities by Tom Wolfe, Liar’s Poker became one of “must reads” for understanding Wall Street culture in the 1980s.

"Pacific Rift" by Michael Lewis. Click for copy.
"Pacific Rift" by Michael Lewis. Click for copy.
The late 1980s were a time when Japan was cleaning America’s clock economically; an ascendant global power whose automobile and electronics industries had phenomenal growth. Lewis’s Pacific Rift – a 1990 book on U.S.-Japanese business and cultural differences – arrived just as U.S.-Japanese relations became the topic of the day.

First published by Whittle Direct Books in Knoxville, Tennessee, the book used the subtitle, “Adventures in the Fault Zone Between the U.S. and Japan.” W.W. Norton, the house that would become Lewis’s main publisher, later did the book with a new cover and subtitle shown at left.

In Pacific Rift, Lewis follows and features two businessmen – an American in Japan and a Japanese in America – to explore each other’s culture to point up why Americans and Japanese don’t understand each other. “Lewis’s take is often comic, but his message is serious,” wrote William J. Holstein of Business Week in one review. “He sees Japan as it is and sums up the challenge: ‘How can our capitalism beat their capitalism?’ By keeping his eyes open and asking the right questions, this newcomer [Lewis] comes up with penetrating insights.” Publisher’s Weekly also said of the book, “There is more tough sinew here than in a stack of more weightier tomes.” Japan’s bubble eventually burst, but Lewis at the time had his hand on the economic pulse of the moment.

1991: “The Money Culture.” Click for copy.
1991: “The Money Culture.” Click for copy.
In October 1991, Lewis published The Money Culture, a collection of his essays and magazine pieces that returned to his favorite Wall Street haunts and the excesses of the 1980s. His stories featured the various business-related personalities and predicaments of that time – Donald Trump, Michael Milken, T. Boone Pickens, the RJR Nabisco takeover, Louis Rukeyser, the Savings & Loan crisis, the Japanese, and other topics.

“There is not much in the way of true revelation here,” observed one reviewer from Library Journal, “but with Lewis’s puckish humor and inimitable writing style, the stories are entertaining and thought-provoking. …[H]e proves that ‘the raw itch for money is still with us as surely as ever . . . and the money on Wall Street is better than elsewhere’.”

One Amazon.com reviewer found the book “consistently funny, insightful, and a good primer on several financial issues that dominated the 1980’s…” Another suggested that chapters such as “Leveraged Rip-Off” and “How Wall Street Took the S&Ls for a Ride” ought to be required reading for undergraduate business majors. Some believe The Money Culture is one of Lewis’s most underrated and least appreciated titles. It was reissued with new cover art in January 2011.

“Trail Fever,” 1997 book by Michael Lewis covers the 1996 presidential campaign. Click for copy.
“Trail Fever,” 1997 book by Michael Lewis covers the 1996 presidential campaign. Click for copy.
In 1996, Lewis took leave of Wall Street and finance for a time and focused instead on politics and the presidential election cycle. His book, titled Trail Fever and published by Knopf in May 1997, chronicled the world of presidential candidates, campaign workers (“rented strangers”), spin doctors, and more, focusing primarily on the Republican Party. Lewis came to the campaign a political neophyte, and that worked to his advantage in making fresh observations – many hilarious, but quite on point.

The full parade of Republican candidates is covered, among them: Pat Buchanan, Phil Gramm, Lamar Alexander, Steve Forbes, and Alan Keyes. John McCain is also covered as is Green Party candidate Ralph Nader. Principal contestants Bob Dole and Bill Clinton are included as well, but don’t get the ink the others do. Dole is seen “as a man who set out to prove he would never be president” and Clinton described by some as “the big snow goose.”

Once Lewis discovers that the major candidates all practice risk avoidance in their public speeches and really don’t have much to say, he turns more of his attention to the minority candidates. Chief among these is the least known candidate of all, successful businessman Morry Taylor, CEO of Titan International, a tire and wheel manufacturer. Nicknamed “the Grizz” for his bear-like gruffness, Taylor ran in all the primaries but gathered about 1 percent of the vote. Still, Lewis found that Taylor and the other minority candidates often had more to say.

The paperback edition of “Trail Fever” was renamed “Losers” and given new cover art. Click for copy.
The paperback edition of “Trail Fever” was renamed “Losers” and given new cover art. Click for copy.
“Hilarious, genuinely funny, and insightful,” said the Wall Street Journal of Trail Fever — “the work of a truly gifted writer.” Several reviewers at Amazon.com also gave the book high marks, citing it as some of Lewis’s best writing, calling it even poignant at turns.

When the book came out in paperback, Lewis renamed it Losers, and publisher W.W. Norton added new cover art, as shown at right. Norton’s synopsis on the back cover of that edition notes in part:

“…As he follows the men who aspire to the Oval Office, Lewis discovered an absurd mix of bravery and backpedalling, heroic possibility and mealy-mouthed sound bytes, and a process so ridiculous and unsavory that it leaves him wondering if everyone involved – from the journalists to the candidates to the people who voted – isn’t ultimately a loser… Losers is a wickedly funny, unflinching look at how America really goes about choosing a president.”

“It isn’t anything like traditional political journalism,” notes another reviewer. Yet Lewis’s well-turned prose make the story lively and engaging. The book also serves as something of an American time capsule for 1996.

After his excursion into presidential politics, Lewis turned next to the world of Silicon Valley and high-tech entrepreneurs.

1999: W. W. Norton published Michael Lewis’s 6th book, “The New New Thing.” Click for copy.
1999: W. W. Norton published Michael Lewis’s 6th book, “The New New Thing.” Click for copy.
In October 1999, he published The New New Thing: A Silicon Valley Story – capturing a bit of the tech mania before the bubble burst. In this book, Lewis tells his story through Jim Clark, founder of three billion-dollar high-tech companies – Silicon Graphics, Netscape, Healtheon.

One reviewer at Wired magazine noted: “Michael Lewis takes readers inside the now-familiar world of Silicon Valley excess, the frantic deal making, the absurdly hyped expectations, the phenomenal wealth….”

In the book, Lewis gives readers the inside story of the battle between Netscape and Microsoft, and also shows Clark trying to persuade some investment bankers on the worth of Healtheon.

As he goes about his story-telling, Lewis maps out the changing future of business and markets, showing how the new high-tech guys are forcing a reassessment of traditional Wall Street business models.

In the book, Jim Clark is also revealed to be the creator of Hyperion, the world’s largest single-mast sailboat, a machine more complex than a 747. Clark claims he will be able to sail it via computer from his desk in San Francisco, perhaps the basis of another new company.

Continuing in the high-tech vein, Lewis published Next: The Future Just Happened, in July 2001, a book about the then emerging power of the internet. A year earlier, the stock market had its high-tech meltdown, with internet stocks in particular taking a major drubbing, leading some to believe the internet was just another passing technology.

“Next: The Future Just Happened,” by Michael Lewis, was published in July 2001. Click for copy.
“Next: The Future Just Happened,” by Michael Lewis, was published in July 2001. Click for copy.
Lewis’s book, however, helped dispel that notion, by serving up some examples of the internet’s “power-toppling” abilities. Lewis profiles three teenagers empowered by the net: Jonathan Lebed, a 15-year-old New Jersey high school student who made headlines when he netted $800,000 as a day trader; Markus Arnold, the 15-year-old son of immigrants from Belize who became a top-ranked legal expert on AskMe.com dispensing lawyer-level advice; and Daniel Sheldon, a 14-year-old Brit who helped propel the music file-sharing movement.

These stories helped Lewis present his book’s main point: that established power centers and professions – be they lawyers, the stock market, or the music industry —are no longer the presumptive ruling kings or set centers of business. Power and prestige are up for grabs in the new world of the internet; the technology is revolutionary, and is changing the way people live and work. Lewis argues this rapidly evolving technology will upend the power structure of society; no entrenched interest or established profession is safe. The amateur and/or individual can be king. The old maxim “information is power” is given new meaning and new reach, as the internet is wielded by new participants. In his internet travels, Lewis also finds that internet democratization typically leads to some form of commercialization, and so should be embraced by business, which at the time was skeptical of the technology. Business Week noted: “His book is a wake-up call at a time when many believe the net was a flash in the pan.” A BBC television spin-off was produced by way of this book, titled “The Future Just Happened,” which was hosted and narrated by Lewis.

In 2003, came the best-selling book, “Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game.” Click for copy.
In 2003, came the best-selling book, “Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game.” Click for copy.
In 2003, Lewis moved on to some new territory publishing a book on professional baseball. Yet this wasn’t a typical sports book. Moneyball: The Art of Winning an Unfair Game, is a book about the power of statistics in baseball, and namely, a new kind of statistics called “sabermetrics” developed in the 1990s. The term was coined by baseball writer and statistician Bill James – “saber” from the Society for American Baseball Research, plus “metrics” for measures. Sabermetrics brought a whole new array of measures, challenging conventional wisdom about, and reliance upon, traditional baseball statistics. Sabermetrics finds, for example, that on-base percentage is a better measure than batting average. Or as David Kripen in one San Francisco Chronicle review of Moneyball put it:

“[E]verything you know about baseball is wrong. Sacrifice bunts? Waste of an out. Stolen bases? Not worth the risk of making an out. Pitching? Overrated. Fielding? Overrated. What’s underrated, according to Lewis and his central figure, Oakland A’s General Manager Billy Beane, is ‘the ability to control the strike zone.’ This means, in short, swing only at pitches one can hit well…”

In Moneyball, Lewis focuses on how Billy Beane uses sabermetrics to build a winning team and business. Using the new approach, Beane’s Athletics improve their baseball performance and also bring new undervalued players to the team. The A’s couldn’t afford to sign high school standouts or free agents seeking big paydays, so they went after college players and overlooked has-beens that had hidden statistical value.‘Moneyball’ soon became shorthand for data-driven innovation in any field. In fact, using this approach, the 2002 Oakland Athletics, with a lowly $41 million payroll for player salaries, became competitive with larger market teams such as the New York Yankees, who spent over $125 million in payroll that same season. Beane’s new statistical approach ends up taking the A’s to the playoffs in 2002 and 2003. According to New York Magazine: “The book, which sold over a million copies, changed the way baseball was played, made ‘Moneyball’ a shorthand term for data-driven innovation in any field, and turned Beane himself into a savant legend well outside of baseball circles.” The book would also help propel Lewis to a new level of celebrity as a hit Hollywood film would be produced based on the book starring Brad Pitt as Billy Beane. Yet the film had some screenplay and production snags and would not appear until 2011. More on the film and Lewis’s books in Hollywood a bit later.

2005: Michael Lewis' book, “Coach: Lessons on the Game of Life.” Click for copy.
2005: Michael Lewis' book, “Coach: Lessons on the Game of Life.” Click for copy.
Coincidentally, another baseball book from Lewis came out in 2005 – a short book about his high school baseball coach, Billy Fitzgerald, coach “Fitz.” The book – titled, Coach: Lessons on the Game of Life – grew out of a March 2004 New York Times Magazine piece Lewis had published when he learned that some parents wanted to throw out his old coach for his tough-love manner. Other alumni were leading an effort to remodel the old school gym and have it named after Fitz. So Lewis waded in with an ode to his old coach based on his own experiences playing baseball for him as a teenager when Lewis attended Isidore Newman prep school in New Orleans. Lewis at the time, wasn’t exactly a model student-athlete, describing himself as “racking up C-minuses, picking fights with teachers, and thinking up new ways to waste my time.” But Coach Fitz, who had been critical and demanding of the young Lewis, turned to him at a crucial moment. Lewis, one of the team’s pitchers, was called upon for a key game, given the ball by Coach Fitz, thereby conveying great confidence in Lewis’s ability. Lewis rose to the occasion in the game and the confidence he won as a result soon spread to his classroom work and beyond. But Coach Fitz could also be intimidating at times, leveling harsh critiques and stinging judgements, which is why some parents wanted to show him the door. But as Lewis would write on behalf of his coach, Fitz did not sugarcoat; he taught perseverance and how to fight through adversity. His message wasn’t simply about winning, but rather, lessons on how self-respect is earned by hard knocks, discipline, failures and successes. These were lessons that served Lewis well, and by raising them in his story, he believed they might work for others as well.

September 2006: First edition hardback of “The Blind Side” by Michael Lewis, W.W. Norton, NY. Click for copy.
September 2006: First edition hardback of “The Blind Side” by Michael Lewis, W.W. Norton, NY. Click for copy.
Lewis’s next book, The Blind Side, emerged in something of a round about way. Lewis was then working on his story about coach Fitz while visiting long-time friend Sean Tuohy, also a former high school classmate and baseball catcher under coach Fitz at the Isidore Newman school. Lewis and Touhy were comparing notes about Fitz and other things. Touhy by then was married with two high school age kids living in a comfortable home in Memphis, Tennessee. During the visit, Lewis noticed Sean’s two kids coming in and out of the house with a very large, six-foot-four, 350- pound black kid, prompting Lewis to ask about the kid. He soon discovered that Sean’s wife, Leigh Anne Touhy, had discovered the giant kid to be homeless and took him in, and also helped him in school and in playing high school football. That’s when the seeds for The Blind Side were planted, a book that would include not only the story of the Touhy’s relationship with the young gentle giant, Michael Oher, but also would include a Lewis exploration of the evolution and importance of professional football’s left tackle offensive line position (then the second-highest paid position on most teams, which further peaked Lewis’s interest) – a position Michael Oher was destined to play in later years at the University of Mississippi and at the professional level.

As the story is told by Lewis, and described by publisher W.W. Norton: “…Michael Oher is one of thirteen children by a mother addicted to crack; he does not know his real name, his father, his birthday, or how to read or write. He takes up football, and school, after a rich, white, Evangelical family plucks him from the streets….” The book follows Micheal Oher through his years at Briarcrest Christian School, his adoption by Sean and Leigh Anne Tuohy, and on to his position as one of the most highly sought prospects in college football. The book’s title “blind side” has multiple meanings – but refers to a specific term of art in football” – the left tackle position protects the “blind side” of a right-handed quarterback who typically does not see defenders coming at him from that left side, and thus is “blind-sided” when tackled or sacked from that direction. Yet “blind side” in this story can also refer to racial blindness of the Touhys or the “blindness” of society in not seeing its homeless people.

Sean Touhy, Michael Oher & Leigh Anne Touhy at University of Mississippi football game.
Sean Touhy, Michael Oher & Leigh Anne Touhy at University of Mississippi football game.
The Blind Side was published in September 2006. With the book’s release, Lewis also published that month, on Sunday September 26th “The Ballad of Big Mike” in The New York Times Magazine. However, The Blind Side did not take off on the best-sellers list. Hollywood would change that a few years later. But when the book first came out, it did not do well. As Lewis explained to Emma Brockes at The Guardian newspaper in April 2014: “The problem is that people who like football do not read. And if they read, they don’t want an emotional chick flick buried in their book. It was not a good business idea.” Still, the book was generally well received by reviewers. “The Blind Side works on three levels,” wrote Wes Lukowsky of Booklist. “First as a shrewd analysis of the NFL; second, as an exposé of the insanity of big-time college football recruiting; and, third, as a moving portrait of the positive effect that love, family, and education can have in reversing the path of a life that was destined to be lived unhappily and, most likely, end badly.” Washington Post, columnist George Will, writing in the New York Times Book Review, credited Lewis with “advancing a new genre of journalism.” Sandra Bullock would star as Leigh Anne Tuohy in the movie adaptation of The Blind Side, but the film would not appear until late 2009. More on the film later (see sidebar below).

‘Real Price of Everything,’ ‘08.
‘Real Price of Everything,’ ‘08.
‘Home Game,’ May 2009.
‘Home Game,’ May 2009.

In the meantime, Lewis published three more books, The Real Price of Everything: Rediscovering the Six Classics of Economics in January 2008; Home Game: An Accidental Guide to Fatherhood in May 2009; and Panic: The Story of Modern Financial Insanity, November 2009. In Real Price, Lewis gathered together the classic economic works of Adam Smith, Thomas Malthus, David Ricardo, Thorstein Veblen and John Maynard Keynes – along with his own editorial commentary on these works. The book serves as a weighty reference (1,472 pages) for any student of economics who may want to understand the market forces and government policies that have shaped the modern world. Home Game, adapted from a series of essays Lewis wrote for Slate magazine, attempts to capture the triumphs, failures, humor, frustration and exhilaration of being a new father during the first year of each of his three children’s lives. “It’s an engaging journal that selectively details how Dad grew up as well….,” said Kirkus Reviews. “His failings amuse . . . and he captures serious moments with a warmth that shows he’s a pretty good dad after all,”wrote the Los Angeles Times. And Panic is about the most important and severe upheavals in past financial history, which Lewis wrote, in an effort “to recreate the more recent financial panics, in an attempt to show how financial markets now operate.”

“The Hollywood Effect”
2009-2011

W.W. Norton’s movie tie-in edition of Michael Lewis book “The Blind Side” released in November 2009, using movie poster as cover. Click for DVD or video.
W.W. Norton’s movie tie-in edition of Michael Lewis book “The Blind Side” released in November 2009, using movie poster as cover. Click for DVD or video.
Although some of Michael Lewis’s books were optioned for film as early as 1989, the first one to come to the big screen was The Blind Side, released to theaters November 20, 2009.

Sandra Bullock starred in the lead role as Leigh Anne Tuohy. Quinton Aaron played Michael Oher, Tim McGraw appeared as Sean Tuohy, and Kathy Bates played Miss Sue. The film was well received by critics, who praised Bullock’s performance as Leigh Anne Tuohy. Bullock went on to win three “best actress” awards for the role – an Oscar, a Golden Globe, and Screen Actors Guild award. The film also received an Academy Award nomination for Best Picture.

The Blind Side was a box-office success, grossing over $300 million. As the film was running, book publisher W.W. Norton put out a tie-in paperback version of the book shown at right, using the film poster as the book’s cover. That version of the book became a million seller.

The Blind Side film ended its domestic theater run on June 4, 2010, nearly seven months after it opened. In addition, as of July 2013, more than 8.4 million DVD copies of the film have been sold, bringing another $107 million to the film’s total gross.

Sandra Bullock as Leigh Anne Touhy instructing Michael Oher’s character on the finer art of football aggression.
Sandra Bullock as Leigh Anne Touhy instructing Michael Oher’s character on the finer art of football aggression.
But The Blind Side almost didn’t make it to film. It was first bought by Fox Studios with Julia Roberts in mind to play Tuohy, but when Roberts turned down the role, Fox lost interest. The script then floundered for a time with no takers.

According to Michael Lewis, “The only reason The Blind Side got made was because Fred Smith, who runs Federal Express, lives around the corner from the Tuohy family and has a son who dates Tuohy’s daughter, and he said, ‘Man, that’s a good story. I’ll make it.’ And he paid for it to be made.”

Movie poster for “Moneyball” featuring Brad Pitt as Oakland A’s Billy Beane. Click for DVD or video.
Movie poster for “Moneyball” featuring Brad Pitt as Oakland A’s Billy Beane. Click for DVD or video.
The next Michael Lewis book to become a film was Moneyball, released late September 2011. This film, however, had something of rocky road in getting to an acceptable script, and remained in production for number of years. Columbia Pictures bought the rights to Lewis’s book in 2004, but filming on the final version didn’t begin until 2010. Michael Lewis, in fact, thought there was no way that Moneyball could be made into a film. Given its statistical focus, he thought it was too complicated for the big screen, with too many numbers. Yet one person who became a believer in the film version was Brad Pitt, who also played the lead character, Oakland A’s general manager, Billy Beane. Other key cast members were Jonah Hill as assistant general manager and Philip Seymour Hoffman as players’ manager Art Howe. The film was directed by Bennett Miller with screenplay by Steven Zaillian and Aaron Sorkin.

As the film story unfolds, the Oakland A’s are financially pressed, and turn to a sophisticated statistical approach (i.e., “sabermetrics”) in building their baseball team and how they analyze prospective players. Among some of the off beat players they acquire is a “submarine” pitcher Chad Bradford, played by Casey Bond, and former catcher Scott Hatteberg, played by Chris Pratt. With Beane’s new statistics, and their “undervalued” players and cast-off veterans, the A’s proceed to amaze and astound the baseball world, winning 20 consecutive games, and setting an American League record.

2011: W.W. Norton’s movie tie-in edition of Michael Lewis book, “Moneyball.”
2011: W.W. Norton’s movie tie-in edition of Michael Lewis book, “Moneyball.”
The film was released on September 23, 2011 and became a major box-office success, with more than $110 million in revenue as of February 2012. Moneyball was nominated for six Academy Awards including Best Picture, Pitt for best actor, and Jonah Hill for best supporting actor. The film received Top Ten ratings from a dozen or more newspaper and magazine critics in their “best-films-of-2011″ picks. As with The Blind Side, publisher W.W. Norton put out a tie-in paperback version of Moneyball during the film’s run, noting on the cover: “Now a major motion picture starring Brad Pitt.”

Following the success of the films, The Blind Side and Moneyball, Michael Lewis became something of hot commodity in Hollywood. His first book, Liar’s Poker, received renewed interest from Warner Brothers where it had been in development since the early 1990s. But the project picked up momentum in 2011 as Lewis’s star rose and the economic crisis brought Wall Street practices more into public consciousness. As of late September 2011, Lewis was recruited to help write the Liar’s Poker screenplay. Another Lewis book, The Big Short, a 2010 book about the 2008 financial meltdown (see description below), is also being developed for a film at Paramount studios — with Moneyball star Brad Pitt and his film company, Plan B, taking on the project as producer. In fact, Pitt had purchased the film rights to The Big Short even before the book was published. And Disney is reportedly involved in a project related to Coach: Lessons on the Game of Life. Lewis has also scripted film and/or TV material for HBO, Universal, Fox, CBS and TNT. All together, Michael Lewis film adaptations have been nominated for eight Academy Awards. And beyond the films that Lewis’s books have inspired, there is also what some call “the Michael Lewis effect,” which is a kind of “Midas-touch” extending to those characters he highlights in his stories, making them mini-celebrities, or otherwise setting them on a course to wealth and/or fame with their own books, TV appearances, or speaking tours.


More Books

March 2010: “The Big Short” by Michael Lewis focused on Wall Street’s 2008 financial collapse. Click for book.
March 2010: “The Big Short” by Michael Lewis focused on Wall Street’s 2008 financial collapse. Click for book.
In early 2010, in between the films The Blind Side and Moneyball, Michael Lewis published his 13th book, The Big Short: Inside the Doomsday Machine. This book focused on Wall Street’s 2008 financial meltdown.

With the repercussions of the market crash then still reverberating throughout the U.S. and the global economy, The Big Short made a well-timed arrival. It was published in March 2010 and spent six weeks at No. 1 on The New York Times nonfiction bestsellers list, remaining on that list for 28 weeks. According to Nielsen BookScan data, during one week in March 2010, Lewis sold 60,000 hardcover copies of The Big Short, followed by 40,000 more then next week.

Michael Lewis set out to tell the story of Wall Street’s collapse from a somewhat different perspective. He would not use the “usual suspects” — i.e., the big banks, investment house CEOs, or federal regulators. Rather, Lewis chose maverick individuals who saw what was coming. These were folks who stood apart from the herd, and by Lewis’s count, there were damn few of them at the time who really understood what was happening. They were the ones who, in some cases, made tons of money on the “smart guys’” failure to understand their own financial wizardry. They saw that the bubble was about to burst, and some of them made enormous sums of money by “shorting” the sub-prime mortgage market in 2005-2008 – i.e., anticipating its drop in value. Everybody else, meanwhile, watched their portfolios evaporate.

Michael Burry, one of the mavericks featured in “The Big Short” who found calamity hidden away in sub-prime mortgage bundles – and opportunity.
Michael Burry, one of the mavericks featured in “The Big Short” who found calamity hidden away in sub-prime mortgage bundles – and opportunity.
Among those Lewis follows in The Big Short are: Meredith Whitney, a market analyst who predicted the demise of Citigroup and Bear Stearns; Steve Eisman, a hedge fund manager; Greg Lippmann, a Deutsche Bank trader; and Eugene Xu, a quantitative analyst, and others. Covered as well are some of those who suffered huge losses, such as Howie Hubler, credited with losing $9 billion in one trade, and AIG Financial Products, which suffered over $99 billion in losses.

Lewis also features Dr. Michael Burry in The Big Short. Burry, a thirty-something ex-neurologist suffering from blindness in one eye and Asperger’s syndrome, was also a diligent investor who burrowed into the details of the sub-prime mortgage market. Burry had formerly made a name for himself while a neurology resident at Stanford University posting investment insight and stock picks online during the dot-com stock market boom. His astoundingly accurate picks drew the attention of some well-known investors who invested in him, later spawning his hedge fund, Scion Capital, which made tens of millions for Burry and his investors betting on the sub-prime mortgage collapse.

Steve Croft of “60 Minutes” spent two days with Michael Lewis at his Berkeley, CA home for “The Big Short” story.
Steve Croft of “60 Minutes” spent two days with Michael Lewis at his Berkeley, CA home for “The Big Short” story.
Burry, Lewis, and The Big Short were all featured on a 60 Minutes CBS-TV segment with correspondent Steve Kroft, in March 2010 – a broadcast which helped launch the book into best-seller stardom.

“If you had to pick someone to write the autopsy report on the Wall Street financial collapse 18 months ago,” Kroft explained in the introduction, “you couldn’t do any better than Michael Lewis. He is one of the country’s preeminent non-fiction writers with a knack for turning complicated, mind numbing material into fascinating yarns.

“His new book, called The Big Short…, comes out later this week and it explains how some of Wall Street’s finest minds managed to destroy $1.75 trillion of wealth in the subprime mortgage markets.” Kroft would spend two days with Lewis at his home in Berkeley, California to do the piece for 60 Minutes.

During the 60 Minutes segment, Kroft and Lewis wander about Lewis’s hillside compound in Berkeley, California which consists of a main house and three cottages as the interview takes place. At one point Lewis is asked which book produced the money to buy the home. He replies, “This would’ve been The New, New Thing, that bought this place,” referring to his earlier book on Silicon Valley entrepreneurs.Lewis estimates he has sold “some millions” of books. “I don’t know how many millions. Not John Grisham millions, but millions.” Also in the segment, Lewis estimates as of that time he had sold “some millions” of books. “I don’t know how many millions. Not John Grisham millions,” he told Kroft, “but millions.”

The Big Short received lots of attention beyond 60 Minutes, and the book was generally well received by critics. Two writers touting the book at The Oxonian Review noted: “Michael Lewis has managed to tell the story of the subprime collapse by combining history, finance, and biography into what is surely one of this year’s most entertaining books.” Graydon Carter of Vanity Fair added: “It is the work of our greatest financial journalist, at the top of his game..” And Andrew Leonard of Salon.com also praised The Big Short: “Superb: Michael Lewis doing what he does best, illuminating the idiocy, madness and greed of modern finance. . . . Lewis achieves what I previously imagined impossible: He makes subprime sexy all over again.” The Big Short received the Los Angeles Times Book Award and it also received the Robert F. Kennedy Center for Justice and Human Rights 2011 Book Award, given annually to a novelist who “most faithfully and forcefully reflects Robert Kennedy’s purposes…” And as noted earlier, The Big Short was optioned for possible film production by Brad Pitt even before its publication.

“Boomerang,” a Michael Lewis book on economic troubles in Europe, was published in October 2011. Click for book.
“Boomerang,” a Michael Lewis book on economic troubles in Europe, was published in October 2011. Click for book.
Another Michael Lewis book that became something of companion to The Big Short, was Boomerang: Travels in the New Third World. This book followed the trail of cheap credit that moved around the world between 2002 and 2008, infecting Europe with it’s own economic crisis. Boomerang offers a collection of satirical essays that Lewis had written previously for Vanity Fair as he traveled through Europe. The book prompted New York Times reviewer Michiko Kakutani to observe:

“Michael Lewis possesses the rare storyteller’s ability to make virtually any subject both lucid and compelling. . . . Combining his easy familiarity with finance and the talents of a travel writer, Mr. Lewis sets off in these pages to give the reader a guided tour through some of the disparate places hard hit by the fiscal tsunami of 2008, like Greece, Iceland and Ireland, tracing how very different people for very different reasons gorged on the cheap credit available in the prelude to that disaster….”

The essays in Boomerang did not endear Lewis to European leaders trying to convince the world of their solvency. “Iceland won’t let him go back,” said his old friend, Sean Tuohy, and in Greece, he was persona non grata as well.


Flash Boys’ Fire

Meanwhile, Lewis’ latest book, Flash Boys, will likely continue to stir the pot for a time, moving both politicians and populist sentiment. Observed one Forbes writer, James Poulos in a late March 2014 piece titled “Michael Lewis Is About To Disrupt The Politics Of High Speed Trading”:

…Not only is Lewis about to hit a nerve with America’s most powerful financiers — he’s poised to strike a painful, divisive chord with everyday Americans. High-speed trading epitomizes a whole sequence of contemporary fears about an economy that’s out of control for all but an elite few of players, and sometimes for them, too.

Once we worried that robots would take over planet Earth; now, we’re worried that our algorithms will slip our grasp, whirling away with no master at all…

Flash Boys, meanwhile sold 130,000 copies in the U.S, in its first week of publication. That’s more that twice the rate of The Big Short. And in early April 2014, Sony Pictures was reportedly near a deal on purchasing the film rights for Flash Boys with Scott Rudin and Eli Bush producing. Sony had also produced Moneyball.

“The Lewis Effect”
April 2014

Two of the “stars” in Michael Lewis’s latest book, Flash Boys, are Ronan Ryan and Brad Katsuyama, noted earlier at the top of this story. In January 2013, before the book idea was hatched, they received a dinner invitation from Michael Lewis. At the time, Lewis was working on a story about a former Goldman Sachs trader who was convicted of stealing computer code and he wanted to talk with Ryan and Katsuyama to get their take on what was happening. Ryan and Katsuyama by then had set up their own trading start-up company, the IEX Group, and were only a few months into the effort. Here’s some of an April 2014 exchange that occurred between Ryan and New York Magazine reporter Kevin Roose on the meeting with Lewis and subsequent events.

Ronan Ryan of the IEX Group.
Ronan Ryan of the IEX Group.
Q: What was your reaction when Michael Lewis asked if he could interview you?
We were probably 15 people at that time, we’d just raised our first round of funding. And, you know, market structure is not that… interesting to laymen. But as a start-up, if Michael Lewis wants to write about you, I’m guessing 100 out of 100 would say yes to that. So it wasn’t a real discussion.

Q: How much time did he spend with you and Brad?
He probably stayed for five hours that day, and then he said he’d be back a few weeks later. When he came back, we spent the day with him. He wanted to see our operations – see some of the data centers in New Jersey. And then he came back and sat with our team in May. He came by and spent a couple of days in our offices. And that’s when he told us, “I think there’s a book in this.”

At the time, we didn’t know we were opening ourselves up to a book. We’d been profiled in the Wall Street Journal, and we really thought this was going to be an article in Vanity Fair. A book is the holy grail!…

Q: Did he give you any warnings? Like, By the way, this is going to be crazy?
He didn’t really have to, to be honest. I can remember when I read The Big Short and I knew some of the traders in it. Those guys became — and trust me, I’m a humble guy — they sort of became mini-celebrities in the industry. I knew it would be pretty crazy.

It’s been nuts. We’re getting a lot of positive calls.

IEX Guys: Rob Park, Brad Katsuyama, Ronan Ryan, and John Schwall.
IEX Guys: Rob Park, Brad Katsuyama, Ronan Ryan, and John Schwall.

Q: Who’s been calling? People who want to invest in IEX? Friends from back home?
Oh God, it’s everyone. We’re getting a surprising amount of people who want to invest in IEX. We’ve had people who want to list their companies on IEX. It’s been incredibly humbling. And not just emails – like, people are picking up the phone and leaving voice messages to thank us for what we’re doing. One lady said, “I’ve got money in a shoebox, how do I invest that?”

Q: What’s the most memorable call you’ve gotten so far today?
We had a voice message from a guy from Kentucky, strong accent, he was a vet. He was thanking us for doing right on Wall Street.

It’s funny, you have all this excitement with the television, your wives are telling you you’re so great, and your parents are proud of you, and you come here at 6:30 in the morning and some guy from Kentucky…dialed a phone, and left a voice message saying something like that. You’re like, ‘Holy shit, you’re really touching Americans!’ There were chills. We played it over the speaker. I was really amazed.
____________________

Source: Kevin Roose, “What It’s Like to Star in a Michael Lewis Book,” New York Magazine, April 1, 2014.


Most of the action on Wall Street these days is not with the floor traders, but with the fiber optic cable feeding super-fast computers.
Most of the action on Wall Street these days is not with the floor traders, but with the fiber optic cable feeding super-fast computers.
One thing is for sure: Lewis’s latest book has spurred some needed probing on Wall Street, especially of the relationship between technology and markets – fair markets, stable markets, markets that raise capital for productive ends. While all of the points that Lewis has raised in Flash Boys may not be as problematic as he has made them out to be, the issue of runaway technology – and unaccountable pirating of technology for elite gains only – are certainly matters worth investigating, as apparently the Justice Dept., the SEC, and some members of Congress believe they are. As for Lewis the writer, we are lucky to have him around, whatever the subject. Stay tuned to “flash boy Lewis” for more intriguing topics that are surely ahead.

Other stories at this website dealing with Wall Street and/or investing, include: “Wall Street’s Gekko” and “Celebrity Buffett.” Other business-related and business history stories include, for example: “Disney Dollars”, “Empire Newhouse”, “Ted Turner & CNN”, “All Sports, All The Time”, “Murdoch’s NY Deals”, and “Basketball Dollars.” See also the Madison Avenue category page for additional stories on business, advertising, and culture. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 19 April 2014
Last Update: 2 June 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Flash Boy Lewis: 1989-2014”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 19, 2014.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

June 2009: Michael Lewis and Tabitha Soren on “Today Show,” in segment about Lewis’s book, “Home Game.”
June 2009: Michael Lewis and Tabitha Soren on “Today Show,” in segment about Lewis’s book, “Home Game.”
June 2012: Michael Lewis at Princeton commencement where he urged graduates to never forget how lucky they are and how they might proceed because of that.
June 2012: Michael Lewis at Princeton commencement where he urged graduates to never forget how lucky they are and how they might proceed because of that.
In 2012, Michael Lewis spent time with President Barack Obama in writing about him for “Vanity Fair.” White House photo, Pete Souza.
In 2012, Michael Lewis spent time with President Barack Obama in writing about him for “Vanity Fair.” White House photo, Pete Souza.
Michael Lewis joined President Obama in one of his basketball games as part of the “Vanity Fair” story he wrote. White House photo, Pete Souza.
Michael Lewis joined President Obama in one of his basketball games as part of the “Vanity Fair” story he wrote. White House photo, Pete Souza.
September 26th, 2011: Brad Pitt on the cover of Sports Illustrated, just in time for the “Moneyball” film, with a series of related stories inside the magazine. Click for copy.
September 26th, 2011: Brad Pitt on the cover of Sports Illustrated, just in time for the “Moneyball” film, with a series of related stories inside the magazine. Click for copy.
Michael Oher’s February 2011 book (with Don Yeager), “I Beat The Odds: From Homelessness to The Blind Side and Beyond,” Gotham hardback, 272pp. Click for copy.
Michael Oher’s February 2011 book (with Don Yeager), “I Beat The Odds: From Homelessness to The Blind Side and Beyond,” Gotham hardback, 272pp. Click for copy.
July 2010 hardback edition of “In A Heartbeat: Sharing The Power of Cheerful Giving,” by Leigh Anne and Sean Tuohy (w Sally Jenkins), Henry Holt & Co., 288pp. Click for copy.
July 2010 hardback edition of “In A Heartbeat: Sharing The Power of Cheerful Giving,” by Leigh Anne and Sean Tuohy (w Sally Jenkins), Henry Holt & Co., 288pp. Click for copy.
January 2014 Kindle e-book edition of “Making It Happen” by Leigh Anne Tuohy. Rosetta Books.
January 2014 Kindle e-book edition of “Making It Happen” by Leigh Anne Tuohy. Rosetta Books.

Sam Polk, “For the Love of Money,” New York Times, January 18, 2014.

James Poulos, “Michael Lewis Is About To Disrupt The Politics Of High Speed Trading,” Forbes, March 29, 2014.

Steve Kroft, reporter; Draggan Mihailovich, producer, “Is the U.S. Stock Market Rigged? A New Book from Michael Lewis Reveals How Some High-Speed Traders Work the Stock Market to Their Advantage,” 60 Minutes/ CBS.com, March 30, 2014.

Nick Baker and Sam Mamudi, “High-Speed Traders Rip Investors Off, Michael Lewis Says,” Bloomberg News, March 31, 2014.

“Author Michael Lewis: US Stock Market Is Rigged,” MoneyNews.com, Monday, March 31, 2014.

Michael J. De La Merced and William Alden, “Scrutiny for Wall Street’s Warp Speed,”Deal Book, New York Times, March 31, 2014.

Andrew Ross Sorkin, “Fault Runs Deep in Ultrafast Trading,” New York Times, March 31, 2014.

“Michael Lewis Discusses His Latest Book: ‘Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt’,” Charlie Rose Show, March 31, 2014.

“Katsuyama vs. O’Brien – Who Won The fight?,” CNBC.com, Tuesday, April 1, 2014.

Eric Levenson, Dashiell Bennett, “Is High-Frequency Trading as Bad as Michael Lewis Wants You to Think?,” TheWire.com, April 1, 2014.

“On A ‘Rigged’ Wall Street, Milliseconds Make All The Difference,” NPR/Fresh Air, April 1, 2014.

Kevin Roose, “What It’s Like to Star in a Michael Lewis Book,” New York Magazine, April 1, 2014.

Felix Gillette, “The Fame-Ready Cast of the Michael Lewis Publicity Blitz,” Business Week.com, April 2, 2014.

Diane Brady, “Lewis Calls Flash Boys Blowback ‘Thoughtless’,” BusinessWeek.com, April 2, 2014.

C. Thompson, “Lewis-Katsuyama-O’Brien Rumble Just the Beginning: Opening Line,” Bloomberg.com, April 2, 2014.

“Watch Michael Lewis Explain ‘Flash Boys’ with Jon Stewart on ‘The Daily Show’,” WSJ.com, April 2, 2014.

Rachel Nolan, “Behind the Cover Story: Michael Lewis on Complexity and the Rigging of Wall Street,” New York Times, April 3, 2014.

‘Flash Boys’ Investigates How High-frequency Traders Anticipate Wall Street’s Next Move Faster,”(Michael Lewis Interview w/ Judy Woodruff), The PBS NewsHour, April 4, 2014.

Derek Wallbank, “Lawmakers Spurred by Lewis Book Try to Slow Flash Traders,” Bloomberg.com, April 4, 2014.

Book-TV, “Author Michael Lewis Takes Viewers’ Questions on His New Book “Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt,” C-Span.org, April 5, 2014.

Michael Lewis, “The Wolf Hunters of Wall Street: How a Band of Outsiders Discovered That the Stock Market Was Rigged — And Set Out to Change it,” New York Times Magazine, Sunday, April 6, 2014.

Felix Salmon, “The Lewis Effect: Michael Lewis’ New Best-Seller Focuses the Public’s Attention on High-Frequency Trading. What Will Change as a Result?,” Slate.com, April 7, 2014.

Felix Salmon, “Michael Lewis’s High-speed Journalism,” Reuters.com, April 7, 2014.

“iBooks Bestsellers: Lewis Unseats Roth,” PublishersWeekly.com, April 8, 2014.

Dave McNary, “Sony Nearing Movie Deal on Michael Lewis’ ‘Flash Boys’,” Variety.com, April 8, 2014.

Steven Pearlstein, “‘Flash Boys’: Michael Lewis Does it Again,” Washington Post, Sunday, April 13, 2014, p. G-1.

Carrie Hojnicki, “The Amazing Life And Career Of Wall Street’s Favourite Writer, Michael Lewis” Business Insider (Austrailia), April 15, 2014.

Emma Brockes, “Michael Lewis: ‘Wall Street Has Gone Insane’,” The Guardian, April 16, 2014.

“Barack Obama to Michael Lewis on a Presidential Loss of Freedom: ‘You Don’t Get Used to It — At Least, I Don’t’,” VanityFair .com, September 5, 2012.

Jacob Goldstein, “Putting a Speed Limit on the Stock Market,” New York Times, October 8, 2013.

Michael Lewis, “Obama’s Way,” Vanity Fair, October 2012.

Scott Ross, “Brad Pitt Keeps Making Michael Lewis Richer and Richer,” NBCBayArea.com, May 30, 2012

Jessica Pressler, “It’s Good to Be Michael Lewis: He Could Have Made a Fortune in Business. Instead, He Made a Fortune Writing About It. Plus—a Fortune for Everyone He Writes About,” New York Magazine, October 2, 2011.

Susanna Kim, “10 Economic Lessons From Michael Lewis’ Boomerang,” ABC News, September 28, 2011.

Andy Lewis, Gregg Kilday, “ ‘Moneyball’ Author Michael Lewis on Oscar Hopes, Working With Brad Pitt and His New ‘Liar’s Poker’ Screenplay (Q&A),” The Hollywood Reporter, September 27, 2011.

Andy Lewis, Matthew Belloni, “‘Moneyball’ Author Michael Lewis to Script ‘Liar’s Poker’ for Warner Bros.,” The Hollywood Reporter, September 26, 2011

Christopher Rosen, “Author Michael Lewis on ‘Moneyball,’ His Critics, and What Hollywood Can Learn From Sabermetrics,” Moviefone.com, September 22, 2011.

Joel Krupa and Braden MacDonald, “Shorting our Future”(Review of the Big Short), The Oxonian Review (Oxford, England), Issue 14.1 / Politics & Society / October 18, 2010.

Claude Brodesser-Akner, “Brad Pitt Moving Quickly on Adapting Michael Lewis’s The Big Short,” Vulture.com, June 24, 2010.

Michael Lewis, Author, “The Big Short: Inside the Doomsday Machine,” Q&A/C-Span, April 4, 2010.

Frances Dinkelspiel, “Michael Lewis: I Don’t Make $$ When My Books Become Movies,” BerkeleySide.com, March 17, 2010.

Steve Croft, Reporter, “Author Michael Lewis On Wall St’s Delusion: Author Tells “60 Minutes” What Led to Wall Street Collapse and Who Predicted It,” 60 Minutes/CBS, March 12, 2010.

Michael Lewis, Website.

“About IEX,” IEXtrading.com.

“Michael Lewis,” Wikipedia.org.

“Brad Katsuyama,” Wikipedia.org.

Author Page, Michael Lewis, WWNorton .com.

Michael Lewis, “The End,” BizJournals.com, November 11, 2008.

David Kipen, “Billy Beane’s Brand-New Ball Game / How the A’s General Manager Played His Cards Right to Turn His Team Around,” (Book Review of Moneyball), SFgate.com, Sunday, June 1, 2003.

“Moneyball (film),” Wikipedia.org.

“Bill James,” Wikipedia.org.

Neil Genzlinger, “Television Review: In Pursuit of Reality and Life in the Internet Age,” New York Times, August 6, 2001.

Book Review, “Next: The Future Just Happened, Michael Lewis, Author,” Publisher’s Weekly, July 30, 2001.

Gene Lyons, “Book Review: The Money Culture (1991), Michael Lewis,” Entertain-ment Weekly, October 25, 1991.

“Princeton Baccalaureate 2012: Michael Lewis,” YouTube.com, posted by Princeton University.



______________________________




“JFK’s Pacific Swim”
August 1962

One of the endearing charms of John F. Kennedy was the “free spirit” side of him that surfaced every so often, even as President. Throughout his life, Kennedy often battled with, and acquiesced to, his “inner boy,” with some of those moments proving more reckless and confounding than others. And yes, his much written-about sexual escapades were, for some, a little too much “free spirit,” thank you. But Kennedy, as we now know, compartmentalized, and he managed to function at an extraordinarily high level while doing so. The public, however, mostly did not know about his more reckless or darker moments while he was President. But he did have his public moments of more innocent and harmless fun; where he could be a bit devilish, a bit adolescent, traveling “outside the lines” as it were; bending protocol, and taking the public along as he went. His press conferences come to mind on this score, when his humor and joking with the media could take the edge off more serious matters while present-

Surprised beachgoers in Los Angeles are astounded to find President John F. Kennedy swimming on their public beach.. So were ten secret service agents charged with protecting him. Photo, Bill Beebe / Los Angeles Times.
Surprised beachgoers in Los Angeles are astounded to find President John F. Kennedy swimming on their public beach.. So were ten secret service agents charged with protecting him. Photo, Bill Beebe / Los Angeles Times.

ing himself as the very human person he was. Cavorting with a brood of Kennedy kids on a golf cart one summer at Hyannis Port is another of those “inner boy” moments where he appeared to be really having fun despite the weighty matters of state he bore. And certainly the moment captured above is part of that gallery too – where his face and smile say it all – i.e., being very pleased with himself for what he has just done. It was August 1962, while he was President, then staying at his sister and brother-in-law’s home by the sea in Santa Monica, California, escaping his presidential mantle and Secret Service agents for a dip in the Pacific Ocean.

Kenny O’Donnell is the narrator and writer of the 1971 book, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, which he wrote with Dave Powers, another close JFK aide. It’s a book about Kennedy’s run for the White House and his presidency, in which O’Donnell describes JFK’s “Pacific moment” in L.A. as follows:

…One Sunday on a trip to California, he spent the afternoon at the beach home of Pat and Peter Lawford at Santa Monica, sitting in his swimming trunks beside the pool, reading a book, but glancing from time to time at the ocean surf. “Dave, look at that surf out there,” he said to [Dave] Powers, who was stretched out beside him. The president returned to the lounge chair beside the pool, picked up his sunglasses and book, and said contentedly, “That was the best swim I’ve had in months.”Dave was silently hoping that the President would be able to resist the urge to plunge into the surf, because the beach was open to the public and crowded with Sunday visitors who would rush upon Kennedy if they spied him heading toward the water.

But after an hour or so the dark classes came off, the book was put down, and he was walking across the public beach toward the waves. Dave [Powers] jumped up and hurried after him, wondering if he should summon the Secret Service guards from the front of the Lawford house for protection. He heard one sunbather saying, “He looks like President Kennedy, but President Kennedy isn’t that big and powerful looking.” the President plunged into the heavy surf and swam out beyond it while a crowd gathered, shouting and staring at his bobbing head. One woman dropped to her knees and prayed. “He’s out so far!” she cried. “Please, God, don’t let him drown!” Another woman fully dressed, followed him into the surf before she turned back.

He swam in the ocean, about a hundred yards offshore, for ten minutes while a crowd of almost a thousand people gathered on the beach. When he was coming out of the water, a photographer in street clothes waded out to his waist to take pictures. Kennedy glanced at the photographer and said, “Oh, no, I can’t believe it,” The ten Secret Service men who were guarding him splashed into the water in their business suits, forming a protecting wedge around him with Dave [Powers] and Peter Lawford to hold back the crowd that struggled to touch him and shake his hand while he made his way back across the sand to the house. The president returned to the lounge chair beside the pool, picked up his sunglasses and his book, and said contentedly, “That was the best swim I’ve had in months.”

Photographer Bill Beebe, at home with the famous 1962 JFK beach photo he snapped, during an interview in 2011.
Photographer Bill Beebe, at home with the famous 1962 JFK beach photo he snapped, during an interview in 2011.
The photographer who captured the JFK moment on that August afternoon in 1962 was Bill Beebe. He was on assignment for the Los Angeles Times, staking out Kennedy during his visit at the Lawford’s beachfront home. “I tell you, that guy could really swim,” Beebe said in an interview about the Presidential swim some 50 years later. “He went about 200 yards north along the shoreline, and when he started to come out of the water, word got out along the beach. I could see what was going to happen, so I took off my shoes and went out into the water, clothes and camera and all.” But Beebe also noted that “the Secret Service and FBI there were beside themselves, but [Kennedy] made it seem like a natural thing to do.” Beebe’s photograph, however, soon got White House attention, as such a casual image of a sitting president was then “iffy” publication material. “I gave the film to a messenger, and within 15 minutes [then-White House Press Secretary] Pierre Salinger called the Times and tried to kill the photo. That was before [editors] even got the film.” But to no avail, as the Times knew they had quite a photograph. It ran the next day.

Eva Ban, the woman in the polka-dot swimsuit appearing with JFK in the 1962 beach photo, talks on the phone with friends reacting to the front-page story as her children look on.
Eva Ban, the woman in the polka-dot swimsuit appearing with JFK in the 1962 beach photo, talks on the phone with friends reacting to the front-page story as her children look on.
Beebe’s photo appeared on the front page of the Los Angeles Times, Monday, August 20th, 1962, with a giant headline, “Kennedy Caps Visit With Dip In Pacific.” Otis Chandler, the publisher of the Times, telephoned Beebe to congratulate him on getting the shot.

The Times also received a volume of mail about the photo from all over the world. Comment ranged from amazement that a national leader could mix so easily with the populace in such an informal way, to rebuke from more officious observers who felt no national leader should put himself in such a position. Sill others objected to the Times using the photo at all, believing the newspaper should have stood against running it.

However, Bill Beebe noted that the overwhelming number of letters to the Times were positive and supportive about the photo and its publication.

JFK at one of his numerous press conferences, where he would often joke with the press or use  pointed humor – this one in November 1962 at State Dept. photo, Abbie Rowe.
JFK at one of his numerous press conferences, where he would often joke with the press or use pointed humor – this one in November 1962 at State Dept. photo, Abbie Rowe.


The woman in the forefront of the photo with JFK in the polka-dot swimsuit, Eva Ban, a 43-year-old housewife and mother of two, had some momentary fame as a result of the front-page exposure, as the Los Angeles Times later ran a piece on her as well.

“It was only by chance that I happened to be there,” Mrs. Ban would later tell the Times. “The reason I was in the water and in the picture was because I was looking for my 13-year-old son, Peter. He ran into the water after the President and went out farther than he ever had before. I was worried.”

She also explained that the reason she was laughing in the picture “was because of what one woman [in the crowd] was yelling, ‘Mabel, I touched him.’ The President was laughing about this too.”

Famous photo by Stanley Tretick who captured JFK giving Lawford, Shriver & Kennedy kids the ride of their lives at Hyannis Port, MA one summer. This January 2nd, 1962 edition of Look magazine sold out on newsstands.
Famous photo by Stanley Tretick who captured JFK giving Lawford, Shriver & Kennedy kids the ride of their lives at Hyannis Port, MA one summer. This January 2nd, 1962 edition of Look magazine sold out on newsstands.
But for a brief moment in August 1962, the camera captured an all-too-human side of a sitting president being a boy, doing what he loved to do, if only for an unguarded moment.

The L.A. beach photo also captured the reaction of admiring bystanders – in some ways, surrogates for the larger nation – seeing their president mixing with the masses, doing what they normally did on a Sunday afternoon at the beach, and being one of them. It was, in a sense, a quintessential American moment.

But there is also poignancy in this photo as well, knowing what lies ahead for this bright young president only 15 months later – leaving that begging, lasting question: why did this promising light go out so soon?

For more on the history of JFK and his family at this website see “Kennedy History,” a topics page with 12 additional stories on JFK and RFK. See also, the “Politics & Culture” page for other choices.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle



____________________________________

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 31 March 2014
Last Update: 8 August 2023
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “JFK’s Pacific Swim: August 1962”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 31, 2014.

____________________________________

 
Books at Amazon.com

Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Volume 1: John F Kennedy: 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Volume 1: John F Kennedy: 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Robert Dallek’s 2003 book, “An Unfinished Life,” Little, Brown & Co., 848 pp. Click for copy.
Robert Dallek’s 2003 book, “An Unfinished Life,” Little, Brown & Co., 848 pp. Click for copy.
Chris Matthews’ 2011 book, “Jack Kennedy: Elusive Hero.” Click for copy.
Chris Matthews’ 2011 book, “Jack Kennedy: Elusive Hero.” Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Updated 2018 edition of O’Donnell/Powers book & NYT bestseller, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye.” Click for copy.
Updated 2018 edition of O’Donnell/Powers book & NYT bestseller, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye.” Click for copy.
“Kennedy Caps Visit With Dip in Pacific; As Beach Throng Cheers,” Los Angeles Times, August 20, 1962, p. 1.

Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers with Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown & Co., 1970, pp. 409-410.

Joe Piasecki, “Remembering JFK: Friday Marks 50 Years since the Assassination of President John F. Kennedy, Whose Life and Death Changed America Forever,” ArgonautNews.com, November 20, 2013.

Scott Harrison, “John F. Kennedy Takes A Swim,” LATimes.com ( with video: “Bill Beebe Reflects on His 1962 JFK Image”), May 13, 2011.

Scott Harrison, “Swimming With John F. Kennedy,” LATimes.com, December 12, 2012.

Kitty Kelly, Capturing Camelot: Stanley Tretick’s Iconic Images of the Kennedys, New York: Thomas Dunne/St Martin’s Press, 2012, pp. 134-135.

“Kennedy One Year Later,” Look (magazine), cover story, January 2, 1960.

“The Golden Years of Camelot: Intimate Photos of the Kennedy White House Capture Strolls Across the South Lawn, Golf Cart Rides and Playtime on Marine One,” Daily Mail (London), November, 13, 2012.


___________________________________________




“Keira & The Zombies”
2014 & The 1960s

Keira Knightley in an early frame of 2014 Chanel ad.
Keira Knightley in an early frame of 2014 Chanel ad.
In 2014, English actress Keira Knightley, along with the 1960s’ British rockers, The Zombies, teamed up to do a bit of advertising for Chanel’s Coco Mademoiselle perfume. The TV ad, seen during primetime telecasts, has Hollywood-quality production values and its own little 60-second story line. But the interesting attention-getter in this ad – apart from Knightley’s good looks and a smartly designed set – is how well the music works with the ad’s mini plot. The song is “She’s Not There,” sampled below.

Music Player
“She’s Not There”-The Zombies

Holding out a bottle of her perfume, she beckons Danila, the man who has spotted her from below.
Holding out a bottle of her perfume, she beckons Danila, the man who has spotted her from below.
Danila catches her perfume bottle, but she has moved...
Danila catches her perfume bottle, but she has moved...
...She’s joined the party, as Danila walks toward her...
...She’s joined the party, as Danila walks toward her...
...But then she vanishes as their paths are crossed...
...But then she vanishes as their paths are crossed...
Next day. Danila on a river bridge, sees a boat below...
Next day. Danila on a river bridge, sees a boat below...
..”It’s that Coco dame from the party last night”...
..”It’s that Coco dame from the party last night”...
Bringing her boat to a swirling turn, she glances back up at the man she left enchanted the previous evening...
Bringing her boat to a swirling turn, she glances back up at the man she left enchanted the previous evening...

“She’s Not There” was a top hit in the U.S., the U.K., and elsewhere 50 years ago. Still, in the Chanel TV spot, the Zombies’ sound is crisp and clear, the vocals airy and enticing, and the lyrics aptly suited to Ms. Knightley as she glides through the frames.

“She’s Not There” is also one of those songs that will catch the ear of those from an earlier time who unexpectedly hear it and are pleasantly astonished at its quality, reminded once again how good the music was from those years.

The new Coco Mademoiselle perfume ad, explains Chanel’s promo, “reveals Keira Knightley, full of mystery and fascination,” a woman “with a unique and carefree style.” In fact, she is cast as something of a high-class tease, being elusive and alluring as she enters a party setting, playing with her quarry, Russian actor Danila Kozlovsky. And the Zombies’ music helps set the stage:

Well no one told me about her;
The way she lied…
Well no one told me about her;
How many people cried.

The ad races by in 30 or 60 seconds, depending on the cut – as all things commercial these days go by faster and faster it seems, no thanks to quick-cut advertising. Nevertheless, the imagery in this ad works reasonably well, as a sampling of screenshots at right offer a look at some of the ad’s visuals and storyline.

Knightley, in a sexy white gown, is seen lounging early on in the ad, silhouetted behind a glass screen applying a drop of the magic potion. She then makes an appearance on a central staircase, catching the eye of her leading man, Danila, who is mesmerized by her beauty, gazing up at the staircase.

Knightley, whose recent film credits include Pride & Prejudice, Atonement, and Anna Karenina, has been the face of Chanel since 2007, starring as founder Coco Chanel in earlier spots. In this newest role, she is cast as the elusive and mysterious Coco, who typically lures the best-looking man in the house and then vanishes – or as the Zombies put it, “she’s not there.”

Descending the staircase into the cocktail party, she teases her new mark, holding out a bottle of Coco Mademoiselle Chanel perfume, which she drops as Danila lunges to retrieve it.

In the next frame, as Danila looks up to see her, she is gone, now on the other side of the room. As he strides across the room to meet her, another party guest crosses his path, and in a burst of cosmic sparkle, Keira vanishes. Again, the Zombie refrain:

Please don’t bother trying to find her;
She’s not there.

Cut to the next day, as Danila is walking across a bridge talking on his mobile phone when he spies the casually-attired Keira piloting a speedboat on the river below. As she passes beneath the bridge, he runs to other side to catch another look at her.

Making a turn with her boat on the other side of the bridge, she glances back up at him – the man she left bedazzled and wanting at the party the previous evening.

The camera then cuts to a final close-up of Kiera’s beautiful face and inquiring brown eyes, as the Zombies add their final lyrics — no doubt with a sequel to come.

Let me tell you ’bout
the way she looked,
The way she acted, the color of hair;
Her voice was soft and cool;
Her eyes were clear and bright;
But she’s not there.

In the U.S., the ad ran in primetime, during shows such as Once Upon A Time, Blacklist, Parenthood, and others, and sometimes there was an “available at Macy’s” or other retail tag at the ad’s end, along with a concluding shot of the Coco Mademoiselle perfume bottle.

At the Chanel.com website, the perfume is described as “daring and bold, yet sensual and elegant….Inspired by the irrepressible spirit of the young Coco Chanel, the modern Oriental fragrance entices with an utterly feminine composition, expressing refined sensuality and incredible freshness.” The website also includes the video of the TV ad.

The entire mini production, as a piece of commercial persuasion designed mostly for female viewers, is nicely done, and the Zombies’ tune helps to make it work. What follows below is more about the Zombies, their music, and their history.

Cover for the 1965 vinyl U.S. album featuring The Zombies’ hit songs, “She’s Not There” & “Tell Her No.” Click for CD.
Cover for the 1965 vinyl U.S. album featuring The Zombies’ hit songs, “She’s Not There” & “Tell Her No.” Click for CD.

The Zombies

The Zombies formed in 1962 from a group of young musicians in St. Albans, England. Paul Atkinson, Rod Argent, and Hugh Grundy met at St. Albans School, and they soon linked up with Colin Blunstone and bassist Paul Arnold, although Arnold would be replaced by Chris White six months later.

After winning a music competition sponsored by the London Evening News, they signed with Decca records in 1964 and soon scored their first hit song, “She’s Not There.”

The song was written by Rod Argent, only his second at that point, written for the group’s Decca recording session on June 12th, 1964 at Decca’s West Hampstead Studio. It was one of four songs recorded by the Zombies at that session.

The Zombies’ lineup then included Argent on keyboard and vocals, Paul Atkinson on guitar and vocals, Chris White on bass and vocals, Hugh Grundy on drums, and Colin Blunstone singing lead vocals.

“She’s Not There,” an electric-piano based tune, with Blunstone’s lead vocals, was released in July 1964. “This minor-key, jazz-tinged number, distinguished by its musicianship and Blunstone’s breathy vocal,” said Rolling Stone, “was unlike anything heard in British rock at the time.” The song peaked at No. 12 on the U.K. charts and would become the group’s only Top 40 U.K. hit.

1960s: The young Zombies (l to r): Rod Argent, Chris White, Paul Atkinson, Colin Blunstone, Hugh Grundy.
1960s: The young Zombies (l to r): Rod Argent, Chris White, Paul Atkinson, Colin Blunstone, Hugh Grundy.
In the U.S., however, “She’s Not There” did even better. It was first heard there in early August 1964 on New York City’s WINS radio station with Stan Burns, who debuted the song on his noontime “Hot Spot”segment. The song caught on that fall throughout the country and in early December 1964, climbed to No. 1 on the Cashbox chart and No.2 on Billboard Hot 100, remaining in the Top 40 for 12 weeks. Wrote one book reviewer of the group and their first hit song some years later:

…In 1964 a practically unknown British beat group calling themselves The Zombies released a single on Decca Records bearing the title “She’s Not There.” Incredibly dynamic and built on driving, jazzy bass line over which drums, electric piano and voice were forming individual rhythms and pattern almost like in a piece of Baroque chamber music, this unusual record gave a glimpse of a future where musical styles could be merged freely and without prejudice. It was very much of its time, a charming little slice of pop vynil, easy to take, hard to let go…

Decca-issued 45 rpm for Zombies’ 1965 hit, “Tell Her No”-- rose to No. 6 in the U.S. Click for digital.
Decca-issued 45 rpm for Zombies’ 1965 hit, “Tell Her No”-- rose to No. 6 in the U.S. Click for digital.
A second Zombies single missed the mark, but another, “Tell Her No,” released in December 1964 in the U.S., entered the Top 40 there in January 1965, rising to No. 6 in March and remaining in the the Top 40 for eight weeks. “Tell Her No” was only a minor hit for The Zombies in Britain, where it peaked at No.42 on the UK Singles Chart in February 1965.
 

Music Player
“Tell Her No”- The Zombies

Throughout 1965 and into 1966, the Zombies toured America and Europe. In 1965, they also became involved with the British film Bunny Lake Is Missing, a psychological thriller starring Laurence Olivier, directed and produced by Otto Preminger. The Zombies were featured on the film’s poster for three songs they did for the soundtrack: “Remember You”, “Just Out of Reach” and “Nothing’s Changed.” They also appeared in the film, prominently featured performing on television in a pub scene. They also recorded a two-minute radio ad set to the tune of “Just Out of Reach” to promote the film’s release. However, in 1966, no big, fresh hits came their way. By early 1967, at a time when their record career had almost ground to a halt in the UK, the Zombies played to crowds of over 30,000 in the Philippines. Yet, at that point, the group appeared to be at a crossroads of sorts.

1968: Zombies’ “Odessey & Oracle” album cover. Click for CD.
1968: Zombies’ “Odessey & Oracle” album cover. Click for CD.
With their Decca recording contract about to expire, the group decided that they would make a final album before calling it quits. In the spring of 1967, they signed with CBS Records to produce a studio album, only the second of their career. From these sessions would come the album Odessey and Oracle. They produced the music themselves on a shoestring budget.

They began working on the album in June 1967, and nine of the twelve songs were recorded at EMI’s Abbey Road Studios. In August, when the Abbey Road studio became unavailable, they moved to Olympic Studios where three more songs were recorded. The following month they returned to Abbey Road, finishing in November with the album’s final track.

Along the way, and during some of the sessions, there had been a few testy exchanges among band members. By the end of the sessions, morale was at a low point. Two Zombies’ singles at the time had also been unsuccessful, and demand for their live appearances had declined. After a final stage performance in mid-December 1967, the band split up.

Colin Blunstone and Rod Argent from photo on CD cover, “As Far As I Can See,” 2004. Click for CD.
Colin Blunstone and Rod Argent from photo on CD cover, “As Far As I Can See,” 2004. Click for CD.
The album they produced for CBS, meanwhile, languished. Only after U.S. CBS staff producer Al Kooper fought to have it issued, was it released.

“Without Al,” explained Rod Argent some years later in a DigBoston.com interview, Odessey and Oracle “wouldn’t have been known by anybody. He took it to Clive Davis and said, ‘Whoever’s got this album, you’ve got to buy it and release it.’

“Clive Davis said, ‘Well we’ve got it, but we passed on it already.’ Al said, ‘Well you can’t. You have to put it out.’ So he had everything to do with that album coming out.” Kooper, having picked up an early copy of the album during a trip to London, loved it and believed it contained a few hit singles. CBS/Columbia released it in April 1968 on a subsidiary label, Date Records.

Odessey and Oracle did not have soaring sales initially, but Kooper’s belief about some of the songs as singles was right on the money. CBS chose the song “Butcher’s Tale” as the first single to release in the States, feeling the song’s anti-war theme (based on World War I) would resonate with record-buyers due to the Vietnam War. However, it was another song that really hit paydirt – “Time of the Season.” The song was written by Rod Argent and recorded by the Zombies at Abbey Road in August of 1967. It was also released as a single with the album in April 1968, but did not receive much attention at the time. 

Big Beat’s 2010 EP special featuring Zombies’ “Time of Season” & others. Click for digital version of 'Time of the Season'.
Big Beat’s 2010 EP special featuring Zombies’ “Time of Season” & others. Click for digital version of 'Time of the Season'.
However, after a few U.S. radio DJs discovered “Time of The Season” in 1969 and began playing it more frequently, it became a huge nationwide hit.

 

Music Player
The Zombies – “Time of The Season”

By February 1969 “Time of the Season” entered the U.S. Top 40, and in March rose to No. 3 on the Billboard pop chart. It also became a million seller, remaining in the Top 40 for eleven weeks. “Time of The Season” was also a No. 1 hit in Canada in March 1969.

With the success of “Time of the Season,” the band was urged to reform – and they were offered sizeable sums of money to do so, but they refused. Some of them were fed up with the music business and began other pursuits. Rod Argent was then moving ahead with plans for a another band he and others would form, called Argent. He would be joined there by Chris White, who came on as a non-performing songwriter. One of Argent’s hit songs, “Hold Your Head Up,” was written by Argent and White. Blunstone at first went back to work in insurance, but then returned to singing, putting out several LPs in the 1970s on his own, forming a group called Keats, and also singing with the Alan Parsons Project. Atkinson went into computer programming initially, but later did A&R work (Artists & Repertoire), first for Columbia in New York and later as a v. p. for A&R at RCA’s West Coast office. [“A&R” is the division of a record label or music publishing company that is responsible for talent scouting and overseeing the artistic development of recording artists and/or songwriters. A&R people also serve as liaison between artists and record labels or publishing companies ]. Grundy also worked in Columbia’s A&R department, and in the 1980s also ran a horse transport business near London.

1997: “Zombie Heaven” box set. Click for set.
1997: “Zombie Heaven” box set. Click for set.
“I still have it indelibly framed in my mind that when we split, there was no interest in the band anywhere,” said Colin Blunstone, in a 1998 interview with New York Times pop music reporter, Neil Strauss. “That’s one of the reasons we all went our separate ways. And that stays with you. You have this feeling of not being particularly appreciated as you go off and do other things.” But time would change that.

 

Better With Time

The Zombies would prove to be one of those groups whose music would be belatedly discovered by some, and whose songs would grow in appreciation with time. Helping that process along has been the Big Beat record label of Ace Records in London. In late 1997, Big Beat issued Zombie Heaven, a four-CD box set that gathered up every vintage Zombies recording it could find and remastered them in one set. That set became one of the best-selling titles in the Ace Records catalogue. It even surprised some of the Zombies.

“Overall, the box set made a much better impression than I expected,” said Rod Argent to Neil Strauss of the New York Times in a 1998 review. “It’s strange, actually, because looking back on those early Zombies singles I don’t quite feel the same frustration now. Some of them sound excellent to me.” Argent also had words of praise for guitarist Chris White after listening to the box set. “In fact, I phoned him up after I listened to it and said, ‘I don’t want this to sound patronizing, Chris, but I’ve just got to tell you, your bass playing is great.’ It’s probably something I’ve never said to him before. So I said it 30 years too late.”

Cover of Claes Johansen’s 2001 biography of the Zombies, “Hung Up On A Dream.” Click for book.
Cover of Claes Johansen’s 2001 biography of the Zombies, “Hung Up On A Dream.” Click for book.
Neil Strauss of the Times also noted some of the Zombies’ work in his review: “Over the course of the ensuing decades, [The Zombies’] final album… Odessey and Oracle – a beautifully arranged, harmony drenched pristine pop paean to memory, the changing seasons, the passage of time and lost love – slowly began to be recognized as one of the greatest albums of the 1960s.” Others have also cited the album. In 2003, Odessey and Oracle was ranked at No. 100 on Rolling Stone’s “500 Greatest Albums of All Time.”

Several other music magazines have also ranked the album on various “greatest” and/ or “best ever” albums lists – including Stylus, Mojo, NME, and Q, as well as The Guardian. Some have also compared Odessey and Oracle to the Beatles’ Revolver album and the Beach Boys’ Pet Sounds album. Music critic Richie Unterberger has offered similar kudos: “Aside from the Beatles and perhaps the Beach Boys, no mid-’60s rock group wrote melodies as gorgeous as those of the Zombies.” In addition, a variety of performing artists have also cited Odessey and Oracle as a favorite or an influence on their own work, including: Tom Petty, Dave Grohl of the Foo Fighters, Paul Weller of the punk band The Jam, and teenage UK indie band, The Vaccines. Rod Argent also belatedly discovered that Elvis Presley had Zombies singles on his personal play list, and that John Lennon wanted to produce the band. In 2001, a Zombies biography was published by Claes Johansen, Hung Up on A Dream, a title of a Zombies’ song. The book was penned with the co-operation of the five original members of the band who are interviewed extensively throughout the book.

Poster for 1999 film, “A Walk on the Moon” with Diane Lane & Viggo Mortensen – “It was the summer of Woodstock when she became the woman she always wanted to be.” Click for film DVD.
Poster for 1999 film, “A Walk on the Moon” with Diane Lane & Viggo Mortensen – “It was the summer of Woodstock when she became the woman she always wanted to be.” Click for film DVD.
The original Zombies have reformed only twice in recent years: once for the launch party of the “Zombie Heaven” box set at London’s Jazz Café, and once for a benefit for Paul Atkinson in Los Angeles, shortly before he died from liver disease in 2004. In 2008, the remaining members came together for several special performances marking the 40th anniversary of Odessey & Oracle. Argent and Blunstone, however, have toured together in the U.S. and Europe, and continue to perform and record as of early 2014.

The Zombies’ music has also received airing in films and TV shows. “Time of The Season” has been used in films to represent the late 1960s or 1969, the year the song became popular, as in the films: 1969 (1988), Awakening (1990), A Walk on the Moon (1999) and Riding the Bullet (2004), all of which depict the year 1969.

On TV, “Time of The Season” was featured in the third season (2004) of the NBC series American Dreams, which depicts a Philadelphia family in the mid- and late-1960s, with some focus on the American Bandstand TV dance show of that era (the series was also produced by a Dick Clark company). “Tell Her No” and “She’s Not There” were also used in the American Dreams series.

Other TV shows that have used “Time of the Season” in various episodes include: Tour of Duty (1987-1990), the HBO series Big Love, Friends(in 1996), the NBC miniseries The ’60s (1999), and Will and Grace (in 2002). The song is also used in a few video games.

A 2005 Fidelity Investments TV ad used “Time of the Season” with its pitch. Click to view ad on YouTube.
A 2005 Fidelity Investments TV ad used “Time of the Season” with its pitch. Click to view ad on YouTube.
In October 2005, a Fidelity Investments TV ad produced by Arnold Worldwide of Boston began appearing using the Zombies’ song, “Time Of The Season.” The ad – designed to reach aging baby boomers needing to beef up their retirement accounts – used a lava lamp motif, an iconic piece of psychedellic-era furniture from the 1960s. “Fidelity 401-K” and other financial terms are printed on the lava lamp’s slowing-moving, forming-and-reforming green lava, with a voice-over intoning the details.

In 2006, “Time of the Season” was also used in a U.K. ad for Bulmers Irish Cider. That ad was part of themed series following the changing seasons. “Spring II” depicted an apple orchard coming back to life in the spring with a segue to the rising social life in pubs and bars. The ad appeared on ITV, Channel Four and Five throughout the U.K. In America, during the 2006 Major League baseball playoffs, the song was played in Shea Stadium as the home-team New York Mets took the field.

The 2014 Keira Knightley TV spot for Chanel’s Coco Mademoiselle perfume presented at the top of this article will likely bring new listeners to the music of the Zombies – music that is now 50 years young and counting! For additional stories at this website on music and/or advertising, please see the Annals of Music category page or the Madison Avenue page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Addendum: An October 2015 interview with Rod Argent published in the Washington Post, noted that the reformed Zombies (without their late guitarist, Paul Atkinson), had begun touring to feature songs from their Odessey & Oracle album. During the interview, Argent also noted of the album: “…[T]oday it sells more than it ever did, even after ‘Time of The Season’ was a hit.”

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 31 March 2014
Last Update: 25 April 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Keira & The Zombies: 2014 & The 1960s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 31, 2014.

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Young Zombies: 1960s photo from cover of one of Big Beat’s retrospective editions, 2010. Click for 4-song vinyl EP.
Young Zombies: 1960s photo from cover of one of Big Beat’s retrospective editions, 2010. Click for 4-song vinyl EP.
45 rpm disc of Zombies’ single, “Tell Her Know” issued in the U.S. on the Parrot record label. Click for vinyl.
45 rpm disc of Zombies’ single, “Tell Her Know” issued in the U.S. on the Parrot record label. Click for vinyl.
45rpm disc for The Zombies’ hit song, “Time of The Season,” on Date records, a CBS subsidiary label. Click for vinyl.
45rpm disc for The Zombies’ hit song, “Time of The Season,” on Date records, a CBS subsidiary label. Click for vinyl.

“Coco Mademoiselle: Feminine and Sexy, Young and Exciting,” Chanel.com, Accessed, March 29, 2014.

Katy Winter, “Keira Knightley Is Breath-taking in New Coco Mademoiselle Advert..,” Daily Mail (London), March 18, 2014.

Leanne Bayley, “Watch: New Coco Chanel Advert Starring Keira Knightley, Glamour Magazine.co.uk, Tuesday, March 18, 2014.

Emma Bazilian, “Ad of the Day: Keira Knightley Does Her Best Bond Girl Imitation for Chanel;Joe Wright Directs ‘She’s Not There’,” AdWeek.com, March 26, 2014.

“The Zombies,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 1107-1108.

“The Zombies,” AceRecords.co.uk.

Neil Strauss, “The Pop Life; A New Season For the Zombies,” New York Times, January 28, 1998.

Neil Strauss, “The Pop Life; Desperately Seeking Synergy,” New York Times, May 31, 2001.

“The Zombies,” Wikipedia.org.

Review of Claes Johansen book, “The Zombies: Hung Up On A Dream A Biography 1962-1967,” Psychedelic-RocknRoll.Blogspot- .com, January 2012.

“She’s Not There,” Wikipedia.org.

Jole Whitburn, The Billboard Book of Top 40 Hits, 8th Edition, New York: Billboard Books, p. 697.

Fred Bronson, “The Top 100 Songs of 1964,” Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, 4th edition, New York: Billboard Books, 2007, p. 354. (“She’s Not There,” No. 30 ).

Fred Bronson, “The Top 100 Songs of 1969,” Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, 4th edition, New York: Billboard Books, 2007, p. 370. (“Time of the Season,” No. 39 ).

“Odessey and Oracle,” Wikipedia.org.

Blake Maddux, “Interview: Rod Argent of the Zombies,” DigBoston.com, July 5, 2013.

“Time of the Season,” Wikipedia.org.

“Bunny Lake Is Missing” (1965 film),Wikipe- dia.org.

Jack Doyle, “Early Beach Boys, 1962-1966,” PopHistoryDig.com, June 14, 2010.

Jack Doyle, “Beatles History: 12 Stories,” (topics page listing 12 Beatles stories w/thumbnails & links) PopHistoryDig.com, December 15, 2011.

Roger Catlin, “The Zombies Resurrect Their Famous Album,” WashingtonPost.com, October 2, 2015.

_______________________________________________________________

 

 

“Moondog Alan Freed”
1951-1965

1950s dance-concert scene with Alan Freed (far right) as DJ & emcee. CD cover for collection of 1950s songs from Freed’s radio years. Famous Grove Records / 1997-98. Click for CD.
1950s dance-concert scene with Alan Freed (far right) as DJ & emcee. CD cover for collection of 1950s songs from Freed’s radio years. Famous Grove Records / 1997-98. Click for CD.
In America during the early 1950s, the music being broadcast on the radio was beginning to change – but not everywhere.

The normal fare of the day was mostly a mixture of Big Band music, old standards, Frank Sinatra-style crooners, a few pop tunes, and some novelty songs. Among the No. 1 singles in 1950, for example, were: “I Can Dream, Can’t I,” by The Andrews Sisters; “Chatta-nooga Shoe Shine Boy,” by Red Foley; “Music! Music! Music!,” by Teresa Brewer; “Mona Lisa” by Nat King Cole; and “The Tennessee Waltz,” by Patti Page, among others.

But this style of music – which would remain a standard genre for years – was making room for a new sound and a new kind of music. And one place where the new music was being broadcast on the radio was in Cleveland, Ohio by a late-night disc jockey named Alan Freed.

Working at station WJW and using the on-air nickname “Moondog,” Freed in 1951 was playing a mixture of rhythm and blues (R&B) music — music performed and listened to by mostly African Americans; music that was not widely played on mainstream radio. This was the music that would soon be known as “rock ’n roll” – a name that Freed would later be credited with advancing, if not inventing.

“Moondog” Alan Freed in 1951 at Cleveland radio station WJW where he called the new music he played, “rock ’n roll.”
“Moondog” Alan Freed in 1951 at Cleveland radio station WJW where he called the new music he played, “rock ’n roll.”
The broadcasting business at that time was in the midst of major technological change, as the new medium of television had arrived. Radio drama programming – a big source of the radio broadcast business – was then shifting to television. That change was consuming the attention of broadcast executives and business mangers who were less focused on radio programming and playlists. That gave radio producers and disc jockey’s more latitude and more opportunity to experiment with new kinds of music.

R&B music was then also known as “race music;” music that was played largely in the black community but rarely in white America. R&B music was racially-segregated, like much of American society then. But Alan Freed at WJW in Cleveland soon began using the music as a centerpiece of his broadcasts. Freed began his program of R&B music in July 1951 and he would later start calling it “rock ’n roll” music. He would also fashion a new kind of “DJ talk” during his broadcasts, ad-libbing and using part of the language he heard on the recordings he was offering.

“Yeah, daddy,” he would say, “let’s rock and roll!” He was 29 years old at the time. His late-night show was called “The Moondog House” and it soon became popular with the young kids – black and white – of Cleveland, Ohio and beyond. In fact, Alan Freed would be credited as one of the early prime movers of “rock ’n roll” music and the early rock concert business. And Cleveland, the town where the rock `n roll broadcasts began, would later be honored with the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame museum as tribute to Freed. But when Freed came to Cleveland in the early 1950s, he had not come with the idea of broadcasting R& B music.

 

Alan Freed

Early 1950s print ad for Alan Freed’s radio show on Cleveland’s WJW, sponsored by the Record Rendezvous.
Early 1950s print ad for Alan Freed’s radio show on Cleveland’s WJW, sponsored by the Record Rendezvous.
He was born Albert James Freed in December 1921 near Johnstown, Pennsylvania. By the time he was 13 or so, the future radio DJ had formed a band in high school, his family then living in Salem, Ohio. Freed’s band was called the Sultans of Swing and he played trombone. In 1942, by the time he was 21, Freed had started his radio broadcasting career at WKST in New Castle, Pennsylvania. He then did a short sportscasting stint at WKBN radio in Youngstown, Ohio before moving to WAKR in Akron, Ohio where he became a local favorite in the mid-1940s playing hot jazz and pop recordings.

By 1949 Freed had moved to WXEL-TV in Cleveland. There, Freed would later meet record store owner Leo Mintz in early 1951 who urged him to emcee a program of R&B music over WJW radio.

Mintz was the owner of the Record Rendezvous, one of Cleveland’s largest record stores, and he had noticed young white kids buying what had been considered exclusively black music a few years earlier.

Mintz believed that the R& B music was appealing to the white kids because of its beat, and that it could be danced to easily. He also proposed buying airtime on the station to help sponsor the R & B show. Record Rendevous would also appear in print ads promoting Freed’s shows, as illustrated in the ad above, which uses some radio lingo to pitch its ad slogans, such as: “He spins ‘em keed, he’s HEP, that Freed!”

Disc jockey Alan Freed shown in studio with 45 rpm recording in hand to play on his show.
Disc jockey Alan Freed shown in studio with 45 rpm recording in hand to play on his show.
On July 11, 1951, Freed went on the air at WJW and began playing R&B records. He didn’t make the move to R&B all at once, but gradually. And after listeners responded with repeated requests, he went full bore. He then began calling himself “Moondog” and his show “The Moondog House,” billing himself in radio banter as “The King of the Moondoggers.”

Freed used an instrumental song, “Moondog Symphony,” as his show’s theme, a song by a New York street musician named Louis T. Hardin who also used the name “Moondog.” Others report that Freed used the song, “Blues for Moon Dog” as his radio theme, a song by Todd Rhodes.

On his show, Freed would later call the music he played, “rock `n roll,” a term found throughout R&B music. He wasn’t the first to use the term, but he became the first DJ to program R&B music for a much larger listening audience, helping to take the music business in a whole new direction.

WJW at the time was a 50,000-watt clear channel station powerful enough to reach a giant market throughout the Midwest. David Halberstam, describing Freed’s rise in his book The Fifties, wrote:
 

Poster advertising Alan Freed’s “Moondog Coronation Ball,” March 21st, 1952, Cleveland, Ohio.
Poster advertising Alan Freed’s “Moondog Coronation Ball,” March 21st, 1952, Cleveland, Ohio.

“…His success was immediate. It was as if an entire generation of young white kids in that area had been waiting for someone to catch up with them. For Freed it was what he had been waiting for; he seemed to come alive as a new hip personality. He was the Moondog, He kept the beat himself in his live chamber, adding to it by hitting on a Cleveland phone book. He became one of them, the kids, on their side as opposed to that of their parents, the first grown-up who understood them and what they wanted. By his choice of music alone, the Moondog has instantly earned their trust. Soon he was doing live rock shows. The response was remarkable. No one in the local music business had ever seen anything like it before. Two or three thousand kids would buy tickets …all for performers that adults had never even heard of.”

Freed’s dance concerts were advertised over his radio show and he would also emcee the live shows, appearing as the DJ, introducing guest acts, and playing records at the site. In March 1952, he promoted a dance concert to be held at the Cleveland Arena that he called the “Moondog Coronation Ball,” which some claim as the first rock concert. A number of live R& B acts were also billed as part of this concert, including Paul Williams & The Hucklebuckers, Tiny Grims & The Rockin’ Highlanders, The Dominoes, Danny Cobb, and Varetta Dillard.

March 21st 1952: Scene at the Moondog Coronation Ball at the Cleveland Arena, just before things got out of hand. Photo, Peter Hastings/Cleveland Plain Dealer.
March 21st 1952: Scene at the Moondog Coronation Ball at the Cleveland Arena, just before things got out of hand. Photo, Peter Hastings/Cleveland Plain Dealer.

Over 20,000 young teens showed up for the 10,000-person ice hockey facility. A riot ensued as the crowd broke into the rink. The police responded and the concert was shut down. Part of the problem was due to the fact that a second night of Moondog Ball entertainment was planned to follow the first night, but all of the tickets for both nights were printed with the first night’s date, March 21st. In any case, the riot that resulted became the talk of the town, as the community was outraged. But the incident only raised the visibility of Freed and his radio show, then becoming more popular among teens.

August 1954. Print ad for big R&B revue show in Cleveland with Alan Freed hosting.
August 1954. Print ad for big R&B revue show in Cleveland with Alan Freed hosting.
On May 17 and 18th, 1952, Freed’s “Moondog Maytime Ball” was held at the Cleveland Arena, this time featuring three shows to handle the crowds. These shows had a number of acts including: The Dominoes, Todd Rhodes and his Orchestra, H-Bomb Ferguson, Freddie Mitchell and his Orchestra, Little Jimmy Scott, Al “Fats” Thomas, Joan Shaw, the Kalvin Brothers, and Morris Lane and his Great Orchestra. Additional “Moondog” dances and concerts were held in Akron, Youngstown, Canton, and Lorain, Ohio, and also Sharon, Pennsylvania. Meanwhile, back at his radio show, he was making his own stylistic mark. Rolling Stone writer John Morthland would later observe:

“It is 1953, and Alan Freed is on the air again for his late night Moondog Show on WJW… Freed yips, moans and brays, gearing up for another evening hosting the hottest rhythm & blues show in the land. Slipping on a golf glove, he bangs on a phone book in time to the music – maybe ‘Money Honey’ by the Drifters, or ‘Shake a Hand’ by Faye Adams… [H]e spins the hits and continues his manic patter throughout the night, spewing forth rhymed jive with the speed and flections of a Holy Roller at the Pearly Gates.”

In 1953, when “The Biggest Rhythm and Blues Show” (run by the Gale Theatrical Agency) came to Cleveland on tour that summer, Freed was the featured emcee. On July 17,1953, thousands came out for that show at the Cleveland Arena, which also featured boxing star and celebrity Joe Louis for a brief appearance, as well as a full roster of performers including: Ruth Brown, Wynonie Harris, Leonard Reed, the tap dancing Edwards Sisters, Dusty Fletcher, Stuffy Bryant, and the Buddy Johnson Orchestra. That tour drew a largely black audience and became the largest grossing R&B revue of its day. In 1954, a similar tour again came to Cleveland in August, with Freed running that show as well.

These R&B revues, and Freed’s own stage shows and dances, drew tens of thousands of teens, black and white. Freed’s broadcasts from WJW in Cleveland, meanwhile, were being picked up by some radio stations in the East, on Newark, New Jersey station WNJR, for example, where the show found a receptive audience.Freed’s broadcasts were being picked up by radio stations in the East, and his on-air style was now spreading to other DJs who played a similar mix of music. Freed’s on air radio style was also spreading to other DJs, who played a similar mix of music. And by the early- and mid-1950s, the new rock ‘n roll music was also being listened to on small, hand-held transistorized radios, then selling for $25 to $50.

In May 1954, Freed traveled to Newark, New Jersey where he held the “Eastern Moondog Coronation Ball” at the Sussex Avenue Armory in Newark. It was Freed’s first personal appearance in the New York area. Among the R&B artists who appeared there were: Buddy Johnson and his orchestra and vocalist Ella Johnson; The Clovers, a vocal quartet; Roost Bonnemera and his Mambo Band; Nolan Lewis, Mercury recording star; Sam Butera, jazz saxophonist; Muddy Waters, blues guitar player; the Harptones; and Charles Brown. A crowd of some 11,000 came out for Freed’s Newark show. RCA Victor recorded the entire show for use on a special Moondog album. Our World magazine also covered the event in a featured pictorial story.

In September 1954, Alan Freed would move from WJW in Cleveland, Ohio to WINS in New York City.
In September 1954, Alan Freed would move from WJW in Cleveland, Ohio to WINS in New York City.
Although still at Cleveland radio station WJW in 1954, by August of that year, Freed took his R&B revue show to New York. Around this time he had also begun talking with radio station WINS in New York about joining their station. On August 1, 1954, Freed’s “Moondog Jubilee Of Stars Under the Stars” was held at Brooklyn’s Ebbets Field, then still home of baseball’s Brooklyn Dodgers. On the bill at that concert were the Dominoes, the Clovers, the Orioles, Fats Domino, Little Walter, Muddy Waters, Count Basie’s Orchestra, and Buddy Johnson’s Orchestra. A large, racially mixed crowd came out for this concert, like others Freed had helped organize or emcee. Back on his radio show, Freed had been forced to stop using his DJ name, “Moondog” in 1954 after a lawsuit was filed by the blind New York city street musician who had recorded the song “Moondog Symphony.” Freed renamed his show “Alan Freed’s Rock and Roll Party.” Freed had also tried to copyright the term “rock `n roll,” which wasn’t widely used at the time. He took out a copyright on the term in partnership with music businessman Morris Levy, veteran promoter Lew Platt, and radio station WINS. But soon, the tidal wave of rock ’n roll music made the term common parlance, and Freed’s claim went for naught.

 

January 1955: “Billboard” magazine ad for Alan Freed’s shows on WINS radio, New York.
January 1955: “Billboard” magazine ad for Alan Freed’s shows on WINS radio, New York.
New York, NY

In September 1954 Freed was hired by WINS radio in New York. There he would receive a $75,000-a-year salary plus a percentage of syndication, as more than 40 radio stations would sign up to either simulcast or rebroadcast his show. Freed’s “Rock ’n Roll Party #1″ was broadcast Monday through Saturday in the 7:00-9:00 p.m. time slot. Another late night show, “Rock ’n Roll Party #2,” was broadcast Monday through Thursday in the 11:00 p.m.- 1:00 a.m. slot and Fridays and Saturdays, 11:00 p.m.-2:00 a.m.

Freed’s live concert dance shows, meanwhile, soon became New York sensations. On January 14th and 15th, 1955 he held a landmark dance at the St Nicholas Ballroom in Manhattan, promoting black performers as rock ’n roll artists. Each night was a sellout, with some 12,000 jamming the hall. The gate for the two nights was $27,500, pretty good money in those days. Among the performers were Joe Turner and Fats Domino.

Freed also became known for his New York stage shows at the Brooklyn and New York Paramount Theaters. At one of Freed’s Brooklyn Paramount shows in September 1955, called his “First Anniversary Rock ‘n’ Roll Party,” he broke the all-time record gross take for both the Brooklyn and New York Paramount Theaters with a gate of $178,000 (for an eight day run). This topped the previous high that had been set by the Dean Martin-Jerry Lewis comedy team some years earlier when they reached the $147,000 mark at the New York Paramount. Among those performing at this show were: Red Prysock and his band, The Cardinals, The Rythmettes, Nappy Brown, The Four Voices, The Harptones, Chuck Berry (doing “Maybellene”), the Nutmegs, Al Hibber, Lillian Briggs and others.

Wrote one Cash Box reporter who covered the show:

1950s: The Brooklyn Paramount’s electric marquee at night announcing an Alan Freed show and star participants.
1950s: The Brooklyn Paramount’s electric marquee at night announcing an Alan Freed show and star participants.

“…This reviewer has been through the teen age hysteria that existed from 1936 through 1945 when the kids danced in the aisles to the music of Benny Goodman, Frank Sinatra, Tommy Dorsey and others, but never have these eyes seen fanatical exuberance such as the type displayed at Alan Freed’s sensational 1st Anniversary Rock ’n roll program…”

In December 1956, during an eight-day stretch over the Christmas holiday, Freed threw his “Rock ’n Roll Christmas Show” at the Brooklyn Paramount with a line-up that included: the Drifters, Fats Domino, Joe Turner, and others. All the musicians were black, but at least half the audience packing the arena was white.

Print ad for one of Alan Freed’s Christmas Shows running over 8 days at the Brooklyn Paramount, 1950s.
Print ad for one of Alan Freed’s Christmas Shows running over 8 days at the Brooklyn Paramount, 1950s.
By 1956, Freed was making about $150,000 a year (1956 dollars) and had become a nationally-recognized DJ. He would also soon appear in a series of rock ’n roll films (see sidebar below) that would add to his national following. Not only was his radio show being heard nationally via CBS, but also internationally. Freed in 1956 began recording a weekly half-hour segment of his show for use on the European radio station known as Radio Luxembourg. Freed’s segment was used on a show called “Jamboree” which aired on Saturday nights throughout British Isles and much of Europe at 9:30 p.m., helped by the statio’s powerful AM nighttime signal. Radio Luxembourg, in fact, was the only commercial radio station heard in the U. K..until 1964. Freed’s show reached places like Liverpool, England and no doubt, the ears of four young lads who liked Little Richard and Chuck Berry and would later become the Beatles.

Back home, meanwhile, Freed’s radio show was also having an influence on emerging U.S. artists. Fred Bronson, writing in Billboard’s Hottest Hot 100 Hits, offers the following account of how Freed’s show had an impact on the formation of one of the more successful “girl groups” of the late 1950s:

…Arlene Smith was the leader of the Chantels, and her inspiration for forming her girl group was a man – or rather, a teenage boy. “Alan Freed came on the radio and played Frankie Lymon & the Teenagers singing ‘Why Do Fools Fall in Love’,” Smith told Charlotte Greig in [her book] Will You Still Love Me Tomorrow? “It was a lovely high voice and a nice song. Then Freed announces that Frankie is just 13! Well I had to sit down. It was a big mystery, how to get into this radio stuff… It seemed so far removed, but I made a conscious decision to do the same.”

October 1955 poster for an Alan Freed show at the Apollo Theater in New York City.
October 1955 poster for an Alan Freed show at the Apollo Theater in New York City.

When Frankie Lymon played a theater in the Bronx, Arlene took her group to meet Richard Barrett, Lymon’s manager. Backstage, the Chantels sang one of Arlene’s songs, “The Plea.” Barrett liked them enough to tell record company owner George Goldner that he wanted to sign them. Their first release was “He’s Gone” on Goldner’s End label; it peaked at No. 71. Their next single, “Maybe,” went to No. 15.

Within the space of five years or so, Alan Freed had helped move the rhythm and blues sound to a more prominent presence in pop and mainstream music. By early 1956, the music industry was advertising “rock ’n roll” records in the trade papers. A quote attributed to Freed from February 1956, has him explaining the new music: “Rock ’n roll is really swing with a modern name. It began on the levees and plantations, took in folk songs, and features blues and rhythm. It’s the rhythm that gets to the kids – they’re starved of music they can dance to, after all those years of crooners.” Freed had also become a champion of teenage kids and their musical interests, and a kind of middleman in the fight against those who wanted to ban the music seeing it as an influence on “juvenile delinquency,” a worrisome social problem and political issue at the time.

In 1957, while working for WINS, Freed continued hosting his big revues in the New York area and elsewhere. In Calgary, Ontario, for example, Freed’s “The Biggest Show Of Stars For 1957” played at the Stampede Corral venue. Performers included Fats Domino, Chuck Berry, Buddy Holly and the Crickets, the Everly Brothers, Paul Anka, Clyde McPhatter, Eddie Cochrane, Buddy Knox, Frankie Lymon, LaVern Baker, and The Drifters. Tickets were just $2.50. The show also played in the Canadian cities of Edmonton and Regina the next two nights.

By September 1957, Freed was a popular figure in the music industry, and during that month he hosted a big industry bash at his “Greycliffe” residence in Stamford, Connecticut. Among music label executives attending the gathering were: Bob Thiele of Coral Records; Sam Clark of ABC-Paramount; Morris Levy and Joe Kolsky of Roulette Records; and Jerry Wexler, Herb Abramson and Ahmet Ertegun of Atlantic. Alan Freed by this time, wasn’t limiting his exposure to the music industry via radio and TV. He was also involved with bringing rock ’n roll music to film.

 

“Rock ’n Roll Films”
1956-1959: With Alan Freed

 

Poster for the 1956 film, “Rock Around The Clock,” billed as “The Screen’s First Great Rock ’n Roll Feature!” Click for 2-film DVD.
Poster for the 1956 film, “Rock Around The Clock,” billed as “The Screen’s First Great Rock ’n Roll Feature!” Click for 2-film DVD.
When Bill Haley’s song “Rock Around The Clock” was played during the closing credits of the 1955 film, Blackboard Jungle, kids in some of the theaters began dancing in the aisles. And with that notice, the song soon shot to the top of the charts.

That early combination of rock ’n roll music with a movie also caught the attention of Hollywood promoters — and DJ Alan Freed wasn’t far behind. But Hollywood first came to Freed, seeing him and his radio platform as a marketing vehicle. “…Deejays out of town were picking up on whatever Freed did,” explained Paul Sherman, who worked with Freed in New York. “What Freed played, they played, what Freed hyped, they hyped…” So Freed agreed to take a part in a film called Rock Around the Clock. In making the deal, Freed at first wanted cash up front, but was persuaded to consider taking only a little money up front and a percentage of the box office. That turned out to be a good deal for Freed later on, or as Paul Sherman remembers: “They could have bought Freed for $15,000, and instead [with the percentage arrangement] he made a fortune.”

Scene from “Rock Around The Clock” with Bill Haley, center, plaid shirt & Alan Freed, upper right. Click for Haley story.
Scene from “Rock Around The Clock” with Bill Haley, center, plaid shirt & Alan Freed, upper right. Click for Haley story.
Rock Around the Clock, which starred Billy Haley and His Comets, was a fictionalized rendition of how rock ’n roll was discovered. The plot in this film – as for most of the rock ’n roll films of this era – was pretty thin and secondary to the music. It was released in March 1956.

In addition to Bill Haley, a number of performers appear, including the Platters, Tony Martinez and band, and Freddie Bell and His Bellboys.

The film also marked the screen debut of Alan Freed, who plays a disc jockey who books the Haley group in a venue that gives them the exposure and notice they need to break through.

Alan Freed’s name appears on 1956 film poster for “Don’t Knock The Rock” with Bill Haley.
Alan Freed’s name appears on 1956 film poster for “Don’t Knock The Rock” with Bill Haley.
Rock Around The Clock – which became one of the major box office successes of 1956 – was shot primarily to capitalize on the popularity of Bill Haley’s multi-million-selling hit song, “Rock Around the Clock.” The Haley hit is heard on at least three occasions in the film, along with 17 other songs. The film was produced by B-movie king Sam Katzman, who would later produce several Elvis Presley films in the 1960s. It was directed by Fred F. Sears and distributed by Columbia Pictures. That same year, Katztman, Sears and Columbia teamed up for what they hoped would be an equally successful sequel, Don’t Knock the Rock, which also featured Bill Haley and Alan Freed. Rushed into production, the film premiered in December 1956 hoping to capitalize on Rock Around the Clock.

1957 film poster for “Rock, Rock, Rock!,” billing Alan Freed & Tuesday Weld. Click for DVD.
1957 film poster for “Rock, Rock, Rock!,” billing Alan Freed & Tuesday Weld. Click for DVD.
The sequel’s storyline featured a rock star who returns to his hometown to rest up for the summer, but finds instead that rock ’n roll has been banned there by disapproving adults. Disc jockey Alan Freed and Bill Haley and his band, set about to show the adults that the music isn’t as bad as they think. The 85-minute film included 17 songs, several again from Haley, but also “Long Tall Sally” and “Tutti-Frutti” from Little Richard. Don’t Knock the Rock failed to duplicate the earlier film’s success, though it did help popularize Little Richard.

The following year, two more rock ’n roll films were made involving Freed. Rock, Rock, Rock, was a black-and-white motion picture featuring performances from a number of early rock ’n roll stars, such as Chuck Berry, LaVern Baker, Teddy Randazzo, The Moonglows, The Flamingos, and The Teenagers with Frankie Lymon as lead singer. The film’s story line has teenager Dori Graham, played by then 13-year-old Tuesday Weld, who can’t convince her father to buy her a strapless gown for the prom and has to find the money herself in time for the big dance. The voice of Dori for her songs, was not Tuesday Weld’s, but that of singer Connie Francis. David Winters who would later appear in West Side Story, is also in the film. And Valerie Harper, later of Rhoda TV fame from a Mary Tyler Moore Show spin off, made her film debut in the prom scene of Rock, Rock, Rock.

1957 poster for “Mister Rock and Roll” w/Alan Freed & others. Click for poster.
1957 poster for “Mister Rock and Roll” w/Alan Freed & others. Click for poster.
Alan Freed makes an appearance as himself in the film, telling the audience that “rock and roll is a river of music that has absorbed many streams: rhythm and blues, jazz, rag time, cowboy songs, country songs, folk songs. All have contributed to the big beat.”

Another film in this same genre that also came out in 1957, Mister Rock and Roll, features Freed, professional boxer Rocky Graziano, and a number of musical artists, including: Teddy Randazzo, Lionel Hampton, Ferlin Husky, Frankie Lymon, Little Richard, Brook Benton, Chuck Berry, Clyde McPhatter, LaVern Baker, and Screamin’ Jay Hawkins.

 

“Go, Johnny Go!”

Go, Johnny Go! was a 1959 rock ’n roll film in which Alan Freed played a talent scout searching for a future rock ’n roll star. Co-starring in the film were Jimmy Clanton, Sandy Stewart, Chuck Berry, Jackie Wilson, Ritchie Valens, The Cadillacs, Jo-Ann Campbell, The Flamingos, Harvey Fuqua, and others.

1959 poster for “Go, Johnny Go!,” with Alan Freed & performing artists pictured. Click for DVD.
1959 poster for “Go, Johnny Go!,” with Alan Freed & performing artists pictured. Click for DVD.
The filming of Go, Johnny Go!, according to Chuck Berry, was completed in five days in early 1959 in Culver City, California at the Hal Roach Studio. The 75- minute film premiered in Los Angeles October 7, 1959. The film’s title was inspired by Jimmy Clanton’s popular single “Go, Jimmy Go” as well as the refrain from Chuck Berry’s hit song, “Johnny B. Goode,” which was listed as “Johnny Be Good” in the onscreen credits. The song is sung by Berry over the opening and closing credits.

In the film, as summarized by Turner Classic Movies (TCM), Freed, plays a kind of hipster father figure trying to give talented young people the musical exposure they need to become successful. Johnny Melody, played by Jimmy Clanton, is the troubled teen whose potential musical career Freed helps direct and save.

In this tale, Clanton/Melody rises from rags to riches via a demo disc played on Freed’s radio show. Freed plays himself in the film, as does Chuck Berry. Yet the plot, like most films in this genre, is thin, and puts a cleaned-up face on rock ‘n roll. Still, it does provide a look at the fledgling music industry of that time and its early hype.

Screen shot from "Go, Johnny Go!" shows Alan Freed on drums behind Chuck Berry on guitar.
Screen shot from "Go, Johnny Go!" shows Alan Freed on drums behind Chuck Berry on guitar.
And in its day, before music videos and the web, films like Go, Johnny Go! did provide music fans with a chance to see their favorite performers. (Although few of these films were ever issued in VHS or disc format. Only in recent years, since 2005 or so, have some of them been issued as DVDs).

Ritchie Valens, at age 18, has a cameo singing appearance in the film. However, Valens would die in a plane crash along with Buddy Holly and the Big Bopper on February 3, 1959, several months before the film was released. Go, Johnny Go! also marked the final screen appearance of “rockabilly” performer Eddie Cochran, who died in an automobile crash on April 17, 1960.

Cover of LP sound track album for the film, “Go, Johnny Go!,” with 19 song from the film, issued in early 1959. Click for CD.
Cover of LP sound track album for the film, “Go, Johnny Go!,” with 19 song from the film, issued in early 1959. Click for CD.
Jimmy Clanton and Sandy Stewart made their motion picture debuts in Go, Johnny Go! Chuck Berry, Clanton and Stewart are the only rock ’n roll stars to act as well as sing in the film. The others only sing, most in a stage performance setting. Other acts include: Harvey [Fuqua] of the Moonglows singing “Don’t Be Afraid to Love,” Jo-Ann Campbell’s “Mama, Can I Go Out?,” and The Cadillacs performing “Please Mr. Johnson” and “Jay Walker.” Sandy Stewart, cast as Clanton’s girlfriend and aspiring vocalist, performs an orchestra version of “Playmate.”

TCM’s reviewer, meanwhile, noting the film’s “crude fictionalizing and dreadful miming,” did find some redeeming value. Go, Johnny Go! “offers the only moving evidence of Ritchie Valens,” he observes, and also includes “a rare fragment of Eddie Cochran.” The film also shows the Cadillacs doing two “Coasters-like” numbers, and has Chuck Berry “struggling to be a nice guy in a ‘major acting role’.” This film might have been better, he concludes, if it merely undertook to be a concert film or a documentary. But the “pretense of plot” made it pretty superficial.

Go, Johnny Go!, in any case, was the final film foray of Alan Freed in those years, as not long after, Freed became embroiled in the radio “payola” scandal that ended his career.

 

Controversy

In 1957, Alan Freed briefly had his own ABC-TV dance show.  He is shown here at center, with Jackie Wilson, far left, and Jimmy Clanton, left of Freed, and others.
In 1957, Alan Freed briefly had his own ABC-TV dance show. He is shown here at center, with Jackie Wilson, far left, and Jimmy Clanton, left of Freed, and others.
In July 1957 ABC-TV had given Alan Freed his own nationally-televised rock ’n roll dance show billed as “The Big Beat,” a Friday evening show in prime time that featured a mix of pop and R&B acts. This Alan Freed TV dance show pre-dated the national broadcast of American Bandstand with Dick Clark, the Philadelphia-based show that also went national that August with ABC. Freed’s show was running earlier that summer with the understanding that if there were enough viewers, it would continue into the 1957-58 TV season. Early reviews in June and July were positive, and ratings for the first episodes were strong. Freed and his show seemed to be on course for a long run. But unfortunately for Freed, his TV show came to an abrupt end after a televised episode broadcast one of the show’s black performers – Frankie Lymon, who had appeared with Freed in some of his films – dancing with a white girl. The biracial dance scene enraged ABC’s Southern affiliates and the network cancelled the show despite its growing popularity.

Headlines from a May 1958 Boston Globe story spell trouble for Alan Freed’s stage shows.
Headlines from a May 1958 Boston Globe story spell trouble for Alan Freed’s stage shows.
Other controversy followed Freed at one of his dance concerts. In early May 1958, some violence occurred outside the Boston Arena after a Freed stage show. Authorities there moved to indict Freed for inciting to riot. About a week later, Freed was in Hershey, Pennsylvania with another show when he learned he had to appear in court in Boston. The negative publicity about the Boston show, caused cancellations of other Freed shows then scheduled for Troy, New York; New Haven, Connecticut; and Newark, New Jersey. In New Haven on May 7, 1960, a common pleas court judge upheld a police-requested ban on Freed’s rock ’n roll show there despite a plea from Freed to allow the show to run. Some 100 teenagers showed up outside the packed courtroom in support of the show. The Boston charges against Freed, meanwhile, were eventually dropped, but the resulting cancellations and appeals took a toll on Freed for legal costs, as the fight had stretched out over some 17 months. Much of his show tour that year was cancelled. Back at his New York radio station, WINS, Freed quit his job there, according to a letter he wrote, after management failed to support him during the “riots” crisis. In addition, the Brooklyn Paramount – where Freed had staged a long run of successful shows – refused to host any further Alan Freed concerts. He then moved to WABC radio, also in New York, and he also hosted a locally-televised dance show — again called “The Big Beat” — on WABD, a DuMont station that later became WNEW-TV. But the biggest threat to Freed’s career was yet to come.

 

“Payola”

Nov 1959: Newspaper headline from story on payola hearings.
Nov 1959: Newspaper headline from story on payola hearings.
The late 1950s turned out to be treacherous time for some radio and television DJs and celebrities. TV quiz shows had become one of the most popular forms of entertainment – as contestants on these shows could win huge amounts of money for answering questions correctly. Unfortunately, it turned out that some of the shows were rigged.

In 1959, a star contestant on the TV quiz show Twenty-One, named Charles Van Doren – who had become a national sensation for his assumed brilliance on the show – admitted later that he was given the correct answers beforehand.

Congress had a field day with the TV “quiz show” scandals, and then turned to the radio industry where a new kind raucous “rock ’n roll” music was shaking up the established order — and some thought, fueling juvenile delinquency as well.

But the main focus of the Congressional interest in the music business was something called “pay-for-play,” where radio DJ’s were being paid cash or given other favors by music industry reps for repeated playing or “plugging” of songs to boost their appeal and sales. This practice was given the name “payola,” a contraction derived from the words “payment” and “Victrola.”

Alan Freed, center, going into closed-door hearings before a U.S. House of Representatives committee investigating “payola” in the American radio business, April 25, 1960.
Alan Freed, center, going into closed-door hearings before a U.S. House of Representatives committee investigating “payola” in the American radio business, April 25, 1960.
In early November 1959, the U.S. House of Representatives announced that a subcommittee led by Rep. Oren Harris would begin probing commercial bribery in the promotion of music, and with that, the “payola” scandal became national news. Both Freed and Dick Clark, who’s American Bandstand was a rising national TV dance show, were investigated, along with many others.

In early 1960, hearings began, and some twenty-five witnesses would be called, including Clark and Freed, the presidents of several of the country’s larger radio stations, representatives from Billboard magazine, and others. Freed testified in a closed-door session in April 1960. But Freed had already made some public statements that did him little good as he stepped into the national spotlight: “What they call payola in the disc jockey business,” he is reported to have said at one point, “they call lobbying in Washington.”

At the time of the hearings, however, payola wasn’t a crime in most states, and many in the industry seemed to regard it as an accepted practice. Before it was all over, the U.S. House Oversight Committee, in both closed-door and open sessions, heard from some 335 disc jockeys from around the country who admitted to having received over $263,000 in “consulting fees.” But that number was likely low, since one DJ, Phil Lind, from Chicago’s WAIT, indicated he once received $22,000 to play a single record.

NY Sunday News runs front page story about Alan Freed‘s firing by WABC radio over “payola,” September 1960.
NY Sunday News runs front page story about Alan Freed‘s firing by WABC radio over “payola,” September 1960.
Alan Freed and Dick Clark, meanwhile, were asked by ABC to sign affidavits that they had not accepted payola. Dick Clark did so, and was also required by ABC to divest some of his financial holdings in the music industry. Freed, however, claimed the money he received was for “consultation,” not payola. He refused to sign the ABC affidavit. ABC then fired him on September 21st, 1959. Freed would also lose his “Big Beat” TV show at WNEW and did his last program there on November 23rd, 1959.

Other DJs and promoters involved in payola suffered similar results, but many made it through the proceedings with only minor damage. Freed’s rising prominence on the national scene, however, made him a prime target. And in the wake of the payola probes, there was also some impact on the music itself, if only temporary.

“One of the results of the payola scandal was the change in radio,” explains John Jackson in his book, Big Beat Heat – Alan Freed and the Early Years of Rock ’n Roll. “WINS radio in New York dropped rock ’n roll and played Frank Sinatra three days straight. Other stations dropped rock. Disc jockeys no longer could chose songs and play what they wanted. The station play list came in. And music became bland.”

“Boom-to-Bust”
Failing Fortunes

Over the years, as Alan Freed’s fame rose, his income also soared, sometimes in ways not generally known at the time. One way to promote new songs was to add a popular DJ’s name to the record’s label as a “song publisher,” which would give the DJ a share of the royalties from that song and also incentive to play the song. Alan Freed, although not a song author, became a co-publisher of several hit songs. Freed received writing credit, for example, on Chuck Berry’s “Maybellene,” a million-seller; on the Moonglows’ “Sincerely,” a No. 20 hit in 1955; and several others. Recording labels like Chess Records would put DJs’ names on the songs to get airplay and this amounted to form of a payola. Still, author John Jackson, who has written about Freed and the 1950s music industry, says Freed pushed songs like “Maybellene” because he believed in them, and that he also pushed other Chuck Berry records – and those of many other artists – just as hard, even though he had no co-writing or publishing involvement in any of them. Alan Freed also did well with his rock ‘n roll stage shows, taking a piece of the gate for each show. And he sold record albums, had a recording label, and a band of his own for a time – each of which also provided him with income. Still, as the rock ’n roll “riots” and payola scandal both ensnared Freed around the same time, his legal costs soared, his fame sank, and his income dried up, leaving him in dire financial straits in his final years. Even after his death, the IRS attached royalty payments from Freed’s BMI records for 12 years to satisfy its income tax judgement against him.

Alan Freed, meanwhile, tried to pick up the pieces of his shattered career and move on. In 1960, after leaving New York, he was hired by Los Angeles radio station KDAY – a station owned, ironically, by the same company that owned WINS. But shortly after starting at KDAY, Freed was called back to New York when a grand jury there handed down commercial bribery charges against him that dated back some ten years. In May 1960, he and seven other radio DJs were arrested and booked in Manhattan, charged with receiving a total of $116,850 in payola. The final verdict in Freed’s case wouldn’t come for another few years.

Back at KDAY, meanwhile, Freed had signed an agreement to steer clear of payola, and he jumped back into his DJ persona and musical passion, helping showcase new songs and artists, such as Kathy Young & the Innocents and their hit-to-be, “A Thousand Stars.” Freed was also planning to continue his live concerts in the L.A. area, this time eyeing the Hollywood Bowl as a choice venue for the live shows. KDAY, however, would not permit Freed to promote or stage his concerts, and with that, he quit the station and returned to New York. At the time, Chubby Checker’s hit song “The Twist” had caught on nationally spurring a new dance fad, and Freed hosted a live twist show for a time in New York. But as the twist rage faded, Freed left New York and began working at WQAM radio station in Miami, Florida, a job which lasted about two months.

By 1962, Freed was back in New York dealing with his commercial bribery trial. He was eventually charged with 26 counts of commercial bribery. In December 1962, he plead guilty to 2 counts, received a suspended sentence, and paid a fine of $300.00. Facing mounting legal bills for that fight, Freed then faced Federal charges of income tax evasion in 1964. By then, he was living in Palm Springs, California and drinking heavily. On New Year’s day 1965, he entered a Palm Springs hospital for gastrointestinal intestinal bleeding, resulting from cirrhosis of the liver. He died twenty days later of kidney failure. He was 43 years old.

Poster for 1978 film about Alan Freed and early days of rock ’n roll, “American Hot Wax.” Click for poster.
Poster for 1978 film about Alan Freed and early days of rock ’n roll, “American Hot Wax.” Click for poster.
American Hot Wax. Some years later, in 1978, Alan Freed was the subject of the biographical musical film, American Hot Wax, directed by Floyd Mutrux and starring Tim McIntire as Freed. The film includes appearances by Chuck Berry, Screamin’ Jay Hawkins, Frankie Ford and Jerry Lee Lewis, performing in recording studio scenes or concert sequences. Jay Leno and Fran Drescher also appear in the film.  A two-disc soundtrack for the film released by A&M Records features Brooklyn Paramount performances on one disc, and original recordings used in the film on the other.  The album hit No. 31 on the Billboard charts.

In 1986 Freed was among the original inductees to the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame in Cleveland – located there partly due to Freed’s influence on early rock ’n roll. In 1988, he was also posthumously inducted into the National Radio Hall of Fame.

In 1991, a “star” for Alan Freed was added in his name to the Hollywood Walk of Fame, the same year John Jackson’s biography of Freed was published – Big Beat Heat: Alan Freed and the Early Years of Rock & Roll.

In 1999, another attempted film on Freed, this one for TV, titled Mr. Rock N Roll: The Alan Freed Story, with Judd Gregg as Freed, received a lukewarm reception, but still has a following.

Freed’s story is perhaps best told, however, at AlanFreed.com, a nicely assembled website managed by some of his surviving family, including a number of children and grandchildren. The site is highly recommended for those who want to see original news sources and other material. In addition to the other awards and inductions already mentioned, in February 2002, Freed was honored at the annual Grammy awards show with a Trustees Award, given to “individuals who, during their careers in music, have made significant contributions, other than performance, to the field of recording.” And last but not least, the mascot of the Cleveland Cavaliers professional basketball team is named “Moondog,” in honor of Freed.

1991 hardback edition of  John Jackson’s biography on Alan Freed and the early years of rock & roll (400pp), also available in 2007 paperback. Click for copy.
1991 hardback edition of John Jackson’s biography on Alan Freed and the early years of rock & roll (400pp), also available in 2007 paperback. Click for copy.
2009 film, “Mr. Rock N Roll: The Alan Freed Story,” starring: Judd Nelson as Alan Freed, along with Paula Abdul, Madchen Amick, and others. Click for DVD or VHS.
2009 film, “Mr. Rock N Roll: The Alan Freed Story,” starring: Judd Nelson as Alan Freed, along with Paula Abdul, Madchen Amick, and others. Click for DVD or VHS.

See also at this website, for example, “Bandstand Performers, 1963″ a story profiling and listing some of the musical guests who appeared on Dick Clark’s ‘American Bandstand’ TV dance show that year from Philadelphia, or, “Elvis Riles Florida, 1955-56,” a story profiling Elvis Presley in Jacksonville, Florida where he faced an arrest warrant if he “gyrated” too suggestively on stage. Additionally, the topics page, “Pop Music 1950s,” includes links to more than 20 stories on songs and artists from that era, and the “Annals of Music” page offers a broader selection beyond that. 

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 28 February 2014
Last Update: 16 April 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Moondog Alan Freed: 1951-1965,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 28, 2014.

____________________________________

 
 

Alan Freed at Amazon.com
 

Alan Freed music & radio excerpts, “A Hundred Years Of Rock 'n' Roll,” Bear Family, 2021.  Click for CD or digital at Amazon.
Alan Freed music & radio excerpts, “A Hundred Years Of Rock 'n' Roll,” Bear Family, 2021. Click for CD or digital at Amazon.
Advertised as “Alan Freed's Rock ‘n Roll Dance Party / Old Time Radio Show MP3 CD w/23 Episodes,” 2012 OTR World. Click for Amazon.
Advertised as “Alan Freed's Rock ‘n Roll Dance Party / Old Time Radio Show MP3 CD w/23 Episodes,” 2012 OTR World. Click for Amazon.
“Rock 'n' Roll Radio Starring Alan Freed: Live Broadcasts As Heard on CBS Radio in 1956.” Radiola, 2007. Click for CD.
“Rock 'n' Roll Radio Starring Alan Freed: Live Broadcasts As Heard on CBS Radio in 1956.” Radiola, 2007. Click for CD.

 


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Alan Freed at WAKR radio in Akron, Ohio, mid-1940s.
Alan Freed at WAKR radio in Akron, Ohio, mid-1940s.
Hartford Times (CT) newspaper story announcing a forthcoming January 1958 Alan Freed stage show.
Hartford Times (CT) newspaper story announcing a forthcoming January 1958 Alan Freed stage show.
1958: Alan Freed, going through a stack of 45rpm records at WABC radio station in New York.
1958: Alan Freed, going through a stack of 45rpm records at WABC radio station in New York.
Poster ad for an Alan Freed “Big Beat” stage show of April 16, 1958 for the Municipal Theater of Tulsa, OK.
Poster ad for an Alan Freed “Big Beat” stage show of April 16, 1958 for the Municipal Theater of Tulsa, OK.
Alan Freed in the 1950s, likely hosting a live stage show in the New York city area, broadcast over WINS radio.
Alan Freed in the 1950s, likely hosting a live stage show in the New York city area, broadcast over WINS radio.
Pennsylvania historic marker honoring Alan Freed at location of his boyhood years in Windber, PA.
Pennsylvania historic marker honoring Alan Freed at location of his boyhood years in Windber, PA.
8 Sept 1957: From left, Alan Freed, Larry Williams, Ben Dacosta (DJ) & Buddy Holly at NY Paramount Theater.
8 Sept 1957: From left, Alan Freed, Larry Williams, Ben Dacosta (DJ) & Buddy Holly at NY Paramount Theater.
One of Alan Freed’s “Rock ’n Roll Dance Party” albums, (Vol.3) w/1950s acts, issued on WINS label, circa 1970.
One of Alan Freed’s “Rock ’n Roll Dance Party” albums, (Vol.3) w/1950s acts, issued on WINS label, circa 1970.

Judith Fisher Freed, “The Alan Freed Web- site,” AlanFreed.com.

John Morthhland, “The Rise of Top Forty A.M.,” in Anthony DeCurtis, James Henke, Holly George-Warren, and Jim Miller (eds.), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock ‘n’ Roll, New York: Random House, 1992, pp.102-106.

David Halberstam, The Fifties, New York: Villard Books, 1993, pp. 466-467.

Ben Fong-Torres, “Biography,” Alan Freed .com.

John A. Jackson, Big Beat Heat: Alan Freed and the Early Years of Rock & Roll, Schirmer Books, 1991.

“Archives: Moondog (1950-1954),” Alan Freed.com.

Hank Bordowitz, Turning Points in Rock and Roll, New York: Citadel Press/Kensington Publishing, 2004, pp. 60-68.

“Alan Freed,” Wikipedia.org.

“Disc Jockey Alan Freed Files in Bankruptcy,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), May 9, 1951.

“Moondog Coronation Ball,” Entertainment: This Day in History, History.com, March 21, 1952.

“Warrants Sought in Blues Ball Brawl,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), March 22, 1952.

“Moon Doggers Get New Permit for Ball,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), May 12, 1952.

“Moon Dog Dance To Be Restricted; City of Fire Prevention Rules Threaten Frolic,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), December 12, 1952.

“Moondog Bark Worse Than Bite; Only 500 at Dance,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), December 15, 1952.

Marv Goldberg, “The Clovers – Part 1,” Marv Goldberg’s R&B Notebooks, 1999/2009.

Tom O’Connell, “Alan Freed Hosts Moondog Affair Tonight in Newark,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), May 1, 1954.

George E. Condon, On The Air, “‘King of the Moondogs’ Quits WJW to Sign with New York Station,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), August 1954.

“Dear Mr. Moondog: Alan Freed’s Coronation Ball Packs 11,000 Into Newark Armory,” Our World, August 1954.

“Record Crowd of 9,000 Fans Attend Public Hall Rhythm and Blues Show,” Cleveland Call & Post, August 15, 1954.

Josephine Jablons, “‘Moondog,’ Blues, Jazz Disk Ace, Gets NY Show,” New York Herald Tribune, August 1954.

Tom O’Connell, “Alan Freed, WJW Battle Over Moon Dog Rights,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), September 11, 1954.

“Rock ‘n’ Roll Ball,” The Cash Box, January 29, 1955.

“Alan Freed’s ‘Rock-n-Roll’ Music Thrills New Yorkers: Former Salem Man Rises as Disc Jockey” (Salem, Ohio news source), January 1955, via AlanFreed.com.

“$155,000, One Week’s Gross – Paramount Theater, Brooklyn, New York,” Variety, Wednesday, September 14, 1955.

Robert Sullivan, “Rock ‘n’ Roll – ‘n’ Riot,” Sunday News (New York), September 18, 1955.

“Alan Freed Rocks ’n Rolls To The Tune of $178,000 Gross For One Week Stand At Brooklyn Paramount,” The Cash Box, 1955.

“Rock Around the Clock (film),” Wikipe-dia.org.

Alan Freed, “The Big Beat,” Guest Writer, Izzy Rowe’s Notebook, The Pittsburgh Courier, 1955.

“Music: Yeh-Heh-Heh-Hes, Baby,” Time, Monday, June 18, 1956.

Milt Freudenheim, “Alan Freed Cashes In On 2R’s,” The Cleveland Press, Saturday, April 13, 1957, p. 38.

Earl Wilson, “Alan Freed, Rock ’n Roll Exponent, Boosting Rock- a-Billy in Gotham,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), April, 13, 1957.

“Alan Freed Pacted For Six Week Tour,” The Cash Box (New York), November 16,1957.

Associated Press, “New Haven Shall Not Be Freed, Court Rules,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), May 8, 1958.

“Television: Rock ’n Riot,” Time, Monday, May 19, 1958.

“Alan Freed Quits Radio Station in Rock ’n Roll Row,” Long Island Press (Jamaica, NY), May 9, 1959.

Walter Ames, “L.A. Jockeys Deny Payola, But Admit Offers,” Los Angeles Times, Nov. 24, 1959.

“Dick Clark Will Face Payola Probers; Alan Freed Will Also Testify,” Los Angeles Evening Mirror- News, November 24, 1959, p. 1.

“Show Business: Facing the Music,” Time, Monday, November 30, 1959.

“Disc Jockeys: Now Don’t Cry,” Time, Monday, December 7, 1959.

“Archives: Payola (1959-1962) – Press Coverage,” AlanFreed.com.

United Press International (UPI), “Interest-Free Loan to Alan Freed Told,” December 1, 1959.

“Alan Freed ~ On The Record,”GeoCities.

“Rock, Rock, Rock,” Wikipedia.org.

Jeff Stafford, “Go, Johnny, Go! (1959),” Articles, TCM.com.

“Go, Johnny, Go! (1959),” Notes, TCM.com.

“A Tribute to Alan Freed, Mr. ‘Rock ‘n’ Roll’,” RockaBillyHall.com.

Bill Millar, “Alan Freed: Mr Rock ’n Roll,” The History of Rock, 1982 @ TeachRock.org.

Wes Smith (Robert Weston), The Pied Pipers of Rock ‘N’ Roll: Radio Deejays of The 50s and 60s, Longstreet Press, 1989.

Jane Scott, “Triumphs and Tragedies of the Legendary Alan Freed,” The Plain Dealer
(Cleveland, Ohio), Friday, September 27, 1991.

Roger Brown, “King of the Moondoggers: Celebrating Alan Freed, The DJ Who Named Rock ‘n’ Roll,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), 1995.

Robert Fontenot, “It’s Not Goodbye, It’s Just Good Night: The Payola Scandal of 1959,” About.com.

“Alan Freed R.I.P. Rock N Perpetuity,” Artie Wayne, March 10, 2007.

B. Goode, Review, “Rock Around the Clock,” Gonna Put Me in The Movies (blog), August 22, 2010.

B. Goode, Review, “Don’t Knock the Rock,” Gonna Put Me in The Movies (blog), August 25, 2010.

“Leo Mintz, A Cleveland Rock ‘n Roll Founding Father, Celebrated at Rock Hall,” Cleveland Magazine, Thursday, September 2, 2010.

Lance Freed, Special to The Plain Dealer, “2012 Rock and Roll Hall of Fame Inductions: Moondog Memories from Alan Freed’s Son, Lance Freed – Cleveland, 1952,” Cleveland.com, March 31, 2012.

Stephen Metz, “Alan Freed – *The Legend*,” Stephen Metz, February 6, 2013.

Lydia Hutchinson, “Alan Freed and the Radio Payola Scandal,” Performing Songwriter .com, November 20, 2013.


An Ohio Historical marker located just outside the Rock ’n Roll Hall of Fame in Cleveland,  commemorates Alan Freed’s contributions to rock ’n roll and also notes that he was a “charter inductee” at the Hall (1986).
An Ohio Historical marker located just outside the Rock ’n Roll Hall of Fame in Cleveland, commemorates Alan Freed’s contributions to rock ’n roll and also notes that he was a “charter inductee” at the Hall (1986).




“Bednarik-Gifford Lore”
Football: 1950s-1960s

Chuck Bednarik, age 37, handing in his spikes and jersey for team history after his final Eagles game, November 1962.
Chuck Bednarik, age 37, handing in his spikes and jersey for team history after his final Eagles game, November 1962.
Chuck Bednarik, shown at right in 1962, was a Hall of Fame football player for the Philadelphia Eagles.  He is regarded as one of the all-time great linebackers known for his ferocious tackles and rugged play. Bednarik and Frank Gifford, the Hall of Fame New York Giants running back, would meet in a famous collision during a key November 1960 football game between their two teams. More on that game and the Bednarik-Gifford incident a bit later.  First, some background on these two college All-American and All-Pro football stars.

Charles Philip Bednarik was born in May 1925. His parents emigrated to the U.S. from eastern Slovakia in 1920 looking for a better life. They settled in the Pennsylvania town of Bethlehem, where Chuck’s father began working in the steel mills stoking the open hearth furnaces at the Bethlehem Steel Company.

As a boy, Bednarik attended a Slovak parochial school in Bethlehem where Slovak was the language of instruction.  The second oldest of six children, Bednarik was raised three blocks from Lehigh University, where he attended football games and wrestling events.

At Bethlehem’s Liberty High School he began playing football, and in 1942, his junior year, Bednarik helped Liberty to an undefeated season and became an All-American high school center.  In the classroom, Bednarik was a vocational-technical student studying electrical work, and had figured he’d follow his father to work in the Bethlehem Steel mills.

Chuck Bednarik, circled above and enlarged below, in WWII-era photo with his B-24 crew.
Chuck Bednarik, circled above and enlarged below, in WWII-era photo with his B-24 crew.
Chuck Bednarik was 19 years old when he enlisted in the U.S. Army Air Corps.
Chuck Bednarik was 19 years old when he enlisted in the U.S. Army Air Corps.
Oct. 27th, 1946: University of Pennsylvania's Chuck Bednarik named Lineman of the Week in Associated Press players poll (AP photo).
Oct. 27th, 1946: University of Pennsylvania's Chuck Bednarik named Lineman of the Week in Associated Press players poll (AP photo).

Following graduation, however, he entered the U. S. Army Air Force and served as a B-24 waist-gunner with the Eighth Air Force.  During WWII, Bednarik flew on 30 combat missions over Germany, for which he was awarded four Oak Leaf Clusters, among other medals for his service. “How we survived, I don’t know,” he would often say in wonderment in later talks with reporters.

“The anti-aircraft fire would be all around us,” Bednarik recounted to Sports Illustrated’s John Schulian in a 1993 interview. “It was so thick you could walk on it. And you could hear it penetrating.  Ping! Ping! Ping! Here you are, this wild, dumb kid, you didn’t think you were afraid of anything, and now, every time you take off, you’re convinced this is it, you’re gonna be ashes.”

After the war, Bednarik, who had previously thought of following his father into the steel mills, was instead encouraged by his high school football coach, John Butler, to go to college. Butler believed Bednarik could get an athletic scholarship, and after Butler arranged a meeting with the coach at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, Bednarik enrolled there.


At Penn

At Penn, he became a three-time All-American football player, and a “two-way” man, excelling at both center on offense and linebacker on defense. He was also used occasionally as a punter. Beginning in 1946, Bednarik started at center and linebacker for Penn for three seasons.

In those years, Penn was a national football power, drawing crowds in excess of 70,000. For most of that time Penn was the second-best team in the East, behind the legendary Army teams with stars such as Glenn Davis and “Doc” Blanchard.  

Bednarik was named first team All-America his final two seasons at Penn.  He has also pressed found memories of his playing career at Penn.

“I could relive Franklin Field forever” Bednarik would later say. “Every Saturday, 78,800 people. It was unbelievable, the crowds that we had.”

A collegiate All-American at center, he also excelled at linebacker, and proved to be a nimble defender.  He intercepted seven passes in 1946 and six more the following year.  In 1948, he was named the College Player of the Year by a number of organizations.

Bednarik won the Maxwell Award in 1948, given to the best collegiate player of the year.  He also finished third in Heisman Trophy voting that year, just one of five offensive lineman in the history of the award to do so.

Chuck Bednarik strikes a linebacker pose in a early 1960s Philadelphia Eagles’ player photo.
Chuck Bednarik strikes a linebacker pose in a early 1960s Philadelphia Eagles’ player photo.
Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, at linebacker going for the ball on a pass play to a Green Bay Packer receiver.
Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, at linebacker going for the ball on a pass play to a Green Bay Packer receiver.

 
Drafted By Eagles

In 1949, he was the first player taken in the professional National Football League draft, selected by the Philadelphia Eagles. As a rookie with the Eagles, he alternated starting at linebacker and center. In that season, the Eagles won the 1949 league championship game, defeating the Los Angeles Rams 14-0.

Bednarik played 14 seasons with the Eagles, from 1949 through 1962. In those years he rose to mythic, “iron man” stature, noted for his durability as a two-way man, both a powerful blocker on offense and fierce tackler at linebacker. He missed only three games in his 14 years with the Eagles.


11 Times All-Pro

Bednarik was named All-Pro eleven times, and was the last man to play both offense and defense for an entire game in the National Football League. Upon retirement, he was inducted into the Pro Football Hall of Fame in 1967, his first year of eligibility.

During the years he played with the Eagles, the club had its ups and downs. In 1952,1953 and 1954 the Eagles finished in the upper tier of their conference with season records of 7-5-0, 7-4-1, and 7-4-1. Bednarik’s play during these years was outstanding.

In 1953, Bednarik intercepted a career-high six passes, then a high number for a middle linebacker. In the Pro Bowl that year, he was voted the player of the game.

But from 1955 through 1958 the Eagles failed to post a winning season. At the end of the 1958 season Bednarik announced he was quitting, but soon thought better of it and returned to the Eagles. With a family of four daughters by then, Bednarik needed the money.

By 1959, the Eagles went 7 and 5, and things were looking better heading into 1960, when Bednarik would have what some consider his best season. That year proved to be the magical season for the Eagles; they notched a 10 and 2 record and won the NFL championship, beating Vince Lombardi’s Green Bay Packers with standouts Bart Starr, Paul Hornung and Jim Taylor. In 1961, the Eagles continued their winning ways, going 10 and 4. But in 1962, they finished in 7th place with a dismal 3-10-1 record, and that’s when Bednarik retired – this time for good.

Nov 1962: Chuck Bednarik with family in Abington, PA. From left, twins Carol and Pamela 7, Donna 9, Jacquelyn 20 mos., wife Emma, and Charlene 12.  AP photo.
Nov 1962: Chuck Bednarik with family in Abington, PA. From left, twins Carol and Pamela 7, Donna 9, Jacquelyn 20 mos., wife Emma, and Charlene 12. AP photo.


“Concrete Charlie”

Hugh Brown, a sports writer for The Philadelphia Bulletin, who covered the Eagles, once wrote that Bednarik was as tough as the concrete he sold, referring to a another job Bednarik held at the time, adding the nickname “Concrete Charlie.”

It was not uncommon during the 1950s  and early 1960s for pro football players to have a full-time job away from the sport, as football salaries were not then the lucrative millions they are today. Bednarik, like others, worked another job to help support his family.

A routine day during the season back then called for a team meeting at 9 a.m., practice from 10:30 to about noon. After lunch, Bednarik would then begin his second job as a salesman for the Ready-Mix Concrete Co., which later became the Warner Company. But the nickname Brown had come up stuck, as some used it in the context of Bednarik’s bone-crushing tackles at his day job.

Chuck Bednarik at his Hall of Fame induction, August 1967.
Chuck Bednarik at his Hall of Fame induction, August 1967.
Bednarik was an Associated Press All-Pro selection nearly every year he played throughout the 1950s. He was an All-Pro center in 1949 and 1950 and then an All-Pro linebacker every year from 1951 to 1957 and again in 1960. He also played in eight of the first 11 Pro Bowls (1951-55, ’57, ’58 and ’61).

As an Eagle linebacker, he was not only a stalwart in stopping the run, but a nimble pass defender as well, snagging 20 interceptions during his 14-year NFL career.

On August 5, 1967, Bednarik was inducted into the Pro Football Hall of Fame. In the years following his Hall of Fame induction, Bednarik would collect other awards and honors. In 1969, he was named center on the all-time NFL team and was also added that year to the College Football Hall of Fame.

In 1987, the Philadelphia Eagles retired his No. 60 numeral, one of only eight numbers retired in the history of the Eagles franchise. In 2010, Bednarik was ranked 35th on the NFL Network’s “Top 100” greatest players.

Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, at his linebacker post in a game against the New York Giants.
Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, at his linebacker post in a game against the New York Giants.


Spoke His Mind

In his retirement years, Bednarik at times would be outspoken, offering controversial and sometimes caustic comment about the current state of the game, certain players, and/or Philadelphia Eagles management and owners. Still, for the most part, he remained a revered figure among Philadelphia sports buffs, especially those of “old school” vintage.

During his tenure at linebacker, Chuck Bednarik faced many noteworthy and talented opponents – among them, some of the game’s all-time great running backs such as Jim Brown, Jim Taylor, and Paul Hornung. Frank Gifford, another among the all-time greats, was also one of Bednarik’s worthy adversaries, and the two had met in some memorable scrums, not the least of which was one on November 20th, 1960 at Yankee Stadium; a confrontation that is explored in more detail a bit later. But first, a look at Mr. Gifford’s football vitae.

 

Frank Gifford

Oct 1951: USC’s Frank Gifford making a big gain against the Univ of California Bears.
Oct 1951: USC’s Frank Gifford making a big gain against the Univ of California Bears.
Francis Newton Gifford was born in Santa Monica, California in August 1930. His father, Weldon, was a “roughneck” oil worker who traveled to wherever oil drilling work could be found.

While Frank was growing up, the Giffords lived in 47 different towns before he started high school. “I don’t remember completing a single grade in the same grammar school,” Gifford would later say.

It was in Bakersfield, California that Frank finally settled into high school and began to try his hand at football. He went out for the lightweight football team as a freshman, but he was just 5 foot 2 inches and 115 pounds and didn’t make it.

As a sophomore, he tried for the varsity, but played on the lightweight team as a third-string end. And he wasn’t much of student then either. But between his sophomore and junior years, he filled out, and made the varsity team.

When Bakersfield lost its starting quarterback to an automobile accident, Gifford replaced him. Along with friend and teammate, Bob Karpe, Gifford helped lead the 1947 Bakersfield “Drillers” to a Central Valley title. College scouts had come around by then, as well, but Gifford’s grades were terrible.

With the help of high school coach Homer Beaty, Gifford headed to Bakersfield Junior College as a stepping stone to the University of Southern California (USC). He became a Junior College All-American football player at Bakersfield College and then went on to USC where he would become an All-American performer.

Frank Gifford was selected by the NY Giants in the first round of the 1952 draft.
Frank Gifford was selected by the NY Giants in the first round of the 1952 draft.


“Mr. Football”

In the late 1940’s, early 1950’s, Gifford was “Mr. Football” at Southern Cal, playing both offense and defense. He played three varsity years at USC, 1949-1951. In 1951, he alternated at quarterback, half-back, and fullback, punted, and place-kicked. That year he rushed for 841 yards, and rolled up 1,144 yards in total offense, also kicking field goals on occasion. In mid-October that year, Gifford and USC were nationally ranked at No. 11, as they came to play the University of California, then ranked No. 1. California got off to a 14-0 lead. But Gifford proved the difference in the final outcome. He scored on a 69-yard run, threw a touchdown pass, and with five minutes to play, led a drive that won the game 21-14. Gifford’s All American honors in 1951 came mostly for his offensive running and passing, but he also excelled on defense. In one the game against Navy he had two interceptions.

Gifford turned pro in 1952 when he was selected in the first round of the player draft by the New York Giants, where he would play his entire career. He also married that year, at the age of 22, to Maxine Ewart and the couple would have three children together. With the Giants, Gifford at first, like Bednarik, was a “two-way” man, playing both running back on offense and defensive back. In later years he would move primarily to offense as a flanker back/wide receiver. In the late 1950s, he was also considered briefly for the quarterback slot when the Giants were having some uncertainty at that position. But it was from his halfback position that Frank Gifford became something of triple threat, as he could run, throw, or catch. When the Giant’s offensive coordinator, Vince Lombardi, introduced the halfback option, Gifford was well suited to the role.

Frank Gifford was regarded as an explosive, open-field runner, capable of long gains and quick scores, both as a receiver and a through-the-line halfback.
Frank Gifford was regarded as an explosive, open-field runner, capable of long gains and quick scores, both as a receiver and a through-the-line halfback.
At the Bleacher Report.com Gifford is listed as one of the “50 most explosive players in NFL history.” And as that report explains, he never posted 1,000 yards in a season as a runner or receiver. Nor did he ever post double-digit touchdown seasons or return a punt or kick-off for a score.

“But no defense ever wanted to see the former USC star carrying the ball in the open field,” says the Bleacher Report. For Gifford “turned short passes into 77-yard scores, turned quick hand-offs into 79-yard gains, and from the backfield [he] was a danger to throw his famous jump pass.”

Gifford attempted just 63 passes in his career, but since 14 of his passes went for scores (including an 83-yard bomb to Eddie Price), he was, according to Bleacher Report, one of the most dangerous triple threats in NFL history.

Frank Gifford receiving the NFL’s MVP trophy for 1956.
Frank Gifford receiving the NFL’s MVP trophy for 1956.
In 12 seasons with the New York Giants, Gifford proved a versatile and valuable player. As a running back, he had 3,609 rushing yards and 34 touchdowns in 840 carries. As a receiver he had 367 receptions for 5,434 yards and 43 touchdowns. And as noted earlier, Gifford was a halfback who could throw, and during his career, he completed 29 of the 63 passes he threw for 823 yards and 14 touchdowns. Gifford still holds the Giants’ franchise record for touchdowns scored, with 78.

Gifford was an eight-time Pro Bowl selection, named at three positions: running back, wide receiver and defensive back. He also had five trips to the NFL Championship Game. Gifford’s biggest season may have been 1956, when he won the Most Valuable Player award of the NFL, led the Giants to the NFL title over the Chicago Bears. Gifford also played in the famous December 1958 championship game between the New York Giants and the Baltimore Colts, a game that many believe ushered in the modern era of big time, television-hyped, pro football. He would also write a book about that game many years later.

Frank Gifford in light New York Giants workout attire, 1963.
Frank Gifford in light New York Giants workout attire, 1963.
Gifford was inducted into the Pro Football Hall of Fame on July 30, 1977, and in the year 2000, his New York Giants’ playing numeral, No. 16, was formally retired.

Gifford’s good looks and affable manner gained him entrée to radio and television, and as a sports celebrity sponsor for print and TV advertising. In the 1950s and 1960s during his active playing years he modeled Jantzen swimwear and clothing lines along with fellow pro athletes, appearing in a series of print ads. He also began sports broadcasting on radio and television while still an active player, first on CBS, then later after retirement, for ABC. In 1971 he became a regular on ABC-TV, with Monday Night Football and Wide World of Sports, as well as occasional specials and guest hosting appearances. He would also write, or co-author, several books on football. See “Celebrity Gifford” story at this website for more on Gifford’s film, TV, and sportscasting career.

Frank Gifford is also credited with a somewhat famous quote about the game: “Pro football is like nuclear warfare,” he is reported to have said, “There are no winners, only survivors” – attributed to him via Sports Illustrated, July 1960. That quote would have special meaning for Frank Gifford after one famous 1960 encounter with Chuck Bednarik and the Philadelphia Eagles.

 

November 1960

Eagles vs. Giants

Ticket stub: NYGiants - Phila. Eagles football game of Nov 20, 1960, Yankee Stadium.
Ticket stub: NYGiants - Phila. Eagles football game of Nov 20, 1960, Yankee Stadium.
It was a late season game in professional football’s 1960 season when the Eagles came to play the New York Giants at Yankee Stadium on November 20th.

Coming into the game, the Giants were 5-1-1 while the Eagles were 6-1-0, each with five games remaining, and each with a possible shot at the NFL’s Eastern Conference Championship. So the outcome of this game would be important.

Philadelphia that season had lost its opening-day game to the Cleveland Browns, 41–24. But after that, they were unbeatable, winning their next six games in a row. The Giants had lost only one game by then, as well.

Tommy McDonald, No. 25, of the Philadelphia Eagles, was one of the team's top players in 1960.
Tommy McDonald, No. 25, of the Philadelphia Eagles, was one of the team's top players in 1960.
Nov. 1962: NY Giants defensive lineman, from left: Andy Robustelli, Dick Modzelewski, Jim Katcavage and Rosey Grier, were also on the team in 1960.  Photo Dan Rubin.
Nov. 1962: NY Giants defensive lineman, from left: Andy Robustelli, Dick Modzelewski, Jim Katcavage and Rosey Grier, were also on the team in 1960. Photo Dan Rubin.

The Eagles and Giants teams of 1960 had many high caliber players between them. In addition to Bednarik at center and linebacker, the Eagles’ offense included quarterback Norm Van Brocklin, Tommy McDonald at flanker back/wide receiver, Pete Retzlaff at end, defensive lineman Marion Campbell, linebacker Chuck Webber, and defensive backs Tom Brookshier, Don Burroughs, and Maxie Baughan.

The New York Giants’ roster that year included notable linebacker, Sam Huff, quarterbacks Charlie Conerly and George Shaw, halfback and receiver Kyle Rote, defensive linemen Andy Robustelli and Roosevelt “Rosey” Grier, running backs Mel Triplett and Alex Webster, kicker, Pat Summerall, and offensive tackle Rosey Brown. Some of these Giants had also played on the 1956 team that won the NFL championship that year, as well as the 1958 and 1959 teams that had won the Eastern Conference.

But the November 20th, 1960 Giants-Eagles game would determine which team would hold first place in the Eastern Conference at that time.

In the early going, the Giants scored first with a Joe Morrison one-yard run in the first quarter, followed by a Pat Summerall point-after kick. Summerall added 3 more points with a 26-yard field goal in the 2nd quarter.  The Giants led, 10-0.  In the 3rd quarter, Eagles’s quarterback Norm Van Brocklin threw a 35-yard completion and touchdown pass to Tommy McDonald, followed by Bobby Walston kick.  New York 10, Eagles 7.  In the 4th quarter, the Eagles’ Bobby Walston kicked a 12-yard field goal, tying the score, 10-10.  Then the Eagles took the lead after Eagles corner back Jimmy Carr scored on a 38-yard fumble return followed by Bobby Walston’s point-after kick.  The Eagles now led, 17-10.  But the fourth quarter could be decisive, and the Giants were versatile, capable of come-back play.  And this is when the Bednarik-Gifford collision occurred.

 

Frank Meets Chuck

Frank Gifford, No. 16, has just taken a few steps after catching a pass over the middle, trying to avoid a downfield tackler, as No. 60, Chuck Bednarik, takes a bead on him.
Frank Gifford, No. 16, has just taken a few steps after catching a pass over the middle, trying to avoid a downfield tackler, as No. 60, Chuck Bednarik, takes a bead on him.
Chuck Bednarik’s tackle of Frank Gifford, as the ball pops out far right, during Eagles-Giants game of Nov 20th, 1960.
Chuck Bednarik’s tackle of Frank Gifford, as the ball pops out far right, during Eagles-Giants game of Nov 20th, 1960.
Bednarik’s tackle of Gifford as seen from another angle, the near sideline, during Giants-Eagles game.
Bednarik’s tackle of Gifford as seen from another angle, the near sideline, during Giants-Eagles game.
Chuck Bednarik continuing through his tackle of Frank Gifford as Gifford hits the ground.
Chuck Bednarik continuing through his tackle of Frank Gifford as Gifford hits the ground.
With Gifford stretched out on the turf, Bednarik, No. 60, looks around as Chuck Webber goes for the loose ball.
With Gifford stretched out on the turf, Bednarik, No. 60, looks around as Chuck Webber goes for the loose ball.
Chuck Bednarik had jumped up after his tackle of Frank Gifford to celebrate the Eagles’ fumble recovery.
Chuck Bednarik had jumped up after his tackle of Frank Gifford to celebrate the Eagles’ fumble recovery.
Iconic Photo. Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, standing over NY Giants running back, Frank Gifford after famous tackle, 20 Nov 1960.  Photo/ John G. Zimmerman / Sports Illustrated.
Iconic Photo. Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, standing over NY Giants running back, Frank Gifford after famous tackle, 20 Nov 1960. Photo/ John G. Zimmerman / Sports Illustrated.
Chuck Bednarik continuing celebration for his team’s near-certain victory while standing over Gifford. Photo/ John G. Zimmerman / Sports Illustrated.
Chuck Bednarik continuing celebration for his team’s near-certain victory while standing over Gifford. Photo/ John G. Zimmerman / Sports Illustrated.
Chuck Bednarik & Chuck Webber, No. 51, hover around the injured Frank Gifford as trainers attend to him on the field.
Chuck Bednarik & Chuck Webber, No. 51, hover around the injured Frank Gifford as trainers attend to him on the field.
Frank Gifford of the New York Giants is carried off the field on a stretcher after Chuck Bednarik’s tackle.
Frank Gifford of the New York Giants is carried off the field on a stretcher after Chuck Bednarik’s tackle.
November 21st, 1960: New York Daily News full-page treatment of Eagles-Giants game with photos of the Bednarik-Gifford hit, Gifford being taken off the field by stretcher, and part of headline reading, “Gifford Has Concussion.”
November 21st, 1960: New York Daily News full-page treatment of Eagles-Giants game with photos of the Bednarik-Gifford hit, Gifford being taken off the field by stretcher, and part of headline reading, “Gifford Has Concussion.”

Nov 22, 1960: The Eagles' Chuck Bednarik, in light work-out clothes in Philadelphia, looks at an Associated Press photo of Frank Gifford holding an ice pack to his head in the hospital.
Nov 22, 1960: The Eagles' Chuck Bednarik, in light work-out clothes in Philadelphia, looks at an Associated Press photo of Frank Gifford holding an ice pack to his head in the hospital.
Frank Gifford would return to play for the Giants as a flanker back, 1962-1964, shown here catching a pass over the middle in a 1963 game against the Pittsburgh Steelers.
Frank Gifford would return to play for the Giants as a flanker back, 1962-1964, shown here catching a pass over the middle in a 1963 game against the Pittsburgh Steelers.

As the Giants took the ball late in the fourth quarter with about two minutes remaining, they were on the move and looking for a potential game-tying touchdown. Frank Gifford at that point in the game had about 100 total yards rushing and receiving.

Giant’s quarterback George Shaw called the play in the huddle. At the snap of the ball, Gifford set out on his passing route, turning upfield, then cutting toward the middle of the field on a crossing pattern.

As he went, Gifford was surveying where the defenders were, later saying that he was eyeing Eagles’ safety Don Burroughs. As Gifford caught the pass from Shaw while crossing the middle of the field, he took a few steps to avoid an oncoming downfield defender. And that’s when Bednarik, No. 60, comes into the frame shown above right.

Bednarik hit Gifford full on, forcing Gifford off his feet and into the air, legs flying. Bednarik, at 6-foot-3, 230-pounds, hit Gifford, 6-foot-1, 185-pounds, shoulder high, just under the chin. Gifford, expecting to find terra firma, instead met something like a brick wall.

Following the hit, as shown on an NFL film clip, Gifford appears to go limp, as his arms splay out to his sides hitting the ground uncontrollably as he goes down.

When Bednarik hit Gifford, the ball popped out, causing a fumble, available for recovery by either team. Chuck Webber, No. 51 for the Eagles, is seen in the later photos below right recovering the fumble. A cloud of dust was still hanging in the air as Bednarik and other players looked around to get their bearings. Gifford was motionless, lying flat on his back on the field. Bednarik later recounted the scene:

“We were leading the game, and Gifford ran a down-and-in route. After he caught the ball he took two or three steps and I waffled him chest high. His head snapped back and the ball popped loose. It was retrieved by Chuck Weber [of the Eagles], and when I saw that, I turned around with a clenched fist and hollered, ‘This […expletive ] game is over!’”

The fumble, coming in the fourth quarter with little time left and the Eagles in the lead, meant that Philadelphia had won the game. The win put the Eagles 1.5 games ahead of the second-place Giants and in a good position to win the Eastern Conference.

One of the classic photographs to emerge from that moment was a Sports Illustrated photo taken by John G, Zimmerman of Bednarik standing over the prone Gifford, appearing to be celebrating over Gifford’s misfortune. The photo has become one the iconic sports photos of all time.

In some ways, the Bednarik pose and interpretation – rightly or wrongly – resembles the famous May 1965 photo of Muhammad Ali (then Cassius Clay) standing over Sonny Liston after a knock down in the world heavyweight championship fight.

Bednarik, however, has stated repeatedly that he wasn’t gloating or cerebrating about knocking Gifford out, but rather at his team’s now-certain victory with little time remaining. “I was celebrating,” Bednarik would later say. “But the reason wasn’t that he [Gifford] was down. The reason was that the hit [on Gifford, forcing the fumble] won the game.’ ”

Steve Sabol, the late president and founder of NFL Films, and the man behind the slow-motion highlight clips of NFL games that were popular for many years, had once called the Bednarik-Gifford hit, “the greatest tackle in pro football history.” Yet, for many who have seen the old black-and-white film footage of that tackle, it does not appear to be a particularly vicious hit.

However, Sabol explained in a 1994 Philadelphia Daily News story that the camera work of that day did not adequately convey the force of the blow delivered by Bednarik. “The fact that the film is black-and-white and the camera is so far away really diffuses the impact,” Sabol explained to Daily News reporter Ray Didinger. “If the same play happened now, with all our field level cameras and the field microphones to pick up the live sound, it would be incredible.”

Others who were on the field at the time of the tackle, also describe it as particularly frightening. Tom Brookshier, a former Eagles cornerback who was on the field that day, along with others, say they had never heard anything like it.

“It was not the usual thump of padded body hitting padded body. This was a sharp crack, like an axe splitting a piece of wood,” explained Ray Didinger of the Daily News, recounting what Brookshier and others had reported.

“You could hear it all over the field,” said Tom Brookshier. “As a player, it gave you a chill because it was so unusual. Then I saw Gifford on the ground, his eyes rolled up, his arms flat out. He looked like a corpse. I thought, ‘My God, this guy is dead. Charlie killed him.’ ”

Over the years, the 1960 Bednarik-Gifford collision took on a life of its own, becoming part of pro football lore. “Any other guy in any other city, it would have been just another vicious, clean play,” Bednarik said of his tackle on Gifford in a 2009 New York Daily News story. “But against Gifford in New York it took on, well, a religious air.”

Gifford in later years had become a well-known New York and national sportscaster, including a long run on the Monday Night Football program, which as Bednarik has stated, helped keep the hit alive in prime time:

“If that was Kyle Rote or Alex Webster or any other Giant [I had tackeld], it would have been forgotten long ago. But Frank’s (TV) visibility kept it alive. (Howard) Cosell talked about it for 10 years on Monday Night Football. Every time there was a hard hit, Cosell would say, ‘Just like when Chuck Bednarik blindsided you, Giff, at Yankee Stadium.’ I’d sit there on my couch and say, ‘Blindside my fanny. It was a good shot, head on.’”

And on that score, Gifford agrees, more or less. “It was perfectly legal,” Gifford would later say of Bednarik’s tackle. “If I’d had the chance, I’d have done the same thing Chuck did.”

And again, in a 2010 phone conversation with New York Times reporter Dave Anderson, Gifford reiterated that view: “Chuck hit me exactly the way I would have hit him, with his shoulder, a clean shot.”

“I sent a basket of flowers and a letter to Frank in the hospital,” Bednarik reportedly said in one interview. “I told him I’d pray for him. I’m a good Catholic, but I’m also a football player. When I was on the field, I knocked the hell out of people, but that’s the name of the game.”

Decades later, the two Hall of Famers were attending a banquet, and Bednarik greeted Gifford:

“Hey, Frank,” Bednarik said, “Good to see you. How are you doing?”

Gifford replied, “I made you famous, didn’t I, Chuck?”

“Yes, you did, Frank,” Bednarik said.

Over the years, the photo of Bednarik standing over Gifford lying on the turf has become something of collector’s item, and Bednarik has autographed a fair number of them for fans. Sports Illustrated has included the photo in its gallery, “The 100 Greatest Sports Photos of All Time.”


Gifford Comeback

Back in the 1960s, meanwhile, Gifford did not play football in 1961, the year following Bednarik’s hit. He began doing more sportscasting work with CBS that year, and it appeared his playing days were over. However, the football bug soon got the best of Gifford, as he had stayed involved with the Giants during the year as a team scout and advisor.

Each week he scouted the Giants’ upcoming opponents for strengths and weaknesses and would advise on game strategy. And sometimes during on-the- field practice sessions, Gifford would line up impersonating the next opponent. There was no contact for Gifford during these sessions. He would just run plays as a flanker.

But during that time, as he ran those plays, Gifford was doing pretty well against the Giants best defensive backs. His speed was good, often beating them as he played the week’s coming opponent. That got him thinking about coming back. He was not happy with the exit he had made after the Bednarik hit and didn’t want to end his career that way.

“I had been out for a year,” Gifford would say of his situation, “but I thought, what a terrible way to have gone out. And I thought if I don’t do it now, in 1962, I’ll never be able to.”

In 1962, Gifford would explain to Sports Illustrated reporter Tex Maule:

“I made a lot of money in the year I stayed out. I didn’t stay out because of the head injury. I had personal reasons I don’t want to go into. But I missed pro football. I don’t know any kind of business you can go into where you can get as much excitement once a week as you can get playing pro ball. Nothing you can care about as much. If you are lucky enough to be able to do this for a living, I think you should do it as long as you can.”

Dr. Francis Sweeney, team doctor for the Giants at the time, gave Gifford the go-ahead to resume playing in 1962. “He had a deep concussion,” Sweeney said in the 1962 Sports Illustrated article, adding this in his explanation: “…A severe shock [to the head ] may start a hemorrhage which can seep down into the lower parts of the brain and affect motor areas and be very serious. This is what Frank had. But once that heals, it’s completely healed and doesn’t have a carryover effect.”

[Today, the science of head injury trauma is much advanced. CTE, or Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy, is a known progressive degenerative disease of the brain found in athletes with a history of repetitive brain trauma, concussions, and even repetitive sub-concussive hits to the head. In late 2015, after his death and a post-mortem exam of his brain, Frank Gifford was found to have had CTE, which his family believes altered his behavior and cognitive skills in his later years.]

In November 1960, The New York Daily News (above right), reporting on the game and the Bednarik-Gifford hit, ran a headline which read in part, “…Gifford Has Concussion.” In addition, the New York Times and other newspapers also reported that Gifford had suffered “a deep concussion.”

Yet Gifford, in later years, had a somewhat different account of the injury. In one interview at the Bluenatic blog with Mark Weinstein in August 2013, Gifford replied:

“…Can we get this right, please? I’ve tried to do it many, many times, but it keeps coming up. It wasn’t a head injury. It was a neck injury. I got hit by Chuck Bednarik on a crossing pattern. And I went back and snapped my head back on the field, which was kind of semi-frozen. And it stunned me. I wasn’t knocked unconscious or anything, but it did stun me. It wasn’t all that serious, really, but I was going to be out the rest of the season because the doctors didn’t know quite what to do. This was before they had CAT scans, you know, so I went to have my head X-rayed, and of course my head was all right. But I took some time off and then I came back and played three more years and made the Pro Bowl at a new position, wide receiver.”

Gifford, also explained in a November 2010 New York Times article by Dave Anderson:“When I had tingling in my fingers about seven or eight years ago, I had X-rays of my neck. The technician asked me if I had ever been in an automobile accident. I told him no, but he said the X-rays showed a fracture of a neck vertebra that had healed by itself. After the Bednarik play, they never X-rayed my neck. They just X-rayed my head.” But in 1962, after 18 months away from football, Gifford’s injuries apparently had time to heal — as was thought at the time — and as he returned to training camp that year, he was cleared to play.

Early 1960s photo of New York Giants players in sideline dugout, believed to be, from left: Lane Howell (No. 78), Jimmy Patton (No. 20), Andy Robustelli (No. 81), Y.A. Tittle (No. 14), and Frank Gifford ( No. 16).
Early 1960s photo of New York Giants players in sideline dugout, believed to be, from left: Lane Howell (No. 78), Jimmy Patton (No. 20), Andy Robustelli (No. 81), Y.A. Tittle (No. 14), and Frank Gifford ( No. 16).

When Gifford came back in 1962, he was shifted to flanker back. By then, the Giants had a new quarterback, Y. A. Tittle, who had come from the San Francisco 49ers, and Tittle wasn’t sure about Gifford as a receiver. “Y. A. didn’t know me; he wasn’t throwing to me much,” Gifford explained to Dave Anderson of the New York Times. “But in our third game in Pittsburgh, Y. A. asked if I could beat defensive back Jack Butler on a fly. I dove and caught the pass for a touchdown. From that point on, he trusted me.”

1975 “Monday Night Football” broadcast team: from left, Alex Karras, Howard Cosell, and Frank Gifford.
1975 “Monday Night Football” broadcast team: from left, Alex Karras, Howard Cosell, and Frank Gifford.
Gifford continued catching passes and scoring touchdowns for the Giants for three more seasons. In 1962, he had his seventh Pro Bowl season, and the Giants went 12-2 to win their fifth Eastern Conference title in seven years. However, they lost the championship game to the Green Bay Packers that year, 16-7, in a frigid Yankee Stadium. The following year, the Giants finished at 11-3, but lost the title game again, this time to the Chicago Bears. The next year, 1964, was dismal for the Giants, finishing at 2-10-2, and that’s when Gifford retired.

In retirement, Gifford continued his second career in sports broadcasting, including a 22-year run at Monday Night Football.

1976 book, “Gifford on Courage: Ten Unforgettable True Stories of Heroism in Modern Sports.”Click for copy.
1976 book, “Gifford on Courage: Ten Unforgettable True Stories of Heroism in Modern Sports.”Click for copy.


Gifford in Print

Gifford also continued to appear in print and TV advertising, endorsing a variety of products. In addition, several sports books featured or included him as the principal subject or a featured player, among them: Don Smith’s book, The Frank Gifford Story (1960); William Wallace’s book, Frank Gifford: The Golden Year, 1956 (published 1969); Jack Cavanaugh’s Giants Among Men: How Robustelli, Huff, Gifford and the Giants Made New York a Football Town and Changed the NFL.(2008).

Gifford also wrote or co-authored three other books – Gifford on Courage: Ten Unforgettable True Stories of Heroism in Modern Sports (1976), with Charles Mangel; The Whole Ten Yards (1993), Gifford’s autobiography, with Newsweek’s Harry Waters; and The Glory Game: How The 1958 NFL Championship Changed Football Forever (2008), with Peter Richmond.

In the 1980s, Gifford met his third wife, Kathie Lee Johnson, a popular TV host, while he was a guest host on ABC-TV’s Good Morning America. The two were married in 1986 and would have two children together. More about Gifford’s broadcasting and advertising career is found at “Celebrity Gifford: 1950-2010s,” also at this website.

Chuck Bednarik in a rare moment on the sidelines, as he was known for his “iron man” two-way performances.
Chuck Bednarik in a rare moment on the sidelines, as he was known for his “iron man” two-way performances.


Bednarik, Pt. 2

Back in 1960, meanwhile, Chuck Bednarik and the New York Giants had another round yet to go. Due to some odd scheduling that season, the Giants and Eagles played back-to-back weeks, and on Nov 27th, 1960, they met again, this time at Franklin Field in Philadelphia. First place in the Eastern Conference was still at stake with the Giants needing a win to stay alive. New York took a 17-0 lead in that game, but the Eagles fought back behind quarterback Norm Van Brocklin to win, 31-23.

Gifford was still in the hospital from the previous week’s encounter with Bednarik, and there was some talk of possible “Giant payback” for Bednarik’s hit on Gifford. “They were rough and mean, like always,” Bednarik would later report, “but not dirty.” Sam Huff had a good hit on Bednarik in that game with a blind side block on one play. And the two traded some trash talk at the time, but nothing more.

Bednarik, in fact, made a difference in this game as he had in the November 20th game, forcing a key fumble. In the second half, the Gaints’ Charlie Conerly was at quarterback and Bednarik faked a blitz up the middle. Conerly, spooked a bit by Bednarik, pulled away from center too quickly and fumbled the snap. Bednarik’s biggest game that year, however, came in December.

Eagles coach Buck Shaw with Norm Van Brocklin & Chuck Bednarik after winning 1960 Championship.
Eagles coach Buck Shaw with Norm Van Brocklin & Chuck Bednarik after winning 1960 Championship.
On the day after Christmas 1960, the Eagles met Vince Lombardi’s Green Bay Packers for the NFL championship game at Franklin Field, where Bednarik had played his college ball for the University of Pennsylvania.

In that game, quarterback Norm Van Brocklin, playing his last game as an Eagle, threw a 35-yard touchdown pass to Tommy McDonald in the second quarter. And again, in the fourth quarter, Van Brocklin took the Eagles on a 39-yard drive to put the Eagles up by a 17-13 count, which would prove to be the winning score.

Bednarik in that game had knocked Packer’s running back Paul Hornung out of the game with a jarring third quarter tackle. But in the fourth quarter, with the game on the line, Bart Starr threw a screen pass to their powerful fullback, Jim Taylor.

Taylor caught the ball on Philadelphia’s 23 yard line and had the end zone in sight. The Eagles’s Maxey Baughan had the first shot at him, but Taylor cut back and broke Baughan’s tackle. Then Taylor ran through Eagles safety Don Burroughs.

The 1977 book, “Bednarik: Last of the Sixty-Minute Men,” written with Jack McCallum. Click for copy.
The 1977 book, “Bednarik: Last of the Sixty-Minute Men,” written with Jack McCallum. Click for copy.
At the ten yard-line, it was only Bednarik who remained between Taylor, a touchdown, and a Green Bay victory. Bednarik stopped Taylor and wrestled him to the ground, holding him there until the clock ran out. The Eagles won the game and the 1960 NFL championship. Bednarik would later be seen walking off the field with his arm around Taylor and shaking Paul Hornung’s hand.

Bednarik played 58 minutes of that game, only sitting out kickoffs, making one fumble recovery and 12 tackles. In fact, during the 1960 season by one calculation, Bednarik was on the field for some 600 of a possible 720 minutes, or more then 83 percent of the playing time that year. He was the NFL’s last two-way player over a full season.

In retirement some years later, Bednarik teamed up with writer Jack McCallum to do a 1977 book titled, Bednarik: Last of The Sixty-Minute Men.

In 1995, The Chuck Bednarik Award was established by the Maxwell Football Club of Philadelphia. The award is presented annually to the best defensive player in college football judged by NCAA head coaches, Maxwell Club members, sportswriters, and sportscasters. Past winners, for example, have included: Paul Posluszny, Penn State (twice); Julius Peppers, North Carolina; and Charles Woodson, Michigan.

In Philadelphia, meanwhile, a group of businessmen and sports fans raised some $100,000 in 2010 to commission a statue of Bednarik in his football regalia to be located at the University of Pennsylvania. Dedicated in November 2011 with the help of former Pennsylvania governor and Philadelphia mayor, Ed Rendell, that statue today stands inside Gate 2 on the North side of Franklin Field, the stadium where Bednarik played his college ball and a number of pro games with the Eagles.

Statue of Chuck Bednarik in his football regalia stands at the University of Pennsylvania’s Franklin Field, dedicated there in November 2011.
Statue of Chuck Bednarik in his football regalia stands at the University of Pennsylvania’s Franklin Field, dedicated there in November 2011.
Both Gifford and Bednarik have had their numerals retired by their respective teams, and both are also pro football Hall of Fame members. Between the two of them, they provided many memorable moments of play throughout their careers during the 1950s and 1960s. Both Chuck Bednarik and Frank Gifford passed away in 2015: Bednarik on March 21st, and Gifford on August 9th.


The Changing Game

The Bednarik-Gifford history in some ways is also a story about one of those transition periods of old and new; when the game of football was played differently, without all the hype it has today. Bednarik, in many ways, represented the old school, the way the game was once played – when players of the 1950s weren’t paid a lot of money, worked other jobs to make ends meet, while delivering a workman-like performance on the field. This was the era before the Super Bowl; before the media glare and pop culture focus.

Gifford, too, was of that era, but he was also one of the first, like Paul Hornung of the Green Bay Packers, on the cusp of something new, and pushing into the new era, as players who had media appeal and commercial value; players who would transition into public personas with second careers in sports media, advertising, and/or entertainment.

There is more about Gifford’s off-the-field career at “Celebrity Gifford,” a separate story at this website. See also at this website, “Dutchman’s Big Day,” about Norm Van Brocklin’s single-game passing record from 1951, which still stands today.

Additional football stories at this website include: “I Guarantee It,” covering Joe Namath’s career, some AFL-NFL history, and Namath’s famous Superbowl III prediction in 1969; and, “Slingin` Sammy,” on the career of quarterback Sammy Baugh and Washington Redskins history, 1930s-1950s. For additional story choices go to the Home Page or the Annals of Sport category page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

_________________________________________

Date Posted: 18 February 2014
Last Update: 11 February 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Bednarik-Gifford Lore – Football: 1950s-1960s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 18, 2014.

_________________________________________

 
 

Football Books at Amazon.com
 

Michael MacCambridge’s 2005 book, “The Epic Story of How Pro Football Captured a Nation.” Click for copy.
Michael MacCambridge’s 2005 book, “The Epic Story of How Pro Football Captured a Nation.” Click for copy.
NFL History, Rob Fleder, et al., “NFL 100: A Century of Pro Football,” with Peyton Manning intro. Click for copy.
NFL History, Rob Fleder, et al., “NFL 100: A Century of Pro Football,” with Peyton Manning intro. Click for copy.
Ray Walker’s book, “The Ultimate Pittsburgh Steelers Trivia Book,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.
Ray Walker’s book, “The Ultimate Pittsburgh Steelers Trivia Book,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Jan 31, 1949: Chuck Bednarik, left, and Lou Boudreau of the Cleveland Indians baseball team, far right, collecting trophies for their play from the Philadelphia Sports Writers Association.  Jack Wilson center (AP photo).
Jan 31, 1949: Chuck Bednarik, left, and Lou Boudreau of the Cleveland Indians baseball team, far right, collecting trophies for their play from the Philadelphia Sports Writers Association. Jack Wilson center (AP photo).
The July 21st, 1997 cover of Sports Illustrated uses a 1959 Frank Gifford photo by John Zimmerman to feature “A Gallery of Unforgettable Portraits” – a photo of Gifford that projects a certain “superman” aura about it.
The July 21st, 1997 cover of Sports Illustrated uses a 1959 Frank Gifford photo by John Zimmerman to feature “A Gallery of Unforgettable Portraits” – a photo of Gifford that projects a certain “superman” aura about it.
November 8, 1962: Chuck Bednarik in the snow at Yankee Stadium during a 19-14 loss to the New York Giants , the Bronx, New York.  NFL photo.
November 8, 1962: Chuck Bednarik in the snow at Yankee Stadium during a 19-14 loss to the New York Giants , the Bronx, New York. NFL photo.
Bob Gordon’s book, “The 1960 Philadelphia Eagles: The Team That They Said Had Nothing But a Championship,” with Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, and Bobby Jackson, No. 28, on the cover. (Published August 2001). Click for copy.
Bob Gordon’s book, “The 1960 Philadelphia Eagles: The Team That They Said Had Nothing But a Championship,” with Chuck Bednarik, No. 60, and Bobby Jackson, No. 28, on the cover. (Published August 2001). Click for copy.
In the late 1950s, the New York Giants considered using Frank Gifford at quarterback. (NY Daily News).
In the late 1950s, the New York Giants considered using Frank Gifford at quarterback. (NY Daily News).
Gifford, like Bednarik, was a family man in the early 1960s, shown here with his then-wife Maxine, three children, and family pet.  December 1963.
Gifford, like Bednarik, was a family man in the early 1960s, shown here with his then-wife Maxine, three children, and family pet. December 1963.
Dec. 26th, 1960: Chuck Bednarik, # 60 walking off the field with Jim Taylor #31 & Paul Hornung #5 of Green Bay Packers after Eagles won NFL Championship game.
Dec. 26th, 1960: Chuck Bednarik, # 60 walking off the field with Jim Taylor #31 & Paul Hornung #5 of Green Bay Packers after Eagles won NFL Championship game.

“Rough Day in Berkeley: A Zany Season Reaches Climax As Southern Cal Tips California Off Top of Football Heap,” Life (with photo sequence of a Frank Gifford 69-yard run), October 29, November, 1951, pp. 22-27.

“Gifford at Quarterback For Giants in Workout,” New York Times, July 25, 1956.

“Conerly’s Pitch-Out to Gifford Rated as Key to Team’s Victory,” New York Times, October 29, 1956.

“Conference Lead Will Be at Stake; New York Will Try to Take First Place Away From Philadelphia Eleven,” New York Times, November 20, 1960.

Louis Effrat, “Run with Fumble Wins Game, 17-10; Carr of Eagles Catches Ball Dropped by Triplett and Goes for 38 Yards,” New York Times, November 21, 1960.

Robert L. Teague, “Gifford Suffers Deep Concussion; Katcavage Also Sent to Hospital, With a Shoulder Injury,” New York Times, November 21, 1960.

Louis Effrat, “Halfback Facing Stay in Hospital; Gifford Will Be Confined for Three Weeks — Katcavage Has Broken Clavicle,” New York Times, November 22, 1960.

“Giant Back Calls Consultant Who Gives Dim Report on Concussion a ‘Crepe Hanger’ — Bednarik Sends Gift,” New York Times, November 23, 1960.

Robert L. Teague, “Cowboys’ Plays Tested by Giants; Aerial Defense Is Stressed at Workout — Gifford Is Released From Hospital,” New York Times, December 2, 1960.

Tex Maule, “Then The Eagle Swooped,” Sports Illustrated, December 5, 1960.

“Chuck Bednarik Knocks Out Frank Gifford,”(NFL Videos, 14 second clip), NFL.com.

William R. Conklin, “Star Back Signed by Radio Station; Gifford Retires as Player but Giants Hope to Keep Him in Advisory Post,” New York Times, Friday, February 10, 1961.

Robert M. Lipsytet, “Gifford Returns as a Player; Giants’ Halfback, 31, Gives Up Duties as Broadcaster; Back Holds 3 Club Records,” New York Times, Tuesday, April 3, 1962, Sports, p. 48.

“Gifford Is Shifted by Football Giants,” New York Times, September 6, 1962.

Tex Maule, “No Rocking Chair For Frank Gifford,” Sports Illustrated, October 1, 1962.

Arthur Daley, “Sports of The Times; The Comeback Kid The Adjustment Long Road Back In the Homestretch,” New York Times, November 18, 1962.

“Gifford Tops ‘Comeback’ Poll,” New York Times, January 3, 1963.

John Schulian, “Concrete Charlie,” Sports Illustrated, September 6, 1993.

Frank Gifford and Harry Waters, “It’s a Helluva Town,” GQ: Gentlemen’s Quarterly, September 1993, Vol. 63 Issue 9, p. 282.

Art Cooper, Letter From the Editor-in-Chief, GQ: Gentlemen’s Quarterly, September 1993, Vol. 63 Issue 9, p. 44

Larry Stewart, “Gifford’s Life Is Now an Open Book,” Los Angeles Times, October 29, 1993.

Bill Fleischman, “Gifford’s Book Perfectly Frank,” Daily News(Philadelphia, PA) December 6, 1993.

“Chuck Bednarik Through the Years”(photo gallery), NFL.com.

“In The News: Chuck Bednarik” (a listing of stories), The Morning Call (Allentown PA).

Ray Didinger, “Mack Truck 1, VW 0, Gifford K.O. Legendary, But Bednarik Remembers Win,” Philadelphia Daily News (Phila., PA), December 14, 1994.

Dave Anderson, “Charlie Conerly, 74, Is Dead; Giants’ Quarterback in 50’s,” New York Times, February 14, 1996.

Bill Lyon, “Concrete Charlie,” When the Clock Runs Out: 20 NFL Greats Share Their Stories of Hardship and Triumph, Chicago: Triumph Books, 1999, pp. 31-48.

Paul Reinhard, “Concrete Charlie Chuck Bednarik Has Traveled A Long Way From Bethlehem’s South Side,” The Morning Call, December 12, 1999.

Chuck O’Donnell, “The Game I’ll Never Forget: Chuck Bednarik,” Football Digest, March 2001.

Ari L. Goldman, “John G. Zimmerman, 74, Leader Of Action Sports Photography,” New York Times, August 11, 2002.

Mike Kilduff, “Thawing the Ice Between Gifford and Bednarik,” Sporting News, August 25, 2003, Vol. 227, Issue 34, p.8.

Ron Flatter, “More Info on Chuck Bednarik,” ESPN.com, November 19, 2003.

Ron Flatter, “Sixty Minute Man,” ESPN.com, March 23, 2005.

Rick Van Horne, Friday Night Heroes: 100 Years of Driller Football, July 2006.

Ron Flatter, “Sixty Minute Man,” ESPN Classic, February 20, 2007.

Jack Cavanaugh, Giants Among Men: How Robustelli, Huff, Gifford and the Giants Made New York a Football Town and Changed the NFL, New York: Random House, 2008.

Hank Gola & Ralph Vacchiano, “Crushing Blows and Devastating Fumbles Mark Giant-Eagle Rivalry, Daily News, Saturday, January 10, 2009.

“Sunday, November 20, 1960: Gifford and Bednarik,” The ’60s at 50, November 20, 2010.

Dave Anderson, “A 50-Year-Old Hit That Still Echoes,” New York Times, November 20, 2010.

Adam Lazarus, “The 50 Most Explosive Players In NFL History” (No. 27: Frank Gifford, WR/RB), BleacherReport.com, February 21, 2011.

Les Bowen, “On Military Day, Bednarik Recalls Dodging Flak,” Daily News (Philadelphia, PA), Monday, August 15, 2011.

“Chuck Bednarik Statue to Be Unveiled at Franklin Field Prior to Penn-Cornell Football Game on November 19,” Almanac (University of Pennsylvania), November 8, 2011, Volume 58, No. 11.

Steven Jaffe, “Chuck Bednarik Statue Unveiled; Long-Planned Tribute to Penn Football Legend Becomes Reality at Franklin Field,” Daily Pennsylvanian, November 21, 2011,

Chris Holmes, “Life Magazine’s Look at the NFL of 1960,” Football Friday, September 28, 2012.

“Chuck Bednarik and Frank Gifford,” 100 Greatest Sports Photos of All Time (photo gallery), Sports Illustrated.

Mark Weinstein, “Frank Gifford: Icon” (Interview with Gifford), BlueNatic, Tuesday, August 20, 2013.

Ray Didinger, “Eagles History: ‘The Hit’ Still Resonates” (with video), Philadelphia Eagles .com, October 23, 2013.

“Rosey Grier and The 1960 Giants: Rare Photos,” Photo Gallery / and, “New York Giants: Rosey Grier Talks About Playing for Big Blue in 1960,” Life.com.

“Chuck Bednarik (statue) – University Of Pennsylvania” (Franklin Field – Dedicated November 19, 2011), HanlonSculpture.com.

“Chuck Bednarik,” Pro Football Hall of Fame.

“Chuck Bednarik,” Wikipedia.org.

“Frank Gifford,” Pro Football Hall of Fame.

“Frank Gifford,” Wikipedia.org.

Bob Gordon, The 1960 Philadelphia Eagles: The Team That They Said Had Nothing But a Championship, Sports Publishing, August 2001, 200 pp.

_______________________________




“Celebrity Gifford”
1950s-2000s

This Vitalis hair tonic ad featuring Frank Gifford ran in “Sports Illustrated,” October 1959 – and likely others as well.
This Vitalis hair tonic ad featuring Frank Gifford ran in “Sports Illustrated,” October 1959 – and likely others as well.
Athletes in modern times – especially as they become celebrity figures – are often recruited to do advertising for any number of commercial products. Sometimes they are also sought for political endorsements or as spokespersons for various social causes. A few also make their way into the media or Hollywood, extending their celebrity beyond their active sports careers.

Frank Gifford, a talented football player for the New York Giants in the 1950s and 1960s, became a popular figure in the New York city metro area and nationally both during and after his active playing career.

Gifford not only became a familiar face in magazine and TV advertising, but also one of the first professional athletes to successfully venture into TV sports broadcasting.

Well beyond his playing days, Frank Gifford would extend his celebrity for many years as a sports announcer, first for CBS on radio and TV, and later for ABC-TV’s popular Monday Night Football program.

Gifford’s notice as a public figure, in fact, would span nearly six decades, during which he became a pitchman for dozens of products – from shaving cream and hair tonic to clothing lines, as well as a celebrity draw for CBS Radio and ABC-TV.

Frank Gifford, No. 16, in action as New York Giants battle St. Louis Cardinals, 1960. Photo, George Silk/Life.
Frank Gifford, No. 16, in action as New York Giants battle St. Louis Cardinals, 1960. Photo, George Silk/Life.


All-American

An All-American college player at the University of Southern California (USC), Gifford was drafted by the New York Giants in 1952 and excelled there for 12 seasons. He became an All-Pro performer and a popular sports icon. In the hair tonic ad above, Gifford is shown in his Giants attire being subject to “the white glove test” for the “greasless Vitalis.” The hair tonic, produced by Bristol-Meyers from the 1940s, became popular in that era, and advertising using celebrities helped boost sales. Says the ad’s copy:

“…Frank Gifford, New York Giants, All Pro halfback, has dry, stubborn hair. Creams and cream-oils threw it for a loss… plastered it down, left greasy stains. Now Frank signals for Vitalis. No more grease-down hair, no more messy stains. Vitalis took the grease out of hair tonic. Put in V-7, the greasless grooming discovery. It keeps your hair neat all day, leaves no greasy stains as leading creams and cream-oils do. And Vitalis protects against dry hair and scalp, fights embarrassing dandruff… Try Vitalis yourself….today!

1996: Sportscaster celebrities Al Michaels, Frank Gifford, and Bob Costas appear in “milk mustache” ad campaign.
1996: Sportscaster celebrities Al Michaels, Frank Gifford, and Bob Costas appear in “milk mustache” ad campaign.
Flash forward forty years to the late 1990s and Frank Gifford is still found in commercial ads. Here, at right, he appears in a “milk mustache” magazine ad that ran in 1996 and 1997 – part of an ongoing campaign sponsored by the National Fluid Milk Processor Promotion Board using celebrity figures to help sell milk.  In the ad, Gifford is flanked by fellow TV celebrity sportscasters, Al Michaels left, and Bob Costas right.  Gifford would share broadcasting time with these and other colleagues during his 27-year career in sports broadcasting. More on Gifford’s sportscasting history a bit later.

Even in his college days as a gridiron standout at the USC, Frank Gifford received national notice in general-circulation and sports magazines, including Life magazine which featured a photo sequence of one of Gifford’s touchdown runs against the University of California in a famous November 1951 game.

Magazine and newspaper coverage during his college and pro careers helped keep Frank Gifford in the public eye.  And owing to his good looks and landing in the New York media market, Gifford would have continuing good fortune, not only in advertising, but also in TV and film.  In his earlier years, as a student in California, Gifford landed some bit parts in Hollywood films, including appearances as a football player in That’s My Boy in 1951 and The All American, with Tony Curtis, released in 1953. He also appeared in Sally and St. Anne and Bonzo Goes to College, both in 1952, the latter a sequel to the Ronald Reagan film, Bedtime for Bonzo.

Dec. 1956: Frank Gifford with TV show host, John Daily, taking questions from celebrity panel trying to guess Gifford’s line of work on quiz show,“What’s My Line?”
Dec. 1956: Frank Gifford with TV show host, John Daily, taking questions from celebrity panel trying to guess Gifford’s line of work on quiz show,“What’s My Line?”
In December 1956, after he had been with the Giants for a few seasons, Gifford appeared as a guest contestant on the then-popular TV quiz show, What’s My Line?, where a panel of four celebrities would ask a series of questions trying to determine the guest’s occupation.  Broadcast out of New York, the show had a national following.  When Gifford signed in on the chalk board as he came on stage that evening for What’s My Line — as was the usual procedure for that show – he used the name “F. Newton Gifford.”

After a few rounds of questions, and some excitement over Gifford’s youthful good looks by actress panelist Arlene Francis, the panel figured out he was Frank Gifford, football star of the New York Giants, who earlier that day in fact, had a banner performance with four touchdowns in a game against the Washington Redskins.

1950s: New York Giants star halfback, Frank Gifford, being interviewed in mock locker-room halftime scene in TV ad endorsing Florida orange juice.
1950s: New York Giants star halfback, Frank Gifford, being interviewed in mock locker-room halftime scene in TV ad endorsing Florida orange juice.
Also in the mid-1950s, Gifford appeared in a TV commercial for Florida orange juice in his Giants uniform.  In this appearance, the spot was set up with some newsreel footage of Gifford catching a pass for a touchdown.  The scene then cut to the locker room, supposedly at “half time,” where star Frank Gifford was partaking in his half-time refreshment, a glass of Florida orange juice.

An announcer with microphone then appears, and begins interviewing Gifford, commending him on his first half play, then launching into the virtues of Florida orange juice, with Frank making a few comments before the scene cuts to the announcer making a final appeal for Florida orange juice.

An earlier Vitalis hair tonic ad from 1957 featured Gifford in “before and after” photos, as shown below.

Frank Gifford in a Vitalis Hair tonic ad that appeared in Life magazine, November 25, 1957.
Frank Gifford in a Vitalis Hair tonic ad that appeared in Life magazine, November 25, 1957.

“Frank Gifford’s hair looks like this after a New York Giants football game…” — says ad’s copy on the first photo, showing Gifford in his game face and roughed-up playing attire, hair tousled.  Then comes the “after” photo showing a cleaned-up, well-groomed Gifford in coat and tie, as the caption adds – “…like this after Vitalis.”  A headline running across the page beneath both photos continues the Vitalis pitch: “New greaseless way to keep your hair neat all day…and prevent dryness.”

The ad’s copy also quotes Gifford pitching the product as follows: “I don’t know which is worse for your hair – a hot helmut or a hot shower,” says halfback Frank Gifford.  “I get plenty of both so I always use Vitalis.  My hair stays neat, and Vitalis isn’t greasy.”  Then the ad copy continues:

“The secret is V-7.  This new grooming discovery is greaseless, so you never have a too-slick, plastered-down look. Along with V-7, new Vitalis blends refreshing alcohol and other ingredients to give you superb protection against dry hair and scalp – whether they’re caused by wind, sun or you morning shower.  Try new Vitalis with V-7 soon (Tomorrow, for instance.).”  Then for the housewife contingent, two smaller photos show a lady holding a pillow, one soiled, the other clean, with appropriate captions: “Does your husband use a greasy tonic that stains pillowcases like this? Greaseless Vitalis leaves pillow cases clean – like this.”

1958: Gifford sweater ad.
1958: Gifford sweater ad.
1965: Jantzen swimwear ad.
1965: Jantzen swimwear ad.
1960s: Gifford, beach wear.
1960s: Gifford, beach wear.
1962: Jantzen sweater ad.
1962: Jantzen sweater ad.


As Jantzen Model

Gifford also became a model for the Jantzen brand of clothing during the 1950s and 1960s. Jantzen, a company founded in Portland, Oregon from a small knitting business in the 1910s, grew to become a world wide operation by the 1930s, known mostly for women’s swimwear, but by the 1950s, had also established a mens’ line of clothing.  From 1957 through the late 1960s – during his playing years and after – Frank Gifford appeared in dozens of clothing, sportswear, and swim wear ads for the Jantzen brand.  In the early round of these ads, Gifford appeared by himself, usually donning sweaters.  In other Jantzen ads, Gifford appeared with one or more fellow professional athletes, including: Bobby Hull, ice hockey player; Jerry West, basketball star; football competitor, Paul Hornung of the Green Bay Packers; and others.  In the 1965 Jantzen swim wear ad, above right, Gifford appears in a beach scene with a surf board and three others – John Severson, a surfer and then publisher of Surfer magazine; Boston Celtics basketball star, Bob Cousy; and Terry Baker, then a famous former quarterback and Heisman Trophy winner from Oregon State University.  Other Jantzen swimwear and/or beachwear ads in this period also included Gifford with one or more other athletes, as seen in the 3rd photo here bottom left, with Gifford in the foreground and the others in the background.  In the 1962 Jantzen sweater ad at bottom right, Gifford is seated reading a mock headline about his running back rival, Paul Hornung (who won the MVP award in 1961), while Bob Cousy and pro golfer Ken Venturi stand behind him.

September 1962: Frank Gifford, NY Giants, featured on the cover of Sports Illustrated. Click for copy.
September 1962: Frank Gifford, NY Giants, featured on the cover of Sports Illustrated. Click for copy.

 
Football Star

Being a football star, Gifford remained in the public eye as newspaper and magazine stories were written about his play. In September 1962, as the New York Giants were having one of their best seasons with Gifford’s help, he appeared on the cover of Sports Illustrated. During his 12 seasons with the New York Giants, Gifford as a running back had 3,609 rushing yards and 34 touchdowns in 840 carries. As a receiver he had 367 catches for 5,434 yards and 43 touchdowns. And finally, throwing the ball, Gifford completed 29 of the 63 passes for 823 yards and 14 touchdowns, the most among any non-quarterback in NFL history.

Gifford made eight Pro Bowl appearances during his career and also played in five NFL Championship games. His biggest season may have been 1956, when he won the Most Valuable Player award of the NFL, and led the Giants to the NFL title over the Chicago Bears. Gifford also played in the famous December 1958 championship game between the New York Giants and the Baltimore Colts – a nationally-televised game that went into sudden death overtime, a game which many believe ushered in the modern era of big-time, television-hyped, pro football.

1966: Frank Gifford featured in CBS Radio ad.
1966: Frank Gifford featured in CBS Radio ad.


CBS Career

After his playing days ended, Gifford became a full-time broadcast commentator for NFL games, first on CBS radio and later, CBS television.  Gifford’s broadcasting career had actually started in 1957 while he was still playing halfback for the New York Giants.  He was a commentator for CBS on the NFL pre-game show and joined the CBS staff in 1961 as a part-time sports reporter.

In 1964, Gifford retired from his successful football career with the Giants and remained well-known and well-regarded in the New York area and nationally.

In 1965, CBS hired him full time to cover pro football, college basketball and golf.  Gifford stayed with CBS for six years – and as the CBS Radio ad at left shows, the network wasn’t shy about using his football celebrity to lure listeners and sponsors.

Another CBS Radio ad that ran in the 1960s had Gifford featured with three other CBS Radio personalities – Art Linkletter, Amy Van Buren of “Dear Abby” fame, and commentator Lowell Thomas – “Four Good Reasons to Turn to Your CBS Radio Station,” as the CBS ad put it.

 
 
Film & TV

Frank Gifford, foreground, as Ensign Cy Mount, here injured, in 1959 James Garner film “Up Periscope.” Click for DVD.
Frank Gifford, foreground, as Ensign Cy Mount, here injured, in 1959 James Garner film “Up Periscope.” Click for DVD.
Earlier in his career, while still a prominent football star, Gifford landed a few minor film and TV acting roles.  In the 1958 WWII film, Darby’s Rangers, which starred James Garner, he appeared as one of a number of young soldiers.

Gifford had a named role in another James Garner film, Up Periscope in 1959, a WWII submarine drama in which Gifford played Ensign Cy Mount, and is shown in one scene (at right) propped up on a stretcher, shirtless and wounded.  In television, Gifford appeared in the Shirley Booth sitcom Hazel for a 1963 episode titled, “Hazel and the Halfback.”

1968: Alan Alda, left, visits with Maxine and Frank Gifford, right, in a scene from the film, “Paper Lion.” Click for DVD.
1968: Alan Alda, left, visits with Maxine and Frank Gifford, right, in a scene from the film, “Paper Lion.” Click for DVD.


In 1964, Gifford made a second appearance on the TV quiz show, What’s My Line?, this time as a celebrity panelist asking the questions. In 1965, Gifford was approached to play the lead role in a Tarzan film, but that role later went to Mike Henry.

In 1968, he and his then-wife Maxine appeared in the film, Paper Lion, based on the 1966 nonfiction book by American writer George Plimpton, who spends time as a player with the Detroit Lions to do an insider’s account of how an average American male might fare in professional football.

In the film Alan Alda played Plimpton and Gifford and his wife appeared as themselves in one scene as shown at left.

As a CBS sportscaster, Frank Gifford landed some notable interviews, here with Mickey Mantle in 1966.
As a CBS sportscaster, Frank Gifford landed some notable interviews, here with Mickey Mantle in 1966.
During Gifford’s broadcasting years with CBS Radio and TV, he interviewed a range of celebrity athletes and coaches, not only in football, but also in other sports.  In June 1966, he interviewed New York Yankee great, Mickey Mantle, then nearing the end of his career.

Gifford, reportedly, did not think much of Mantle, though he did figure into a bit of early Mickey Mantle baseball lore. That story involves a long home run Mantle hit as a Yankee rookie when he was 19 years old – a home run rumored to have traveled 550 feet or so.

In a May 1951 spring training game played at the University of Southern California, Mantle hit two home runs – one of which cleared the fences there and kept on going, landing in the middle of an adjacent football field, according to Gifford, who was then in spring football training with his college team on that field.

Gifford & Vince Lombardi, pre-Superbowl I, January 1967.
Gifford & Vince Lombardi, pre-Superbowl I, January 1967.
In January 1967, Gifford landed a big pre-kickoff interview at the first Superbowl game between the Green Bay Packers and Kansas City Chiefs.  On the field, Gifford interviewed Green Bay Packers coach Vince Lombardi for the nationally-televised game.

As a former New York Giants running back, Gifford had played under Lombardi when Lombardi was the Giants’ offensive coordinator under head coach Jim Lee Howell, helping lead the Giants to their 1956 championship.

Howell was from an earlier football era and used the single-wing formation. Lombardi helped modernize the Giants’ attack by introducing the T-formation.

1970: Frank Gifford interviewing Kansas City quarterback Len Dawson following Superbowl IV.
1970: Frank Gifford interviewing Kansas City quarterback Len Dawson following Superbowl IV.
Gifford also had a notable post-game interview following the famous 1967 NFL championship game between the Dallas Cowboys and the Green Bay Packers, the game leading up to Superbowl II.  Played at Lambeau Field in Green Bay, Wisconsin under frigid conditions — a game known as the “ice bowl” — the Packers won the game with a famous running play behind the blocking of famed Packer lineman Jerry Kramer.

At the game’s conclusion, CBS announcer Gifford got the go ahead to go into the losing Cowboys’ locker room for on-air post-game interview – a practice unheard of in that era. Gifford sought out Dallas quarterback Don Meredith, who Gifford knew, for his thoughts on the game.  The Meredith interview, emotional but thoughtful, received considerable attention, and would later become a factor in Meredith’s own broadcasting career.  

In the photo at right, Gifford is shown interviewing quarterback Len Dawson of the Kansas City Chiefs following Superbowl IV.

A Frank Gifford pro football guide book.
A Frank Gifford pro football guide book.

 
By the late 1960s, Gifford’s name also began appearing on annual football guide books – Frank Gifford’s NFL-AFL Football Guide For 1968 (shown at left), and a similar volume for 1969,  were published by Signet Books.  The guides featured rosters, schedules, and forecasts for the upcoming pro seasons, with team summaries, description of the playoff system, and other football information.

Also in 1969, there was a book about Gifford written by William Wallace – Frank Gifford: His Golden Year, 1956 – the year Gifford won the most valuable player award, then known as the Jim Thorpe Memorial Trophy. The Wallace book included an introduction by Gifford’s former Giants’ coach and then famous Green Bay Packer leader, Vince Lombardi.

The book came at a time when Gifford – then retired from the game since 1962 – was building a following as “one of the better sportscasters on WCBS-TV,” as Kirkus Reviews described Gifford in a short summary of the Wallace book (see “Sources” section at end of story for cover photo of this book).

_____________________________________

 

“Gifford’s Gigs”
Ads, Film, TV, Books, Etc.
1950s-2000s

 

1970s: Frank Gifford appearing in a Dry Sack sherry ad.
1970s: Frank Gifford appearing in a Dry Sack sherry ad.
1956: What’s My Line?, TV Guest
1957: Vitalis Hair Tonic
1957: Wilson Sporting Goods (football)
1957: Jantzen sweater ad (wearing beret)
1958: Jantzen Sportswear – sweater
1958: Film: Darby’s Rangers, bit part
1959: Vitalis Hair Tonic Ad
1959: Film: Up Periscope
1960: Paris Belts (w/16 pg booklet)
1960: Wards Boots (hunting)
1960: Book: The Frank Gifford Story
1961: Jantzen Sportswear /ski sweater
1961: Jantzen ads (w/ Bob Cousy, others)
1962: Sports Illustrated Cover, Dec 12
1962: Jantzen Ad – Snorkeling in Kauai
1962: Jantzen Sportswear w/Cousy, others
1962: Jantzen Sweater w/ K. Venturi, Cousy
1963: Guest Star, Hazel TV Show
1963: Jantzen Sweater w/ Hornung & Cousy
1964: What’s My Line?, TV Guest Panelist
1965: Jantzen Swimsuits
1965: CBS Radio Ad w/other hosts
1966: Jantzen Hawaiian Beachboy Tights
1966: Jantzen Sportswear w/ D. Marr, Cousy
1966: CBS Radio Ad – NY Giants No.16
1966: Jantzen Swimtrunks w/B Hull, others
1968: Jantzen Spoken Here w/ Don Meredith
1968: Film: Paper Lion, bit part, himself
1960s Radio Spots – Leukemia PSAs
1969: Book: Frank Gifford: His Golden Year
1971: TV: Monday Night Football (to 1997)
1971: TV Guide Cover w/Cosell & Meredith
1975: Dry Sack Sherry Ad
1977: Playboy (Nov), Frank Gifford Profile
1978: Planters Nuts Ad
1978: Riddell Ad, soccer shoes
Screenshot from a Planters Nuts TV ad featuring Frank Gifford.
Screenshot from a Planters Nuts TV ad featuring Frank Gifford.
1979: Dry Sack from Spain
1979: Planters Mixed Nuts
1982: TV Ads: Planters Nuts
1984: GQ, Cover
1984: Nabisco Brands, w/Bobby Orr
1984: Nabisco Brands, w/D. Meredith
1991: Buick “Super Drivers” Sales Brochure
1993: Book: The Whole Ten Yards
1993: TV: Carnival Cruise w Kathie Lee
1996: “Milk Mustache”w/Michaels & Costas
1996: Film: Jerry Maguire, bit part, himself
2008: Book: The Glory Game
_______________________
Not a complete list.

 

Monday Night Football

Frank Gifford, right, joined “Monday Nigh Football” broad-casters Howard Cosell, center, and Don Meredith  in 1971.
Frank Gifford, right, joined “Monday Nigh Football” broad-casters Howard Cosell, center, and Don Meredith in 1971.
In the 1970s, Frank Gifford’s media star began to shine a lot brighter when he became a member of ABC-TV’s Monday Night Football broadcast team.  But before exploring Gifford’s role there, a little history on the origins of the Monday night program.

The idea for televising professional football games on Monday night had first started with NFL commissioner Pete Rozelle.  Rozelle had experimented with one non-televised Monday night game in September 1964 when the Green Bay Packers played the Detroit Lions in a game that drew a sellout crowd of 59,203 to Tiger Stadium, the largest crowd ever to watch a professional football game in Detroit up to that point.  Rozelle then followed up with a few televised Monday night games in prime time over the next four years – two NFL games on CBS for the 1966 and 1967 seasons, followed by two AFL Monday night games on NBC in 1968 and 1969.  But neither CBS or NBC would sign a contract for a full season of televised Monday night games, as they feared a disruption of existing programming.

Roone Arledge is credited with helping make “Monday Night Football” an entertainment spectacle and a financial success. Click for his book.
Roone Arledge is credited with helping make “Monday Night Football” an entertainment spectacle and a financial success. Click for his book.
ABC, then the lowest rated of the three broadcast networks, and also not entirely enthusiastic about the idea, nevertheless agreed to a contract after Rozelle threatened to go to the Hughes Sports Network, a move that would have caused some ABC affiliates to abandoned ABC on game nights.

After the ABC deal was made, ABC producer Roone Arledge – who had already created ABC’s Wide World of Sports in 1961 – began to see big potential for the Monday Night Football program.  Arledge is credited with turning the program into an entertainment and sports broadcast “spectacle” – expanding the regular two-man broadcasting team to three members; using twice the usual number of cameras to cover the game; using shots of the crowd, cheerleaders and coaches as well as closeups of the players; and instituting lots of graphics and technical innovations such as “instant replay.”

The first ABC Monday Night Football game – between the New York Jets and the Cleveland Browns in Cleveland – aired on Sept. 21, 1970.   Advertisers were charged $65,000 per minute (a fraction of what they now pay ).  The broadcast was a smashing success, collecting an eye-popping 33 percent of the viewing audience.  Those numbers pleased the program’s early sponsors, such as the Ford Motor Company.  Monday Night Football was on its way.

1971: “Monday Night Football” broadcast team of Howard Cosell, Don Meredith and Frank Gifford.
1971: “Monday Night Football” broadcast team of Howard Cosell, Don Meredith and Frank Gifford.
The first broadcast trio for Monday Night Football included Howard Cosell, Keith Jackson, and Don Meredith.  Frank Gifford had been Roone Arledge’s original choice for the third member of the broadcast team, but Gifford was then still working with CBS.  But Arledge was a friend of Gifford’s and a golfing buddy.  Gifford suggested that Arledge offer Meredith the job, the former Dallas Cowboys quarterback.

By 1971, however, Gifford replaced Keith Jackson as the play-by-play announcer on Monday Night Football (this trio is shown on the TV Guide cover at left).  Thus began a nationally prominent role for Gifford that would last more than two decades in one role or another at Monday Night Football.  Gifford, in fact, would become the longest-serving member of an ever-changing cast of characters on the Monday Night Football broadcast team – ranging from Alex Karas and Fran Tarkenton for periods in the 1970s, to O. J. Simpson, Joe Namath, Dan Dierdorf, and Michaels in the 1980s.  In 1987, Gifford and Al Michaels – who had done the show as a twosome for two seasons – were joined by Dan Dierdorf.  This Monday Night Football trio would last for 11 seasons, through the end of the 1997 season.

There were some memorable moments in the Monday Night Football broadcast booth, as on December 9, 1974, when the unlikely pair of former Beatle John Lennon and California governor Ronald Reagan entered the booth.  Lennon was interviewed by Howard Cosell and Gifford was talking with Reagan, who later proceeded to explain the rules of American football to Lennon as the game went along, though off camera.  Six years later on December 8th, 1980, during the Monday night game between Miami Dolphins and the New England Patriots, it would be Howard Cosell who announced a news bulletin to a stunned nation that John Lennon had been assassinated that night in New York city by gunman Mark David Chapman.

Frank Gifford, circa 1970s.
Frank Gifford, circa 1970s.
August 1988: Gifford on the field prior to a Miami Dolphins - Washington Redskins game.
August 1988: Gifford on the field prior to a Miami Dolphins - Washington Redskins game.

In later years, there was some probing of the Monday Night Football empire, as a book by Marc Gunther and Bill Carter titled Monday Night Mayhem, reported that with Roone Arledge in control, the show was making lots of money for ABC, and its principals were treated well, with parties, limousines, and more.  But by 1985, Monday Night Football was sliding in the ratings, beaten on occasion by Farrah Fawcett movies on NBC and other shows.  Roone Arledge by then had moved on, and in the following year in the wake of the Cap Cities takeover of ABC, new management arrived.  Gifford was moved out of his play-by-play role, replaced by Al Michaels.

But through it all, Gifford had a loyal following of viewers who liked him because of his low-keyed style, projecting a straight-arrow kind of guy, honest and sincere. Still, Gifford had his share of critics, some charging that he wasn’t critical enough of the players. “I don’t pay attention to the critics,” he said in a 1987 Los Angeles Times interview.  “I have to please the audience… I know what I am.  That’s more important than reading what others think.  I know this game. I’ve always studied it, and I continue to do my homework.”  Gifford added that he probably spent more time preparing to televise a game than he did preparing as a player.  But the critics persisted, some calling his style boring or that he was too much of a company man.  

“I’ve been accused of being everything from [plain] vanilla to being a shill for the National Football League,” he said in a 1994 interview with the Christian Science Monitor.  “Some people think that you can’t be doing a good job unless you are bombastic and critical…. I don’t know where that concept ever came up in journalism.”  

As for the “star” quality that may have come to the Monday Night Football broadcasters, Gifford sought to disabuse viewers of that notion.

In a September 1994 interview with Mark Kram of Knight-Ridder newspapers, Gifford explained that “the success of Monday Night Football has little to do with the announcers in the booth.” Rather, as Gifford then put it: “We are a success because football is the No. 1 sport in America, and that Monday evenings give people a chance to extend the weekend.  I, as an announcer, can only reflect what has been placed on the stage, so to speak.  We do not create it.”

Feb 1984 “GQ” cover featured Frank Gifford with story: “Gifford Keeps His Balance.”
Feb 1984 “GQ” cover featured Frank Gifford with story: “Gifford Keeps His Balance.”


Wide World of Sports

Gifford also appeared on other ABC sports programs, including Olympic Games coverage from 1972 to 1988, ABC’s Wide World of Sports, and he also did various sports personality profiles and TV specials.  Gifford also put out another book in 1976 – Gifford on Courage: Ten Unforgettable True Stories of Heroism in Modern Sports – written with Charles Mangel.  This book included profiles of sports figures, among them: Herb Score, Rocky Bleier, Charley Boswell, Don Klosterman, Floyd Layne, Charley Conerly, Y.A. Tittle, Dan Gable, Willis Reed, and Ken Venturi.

Gifford continued to be of interest as a sports celebrity and television personality, occasionally featured in magazines, such as the February 1984 GQ cover story shown at left (GQ, Gentlemen’s Quarterly, is a publication of the Newhouse family-owned Condé Naste publications).  The GQ story was written by Frederick Exley, who had been following Gifford’s career since the days when both were students at USC.  In television, Gifford sometimes appeared as a guest or a guest host on non-sports TV shows, including ABC-TV’s Good Morning America, where he met his third wife, Kathie Lee Johnson, a popular TV host.  The two were married in 1986 and would have two children together.  Throughout the late 1980s and the 1990s, millions of morning-TV viewers who watched ABC’s Live with Regis and Kathie Lee, would often hear Kathie Lee Gifford’s descriptions of life at home with her sportscaster husband and their two children.  Gifford and his wife also appeared together on TV occasionally, as they did when hosting the nightly wrap-up segments on ABC during the 1988 Winter Olympics.

Frank Gifford’s 1993 auto- biography. Click for copy.
Frank Gifford’s 1993 auto- biography. Click for copy.
In 1993, Gifford published his autobiography, The Whole Ten Yards, with help from Newsweek’s Harry Waters.  Kirkus Reviews called the book “a measured, straightforward, good-natured piece of work…”

In the book, Gifford includes profiles of his former Monday Night Football colleagues Howard Cosell, Don Meredith, Dan Dierdorf and Al Michaels, calling Michaels at one point “the best play-by-play man in the business.”  There are also profiles of Vince Lombardi, Paul Brown, and former teammates Sam Huff, Y.A. Tittle, Charlie Conerly, and Kyle Rote, as well as opponents such as Cleveland Browns running back Jim Brown, Chicago Bears tight end, Mike Ditka, and Philadelphia Eagles linebacker, Chuck Bednarik. The book also covers Gifford’s reminiscences of late 1950’s New York nightlife – all of which help to paint an engaging portrayal of New York football and its related social profile during that era.

In 1995, Frank Gifford was given the Pete Rozelle Award by the Pro Football Hall of Fame for his NFL television work.

June 1997: People magazine featured the Giffords on its cover following the affair.
June 1997: People magazine featured the Giffords on its cover following the affair.


Gifford Affair

In May 1997, however, some of the luster of Frank Gifford’s famous career and celebrity became tarnished after it was revealed that he had an affair with a former airline stewardess, Suzen Johnson. A round of negative press followed, with magazine and tabloid front-page coverage, including a June 1997 People magazine cover story shown at left with photo and headline that read, “Kathie Lee’s Crisis, Will She Stand By Her Man?”

A November 1997 Playboy story also ran with Suzen Johnson on the cover. And some New York media talk shows and radio programs — including Howard Stern’s radio show, which had engaged in a running critique of Kathie Lee Gifford for years – also covered the story. Stern at one point threatened to air tapes of the tryst until the move was blocked in court.

It was later revealed that The Globe, the North American supermarket tabloid that originally broke the story, had arranged to have Gifford secretly videotaped being seduced by the former flight attendant in a New York City hotel room.

Tagline for ABC’s 20/20 show on the Gifford affair: “Love. Fidelity. Broken Promises. Staying together, Kathie Lee and Frank Gifford talk about it all for the first time. Exclusively with Diane Sawyer.” Click for Kathie Lee Gifford's book page.
Tagline for ABC’s 20/20 show on the Gifford affair: “Love. Fidelity. Broken Promises. Staying together, Kathie Lee and Frank Gifford talk about it all for the first time. Exclusively with Diane Sawyer.” Click for Kathie Lee Gifford's book page.
In follow-up stories, ESPN and others reported that The Globe tabloid had paid Johnson $75,000 to lure Gifford to the room, while The Atlantic placed the amount at $125,000. There was also an appearance by Gifford and Kathie Lee on ABC-TV’s 20/20 show in May 2000 when the couple was interviewed by Diane Sawyer, with Frank admitting the tryst was “stupid” and Kathie Lee offering grudging forgiveness. The Giffords had faced controversy before, in 1996 when a clothing line sold by Kathie Lee was accused of using sweatshop labor. Kathie Lee Gifford subsequently worked with government regulators to investigate the situation and she also worked to support and enact laws to protect children against sweatshop conditions.

Such incidents aside, however, the Giffords, throughout their careers, have been involved with various charities and social causes. Frank Gifford had served as chairman of the Multiple Sclerosis Society of New York and in 1984 the society established a $100,000 research grant in his name. And Kathie Lee Gifford regularly makes appearances at fund raisers and events for the non-profit organization ChildHelp, which works for the prevention and treatment of child abuse.

Still, the 1997 stewardess affair was a major blow to the Giffords and to Frank Gifford’s image. In 1998, following the incident, Gifford was given a reduced role on the Monday Night Football pre-game show. Boomer Esiason, 36, then the Cincinnati Bengals’ quarterback, quit active play to join the show. After that, and with 22 years of serving as a sportscaster there, Gifford left Monday Night Football, though he would continue to have other TV work. And on other projects, he focused on football history.

In 2008, Frank Gifford, with Peter Richmond, published “The Glory Game,” about famous 1958 game. Click for copy.
In 2008, Frank Gifford, with Peter Richmond, published “The Glory Game,” about famous 1958 game. Click for copy.
13 Oct 1963: Frank Gifford of the New York Giants about to catch a pass from quarterback Y. A. Tittle in game against the Cleveland Browns played in New York.
13 Oct 1963: Frank Gifford of the New York Giants about to catch a pass from quarterback Y. A. Tittle in game against the Cleveland Browns played in New York.

In 2008, Gifford published with Peter Richmond, The Glory Game: How The 1958 NFL Championship Changed Football Forever.

The book is Gifford’s account of the famous sudden-death overtime game between the New York Giants and Baltimore Colts in which he and 14 other later-elected Hall of Fame players and coaches did battle.

Gifford acknowledged that he had two costly fumbles in that game, but he also caught a pass for a key touchdown that had put the Giant’s in the lead, 17-14. Gifford was also at the center of a crucial 3rd down play with less than three minutes remaining in that game.

The Giants, then at their own 40 yard-line, needed four yards for a first down, which would have given them the game, as with a new set of downs they could have run out the clock. But on the 3rd down play, Gifford got the call, running the ball outside for a gain before he was tackled, though sure he made enough yardage for the first down.

In the play, there was some added commotion and distraction, as Colts lineman, Gino Marchetti, was calling out in pain after he had broken his ankle. Referee Ron Gibbs, who spotted the ball amid the concern over Marchetti, placed it short of the first down marker, and the Giants were forced to punt. That gave the Colts a chance to tie, and ultimately win, the game, which went into sudden death overtime.

But in his book, Gifford writes: “I still feel to this day, and will always feel, that I got the first down that would have let us run out the clock. And given us the title.” Gifford would later learn that the referee involved also believed he likely had made a bad spot.

See also at this website, “Bednarik-Gifford Lore,” an in-depth story built around the famous November 1960 gridiron collision between Gifford and Chuck Bednarik of the Philadelphia Eagles. For other sports stories at this website see the “Annals of Sport” page. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 5 January 2014
Last Update: 12 May 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Celebrity Gifford: 1950s-2000s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, January 5, 2014.

____________________________________

 
 

Football Books at Amazon.com
 

Michael MacCambridge’s 2005 book, “The Epic Story of How Pro Football Captured a Nation.” Click for copy.
Michael MacCambridge’s 2005 book, “The Epic Story of How Pro Football Captured a Nation.” Click for copy.
NFL History, Rob Fleder, et al., “NFL 100: A Century of Pro Football,” with Peyton Manning intro. Click for copy.
NFL History, Rob Fleder, et al., “NFL 100: A Century of Pro Football,” with Peyton Manning intro. Click for copy.
Ray Walker’s book, “The Ultimate Pittsburgh Steelers Trivia Book,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.
Ray Walker’s book, “The Ultimate Pittsburgh Steelers Trivia Book,” 2020 edition. Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover of Don Smith’s 1960 book on Frank Gifford, published by New York’s G. P. Putnam's Sons. Click for copy.
Cover of Don Smith’s 1960 book on Frank Gifford, published by New York’s G. P. Putnam's Sons. Click for copy.
CBS Radio ad of the mid-1960s featuring Frank Gifford as one of the network’s notable on-air personalities.
CBS Radio ad of the mid-1960s featuring Frank Gifford as one of the network’s notable on-air personalities.
1969: Cover of William Wallace’s book on Frank Gifford’s “Golden Year” of 1956; paperback edition. Click for copy.
1969: Cover of William Wallace’s book on Frank Gifford’s “Golden Year” of 1956; paperback edition. Click for copy.
June 1969: Sportscasters Pat Summerall & Frank Gifford (c), listen as Joe Namath (r) announces his retirement from pro football at his Bachelors III nightclub due to dispute with the NFL over his ownership of the club. On July 18, he announced he sold the bar and was coming back out of retirement. Click photo to visit Namath story.
June 1969: Sportscasters Pat Summerall & Frank Gifford (c), listen as Joe Namath (r) announces his retirement from pro football at his Bachelors III nightclub due to dispute with the NFL over his ownership of the club. On July 18, he announced he sold the bar and was coming back out of retirement. Click photo to visit Namath story.
June 1983: Christopher Reeve, Frank Gifford & President Ronald Reagan at White House reception & picnic for Special Olympics program, Diplomatic Reception Room.
June 1983: Christopher Reeve, Frank Gifford & President Ronald Reagan at White House reception & picnic for Special Olympics program, Diplomatic Reception Room.
July 1985: Joe Namath, left, Roone Arledge, center, with Frank Gifford at news conference announcing Namath’s joining "Monday Night Football." AP / M. Lederhandler.
July 1985: Joe Namath, left, Roone Arledge, center, with Frank Gifford at news conference announcing Namath’s joining "Monday Night Football." AP / M. Lederhandler.
Nov 29, 1990: Kathie Lee & Frank Gifford with former Vice President Dan Quayle at ASA Hall of Fame dinner.
Nov 29, 1990: Kathie Lee & Frank Gifford with former Vice President Dan Quayle at ASA Hall of Fame dinner.
Frank & Kathie Lee Gifford with their son, early 1990s.
Frank & Kathie Lee Gifford with their son, early 1990s.
Jack Cavanaugh's "Giants Among Men". Click for copy.
Jack Cavanaugh's "Giants Among Men". Click for copy.

“Rough Day in Berkeley: A Zany Season Reaches Climax As Southern Cal Tips California Off Top of Football Heap,” Life (with photo sequence of Frank Gifford’s 69-yard run), October 29, November, 1951, pp. 22-27.

“Landry, Gifford and Rote to Pass For Giants in Game With Redskins,” New York Times, Sports, December 3, 1952.

“Revamped Giants to Face Steelers; Gifford Shifted From Defense to Offense for Contest at Polo Grounds Today,” New York Times, November 15, 1953.

“Gifford Drills 2 Ways; Giants’ Back Again May Play Dual Role Against Redskins,” New York Times, November 19, 1953

“Gifford at Quarterback For Giants in Workout,” New York Times, July 25, 1956.

“Conerly’s Pitch-Out to Gifford Rated as Key to Team’s Victory,” New York Times, October 29, 1956.

Louis Effrat/Ernest Sisto, “Giants Beat Eagles and Move into a First-Place Tie… Strong Defense Helps Giants Win …Conerly Passes Click; Gifford Makes Catch…,” New York Times, October 29, 1956.

Gay Talese, “Gifford Sandwiches Football Between Sidelines; Giants’ Top Ground Gainer Also Is a Movie Bit Player,” New York Times, November 4, 1956.

Louis Effrat, “Gifford Scores Three Touchdowns as Giants Beat Redskins Before 46,351; New Yorkers Win at Stadium, 28-14 Giants Avenge Earlier Loss to Redskins and Virtually Clinch Conference Title,” New York Times, December 3, 1956

Louis Effrat, “Giants Gain Title in East, Checking Eagle Team, 21-7; Capture Division Honors for First Time in 10 Years as Gifford Paces Attack ..,” New York Times, December 16, 1956.

“7 Giants Chosen on All-Star Club; Conerly and Gifford Among Players Named for Bowl Football Game Jan. 13,” New York Times, December 18, 1956.

“Gifford Named in Poll; Back Is Voted Pro Football’s Most Valuable Player,” New York Times, January 8, 1957.

William J. Briordy, “Gifford Receives a Rise in Salary; Football Giants’ Star Back Accepts $20,000 – Grier Is Inducted Into Army,” New York Times, January 29, 1957

“Giant Eleven Sends Lions to Their First Shutout Defeat in Five Seasons; Patton, Gifford Pace 17-0 Success; They Get Giant Touchdowns on Long Runs as Lions Lose Third Straight; Lions Fail to Threaten; Conerly Passes Click,” New York Times, September 23, 1957

“Up Periscope,” Wikipedia.org.

“Frank Gifford in TV Series,” New York Times, Thursday, January 21, 1960, p. 63.

Don Smith, The Frank Gifford Story, New York: Putnam,1960.

William R. Conklin, “Star Back Signed by Radio Station; Gifford Retires as Player but Giants Hope to Keep Him in Advisory Post,” New York Times, Friday, February 10, 1961.

“Frank Gifford Rates The NFL Running Backs,” Sport, October 1961.

Robert M. Lipsytet, “Gifford Returns as a Player; Giants’ Halfback, 31, Gives Up Duties as Broadcaster; Back Holds 3 Club Records,” New York Times, Tuesday, April 3, 1962, Sports, p. 48.

“Pro Football May Seem Tame to Giant’s Gifford After Thrill of Making TV Ads,” Advertising Age, 34(25): 64.

“Paper Lion (film),” Wikipedia.org.

Paul Wilkes, “Frank Gifford Talks a Good Game These Days,” New York Times, Sunday, December 14, 1969, p. D-27.

William Wallace, Frank Gifford: His Golden Year, 1956, New York: Prentice-Hall, September 1969.

Book Review, “Frank Gifford: The Golden Year, 1956, By William N. Wallace,” Kirkus Reviews, September 1969.

“History of Monday Night Football,” Wikipedia.org.

Frank Gifford, “Inside Monday Night Football,” Argosy, October 1973, Vol. 371, No. 10.

Frank Gifford and Charles Mangel, Gifford on Courage: Ten Unforgettable True Stories of Heroism in Modern Sports, New York: M. Evans & Co., September 1, 1976.

Philip H. Dougherty, “Advertising; Palm Beach Using TV And Gifford…,” New York Times, Thursday, June 22, 1978, Business & Finance, p. D-17.

Bert Randolph Sugar (Author) and Frank Gifford (Foreward), The Thrill of Victory: The Inside Story of ABC Sports, Hawthorn Books, 1978, 342pp.

“Planters TV Ads: Nuts & Snacks, Frank Gifford 1970s-1980s,” Duke University Libraries, Digital Collections.

Frederick Exley, “The Natural” (article on Frank Gifford), GQ, February 1984.

Michael Goodwin, “Sports People; Gifford Stays in Lineup,” New York Times, May 14,1986.

Martie Zad, “Frank Gifford: Monday Night Football’s Long-Distance Runner,” Los Angeles Times, December 6, 1987.

Steve Nidetz, “Gifford Goes Long In The Monday Game,” Chicago Tribune, October 23, 1988.

Frank Gifford and Harry Waters, Jr., The Whole Ten Yards, New York: Random House, 1993,
285 pp.

Tom Stieghorst, “Men Are Targets Of Carnival Cruise Lines Advertisements,” Sun Sentinel, April 10, 1993.

Steve Nidetz, “Gifford Book Serves Up Vanilla – But With Lumps,” Chicago Tribune, October 25, 1993.

Bill Fleischman, “Gifford’s Book Perfectly Frank,” Daily News (Philadelphia, PA) December 6, 1993.

Mark Kram, Knight-Ridder Newspapers, “They Were Giants During Their Playing Days And . . . They’re Still Giants In The TV Booth; Frank Gifford’s `Silver Spoon’ Image Belies His Childhood Out Of `The Grapes Of Wrath’,” Chicago Tribune, September 25, 1994.

Ross Atkin, “Energizing `Monday Night Football’,” Christian Science Monitor, December 22, 1994.

Jane Furse & George Rush, with Paul Schwartzman, Jorge Fitz-Gibbon & Phil Scruton, “Gifford Fling Bombshell Sleuth: I Was Asked To Tape Tryst,” Daily News (New York), Saturday, May 17, 1997.

Michael Hirsley, “Gifford Signs Off On `MNF’,” Chicago Tribune, January 17, 1998.

Richard Sandomir, “Pro Football; Esiason In; Gifford Moves,” New York Times, January 17, 1998.

Alex Beam, “Tabloid Law,” The Atlantic, August 1999.

Ed Sherman, “Gifford’s Long TV Run Ends Nearly Unnoticed,” Chicago Tribune, September 20, 1999.

Mike Puma, “Gifford Was Star in Backfield, Booth,” ESPN Classic.

“Frank Gifford,” Wikipedia.org.

Michael Starr, “Kathie Lee’s Pain Was a ‘Compliment’,” New York Post, May 4, 2000.

Mike Puma, “Versatile Gifford Led the Giants,” ESPN.com, Wednesday, November 19, 2003.

“Frank Gifford” (interview), Archive of American Television, September 2006.

Jack Cavanaugh, Giants Among Men: How Robustelli, Huff, Gifford and the Giants Made New York a Football Town and Changed the NFL, New York: Random House, 2008.

“Frank Gifford on What’s My Line,”(aired 12/2/56), YouTube.com, Uploaded, March 8, 2009.

Poseidon3, “One for the Gifford!,” Poseidon’s Underworld, Wednesday, August 3, 2011.

“Frank Gifford Gets Lucky” (What Happens in the Huddle?), Lucky Strike cigarette ad, YouTube.com, Uploaded by thecelebrated misterk, July 13, 2012.

“In The News – Frank Gifford” (list of stories), Los Angeles Times.

Mark Weinstein, “Frank Gifford: Icon” (Interview with Gifford), BlueNatic, Tuesday, August 20, 2013.

Frank Gifford Related Videos, Mashpedia .com.

“Planters Peanuts Commercial with Frank Gifford,” YouTube.com, Uploaded by spuzz lightyeartoo, October 3, 2011.

_____________________________
 
 
 
 

 


 
 

“The Saddest Song”
1936-2013

Samuel Barber, in later years, in sheet music cover photo for his Adagio from String Quartet No. 1. Click for digital.
Samuel Barber, in later years, in sheet music cover photo for his Adagio from String Quartet No. 1. Click for digital.

The music sample below – “Adagio for Strings” by Samuel Barber from 1936 – might also be called “Adagio for Tears” since it is known for evoking very powerful emotion and sadness among its listeners.  In fact, a 2010 book by Thomas Larson on this classical piece is titled, The Saddest Music Ever Written.  More on the book and its claim a bit later.

 

Music Player
“Adagio for Strings” – Samuel Barber

“Adagio for Strings” was reportedly one of President John F. Kennedy’s favorite pieces of music. In November 1963, on the Monday following JFK’s assassination, Jackie Kennedy had the National Symphony Orchestra perform the piece in his honor in a nationally-broadcast radio concert.

In recent years, “Adagio” has received more popular notice as many film goers have been moved to tears by the piece, used as powerful soundtrack music in productions such as: David Lynch’s Elephant Man of 1980, Gregory Nava’s El Norte of 1983, Oliver Stone’s Platoon of 1986, and George Miller’s Lorenzo’s Oil of 1992.

Poster for 1986 Oliver Stone film, “Platoon,” showing Sgt. Elias Vietnam death scene. Click for film.
Poster for 1986 Oliver Stone film, “Platoon,” showing Sgt. Elias Vietnam death scene. Click for film.

In 2004, “Adagio for Strings” was voted the world’s “saddest piece of music” in one survey of listeners by BBC radio.  The piece was also widely played in connection with events following the terrorist attacks of 9/11.  In earlier decades, at the death of President Franklin D. Roosevelt in April 1945, the song was played extensively.  In the current digital era, “Adagio for Stings” is among the most downloaded pieces of classical music.  In 2006 a recorded performance of “Adagio” by the London Symphony Orchestra was the highest selling piece of classical music on iTunes.  There have even been some disco, re-mix, electronic dance, and synthesizer versions of “Adagio” – which perhaps were not what Samuel Barber had in mind in 1936, but have nonetheless helped broaden the audience for this music.  More on these later.

One of the most powerful and memorable uses of “Adagio for Strings” in a contemporary film score, comes in a scene from Oliver Stone’s Academy Award winning 1986 Vietnam War film, Platoon – a film sequence that seems to have had a particularly strong effect on a number of viewers. That scene is set in the jungles of Vietnam, as U.S. Army Sergeant Elias, played by Willem Dafoe, who is wounded and running to catch a departing helicopter during a firefight with the enemy. In this case, however, Elias – the “good U.S. soldier in Vietnam”– has been betrayed by his arch nemesis, Sergeant Bob Barnes, played by Tom Berenger – the “bad guy U.S. soldier in Vietnam.”

Elias and Barnes have been feuding throughout the story, and now in this jungle fire fight, Barnes shoots Elias believing he has killed him. But Elias is only wounded. Meanwhile, Barnes tells the others that Elias was killed in the NVA fire fight.

“Adagio for Strings” plays during the ensuing scene as the wounded Elias emerges from the jungle. He is literally running for his life from the pursuing NVA, trying to reach the helicopter. But he is too late, as the helicopter has already lifted off. As “Adagio” swells, the scene is viewed from both ground level and from above in the departing helicopter, as Elias’ platoon mates look down on the horrific scene. There alone, is Elias in a clearing, being pursued by a dozen or more NVA, then shot repeatedly, falling to his knees in a brutal death. “Adagio” continues playing throughout the ensuing slaughter and as the helicopter rises farther and farther away from the scene.

Actor Willem Dafoe plays U.S. Army Sgt. Elias in 1986 Vietnam War film, “Platoon.”
Actor Willem Dafoe plays U.S. Army Sgt. Elias in 1986 Vietnam War film, “Platoon.”
Actor Tom Berenger plays “bad guy” Army Sergeant Bob Barnes in “Platoon.”
Actor Tom Berenger plays “bad guy” Army Sergeant Bob Barnes in “Platoon.”

One comment in an online forum at the website Oscar.net by film viewer Tim Anderson, describes his reaction to hearing “Adagio” in Platoon.  He explains first that Stone had used the music earlier in the film – less noticeably and unnecessarily  in Anderson’s view.  But it is the Elias death scene with “Adagio” that really moves Anderson:

…When I first saw Platoon, I thought the use of Barber’s melancholic ode a bit overdone at the beginning.  Indeed, I really don’t think it is necessary as an accompaniment to the new recruits getting off the airplane and entering “The Nam.”  Perhaps Stone was attempting to depict the Vietnam conflict as a tragedy from the outset of the film.  However, the use of the heavy strings of Barber, for me, overdid [it] …almost to the point of sentimentalizing the harsh reality of the war.

This changed later on, however.  I am referring to the scene of Elias’ death.  As he charges out of the jungle with virtually the entire NVA behind him, once again, the Barber Adagio is heard, swelling, till it is all we hear.  No gunshots, screams, or helicopter blades; just the mounting intensity of this extremely spiritual work.  The effect, to me, is completely unforgettable.  Barber’s opus is already a completely emotional work, but to combine its sound with the image of goodness, of sanity in “The Nam” [i.e. Elias] being helplessly gunned down, is…well, indescribable.  All I can say is, one must have no sensitivity at all not to find themselves emotionally weak during this sequence.

To be honest, I was never a huge fan of the Barber Adagio before seeing Platoon.  That has changed; for me, the work is a virtual soundtrack to the tragedy of war…Vietnam, or any other.  It has such a gripping, intense, spiritual feel to it…which is what makes it work so well for the moment of Elias’ death.  To me, this scene is one of the most powerful sequences in any film I’ve ever seen.  Mr. Stone deserves to be acknowledged for this brilliant teaming of sight and sound, one of the greatest in cinema history.

True, the Platoon sequence has especially powerful imagery, along with a compelling back story attached to specific characters, all of which make the music during the scene even more powerful.  Yet even without the benefit of Hollywood imagery and story line, Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” historically, has had “stand alone” emotive impact on listeners from its earliest airings.  So, how did this music come about?

 

Samuel Barber in 1938. Photo, Library of Congress.
Samuel Barber in 1938. Photo, Library of Congress.
Samuel Barber

Samuel Barber was born in West Chester, Pennsylvania in 1910.  At the age of seven he reportedly wrote his first music.  As a 9-year-old he wrote a letter to his mother informing her that he did not want to play football or be an athlete, predicting that he “was meant to be a composer” — and adding that he was sure he would become one.  When he was 10, Barber attempted to write his first opera, “The Rose Tree.”

At age 14, Barber entered the Curtis Institute of Philadelphia where he studied composition, voice, and piano, excelling in all three.  Barber was one of the first students at Curtis in 1924, and it was there that he met his life-long friend, partner, and collaborator, Gian Carlo Menotti.  The two friends became partners, bought a house together in New York state where they lived and worked for 40 years, although years later, they split apart.  At 18, Barber won the Joseph H. Bearns Prize from Columbia University for his violin sonata, “Fortune’s Favorite Child,” since believed to have been lost or destroyed by Barber.  In 1931,  he wrote his first orchestral work, an overture to The School for Scandal, which premiered successfully in 1933 with the Philadelphia Orchestra under Alexander Smallens.  A number of other commissioned compositions followed.  In 1935, at the age of 25, he received a Pulitzer traveling scholarship which allowed him to study abroad.

Gian Carlo Menotti and Samuel Barber, circa 1930s.
Gian Carlo Menotti and Samuel Barber, circa 1930s.
     Barber was only 26 years old when he wrote “Adagio for Strings” in 1936.  He composed it during a summer in Europe with Gian Carlo Menotti, as the two were then living together in a cottage near Salzburg, Austria.  Barber knew he had succeeded in writing a good piece of music, noting in a letter to one friend: “I have just finished the slow movement and it’s a knockout!”  The music was not originally intended by Barber to be a stand-alone piece, but rather was the 2nd movement of his 1936 String Quartet No. 1, Opus 11.  But when “Adagio,” at its premiere, resulted in a mid-composition standing ovation from the audience, Barber decided to adapt the piece for orchestral treatment.

 

April 1934: Arturo Tocanini, Time cover
April 1934: Arturo Tocanini, Time cover
Toscannini

In those years, one of the most popular showcases for classical music was the weekly NBC classical music radio show from New York featuring the NBC Symphony Orchestra.  The conductor for those performances dating from about 1937 was the famous Italian conductor, Arturo Toscanini, who had recently fled Mussolini’s fascism during World War II.  Barber submitted his orchestral version of “Adagio for Strings” to Toscanini in January of 1938.

But when Toscanini returned the score to Barber without comment, Barber was annoyed and avoided the conductor, believing his work had been snubbed. But Toscanini sent word through a friend that he was planning to perform the piece and had only returned the score because he had already memorized it.

Toscanini, in fact, was impressed with Barber’s piece. “Simplice e bella”—simple and beautiful—were the words Toscanini used upon hearing his orchestra’s first rehearsal of Barber’s composition.  This was high praise from a man who had become the single most important figure in classical music in America, but who rarely performed works by American composers.  In fact, Barber’s “Adagio” would be the first American piece he performed on the NBC radio show.

Arturo Toscanini, the famous Italian conductor, at work.
Arturo Toscanini, the famous Italian conductor, at work.
     On November 5th, 1938, the orchestral arrangement of Barber’s “Adagio” was given its world premiere by Toscanini, broadcast from Studio 8-H in New York’s Rockefeller Center with the NBC Symphony Orchestra.  The performance was heard by an invited studio audience, as well as millions of radio listeners. Radio, in those days, was the primary entertainment media, as there was no television. Barber’s music — at its airing by Toscanini in 1938 — fit the times in a kind of macabre way, both as lamentation and musical commentary on a world at war.  “The world situation at the time, put simply, was that the world was falling apart…,” said Mortimer Frank, author of Arturo Toscanini: The NBC Years, during a 2006 National Public Radio show on Barber’s “Adagio” and Toscanini.  “Hitler had been elected chancellor in 1933.  Mussolini, who had been elected earlier in Italy, became a tyrannical fascist.  War was about to break out.  Racism and anti-Semitism was rampant…”.

CD cover for the 1938 premiere of Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” by Toscanini.
CD cover for the 1938 premiere of Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” by Toscanini.
     But musically, by some accounts, Toscanini was exactly the right maestro to air Barber’s “Adagio,” giving it just the right touch.  As Mortimer Frank explained during the National Public Radio discussion:

“[O]n the one hand [Toscanini] is often considered the most dynamic, the most intense, the most powerful, overwhelmingly arresting conductor of his time.  And overlooked in all of these reasonably accurate assertions is the fact that for all of the drama, for all of the power, for all of the intensity, he was also capable of wonderful delicacy and tenderness and gentleness.  And he knew how to deal with a piece like this, which essentially is a very lyrical, gentle piece in so many ways, and present it directly and without – and this is the most important quality – without sentimentality, without excess, without making it sound overly sweet and cloying.” Toscanini also chose Barber’s “Adagio” for his first recording of American music.

Samuel Barber, center, with Aaron Copland, left, and Gian Carlo Menotti, right.
Samuel Barber, center, with Aaron Copland, left, and Gian Carlo Menotti, right.
  A New York Times review of Barber’s piece as performed by Toscanini in 1938, written by Olin Downes praised the work. Other critics, however, felt Downes had overrated it.  

Still, Barber’s “Adagio” went on to other performances, including a series of public performances, also on the radio, from Carnegie Hall in April 1942 by the Philadelphia Orchestra conducted by Eugene Ormandy. Both the Toscanini premiere performance of “Adagio for Strings,” and the Ormandy performance were captured on RCA Victor phonograph recordings.

Through the years, Barber’s “Adagio” has received the admiration and sometimes wonderment of other notable composers. Steve Schwartz, writing on Barber’s “Adagio” for Classical.net, has noted:

Composers like Aaron Copland, William Schuman, Roy Harris, and Ned Rorem – not all of them sympathetic to Barber’s music in general – look at this work and shake their heads, wondering how he pulled it off.  They fall back on phrases like “finely felt,” “poetic,” “nothing phoney,” “a love affair.”  There’s no real complication to the Adagio, no technique or unusual turn of harmony that holds the secret of its success.  One cannot even pick one passage over another, any more than you can say one point makes the beauty of an arch.  This is a masterpiece.

 

Mourning Music

April 13, 1945: New York Times front page at the death of President Franklin D. Roosevelt.
April 13, 1945: New York Times front page at the death of President Franklin D. Roosevelt.
     In 1945, when President Franklin Roosevelt died, radio stations of that day sought out appropriate music to use for national grieving, as all regular programming had stopped.

According to author Thomas Larson, radio producers began playing Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” over and over again, catapulting Barber to fame at a time when few knew him by name. “They knew Beethoven and Brahms but not Barber,” notes Larson.

Still, the playing of Barber’s “Adagio’ during the Roosevelt mourning period, says Larson, “began the piece’s long trek…[to]…cultural appropriation.”

In fact, “Adagio for Strings” would become something approaching official mourning music for fallen national leaders and other notable public figures – or as one account put it, a kind of “icon of the national soul.”

1945: Funeral cortege of President Franklin. D. Roosevelt in Washington, D.C.
1945: Funeral cortege of President Franklin. D. Roosevelt in Washington, D.C.

“Adagio for Strings” was also played at the April 1955 funeral of Albert Einstein, and at Grace Kelly’s funeral in September 1982. Einstein, the brilliant theoretical physicist, was also a lover of classical music, and Kelly, an American Hollywood actress before becoming Princess of Monaco, had a tragic death in an automobile accident at age 52. Her televised funeral was attended by Hollywood stars and royalty from around the world. “Adagio for Strings” was also played several times over BBC radio in 1997 at the death of Princess Diana.

Mary Travers, of the 1960s’ folk group, Peter, Paul and Mary, had requested that “Adagio” be played at her memorial service. She died in September 2009 of leukemia. “Adagio” appears on the group’s final album, Peter Paul and Mary, With Symphony Orchestra. Alex Ross, music critic for The New Yorker, explaining in his 2007 book, The Rest is Noise: Listening to the Twentieth Century, that classical music in America “has not lost its binding power,” adding: “Whenever the American dream suffers a catastrophic setback, Barber’s Adagio plays on the radio.”

 

Agnus Dei

1941 photograph of St. Paul’s Cathedral in London during WWII blitz bombing; an image used with You Tube videos airing Samuel Barber’s “Agnus Dei.” Click for digital music.
1941 photograph of St. Paul’s Cathedral in London during WWII blitz bombing; an image used with You Tube videos airing Samuel Barber’s “Agnus Dei.” Click for digital music.
     In 1966-67, Samuel Barber arranged his famous adagio for eight-part choir, in Agnus Dei (Lamb of God), a one-movement a cappella choral composition set to the Latin words of the latter part of the Mass.  Agnes Dei was written for mixed chorus with optional organ or piano. The music, in B-flat minor, has a duration of about eight minutes.
 

Music Player
Agnus Dei” – Samuel Barber

Among those recording the choral version have been, for example: The Corydon Singers in 1986; The New College Choir of Oxford, in 1997; the choir of Ormond College in 2000; the Robert Shaw Festival Singers in 2003, and others. The version in the Music Player above is by The Dale Warland Singers from their 1995 album Cathedral Classics.

Over the years, “Adagio for Strings” has become a fairly well-known piece, especially by those who follow classical music.  And its trademark, even for the casual listener, is its emotional power.  “You have to be a rock in the middle of nowhere not to have your gut wrenched out by this music,” said Ida Kavafian, a violinist and a Curtis Institute faculty member to New York Times reporter Johanna Keller in a March 2010 story on Samuel Barber’s centenary.  Keller herself added: “…If any music can come close to conveying the effect of a sigh, or courage in the face of tragedy, or hope, or abiding love, it is this.”

Alexander Morin, author of Classical Music: Third Ear: The Essential Listening Companion, has noted that Adagio for Strings is “full of pathos and cathartic passion” and that it “rarely leaves a dry eye.” Others find the piece to be reflective, soothing, introspective and/or meditative. A few even find it celebratory at its climax. Tom Moon, writing in his book, 1,000 Recordings to Hear Before You Die, finds “Adagio for Strings” to be “a singularly moving eight minute journey suited to any introspective occasion.” Moon also observes that Barber’s Adagio is “alternately stormy and tranquil, with brooding counterlines that rise from the cellos and bases answered by hovering sustained notes from the violins…” Barber’s piece, he says, “creates its own atmosphere.” And one YouTube visitor, Gui Porto in 2015, among hundreds of those offering reaction to the various video postings of “Adagio for Strings,” noted: “There’s something about this piece that’s very hard to describe. It’s not just sad, nor melancholic, nor tearful. It sounds heavy and bleak, yet somehow enlightening, glorious… It almost needs a whole new adjective?”

Elephant Man Scene”
1980

DVD cover for “The Elephant Man” film of 1980, with Anthony Hopkins as Dr. Treves. Click for DVD.
DVD cover for “The Elephant Man” film of 1980, with Anthony Hopkins as Dr. Treves. Click for DVD.

     Film director David Lynch used “Adagio for Strings” in the final scene of his 1980 film, The Elephant Man. In comments to New York Times reporter Johanna Keller, Lynch described the music as “pure magic,” calling it “deeply spiritual and simply beautiful.”

     In The Elephant Man film, the story focuses on the life and struggles of John Merrick, who is so deformed he wears a hood in public to hide his face.  Merrick, played by John Hurt, is exhibited as an “elephant man” circus curiosity, beaten by hooligans, and otherwise abused by society and assumed to be stupid and ignorant.  A London Hospital surgeon, Frederick Treves, played by Anthony Hopkins, finds Merrick in the freak show where he is brutishly managed.  Treves is curious about Merrick’s medical condition, and eventually pays off the freak show manager for Merrick, and brings him to his hospital for research purposes.  Still assumed to be ignorant, and viewed as repulsive by hospital staff, Merrick at one point astonishes Treves and the hospital administrator by reciting the 23rd Psalm from memory. Turns out that Merrick is quite articulate and intelligent.  Although bound mostly to his hospital room, Merrick occasionally dines with Treves and his family and later receives high society guests, including the famed actress Madge Kendal, played by Anne Bancroft.  At one point, Merrick is kidnapped by his former side show manager and put back in the freak show business in Europe, before he is rescued by Dr. Treves and returned to his hospital room.  There he mostly reads and works on building a scale-model of a cathedral he can see from his hospital window.

“Elephant Man” John Merrick at right receiving audience ovation during night at the theater before his final “sleep” scene when Barber’s “Adagio” is movingly used.
“Elephant Man” John Merrick at right receiving audience ovation during night at the theater before his final “sleep” scene when Barber’s “Adagio” is movingly used.

     Near the end of the film Mrs. Kendal has arranged a special evening for Merrick – an evening at the musical theater, attending in white tie and seated in the Royal Box.  At the conclusion of the production that evening, Mrs. Kendal takes to the stage after the final curtain and announces to the entire audience that she and the musical company have dedicated the evening to a lover of the theater, Mr. John Merrick, motioning to him in the Royal Box.  And with that, the entire house breaks into applause.  As Merrick stands to acknowledge the recognition, the house audience then rises in a standing ovation for Merrick.  Later that night, back at his room, Merrick thanks Dr. Treves for all he has done, and then prepares to retire.  Merrick then puts the final touches on his exquisitely done cathedral scale model, signing his name to the model’s base.  He then begins to prepare himself for bed, though this time, removing the pillows that have allowed him to sleep in an upright position so he will not die from the weight of his head.  He lies down on his bed, knowing he will die, consoled by a nearby photograph of his mother, recalling her quoting Alfred Lord Tennyson’s poem, “Nothing Will Die.”  Barber’s “Adagio” plays quietly in the background during the final bedroom scenes as Merrick prepares to lay down to die.

 

Saddest Ever?

Cover of Thomas Larson’s 2010 book, “The Saddest Music Ever Written: The Story of Samuel Barber's ‘Adagio for Strings’,” showing Barber at a piano in the 1930s. Click for book.
Cover of Thomas Larson’s 2010 book, “The Saddest Music Ever Written: The Story of Samuel Barber's ‘Adagio for Strings’,” showing Barber at a piano in the 1930s. Click for book.
     Thomas Larson, whose 2010 book, The Saddest Music Ever Written, is devoted to the Barber Adagio, calls the piece “the Pietá of music,” comparing it to the famous Michelangelo sculpture of Mary holding her crucified son, Jesus Christ, in her lap.  “It captures the sorrow and the pity of tragic death…,” Larson says.  He continues describing the music’s structure, movement and its emotive effect:

The Adagio is a sound shrine to music’s power to evoke emotion.  Its elegiac descent is among the most moving expressions of grief in any art.  The snail-like tempo, the constrained melodic line, its rise and fall, the periodic rests, the harmonic repetition, the harmonic color, the uphill slog, the climactic moment of its peaked eruption – all are crafted together into one magnificent effect: listeners, weeping in anguish, bear the glory and gravity of their grief.  No sadder music has ever been written.

In an interview with New York radio station WQRX after his book came out, Larson explained: “…To me, Barber did something as a composer in the composition of sorrow that really tops the list…  I myself don’t hear anything but the purifying of this emotion in this piece of music.  There’s no other thing to call this piece but sad.  It’s a lament and an elegy.”

In addition to Larson’s book, others have written extensively about Barber and his work, and a number of academic analysts have also dissected Barber’s “Adagio” from one perspective or another, several probing the music’s uses and reception in popular culture.  Among books on Barber’s music and his life are: Samuel Barber: The Composer and His Music by Barbara B. Heyman (1993); Benjamin Britten & Samuel Barber: Their Lives and Their Music by Daniel Felsenfeld (2005); Samuel Barber Remembered: A Centenary Tribute, by Peter Dickinson (2010); and, Samuel Barber: A Research and Information Guide, by Wayne Wentzel(2010).  See also “Sources” below for additional works and references.

 

Adagio Electronica”
1999-2013

 

William Orbit’s 2000 album, “Pieces in a Modern Style,” includes a version of “Adagio.” Click for CD.
William Orbit’s 2000 album, “Pieces in a Modern Style,” includes a version of “Adagio.” Click for CD.
     In 1999-2000, the popularity of “Adagio for Strings” received something of a boost from a rather unexpected quarter: electronic, new age, and electronic dance and trance music.  William Orbit – an English musician, composer and record producer known in part for his Grammy winning production work on Madonna’s multi-platinum “Ray of Light” of 1998 – released Barber’s “Adagio” as a single and included it on his album, Pieces in a Modern Style.

The album, which hit No. 2 on the British pop charts and sold a half-million copies worldwide, consisted of classical works played on a synthesizer.  Orbit’s cover of “Adagio” is the “straightest” of various electronic versions that have since come out.  His version uses a bass pedal and takes the music an octave lower.

In one interview, Orbit recalled playing the track on a morning radio show in Los Angeles: “When we aired it for the first time, the switchboard just lit up.”

Cover art for Tiesto’s “Adagio for Strings” single from his album “Just Be,” July 2010. Click for CD.
Cover art for Tiesto’s “Adagio for Strings” single from his album “Just Be,” July 2010. Click for CD.
     Ferry Corsten, a Dutch electronic dance DJ and producer, had remixed Orbit’s version of “Adagio for Strings” and that version climbed the British singles chart to No. 4 at the close of 1999.  Since then, “Adagio,” in one form or another, has become quite popular in the electronic dance world, and has been covered by other electronic dance DJs, producers, and remixers.  Armin van Buuren, a Dutch trance music producer and DJ, has released a version.

DJ Tiësto, another Dutch electronic dance DJ and music producer, released a version in April 2005 as the fourth single from the album Just Be. In 2009, a New Age music group named “eRa,” headed by French composer Eric Lévi, released the album Classics that includes a version of “Adagio for Strings.” eRa’s music mixes Gregorian chants and sometimes world music with contemporary electronic arrangements.  In other uses, Barber’s choral version, Agnus Dei, was used in the soundtrack to the 1999 PC video game Homeworld.

 

BBC Listeners

Samuel Barber at ease, in a relaxed moment, undated.
Samuel Barber at ease, in a relaxed moment, undated.
     Still, among all genres in which Barber’s “Adagio” has been heard, it is the classical listening community that still holds the work in the most high regard.  In 2004, the radio program, BBC Today, began a listener survey to find the saddest music in the world.  After receiving more than four hundred nominations, they listed the top five on a website for voting.  The audience preferred Barber’s Adagio more than two-to-one over the second place vote-getter and four-to-one over number three.  Here’s how the voting turned out in percentage terms:

Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” (52.1%)
Henry Purcell’s “Dido’s Lament” (20.6%)
Gustav Mahler’s Adagietto, from 5th Symphony (12.3%)
Billie Holiday’s “Gloomy Sunday,” by Rezsô Seress (9.8 %)
Richard Strauss’s “Metamorphosen” (5.1 %)

     In addition to the“saddest music” candidates above, others also mentioned elsewhere include: Chopin’s Funeral March, Maurice Ravel’s Pavane for a Dead Princess, Rachmaninoff C#-minor Prelude, Albinoni’s “Adagio,” Arvo Pärt’s “A Far Cry,” Benjamin Britten’s “Cantus in Memoriam,” Vaughan Williams’ “Variations on a Theme by Thomas Tallis,” and the slow movement in F-minor of Mozart’s F-major piano sonata, K.280.  Still, “Adagio for Strings” – at least by popular count and sentiment in the 2004 BBC radio survey – appears to be the “winner” in the saddest music category.

Samuel Barber U.S. postage stamp issued in 1997.
Samuel Barber U.S. postage stamp issued in 1997.
Samuel Barber often lamented the fact that his only popularly known work was “Adagio for Strings.”  However, during his career he wrote an array of compositions that were either commissioned or debuted by major performers such as Vladamir Horowitz and Leontyne Price. In 1947 he composed “Knoxville: Summer of 1915, Op. 24,” a work for voice and orchestra with text from a 1938 short prose piece by famous writer, James Agee. Barber also won Pulitzer Prizes for both his opera “Vanessa” (1956-57), and what some regard as an incredible piano concerto — his “Concerto for Piano and Orchestra” (1962). His “Antony and Cleopatra” was commissioned to open the new Metropolitan Opera House at Lincoln Center in 1966.

Barber died of cancer at the age of 71 in 1981 in New York and is buried in West Chester, Pennsylvania next to his parents and sister. Additional stories at this website on the use of poignant and moving music in film and television productions include, for example: Bruce Springsteen and Neil Young songs in the film, Philadelphia; Carly Simon’s “Let The River Run,” used in Working Girl; Bill Conti’s song, “Philadelphia Morning” and others used in the first Rocky film; and the 2006 song, “Life is Beautiful,” by Vega 4, used in Grey’s Anatomy and other TV and film scores. For additional stories at this website on the history of music and its impact on culture, see the “Annals of Music” category page, or visit the Home page for other choices.

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 12 December 2013
Last Update: 23 January 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Saddest Song: 1936-2103,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 12, 2013.

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social
____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Barbara Heyman’s 1992 book, “Samuel Barber: The Composer and His Music.” Click for book.
Barbara Heyman’s 1992 book, “Samuel Barber: The Composer and His Music.” Click for book.
Samuel Barber at age 28 in 1938, the year “Adagio for Strings” was featured by Toscanini on NBC Radio.
Samuel Barber at age 28 in 1938, the year “Adagio for Strings” was featured by Toscanini on NBC Radio.
On this 2012 recording – “Samuel Barber: An American Romantic”– conductor Craig Hella Johnson and Conspirare, the choral ensemble of Austin, Texas, offer a selection of Barber’s choral works. Click for CD.
On this 2012 recording – “Samuel Barber: An American Romantic”– conductor Craig Hella Johnson and Conspirare, the choral ensemble of Austin, Texas, offer a selection of Barber’s choral works. Click for CD.
On this 2003 CD, Leonard Bernstein conducts the New York Philharmonic Orchestra with works from Samuel Barber and others, including “Adagio for Strings.” Click for CD.
On this 2003 CD, Leonard Bernstein conducts the New York Philharmonic Orchestra with works from Samuel Barber and others, including “Adagio for Strings.” Click for CD.
This Library of Congress recording features 26 year-old soprano Leontyne Price, accompanied by Samuel Barber on piano in 1953, as well as a 1938 recording of the 28 year-old baritone Barber singing 12 songs with piano. Click for CD.
This Library of Congress recording features 26 year-old soprano Leontyne Price, accompanied by Samuel Barber on piano in 1953, as well as a 1938 recording of the 28 year-old baritone Barber singing 12 songs with piano. Click for CD.

“U. S. Composer Gets Toscanini’s Approval,” New York Times, October 27, 1938.

“This Day in History – November 5, 1938: Samuel Barber’s Adagio for Strings Receives its World Premiere on NBC Radio,” History.com, 2012.

Olin Downes, “Toscanini Plays Two New Works; Two by Barber, American Composer, ‘Adagio for Strings’ and ‘Essay for Orchestra’ Third by Paul Graener Dvorak’s ‘New World’ Symphony, and Debussy’s ‘Iberia’…,” New York Times, November 6, 1938, p. 48.

Nathan Broder, “The Music of Samuel Barber,” The Musical Quarterly (Oxford University Press), Vol. 34, No. 3, July 1948, pp. 325-335.

Nathan Broder, Samuel Barber, New York: G. Schirmer, Publisher, 1954, 111pp.

Barbara B. Heyman, Samuel Barber: The Composer and His Music, Oxford University Press, 1st Edition, 1992, 608 pp.

Steve Schwartz, “Samuel Barber: Adagio for Strings, Op. 11,” Classical.net, 1995.

“Vote for the World’s Saddest Music,” BBC Radio 4, last update, May 2004.

“Samuel Barber,” Wikipedia.org.

“Adagio for Strings,” Wikpedia.org.

Luke Howard, “The Pop Culture Repercussions of of Samuel Barber’s Adagio For Strings,” First International Samuel Barber Symposium, Richmond, Virginia, March 23, 2001.

Daniel Felsenfeld, Benjamin Britten & Samuel Barber: Their Lives and Their Music, Amadeus Press, 2005, 180 pp.

“The Impact of Barber’s ‘Adagio for Strings’,” National Public Radio, November 4, 2006.

Luke Howard, “The Popular Reception of Samuel Barber’s Adagio For Strings,” American Music, Spring 2007. pp. 50-80.

Alex Ross, The Rest Is Noise: Listening to the Twentieth Century, Macmillan, October 2007, 624 pp.

Julie McQuinn, “Listening Again to Barber’s Adagio for Strings as Film Music,” American Music, Volume 27, Number 4, Winter 2009, pp. 461-499.

Christopher Kilian, “Happy Belated Birthday, Samuel Barber,” Examiner.com, March 12, 2009.

Johanna Keller, “An Adagio For Strings, And For The Ages,” New York Times, March 7, 2010.

Agnus Dei (Barber),” Wikipedia.org.

Brian Wise, “ Barber’s Adagio: The Saddest Piece Ever?,” WQXR.org (New York Public Radio), Wednesday, September 8, 2010.

WQXR Features, “9/11: Music of Reflection and Resilience,” WQXR.org (New York Public Radio), Wednesday, September 8, 2010.

Peter Dickinson, Samuel Barber Remem- bered: A Centenary Tribute, Univer- sity of Rochester Press, 2010, 214 pp.

Wayne Wentzel, Samuel Barber: A Research and Information Guide, Routledge Music Bibliographies, 2010, 448 pp.

Thomas Larson, “The Saddest Music Ever Written: The Story of Samuel Barber’s “Adagio for Strings’,” ThomasLarson.com, 2012.

Noah Adams, “The NPR 100: ‘Adagio for Strings’,” National Public Radio, February 23, 2012 / March 13, 2000.

“Oliver Stone: Interactive,” OscarWord.net, December 2012.

David Lynch’s The Elephant Man ’80 ~ “Nothing Will Die” (Finale), YouTube.com (11:16).

Melinda Bargreen, “’The Saddest Music Ever Written’: Samuel Barber’s ‘Adagio for Strings,’ Deconstructed” (Book Review), Seattle Times, Thursday, December 2, 2010.

“American Composer Samuel Barber,” Gay Influence, Thursday, July 21, 2011.

“Samuel Barber – Agnus Dei [HD],” YouTube.com, Uploaded by The Jazz Room, June 1, 2011.

“Samuel Barber: Agnus Dei (Adagio for Strings),” YouTube.com, Uploaded by lee32 uk, The Choir of Trinity College, Cam- bridge, UK.

“Samuel Barber, Composer,” Singers.com.

“The Elephant Man”(film), Wikipedia.org.

Jack Fishman/San Antonio Symphony, “Barber Sneaks Up on You,” MySanAntonio .com, November 12, 2010.

“Barber, S: Agnus Dei,” PrestoClassical (list of recordings with Barber’s “Agnus Dei”).
_______________________________

 

Composers' Row: From left, Samuel Barber, Igor Stravinsky, Lukas Foss, Aaron Copland and Roger Sessions – all assembled, it is believed, in honor of Stravinsky at New York City’s Town Hall on December 20, 1959.
Composers' Row: From left, Samuel Barber, Igor Stravinsky, Lukas Foss, Aaron Copland and Roger Sessions – all assembled, it is believed, in honor of Stravinsky at New York City’s Town Hall on December 20, 1959.

 

“Kennedy History”
Selected Stories: 1950s-2010s

Road to the White House

“JFK’s 1960 Campaign”

Primaries & Fall Election

The historic campaign,
with city-by-city itinerary
— and lots of photos.

Politics & Culture

“JFK’s Pacific Swim”

August 1962

A surprise “Presidential
swim” by John F. Kennedy
at Santa Monica,CA.

Publishing & Politics

“Profiles in Courage”

1954-2008

The best-selling book that
helped give Jack Kennedy
national notice.

Road to the White House

“JFK’s Early Campaign”

1957

After a brush with 1956
V.P. slot, JFK sets sights
on 1960 presidential run.

Road to the White House

“JFK’s Early Campaign”

1958

As JFK wins big in U.S.
Senate re-election, he also
campaigns nationally.

Road to the White House

“JFK’s Early Campaign”

1959

In the 3rd year of his
“unofficial campaign,”
JFK is front-runner.

Coal & Politics

“Kennedy Coal History”

Bobby & Ted: 1968-2008

RFK called out Appalachian
coal interests; Ted focused
on deep mine safety.

First Lady & Pop Culture

“Jackie & The Twist”

1960-1963

Jackie Kennedy helped
bring the new dance to
White House & nation.

Politics & Celebrity

“The Jack Pack”

Pt.1: 1958-60

Frank Sinatra’s “Rat Pack”
cavort with & campaign for
JFK in his White House bid.

 Politics & Celebrity

“The Jack Pack”

Pt. 2: 1961-64

Good times JFK Inaugural
is followed by some falling
out and tragic endings.

Politics & Baseball

“Jack & Stan”

JFK-Musial: 1960

Politician & ballplayer
form campaign alliance
and a friendship.

Politics & Publishing

“Mailer on Kennedy”

Taschen Book: 2014

“Superman” in the 1960
presidential campaign,
by Mailer & Taschen.

Icons & Advertising

“JFK, Pitchman?”

2009

A popular ex-President is
used in print & TV ads to
sell Omega watches.

Statues & Icons

“JFK’s Texas Statue”

Ft. Worth: 2012

Recounting the upbeat
1963 visit that inspired
a JFK tribute site.

RFK History

“1968 Presidential Race”

Democrats

Story includes RFK
bid for nomination &
June 1968 assassination.

RFK History

“RFK in Brooklyn”

1966-1972

Robert F. Kennedy gave
hope to urban poor of
Bedford-Stuyvesant.

Coal & The Kennedys

“JFK & West Virginia”

Road to The White House

JFK campaigns in WV coal
country; daughter Caroline
later studies coal camps.

Coal & The Kennedys

“Kennedy Coal History”

Bobby & Ted: 1968-2008

Part II of this story covers
Ted Kennedy’s fight for
deep-mine coal safety.

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

 

Date Posted: 10 November 2013
Last Update: 27 February 2018
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Kennedy History – 14 Stories: 1954-2014”
Topics Page, PopHistoryDig.com, September 22, 2013.
____________________________________
 


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.



 

 

 

“JFK’s Early Campaign”
1959

August 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy during session with the press in Omaha, Nebraska.  Photo, Jacques Lowe.
August 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy during session with the press in Omaha, Nebraska. Photo, Jacques Lowe.
     Senator John F. Kennedy would not officially announce his presidential candidacy until January 1960.  In 1959, however, he continued his “informal campaign” for president,  then in its third year.  In his travels, Kennedy had made a practice of issuing denials of a presidential bid as he went. Still, he was running, and running hard, and most Democratic party insiders knew that well by 1959. Back in Washington, meanwhile, by mid February 1959, a “stop Kennedy” movement had begun forming among his rivals. 

     During the year, he would spar with critics and challengers attempting to derail his bid to win the Democratic nomination.  In early March 1959, his Catholic faith surfaced in the media  after Look magazine ran an interview that quoted him at length on the issue.  That brought both pro- and anti-Catholic voices into the fray.  Kennedy’s Catholicism, in fact, would dog him until election day – no matter how many times he would seek to explain his firm belief in separation of church and state, that his sole allegiance would be to his oath as president, that he would not be “controlled by the Pope,” etc., etc. 

March 6, 1959: JFK, 41, and Jacqueline Kennedy, 29, arriving at airport, Salt Lake City, Utah.  Deseret News.
March 6, 1959: JFK, 41, and Jacqueline Kennedy, 29, arriving at airport, Salt Lake City, Utah. Deseret News.
     But throughout 1959, Kennedy traveled the length and breadth of the land, with a full schedule of speeches and public appearances.  In August, for example, Kennedy was the main attraction at a gathering in Omaha, Nebraska at the home of Bernard Boyle, a Democratic national committeeman. 

     At the event, known locally as “Bernie’s Barbecue,” Kennedy gave a brief speech and signed some copies of his book Profiles in Courage

He also told the 400 or so people and press assembled there that the May 10th,1960 Nebraska primary would be key to his election plan.

Photographer Jacques Lowe had traveled with Kennedy to the Omaha event, and he snapped one of his iconic photos of Kennedy, displayed in the first photo above, with JFK projecting a relaxed, confident demeanor as press and visitors gathered around him.
 

On October 16th, 1959 in Crowley, LA, at the Int’l Rice Festival, Senator Kennedy did the honors of crowning the new Rice Queen, Judith Ann Haydel. E. Reggie Archive.
On October 16th, 1959 in Crowley, LA, at the Int’l Rice Festival, Senator Kennedy did the honors of crowning the new Rice Queen, Judith Ann Haydel. E. Reggie Archive.
     Kennedy’s travels in 1959 took him to a variety of venues – from the International Rice Festival in Crowley, Louisiana where, among other things, he crowned that year’s Rice Queen, to Duluth, Minnesota where he appeared in a live broadcast on a local TV show. Kennedy also visited the Midwest in 1959, including Ohio, Illinois and Wisconsin. 

He also toured California and Oregon; met with Chicago Mayor Richard Daley at a World Series baseball game at Comiskey Park; and at one stop in Wisconsin, spotted a St. Louis Cardinals baseball team bus and sought out the famous star, Stan Musial, to campaign for him. 

There were also stops at a U.S. Steel Co. coal cleaning plant in West Virginia; a talk before a lady garment workers conference in Miami Beach; Jefferson-Jackson Day dinner speeches in various cities;  and appearances before some state legislatures, including those in Tennessee and Montana.  And as he had done for Democrats in the new state of Alaska in 1958, campaigning for state  candidates as Alaska held its first elections, Kennedy visited Hawaii in July 1959 to stump for Democratic candidates there as Hawaii held its first elections later that month.  But during his political travels of 1959, Kennedy had some difficult moments too, especially when he faced meager turnouts, as he was still unknown in many locations.  “In Oregon,” recalled photographer Jacques Lowe who traveled with JFK for part of 1959, “Kennedy walked into a union hall to find eleven men waiting to hear him.”  Undeterred, according to Lowe, JFK didn’t miss a step.  “Without hesitation, he launched into his speech.”

October 1959: Sparse greeting committee on hand as JFK, Jackie, & Pierre Salinger arrive in Portland, Oregon.  Photo, Jacques Lowe.
October 1959: Sparse greeting committee on hand as JFK, Jackie, & Pierre Salinger arrive in Portland, Oregon. Photo, Jacques Lowe.
     In presidential polling that year, Kennedy wasn’t always the top choice of voters, or even considered at the top of the ticket.  One Gallup poll of July 22, 1959 had JFK running as Adlai Stevenson’s V.P., with that ticket beating a Nixon- Rockefeller slate by 53%-to- 42%, with 5% undecided.  Other polls could and did vary widely, depending on who was making them and the audience being polled.  In August 1959, a Congressional Quarterly survey of Democrats in Congress had Senator Lyndon Johnson (D-TX) as the top choice with 32 percent, followed by Sen. Stuart Symington (D-MO) and Adlai Stevenson (D-IL), each with 18 percent.  JFK was fourth in that poll with 17 percent. But a Gallup Poll of August 14, 1959 had Kennedy and Stevenson tied for the lead, each at 26 percent, with others far behind.  The Chicago Sun Times, a paper with Republican leanings, offered an editorial on the two August polls, stating the Democrats were “a party in search of a candidate.”

Sept 1959: JFK featured on the cover of a Duluth, MN TV Guide booklet for week of Sept 26-Oct 2, as Kennedy was then slated to appear on KDAL-TV, Sept 26, before a live audience. Also shown on the cover are local newsmen, Dick Anthony and Mundo DeYoannes.
Sept 1959: JFK featured on the cover of a Duluth, MN TV Guide booklet for week of Sept 26-Oct 2, as Kennedy was then slated to appear on KDAL-TV, Sept 26, before a live audience. Also shown on the cover are local newsmen, Dick Anthony and Mundo DeYoannes.
     During 1959, Kennedy was also still forming his campaign team.  On September 1, 1959, Pierre Salinger joined JFK’s campaign staff.   Already working for Kennedy in Washington and elsewhere was a core group of insiders including Ted Sorensen, Larry O’Brien, Kenny O’Donnell, Lou Harris, and others.  JFK’s younger brother, Bobby, who had formally resigned his Senate Committee position, joined the campaign full-time in September 1959 and would become campaign manager.  

     Stephen Smith, JFK’s brother-in-law,  married to  Jean Kennedy, had opened up a Kennedy campaign headquarters  in January 1959 at the Esso building in Washington, DC.  Smith and other members of  Kennedy’s staff and family would also travel with JFK  in various combinations as he toured the country in 1959.  But Jackie Kennedy, in particular,  traveled with him frequently that year,  and was with him on some of his loneliest and most difficult campaign stops — including those where JFK was still an unknown quantity, playing second fiddle to local politicians or given “less-than-spotlight” positions in farm shows, high school assemblies, and union hall meetings.

     By September 1959, Kennedy and his team began using their own private plane for campaign travel — a Convair 240 series — which helped smooth some of  the logistics and hassles of campaigning.  The 1948 airplane was purchased by JFK’s father, Joseph P. Kennedy, retrofitted for campaign use, and leased to the campaign though a Kennedy company.  The plane, named The Caroline after JFK’s daughter, was a twin-engine craft with Pratt & Whitney R-2800 engines.  As the campaigning intensified through the following year, The Caroline would provide great travel range and flexibility, and thereby, some advantage to Kennedy over his competitors.

     Back in the Senate, meanwhile, JFK kept up with his responsibilities there, attending hearings and working on range of issues, including labor reform legislation, which did not emerge to Kennedy’s liking or labor’s, but did manage to make some improvements.  In his Senate capacity, Kennedy was also involved in national defense issues, civil rights matters, aid to cities, foreign affairs issues, and education, among others.  He also continued to write articles that would occasionally appear in the popular press, publishing, for example, a TV Guide article on November 14, 1959 on the role of television in politics, billed on the cover as, “How TV Revolutionized Politics by Sen. John F. Kennedy.”

After speaking at Wisconsin's River Falls State College in Nov. 1959, JFK returned to campaign in the town again in March 1960 (University of Wisconsin-River Falls Archives).
After speaking at Wisconsin's River Falls State College in Nov. 1959, JFK returned to campaign in the town again in March 1960 (University of Wisconsin-River Falls Archives).
     Other Democratic candidates also began entering the presidential sweepstakes in 1959, either directly or through surrogates. On July 14, 1959 Minnesota Senator Eugene McCarthy and Governor Orville Freeman announced that Minnesota Senator Hubert Humphrey, would be a candidate for president.

In October 1959, U.S. Rep. Sam Rayburn (D-TX), then Speaker of the House, announced the creation of a Johnson-for-President Committee signaling the candidacy of Senator Lyndon B. Johnson of Texas, Senate Majority leader. And in late December, Senator Wayne Morse entered the Oregon primary as a favorite son.

On December 30th, 1959, Senator Humphrey made his candidacy official. A few days earlier on the Republican side, presidential candidate, New York Governor Nelson A. Rockefeller, withdrew from his party’s race. Vice President Richard Nixon now had clear sailing to the Republican nomination.

     Senator Kennedy and his team, meanwhile, in late October 1959, began preparing for the official presidential race the following year, 1960 – a tough year ahead with Democratic Primary battles in the spring leading up to the National Democratic Convention in July.…At the meeting, JFK shone forth as his own brilliant strategist, giving a three-hour presentation that was essentially a detailed political survey of the entire country, with- out notes…  On October 28, 1959, a core group of a dozen or more key advisors and staff assembled with Kennedy and his brother Bobby at Hyannis Port, MA.  This group had come together to plan political and election-year strategy, primarily for entering and winning a selection of Democratic primaries and winning the 1960 Democratic presidential nomination.  At the meeting, JFK shone forth as his own brilliant strategist, giving a three-hour presentation that was essentially a detailed political survey of the entire country, without notes, amazing all those assembled.  “What I remember,” said Lawrence O’Brien, recounting JFK’s performance to journalist Theodore White, “was his remarkable knowledge of every state, not just the Party leaders, not just the Senators in Washington, but he knew all the factions and key people in all the factions.”  Ted Sorensen added that JFK was not only the best candidate, but “the best campaign manager too,” a guy who had an incredible capacity for names, dates and places, and a solid grasp of where he was liked and not liked and why.

1959: JFK captured by photographer Gene Barnes as he addressed a California women’s group in Pomona.
1959: JFK captured by photographer Gene Barnes as he addressed a California women’s group in Pomona.
     Toward the end of 1959, Senator Kennedy began picking up larger crowds in his campaigning.  Still, after three years on the road, the grind of it all no doubt took its toll.  Yet those who watched Kennedy up close during this time had mostly good reviews, especially in how JFK treated his audience, as photographer Jacques Lowe later observed:

“If there was anything truly impressive about the Kennedy of the 1959 ‘undercover’ campaign it was this:  He never talked down to an audience.  If he was addressing a farm group, he didn’t play the cornball or insert small-talk in his speech.  He spoke about man’s higher aspirations – simply and never too distantly.  His listeners went away occasionally uplifted, occasionally unimpressed, but never patronized.”

     What follows below is an abbreviated listing of some of JFK’s travel and speaking itinerary for the year 1959, highlighted with photographs and a few magazine covers from that year. A number of his speeches from 1959 are also listed below in “Sources, Links & Additional Information” at the bottom of this article.  See also at this website additional stories on JFK’s “road to the White House,” including separate stories on his campaigning in 1957 and 1958, as well as other stories such as, “The Jack Pack, 1958-1960.” Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support this website.  Thank you. – Jack Doyle

 

JFK’s 1959 Campaigning
Speeches, Dinners, Media, Democratic Party Activity, Etc.,.
January-December 1959

 

One of JFK’s visits in 1959 was the Oak Ridge National Laboratories (ORNL) in Oak Ridge, TN, where he visited in February along with wife Jacqueline. DOE photo.
One of JFK’s visits in 1959 was the Oak Ridge National Laboratories (ORNL) in Oak Ridge, TN, where he visited in February along with wife Jacqueline. DOE photo.
Feb 1959: Jackie & JFK at Oak Ridge Nat’l Labs, Oak Ridge, TN, with Alvin Weinberg and Sen. Al Gore, Sr.
Feb 1959: Jackie & JFK at Oak Ridge Nat’l Labs, Oak Ridge, TN, with Alvin Weinberg and Sen. Al Gore, Sr.
ORNL Director, Alvin Weinberg briefing JFK at the Oak Ridge Graphite Reactor, 1959. DOE photos.
ORNL Director, Alvin Weinberg briefing JFK at the Oak Ridge Graphite Reactor, 1959. DOE photos.
May 9, 1959: Senator Kennedy (left) with Senator Jennings Randolph (white hat) and coal miners, U. S. Steel Cleaning Plant, Gary, WV. WV state archives.
May 9, 1959: Senator Kennedy (left) with Senator Jennings Randolph (white hat) and coal miners, U. S. Steel Cleaning Plant, Gary, WV. WV state archives.
June 1, 1959: JFK on the cover of Newsweek magazine, as the religion issue gets top billing in an early survey for the 1960 race.
June 1, 1959: JFK on the cover of Newsweek magazine, as the religion issue gets top billing in an early survey for the 1960 race.
Portion of front page from “The Ohio State Morning Lantern” newspaper, Columbus, Ohio, July 2, 1959 reporting on JFK visit to the state in late June 1959.
Portion of front page from “The Ohio State Morning Lantern” newspaper, Columbus, Ohio, July 2, 1959 reporting on JFK visit to the state in late June 1959.
Sept 19, 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy giving speech at Ohio University, Athens, Ohio. Photo, JFK Presidential Library.
Sept 19, 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy giving speech at Ohio University, Athens, Ohio. Photo, JFK Presidential Library.
Sept. 27 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy and Cleveland Mayor Anthony Celebrezze are featured speakers at the Cuyahoga County Democratic Steer Roast.
Sept. 27 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy and Cleveland Mayor Anthony Celebrezze are featured speakers at the Cuyahoga County Democratic Steer Roast.
Oct 1959: JFK courting Chicago Mayor Richard J. Daley at Comiskey Park during Dodgers-White Sox World Series game, along with  baseball commissioner  "Happy" Chandler (with hat) and Daley’s son, Richard M., then a state senator, in foreground. Chicago Sun-Times.
Oct 1959: JFK courting Chicago Mayor Richard J. Daley at Comiskey Park during Dodgers-White Sox World Series game, along with baseball commissioner "Happy" Chandler (with hat) and Daley’s son, Richard M., then a state senator, in foreground. Chicago Sun-Times.
Oct 5, 1959: Ticket for local dinner at the Hotel Clark in Hastings, NE, featuring Senator John F. Kennedy.
Oct 5, 1959: Ticket for local dinner at the Hotel Clark in Hastings, NE, featuring Senator John F. Kennedy.
Oct 1959: JFK speaking at the Int’l Rice Festival in Crowley, LA where he and Jackie were hosted by Judge Edmund Reggie, at left, dark suit.  E. Reggie Archive.
Oct 1959: JFK speaking at the Int’l Rice Festival in Crowley, LA where he and Jackie were hosted by Judge Edmund Reggie, at left, dark suit. E. Reggie Archive.
Oct 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy addressing a crowd of some 130,000 at the Louisiana Rice Festival in Crowley, Louisiana.  Photo, Edmund Reggie archive.
Oct 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy addressing a crowd of some 130,000 at the Louisiana Rice Festival in Crowley, Louisiana. Photo, Edmund Reggie archive.
Nov. 2, 1959: Senator Kennedy giving an address at the University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA), CA.
Nov. 2, 1959: Senator Kennedy giving an address at the University of California at Los Angeles (UCLA), CA.
Nov. 1959: JFK with California Gov. Pat Brown on Kennedy’s visit to So. California.  Brown was a likely “favorite son” candidate in California’s June 1960 primary, which JFK would not enter. (L.A. Mirror-News).
Nov. 1959: JFK with California Gov. Pat Brown on Kennedy’s visit to So. California. Brown was a likely “favorite son” candidate in California’s June 1960 primary, which JFK would not enter. (L.A. Mirror-News).
Fall 1959: A Jacques Lowe photo of JFK, Jackie and brother-in-law Steve Smith (back to camera) at an Oregon diner. JFK then was still unknown in many locations.
Fall 1959: A Jacques Lowe photo of JFK, Jackie and brother-in-law Steve Smith (back to camera) at an Oregon diner. JFK then was still unknown in many locations.
Nov. 12, 1959: JFK, with students at River Falls State College, Wisconsin, appears unfazed by signmaker’s difficulty with his name (University of Wisconsin-River Falls Archives).
Nov. 12, 1959: JFK, with students at River Falls State College, Wisconsin, appears unfazed by signmaker’s difficulty with his name (University of Wisconsin-River Falls Archives).
Nov. 1959: JFK in a quiet moment gazing into a tug boat’s wake during a tour of Coos Bay, Oregon. (Jacques Lowe).
Nov. 1959: JFK in a quiet moment gazing into a tug boat’s wake during a tour of Coos Bay, Oregon. (Jacques Lowe).

Jan-Feb-Mar 1959

Jan 15: Charlotte, NC, Chamber of Com
Jan 31: Phila., PA, Roosevelt Day Dinner
Feb 2: Boston, Harvard /Neiman Fellows
Feb 11: Wash., DC, Rural Electric Co-ops
Feb 15: CBS-TV,  Face the Nation
Feb 24: Oak Ridge, TN, Rotary Club Speech
Feb 24: Oak Ridge National Labs Tour
Feb 24: Nashville, TN, Democratic Dinner
Feb 25: Nashville, Tennessee Legislature
Mar 2: Wash., D.C., AFL-CIO Speech
Mar 3: Look magazine, JFK interview
Mar 6: Medford, OR, Roosevelt Day Dinner
Mar 6: Salt Lake City, UT, Roosevelt Dinner
Mar 7: Boise, ID, Jefferson-Jackson Dinner
Mar 8: Butte, MT, Jeff-Jackson Dinner
Mar 8: Helena, MT, Montana Legislature
Mar 17: Providence, RI, St. Patrick’s Dinner
Mar 21: Wash., DC, No. Carolina Dem Club
Mar 25: Wash., DC, Nat’l Grain Co-ops

 

April 1959

Apr 1: Palm Beach, FL, Strategy Mtg.
Apr 4: Akron, OH, Sheraton-Mayflower
Apr 4: Akron, Beacon-Journal interview
Apr 4: Akron, Jefferson-Jackson Dinner
Apr 5: Canton, OH
Apr 5: Cleveland, OH
Apr 5: Newark , NJ
Apr 5: NY City, Lunch, Brook Club
Apr 5: NY City, Adolph Toigo
Apr 9: Milwaukee, WI, Gridiron Dinner
Apr 10: Beloit, WI, Beloit College
Apr 10: Janesville, WI, Union Hall
Apr 12: Indianapolis, Negro College Fund
Apr 13: Indianapolis, Nat’l Library Week
Apr 13: Lafayette, Indiana
Apr 15: Wash., DC, Methodist Bishops
Apr 16: Wash., DC, Civil Liberties Conf
Apr 16: Cleveland, OH, Cleveland Press
Apr 27: College Pk., Univ. of Maryland
Apr 30: NY, NY, Women in Radio & TV

 

May 1959

May 1: Sacramento, CA, State Legislature
May 1: Los Angeles, Press Club of L.A.
May 4: Wash., DC, Int’l Conf. India/U.S.
May 8: Boston, MA, LBJ & Truman Dinner
May 9: Gary, WV, US Steel Cleaning Plant
May 9: Welch, WV, Fundraising /Coal Spch
May 15: Miami Bch, Lady Garment Workers
May 19: Portland, OR, Dinner
May 21: Buffalo, NY, Grv. Cleveland Dinner
May 23: Detroit, MI, Jeff-Jack Dinner
May 24: Chicago, Daily News Youth Awards

 

June 1959

June 1: Cover story, Newsweek magazine
June 3: NY City, Cap & Millinery Workers
June 6: Garden City, NY, Dem. Dinner
June 8: Boston, MA, J.F. Chapman
June 11: Harvard Commencement
June 15: Bethesda, MD, Chevy Chase H.S.
June 16: Ocean City, Leag. of Municipalities
June 19: Seattle, WA, Press Conference
June 19: Seattle, KIRO Radio (Jackie)
June 19: Seattle, JFK- KING TV taping
June 19: Seattle, WA, Post-Intelligencer
June 19: Seattle, Jackie – Dem. Women
June 20: Seattle, Jackie – Women’s Clubs
June 20: Seattle, Eagles Convention
June 20: Seattle, Seattle Times visit
June 20: Seattle, KIRO-TV panel
June 20: Seattle, KIRO-Radio
June 20: Seattle, Jeff-Jack Day Dinner
June 20: Seattle, Democrats /Olympic Hotel
June 21: Seattle, Morning Mass
June 21: Tacoma, WA, Breakfast meeting
June 21: Yakima, WA, Press Conference
June 21: Yakima, Democratic Dinner
June 22: Flight to Chicago-Washington, DC
June 27: Columbus, OH, Press Conference
June 27: Bellaire, OH, Jeff-Jack Day Dinner
June 28: NY, NY, Society of African Culture

 

July-August 1959

July 2: Dallas, TX, State Junior Bar
July 3-4-5: Hawaii Tour & Dem. Candidates
July 13: Spring Lake, NJ, Gov’s Day Picnic
July 30: Milwaukee, TV Taping, WTTI
July 30: Milwaukee, WTNJ, Open Qs
July 30-31: Milwaukee, D.A.’s Convention
Aug 1: Portland, OR, Press Conference
Aug 1: Portland, Broiler Restaurant Mtg.
Aug 1: Portland, Portland Journal
Aug 1: Portland, Portland Oregonian
Aug 1: Portland, Dave Epps Mem. Dinner
Aug 2: Portland, Church/Mass
Aug 2: Portland, Young Dems Coffee Hour
Aug 2: Portland, Conference
Aug 2: Portland, TV/Bob Holmes/KOIN
Aug 2: Portland, TV/Viewpoint/McCall
Aug 2: Portland, Edith Green Reception
Aug 3: Seaside, OR, AFL-CIO Speech/TV
Aug 3: Seaside, OR, Dinner/G. Brown
Aug 3: Portland, TV/Fennel Program
Aug 9: Omaha, NE, Picnic & Press Conf.
Aug 29: Jackie Kennedy, Life cover story

 

September 1959

Sep 1: Pierre Salinger joins JFK
Sep 11: San Francisco, AFL-CIO
Sep 15: Columbus, OH, Arrival
Sep 16: Columbus, OH, Bankers Assoc.
Sep 16: Columbus, Ohio Academy G.P.
Sep 17: Oxford, OH, Miami University
Sep 17: Cincinnati, Campaign Hdqtrs
Sep 17: Cincinnati, Dem. Luncheon
Sep 17: Cincinnati, TV/Radio Press Conf
Sep 17: Cincinnati, High School Editors
Sep 17: Dayton, OH, Press Conference
Sep 17: Dayton, OH, County Bar Assn.
Sep 18: Akron, OH, Press Conference
Sep 18: Akron, League of Municipalities
Sep 18: Athens, OH, Ohio University
Sep 18: Athens, Ohio University Rally
Sep 19: Bowling Green Univ. Reception
Sep 19: Toledo, OH, Dem. Luncheon
Sep 19: Toledo, Press Conf, Perry Hotel
Sep 19: Toledo, Lucas Co. Dem. Picnic
Sep 19: Youngstown, OH, Dem. Dinner
Sep 20: Newport News, VA
Sep 20: Pt. Comfort, Va. Municipalities
Sep 20: Washington, D.C.
Sep 24: Madison, WI, Labor Leaders
Sep 24: Madison, Press /Park Hotel
Sep 24: Madison, Capital Times
Sep 24: Darlington, WI, Luncheon spch
Sep 24: Flatteville, WI, State College spch
Sep 24: Lancaster, WI, Court House spch
Sep 24: Prairie du Chein, WI, private mtgs
Sep 24: Prairie du Chein, Dinner w/Dems
Sep 24: Prairie du…,  Checkerboard Aud.
Sep 25: Richland Cntr, WI, Highland Cntr.
Sep 25: Virogua, WI, Griole Café lunch
Sep 25: Sparta, WI, City Aud/Reception
Sep 25: LaCrosse, WI, State College speech
Sep 25: LaCrosse, TV appearance/taping
Sep 25: LaCrosse, Sawyer Aud. speech
Sep 26: Eau Claire, WI
Sep 26: Rice Lake, WI, Land of Lakes Hotel
Sep 26: Rhinelander, WI, A-port Press Conf
Sep 26: Rhinelander, Eagle Hall Temple
Sep 26: Duluth, MN, KDAL-TV, Live
Sep 26: Superior, MN, Central High School
Sep 27: Cleveland, OH, Dem Leaders Lunch
Sep 27: Cleveland, Euclid Beach Pk /Roast

 

October 1959

Oct 1: Rochester, NY, Temple B’rith Kodesh
Oct 2: Indianapolis, Mayor Boswell Dinner
Oct 4: Omaha, NE, evening arrival
Oct 5: Fremont, NE, Farm Policy
Oct 5: Columbus, NE, Farm Policy
Oct 5: Norfolk, NE, Farm Policy
Oct 5: Hastings, NE, Farm Policy & Dinner
Oct 9: Fayette City, PA, County Dem Dinner
Oct 10: Wheeling, WV, Airport Press Conf.
Oct 10: Wellsburg, WV w/ Sen. J. Randolph
Oct 10: Charleston, WV, w/Sen. J. Randolph
Oct 11: Westchester, NY, Dem Picnic
Oct 11: Westchester Country Club
Oct 11: New Haven, CT, Negro Reception
Oct 11: New Haven, Cocktail Party
Oct 11: New Haven, Democratic Women
Oct 12: Atlantic City, NJ, UAW Convention
Oct 12: Atlantic City, Small World taping
Oct 12: Washington, DC, Arrive Home
Oct 13: Lincoln, NE, Brkfst, Gov’s Mansion
Oct 13: Lincoln, Press Conference
Oct 13: Lincoln, Nebraskan Wesleyan Univ.
Oct 13: Lincoln, Service Clubs of Lincoln
Oct 13: Lincoln, Mtg w/ Nebraska Friends
Oct 13: Lincoln, Dem Recep / KETV Tape
Oct 13: Lincoln, NE, AFL-CIO St. Convnt’n
Oct 14: Kearney, NE, Teachers College
Oct 14: Kearney, Press Conference
Oct 14: Kearney, Reception
Oct 14: Grand Island, NE, Chamber of Com
Oct 14: North Platte, NE, Dem Reception
Oct 14: Scotts Bluff, NE, Dem Dinner
Oct 15: Baton Rouge, LA, Capitol Hse Hotel
Oct 15: New Orleans, Press Conference
Oct 15: New Orleans, Radio/TV News group
Oct 15: New Orleans, Candidates Reception
Oct 16: New Orleans, Negro Dem Leaders
Oct 16: Lafayette, LA, E. Reggie Reception
Oct 16: Lafayette, LA, Old Bourne C. Club
Oct 16: Crowley, LA, Int’l Rice Festival
Oct 16: Lake Charles, LA
Oct 17: Milwaukee, WI. Airport Press Conf.
Oct 17: Milwaukee, Pulaski Day / Poland
Oct 17: Waukesha, WI, Luncheon
Oct 17: Milwaukee, WISN-TV
Oct 17: Milwaukee, Schroeder Hotel Recep
Oct 18: San Francisco, CA, Press Conf
Oct 18: San Francisco, League of Calif Cities
Oct 18: San Francisco, Dem. Reception
Oct 18: Salem, OR, Arrival
Oct 20: Salem, Committee at Berg Home
Oct 20: Salem, Willamette University
Oct 20: Portland, OR, Municipalities Lunch
Oct 20: Portland, Coffee, YMCA
Oct 20: Portland, Clakamas County Dinner
Oct 21, Portland, Democratic Roundtable
Oct 21: Portland, Portland Realty Board
Oct 21: Portland, Portland State College
Oct 22: New York, NY, Al Smith Dinner
Oct 24: Bloomington, IL, Dem. Reception
Oct 24: Springfield, IL, Press Luncheon
Oct 24: Springfield, Midwest Farm Conf.
Oct 24: Joliet, IL, Local Dems
Oct 24: Joliet, IL, Democratic Dinner
Oct 24: Joliet, IL, American Legion Hall
Oct 25: Rockford, IL, Dem Breakfast
Oct 25: Rockford, IL, Tebala Shrine Temple
Oct 25: DeKalb, IL, County Chairmen
Oct 25: DeKalb, IL, Elk’s Club Luncheon
Oct 25: DeKalb, IL, Egyptian Theater
Oct 25: Rock Island/Moline, IL
Oct 25: Rock Island, IL, Dem Reception
Oct 25: Moline, IL, Le Claire Theatre Rally
Oct 26: Quincy, IL, TV Press Conference
Oct 26: Quincy, IL, Dem Reception
Oct 26: Quincy, IL, Quincy College
Oct 26: Peoria, IL, Democratic Luncheon
Oct 26: Peoria, IL, Press Conference
Oct 26: Decatur, IL, Reception
Oct 26: Decatur, Masonic Temple, Press
Oct 26: Decatur, Masonic Temple Dinner
Oct 26: Decatur, Masonic Temple TV Spch
Oct 28: Hyannis Port, MA, Strategy Mtg
Oct 30: Oakland, CA, Mills College speech
Oct 31: Bakersfield, CA, Press Conference
Oct 31: Santa Monica, CA, Airport Recep.
Oct 31: Lompoc, CA, La Purisma Inn Lunch
Oct 31: Lompoc High School
Oct 31: San Diego, CA, Press Conference
Oct 31: San Diego, John A. Vietor Reception
Oct 31: San Diego County Dems Dinner

 

November 1959

Nov 1: San Diego, CA
Nov 1: Burbank, CA, Lockheed Terminal
Nov 1: Hollywood, CBS-Taping, Inquiry
Nov 1: Riverside, CA, Press Conf
Nov 1: Riverside, Arnold Heights School
Nov 1: Anaheim, CA, Disneyland by Rail
Nov 1: Anaheim, Orange Co. Democrats
Nov 1: Los Angeles, CA, Reception
Nov 1: Los Angeles, Ambassador of Ceylon
Nov 2: Los Angeles, Press Conference
Nov 2: Los Angeles, UCLA Reception
Nov 2: Los Angeles, UCLA /Royce Hall
Nov 2: Los Angeles, U of So. Cal Reception
Nov 2: U of So. Cal, Address Student Rally
Nov 2: Los Angeles, Jeff-Jack Day Dinner
Nov 5: Klamath Falls, OR
Nov 6: Klamath Falls, OR, Democrats
Nov 6: Coos Bay, OR, Lions Club Luncheon
Nov 6: Coos Bay, Barge Trip of Harbor
Nov 6: Coos Bay, Democratic Dinner
Nov 7: Bend, OR, Jr. Chamber Luncheon
Nov 7: North Bend, OR, No. Bend H. S.
Nov 7: Pendleton, OR, Press Conference
Nov 7: Umatilla Co Dem Party Dinner
Nov 8: Milton-Freewater, OR, Reception
Nov 8: Walla Walla, Reception
Nov 8: Baker, OR, Democratic Dinner
Nov 8: Baker, OR, KBKR Radio
Nov 9: La Grande, Luncheon
Nov 9: La Grande, E. Oregon College
Nov 9: Portland, OR, Mtg. w/ Labor
Nov 12: Minneapolis, A-port Press Conf.
Nov 12: River Falls, WI, RF State College
Nov 12: Eau Claire, Elks Club Luncheon
Nov 12: Eau Claire, WI, EC State College
Nov 12: Eau Claire, WEAU-TV
Nov 12: Marshfield, WI, Hotel Charles
Nov 13: Portage, WI, Portage High School
Nov 13: Watertown, WI, Dem. Luncheon
Nov 13: Milwaukee, Marquette University
Nov 13: Kenosha, WI, Labor Leaders
Nov 13: Kenosha, WI, Dem State Convntn
Nov 13: Kenosha, Hotel Wisconsin Recep.
Nov 14: TV Guide, JFK on TV & Politics
Nov 14: Oklahoma City, OK, Press Conf
Nov 14: Norman, OK, OU-v-Army game
Nov 14: Oklahoma City, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Nov 15: Hyannis Port, MA
Nov 15: Augusta, ME, Gov. Clauson
Nov 15: Augusta, Dem. Party Dinner
Nov 16: Wash., DC, Nat’l Milk Producers
Nov 17: Wilmington, DE, DuPont/Hercules
Nov 17: Wilmington, Bldg. Trades Union
Nov 17: Wilmington, Press Conference
Nov 17: Wilm., DE, Brandywine 100 Dinner
Nov 19: Kansas City, MO, Arrival
Nov 19: Independence, MO, Harry Truman
Nov 19: Kansas City, Nat’l Guard Armory
Nov 19: Kansas City, Dem Luncheon
Nov 19: Kansas City, Local Labor Leaders
Nov 19: Wichita, KS, Labor Meeting
Nov 19: Wichita, Hotel Allis, Press Conf
Nov 19: Wichita, Democratic Reception
Nov 19: Wichita, Democratic Dinner
Nov 20: Wichita, Cerebral Palsy Home
Nov 20: Wichita, Wichita University
Nov 20: Dodge City, KS, Dem Reception
Nov 20: Salina, KS, Marymount College
Nov 20: Hays, KS, Press Conference
Nov 20: Hays, KS, Democratic Dinner
Nov 21: Iowa City, IA, State Committee
Nov 21: Iowa City, Iowa Memorial Union
Nov 21: Iowa City, Speak at Reception
Nov 21: Iowa City, Univ. Club Luncheon
Nov 21: Iowa City, Iowa vs. Notre Dame
Nov 21: Des Moines, IA
Nov 21: Carroll, IA
Nov 28: Denver, CO, Democratic Dinner
Nov 28: Boulder, CO, Dem. Reception
Nov 29: Pueblo, CO, Democratic Dinner
Nov 30: Grand Junction, CO, Dem. Dinner
Nov 30: Denver, American Municipal Assn.

 

December 1959

Dec 2: Durham, NC, Duke University
Dec 7: NY City: Pres. Truman Reception
Dec 7: NY City, Eleanor Roosevelt Tribute
Dec 8: NY City
Dec 9: Nebraskans for Kennedy opens
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, PA, Bishop Wright
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, PA, Press Conf.
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, Univ of Pittsburgh
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, Dem. Luncheon
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, KDKA, “Sound Off”
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, WIIC-TV
Dec 10: Pittsburgh, Allegheny Bar Assn.
Dec 11: Gary, IN, Hotel Gary Reception
Dec 11: Gary, IN, Benefit Banquet
Dec 17: Washington Post: JFK to Announce

_______________________________
 
 
Note: This listing provides a rough overview of JFK’s 1959 travel itinerary, speeches, and other activities at the listed locations. Some dates and events are “best approximations” given uncertain and/or conflicting sourcing information. More detailed information on JFK’s activities at some of the these locations is available at the JFK Presidential Library in Boston. The full titles of a number of his major speeches in 1959 are included below, in the second half of “Sources.” More photos also follow below.

 

_______________________________

Date Posted: 10 September 2013
Last Update: 19 November 2018
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “JFK’s Early Campaign: 1959,”
PopHistoryDig.com, September 10, 2013.

_______________________________

 


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.



Sources, Links & Additional Information

August 24, 1959: Life magazine cover story: “Jackie Kennedy, A Front Runner’s Appealing Wife.”
August 24, 1959: Life magazine cover story: “Jackie Kennedy, A Front Runner’s Appealing Wife.”
October 1959: Jackie Kennedy looking out on the scene at the Int’l Rice Festival in Crowley, LA, where JFK addressed a crowd of more than 130,000. Edmund Reggie archive.
October 1959: Jackie Kennedy looking out on the scene at the Int’l Rice Festival in Crowley, LA, where JFK addressed a crowd of more than 130,000. Edmund Reggie archive.
January 1959: Senator Kennedy and wife Jacqueline at reception of the North Carolina Chamber of Commerce.
January 1959: Senator Kennedy and wife Jacqueline at reception of the North Carolina Chamber of Commerce.
May 1959:  Senator John F. Kennedy being briefed by local officials in West Virginia in early May.
May 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy being briefed by local officials in West Virginia in early May.
1959: JFK spoke at a sold out Democratic party banquet at the Maxwell House Hotel in downtown Nashville, TN, late winter. Mayor Ben West, right, acted as toastmaster for the event. Nashville Archives.
1959: JFK spoke at a sold out Democratic party banquet at the Maxwell House Hotel in downtown Nashville, TN, late winter. Mayor Ben West, right, acted as toastmaster for the event. Nashville Archives.
1959: U.S. Senator Al Gore, Sr.(D-TN), left, Nashville Mayor’s wife, Mrs. Ben West, sit with Senator John F. Kennedy at Democratic Party dinner. Nashville Archives.
1959: U.S. Senator Al Gore, Sr.(D-TN), left, Nashville Mayor’s wife, Mrs. Ben West, sit with Senator John F. Kennedy at Democratic Party dinner. Nashville Archives.
1959: Local dignitaries greet Senator John F. Kennedy at Tillamook Naval Air Station, Tillamook, Oregon.
1959: Local dignitaries greet Senator John F. Kennedy at Tillamook Naval Air Station, Tillamook, Oregon.
September 25, 1959: Cover of Dinner Program for the Democratic Party of La Crosse County, Wisconsin, featuring guest speaker, U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy.
September 25, 1959: Cover of Dinner Program for the Democratic Party of La Crosse County, Wisconsin, featuring guest speaker, U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy.
Nov 13, 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy addressing an audience at Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI.
Nov 13, 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy addressing an audience at Marquette University, Milwaukee, WI.
October 1959: JFK being interviewed by Rev. Rawley Meyers, a reporter for the “Southern Nebraska Register,” a Catholic newspaper in Lincoln, Nebraska.
October 1959: JFK being interviewed by Rev. Rawley Meyers, a reporter for the “Southern Nebraska Register,” a Catholic newspaper in Lincoln, Nebraska.
Nov 30, 1959: JFK in Denver, CO where he gave an address to the American Municipal Assoc.  Cleveland mayor Anthony J. Celebrezze is seated and Jackson, MS mayor Allen C. Thompson is greeting Kennedy.
Nov 30, 1959: JFK in Denver, CO where he gave an address to the American Municipal Assoc. Cleveland mayor Anthony J. Celebrezze is seated and Jackson, MS mayor Allen C. Thompson is greeting Kennedy.
Oct 1959: JFK, who generally avoided donning gift hats of any kind, shown here in a “rice hat” awarded him at the Int’l Rice Festival in Crowley, LA. Edwin Edwards, later governor, shown at far right. Edmund Reggie archive.
Oct 1959: JFK, who generally avoided donning gift hats of any kind, shown here in a “rice hat” awarded him at the Int’l Rice Festival in Crowley, LA. Edwin Edwards, later governor, shown at far right. Edmund Reggie archive.
Historical marker in Crowley, LA, commemorating the date and location of JFK’s October 16th, 1960 speech before “an enthusiastic crown of thousands of Louisianans” at 23rd International Rice Festival.
Historical marker in Crowley, LA, commemorating the date and location of JFK’s October 16th, 1960 speech before “an enthusiastic crown of thousands of Louisianans” at 23rd International Rice Festival.
November 19, 1959: Former President Harry S. Truman greeting Senator John F. Kennedy at the Harry S. Truman Library in Independence, Missouri.
November 19, 1959: Former President Harry S. Truman greeting Senator John F. Kennedy at the Harry S. Truman Library in Independence, Missouri.
John F. Kennedy marker at Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, commemorating JFK’s visit there, September 18, 1959, quoting from his speech: "With a good conscience our only sure reward, with history the final judge of our deeds, let us go forth to lead the land we love..."
John F. Kennedy marker at Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, commemorating JFK’s visit there, September 18, 1959, quoting from his speech: "With a good conscience our only sure reward, with history the final judge of our deeds, let us go forth to lead the land we love..."
Dec 2, 1959: JFK before his address at Page Auditorium, Duke University. Kennedy is standing in the Music Room of the Flowers Building. Photo, Duke University.
Dec 2, 1959: JFK before his address at Page Auditorium, Duke University. Kennedy is standing in the Music Room of the Flowers Building. Photo, Duke University.
Headline from a Los Angeles Times newspaper story describing a speech Senator John F. Kennedy had given on November 1, 1959 at a Democratic dinner in L.A.
Headline from a Los Angeles Times newspaper story describing a speech Senator John F. Kennedy had given on November 1, 1959 at a Democratic dinner in L.A.
April 10, 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy photographed from balcony as he spoke to a capacity crowd in the Eaton Chapel of Beloit College, Beloit, WI.
April 10, 1959: Senator John F. Kennedy photographed from balcony as he spoke to a capacity crowd in the Eaton Chapel of Beloit College, Beloit, WI.
1959: JFK attends Harvard commencement as a member of Harvard’s Board of Overseers. He is talking with Harvard Treasurer, Paul C. Cabot (in top hat) and Sidney Weinberg, senior partner at Goldman Sachs, who received an honorary degree that day.
1959: JFK attends Harvard commencement as a member of Harvard’s Board of Overseers. He is talking with Harvard Treasurer, Paul C. Cabot (in top hat) and Sidney Weinberg, senior partner at Goldman Sachs, who received an honorary degree that day.
1959: JFK and Jackie in parade during campaign trip to Wheeling, West Virginia.  Photo, Mark Shaw.
1959: JFK and Jackie in parade during campaign trip to Wheeling, West Virginia. Photo, Mark Shaw.
1959: Jackie Kennedy saying a few words on campaign trail with JFK in West Virginia. Photo, Mark Shaw.
1959: Jackie Kennedy saying a few words on campaign trail with JFK in West Virginia. Photo, Mark Shaw.
Oct 31, 1959:  Cover of dinner program honoring Senator John F. Kennedy who would deliver a speech that evening before the sponsoring Democratic Committee of San Diego County, California.
Oct 31, 1959: Cover of dinner program honoring Senator John F. Kennedy who would deliver a speech that evening before the sponsoring Democratic Committee of San Diego County, California.
March 1959: JFK and Jackie being greeted by local delegation upon their arrival in Salt Lake City, Utah.
March 1959: JFK and Jackie being greeted by local delegation upon their arrival in Salt Lake City, Utah.
Sept 18, 1959: JFK in candid moment with Ohio University officials during his visit there.
Sept 18, 1959: JFK in candid moment with Ohio University officials during his visit there.
Feb 1959: JFK with Oak Ridge Nat’l Labs Director Alvin Weinberg, Sen. Al Gore Sr (D-TN), and wife Jacqueline Kennedy, Oak Ridge, TN.  DOE photo.
Feb 1959: JFK with Oak Ridge Nat’l Labs Director Alvin Weinberg, Sen. Al Gore Sr (D-TN), and wife Jacqueline Kennedy, Oak Ridge, TN. DOE photo.
Feb 1959: JFK, Jackie & Senator Gore being briefed by ORNL Director Alvin Weinberg (scene later made into mural, as shown below). DOE photo.
Feb 1959: JFK, Jackie & Senator Gore being briefed by ORNL Director Alvin Weinberg (scene later made into mural, as shown below). DOE photo.
Oak Ridge National Labs Visitor Center mural of February 1959 visit to ORNL by Sen. John F. Kennedy, his wife Jacqueline, and Sen. Al Gore, Sr., then being briefed by ORNL Director Alvin Weinberg.
Oak Ridge National Labs Visitor Center mural of February 1959 visit to ORNL by Sen. John F. Kennedy, his wife Jacqueline, and Sen. Al Gore, Sr., then being briefed by ORNL Director Alvin Weinberg.
1959: JFK talking with his sister, Patricia Kennedy Lawford and her husband, Peter Lawford, at unidentified restaurant.
1959: JFK talking with his sister, Patricia Kennedy Lawford and her husband, Peter Lawford, at unidentified restaurant.
Aug 21, 1959: JFK with family sailing off Hyannis, MA.
Aug 21, 1959: JFK with family sailing off Hyannis, MA.
August 21, 1959: Jackie, JFK, and family members returning to shore after sailing off Hyannis, MA.
August 21, 1959: Jackie, JFK, and family members returning to shore after sailing off Hyannis, MA.
1959: JFK, daughter Caroline, and Jackie near the shoreline at Hyannis Port, MA.  Photo, Mark Shaw.
1959: JFK, daughter Caroline, and Jackie near the shoreline at Hyannis Port, MA. Photo, Mark Shaw.
 

John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, JFKlibrary.org, Boston, MA

Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers with Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown & Co., 1970.

Jacques Lowe, Portrait: The Emergence of John F. Kennedy, New York: Bramhall House / McGraw-Hill, 1961.

The New York Times, with photographs by Jacques Lowe, The Kennedy Years, New York: Viking Press, 1964.

The John F. Kennedy 1960 Campaign, Part II: Speeches, Press Conferences, and Debates ( Speech Files, 1953-1960). A Collection From the Holdings of The John F. Kennedy Library, Boston, MA, Edited by Paul L. Kesaris; Associate Editor, Robert E. Lester; Guide compiled by Douglas D. Newman (a microfilm project of University Publications of America, Inc., Frederick, MD, 1986).

“1960 Election Chronology,” David Pietrus-za.com.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

David Pietrusza, 1960–LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press, 2008.

Daily JFK; The Life and Times of John F. Kennedy.

(Phila., PA, Jan. 31), “Kennedy Assails U. S. Leadership;  Contrasts ‘Timid’ Policies With Roosevelt’s ‘Tireless Energies’,” New York Times, February 1, 1959.

Austin C. Wehrwein (Milwaukee, April 9), “Kennedy Regards Religion as Issue; He Calls It Proper Political Topic — Opens 6-Speech Swing in Wisconsin,”New York Times, April 10, 1959.

Austin C. Wehrwein, “Kennedy Favors a New Approach; Touring Wisconsin, He Asks Democrats for Policies to Meet Current Challenges,”New York Times, April 11, 1959

Austin C. Wehrwein (Appleton, Wis., April 11), “Kennedy Appeals for Farmer Vote; Calls for More Cooperatives in Wisconsin Talk — Denies Softness on McCarthyism,” New York Times, April 12, 1959.

Austin C. Wehrwein (Indianapolis, April 12), “Kennedy Visions Wide Negro Role; Bids Race Here Train to Aid World Areas Having Vast Colored Populations,”New York Times, April 13, 1959.

Austin C. Wehrwein (Lafayette, Ind., April 13 ),”Kennedy Widens Atomic Lexicon; Coins Word ‘Fall-In’ to Put Stress on Hazards From Peaceful Nuclear Use”New York Times April 14, 1959

“2 Republican Senators Acclaim Kennedy Labor Bill as Big Gain,” New York Times, April 15, 1959.

“Methodist Bishops Talk with Kennedy,” New York Times, April 16, 1959.

Austin C. Wehrwein, “Democrats Head West in ’60 Race; Humphrey Opens 5-State Swing to Offset Gains of Kennedy in the Area,”New York Times, April 19, 1959.

Associated Press, “Editors View ’60: Nixon, Stevenson; Poll Gives Vice President Wide Edge but Foresees Tight Democratic Race” [Kennedy rated third among Democrats], New York Times, April 19, 1959.

James Reston, “Nixon Plans for 1960; He Will Start Presidential Bid in Fall And May Enter Some Primary Tests,”New York Times, April 24, 1959.

Gladwin Hill, “2 Senators Find Coast Cool on ’60; Humphrey, Kennedy Run Into Regional Sentiment Loyal to Stevenson,” New York Times, May 3, 1959.

Associated Press, “Kennedy Advocates Investment in India,” New York Times, May 3, 1959.

Stanley Levey, “Kennedy’s Views Praised by Meany; Labor Chief Tells Senator He Does Not Link Him to Revised Reform Bill,” New York Times, June 4, 1959.

“Program for U. S. Given by Kennedy; Senator Bids Nation Keep Pace With Change — He Talks at Nassau Fete,” New York Times, June 7, 1959.

Leo Egan, “Humphrey Urges a Fair Labor Bill; Suggests Kennedy Measure May Need Modification in Talk at Liberals’ Fete,” New York Times, June 11, 1959.

“Kennedy Seeking Maryland Votes; Senator and Tawes Confer on ’60 Delegates — Test in Primary Weighed,” New York Times, June 18, 1959.

Robert C. Albright, “Humphrey Permits Self To Be Entered in ’60 Race,” Washington Post / Times Herald, July 15, 1959, p. A-2.

Marquis Childs (Madison, WI), “Wisconsin Bracing For Bloody Battle,” Washington Post/Times Herald, July 21, 1959, p. A-14.

Edward T. Folliard, “Brown Unwilling To Take No. 2 Spot; Would Turn It Down; Qualifies Prediction,”Washington Post / Times Herald, July 31, 1959, p. B-8.

UPI (Milwaukee, July 31), “Warning by Kennedy; Peril Seen From Racketeers Posing as Businessmen,” New York Times, August 1, 1959.

Associated Press, (Portland, Ore, Aug. 1), “Kennedy Chides U. S. on Nuclear Policy,” New York Times, August 2, 1959.

W. H. Lawrence, “Kennedy Backers Press Governors; Seeking Delegate Support at Conference — Ribicoff Chides Favorite Sons,” New York Times, August 3, 1959.

“Nixon and Kennedy Top Wisconsin Poll,” New York Times, August 6, 1959.

Editorial, “In Search of A Candidate,” Chicago Sun-Times, August 15, 1959.

“Kennedy Going to Ohio” [in mid-September], New York Times, August 25, 1959.

“Kennedy Slates Riverside Talk on Western Trip,” Desert Sun (Palm Springs, Calif.), Ocotber 16, 1959.

“Sen. John Kennedy Will Visit Riverside on Nov. 1,” Daily News (Indio,Calif), October 19, 1959.

Robert Blanchard, “Slow Corrosion of Luxury Softens U. S., Kennedy Says; Spartanism Held Need in America,” Los Angles Times, November 3, 1959, p. 2.

Bill Becker (Los Angeles, November 2), “Kennedy Favors Atomic Test Ban; Backs Extended Suspension if Soviet Union Complies — Outlines 4-Point Plan,” New York Times, November 3, 1959.

Bill Becker (Los Angeles, Nov. 7), “Politicians Test Appeal on Coast; Kennedy, Rockefeller, et al., Pitch Eastern Charm at Aloof Westerners,” New York Times, November 8, 1959.

“Kennedy to See Truman” New York Times, November 8, 1959.

John Schmiedzler, “Kennedy’s Boyish Looks Hide A Shrewd Politician,” The Salina Journal, Sunday, November 22, 1959, p. 2.

“World Cannot Exist Half Slave, Half Free, He Says” and, A. Van Cleave, “He Was Late But Welcome” (speech at Marymount College), The Salina Journal, Sunday, November 22, 1959, p. 2.

(Denver, Nov. 30) “Kennedy Says Aid to Cities Is Vital; Senator Sees Top ’60 Issue as U.S. Help by Abating of Taxes or by Grants,” New York Times, December 1, 1959.

“TV Quiz Investigator Quits to Join Kennedy” [i.e., Richard Goodwin], Washington Post /Times Herald, December 10, 1959, p. A-2.

Earl Mazo, “Democrats Cautioned By Kennedy,” Washington Post / Times Herald, December 16, 1959,  p. A-10.

Raymond Lahr, “Kennedy to Announce Plans Jan. 2,” Washington Post / Times Herald, December 18, 1959, p. A-21.

Thomas Winship, “Kennedy Building Own ‘Braintrust’ Of University, Industrial Leaders,” Washington Post / Times Herald, December 26, 1959, p. A-2.

“Morse Says Kennedy Wooed Dixie on Labor,” Washington Post /Times Herald, December 30, 1959, p. B-1.

Frank Munger’s Atomic City Underground, “JFK’s 1959 Visit to ORNL,” KnoxNews .com, June 2, 2012.

“Photo Galleries Showcase John Kennedy’s Visits to Utah,” DeseretNews.com, Nov. 26, 2008.

David DeWitt, “Athens Lawyer Recalls John F. and Ted Kennedy’s Visit to Athens,” Athens News.com (Athens, Ohio), Monday, August 31,2009.

“JFK Visits Crowley Rice Festival, 1959,” EdmundReggie.com.

“JFK at Rice Festival, October 1959,” ReggieFamilyArchives.com.

“Video Vault: Looking Back at JFK Visits to Cleveland; Senator/President Made Many Visits to NE Ohio,” NewsNet5.com (Cleveland, Ohio), September 4, 2012.

Rodrique Ngowi, “John F. Kennedy Memorabilia Draws Hundreds To Massachusetts,” HuffingtonPost.com, Feb. 14, 2013.

“John F. Kennedy, Notable Visitors, 1950s,” University of Wisconsin-River Falls, River Falls, Wisconsin.

“Campaign Stops of Yesteryear,” The Observer, La Grande, OR, April 12, 2008.

Richard M. Rovere, illustrated by Robert Weaver, “Kennedy’s Last Chance To Be President; Competing Against a Mob of Candidates, Jack Must Go For Broke in 1960,” Esquire, April 1959.

Alden Whitman, “Robert Francis Kennedy: Attorney General, Senator and Heir of the New Frontier” (obituary), New York Times, June 6, 1968.

Gene Barnes, “Senator John F. Kennedy, 1959,” I, Witness.

Maryalys Urey, “JFK’s Visit to Baker,” Baker City Herald, February 19, 2007.

Omaha Steve, “Kennedy Memories Haven’t Dimmed (JFK’s Nebraska-Born Speech- writer),” Democratic Underground .com,  June 22, 2008.

Liesl Schillinger, “JFK in Springfield, Illinois, 1959 & 1960 (thoughts on JFK on 50th anniversary of his election),” Tumbler .com, November 8, 2010.

“1959 Photo: Then-Senator John F. Kennedy Speaks at Royce Hall,” UCLA Faculty Association, November 23, 2012.

 

JFK Speeches & Remarks: 1959

Address of Senator Kennedy, Chamber of Commerce Dinner, Charlotte, North Carolina, “Labor Racketeering,” January 15, 1959, 43pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Roosevelt Day Dinner, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, “Liberalism,” January 31,1959, 34pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, National Rural Electrification Cooperative Association, Washington, D.C., “Power Policy,” February 11, 1959, 6pp.

Remarks in the United States Senate by Senator Kennedy, “The Economic Gap,” February 19, 1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Tennessee Rotary Club, Oak Ridge, Tennessee, “Nuclear Weapons,” February 24, 1959, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Nashville, Tennessee, “The Democratic Party,” February 24, 1959, 35pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Joint Session of the Tennessee Legislature, Nashville, Tennessee, “Leadership,” February 25, 1959, 13pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AFL-CIO Building  & Construction Trades Dept., National Legislative Conference, Wash., D.C., “Labor Legislation,” March 2, 1959, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Roosevelt Day Dinner, Medford, Oregon, “Water Resource Development,” March 6, 1959, 2pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Roosevelt Day Dinner, Salt Lake City, Utah, “The Democratic Party,” March 6, 1959, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Boise, Idaho, “Water Resource Development; The Democratic Party,” March 7, 1959, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Butte, Montana, “Unemployment Compensation,” March 8, 1959, 4pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Montana Legislature, Helena, Montana, “Leadership,” March 8, 1959, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Friendly Sons of St. Patrick’s Dinner, Providence, Rhode Island, “Irish History,” March 17, 1959, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, North Carolina Democratic Club Annual Dinner, Washington, D.C., “National Security,” March 21, 1959, 32pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, National Federation of Grain Cooperatives Annual Spring Conference, Washington, D.C., “Federal Farm Policy,” March 25, 1959, 22pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Milwaukee Gridiron Dinner, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, “Free Press,” April 9, 1959, 18pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, United Negro College Fund Convocation, Indianapolis, Indiana, “American Education,” April 12, 1959, 20pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Meeting Opening National Library Week, Indianapolis, Indiana, “The Public Library,” April 13, 1959, 4pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, National Civil Liberties Clearing House Annual Conference, Washington, D.C., “Civil Liberties,” April 16, 1959, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Cleveland Press Book and Author Luncheon, Cleveland, Ohio, “The Public Library,” April 16, 1959, 25pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the American Women in Radio and TV, New York, New York, “Women in Professions; Labor Racketeering,” April 30, 1959, 51pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the California Legislature, Sacramento, CA, “Leadership,” May 1, 1959, 13pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Press Club of Greater Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California, “Labor Racketeering,” May 1,1959, 29pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Committee for International Economic Growth Conference on India and the United States, Washington, D.C., “The Bases of U.S. Interest in India-Its New Dimensions,” May 4, 1959, 43pp.

Introduction by Senator Kennedy of Lyndon B. Johnson, Truman Dinner, Boston, Massachusetts. May 8, 1959, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Fund-Raising Dinner, Welch, West Virginia, “Depressed Areas Legislation; Coal,” May 9, 1959, 25pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, International Ladies Garment Workers Union Annual Convention, Miami Beach, Florida, “Labor Racketeering,” May 15,1959, 39pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Grover Cleveland Dinner, Buffalo, New York. “Labor Racketeering; The Democratic Party,” May 21, 1959, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Detroit, Michigan, “Ten Revolutions of Our Time,” May 23,1959, 33pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Chicago Daily News Youth Achievement Awards Program, Chicago, Illinois, “Careers in Politics,” May 24, 1959, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, United Hatters, Cap and Millinery Workers Convention, New York, New York, “Labor Racketeering; Immigration,” June 3, 1959, 41 pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Garden City, New York, “The Democratic Party,” June 6, 1959, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Chevy Chase High School, Bethesda, Maryland, “Careers in Politics,” June 15, 1959, 17pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy Before the League of Municipalities, Ocean City, Maryland, “Urban Problems,” June 16, 1959, 25pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Fraternal Order of Eagles Convention, Seattle, WA, “Unemployment Compensation; Social Security,” June 20, 1959, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Seattle, Washington, “The Democratic Party,” June 20, 1959, 28pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Yakima, Washington, “The Democratic Party; Water Resource Development,” June 21, 1959, 29pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Bellaire, Ohio, “The Democratic Party,” June 27,1959, 26pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, American Society of African Culture Annual Conference, New York, New York, “Africa,” June 28, 1959, 44pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Hawaii Tour, Hawaii, “The U.S. and Hawaii and Our Future in Asia; The Democratic Party,” July 3-July 5, 1959, 39pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Essex County Democratic Governor’s Day Annual Picnic, Spring Lake, New Jersey, “Urban Overpopulation,” July 13, 1959, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, District Attorneys’ Convention, Milwaukee, WI, “Labor and Business Racketeering,” July 31, 1959, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Dave Epps Memorial Dinner, Portland, Oregon, “Geneva Conference on Atomic Testing and Surprise Attack,” August 1, 1959, 21 pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AFL-CIO Convention, Seaside, OR, “Labor Racketeer-ing; Unemployment Compensation; Care of the Aged,” August 3,1959, 11 pp.

Remarks in the United States Senate by Senator Kennedy, “The Power of Labor for the Good of America,” September 10,1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AFL-CIO Convention of Building Trades, San Francisco, California, “Labor Legislation,” September 11, 1959, 111pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Montgomery County Bar Association Dinner, Dayton, Ohio, “Labor Racketeering; The Steel Strike and the Taft-Hartley Law,” September 17,1959, 27pp.

Speech Introductions by Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Athens, Ohio; Lucas County Democratic Picnic, Toledo, Ohio, September 18, 1959-September 19, 1959, 3pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Temple B’rith Kodesh Temple Club, Rochester, New York, “Israel–A Land of Paradoxes,” October 1, 1959, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Mayor Charles Boswell Dinner, Indianapolis, Indiana. “National Security,” October 2, 1959, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Washington County Democratic Dinner, Fayette City, Pennsylvania, “The Steel Strike and the Taft-Hartley Law,” October 9, 1959, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, UAW Convention, Atlantic City, New Jersey, “Economic Development,” October 12, 1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AFL-CIO State Convention, Lincoln, Nebraska, “Labor Racketeering,” October 13, 1959, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Radio and Television News Directors Association, New Orleans, Louisiana, The Role of the Media,” October 15, 1959, 7pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Pulaski Day, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, “U.S. Policy Toward Poland and Other Captive Nations,” October 17, 1959, 11 pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Portland Realty Board Luncheon, Portland, Oregon, “The Future of Housing and Real Estate,” October 21, 1959, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AI Smith Dinner, New York, New York, “A Tribute to AI Smith,” October 22, 1959, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Midwest Farm Conference, Springfield, Illinois, “Federal Farm Policy,” October 24, 1959, 7pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Mills College, Oakland, California, “Mills College and the Loyalty Oath,” October 30, 1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, UCLA Student Convocation, Los Angeles, California, “The Control of Nuclear Weapons,” November 2, 1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, “The Future of America; Depletion Tax Allowances,” November 14,1959, 11pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Party of Wisconsin Annual Convention, Milwaukee, Wisconsin. “U.S.-Soviet Competition,” November 14, 1959, 10pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Maine Democratic Party Issues Conference Banquet, Augusta, Maine. “Electrical Energy in Maine,” November 15, 1959, 4pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the National Milk Producers Federation, Washington, D.C., “Federal Farm Policy; The Dairy Farmer: The Challenge Ahead,” November 16,1959, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Luncheon, Kansas City, Kansas, “U.S.-Soviet Competition,” November 19, 1959, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Wichita, Kansas, “The 1960 Election-and 1968,” November 19, 1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Reception, Dodge City, Kansas, “Federal Farm Policy,” November 20, 1959, 7pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Denver, Colorado. “U.S.-Soviet Competition; Water and Power Development Memorandum,” November 28, 1959, 13pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Reception, Boulder, Colorado, “Loyalty Oath,” November 28, 1959, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Reception, Pueblo, Colorado, “Labor Legislation,” November 29, 1959, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Grand Junction, Colorado, “Water Resource Development,” November 30, 1959, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the American Municipal Association, Denver, Colorado, “Urban Problems,” November 30, 1959, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Allegheny County Bar Association, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, “Administrative Justice and Delay,” December 10, 1959, 9pp.

 _____________________________


Books on JFK
1960-1990s

James MacGregor Burns, John Kennedy: A Political Profile, Harcourt, 1960.

Joe McCarthy, The Remarkable Kennedys: The Dramatic, Inside Story of John Fitzgerald Kennedy and his Remarkable Family, Dial Press / Popular Library, February 1960.

Arthur Schlesinger, Kennedy or Nixon: Does It Make Any Difference?, New York: Macmillan, October 1960.

Jacques Lowe, Portrait: The Emergence of John F. Kennedy, New York: Bramhall House / McGraw-Hill, 1961.

Martin Agronsky & others (with photographers), Let Us Begin: The First 100 Days of the Kennedy Administration, New York: Simon & Schuster, 1961.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

Norman Mailer, The Presidential Papers, New York: G. P. Putnam’s Sons, 1963.

The New York Times with Jacques Lowe (photographer), The Kennedy Years, New York: Viking Press, 1964.

Mark Shaw, The John F. Kennedys: A Family Album, New York: Farrar, Straus & Co., 1964.

Arthur Schlesinger, A Thousand Days: John F. Kennedy in the White House, Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1965.

Paul B. Fay Jr., The Pleasure of His Company, Harper & Row, 1966.

William Manchester, Portrait of a President: John F. Kennedy in Profile, Boston: Little Brown & Co., revised edition, January 1967 (first serialized in Holiday magazine, 1962).

William Manchester, The Death of a President: November 1963, New York: Harper & Row, 1967.

Lawrence H. Fuchs, John F. Kennedy and American Catholicism, Meredith Press, 1967.

Kenneth O’Donnell, David Powers, & Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown, 1970.

Peter Schwab; J. Lee Shneidman, John F. Kennedy, Twayne Publishers, 1974.

Benjamin C. Bradlee, Conversations with Kennedy, Norton, 1975.

Sidney Kraus, The Great Debates: Kennedy vs. Nixon, 1960, Indiana University Press, 1977.

Harris Wofford, Of Kennedys and Kings: Making Sense of the Sixties, New York: Farrar, Straus, Giroux, 1980.

William Manchester, One Brief Shining Moment: Remembering Kennedy, Boston: Little Brown & Co., November 1983.

Theodore Sorensen, Let The Word Go Forth: The Speeches, Statements, and Writings of John F. Kennedy, Delacorte Press, October 1988.

Jacques Lowe & Wilfrid Sheed, The Kennedy Legacy: A Generation Later, New York: Viking, 1988.

Paul Harper; Joann P. Krieg, John F. Kennedy: The Promise Revisited, Greenwood Press, 1988

Robert E. Gilbert, The Mortal Presidency: Illness and Anguish in the White House, Basic Books, 1992.

Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power, New York: Simon & Schuster, October 1993.

Noam Chomsky, Rethinking Camelot: JFK, the Vietnam War, and U.S. Political Culture, South End Press, 1993.

George N. Dionisopoulos; Steven R. Goldzwig, In a Perilous Hour: The Public Address of John F. Kennedy, Greenwood Press, 1995.

Seymour Hersh, The Dark Side of Camelot, Little Brown & Co., 1997.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Meena Bose, Shaping and Signaling Presidential Policy: The National Security Decision Making of Eisenhower and Kennedy, Texas A&M University Press, 1998.

See also at this website: “JFK’s 1960 Campaign, Primaries & Fall Election,” PopHistoryDig.com, July 20, 2014 (detailed profile w/city-by-city itinerary & extensive photos of JFK’s 1960 presidential campaign).


_______________________________________________





“Civil Rights Stories”
1930s-2010s

Baseball & Race

“A Season of Hurt”

Aaron Chasing Ruth

How Henry Aaron rose
above racial bigotry to
become one of baseball’s best.

Civil Rights History

“Buses Are A’ Comin’”

Freedom Riders: 1961

In 1961, extraordinary
courage stepped up
to racial bigotry.

TV & Civil Rights

“When Harry Met Petula”

April 1968

Pet Clark & Harry Belafonte
made civil rights history
challenging a Chrysler v. p.

Music & Civil Rights

“Strange Fruit”

1939

Billie Holiday’s haunting
song of protest had tough
road to recording & airplay.

Race & Highways

“Highway Wars”

1950s-1970s

Includes history on
Interstate Highways &
black communities.

Film, Music, Sculpture

Glory & The 54th”

Civil War History

Story on 1989 film &
its music also covers
black soldier monuments.

Sports & Civil Rights

“Reese & Robbie”

1945-2005

Brooklyn baseball memorial
commemorates a kind
moment amid racial bigotry.

Politics & Music

“I’m A Dole Man”

1996

How a campaign song
also raised some
civil rights history.

Race & Politics

“The Jack Pack”

1958-1960

Rat Pack’s Sammy Davis Jr.
helped JFK campaign,
but was booed at DNC.

Art & Civil Rights

“Rockwell & Race”

1963-1968

Norman Rockwell’s art
probed civil rights issues
at Look magazine & beyond.

Music & Civil Rights

“Motown’s Heat Wave”

1963-1966

Some of Motown’s songs
also took on civil
rights expression.

Music & Civil Rights

“U2’s MLK Songs”

1984

Bono & U2 commemorate
Martin Luther King’s
non-violent perseverance.

Video: Civil Rights Song

Dylan: “Only A Pawn…”

1963

Bob Dylan performs
‘Medgar Evers’ song at
Newport Folk Festival.

Music & Civil Rights

“Only A Pawn in
Their Game”

Story on Bob Dylan
in Mississippi & his
’60s civil rights music.

Annals of Music

“1960s Girl Groups”

1958-1966

African American talent
dominated pop music
sound of the early 1960s.

Politics & Celebrity

“Barack & Bruce”

2008-2012

Jay-Z & Morgan Freeman
also among celebrities
helping re-elect the President.

Political History

“1968 Presidential Race”

Democrats

Political tumult includes
tragic MLK & RFK killings
of April & June 1968.

Urban Politics

“RFK in Brooklyn”

1966-1972

Robert F. Kennedy gave
hope to urban poor of
Bedford-Stuyvesant.

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You


Date Posted: 23 August 2013
Last Update: 15 January 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Civil Rights Stories: 1930s-2010s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 23, 2013.

____________________________________




“JFK’s Early Campaign”
1958

March 1958: Senator John F. Kennedy and wife, Jacqueline, campaigning for his Senate re-election in Boston’s St. Patrick’s Day Parade. He won his Senate race with more than 73% of the vote, boosting his presidential profile for 1960.
March 1958: Senator John F. Kennedy and wife, Jacqueline, campaigning for his Senate re-election in Boston’s St. Patrick’s Day Parade. He won his Senate race with more than 73% of the vote, boosting his presidential profile for 1960.
     In 1958, the second year of Senator John F. Kennedy’s “unofficial” campaign for his party’s presidential nomination, the junior senator from Massachusetts also faced a re-election campaign at home for his U.S. Senate seat.

Kennedy’s Senate race in Massachusetts, however, also figured into his presidential calculus, as he set out to win re-election by a wide margin, believing this would improve his visibility in the party and nationally.  Kennedy figured correctly, as he did receive increased attention after winning 73.6 percent of votes cast in that race, the largest popular margin ever received by a candidate in the state. A poll of Democratic chairmen in Massachusetts not long after the election put Kennedy at the top of their list for the 1960 presidential nomination.

So, even with his Senate re-election campaign, JFK was eyeing the bigger prize.  And throughout 1958, in addition to campaigning in Massachusetts, he also traveled extensively across the U.S., meeting with party officials, the media, and giving speeches.  It was all part of his presidential and Democratic Party ground game.

Feb 24, 1958: JFK at the Sunday Evening Forum in Tucson, Arizona where he was asked if a man his age could be president. Kennedy, 42 at the time, responded: "I don't know about a 42-year-old man, but I think a 43-year-old man can." Photo, Tucson Citizen.
Feb 24, 1958: JFK at the Sunday Evening Forum in Tucson, Arizona where he was asked if a man his age could be president. Kennedy, 42 at the time, responded: "I don't know about a 42-year-old man, but I think a 43-year-old man can." Photo, Tucson Citizen.

     His speeches and appearances ranged from his denunciation of “venal and irresponsible” labor lawyers in a Fordham Law School speech in February 1958 – then referring to lawyers he had observed during his time on the Senate Rackets Committee – to an appearance and speech at the Annual National Corn Picking Contest in Cedar Rapids, Iowa in October 1958 where he spoke about federal farm policy. 

During 1958, a few notable Democrats were beginning to endorse JFK for the 1960 presidential nomination – not least of whom was Gov. Abraham A. Ribicoff of Connecticut, who announced in mid-May 1958 at the Governors Conference in Miami his backing of Kennedy for president.

In June, Kennedy was on the cover of Newsweek, offered as a contender.  In July, Cabell Phillips of the New York Times, wrote that Senator John F. Kennedy – “the handsome, well-endowed young author-statesman from Massachusetts” – was the man “many Democrats regard as their surest bet in the campaign to ‘Stop Nixon in ’60’.”  By late September that year, a gathering at the Southern Governors Conference also indicated that Kennedy appeared to be the favorite Democratic presidential candidate.

Nov. 1958: JFK posing for portrait photo at the home of Peter and Patricia Lawford, Santa Monica, CA. Los Angeles Times photographer William S. Murphy took the photo for a story on JFK that appeared the next day.
Nov. 1958: JFK posing for portrait photo at the home of Peter and Patricia Lawford, Santa Monica, CA. Los Angeles Times photographer William S. Murphy took the photo for a story on JFK that appeared the next day.
     In 1958, Kennedy was also stumping for his party, boosting Democratic candidates across the U.S. for the mid-term elections that year.  On one trip he made into West Virginia to support local candidates, New York Times reporter James Reston, then traveling with Kennedy, noted that JFK was “quietly but diligently building support these days for the 1960 Democratic Presidential nomination.”  Kennedy was in the state, Reston reported, “helping the West Virginia Democrats’ candidates in the hope that they will in turn help him two years from now.”  Nor was this a “new adventure” for the senator, as Reston explained: “Ever since his strong bid for the Democratic Vice Presidential nomination in 1956, he has been methodically going from one state to another, meeting party leaders, speaking at party rallies and getting himself known.”

     Kennedy also made a trip to Alaska on November 11-12, 1958, then helping to boost Democratic candidates in a special November 25th election, as Alaska was then becoming a new state. Following his Alaska visit, Kennedy headed south to California for a brief rest and visit at his sister and brother-in-law’s home – Patricia and Peter Lawford – in Santa Monica.  Kennedy was also there to serve as godfather at the baptism of the Lawford’s third child, Victoria. While at the Lawfords, Kennedy did an interview with a Los Angeles Times reporter on November 13th.  It was the week following the 1958 mid-term elections, and Kennedy spoke about the election and the Democrats. During the interview, he was also asked about his candidacy for president in 1960, to which he replied: “It’s too early. The wheels spin around pretty fast.  A year from now I’ll have an answer to that one.  All I want to do now is thaw out. It was 4 below when I left Fairbanks Wednesday morning.”

1958: JFK & Jackie riding in car during campaign event & parade in Boston. Photo, Carl Mydans.
1958: JFK & Jackie riding in car during campaign event & parade in Boston. Photo, Carl Mydans.
     What follows below is an abbreviated listing of some of JFK’s travel and speaking itinerary for the year 1958, highlighted with a few photographs and a couple of magazine covers also from that year.  A number of his 1958 speeches are also listed below in “Sources, Links & Additional Information” at the bottom of this article. See also at this website, “JFK Early Campaign, 1957” and “The Jack Pack, 1958-1960.” 

Additional stories on JFK’s history and his 1960 campaign can be found at the “Kennedy History” topics page. Thanks for visiting – and please help support this website with a donation.  Thank you. — Jack Doyle


 

JFK Campaigning
Speeches, Dinners, Media, Democratic Party Activity, Etc,.
January-December 1958

 

1958: JFK campaigning in Massachusetts for re-election, with campaign aide handing out bumper stickers.
1958: JFK campaigning in Massachusetts for re-election, with campaign aide handing out bumper stickers.
Feb. 1958, NY: Laurence J. McGinley, president of Fordham University, presents Senator Kennedy with honorary degree at  Fordham Law Association luncheon.
Feb. 1958, NY: Laurence J. McGinley, president of Fordham University, presents Senator Kennedy with honorary degree at Fordham Law Association luncheon.
1958: Sen. Kennedy shaking hands with Massachusetts shipyard workers during his re-election campaign.
1958: Sen. Kennedy shaking hands with Massachusetts shipyard workers during his re-election campaign.
June 1958: Newsweek magazine put JFK on the cover of its June 23rd issue with taglines: “Jack Kennedy - Shadows of ’60" / “Out in Front? Out on a Limb?”
June 1958: Newsweek magazine put JFK on the cover of its June 23rd issue with taglines: “Jack Kennedy - Shadows of ’60" / “Out in Front? Out on a Limb?”
1958: Senator Kennedy visiting with former president Herbert Hoover in Washington, D.C.
1958: Senator Kennedy visiting with former president Herbert Hoover in Washington, D.C.
1958: Senator John F. Kennedy in New Bedford, MA during his 1958 senate re-election campaign.
1958: Senator John F. Kennedy in New Bedford, MA during his 1958 senate re-election campaign.
Nov. 24th, 1958, Time magazine, featuring seven "Democratic Hopefuls" in the early bidding for the 1960 presidential nomination: at top, Adlai Stevenson, former Illinois Governor and Democratic Presidential candidate (1952 and 1956); standing from left: Sen. Hubert H. Humphrey (MN), Sen. Stuart Symington (MO), Sen. Lyndon B. Johnson (TX); and seated, from left, New Jersey Gov. Robert Meyner, Sen. John F. Kennedy (MA) and then California Gov.-elect, Edmund "Pat" Brown.
Nov. 24th, 1958, Time magazine, featuring seven "Democratic Hopefuls" in the early bidding for the 1960 presidential nomination: at top, Adlai Stevenson, former Illinois Governor and Democratic Presidential candidate (1952 and 1956); standing from left: Sen. Hubert H. Humphrey (MN), Sen. Stuart Symington (MO), Sen. Lyndon B. Johnson (TX); and seated, from left, New Jersey Gov. Robert Meyner, Sen. John F. Kennedy (MA) and then California Gov.-elect, Edmund "Pat" Brown.
 
 
 

Jan-Feb 1958

Jan 12: Boston, MA, Knights of Columbus
Jan 16: NY, NY, Boy Scouts of America
Jan 20: Richmond, VA, Women’s Club
Feb 4: Latrobe, PA, St. Vincent College
Feb 7: Lynn, MA, Hotel Edison Spch
Feb 8: Maiden, MA, Torbert Macdonald
Feb 9: NY, NY, B’nai Zion Banquet
Feb 11: Philadelphia, PA, La Salle College
Feb 13: Wash., DC, John Carroll Society
Feb 15: NY, NY, Fordham Law Alumni
Feb 18: Baltimore, MD, Loyola College
Feb 20: Cleveland, OH, Book & Authors
Feb 22: Tucson, AZ, Democratic Dinner
Feb 23: Tucson, AZ, Democratic Forum
Feb 24: Denver, CO, Denver University
Feb 26: Wash., DC, Conf on Int’l Aid
Feb 27: Baltimore, MD, U.N. Assoc.

 

March 1958

Mar 1: Los Angeles, CA, FDR Dinner
Mar 2: Chicago, IL, Polish Daily News
Mar 6: Baltimore, MD, WBC Conf.
Mar 7: Bristol, VA, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Mar 8: Charlottesville, VA, Univ of VA
Mar 10: Boston, Harvard Bd of Overseers
Mar 12: Wash., DC, AFL-CIO Conference
Mar 13: Wash., DC, Women’s Dem Club
Mar 13: ABC-TV, Navy Log: PT 109
Mar 15: Wash., DC, Gridiron Club Dinner
Mar 16: Boston Univ /Newman Breakfast
Mar 16: Holyoke, MA, Holyoke Parade
Mar 16: Maiden, MA, John Volpe Co.
Mar 16: Everett, MA, Sons of St. Patrick
Mar 17: Boston, St. Patrick’s Day Parade
Mar 17: Lawrence, MA, St. Patrick’s Dance
Mar 19: Wash., DC, YMCA Dinner Spch
Mar 21: Boston, MA, Harvard Club Spch
Mar 22: Des Moines, IA, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Mar 23: Roxbury, MA, Freedom House
Mar 25: U.S. Senate, Development in India
Mar 29: Indianapolis, IN, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Mar 30: Boston, MA, Greek Celebration

 

April 1958

Apr 11: Bismarck, ND, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Apr 12: Huron, SD, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Apr 12: Dickinson, ND, T. Roosevelt Lect.
Apr 14: Concord, MA, Rotary Dinner
Apr 16: Jackson, MS, Econ Council Dinner
Apr 18: Pittsburgh, PA, World Affairs Frm
Apr 19: Boston, Sign magazine interview
Apr 19: Boston, Jefferson-Jackson Dinner
Apr 20: Mattapan, MA, Easter Banquet
Apr 21: Wash., DC, Better Schools Cncl
Apr 25: Minneapolis, MN, Hist Assoc Mtg
Apr 26: Minneapolis, Univ. of Minnesota
Apr 27: Eugene, OR, FDR Mem. Dinner
Apr 28: Portland, OR, Portland St. College
Apr 29: Wash., DC, Retail Workers
Apr 30: Wash., DC, Rockefeller Awards

 

May 1958

May 1: Haverhill, MA, Chamb of Commerce
May 3: W. Springfield, MA, Industry Spch
May 3: Wallingford, CT, Choate Alum Day
May 4: Fall River, MA, Daughters of Isabella
May 8: Senate spch, “Unemployment…”
May 10: Fitchburg, MA, JFK spch read
May 11: Wash., DC, “The State of Israel”
May 12: Boston, Harvard Bd of Overseers
May 13:Wilkes-Barre, PA, Chamb of Com.
May 14: Atlantic City, NJ, Clothing Workers
May 14: Boston, “The Diocese of Boston”
May 15: Lawrence, MA, “Unemployment”
May 15: Chestnut Hill, MA, Boston College
May 16: Madison, WI, Univ. of Wisconsin
May 17: Milwaukee, WI, Jeff-Jack Dinner
May 18: Eugene, OR, Jeff-Jack Day Dinner
May 19: Gov. Ribicoff (CT), Endorses JFK
May 30: Dorchester, MA, Memorial Day
May 31: New Hampshire, Jeff-Jack Dinner

 

June-July-August 1958

Jun 1: Boston, State of Israel Celebration
Jun 2: Wash., DC, Trinity College
Jun 4: Wash., DC, Freedman Hospital
Jun 7: Boston, N.E. College of Pharmacy
Jun 7: Manchester, NH, “Democratic Party”
Jun 8: Northampton, MA, Smith College
Jun 9: Quincy, IL, Quincy College
Jun 11: Morgantown, WV Jeff-Jack Dinner
Jun 14: Casper, WY, Democratic Dinner
Jun 15: Billings, MT, Democratic Dinner
Jun 20: Salem, MA, Homecoming/Salem
Jun 23:White Sulph Sprgs, Tobacco Assoc.
Jun 27: Harford, CT, State Dems Conv’tn
Aug 14: Senate Remarks, “Military Gap”
Aug 20: Boston, Am. Hellenic Educators

 

September 1958

Sep 10: Atlantic City, NJ, Bakery Workers
Sep 11: Miami Beach, U.S. Mayors Conf.
Sep 18: Atlantic City, NJ, Steelworkers
Sep 24: Gloucester, MA, Senate Campaign
Sep 24: Danvers, MA, Hunt Mem Hospital
Sep 24: Swampscott, MA, Lady Elks Spch
Sep 25: Newburyport, MA, Mtg w Reporters
Sep 25: Andover, MA, Tyre Rubber Co.
Sep 26: Burlington, VT, Rural Co-ops
Sep 27: Greenfield, MA, Greenfield H.S.
Sep 27: Northhampton, MA, City Hall
Sep 28: Pittsfield / North Adams, MA
Sep 28: Holyoke, MA, War Mem Bldg
Sep 29: Springfield, MA, Milton Bradley Co
Sep 29: Westfield, MA, H.B. Smith Co.
Sep 29: Agawan, MA, Shopping Center
Sep 29: W. Springfield, Pub Square Mtg
Sep 29: Chicopee, MA, United Fund Dinner

 

Oct-Nov-Dec 1958

Oct 2: Worcester, MA, Assumption College
Oct 3: Boston, Massachusetts, Realtors
Oct 4: Concord, NH, Ed for Pub Service
Oct 8: Dover, DE, Rally at State Capitol
Oct 10: Parkersburg, WV, for Mid-Terms
Oct 17: Cedar Rapids, IA, “Farm Policy”
Oct 21: WHYN-TV, Sen. Kennedy Story
Oct 24: Frank Sinatra endorses JFK
Oct 25: Boston, Samuel Gompers Mem.
Nov 5: JFK re-elected U.S. Senator
Nov 10: Juneau, AK, Alaska Dem Party
Nov 11: Alaska Tour / Democratic Party
Nov 12: Fairbanks, AK
Nov 13: Santa Monica, CA, R&R
Nov 14: Los Angeles Times story/profile
Nov 15: Puerto Rico, Democratic Dinner
Dec 16: St. Thomas, V.I., Dem. Party
Dec 19: Lou Harris hired as JFK pollster

_______________________________

Note:  The above listing of Sen. Kennedy’s travels and speeches in 1958 may not include all of his activities during that year, especially in Massachusetts where he had many multiple-town stops during his Senate re-election campaign. The full titles of a number of his major speeches are included below, in the second half of “Sources.” More photos also follow below.

________________________________

Date Posted: 21 August 2013
Last Update: 21 February 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “JFK’s Early Campaign: 1958,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 21, 2013.

________________________________


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

October 2, 1958: Senator John F. Kennedy speaking at Assumption College, Worcester, MA.
October 2, 1958: Senator John F. Kennedy speaking at Assumption College, Worcester, MA.
October 2, 1958: Senator  Kennedy unveiling a portrait of his brother at dedication of Lt. Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr. Memorial Science Hall, Assumption College.
October 2, 1958: Senator Kennedy unveiling a portrait of his brother at dedication of Lt. Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr. Memorial Science Hall, Assumption College.
March 15, 1958: Kennedy brothers, from left, Teddy, Jack and Bobby, at Gridiron Club in Washington, DC, where JFK delivered a speech.
March 15, 1958: Kennedy brothers, from left, Teddy, Jack and Bobby, at Gridiron Club in Washington, DC, where JFK delivered a speech.
March 1958: Jacqueline Kennedy and JFK during a reception at the University of Southern California.
March 1958: Jacqueline Kennedy and JFK during a reception at the University of Southern California.
March 1958: Senator Kennedy holding baby daughter, Caroline, with Jackie at his side, photographed in their Georgetown /Wash., DC home by Life magazine photo-grapher Ed Clark for magazine issue below.
March 1958: Senator Kennedy holding baby daughter, Caroline, with Jackie at his side, photographed in their Georgetown /Wash., DC home by Life magazine photo-grapher Ed Clark for magazine issue below.
The April 21st1958 edition of Life magazine featured the young Kennedy family on its cover, with the tagline, “Jacqueline, Caroline and Jack Kennedy.”
The April 21st1958 edition of Life magazine featured the young Kennedy family on its cover, with the tagline, “Jacqueline, Caroline and Jack Kennedy.”
June 2, 1958, Wash., DC: JFK at Trinity College greeting graduate Barbara Bailey and her father, John Bailey, who became a key operative & strategist in JFK’s 1960 victory. Barbara Bailey Kennelly later won a seat in the U.S. Congress (D-CT) and also ran for governor.
June 2, 1958, Wash., DC: JFK at Trinity College greeting graduate Barbara Bailey and her father, John Bailey, who became a key operative & strategist in JFK’s 1960 victory. Barbara Bailey Kennelly later won a seat in the U.S. Congress (D-CT) and also ran for governor.
1958: Senator Kennedy & Jackie greeting Boston police officer on Chelsea Street in East Boston during Columbus Day parade.
1958: Senator Kennedy & Jackie greeting Boston police officer on Chelsea Street in East Boston during Columbus Day parade.
Feb 11, 1958: Sen. Kennedy with La Salle College officials in Phila., PA, where he received an honorary degree and delivered a speech, “Careers in Politics.”
Feb 11, 1958: Sen. Kennedy with La Salle College officials in Phila., PA, where he received an honorary degree and delivered a speech, “Careers in Politics.”
March 1958: Jacqueline Kennedy with the three Kennedy brothers at University of Virginia in Charlottesville, VA,  where Teddy (left) was then a student, Bobby (right)  a law school graduate, and JFK (center), there to give a speech at the Law School’s first Law Day.
March 1958: Jacqueline Kennedy with the three Kennedy brothers at University of Virginia in Charlottesville, VA, where Teddy (left) was then a student, Bobby (right) a law school graduate, and JFK (center), there to give a speech at the Law School’s first Law Day.
October 26th, 1958: Senator Kennedy campaigning for re-election and visiting with textile workers at the Charlton Woolen Co. plant in Charlton, MA.
October 26th, 1958: Senator Kennedy campaigning for re-election and visiting with textile workers at the Charlton Woolen Co. plant in Charlton, MA.
Cover of “A Nation of Immigrants,” a book begun by JFK in 1958 when he was a U.S. Senator and published after his death in 1964. Click for copy.
Cover of “A Nation of Immigrants,” a book begun by JFK in 1958 when he was a U.S. Senator and published after his death in 1964. Click for copy.
Martin Sandler’s 2013 compilation of JFK’s letters range from those sent to Martin Luther King and Clare Booth Luce, to John Wayne and Nikita Khrushchev. Click for copy.
Martin Sandler’s 2013 compilation of JFK’s letters range from those sent to Martin Luther King and Clare Booth Luce, to John Wayne and Nikita Khrushchev. Click for copy.
Maureen Harrison & Steve Gilbert have complied 30 JFK speeches in their 2013 “Word For Word” book. Click for copy.
Maureen Harrison & Steve Gilbert have complied 30 JFK speeches in their 2013 “Word For Word” book. Click for copy.
Edward Claflin’s 1991 book, “JFK Wants to Know: Memos From the President's Office, 1961-1963,” includes a preface by JFK insider, Pierre Salinger. Click for copy.
Edward Claflin’s 1991 book, “JFK Wants to Know: Memos From the President's Office, 1961-1963,” includes a preface by JFK insider, Pierre Salinger. Click for copy.
John Newman’s book, “JFK and Vietnam.” Click for copy.
John Newman’s book, “JFK and Vietnam.” Click for copy.
Cover photo from John Logsdon’s 2010 book, “John F. Kennedy and The Race to the Moon.” Click for copy.
Cover photo from John Logsdon’s 2010 book, “John F. Kennedy and The Race to the Moon.” Click for copy.
Jeff Greenfield’s October 2013 book, “If Kennedy Lived,” poses a “what if” historical scenario. Click for copy.
Jeff Greenfield’s October 2013 book, “If Kennedy Lived,” poses a “what if” historical scenario. Click for copy.

John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, JFKlibrary.org, Boston, MA.

Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers with Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown & Co., 1970.

Jacques Lowe, Portrait: The Emergence of John F. Kennedy, New York: Bramhall House/McGraw-Hill, 1961.

The New York Times, with photographs by Jacques Lowe, The Kennedy Years, New York: Viking Press, 1964.

The John F. Kennedy 1960 Campaign, Part II: Speeches, Press Conferences & Debates (Speech Files, 1953-1960). A Collection From the Holdings of The John F. Kennedy Library, Boston, MA, Edited by Paul L. Kesaris; Associate Editor, Robert E. Lester; Guide compiled by Douglas D. Newman (a microfilm project of University Publications of America, Inc., Frederick, MD, 1986).

“1960 Election Chronology,” David Pietru- sza .com.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

David Pietrusza, 1960–LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press, 2008.

Daily JFK; The Life and Times of John F. Kennedy.

“Kennedy Lists Dangers; Fears Soviet Gains in Fields Other Than Missiles,” New York Times, January 21, 1958.

“Wider Coverage Asked; Kennedy to Seek Action on Minimum Wage Bill,” New York Times, January 26, 1958.

“Senator Kennedy Hits ‘Venal’ Lawyers Of Labor Field in a Speech at Fordham,” New York Times, February 16, 1958.

“Kennedy Denies Charge; Not Silent on McCarthy, He Replies to Mrs. Roosevelt,” New York Times, March 31, 1958.

A. H. Raskin, “Meany Gives Way on Racket Curbs; He and Kennedy, Dropping Dispute on Issue, Promise Laws Labor Can Accept,” New York Times, May 15, 1958

Richard J. H. Johnston, “Kennedy Decries Lack of Leaders; In Milwaukee, Senator Says U. S. Faces Great Crisis in Dealings With Allies” New York Times, May 18, 1958

“Ribicoff Gives Backing To Kennedy for 1960,” New York Times, Review of the Week, May 19, 1958.

Associated Press, “Kennedy Bill on Labor Gains; Senators Stiffen Three Curbs,”New York Times, June 4, 1958.

“Hope [i.e. Bob Hope, actor] and Kennedy Honored” [at Quincy College], New York Times, June 9, 1958.

Cabell Phillips, “How to Be a Presidential Candidate,” New York Times, July 13, 1958.

“Kennedy Speech Brings Threat Of Star Session; Uproar Marks Senate In Kennedy Speech Fight,” Washington Post/Times Herald, August 15, 1958, p. A-1.

C.R. Owens (Boston Globe), “Kennedy, With Eye on White House, Wages Vigorous Senate Campaign,” Washington Post/Times Herald, August 18, 1958, p. A-11.

James Reston, “Kennedy Looks to 1960; Quietly but Diligently, the Senator Seeks Backing for Presidential Bid,” New York Times, October 10, 1958.

Roscoe Drummond, “Can Kennedy Do It?,” Washington Post/Times Herald, October 15, 1958, p. A-15.

News story, Holyoke Daily Transcript and Telegram (MA), Wednesday, October 22, 1958, mentioning TV film, “U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy Story,” broadcast on WHYN-TV, Channel 40.

John H. Fenton, “Democrats Gain in New England; New Hampshire Only State Giving G.O.P. a Sweep — Kennedy’s Stature Up,” New York Times, November 6, 1958.

“Kennedy Going to Alaska,” New York Times, November 7, 1958.

Allen Drury, “Bolt by South Doubted; Kennedy Rejects Moves Now for ’60,” New York Times, November 10, 1958.

“Kennedy Leading ’60 Poll of Party; Symington Rated Second, Meyner Third in View of State Chairmen,” New York Times, November 16, 1958.

Kathleen Tracy, “Jacqueline Kennedy: A Political Asset,” NetPlaces.com.

“The Day JFK Visited DSU,” Dickinson State.edu.

“Senator John F. Kennedy, Alaskan Tour Papers, 1958,” Alaska State Library, Historical Collections. In November 1958, the Democratic Party held a speaking tour in Juneau, Anchorage, and Fairbanks to promote its candidates for Alaskan offices. The keynote speaker of this tour was John F. Kennedy, accompanied by former Governor Ernest Gruening of Alaska, E.L. Bartlett, and Governor William Egan.

“Connecticut’s Contribution to JFK’s 1960 Victory,” PaulDeAngelisBooks.com, Jan. 2, 2011.

“Archive Photos: Kennedy and Johnson in Tucson,”AzStarNet.com, July 27, 2012.

“John F. Kennedy – 1958 Campaigning for Senator in New Bedford, MA,” Whaling City.net.

 

JFK Speeches & Remarks: 1958

Address of Senator Kennedy, Pere Marquette Council of Knights of Columbus 60th Anniversary Banquet, Boston, Massachusetts, “Can We Compete With the Russians?,” January 12, 1958, 10pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Annual Boy Scouts of America Luncheon, New York, New York, “Foreign Policy,” January 16, 1958, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Women’s Club of Richmond, Virginia. “Can We Compete With the Russians?,” January 20, 1958, 17pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy upon Receipt of Honorary Degree from Saint Vincents College, Latrobe, Pennsylvania, “Careers in Politics,” February 4, 1958, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Testimonial Dinner Honoring Congressman Torbert H. MacDonald, Maiden, Massachusetts, “The Need for Political Leadership,” February 8, 1958.19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, B’nai Zion Golden Jubilee Banquet, New York, New York. “Israel: A Miracle of Progress,” February 9, 1958, 21 pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy upon Receipt of Honorary Degree from La Salle College, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, “Careers in Politics,” February 11, 1958, 12pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the John Carroll Society, Washington, D.C., “Foreign Policy,” February 13, 1958, 38pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Fordham Law Alumni Association Luncheon, New York, New York, “Labor Racketeering,” February 15, 1958, 34pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Loyola College Annual Alumni Banquet, Baltimore, Maryland, “Education in the U.S. and USSR,” February 18, 1958, 13pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Book and Authors Club Luncheon, Cleveland, Ohio, “Intellectuals and Politicians,” February 20, 1958, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Tucson, Arizona, “The Democratic Party; U.S. Economic Problems,” February 22, 1958, 29pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Social Science Foundation Lecture, Denver University, Denver, Colorado, “The Global Challenge We Face,” February 24,1958, 44pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Fifth National Conference on International Economic Aid and Social Development, Washington, D.C., “U.S. Policy Toward India,” February 26, 1958, 18pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, United Nations Association of Maryland Dinner, Baltimore, Maryland, “The United Nations,” February 27, 1958, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at FDR Memorial Dinner, Los Angeles, California. “The Democratic Party,” March 1, 1958, 12pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy upon Receipt of Man of the Year Award by the Polish Daily News, Chicago, Illinois, “U.S. Policy Toward Poland,” March 2, 1958, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, WBC Second Conference in Public Service Programming, Baltimore, Maryland, “The Challenge of Public Broadcasting,” March 6, 1958, 29pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Bristol, Virginia, “The Democratic Party,” March 7, 1958, 12pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AFL-CIO Unemployment Conference, Washington, D.C., “Unemployment Compensation,” March 12, 1958, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Women’s Democratic Club Luncheon, Washington, D.C., “The Democratic Party; Foreign Policy,” March 13, 1958, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy Before the Gridiron Club, Washington, D.C., “Leadership,” March 15, 1958, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, YMCA Annual Branch Dinner, Washington, D.C., “Juvenile Delinquency,” March 19, 1958, 11pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Harvard Club, Boston, Massachusetts, “Leadership,” March 21, 1958, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Des Moines, Iowa, “The Democratic Party; Federal Farm Policy,” March 22, 1958, 53pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Freedom House, Roxbury, Massachusetts, “Education in America; Freedom House,” March 23, 1958, 19pp.

Remarks in the United States Senate by Senator Kennedy, “The Choice in Asia-Democratic Development in India,” March 25, 1958, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Indianapolis, Indiana, “The Democratic Party; Federal Farm Policy,” March 29, 1958, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Bismarck, North Dakota, “The Democratic Party; Federal Farm Policy,” April 11, 1958, 26pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Huron, South Dakota, “The Democratic Party; George McGovern; Federal Farm Policy,” April 12, 1958, 36pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Theodore Roosevelt Centennial Lecture, Dickinson, North Dakota, “Theodore Roosevelt; Careers in Politics,” April 12, 1958, 24pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Mississippi Economic Council Dinner, Jackson, Mississippi, “Recession and Inflation,” April 16, 1958, 42pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Eighth Annual Pittsburgh World Affairs Forum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, “The Global Challenge We Face,” April 18, 1958, 25pp.

Senator John F. Kennedy, Introduction of Senator Mike Monroney, Boston, Massachusetts, April 19, 1958, 9pp.

Remarks of Senator Kennedy, North Atlantic Regional Meeting of the National Citizens Council for Better Schools, Washington, D.C., “The Role of the Federal Government in Public Education,” April 21-April 22, 1958, 36pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Mississippi Valley Historical Association Annual Meeting, Minneapolis, Minnesota, “The Role of Politicians in History,” April 25, 1958, 21pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Franklin Delano Roosevelt Memorial Dinner, Eugene, Oregon. “Franklin Delano Roosevelt,” April 27,1958, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Retail Workers, Washington, D.C., “Unemployment Compensation; Minimum Wage,” April 29, 1958, 7pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Rockefeller Public Service Awards, Washington, D.C., “Continued Career Training,” April 30, 1958, 3pp.

Remarks in the United States Senate by Senator Kennedy, “Unemployment Comp- ensation,” May 8, 1958, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy to Be Read by Congressman MacDonald, Fitchburgh, Massachusetts, “The Democratic Party,” May 10, 1958,10pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Greater Washington Observance of Israel’s Tenth Anniversary, Washington, D.C., “The State of Israel,” May 11, 1958, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Wilkes-Barre Chamber of Commerce, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, “Recession and Unemployment Compensation,” May 13, 1958, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America Convention, Atlantic City, New Jersey, “Labor Racketeering,” May 14, 1958, 30pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, 150th Anniversary of Archbishopric of Boston, Boston, Massachusetts, “The Diocese of Boston,” May 14, 1958, 60pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Luncheon, Lawrence, Massachusetts, “Unemployment Compensation,” May 15, 1958, 4pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Boston College Seminar, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts, “Air Travel Facilities in Boston,” May 15, 1958, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, “The Democratic Party; Liberalism,” May 17, 1958, 41pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Eugene, Oregon, “The Democratic Party; Liberalism,” May 18, 1958, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Trinity College Commencement, Washington, D.C., “Careers in Politics,” June 2, 1958, 27pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Association of Former Residents, Freedman Hospital, Howard University Banquet, Washington, D.C., “Medical Facilities and Research,” June 4,1958, 20pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Manchester, New Hampshire, “The Democratic Party,” June 7,1958, 46pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Smith College Commencement, Northampton, Massachu- setts, “Careers in Politics,” June 8, 1958, 29pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Morgantown, West Virginia, “The Democratic Party,” June 11, 1958, 43pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Casper, Wyoming, “The Democratic Party; Development of Water Power,” June 14,1958, 54pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Billings, Montana, “The Democratic Party; Federal Farm Policy,” June 15,1958, 52pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Salem Homecoming Celebration, Salem, Massa- chusetts, “History of Salem,” June 20, 1958, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Tobacco Association of the United States and Leaf Tobacco Association Joint Meeting, White Sulphur Springs, West Virginia, “Reciprocal Trade,” June 23, 1958, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Connecticut Democratic State Convention, Hartford, Connecticut, “The Democratic Party,” June 27, 1958, 27pp.

Remarks in the United States Senate by Senator Kennedy, “United States Military and Diplomatic Policies-Preparing for the Gap,” August 14, 1958, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, American Bakery and Confectionary Workers Inter- national Union, AFL-CIO Constitutional Convention, Atlantic City, New Jersey, “Labor Racketeering,” September 10, 1958, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, U.S. Mayors Conference Luncheon, Miami Beach, Florida, “Time for an Urban Magna Carta,” September 11, 1958, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, United Steelworkers of America Convention, Atlantic City, New Jersey, “Labor Racketeering,” September 18, 1958, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, National Rural Electric Cooperative Association, Region One Conference, Burlington, Vermont, “Rural Electrification,” September 26, 1958, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Dedication of Lt. Joseph P. Kennedy, Jr. Memorial Science Hall, Assumption College, Wor- cester, MA, October 2, 1958.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Massachusetts Real Estate Association Banquet, Boston, Massachusetts, “Housing and Real Estate Legislation,” October 3, 1958, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Annual National Corn Picking Contest, Cedar Rapids, Iowa. “Federal Farm Policy,” October 17, 1958, 12pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Massachusetts Federation of Labor Annual Samuel Gompers Memorial Dinner, Boston, Massachusetts, “Unemployment Compen- sation; Social Security; Labor Racketeer- ing,” October 25, 1958, 13pp.

Senator John F. Kennedy, Speeches, Alaska Tour, November 10, 1958-November 11, 1958, 27pp., Major Subjects: Water resource development; the Democratic Party.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic Dinner, Puerto Rico. “U.S.-Latin American Relations,” November 15, 1958, 31pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, St. Thomas, Virgin Islands, “The Democratic Party,” December 16, 1958, 21pp.
___________________________









“U2’s MLK Songs”
1984

CD cover for the 1984 U2 single, “Pride (In The Name of Love),” a song in tribute to Dr. Martin Luther King. Click for Amazon.
CD cover for the 1984 U2 single, “Pride (In The Name of Love),” a song in tribute to Dr. Martin Luther King. Click for Amazon.
Back cover of U2's “Pride” single, with photo of Dr. Martin Luther King, and on some versions, a quotation excerpted from King’s 1963 book, “The Strength to Love.”
Back cover of U2's “Pride” single, with photo of Dr. Martin Luther King, and on some versions, a quotation excerpted from King’s 1963 book, “The Strength to Love.”

In 1984, the Irish rock group U2 included two songs in homage to Martin Luther King on their album, The Unforgettable Fire.

The first song, “Pride (In the Name of Love),” is a song about Martin Luther King’s non-violent activism in the U.S. civil rights movement. This song was released as the album’s lead single in September 1984 and became a top hit and one of the group’s most popular songs.

The second song, “MLK,” which closes the album, is a brief lullaby; a pensive piece with simple lyrics.

U2 frontman Bono (Paul Hewson) and his bandmates came to the first of these songs in a somewhat round about way with some odd political beginnings.

The music and melody for the song came before the lyrics, as it was late 1983 when some of the music for the song had been worked up and recorded.  But the lyrics and the song’s subject matter were a different story.  Initially, the song was intended to focus on Ronald Reagan’s pride in America’s military power as a possible theme – as a critique, no doubt.  But Bono soon had another idea based on some reading he was doing at the time.

Bono was influenced by two books, a biography of Malcolm X, and another book – Let The Trumpet Sound: The Life of Martin Luther King, Jr., written by Stephen B. Oates.  These books appear to have set Bono thinking about the different approaches to achieving civil rights in the U.S. – the violent and the non-violent – each, respectively represented by their leaders, Malcolm X, calling for revolution, and MLK, advocating peaceful, nonviolent protest in the mold of Mahatma Gandhi.  Thus, a couple of the lines from the resulting song could be taken to reflect these contrasting approaches – “One man come here to justify/ One man to overthrow.”  But in any case, the general thrust of the song came to honor MLK’s peaceful approach – “in the name of love.”

“Pride (In the Name of Love)”
U2-1984

One man come in the name of love
One man come and go
One man come here to justify
One man to overthrow

In the name of love!
One man in the name of love
In the name of love!
What more? In the name of love!

One man caught on a barbed wire fence
One man he resists
One man washed on an empty beach
One man betrayed with a kiss

In the name of love!
What more in the name of love?
In the name of love!
What more? In the name of love!

…Nobody like you
…There’s nobody like you…

Mmm…mmm…mmm…

Early morning, April 4
Shot rings out in the Memphis sky
Free at last, they took your life
They could not take your pride

In the name of love!
What more in the name of love?
In the name of love!
What more in the name of love?
In the name of love!
What more in the name of love…

Still, not all of Bono’s bandmates thought that using Martin Luther King as a focus for the song would be a good idea – at least at first.  The Edge (David Howell Evans) would later recount of the song some years later:  “Because of the situation in our country [i.e., Ireland] non-violent struggle was such an inspiring concept.  Even so, when Bono told me he wanted to write about King at first I said, ‘Woah, that’s not what we’re about.’  Then he came in and sang the song and it felt right, it was great.  When that happens there’s no argument.  It just was.”
 

Music Player
“Pride (In The Name of Love)”

In the U.S., “Pride” became U2’s first top 40 hit, reaching No. 33.  In the U.K. it rose to No. 3 on the UK Singles Chart and also cracked the Top Ten in other European markets.  The song also hit No. 1 in New Zealand.  U2 at the time was continuing their commercial breakout, following the success of their 1983 album War,  their firt No. 1 U.K. album.

“Pride (In The Name of Love)” would become one of U2’s most popular songs through the years, often played at their many concerts around the world.  Clips from Martin Luther King speeches were often shown on video screens during the song’s airing at concert performances.

In the 1980s, Bono described “Pride” as “the most successful pop song we’ve ever written.  Pop for me is an easily understood thing, you listen to it and you comprehend it almost immediately.  You relate to it instinctively….”  Not all critics agreed, however.  Rolling Stone’s Kurt Loder for one wrote that “‘Pride’ gets over only on the strength of its resounding beat and big, droning bass line, not on the nobility of its lyrics, which are unremarkable.”  And a few others felt that “pride” was not quite the right word for King.  The song also contains one historical mistake setting King’s shooting as “early morning, April 4”, when it actually occurred after 6 pm.  Bono has acknowledged the error and in live performances he often replaces the lyric with “early evening…”.

CD cover for “The Unforgettable Fire Collection.” The 1980s photo shows U2 band members, from left: The Edge, Adam Clayton, Larry Mullen, Jr., and Bono. Click for 2CD-DVD set.
CD cover for “The Unforgettable Fire Collection.” The 1980s photo shows U2 band members, from left: The Edge, Adam Clayton, Larry Mullen, Jr., and Bono. Click for 2CD-DVD set.
     In later years, Bono would agree that the lyrics for this song weren’t the best, though at the time he and bandmates agreed to leave it as a simple sketch – as with the experimental nature of several other tracks on the  album, which were intended to be more impressionistic than literal.  Still, Bono’s earlier point about the instinctiveness of the song is generally correct; the lyrics effectively make the association with King and the power of the music drives home the underlying moral of the story.  Would that more rock artists ventured into social and moral messaging of this nature, however brief or tenuous the connection.

On the back cover of the “Pride” single shown at the top of this article is a photograph of Dr. King, which on some versions included a quotation from King’s 1963 book, The Strength to Love, printed below the photo as follows: “Hatred and bitterness can never cure the disease of fear; only love can do that.  Hatred paralyzes life; love releases it.  Hatred confuses life; love harmonizes it.  Hatred darkens life; love illuminates it.”  In January 2009, at the “We Are One” celebration of musicians and public speakers during the first inauguration of U.S. President Barack Obama in Washington, DC., U2 performed “Pride (In The Name of Love)” before some 400,000 people assembled near the Lincoln Memorial.  At the end of the performance Bono remarked to the audience that King’s dream was “not just an American dream” but also an Irish dream, a European dream, an African dream, and more, as he began his next song, “City of Blinding Lights.”

“MLK”
U2-1984

Sleep
Sleep tonight
And may your dreams
Be realized

If the thundercloud
Passes rain
So let it rain
Rain down on him

Mmm…mmm…mmm…
So let it be
Mmm…mmm…mmm…
So let it be

Sleep
Sleep tonight
And may your dreams
Be realized

If the thundercloud
Passes rain
So let it rain
Let it rain
Rain on him

MLK Song.  U2’s other song in tribute to Martin Luther King – titled “MLK” – is also on The Unforgettable Fire album.  It was written, some say, as an elegy to King.  The song has a dreamy, lullaby quality to it which seems to be suggesting, as if speaking to a generation of children and saying, “though the road ahead may have thunderclouds and rain, this too will pass, and your dreams can still be realized.  But sleep now, my child, sleep.”

Music Player
“MLK”-U2 (2:34)

The Unforgettable Fire album, meanwhile – which includes the two MLK songs – peaked at No.1 on both the U.K. and Australian album charts in 1984. (“The Unforgettable Fire” is a reference to the WWII nuclear bombing of Hiroshima, Japan during WWII and a victims’ exhibit of that name that U2 visited at the Chicago Peace Museum while on tour in 1983. However, the U2 song of that name, in its lyrics, does not make any plainly-stated or direct connection to the bombing or the victims, though the song is said to be “an atmospheric composition,” more abstract and impressionistic).

In the U.S., The Unforgettable Fire peaked at No.12 on the album charts and was certified multi-platinum by the RIAA with 3 million units sold. The album overall was something of a departure from what U2 had been doing and was also experimental in part as they were looking for something that was “a bit more serious, more arty,” as one description noted. The Edge, for one, had been drawn to the work of Brian Eno and his engineer Daniel Lanois, who produced the album.

King Center Award.  In January 2004, nearly twenty years after The Unforgettable Fire had first appeared, Bono and U2 would be recognized by Coretta Scott King and the King Center in Atlanta, Georgia for the MLK tribute songs in the album.  Bono traveled to Atlanta to receive the honor at the annual “Salute to Greatness” Awards Dinner and he also attended a number of related events there to honor what would have been Martin Luther King Jr.’s 75th birthday.

January 17, 2004: Bono of U2 with Coretta Scott King, widow of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., at news conference in Atlanta, GA, where Bono received a King Center award for U2's MLK tribute music. Photo /W.A. Harewood/AP.
January 17, 2004: Bono of U2 with Coretta Scott King, widow of Dr. Martin Luther King Jr., at news conference in Atlanta, GA, where Bono received a King Center award for U2's MLK tribute music. Photo /W.A. Harewood/AP.
     Prior to receiving the award, Bono explained that growing up as a teenager in Ireland, when violence had escalated in northern Ireland, the warring factions needed a voice of reason like Martin Luther King.

“We despaired for the lack of vision of the kind Dr. King gave to people in the [American] South,” Bono explained, accepting the award from King’s widow, Coretta Scott King.  A year earlier, Bono had been nominated for the Nobel Peace Prize for his work to relieve third world debt and promote AIDS awareness.

At the King Center, Coretta Scott King said in making the award: “We are fortunate this year to … honor Bono for exemplifying many of the qualities that my husband, Martin, indicated were imperative to moving our society into the beloved community of which he so often spoke.”

Other stories at this website with civil rights-related content can be found at “Civil Rights Stories,” a topics page with links to 14 stories, such as “Strange Fruit” (Billie Holiday history) and “Reese & Robbie” (Jackie Robinson & Pee Wee Reese). See also “Buses Are A’ Comin’,” a detailed story about the 1961 Freedom Riders. Another story on U2 at this website profiles the history of their 1992 song, “One,” and U2 and Bono are also included in the “iPod Silhouettes” story.  Additional stories are found at the “Annals of Music” page or on the Home Page.  Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 16 August 2013
Last Update: 15 January 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “U2’s MLK Songs: 1984,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 16, 2013.

____________________________________
 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Paperback edition of Stephen B. Oates’ 1982 biography of Martin Luther King, “Let The Trumpet Sound,” one of the books Bono read during the making of the U-2 song, “Pride (In the Name of Love).” Click for copy.
Paperback edition of Stephen B. Oates’ 1982 biography of Martin Luther King, “Let The Trumpet Sound,” one of the books Bono read during the making of the U-2 song, “Pride (In the Name of Love).” Click for copy.
Cover art for album, “U2: The Best of 1980-1990.” Click for CD.
Cover art for album, “U2: The Best of 1980-1990.” Click for CD.

“U2,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp.1022-1024.

U2 Website

Neil McCormick, U2 by U2, London: HarperCollins, 2006, 352pp.

Bill Graham and Caroline van Oosten de Boer, Complete Guide to the Music of U2, Omnibus Press, 2nd edition , August 2004, 92pp.

“Pride (In the Name of Love),” Wikipedia .org.

“Pride (In The Name Of Love) by U2,” Song Facts.com.

“U2,” Wikipedia.org.

Geoffrey Himes “Ireland’s U2, Rocking the Conscience,” Washington Post, December 5, 1984, p. C-1.

Stephen Holden, “Rock: The Irish Quartet U2 at Radio City Music Hall,” New York Times, December 6, 1984.

Robert Palmer, “U2 Starts National Tour on a Political Note,” New York Times, April 4, 1987.

Robert Hilburn, “Pop Music: U2’s Pride (In the Name of Songs) : Achtung, Babies: Bono and Edge Evaluate One Critic’s Choices for the Group’s 10 Best Recordings, from ‘I Will Follow’ to ‘One’,” Los Angles Times, Septem- ber 12, 1993.

Stephen M. Silverman, “Bono Likened to Martin Luther King,” People.com, January 20, 2004.

Associated Press, “Bono Accepts King Center’s High Honor,” Houston Chronicle, January 19, 2004.

Jillian Mapes, “10 Songs Honoring Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr.” Billboard, January 13, 2013.

“Irish Rock Star, Rare With Attitude – Bono Wins King Center Award,” Global Com- munity Counseling.

The Martin Luther King, Jr. Center for Nonviolent Social Change, Atlanta, Georgia, Website.

_____________________________

 

 

 

“JFK’s Early Campaign”
1957

1956 campaign button – part of the hastily-assembled material used to boost JFK for the VP slot at the DNC.
1956 campaign button – part of the hastily-assembled material used to boost JFK for the VP slot at the DNC.
     When Jack Kennedy set out to run for President of the United States, he decided to begin early and run hard.  Kennedy had been surprised by nearly winning the 1956 Democratic nomination for Vice President at the party’s national convention in Chicago.  Adlai Stevenson, the Democrats’ presidential nominee that year, had thrown open the VP selection to the full convention, and JFK and Senator Estes Kefauver became the principal contestants. The ensuing race proved to be very close, providing Americans with some  dramatic television that summer. 

     Kennedy, who earlier in 1956 published the book, Profiles in Courage, led in the balloting at one point.  But with some arm-twisting and delegate switching, Kefauver prevailed after two rounds of roll-call voting.  Yet Kennedy would later remark to his inner circle, that if he came that close to the VP nomination after only “four hours of work and a handful of supporters,” a more concerted effort over the next several years might well give him the big prize: the presidential nomination and a shot at the White House.  And so he began in 1957 – well in advance of the 1960 Democratic National Convention – making targeted visits and traveling the U.S., all with the aim of building his candidacy from that point on through the fall 1960 presidential election campaign.

Aug. 29, 1957: Senator John F. Kennedy, far left, with other fellow senators, from left: George Smathers (D-FL), Hubert H. Humphrey (D-MN) and William Proxmire (D-WI), all listening to Majority Leader, Lyndon B. Johnson (D-TX).
Aug. 29, 1957: Senator John F. Kennedy, far left, with other fellow senators, from left: George Smathers (D-FL), Hubert H. Humphrey (D-MN) and William Proxmire (D-WI), all listening to Majority Leader, Lyndon B. Johnson (D-TX).
     Kennedy in 1957 was a junior U.S. Senator nearing the end of his first six-year term, also mounting a senate re-election campaign in Massachusetts.  But even then, JFK was more than just a U.S. Senator and had begun vying for leadership within his party. 

In 1957 he would win a seat on the prestigious Senate Foreign Relations Committee and also join the Senate Rackets Committee then investigating organized crime and labor — the same committee where his younger brother Bobby was serving as committee counsel. 

In early May 1957, JFK would win the Pulitzer Prize for his book Profiles in Courage.  Meanwhile, the media had already discovered the young handsome senator, who would grace the covers of a few magazines that year as well.

1956: JFK shown in publicity photo for his book, “Profiles in Courage,” which helped him gain notice. Click for book.
1956: JFK shown in publicity photo for his book, “Profiles in Courage,” which helped him gain notice. Click for book.
     The year 1957 had its share of notable events.  In late September, President Eisenhower had to send federal troops to Little Rock, Arkansas to enforce court-ordered desegregation of public schools and to keep the peace.  In October, the first earth-orbiting satellite was sent into space, Sputnik, launched by the Russians. 

Among movies that year, Peyton Place and Twelve Angry Men were popular; in literature, Jack Kerouac’s On The Road was a bestseller; on Broadway, West Side Story was playing; and on television, Leave it To Beaver made its premiere.  In the 1957 World Series, the Milwaukee Braves beat the New York Yankees in a seven-game series.

1957: RFK & JFK during Senate Racketts hearings, then  investigating crime infiltration of labor unions.
1957: RFK & JFK during Senate Racketts hearings, then investigating crime infiltration of labor unions.

     Senator Kennedy that year received more than 2,500 speaking invitations from across the nation, and he would accept more than 140 of them.  Still, out in the country, Kennedy was not well known, and in those early campaign days – referred to by his inner circle as the “undercover presidential campaign” – there would often be small turnouts and empty seats in the local venues where he appeared.  But Kennedy was also doing the important spade work of political organizing on these trips; getting to know which local politicians and organizers were the most effective and who could help him win the nomination and beyond.  What follows below is an abbreviated listing of some of JFK’s travel and speaking itinerary for the year 1957, highlighted with a few photographs and magazine covers also from that year. A number of his speeches from 1957 are also listed below this article in “Sources.” Additional stories on JFK’s road to the White House, 1958-through-1960, can be found at the “Kennedy History” page. See also at this website, “The Jack Pack, 1958-1960.”, about the support of, and JFK’s cavorting with, Frank Sinatra’s “Rat Pack.” Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

 

JFK’s Early Campaign
Speeches, Dinners, Media, Democratic Party Activity, Etc,.
January-December 1957

 

January 1957: JFK with University of Illinois officials in Champaign where he gave a commencement address.
January 1957: JFK with University of Illinois officials in Champaign where he gave a commencement address.
March 11, 1957: JFK on the cover of Life magazine, and author of, “Where Democrats Should Go From Here.”
March 11, 1957: JFK on the cover of Life magazine, and author of, “Where Democrats Should Go From Here.”
May 31, 1957: JFK at the University of South Carolina with university president Donald Russell.
May 31, 1957: JFK at the University of South Carolina with university president Donald Russell.
June 3, 1957: Sen. Kennedy delivering commencement address at Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY.
June 3, 1957: Sen. Kennedy delivering commencement address at Syracuse University, Syracuse, NY.
Nov. 1957: Nevada state Senator E. L. Cord shaking hands with JFK during a Young Democrats tour in Reno, NV. On the left is U.S. Senator Alan Bible (D-NV).
Nov. 1957: Nevada state Senator E. L. Cord shaking hands with JFK during a Young Democrats tour in Reno, NV. On the left is U.S. Senator Alan Bible (D-NV).

Jan-Feb 1957

Jan 12: New York, NY, Irish Institute
Jan 16: NY, NY, Armed Forces Mgmt Assoc
Jan 27: Champaign, IL, University of Illinois
Feb 4: Wash., DC, Herbert Hoover Dinner
Feb 7: Albany, GA, Chamber of Commerce
Feb 12: ABC-TV: “Omnibus: Call it Courage”
Feb 19: Atlantic City, NJ, Nat’l School Board
Feb 22: So. Bend, IN, Univ. of Notre Dame
Feb 23: Springfield, MO, Jackson Day
Feb 24: Cleve., OH, Cnf Christians & Jews

 

Mar-Apr 1957

Mar 11: JFK on cover of Life magazine
Mar 17: Baltimore, MD, St. Patrick’s Dinner
Mar 21: Birmingham, AL, Municipalities
Mar 23: NY, NY Tribune/H School Forum
Mar 29: Albuquerque, NM, Dem. Dinner
Apr 4: Lynchburg, VA, Democratic Dinner
Apr 10: Wash.,DC, Machine Products Assn.
Apr 14: NYTimes magazine article by JFK
Apr 29: Wash., DC, Notre Dame Night
Apr 29: Wash., DC, Nat’l Chamber of Com

 

May-June-July 1957

May 1: Wash., DC, U.S. Senate Portraits
May 3: Wash., DC, Assoc. Harvard Clubs
May 6: NY, NY, Overseas Press Club Spch.
May 7: Pulitzer Prize, Profiles in Courage
May 9: Wilm., DE, Jeff-Jack Day Dinner
May 11: Boston, MA, Democratic Club Mtg
May 17: Omaha, NE, Jeff-Jack Day Dinner
May 18: Lincoln, University of Nebraska
May 21: Boston, New England Publishers
May 23: Chicago, IL, Cook County Dems
May 31: Columbia, SC, Univ. of So. Carolina
Jun 3: Syracuse, NY, Syracuse University
Jun 7: Hot Springs, AR, Arkansas Bar Assoc.
Jun 10: Atlanta, GA, S.E. Peanut Assoc.
Jun 10: ” “, Univ. of GA Commencement
Jun 13: Detroit, Relief for Poland Dinner
Jun 15: Plymouth, MA, Mass. Bar Assoc.
Jun 15: Rockland, ME, Jeff-Jackson Dinner
July 1: ABC-TV’s “Press Conference” Show
July 2: U.S. Senate Spch, France & Algeria

 

Aug-Sept-Oct 1957

Aug 22: Madison, WI, Wis. Dem Dinner
Sept 1: Milton, MA, Milton Seminary
Sept 11: NY, NY, U.S. Conf. of Mayors
Sept 19: New Rochelle, NY, Iona College
Sept 19: Albany, NY, State Dem Dinner
Oct 8: Fredericton, New Brunswick Univ.
Oct 9: Chicago, Economic Club Dinner
Oct 9: Swampscott, MA, Teachers’ Convn
Oct 10: Baltimore, MD, Teachers’ Convn
Oct 10: Great Barrington, MA, Town Clerks
Oct 13: New Bedford, MA, United Givers
Oct 14: Boston, Nat’l Assoc Ag Agents
Oct 15: Chicago, Inland Daily Press Assoc
Oct 17: Jackson, MS, Young Democrats
Oct 18: Gainesville, FL, Univ. of Florida
Oct 19: Gainesville, U of FL/Phi Alpha Delta
Oct 23: NY, NY, Hungarian Fighters
Oct 23: ABC-TV(drama), Navy Log: PT 109
Oct 24: Boston, Assoc Industries of MA
Oct 27: NY, NY, Yeshiva University
Oct 30: Easton, PA, Democratic Dinner
Oct 31: Wash., DC, AFL-CIO /Indust. Dept.

 

Nov-Dec 1957

Nov 1: Philadelphia, PA, University of PA
Nov 6: Topeka, KS, Kansas Dem Club
Nov 7: Oklahoma City, Jeff-Jack Dinner
Nov 7: Oklahoma, “Farm Policy”
Nov 7: Lawrence, KS, University of KS
Nov 8: Reno, NV, Young Dem Clubs
Nov 17: NY, NY, Am. Jewish Congress
Nov 18: Daytona Bch, FL, Municipalities
Nov 19: NY, NY, Temple Emmanuel
Nov 24: NBC-TV: “Look Here”
Nov 27: Birth of Caroline Kennedy
Nov 28: Dallas, TX, Texas Teachers
Dec 2: JFK on cover of Time magazine
Dec 3: Chicago, Conf of Christians & Jews
_____________________________


Note:  The above listing of Sen. Kennedy’s travels
and speeches in 1957 may not include all of his

activities during that year.  The full titles of his
speeches are included below,  in the second half
of  “Sources.”  More photos also follow below.


________________________________

Date Posted: 7 August 2013
Last Update: 15 May 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “JFK’s Early Campaign: 1957,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 7, 2013.

________________________________


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

December  2, 1957: Sen. John F. Kennedy appears on the cover of Time magazine with a feature story titled, “Democrat’s Man Out Front.”
December 2, 1957: Sen. John F. Kennedy appears on the cover of Time magazine with a feature story titled, “Democrat’s Man Out Front.”
February 22, 1957: Sen. Kennedy being honored with the 1957 Patriotism Award, Notre Dame University, South Bend, Indiana.  Photo, Notre Dame archives.
February 22, 1957: Sen. Kennedy being honored with the 1957 Patriotism Award, Notre Dame University, South Bend, Indiana. Photo, Notre Dame archives.
Oct 1957: JFK receiving honorary degree from Lord Beaverbrook at University of New Brunswick in Canada, where JFK gave speech, "Good Fences Make Good Neighbors" at the fall convocation.
Oct 1957: JFK receiving honorary degree from Lord Beaverbrook at University of New Brunswick in Canada, where JFK gave speech, "Good Fences Make Good Neighbors" at the fall convocation.
Nov 7, 1957: Sen. Kennedy visits with Kansas University students while in Lawrence, KS to give the 1957 convocation speech.  Journal-World file photo.
Nov 7, 1957: Sen. Kennedy visits with Kansas University students while in Lawrence, KS to give the 1957 convocation speech. Journal-World file photo.
1957: Robert F. Kennedy (center left) and Senator John F. Kennedy (center right) during the McClellan Rackets hearings, U.S. Senate, Washington, D.C.
1957: Robert F. Kennedy (center left) and Senator John F. Kennedy (center right) during the McClellan Rackets hearings, U.S. Senate, Washington, D.C.
1957: Robert F. Kennedy and Senator John F. Kennedy during McClellan Rackets hearings, Washington, D.C.
1957: Robert F. Kennedy and Senator John F. Kennedy during McClellan Rackets hearings, Washington, D.C.
1957: Robert and John F. Kennedy (center) questioning witness at Senate Rackets Committee hearings.
1957: Robert and John F. Kennedy (center) questioning witness at Senate Rackets Committee hearings.
“Navy Log,” a TV series of the 1950s, included a show broadcast 23 Oct 1957 –  “PT 109" –  a dramatization of a WWII  incident, in which Naval Lieutenant Commander  John F. Kennedy helped save crew members after their PT 109 boat was struck by a Japanese destroyer.  Show was rerun, March 13,1958.
“Navy Log,” a TV series of the 1950s, included a show broadcast 23 Oct 1957 – “PT 109" – a dramatization of a WWII incident, in which Naval Lieutenant Commander John F. Kennedy helped save crew members after their PT 109 boat was struck by a Japanese destroyer. Show was rerun, March 13,1958.
JFK visiting with two of Boston’s finest while campaigning in Massachusetts sometime in 1957.
JFK visiting with two of Boston’s finest while campaigning in Massachusetts sometime in 1957.
June 1957: JFK and wife Jacqueline at family gathering at Hickory Hill house in McLean, VA, home of RFK.
June 1957: JFK and wife Jacqueline at family gathering at Hickory Hill house in McLean, VA, home of RFK.
July 1957: Jack and Jackie (then pregnant) at Tiffany benefit ball at Marble House in Newport, RI.  JFK is greeting socialite Mrs. John Drexel III.  Photo, Life / Ralph Morse.
July 1957: Jack and Jackie (then pregnant) at Tiffany benefit ball at Marble House in Newport, RI. JFK is greeting socialite Mrs. John Drexel III. Photo, Life / Ralph Morse.
November 27, 1957: JFK and Jacqueline at the christening of their daughter, Caroline, with then Archbishop Richard Cushing of Boston.
November 27, 1957: JFK and Jacqueline at the christening of their daughter, Caroline, with then Archbishop Richard Cushing of Boston.
Cover of hardback edition, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye,” written by two of JFK’s closest aides, Kenny O’Donnell and Dave Powers, and published in 1970. Click for copy.
Cover of hardback edition, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye,” written by two of JFK’s closest aides, Kenny O’Donnell and Dave Powers, and published in 1970. Click for copy.
Back cover of “Johnny We Hardly Knew Ye,” showing JFK at an airport with his close aides, Dave Powers (center) and Kenny O’Donnell (right), who traveled with JFK across the U.S. during his earliest campaigning. Click for 2018 paperback.
Back cover of “Johnny We Hardly Knew Ye,” showing JFK at an airport with his close aides, Dave Powers (center) and Kenny O’Donnell (right), who traveled with JFK across the U.S. during his earliest campaigning. Click for 2018 paperback.
Photographer Jacques Lowe’s 1961 book on JFK includes history of  JFK’s early campaigning. Click for copy.
Photographer Jacques Lowe’s 1961 book on JFK includes history of JFK’s early campaigning. Click for copy.
First edition of Theodore White’s classic campaign book on the 1960 presidential election. Click for paperback.
First edition of Theodore White’s classic campaign book on the 1960 presidential election. Click for paperback.
Robert Dallek’s 2003 book on John F. Kennedy, “An Unfinished Life” (hardback edition ). Click for book.
Robert Dallek’s 2003 book on John F. Kennedy, “An Unfinished Life” (hardback edition ). Click for book.
Chris Matthews’ 2011 book, “Jack Kennedy: Elusive Hero.” Click for copy.
Chris Matthews’ 2011 book, “Jack Kennedy: Elusive Hero.” Click for copy.
1965 hardback edition of “A Thousand Days,” Arthur Schlesinger’s monumental, Pulitzer Prize -winning history of JFK’s time as President. Click for edition choices.
1965 hardback edition of “A Thousand Days,” Arthur Schlesinger’s monumental, Pulitzer Prize -winning history of JFK’s time as President. Click for edition choices.
2003 book, “Remembering Jack,” featuring some 600 photos of JFK and the Kennedy family by the late photographer, Jacques Lowe. Click for copy.
2003 book, “Remembering Jack,” featuring some 600 photos of JFK and the Kennedy family by the late photographer, Jacques Lowe. Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2020 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956,” Random House. Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2020 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956,” Random House. Click for copy.

John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum, JFKlibrary.org, Boston, MA.

Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers with Joe McCarthy, Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye, Boston: Little Brown & Co., 1970.

Jacques Lowe, Portrait: The Emergence of John F. Kennedy, New York: Bramhall House/McGraw-Hill, 1961.

The New York Times, with photographs by Jacques Lowe, The Kennedy Years, New York: Viking Press, 1964.

The John F. Kennedy 1960 Campaign, Part II: Speeches, Press Conferences & Debates (Speech Files, 1953-1960). A Collection From the Holdings of The John F. Kennedy Library, Boston, MA, Edited by Paul L. Kesaris; Associate Editor, Robert E. Lester; Guide compiled by Douglas D. Newman (a microfilm project of University Publications of America, Inc., Frederick, MD, 1986).

“1960 Election Chronology,” DavidPietrus- za.com.

Theodore H. White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1962.

David Pietrusza, 1960–LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press, 2008.

W. H. Lawrence, “…Kefauver Is Nominated for Vice President, Defeating Kennedy on the Second Ballot; Tennessean Wins after Close Race…,” New York Times, August 18, 1956.

C. P. Trussell, “Kennedy Gets Post Sought by Kefauver; High Senate Spot Goes to Kennedy Other Assignments Listed,” New York Times, January 9, 1957

“Mideast Plan Scouted; Senator Kennedy Warns Policy Is Not Cure-All for Area,” New York Times, January 17, 1957.

Joseph A. Loftus, “Senators Agreed on Rackets Panel; Tentative Plan Puts 4 From Each Party on Special Labor Inquiry Group,” New York Times, January 26, 1957.

“Politics: Our Most Neglected Profession,” John F. Kennedy, January 27, 1957, Record Series # 39/1/5, University of Illinois Archives.

Benjamin Fine, “School Officials Urge Integration; Administrators’ Convention Adopts Strong Resolution Against Segregation; Local Action Is Asked; U. S. Building Aid Favored; Kennedy Sees Backing by Congress This Year; Federal Aid Urged,” New York Times, February 21, 1957.

John D. Morris, “7 Democrats Aid G.O.P. on Mideast; Kennedy Leads Senate Fight for Eisenhower Doctrine Without Any Revisions; Vote on Tuesday Likely…,” New York Times, March 2, 1957.

“Kennedy Warns His Party on ’60; Democrat Says ‘New Ideas’ Would Be Needed to Beat Nixon for Presidency,” New York Times, The Week In Review, March 7, 1957.

“Nixon Hails Kennedy; Praises Speech Supporting the President on Mideast,” New York Times, March 11, 1957.

John F. Kennedy, “Search For the Five Greatest Senators; a Senator Describes the Problems in Choosing the Best Men from the Senate’s 168 Years.” The New York Times Magazine, April 14, 1957.

Bill Becker, “Kennedy Favors Aid to Satellites; Urges Formulation of New U.S. Policy at Overseas Press Club Dinner,” New York Times, May 7, 1957.

“Kennedy Aids Negroes; Senator Presents $500 Pulitzer Check to College Fund,” New York Times, May 12, 1957.

Donald Janson, (Omaha, NE), “Senator Kennedy Urges ‘Bold’ U.S. Move To Grant Poland $200,000,000 in Aid.,” New York Times, May 18, 1957.

Bob Ackerman, “Kennedy Urges Graduates to Enter Politics; Says US Needs Talents,” The State  (Columbia, South Carolina), June 1, 1957.

United Press (Hot Springs, Arkansas), “Kennedy Disclaims Bid; Won’t Seek Presidency in ’60 –Suggests McClellan,” The New York Times Book Review, June 8, 1957.

“Convention to Be TV Show Audience” (JFK interviewed by ABC’s Martha Rountree on “Press Conference” show), New York Times, June 25, 1957.

“Kennedy Says He’d Run If Offered’ 60 Nomination,” Washington Post/Times Herald, July 1, 1957, p. A-12.

Arthur Krock, “Five Political Figures with a Single Thought; Three Democrats, Two Republicans Are Already in the Running For A Presidential Nomination…,” New York Times, July 7, 1957.

“Kennedy in ’60 Backed; Seen by McClellan as Possible Nominee of Democrats,” New York Times, August 5, 1957.

“Senator Kennedy To Advise For TV; He Will Oversee a ‘Navy Log’ Story of Own War Exploit…,” New York Times, August 6, 1957.

Joseph A. Loftus, “Senator Scores Inquiry Lawyers; Kennedy Says They Do More Than Advise Labor Clients…,” New York Times, August 8, 1957.

Associated Press, (Gainsville, FL), “Senator Kennedy Calls on Bar Groups To Check Unethical Practices in Field,” New York Times, Week in Review, October 20, 1957.

Navy Log: PT 109 (TV dramatization of the PT-109 incident, in which the heroism of Naval Lieutenant Commander John F. Kennedy helps save crew members when their PT boat is struck by a Japanese destroyer), Original broadcast, ABC TV October 23, 1957 (rerun March 13,1958).

Irving Spiegel, “Senator Defends Minority Causes; Kennedy Backs Principle of ‘Multiple Loyalties’– He Gets Yeshiva Award American Loyalty Concept,” New York Times, October 28, 1957.

Roger Creene, “Not Too Reluctant Is the Coy Kennedy,” Washington Post /Times Herald, November 10, 1957, p, E-3.

“Catholic President Upheld by Kennedy,” New York Times Book Review, November 25, 1957.

Sean Kirst, “Amid Election Day Fatigue, JFK’s Syracuse Reminder of the Nobility of Elected Office,” The Post-Standard, Nov. 6, 2012.

 

JFK Speeches & Remarks: 1957

Address of Senator Kennedy Before the Irish Institute, New York, New York, “Irish History,” January 12, 1957, 12pp. 

Address of Senator Kennedy at the University of Illinois Senior Convocation, Champaign, Illinois, “Politics: Our Most Neglected Profession,” January 27, 1957, 25pp. 

Address of Senator Kennedy at Dinner Honoring Herbert Hoover, Washington, D.C., “The Second Hoover Commission,” February 4,1957, 5pp. 

Address of Senator Kennedy at Annual Chamber of Commerce Dinner, Albany, Georgia, “Foreign Policy,” February 7, 1957, 23pp. 

Address of Senator Kennedy at the Annual Convention of American Association of School Administrators and National School Board Association, Atlantic City, New Jersey, “The Education of an American Politician,” February 19,1957, 21pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy upon Receipt of the 1957 Patriotism Award, Notre Dame University, South Bend, Indiana. “Careers in Politics,” February 22, 1957, 33pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at 34th Annual Jackson Day Banquet, Springfield, Missouri, “The Democratic Party; Foreign Policy,” February 23, 1957, 37pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at the 1957 Brotherhood Year Observance-The National Conference of Christians and Jews, Cleveland, Ohio, “Comity and Common Sense in the Middle East,” February 24, 1957, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at St. Patrick’s Day Dinner, Baltimore, Maryland, “Irish History; Labor Racketeering,” March 17, 1957, 22pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Alabama League of Municipalities Banquet, Birmingham, Alabama, “Labor Racke- teering,” March 21, 1957, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the New York Herald Tribune Forum for High Schools, New York, New York, “Foreign Policy in a Democracy,” March 23, 1957, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Democratic Dinner, Albuquerque, New Mexico. The Democratic Party; Foreign Policy,” March 29, 1957, 26pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Chamber of Commerce Dinner, Lynchburg, Virginia. “Labor Racketeering; Foreign Policy,” April 4, 1957, 22pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the National Screw Machine Products Association, Washington, D.C., “Small Business Tax Relief,” April 10, 1957, 3pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Universal Notre Dame Night Celebration, Washington, D.C., “Labor Racketeering,” April 29, 1957, 18pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at the First General Session of the 45th Annual Meeting of the National Chamber of Commerce, Washington, D.C., “America’s International Responsibilities,” April 29, 1957, 21pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy from the Special Committee on the Senate Reception Room, “Choice of Five Senators Whose Portraits Are to Be Placed in the Senate Reception Room,” May 1, 1957, 82pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Symposium of the Associated Harvard Clubs, Washington, D.C., “The Role of the University in Government,” May 3, 1957, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at the Annual Awards Dinner of the Overseas Press Club, New York, New York, “U.S. Policy Towards Poland,” May 6, 1957, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Delaware State Jefferson-Jackson Day Democratic Dinner, Wilmington, Delaware, “The Democratic Party,” May 9, 1957, 28pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Democratic Club Meeting, Boston, Massachusetts, “Participation of Women in Politics,” May 11,1957, 6pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Omaha, Nebraska, “The Democratic Party; U.S. Policy Towards Poland,” May 17, 1957, 29pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy at University of Nebraska Convocation, Lincoln, Nebraska, “Careers in Politics,” May 18, 1957, 20pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, New England Publishers Association Luncheon, Boston, Massachusetts, “Labor Racketeering,” May 21, 1957, 21 pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Annual Dinner and Reception, Democratic Party of Cook County, Chicago, Illinois, The Democratic Party; U.S. Policy Towards Poland,” May 23, 1957, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, University of South Carolina Commencement, Columbia, South Carolina, “Careers in Politics,” May 31, 1957, 19pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Syracuse University Commencement, Syracuse, New York, “Careers in Politics,” June 3, 1957, 20pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Arkansas Bar Association Annual Convention, Hot Springs, Arkansas,” Labor Racketeering,” June 7, 1957, 23pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Southeastern Peanut Association, Atlanta, Georgia, “Farm Policy,” June 10, 1957, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, University of Georgia Commencement, Athens, Georgia, “Careers in Politics,” June 10, 1957, 20pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, American Relief for Poland Dinner, Detroit, Michigan, “U.S. Policy Toward Poland,” June 13, 1957, 12pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Massachusetts Bar Association Luncheon, Plymouth, Massachusetts, “Labor Racketeering,” June 15, 1957, 13pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Rockland, Maine, “The Democratic Party,” June 15, 1957, 19pp.

Remarks of Senator Kennedy on the Senate Floor, “The Struggle Against Imperialism-Part II: Poland and Eastern Europe,” August 21, 1957, 58pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Wisconsin Democratic Dinner, Wisconsin, “The Democratic Party,” August 22, 1957, 23pp.

Remarks of Senator Kennedy in the United States Senate. “Proposed Amendment of Constitution Relating to Election of President and Vice President,” August 30, 1957, 3pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Milton Seminary Benefactor’s Day, Milton, Massachusetts, “Christian Missionaries,” September 1,1957, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, U.S. Conference of Mayors, New York, New York, “Our American Cities and Their Second Class Citizens,” September 11, 1957, 40pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, lona College Convocation, New Rochelle, New York, “Honorary Degrees,” September 19, 1957, 5pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, University of New Brunswick Convocation, Fredericton, New Brunswick, “U.S.-Canada Relations,” October 8, 1957, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Economic Club Dinner, Chicago, Illinois, “Foreign Policy,” October 9, 1957, 26pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Teachers’ Association Convention, Swampscott, Massachusetts, “Education in America,” October 9, 1957, 11pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Teachers’ Association Convention, Baltimore, Maryland, “Education in America,” October 10, 1957, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Massachusetts Town Clerks’ Association Convention, Great Barrington, Massachusetts, “Urban Politics,” October 10, 1957, 10pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, United Givers Fund Kick-Off Dinner, New Bedford, Massachusetts, “Philanthropy,” October 13, 1957, 15pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, National Association of County Agricultural Agents Annual Meeting, Boston, Massachusetts, “Farm Policy,” October 14, 1957, 25pp.

Address of Robert F. Kennedy before the Inland Daily Press Association, Chicago, Illinois,” Labor Racketeering,” October 15, 1957, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Young Democrats Dinner, Jackson, Mississippi, “The Democratic Party,” October 17, 1957, 18pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, University of Florida Blue Key Banquet, Gainesville, Florida, “Can We Compete with the Russians?,” October 18, 1957, 15pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, University of Florida Phi Alpha Delta Legal Fraternity Breakfast, Gainesville, Florida, “Labor Racketeering,” October 19, 1957, 18pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Annual Freedom Award to the Hungarian Freedom Fighters, New York, New York, “Foreign Policy; Hungary,” October 23, 1957, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Associated Industries of Massachusetts Annual Meeting, Boston, Massachusetts, “Labor Racketeering,” October 24, 1957, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy upon Receipt of Yeshiva University’s Charter Day Award of 1957, New York, New York, “Tribute to James J. Lyons; Background of Yeshiva University,” October 27, 1957, 8pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Democratic City Committee Annual Pre-Election Dinner, Easton, Pennsylvania, “The Democratic Party; Leadership in Foreign Affairs,” October 30, 1957, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, AFL-CIO Industrial Union Department Second Constitutional Convention, Washington, D.C., “Labor Legislation,” October 31,1957, 25pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Oklahoma, “Farm Policy,” November 1957, 7pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Howard Crawley Memorial Lecture, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. “The New Dimensions of American Foreign Policy.” November 1, 1957, 20pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Kansas Democratic Club Banquet, Topeka, Kansas, “The Democratic Party,” November 6, 1957, 3pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Oklahoma Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, “Science and Security,” November 7, 1957, 12pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, University of Kansas Convocation, Lawrence, Kansas, “Careers in Politics,” November 7, 1957, 10pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Young Democratic Clubs of America Convention, Reno, Nevada, “The Democratic Party,” November 1957, 10pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, American Jewish Congress National Congress Week, New York, New York, “U.S. Domestic Problems,” November 17, 1957, 16pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy before the Florida League of Municipalities, Daytona Beach, Florida, “Urban Politics; Labor Racketeering,” November 18, 1957, 18pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Temple Emmanuel, New York, New York, “Foreign Policy,” November 19, 1957, 9pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, Texas State Teachers Association Convention, Dallas, Texas, “American Education,” November 28, 1957, 14pp.

Address of Senator Kennedy, National Conference of Christians and Jews Dinner, Chicago, Illinois, “Foreign Policy,” December 3, 1957, 14pp.

______________________________


Books on JFK
2000-2010s

Lawrence Freedman, Kennedy’s Wars: Berlin, Cuba, Laos, and Vietnam, Oxford University Press, 2000.

Vito N. Silvestri, Becoming JFK: A Profile in Communication, Praeger, 2000.

Geoffrey Perrett, Jack: A Life Like No Other, New York: Random House, 2002.

Laurence Leamer, The Kennedy Men: 1901-1963, New York: William Morrow Paperbacks, October 15, 2002.

Jacques Lowe, Remembering Jack, Bullfinch Press /AOL Time Warner, 2003.

John Fitzgerald Kennedy: A Life in Pictures, London: Phaidon Press, 2003.

Phil Stern, Patricia Bosworth, Carol McCusker & Brett Ratner, Phil Stern: A Life’s Work, New York: Powerhouse Books, 2003.

Robert Dallek, An Unfinished Life: John F. Kennedy, 1917-1963, Boston: Little Brown & Co., May 2003.

Richard Whelan and Kristen Lubben (eds), JFK for President – Photographs by Cornell Capa, Steidl, 2004.

Thurston Clarke, Ask Not: The Inauguration of John F. Kennedy and the Speech That Changed America, New York: Henry Holt & Co., 2004.

Richard J. Tofel, Sounding The Trumpet: The Making of John F. Kennedy’s Inaugural Address, Ivan R. Dee; Har/DVD edition, September 2005.

Herbert M. Druks, John F. Kennedy and Israel, Praeger Security International, 2005.

Gary A. Donaldson, The First Modern Campaign: Kennedy, Nixon and The Election of 1960, Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, 2007.

Richard Avedon, The Kennedys: Portrait of A Family, New York: Collins/Design, Smithsonian, 2007.

David Pietrusza, 1960–LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press, 2008.

David Kaiser, The Road to Dallas: The Assassination of John F. Kennedy, Belknap Press, 2008.

Shaun A. Casey, The Making of a Catholic President: Kennedy vs. Nixon 1960, Oxford University Press, 2009.

James G. Blight, Janet M. Lang, David A. Welch, Vietnam If Kennedy Had Lived, Rowman & Littlefield, 2009.

Michael Beschloss (Introduction), Caroline Kennedy (Foreward), Jacqueline Kennedy: Historic Conversations on Life with John F. Kennedy, New York: Hyperion; Har/Com Edition, September 2011.

Robert Dallek, John F. Kennedy, Oxford University Press, 2011.

Chris Matthews, Jack Kennedy: Elusive Hero, New York: Simon & Schuster, 2011.

Mimi Alford, Once Upon a Secret: My Affair with President John F. Kennedy and Its Aftermath, Random House, February 2012.

Richard Reeves (ed), The Kennedy Years, New York: New York Times book, October 2013.




“1960s Girl Groups”
1958-1966

In 1963-64, The Chiffons put four songs on the Top 40 list, including “He’s So Fine,” a No.1 hit. Click for CD.
In 1963-64, The Chiffons put four songs on the Top 40 list, including “He’s So Fine,” a No.1 hit. Click for CD.
     In the late 1950s and early 60s, one style of music that began to dominate the American music charts and permeate youth culture of that day came from the “girl groups.” Comprised mostly of three-to-four young females, typically teenagers themselves, the girl groups of the late 1950s through the mid-1960s were mostly African American, though some white groups scored hits, too.

They were named The Crystals, The Shirelles, The Ronettes, and more. A few lone performers with and without female backup, also carried the “girl group” sound, and were considered a part this genre. 

The distinctive sound of the girl group songs filled the air in those years, and seemed to be everywhere.  The music spawned the sales of millions of records, creating a number of millionaires – though often not the performers themselves, who were frequently short-changed and manipulated in the process.  More on that later.

Jacqueline Warwick’s 2007 book, “Girl Groups, Girl Culture,” with Shirelles on cover. Click for book.
Jacqueline Warwick’s 2007 book, “Girl Groups, Girl Culture,” with Shirelles on cover. Click for book.
Still, the 1960s girl group phenomenon resulted in a compressed period of musical innovation with lasting results.  The songs and performances pushed the bounds of the industry at the time and became a key source of innovative song writing and composition, as well as novel forms of instrumentation.  But most of all, “the girl group sound” had a fresh and optimistic buoyancy to it, with lyrics that were mostly innocent and naive – of the “girl–dealing-with-boy” variety – though some songs also offered social commentary.  There had been girl groups in previous decades, dating to The Andrew Sisters of the 1930s and 1940s, The McGuire Sisters of the 1940s and 1950s, and similar acts.  But what distinguished the 1960s “girl group” phenomenon was its distinctive sound and the huge Baby Boomer market that sent the music to the top of the charts.

Music critic Greil Marcus, writing of the girl groups in 1992 for The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock & Roll, has noted:  “The music was perhaps the most carefully, beautifully crafted in all of rock and roll – one reason why none of the twenty or so best records in the genre have dated in the years since they were made.”  Now, more than 50 years old at this writing, the girl group music of the 1960s continues to have wide appeal and staying power.

According to some sources, there were over 1,500 girl groups that recorded in the 1960s.  Of these, about two dozen or so went on to become significant hit makers.  What follows here is an overview of some of the more prominent girl groups that emerged during the 1958-1966 period, along with a healthy sampling of songs from that era (more than a dozen), and some description of the songwriters, producers, and businesses involved in the music making.

Photo of The Chantels, late 1950s. Click for CD.
Photo of The Chantels, late 1950s. Click for CD.
     Among the earliest of the girl groups were The Chantels with their powerful 1957-1958 hit, “Maybe,” featuring Arlene Smith singing lead.  The group was established in the early 1950s by five girls, then students at St. Anthony of Padua school in The Bronx.

Music Player
“Maybe”-1958

      The original five members of The Chantels consisted of Arlene Smith (lead), Sonia Goring, Rene Minus, Jackie Landry Jackson, and Lois Harris.  By the summer of 1957 The Chantels were signed by record producer George Goldner, owner of End Records.  Their second single, “Maybe” was released in December 1957, and by January 1958 it became a top hit, reaching No. 15 on the Billboard chart and No.2 on the R & B chart.  “Maybe” sold over one million copies and was awarded a gold disc.  One profile of the group in liner notes for the PBS collection, The Doo Wop Box, noted: “Their records were not terribly sophisticated from a production standpoint, but then just listen to Arlene Smith’s voice and tell us if you really need anything else.” Smith was 16 years old when “Maybe” was recorded. In 2010, Rolling Stone ranked the song No. 199 on its list of The 500 Greatest Songs of All Time.

The Shirelles shown on a later 1992 Ace compilation album of their greatest hits. Click for CD.
The Shirelles shown on a later 1992 Ace compilation album of their greatest hits. Click for CD.
     However, The Shirelles, the girl group shown on the book cover above, and in later years on the album cover at left, are often regarded by rock historians as the opening act of the 1960s “girl group era,” and perhaps more representative of the girl group sound that followed in those years.

 

Music Player
“Will You Love Me Tomorrow?”-1960-61

Although the Shirelles had recorded a few songs as early as 1958, their hits didn’t start coming until 1960.  Among their first popular songs was “Tonight’s The Night,” co-written by lead singer, Shirley Owens, a song that entered the Top 40 in mid-October 1960.  “Will You Love Me Tomorrow” was a Shirelles’ No. 1 hit of December 1960-January 1961 that remained in the Top 40 for 15 weeks.  During 1961-1962, four more Top Ten hits followed for the Shirelles: “Dedicated to The One I Love,” a No. 3 hit in February 1961; “Mama Said,” a No. 4 hit in May 1961; “Baby It’s You,” a No. 8 hit in January 1962 written by Burt Bacharach, Hall David and Barney Williams; and “Soldier Boy,” a No. 1 hit in March-April 1962.  In all, over a two-year span, The Shirelles would put 11 hits in the Top 40, and five in the Top Ten.

The Shirelles ascendency came primarily in the early 1960s, during the “Kennedy years,” a time when America was riding high on the promise of a new young president named John F. Kennedy.  And despite the Cold War clench and very serious civil rights issues then emerging, the popular music of the day, including the Shirelles’ songs and those of other girl groups, added a certain buoyancy and optimism to that era’s soundtrack.

The Shirelles
Top 40 Hits

“Tonight’s the Night”
October 1960, #39
“Will You Love Me Tomorrow”
December 1960, #1
“Dedicated to The One I Love”
February 1961, #3
“Mama Said”
May 1961, #4
“Baby It’s You”
January 1962,#8
“Soldier Boy”
March /April 1961, #1
“Foolish Little Girl”
April 1963, #4

The Shirelles began as four high school friends in Passaic, New Jersey – Shirley Owens, Doris Coley, Addie “Micki” Harris, and Beverly Lee.  They originally formed under another name in 1958 and were first signed by Florence Greenberg, who later ran the Scepter record label.  Greenberg brought in producer Luther Dixon, who added string arrangements that improved the Shirelles’ sound, helping them produce the hit songs “Tonight’s the Night” and “Dedicated to the One I Love.”

Music Player
“Baby It’s You”-1962

Their big hit, “Will You Love Me Tomorrow” was written by Carole King and Gerry Goffin – one of the famed Brill Building song-writing teams in New York city, where a steady stream of pop hits originated during the 1950s and 1960s (see sidebar later below).  “Will You Love Me Tomorrow” is sometimes credited as the first major girl group hit of the rock era and was also the first all-girl song to ever hit Billboard’s No.1 position.  The song’s lyrics also ventured into new social territory raising the question all girls wanted answered after one night’s romance.  Reviewing the song for AllMusic.com, Bill Janovitz has observed:

…The song is a masterpiece of pop songcraft… [King and Goffin] deftly handle controversial subject matter: the long-term concerns of a young woman involved in a physical consummation of love.  Goffin’s lyrics address the issue in a direct manner, neither ham-fisted nor nudging with innuendo.  The artful lyric is simply conversational; polite conversation — ladylike: “Is this a lasting treasure/ Or just a moment’s pleasure?”  What a stunning couple of lines.  Faced with the restrictions of early-’60s AM pop radio both in content and song length, King and Goffin squeeze an impressive amount of substance and significance from an economical, 14-syllable couplet.  We realize that this very human need, this act of love, can be perceived as a meaningless satisfaction of physical desire, devastatingly disappointing to another who experiences the same moment as a consummation of a deep emotional commitment.  These mere two lines sum up the impact that two people can have on each other’s feelings.  “Tonight with words unspoken,” sings the narrator, “You say that I’m the only one.”  Words unspoken?  She is vulnerable, perhaps kidding herself, and she knows it; she is wishing for the best…

Three of The Marvelettes performing, 1960s. Click for CD.
Three of The Marvelettes performing, 1960s. Click for CD.

Music Player
“Please Mr. Postman”-1961

     Also in the early 1960s came The Marvelettes, five girls from a Michigan high school glee club – Gladys Horton, Katherine Anderson, Wanda Young, Georgeanna Tillman and Juanita Cowart (with some changing personnel). They signed a Motown Records contract on the Tamla label in 1961.

Motown was the black-owned record label founded by Detroit’s Berry Gordy.  A former auto assembly-line worker, Gordy began Motown with a $700 loan in 1959 and built it into a recording empire using three adjoining Detroit row houses as his studio.  By 1964, Motown was the nation’s largest independent producer of 45-rpm records, selling 12 million records a year, with Motown girl groups accounting for an important share of that total.

The Marvelettes were the first girl group act of Motown Records, and the first Motown group with a No. 1 hit – “Please Mr Postman” — which hit the No. 1 spot on December 11, 1961.  It stayed on the pop charts for nearly six months.  “Mr Postman,” later covered by the Beatles, was followed by several other Marvelettes’ Top 40 hits, including three more in 1962 – “Twistin` Postman” at No. 34; “Playboy” at No. 7; and “Beachwood 4-5789” at No. 17.  “Too Many Fish in the Sea” was a No. 25 hit in 1964, and “Don’t Mess With Bill” cracked the Top Ten at No. 7 in 1966.  Another Marvelettes song that received some attention on the R&B charts, reaching No. 24 in the spring of 1963 — though is much better than that — is “Forever,” with Wanda Young Rogers singing lead in a moving and bravura performance (sampled later, at bottom of story).

The Cookies of Brooklyn, NY had two Top 40 hits in 1962-63, including “Chains.” Click for CD.
The Cookies of Brooklyn, NY had two Top 40 hits in 1962-63, including “Chains.” Click for CD.
The Orlons; Netherlands jacket. Click for digital.
The Orlons; Netherlands jacket. Click for digital.

     Among other groups sometimes considered as part of the 1960s’ girl group era were The Exciters, The Sensations, The Cookies, and The Paris Sisters.  In October 1961, Priscilla, Albeth, and Sherrell Paris of San Francisco had a No. 3 hit, “I Love How You Loved Me,” and another Top 40 hit in March 1962, “He Knows I Love Him Too Much.”  In February 1962, The Sensations of Philadelphia had a No. 4 hit with “Let Me In” on Chess Records’ Argo label, with Yvonne Mills Baker singing lead.
 

Music Player
“Tell Him”-1962-63

In December 1962-January 1963, The Exciters, a three person group with one male, scored with a Jerry Leiber and Mike Stoller tune, “Tell Him,” which rose to No.4 and two decades later was used on The Big Chill soundtrack.  Carole King and Gerry Goffin wrote for The Cookies girl group, a Brooklyn, New York threesome of Dorothy Jones, Ethel McCrea, and Margaret Ross, helping them produce the No. 17 hit, “Chains,” in the fall of 1962.  The Cookies also sang backup vocals on the 1962 Little Eva hit song, “The Loco-Motion” (also by King/Goffin).  But in early 1963, the Cookies scored a Top Ten hit with another King/Goeffin tune, “Don’t Say Nothin’ Bad About My Baby,” which rose to No.7 on the Billboard chart.

Music Player
“South Street”-1963

Another of the early 1960s groups were the Orlons – first formed as an all girl group in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania in the 1950s, but later added one male.  Rosetta Hightower sang lead for the group, joined by Shirley Brickley, Marlena Davis and Stephen Caldwell. The Orlons had three Top Ten hits in 1962-63 – “The Wah-Watusi,” No. 2 in June 1962; “Don’t Hang Up,” No. 4 in the fall of 1962; and “South Street,” No. 3 in 1963.

Girl group record producer Phil Spector had his first million-dollar payday in the early 1960s with The Crystals.
Girl group record producer Phil Spector had his first million-dollar payday in the early 1960s with The Crystals.

 
Enter Phil Spector

During the 1960s, the “girl group sound” began to be influenced and molded by a young record producer named Phil Spector who had previously recorded in the late 1950s with his own short-lived group, The Teddy Bears.  Spector would become famous in the 1960s for his lavish instrumentation of girl group and other pop recordings; a technique that came to be known as “the wall of sound.”  He became a master at composing appealing orchestral-like treatments for rock songs, giving them a full, lush sound with little “empty” air.  He would later call these productions “little symphonies for the kids.”  Spector was also a control-room maestro who became skilled at multi-tracking which he used to craft his “wall-of-sound” productions.  “Whenever you hear a ‘60s-era production with echoey voices, five or six guitar parts, nearly as many keyboards, and perfectly aligned maracas and other percussion shaking and rattling underneath, it’s safe to assume that the enigmatic Spector created it, or inspired it,” writes Tom Moon in his book, 1,000 Recordings to Hear Before You Die.

The Crystals were the hot girl group in 1961-62 with hits such as: "Uptown," “He’s A Rebel” and “Da Doo Ron Ron,” which are sampled below.
The Crystals were the hot girl group in 1961-62 with hits such as: "Uptown," “He’s A Rebel” and “Da Doo Ron Ron,” which are sampled below.
     In 1961, when he was just starting out with this own record label, Philles, Spector signed a group named the Crystals. There were actually two sets of personnel who recorded as the Crystals at Spector’s direction. More on that in a moment.

Music Player
“Uptown”-1962

The Crystals, in any case, came on strong in the 1961-1963 period with a series of hits, including: “There’s No Other Like My Baby” (1962, No. 20); “Uptown” (1962, No. 13); “He’s A Rebel”(1962, No.1); “Da Doo Ron Ron”(1963, No. 3); “Then He Kissed Me” (1963, No. 6); and “He’s Sure the Boy I Love” (1963, No.11).  The Crystals made Spector a millionaire; he was 21 years old.

Initially, the Crystals had formed in 1961 with five girls, most of them just graduating from high school – Barbara Alston, Mary Thomas, Dolores “Dee Dee” Kenniebrew, Myrna Girard and Patricia “Patsy” Wright. Their first hit was November 1961’s “There’s No Other Like My Baby,” co-written by Spector and Leroy Bates, with Barbara Alston on lead vocals. This song had been recorded on the evening of three of the girls’ high school prom, as they came to the studio still wearing their prom dresses. The Crystals’ next hit, “Uptown,” was written by Brill Building songwriters Barry Mann and Cynthia Weil,  and it included a little attitude and some class issues woven into the lyrics. Spector added flamenco guitar and castanets. But “Uptown” was upbeat in sound, featuring Barbara Alston on lead, and it became a top hit. After “Uptown,” one of the group’s members, Myrna Girard became pregnant and was replaced by Dolores “LaLa” Brooks.

Darlene Love with Phil Spector, 1960s.
Darlene Love with Phil Spector, 1960s.
     However, for the Crystals next song, “He’s A Rebel,” Spector recorded singer Darlene Love and her backing group, The Blossoms, as “The Crystals.”
 

Music Player
“He’s A Rebel”-1962

Reportedly, the real Crystals were unable to travel from New York to Los Angeles fast enough to suit Spector, who was then racing to beat Vicki Carr to market with her version of the song. Instead, Spector used Darlene Love and the Blossoms to record “He’s A Rebel” as The Crystals, with Love in the lead, though uncredited. “He’s a Rebel” hit No. 1 in November 1962. The “Crystals” follow-up single –“He’s Sure the Boy I Love,” which hit No. 11 — also featured Love and The Blossoms, again uncredited. (See documentary, “20 Feet From Stardom,” for Love and others.)

Dolores “LaLa” Brooks with Phil Spector, 1960s.
Dolores “LaLa” Brooks with Phil Spector, 1960s.
     In 1963, the real Crystals, with LaLa Brooks singing lead, then recorded “Da Doo Ron Ron,” a Top 10 hit in both the U.S. and the U.K.
 

Music Player
“Da Doo Ron Ron”-1963

Upon hearing the final playback of “Da Doo Ron Ron” in the studio, Spector reportedly remarked to Sonny Bono (later of “Sonny & Cher” fame, but then a production assistant) — “That’s gold. That’s solid gold coming out of that speaker.”

The follow-up Crystals’ single, “Then He Kissed Me,” also cracked the Top 10.  Both of the 1963 hits – “Da Doo Ron Ron” and “Then He Kissed Me” – were co-written by Phil Spector with Jeff Barry and Ellie Greenwich. The lead vocals were sung by LaLa Brooks.

The Crystals, however, weren’t the only girl group Spector was working with.  He also produced songs for the earlier-mentioned San Francisco group, The Paris Sisters. And once performers were signed with Spector, he would sometimes use them interchangeably with other groups, or as background singers, or for specially-created groups to put out one or two songs.  Bob B. Soxx and the Blue Jeans, for example – with Darlene Love, Fanita James and Bobby Sheen – had two Top 40 hits for Spector’s Philles label in 1962 and 1963 – “Zip-A-Dee-Doo-Dah,” No. 8 in December 1962, and “Why Do Lovers Break Each Other’s Heart?,” No. 38 in March 1963.

The Ronettes of the 1960s at the top of their game, circa 1963-64. Click on photo for separate story.
The Ronettes of the 1960s at the top of their game, circa 1963-64. Click on photo for separate story.
     But one girl group Phil Spector became especially attached to was a new group from New York’s Spanish Harlem named The Ronettes.

The Ronettes story is covered separately at this website in more detail — including song samples, the group’s biography, an account of Spector’s stormy relationship and marriage with lead singer Ronnie Bennett, and some later legal battles. 

Music Player
“Be My Baby”-1963

Suffice it to say here that the Ronettes were one of the key girl groups of the 1963-1964 period, turning out a series of hit songs that helped define that era, including “Be My Baby” of October 1963, one of the key genre-defining girl group songs.

“Spector-Made”
Girl Group Songs
1962-1964

“There’s No Other (Like My Baby)”
Jan 1962 / The Crystals / #20
“Uptown”
Mar 1962 / The Crystals / #13
“He Knows I Love Him Too Much”
Mar 1962 / The Paris Sisters / #34
“He’s a Rebel”
Nov 1962 / Crystals (D. Love) / #1
“He’s Sure the Boy I Love”
Jan 1963 / Crystals (D. Love), #11
“…The Boy I’m Gonna Marry”
May 1963 / Darlene Love, #39
“Da Doo Ron Ron”
June 1963 / The Crystals / #3
“Then He Kissed Me”
Aug 1963 / The Crystals / #6
“Wait ’Til My Bobby Gets Home”
Sept 1963 / Darlene Love / #26
“Be My Baby”
Oct 1963 /The Ronettes, #2
“A Fine, Fine Boy”
Nov 1963 / Darlene Love, #53
“Baby, I Love You”
Nov 1963 / The Ronettes, #24
“(The Best Part of) Breakin’ Up”
May 1964 / The Ronettes, #39
“Do I Love You?”
Aug 1964 / The Ronettes, #34
“Walking in the Rain”
Dec 1964 / The Ronettes, #23
_______________________
Phil Spector produced songs; not a complete list.

Added to the National Recording Registry at the Library of Congress in 2006, “Be My Baby’s” description in that listing reads: “This single is often cited as the quintessence of the ‘girl group’ aesthetic of the early 1960s and is also one of the best examples of producer Phil Spector’s ‘wall of sound’ style.  Opening with Hal Blaine’s infectious and much imitated drumbeat, distinctive features of the song, all carefully organized by Spector, include castanets, a horn section, strings and the able vocals of Veronica (Ronnie) Bennett.  Enhancing the already symphonic quality of the recording is Spector’s signature use of reverb.”

Phil Spector, in any case, became a dominant girl group producer, churning out hit after hit with The Crystals, The Ronettes, Darlene Love, and others.  He also worked with non-girl groups during the same period, including the Righteous Brothers, and a few years later, Tina Turner.

But from 1962 through 1964, Spector’s girl group sound was all over the charts.  He produced at least 15 Top 40 girl group hits in those two years, some of which are listed in the table at right.

Spector worked with other songwriters on many of these hits.  The Brill Building team of Jeff Barry and Ellie Greenwich, in particular, worked with Spector on a number of girl group hits.  Among the songs they co-wrote with Spector were: “Da Doo Ron Ron” and “Then He Kissed Me” for the Crystals; “Be My Baby” and “Baby, I Love You” for the Ronettes; and also Darlene Love’s “(Today I Met) The Boy I’m Going To Marry.”

In addition, Spector also produced a Christmas album using the Ronettes, Darlene Love and others to record traditional Christmas favorites in the girl-group /wall-of-sound style – an album that is still popular to this day. Phil Spector the person, however, is quite another story, whose quirky and sometimes violent behavior has been widely written about elsewhere. In 2009, after two trials in Los Angeles, he was convicted of second-degree murder of actress Lana Clarkson and is presently serving a sentence of 19 years to life. But during his 1960s heyday, Spector had magical abilities in the recording studio.

Beyond the Phil Spector-produced girl group songs, there was additional activity in 1963 and 1964 with artists such as The Chiffons, Martha & The Vandellas, The Angels, The Jaynetts, and others.  More on those groups in a moment.  But first, some background on New York’s “Brill Building” writers and producers and their role in the girl group era.

 

“Brill Building Pop”
1950s-1960s

Brill Building entrance in New York city at 1619 Broadway.
Brill Building entrance in New York city at 1619 Broadway.
     Behind the success of a number of the 1960s girl groups were teams of songwriters and producers who worked out of New York City’s Brill Building and related offices north of Times Square.  In the 1930s, after the Brill Brothers clothing store had successfully operated at that location for many years, a bigger building was completed, intended for stock brokers and bankers.  However, with the Depression, it became a rental building instead, housing primarily music publishers and writers.

By 1962, the Brill Building contained 165 music businesses of one kind or another.  In fact, it became a place where the complete music making process – from song idea to finished record demo –could be completed in a manner of days.  At the Brill Building, a song and melody could be written, musicians hired, demo cut, record companies and publishers contacted, managers and promoters hired.  By the early 1960s, the “Brill Building method” of song making exploded with a frenzy of pop music production, as hits soared to the top of he music charts.  In the process, some of the Brill Building writers, producers and publishers became quite wealthy.

Brill Building songwriter Carole King at piano, along with husband and composing partner Gerry Goffin, far right, on song collection CD cover with other songwriters.
Brill Building songwriter Carole King at piano, along with husband and composing partner Gerry Goffin, far right, on song collection CD cover with other songwriters.
     Songwriters Carole King and Gerry Goffin worked for a Brill Building music company just up the street, at 1650 Broadway.  They were among more than a dozen young writers in their late teens and early twenties who came to work for Aldon Music, a company formed by music men Don Kirshner and Al Nevins in 1958.  Aldon churned out pop lyrics and music for client record labels such as Columbia, Atlantic, RCA and ABC.  The King/Goffin team, hired in 1960, would soon turn out some big girl-group hits such as: “Will You Still Love Me Tomorrow” for The Shirelles (#1, 1960), “One Fine Day” for The Chiffons (#5, 1963), and a string of others.  But as a young married couple in their 20s, they also worked at other day jobs while they wrote music.  Then came their first big hit and their lives changed, as Carole King has recalled: “When ‘Will You Love Me Tomorrow?’ sold a million [copies], we went, ‘bye-bye day job!’”  Gerry Goffin remembered that day too, as he was then working for a chemical company: “Carole and [Don Kirshner of Aldon Music] arrived in Donny’s limousine at the chem factory and told me I didn’t have to work anymore.  And he gave us a $10,000 advance and we got credit cards, and I’ve never had to do an honest day’s work since.”

Brill Building writers Barry Mann at the piano, with Cynthia Weil (left) and Carole King, 1965.
Brill Building writers Barry Mann at the piano, with Cynthia Weil (left) and Carole King, 1965.
     Phil Spector, famous for his “wall of sound” productions described earlier, also spent time at the Brill Building.  He came in 1960 to learn the trade assisting the songwriting team of Jerry Leiber and Mike Stoller, who had written a long list of hit songs in the 1950s for the likes of Elvis Presely, Lavern Baker, the Coasters, the Drifters, and others.  Leiber and Stoller helped to blend rhythm & blues music into rock ‘n roll and pop recordings.

Another songwriting team – Barry Mann and Cynthia Weil – also worked for Aldon Music and wrote a number of girl group hits, including: “I Love How You Love Me” for the Paris Sisters (#5, 1961); two for The Cyrstals, “He’s Sure The Boy I Love”(#11, 1962) and “Uptown”(#13, 1962); and “Walking In The Rain” for The Ronettes (#23, 1964 w/Phil Spector).

Jeff Barry and Ellie Greenwich, another Brill Building team who also worked with producer Phil Spector, wrote several girl group hits, including two for the Crystals and one for Darlene Love described earlier.  They also co-wrote several others with Spector including “Be My Baby” (#2, 1963) and “Baby I Love You”(#24, 1964) for The Ronettes, and “Chapel Of Love” for The Dixie Cups (#1, 1964).  Barry and Greenwich also did two for the Shangri-Las – “Leader Of The Pack” (#1, 1964 w/Shadow Morton) and “Give Us Your Blessings”(#29, 1965).

1960s’ album cover for “The Raindrops” that featured Ellie Greenwich & Jeff Barry. Click for CD.
1960s’ album cover for “The Raindrops” that featured Ellie Greenwich & Jeff Barry. Click for CD.
     Sometimes the Brill Building writers would drift into releasing songs themselves.  That happened in early 1963, when husband-and-wife team Ellie Greenwich and Jeff Barry recorded a demo titled “What a Guy,” a tune Barry had written for The Sensations. But Jubilee Records opted to have the Barry/Greenwich demo released as the single under the group name The Raindrops.

As a result, “What A Guy” hit No. 41 on the Billboard chart.  A follow-up, “The Kind of Boy You Can’t Forget,” did even better, reaching No. 17.

The Raindrops sound was “girl-group” in style, with Greenwich singing lead with double-tracked harmony parts, and Barry providing bass vocals.  Although they also released an album, the Barry/Greenwich excursion into recording as the Raindrops ended by 1965, around the time they became involved with writing songs for Red Bird Records.

The Dixie Cups' No 1 hit, “Chapel of Love,” on Red Bird records, 1963. Click for digital.
The Dixie Cups' No 1 hit, “Chapel of Love,” on Red Bird records, 1963. Click for digital.
     Red Bird was a record label owned by another songwriting team, Leiber & Stoller, along with George Goldner, a producer.  Red Bird recorded hits such as the Dixie Cups’ “Chapel of Love” and the Shangri-Las’ “Leader of the Pack.”  Don Kirshner’s Aldon Music also had a record label – Dimension – a label that produced girl-group and other hit songs.

As for Brill Building writers moving into recording themselves, Carole King proved to be rising star on that front, later producing a long list of her own hit songs and albums – including the Grammy-winning and best-selling 1971 album, Tapestry.

By 1965-1966, the talents of Brill Building writers and others like them were becoming less important as groups such as the Beatles, the Byrds, and the Beach Boys were setting the tone for other upcoming artists who wrote their own material.  For some, the girl-group era ended with The Supremes’ song “You Can’t Hurry Love,” released in the summer of 1966.

Rich Podolsky’s 2012 book on Don Kirshner & pop music. Click for book.
Rich Podolsky’s 2012 book on Don Kirshner & pop music. Click for book.
     Don Kirshner’s Aldon Music, meanwhile, did quite well during the 1960s, making many millions, thanks in part to girl group hits.  Between 1959 and 1966, Kirshner’s enterprise published some 500 songs, 400 of which had made the music charts.  In April 1966, for example, he had 25 songs on the Billboard charts, including the reigning No. 1 song at the time by the Righteous Brothers, “You’re My Soul and Inspiration.”  Kirshner’s songs by then had sold some 150 million recordings.  Barry Mann and Cynthia Weil, meanwhile, who had written some of Kirchner’s hit songs – including the Righteous Brothers No. 1 hit, “You’re My Soul and Inspiration” — had just signed a five-year $1 million contract with Kirshner that April 1966.  Since Aldon Music by then had been sold to Columbia Pictures-Screen Gems, and Kirshner named v. p. of publishing and recording, the talents of writers like Mann and Weil would be turned more toward music for television and film.  King and Goffin, for example, had a No. 3 hit for the TV group The Monkees with “Pleasant Valley Sunday” in 1967.

Yet for a moment in time, the “Brill Building” methodology of churning out pop girl-group and other hits with teams of songwriters and producers, worked phenomenally well.

 

The Chiffons girl group of the 1960s shown on a album cover featuring their greatest hits. Click for CD.
The Chiffons girl group of the 1960s shown on a album cover featuring their greatest hits. Click for CD.
     The Chiffons were another group of teenage girls who began singing together in high school – in this case at James Monroe High School in The Bronx, New York. Originally formed in 1960 under earlier names, the group then included lead singer Judy Craig, along with Patricia Bennett and Barbara Lee. Two years later they added Sylvia Peterson, and by 1963 adopted The Chiffons as their name.

Music Player
“He’s So Fine”-1963

Their first hit, “He’s So Fine,”  went to No.1 on the Billboard chart from March 30 – April 26, 1963.  It sold over one million copies and is also known for its signature “doo-lang, doo-lang” refrain.   The song was written by Ronald Mack and produced by The Tokens, who in 1961 had the No.1 hit, “The Lion Sleeps Tonight.”

In 1963-64, The Chiffons would put three other songs on the Top 40 list:  “One Fine Day, which rose to No. 5 in the summer of 1963;  “A Love So Fine,” which hit No. 40 in October 1963; and “I Have a Boyfriend,” which charted at No. 36 in January 1964.

Cover of CD for “Billboard Top Hits of 1963,” lists three popular “girl group” songs from that year. Click for CD.
Cover of CD for “Billboard Top Hits of 1963,” lists three popular “girl group” songs from that year. Click for CD.
     “One Fine Day,” was penned by Carole King and Gerry Goffin, who had intended the song for Little Eva but decided The Chiffons were a better fit.  The song also has a signature piano segment credited to King.  The Chiffons would have another Top 10 hit a few years later, in May 1966, with “Sweet Talkin’ Guy,” which rose to No. 10.

Music Player
“One Fine Day”-1963

The year 1963 was among the most important and prolific years for the girl group sound, with hit after hit.  Also in 1963, a young female singer from New Jersey, Lesley Gore, had a June No. 1 hit with “It’s My Party.”  She followed that with three more Top Ten hits – “Judy’s Turn to Cry,” a No. 5 hit in July;  “She’s a Fool,” another No. 5 hit in October; and “You Don’t Own Me,” a January 1964 No. 2 hit. 

Lesley Gore’s “You Don’t Own Me” is viewed as one of the era’s more female-assertive tracks and also signaling a new direction. The Angels, also from New Jersey – Phyllis and Barbara Allbut and Peggy Santiglia – had No. 1 hit in August and September of 1963 with “My Boyfriend’s Back.”

The Jaynetts hit, "Sally Go Round The Roses," featuring French record jacket w/ anonymous model. Click for digital.
The Jaynetts hit, "Sally Go Round The Roses," featuring French record jacket w/ anonymous model. Click for digital.
Also in 1963, The Jaynetts girl group from the Bronx had the infectious No. 2 hit with “Sally Go Round the Roses” in September/October. Along with the credited group on the song – Yvonne Bushnell, Ethel Davis, Ada Ray Kelly, Johnnie Louise Richardson, and Mary Sue Wells – there were also a number of other vocalists used in the studio during a week-long recording session.

Music Player
“Sally Go Round The Roses”-1963

This song, arranged by Artie Butler, has a haunting, hypnotic quality for some listeners, due in part to studio production techniques utilizing reverb coupled with a layering of numerous female vocals. Reportedly, this song was also a performance favorite of Grace Slick prior to her Jefferson Airplane days and is also said to have been an influence on singer Laura Nyro.

Martha and the Vandellas on a 1964 record sleeve cover. Click on photo to visit their story at this website.
Martha and the Vandellas on a 1964 record sleeve cover. Click on photo to visit their story at this website.
     In Detroit, Michigan, meanwhile, Berry Gordy’s Motown music center was churning out girl group hits as well.  And one Motown group that broke big in 1963 was Martha & The Vandellas – a threesome consisting of Martha Reeves, Annette Beard, and Rosalind Ashford.
 

Music Player
“Heat Wave”-1963

Martha and her ladies scored three big hits in 1963 – “Come and Get These Memories,” a No. 29 hit in the spring; “Heat Wave,” a No. 3 hit in August; and “Quicksand,” a No. 8 hit in December.  Martha & The Vandellas would turn out nine more Top 40 hits over the next three years – among them: “Dancing in the Street,” a No 2 hit in 1964; “Nowhere To Run,” a No. 8 hit in 1965; and “Jimmy Mack,” No. 10 in 1967.  See “Motown’s Heat Wave” at this website for a separate story covering Martha and the Vandellas and their music. Also at Motown was female soloist, Mary Wells, regarded as one of Motown’s early 1960s superstars, who had several hits composed by Smokey Robinson, inlcuding: “You Beat Me to the Punch” (No. 9) and “Two Lovers” ( No. 7) in 1962, and her famous No. 1 hit of 1964, “My Guy.”

 

“Girl Group Woes”
Rights, Royalties & Recognition

      As buoyant and uplifting as girl group music may have been for millions of listeners, behind the scenes, in the production and management of that sound, there was a somewhat less happy scene unfolding.  The girls themselves were often treated as pawns in the process.  Though, to be sure, the top girl groups experienced elevated stardom and celebrity, traveled the world in some cases, and were certainly not deprived.  Still, a number of the girl groups – especially those younger ladies in their teens and early twenties –“…I was fifteen years old. What do I know about conflict of interest and making a recording deal?”
        – Nona Hendryx / She’s A Rebel
became dependent on the producers and the songwriters for their recordings and their careers.  And because they were young, they lacked the experience and social skills to advance their concerns.

According to a conversation with Nona Hendryx of The Bluebells, as relayed in Gillian Gaar’s book, She’s A Rebel: “We would record songs, and listed on the [recording] as the writer would be his [the owner/producer’s] eight-month-old grandchild!  It was just ridiculous.  He owned the recording studio, he owned our contracts, we had his lawyers…  I mean, talk about conflict of interest!  But I didn’t know anything about conflict of interest.  I was fifteen years old. What do I know about conflict of interest, and making a recording contract deal?”  Hendryx also explained.  “We got ripped off really badly over the years, especially from the Bluebells era…  We ended up with nothing but our name – I don’t know who had the brains enough to ask for that at the time, but somehow we ended up with the name so we could work without any limitations.  But we lost a lot of the money we were entitled to.”

When the Shirelles discovered in 1964 that their trust fund had evaporated, they went on strike.
When the Shirelles discovered in 1964 that their trust fund had evaporated, they went on strike.
     Typically, when it came to contracts, the girl groups fared poorly.  And because in many cases they were so flattered to be discovered and professionally recorded, and then became so involved in the music scene swirling around them, they didn’t always realize what was happening, or too often, simply trusted what they were told.  So when it came to copyrights, publishing recognition, and compensation, the girl groups were often last in line.

In 1963, The Shirelles learned that a trust holding their royalties – money they were supposed to receive from their Scepter Record label on their 21st birthday – did not exist.  The money, they were told, had been spent on production, promotion and touring.  The Shirelles went on strike and would not record.  After a lawsuit and countersuit in the mid-1960s, an agreement was reached, but the damage had been done.  The Shirelles believed they were lied to and deceived.  In an interview some years later, Shirley Owens of the Shirelles would explain that their manager and record label owner, Florence Greenberg, had put on a “mother routine” which the girls had fallen for completely.

Some of Motown’s Marvelettes in happier times.
Some of Motown’s Marvelettes in happier times.
     In 1967, after Motown moved from Detroit to Los Angeles, the Marvelettes stopped receiving their royalties.  Some of the surviving members and families later sued Motown to get their royalties – which they then had to spilt with a New York company that helped them in the litigation.

The Shangri-Las were another short-changed girl group.  As Gillian Garr reports in She’s A Rebel: “Despite their hits and frequent tours, the Shagri-Las saw little of the generated profits, which were eaten up in the black hole of management and studio costs.”

The Shangri-Las of the mid-1960s reportedly saw little of the profits from their hits. Click for CD.
The Shangri-Las of the mid-1960s reportedly saw little of the profits from their hits. Click for CD.
     In the 1980s, the royalties and rights battle began heating up after a former music agent named Chuck Rubin created Artists Rights Enforcement Corporation to provide legal referrals and support for artists seeking back royalties.  Rubin, a researcher with skills in digging up old contracts and master tapes, had found that during the ’50s and ’60s many rock artists – male and female alike – were short changed.  According to Rubin, “it was the exception to the rule if they were paid.”  The Shirelles, Ronettes, and the Vandellas are among the girl groups who have worked with Rubin’s organization in seeking back royalties.

Phil Spector, for one, would be sued by at least three of the girl groups he worked with.  The Crystals sued Spector for unpaid royalties, but lost their case, although they did salvage the rights to their group name, enabling them to continue working and use the name in performances.  In 1993, Darlene Love sued Spector for back royalties, and a New York Supreme Court jury ruled in her favor in 1997, but because of the statute of limitations in New York State, awarded her $263,500 for royalties going back only to 1987.  The Ronettes, who also sued Spector in later years, fared little better, and that case is covered in more detail in the “Be My Baby” story a this website.

Rosalie “Rosie” Hamlin waged a long battle over decades for her royalties.
Rosalie “Rosie” Hamlin waged a long battle over decades for her royalties.
     Girl group members who wrote their own songs sometimes had to fight for years to get their music publishing rights as song authors.  Rosalie “Rosie” Hamlin of Rosie and The Originals, who wrote the No. 5 hit “Angel Baby” in 1960 at age 15, was not listed as the song’s author on the record label at the time it was a hit.  Hamlin also found in her contract that she was ineligible to collect record royalties for the song because she was not listed as the songwriter.  And although Hamlin did manage to obtain the copyright to her music in 1961, there were decades of battles that followed over royalties.

Beyond the royalty wars and legal disadvantages the girl groups faced, there were also other issues, ranging from lack of media notice (female acts were not promoted or covered by the media and music press then as much as male artists, who in the industry’s words were “easier to sell”), to racism and sexism that were then much more prevalent.  And due in part to the formula/production-line nature of song-making in those years, managers and producers did not always acknowledge the talents of their charges or treat them with professional respect in the recording process, sometime regarding them as interchangeable parts to be plugged into the pop music machine wherever they were needed.

Still, despite the woes and difficulties girl groups faced in their careers, most were generally happy to have been a part of the process and to have had the professional help that made their careers possible – inadequate, short lived, and poorly compensated as some of those careers surely were.

 

New Competition

Sheet music cover for The Toys’ 1965 hit song, “A Lovers Concerto,” Stateside Records. Click for CD.
Sheet music cover for The Toys’ 1965 hit song, “A Lovers Concerto,” Stateside Records. Click for CD.
     By 1964-65 the girl group sound was beginning to give way to other popular sounds.  With the arrival of the Beatles in 1964, and the “British invasion” of other U.K. artists thereafter, the market began to shift to the newer music.  The Beach Boys and the “surf sound” were ascending then as well.  Still, there were girl group hits in the mid-and late 1960s.  In addition to groups such as  Martha & the Vandellas and The Supremes from Motown, who had hits through the mid- and late-1960s, there were other girl groups also reaching the charts.

From Los Angeles, Carol and Terry Fischer and Sally Gordon, 15 and 17 year-olds who comprised The Murmaids, had a No. 3 hit song with “Popsicles and Icicles” in January 1964.  The Dixie Cups, three girls from New Orleans – sisters Barbara Ann and Rosa Lee Hawkins and their cousin, Joan Marie Johnson – recorded “Chapel of Love” for Red Bird Records in 1963.  By early June 1964, the Greenwich/Barry/ Spector song had soared to No. 1, remaining there for three weeks and selling more than a million copies.  The Dixie Cups would have three more Top-40 hits in 1964 and 1965.

The Toys, a girl group from Queens, NY, had a major No. 2 hit in October 1965 with “A Lover’s Concerto,” which was based on the melody of Johann Sebastian Bach’s classical piece, “Minuet in G major.”  The Toys’ song – whose early lyrics include: “How gentle is the rain / That falls softly on the meadow / Birds high up in the trees / Serenade the flowers with their melodies” – was a million seller in 1965.

Cover of 1995 CD from RPM Records, U.K., “The Shangri-Las: Myrmidons of Melodrama,” which includes 33 of their tracks with annotation. Click for CD.
Cover of 1995 CD from RPM Records, U.K., “The Shangri-Las: Myrmidons of Melodrama,” which includes 33 of their tracks with annotation. Click for CD.
     In some cases, the look and lyrics of the girl groups that did emerge in the mid- and late-1960s, were different than what had gone before, losing a bit of the sweetness and “boy wonderment,” with a few groups adopting more of a tough girl look.

The Ronettes had started a change in look with their hairdos, tight skirts and Cleopatra style make-up.  But in 1964, a Queens, New York group named The Shangri-Las took the look and sound in something of a new direction.

The Shangi-Las were a white group, formed in 1963 by two sets of sisters – Mary Weiss (lead singer) and Elizabeth “Betty” Weiss, and identical twins Marge and Mary Ann Ganser. The girls were still 15-to-17 years of age when their parents signed their contract with George “Shadow” Morton of the Red Bird record label in April 1964.  They produced a series of songs that were mini-melodramas covering topics such as lost love, forbidden love (“Leader of the Pack”), teenage angst, and related themes that became quite popular in the U.S. and U.K..

1965: The Shangri-Las, in boots & leather, at radio station WHK, Geauga Lake Park, Cleveland, Ohio. Photo, George Shuba.
1965: The Shangri-Las, in boots & leather, at radio station WHK, Geauga Lake Park, Cleveland, Ohio. Photo, George Shuba.
     “Remember (Walking in the Sand),” was The Shangri-Las’ first big hit, about a girl receiving a letter of rejection from her former love.  Released in July 20, 1964, “…Walking in the Sand” shot up the charts quickly, reaching No. 5 by September 26th.  In the U.K., the song also charted, reaching No. 14 that fall.

Music Player
“Remember…Walking in The Sand”-1964

Next, with the help of Jeff Barry and Ellie Greenwich at the Brill Building, Morton produced the Shangri-Las’ follow-up record, “Leader of the Pack,” which hit No.1 in the U.S. on November 28, 1964.  It also hit No. 1 in Australia and No.11 in England.  Although the group toured with other major rock acts and appeared on several TV shows, by 1966 their releases began to falter in the U.S., although they remained popular in England and Japan.  They also influenced some 1970s punk rock-era acts such as the New York Dolls and Blondie, and later, the Go-Go’s. “Leader of the Pack” later recharted in the U.K in 1972 at No.3 and again in 1976 at No. 7, giving the Shangri-Las the distinction of being the only American vocal group to ever hit the upper reaches of the British Charts three times.

 

The Supremes in 1965: from left, Diana Ross, Mary Wilson, and Florence Ballard. Click for 'Definitive Collection' CD.
The Supremes in 1965: from left, Diana Ross, Mary Wilson, and Florence Ballard. Click for 'Definitive Collection' CD.
The Supremes

One girl group that emerged out of Detroit’s Motown music scene in the mid-1960s just as the Beatles and British invasion were coming on — and would go toe-to-toe with those groups on the music charts — was The Supremes.

In the late 1950s, the teenage threesome of Diana Ross, Mary Wilson, and Florence Ballard had formed their singing group while living in Detroit’s Brewster housing project.  Initially they used another name during their high school years, but by January 1961, after signing with Berry Gordy’s Motown they changed their name at Gordy’s suggestion.  They became “The Supremes,” a name credited to Florence Ballard.  However, their first recordings at Motown – in fact, more than nine in a row – fell flat and went nowhere.

The Supremes’ first No. 1 hit, “Where Did Our Love Go,” sold more than 2 million copies. Click for CD.
The Supremes’ first No. 1 hit, “Where Did Our Love Go,” sold more than 2 million copies. Click for CD.
     But then came “Where Did Our Love Go” in the summer of 1964 – a tune that had been rejected by the Marvelettes.  But when that song went to No. 1 and sold over 2 million copies, The Supremes were on their way.  It was quickly followed that same year by two more No. 1 hits: “Baby Love” in October and “Come See About Me” in December.

 

Music Player
“Baby Love”-1964

More top hits kept coming for the Supremes in 1965, 1966 and 1967.  In fact between 1964 and 1967, the Supremes compiled one of the best all-time female recording track records in popular music history: releasing fifteen singles, all of which, except for one, made the Top Ten.  In addition, ten of these songs were No. 1 hits.  The Supremes’ success brought television exposure beyond what the other girl groups had received, as they appeared not only on teen shows such a Shindig and Hullabaloo, but also The Ed Sullivan Show and The Tonight Show.  “Unlike other so-called girl groups,” observed The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll in 2001, “the Supremes had a mature, glamorous demeanor that appealed equally to teens and adults.  Beautiful, musically versatile, and unique, the original Supremes were America’s sweethearts, setting standards and records that no group has yet equaled.”  They also became important symbols of black success, and as The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia noted, “they were often seen at Democratic political fundraisers, for President Lyndon Johnson, among others…”

Album featuring Supremes singing hit songs composed by Motown’s Holland-Dozier-Holland team. Click for CD.
Album featuring Supremes singing hit songs composed by Motown’s Holland-Dozier-Holland team. Click for CD.
    The Supremes, and all of Motown had the benefit of a talented three-person team of writers/producers known as “Holland-Dozier- Holland,” or “H-D-H” – a team consisting of the two brothers, Brian and Edward Holland and Lamont Dozier.  During their tenure at Motown, from 1962-1967, Dozier and Brian Holland were the composers and producers, while Eddie Holland wrote the lyrics and arranged the vocals.

Music Player
“Come See About Me”-1964

H-D-H produced ten of The Supremes’ No. 1 singles, including: “Baby Love”, “Stop! In the Name of Love”, “You Keep Me Hangin’ On,”  and the 1964 hit sampled above, “Come See About Me.”

The Supremes were nurtured by Gordy’s Motown organization, and like other groups there, they were put through the “Motown finishing school” receiving professional guidance in dance, etiquette, and fashion.  However, some of the other Motown groups charged that the Supremes were given special attention by Berry Gordy, given the best songs, and helped along with more spending.  And as was later learned, Gordy and Diana Ross had become involved in the mid-1960s.

The Supremes performing "My World Is Empty Without You" on “The Ed Sullivan Show” in 1966: Diana Ross (right), Mary Wilson (center), Florence Ballard (left). Click for 'Anthology' CD.
The Supremes performing "My World Is Empty Without You" on “The Ed Sullivan Show” in 1966: Diana Ross (right), Mary Wilson (center), Florence Ballard (left). Click for 'Anthology' CD.
      By August 1967, The Supremes were renamed “Diana Ross and The Supremes.”  A few months earlier, Cindy Birdsong, a performer with another girl group from Philadelphia, Patti LaBelle and The Blue Belles, had replaced Florence Ballard, who had left The Supremes in April 1967.  The new group continued to turn out hits, producing 19 Top 40 hits through 1977 – two of which were No. 1 one hits: “Love Child” in October 1968 and “Someday We’ll Be Together” in November 1969.

The Supremes — and Diana Ross later on her own — went on to separate careers, continuing to record and release songs beyond the 1970s, with reunion tours and some personnel changes in later years.  Yet in terms of the classic 1960s’ girl group sound, The Supremes are often put in their own separate category, considered not typical of the teenage girl groups of that era, but rather, representing a somewhat more sophisticated and polished sound, with songs covering somewhat more adult themes.  Still, the market reach of The Supremes for both teen and adult listeners was huge and stretched over several decades.

Other Girl Groups.  Among groups and solo female artists not mentioned in this article that are sometimes included in girl group listings are: The Ad Libs, The Caravelles, Claudine Clark, Dee Dee Sharp, The Jelly Beans, The Pixies Three, Reparata and the Delrons, The Starlets, Mary Wells, and The Velvelettes.  And beyond these, of course, there were hundreds of other girl groups that recorded during the 1960s, but for whatever reasons, did not achieve major notice.

 

The Crystals of the early 1960s shown on a London Records recording. Click for 'Very Best of' CD.
The Crystals of the early 1960s shown on a London Records recording. Click for 'Very Best of' CD.
Girl Group Legacy

The girl groups of the 1960s occupy something of unique niche in the history of rock `n roll music.  They were singing groups that typically did not write their own songs nor play the musical instruments that powered those songs.  Nor was the girl group sound a long-lasting genre.  In fact, with the exception of The Supremes, it was a pretty compressed period; one that some historians mark as coming between Elvis Presley’s induction into the U.S. Army in 1958 and the Beatles’ rise in early 1964.

But that demarcation may be too simplistic, as “girl group music” of one form or another, as shown above, persisted well through the 1960s.  And although the rise of the Beatles and the British invasion were factors,  there was also something else: the way popular music began to be produced around that time.  Groups such as the Beatles – but also extending to folk, surf, and solo female artists who began their rise in the mid-and late 1960s – were artists who wrote and performed their own songs.  That was an important change in the means of production, as it fundamentally altered and outdated the Brill Building and Motown methodologies – the “assemblers” who had previously brought all the moving parts of pop song-making together.  Girl group music also leaned on a formula of similar and repeating types of sound, song titles, and lyrics which could only be sustained for a few years before listeners yearned for something new.  Still, the girl group sound made its mark and had its impacts.  In some ways the era marked a unique coming together of voices, producers and writers – a once-in-a-great-while crossing of paths and talents that briefly produced some beautiful and lasting music.

The Dixie Cups’ “Chapel of Love” was a No. 1 hit for 4 weeks, June 1965. Click for CD.
The Dixie Cups’ “Chapel of Love” was a No. 1 hit for 4 weeks, June 1965. Click for CD.
     As for the audience of that era, the verdict was clear and unequivocal: it was simply good music.  The Boomer kids, growing up with the girl group sound, voted for it overwhelmingly with their dollars, sending the pop music business to a place it had never been before.  And beyond those crazy kids, even a few serious music critics years later would extend their kudos.

Greil Marcus, writing in 1992 for The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock & Roll, then enthusing over some memorable moments from the girl group oeuvre, mentioned, among others: “…the piano on ‘One Fine Day’…the unbelievably sexual syncopation of the Shirelles’ ‘Tonight’s The Night’; the pile-driving force of ‘Da Doo Ron Ron’; the good smile of the Crystals’ ‘He’s Sure The Boy I Love’ – a smile that stretched all across America in 1963.”  Marcus also added in his commentary:

…It was utopian stuff – a utopia of love between a boy and a girl, a utopia of feeling, of sentiment, of desire most of all.  That the crassest conditions the recording industry has been able to contrive led to emotionally rich music is a good chapter in a thesis on Art and Capitalism, but it happened.  That utopian spirit has stayed with those who partook of it – the formal style of girl-group rock has passed, but the aesthetic is there to hear in Bruce Springsteen, Patti Smith, Book of Love, Bette Miller….

     And later, as historians dissecting the girl group era would acknowledge, there was something there worth saving.  In the Library of Congress cultural preservation program, girl group songs are among those listed on the National Recording Registry, including, so far, The Ronettes’ “Be My Baby” and Martha & the Vandellas’ “Dancing in the Street.”  There will, no doubt, be others to come.  More common kudos for girl group music comes in other forms, too – the use of their songs by other artists being a prominent one.  A number of girl groups songs have been covered by other artists, some of which have become hits themselves, but usually in most cases, bringing the music to new listeners.

Cover photo of the Beatles on their March 1995 EP that included The Shirelles’ song, “Baby It’s You.” Click for CD.
Cover photo of the Beatles on their March 1995 EP that included The Shirelles’ song, “Baby It’s You.” Click for CD.
      Cover Versions.  The Beatles, for one, have covered several of the girl group songs.  Early on, The Beatles used the Shirelles’ song “Baby It’s You” as part of their stage act from 1961 until 1963.  They also recorded the song in February 1963 for their first album, Please Please Me.  A live Beatles’ version of “Baby It’s You” was later issued as a part of a four-song EP in 1995 that rose into the Top Ten in both the US and UK.

Music Player
Mamas & Papas-“Dedicated To…”

Another Shirelles song, “Dedicated To The One I Love,” was given a boost by a 1967 cover version by The Mamas & The Papas with Michelle Phillips on lead. This version (above) went to No. 2 in both the US and UK.

The group Smith in 1969 and The Carpenters in 1970-71 also released versions of The Shirelles’ song “Baby It’s You.”  More than 20 other artists have also recorded the song.  Similarly, The Shirelles’ “Will You Love Me Tomorrow” has been recorded by a long list of artists – from The Chiffons in 1963 and song co-author Carole King on her 1971 Tapestry album, to Amy Winehouse who recorded a slowed-down, jazzy version for the 2004 film Bridget Jones: The Edge of Reason.

Record jacket for April 1967 Beach Boys single, “Then I Kissed Her” cover of Crystals song. Click for digital.
Record jacket for April 1967 Beach Boys single, “Then I Kissed Her” cover of Crystals song. Click for digital.
     Some of The Crystals’ songs have also been widely covered. In 1965, the Beach Boys recorded “And Then He Kissed Me” with the re-worded title “Then I Kissed Her,” and included the song on their Summer Days (And Summer Nights!) album. Al Jardine sang lead on the song.

Two years later, in April 1967, the Beach Boys released the song as a single in the UK where it charted at No. 4.

Singing duo Sonny & Cher also covered “And Then He Kissed Me,” issued on a French four-song EP in 1965.

And Bruce Springsteen covered the song in some of his live performances in 1975 under the title, “Then She Kissed Me.”  He also used the same song in more recent years, opening a concert with it in August 2008 in St. Louis, and performing it by request in Sunrise, Florida during a September 2009 encore performance.

Linda Ronstadt’s “Heat Wave,” 1975.
Linda Ronstadt’s “Heat Wave,” 1975.

“(Love is Like a) Heat Wave,” the 1963 hit song by Motown’s Martha and the Vandellas, has some interesting cover history as well.  Linda Ronstadt had a No. 5 hit with the song in November 1975, and Phil Collins released a single version of “Heat Wave” in September 2010.

The Lovin’ Spoonful’s John Sebastian revealed in 2007 how he sped up the three-chord intro from “(Love Is Like a) Heat Wave” to come up with the intro for the Spoonful’s 1965 hit, “Do You Believe in Magic.”

And in recent years, the song has been used by at least five contestants on the American Idol TV show.

Many other 1960s’ girl group songs have similar histories of cover-version recordings; only a sampling has been offered here.

 
Film & TV Music

The 1996 film, “One Fine Day,” used The Chiffons’s popular 1963 song of that name in the film score. Click for film DVD.
The 1996 film, “One Fine Day,” used The Chiffons’s popular 1963 song of that name in the film score. Click for film DVD.
       The 1960s girl group songs have also been used extensively in TV and film productions.  The Shirelles “Soldier Boy” was used in the 1979 film The Wanderers as well as the 1989 film, Born on the Fourth of July.  The Ronettes “Be My Baby” was used in the opening segments of films such as Martin Scorsese’s Mean Streets of 1973 and Dirty Dancing of 1987.  It was also used in episodes of TV’s Moonlighting show in 1987 and The Wonder Years in 1990, as well as an entertaining Levis’ jeans TV ad in 1989.  The Crystals’ “And Then He Kissed Me” was used in the 1990 film Goodfellas and also during the opening credits of the 1987 film comedy Adventures in Babysitting, when Elisabeth Shue dances to and lip-syncs the song.  It is also said that this Crystals song song inspired a famous front-page headline, “And Then He Kissed Her” which ran in London’s The Sun newspaper on July 30, 1981, the day after Prince Charles and Lady Diana were married.

Martha & the Vandellas’ song “Heat Wave” was sung by Whoopi Goldberg in the 1992 film Sister Act, and also featured in Backdraft of 1991 and More American Graffiti of 1979.  “A Lover’s Concerto” by The Toys was used in the 1995 film Mr. Holland’s Opus, and “One Fine Day” by the Chiffons was used in the 1996 film by that name starring Michelle Pfeiffer and George Clooney.  The Ronettes’ “Baby I Love You” is part of the soundtrack for the 1995 Hugh Grant-Julianne Moore film Nine Months, and the soundtrack for the 1999 film A Walk on the Moon featured a remake of the Jaynetts song, “Sally Go ‘Round the Roses.”  And this is only a partial list.

Gillian Gaar’s “She’s A Rebel,” 1992.
Gillian Gaar’s “She’s A Rebel,” 1992.

 
Girl Group Books

     Among books that cover or include 1960s’ girl groups as a subject are, for example: Alan Betrock’s 1982 book, Girl Groups: The Story of a Sound; Gillian Gaar’s 1992 book, She’s a Rebel: The History of Women in Rock & Roll; John Clemente’s 2000 book, Girl Groups: Fabulous Females That Rocked the World; and Jacqueline Warwick’s 2007 book, Girl Groups, Girl Culture.  Laurie Stras, a senior lecturer in music at the University of Southampton in the U.K. has edited a 2011 anthology that explores 1960s girl singers and girl groups in the U.S. and the U.K. – She’s So Fine: Reflections on Whiteness, Femininity, Adolescence and Class in 1960s Music. Academic and trade journal articles have also delved into various aspects of the 1960s girl-group era, a few of which are listed below in “Sources.”

Girl group members themselves have taken up the pen to tell their own stories of their years in the music business, some of them turbulent tales.  Among these books have been, for example: Mary Wilson’s 1986 book, Dreamgirl: My Life As a Supreme, written with Patricia Romanowski and Ahrgus Juilliard; Ronnie Spector’s 1990 book, Be My Baby: How I Survived Mascara, Miniskirts, and Madness, or My Life As a Fabulous Ronette; Martha Reeves 1994 autobiography with Mark Bego, Dancing in the Street: Confessions of a Pop Diva; and Darlene Love’s 1998 autobiography, My Name Is Love.

Peter Benjaminson’s  “The Lost Supreme,” about Florence Ballard. Click for copy.
Peter Benjaminson’s “The Lost Supreme,” about Florence Ballard. Click for copy.
     Added to these are girl group books written by outside authors, such as: Marc Taylor’s 2004 book, The Original Marvelettes: Motown’s Mystery Girl Group; J. Randy Taraborrelli’s 2007 biography, Diana Ross; and Peter Benjaminson’s 2008 book, The Lost Supreme: The Life of Dreamgirl Florence Ballard.  There have also been several books written about Phil Spector’s life and work, among them, Mark Ribowsky’s 1989 book, He’s a Rebel: The Truth About Phil Spector – Rock and Roll’s Legendary Madman, and Mick Brown’s 2007 book, Tearing Down the Wall of Sound: The Rise and Fall of Phil Spector.

In 2005, Ken Emerson wrote a book about the Brill Building scene – Always Magic in the Air: The Bomp and Brilliance of the Brill Building Era. Former Brill Building songwriter and singer Carole King has written a 2012 memoir titled, A Natural Woman.

A number of books have also covered Motown’s history, including Berry Gordy’s 1994 autobiography, To Be Loved: The Music, the Magic, the Memories of Motown, and Peter Benjaminson’s 2012 book, Mary Wells: The Tumultuous Life of Motown’s First Superstar.

Broadhurst Theatre playbill for 2011 play, “Baby It’s You.” Click for playbill.
Broadhurst Theatre playbill for 2011 play, “Baby It’s You.” Click for playbill.

 
Stage & Screen

     On Broadway and in Hollywood, girl group stories have been told, and more are in development.  Perhaps the most famous of the stage productions so far has been Dreamgirls, a 1981 Broadway musical based in part on the rise of performers such as The Supremes, The Shirelles, James Brown, Jackie Wilson, and others.  In the play, a young female singing trio from Chicago named “The Dreams” become music superstars.  The musical was nominated for thirteen Tony Awards and won six.  Dreamgirls was also made into a successful Hollywood film in 2006, starring Jamie Foxx, Beyoncé Knowles, Eddie Murphy, Jennifer Hudson, Danny Glover, and others.  The film won three Golden Globes and two Oscars.

In April 2011, Baby It’s You!, another musical with girl group roots, debuted on Broadway.  This production featured the music of The Shirelles and offered the story of their manager, Florence Greenberg and her Scepter Records, the recording label Greenberg started when she signed The Shirelles.  This production ran for 148 performances, opening at the Broadhurst Theater in April 2011 and closing that year in September.

Years earlier, in 1985, a Broadway show titled Leader of the Pack, dedicated to songs co-written by Brill Building songwriter Ellie Greenwich and based on her life, also ran on Broadway where it was nominated for a Best Musical Tony.

2013 playbill from the Lunt-Fontanne Theatre for the Broadway show, “Motown The Musical.” Click for song originals.
2013 playbill from the Lunt-Fontanne Theatre for the Broadway show, “Motown The Musical.” Click for song originals.
     Another Brill Building writer, Carol King, will be celebrated in a Broadway production scheduled to open in 2014 titled, Beautiful: The Carole King Musical.  Sony/ATV Music Publishing is involved in the production and the musical score will include songs by Carole King and Gerry Goffin as well as Barry Mann and Cynthia Weil.  And most recently on Broadway, opening in April 2013, has been Motown: The Musical,” which celebrates the musical legacy of Berry Gordy and the Motown music catalog, including Motown’s girl groups.

 
For The Ages

So, the upbeat and joyful music of the 1960s’ girl-groups lives on – in various forms and venues – staying alive for the future. But for some who lived through that time and actually experienced the music making in those years, there’s no substitute for the real thing. LaLa Brooks who sang lead on several of The Crystals big hits in the 1960s, gave an October 2011 interview with Mindy Peterman of the Morton Report during which she reminisced about working in the studio with Phil Spector and the parade of live musicians and singers who came together back then to produce the songs. Similar scenes were common at Motown and the Brill Building. That era is gone now, and those recording sessions can never be repeated, but Brooks is sure that the sound they made back then was special and unique, and she was glad to have been a part of it:

“…I remember there were so many people in the studio.  That was fascinating.  Just to sit outside the studio in the seating area before I put on the vocals and seeing all the musicians just playing live, which they don’t do today.  I think that was an experience.  So many of the young artists now, they’re using all kinds of computers and some kind of technology.  They lose that gift that I had in the studio with Phil [Spector] with all the musicians at one time playing.”

Three CD collection from The Marvelettes (2009), showing from top left: Gladys Horton, Katherine Anderson, Georgeanna Tillman, and Wanda Young. Click for CD.
Three CD collection from The Marvelettes (2009), showing from top left: Gladys Horton, Katherine Anderson, Georgeanna Tillman, and Wanda Young. Click for CD.
     Still, the sound from that time – the music, the voices, the beat – much of it has been captured, etched, recorded, and digitized for all time. The legacy is there for the listening — like Wanda Young’s amazing “Forever,” below. 

Music Player
The Marvelettes-“Forever”
(Wanda Young, lead)

And as more distance is put between that time and those songs, it does appear that the era, and the music made then, will stand out in a good way. And however accidental, serendipitous, and/or opportunistic that music-making may have been in its day, the “girl group sound” remains a gift for the ages.

For other stories at this website on the history of popular music please visit the Annals of Music category page or go to the Home Page for additional story choices.  See also, “Noteworthy Ladies,” a topics page with 40 more story choices about famous women. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support this website.  Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 25 June 2013
Last Update: 16 July 2023
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “1960s Girl Groups:1958-1966,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 25, 2013.

____________________________________

 

Books at Amazon.com

Sept 2023 book on 1960s girl groups, Hachette, 448 pp. Click for copy.
Sept 2023 book on 1960s girl groups, Hachette, 448 pp. Click for copy.
“Detroit 67: The Year That Changed Soul.” Click for copy.
“Detroit 67: The Year That Changed Soul.” Click for copy.
“...The 50 Fiercest Female Rockers.”  Click for copy.
“...The 50 Fiercest Female Rockers.” Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

“Girl Group Hits”
A 1960s Sampler

The Shirelles
1960 – #39 – “Tonight’s the Night”
1960 – #1 – “Will You Love Me Tomorrow”
1961 – #3 – “Dedicated to The One I Love”
1961 – #4 – “Mama Said”
1961 – #8 – “Baby It’s You”
1961 – #1 – “Soldier Boy”
1963 – #4 – “Foolish Little Girl”
Rosie & The Originals
1960 – #5 – “Angel Baby”
The Paris Sisters
1961 – #5 – “I Love How You Love Me”
The Marvelettes
1961 – #1 – “Mr Postman”
1962 – #7 – “Playboy”
1962 – #17 – “Beachwood 4-5789”
1962 – #9 – “Someday, Someway”
1963 – #44 – “Forever”
1964 – #25 – “Too Many Fish in the Sea”
1966 – #7 – “Don’t Mess With Bill”
The Exciters
1962 – #4 – “Tell Him”
The Orlons
1962 – #2 – “The Wah Watusi”
1962 – #4 – “Don’t Hang Up”
1963 – #3 – “South Street”
The Sensations
1962 – #4 – “Let Me In”
The Cookies
1962 – #17 – “Chains”
1963 – #7 – “Don’t Say Nothing Bad…”
Little Eva
1962 – #1 – “The Loco-Motion”
Dee Dee Sharp
1962 – #2 – “Mashed Potato Time”
The Crystals
1961 – #20 – “There’s No Other Like…”
1962 – #13 – “Uptown”
1962 – #1 – “He’s A Rebel”
1963 – #11 – “He’s Sure the Boy I Love”
1963 – #3 – “Da Doo Ron Ron”
1963 – #6 – “Then He Kissed Me”
The Chiffons
1963 – #1 – “He’s So Fine”
1963 – #3 – “One Fine Day”
1963 – #40 – “A Love So Fine”
1964 – #36 – “I Have a Boyfriend”
1966 – #10 – “Sweet Talkin’ Guy”
The Angels
1963 – #1 – “My Boyfriend’s Back”
The Blue-Bells (& Patti LaBelle)
1962 – #15 – “I Sold My Heart To…”
1963 – #37 – “Down The Aisle”
1964 – #34 – “You’ll Never Walk Alone”
Lesley Gore
1963 – #1 – “It’s My Party”
1963 – #2 – “Judy’s Turn to Cry”
1964 – #2 – “You Don’t Own Me”
The Jaynetts
1963 – #2 – “Sally Go Round The Roses”
Darlene Love
1963 – #39 – “Today I Met The Boy…”
1963 – #26 – “Wait Till My Bobby…”
The Ronettes
1963 – #2 – “Be My Baby”
1963 – #24 – “Baby I Love You”
1964 – #39 – “Best Part Of Breakin’ Up”
1964 – #34 – “Do I Love You”
1964 – #23 – “Walking in the Rain”
1965 – #52 – “Born To Be Together”
1966 – #100 – “I Can Hear Music”
Martha & The Vandellas
1963 – #29 – “Come & …These Memories”
1963 – #4 – “Heat Wave”
1964 – #8 – “Quicksand”
1964 – #2 – “Dancing In The Street”
1965 – #34 – “Wild One”
1965 – #8 – “Nowhere To Run”
1966 – #9 – “I’m Ready For Love”
1967 – #10 – “Jimmy Mack”
The Murmaids
1964 – #3 – “Popsicles and Icicles”
The Dixie Cups
1964 – #1 – “Chapel of Love”
1965 – #20 – “Iko Iko”
The Velvelettes
1964 – #45 – “Needle in a Haystack”
1965 – #64 – “He Was…Sayin’ Somethin'”
The Toys
1965 – #2 – “A Lover’s Concerto”
The Shangri-Las
1964 – #5 – “…Walking In the Sand”
1964 – #1 – “Leader of the Pack”
1965 – #18 – “Give Him a Great Big Kiss”
1965 – #29 – “Give Us Your Blessings”
1965 – #6 – “…Never Go Home Anymore”
1966 – #33 – “Long Live Our Love”
The Supremes
1964 – #1 – “Where Did Our Love Go”
1964 – #1 – “Baby Love”
1964 – #1 – “Come See About Me”
1965 – #1 – “Stop! In the Name of Love”
1965 – #1 – “Back in My Arms Again”
1965 – #11 – “Nothing But Heartaches”
1965 – #1 – “I Hear A Symphony”
1966 – #5 – “My World is Empty…”
1966 – #9 – “Like An Itching in My Heart”
1966 – #1 – “You Can’t Hurry Love”
1966 – #1 – “You Keep Me Hangin’ On”
1967 – #1 – “Love is Here and…”
1967 – #1 – “The Happening”
Diana Ross & The Supremes
1967 – #2 – “Reflections”
1967 – #9 – “In and Out of Love”
1968 – #1 – “Love Child”
1969 – #1 – “Someday We’ll Be Together”
________________________
Song rankinigs, U.S. Billboard chart.

The cover of Mary Wilson's 1986 book, "Dreamgirl: My Life as A Supreme." Click for book.
The cover of Mary Wilson's 1986 book, "Dreamgirl: My Life as A Supreme." Click for book.
CD cover, "The Best of the Crystals," 1992. Click for CD.
CD cover, "The Best of the Crystals," 1992. Click for CD.
Peter Benjaminson’s 2012 book, "Mary Wells: The Tumultuous Life of Motown's First Superstar."
Peter Benjaminson’s 2012 book, "Mary Wells: The Tumultuous Life of Motown's First Superstar."
Mark Ribowsky’s 2007 book on Phil Spector. Click for book.
Mark Ribowsky’s 2007 book on Phil Spector. Click for book.
“Best of the Ronettes” CD issued on the ABKCO label, 1992. Click for CD.
“Best of the Ronettes” CD issued on the ABKCO label, 1992. Click for CD.

Greil Marcus, “The Girl Groups,” in Anthony De Curtis and James Henke (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock & Roll, Random House, New York, 1992, pp. 189-190.

“Girl Groups: A Short History,” History of Rock.com.

Alan Betrock, Girl Groups: The Story of a Sound, Delilah Books / Putnam Publishing Group, 1982, 516 pp.

“100 Greatest Girl Group Songs,” DigitalDream Door.com.

“Girl Group,”Wikipedia.org.

Frank Hoffmann with Robert Birkline, “Girl Groups,” Survey of American Popular Music (website), Sam Houston State University, Huntsville, Texas.

Bob Hyde and Walter DeVenne, “Maybe, The Chantels,” The Doo Wop Box, Booklet & Liner Notes (used in PBS promotions), Rhino Records, 1993, pp. 56-57.

Jacqueline Warwick, Girl Groups, Girl Culture, new edition, Routledge, 2007, paperback, 288 pp.

“The Shirelles,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 880-881.

“The Shirelles,” Wikipedia.org.

Bill Janovitz, Song Review, “Will You Love Me Tomorrow?,” AllMusic.com.

Joel Whitburn, The Billboard Book of Top 40 Hits, New York: Billboard Books, 8th Edition, 2004.

Ian Dove, “The Shirelles Sing ‘Soldier Boy’ In a Rock Revival at the Garden,” New York Times, December 31, 1972.

Amy Ellis Nutt, “Passaic Dedicates Street to the Ones it Loves: The Shirelles,”The Star-Ledger (Newark, NJ), September 22, 2008.

“The Marvelettes,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Marvelettes,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 614-615.

Joe McEwen and Jim Miller, “Motown,” in Anthony De Curtis and James Henke (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock & Roll, Random House, New York, 1992, pp. 277-292.

“Locking Up My Heart” (Marvelettes song), Wikipedia.org.

Marc Taylor, The Original Marvelettes: Motown’s Mystery Girl Group, Aloiv Publishing Co.,, 2004, 219 pp.

Andy Greene, “Gladys Horton of the Marvelettes Dies at 66; Horton Sang Lead on ‘Please Mr. Postman’ and ‘Too Many Fish in the Sea’,” RollingStone.com, January 27, 2011.

“The Paris Sisters,”Wikipedia.org.

“The Exciters,” Wikipedia,org.

“The Cookies,” Wikipedia.org.

Bruce Eder, “The Cookies, Biography,” AllMusic .com.

“The Orlons,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Crystals,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, p. 229.

“He’s A Rebel,” Wikipedia.org.

Nick Cohn, “Phil Spector,” in Anthony De Curtis and James Henke (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock & Roll, Random House, New York, 1992, pp.177-188.

“Phil Spector/The Teddy Bears,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 922-923.

Jack Doyle, “To Know, Know…Him, 1958-2010” (includes Teddy Bears & Phil Spector history), PopHistoryDig.com, December 19, 2010.

“Phil Spector, Biography,” RollingStone.com.

Mark Ribowsky, He’s a Rebel: Phil Spector, Rock and Roll’s Legendary Producer, New York: Perseus, 2007.

“Phil Spector,” Times Topics, The New York Times.

Dave Thompson, Phil Spector: Wall Of Pain, (updated paperback edition), Omnibus Press, March 1, 2010.

“The Crystals,” Wikipedia.org.

“Then He Kissed Me,” Wikipedia.org.

“Da Doo Ron Ron,” Wikipedia.org.

Frank Hoffmann with Robert Birkline, “The Spector Sound,” Survey of American Popular Music (website), Sam Houston State University, Huntsville, Texas.

“Wall of Sound,” Wikipedia.org.

Jack Doyle, “Be My Baby: 1960s-2010” (The Ronettes history), PopHistoryDig.com, January 18, 2010.

Greg Shaw, “Brill Building Pop,” in Anthony De Curtis and James Henke (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock & Roll, Random House, New York, 1992, pp.

Bruce Pollock, When Rock Was Young, New York: Holt, Reinhardt & Winston, 1981.

“Man With the Golden Ear,” Time, Friday, April 22, 1966.

“Don Kirshner and Aldon Music,” History of Rock.com.

“Spotlight on Brooks Arthur!,” Artie Wayne On The Web, October 12, 2011.

“The Chiffons,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Chiffons,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 174-175.

“The Jaynetts,” Wikipedia.org.

“Sally Go ‘Round the Roses,” Wikipedia.org.

“Martha and the Vandellas/Martha Reeves,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 613-614.

“(Love Is Like a) Heat Wave,” Wikipedia.org.

Jack Doyle, “Motown’s Heat Wave: 1963-1966″( Martha & the Vandellas), PopHistory Dig.com, November 7, 2009.

Gillian Gaar, She’s a Rebel: The History of Women in Rock & Roll, Seattle: Seal Press, 1992. 488 pp.

Robert McG. Thomas, Jr., “Florence Greenberg, 82, Pop-Record Producer,” New York Times, November 4, 1995.

Ann Powers, “Doris Kenner-Jackson, 58, Singer In the Original Shirelles Foursome,” New York Times, February 8, 2000.

Sharon Krum, Scripps Howard News Service, “1960s Girl Groups Are Getting Their Own Back,” Star-News (Wilmington, NC), July 29, 1998.

“The Dixie Cups,”Wikipedia.org.

“The Dixie Cups,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, p. 268.

Robert F. Worth, “A Sad Song for the Ronettes: Court Reverses Royalty Rights,” New York Times, October 18, 2002, p. B-3.

“Ronettes Denied Song Royalties,” Los Angeles Times, October 19, 2002, p. E-2.

John Caher, “Ronettes’ Profits Limited by 1963 Contract,” New York Law Journal, October 21,2002.

Cynthia J. Cyrus, “Selling an Image: Girl Groups of the 1960s,” Popular Music, Vol. 22, No. 2, Cambridge University Press, May, 2003, pp. 173-193.

Reebee Garofalo, Chapter 6, “Popular Music and Political Culture: The Sixties,” Rockin Out: Popular Music in The U.S.A, Pearson, 2012.

“The Murmaids,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Toys,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 1,000-1,001.

Katy June-Friesen, “The Real Dreamgirls: How Girl Groups Changed American Music,” Smithsonian.com, February 1, 2007.

“The Shangri-Las,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, p. 876.

“The Supremes/Diana Ross & the Supremes,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 960-963.

“Rock ‘n’ Roll: The Sound of the Sixties,” Time, Friday, May 21, 1965.

Richard Williams, “Sweet Nothings; The Lyrics Are All about Boyfriends, the Melodies Only a Few Bars Long. Why Are the 1960s Girl Groups Still So Enchanting?,” The Guardian, Friday, January 20, 2006.

Laurie Stras (ed), University of Southampton, UK, She’s So Fine: Reflections on Whiteness, Femininity, Adolescence and Class in 1960s Music, Ashgate, September 2011, 284 pp.

“Baby It’s You!” (stage production), Wikipe-dia.org.

“Dreamgirl: My Life As a Supreme,” Wikipe-dia.org.

“Dreamgirls (musical),” Wikipedia.org.

“Dreamgirls (film),” Wikipedia.org.

Daniel Kreps, “‘Be My Baby’ Songwriter Ellie Greenwich Dead at 68,” RollingStone.com, August 26, 2009.

Allan Kozinn, Arts Beat Blog, “A Carole King Musical Is Broadway Bound,” New York Times, March 15, 2013.

Mindy Peterman,”‘Da Doo Ron Ron’! An Interview with La La Brooks, Original Lead Singer of The Crystals,” TheMorton Report.com, October 8, 2011.

Gerri Hirshey, We Gotta Get Out of This Place: The True, Tough Story of Women in Rock, June 2002, 304 pp.

Melissa Block, ” ‘One Kiss:’ A Box Full of Girl Groups,” NPR, December 15, 2005.

Brittany Beyer, “Women Who Rock: Early 1960s and Girl Groups,”Broad Strokes, October 11, 2012.

“The Girl Groups,” History of Rock.com.

Victor Brooks, Last Season of Innocence: The Teen Experience in the 1960s (hardback), Rowman & Littlefield Publishers, April 2012, 216 pp.

______________________________

 
 

 
 

 

“JFK’s Texas Statue”
Fort Worth: 2012

John F. Kennedy statue in Fort Worth, Texas  honoring the former president on his November 1963 visit there, prior to his tragic assassination in Dallas on that same trip.
John F. Kennedy statue in Fort Worth, Texas honoring the former president on his November 1963 visit there, prior to his tragic assassination in Dallas on that same trip.
     On the fateful day of November 22nd, 1963, when President John F. Kennedy (JFK) was assassinated in Dallas, Texas, he and his wife, Jackie, had also visited another Texas city earlier that same day – Fort Worth, Texas.

Fort Worth is the twin city of Dallas, commonly known today as the Dallas-Fort Worth metro area. But in 1963, Fort Worth would become the place where John F. Kennedy made his last two speeches.

     The president had come to Texas as part of some early politicking for his planned 1964 re-election bid — Texas being a key state in the electoral math. Kennedy was also then making a larger tour of western states, sounding out some possible campaign themes, including education, conservation, and national defense, among others. 

But in Texas at that time there was also a bit of a rift in the Democratic party. JFK’s civil rights and foreign affairs policies were not popular among Texas conservatives. A month earlier in Dallas, U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, Adlai Stevenson, had been roughed up by a crowd after making a speech there. So Kennedy had come to Texas, in part, to do some fence-mending and also to gin up popular support for his party prior to 1964.

     On the Texas trip – which had scheduled stops in five cities over two days – JFK was accompanied by his wife, Jackie, who was making her first public appearance since the August 9th death of their two-day-old baby, Patrick.  The first stops on the trip were San Antonio and Houston on November 21st, 1963, where the president made a series of speeches. They then came to Fort Worth later that night. 

Map shows JFK’s 2-day Nov `63 itinerary: San Antonio, Houston, Fort Worth, Dallas, Austin, then back to  D.C.
Map shows JFK’s 2-day Nov `63 itinerary: San Antonio, Houston, Fort Worth, Dallas, Austin, then back to D.C.
After a scheduled speech in Fort Worth the next morning, November 22nd, the president and his party would then take a short flight to Dallas for the day, then to Austin, the final stop.  Following the Austin visit, the Kennedys were scheduled to spend the weekend at Vice President Lyndon Johnson’s Texas ranch near Johnson City, Texas and then fly home to Washington thereafter. But the tragic events in Dallas intervened in the latter events.

     After their first two visits on November 21st, the Kennedys arrived at Ft. Worth’s Carswell Air Force Base at 11 pm.  Despite the late hour, cheering crowds greeted them at the airport and all along their route to downtown Fort Worth, where the Kennedys would spend the night at the Texas Hotel.  Local art patrons, knowing JFK and Jackie were both art lovers, assembled a sampling of art pieces from Fort Worth collectors and installed what amounted to a private exhibit in the President’s hotel suite.  Sixteen original pieces of modern art and sculpture were installed, including works by Van Gogh, Monet, Picasso and others.  A special catalog, “An Art Exhibition for the President and Mrs. Kennedy,”listed the details on each piece and their owners.

     The next morning, The Star-Telegram ran the front-page banner headline: “Welcome, Mr. President!” with sub-heads: “JFK Lands Amid Roar of Cheers” and “Crowd Lines Route to Town; 10,000 Welcome President.”  That morning, the president was scheduled to speak at a breakfast gathering of civic leaders of the Forth Worth Chamber of Commerce.  Despite an earlier rain and misty conditions, a huge crowd of Texans had gathered outside the hotel hoping to get a glimpse of the President.  Against the advice of Secret Service, an impromptu speech was hastily arranged in the parking lot outside across the street from the Texas Hotel, using a truck bed for a speaker’s platform.  Congressman Jim Wright of Texas, traveling with the president that day, had previously been pushing the White House to allow a short public speech in Fort Worth in addition to the President’s scheduled Chamber of Commerce speech later that morning.

Fort Worth, Texas: At approximately 8:45a.m. on the morning of November 22, 1963, President John F. Kennedy delivered a short speech to thousands of Texans in downtown Fort Worth prior to his formal speech inside the Texas Hotel before the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce.  Rep. Jim Wright is standing just beyond JFK.
Fort Worth, Texas: At approximately 8:45a.m. on the morning of November 22, 1963, President John F. Kennedy delivered a short speech to thousands of Texans in downtown Fort Worth prior to his formal speech inside the Texas Hotel before the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce. Rep. Jim Wright is standing just beyond JFK.

     On his Texas trip, the president was traveling with a group of Texas dignitaries that included, in addition to Congressman Wright: Vice President Lyndon B. Johnson, Texas Governor John Connally, U.S. Sen. Ralph W. Yarborough, Texas state senator Don Kennard, and others.  These officials appear in the Fort Worth photo above and some of the other photos of the same speech below.  The president was quite encouraged by the large crowd that turned out that morning, and he thanked them for coming out in what had been a rainy morning.

Nov 1963: JFK with Rep. Jim Wright in Fort Worth, Texas.
Nov 1963: JFK with Rep. Jim Wright in Fort Worth, Texas.
President John F. Kennedy addressing Fort Worth ,TX crowd on the morning of November 22, 1963 outside Hotel Texas.
President John F. Kennedy addressing Fort Worth ,TX crowd on the morning of November 22, 1963 outside Hotel Texas.
JFK looking out over crowd and downtown Fort Worth, Texas during speech on the morning of November 22, 1963.
JFK looking out over crowd and downtown Fort Worth, Texas during speech on the morning of November 22, 1963.
JFK in Fort Worth with Sen. Ralph Yarborough, Gov. John Connally and Vice President Lyndon B. Johnson behind him.
JFK in Fort Worth with Sen. Ralph Yarborough, Gov. John Connally and Vice President Lyndon B. Johnson behind him.
After his Fort Worth speech, JFK plunged into the crowd.
After his Fort Worth speech, JFK plunged into the crowd.

     At about 8:45 a.m., President Kennedy, with Congressman Jim Wright at his side, strode out of the hotel, also flanked by Vice President Johnson and Senator Ralph Yarborough, with Governor Connally a few steps behind.  Johnson, Yarborough and Connally all wore raincoats, as the skies were still overcast.  Kennedy and Wright were in their suit coats.  Jackie Kennedy had remained behind in the hotel suite.
 

JFK’s Speech
Fort Worth: 1963
[ begins at 10 seconds ]

     “There are no faint hearts in Fort Worth,” President Kennedy began when he mounted the platform, “and I appreciate your being here this morning.  Mrs. Kennedy is organizing herself.  It takes longer, but, of course, she looks better than we do when she does it. . . . We appreciate your welcome.”  Then he continued with the rest of his speech, which follows:

     “. . .This city’s been a great western city, the defense of the west, cattle, oil, and all the rest.  It has believed in strength in this city, and strength in this state, and strength in this country.”

     “What we’re trying to do in this country and what we’re trying to do around the world, I believe, is quite simple.  And that is to build a military structure which will defend the vital interests of the United States.  And in that great cause, Fort Worth – as it did in World War II, as it did in developing the best bomber system in the world, the B-58, and as it will now do in developing the best fighter system in the world, the TFX – Fort Worth will play its proper part.”

     “And that is why we have placed so much emphasis in the last three years in building a defense system second to none.  Until now the United States is stronger than it’s ever been in its history.”

     “And secondly, we believe that the new environment – space, the new sea – is also an area where the United States should be second to none…  And this state of Texas, and the United States, is now engaged in the most concentrated effort in history to provide leadership in this area, as it must here on Earth.  And this is our 2nd great effort, and next December, next month, the United States will fire the largest booster in the history of the world, putting us ahead of the Soviet Union in that area, for the first time in our history.”

     “And thirdly, for the United States to fulfill its obligations around the world, requires that the United States move forward economically; that the people of this country participate in rising prosperity… And it is a fact in 1962, and the first six months of 1963, the economy of the United States grew, not only faster than nearly every Western country – which had not been true in the 50’s – but also grew faster than the Soviet Union itself.”

     “That’s the kind of strength the United States needs – economically, in space, militarily.  And in the final analysis, that strength depends on the willingness of the citizens of the United States to assume the burdens of leadership.  I know one place where they are – here in this rain, in Fort Worth, in Texas, in the United States, we’re going forward.  Thank you.”

     Kennedy received rousing cheers and prolonged applause throughout this speech, and was generally greeted enthusiastically by the large crowd.  He then plunged into the crowd for a time, shaking hands and thanking folks for coming out.

President Kennedy greeting citizens of Fort Worth, Texas who just heard him make a brief speech in front of the Hotel Texas on the morning of November 22, 1963.  Photo by White House photographer, Cecil Stoughton.
President Kennedy greeting citizens of Fort Worth, Texas who just heard him make a brief speech in front of the Hotel Texas on the morning of November 22, 1963. Photo by White House photographer, Cecil Stoughton.

     Next it was on to a more formal speech inside the Hotel Texas addressing an audience of about 2,000 civic, business, and labor leaders at a breakfast meeting of the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce.  Tickets for this event had vanished well in advance of Kennedy’s appearance, as demand for tickets had outstripped the capacity of the hotel’s ballroom.  Among the political and business leaders in the room that morning were Vice President Johnson, Governor Connally, U.S. Senator Yarborough, and Rep. Jim Wright.  Also attending were: Byron Tunnell, Speaker of the Texas House of Representatives; Waggorier Cart, Texas Attorney General; Raymond Buck, president of the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce; and Marion Hicks, a vice president of General Dynamics in Fort Worth and also vice president of the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce.

Jackie Kennedy, center, in light suit behind agent, making her entrance at the Hotel Texas to join JFK at the head table.
Jackie Kennedy, center, in light suit behind agent, making her entrance at the Hotel Texas to join JFK at the head table.
Jackie Kennedy at the head table between JFK and Lyndon Johnson, left, and official of the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce, at the podium.
Jackie Kennedy at the head table between JFK and Lyndon Johnson, left, and official of the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce, at the podium.
President Kennedy during his speech to the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce at the Hotel Texas, Nov. 22, 1963.
President Kennedy during his speech to the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce at the Hotel Texas, Nov. 22, 1963.

Jackie’s Moment

     As the guests at the head table were taking their seats, JFK, according to Jeb Byrne, Kennedy’s advance coordinator for the Fort Worth visit, called one of the Secret Service agents over to the head table and told him to ask Mrs. Kennedy to come down to the ballroom.  He also instructed the agent to ask the orchestra to play “The Eyes of Texas Are Upon You” when she made her entrance into the ballroom.

     Jackie arrived, escorted by two agents, and she was dressed in a striking pink suit and matching pillbox hat – an outfit that would later become a painful symbol of one of the nation’s most horrible days.  But at this moment, Jackie Kennedy was the center of attention and received a rousing welcome and audience ovation as she joined JFK at the head table.

     After the perfunctory political “thank yous” and acknowledgments of local leaders, the president began his speech by praising his wife’s greater aura: “Two years ago, I introduced myself in Paris by saying that I was the man who had accompanied Mrs. Kennedy to Paris.  I am getting somewhat the same sensation as I travel around Texas. …Nobody wonders what Lyndon and I wear.”

     In his prepared remarks, Kennedy expanded on themes he had touched on earlier in his outdoor speech.  Again, he touted Fort Worth’s contribution to national defense with its World War II bombers, combat helicopters, and a current project, the TFX aircraft.  The focus was military preparedness and U.S. leadership.  “We are still the keystone in the arch of freedom,” he said.  “We will continue to do… our duty, and the people of Texas will be in the lead.”

     It was a speech written for a Texas Chamber of Commerce audience, and they loved it. Following the speech, the President and Mrs. Kennedy walked down the main aisle shaking hands and engaging members of the audience for a few minutes before Secret Service agents guided them on a security-cleared route back to their hotel suite.

In the hotel suite, with some time to catch their breath before departing for Dallas, the president made a few telephone calls, one to former Vice President, John Nance Garner, at his home in Ulvade, Texas, to wish him a happy 95th birthday. Garner had served as vice president in FDR’s first two terms in the 1930s. The Kennedys also took some time to view the original art works adorning their suite, placing a call to one of the of exhibit’s organizers, Ruth Carter Johnson, to thank her for her thoughtfulness.

Front page of the New York Times on November 23, 1963 includes photo of LBJ being sworn on Air Force One in with Mrs. Kennedy beside him.
Front page of the New York Times on November 23, 1963 includes photo of LBJ being sworn on Air Force One in with Mrs. Kennedy beside him.
     The presidential party then left the hotel by motorcade to Carswell Air Force Base for the 13-minute flight to Dallas.  A short time later, the national horror of a presidential assassination would plunge the nation into a period of shocked disbelief and prolonged national mourning, as assassin Lee Harvey Oswald shot the president while he was riding in an open limousine along with Jackie and Governor Connally.

     Arriving at Love Field in Dallas that morning, the President and Mrs. Kennedy engaged in some brief welcoming activities before entering their  limousine.  The JFK motorcade proceeded along a 10-mile route through downtown Dallas on its way to the Trade Mart, where the President was to speak at a luncheon. 

At approximately 12:30 p.m. on November 22nd, 1963, the President was struck by two bullets.  Shortly thereafter, at about 1:00 p.m., he was pronounced dead at Parkland Hospital.  Lyndon Johnson was sworn in on Air Force One with Mrs. Kennedy beside him in her blood-stained pink outfit that only hours earlier had dazzled a Fort Worth breakfast audience.  After that tragic day, America would never be quite the same, as a measure of innocence was lost with the President’s assassination.  John F. Kennedy was 46 years old.

 

Earlier artist’s rendition of the JFK Tribute Site in downtown Fort Worth, Texas at General Worth Square Park.
Earlier artist’s rendition of the JFK Tribute Site in downtown Fort Worth, Texas at General Worth Square Park.
JFK Tribute site in Fort Worth, TX as of November 2012.
JFK Tribute site in Fort Worth, TX as of November 2012.
Another view of the JFK statue at the Fort Worth, Texas JFK tribute site at General Worth Square, downtown, set against large period photographs of the President’s 1963 visit.
Another view of the JFK statue at the Fort Worth, Texas JFK tribute site at General Worth Square, downtown, set against large period photographs of the President’s 1963 visit.
JFK Tribute Site  with night lighting, located near the Fort Worth Hilton Hotel (formerly, the Hotel Texas in 1963).
JFK Tribute Site with night lighting, located near the Fort Worth Hilton Hotel (formerly, the Hotel Texas in 1963).

The Texas Statue

     After JFK’s assassination, cities and towns across the country sought ways to honor the fallen president, and a number of place-name designations followed bearing the JFK or Kennedy moniker.  Schools, streets, parks, airports, public buildings and more were named for the fallen president.  In Fort Worth, too, an effort to memorialize Kennedy began in early 1964, when a group of local women pushed to have the city acquire the parking lot where Kennedy spoke, name it for him, and turn it into a public square.  However, that effort failed, but the women tried again after a local bond issue passed to build a new convention center downtown.  This time some 10,000 signatures were gathered for a petition seeking to name the new convention center after JFK.  The county commissioners rejected that idea too, but they later agreed to name the theater inside the convention center for Kennedy,  installing a small bronze plaque near the box office with the title, The John F. Kennedy Theater.  By the year 2000, however, that theater was razed in the construction for an expanded convention center.  Meanwhile, the parking lot where Kennedy had given his November 1963 speech was turned into a public square, named for the city’s fortifier and founder, General William Jenkins Worth.

     In 1999, plans were begun to include a Kennedy memorial on that site under the direction of the JFK Tribute Committee of Downtown Fort Worth Initiatives Inc.  By 2001, Texas sculptor Lawrence Ludtke had created an eight foot statue of JFK, which was cast in bronze in 2009.  In that same year, the Fort Worth City Council authorized an agreement with Downtown Fort Worth Initiatives Inc., for improvements to General Worth Square Park, including the JFK Tribute site,  approving $250,000 in spending.

     In January 2011, Taylor and Shirlee Gandy, co-chairs of the JFK Tribute Committee, with the backing of Downtown Fort Worth Inc., started a $2 million public fundraising effort.  Dozens of prominent residents, foundations, and trusts contributed to the project, among them: the Gandys, Bob and Janice Simpson, Downtown Fort Worth Inc., the Martha Sue Parr Trust, the Jane and John Justin Foundation, Tarrant Co. Commissioners Court, and the Ann L. and Carol Greene Rhodes Charitable Trust. 

     The tribute site was dedicated at a public ceremony in November 2012.  The site is centered on the JFK statue and includes a 2,000 square foot granite plaza backed by large wall with 6-ft. x 8-ft. photographic panels depicting scenes from 1963, along with other panels with selected historic quotes.  The JFK site also includes a water wall, night lighting, and extensive landscaping. Audio tours of the site are available as are downloadable transcripts of JFK’s 1963 Fort Worth speeches by mobile app or from the JFK Tribute website.

     The Ludtke treatment of Kennedy in the statue presents the president in a gesturing, positive mode. “His posture is pressing forward,” explained Andy Taft, the president of Downtown Fort Worth Initiatives, “and Ludtke considered that a very optimistic pose for the president – moving forward, pressing with optimism into the future.”  That is consistent with JFK’s message that day in his Forth Worth speeches, as he spoke about the importance of a strong U.S. economy, The Tribute site seeks to honor the positive ideals and themes of JFK’s final speeches. the space program, military preparedness, and U.S. leadership.

     At the November 2012 ribbon-cutting and dedication ceremony, a number of Texas politicians and local officials were on hand to lend their support for the site, including Fort Worth Mayor Betsy Price, former House Speaker Jim Wright, former Fort Worth Mayor Bob Bolen, and various Fort Worth City Council members.  The JFK Tribute site exists, according to the Tribute Committee, to honor the positive ideals and themes of the President’s historic final speeches.  “President Kennedy’s vision and the impact of his leadership are as relevant today as they were in 1963,” said Taylor Gandy, JFK Tribute Co-Chair at the site’s dedication.  The tribute is also about Fort Worth and its people, then and now.

Profile view of JFK statue in Fort Worth, Texas.
Profile view of JFK statue in Fort Worth, Texas.
     “This isn’t about the tragedy in Dallas,” explained Mayor Betsy Price during the dedication ceremony. “This is about the [Kennedy] welcome here. . . . Fort Worth’s story has been almost forgotten.” 

But now, thanks to the persistence and generosity of Fort Worth citizens, both Kennedy’s ideals and Fort Worth’s enthusiasm for a nation’s young president are set in a worthy public display.

     For additional stories at this website on Politics & Culture, or Icons & Celebrities, please visit those category pages, or go to the Home Page for other choices.  Additional stories at this website related to Kennedy family history are listed below in Sources. 

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 17 April 2013
Last Update: 2 July 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “JFK’s Texas Statue, Fort Worth: 2012,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 17, 2013.

____________________________________


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Fort Worth, Texas newspaper headline of November 21st, 1963 announcing visit of President John F. Kennedy.
Fort Worth, Texas newspaper headline of November 21st, 1963 announcing visit of President John F. Kennedy.
Welcoming Fort Worth residents await late night arrival of President Kennedy at Carswell AFB, 21 Nov. 1963.
Welcoming Fort Worth residents await late night arrival of President Kennedy at Carswell AFB, 21 Nov. 1963.
Photograph of JFK’s outdoor speech in Fort Worth, TX, also showing (behind JFK, l-r), state senator Don Kennard, Sen. Yarborough, Gov. Connally, and v. p. Lyndon B. Johnson.
Photograph of JFK’s outdoor speech in Fort Worth, TX, also showing (behind JFK, l-r), state senator Don Kennard, Sen. Yarborough, Gov. Connally, and v. p. Lyndon B. Johnson.
President John F. Kennedy welcoming his wife, Jacqueline, to the head table in Forth Worth, Texas, November 22, 1963.
President John F. Kennedy welcoming his wife, Jacqueline, to the head table in Forth Worth, Texas, November 22, 1963.
President & Mrs. Kennedy greeting Fort Worth police force on departure to Dallas from Carswell AFB, 22 Nov 1963.
President & Mrs. Kennedy greeting Fort Worth police force on departure to Dallas from Carswell AFB, 22 Nov 1963.
Cover of Nov. 1967 Life magazine featuring story by former Texas Governor, John Connolly, who rode with JFK in Dallas and was also shot on November 22, 1963. Click for copy.
Cover of Nov. 1967 Life magazine featuring story by former Texas Governor, John Connolly, who rode with JFK in Dallas and was also shot on November 22, 1963. Click for copy.

“The Tribute Story,” JFKtribute.com.

“November 22, 1963: Death of the President,”JFKlibrary.org.

“Welcome, Mr. President! JFK Lands Amid Roar of Cheers; Crowd Lines Route to Town; 10,000 Welcome President,” Fort Worth Star-Telegram, November 22, 1963.

Tom Wicker, “Kennedy Pledges Space Advances; Opens Texas Tour… Declares Research ‘Must and Will Go On’ …Party Split Evidenced; Yarborough Scores Connally…,” New York Times, November 22, 1963, p. 1.

“JFK’s ‘Parking Lot’ Speech in Fort Worth, Texas” (November 22, 1963), You Tube.com, audio track comes from the archives of Fort Worth radio station WBAP (length 10:30).

“JFK Outdoor Fort Worth Speech, November 22, 1963,” JFKtribute.com.

President John F. Kennedy, “Remarks at the Breakfast of the Fort Worth Chamber of Commerce,” November 22, 1963, The American Presidency Project.

“The Last Two Days, November 1963: 21-22,” JFKlibrary.org (video, 19:22).

Jeb Byrne, “The Hours Before Dallas: A Recollection by President Kennedy’s Fort Worth Advance Man, Part 1,” Prologue Magazine (of the National Archives), Summer 2000,Vol. 32, No. 2

Jeb Byrne, “The Hours Before Dallas: A Recollection by President Kennedy’s Fort Worth Advance Man, Part 2,” Prologue Magazine, Summer 2000,Vol. 32, No. 2

Jeb Byrne, “The Hours Before Dallas: A Recollection by President Kennedy’s Fort Worth Advance Man, Part 3,” Prologue Magazine, Summer 2000,Vol. 32, No. 2

“Fort Worth OKs Funding For Kennedy Statue,” Star Telegram (Forth Worth, TX), September 9, 2009.

Frank Heinz, “FW Erecting JFK Statue in Downtown Square; Statue to Commemorate President’s Visit, Final Night,” NBC (Fort Worth), Tuesday, January 25, 2011.

Ray Sanders, Commentary, “JFK Gets a Fitting Tribute in Fort Worth, Fort Worth Star-Telegram, January 29, 2011.

James Ragland, “Fort Worth’s JFK Tribute Forever Links Cowtown to Camelot,” Dallas News, November 7, 2012.

Stephen Becker, “Fort Worth Unveils New JFK Tribute,” ArtandSeek.net, November 7, 2012.

Sandra Baker, “Long-Overdue JFK Tribute Dedicated in Fort Worth,” Star-Telegram (Ft. Worth), Thursday, November 8, 2012.

“Fort Worth Flashback: JFK’s Speeches in Fort Worth Would be His Last,” City News, November. 19, 2012.

Stephanie Stegman,  “‘No Faint Hearts in Fort Worth:’ Public Art and Memory in the JFK Tribute,” Ultimate History Project .com.

“JFK Statue: Fort Worth Worthy,” Orwell Today.com.

 

Other Kennedy-Related Stories

“JFK’s 1960 Campaign, Primaries & Fall Election” (with city-by-city itinerary and extensive photos), PopHistoryDig.com, July 20, 2014.

“Kennedy History: 1954-2013” (topics page with thumbnail links to additional Kennedy stories), PopHistoryDig.com, November 10, 2013.

“The Jack Pack, 1958-1960,” (Pt. 1: Frank Sinatra, Rat Pack & JFK campaign), PopHistoryDig.com, August 21, 2011.

“The Jack Pack, Pt. 2: 1961-2008,” (Part 2: Rat Pack & JFK inauguration, etc), PopHistoryDig.com, August 21, 2011.

“JFK, Pitchman?, 2009,” (John F. Kennedy in Omega watch ad), Pop HistoryDig.com, August 29, 2009.

“RFK in Brooklyn, 1966-1972″(Robert F. Kennedy history, legacy, statue/bust), PopHistoryDig.com, July 20, 2009.

“1968 Presidential Race: Democrats”  (includes section on RFK campaign), PopHistoryDig.com, August 14, 2008.

“JFK’s Profiles in Courage, 1954-2008″ (history of JFK book, 1950s politics & legacy), PopHistoryDig.com, February 11, 2008.

_________________________________
 

 

“1930s Super Girl”
Babe Didrikson

1932 AP photo of Babe Didrikson vaulting high hurdle used as the model for the Sport Kings card above.
1932 AP photo of Babe Didrikson vaulting high hurdle used as the model for the Sport Kings card above.
     As a young teenager playing sandlot baseball in Beaumont, Texas during the late 1920s, Mildred Didrikson, daughter of Norwegian immigrants, could hit a baseball farther than most of her male competitors. 

For this skill her sandlot associates nick-named her “Babe” after Babe Ruth, the immortal New York Yankee slugger who was then redefining baseball with his own home-run hitting.  Young Mildred was also called “Bebe” at home by her mother.

     But Babe Didrikson was much more than a good sandlot baseball player.  In fact, when it came to athletics, there was little she couldn’t do.  More on her career in a moment.

     Mildred “Babe” Didrikson is shown at right on a 1933 Sports Kings chewing gum trading card, one of the few artistic renderings of her in action, in this case, jumping over a high hurdle.

     The rendering is taken from a 1932 Associated Press photo shown later below. 

Unfortunately, her name is incorrectly spelled on the trading card, using a “c” in her family name where none is needed.

Young Texas hedge-jumper, Babe Didrikson, on book cover.
Young Texas hedge-jumper, Babe Didrikson, on book cover.

     Still, the Sports Kings card is quite rare and desirable among collectors.  The Sport Kings series of trading cards was released by the Goudey Gum Co. of Boston, Massachusetts in 1933 and 1934.  This particular series featured 48 athletes from a cross-section of sport, among them: swimmer Johnny Weissmuller, football star Red Grange, boxer Max Baer, hockey icon Howie Morenz, and baseball immortal Babe Ruth.  Highly prized by modern sports card collectors, the original Sport Kings cards today are among the most popular sets of sports trading cards.


Babe Didrikson

     Babe Didrikson was born in June 1914, at Port Authur, Texas.  She was the sixth of seven children born to Ole and Hanna Marie Didrikson.  Ole Didrikson was a ship’s carpenter who had sailed the world’s oceans many times before settling down. He encouraged his young daughter to partake in sports.  As a child, among other things, she spent time jumping hedges, a skill later displayed in her track and field endeavors.

1932 AP photo of Babe Didrikson vaulting high hurdle used as the model for the Sport Kings card above.
1932 AP photo of Babe Didrikson vaulting high hurdle used as the model for the Sport Kings card above.
     In Texas as a teenager, Babe excelled in all kinds of sports.  Bea Lytle, a phys ed teacher in the local high school who taught there for 50 years, remarked to Sports Illustrated  some years later that Babe was unique.

“I can still remember how her muscles flowed when she walked.” Lytle explained.  “She had a neuromuscular coordination that is very, very rare—not one of the 12,000 girls I coached after that possessed it….”  Babe led her high school basketball team, and also began to play golf around that time.  But she first came to national attention when she played for a Dallas-based, industrial league basketball team that won the national Amateur Athletic Union championship.  In 1929, she was named an All-American basketball player.  But then came track and field.

     Between 1930 and 1932, at 16-to-18 years old, Didrikson compiled records in five different track and field events.  In one remarkable display of her athletic abilities, she won a 1932 national amateur track meet for women, a team event, all by herself.  On July 16, 1932, at the AAU track and field championships in Evanston, Illinois., Babe was the lone representative of Employers Casualty Insurance Company of Dallas, where she worked as a typist.  At the Illinois meet, which was also the tryout for the Olympic games, she was competing against company teams of 12, 15, and 20 or more women.

Babe Didrikson, second from right, in the hurdles race at the 1932 Olympics. AP photo.
Babe Didrikson, second from right, in the hurdles race at the 1932 Olympics. AP photo.
Babe Didrikson won gold in the javelin event at the 1932 Olympics with a record-setting throw of 143' 4".
Babe Didrikson won gold in the javelin event at the 1932 Olympics with a record-setting throw of 143' 4".
Babe Didrikson, 2nd from left at tape in hurdles race, ahead of  Evelyne Hall, for gold medal, 1932 Olympics.
Babe Didrikson, 2nd from left at tape in hurdles race, ahead of Evelyne Hall, for gold medal, 1932 Olympics.
Babe Didrikson with photographer at the 1932 Summer  Olympics in Los Angeles.
Babe Didrikson with photographer at the 1932 Summer Olympics in Los Angeles.

     According to one account, when Didrikson was introduced in Evanston,  she ran onto the field by herself waving her arms wildly as the crowd gasped at the audacity of this “one-woman track team.”  Still, Babe won five of the eight events she entered – shot put, baseball throw, long jump, javelin, and 80-meter hurdles.  She tied for first in a sixth event, the high jump.  In qualifying for three Olympic events, she amassed a total of 30 team points for Employers Casualty.  In a single afternoon Didrikson had set four world records, taking first place overall in the meet and scoring more points than the next best finisher – an entire women’s athletic club – the Illinois Women’s Athletic Club, scored 22 points, with 22 athletes.

     At the 1932 Olympic games in Los Angeles – which ran from July 30 to August 14th at the L.A. Coliseum – she qualified for five Olympic events, but women were then only allowed to compete in three.  She won gold in the javelin, the first ever for a female in that event, making a throw of 143 feet 4 inches and setting a world record.  She also took gold in in the 80-meter hurdles with a time of 11.7 seconds.

     In the high jump, she won the silver medal behind Jean Smiley, though they each broke the world record.  Babe, in fact, cleared the high-jump bar at a world-record height, and would have won that event too, except for her technique – clearing the bar headfirst– ruled ineligible (later known as the “Fosbury flop” and legal).

     Newspapers of the day recognized Babe’s prodigious Olympic feats.  One headline read: “Babe Gets Praise on Coast; Is Called the Greatest Woman Athlete of the World.” Sportswriter Grantland Rice, after her Olympic Games performance, was quite the admirer: “She is an incredible human being.  She is beyond all belief until you see her perform…”  Rice believed she was in a category all her own, with few rivals.  Associated Press would name her Woman Athlete of the Year in 1932 – a distinction she would win five more times.  In the press she was also called “Wonder Girl” and “super athlete.”

     Yet in 1932, the participation of women in the Olympics was a hotly debated topic.  In fact, many then believed that competitive athletics was strictly for men only.  Still, in the summer and fall of 1932, following the Olympics, Babe Didrikson became famous throughout the land.

     On August 11, 1932, at her return home from the Olympics, she arrived on the mail plane.  Coming into Dallas, a crowd of thousands awaited to greet her.  At her reception in the city she was introduced by a local official as “the Jim Thorpe of modern women athletes.”  The crowd cheered.  One of her hometown newspapers in Beaumont, Texas, The Enterprise, marked the occasion with these headlines: “World-Famous Babe Is Given Tumultuous Dallas Welcome Amid Ticker Tape Showers—She Tells of Having Picture Taken With Clark Gable.”

     At one point, Babe met Amelia Earhart, who was then doing some of her less known long-distance flights and wanted Babe to join her believing that Didrikson’s name might bring notice to those attempts.  Didrikson remained earth-bond, however, and after the Olympics hysteria wore off, Babe faced a harder reality.  She found there was little money in her athletic fame, especially for those in amateur athletics – and doubly so for women.  And the country at the time was also mired in the Great Depression.

Babe Didrikson, 19, in photo by  Lusha Nelson that appeared in the January 1933 issue of ‘Vanity Fair’ magazine.
Babe Didrikson, 19, in photo by Lusha Nelson that appeared in the January 1933 issue of ‘Vanity Fair’ magazine.
     Within five months of her Olympic success, Didrikson, needing a job to maintain her amateur athlete status, continued working for Casualty Employers Co. of Dallas Texas, also her sponsor.  But Babe was told that with her fame she could make good money – if she became a professional.  Though skeptical, by December 1932 she decided to become a professional, but not exactly a professional athlete.

     Not long thereafter, she helped the Chrysler Corporation promote its Dodge cars.  Welcomed in Detroit by Mayor Murphy, Babe appeared at the Detroit Auto show and worked at the Chrysler display booth chatting with visitors and signing autographs.  Chrysler also lined up an advertising man to organize bookings for her.  He arranged some stage appearance for Babe on the RKO vaudeville circuit, one of which was at the Palace Theater in Chicago, where “Babe Didrikson” had top billing on the marquee and was given the top star’s dressing room. 

     On stage, Babe traded opening jokes with a companion comedian, did a track-star type skit, and played a few tunes on a harmonica.  Audiences loved her act, and fans lined up for blocks to see her, not only in Chicago, but later in Brooklyn and Manhattan in New York.

     Although making good money on stage – as much as $2,500 a week in New York, then a small fortune – Babe wanted to be outdoors.  After a week or so on the Vaudeville circuit, she cancelled her remaining bookings and decided to look for some way to use her athletic skills.

     She then turned to performing at various competitive exhibitions – from billiards to a few appearances with a professional women’s basketball team.  She would also master tennis, and became an accomplished diver, a good swimmer, and a graceful ballroom dancer.  She also excelled at sewing, and reportedly made some of her own clothes.  But in the press, after her athletic fame emerged, she began to be criticized for her manly ways.  A 1932 Vanity Fair article, had called her a “muscle moll,” while other accounts cut even deeper.

     By March 1933, however, she decided to take up golf, a sport she had dabbled in a few times and had played some in high school.  But now she thought about golf more seriously, and went to California to take lessons from a young golf pro named Stan Kertes.  She worked on developing her golf game for six months until she ran out of savings, then went back to her old $300-a month job at Employer’s Casualty in Dallas.

Young Babe Didrikson, 1930s.
Young Babe Didrikson, 1930s.
     In Dallas, she also played on a traveling basketball team called “Babe Didrikson’s All Americans.”  The team included mostly men and one or two other women, and played some 90 games all around the country.  Babe earned about $1,000 a month on the tour, which in those times was good money.

     By spring of 1934, it was on to baseball in Florida during spring training – where Babe would pitch an exhibition inning or two working with professional teams such as the Brooklyn Dodgers, Boston Red Sox, Philadelphia Athletics, and other teams.  In these contests, Babe was paid a certain amount of money per inning, as the teams were using her as a publicity stunt.  But in these outings, Babe also met the famous players of that day, including Jimmie Fox, Dizzy Dean, and Babe Ruth — with whom she struck up a long standing friendship. 

Babe Didrikson pitching for  minor league New Orleans team in 1934. AP photo.
Babe Didrikson pitching for minor league New Orleans team in 1934. AP photo.
     She also pitched for a touring Christian baseball team called the House of David, again in exhibition, and pitching an inning or two, but making decent money in the process – $1,500 a month or more.  During this time, she also kept up her golf practice and returned when necessary to her job at Casualty Employers Co.  The president of that company also bought her a membership in the Dallas Country Club and paid for her golf lessons there.

     In 1934, Babe also made the next move in her athletic career: she entered the Texas Invitational Women’s Golf Tournament at Forth Worth.  Babe didn’t win that  tournament.  But the following year, in the spring of 1935, she entered the Women’s Texas Amateur at the River Oaks Country Club in Houston, one of the state’s finer clubs.  And it was here that she began to confront country club elitism.  As Sports Illustrated writers William Oscar Johnson and Nancy Williamson would observe in 1975:

…Babe had to crack…Texas golf society.  She had no pedigree, coming as she did from a dead-end neighborhood in Beaumont, no money and not much social grace.  Her gold medals from the 1932 Olympics counted for little among the country-club set, and her fame had already faded.  There was only her golf game, at that point strong but scarcely smooth.  When she entered the Texas event, a member of the Texas Women’s Golf Association named Peggy Chandler declared, “We really don’t need any truck drivers’ daughters in our tournament.”

Babe Didrikson, in good golfing form, 1930s.
Babe Didrikson, in good golfing form, 1930s.
     But Babe prevailed to win the tournament.  Although Chandler had taken the lead in that outing, Babe mounted a fierce comeback, including a blistering a 250-yard drive, some impressive chip shots, and hitting out of a rain-soaked rut to eagle on the 17th to win the match.  Peggy Chandler, however, had her revenge, successfuly petitioning the U.S. Golf Association to revoke Babe’s amatuer status since she had particpated in professional sport exhibitions.  Still, there was a lot more exciting golf to come at the hand of Babe Didrikson.

     By 1937 she was getting the attention of male golfers for the drives she was making during an exhibition tour of the Southeast.  And at the Pinehurst Golf Course in New York where she was practicing for an exhibition match in November 1937, one reporter noted that she “astounded the critical Pinehurst Galleries by hitting the ball 260 yards off the tee on the championship courses.”

     In January 1938, she decided to make a try for men’s competitive golf, aiming for the Los Angeles Open, a men’s Professional Golfers’ Association (PGA) tournament.  This was a feat no other woman would attempt until Annika Sörenstam, Suzy Whaley, and Michelle Wie took up the challenge some 60 years later.  In the 1938 L.A. tournament, Babe was teamed up with George Zaharias, a former professional wrestler who she would later marry.  In the PGA tournament, meanwhile, she shot 81 and 84, and missed the cut.

George Zaharias & Babe Didrikson, Normandie Golf Club, St. Louis, late 1930s.
George Zaharias & Babe Didrikson, Normandie Golf Club, St. Louis, late 1930s.
     In December that year, Babe Didrikson, then 25 years old, married George Zaharias, 29, who became her biggest supporter.  Thereafter she was known as Babe Didrikson Zaharias or Babe Zaharias.  George abandoned his own lucrative wresting career in order to manage and promote Babe’s career.

     Babe won the Women’s Western Open in 1940, and after gaining back her amateur status in 1942, she won the 1946 U.S. Women’s Amateur and the 1947 British Ladies Amateur – the first American to do so.  She also won the Women’s Western Open in 1944 and 1945.

     In July 1944, Time magazine wrote that Babe had “popped back into the sports pages by winning a major golf tournament,” trouncing a 20-year-old college girl in the finals of the Women’s Western Open at Chicago.  “As usual,” wrote Time, “Babe’s booming drives were seldom in the fairway, but her recoveries were so phenomenal that she had 14 one-putt greens in 31 holes.”  By then, her husband, George Zaharias, who often accompanied her to her golf matches, was running a custom tailoring establishment in Beverly Hills, California next door to Babe’s women’s sport clothing store.

Babe Didrikson with trophy at the Miami Biltmore Country Club, Feb. 1, 1947 for winning the Helen Lee Doherty Women's Invitational Tournament. AP photo.
Babe Didrikson with trophy at the Miami Biltmore Country Club, Feb. 1, 1947 for winning the Helen Lee Doherty Women's Invitational Tournament. AP photo.
     In 1947, Babe won the Tampa Open and Titleholders Championship and became the first American to win the prestigious British Women’s Amateur Championship.  In the previous year — from April 1946 to August 1947 – she won an unprecedented 17 consecutive tournament titles, a fete that still stands. 

By 1947, she had once hit a golf ball over 400 yards and was averaging 240 yards on her drives. Asked how in the world a woman could possibly drive a golf ball 250 yards down the fairway, Babe explained, “You’ve got to loosen your girdle and let it rip.” 

In addition to her power off the tee, she was also known for having soft touch around the greens.  She was also a favorite among fans in the gallery, gaining cheers for her play and laughter for her jokes and banter.

     In 1948 and 1950s, she won the Women’s Open.  In 1950, along with Patty Berg, she founded the Ladies Professional Golf Association (LPGA).  Few professional tournaments then existed for women, so Babe and several other women golfers set about establishing the LPGA to introduce more paying tournaments.  Gradually, with sponsorship monies from sporting goods companies, the women’s tour increased its purses and credibility, with a growing number of women able to eke out a living in golf.

Ben Hogan  and Babe Didrikson Zaharias congratulate each other after their respective victories in the World Championship Golf Tourney at Tam O' Shanter Country Club, near Chicago, IL, August 12, 1951.  AP photo.
Ben Hogan and Babe Didrikson Zaharias congratulate each other after their respective victories in the World Championship Golf Tourney at Tam O' Shanter Country Club, near Chicago, IL, August 12, 1951. AP photo.
     In 1950, Babe had one of her best years when she completed the Grand Slam of the three women’s majors: the U.S. Open, the Titleholders Championship, and the Women’s Western Open.  She also lead the money list that year and became the fastest LPGA golfer to reach 10 wins, doing so in one year and 20 days, a record that still stands as of 2013.

     Later, in 1950, she was named AP’s Woman Athlete of the First Half of the Twentieth Century. In 1951, she won the Tampa Open and was also the leading money-winner that year. 

In 1952 she took another major with a Titleholders victory, but illness prevented her from playing a full schedule in 1952-53. 

Then in 1953, still at the top of her game, she was diagnosed with cancer, and for a time it was thought she might give up the game.  She had surgery in April 1953.

Babe Didrikson in action during U.S. Women's Open Championship of 1954, which she would win.  Photo: AP/Sports Illustrated.
Babe Didrikson in action during U.S. Women's Open Championship of 1954, which she would win. Photo: AP/Sports Illustrated.
     Yet just three and a half months after an excruciating colostomy operation, she was back on a golf course again, competing in Chicago’s Tam O’Shanter All-American championship.  She didn’t win, but it was a miracle she was even out there.  Still, she kept on.  Ten months after her operation, in early 1954, she won the Serbin Tournament in Florida, and that same year she won the U.S. Women’s Open at Salem Country Club in Peabody, Massachusetts by an amazing 12 strokes.

     Babe was on a mission by this time to give encouragement to others who were battling cancer.  She used her celebrity to get the message out.  She appeared as a guest on ABC’s TV show, The Comeback Story, explaining her attempts to battle colon cancer.  But Babe had not been told the full extent of her own cancer, as she had believed she would beat the disease.  Still, she became a spokesperson for fighting the disease, helping the American Cancer Society.  In late 1955, however, her cancer reappeared and she was hospitalized again.  With her, in the corner of the room, were her golf clubs, as they had been during her previous hospital stays.

Saturday Evening Post of June 25, 1955, with cover inset (upper r.) announcing excerpt of Babe Didrikson’s book, “This Life I’ve Led.”
Saturday Evening Post of June 25, 1955, with cover inset (upper r.) announcing excerpt of Babe Didrikson’s book, “This Life I’ve Led.”

By June 1955, her autobiography, titled This Life I’ve Led, as told to Harry Paxton, was published by A.S. Barnes & Co.,.  That summer, the Saturday Evening Post began running parts of the book in installments.  “The warmly human story of a valiant American woman,” said the Post in a top corner cover inset for its June 25, 1955 issue, featuring the book’s title along with a small photo of Babe with a golf club raised above her head.

     Didrikson continued to crusade against cancer, and spoke openly about her illness in an era when most public figures preferred to keep their medical troubles private.  She battled her cancer to the end, but succumbed to the disease in September 1956.  She was 45 years old.

     Eisenhower’s Praise.  On the morning she died in a Galveston, Texas hospital, President Dwight D. Eisenhower began his news conference in Washington with this salute:  “She was a woman who, in her athletic career, certainly won the admiration of every person in the United States, all sports people all over the world, and in her gallant fight against cancer, she put up one of the kind of fights that inspire us all.”

President Eisenhower getting golf tips from Babe Didrikson at the White House, April 1, 1954, as the president uses the American Cancer Society’s "Sword of Hope" for a substitute golf club. Babe had presented the Sword to the president after he opened the 1954 Cancer Crusade, then lighting a huge "Sword of Hope" in New York's Times Square by remote control. AP photo.
President Eisenhower getting golf tips from Babe Didrikson at the White House, April 1, 1954, as the president uses the American Cancer Society’s "Sword of Hope" for a substitute golf club. Babe had presented the Sword to the president after he opened the 1954 Cancer Crusade, then lighting a huge "Sword of Hope" in New York's Times Square by remote control. AP photo.

The sportswriter Grantland Rice once said of her, “The Babe is without any question the athletic phenomenon of all time, man or woman.” 

Charles McGrath, the editor of the New York Times Book Review, wrote in 1996: “She broke the mold of what a lady golfer was supposed to be. The ideal in the 20s and 30s was Joyce Wethered, a willowy Englishwoman with a picture-book swing that produced elegant shots but not especially long ones. [Didrikson] developed a grooved athletic swing reminiscent of Lee Trevino’s, and she was so strong off the tee that a fellow Texan, the great golfer Byron Nelson, once said that he knew of only eight men who could outdrive her.”

     Mildred Babe Didrikson Zaharias, in any case, had an impressive athletic career, stretching from her All-American basketball designation in the early 1930s and her record-setting Olympic achievements of 1932, to a prolific amateur and professional golf career that ran into the mid-1950s. 

Totaling both her amateur and professional competitive golf victories, Babe won some 82 tournaments. Associated Press named her “Female Athlete of the Year” in 1932, 1945, 1946, 1947, 1950, and 1954.

“Babe, The Money Machine”
1930s-1950s

     As Babe Didrikson rose to fame – both following her 1932 Olympics’ performance and during her golf career through the mid-1950s – she became something of a hot property for business and product endorsements. For some of the promotions, exhibitions, and advertising in which she engaged, Babe appears to have been a willing participant. But in other respects, those around her and those profiting from her – including her husband, George Zaharias; her business manager, Fred Corcoran; and the emerging professional women’s golf circuit – all commanded her attention, and in her later years, drove her into quite a frenetic pace of activity.

Babe Didrikson offering an endorsement for Wheaties at the bottom of a 1935 magazine ad.
Babe Didrikson offering an endorsement for Wheaties at the bottom of a 1935 magazine ad.
      Early in her career, following her 1932 Olympics fame, Babe Dirdrikson did a few product endorsements and her image was also used in some advertising as well, as in the 1935 Wheaties ad at right. She had also done product endorsements for Chrysler automobiles in the 1930s, as noted earlier. In fact, Didrikson may well have been the first traditional female athlete sought out for product endorsements. Later in her career, as she became famous in golf, her endorsements appeared on a number of products and her name and/or image appeared in print ads for Wilson Sporting Goods, Timex watches, and other products. Even after her death, her image was used in a mid-1960s magazine ad for New England Life Insurance.

This 1950s Timex watch ad touted Babe’s golf stardom and her domestic/homemaker side.
This 1950s Timex watch ad touted Babe’s golf stardom and her domestic/homemaker side.
      With Wilson Sporting Goods, Babe received an annual fee of $8,000 to advise the company and help promote their products. She also had a contract with the Serbin dress company, which made golf clothes for women, and another to promote the Weathervane line of women’s clothes produced by Alvin Handmacher, for a $10,000-a-year fee. Babe, who had made some of her own clothes as a young woman, pushed for comfortable sporting attire, helping design or co-design golf dresses, shirts, and shoes. Her clothing sponsorships also helped put her in a more feminine light.

     During the latter stages of her golf career it was estimated she was earning more than $100,000 a year for exhibitions, endorsements, and other activities connected with sports. Sometimes, Babe would hype the amount of money she was getting paid for various events or contracts, as she did once for a movie deal for a series of instructional golf films, saying she would be paid $300,000, which was untrue, but widely reported nonetheless, helping to inflate her value. She also authored instructional golf articles occasionally and at least one book, Championship Gold. And in 1952, she also had a bit part in the Spencer Tracy / Katharine Hepburn film, Pat and Mike.

1930s: Goldsmith & Sons sales literature touting "Babe Didrikson Coordinated Golf Equipment."
1930s: Goldsmith & Sons sales literature touting "Babe Didrikson Coordinated Golf Equipment."
      One of her earliest golf equipment business relationships came in the 1930s with the P. Goldsmith & Sons sporting goods company of Cincinnati, Ohio. Advertising and sales promotion copy from this company to sporting goods retailers and others, touted a giant new American business that could flow from the fame and name of Babe Didrikson. One Goldsmith pitch to its customers announcing a new line of “Babe Didrikson Coordinated Golf equipment,” claimed the new line was “your oppprtunity for increased sales.” The promo explained that 70% of the 280,000 women golfers then in the market were using hand-me down, cast-off clubs. “Why not cash in on this potential market?,” asked the sales pitch. Babe Didrikson, the promo explained, “will sell this unsold 70% for you.” The piece continued to elabroate on its coordinated line of products: “Babe Didrikson Irons… Babe Didrikson Woods … Babe Didrikson Colf Balls.” The Goldsmith piece also inlcuded a sample print ad promising their customers “real advertising support” built around Babe’s image and fame.

More promotional material from Goldsmith & Sons, displaying Babe's news clips, while touting “the powerful, sales-producing publicity  surrounding Babe Didrikson...”
More promotional material from Goldsmith & Sons, displaying Babe's news clips, while touting “the powerful, sales-producing publicity surrounding Babe Didrikson...”
      When Babe turned pro in 1947, there were few golf tournaments for women, and even when there were tournaments, the prize money was minimal. Her business manager, Fred Corcoran, booked her for golfing exhibitions at baseball parks in Boston, New York, Detroit, and elsewhere. Pre-game, Babe would put on a golfing clinic for the baseball crowds, where, according to one account, “she would drive balls out of sight.” And the fans loved it. She also participated in golf driving contests against celebrity male athletes, including one, for example, against Boston Red Sox star, Ted Williams in Sarasota, Florida. However, in her later years, between her work for sporting goods sponsors and attending events and exhibitions that her manager and husband booked for her, she was sometimes run ragged, even while playing a full golf schedule.

Babe Didrikson posing with two of her golf trophies in the 1950s.
Babe Didrikson posing with two of her golf trophies in the 1950s.
      Babe’s star power has also been credited with keeping the fledgling LPGA tour alive. She and Patty Berg were the founders of the Ladies Professional Golf Association (LPGA) , but from the beginning the LPGA consisted of only a handful of members. Babe became the drawing card that enabled the money to flow to the LPGA, helping the organization and its tournaments to flourish. It became the richest women’s sports organization of its day. Babe’s golfing peers, however, were not always keen on Babe’s manner, her boasting, and her sometimes poor sportsmanship. But they recognized they needed her to keep things going. She was elected twice as LPGA president. And behind the scenes, Babe did work hard to line up sponsors, sometimes pushing relentlessly on business CEOs to become key supporters or tournament sponsors.


     In 1975, a TV biography about her life and times titled Babe, starred Susan Clark as Babe and Alex Karras as  George Zaharias.  A number of books have also been written about her life and athletic career, a few of which are mentioned or pictured below in “Sources.”

Babe Didrikson Zaharias, late 1940s.
Babe Didrikson Zaharias, late 1940s.
     Later accounts examining her life found a somewhat more complex person than earlier reports had rendered. Toward the end of her career, Babe became quite close to a younger golfer also from Texas named Betty Dodd, nearly 20 years her junior. Dodd, in fact, came to live in the Zaharias household and tended to Babe, along with George, in her final days battling cancer.  

Babe was also, according to various profiles, more of a self-promoter than was generally known, prone to boasting and exaggerating her feats – although some say this could be confused with her sense of humor taken the wrong way. Still, she could be an “in your face” competitor, sometimes compared in her boasting to a later practitioner of that art, Muhammad Ali. Sports Illustrated writers William O. Johnson and Nancy Williamson noted her braggadocio at the 1932 Olympics using that comparison:

…She was producing her own myth in Los Angeles.  The remarkable thing about Babe was that, like Ali, her body was able to accomplish the fantastic tasks her big mouth set for it.  She put incredible pressure on herself by bragging.  She was a wing walker, a daredevil who risked humiliation every time she went into an event in that Olympics.  Her own teammates wanted her to be beaten, as the just reward for her bullying…

     On the golf circuit too, especially in her younger years, she is reported to have shown up at the clubhouse  exclaiming to competitors: “The Babe’s here!  Who is going to finish second?”  But more often than not, Babe found a way to win.  Yet her considerable talents were augmented by lots of practice, to which she would readily admit.  The formula for success is simple, she would say: “practice and concentration, then more practice and concentration.”  Dutiful practice was the key, as she advised – “in any case, practice more than you play.”  In her early days, she was known to hit golf balls for hours on end, until her hands bled or had to be taped.

Aug. 4, 1950: Babe Didrikson Zaharias, displaying her playful side, urging the golf ball toward  the cup on the 18th green during the All American Women’s Open at Chicago’s Tam O’Shanter Club. Photo, Ed Maloney /AP.
Aug. 4, 1950: Babe Didrikson Zaharias, displaying her playful side, urging the golf ball toward the cup on the 18th green during the All American Women’s Open at Chicago’s Tam O’Shanter Club. Photo, Ed Maloney /AP.

     But Babe Didrikson above all, was a determined soul; a person who persevered through tough times as a female athlete.  Following her phenomenal Olympic rise, she rode something of a “fame-to-bust” roller coaster, also confronted by judgmental societal attitudes and personal digs from the press.  She managed, however, to keep herself afloat economically during a Great Depression using her athletic skills in a variety of exhibitions until she found her golf calling.  And once there, after dealing with some country club elitism and prejudice, she proceeded to change and enliven the game for the better, while in later years, opening doors for and encouraging younger female golfers who followed.  And all the while, among her most steadfast supporters, was her hometown of Beaumont, Texas, where today the Babe Didrikson Zaharais Museum is found alongside the Babe Didrikson Zaharais Park.

For other stories at this website on notable women and their careers see, for example: “Power in The Pen,” about Rachel Carson and her book, Silent Spring; “Dinah Shore & Chevrolet,” about the famous 1950s singer and TV star who also promoted Chevrolet automobiles, and, “The Flying Flapper,” about the fearless aviatrix, Elinor Smith, who set many flying records in the 1920s-1930s. See also the topics page, “Noteworthy Ladies,” which offers additional story choices on women who have made their mark in various fields. More sports stories can be found at the Annals of Sport category page. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website.  Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 17 April 2013
Last Update: 15 March 2018
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “1930s Super Girl, Babe Didrikson,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 17, 2013.

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

1932, Chicago: Babe Didrikson dressing up.
1932, Chicago: Babe Didrikson dressing up.
2011: “Wonder Girl” book on Babe Didrikson by Don Van Natta, Jr. Click for copy.
2011: “Wonder Girl” book on Babe Didrikson by Don Van Natta, Jr. Click for copy.
Babe Didrikson was also a very capable swimmer & diver, turning in competitive times and scores in various meets during the 1930s. Lamar University archives.
Babe Didrikson was also a very capable swimmer & diver, turning in competitive times and scores in various meets during the 1930s. Lamar University archives.
Babe Didrikson’s earlier autobiography was reissued in the 1970s at the time of “Babe,” the CBS-TV special – “from the director of ‘Brian’s Song’,” says cover blurb of TV special. Click for copy.
Babe Didrikson’s earlier autobiography was reissued in the 1970s at the time of “Babe,” the CBS-TV special – “from the director of ‘Brian’s Song’,” says cover blurb of TV special. Click for copy.
Babe Zaharias Park is adjacent to the Babe Didrikson Museum in Beaumont, TX.
Babe Zaharias Park is adjacent to the Babe Didrikson Museum in Beaumont, TX.

“Clips Record in Hurdles; Miss Didrikson Lowers National Mark in Meet at Dallas,” New York Times, Sunday, June 28, 1931, Sports, p. S-2.

Associated Press, “Five First Places to Miss Didrikson; Dallas Girl Scores 30 Points to Win A.A.U. Championship for Her Team at Evanston,” New York Times, Sunday, July 17, 1932, Sports, p. S-1.

“Babe Didrikson Is Honor Guest at Luncheon,” Beaumont Enterprise, August 17, 1932.

“Sport: Golfer Didrikson,” Time, Monday, May 6, 1935.

“Babe at 30,” Time, Monday, July 3, 1944.

“Mrs. Zaharias Ousts Miss Casey In Denver Golf Tourney,” New York Times, Friday, July 12, 1946, Sports, p. 23.

“Whatta Woman,” Time, Monday, March 10, 1947.

Gene Farmer, “What A Babe!, Texas Tomboy is First U.S. Woman To Win British Golf Championship,” Life, Jun 23, 1947, pp. 87-90.

“Mrs. Zaharias Advances; Defeats Mrs. Reidel in Texas Open – Gets 6 under Par 69,” New York Times, Wednesday, October 13, 1948, Sports, p. 34.

Associated Press, “Mrs. Zaharias’ Course-Record 70 Leads Field at Tam O’Shanter; Star 2 Strokes Under Men’s Par in First Round…,” New York Times, Friday, August 4, 1950, Sports, p. 16.

Babe Zaharias, “This Life I’ve Led,” part 2, Saturday Evening Post, July 2, 1955; part 3, Saturday Evening Post, July 9, 1955; part 4, Saturday Evening Post, July 16, 1955; and, part 5, Saturday Evening Post, July 23, 1955.

Babe Didrikson Zaharias, This Life I’ve Led, New York: A.S. Barnes & Co., 1955.

Babe Didrikson Zaharias, This Life I’ve Led – My Autobiography, Internet Archive.

Jimmy Jemail, “The Question: Is Babe Didrikson The Greatest All-Round Athlete Of All Time?,” Sports Illustrated, June 6, 1955.

Joan Flynn Dreyspool, “Subject: Babe and George Zaharias,” Sports Illustrated, May 14, 1956.

Obituary, “Babe Zaharias Dies; Athlete Had Cancer,” New York Times, September 28, 1956.

Paul Gallico, “Farewell To The Babe,” Sports Illustrated, October 8, 1956.

George Zaharias, “The Babe and I,” Look, 1957.

Theresa M. Wells, “Greatness for Mildred Didriksen Indicated In 1923 Clippings,” Sun-Enterprise (Beaumont, TX), April 27, 1969, p. 18.

William Oscar Johnson and Nancy Williamson, “Babe,” Sports Illustrated, October 6, 1975.

William Oscar Johnson and Nancy Williamson, “Babe Part 2,” Sports Illustrated, October 13, 1975.

William Oscar Johnson and Nancy Williamson, “Babe,” Sports Illustrated, October 20, 1975

William O. Johnson and Nancy P. Williamson, Whatta-Gal!: The Babe Didrikson Story, Little Brown & Co., 1977.

“Mildred Didrikson Zaharias,” Encyclopedia of World Biography.

Susan E. Cayleff, “The ‘Texas Tomboy’ – The Life and Legend of Babe Didrikson Zaharias,” OAH Magazine of History, Organization of American Historians, Summer 1992.

Charles McGrath, “Babe Zaharias: Most Valuable Player,” New York Times Magazine, 1996.

Susan E. Cayleff, Babe: The Life and Legend of Babe Didrikson, Urbana: University of Illinois Press, 1996, 368pp.

Thad Johnson with Louis Didrikson, The Incredible Babe: Her Ultimate Story, Lake Charles, Louisiana: Andrus Printing and Copy Center, Inc., 1996.

Russell Freedman, Babe Didrikson Zaharias: The Making of a Champion, New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 1999, 192pp.

Paula Hunt, “Babe Didrikson Zaharias – Top 100 Women Athletes,” Sports Illustrated, 2000.

Randall Mell, “Legacy Of Babe: 50 Years Ago She Won Third And Final Open, Sun Sentinel (Fort Lauderdale, FL), June 29, 2004.

Sonja Garza, “The Life of Babe Didrikson Zaharias,” BeaumontEnterprise.com (with photo gallery), Friday, June 17, 2011.

Don Van Natta, Jr., “Babe Didrikson Zaharias’s Legacy Fades,” New York Times, June 25, 2011.

“Wonder Girl,” Don Van Natta Jr.,” YouTube .com.

“Babe Didrikson Zaharias,” Special Collections and Lamar University Archives, Lamar University, Beaumont, Texas.

The Promiscuous Reader, “A Good Ol’ Gal From Beaumont, Texas,” This is So Gay/Blogspot, Sunday, February 6, 2011.

Rhonda Glenn, “Babe Didrikson Zaharias – Whatta’ Gal,” U.S. Women’s Open.com.

Rick Burton, “Searching for Sports’ First Female Pitchman,” New York Times, January 1, 2011.

 

___________________________________
 
 
 

 

 


 

“Nader’s Raiders”
1968-1974

Ralph Nader and his “Raiders” –  law, medical and engineering students – on the steps of U.S. Capitol in late summer 1969.
Ralph Nader and his “Raiders” – law, medical and engineering students – on the steps of U.S. Capitol in late summer 1969.
     Among notable activist “inventions” of mid-twentieth century America, few were more effective in shaking up the federal establishment than Ralph Nader’s swat teams of bright young college and law school students. 

Loosed on official Washington in the 1960s and 1970s and dubbed “Nader’s Raiders” by Washington Post journalist William Greider, these teams of Ralph Nader acolytes churned out all manner of books, reports and investigative probes aimed at improving the law, making government work better, and/or holding corporate powers to account.

A small cottage industry of publisher-worthy paperbacks resulted, some becoming bestsellers, and all with messages that stirred the public policy pot.

In the process, official Washington was challenged and changed, investigative journalism was re-ignited, and public interest advocacy became part of the culture.

What follows in this piece is a look back at some of that history, how the Nader teams and Nader reports came about, and what effect they had.

     In the late 1960s, Ralph Nader was fresh from his own success with a best-selling book, Unsafe at Any Speed, which took the automobile industry and Congress to task about auto safety. In that fight, Nader also became embroiled in a battle with General Motors after the company hired private detectives to follow him and investigate his past, trying to discredit him as a Congressional witness and consumer spokesman.  That incident, covered in a separate story, backfired on GM, with the company’s CEO apologizing to Nader during highly publicized U.S. Senate hearings.  With his new national credential as a rising consumer advocate, Nader sought to expand the range of his activities beyond auto safety.  By summer 1968, Nader began assembling teams of law school students to undertake investigative studies of government agen-cies. He had a bigger vision of what might be possible and a long list of issues that needed attention – from food safety and environmental pollution, to anti-trust enforcement and energy policy.  What he needed was more Ralph Naders – though he never put it in exactly those terms.  In fact, the idea may have risen by way of students themselves who wrote to Nader after his auto safety notoriety.  In January 1968, for example, Andrew Egendorf, a graduate of MIT who had entered Harvard Business School, wrote to Nader with a friend offering to work for him that summer if Nader would consider working with students.  Whether this was the genesis of the plan, or was already something Nader was considering, is unclear.  In any case, by the summer of 1968, Nader began assembling teams of law school students to undertake investigative studies of government agencies that dealt with consumer, environmental, food safety, and other issues.  He would start with one agency and one team. Seven law school students were recruited to focus on the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the federal agency charged with protecting consumers from shoddy products, fraudulent business practices, and deceptive advertising.  The students Nader gathered to focus on the FTC were: Edward F. Cox, Yale Law School; Robert C. Fellmeth, Harvard; John E. Schulz, Yale; Judy Areen, Yale; Peter A. Bradford, Yale; Andrew Egendorf, MIT/Harvard; and William Taft IV, Harvard.

Paperback book cover for a later edition of the first “Nader’s Raiders” report on the Federal Trade Commission, Grove Press, 1970, 241pp.
Paperback book cover for a later edition of the first “Nader’s Raiders” report on the Federal Trade Commission, Grove Press, 1970, 241pp.
     Nader’s team went about the business of investigating the FTC full bore, burrowing in at the agency, interviewing its people, and digging up whatever they could find in Congress and the public record.  In the summer of 1968, the Nader team gathered the material for their report, then returned to school.  Later that year, during the December college break, they returned to Washington for a marathon session of writing.  The full report would be released in January 1969. 

     But even before the official release, the Nader team had begun making waves with some of what they were finding.  They had one dust-up early on with FTC officials in the summer when they were conducting interviews and gathering data at the agency. In that incident, Nader team leader, John Schulz, had words with FTC chairman Paul Rand Dixon after some persistent questioning and was thrown out of Dixon’s office. Shulz had asked for a copy of a monthly FTC memo detailing complaints made to the agency. Dixon told him that the document was for FTC use only. Dixon also decreed by letter there would be no more Nader team interviews that summer, unless cleared with him. 

     However, Dixon’s letter made its way to Time magazine, where a story appeared on the incident in September 1968 titled, “Nader’s Neophytes.”  Time also divulged some of what the Nader team was finding, indicating their study would show the FTC as a toothless watchdog, reluctant to go after big advertising offenders, and sometimes withholding reports from the public.

     Edward Cox, a member of the Nader FTC team, helped generate a Wall Street Journal story in the summer of 1968 on some political dirt he discovered in his research – a purely patronage office in Oak Ridge, Tennessee, which was manned by a friend of FTC Chairman Dixon.  As Cox would later tell this tale, recalling his stint with Nader that summer:

…A memorable event for a Washington newcomer was the impact of a Wall Street Journal article.“…I began to see how our hard work and Nader’s guidance and contacts might have an impact after all.”        – Edward T. Cox My research had identified a patronage office in Oak Ridge, Tennessee manned by a friend of Chairman Dixon’s, Judge Castro C. Geer, Jr. Judge Geer’s patron in Congress was Joe Evins, a Tennessee representative and chairman of the House subcommittee which approved the FTC’s budget.  Nader told me to take the information to Jerry Landauer, one of the premier muckraking reporters in the Journal’s DC office.  I will never forget the scene: Landauer, cigarette in his mouth, calling various sources to confirm the information, pounding out the story on his typewriter, and muttering genuinely sympathetic noises about poor Judge Geer who was about to get skewered by his story.  This was the first major story generated by our [Nader study team] work, and I began to see how our hard work and Nader’s guidance and contacts might have an impact after all.

As the “Nader Raider” study teams were assembling, Ralph Nader was receiving national press as a consumer advocate, as in this November 1968 ‘Newsweek’ story.
As the “Nader Raider” study teams were assembling, Ralph Nader was receiving national press as a consumer advocate, as in this November 1968 ‘Newsweek’ story.
     Though the FTC was charged with protecting American consumers from deceitful and deceptive advertising and harmful and dangerous products, Nader’s team uncovered an agency that failed to detect violations and was reluctant to even use the weak enforcement powers it had.  The FTC then lacked some basic enforcement powers, including the use of temporary injunctions and the ability to levy criminal penalties – and it did not seek Congressional help to obtain the statutory authority it needed to improve its powers.  In mid-November 1968, Bill Greider of the Washington Post did a story featuring Nader’s FTC team, headlined: “Law Students, FTC Tangle Over Apathy,” in which he invoked his famous “Nader’s raiders” tag for the first time.  Greider’s opening line in that story: “The graying members of the Federal Trade Commission, an agency founded in 1914 to protect the little guy, were confronted yesterday by Nader’s raiders, a group of modish young law students who accused the FTC of having ‘tired blood’.”  The Nader team’s report, initially titled, The Consumer and the Federal Trade Commission, ran about 185 pages and was issued in January 1969.  It called for a total revamping of FTC practices and its personnel, describing it as a failed agency due to a combination of “cronyism, institutionalized mediocrity, endemic inaction, delay, and secrecy,” and an “iceberg of incompetence and mismanagement.”

A 1970 edition of the Nader Raiders FTC book showed the three authors during testimony on Capitol Hill. Click for book.
A 1970 edition of the Nader Raiders FTC book showed the three authors during testimony on Capitol Hill. Click for book.
     The Nader FTC study received extensive press coverage including that by Time magazine, New York Times, the Washington Post, and others.  It also found support from a surprising source, as Advertising Age, a trade magazine for the industry, offered an editorial critical of the FTC’s weak enforcement.  That editorial said in part: “No community is well served if its fire department habitually reaches the scene after the last spark has been extinguished.”  The Nader FTC report was also published in the Congressional Record of January 22, 1969 and later that summer it was published as a book.

     In Congress, during the spring and summer of 1969, Sen. Abraham Ribicoff (D-CT), then chairman of the Government Reorganization Subcommittee of the Senate Government Operations Committee, was holding hearings on bills to establish an Office of Consumer Affairs.  FTC issues were also covered at those hearings, with the Nader group offering testimony on their study.  At one point during the hearings, Ribicoff praised the Nader FTC authors for their work, while leveling digs at the establishment press and the government: “Bureaucracy being what it is, I am fascinated by your ability to get in so deep, and get so much information.  I am sure that you gentlemen are the envy of the large number of reporters here.”

     FTC Chairman Paul Rand Dixon, however, described the Nader report for the Wall Street Journal as “a hysterical anti-business diatribe and a scurrilous, untruthful attack on the [FTC’s] career personnel and an arrogant demand for my resignation.”  The report had indeed called for Dixon’s resignation and a complete overhaul of the agency.  And by April 1969, the FTC had come to the attention of the new Nixon Administration.  President Nixon urged the American Bar Association to undertake an independent investigation of the FTC, which they completed that September.  The ABA’s report painted conclusions even more dismal than the Nader team had presented.  Paul Rand Dixon resigned.  When, under the new leadership of Casper W. Weinberger, reforms began taking place within the FTC, the New York Times announced the fact  in a front-page headline on June 9, 1970: “FTC Maps Change to Aid Consumer; Major Reorganization Set by Chairman– Agency Was Nader Target.”

 

Ralph Nader meeting with several of his “raiders,” late 1960s.
Ralph Nader meeting with several of his “raiders,” late 1960s.
More Raiders

     While the FTC study was underway, plans were made to staff up several more Nader study teams to probe other agencies.  On February 10, 1969, a small ad was placed in the Harvard Crimson student newspaper at Harvard University in Cambridge, Massachusetts under the title, “Nader’s Raiders.”  The text of the ad read: “Graduate students in medicine, biology, life sciences, engineering, and law are needed this summer to work with Ralph Nader in an investigation of various government programs.  Call Robert Fellmeth, 868-1593.”  An avalanche of responses resulted.  By that summer, more than 100 students had been recruited from thousands of applicants.  In short order, several more study areas were set, generally focusing on food, agriculture, air and water pollution, and interstate commerce.  By this time, Nader had also founded his Center for the Study of Responsive Law based in Washington, which would serve as the operating base for the study teams and research.

Ralph Nader, back to the camera, meeting with “raiders” in 1969 – from left, Julian Houston, James Fallows, Marian Penn, and Robert Fellmeth, Photo, Life magazine.
Ralph Nader, back to the camera, meeting with “raiders” in 1969 – from left, Julian Houston, James Fallows, Marian Penn, and Robert Fellmeth, Photo, Life magazine.
     Life Magazine Story.  In early October 1969, a Life magazine story ran with the photograph that appears at the top of this article showing Nader on the steps of the Capitol with his legions of “Raiders.”  The story, by Jack Newfield, was titled, “Nader’s Raiders: The Lone Ranger Gets a Posse.”  In that piece, Nader explained to Newfield what he hoped to accomplish with his law-student swat teams, and specifically why some lawyers should work in the public interest:

“…Most lawyers are too hung up on clients. The most important thing a lawyer can do is become an advocate of powerless citizens. I am in favor of lawyers without clients.  Lawyers should represent systems of justice. I want to create a new dimension to the legal profession.  What we have now is democracy without citizens. No one is on the public’s side. All the lawyers are on the corporation’s side.  And the bureaucrats… don’t think the government belongs to the people.

“For example, the industries, corporations and lobbyists manipulate the federal commissions and agencies. The Interstate Commerce Commission has always been a tool of the railroads, the bus lines and the trucking industry. The Department of the Interior has been easily influenced by the oil and gas industries.  The Department of Agriculture has been an instrument of the tobacco industry. No one represents the public interest. Lawyers are never where the needs are greatest. I hope a new generation of lawyers will begin to change that.”

     During the 1969-72 period, more than a dozen “Nader Raider” reports were launched, most of which became paperback books. Among the earliest of these were the five Nader reports that followed the FTC study:  The Chemical Feast, Vanishing Air, The Interstate Commerce Omission,Water Wasteland, and Sowing the Wind.  A brief look at each of these studies, as well as a few others, follows below.

 

1970, “The Chemical Feast,” 1st edition paperback, Grossman Publishers, 273pp. Click for book.
1970, “The Chemical Feast,” 1st edition paperback, Grossman Publishers, 273pp. Click for book.
The Chemical Feast

     Work on the background reports that became a landmark “Nader’s Raiders” book on the U.S. Food and Drug Administration began in the summer of 1968.  James S. Turner, a law student at Ohio State University, would become the project director and principal author.  But more than a dozen Nader-recruited researchers worked on the project over two summers, eventually distilling their findings into a 273-page book, The Chemical Feast, published as a paperback by Grossman Publishers in 1970.

     As the title suggests, there was more to the nation’s food system than met the eye, and, in fact, an onslaught of chemical food additives and pesticides was part of the equation, which Nader’s team uncovered in chapters with titles such as: “Cyclamates,” “Hidden Ingredients,” and “Food-Borne Disease.” 

The book exposed the FDA’s lax oversight of the food industry, its corruption, and its connections with big food and drug companies.  FDA appeared more concerned with protecting industry profits at the expense of public health.

“What they turned up was truly shocking,” reported Choice magazine – “evasion of law enforcement, abdication of responsibilities, bureaucratic confusion, incompetence, favoritism, and even fraud… It should prove of interest to concerned citizens of all ages.”

Back cover of “The Chemical Feast,” 1970.
Back cover of “The Chemical Feast,” 1970.


     The major food safety laws – including the pesticide, food safety and color additive laws – were sabotaged by the FDA, according to the study. “While the FDA clings to the claim that American food is better than ever,” explained The Chemical Feast’s back book cover, “the life expectancy of Americans is lower than ever and American food in general is filthier and less nutritious.”

     A New York Times article in early April 1970 by reporter David E. Rosenbaum, used the following headline to describe the study: “F.D.A. Called Tool of Food Industry; Nader Unit Likens Its Rules to ‘Catalogue of Favors’.”  Rosenbaum further wrote that the Nader FDA study revealed an agency “controlled by political pressures and unable and unwilling to protect the consumer.” The standards and regulations of the agency, Rosenbaum said of the report’s findings, “read like a catalog of favors to special interest groups.” 

Time magazine said The Chemical Feast “may well be the most devastating critique of a U.S. government agency ever issued.”  The report was first published in book form by Grossman in 1970, then reprinted three times in 1971, 1972 and 1974.  In 1976, Penguin Books also published it in paperback form.

“The Interstate Commerce Omission” by Grossman Publishers, 1970, 423pp. Click for book.
“The Interstate Commerce Omission” by Grossman Publishers, 1970, 423pp. Click for book.


ICC Blasted

     Another in the first batch of Nader reports was The Interstate Commerce Omission, a scathing review of the failings of the Interstate Commerce Commission, then an 83-year-old federal agency charged with regulating interstate commerce by rail, trucking, shipping and pipelines. The Nader study group undertaking this report was headed up by Robert Fellmeth, and his team delved deeply into the ICC’s record, sending out mail surveys, conducting more than 500 interviews, and doing detailed statistical analyses.  In March 1970, they issued a 1,200-page draft report, which Time magazine called “devastating in detail.”

     The essence of their report was that the ICC really didn’t regulate the 17,000 or so transport entities under its charge so much as operate a cartel on their behalf.  The commission, they found, was in effect presiding over thousands of local transport monopolies, protecting inefficient carriers from competition at the expense of the public.  They also found a cozy relationship between the ICC and the industries they regulate, with industry trade groups also paying for meetings, food and hotel accommodations on junkets to “surface transportation meccas” such as Hawaii, Puerto Rico and the Bahamas.

     The Interstate Commerce Omission argued that the public good would best be served if the ICC were abolished altogether – and along with it, the Civil Aeronautics Board and the Federal Maritime Commission. All three of those entities could be replaced by a single agency, the Nader team charged, an agency that would then be able to set a coherent national transportation policy, relying less on regulation and more on markets to set rates.  Doing so, they argued, would sharpen competition among companies in all forms of transport.

 

Vanishing Air

Cover of “Vanishing Air” in paperback edition by Grossman Publishers, July 1970. Click for book.
Cover of “Vanishing Air” in paperback edition by Grossman Publishers, July 1970. Click for book.
     The release of the Nader study-group report on air pollution – titled Vanishing Air – was a well-timed report, coming exactly as the public and Congress were beginning to focus on environmental issues. On April 22,1970, the first Earth Day – the brainchild of Senator Gaylord Nelson (D-WI) to organize students and other citizens with teach-ins and demonstrations on behalf of action to clean up the environment – was a huge success, with more than 20 million people becoming involved in events and demonstrations across the nation. Meanwhile, the U.S. Congress and the Administration of Richard Nixon were then maneuvering with proposals for needed changes to an old and outdated Clean Air Act, as urban pollution episodes – fueled largely by automobile-generated smog – had raised national concerns about public health.

     The Nader study-group report on air pollution came right in the middle of the growing national outcry over environmental pollution. The work of the study group had begun in 1969 led by John C. Esposito, who held degrees from Long Island and Rutgers universities as well as a law degree from Harvard. He was assisted by Larry Silverman, associate director of the project, who was a graduate of St Johns College and held a law degree from the University of Pennsylvania. This Nader task force included at least ten other members, including graduate students in medicine and engineering. They set about documenting air-pollution health hazards around the nation, using case studies of various cities while also focusing on the role of Congress and the outdated National Air Pollution Control Administration (NAPCA), which operated under the very weak 1967 Clean Air Act.

Automobile pollution became a major concern in the late 1960s, and a topic for political cartoonists, illustrated by this sample from the “Washington Star” newspaper.
Automobile pollution became a major concern in the late 1960s, and a topic for political cartoonists, illustrated by this sample from the “Washington Star” newspaper.
     “…NAPCA bureaucrats never had a chance,” wrote Kirkus Reviews in its account of the Vanishing Air book in 1970.  “The report piles on incriminating facts, figures, and failures and devastating dismissals of NAPCA,” which the report called “a disorganized band of government officials acting out a pollution-control charade.” Among key chapters in Vanishing Air were two that skewered the auto industry – titled respectively, “Twenty Years in Low Gear” and “Nothing New Under The Hood,” a devastating critique of Detroit’s failure to innovate with pollution control technology. 

     Other polluters targeted in the Nader study included big manufacturing and the energy industry.  Congress and the political process were also hit hard, including a presumed champion of clean air, Senator Edmund Muskie (D-ME), whose subcommittee on pollution and federal environmental laws, the report charged, “resulted in a ‘business-as-usual’ license to pollute for countless companies across the country.” The report also charged that Senator Muskie had issued “politically expedient platitudes” rather than “real leadership.”

     Borrowing a page from Rachel Carson and her landmark 1962 book Silent Spring, which used an opening fictional story on pesticide health threats to introduce the urgency of her message, the Nader Study Group on Air Pollution also used this devise in Vanishing Air, including a fictional account of an atmospheric inversion in a major city that trapped pollutants endangering public health.  In fact, as the paperback version of Vanishing Air came out in July 1970, a mass of stagnant air lodged itself over the eastern seaboard of the U.S., putting a meteorological lid on the entire region for several days and trapping all manner of industrial and automotive pollutants. The episode got public attention, while provoking a few editorials (see sidebar below) and several U.S. Senate speeches.


“The Great Dirty Cloud”
July 1970

     In July 1970, as an atmospheric inversion trapped pollutants all along the East Coast, the incident became the main topic of discussion throughout the nation and the media –including the possibility of banning cars from urban centers.  In one editorial, The New York Times wrote:

“Through the polluted haze that for days has hung over the East Coast cities from New York to Atlanta, nothing is clear but a timely warning.  Urban areas are getting perilously close to the point where they have to choose between the internal combustion engine and breathable air…”

“…[W]hat has up to now been regarded as personally hysterical and economically unthinkable may yet become a reality. Until the gasoline engine can be made pollution-free or a clean substitute for it developed — eventualities at least ten years in the future — the automobile may actually have to be banned from the centers of major American cities…  In the present New York crisis a prohibition on all non-essential traffic may yet have to be invoked in certain areas… “

A 1970s’ episode of smog enveloping New York’s Manhattan. Photo from EPA Documerica gallery /National Archives.
A 1970s’ episode of smog enveloping New York’s Manhattan. Photo from EPA Documerica gallery /National Archives.
     The Washington Post also used the occasion to raise questions about the smog-control timetable that was then being considered by Congress for the auto industry – a ten-year timetable proposed by the Nixon Administration and supported by the automakers.  Calling the East Coast pollution cloud a “dangerous cesspool of air that now hangs over this city,” the Post said the incident “raises the immediate question of whether the public can wait the 10 years the automobile industry has said it needs to produce clean cars.”  The Post, in fact, wondered, “Has an independent group thoroughly looked into this timetable to see if 10 years really is needed?  Or is it a comfortable pace the industry has set for itself?”  On Capitol Hill, apparently, there were a few people listening to such appeals, among them Senator Edmund Muskie.  President Nixon’s pollution control package – offering a ten year timetable – was essentially industry’s proposal.  Muskie, however, would cut that in half, making the deadline for achieving auto emissions standards 1975, not 1980.


     Vanishing Air and the Nader Study Group on Air Pollution, meanwhile, continued to have an impact that year, helping to create the pressure for enactment of the 1970 Clean Air Act.  That law, in fact, was the toughest anti-pollution measure ever approved by Congress up to that point and was signed grudgingly by Richard Nixon in December 1970, as Senator Ed Muskie in the end had proved a clean air champion and leader in the fight, setting tough 1975 goals for the automakers.

 

The Ralph Nader report, “Water Wasteland,” Grossman Publishers, 1971, 494pp. Click for book.
The Ralph Nader report, “Water Wasteland,” Grossman Publishers, 1971, 494pp. Click for book.
Water Wasteland

     During the late 1960s and early 1970s water pollution, like air pollution, was a growing problem across the nation. In northeast Ohio, the Cuyahoga River was so polluted with oil and petrochemicals that is caught fire, and nearby Lake Erie was biologically dead. Added to these were any number of other lakes and rivers across the nation that were severely polluted, among the worst rivers, for example were: the Buffalo, the Escambia, the Passaic, the Merrimack, the Rouge, the Ohio and the Houston Ship Canal. Ralph Nader had formed a student Study Group in 1969 to investigate these and other water pollution problems across the country.

     David Zwick was a young Harvard law school student when Ralph Nader recruited him to begin work on water pollution. After nearly two years of study, with a team of 26 student researchers and Radcliffe co-author/editor Marcy Benstock, Zwick released the study group’s 700-page report in April 1971. The study was later published in paperback book form by Grossman Publishers under the title, Water Wasteland.

     What the Nader team found was a federal water pollution control program that was “a miserable failure.”  After 15 years of programs and $3.5 billion in spending dating to 1956, the level of pollution they found – except in isolated instances – had not been significantly reduced.  In fact, it had grown worse. Industrial pollution , they found, was by far the major problem, eclipsing domestic sewage sources by 4-to-5 times the volume.  More problematic were the 500 some new chemicals that industry was releasing into waterways, many of which were not being removed by water treatment systems.

Water pollution was a major problem in the 1970s.
Water pollution was a major problem in the 1970s.
     At the time, the nation’s water pollution control system was administered by Federal Water Quality Control Administration (FWQA) in the U.S. Department of the Interior, an agency then in transition to the newly created Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). FWQA and the pollution laws had given the states primary responsibility for enforcing water pollution controls. But the states yielded to industry pressures to either put off setting standards or to set them as low as possible. The result was no surprise: thousands of industrial polluters and very little prosecution. The Nader team documented numerous cases of pollution, but only rare FWQA requests for Justice Department legal action against polluters. In some localities, there were no actions at all, despite thousands of identified polluters. Nor was the Nader team optimistic about new legislation then pending in Congress; bills submitted by both the Nixon Administration and Senator Edmund Muskie (D-ME), calling those measures far short what was needed to clean up the nation’s waterways.

Ralph Nader meeting with some study team members in Washington, 1969.
Ralph Nader meeting with some study team members in Washington, 1969.
     David Zwick and his team had a long list of recommendations, including that individual citizens be given the right to sue industrial polluters, and that employees who inform on corporate polluters be rewarded by government and protected by law from reprisals by employers.  Water Wasteland also had a key high-profile supporter: William Ruckelshaus, then administrator of the new Environmental Protection Agency. “I agree with Ralph Nader,” he said at one point. “We are in danger of creating a water wasteland if we permit to happen in the future what has happened in the past.” Ruckelshaus promised “radical changes” in water-pollution law enforcement. 

     In October 1972, a revised Clean Water Act passed in Congress with a bipartisan majority overriding a veto by President Nixon. The new law included a “citizen suit” provision allowing citizens to initiate legal action to enforce the law when the government failed to do so. That provision — an important new tool for environmental enforcement — was soon incorporated into other environmental laws.  It had been pushed by David Zwick, who also created a new organization — Clean Water Action — to implement the new law. Zwick’s co-author on Water Wasteland, Marcy Benstock, went on to her own activist glories, stopping the Westway highway project in New York City and heading up the Clean Air Campaign.

 

Sowing The Wind

Cover of “Sowing The Wind,” book by Harrison Wellford, 1972, 384 pp. Click for book.
Cover of “Sowing The Wind,” book by Harrison Wellford, 1972, 384 pp. Click for book.
     Billed as the Nader report on “food safety and the chemical harvest,” Sowing the Wind was the name of the study that investigated the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA).  It focused mostly on meat and poultry inspection, but also pesticide use and other agriculture-related topics. 

This Nader study team began their work in 1969 under the direction of Harrison Wellford, one of the original raiders and also the first executive director of Nader’s Center for Study of Responsive Law.

     Sowing the Wind found that USDA was failing to protect Americans from bad meat and dangerous chemicals.  It charged that the 1967 Wholesale Meat Act – once thought to be a reform measure – had succumbed to business as usual within USDA. 

The report found there was no regular monitoring for bacteriological contamination in federal meat inspections even though there were at least 30 diseases then believed to be transmitted through meat and poultry. USDA also continued to permit the use of herbicides such as 2,4,5-T, despite evidence indicating dangers to human and animal life. 

Also reported in Sowing The Wind were lab and field data that raised concerns about possible birth-defects and cancers linked to the synthetic hormone DES, used to fatten cattle. USDA’s ties to big agribusiness in the meat, poultry, and pesticide industries were probed as well.

Ralph Nader, left, pushed back from table, meeting with students who produced, "Old Age: The Last Segregation"(see cover below).
Ralph Nader, left, pushed back from table, meeting with students who produced, "Old Age: The Last Segregation"(see cover below).
     At the study’s release and Washington press conference in mid-July 1971, Ralph Nader charged USDA with “lawlessness,” that the meat and poultry laws were routinely violated, and that the Secretary of Agriculture, Clifford Hardin, “doesn’t know what’s going on in his department.”  Newspaper headlines across the country trumpeted the bad news. “Nader Task Force Accuses USDA of Allowing Bad Meat,” said one. Another charged: “Government Regulators Bowed To Agribusiness.” In any case, changes were soon on the way for USDA – at least for some of its responsibilities – as pesticide regulation would soon shift to the newly created U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).

     Meanwhile, the first round of “Nader Raider” reports – and the first four or five books to result from these studies – had sold in the neighborhood of 450,000 copies or more. And there were many more reports and books to come. In fact, there were at least 17 raider reports published as books by 1972.  And the money from the sales of these and forthcoming books would be plowed back into Nader’s organizations. On the back covers of many of Grossman Publishers’ editions, for example, was the note:  “All royalties from the sale of this book will be given to the Center for Study of Responsive Law, the organization established by Ralph Nader to conduct research into abuses of the public interest by business and government.”

 

More Raider Reports

     By early November 1971, plans had been announced for a very ambitious “Nader Raiders” project: an investigation of the U.S. Congress —  its members, its committees, and its effectiveness.  In this vast undertaking, Nader would enlist the aid of some 1,000 researchers across the country. But as work on the Congress study began, other Raider reports kept coming (click on any book cover for Amazon page on that book).
In November 1971, a study of the U.S. Department of the Interior’s Bureau of Reclamation came out – Damning The West – which concluded the Bureau of Reclamation had “outlived its usefulness” and should halt its “senseless damming of the West.”  Later that month another Nader team, headed by James Phelan and Robert Pozen, both Yale law school students, issued The Company State – a report on the giant chemical company, E.I. du Pont de Nemours Co., commonly known as DuPont.  That study charged that DuPont essentially ran the state of Delaware for its own narrow corporate interests over those of the general public.  Jerry Cohen of the Washington Post called it  “a classic work on the impact of corporate power.”  Publishers Weekly said it was “well written, well organized,” and “bristling with data” — a study that  portrayed “dynastic family power in a velvet glove.”  Also in 1971 came The Water Lords, a Nader report by James M. Fallows and his team focusing largely on the environmental impacts of the pulp and paper industry in Savannah, Georgia.  And there were others in 1971, among them: Old Age: The Last Segregation, by Claire Townsend, on the indignities and frauds practiced by nursing homes; and, The Workers, by Kenneth Lasson, which profiled nine workers in an attempt to bring the circumstances of worker lives more clearly to the general public.  Among researchers on this project, for example, was Peter Lance, who spent one month each living with the families of a brick layer, a garbage collector and a policeman in Boston as part of the workers profiled in that study.  For many of the Nader studies, the initial raw reports, usually longer and more detailed, were first released to the press, followed by a final, more polished paperback book for the general public, which may account for some variation in publication dates.

     In September 1972, a Ralph Nader Study Group at the Center for Auto Safety released the book, Small – On Safety: The Designed-in Dangers of The Volkswagen, by Lowell Dodge. Previously in 1965, when Nader did his landmark book, Unsafe at Any Speed, which skewered the Corvair, he was criticized for not looking at the Volkswagen in the same way.  With Small–On Safety, he and the Center for Auto Safety did just that – and they found the VW bug and the microbus to have a range of problems.  Among some of the issues they documented from court records and files at the Center of Auto Safety were the Beetle’s erratic handling, its rollover potential, and its “up-in-flames” riskiness following an accident, this due to a poorly-designed fuel system and defective gas cap.  Volkswagen mounted a public relations campaign to deflect the book’s criticisms.

     Another Nader report first released in 1972, was The Politics of Land, which investigated the land use game in California, highlighting in part, the role of developers and land speculators in the state.  This study was headed up by Robert Fellmeth, who had already worked on two other Nader reports.  A paperback version would be published a year later.  Also in 1972, came The Madness Establishment, a Nader Study Group report on the National Institute of Mental Health.  It was authored by Franklin D. Chu and Sharland Trotter and it found, among other things, that the Community Mental Health Centers Act had resulted in a mismanaged and ineffective bureaucracy.  The Madness Establishment was issued in book form by Grossman Publishers in 1974.

     By September 1972 Nader had released his study of Congress as a Bantam paperback book titled, Who Runs Congress: The President, Big Business, or You?  Distilled from the work of hundreds of researchers and thousands of pages of material, a team of three Nader analysts –Mark J. Green, James Fallows, and David Zwick – wrote the final product.  At the book’s release, Nader charged that Congress was giving away its powers to committee chairmen, the executive bureaucracy, and special interests.  The book was well-received by critics and the American public, and Who Runs Congress? shot to No. 2 on the New York Times bestseller list in October 1972, and hit No. 1 for the month of November.  The book eventually went through four different editions and print runs of more than one million copies.  The book remains one of the best-selling volumes written on Congress.  When it first appeared, it was widely read by the incoming class of newly-elected Congressional legislators in 1974 following the Watergate crisis, including the 47 freshmen Democrats that year dubbed the “Watergate Babies.”  Who Runs Congress? also helped change the climate of public opinion toward Congress and Congress’ own perception of itself.

 
Other Studies

“Citibank,” by David Leinsdorf & Donald Etra, was published by Grossman, 1973. Click for book.
“Citibank,” by David Leinsdorf & Donald Etra, was published by Grossman, 1973. Click for book.
     In the early 1970s, Nader teams also undertook studies of the financial system and corporate America.  In the summer of 1970, Nader formed a study group to examine one of the banking industry’s leading institutions, First National City Bank, later named Citibank, then headed by Walter Wriston.  In 1973, a 406-page Nader report titled Citibank was released, written by David Leinsdorf and Donald Etra.  The study, also released in book form by Grossman, explored Citibank’s secrecy and its conflicts-of-interest.  It also examined the bank’s concentration of power and charged, among other things, that Citibank cheated customers and underpaid employees.  Citibank fought back, issuing a point-by-point rebuttal with their own 97-page book in 1974, titled Citibank, Nader, and The Facts.  That reply volume included a forward by Walter Wriston in which Nader was accused of a “reckless misuse of facts.”  Still, the Nader book on Citibank was given high marks for its detailed analysis and was also one of the first assessments of how well a major bank was serving consumers and its community.  Inside Citibank, meanwhile, managers undertook a serious evaluation of the Nader criticisms.  Although Citibank did not lead to wholesale banking reforms, it did succeed in shaking up a secretive industry, alerting Congress and the public to the consumer stake in banking law and regulation.

The Nader Study Group report on antitrust enforcement, “The Closed Enterprise System,” with Mark Green & others, 1972. Click for book.
The Nader Study Group report on antitrust enforcement, “The Closed Enterprise System,” with Mark Green & others, 1972. Click for book.
     Another plank of Nader’s work and Raider report writing grew out of his Corporate Accountability Research Group, set up in 1971 to explore corporate power – from shareholders’ rights to corporate crime.  And one of Nader’s key lieutenants in this work was Mark Green, a Cornell graduate and Harvard law school student when he first came to work for Nader.  In 1972, with Green heading up the Nader Study Group on Regulation and Competition, The Monopoly Makers was released, also published in book form by Grossman. 

The Monopoly Makers examined the cartel behavior of numerous industries, their collusion with federal agencies meant to regulate them, and the costly consequences for the public.  Other volumes followed, including: The Closed Enterprise System, a report on antitrust enforcement by Green, Beverly C. Moore, Jr., and Bruce Wasserstein in 1972; Corporate Power in America in 1973, a collection of essays examining business abuses, edited by Nader and Green; and in 1976, Taming the Giant Corporation: How the Largest Corporations Control Our Lives, with coauthor Joel Seligman. 

There were also Nader documents and reports released on how to organize and build public interest organizations at the state and local level, such as Action for A Change: A Student’s Manual for Public Interest Organizing, by Ralph Nader and Don Ross.

 

The Raider Legacy

By 1972, there were 17 “Nader’s Raiders” reports published as books, with many more to come in subsequent years.
By 1972, there were 17 “Nader’s Raiders” reports published as books, with many more to come in subsequent years.
     The “Nader Raider” reports of the 1969-1973 era were only the first round of many more such reports to come.  In the ensuing decades, hundreds more such reports, papers, and books would be published, not only by the Nader groups – i.e., Public Citizen, Congress Watch, Public Interest Research Groups (PIRGs), and others – but also from consumer and environmental organizations that emerged in the 1970s and beyond as the public interest movement flourished.  But the Raider style, in any case, was replicated and used as a model in spurring other investigative studies.  Nader didn’t invent the technique, of course, which dates to much earlier times and writers such as Ida Tarbell, Upton Sinclair, and others.  But Nader and his student teams did help revive it.  The Raider reports and books became important works of investigative journalism at a time when the pre-Watergate press had become somewhat complacent.  The student reports were newsworthy, drew attention, and permeated popular culture, and as shown, some became bestsellers.  By the early 1970s, the Nader reports had gained the respect of the mainstream media, and were also reviewed in scientific journals and law reviews.  They were taken seriously in public policy circles, their findings cited in Congressional debates, often spawning changes in legislative outcomes.


“The Powell Memo”
August 1971

     One measure of the effectiveness of Ralph Nader and his Raiders came in the summer of 1971.  A corporate lawyer named Lewis F. Powell, Jr., would write something of a famous memo in which Nader’s work was cited as harmful.  Powell at the time was with a law firm in Richmond, Virgnia, and would also represent tobacco interests on occasion at the state legislature.  He was also a member of the boards of directors of 11 corporations, including tobacco giant Phillip Morris.  In August 1971, Powell wrote a long memo to his friend Eugene Sydnor, Jr., Director of the Education Committee for the U.S. Chamber of Commerce.  The memo’s title was, “Attack on The American Free Enterprise System.”  It was dated August 23, 1971, two months prior to Powell’s nomination by President Richard Nixon to become a U.S. Supreme Court judge.  The “Powell Memo,” as it later came to be known, was confidential and not available to the public at the time it was written, and did not surface until after his confirmation to the Court.

Lewis F. Powell, Jr., in a U.S. Supreme Court portrait.
Lewis F. Powell, Jr., in a U.S. Supreme Court portrait.
     At the outset of his memo Powell declared that “the American economic system is under broad attack,” and he proceeded to outline a series of steps that industry and their trade associations should take to counter the threat.  Powell listed Ralph Nader as among the key threats to the system, describing him as follows: “Perhaps the single most effective antagonist of American business is Ralph Nader, who — thanks largely to the media — has become a legend in his own time and an idol of millions of Americans.” In describing Nader, Powell cited a May 1971 Fortune magazine profile that had cast Nader as a man out to get big business; a man whose passion “is aimed at smashing utterly the target of his hatred, which is corporate power.”  Fortune found it audacious that Nader was a man who thought “that a great many corporate executives belong in prison — for defrauding the consumer with shoddy merchandise, poisoning the food supply with chemical additives, and willfully manufacturing unsafe products that will maim or kill the buyer.” And Fortune added that Nader wasn’t just referring to “fly-by-night hucksters,” but rather, “the top management of blue chip business.”

     Nader was not alone among those Powell singled out for special attention in the “assault on the enterprise system.”  But it was clear he did not hold in high regard the work that Nader and his associates had undertaken. So Powell set about, with his memo, to offer a detailed plan of public education, politics, and other activities to counter what he believed the activists were out to damage.

     The Powell Memo would come to be regarded as something of a blueprint for business and allied organizations to do battle with the perceived politics of the left. It is credited with influencing a round of corporate activism and conservative think tank capacity-building that occurred in subsequent years designed to shift public attitudes, leading to the creation of organizations such as the Heritage Foundation, the Manhattan Institute, the Cato Institute, Citizens for a Sound Economy, Accuracy in Academe, and other similar organizations. Since Powell’s memo, business and conservative organizations have in fact, “out-Nadered Nader,” copying many of his techniques, but building even more powerful legal, fundraising, political action, and research organizations to further their agendas. And Powell himself, in his Supreme Court tenure and opinions, helped advance “corporate free speech” and corporate financial influence in elections, the latter of which many believe has put America on a perilous course.

 

2010: Joan Claybrook & Clarence Ditlow (Center for Auto Safety) on Capitol Hill.
2010: Joan Claybrook & Clarence Ditlow (Center for Auto Safety) on Capitol Hill.
James Fallows became a speechwriter for Jimmy Carter and a top journalist.
James Fallows became a speechwriter for Jimmy Carter and a top journalist.
Joe Tom Easley, former Nader Raider. became a professor of law.
Joe Tom Easley, former Nader Raider. became a professor of law.
Robert Fellmeth, former Nader Raider, at the University of San Diego.
Robert Fellmeth, former Nader Raider, at the University of San Diego.
Harvey Rosenfeld, former Nader activist, founded Consumer Watchdog.
Harvey Rosenfeld, former Nader activist, founded Consumer Watchdog.
Andrew Egendorf, former Nader Raider, co-founded tech company, Symbolics.com.
Andrew Egendorf, former Nader Raider, co-founded tech company, Symbolics.com.

     As for the Raiders, many of them moved on to government service; to careers in politics and journalism; or to heading up activist, environmental, or community organizations.  For example, by 1977, after the election of Jimmy Carter, a number of the Nader activists rose to positions within the Administration.  Joan Claybrook, who ran Nader’s Public Citizen, became head of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.  James Fallows, now a nationally-known journalist, became head speechwriter for Carter.  And Harrison Wellford, after leaving Nader in 1973 and serving as chief of staff for Senator Phil Hart, became Carter’s associate director of the Office of Management and Budget.

     But years later, after Nader’s Raiders had gone on to other work and into their own professions, several offered their recollections and perspective on those earlier years in Washington.  “We bought Ralph’s idea,” explained former Raider, Joe Tom Easley, describing the motivation behind the Raiders’ work during an interview for the documentary film, An Unreasonable Man.  Easley by then had taught at several law schools, including the University of Virginia, the University of Georgia, and American University. 

“…We were going to make the country what it ought to be,” continued Easley, “– by working and pressing the system to work.  Ralph had decided to do about six or eight teams attacking different agencies… And the quality of the reports that came out was on the whole pretty high.  There was never one of the Nader reports of that summer or any summer since then that was exposed as a fraud.”

     Robert Fellmeth, one of the original Nader’s Raiders in 1968 who went on to become executive director of the Center for Public Interest Law at the University of San Diego and the Children’s Advocacy Institute, observed of his earlier days as a Raider:

…When you’re young, you don’t realize you’re doing something you have no business doing. How are you qualified?  There are professors who should be there who have studied the agency for 20 years. What are you doing?  It doesn’t even occur to you. And in fact, we did write a good critique [the FTC report] that stands the test of time. And the year after we wrote it, President Nixon asked the ABA [American Bar Association] to look at the agency. Sure enough, they came up with the same critique that we did, and it lead to some changes in the statute.

     Fellmeth and other Raiders praise Nader for his vision and his “letting-us-run-with-it” style – with the Raiders doing the work and “Ralph orchestrating it from a distance,” as Fellmeth put it. “He was the kind of person who said, ‘You’re in charge of this. Here’s the mission. Do it.’ And then he’d review the final product and give you a sign off at the end.”

     Harvey Rosenfield, who worked as a Raider in the late 1970s and early 1980s with Congress Watch, and later headed up a consumer watchdog group in California, explained in a similar context:

“I think that the people [Nader] attracted came principally because they wanted the opportunity to work for justice in the country, and he created an environment where you could do that.  If you did it well, there was no limit to how much you could achieve.  He never stood in the way of anybody.  He never demanded the credit if somebody else was doing the work.  He was happy to have them get as much credit as they could from the public or the news media.”

     Andrew Egendorf, one of the original Raiders from 1968, went on to co-found a technology company named Symbolics.com.  He offered this view of Nader and business:

…Everyone gives Nader, I think, an unfair reading.  Everyone says he’s anti-business, and he wants to tear down the capitalistic system.  He’s not like that at all.  His view was simply that the interest of the producers ought to be to support the interest of the consumers, because the whole system is based on consumption.  So why don’t we have a system that has constraints on it that require the producers interest to be aligned with the consumers interests?

The problem was that the producers were all monopolies or oligopolies, and the consumers were just all individuals with no clout at all.  All he wanted to do was level the playing field, give consumers the same kind of clout as an oligopoly.


One Man’s Vision

Ralph Nader, circa 1975.
Ralph Nader, circa 1975.
What is interesting about the “Nader’s Raiders” activity that exploded in the late 1960s and early 1970s, is that it sprang, essentially, from one man’s vision and initiative – at least initially. Here was a guy who had hitchhiked to Washington, D.C. in 1963 with little more than his law degree and a notion of trying to raise some public policy questions.

Ten years later, there were at least a half dozen new Nader or Nader-related organizations at work with dozens of staff, publications pouring from each of them, and measurable public policy change on at least a dozen or more fronts. That, of course, was just the beginning, as there would be three more decades of  Nader-styled advocacy to follow.

Today, nearly fifty years later, the investigative spirit and techniques that Ralph Nader and his “Raider” teams brought into the public square are still at work in numerous organizations in Washington and elsewhere, with researchers and policy analysts digging into the public record, tracking government regulations, and watchdogging corporations.

     See also at this website, “GM & Ralph Nader, 1965-1971.”  For other story choices on “Politics & Culture,” “Print & Publishing,” or “Environmental History,” please visit those respective pages, or go to the Home Page for additional choices.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing and continued publication of this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 31 March 2013
Last Update: 2 April 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Nader’s Raiders, 1968-1974,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 31, 2013.

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

1971: Ralph Nader and Don Ross wrote, “Action For A Change: A Student’s Manual for Public Interest Organizing,” which also chronicles the formation of Public Interest Research Groups (PIRGs) in Oregon and Minnesota. Click for book.
1971: Ralph Nader and Don Ross wrote, “Action For A Change: A Student’s Manual for Public Interest Organizing,” which also chronicles the formation of Public Interest Research Groups (PIRGs) in Oregon and Minnesota. Click for book.
1971: Kenneth Lasson, “The Workers: Portraits of Nine American Job Holders,” Prepared for Ralph Nader's Center for Study of Responsive Law. Afterword by Ralph Nader, Grossman Publishers, 269 pp. Click for book.
1971: Kenneth Lasson, “The Workers: Portraits of Nine American Job Holders,” Prepared for Ralph Nader's Center for Study of Responsive Law. Afterword by Ralph Nader, Grossman Publishers, 269 pp. Click for book.
1971:  Ralph Nader, Lowell Dodge & Ralf Hotchkiss, “What to Do With Your Bad Car: An Action Manual for Lemon Owners,” Grossman Publishers, hardcover, 175 pp.  Subsequently published in several revised editions as “The Lemon Book” by the Center For Auto Safety. Click for book.
1971: Ralph Nader, Lowell Dodge & Ralf Hotchkiss, “What to Do With Your Bad Car: An Action Manual for Lemon Owners,” Grossman Publishers, hardcover, 175 pp. Subsequently published in several revised editions as “The Lemon Book” by the Center For Auto Safety. Click for book.
1973:  Ralph Nader & Mark J. Green (editors) “Corporate Power in America,” Ralph Nader's 1971 Conference on Corporate Accountability, Grossman Publishers, hardcover, 309 pp. Click for book.
1973: Ralph Nader & Mark J. Green (editors) “Corporate Power in America,” Ralph Nader's 1971 Conference on Corporate Accountability, Grossman Publishers, hardcover, 309 pp. Click for book.
1973: Joseph A. Page & Mary-Win O’Brien, “Bitter Wages: Ralph Nader’s Study Group Report on Disease and Injury on The Job,” Penguin Books, paperback, 314 pp. Click for book.
1973: Joseph A. Page & Mary-Win O’Brien, “Bitter Wages: Ralph Nader’s Study Group Report on Disease and Injury on The Job,” Penguin Books, paperback, 314 pp. Click for book.
1974: Paul Starr with James Henry& Raymond Bonner, “The Discarded Army: Veterans After Vietnam,” The Nader Report on Vietnam Veterans and the Veterans Administration, David McKay Co., hardcover edition, 304pp. Click for book.
1974: Paul Starr with James Henry& Raymond Bonner, “The Discarded Army: Veterans After Vietnam,” The Nader Report on Vietnam Veterans and the Veterans Administration, David McKay Co., hardcover edition, 304pp. Click for book.
1974:  William C. Osborn, author, “The Paper Plantation,” Ralph Nader's Study Group Report on the Pulp and Paper Industry in Maine, Grossman Publishers, hardcover edition, 300pp. Click for book.
1974: William C. Osborn, author, “The Paper Plantation,” Ralph Nader's Study Group Report on the Pulp and Paper Industry in Maine, Grossman Publishers, hardcover edition, 300pp. Click for book.
1975: Ralph Nader & Mark Green (editors), “Verdicts on Lawyers,” Ty Crowell Co., 1st edition, 376 pp. Deals with accountability of corporate and government lawyers & judges and “guns-for-hire” legal power. Contributors include: John Conyers, Fred Harris, Joseph Califano, Ramsey Clark, Jack Newfield and John Tunney. Click for book.
1975: Ralph Nader & Mark Green (editors), “Verdicts on Lawyers,” Ty Crowell Co., 1st edition, 376 pp. Deals with accountability of corporate and government lawyers & judges and “guns-for-hire” legal power. Contributors include: John Conyers, Fred Harris, Joseph Califano, Ramsey Clark, Jack Newfield and John Tunney. Click for book.
1977: Ralph Nader, Mark Green & Joel Seligman, “Taming the Giant Corporation: How The Largest Corporations Control Our Lives,” W. W. Norton, 316 pp. ‘Business Week’ blurb on cover says: “A book that no one interested in business and public policy can afford to ignore.” Click for book.
1977: Ralph Nader, Mark Green & Joel Seligman, “Taming the Giant Corporation: How The Largest Corporations Control Our Lives,” W. W. Norton, 316 pp. ‘Business Week’ blurb on cover says: “A book that no one interested in business and public policy can afford to ignore.” Click for book.
1979: Ralph Nader & John Abbotts, “The Menace of Atomic Energy,” W. W. Norton & Co., revised edition, paperback, 432 pp. Click for book.
1979: Ralph Nader & John Abbotts, “The Menace of Atomic Energy,” W. W. Norton & Co., revised edition, paperback, 432 pp. Click for book.
1998: Ralph Nader & Wesley J. Smith, “No Contest: Corporate Lawyers and The Perversion of  Justice in America,” Random House, paperback: 460 pp.
1998: Ralph Nader & Wesley J. Smith, “No Contest: Corporate Lawyers and The Perversion of Justice in America,” Random House, paperback: 460 pp.

“History of the Center for Study of Responsive Law,”  CSRL.org, Washington, D.C.

David Bollier, Citizen Action and Other Big Ideas: A History of Ralph Nader and the Modern Consumer Movement, Chapter 3, “The Office of Citizen,” The Nader Page, Nader.org.

“Youth: Nader’s Neophytes,” Time, Friday, Septem- ber 13, 1968.

William Greider, “Law Students, FTC Tangle Over Apathy,” Washington Post, November 13, 1968, p. A-3.

John D. Morris, “FTC Incompetent, Says Inquiry Set Up by Nader,” New York Times, Monday January 6, 1969.

Morton Mintz, “Student Group Blasts FTC, Demands Dixon Quit,” Washington Post, Times Herald, January 6, 1969, p. A-2.

Morton Mintz (Washington Post), “Nader’s Raiders Vex FTC Chief; Scathing Report for Consumers,” The Geneva Times (New York),Wednesday, January 15, 1969, p. 8.

“Investigations: A Youthful Blast,” Time, Friday, January 17, 1969.

Ruth Glushien, “Tricks of the Trade,” Brass Tacks, The Harvard Crimson, February 6, 1969.

“Nader’s ‘Raiders’ Scheduling Pollution Probe This Summer,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 22, 1969, p. E-5.

John D. Morris, “Nader Recruits 80 New Student ‘Raiders’ to Investigate the Operations of a Dozen Federal Agencies,” New York Times, Sunday, June 1, 1969.

“Nader’s Raiders,” The Washington Post, Times Herald, June 8, 1969, p. 38.

Ursula Vils, “Consumer Crusade by Nader’s Raiders,” Los Angeles Times, July 13, 1969, p. G-3.

Morton Mintz, “Nader’s Raiders Blast Truck Safety Practices,” Washington Post, Times Herald, September 3, 1969, p. A-3.

Ray Zeman, “County Seeking Nader’s Help in Car Smog Fight,” Los Angeles Times, September 19, 1969, p. B-1.

Jack Newfield, “Nader’s Raiders: The Lone Ranger Gets a Posse,” Life, October 3, 1969, pp. 55-63.

Simon Lazarus, Review,  ” ‘The Nader Report’ On the Federal Trade Commission,” New York Times, Sunday, October 19, 1969.

Nat Freedland, “Nader Report on FTC,” Los Angeles Times, November 2, 1969, p. C-54.

John D. Morris, “Nader’s Raiders Sue for C.A.B. Data,” New York Times, Wednesday, November 26, 1969.

“‘Nader’s Raiders’ Study Includes Rail Report,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 15, 1970.

Christopher Lydon,”Abolition of I.C.C. Urged in Report by Nader Unit; Law Students Say ‘Political Hacks’ Should Yield …,” New York Times, Tuesday, March 17, 1970,

“Savannah River Study Set; Team of Students, Working Under R Nader’s Direction, To Study Savannah River Pollution…,” New York Times, Monday, March 23, 1970.

“Consumerism: Nader’s Raiders Strike Again,” Time, Monday, March 30, 1970.

Arthur John Keefe, “Is The Federal Trade Commission Here To Stay?,” American Bar Association Journal, February 1970, p. 188.

Barry Goldwater, “Nader’s Raiders Ignore the NLRB,” Los Angeles Times, April 5, 1970, p. E-7.

David E. Rosenbaum, “F.D.A. Called Tool of Food Industry; Nader Unit Likens Its Rules to ‘Catalogue of Favors’,” New York Times, Thursday, April 9, 1970, p. 17.

“Agencies: Up Against the Wall, FDA!,” Time, Monday, April 20, 1970, p. 18.

E.W. Kenworthy, “Muskie Criticized by Nader Group; His Role in Pollution Fight Is Questioned in a Report,” New York Times, Wednesday, May 13, 1970.

Maggie Savoy, “Nader Hits ‘Violence’ of Big Business,” Los Angeles Times, May 27, 1970, p. E-1.

“FTC Maps Change to Aid Consumer; Major Reorganization Set by Chairman– Agency Was Nader Target” New York Times, June 9, 1970.

“Nader to Examine Pulp Industry,” Washington Post, Times Herald, June 10, 1970, p. A-12.

“Nader’s Raiders Ready to Study U.S. Banks,” Los Angeles Times, June 16, 1970, p. E-12.

John D. Morris, “Nader Plans Expanded Summer Investigations of Government and Business,” New York Times, Sunday June 21, 1970.

Review of, “Vanishing Air: The Ralph Nader Study Group Report on Air Pollution, By John C. Esposito,” Kirkus Reviews, July 1970.

Philip Hager, “Nader Group Inspects State Land Policies,” Los Angeles Times, July 12, 1970, p. D-6.

Robert Kirsch, “Nader’s Raiders Volumes Keep Heat on Bureaucrats,” Los Angeles Times, July 21, 1970, p. E-6.

John Leonard, Books of The Times “Nader’s Raiders Ride Again” (Review of Vanishing Air. The Ralph Nader Study Group Report on Air Pollution: by John C Esposito and Larry J Silverman), New York Times, Friday, July 24, 1970.

Robert Dietsch, “How Crusader Ralph Nader ‘Raids’ For Consumer,” Congressional Record, August 3, 1970, p. E7284.

Robert J. Samuelson, “CAB Hires a Nader Raider,” Washington Post, Times Herald, October 22, 1970, p. F-12.

Peter Braestrup, “Nader Group Probing Civil Service Agency,” Washington Post, Times Herald, October 30, 1970, p. A-2.

Stuart Auerbach, “Nader Group Faults Standards for Medical Treatment,” Washington Post, Times Herald, November 9, 1970, p. A-2.

Morton Mintz, “Nader Asks Students to Give to Public Interest Projects,” Washington Post, November 16, 1970, p. A-3.

Philip D. Carter, “Nader Charges Ga. Paper Plant Is Outlaw Polluter of Savannah,” Washington Post, Times Herald, January 22, 1971, p. A-2.

Nan Robertson, “Nader-Raiding No Plush Job,”New York Times, Friday, January 29, 1971.

Barnard Law Collier, “The Story of a Teen-Age Nader Raider; Nader Raider,” New York Times, Sunday, March 14, 1971.

UPI, “Ralph Nader Attacks Industrial Polluters,” The Times-News (Hendersonville, NC), Monday, April 12, 1971, p. 8.

“Nader Hits Anti-Pollution Effort,” St. Petersburg Times (Florida), April 12, 1971.

“Study Belittles Pollution Effort,” The Tuscaloosa News (Alabama), April 12, 1971.

Associated Press, “Ohio River Pollution On Increase; Nader Task Force Says Mills Here Add to Problem,” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, April 13, 1971, p. 2.

UPI, “Environmental Chief Backs Nader on Water Pollution,”New York Times, April 14, 1971.

“Environment: Nader on Water,” Time, Monday, April 26, 1971.

Donna Scheibe, “Patti Agrees With Nader on Convalescent Homes,” Los Angeles Times, July 4, 1971, p. SF/A-4.

“Business: How It Feels to Be Naderized,” Time, Monday, July 5, 1971.

“Nader ‘Raider’ Probe of Auto Assn. Planned,” Los Angeles Times, July 6, 1971, p. 9.

UPI, “Nader Group Plans Study Of Comsat’s Operations,” New York Times, Monday, July 12, 1971.

Peter Braestrup, “Nader Task Force Accuses USDA of Allowing Bad Meat,”Washington Post, Times Herald, July 18, 1971, p. A-2.

Walter Rugaber, “Nader Group Calls U.S. Lax on Meat Inspection and Pesticides,” New York Times, Sunday, July 18, 1971.

UPI, “Nader Hits Meat Quality,” The Deseret News (Salt Lake City, Utah), Monday, July 19, 1971, p. 4-A.

“Nader Hits US Meat Inspection,” Boston Globe, July 18, 1971.

“Nader Claims…Government Regulators Bowed To Agribusiness,” Times Daily, July 18, 1971.

David C. Wallace, Associated Press, “Nader Hits Farming Regulators,” Daily News (Bowling Green, Kentucky), Sunday, July 18, 1971, p. 5.

“Cattleman Calls Nader’s Meat Report ‘Inept and Outdated’,” Los Angeles Times, July 22, 1971, p. H-20.

William F. Buckley, Jr., “Tables Turned on Nader: ‘He Puts Out…a Shoddy Product’,” Los Angeles Times, August 4, 1971, p. B-7.

Mike Causey, “Nader’s Raiders Make Waves in CSC,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 5, 1971, p. G-5.

Leonard Ross, Review, “The Chemical Feast; The Food and Drug Administration, by James S. Turner, 273pp., New York: Grossman Publishers,” New York Times, Sunday, August 8, 1971.

William L. Clairborne, “Tedious Study is Key Tool of Nader’s Raiders,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 16, 1971, p. A-3.

“Planner Lauds Nader Report on Land Use,” Los Angeles Times, September 3, 1971, p. A-21.

“Auto Assn. President Calls Nader ‘Dictator’,” Los Angeles Times, September 21, 1971, p. A-12.

Eliot Marshall, “St. Nader and His Evangelists,” The New Republic, October 23, 1971, p.13.

“Nader Plans Investigation Of Congress,” Washington Post, Times Herald, November 3, 1971, p. A-3.

Paul Houston, “Ralph Nader: The Man and His Crusaders,” Los Angeles Times, November 3, 1971, p. A-1.

John D. Morris, “Congress Facing Inquiry by Nader; 1,000 People Expected to Take Part in Study,” New York Times, Wednesday, November 3, 1971.

United Press International (UPI), “Nader Group Scores Reclamation Unit,” New York Times, Sunday, November 7, 1971.

Walter Rugaber, “Nader Study Says du Pont Runs Delaware,”New York Times, Tuesday, November 30, 1971,

“Delaware Is Du Pont ‘Company State’: Nader,” Los Angeles Times, November 30, 1971, p. A-7.

Kenneth Lasson, The Workers: Portraits of Nine American Jobholders. Prepared for Ralph Nader’s Center for Study of Responsive Law. Afterword by Ralph Nader. New York: Grossman Publishers 1971.

John Rothchild, “Finding the Facts Bureaucrats Hide,” The Washington Monthly, January 1972.

Arthur Allen Leff, Book Review, “The Closed Enterprise System; Ralph Nader’s Study Group Report on Antitrust Enforcement. By Mark J. Green,” New York Times, Sunday, April 30, 1972.

Robert H. Harris, and Daniel F. Luecke, “Pollluters and Regulators,” Review of Water Wasteland, Ralph Nader’s Study Group Report on Water Pollution, Science, May 12, 1972, pp. 645-647.

Angus Macbeth, “Book Review: Water Wasteland,” Fordham Urban Law Journal, Vol. 1, No. 1, 1972, Article 8.

UPI, “Nader Report Scores U.S. Unit On Mental Health Center Plan,” New York Times, Sunday, July 23, 1972.

Book Review, “Small – On Safety: The Designed-in Dangers Of The Volkswagen,” Kirkus Reviews, September 1, 1972.

“Nader Says Probe Shows Congress Is Abdicating Power,” Los Angeles Times, October 3, 1972, p.2.

Mary Russell, “President, Big Business Control Congress, Nader Says in Book,” Los Angeles Times, October 4, 1972, p. A-1.

Mary Russell, “Nader’s Profiles of 485 Members of Congress Unveiled,” Washington Post, Times Herald, October 22, 1972, p. A-20.

Book Reviews of Harrison Wellford, Sowing The Wind, in American Journal of Agricultural Economics, August 1973, pp. 541-542.

Michael W. Kuhn, Book Review [Water Wasteland], Santa Clara Lawyer, January 1,1973, pp. 356-359.

Simon Lazarus and Leonard Ross, “Rating Nader” (Reviewing two Nader books: The Monopoly Makers edited by Mark J. Green Sowing the Wind by Harrison Wellford ), New York Times, June 28, 1973.

David J. Weber, Book Review, Politics of Land, Ralph Nader’s Study Group Report on Land Use in California, in The Journal of San Diego History / San Diego Historical Society Quarterly, Fall 1974, Volume 20, Number 4.

Robert G. Vaughn, “The Freedom of Information Act and Vaughn V. Rosen: Some Personal Comments,”The American University Law Review, Vol 23, 1974, pp. 865-879.

Martin Gittelman, Book Review of The Madness Establishment, at “Community Mental Health: Problems and Prospects,” International Journal of Mental Health, Vol. 3, No. 2/3, (Summer-Fall 1974), pp. 195-200.

Associated Press, “Nader’s Raiders Have Moved Up To Capitol Hill,” Lakeland Ledger (Lakeland FL), April 17, 1977, p. 16.

“Nader’s Raiders,” An Unreasonable Man, Documentary Film on Ralph Nader, Independennt Lens/PBS.org.

Federal Trade Commission, 90th Anniversary Symposium, Speakers Panel, “The First 90 Years: Promise and Performance,” Moderator: Ernest Gellhorn; Speakers: William E. Kovacic, Marc Winerman, and Edward F. Cox, Federal Trade Commission Conference Center, Washington, D.C., September 22, 2004.

Edward F. Cox, “Reinvigorating the FTC: The Nader Report and the Rise of Consumer Advocacy,” Antitrust Law Journal, Vol. 72, No. 3, 2005, pp. 899-910.

“Robert Fellmeth,” Wikipedia.org.

“Andrew Egendorf,” Cheltenham High School Hall of Fame.

“The Powell Memo,” ReclaimDemocracy.org.

David Bollier, Citizen Action and Other Big Ideas: A History of Ralph Nader and the Modern Consumer Movement, Chapter 5, “Citizen Action: Chapter 5,” The Nader Page, Nader.org.

Karen Heller, “Ralph Nader Builds His Dream Museum – of Tort Law,” WashingtonPost.com, October 4, 2015.

_________________________________________
 
 

 
 

“G.M. & Ralph Nader”
1965-1971

1966 paperback version of Ralph Nader’s “Unsafe at Any Speed” by Pocket Books (hardback published earlier in November 1965 by Grossman Publishers, see cover below). Click for copy.
1966 paperback version of Ralph Nader’s “Unsafe at Any Speed” by Pocket Books (hardback published earlier in November 1965 by Grossman Publishers, see cover below). Click for copy.
     It was November 1965.  Ralph Nader, a young Harvard law school graduate, had just written an explosive book on what he called the “designed-in dangers” of American automobiles.  It was titled, Unsafe at Any Speed, and part of its message was aimed  directly at the world’s biggest auto company, General Motors, known by its initials, “G.M.”

Nader’s book, a broad investigation of auto safety failings generally, was critical of both the auto industry and the federal government.  But one chapter in particular – the first chapter – focused on a compact car named the Corvair produced by GM’s Chevrolet division.  Nader titled the chapter, “The Sporty Corvair: The One-Car Accident.”  People were being killed and maimed in Corvair accidents that didn’t involve any other cars.  The Corvair, it turned out, had some particularly dangerous “designed-in” features that made the car prone to spins and rollovers under certain circumstances.

Initially, Nader and his book were featured at one U.S. Senate hearing in early 1966.  But a furor erupted shortly thereafter when it was learned that General Motors had hired private investigators to try to find dirt on Nader to discredit him as a Congressional witness.

     Unsafe at Any Speed and Ralph Nader would go on to national fame – the book becoming a best-seller and its author, a national leader in consumer and environmental affairs.  But the controversy that first swirled around Nader and the book in the mid-1960s would help spark changes in Washington’s political culture, investigative journalism, and the consumer protection movement that would reverberate to the present day.  Some of that history is highlighted below, beginning with background on the man who set all of this in motion.
 

Young Ralph Nader.
Young Ralph Nader.
Citizen Nader

Ralph Nader was born in Winsted, Connecticut in 1934 to immigrant parents from Lebanon.  Nader credits his parents with instilling the basic values and inquisitiveness that sent him on his way.  He graduated from Princeton University in 1955 and Harvard Law School in 1958.

At Harvard, Nader had written articles for the Harvard Law Record, the student run newspaper at the law school.  He had also become quite excited on discovering the arguments put forward in a 1956 Harvard Law Review article written by Harold Katz that suggested automobile manufacturers could be liable for unsafe auto design.  In his final year at Harvard Law, Nader wrote a paper for one of his courses titled “Automotive Safety Design and Legal Liability.”  In his travels around the country as a young man, often hitchhiking, Nader had also seen a share of auto accidents, one of which stayed with him into law school, as former Nader associate Sheila Harty has noted:

“… He remembered one in particular in which a child was decapitated from sitting in the front seat of a car during a collision at only 15 miles per hour.  The glove compartment door came open on impact and severed the child at the neck.  The cause of the injury—not the accident—was clearly a design problem: where the glove compartment was placed and how lethally thin [the compartment door was] and how insecure the latch.

When studying liability later at Harvard Law School, Nader remembered that accident scene.  He posed an alternative answer to the standard determination of which driver was at fault.  Nader accused the car…”

Auto accident 1956.  Ralph Nader argued that passengers suffered fatalities and injuries needlessly due to poor auto design and lack of safety features.
Auto accident 1956. Ralph Nader argued that passengers suffered fatalities and injuries needlessly due to poor auto design and lack of safety features.
     Nader first criticized the auto industry publicly in an April 1959 article for The Nation magazine titled, “The Safe Car You Can’t Buy.”  In that piece, he wrote: “It is clear Detroit today is designing automobiles for style, cost, performance and calculated obsolescence, but not… for safety.”  This despite the fact that annually there were 5 million reported accidents, nearly 40,000 fatalities, 110,000 permanent disabilities and 1,5 million injuries.  People were dying and being injured unnecessarily.  Nader believed that engineering and design could prevent many deaths and injuries, and he would pursue that argument with great fervor and determination in the years ahead.

Daniel Patrick Moynihan, shown here in 1976, hired Ralph Nader as a Labor Dept. consultant in 1964.
Daniel Patrick Moynihan, shown here in 1976, hired Ralph Nader as a Labor Dept. consultant in 1964.
     After law school, Nader joined the U.S. Army and served six months active duty in 1959.  He also started to practice law in Hartford, Connecticut and lectured as an assistant professor of history and government at the University of Hartford.  But in 1963, at the age of 29, Nader hitchhiked to Washington, D.C., where he took up residence in a local boarding house.  In Washington, Nader’s law school paper on auto design liability came to the attention of Daniel Patrick Moynihan, then Assistant Secretary of Labor and later a U.S. Senator.  Moynihan had a long interest in auto design and highway safety issues and had written a famous article in April 1959 titled “Epidemic on the Highways.”  Moynihan contracted Nader in 1964 as a part-time consultant at the Labor Department at the rate of $50 a day.  During this contract, Nader reportedly worked odd hours often arriving at his office after midnight.  He compiled a report titled, Context, Condition and Recommended Direction of Federal Activity in Highway Safety; a report that was meant primarily for background purposes and received little attention.

Sen. Abraham Ribicoff, 1960s.
Sen. Abraham Ribicoff, 1960s.
     By then, Nader had already committed to write an “untitled book on auto safety” for a new publisher in New York founded by former Simon & Schuster vice president, Richard Grossman.  In 1962, Grossman set up his own small house, Grossman Publishers.  Nader and Grossman had met in New York in September 1964 to make the deal for the auto safety book.  Grossman had been prompted to do the book by an article he read in The New Republic.  That article, written by James Ridgeway, was titled, “The Corvair Tragedy,” and had been instigated by information Nader had supplied Ridgeway.  Grossman was outraged by what he had read in Ridgeway’s piece, and at first wanted Ridgeway to write the book.  But Ridgeway informed Grossman that Nader was the guy who had all the information.

In the U.S. Senate, meanwhile, Senator Abraham Ribicoff (D-CT), the former Governor of Connecticut (1955-1961), had begun a year-long series of hearings on the federal government’s role in traffic safety.  Ribicoff was chairman of the Senate Government Operations Committee’s Subcommittee on Executive Reorganization, and his hearings had begun a year earlier, in March 1965.  The hearings would continue for another year, yielding nearly 1,600 pages of testimony.  In the process, Ribicoff’s committee staff had discovered that Nader was particularly well informed on auto safety issues, and invited him to serve as an unpaid advisor to help the subcommittee prepare for its hearings.

By May of 1965, Nader left the Department of Labor to work full time on the book that would become Unsafe at Any Speed.  With his book, Nader would be asking a basic question: why were thousands of Americans being killed and injured in car accidents when technology already existed that could make cars safer?

 

November 1965: Cover & spine of 1st edition hardback copy of Ralph Nader’s “Unsafe at Any Speed,” published by Grossman Publishers, New York, NY. Click for hardback edition.
November 1965: Cover & spine of 1st edition hardback copy of Ralph Nader’s “Unsafe at Any Speed,” published by Grossman Publishers, New York, NY. Click for hardback edition.
Unsafe at Any Speed

On November 30, 1965, Ralph Nader’s name appeared in a New York Times story the day Unsafe at Any Speed, was published.  The hardback edition by Grossman was 305 pages long and had a photo of a mangled auto wreck on its cover.  On the back cover, the book’s chapters were listed accompanied by a red-ink headline that stated: “The Complete Story That Has Never Been Told Before About Why The American Automobile Is Unnecessarily Dangerous.”

In the New York Times article on the book’s release, which ran in the back pages of the paper, Nader criticized the auto industry, tire manufacturers, the National Safety Council and the American Automobile Association for ignoring auto safety problems. 

The second paragraph of the Times story read: “Ralph Nader, a Washington lawyer, says that auto safety takes a back seat to styling, comfort, speed, power and the desire of auto makers to cut costs.”  Nader also charged that the President’s Committee for Traffic Safety was “little more than a private-interest group running a public agency that speaks with the authority of the President.” 

Hardback edition back panel, “Unsafe at Any Speed.”
Hardback edition back panel, “Unsafe at Any Speed.”
The following day, the New York Times ran an article in which the auto industry reacted to Nader’s book and denied that the car companies were ignoring safety.

    In early 1966, in his State of the Union address, President Lyndon B. Johnson called for the enactment of a National Highway Safety Act.  Nader at the time was doing some work at the state level, and had convinced an old friend, Lawrence Scalise, who had become Iowa’s Attorney General, to schedule some auto safety hearings in Iowa.

In Washington, meanwhile, by January 14, 1966 news organizations were reporting that Senator Ribbicoff’s auto safety hearings – the series of hearings begun the previous years – would resume in February.

With Unsafe at Any Speed still in the news, Senator Ribicoff summoned Nader to testify during hearings scheduled for February 10, 1966.  Ribbicoff had noted that Unsafe at Any Speed was a “provocative book” that had “some very serious things to say about the design and manufacture of motor vehicles.”  The book also raised public policy questions, and was being widely read in the auto industry.  At the hearing, Nader lived up to this advance billing, as he provided a scathing description of the auto industry and auto safety establishment.

Ralph Nader testifying at U.S. Senate hearing, 1966.
Ralph Nader testifying at U.S. Senate hearing, 1966.
     But Nader’s Unsafe at Any Speed, while it was closely read by auto industry insiders and those dealing with auto safety public policy, was not exactly jumping off bookstore shelves.  It was not then a best seller.   Although it had a few good reviews by then and modest sales, Unsafe at Any Speed had a limited circle of readers.  Auto safety was not a hot issue for the general public.  This was also the era of big cars and big engines.  The auto safety debate, for the most part, was for policy wonks.  But that soon changed – primarily because of what General Motors did next.

At the time Nader wrote his book, more than 100 lawsuits had been filed against GM’s Chevrolet division for the Corvair’s alleged deficiencies.  Nader had based much of his scathing account of the Corvair’s problems on these legal cases – though he himself was not involved in any of this litigation.  GM became very concerned about Nader’s use of this information and worried that more lawsuits would result in the future.  The company’s legal department was at the center of this concern, though others in the company were also annoyed by Nader’s book and his activities on Capitol Hill.

 

GM “Tailing” Nader

Part of GM’s office complex, Detroit, MI, circa 1960s.
Part of GM’s office complex, Detroit, MI, circa 1960s.
     Privately and quietly, as early as November 1965 when Nader’s book first came out, GM authorized the hiring of a private detective agency headed up by a former FBI agent, Vincent Gillen, to dig into Nader’s background.  Multiple agents were assigned to track Nader and question his friends.

The assignment, as Guillen would explain in a letter to his agents, was to investigate Nader’s life and current activities, “to determine what makes him tick,” examining  “his real interest in safety, his supporters if any, his politics, his marital status, his friends, his women, boys, etc., drinking, dope, jobs, in fact all facets of his life.”

None of this skullduggery had surfaced publicly, of course – at least not initially – although Nader himself suspected something was going on as early as January 1966.  Gillen and agents made contact with almost 60 of Nader’s friends and relatives under the pretense they were doing a “routine pre-employment investigation.”  Their questions about Nader probed his personal affairs, and also questioned why a 32-year-old man was still unmarried.  Nader would also recount two suspicious attempts in which young ladies made advances toward him – one at a drug store newsstand invited him to her apartment to talk about foreign relations and another sought his help in moving furniture – invitations which Nader declined.  Claire Nader, his sister would later report that their mother was getting phone calls a 3 a.m with messages that said: “Tell your son to shove off.”

First story of Ralph Nader being followed by private investigators appeared in the Washington Post, February 13, 1966.
First story of Ralph Nader being followed by private investigators appeared in the Washington Post, February 13, 1966.
     Nader suspected that he had been followed to Capitol Hill at one point in February 1966, and there was some corroboration of this incident as a Senate office building guard was approached by two men who had been following Nader, but had lost him, and asked the guard if he had seen a man fitting Nader’s description.  Nader had also mentioned to friends that he was being followed and had received late-night phone calls.  Reporters at the Washington Post corroborated some of Nader’s being followed, and on February 13, 1966 Post reporter Morton Mintz published a story that used the headline: “Car Safety Critic Nader Reports Being ‘Tailed’.”  Another story on GM’s spying of Nader – titled “The Dick” by James Ridgeway ( photo below) — appeared in The New Republic on March 6, 1966.  This story was followed by others in the New York Times.  Then on March 9, 1966, GM admitted that it had investigated Nader, but only as a “routine” matter.

GM’s use of private detectives to follow Ralph Nader became a national news story in March 1966.
GM’s use of private detectives to follow Ralph Nader became a national news story in March 1966.
     Nader, by this time, was reacting publicly to GM’s snooping, as reported in a Washington Post story of March 11, 1966: “…Is it ‘routine’ for General Motors to hire detectives to ask about one’s sex life, religious practices, political affiliations and credit ratings?  Is it routine for GM agents to solicit information form a professor of law at Harvard and other associates of mines on the wholly false pretext that I was being considered for a ‘lucrative research job’?  Against such a faceless and privileged prober, who knows what other invasions of privacy have occurred…?”

When details of GM’s investigation of Nader became public, Senator Ribicoff and others on Capitol Hill were outraged.  Ribicoff, for one, announced that his subcommittee would hold hearings into the incident and that he expected “a public explanation of the alleged harassment of a Senate Committee witness…” “Anonymous phone calls in the middle of the night have no place in a free society.”
       – Sen. Abraham Ribicoff, 1966
Ribicoff and Senator Gaylord Nelson from Wisconsin also called for a Justice Department investigation into the harassment.  “No citizen of this country should be focused to endure the kind of clumsy harassment to which Mr. Nader has apparently been subjected since the publication of his book,” said Ribicoff.  “Anonymous phone calls in the middle of the night have no place in a free society.”  Senator Gaylord Nelson had also made remarks about GM’s investigation of Nader: “This raises grave and serious questions of national significance.  What are we coming to when a great and powerful corporation will engage in such unethical and scandalous activity in an effort to discredit a citizen who is a witness before a Congressional committee.  If great corporations can engage in this kind of intimidation, it is an assault upon freedom in America.”  Ribicoff, meanwhile, had summoned the president of General Motors to appear at the hearings, making for a dramatic showdown in the U.S. Senate.

U.S. Senators taking their places for the 1966 hearing.
U.S. Senators taking their places for the 1966 hearing.
A portion of the crowd attending GM hearing, 1966.
A portion of the crowd attending GM hearing, 1966.
Senators Ribicoff, Harris & Kennedy during the hearing.
Senators Ribicoff, Harris & Kennedy during the hearing.
Ted Sorensen, left, with GM CEO James Roche.
Ted Sorensen, left, with GM CEO James Roche.
Senator Kennedy during questioning of James Roche.
Senator Kennedy during questioning of James Roche.
Ralph Nader sat in the first row of the audience during the hearing and also testified.
Ralph Nader sat in the first row of the audience during the hearing and also testified.
GM’s general counsel, Aloysius Power, admitted to ordering the spying on Nader. Eileen Murphy, right, directed the operation. Asst counsel, L. Bridenstine, left.
GM’s general counsel, Aloysius Power, admitted to ordering the spying on Nader. Eileen Murphy, right, directed the operation. Asst counsel, L. Bridenstine, left.
Holding the GM report on Nader, Senator Ribicoff at one point, upset with GM’s campaign to “smear a man,” reportedly said to GM witnesses, “...and you didn’t find a damn thing,” tossing the report on the table.
Holding the GM report on Nader, Senator Ribicoff at one point, upset with GM’s campaign to “smear a man,” reportedly said to GM witnesses, “...and you didn’t find a damn thing,” tossing the report on the table.
Ralph Nader addressing the Ribicoff Committee during the March 1966 Senate hearing.
Ralph Nader addressing the Ribicoff Committee during the March 1966 Senate hearing.

On The Hill

Senate Showdown

On March 22, 1966, the hearing was set in a large U.S. Senate committee room.  Television cameras were set up and a throng of print reporters had come out for the hearing.  An overflow audience also packed the hearing room to standing room only.  In addition to Senator Ribicoff, chairing the proceedings, others Senators had also come to ask questions, including Senator Bobby Kennedy (D-NY), Sen. Henry M. Jackson (D-WA), and Senator Fred Harris (D-OK).  The main attraction, of course, was the head of General Motors, James Roche.  Roche was accompanied that day by legal counsel, Ted Sorensen, former aide to President John F. Kennedy.

At the hearing, Roche explained to the committee that GM had started its investigation of Nader before his book came out, and before he was scheduled to appear in Congress.  GM wanted to know if Nader had any connection with the damage claims being filed against the corporation in legal actions regarding the Corvair.  Roche said that his company certainly had legal right to gather any facts needed to defend itself in litigation.  But he also added, “I am not here to excuse, condone or justify in any way our investigation” of Nader.  In fact, in his statement Roche deplored “the kind of harassment to which Mr. Nader has apparently been subjected.”  He added that he was “just as shocked and outraged” as the senators were.

Ribicoff asked Roche whether he considered this kind of investigation “most unworthy of American business.”  Roche replied, “Yes, I would agree,” adding this was “a new and strange experience for me and for General Motors.”  And Roche did apologize, saying at one point: “I want to apologize here and now to the members of this subcommittee and Mr. Nader.  I sincerely hope that these apologies will be accepted.”

Nonetheless, Roche took the opportunity – no doubt at the advice of legal counsel – to publicly deny some of the more unsavory aspects of the Nader investigation that had been reported in the press.  Roche testified that to the best of his knowledge the “investigation initiated by GM, contrary to some speculation, did not employ girls as sex lures, did not employ detectives giving false names…, did not use recording devices during interviews, did not follow Mr. Nader in Iowa and Pennsylvania, did not have him under surveillance during the day he testified before this subcommittee, did not follow him in any private place, and did not constantly ring his private telephone number late at night with false statements or anonymous warnings.”

Senator Robert Kennedy, in questioning  Roche, agreed that GM was justified in the face of charges about the Corvair to make an investigation to protect its name and its stockholders.  But Kennedy also questioned whether GM’s earlier statement of March 9th, which had acknowledged the investigation as a routine matter, wasn’t misleading or false in denying the harassment of Nader.  Kennedy questioned whether the GM investigation of Nader hadn’t moved into intimidation, harassment, “or possibly blackmail.”  Referring to the earlier GM press statement, Kennedy said: “I don’t see how you can order the investigation and then put out a statement like this [March 9th statement], which is not accurate.  That, Mr. Roche, disturbs me as much as the fact that you conducted the investigation in the way that it was conducted in the beginning.”  Roche said the March 9th statement may have been misleading but added that might have been due to lack of communications in GM.  Kennedy expressed doubt that a firm such as GM could be that inefficient.  “I like my GM car,” Kennedy said at the end of his questioning, “but you kind of shake me up.”

Committee members also questioned GM’s chief counsel, Aloysious Power, and assistant general counsel, Louis Bridenstine, as well as Vincent Gillen, the head of the detective agency.  Gillen denied Nader’s charges.  GM’s Power acknowledged ordering the investigation explaining that Nader was something of “a mystery man” – a lawyer who did not have a law office.  GM also wanted to know about the man whose book was charging that GM’s Corvair was inherently unsafe.  Kennedy remarked there was no mystery about Nader, that he was a young lawyer who had just come out of law school.

Ribicoff at one point referred to the surveillance of Nader, the questioning of his former teachers and friends, querries about his sex habits, etc., as pretty unsavory business.  Ribicoff then asked Roche: “Let us assume that you found something wrong with his sex life.  What would that have to do with whether or not he was right or wrong on the Corvair?,” to which Roche replied, “Nothing.” 

Holding a copy of GM’s report on Nader in his hand, Ribicoff contended there was little in it about Nader’s legal associations or any possible connections with Corvair litigation.  Nader had also reiterated for the committee that he had nothing to do with the Corvair litigation. Ribicoff contended the investigation “was an attempt to downgrade and smear a man.” 

Richard Grossman, the publisher of Unsafe at Any Speed, later recalling Ribicoff’s manner during the hearing, paraphrased him, noting:  “He said: ‘and so you [GM] hired detectives to try to get dirt on this young man to besmirch his character because of statements he made about your unsafe automobiles?’  Then he grabbed [the GM report], threw it down on the table and said, ‘And you didn’t find a damned thing’.”

Nader, earlier, had called GM’s investigation “an attempt to obtain lurid details and grist for the invidious use of slurs and slanders…”  Nader also told the committee that he feared for democracy if average citizens were subject to corporate harassment whenever they had something critical to say about the way business operated.“They have put you through the mill, and they haven’t found a damn thing wrong with you.”
++ –Sen. Ribicoff to Ralph Nader

Ribicoff, meanwhile, practically anointed Nader as “Mr. Clean” at the hearing, finding him gleaming of character having survived the digging and scheming by GM’s private eyes.  Ribicoff told Nader that he could feel pretty good about himself.  “They have put you through the mill,” Ribicoff said of the GM investigators, “and they haven’t found a damn thing wrong with you.”  A few weeks after the March 22, 1966 hearing it was also learned that the GM-hired detectives had also sought to find links between Ribicoff and Nader.  One of Nader’s friends, Frederick Hughes Condon, a lawyer in Concord, New Hampshire, had been contacted by GM’s detective, Vince Gillen, on February 22, 1966 asking him about Nader’s relationship with Ribicoff.  Ribicoff, however, said that he had met Nader for the first time the day he walked into the hearing room during his first committee appearance on February 11, 1966.

 

National Notice

Washington Post story by Morton Mintz, “GM's Goliath Bows to David,” appeared on March 27, 1966.
Washington Post story by Morton Mintz, “GM's Goliath Bows to David,” appeared on March 27, 1966.
     In any case, the March 1966 hearings on GM’s surveillance of Ralph Nader provided a big boost for Nader and his book.  Whenever the head of a major corporation as powerful as GM apologizes publicly for wrongdoing, that alone is big news.  This story, however, had the added dimension of a “David-and-Goliath” confrontation – which made it even more appealing to the national press.

The evening of the Senate’s March 22nd, 1966 hearing, in fact, Nader appeared on each of the three network news TV shows – this at a time when there were only three televisions channels.  And in the next morning’s newspapers, the apology by GM was front-page news all across the country.  The headline used on the front page of the Washington Post, for example, was: “GM’s Head Apologizes To ‘Harassed’ Car Critic.”

1966: Ralph Nader testifying in Congress.
1966: Ralph Nader testifying in Congress.
     Nader did not let up, however, and continued pushing ahead for national auto safety standards and traffic legislation, testifying before other committees in Congress and generally using his national notice to help move the legislation quickly through Congress.  And in record time that year, Congress passed two auto safety laws – the Highway Safety Act and the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act, the latter creating a new agency to oversee auto safety standards that would become the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. As
the Washington Post put in on August 30, 1966, Nader was a “one-man lobby for the public [who] prevailed over the nation’s most powerful industry.”  Cars were soon required, for the first time, to include seat belts, headrests, shatter-resistant windshields and impact-absorbing steering wheels.

Ralph Nader at the White House shaking hands with President Lyndon Johnson after bill-signing ceremony, September 9, 1966.
Ralph Nader at the White House shaking hands with President Lyndon Johnson after bill-signing ceremony, September 9, 1966.
The Washington Post also used a photo of the Nader-LBJ meeting at the highway bill signing.
The Washington Post also used a photo of the Nader-LBJ meeting at the highway bill signing.

President Lyndon Johnson invited Nader to the White House for the signing of the highway safety bills.  During the ceremony, LBJ remarked in his speech: “The automobile industry has been one of our Nation’s most dynamic and inventive industries.  I hope, and I believe, that its skill and imagination will somehow be able to build in more safety—without building on more costs.”

Nader would later write of that day at the White House: “At the request of a New York Times reporter I prepared a statement for the occasion and walked from the nearby National Press Building to the White House… The atmosphere inside was upbeat and LBJ was passing out pens furiously while shaking everybody’s hand.  At the time I recall thinking:  Now the work really starts to make sure the regulators are not captured by the industry they are supposed to regulate…”

 

Nader Sues GM

Nor was Nader finished with GM.  In fact, not long after the GM-Nader showdown on Capitol Hill, an attorney friend of Nader’s, Stuart Speiser, called him on the phone. Speiser had heard Roche apologize to Nader during the March hearings, and he suspected Nader might have a good shot at a lawsuit.

“I told Ralph I was sure GM expected to be sued and that they were probably prepared to pay a large sum, larger than any previous award, to bury their mistakes,” Speiser would later write in his own book, Lawsuit (1980), recounting their case against GM. 

Speiser believed GM would be the perfect target because the company’s image suffered after publication of Unsafe at Any Speed.  Nader, by contrast, would serve as the “knight in shining armor, champion of the consumer, the last honest man. . .”

In November 1966, Nader and Speiser sued GM for compensatory and punitive damages. GM’s attorneys tried multiple times to throw the case out of court by saying the carmaker was not responsible for any wrongdoing.  Speiser proved that the independent private detective, Vincent Gillen, had acted directly on behalf of GM and used Gillen’s testimony to that effect against GM.  More than two years after the suit was filed, GM agreed to pay Nader $425,000 – the largest out-of-court settlement in the history of privacy law.  Nader used the settlement money to found several public interest groups, including the Center for Auto Safety.

Dec. 12, 1969: Ralph Nader featured in Time magazine’s “consumer revolt” cover story.
Dec. 12, 1969: Ralph Nader featured in Time magazine’s “consumer revolt” cover story.
June 1971: Esquire magazine published Gore Vidal’s piece, “Ralph Nader Can Be The Next President of the United States.” Click for copy.
June 1971: Esquire magazine published Gore Vidal’s piece, “Ralph Nader Can Be The Next President of the United States.” Click for copy.

 

Media Coverage

During the late 1960s and early 1970s, Ralph Nader enjoyed rising popularity and increasing media coverage.  He was becoming America’s  leading consumer advocate, and he broadened his appeal by working for environmental protection, improved food safety, corporate accountability, and other causes.  He soon began showing up on the covers of mainstream magazines such as Time and Newsweek, and on nightly news TV broadcasts. 

In January 1968, Newsweek magazine featured him in knight’s armor in a cover story titled, “Consumer Crusader – Ralph Nader.”  In December 1969, Nader made the cover of Time magazine for a covers story on “The Consumer Revolt.”

“To many Americans,” wrote Time, “Nader, at 35, has become something of a folk hero, a symbol of constructive protest against the status quo.” 

And by the early 1970s, given his rising national following, Nader was being touted by some as a possible presidential candidate, as Gore Vidal would propose in an June 1971 Esquire piece shown at left. But Nader in the 1970s and beyond would continue to have a major impact on public policy – not only by his own actions and advocacy, but also that of a legion of young people he recruited and inspired. 

These “Nader’s Raiders,” as they would be called by the press, churned out a continuing series of books and reports through the 1970s and 1980s, some of which helped revive and transform the art of investigative journalism.  For that part of the story please see “Nader’s Raiders,” also at this website.

There is, of course, much more to the Ralph Nader story beyond his early struggles with GM and the auto industry covered here.  Readers are directed to “Sources, Links & Additional Information” below which includes various websites and books profiling his long career.

In later years, Nader would take a turn toward running for public office himself, launching bids for President of the United States in 1996, 2000, 2004, and 2008. 

In the 2000 election, running nationwide as the candidate of the Green Party, Ralph Nader won nearly three million votes, close to three percent of the votes cast.  That election proved to be the closest presidential election in American history – in which the deadlocked outcome between George W. Bush and Vice President Al Gore was resolved by the U.S. Supreme Court in Bush’s favor.

Ralph Nader campaigning for President, 2008.
Ralph Nader campaigning for President, 2008.
     Some Democrats blamed Nader for their loss in 2000, noting that had Nader’s votes in either Florida or New Hampshire gone Democratic, Gore and the Democrats would have had an electoral victory.  A number of former Nader friends and associates, including some long-time allies and trusted associates, emerged personally bitter toward Nader following that contest.  And while these rifts and critiques have been serious, with many still festering and unforgiving, other of his supporters still revere Nader for what he has accomplished.  In fact, some regard his contributions to consumer and environmental protection as truly significant and perhaps without equal, placed in a very special category of good works that few public advocates have ever achieved.

David Booth, writing in 2010 at the 45th anniversary of Unsafe and Any Speed in his “The Fast Lane” column for MSN.com, observed, for example:

…Love or hate him, Nader is single-handedly responsible for much of the modern automotive safety technology that now cocoons us.  Never mind that he has since become a caricature of the American political scene….[W]ere it not for Unsafe, there probably might never have been a National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA).  Anti-lock brakes, air bags and the three-point [safety belt] harness might still be a glint in some Swedish engineer’s eye had not Nader taken up his one-man crusade…

Part of the cover of the 25th anniversary paperback edition of “Unsafe at Any Speed,” published by Knighstbridge Publishing Co. in 1991.
Part of the cover of the 25th anniversary paperback edition of “Unsafe at Any Speed,” published by Knighstbridge Publishing Co. in 1991.
     Beyond his accomplishments in the auto safety arena, Nader has authored or co-authored more than 20 books ( a sampling of some of these are noted below in “Sources, Links & Additional Information”).  He has had a hand in enacting or reforming more than two dozen major laws, including:  the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Consumer Product Safety Act, the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act, the Freedom of Information Act, the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Safe Water Drinking Act, the Whistleblower Protection Act, the Wholesome Meat Act, and others. And he has founded or helped start more than 40 organizations, among them: the Center for Science in the Public Interest, the Center for Study of Responsive Law, the Center for Women Policy Studies, the Clean Water Action Project, Congress Watch, the Health Research Group, Capitol Hill News Service, Multinational Monitor, the Freedom of Information Clearinghouse, Public Citizen, Global Trade Watch, the Tax Reform Research Group, the Telecommunications Research and Action Center, and a number of state-based Public Interest Research Groups (PIRGs).

Nader has been named to lists of the “100 Most Influential Americans” by Life, Time, and The Atlantic magazines, among others. In 2016, he was inducted in to the Automotive Hall of Fame.

Through the 2010s, Ralph Nader continued his fight on behalf of consumers and an active and aware citizenry — writing books and a weekly web column, making public appearances, and advocating for numerous causes. See also at this website part 2 of this story, “Nader’s Raiders.” Also of possible interest at this website, see: “Smog Conspiracy: DOJ vs. Detroit Automakers,” a 1969 legal battle in which Ralph Nader was a key player. For other stories on politics at this website please see the “Politics & Culture” category page, and on business and the environment, the “Environmental History” page.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please help support the research and writing at this website with a donation. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 31 March 2013
Last Update: 5 November 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “GM & Ralph Nader, 1965-1971,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 31, 2013.

____________________________________

 
 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

A young Ralph Nader with the Washington beltway in the background, August 1967. Associated Press photo.
A young Ralph Nader with the Washington beltway in the background, August 1967. Associated Press photo.
Cover of Charles McCarry’s “Citizen Nader” book, 1972, hardback edition, Saturday Review Press. Click for copy.
Cover of Charles McCarry’s “Citizen Nader” book, 1972, hardback edition, Saturday Review Press. Click for copy.
Ralph Nader on Capitol Hill, early- mid-1970s.
Ralph Nader on Capitol Hill, early- mid-1970s.
Thomas Whiteside's 1972 book on the GM investigation of Ralph Nader. Click for copy.
Thomas Whiteside's 1972 book on the GM investigation of Ralph Nader. Click for copy.
Ralph Nader at a Public Citizen press conference, 1970s.
Ralph Nader at a Public Citizen press conference, 1970s.
“The Big Boys” of 1986 profiles CEOs from nine major companies such as Dow Chemical, U.S. Steel, Control Data and others. Published by Pantheon. Click for copy.
“The Big Boys” of 1986 profiles CEOs from nine major companies such as Dow Chemical, U.S. Steel, Control Data and others. Published by Pantheon. Click for copy.
Ralph Nader, in public forum, engaging his audience.
Ralph Nader, in public forum, engaging his audience.
“Crashing The Party” of 2002 tells the story of Nader's 2000 presidential bid. St. Martin’s Press. Click for copy.
“Crashing The Party” of 2002 tells the story of Nader's 2000 presidential bid. St. Martin’s Press. Click for copy.
August 1976: Democratic Presidential nominee, Jimmy Carter, and consumer advocate Ralph Nader, talk with reporters outside of Carter’s home in Plains, Georgia.
August 1976: Democratic Presidential nominee, Jimmy Carter, and consumer advocate Ralph Nader, talk with reporters outside of Carter’s home in Plains, Georgia.
February 24, 2008:  Ralph Nader on “Meet the Press” with Tim Russert, in Washington, DC where  he announced he would run for President in 2008 as an independent.
February 24, 2008: Ralph Nader on “Meet the Press” with Tim Russert, in Washington, DC where he announced he would run for President in 2008 as an independent.

Ralph Nader, “The Safe Car You Can’t Buy,” The Nation, April 11, 1959.

James Ridgeway, “Car Design and Public Safety,” The New Republic, September 19,1964.

Ralph Nader, Unsafe at Any Speed, New York: Grossman Publishers, 1965.

Richard F. Weingroff, “Epilogue: The Chang- ing Federal Role (1961-1966),” President Dwight D. Eisenhower and the Federal Role in Highway Safety,” Highway History, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Washington, D.C.

Ralph Nader, Unsafe at Any Speed, chapters available at, NaderLibrary.com.

“Unsafe at Any Speed,” Wikipedia.org.

David Bollier, Citizen Action and Other Big Ideas: A History of Ralph Nader and the Modern Consumer MovementCenter for Study of Responsive Law, Washington, D.C., 1991, 138 pp.

“Ralph Nader: Biographical Information,” The Nader Page, Nader.org.

“Ralph Nader, Biography,” American Acad- emy of Achievement.

“An Unreasonable Man: Illustrated Screen- play & Screencap Gallery,” American- Buddha.com.

“Lawyer Charges Autos Safety Lag; In Book, He Blames ‘Traffic Safety Establishment’,” New York Times, November 30, 1965, p. 68.

“Car Makers Deny A Lag In Safety; Dispute Charges by Book of Stress on Power and Style,” New York Times, December 1, 1965, p. 37.

“1965 – Ralph Nader Publishes Unsafe at Any Speed,” Timeline, BizJournalism History.org.

“This Day in History, November 30, 1965: Unsafe at Any Speed Hits Bookstores,” History.com.

Morton Mintz, “Auto Safety Hearings Set Feb. 1,” Washington Post, Times Herald, January 14, 1966, p. A-5.

U.S. Senate, Hearings on Highway Safety, Senate Subcommittee on Executive Reorganization, Committee on Government Operations, Washington, D.C., Thursday, February 10, 1966.

“Writer Predicts ‘No Law’ Auto Act; Charges Harassment,” Washington Post, Times Herald, February 11, 1966, p. A-3.

Morton Mintz, “Car Safety Critic Nader Reports Being ‘Tailed’,” Washington Post, February 13, 1966.

Richard Corrigan, “Behind the ‘Chrome Curtain’,” Washington Post, Times Herald, February 21, 1966, p. A-3.

Charles C. Cain, (AP), “GM Finally Fights Critics on Safety; Cites Results, Takes Stand, Attacks Book,” Washington Post, Times Herald, February 27, 1966, p. L-3.

Morton Mintz, “LBJ Asks $700 Million Traffic Safety Program,” Washington Post, Times Herald March 3, 1966, p. F-8.

Walter Rugaber, “Critic of Auto Industry’s Safety Standards Says He Was Trailed and Harassed; Charges Called Absurd,” New York Times, March 6, 1966, p. 94.

Richard Harwood, “‘Investigators’ Hound Auto Safety Witness,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 7, 1966, p. A-3.

United Press International, “Probe of Nader Harassment Report Is Asked,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 9, 1966, p. A-9.

Walter Rugaber, “G.M. Acknowledges Investigating Critic,” New York Times, March 10, 1966, p. 1.

“Ribicoff Summons G.M. on Its Inquiry Of Critic; Head of Senate Safety Panel Plans Hearing March 22,” New York Times, March 11, 1966.

Richard Harwood, “GM Chief Called to Quiz On Probe of Auto Critic,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 11, 1966, p. D-6.

James Ridgeway, “The Dick,” The New Republic, March 12, 1966.

Fred P. Graham, “F.B.I.. Will Enter Auto Safety Case; Inquiry Ordered on Charge of Intimidation of Critic,” New York Times, March 12, 1966.

United Press International, “Nader Testifies Wednesday Before Magnuson’s Panel,” New York Times, March 14, 1966.

Richard Harwood, “Sorensen Expected At Nader Quiz Today,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 22, 1966, p. A-1.

Jerry T. Baulch, Associated Press, “GM’s Head Apologizes To ‘Harassed’ Car Critic,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 23, 1966, p. A-1.

Associated Press, “General Motors’ Head Apologizes To Critic For Probe Harassment,” March 23, 1966.

Walter Rugaber, “G.M. Apologizes for Harassment of Critic,” New York Times, March 23, 1966, p. 1.

“The Corvair Caper,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 24, 1966, p. A-24.

Chris Welles, “Critics Take Aim At Auto Makers: The Furor Over Car Safety,” Life, March 25, 1966, pp. 41-45.

Bryce Nelson, “GM-Hired Detective Sought to Find A Link Between Ribicoff and Nader,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 26, 1966, p. A-1.

Morton Mintz, “GM’s Goliath Bows to David,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 27, 1966, p. A-7,

“What’s Good for G.M.,” Editorial, New York Times, March 27, 1966.

Morton Mintz, “The Second of a 1-2 Punch at Automen,”Washington Post, Times Herald, March 29, 1966, p. A-14.

George Lardner Jr., “Private Eye Accused of Roving,” Washington Post, Times Herald, March 30, 1966, p. A-4.

Morton Mintz, “Minimum Tire Safety Standards Approved by Senate, 79 to 0,” Washington Post, Times Herald, Mar 30, 1966, p. A-6.

“Investigations: The Spies Who Were Caught Cold,” Time, Friday, April 1, 1966.

Morton Mintz, “Nader Assails Car Makers For Secrecy on Defects,” Washington Post, Times Herald, April 15, 1966, p. A-1.

Morton Mintz, “U.S. Blames GM in Auto Accident; Case May Be 1st Government Try To Hold Manufacturer Responsible,” Washington Post, Times Herald, April 17, 1966, p. A-4

Morton Mintz, “Nader Raps GM, Ford On Faulty Seat Belts,” Washington Post, Times Herald, Aprril 26, 1966, p. A-1.

Drew Pearson, “Car Accident Reports Suppressed,” Washington Post, Times Herald, April 26, 1966, p. B-13.

Hobart Rowen, “Safety Factor Weighed in Corvair Slump,” Washington Post, Times Herald, May 1, 1966, p. L-3.

Morton Mintz, “Nader Sues GM and Detective for $26 Million,” Washington Post, Times Herald, November 17, 1966, p. A-1.

James Ridgeway & David Sanford, “The Nader Affair,” The New Republic, February 18, 1967, p.16.

Art Siedenbaum,”Crusader Nader and the Fresh Air Underground,” Los Angeles Times, 1968,

“Meet Ralph Nader,” Newsweek, January 22, 1968, pp. 65-67.

“An Explosive Interview with Consumer Crusader Ralph Nader,” Playboy, October 1968.

“Ralph Nader,”Wikipedia.org.

“Ralph Nader Bibliography,” Wikipedia.org.

“Consumerism: Nader’s Raiders Strike Again,” Time, Monday, March 30, 1970.

Editorial, “The Nader Settlement,”New York Times, Monday, August 17, 1970.

“The Law: Nader v. G.M. (Cont’d),” Time, Monday, August 24, 1970.

Nader v. General Motors Corp., Court of Appeals of New York, 1970.

Thomas Whiteside, The Investigation of Ralph Nader: General Motors Versus One Determined Man, New York: Arbor House, 1972.

Charles McCarry, “A Hectic, Happy, Sleepless, Stormy, Rumpled, Relentless Week on the Road with Ralph Nader,” Life, January 21, 1972, p. 45-55.

Charles McCarry, Citizen Nader, New York: Saturday Review Press, 1972.

Elizabeth Drew, Book Review,“Citizen Nader, by Charles McCarry,” New York Times, Sunday, March 19, 1972.

Sandra Hochman, “America’s Chronic Critic; Ralph Nader Finally Has the President’s Number,” People, February 28, 1977.

“Ralph Nader Interview: Making Government Accountable,” Academy of Achievement (Washington, D.C.), February 16, 1991.

U.S. Department of Transportation / Federal Highway Administration, “President Dwight D. Eisenhower and the Federal Role in Highway Safety – Photo Gallery,” DOT.gov.

Justin Martin, Nader: Crusader, Spoiler, Icon, Perseus Publishing, 2002.

Patricia Cronin Marcello, Ralph Nader: A Biography, Greenwood Publishing Group, 2004.

Joseph R. Szczesny, “GM: Powerful – and Paranoid,” Time, Tuesday, June 2, 2009.

T. Rees Shapiro, “Stuart M. Speiser, Attorney for Ralph Nader in GM Lawsuit, Dies at 87,” Washington Post, Thursday, October 28, 2010.

David Booth, MSN Autos, “Ralph Nader May Be Anti-Car, But You Should Still Thank Him,” MSN.com, November 2010.

Sheila T. Harty, “Ethics of Citizenship From a Nader Raider,” 2011, 12pp.

Timothy Noah, “Nader and the Corvair,” TNR.com, October 4, 2011.

David Bollier, Citizen Action and Other Big Ideas: A History of Ralph Nader and the Modern Consumer Movement, Chapter 1, The Beginnings, Nader.org.

“Ralph Nader Biography,” American-Bud- dha.com.

“Jerome Nathan Sonosky Dies” (Counsel/ staff director, Sen. Ribicoff subcommitte, auto safety hearings), Connection News- papers, April 12, 1012.

T. Rees Shapiro, “Obituaries, Jerome N. Sonosky, Lawyer,” Washington Post, March 30, 2012.

Paul Ingrassia, “How the Corvair’s Rise and Fall Changed America Forever,” The Great Debate/Reuters, May 9, 2012.

Ronald Ahrens, “GM Squandered Our Good Will, Setting off Years of Licks for Corporate America,” Baggy Paragraphs, July 20, 2012.

Stephen Skrovan and Henriette Mantel, An Unreasonable Man: Ralph Nader: How Do You Define A Legacy?, A Documentary Film, Discussion Guide, 7pp.

Karen Heller, “Ralph Nader Builds His Dream Museum – of Tort Law,” WashingtonPost .com, October 4, 2015.

 

____________________________________________
 

 
 

“Dark Side’s 40 Years”
1973-2013

1973: Pink Floyd’s “Dark Side of the Moon” album cover featuring refracting prism. Click for album.
1973: Pink Floyd’s “Dark Side of the Moon” album cover featuring refracting prism. Click for album.
1993: Pink Floyd’s “Dark Side of the Moon” 20th anniversary album cover. Click for album
1993: Pink Floyd’s “Dark Side of the Moon” 20th anniversary album cover. Click for album
2003: Pink Floyd’s “Dark Side of the Moon” 30th anniversary album cover. Click for album.
2003: Pink Floyd’s “Dark Side of the Moon” 30th anniversary album cover. Click for album.

A 1973 album of progressive rock music named The Dark Side of the Moon, by the British group Pink Floyd, has distinguished itself on several fronts in the annals of modern music. For starters, it stayed on Billboard’s top 200 albums sales chart for 741 consecutive weeks — from March 1973 to April 1988. That’s a total period of 14 years — a longer popular presence on the music charts than any other album in the history of modern music charting.

Dark Side’s 1973-1988 chart run, in fact, survived four U.S. presidents – Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, Jimmy Carter, and Ronald Reagan. Four World Cup soccer championships were played during that time, as were a dozen Super Bowls and World Series. A child that began elementary school in the fall of 1973, would have graduated high school and gone into the work world or on to college as Dark Side continued its “consecutive weeks” chart run.  But there’s still more.

By May 1991, after Billboard started using its Top Pop Catalog Albums chart – a fifty-position weekly chart for older albums more than 18 months old, but falling below No. 100 on the Billboard 200 – Pink Floyd’s Dark Side held forth there as well. In fact, as of February 2019, Dark Side held the “total weeks” longevity record at something north of 1,630 total weeks — i.e., weeks on both the Billboard 200 and the Top Pop Catalog charts.

Still, the album’s Billboard heroics is less than half the story, as Dark Side of the Moon, to this day — now past its 45th anniversary year (2018) — continues to be popular. Even when it came off its consecutive weeks run of 14 years in 1988, it remained a very lucrative money machine through the 1990s and beyond.

By April 1998, the Recording Industry Association of America (RIAA) certified that Dark Side had sold 15 million copies in the U.S. alone.  By 2002, it was still selling – 400,000 copies annually in the U.S., placing it among that year’s 200 best-selling albums. By 2004, it was selling an average of 7,000-to-8,000 copies per week in the U.S. with cumulative sales worldwide then totaling over 40 million. By December 2006, the New York Times reported that the Dark Side of the Moon was still selling “nearly 10,000 copies a week.”

As of 2012, the album had sold an estimated 50 million copies worldwide. At a $10-an-album “ball park” estimate, that’s roughly $500 million in gross revenue, a respectable sum that many corporations would envy. And that of course does not include Dark Side’s “share” of Pink Floyd’s concert and touring revenue.

In any case, The Dark Side of the Moon album helped make the members of Pink Floyd very rich.  And as their fans well know, that’s only part of the story, as the group had other hit albums beyond Dark Side, including The Wall of 1979, which was also a giant hit and major money-maker.

Pink Floyd recorded The Dark Side of the Moon between May 1972 and January 1973 at Abbey Road studios in London.  The group’s principal musicians at the time consisted of Roger Waters (bass, synthesizer, vocals), Nick Mason (drums), Richard Wright (keyboards, synthesizers), and David Gilmour (guitar, vocals). The title of the album is an allusion to mental illness rather than astronomy, though Pink Floyd’s music is sometimes called “space rock.”

Early 1970s: Pink Floyd members, from left: Rick Wright, Roger Waters, Nick Mason, and David Gilmour.
Early 1970s: Pink Floyd members, from left: Rick Wright, Roger Waters, Nick Mason, and David Gilmour.
     Dark Side was Pink Floyd’s eighth studio album, the group having originally formed in the mid-1960s, though parting ways with earlier frontman, Syd Barrett, due to drugs and mental illness.

Released in March 1973, Dark Side became an instant chart success in the U.K., Western Europe, and the U.S. It rose to No.1 on the Billboard chart on April 28, 1973 beginning its record-breaking 741 weeks on Billboard’s Top 200 album chart. The album was a key breakthrough for the group.

“With the release of Dark Side of the Moon,” reported one Rolling Stone profile, “Pink Floyd abruptly went from a moderately successful acid-rock band to one of rock music’s biggest acts.”

In May 1973, when the album first came out, Rolling Stone reviewer Lloyd Grossman described it as “a fine album with a textural and conceptual richness.”  He added: “there is a certain grandeur here that exceeds mere musical melodramatics and is rarely attempted in rock.  The Dark Side of the Moon has flash – the true flash that comes from the excellence of a superb performance.”

In Pink Floyd’s Rock ’n Roll Hall of Fame description (they were inducted in 1996) it is noted:  “The group carried rock and roll into a dimension that was more cerebral and conceptual than what preceded it.“…What George Orwell and Ray Bradbury were to literature, Pink Floyd is to popular music…”
        – Rock `n Roll Hall of Fame
  What George Orwell and Ray Bradbury were to literature, Pink Floyd is to popular music, forging an unsettling but provocative combination of science fiction and social commentary….”  Describing the group’s Dark Side of the Moon, the Rock Hall added: “The album signaled rock’s willingness to move from adolescence into adulthood, conceptually addressing such subjects as aging, madness, money and time. From its prismatic cover artwork to the music therein, Dark Side of the Moon is a classic-rock milestone.” Others found Dark Side’s themes to be quite bleak, covering alienation, paranoia, and schizophrenia. “[T]he music was at once sterile and doomy,” wrote a reviewer for The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock `n Roll. But in the U.S., Pink Floyd concert tours through the 1970s and beyond helped boost the group’s notice and album sales. One New York Times concert reviewer in 1987 wrote: “…Pink Floyd earned a singular renown in the 1970’s. The band transmuted gloom and cynicism into sumptuous anthems, taking ordinary rock tunes at s-l-o-w tempos and using long instrumental interludes for somber atmosphere…”

Poster art with lyrics to “Breathe” from “Dark Side” album.
Poster art with lyrics to “Breathe” from “Dark Side” album.
One example of that style comes early in the album with the second track, “Breathe,” sampled below. There are a few seconds of run-on sound from the previous song at the beginning, but it then kicks in with a mellow instrumental section leading to the lyrics (this sample also ends abruptly since it too is a run-on to the next song in the album).
 

Music Player
“Breathe” – Pink Floyd

 

David Gilmour and Richard Wright composed the music for this song and Roger Waters wrote the lyrics. Gilmour plays electric and steel guitars and supplies lead and backing vocals; Wright is on organ and electric piano; Waters on bass guitar; and Nick Mason on drums.

Head Music.  In the 1970s, Pink Floyd tunes also became a favorite of pot smokers and drug users, and even into the 2000s the band’s music was still drawing that association. “As long as there are potheads, water beds and freshman philosophy majors,” wrote New York Times reporter Sia Michel in a 2006 review of a Roger Waters /Pink Floyd concert, “it [Dark Side of the Moon] will continue to sell thousands of copies every month.” Part of the eternal appeal of the album “is its trippy, vague seriousness,” wrote Michel. “It seems to be a concept album about the difficulties of staying sane in a corrupt modern world. It seems to encourage people to rebel. It seems to encourage people to maintain a childlike state of purity. It seems to address issues like mortality (“Time”), greed (“Money”), war (“Us and Them”) and madness (“Brain Damage”). In short, it sounds really deep when one is zonked out on drugs at 3 a.m. ‘The Dark Side of the Moon’ helped create the template for what a Great Album is conventionally supposed to be: a thematic, sonically adventurous social critique with brain-frying cover art.”

 

Record label for shortened version (3:15) of “Us & Them” single, released in March 1974. Click for full digital version.
Record label for shortened version (3:15) of “Us & Them” single, released in March 1974. Click for full digital version.
“Us & Them”

Another of the songs on Dark Side – the seventh track on the album – is titled “Us & Them,” a song that runs nearly eight minutes and is regarded by many as an anti-war song.  It was written by Richard Wright with lyrics by Roger Waters and it is sung by David Gilmour, with harmonies by Wright.  “Us and Them” was also released as a single and for a time in March 1974, it charted just under the Billboard Hot 100 at No. 101.

The song’s origins date to 1969 as a piano and bass piece that Wright had come up with while working on a song for the soundtrack of the 1970 movie Zabriskie Point.  It was then entirely instrumental, but film director Michelangelo Antonioni rejected the piece, calling it “beautiful, but too sad… it makes me think of church.”  Antonioni was looking for a more raucous piece for a violent sequence in the film, and would later use another Pink Floyd song adapted for that purpose which did appear on the Zabriskie Point soundtrack and at the film’s cataclysmic ending.

Wright’s original piece, meanwhile, was resurrected and re-worked during the Dark Side Of The Moon recording sessions and it became the basis for “Us and Them,” with Waters adding lyrics.  The finished version has hymnal organ qualities, rising choruses, and a couple of saxophone solos; one at the beginning and another toward the end of the song.  “Us and Them” is one of the first times Pink Floyd made use of female backup singers – in this case, Liza Strike, Leslie Duncan and Doris Troy to sing background harmonies.  The saxophone sections are played by Dick Parry.  In December 2012, Roger Waters performed “Us and Them” during his set for the live U.S. hurricane benefit TV concert, “12-12-12:  The Concert for Sandy Relief.”

“Us and Them”
Pink Floyd (7:51)
1973

Us, and them
And after all we’re only ordinary men.
Me, and you.
God only knows it’s not
what we would choose to do.

Forward he cried from the rear
and the front rank died.
And the general sat and the lines on the map
moved from side to side.

Black and blue
And who knows which is which and who is who.
Up and down.
And in the end it’s only round and round.

Haven’t you heard it’s a battle of words
The poster bearer cried.
Listen son, said the man with the gun
There’s room for you inside.

[…piano with spoken word sequence….]

Down and out
It can’t be helped, but there’s a lot of it about.
With, without.
And who’ll deny it’s what the fighting’s all about?

Out of the way, it’s a busy day
I’ve got things on my mind.
For the want of the price of tea and a slice
The old man died.

 

Music Player
“Us and Them” – Pink Floyd

 

Over the years, “Us and Them,” like other songs of this type, has brought varying listener reactions and interpretations. “Steven,” writing from Sparks, Nevada, offered this view at SongFacts.com:

“To assume that ‘Us and Them’ is solely about war is to draw a superficial conclusion.  Yes, ‘War’ serves as a metaphor for the separative mentality that modern day people have.  But the ‘Down and Out’ stanza is about our refusal to help others in need, because we have ‘things to do.’  Pink Floyd is saying that for the money it would cost for ‘tea and a slice,’ an old man died.  This song is about closed-mindedness and the majority of peoples’ inability to empathize with another’s plight, and to furthermore act on this inability, i.e. the general who doesn’t fight alongside his men.”

     Another SongFacts.com writer – Aya, from Cairo, Egypt, writes:

“I believe the song describes the tendency of people to partition themselves from those who are different, in cases such as war, politics, and social class.  It’s definitely about war but I believe it also encompasses different races and social classes.  It’s also alleged that the song was influenced by Roger Waters’ father dying in World War II…”

     And “Shane,” from Sandy, Utah, adding his point of view to the SongFacts.com forum on the song, writes:

“Definitely one of the most emotional pieces on Dark Side. The sax does a lot. The lyrics are simple, but sad, powerful, and relatable. This song gives me chills.”

     The final song on Dark Side – or rather, the last two songs that run together – are titled “Brain “Damage” and “Eclipse.” The lyrics of the first song have a repeating refrain that includes the album title, “I’ll see you on the dark side of the moon,” which is a reference to insanity.

“Brain Damage”/ “Eclipse”
Dark Side Album: Ending Songs (5:54)
Pink Floyd, 1973

Brain Damage
The lunatic is on the grass
The lunatic is on the grass
remembering games and daisy chains and laughs
got to keep the loonies on the path

The lunatic is in the hall
the lunatics are in the hall
the paper holds their folded faces to the floor
and every day the paper boy brings more

And if the dam breaks open many years too soon
and if there is no room upon the hill
and if your head explodes with dark forebodings too
I’ll see you on the dark side of the moon

The lunatic is in my head
The lunatic is in my head
you raise the blade, you make the change
you rearrange me ‘ till I’m sane
you lock the door
and throw away the key
there’s someone in my head but it’s not me

And if the cloud bursts, thunder in your ear
you shout and no one seems to hear
and if the band you’re in starts playing different tunes
I’ll see you on the dark side of the moon.

Eclipse
All that you touch and all that you see
all that you taste, all you feel
and all that you love and all that you hate
all you distrust, all you save
and all that you give and all that you deal
and all that you buy, beg, borrow or steal
and all you create and all you destroy
and all that you do and all that you say
and all that you eat and everyone you meet
and all that you slight and everyone you fight
and all that is now and all that is gone
and all that’s to come
and everything under the sun is in tune
but the sun is eclipsed by the moon
[ending:  sound of a beating heart…]

Roger Waters, who wrote the song, noted in a 2005 interview:  “When I say, ‘I’ll see you on the dark side of the moon’… what I mean [is]… If you feel that you’re the only one…that you seem crazy [because] you think everything is crazy, you’re not alone.”

Waters has also stated that the insanity-themed lyrics are based in part on former Pink Floyd frontman, Syd Barrett’s mental difficulties, as when Barrett lost his place during performances – noted in the line “if the band you’re in starts playing different tunes” – as Barrett suffered a breakdown and eventually left the group.

Sometime in 1971, Waters had worked up a prototype version of the song when it was called “The Dark Side of the Moon.”  Eventually this title would be used for the album itself.  The band had also called the “Brain Damage” track “Lunatic” during live performances, some recording sessions, and also when they had recorded a new suite entitled, “A Piece for Assorted Lunatics.”

 

The Real Insanity…

The opening line of the song – “The lunatic is on the grass” – was inspired by one of those “keep-off-the-grass” signs sometimes found at public places and well-manicured estates. Waters has said that the particular sign and patch of grass that fueled his using the phrase was at King’s College, Cambridge.

The ostensible suggestion in the tune is that those ignoring the signs and encroaching on the grass might indicate insanity, though as Waters has stated and the tune implies, the real insanity is not letting people on the grass.

Author Jere O’Neill Surber has compared the lyrics of Dark Side’s “Brain Damage” with Karl Marx’s theory of self-alienation; “there’s someone in my head, but it’s not me.”

Waters’ lyrics throughout Dark Side deal with the pressures of modern life and how those pressures can sometimes cause insanity.  He is reported to have viewed the album’s exploration of mental illness as one illuminating a universal condition.  Waters also indicated that he wanted the album to be a positive force – “an exhortation… to embrace the positive and reject the negative.”

In the 1987 book, Pink Floyd: Bricks in The Wall, by Karl Dallas, Roger Waters explained the meaning of the final words in the “Eclipse” portion of the song – “and everything under the sun is in tune, but the sun is eclipsed by the moon” – with the following:

I don’t see it as a riddle. The album uses the sun and the moon as symbols; the light and the dark; the good and the bad; the life force as opposed to the death force. I think it’s a very simple statement saying that all the good things life can offer are there for us to grasp, but that the influence of some dark force in our natures prevents us from seizing them. The song addresses the listener and says that if you, the listener, are affected by that force, and if that force is a worry to you, well I feel exactly the same too. The line ‘I’ll see you on the dark side of the moon’ is me speaking to the listener, saying, ‘I know you have these bad feelings and impulses because I do too, and one of the ways I can make direct contact with you is to share with you the fact that I feel bad sometimes.’

A lyrics poster excerpting from Pink Floyd’s “Brain Damage” on the “Dark Side” album.
A lyrics poster excerpting from Pink Floyd’s “Brain Damage” on the “Dark Side” album.
Musically, the last two songs are also powered by female choral backing that runs throughout, punctuated at points by a few nicely timed gospel-like offerings, adding depth and texture to the songs.

 

Music Player
Pink Floyd- “Brain Damage”/ “Eclipse”

And like the earlier song  “Us & Them,” Song Facts.com also received numerous postings about “Brain Damage” and its meaning – in fact, more than 150 such postings.  “This is about the ‘insanity’ of adulthood,” wrote “Mick” from Las Vegas, Nevada.  “The lunatic actually is sane and society is crazy.  The lunatic in the grass is someone who wants to relive the happiness of childhood and has the audacity to walk on the grass, even though society is telling him that everyone should stay on the paths created for them and follow the paths blindly.  Also, the ‘lunatic’ is ignoring the newspapers (he leaves their folded faces on the floor) that remind him of the insanity around him.  Finally, he gets rearranged until he is ‘sane,’ but now there is someone in his head and it isn’t him.”

Also from SongFacts.com, “Steveb” from Spokane, WA, offered quite a long interpretation, here excerpted from his comments beginning with the following:

“…‘The paper holds their folded faces to the floor, and every day the paper boy brings more’ – I believe that this is a reference to how the newspaper, or general media and their brainwashing techniques, can help subside these thoughts of lunacy by making you realize that the the state of things is how it should be, even though it isn’t.  It simply holds them down for a bit, just long enough until the ‘paperboy’(general media) can deliver the next dose of reassuring conformity.

‘If the damn breaks open many years too soon’ – That is a metaphor for snapping in the middle of your life, far before the end of it with so much more to deal with.

Another excerpt of "Brain Damage" lyrics.
Another excerpt of "Brain Damage" lyrics.

‘And if there is no room upon the hill’ – The hill being a famous counterculture symbol for conformity, where the sheep dwell happily and just like each other.

‘And if your head explodes with dark forebodings too, I’ll see you on the dark side of the moon’ – This one is very literal but said in an eloquent manner that goes beyond most people’s heads.  If you snap under pressure, while also foreseeing nothing but bad in the future (for both yourself, and the fate of the world), he’ll see you on the dark side of the moon, that hypothetical place where all the wide-eyed outsiders who ‘get it’ will meet and be ridden of the isolation… Shame it doesn’t exist.

‘The lunatic is in my head’ displays the society getting to the person on hand, and ‘you raise the blade, you make the change, you rearrange me til I’m sane’ is a reference to a lobotomy, the lobotomy being a metaphor for conditioning by society.

‘You lock the door, and throw away the key, there’s someone in my head but its not me’ – This line determines the moment where one has now become part of the society, tossed out his individualism, and as the key is gone there is no turning back; he is them and no longer himself.

‘If the cloud bursts thunder in your ear’ – Another metaphor for it all being too much to handle.

‘You shout and no one seems to hear’ – The isolation that the outsiders feel as the select few who know what’s going on… Anyone they try to talk about it to thinks they’re crazy and ignores them…”

Another SongFacts posting from Ric in Florence, Wisconsin, suggested that the “lunatics” described in the folded newspapers – those with their “faces folded to the floor” – were “the politicians, newsmakers of the day, authority figures…”  Another asked if “the papers” might have described or represented a kind of “perpetual newspaper/media indoctrination?”  David from Ashland City, Tennessee offered that “the dark side of the moon album might represent the dark side of our minds.”  And still others at SongFacts indicated they loved the Dark Side album for its simple pleasures – as Mitchell from Adelaide, Australia put it – “more because of the music; it just helps me to relax, zone out.”

“Oz Synchronicity”
Dark Side Meets Wizard of Oz

Pink Floyd members have said it’s just not so!
Pink Floyd members have said it’s just not so!
     By the mid-1990s, an urban legend began to circulate that may have helped boost the sales of The Dark Side of the Moon, namely, that there were some uncanny parallels between the album’s music and scenes, movement, gestures, and speech of characters in the 1939 Hollywood film, The Wizard of Oz.

One wag had stated that if you started the music precisely on the third roar of the MGM lion at the outset of the film, all sorts of curious things would follow.

Among the so called “synchronicities” is one that reportedly occurs when Roger Waters sings the phrase “look around,” and Dorothy looks around.  Another comes when the chimes that usher in the song “Time” coincide with the appearance of the Wicked Witch of the West on her bike, then stops when she dismounts.  And with the phrase, “you raise the blade, you make the change,” the tin man raises a huge blade as he and the others change their clothes to look like the witch’s army.  And the list goes on with many more.  One website has compiled a list of 100 or so of these purported synchronicities.  Yet, members of Pink Floyd have denied that there was any doing on their part to bring any of this about, and that whatever coincidences there may be between the film and the music, they are just that, and perhaps come about more from listener/viewer interpretation than any pre-set arrangement between Dark Side’s music and the film.

Poster advertising Pink Floyd’s March 15, 1966 appearance at the Marquee club in London. Click for poster.
Poster advertising Pink Floyd’s March 15, 1966 appearance at the Marquee club in London. Click for poster.
     Pink Floyd have traveled a long road in their musical history, initially called a psychedelic band at their forming in the 1960s.  However, by the late 1960s the press began to associate their music with progressive rock.  In the 1970s, the guitar-work of David Gilmour became notable, with some seeing him as one of the decade’s most important guitarists.  By the mid-1980s, however, infighting had ensued within the group, with litigation between Waters and other band members.  Rolling Stone magazine, for one, would later write about the group’s difficulties in at least two cover stories (see “Sources” below).

Pink Floyd without Waters released Momentary Lapse of Reason in 1987, followed by a tour that grossed nearly $30 million.  Waters meanwhile, in 1990, offered a special concert on the demise of the Berlin Wall in Germany, featuring Pink Floyd’s The Wall album, while assembling a group of noted musicians there, including Sinéad O’Conner, Joni Mitchell and Van Morrison.  In early July 2005, at a Pink Floyd reunion arranged by Bob Geldof, former Pink Floyd members Waters, Gilmour, Mason and Wright performed together at the Live 8 concert in London’s Hyde Park for the first time in more than 24 years.  Since 2010, Roger Waters has been performing The Wall album on his world tour, “The Wall Live,” extending into 2013.

     The Dark Side of the Moon, meanwhile, endures as a listener favorite.  Michele Catalano, writing in Forbes magazine, grew up with the music and shares some of her memories in a March 2013 piece, still finding the album appealing.  Says she:  “40 years later and the album still holds up well…  The lyrics are still relevant, the music is still at once disquieting and soothing, alternating in waves of musical madness that could certainly form the soundtrack to anyone’s journey through birth, school, work and death.”  In March 2013, the U.S. Library of Congress added The Dark Side of The Moon to the National Recording Registry, which lists culturally important works.In the U.K., British playwright Tom Stoppard, a longtime Pink Floyd fan, has written a play for BBC Radio to mark the album’s 40th anniversary.

In March 2013, the U.S. Library of Congress added The Dark Side of The Moon to the National Recording Registry, which includes sound recordings that are “culturally, historically or aesthetically significant” to American society and are at least a decade old.  The Pink Floyd album had been a popular nominee among the public and members of the Registry’s board for several years, according to Pat Loughney, the head of the Registry.  “It struck a cultural resonance that has made the leap from one generation to the next,” Loughney explained in one interview.  “It was an album that strived to deal with big things rather than just get on the stage and bang out loud sounds.”

Early Pink Floyd, L-R, Nick Mason, Syd Barrett, David Gilmour (seated), Roger Waters and Richard Wright.
Early Pink Floyd, L-R, Nick Mason, Syd Barrett, David Gilmour (seated), Roger Waters and Richard Wright.
Pink Floyd today remains in high regard, considered one of the all-time great rock bands, ranked in the upper tier of surveys by Rolling Stone, Q magazine, VH-1, and other media outlets.  As of 2013 Pink Floyd have sold more than 250 million albums worldwide, including 74.5 million in the U.S. – of which 37 million were sold since 1991.  The 2012 Sunday Times of London’s “Rich List” – tracking UK music millionaires – ranked Waters at No. 22, Gilmour No. 32, and Mason No. 46, each worth £50 million or more (about $75 million U.S.), and in Waters’ case, £120 million (about $180 million U.S.). 

Of the original Pink Floyd members, Syd Barrett died at age 60 on July 7, 2006 at his home, and Richard Wright died of cancer in September 2008 at age 65.  Several Pink Floyd biographies – a few noted below in “Sources”– explore the various phases of the group, their successes and their struggles.

Readers of this story may also find two Moody Blues stories of interest: “The Story in Your Eyes” and “Legend of A Mind,” the latter about the song, Timothy Leary, and LSD.

For other music-related stories as this website please visit the “Annals of Music” category page or go to the Home Page for additional story choices.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you.  — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 31 March 2013
Last Update: 29 August 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Dark Side’s 40 Years, 1973-2013,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 31, 2013.

____________________________________


Pink Floyd Books at Amazon.com
 

Nick Mason & Philip Dodd (ed), “Inside Out: A Personal History of Pink Floyd.” 2017, illustrated, Click for Amazon..
Nick Mason & Philip Dodd (ed), “Inside Out: A Personal History of Pink Floyd.” 2017, illustrated, Click for Amazon..
Guesdon & Margotin,  “Pink Floyd All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track,” 2017, illustrated, 592 pp. Click for Amazon.
Guesdon & Margotin, “Pink Floyd All the Songs: The Story Behind Every Track,” 2017, illustrated, 592 pp. Click for Amazon.
Mark Blake, “Pigs Might Fly: The Inside Story of Pink Floyd,” 2013, updated, 438 pp. Aurum Press, Click for Amazon.
Mark Blake, “Pigs Might Fly: The Inside Story of Pink Floyd,” 2013, updated, 438 pp. Aurum Press, Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

John Harris book, “The Dark Side of the Moon: The Making of the Pink Floyd Masterpiece,” 1992 Harper paperback, 208 pp. Says Mojo blurb on cover: “Beautifully illustrated, compellingly written... a penetrating history.” Click for Amazon.
John Harris book, “The Dark Side of the Moon: The Making of the Pink Floyd Masterpiece,” 1992 Harper paperback, 208 pp. Says Mojo blurb on cover: “Beautifully illustrated, compellingly written... a penetrating history.” Click for Amazon.
Rolling Stone magazine cover story on Pink Floyd and their troubles, April 2007. Click for copy.
Rolling Stone magazine cover story on Pink Floyd and their troubles, April 2007. Click for copy.
In October 2011, Rolling Stone magazine did another cover story on the travails of Pink Floyd. Click for copy.
In October 2011, Rolling Stone magazine did another cover story on the travails of Pink Floyd. Click for copy.

“Pink Floyd,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 760-762.

“Pink Floyd, Biography,” RollingStone.com.

“Pink Floyd, Wikipedia.org.

“Top Pop Catalog Albums,” Wikipedia.org.

Lloyd Grossman, “Review of Pink Floyd’s Dark Side of the Moon,” Rolling Stone, May 24, 1973.

John Rockwell, “Pink Floyd: Dreamy Rock and Nightmare Words,” New York Times, Sunday, July 3, 1977, p. 31.

John Rockwell, “Pink Floyd Stages Lavish Show on ‘Wall’,” New York Times, February 26, 1980, p. C-6.

John Rockwell, “A Pink Floyd Album Marks 10 Years as a Best Seller,” New York Times, Sunday, May 6, 1984, Section 2, p. 27.

Pink Floyd: Variations on a Theme of Absence (VHS Tape -1987).

Nicholas Schaffner, Saucerful of Secrets: The Pink Floyd Odyssey, Delta paperback, June 1, 1992, 348pp. Click for copy.

Peter Watrous, “Review/Rock; Pink Floyd’s Own Brand of Spectacle,” New York Times, June 13, 1994.

David Browne, “Music: For Rap Pioneers, Paydays Are Measured in Pocket Change,” New York Times, December 17, 2006.

Lee Gomes, “Many Companies Still Cling to Big Hits to Drive Earnings,” Wall Street Journal, August 2, 2006.

Sia Michel, “Fending Off That Great Gig in the Sky,” New York Times, September 14, 2006.

Tom Moon, 1,000 Recording To Hear Before You Die: A Listener’s Life List, New York: Workman Publishing, 2008, p. 601.

“Floyd’s ‘Dark Side’ Celebrates Chart Milestone,”Billboard.com.

“Dark Side of the Moon,” Wikipedia.org.

“Us and Them (song),” Wikipedia.org.

“Us and Them,” SongFacts.com.

“Brain Damage (song),” Wikipedia.org.

“Brain Damage,” SongFacts.com.

“Dark Side of the Rainbow” (re: Oz synchronicity), Wikipedia.org.

Mike Watkinson & Pete Anderson, Crazy Diamond: Syd Barrett & the Dawn of Pink Floyd, Omnibus Press paperback, June 1993, 168pp.

Nick Mason, Inside Out: A Personal History of Pink Floyd, Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 2004; Orion paperback, 2005, 384pp. Click for copy.

John Harris, The Dark Side of the Moon: The Making of The Pink Floyd Masterpiece, Harper, 1992.

Jere O’Neill Surber, “Wish You Were Here (But You Aren’t): Pink Floyd and Non-Being,” in George A. Reisch (ed.), Pink Floyd and Philosophy: Careful With That Axiom, Eugene!, Chicago: Open Court Publishing, 2007.

Mark Blake, Comfortably Numb: The Inside Story of Pink Floyd, Da Capo Press paperback, November 2008, 448 pp. Click for copy.

Michele Catalano, “40 Years Of Pink Floyd’s Dark Side Of The Moon,” Forbes, March 11, 2013.

Victor Luckerson, “‘Dark Side of the Moon,’ ‘Saturday Night Fever’ Added to National Recording Registry,” Time, March 21, 2013.

James C. Mckinley Jr., “For ‘Dark Side,’ An Anniversary, Too,” New York Times, March 22, 2013.

John Plunkett, “BBC Radio 2 Heads Over to Dark Side With Pink Floyd Play By Tom Stoppard; Hour-Long ‘Fantastical and Psychedelic Story’…,” The Guardian (London), Thursday, March 28, 2013.

_________________________________
 

 

 

“Goldfinger”
1959-1965

Nov. 6, 1964 cover of Life magazine with actress Shirley Eaton as the gold-painted victim from “Goldfinger” film, with cover story tag line, “A Matter for James Bond.” Click for Amazon page.
Nov. 6, 1964 cover of Life magazine with actress Shirley Eaton as the gold-painted victim from “Goldfinger” film, with cover story tag line, “A Matter for James Bond.” Click for Amazon page.
     In late 1964 a memorable James Bond movie named Goldfinger arrived in U.S. theaters.  It was the third in a series of films featuring British secret agent James Bond, then played by Scottish actor, Sean Connery.

The Bond films, produced by British filmmaker EON Productions, were based on the novels of British writer, Ian Fleming, a WWII-era Royal Navy intelligence officer.  Fleming penned the famous spy novels in the 1950s and early 1960s.  His first “Bond book,” Casino Royale, published in 1953, introduced the James Bond character, also known by his code name, “007.”  More Bond books followed, as did films, making for a famous series of both.

     In all, Fleming wrote a dozen Bond books between 1953 and 1966, among them: Live and Let Die (1954), Moonraker (1955), Diamonds Are Forever (1956), From Russia with Love (1957), Dr. No (1958), Goldfinger (1959), For Your Eyes Only (short story collection, 1960), Thunderball (1961), The Spy Who Loved Me (1962), On Her Majesty’s Secret Service (1963), You Only Live Twice (1964), and The Man with the Golden Gun (1965). There were also two additional collections of short stories: Octopussy and The Living Daylights published in 1966.  Fleming died from a heart attack at the age of 56 in 1964, so two of his Bond books and the collections were published posthumously.  Since then, other authors have produced additional Bond novels and there have been more than 25 Bond films.  The James Bond entertainment empire has become one of the world’s most valuable, with its books, films, and music continuing to sell to the present day.
 

Ian Fleming on the cover of Andrew Lycett’s 1996 biography of him.
Ian Fleming on the cover of Andrew Lycett’s 1996 biography of him.
Ian Fleming

     Initially, Ian Fleming’s James Bond novels were not bestsellers in America.  In the U.K., Fleming’s books enjoyed a popular following and mostly positive reviews through the 1950s – especially his first five books: Casino Royale, Live and Let Die, Moonraker, Diamonds Are Forever and From Russia, with Love.  But beginning around March 1958, about the time Dr. No was published, he began to receive some unfavorable reviews from book critics, one saying his Bond books suffered from “the total lack of any ethical frame of reference.”  Another review of Dr. No in the New Statesman was titled “Sex, Snobbery and Sadism,” with the reviewer calling it “the nastiest book I have ever read.”  For a time thereafter, Fleming fell into disfavor.  But his fortunes would soon change and his work would rise once again, receiving a major boost from America.

     In early 1961, after one of Fleming’s Bond books was mentioned by Life magazine’s White House reporter Hugh Sidey in an article about President John F. Kennedy’s reading habits, sales of all Fleming’s novels took off in America.  Sidey’s article in the March 17, 1961 issue of Life had listed Fleming’s From Russia With Love as one of Kennedy’s ten favorite books.  Sidey’s piece also mentioned that the President had invited Fleming to the White House for dinner.

Sean Connery, cast as James Bond in the early Bond films, is shown here in a scene from the 1962 film, “Dr. No.” Connery set the mold for other Bonds to follow.
Sean Connery, cast as James Bond in the early Bond films, is shown here in a scene from the 1962 film, “Dr. No.” Connery set the mold for other Bonds to follow.
     Back in the U.K. meanwhile, Fleming had sold an option on the film rights to some of his Bond novels to a newly formed film company named Eon Productions.  After an extensive search, Eon hired Scottish actor Sean Connery to do five James Bond films beginning with Dr. No, which was released in 1962. 

Connery’s depiction of Bond in the early films, in fact, would have some effect on the character Fleming was continuing to create in his books.

In the novel You Only Live Twice, which Fleming crafted after the Dr. No film, Fleming began to give the Bond character a sense of humor and some Scottish background, qualities that had not appeared in the earlier Bond stories.

Cover of the original “Goldfinger” novel as published in March 1959.
Cover of the original “Goldfinger” novel as published in March 1959.
 
     The Bond films, in any case, sent Fleming’s books and the entire James Bond enterprise in a wholly new and more prosperous direction.  Although the first film, Dr. No, received a mixed reception at its U.K. premiere in October 1962, it still became a popular film at the U.K. box office, and was later released in the U.S. Dr. No, which cost $1 million to make, grossed about $60 million worldwide ($152 million adjusted gross), so the filmmakers knew they had a good thing going.  From Russia, With Love, the next film in the series, came out in 1963, and this film did even better, earning more than $78 million ($214 million, adjusted).

     But the James Bond mania in the U.S. really didn’t take hold in a big way until 1964-65, with the release of the Goldfinger film.  This film also had a notable soundtrack and “Goldfinger” theme song by Welsh singer Shirley Bassey that added to its lustre and marketing (more on the music later).  The plot of the Goldfinger story, for book and film, focus on arch villain named Auric Goldfinger, who schemes to play havoc with the world’s finances by messing with the U.S. gold reserves at the Fort Knox bullion depository in Kentucky.

     The Goldfinger book was the seventh novel in Fleming’s James Bond series.  It was first published by the U.K. publisher Jonathan Cape, Ltd in London in late March 1959, although Fleming had written it a year or so earlier.  The cover of the original hardback edition, shown above, featured a skeleton of a human skull with gold coins placed in the eye sockets.  The book did reasonably well in the U.K, where Fleming already had millions of readers.  Although when it was released in the U.S. in August 1959 by MacMillan – prior to the 1961 JFK boost of the Fleming books – it had not done well.  But there were much better days ahead.

Premiere of the James Bond “Goldfinger” film in New York, Dec.1964.
Premiere of the James Bond “Goldfinger” film in New York, Dec.1964.
     The release of the Goldfinger film changed everything for the business fortunes of James Bond and Ian Fleming.  The film was first released in the U.K. in September 1964, followed by a  release in the U.S. 

     The American premiere was held on December 21st, 1964 at the DeMille Theater in New York City.  To promote the film, the two Aston Martin DB5 sports cars were also showcased at the 1964 New York World’s Fair, as the car and its gadgets became something of star in the film as well.  Two of  the sports cars can also be seen on the street in front of the theater in the premiere photo above.  Following the opening at the DeMille Theater, demand for the film was so high that the theater stayed open twenty-four hours a day for around-the-clock showings from Christmas Eve straight through until after New Year’s Day. 

Theatrical poster advertising the “Goldfinger” film.
Theatrical poster advertising the “Goldfinger” film.
     The release of the Goldfinger  film in the U.S. benefitted from its advance notice and press coverage, such as the Life magazine story that appeared in November 1964 with the gold-painted actress Shirley Eaton appearing on the cover (photo at top of this article), along with a series of other action shots from the film appearing inside the magazine.  Following the film’s release in the U.S., it was rolled out in other European countries and beyond.  At the premiere in Paris, Sean Connery drove an Aston Martin DB5 down the Champs-Elysees and some sixty women there were also gilded in gold as the Shirley Eaton character was in the movie.

     Goldfinger was both a critical and financial success.  Its $3 million budget was recouped within two weeks of its release, and it broke box office records in multiple countries around the world.  At the time, it was the fastest grossing film ever.  In its original worldwide theatrical release in 1964-65, Goldfinger pulled in $124.9 million.  In today’s dollars that would translate to almost $900 million.  As one point of comparison, as of April 2009 the Bond film Quantum of Solace pulled in some $576 million worldwide.

     Goldfinger’s success led to a variety of product tie-ins for clothing, dress shoes, action figures, board games, jigsaw puzzles, lunch boxes, toys, record albums, and trading cards.  Toy manufacturer, Corgi Toys began a long relationship with the Bond franchise, producing a toy car which became the biggest selling toy of 1964.  And sales of real Aston Martin sports cars rose as well, partly attributed to the film’s use of the car.

Pan Books paperback edition of “Goldfinger” in Australia used a Sean Connery / James Bond image and movie information on its back cover.
Pan Books paperback edition of “Goldfinger” in Australia used a Sean Connery / James Bond image and movie information on its back cover.
     The success of Goldfinger and the other Bond films also led to surging sales of Fleming’s Bond novels.  Nearly six million Bond books were sold in the United Kingdom in 1964, with about one million of those being Goldfinger books.  From 1962 to 1967, more than 22 million Bond novels were sold.  Goldfinger books that came out after the film’s release usually touted the film on the book’s front and back covers, with some showing photos of Sean Connery as Bond.  Signet and Pan paperback editions did this, with Signet running a tag line on the front cover, “Now A Great Motion Picture,” along with a small photo of Bond holding his pistol.  The Pan paperback edition of Goldfinger in London had at least 26 printings through 1976, with additional copies sold under other imprints.  A Viking/Pengin paperback of Goldfinger came out in 2002, as had others by then.

 

Auric Goldfinger listening to tips on his cheating hotline from balcony overlooking card game in his first unhappy encounter w/James Bond.
Auric Goldfinger listening to tips on his cheating hotline from balcony overlooking card game in his first unhappy encounter w/James Bond.
The Story

     In the opening scenes of the Goldfinger film, James Bond is shown on a prior assignment – infiltrating and destroying the house of a drug lord in Mexico.  The story quickly segues to his next assignment, as Bond is in Miami Beach, enjoying a bit of R & R, though his holiday is interrupted by agent Felix with orders from “M” in London that Bond should keep his eye on a character named Auric Goldfinger, who as it happened, was also in Miami.  Mr. Goldfinger is ostensibly a horse-breeder and international jeweler – and of course, much more.  London suspects him of being a gold smuggler, and as soon becomes clear, he is a scheming bad actor.

     In Miami, poolside, at the hotel where they are staying, Bond discovers that Goldfinger is cheating in a card game he is playing with another businessman.  Bond notices an earpiece, which Goldfinger claims is a hearing aid.  But Bond suspects something else and notices a hotel balcony several stories up within Goldfinger’s line of sight.

James Bond, taking in the “card game” view from the hotel balcony with Jill, who is helping Goldfinger cheat.
James Bond, taking in the “card game” view from the hotel balcony with Jill, who is helping Goldfinger cheat.
Jill is later murdered by Goldfinger with gold paint.
Jill is later murdered by Goldfinger with gold paint.
Oddjob, Goldfinger’s man-servant, is about to decapitate a statue with a throw of his steel-brimmed derby.
Oddjob, Goldfinger’s man-servant, is about to decapitate a statue with a throw of his steel-brimmed derby.
Goldfinger tells James Bond he is about to die by way of an industrial laser slicing him in two, but Bond gains a reprieve by letting on he knows more than he does.
Goldfinger tells James Bond he is about to die by way of an industrial laser slicing him in two, but Bond gains a reprieve by letting on he knows more than he does.
Ms. Pussy Galore (Honor Blackman), heads up female flyers who will dispense poison gas over Fort Knox.
Ms. Pussy Galore (Honor Blackman), heads up female flyers who will dispense poison gas over Fort Knox.
James Bond being knocked around by Oddjob during their tussle at the Fort Knox vault.
James Bond being knocked around by Oddjob during their tussle at the Fort Knox vault.
Oddjob is electrocuted when his stuck steel-brimmed derby is electrically charged by a wire Bond has thrown.
Oddjob is electrocuted when his stuck steel-brimmed derby is electrically charged by a wire Bond has thrown.
Mr. Goldfinger has his revolver trained on Bond while the plane is being hi-jacked.
Mr. Goldfinger has his revolver trained on Bond while the plane is being hi-jacked.
In the end, James Bond has saved the day, ending up safely on earth with Ms. Galore.
In the end, James Bond has saved the day, ending up safely on earth with Ms. Galore.

     Upon closer inspection of the hotel balcony, Bond discovers a beautiful blond in a bathing suit on a chaise longue off one of the balcony rooms – Goldfinger’s room, it turns out.  She is on duty there, working for Goldfinger with a pair of high-powered spyglasses relaying to Goldfinger’s “hearing aid” the cards his opponent is holding.  Bond spoils the party, ending the card-cheating transmissions, leaving Goldfinger to fend for himself.

     Meanwhile Bond strikes up a relationship with his new found lady friend, Jill, the Goldfinger girl played by Shirley Eaton.  The two adjourn to Bond’s hotel room where they share some champagne and romance. 

     But after Bond leaves the room for a moment to retrieve another bottle of champagne from the suite’s kitchen, he is knocked out by an intruder. 

     When he awakens, he finds his new girl friend is sprawled across the bed, but painted head to toe in gold paint.  She is dead; asphyxiated by the paint.  Goldfinger has had his revenge, posting a warning to Bond in the process.

     Bond then returns to London where he is assigned to find out how Goldfinger transports his gold internationally, which takes him to Geneva, Switzerland, where he infiltrates Auric Enterprises. 

     In Geneva, Bond learns that Goldfinger smuggles gold by incorporating it into the body of his automobile, a gold-plated Rolls Royce.  Bond also begins to learn that Goldfinger has something else planned: something called Operation Grand Slam. 

     In Geneva, Bond also meets the sister of the slain Goldfinger girl from Miami who tries to kill Goldfinger, but is herself murdered by Goldfinger’s bodyguard, Oddjob, who has a steel-brimmed derby he throws around as a killing device. 

     Bond becomes Goldfinger’s prisoner, and he is flown to the States by Goldfinger’s personal pilot, Ms. Pussy Galore, who also heads up a group of female aviators who later figure into the Goldfinger plot.  

     Bond is taken to the Auric Stud Farm in Kentucky where he further learns of Goldfinger’s plans.  Goldfinger at one point tries to slice Bond in half with a deadly industrial laser, but Bond talks his way out of it, claiming that London would suspect the worst if he were dead and foil Goldfinger’s plans.

     At the Kentucky horse farm, Goldfinger has a meeting with several mob leaders from across America.  Goldfinger owes each of them one million in gold, which he promises to increase if they go along with his latest plan for Fort Knox. 

     However, one of the mob leaders disagrees, and Goldfinger, seemingly, pays him his gold bullion and allows him to leave.  Oddjob then appears to be taking the disgruntled mob boss to the airport, but instead, the mobster ends up murdered in car-crushing junkyard where he and his car are reduced to a small cube. 

     Back at the horse farm, Goldfinger gasses the other mob leaders believing them a risk to his plan, also cancelling out his mob debt.  The mobsters are gassed in the self-sealing briefing room.

     Meanwhile, Bond has learned that Operation Grand Slam will be an attempt to irradiate the U.S. gold supply at Fort Knox, making the gold radioactive for decades, thereby increasing the value of Goldfinger’s holdings while plunging the U.S. into economic chaos.

     Goldfinger’s personal pilot, aviatrix Pussy Galore and her “Flying Circus” of female flyers, will take their planes over the Fort Knox area on the appointed day, spraying lethal gas to take out the military.  Goldfinger and his forces will then helicopter in with their dirty bomb for the Fort Knox vault.

     Bond, however, has won the affections of Ms. Galore, and she substitutes a harmless gas for the aerial spray while informing U.S. authorities of Goldfinger’s sinister plot.

     Still, at the Ft. Knox vault during Goldfinger’s raid, Bond must deal with the bomb, now installed and ticking away, and also with Oddjob, who is out to kill him. 

     Bond and Oddjob struggle in a dramatic fight, with Oddjob electrocuted in a final scene when he tries to retrieve his steel-brimmed hat which had become stuck in the metal bars of the repository from an earlier throw.  As Oddjob grabs the hat on the metal bars, Bond throws a live electrical wire on the bars charging them with current and doing in Mr. Oddjob.

     Mr. Goldfinger, meanwhile, has dressed in a colonel’s uniform beneath his regular clothes, and is able to use this disguise in a last minute maneuver to kill the U.S. troops attempting to open the vault, while then escaping the scene himself.  A bomb expert arrives, meanwhile, and manages to stop the dirty bomb clock at 0:07 seconds remaining.

     With the Fort Knox threat foiled, and the gold supply safe for the moment, Bond is invited to the White House for a meeting with the President.  He is squired to Washington aboard an Air Force jet, and all appears well. 

     However, on the way to Washington the plane is hijacked by Goldfinger, who has disguised himself as a U. S. general and has coerced Pussy Galore to pilot and divert the jet to Cuba.

     In the plane, a struggle ensues over Goldfinger’s revolver, and in the course of their fight, one of the plane’s windows is shot out, creating a decompression in which Goldfinger is sucked out of the cabin to his death.

     As the plane tailspins toward earth and out of control, Bond rescues Ms. Galore and the two parachute safely to the ground below, where they become reacquainted as the film ends and the film score plays.

 
 

The Music

     Goldfinger was made especially memorable for many film goers by way of its music.  For the first time in a Bond movie, a theme song was sung over the opening credits.  And in this case, the song was “Goldfinger,” performed in brassy fashion by Welsh singer Shirley Bassey.  The song was a most powerful addition to the film, and set the tone for the rest of the film score.  The American Film Institute has included the song among its 100 best film songs, ranked at No. 53.

     The release of Bassey’s “Goldfinger” single in 1965 sold more than a million copies in the U. S. alone.  The song rose to No. 8 on the U.S. Billboard charts, remaining on that chart for 13 weeks. It also became an international hit, reaching No. 1 in Japan and rising into the Top Ten in many European countries. In 2008, the single was inducted into the Grammy Hall of Fame


The original Goldfinger soundtrack album. Click for CD.
The original Goldfinger soundtrack album. Click for CD.
Dame Shirley Bassey performing one of her Bond theme songs, undated BBC photo. Click for 'Greatest Hits' CD.
Dame Shirley Bassey performing one of her Bond theme songs, undated BBC photo. Click for 'Greatest Hits' CD.

     The “Goldfinger” song was composed by John Barry, with lyrics by Anthony Newley and Leslie Bricusse.  The film score was also composed by John Barry, and the resulting soundtrack album made heavy use of the brassy sound set out in Shirley Bassey’s opening song.


Music Player
“Goldfinger”-1964-1965


     The Goldfinger soundtrack album went to No. 1 on the U.S. Billboard albums chart, spending 70 weeks there.  It also rose to No. 14 on the U.K. albums chart, although the U.K. version had four tracks that didn’t appear on the American version.  John Barry’s Goldfinger was also nominated for a motion picture film score Grammy. 

     “John Barry’s score ushered in a new style of swinging action music..,” observed Justin Craig of Fox News in one 2012 retrospective review of the film and its music.  “Barry breathed an entirely new sound and style into movies and truly gave the entire Bond franchise its soul and musical identity.  There’s no denying the impact Barry’s opening title song, performed by Shirley Bassey, has had on the future, of not only the Bond franchise, but music for the movies overall.”

     Goldfinger was the first Bond film to use a pop star to sing a Bond movie theme song, and the practice would continue in subsequent Bond films.

Shirley Bassey would go on to sing two other Bond film theme songs — “Diamonds Are Forever” and “Moonraker.”  Bassey already had a number of hits as a U.K. performer when she sang “Goldfinger,” but the Bond theme became her first true international hit. 

In fact, the “Goldfinger” theme and “Diamonds Are Forever” became so famous for Bassey that she had difficulty establishing a pop career beyond those tunes. In February 2013, at the 85th Academy Awards ceremony in Hollywood, Bassey sang the famous “Goldfinger” theme song to to commemorate the 50th anniversary of the James Bond movie franchise. She received a standing ovation for her performance. Anthony Newley’s version of the “Goldfinger” song was included in a 30th anniversary compilation album, The Best of Bond…James Bond.

 

The Bond Legacies

By July 1965, Sean Connery, with French co-star Claudine Auger, appeared on the cover of Look magazine at the filming of the next Bond film, “Thunderball.” Click for magazine.
By July 1965, Sean Connery, with French co-star Claudine Auger, appeared on the cover of Look magazine at the filming of the next Bond film, “Thunderball.” Click for magazine.
     “Of all the Bonds,” wrote Chicago Sun-Times film critic Roger Ebert in a 1999 retrospective, “Goldfinger is the best, and can stand as a surrogate for the others.  If it is not a great film, it is a great entertainment, and contains all the elements of the Bond formula that would work again and again…”  Goldfinger and the Bond films are also credited as a key influence on the proliferation of spy films and TV series that flourished through the mid-and late 1960s.

     Roger Ebert also wrote that James Bond was perhaps the most durable of the 20th century’s movie heroes, and the one likely to last into the 21st century.  “He is a hero,” Ebert said of Bond, “but not a bore.  Even faced with certain death, he can cheer himself by focusing instead on the possibility that first he might get lucky.  He’s obsessed with creature comforts, a trial to his superiors, a sophisticate in all material things and able to parachute into enemy territory and be wearing a tuxedo five minutes later.  When it comes to movie spies, Agent 007 is full-service, one-stop shopping.”

     Added to Ebert’s perspective on Bond is the following description offered by The Museum of Modern Art of New York for its October 2012 exhibition, “50 Years of James Bond”:

Created by novelist Ian Fleming in 1953, the iconic James Bond, 007, is among the few MI-6 agents with the “00” grade—a license to kill.  In addition to his deadly skills, the sophisticated, suave, and impeccably dressed Bond remains a loner, despite countless romantic encounters with stunning female spies, voluptuous assassins, provocative party-girls, and a charismatic psychopath or two.  The alluring aura of danger and self-confidence he exudes is irresistible to women, but none are allowed to get too close.

Whether portrayed by Sean Connery, George Lazenby, Roger Moore, Timothy Dalton, Pierce Brosnan, or Daniel Craig, Bond is forever loyal to Queen and country, possessed of a martini-dry sense of humor, considerably stylish, and eternally enigmatic.  When his boss, M, is in need of a formidable agent to quell a globe-spanning espionage crisis, 007 is sent into the field with his trusty Walther PPK [pistol], an array of handy spy gadgets, and an unwavering commitment to his mission.

Life magazine, in January 1966, put Sean Connery on its cover as “Thunderball” was playing in theaters. He had been photographed earlier at the film’s shooting in the Bahamas.
Life magazine, in January 1966, put Sean Connery on its cover as “Thunderball” was playing in theaters. He had been photographed earlier at the film’s shooting in the Bahamas.
     The Bond formula, in any case, seems to have worked quite well, whether in print or on film.  By one estimate, Eon Production’s series of 23 James Bond films so far, through Skyfall of 2012, has grossed an inflation-adjusted $12.3 billion worldwide, and by that measure is the single most successful film series in history. 

     As for the James Bond literary legacy, 007 publications have continued beyond Ian Fleming’s founding contributions, whose Bond books alone have sold more 100 million copies worldwide to date.  Eight other writers – John Gardner and Raymond Benson among them – have contributed at least 20 more Bond novels since Fleming’s death, and there are more on the way.  In May 2011, American writer Jeffery Deaver, released Carte Blanche, a book commissioned by Ian Fleming Publications that puts Bond in a post-9/11 world working independent of either MI-5 or MI-6.  In 2012, the Fleming estate announced that William Boyd would write the next Bond novel, to be published by Jonathan Cape in London and expected for release in the fall of 2013.  James Bond, it appears, will be with us for many years to come.

     Other spy novel history at this website, and related film production, can be found in the story, “The Bourne Profitability.” For another James Bond story and its film music see: “You Only Live Twice: Film & Music, 1967.” Additional story choices in the film and/or publishing categories can be found at “Print & Publishing” or “Film & Hollywood,” or at the Home Page

     Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 23 February 2013
Last Update: 11 November 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Goldfinger, 1959-1965,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 23, 2013.

____________________________________


James Bond Books & Film at Amazon.com


Sean Connery / James Bond Film Collection: Vol 1, on DVD. Click for Amazon.
Sean Connery / James Bond Film Collection: Vol 1, on DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Licence to Thrill: A Cultural History of the James Bond Films,” 2008. Click for Amazon.
“Licence to Thrill: A Cultural History of the James Bond Films,” 2008. Click for Amazon.
Nicholas Shakespeare’s 2024 book, “Ian Fleming the Complete Man.”  Click for Amazon.
Nicholas Shakespeare’s 2024 book, “Ian Fleming the Complete Man.” Click for Amazon.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Sean Connery with James Bond creator, Ian Fleming.
Sean Connery with James Bond creator, Ian Fleming.
Sean Connery with famous James Bond sports car, the Austin Martin DB-5, complete with ejector seat! Click for book about the famous alpine car chase scenes shot in Switzerland for the Goldfinger film.
Sean Connery with famous James Bond sports car, the Austin Martin DB-5, complete with ejector seat! Click for book about the famous alpine car chase scenes shot in Switzerland for the Goldfinger film.
James Bond receiving a briefing from “Q” on the finer points of the DB-5, including its various armaments.
James Bond receiving a briefing from “Q” on the finer points of the DB-5, including its various armaments.
July 17, 1965: Sean Connery on the cover of The Saturday Evening Post magazine for feature story: “The James Bond Cult: Girls, Guns and Gadgets.” Click for magazine.
July 17, 1965: Sean Connery on the cover of The Saturday Evening Post magazine for feature story: “The James Bond Cult: Girls, Guns and Gadgets.” Click for magazine.
 

“Books: The Upper-Crust Low Life” (Dr. No book review), Time, Monday, May 5, 1958.

Hugh Sidey, “The President’s Voracious Reading Habits; He Eats Up News, Books at 1,200 Words A Minute,” Life, March 17, 1961, pp. 55-60.

“Books: Of Human Bondage”( The Spy Who Loved Me book review), Time, Friday, April, 13, 1962.

“Can Bond Save Fort Knox From Goldfinger? – Agent 007 Takes on A Solid-Gold Cad,” Life, November 6, 1964, pp. 116-120.

“Cinema: Knocking Off Fort Knox,” Time, Friday, December 18, 1964.

Bosley Crowther, “Screen: Agent 007 Meets ‘Goldfinger’; James Bond’s Exploits on Film Again,” New York Times, December 22, 1964.

“Theater Open 24 Hours For ‘Goldfinger’ Showings,” New York Times, December 23, 1964.

“James Bond Film Series,” Wikipedia.org.

“Goldfinger (film),” Wikipedia.org.

“Book Covers, Ian Fleming Bond books, etc.,” Illustrated.007.

Roger Ebert, Film Review, “Goldfinger,” Sun Times.com, January 31, 1999.

Sam Howe Verhovek, “Newest Caper: James Bond in the Temple of Culture,” New York Times, June 8, 1987.

“Premiere Bond: Opening Nights,” IMDB .com, 2006.

Dave Kinney, “James Bond Aston Martin DB5 Sells for $4.6 Million,” New York Times, October 28, 2010.

Justin Craig, “Bond Turns 50: ‘Goldfinger’ Still Stands Out as Best of the 007 Bunch,” FoxNews.com, September 12, 2012.

Andy Greene, “The Top 10 James Bond Theme Songs,”Rolling Stone, October 5, 2012.

“Auric Goldfinger,” Wikipedia.org.

Alex Davies, “How Aston Martin DB5 Became The Ultimate 007 Ride,” BusinessInsider .com, October 23, 2012.

“Goldfinger (soundtrack),” Wikipedia.org.

Exhibitions, “50 Years of James Bond: October 5–31, 2012,” Museum of Modern Art, New York, NY (organized by Anne Morra, Associate Curator, Department of Film).

“James Bond (literary character),” Wikipedia .org.

“List of James Bond Novels and Short Stories,” Wikipedia.org.

“James Bond,” Wikipedia.org.

“Film Franchises: Pottering On, and On,” The Economist (London), July 11, 2011.

“Goldfinger,”Filmsite.org.

John Parker’s 2021 book, Sir Sean Connery, 1930-2020: The Definitive Biography, John Blake publisher, 352pp. Click for Amazon.

Paul Duncan, editor, The James Bond Archives 007, Taschen Books, 2023 hardcover edition. Touted by GQ magazine as, “the only Bond book you’ll ever need.” Click for Amazon.
 
______________________


James Bond Books & Film at Amazon.com


2015 book, “...The Remarkable Story of the James Bond Films,” History Press. Click for Amazon.
2015 book, “...The Remarkable Story of the James Bond Films,” History Press. Click for Amazon.
“The James Bond Collection,” 24 films, including SPECTRE. Blu-ray, 2020 release. Click for Amazon.
“The James Bond Collection,” 24 films, including SPECTRE. Blu-ray, 2020 release. Click for Amazon.
Thom Shubilla’s 2024 book, “James Bond and The Sixties Spy Craze,” 288 pp. Click for Amazon.
Thom Shubilla’s 2024 book, “James Bond and The Sixties Spy Craze,” 288 pp. Click for Amazon.


 

 

“Please Please Me”
1962-1964

The Beatles’ first No. 1 U.K. hit, “Please Please Me,” came in Feb 1963 on Parlophone records. Click for digital.
The Beatles’ first No. 1 U.K. hit, “Please Please Me,” came in Feb 1963 on Parlophone records. Click for digital.
     The one song that really helped kick-start the Beatles’ rocket ride to international fame and fortune was “Please Please Me.” 

In February 1963, “Please Please Me” was the song that first sent the Beatles’ music to the top of the U.K. music charts. It was their first No. 1 hit (i.e., on the Melody Maker & New Musical Express charts). It was also the song that energized “Beatlemania” in the U.K. – the screaming crowds that began besieging the Beatles at their stage appearances, generating media attention far and wide. 

“Please Please Me,” in fact, was the tipping point – the take-off song that changed everything. Within a year of this song’s release, the Beatles would be a worldwide phenomenon, their music selling practically everywhere.

     True, the Beatles’ first hit song was “Love Me Do,” which rose to No.17 on the U.K. charts in November 1962. But “Please Please Me,” their second single, was the Beatles’ first popular “hard rocking” song; the song that captured their youthful exuberance and musical drive. It was also the song that first offered that unique “Beatles’ sound”– an appealing mix of young male vocals in sync with driving guitars. “Please Please Me” captured that sound in an aggressive and engaging way. It was feel good music that was fresh, open, and hopeful. The public ate it up. 

     John Lennon sang lead and played harmonica on the song, George Harrison played lead guitar, Paul McCartney was on bass, and drummer Ringo Starr delivered the back beat. McCartney and Harrison also supplied the harmony and background vocals. It was a sound the world hadn’t quite heard before – and a sound, as time would tell, that would turn music to gold.

1963: George Martin in sound booth at Abbey Road studios with the Beatles in the background. Click for his book.
1963: George Martin in sound booth at Abbey Road studios with the Beatles in the background. Click for his book.

 

Music Player
“Please Please Me”-1963

     Initially, however, “Please Please Me,” as originally written by John Lennon, didn’t have the chops to make it as a No. 1 hit – at least not in the eyes of George Martin, the person then in control of the Beatles’ fate in their first London recording sessions. In fact, “Please Please Me” almost didn’t make it at all.

     In the U.S., meanwhile, this song also had something of a tortured history.  Although it was released in America in early 1963 as it had been in Britain, it went largely unnoticed.  “Please Please Me” would not fully emerge as a U.S. hit until more than a year later, in March 1964, when it would join four other Beatles’ songs to occupy the top five positions on the U.S. Billboard charts.  But the story of “Please Please Me” in America captures some of the confusion, bungled business opportunities, and the general whirlwind that came with the Beatles euphoria in those crazy early days.  More on that in a moment.

Sheet music cover for the Beatles’ “Please Please Me” issued by Dick James Music, Ltd., London.
Sheet music cover for the Beatles’ “Please Please Me” issued by Dick James Music, Ltd., London.
     “Please Please Me” was a John Lennon composition.  Lennon described the inspiration for the song as coming from a combination of Roy Orbison and Bing Crosby influences.  He wrote the song at his aunt Mimi’s house, having been listening at the time to some Roy Orbison tunes.  Lennon was also taken with a line from Bing Crosby’s 1932 song, “Please” – the line being, “Please lend your little ears to my pleas…”  Lennon said he loved “the double use of the word ‘please’” — in the second case, the plural of the word “plea”.  

     Paul McCartney pointed back to Orbison’s style.  “If you imagine [Please Please Me] much slower,” McCartney said of the song, “which is how John wrote it, it’s got everything.  The big high notes, all the hallmarks of a Roy Orbison song.”

     In 1962 Lennon’s song was offered initially at the Beatles’ first London studio session in its slower form.  George Martin, the studio engineer and manager of EMI’s Parlophone label, and the guy who had signed the Beatles in 1962, did not like Lennon’s song when he first heard it.  He found it too slow and reportedly called it “a dirge” at one point.  He suggested the song’s tempo be sped up and that the Beatles try a different arrangement.  Reportedly, Martin also played a sped-up taped version of the song from an earlier recording that served as something of an “ah-ha” moment for the group.  But Martin wanted the Beatles to record another song at their next session at Abbey Road studios on November 26th, 1962, one the Beatles had not written themselves.

Early U.S. Vee-Jay single of Beatles’ “Please Please Me,” released in 1963, distinguished by ‘Beattles’ misspelling, later corrected. Click for vinyl.
Early U.S. Vee-Jay single of Beatles’ “Please Please Me,” released in 1963, distinguished by ‘Beattles’ misspelling, later corrected. Click for vinyl.
     However, the Beatles prevailed on Martin to let them take another crack at “Please Please Me.”  They had taken Martin’s suggestions on the song, sped it up, and added Lennon’s harmonica to the arrangement.  “We lifted the tempo, and suddenly there was that fast Beatles’ spirit,” McCartney later recalled.  The song was now much better.  Still, it went through a series of more than a dozen studio takes before Martin was satisfied – and this time, he liked what he heard.  “Gentlemen,” he is reported to have said from the recording booth to the group after the new version was completed, “I think you’ve got your first Number One.”  After the Beatles’ first national TV appearance on U.K.’s Thank Your Lucky Stars show on January 19, 1963– which featured “Please, Please Me” – the song began its rise on the U.K. singles charts, hitting No. 1 on February 22nd, 1963.

     In the U.S., meanwhile, George Martin had sent a copy of “Please Please Me” to EMI’s U.S. subsidiary, Capitol Records, in January 1963, urging executives there to distribute Beatles’ songs in the U.S.  They declined, saying famously: “We don’t think the Beatles will do anything in this market.”  Atlantic Records was also offered a chance to distribute “Please Please Me” in the U.S., but they also declined.  At that point, other record labels began looking at the Beatles’1963 songs for U.S. release.  One of these labels was Vee-Jay out of Chicago, an African American-owned label founded in the 1950s specializing in blues, jazz, rhythm and blues, and rock and roll.

Brian Epstein, who discovered the Beatles and became their manager, negotiated early business deals and arranged for publicity. Click for book.
Brian Epstein, who discovered the Beatles and became their manager, negotiated early business deals and arranged for publicity. Click for book.
     On January 25, 1963, Vee-Jay obtained a U.S. contract to release a limited number of Beatles records for short time period.  Sometime in February 1963, “Please Please Me,” w/ “Ask Me Why” on the B side,  was released as a single on the Vee-Jay label.  The song was played on Chicago’s WLS radio station where it rose to No. 35 on WLS music survey in March 1963.  But “Please Please Me” did not chart nationally on Billboard at the time.  The record, in fact, was a commercial flop at that point, selling fewer than 7,500 copies.

     Back in Britain in 1963, “Please Please Me” was doing so well that Beatles’ manager Brian Epstein pulled the Beatles off their tour schedule to record their first album, naming it Please Please Me to capitalize on the popularity of the single.  Some 14 songs – including “I Saw Her Standing There” as the lead track – were compiled for that album in one day after nine hours of recording over three sessions.  The new Please Please Me album was released in late March 1963.  Within four weeks it would be No.1 on the U.K. albums chart, remaining in that position for 30 weeks.  New Beatles’ singles were also released in the U.K. through 1963, and these resulted in three more No. 1 hits: “From Me to You” w/ “Thank You Girl” in April 1963; “She Loves You,” w/ “I’ll Get You” in August 1963 ( which achieved the fastest sales of any record in the U.K. up to that time, selling 750,000 copies in less than four weeks); and “I Want To Hold Your Hand” w/ “This Boy” in November 1963, which had 1 million advance U.K. orders.

April 1963: Beatles with George Martin at EMI House in central London receiving their first silver disc for sales of more than 250,000 copies of “Please, Please Me.” Click for 2017 book, “Maximum Volume: The Life of Beatles Producer George Martin, The Early Years, 1926–1966”.
April 1963: Beatles with George Martin at EMI House in central London receiving their first silver disc for sales of more than 250,000 copies of “Please, Please Me.” Click for 2017 book, “Maximum Volume: The Life of Beatles Producer George Martin, The Early Years, 1926–1966”.
     In the U.S., meanwhile, Brian Epstein in November 1963 phoned Capitol Records president, Alan Livingston, about the label’s refusal to distribute Beatles songs in America.  Epstein played the Beatles’ latest U.K. hit song for Livingston over the phone — “I Want To Hold Your Hand” – and also mentioned to Livingston that the group was scheduled for February 1964 TV appearances on The Ed Sullivan Show.  Livingston agreed to begin spending some serious money distributing and promoting Beatles’ songs in the U.S.  On December 4th, 1963, Capitol announced it would begin selling “I Want To Hold Your Hand” in mid-January 1964.  But after a few radio DJ’s in America began playing the song, Capitol undertook a rush production schedule to release “I Want To Hold Your Hand,” then targeting release for the day after Christmas, December 1963.

Vee-Jay’s promotional cover sleeve for Beatles’ ‘Please Please Me’ single following Jack Paar show, Jan 1964.
Vee-Jay’s promotional cover sleeve for Beatles’ ‘Please Please Me’ single following Jack Paar show, Jan 1964.
     On January 3, 1964, Jack Paar, host of the late night U.S. TV talk show, “The Jack Paar Show,” aired a filmed segment of a Beatles’ performance of “She Loves You” from England.  It was the first complete Beatles song aired on American TV, and for many Americans, the first time they had seen or heard the Beatles.  Meanwhile, Capitol Records’ early release of “I Want To Hold Your Hand” proved wildly successful.  By January 10, 1964, two weeks after the release, the single has sold 1 million copies – a staggering number at that time for an unknown music group from overseas.

     Vee-Jay records, for its part, seeing the rising tide for all things Beatles, decided to take another shot at “Please Please Me,” and in mid-January 1964 re-issued the single, this time, with “From Me To You” on the “B” side.  Some of Vee-Jay’s promotional record sleeves for the single featured headlines printed on the jacket that read: “The Record That Started Beatlemania,” and other text description noting the Beatles’ clip on The Jack Paar Show, their upcoming Ed Sullivan Show appearances, and press coverage in Time, Life and Newsweek magazines.  “This Is The Record That Started It All,” said the Vee-Jay record sleeve.  By January 25, “Please Please Me” finally entered the American Billboard chart at No. 69, soon rising to No. 1.  Vee-Jay would sell at least 1.1 million copies of “Please Please Me” in its second offering, and would also sell at least four other Beatles’ singles, as well as the Beatles’ first U.S. album, Introducing…The Beatles, which came out ten days before Capitol’s Meet the Beatles!, also in January 1964.

Cover sleeve for re-issued single of Beatles’ “Please Please Me” in America by Vee-Jay Records. Click for collectible book.
Cover sleeve for re-issued single of Beatles’ “Please Please Me” in America by Vee-Jay Records. Click for collectible book.
     “Please Please Me,” however, was just the beginning of the Beatles’ phenomenal rise in America during 1964.  After their first national TV appearance on The Ed Sullivan Show on February 8th when more than 70 million tuned in, their songs dominated the American music charts.  In 1964 alone, the Beatles put 19 hit songs in the Top 40, and 30 in the Top 100.  In fact, between January and March 1964, the Beatles accounted for 60 percent of all record sales in the U.S.  Fifteen of their recordings in 1964 – nine singles and six albums – each sold one million or more copies, representing total Beatles’ record sales that year of more than 25 million copies.

     “Please Please Me” may not be regarded as the Beatles’ best song ever by music critics or many of their fans, but it is certainly among the most important for launching their career, energizing their early style, and showing how adaptable and creative they could be when faced with criticism in the studio.  In a special Rolling Stone magazine supplement of November 2010 reviewing the Beatles’ 100 greatest songs, “Please Please Me” is ranked at No. 20.  Today, the song is still sold and downloaded by fans via Amazon.com, Apple’s iTunes music store, and other music sellers.  For other stories on the Beatles at this website see “Beatles History: 12 Stories,” a sub-directory page with additional choices.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 1 February 2013
Last Update: 14 February 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Please Please Me, 1962-1964,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 1, 2013.

____________________________________


Beatles Music at Amazon.com


The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

April 1963 poster for concert in Northwich, England with the Beatles at the top of the bill not long after “Please Please Me” hit the top of the charts. Small print above their name reads “Hit recorders of ‘Please Please Me’.”  Poster was later sold at Christies in London, 2012.
April 1963 poster for concert in Northwich, England with the Beatles at the top of the bill not long after “Please Please Me” hit the top of the charts. Small print above their name reads “Hit recorders of ‘Please Please Me’.” Poster was later sold at Christies in London, 2012.
The Beatles’ first album, Please Please Me, released in the U.K. late March 1963, hit No. 1 in April and held that position for 30 weeks. Click for CD.
The Beatles’ first album, Please Please Me, released in the U.K. late March 1963, hit No. 1 in April and held that position for 30 weeks. Click for CD.

“The Beatles,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 56-59.

Greil Marcus, “The Beatles,” in Anthony DeCurtis and James Henke, with Holly George-Warren (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock n Roll, New York: Random House, revised edition, 1992, pp. 209-222.

Frederick Lewis, “Britons Succumb to ‘Beatlemania’,” New York Times Magazine, December 1, 1963.

Lawrence Malkin, “Liverpudlian Frenzy; British Beatles Sing Up a Teen-Age Storm,” Los Angeles Times, December 29, 1963, p. G-4.

Jack Gould, “TV: It’s the Beatles (Yeah, Yeah, Yeah); Paar Presents British Singers on Film,” New York Times, Saturday, January 4, 1964, Business, p 47.

CBS, Inc., Press Release, “The Beatles to Make Three Appearances on Sullivan Show,” February 3, 1964.

Richie Unterberger, Beatles Song Review, “Please Please Me,” AllMusic.com.

“Please Please Me” (song), Wikipedia.org.

“The Beatles 100 Greatest Songs,” Rolling Stone, November 2010.

Bill Harry, The Beatles Encyclopedia: Revised and Updated. London: Virgin Publishing, 2000.

“Introducing… The Beatles,” Wikipedia.org.

Dennis McLellan, “Alan W. Livingston Dies at 91; Former President of Capitol Records,” Los Angles Times, March 14, 2009.

Jack Doyle, “Beatles’ Closed-Circuit Gig, March 1964″(Beatles’ first U.S. concert appearance in Washington, DC & related U.S. theater showings), PopHistoryDig.com, July 9, 2008.

Jack Doyle, “Dear Prudence, 1967-1968” (Beatles’ retreat in India & song trove developed thereafter), PopHistoryDig.com, July 27, 2009.

Jack Doyle, “Beatles in America, 1963-1964” (frenetic early years of Beatles’ popularity & music success) PopHistoryDig.com, Septem-ber 20, 2009.

__________________________


Beatles Books at Amazon.com
 

Ian MacDonald’s book, “Revolution in the Head: The Beatles' Records and the Sixties,” 544 pp, 3rd edition, 2007. Click for copy.
Ian MacDonald’s book, “Revolution in the Head: The Beatles' Records and the Sixties,” 544 pp, 3rd edition, 2007. Click for copy.
Mark Lewisohn’s book, “Tune In: The Beatles: All These Years,” 2016 paperback edition, NYTimes Bestseller, Click for copy.
Mark Lewisohn’s book, “Tune In: The Beatles: All These Years,” 2016 paperback edition, NYTimes Bestseller, Click for copy.
Peter Doggett’s book, “You Never Give Me Your Money: The Beatles After the Breakup,” 416 pp, Harper paperback, 2011. Click for copy.
Peter Doggett’s book, “You Never Give Me Your Money: The Beatles After the Breakup,” 416 pp, Harper paperback, 2011. Click for copy.

 




“Drew Pearson on Elvis”
1956


 

     Drew Pearson was one of the best-known American newspaper columnists of his day, noted for his muckraking stories that appeared in his “Washington Merry-Go-Round” column.  In that column, he frequently attacked public officials and politicians for alleged malfeasance and other improprities, sometimes with little real proof.  He also had a program on NBC Radio entitled Drew Pearson Comments.  A favorite Pearson tactic was to reveal the details of a subject’s sexual activities for the purpose of public embarrassment or intimidation.

Drew Pearson and his “Merry-Go-Round” on Time cover, 13 Dec 1948.
Drew Pearson and his “Merry-Go-Round” on Time cover, 13 Dec 1948.
     Although he became known mostly for his political and foreign affairs stories, occasionally he ventured into other realms as well. Here above, in a 12-minute news-style TV version of his “Washington Merry-Go-Round,” Pearson takes on the topic of Elvis Presley.  He mentions the nation’s concern at the time for “juvenile delinquency” and frequently uses the term “vulgar” to describe Presley’s activities. In his commentary, Pearson also mentions that a local judge in Jacksonville, Florida had threatened to put Presley in jail for his stage act. ( See “Elvis Riles Florida” at this website for that story).

     The Pearson commentary is instructive, however, in that it provides a pretty good overview of Elvis’ career at that time, with Pearson offering some predictions and advice to Elvis on the order of “clean up your act kid, and maybe you’ll make it.” 

But interestingly, Pearson also describes a bit of the media and TV competition then going on between Ed Sullivan and Steve Allen. Pearson, in fact, blames the media, for what he suggests, but does not say, is “the Elvis problem.”

Says Pearson in the video: “…It’s not exactly Elvis’ fault that he has suddenly shot to fame and fortune and influence over girls. But rather, it’s the fault of the big music companies, the TV MCs, and the business managers who are looking for profits and high ratings…”

2015 book, “Washington Merry-Go-Round: The Drew Pearson Diaries, 1960-1969,” University of Nebraska Press, 756pp. Click for copy.
2015 book, “Washington Merry-Go-Round: The Drew Pearson Diaries, 1960-1969,” University of Nebraska Press, 756pp. Click for copy.
Drew Pearson remained a controversial figure throughout his news career; a columnist who infuriated all manner of politicians, from President Dwight D. Eisenhower to then California Governor Ronald Reagan. 

At the time of Pearson’s death in 1969 his written column was syndicated in more than 650 newspapers, more than twice as many as any other columnist, with an estimated 60 million readers. A Harris Poll by Time magazine in 1969 indicated Pearson was America’s best-known newspaper columnist. 

See also Donald Ritchie’s 2021 biography of Pearson, The Columnist: Leaks, Lies, and Libel in Drew Pearson’s Washington (book cover below). C-SPAN’s Susan Swain also interviewed this author on the Q&A TV show. Additional links at Sources connect to more history on Pearson’s career. 

 
Related Stories

See also at this website three stories related to Elvis Presley – “Elvis on the Road, 1955-1956” (the travels, concerts and music of early Elvis Presley), and “Elvis Riles Florida, 1955-1956” (Elvis & band come to Jacksonville to perform at the Florida Theater, but face arrest warrants there if he “gyrates” too suggestively on stage). Another Elvis-related story – “They Go To Graceland: Elvis Home a Big Draw” – explores the history and some recent notable visitors to Presley’s Graceland estate in Tennessee. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank You. – Jack Doyle 

 
Video Source

The original source for the video used in this story is found at YouTube.com.


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 1 February 2013
Last Update: 12 July 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Drew Pearson on Elvis, 1956,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 1, 2013.

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social
____________________________________


Books & film at Amazon.com

Peter Guralnick’s bestseller, “Last Train to Memphis.” Click for copy.
Peter Guralnick’s bestseller, “Last Train to Memphis.” Click for copy.
“Elvis” - The 2023 film. Click for DVD or prime video.
“Elvis” - The 2023 film. Click for DVD or prime video.
Priscilla Presley’s book, “Elvis and Me.”  Click for copy.
Priscilla Presley’s book, “Elvis and Me.” Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Donald A. Ritchie’s 2021 biography of Pearson, “The Columnist: Leaks, Lies, and Libel in Drew Pearson’s Washington,” 384 pp.,  Oxford University Press. Click for copy.
Donald A. Ritchie’s 2021 biography of Pearson, “The Columnist: Leaks, Lies, and Libel in Drew Pearson’s Washington,” 384 pp., Oxford University Press. Click for copy.

“Drew Pearson (journalist),” Wikipedia.org.

Cover Story, “The Press: Querulous Quaker,” Time, Monday, December 13, 1948.

Jim Heintze, “Biography of Drew Pearson,” American University Library, February 9, 2006.

“Columnists: The Tenacious Muckraker,” Time, September 12, 1969.

Frank L Kluckhohn and Jay Franklin, The Drew Pearson Story, Chas. Hallberg & Co., 1967. Click for copy.

Herman Klurfeld, Behind The Lines: The World of Drew Pearson, Prentice-Hall, 1968. Click for copy.

Oliver Pilat, Drew Pearson: The Sensational Life of a Headline-Making Columnist, An Unauthorized Biography, Paperback, Pocket Books, October 1, 1973. Click for copy.

Tyler Abell (ed.), Drew Pearson Diaries: 1949-1959, New York: Holt, Rinehart &Winston, Inc., 1974.

Drew Pearson and Jack Anderson, The Case Against Congress: A Compelling Indictment of Corruption on Capitol Hill, Simon & Schuster, 1968. Click for copy.

Fred J. Cook, The Muckrakers : Sinclair, Tarbell, Russell, Steffens, Phillips: Crusading Journalists Who Changed America, Doubleday, 1971. Click for copy.

Matthew Pressman, On Press: The Liberal Values That Shaped the News, 336pp, Harvard University Press, 2018. Click for copy.

“Elvis Presley: The 50 Greatest Hits,” An Amazon’s Choice album. Click for copy.”

Jack Doyle, “Elvis Riles Florida, 1955-1956,” PopHistoryDig.com, February 29, 2012.


___________________________________


Elvis music at Amazon.com

“The Essential Elvis Presley” album. Click for copy.
“The Essential Elvis Presley” album. Click for copy.
Elvis Album: 30 No 1 Hits. Click for copy.
Elvis Album: 30 No 1 Hits. Click for copy.
Elvis: Gospel Songs; 3 CDs, 87songs. Click for copy.
Elvis: Gospel Songs; 3 CDs, 87songs. Click for copy.



“Sinatra: Cycles”
1968

Frank Sinatra, looking a little “life weary” in a troubled pose on the cover of a “Cycles” single sleeve. Click for album or singles.
Frank Sinatra, looking a little “life weary” in a troubled pose on the cover of a “Cycles” single sleeve. Click for album or singles.
     “Cycles” is the name of a song Frank Sinatra recorded in July 1968.  The song was written by Gayle Caldwell, a singer-songwriter who had recorded with the New Christy Minstrel singers and also on her own.  Sinatra recorded the song for Reprise Records, then owned by Warner Brothers. 

Music Player
“Cycles”-Frank Sinatra
(scroll down for lyrics)

“Cycles,” in any case, proved to be a very good fit for Sinatra, as it has a classic Sinatra sound and feel to it – a song many believe to be underrated. Still, over the years, “Cycles” has become a fan favorite. What follows here is some background on Sinatra, the song, and its reception.

     After a Sinatra recording session in New York in July 1968, two songs were released for a single that August – “My Way Of Life” on the A side and “Cycles” on the B side. “My Way of Life” received more attention initially, lasting six weeks on the Billboard singles chart beginning August 31, 1968. That song peaked at No. 64.

Frank Sinatra on the cover of Newsweek magazine, September 1965.
Frank Sinatra on the cover of Newsweek magazine, September 1965.
     After “My Way of Life” fell off the charts, however, “Cycles” became the bigger hit. It began to break through around October 12, 1968, and rose to No. 23 on Billboard Hot 100, lasting some 10 weeks on the charts. It also rose to No. 2 on the Contemporary Adult / Easy Listening chart, remaining on that chart for 15 weeks through early 1969.

     Following the success of the “Cycles” single that fall, it was decided that an album using the same name, Cycles, would be rushed into production for the Christmas season.  Additional songs were recorded for the LP which was released in December 1968.  Along with “Cycles,” Sinatra recorded a variety of other of pop and folk-rock songs for the album, including the Glen Campbell hits “Gentle on My Mind” and “By the Time I Get to Phoenix” as well Joni Mitchell’s “Both Sides Now” and others.  The resulting album – a mixed bag of tunes and certainly not among Sinatra’s best – still peaked at No. 18 on the Billboard 200 albums chart, remaining on that chart for 28 weeks beginning December 28, 1968.

     When Sinatra recorded “Cycles” he was more or less in late mid-career.  He had just had a run of successes in the 1960s: in August 1965 he had released the retrospective album, September of My Years; in November that year he starred in the Emmy-winning T.V. special, Frank Sinatra: A Man and His Music; and on the music charts in 1966-67 he had three Top Ten hits — “Strangers in the Night” (No. 1, 1966), “That’s Life (No. 4, 1966), and “Something Stupid” (No. 1, 1967).  In August 1968, a compilation album of his ’60s singles was also released – Frank Sinatra’s Greatest Hits! – which became a million-seller.

“Cycles”
Writer: Gayle Caldwell

So I’m down and so I’m out
But so are many others
So I feel like tryin’ to hide
My head ‘neath these covers
Life is like the seasons
After winter comes the spring
So I’ll keep this smile awhile
And see what tomorrow brings

I’ve been told and I believe
That life is meant for livin’
And even when my chips are low
There’s still some left for givin’
I’ve been many places
Maybe not as far as you
So I think I’ll stay awhile
And see if some dreams come true

There isn’t much that I have learned
Through all my foolish years
Except that life keeps runnin’ in cycles
First there’s laughter, then those tears

But I’ll keep my head up high
Although I’m kinda tired
My gal just up and left last week
Friday I got fired
You know it’s almost funny
But things can’t get worse than now
So I’ll keep on tryin’ to sing
But please, just don’t ask me now

     The “Cycles” song, however, is vintage Frank Sinatra, as if it were written just for him.  When he recorded it he was 53 years old. By then he had lived long enough, and had a certain seasoning in his voice, which gave a believable, authentic feel to the song. “Cycles” is also reminiscent of the Sinatra style on earlier albums, such as 1955’s In The Wee Small Hours.

     “Cycles” tells a tale of a worn-down soul who has been kicked around a bit, but still hasn’t given up. Many a mid-lifer, hearing Sinatra croon this tune, will readily identify with the song’s sentiments and Sinatra’s manner. 

Sinatra’s own life by 1968 had its share of ups and downs. A ladies’ man from his teen idol days through his later years, Sinatra had a troubled love life it seems. 

In the 1950s, he divorced his first wife to marry actress Ava Gardner, a relationship that ended in its own divorce.  They were married between 1951 and 1957. 

In 1966 Sinatra married actress and TV star, Mia Farrow, but that union also ended in divorce, in fact in 1968, the year “Cycles” was recorded. Sinatra also had relationships with other women, among them Marilyn Monroe, Juliet Prowse and Angie Dickinson.

     Politically, Sinatra had worked very hard in the 1960 presidential campaign of John F. Kennedy, also organizing and headlining JFK’s inaugural gala, only to be jilted by the Kennedys a few years later. By the tumultuous political year of 1968, Sinatra was finished with the Kennedys, throwing his support to Hubert Humphrey rather than Bobby Kennedy. So it appears Sinatra had plenty of real life depth to bring to the song “Cycles” as it was recorded in 1968.

     Meanwhile, many of his fans mark “Cycles” as among their favorite Sinatra songs. One guest to the Sinatra Family.com site named Steve, writing in April 2004, noted in part:

“I have always loved this song because it relates so well to the common people and I think despite all his wealth and fame, Sinatra could very well relate to the avg. working folks. The song is not one of despair but one of quiet hope and of someone who needs a little time to himself in order to regroup.”

Frank Sinatra with cigarette, Miami Beach, 1968. Photo, Terry O' Neill.
Frank Sinatra with cigarette, Miami Beach, 1968. Photo, Terry O' Neill.
     A customer at the iTunes music website reviewing the Cycles album, headlined his comment, “Cycles – The Song Itself is 5 Stars, Top Shelf!,” and wrote: “While this album is average (or maybe below) it has one of the greatest songs Sinatra ever recorded.  I will never understand how…[Cycles] wasn’t one of his most famous songs; it is haunting and just beautiful.”

     Beyond “Cycles,” Sinatra still had a couple more decades of career to come. In 1969, his version of “My Way” came out, which rose to No. 27 on the Billboard Hot 100 and No. 2 on the Easy Listening chart. In the U.K., “My Way” was much bigger, and had a record run of 75 weeks in the Top 40 there, April 1969 to September 1971.

Capitol Records’ “Classic Sinatra: His Great Performances, 1953-1960,” March-April 2000. Click for CD.
Capitol Records’ “Classic Sinatra: His Great Performances, 1953-1960,” March-April 2000. Click for CD.
     In the early 1970s, Sinatra flirted with retirement briefly, but by 1973 had another gold-selling album – Ol’ Blue Eyes Is Back – and a television special.  He also returned to live performing Las Vegas.  In the mid-1980s, his Trilogy album – which includes the “New York, New York” tune – broke into the U.S. Top 20, peaking at No. 17.  In 1984, he worked with Quincy Jones on the album, L.A. Is My Lady, also well received.  And in 1993, he did a Top Ten album titled Duets, recording songs with partners such as Aretha Franklin, Tony Bennet, Bono, Liza Minneli and others.  A follow-up album, Duets II, was released in 1994 and rose to No.9 on the Billboard charts.

     His last public concerts were held in Japan in December, 1994.  In February 1995, at a private party for 1,200 selected guests, Sinatra gave his final live performance, reportedly still in commanding form, closing the night with “The Best is Yet to Come.”  Frank Sinatra died on May 14,1998.  He was 82 years old.

Early 1960s: Frank Sinatra, right, with “Rat Pack” pals Dean Martin, left, and Sammy Davis, Jr, center. Click on photo for related story.
Early 1960s: Frank Sinatra, right, with “Rat Pack” pals Dean Martin, left, and Sammy Davis, Jr, center. Click on photo for related story.
     The entertainment career of Frank Sinatra spanned nearly 60 years, stretching from the 1940s as a rising young singer with the Harry James and Tommy Dorsey orchestras to headlining in Las Vegas and  starring in Hollywood films.  His recording output alone included some 296 singles and 69 albums.  Along the way, he collected a number of awards and honors,  including: eleven Grammy Awards; a Golden Globe and an Academy Award for acting; Kennedy Center Honors in 1983, the Presidential Medal of Freedom in 1985, and a Congressional Gold Medal in 1997.

     Other stories at this website with Frank Sinatra content include, for example: “The Jack Pack” (Sinatra & Rat Pack campaigning for JFK); “Ava Gardner” (includes the Sinatra years); “Mia’s Metamorphoses” (includes Mia Farrow / Frank Sinatra years); and “The Sinatra Riots” (his early years as a teen idol). 

Additional stories covering popular music, artist profiles, and song histories can be found at the “Annals of Music” page. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 11 January 2013
Last Update: 7 April 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Sinatra: Cycles, 1968,”
PopHistoryDig.com, January 11, 2013.

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover of James Kaplan’s book, “Frank The Voice,” Doubleday hardback, 2010. Click for book.
Cover of James Kaplan’s book, “Frank The Voice,” Doubleday hardback, 2010. Click for book.
“Frank Sinatra,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 889-890.

Cycles (Frank Sinatra album),” Wikipedia.org.

“Frank Sinatra : Album Of The Month Club #14 (Oct 2008) ‘Cycles’,” SinatraFamily.com, September 28, 2008.

“Gayle’s Cycles,” RickieLeeJones.com.

Gale Caldwell Website.

Joe Goldberg, “The Best Album Sinatra Made: ‘In The Wee Small Hours,’ ‘A Vast Cathedral of a Work,’ Tells of Loss and Loneliness,” Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2006.

“Frank Sinatra,” Wikipedia.org.

Kitty Kelley, His Way: The Unauthorized Biography of Frank Sinatra, New York: Bantam, 1986.

“Frank Sinatra’s 1963 Playboy Magazine Interview,” Sinatra Family Forum.

Nancy Sinatra, Frank Sinatra: An American Legend, Santa Monica: General Publishing Group, 1995.

Stephen Holden, “Frank Sinatra Dies at 82; Matchless Stylist of Pop,” New York Times, May 16, 1998.

 
______________________________________
 
 

 
 

 
 

“One Good Shot…”
Gisele’s Covers

Supermodel & Brazil native Gisele Bündchen graces inaugural issue of ‘Harper’s Bazaar’ Brazil, Nov 2011.
Supermodel & Brazil native Gisele Bündchen graces inaugural issue of ‘Harper’s Bazaar’ Brazil, Nov 2011.
     Sometimes in publishing, one good photo can go a long way. Take, for example, the magazine cover shot of Brazilian beauty and internationally acclaimed supermodel Gisele Bündchen at right. 

This striking cover shot, taken by photographer Terry Richardson, was used for the inaugural November 2011 issue of Harper’s Bazaar Brazil.  But the same photo soon found its way to the covers of several other magazines.  More on that in a moment.

     Harper’s Bazaar is an American-based women’s fashion magazine published by the Hearst media organization which also publishes magazines such as Elle, Esquire, Cosmopolitan, O-The Oprah Magazine, and  300 others around the world.

     Harper’s is focused on readers in the upper and upper-middle classes.  It was first published in 1867. 

     Harper’s considers itself to be the style resource for female fashion trend-setters. On a monthly basis, its photographers, designers and writers seek to deliver a “sophisticated” perspective on the world of fashion, beauty and popular culture.

Gisele Bündchen, cover photo, “Harper’s Bazaar Korea,” February 2012.
Gisele Bündchen, cover photo, “Harper’s Bazaar Korea,” February 2012.
Gisele Bündchen, cover photo, “Vogue Mexico,” March 2012.
Gisele Bündchen, cover photo, “Vogue Mexico,” March 2012.
Gisele Bündchen on cover of “1st Magazine” of Austria, June 2012.
Gisele Bündchen on cover of “1st Magazine” of Austria, June 2012.
Gisele Bündchen, cover photo, “Harper’s Bazaar Greece,” August 2012.
Gisele Bündchen, cover photo, “Harper’s Bazaar Greece,” August 2012.

     In 2011, the Harper’s Bazaar  franchise was in the process of expanding its international range, as it then published 25 international editions in total, but only two in South America.  Brazil needed its own Harper’s Bazaar edition, and Brazil native, Gisele Bündchen, proved to be exactly the right model for the launch of the new edition. 

     In the magazine cover shot for that inaugural issue of Harper’s Bazaar Brazil, shown above,  Bündchen is attired in a Chanel bodysuit and accessories. 

     Apparently, however, this cover shot was so good that in the months that followed,  it soon found its way onto several other fashion magazine covers in other countries.

     Harper’s Bazaar Korea used the same photo in a reverse print on a white background for its February 2012 issue — shown in cover photo No.1 at left.

     Vogue Mexico also used the photo of Bündchen in her original pose,  also on a white backgound, for its March 2012 issue — shown in cover photo No. 2 at left. 

     That was followed by another cover use of the same Bündchen shot by Austria’s First Magazine in June 2012 with a somewhat brighter yellow background — shown in cover photo No. 3, lower left. 

     And finally, Harper’s Bazaar Greece used the same photo, in a reverse print on a white background, for its August 2012 issue — shown in cover photo No. 4, lower left.  And there may well have been other such uses.

     In any case, one observer, seeing the August 2012 issue of Harper’s Bazaar Greece, was moved to comment on the web: “Such a disappointment for Greek fashion magazines using reprints from other magazines.  Like they cant make their own?!”

     Other critics have long lamented the homogenizing of culture – and especially that of American and Western cultural encroachment throughout the world – whether of film, fashion, or music.

     Gisele Bündchen is a special beauty, no question.  Yet surely there are equally beautiful ladies to be found in Korea, Mexico, Austria and Greece who could grace the covers of their home country mags with beauty, style, and fashion.

     To be sure, some of the “one-good-shot” dictim/duplicity is driven by economics.  It’s obviously cheaper to buy and pay for an existing photo, no doubt, than it is to go to the expense and trouble of hiring all the folks needed to do an original photo shoot.  And in the case of Gisele, editors would likely conclude, why not use her photograph? She’s the world’s top model with a proven track record of boosting sales.

     In 2011-2012 Gisele Bündchen was ranked as the world’s No.1 or No. 2 top model.  She has had no shortage of magazine covers, and in recent years has she has done plenty of covers at Harper’s, Vogue and others.  Her work at Harper’s stretches back to at least 1999, and at Vogue she has done at least 11 covers in that same time frame.

     Among her recent Vogue covers have been those for Vogue Brazil — October 2010, cover photo by Jacques Dequeker; Vogue Brazil’s July 2011 issue; and Vogue Brazil’s July 2012, cover photo by Patrick Demarchelier.  For the November 2012 issue of Harper’s Bazaar Brazil, celebrating its one year anniversary, Gisele was again the editor’s cover choice.

     Gisele, in any case, must love the multiple uses of her cover shots, as presumably the royalties roll in for each such use.  To date, Bündchen has appeared on more than 600 covers worldwide, a total thought to be surpassed only by the late Princess Diana of Wales. 

As of 2011, Gisele Bündchen was reported to be on course to becoming the world’s first billionaire model.

     See also at this website a longer piece on Gisele Bündchen’s modeling career at “The Most Beautiful Girl, 1993-2012.” 

     For other stories at this website on the impact of magazine cover art on popular culture, see: “Empire Newhouse” (includes cover art history at Vanity Fair, Glamour, Vogue, and other Newhouse magazines); “U.S. Post Office” (magazine cover art from the 1950s); “Rockwell & Race” ( includes related magazine cover art history); and, “FDR & Vanity Fair ( 1930s political cover art). 

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 11 January 2013
Last Update: 1 March 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “One Good Shot…Gisele’s Covers,”
2011-2012, PopHistoryDig.com, January 11, 2013.

____________________________________




 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Gisele Bündchen on the cover of the September 14, 2000 issue of “Rolling Stone,” then named“the most beautiful girl in the world.” Click for related story at this website.
Gisele Bündchen on the cover of the September 14, 2000 issue of “Rolling Stone,” then named“the most beautiful girl in the world.” Click for related story at this website.
Ellie Krupnick, “Gisele Covers Harper’s Bazaar Brazil’s Inaugural Issue,”The Huffington Post, October 27, 2011.

Ellie Krupnick, “Gisele Covers Vogue UK’s December Issue In Bright Pants,” The Huffington Post, October 24, 2011.

Patricia Munster,”Gisele Bündchen for Harper’s Bazaar Greece,” Fashion & Art, Wednesday, August 8, 2012.

“Fashion’s Familiar Faces: The Women Who Have Most Often Graced the Cover of Vogue,” Vogue.com, visited, November 2012.

“Gisele Bundchen, Biography,”Vogue.co.uk.

Gisele Bündchen profile, “The World’s Most Powerful Women,” Forbes, August 2011.

Gisele Bündchen Website.

“Gisele Bündchen,” Wikipedia.org.

“Terry Richardson,” Wikipedia.org.

_____________________________

 

 





“Dion DiMucci”
1950s-2012

A young Dion DiMucci in his 1950s swagger.
A young Dion DiMucci in his 1950s swagger.
     Dion DiMucci – better known simply as “Dion” from his 1950s doo-wop fame – is a highly successful recording artist much loved by Baby Boomers. Dion flourished first with The Belmonts and then alone, scoring a series of hit songs in the 1950s and 1960s.

Among the more famous of his Top Ten hits are: “A Teenager in Love” (1959, with the Belmonts), “Runaround Sue” (1961), “The Wanderer” (1961-62), “Ruby Baby” (1963), and “Abraham, Martin and John” (1968). In later years, as he continued recording, Dion took on new musical genres – folk, Christian music, blues, country, and back to rock. 

During these years, he did not always have the commercial success he once had. And sometimes he was dismissed by critics as being defined by his teen idol years. But reassessments of his work found value in his later recordings, with a range of artists – including Paul Simon, Bruce Springsteen, Lou Reed, Bob Dylan and others – citing his influence.

As a teenager growing up in the Bronx, Dion DiMucci began singing on street corners.  In those years, he also picked up a drug habit that would lead to heroin addiction – something he would struggle with for years. After dropping out of high school, he recorded a demo that made its way to the producers of the Teen Club TV show in Philadelphia, where he made a performing debut in 1954 and released a few early songs with a group called the Timberlanes.

But by 1958 Dion joined another neighborhood group called The Belmonts – named after Belmont Avenue in the “Little Italy” section of the Bronx.  This group became “Dion and The Belmonts.”

1959: From left: Carlo Mastrangelo, Freddie Milano, Dion DiMucci, Angelo D'Aleo – Dion & The Belmonts.
1959: From left: Carlo Mastrangelo, Freddie Milano, Dion DiMucci, Angelo D'Aleo – Dion & The Belmonts.
     Dion & The Belmonts included Dion singing lead and three others singing background – Carlo Mastrangelo, bass-baritone; Fred Milano, second tenor; and Angelo D’Aleo, first tenor.  With their second recorded single released in April 1958 – “I Wonder Why” – they nearly broke the Top 20, peaking at No. 22.  The song remained in the U.S. Top 40 for ten weeks.
 

Music Player
“I Wonder Why”-1958

“I Wonder Why” was classic doo-wop, described by Bob Hyde in a 1993 booklet for the Doo Wop Box as follows: “…[T]he song opens with bass Carol Mastrangelo’s masterpiece of nonsense syllable-stringing, and just rolls from there.  The Belmonts had a highly recognizable sound to compliment Dion’s voice…”  After this song hit, Hyde wrote, “it was Katie-bar-the-door for white, predominantly Italian-American groups singing in what [was] called a ‘new-doo-wop’ style.”

Dion and The Belmonts soon rose to the national scene, appearing on the American Bandstand TV show August 7, 1958, performing their hit song, “I Wonder Why.”  They would also perform  “No One Knows” on Bandstand, a song that would break the Top 20, hitting No. 19 on the U.S. charts.

Years later, “I Wonder Why” would find subsequent use in film and television soundtracks, including the 1983 film adaption of Stephen King’s novel, Christine; the 1993 film, A Bronx Tale; and the January 1999 pilot episode of The Sopranos TV series.  Nicolas Cage also did a cover version of the song in the 1983 film, Peggy Sue Got Married.

London American Recordings 45 rpm label for Dion & The Belmonts’ 1959 hit, “A Teenager in Love.” Click for digital.
London American Recordings 45 rpm label for Dion & The Belmonts’ 1959 hit, “A Teenager in Love.” Click for digital.
     While visiting his old Bronx neighborhood some years later, Dion would recall the first time he and The Belmonts heard their song being played:  “I remember the night that they first put ‘I Wonder Why’ on the radio… Everybody on the block turned their radios up loud and stuck them out the window….”  Back in the late 1950s, meanwhile, Dion and The Belmonts released a couple of other songs after “I Wonder Why.”  But their big hit came in March 1959 – “A Teenager in Love”– hitting No. 5 of the Billboard chart.

 

Music Player
“A Teenager in Love”-1959

 

That song remained on the U.S. Top 40 list for 13 weeks, became a million-seller, and was also an international hit, reaching No. 28 on the U.K. charts.  The song was written by Doc Pomus and Mort Shuman, and is ranked among the great rock `n roll classics.  About the trials and tortures of adolescent love, “A Teenager in Love” was actually the antithesis of an earlier Pomus/Shuman song – “Great to Be Young and In Love.”

Dion & The Belmonts toured with Buddy Holly and Ritchie Valens in early 1959, but fatefully did not take a tragic plane flight that crashed and killed Holly, Valens and two others.
Dion & The Belmonts toured with Buddy Holly and Ritchie Valens in early 1959, but fatefully did not take a tragic plane flight that crashed and killed Holly, Valens and two others.
     “A Teenager in Love” was followed by the group’s first album, Presenting Dion and the Belmonts.  “Teenager in Love,” meanwhile was later covered by a number of other artists, including: The Fleetwoods, Helen Shapiro,  Simon & Garfunkel, Bob Marley & The Wailers, Less Than Jake, and the Red Hot Chili Peppers.  The song is also used in a Nintendo video game.

As Dion and The Belmonts’ songs rose nationally, they began touring in the U.S., beginning in 1958.  On one tour in early 1959, they were part of the “Winter Dance Party” featuring Buddy Holly, Ritchie Valens and The Big Bopper.

On February 2nd 1959, after playing the Surf Ballroom in Clear Lake, Iowa, Buddy Holly had arranged to charter a plane to fly the performers to their next gig.  Dion, however, decided not to ride with the group because of the expense. 

Shortly after midnight, however, on February 3rd 1959, the plane carrying the other members of the tour crashed not far from Clear Lake, Iowa, killing Holly, Valens, the Big Bopper, and the pilot – a tragedy which hit popular music hard, taking some of the era’s rising young stars.

Later that year, in November 1959, Dion and the Belmonts released another song that rose on the charts, a remake of a Rodgers & Hart standard, “Where or When,” which actually did better than their previous hit, “Teenager in Love,” rising to No. 3 on the charts.  The popularity of this song helped bring the group back to American Bandstand for another national appearance.  At about this time, however, Dion’s drug dependency worsened, and reportedly he was in the hospital detoxifying as “Where or When” peaked.

 

Early Influence
1949-1950s

1963: Dion DiMucci with guitar.
1963: Dion DiMucci with guitar.
     Before he ever came to singing on the street corner with the guys, Dion DiMucci as a young boy created his craft from what was around him at his home and growing up on 183rd Street.  His uncle bought him an $8 guitar.

At home, Dion would sometimes hear songs on the family radio that got his attention.  In 1949, when he was about 11, he heard Hank Williams singing “Honky Tonk Blues” on Don Larkin’s country music radio show broadcast out of Newark, New Jersey.  “I had no idea what a honky-tonk … was,” he would later say.  But he liked what he heard.  He liked the way Williams sounded so committed; how he pronounced and dug deep into the words of his songs.

But family life wasn’t always the best then for young Dion, but he turned inward toward his music, as New York magazine writer John Lombardi explained in a 2007 interview incorporating some of Dion’s recollections of those years:

“…There was a lot of unresolved conflict in my house… My pop, Pasquale, couldn’t make the $36-a-month rent on our apartment at 183rd and Crotona Avenue.”  He was a dreamer, a failed vaudevillian, and sometimes Catskills puppeteer.  He’d talk big and lift weights he’d made from oilcans, while Frances, Mrs. DiMucci, took two buses and the subway downtown to work in the garment district on a sewing machine.  “When they’d start yelling, I’d go out on the stoop with my $8 Gibson and try to resolve things that way.”

Apollo Theater marquee, Dec 1955.
Apollo Theater marquee, Dec 1955.
     Then there were also the local haunts where Dion would watch and learn from other musicians.  At around age 14 or so, hanging out at the stage door of 125th Street Apollo Theater, he learned a few things about harmony and choreography.  “In those days,” Dion explained to New York magazine’s John Lombardi, “it was the Cleftones, the Cadillacs…  You could say we copped some moves from the brothers…”

Dion would first succeed in doo-wop and rock `n roll, but in his later years he would explore the roots of this music more deeply.  After he joined Columbia Records in 1962, Dion met John Hammond, a famous producer and talent scout at the label who introduced Dion to older blues recordings from artists like Robert Johnson.  Dion would record some of this music at Columbia, but it would not be released until later years.

 

Dion's No.1 hit of 1961, "Runaround Sue," shown on its Laurie Records 45 rpm label. Click for digital.
Dion's No.1 hit of 1961, "Runaround Sue," shown on its Laurie Records 45 rpm label. Click for digital.
     In October 1960, Dion quit The Belmonts and started a solo career.  By the end of the year he released an album on the Laurie label, Alone with Dion, and a single “Lonely Teenager,” which rose to No. 12.  Follow-up recordings had less success until he began working with the Del-Satins as an uncredited backup group.

 

Music Player
“Runaround Sue”-1961

 

In September 1961, “Runaround Sue” was released and became the No. 1 song on the Billboard Hot 100 from October 23 through November 5, 1961, overtaking “Hit the Road, Jack” by Ray Charles.  It spent 12 weeks in the Top 40.  “Runaround Sue” went on to sell over a million copies, and also rose to No. 11 in the U.K.  Dion wrote this song with Ernie Maresca, who had written the earlier song, “No One Knows.”  Maresca would partner with Dion on a few of his other songs as well.

Dion later described “Runaround Sue” as a song about a girl “who loved to be worshiped, but as soon as you want a commitment and express your love for her, she’s gone.  So the song was a reaction to that kind of woman.”  More than 40 years later, in 2004, the song was ranked at No. 342 on Rolling Stone magazine’s list of “The 500 Greatest Songs of All Time.”

1961-62: Laurie Records single sleeve with Dion’s hit song, “The Wanderer”. Click for digital.
1961-62: Laurie Records single sleeve with Dion’s hit song, “The Wanderer”. Click for digital.
     For Dion’s next single, Laurie Records of New York had two new songs lined up for December 1961 – the “The Majestic,” which was featured on the “A” side of the 45 rpm disc, and “The Wanderer” on the flip side.  Despite Laurie’s hope that it would be “The Majestic” that would take off, radio DJs instead played “The Wanderer.”

 

Music Player
“The Wanderer”-1962

The song entered the U.S. charts in December 1961 and rose to No. 2 in February 1962.  “The Wanderer” also hit No. 10 in the U.K. and No. 1 in Australia.  The uncredited background singers  with Dion on the song were the Del-Satins, a Laurie Records contract group at the time who later formed the core of another doo wop group, Johnny Maestro and the Brooklyn Bridge. Dion, later offering his interpretation of “The Wanderer,” would say of the song:

…At its roots, it’s more than meets the eye.  ‘The Wanderer’ is black music filtered through an Italian neighborhood that comes out with an attitude.  It’s my perception of a lot of songs like ‘I’m A Man’ by Bo Diddley or ‘Hoochie Coochie Man’ by Muddy Waters. “The Wanderer” is really a sad song. A lot of guys don’t understand that.
                            – Dion DiMucci
  But you know, ‘The Wanderer’ is really a sad song.  A lot of guys don’t understand that.  Bruce Springsteen was the only guy who accurately expressed what that song was about.  It’s ‘I roam from town to town and go through life without a care, I’m as happy as a clown with my two fists of iron, but I’m going nowhere.’  In the fifties, you didn’t get that dark.  It sounds like a lot of fun but it’s about going nowhere.

A CD of 1962's top hits by Billboard includes “The Wanderer” on its cover at No. 7.
A CD of 1962's top hits by Billboard includes “The Wanderer” on its cover at No. 7.
     “The Wanderer” today, however, might not be made in quite the same way, as some critics now regard its lyrics as sexist or demeaning to women. And as in the quote above, DiMucci acknowledges the song’s Italian machismo. In any case, “The Wanderer” – which came to be owned by Michael Jackson’s Mijac publishing – was ranked at No. 243 on Rolling Stone magazine’s 2011 list of “The 500 Greatest Songs of All Time.” 

In 1962, “The Wanderer” was followed by a string of other Dion singles, each of which broke the Top Ten, including: “Lovers Who Wander” (No. 3), “Little Diane” (No. 8), and “Love Came To Me” (No. 10).  Two albums were also produced – Runaround Sue and Lovers Who Wander.  Dion by this time was a major star, touring worldwide and also making an appearance in Columbia Pictures’ 1961 film, Twist Around the Clock

At the end of 1962, Dion had changed his recording label, moving to Columbia Records.  His first single there was a 1956 song, “Ruby Baby,” originally written by Jerry Leiber and Mike Stoller, one of those teams of songwriters from New York’s fabled Brill Building music center.  The Leiber/Stoller song was first recorded by The Drifters in 1956 who had a No. 10 R&B hit with it.  But “Ruby Baby” also became a big hit for Dion, reaching No. 2 in 1963 for three weeks, and remaining in the Top 40 for 11 weeks.

Dion's "Ruby Baby" album of 1963 also hit No. 20 on the albums chart. Click for album CD.
Dion's "Ruby Baby" album of 1963 also hit No. 20 on the albums chart. Click for album CD.
     At Columbia, Dion also had Top Ten hits with “Donna the Prima Donna” – which was recorded in Italian as well – and “Drip Drop,” another earlier Drifters hit.  Both of the remakes by Dion rose to No. 6 in late 1963.

 

Music Player
“Ruby Baby”-1963

The subject matter of Dion’s hit songs in the 1960-1963 period, was, by some accounts, type-casting him, as  Richie Unterberger of AllMusic.com, observed – “as either the jilted, misunderstood youngster or the macho lover, capable of handling anything that came his way…”

Dion’s other Columbia releases in the period were less successful as changing tastes in music had arrived with the Beatles and other British groups, bringing a period of commercial decline for the doo-wop and street rockers of the early 1960s.  Dion also had recurring problems with heroin.  In 1966, there was an attempt to reunite Dion and the Belmonts, but the reunion did not work out as their joint album, Together Again, was unsuccessful.

Cover of 1980s album issued in Germany by Ace Records featuring “Abraham, Martin & John” by Dion.
Cover of 1980s album issued in Germany by Ace Records featuring “Abraham, Martin & John” by Dion.

 

Abe, Martin & John

In 1968, Dion had what he would later describe as a powerful religious experience.  After getting clean from heroin addiction once again, he approached Laurie Records for a new contract.  They agreed on condition that he record a new song written by Dick Holler.

 

Music Player
“Abraham, Martin & John”

 

The year 1968 was a tumultuous period of  political and social upheaval in the U.S., made stark by the assassination of civil rights leader Martin Luther King in April 1968, followed by a second assassination of  Democratic U.S. Senator and presidential hopeful, Robert “Bobby” Kennedy in June 1968. Commemorating these tragedies, songwriter Dick Holler was moved to write the song “Abraham, Martin & John,” which became a tribute to the memory of four assassinated Americans, all icons of social change – Abraham Lincoln, Martin Luther King, Jr., John F. Kennedy and Robert F. Kennedy.

Abraham, Martin & John
Dick Holler / Songwriter

Has anybody here seen my old friend Abraham?
Can you tell me where he’s gone?
He freed a lot of people,
But it seems the good they die young.
You know, I just looked around and he’s gone.

Anybody here seen my old friend John?
Can you tell me where he’s gone?
He freed a lot of people,
But it seems the good they die young.
I just looked around and he’s gone.

Anybody here seen my old friend Martin?
Can you tell me where he’s gone?
He freed a lot of people,
But it seems the good they die young.
I just looked ’round and he’s gone.

Didn’t you love the things that they stood for?
Didn’t they try to find some good for you and me?
And we’ll be free
Some day soon, and it’s a-gonna be one day …

Anybody here seen my old friend Bobby?
Can you tell me where he’s gone?
I thought I saw him walkin’ up over the hill,
With Abraham, Martin and John.

Each of the first three verses of the song features, respectively, Lincoln, King and JFK, with the fourth and final verse describing “Bobby” walking “over the hill” with the other three.

“Abraham, Martin and John” was a major American hit single for Dion in late 1968, reaching No. 4 on the U.S. singles chart, remaining in the Top 40 for 12 weeks, and selling more than a million copies.

The song became a folk-pop standard known worldwide.  In Canada, it topped the charts, reaching No.1 there in late November 1968.  Some years later, in 2001, the song would be ranked No. 248 on the Recording Industry Association of America’s  “Songs of the Century” list.

The success of  “Abraham, Martin and John” also resuscitated Dion’s career, leading to appearances on TV shows such as The Smothers Brothers Comedy Hour to perform the song.  Some years later, reflecting on the reaction he received from fans regarding this song, he noted: “I must have gotten 4,000 letters at the time, which was odd because I never got letters from college students before.  If I had an e-mail address, I probably would have gotten a million.”

In the early 1970s, Dion shifted his musical style somewhat, focusing on more mature, contemplative and folk-rock type material.  But Dion’s period with folk music ran its course within a few years.

Over the years, Dion DiMucci has changed his style, and experimented with new genres.
Over the years, Dion DiMucci has changed his style, and experimented with new genres.
     In 1972 he reunited with The Belmonts and they did a live reunion show at Madison Square Garden in early June that year, releasing an album from that concert.

A year later, in 1973, Dion and the Belmonts performed once again at a sold out concert at the Nassau Coliseum on Long Island. This was followed in 1975 by the album Born To Be With You, produced by Phil Spector, which initially did poorly, but later found praise among some artists, including Pete Townshend of The Who.

In 1978 Dion released another album drawing on his earlier successes, titled Return of the Wanderer, which did not do well.

Beginning around December 1979 Dion began recording contemporary Christian music, releasing five albums on the Dayspring label reflecting his born-again Christian convictions.

A few singles in this period also did well on Christian radio, and he won the Dove Christian music award for one of his albums, I Put Away My Idols, which was also Grammy nominated for best male Gospel performance.

Dion’s “Bronx Blues” of 1991 includes 20 songs recorded with Columbia Records in the 1960s – half “Dion” style and half blues. Click for CD.
Dion’s “Bronx Blues” of 1991 includes 20 songs recorded with Columbia Records in the 1960s – half “Dion” style and half blues. Click for CD.
     By the late 1980s, Dion returned to rock ‘n roll with a series of sold out concerts in June 1987 at Radio City Music Hall in New York.  The following year, he  published a book with writer Davin Seay titled The Wanderer: Dion’s Story,  and in 1989 he was elected to the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame.  That year he also released the album Yo Frankie, and after hearing him perform in a 1989 concert, New York Times writer Stephen Holden was reminded that Dion was:

“…an innovator who took the black street-corner styles of the late 1950’s and, in songs like ‘’The Wanderer,’ fashioned a white urban blue-collar style of rock-and-roll that influenced not only [Lou] Reed but also Billy Joel and to a lesser extent Bruce Springsteen.  Even though the lyrics of hits like ‘The Wanderer,’ ‘Runaround Sue’ and ’Ruby Baby’ seem quaint today, the songs helped define blunt, streetwise machismo that has long since become a classic rock music attitude.”

Dion DiMucci in more recent years.
Dion DiMucci in more recent years.
     In the 1990s, Dion appeared on a few occasions at concerts or for limited club dates.  In July 1997, he headlined at Tramps club in the Chelsea section of New York for a rare small club performance – his first New York club date as a headliner in more than 35 years.  That show, which sold out to stranding-room capacity, brought out old Dion fans in the New York region, where the doo-wop memory runs deep.  One such fan who came out to Tramps was Harvey Weinstein, then a 42-year-old Social Security clerk from Coney Island.  “When I was growing up,” he told New York Times reporter Rick Lyman, “there would be guys singing outside the shops and on the street corners.  You’d hear the music on the trains.  I don’t go to concerts all that often, but when I saw Dion was playing a club in Manhattan, I had to come.”

Bobby Jay, a black disk jockey who still played Dion and The Belmonts music on WCBS-FM, also spoke to Times reporter Rick Lyman in July 1997.  Dion and The Belmonts, he said, “had that indescribable element that set them apart, that street attitude.”  The teen idols of the late 1950s and early 1960s, he said, “were so clean-cut, almost nonregional.”  But Dion, he explained, was different: “he had a New York swagger, a New York walk, a New York way of talking, that New York style that no one else had.” To this day, Dion still has a loyal New York following.

Dion DiMucci on the cover of a 2011 book he wrote with author Mike Aquilina. Click for book.
Dion DiMucci on the cover of a 2011 book he wrote with author Mike Aquilina. Click for book.
     Through the 2000’s, Dion continued making music, earning a second look from critics who earlier dismissed him as a teen idol.  In early 2001, Dion: King of the New York Streets was released, a three-disc, 6o-track boxed set that included a 50-page booklet with comments by Dion and other muscians, plus an essay by music critic Dave Marsh.

Other Dion albums during the decade included: Déj Nu in 2000, Under the Influence in 2005, Bronx in Blue in 2006, Son of Skip James in 2007, Heroes: Giants of Early Guitar Rock in 2008.  In 2011, Tank Full of Blues  was released, with Dion producing and playing the guitars on the recording and writing or co-writing most of the songs.  He also published a book in 2011, The Wanderer Talks Truth, a biographical and spiritual memoir written with Mike Aquilina.

 

Broadway Play?

Also in 2011, Dion began working with playwright/ director Charles Messina on a proposed stage play with the title, “The Wanderer — the Life and Music of Dion.”  The play will cover the years 1957 through the late 1960s and feature more than 20 songs from that era as well as new music.  It will weave the songs through a plot centered on Dion’s life from that period – a time that brought him his greatest success and his biggest tragedies.

     New York Times reporter David Gonzalez described the play as “sort of a deeper version of Jersey Boys, the musical about Frankie Valli and the Four Seasons.”  Discussing the play and playwright with Times reporter David Gonzalez in December 2012, Dion explained: “You know, I always saw my story as a young ‘Sopranos’ with great music and a Rocky Graziano ‘Somebody-Up-There-Likes-Me’ ending. It’s a story of redemption. A rock and roll redemption story!”

Cover of 1988 book Dion wrote with Davin Seay, “The Wanderer: Dion’s Story.” Click for book.
Cover of 1988 book Dion wrote with Davin Seay, “The Wanderer: Dion’s Story.” Click for book.
     Indeed, Dion took his lumps over the years, sank into drug and alcohol abuse, but he did redeem himself – with help from his wife Susan and others.  Dion has traced his troubled times back to his early teen years.  There was a rocky home life, mean streets gang involvement, and drugs.  Then, all of a sudden, came fame and fortune.  “One minute we were four mooks on the street,” he recounts of his Dion-and-The-Belmonts rise in his 1988 book, The Wanderer, “the next, everyone wanted to get close to us…  You never wanted it to stop, and the only way to keep it going, it seemed to us, was to smile, sing and try to sort it all out later.”

Eventually, Dion confronted some truths about himself.  “There was never a word of praise in my house… A lot of demeaning talk and criticism,” he would later explain.  “I never felt good about myself – and the success didn’t change things.”  But by the mid-1960s, he was living large in the fast lane.  In 1962, Columbia Records had signed him to a $500,000 five year contract.  “I made $2 million by the age of 22 . . . had 10 Top Ten records… was at the height of my profession,” Dion recounted in one interview.  “I had all the bases covered… Fame, fortune and romance.  I had even married my childhood sweetheart.  But I was empty.  I was looking out the penthouse window and saying, ‘What the hell is wrong?’  What I finally discovered was that I had others’ esteem, but I didn’t have self-esteem.”

Dion DiMucci visiting his old New York neighborhood in 2012. Photo, Librado Romero / New York Times.
Dion DiMucci visiting his old New York neighborhood in 2012. Photo, Librado Romero / New York Times.
     Dion’s 1960s stage swagger was part pretense and part compensation, which he wrote about (with Bill Tuohy) years later in a song titled “King of the New York Streets.”  One verse in that tune goes: “Well, I was wise in my own eyes/I awoke one day and I realized/You know this attitude comes from cocaine lies.”  He would later add in one interview: “That song represents a chaotic kind of self-serving illusion about oneself, a guy who is full of himself and really can’t see past his nose.”  Another verse in the same song goes: “Schools gave me nothing needed / To my throne, I proceeded / Every warning went unheeded / Yeah, king of the New York streets.”

In the late 1960s, Dion took control of his life.  He moved to Boca Raton, Florida with his wife Susan to get away from the New York streets that helped form his heroin habit.  He and his wife Susan have three daughters and a grandchild.  In the late 1990s, Dion also returned to Catholicism and through the church has worked with prison inmates and others going through addiction recovery.

2006: Dion DiMucci in his music room at home in Florida, where a huge portrait he painted of 1930s bluesman Robert Johnson hangs on the wall behind him.
2006: Dion DiMucci in his music room at home in Florida, where a huge portrait he painted of 1930s bluesman Robert Johnson hangs on the wall behind him.
     But for Dion, it’s still the music that keeps him going.  And over the years, of course, the praise and respect he has received from fellow musicians and music critics has been no small matter either.

Los Angeles Times pop music critic Robert Hilburn wrote in January 2001: “Elvis Presley, Chuck Berry and Buddy Holly were superstars of rock’s first wave, but none of them expressed the innocence and desire of adolescence any more soulfully than Dion DiMucci.” 

Bruce Springsteen once called him “the bridge between Frank Sinatra and rock ‘n roll.”  And songwriter Jerry Lieber has stated that Dion was “the best white blues singer he had ever heard.” 

Dion, meanwhile, continues to record and explore new music.  No doubt there is more to come.  Stay tuned.

For other stories at this website that cover the music of the 1950s and 1960s, or feature artists from those years, see for example: “American Bandstand, 1950s” (Dick Clark’s  TV dance show); “At The Hop, 1957-1958” (Danny & The Juniors); “I Only Have Eyes For You” (1959 hit song by The Flamingos); “Be My Baby 1960s-2010” (The Ronettes, Phil Spector, etc.); and “…Lost That Lovin’ Feelin’, 1964-1965” (The Righteous Brothers).

For additional music-related stories please visit the “Annals of Music” category page, or go to the Home Page for further story choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 11 January 2013
Last Update: 28 July 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Dion DiMucci, 1950s-2012,”
PopHistoryDig.com, January 11, 2013.

____________________________________


1950s-Related Reading at Amazon.com


J.C. De Ladurantey’s 2016 book, “Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop...” 1950s & Early 1960s. 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
J.C. De Ladurantey’s 2016 book, “Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop...” 1950s & Early 1960s. 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
Richard Aquila’s 2016 book, “Let's Rock!: How 1950s America Created Elvis and the Rock and Roll Craze,” 368 pp. Click for Amazon.
Richard Aquila’s 2016 book, “Let's Rock!: How 1950s America Created Elvis and the Rock and Roll Craze,” 368 pp. Click for Amazon.
David Halberstam’s best seller, “The Fifties,” w/fascinating profiles of Madison Avenue, Ricky Nelson, Elvis Presley, etc. Click for Amazon.
David Halberstam’s best seller, “The Fifties,” w/fascinating profiles of Madison Avenue, Ricky Nelson, Elvis Presley, etc. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

1950s: Dion DiMucci with two of The Belmonts.
1950s: Dion DiMucci with two of The Belmonts.
1959 album: “Presenting Dion and The Belmonts.”
1959 album: “Presenting Dion and The Belmonts.”
1959: Dion & The Belmonts with Dick Clark of the "American Bandstand" television show.
1959: Dion & The Belmonts with Dick Clark of the "American Bandstand" television show.
Dion DiMucci in his “teen idol” years, on the cover of “Teen Screen” magazine, June 1962.
Dion DiMucci in his “teen idol” years, on the cover of “Teen Screen” magazine, June 1962.
Dion DiMucci on the road, waiting for a train.
Dion DiMucci on the road, waiting for a train.

“Dion and The Belmonts/Dion Dimucci,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Roman- owski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 264-265.

Bob Hyde and Walter DeVenne, “I Wonder Why, Dion & The Belmonts” and The Doo Wop Box, Booklet & Liner Notes (used in PBS promotions), Rhino Records, 1993, p. 57.

“Dion and the Belmonts,”Wikipedia.org.

Richie Unterberger, “Dion: Biography,” All Music.com.

“A Teenager in Love,”Wikipedia.org.

Bruce Eder, “Dion: Runaround Sue” (album review), AllMusic.com.

“The Wanderer,” Wikipedia.org.

Tom Zito, “Dion DiMucci’s Back,” Washington Post, August 12, 1976 p. B-12.

Larry Rohter, “All Dion, Past and Present,” Washington Post, October 26, 1976, p. B-11.

Sam Howe Verhovek, “A Wanderer, Dion Returns to His Roots,” New York Times, June 19, 1987.

Dion DiMucci and Davin Seay, The Wanderer: Dion’s Story, Beech Tree Books, 1988.

Robert Hilburn, “Dion: The Wanderer Finds His Way Home: New Rock Album Exorcises Years of Drugs, Insecurities,” Los Angeles Times, April 30, 1989.

Stephen Holden, Review/Pop, “Creator of Blue-Collar Rock Takes It on a Nostalgia Trip,” New York Times, September 2, 1989.

Mike Boehm, “The Wander Years: Musically, Dion’s the Type of Guy Who’ll Never Settle Down,” Los Angeles Times, October 3, 1991.

Bill Locey, “Doo-Wop: Dion Will Be Singing “I Wonder Why” and His Other Teen-idol Hits at the Ventura Theatre,” Los Angeles Times, November 14, 1991.

Rick Lyman, Pop Review, “Still in Love, And The Love Still Grows,” New York Times, July 31, 1997.

Jon Pareles, Pop Review: “A Bronx Boy Grown and Gone to Boca; Yet Despite the Decades, Dion Holds Tight to His Doo-Wop Roots,” New York Times, July 31, 1997.

Robert Hilburn, “Beneath the Surface, Dion’s Restless Melancholy,” Los Angles Times, January 26, 2001.

Fred Goodman, “A King of the Bronx Reclaims His Country-Blues Heart,” New York Times, January 4, 2006.

Richard Harrington, “Dion Wanders Back Into The Blues,” Washington Post, Wednesday, January 11, 2006.

John Lombardi, “Dion DiMucci, Teen Idol; a Seminal Bronx Rocker, Inspiration for Lou Reed and Springsteen, Is Coming Back to His Roots,” New York Magazine, December 30, 2007.

Marcia Z. Nelson, “Runaround Catholic: Dion Writes Spiritual Memoir,” Publishers Weekly, April 27, 2011.

“Abraham, Martin and John,” Wikipe- dia.org.

Dion DiMucci Website.

David Gonzalez, “A Wanderer, The Singer Dion Returns to The Bronx,” New York Times, December 9, 2011.

“Abraham, Martin & John,” One of 20 songs featured in, Songs Sung Red, White, and Blue: The Stories Behind America’s Best-Loved Patriotic Songs, a book by Ace Collins.

“Dion DiMucci and The Belmonts,” History-of-Rock.com.

“Dion & The Belmonts I Wonder Why 1958,” YouTube.com, uplodaded by Doo wopRick, August 14, 2009.

“The Belmonts,” Wikipedia.org.

Dennis Hevesi, “Fred Milano, an Original Member of Dion and the Belmonts, Dies at 72,” New York Times, January 3, 2012.
_______________________________

 

 

“Barack & Bruce”
2008-2012

President Barack Obama and rock star Bruce Springsteen stand arm-in-arm at Madison, Wisconsin campaign rally on November 5, 2012.  Photo, Nikki Kahn/Washington Post.
President Barack Obama and rock star Bruce Springsteen stand arm-in-arm at Madison, Wisconsin campaign rally on November 5, 2012. Photo, Nikki Kahn/Washington Post.
     One of the more interesting images from the 2012 presidential election campaign came on November 5th, 2012, the day before the election, when President Barack Obama was campaigning in Madison, Wisconsin. 

On election day November 6th, The Washington Post ran a front page photo from that event of the President standing arm-in-arm with rock legend Bruce Springsteen as he waved to the crowd. 

Other newspapers and news wires also used this photograph or similar ones of the same Obama-Springsteen appearance.

     The photo captures a political moment, certainly, but it also underscores how important celebrity endorsements and celebrity imagery have become in elections of all kinds – even though political analysts have said time and time again, that celebrities have only a marginal effect on persuading voters to go with one candidate or another.

Front page of November 6th, 2012 edition of Washington Post newspaper using the Obama-Springsteen photo.
Front page of November 6th, 2012 edition of Washington Post newspaper using the Obama-Springsteen photo.

     There may also be something of a first in the Washington Post putting this image on its front page.  How many times has a sitting president appeared in a campaign photo arm-and-arm with a celebrity that ran on the front page of a national newspaper – or on the cover of a major news magazine?  Presumably, that’s pretty rare – especially on election day.

     But perhaps that’s a moot question in these times since presidents and presidential candidates appear frequently with celebrities in many public venues. 

And yes, politicians have been courting the rich, famous, and otherwise influential since forever.  Politicians in ancient Rome no doubt sought out famous gladiators and popular generals to do their bidding.

More recently, in 20th century American politics, Franklin D. Roosevelt sought Frank Sinatra’s help in the 1940s – as did John F. Kennedy in 1960. On television, Richard Nixon appeared on Jack Parr’s late night TV talk show in 1963, and also in one memorable 1968 Laugh-In TV spot.
 

The December 2007 endorsement of  U.S. Senator Barack Obama for president by TV celebrity Oprah Winfrey (yellow jacket) made front page news across the country.
The December 2007 endorsement of U.S. Senator Barack Obama for president by TV celebrity Oprah Winfrey (yellow jacket) made front page news across the country.
In the 1980s, Ronald and Nancy Reagan stood arm-in-arm with R&B legend Ray Charles in a prime-time TV moment during the 1984 Republican National Convention.  Bill Clinton played saxophone on The Arsenio Hall Show in June 1992, an appearance some say helped Clinton win new supporters.  And in December 2007, Barack Obama received the endorsement of Oprah Winfrey in a much publicized moment during the Democratic presidential primary – also captured on a number of newspaper front pages.

     Today of course, politicians appear regularly on TV shows such as the  Late Show with David Letterman, The Tonight Show with Jay Leno, The View,  The Daily Show with Jon Stewart, and others.  And with the web and You Tube, images of politicians and celebrities are now quite ubiquitous.  It is also noted that in recent years even papers like the Washington Post have included more coverage of celebrities in politics, with regular sections devoted to celebrity doings on all manner of public policy, consequential or not.

     Yet there is still something indelible and lasting about photographs of the Springsteen-Obama variety displayed on the front pages of major newspapers.  Clearly, the decisions by major news organizations to use such images in prominent display are not minor matters, or made without purpose.  In this specific case, no doubt, the choice of photo and its placement likely had something to do with the type of Midwest working-class voters that pundits were saying Obama absolutely needed to win re-election – and Bruce Springsteen’s appeal to those very same voters.  But beyond these questions of news organization photo choices and the play now given celebrities in politics, the Obama-Springsteen alliance is interesting in its own right, and has a history that now stretches over several years. Some of that history follows below.


Bruce Springsteen performing at an Obama campaign rally in Cleveland, Ohio, 2008.
Bruce Springsteen performing at an Obama campaign rally in Cleveland, Ohio, 2008.
2008 Campaign

     Bruce Springsteen had been in Barack Obama’s corner since at least April 2008 when he first endorsed then U.S. Senator Barack Obama for the Democratic presidential nomination.  Obama at the time was battling Hillary Clinton for his party’s presidential nomination. Springsteen, who first became a rock sensation in the mid-1970s, has been sought out by politicians for years who have tried to associate with his music, gain his endorsement, and/or use his name in a speech, as Ronald Reagan did when he was campaigning for reelection in New Jersey in September 1984.

     But in April 2008 when Springsteen endorsed Obama, the rock star explained that the candidate “speaks to the America I’ve envisioned in my music for the past 35 years.” In a letter Springsteen posted on his website addressed to friends and fans, he explained that he believed Obama was the best candidate to undo “the terrible damage done over the past eight years.” In Springsteen’s view, Obama had “the depth, the reflectiveness, and the resilience to be our next president…”

Nov. 2, 2008: Bruce Springsteen with then presidential candidate Sen. Barack Obama at rally in Cleveland, Ohio. AP photo/Alex Brandon.
Nov. 2, 2008: Bruce Springsteen with then presidential candidate Sen. Barack Obama at rally in Cleveland, Ohio. AP photo/Alex Brandon.
     During the 2008 campaign, Springsteen appeared at several Obama rallies, and also performed several solo acoustic performances in support of Obama.  Near the end of the 2008 campaign, on November 2nd, he debuted the song “Working on a Dream” in a duet with his wife, Patti Scialfa.

     At one Ohio rally during the 2008 campaign, Springsteen discussed the importance of “truth, transparency and integrity in government, the right of every American to have a job, a living wage, to be educated in a decent school, and a life filled with the dignity of work, the promise and the sanctity of home…But today those freedoms have been damaged and curtailed by eight years of a thoughtless, reckless and morally-adrift administration.”

     On the night of Obama’s electoral victory, November 4, 2008, Springsteen’s song “The Rising” was the first song played at the Chicago Grant Park rally after Obama’s victory speech.

Bruce Springsteen performing "The Rising" with an all-female choir at President Obama’s inauguration, 2009.
Bruce Springsteen performing "The Rising" with an all-female choir at President Obama’s inauguration, 2009.
January 18, 2009: Scene around the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C. during inaugural concert & festivities.
January 18, 2009: Scene around the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C. during inaugural concert & festivities.

     Bruce Springsteen was also the opening musical act for the Obama Inaugural Celebration at the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C. on January 18, 2009 – an event attended by more than 400,000 people. 

     At that celebration, Springsteen performed “The Rising” with an all-female choir and also sang Woody Guthrie’s “This Land Is Your Land” with Pete Seeger.  Springsteen and Seeger were not the only performers that day, as a number of others performed then and through the evening with the various inaugural balls.

     A long list of Hollywood stars and musical artists came to Washington as invited performers, readers, and special guests to fete Obama on his special day.  A partial list of some of those involved in the inaugural festivities include the following: Jack Black, Mary J. Blige, Jon Bon Jovi, Garth Brooks, Steve Carrell, Sheryl Crow, Rosario Dawson, Renee Fleming, Jamie Foxx, Josh Groban, Herbie Hancock, Tom Hanks, Heather Headley, Ashley Judd, Martin Luther King III, Beyonce Knowles, Queen Latifah, Bettye Lavette, John Legend, Laura Linney, George Lopez, Jennifer Nettles, John Mellencamp, Kal Penn, Shakira, James Taylor, Marisa Tomei, Usher, U2, Denzel Washington, Forest Whitaker, will.i.am, Stevie Wonder, Tiger Woods, and others.


Kennedy Center Honors

Actor Robert De Niro looks on as President Obama congratulates Bruce Springsteen as a Kennedy Center Honoree during a December 2009 White House ceremony.
Actor Robert De Niro looks on as President Obama congratulates Bruce Springsteen as a Kennedy Center Honoree during a December 2009 White House ceremony.
     In December 2009, Bruce Springsteen was one of five recipients designated for the Kennedy Center Honors – an annual award made to various artists for their contributions to American culture.  In addition to Springsteen, Mel Brooks, Dave Brubeck, Grace Bumbry, and Robert De Niro were also honored that year.  At a White House reception for the honorees, here is what President Obama had to say about Springsteen:

…Finally, we honor the quiet kid from Jersey — (laughter) — who grew up to become the rock ‘n’ roll laureate of a generation.  For in the life of our country only a handful of people have tapped the full power of music to tell the real American story — with honesty; from the heart; and one of those people is Bruce Springsteen.

He has said: “I’ve always believed that people listen to your music not to find out about you, but to find out about themselves.”  And for more than three decades, in his songs — of dreams and despair, of struggle and hope — hardworking folks have seen themselves.

They’ve seen their great state of New Jersey.  And they’ve seen their America — in songs that become anthems.  Restless kids who were “Born to Run.”  The struggles of workers in “My Hometown.”  The sacrifices of vets who were “Born in the U.S.A.”  Love and loss in “Streets of Philadelphia.”  A resilient nation in “The Rising.”  And, this year, a country “Working on a Dream.”

…[W]hen I watched him on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial when he rocked the National Mall before my inauguration I thought it captured as well as anything the spirit of what America should be about…
           – President Barack Obama

It’s no wonder that his tours are not so much concerts, but communions.  There’s a place for everybody -— the sense that no matter who you are or what you do, everyone deserves their shot at the American Dream; everybody deserves a little bit of dignity; everybody deserves to be heard.

I’ve seen it myself.  Bruce was a great fan — a great friend over the last year, and when I watched him on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial when he rocked the National Mall before my inauguration, I thought it captured as well as anything the spirit of what America should be about. On a day like that, and today, I remember: I’m the President, but he’s The Boss. (Applause.)

And Bruce continues to inspire, along with his “house-rocking, earth-shaking” E Street Band.  At 60 years old, he’s still filling stadiums, still whipping fans into a frenzy, still surfing the crowd, still jumping off pianos, and still reaching new fans, and still being nominated for Grammys.  It’s been a long road from that stage at Stone Pony in Asbury Park to this stage today, but this much we know — after more than 30 years and 120 million albums sold, Bruce Springsteen is still one “cool rockin’ Daddy.” (Laughter and applause.)

     At the Kennedy Center ceremony, Springsteen was also lauded by several celebrities including Jon Stewart, with musical tributes from John Mellencamp, Ben Harper, Jennifer Nettles, Melissa Etheridge, Eddie Vedder, and Sting.  Meanwhile, back in Springsteen’s home state of New Jersey, some developments on the Republican side of the political aisle during 2009 would also involve the singer and his music.


2009: New Jersey’s Chris Christie.
2009: New Jersey’s Chris Christie.
No To Christie

     In November 2009, Chris Christie – then an up-and-coming Republican star in New Jersey’s political ranks who had been a top fundraiser for George W. Bush’s 2000 presidential campaign, and later, New Jersey’s U.S. attorney – was elected governor.  He had defeated former Democratic governor and U.S. Senator Jon Corzine.  Christie was also a devoted Bruce Springsteen fan who had attended more than 120 of Springsteen’s concerts. 

     Christie regarded Springsteen’s politics as a form of populism that anyone could identify with, though he parts ways with Springsteen on some of his core philosophy, such as his view  that “nobody wins unless everybody wins.”  Christie holds “that in life there are winners and losers — there just are… We can’t make everybody winners.  But you can make more people winners.”  Christie says he doesn’t take Sprinsteen’s politics personally.  For him, with Springsteen, it’s the music that matters.

     After his election, Christie wanted nothing more than to have Springsteen appear at his inauguration, scheduled for January 2010.  Through an intermediary, Christie sent word to Springsteen’s manager, Jon Landau, to ask if Springsteen would perform.  Christie offered to make a gift to Springsteen’s charity of choice if he would agree to perform for the governor-elect.In late 2009, New Jersey  governor Chris Christie wanted Springsteen to perform at his inaugural festivities.  Knowing that Springsteen was a Democrat, Christie’s people also offered to put a little distance between the Christie inauguration and any Springsteen event, suggesting a benefit concert in the week leading up to the January 19th inaugural.  The editors of The Star Ledger newspaper of Newark, New Jersey, the state’s largest circulation newspaper, even ran an editorial on November 7th urging Springsteen to do the concert, saying the state needed “a Kumbaya moment.”  But word came back that Springsteen did not want to get involved in state politics.  Springsteen’s rejection was reportedly polite – that he was quite aware that Christie was a fan, and as a loyal citizen of New Jersey, wished him every success as governor.  Christie’s people then arranged for the B Street Band, a Springsteen tribute band, to perform at the governor-elect’s inaugural party.  But there would be more to come with Christie and Springsteen later.  Christie, in any case, became more of a national figure as he began to be touted as a possible Republican Presidential candidate.


Bruce Springsteen with harmonica.
Bruce Springsteen with harmonica.
2012 Campaign

     In early 2012, it appeared that Springsteen was not going to become involved in the Obama re-election campaign.  In January, he told ABC News: “I prefer to stay on the sidelines… I genuinely believe an artist [is] supposed to be the canary in the coal mine, and you’re better off with a certain distance from the seat of power.” 

     Springsteen noted at the time that he wasn’t entirely happy with Obama’s first term.  He said he would have liked to have seen “more activism in job creation sooner than it came,” but that Obama had generally done a good job up to that, ticking off some of the President’s accomplishments:  “…He kept GM alive, which was incredibly important to Detroit and Michigan, and he got the health care law passed, although I wish there had been a public option and didn’t leave the citizens victims of the insurance companies.  He killed Osama bin Laden, which was extremely important.  He brought some sanity to the top level of government.”

Cover art for Bruce Springsteen single, "We Take Care of Our Own."
Cover art for Bruce Springsteen single, "We Take Care of Our Own."
     Musically, meanwhile, Springsteen had been working on a new album that would bear the title, Wrecking Ball, his 17th studio album; an album that included a compilation of songs that were a reaction to, and indictment of, Wall Street’s financial crisis and the effect it has had on the nation and people’s lives.

Music Player
“We Take Care Of Our Own”


     Wrecking Ball wouldn’t be released until March 2012, but one of its songs was released early – “We Take Care of Our Own” – which made its live debut on February 12, 2012 at the 54th Grammy Awards. 

     The song is a lament that finds a nation in trouble, hinting at the divided partisanship and a government that has had its failings in helping people.  “I been looking for the map that leads me home,” Springsteen sings.  “I been stumbling on good hearts turned to stone / The road of good intentions has gone dry as a bone.”  The song’s central message appears to be that we are a nation that does take care of our own – that is our core philosophy and who we are; something we all understand.  Yet we haven’t always done that, and sometimes we falter.  And now, in the throes the current hard times, the Springsteen song is reminding us that we need to get back to that task, as he sings:. “Wherever this flag’s flown, we take care of our own.”

     On February 9th, 2012, a few days before the song’s airing at the Grammy Awards, Obama’s reelection team released a playlist of five songs the campaign would be using at campaign rallies.  Among the songs was Springsteen’s “We Take Care of Our Own.”  Others on the list included: “I Got You” by Wilco; “Roll With The Changes” by REO Speedwagon; “You’ve Got The Love” by Florence & The Machine; and, “Let’s Stay Together” by Al Green.

“We Take Care of Our Own”
Bruce Springsteen


I’ve been knockin’ on the door that holds the throne
I’ve been lookin’ for the map that leads me home
I’ve been stumblin’ on good hearts turned to stone
Those good intentions have gone dry as bone
We take care of our own
We take care of our own
Wherever this flag’s flown
We take care of our own

From Chicago to New Orleans
From the muscle to the bone
From the shotgun shack to the Superdome
We needed help but the cavalry stayed home,
There ain’t no-one hearing the bugle blown
We take care of our own
We take care of our own
Wherever this flag’s flown
We take care of our own

Where’s the eyes, the eyes with the will to see
Where’s the hearts, they run over with mercy
Where’s the love that has not forsaken me
Where’s the work that set my hands, my soul free
Where’s the spirit to reign, reign over me
Where’s the promise, from sea to shining sea
Where’s the promise, from sea to shining sea
Wherever this flag is flown
Wherever this flag is flown
Wherever this flag is flown

We take care of our own
We take care of our own
Wherever this flag’s flown
We take care of our own
We take care of our own
We take care of our own
Wherever this flag’s flown
We take care of our own

     However, the Springsteen tune became a popular and often used song during the Obama campaign – as its main refrain – “we take care of our own” – was generally a good fit with what the Obama Administration was trying to do with its economic recovery programs; trying to lift the nation out of its hard times.  At the Democratic National Convention in early September 2012, the song also received some prime-time exposure when it was played immediately following Barack Obama’s speech on September 6th.  While Obama’s speech may not have been the highlight of the convention, the airing of the Springsteen song at that time helped boost the music.  According to Billboard, sales for “We Take Care Of Our Own” jumped more 400 percent during the weekend that ended September 9, 2012, following Obama’s speech.  And by late September, after Mitt Romney’s remarks at a private fundraiser were made public about how “47 percent” of the electorate were victims and that he wouldn’t have to worry about them if elected President, the Springsteen song, “We Take Care of Our Own,” took on even more resonance at the Obama rallies.

     But Springsteen himself had repeated his intent to stay out of the race, making remarks to The New Yorker in July 2012, saying that he wasn’t sure whether he’d get involved again:  “I did it twice [once for Kerry in 2004 and Obama in 2008] because things were so dire… It seemed like if I was ever going to spend whatever small political capital I had, that was the moment to do so.  But that capital diminishes the more often you do it.  While I’m not saying never, and I still like to support the President, you know, it’s something I didn’t do for a long time, and I don’t have plans to be out there every time.”  But as the race tightened in late September and early October, especially following Obama’s faltering in the first debate, Springsteen once again became a more visible Obama supporter.

Ticket to Bill Clinton-Bruce Sprinsteen rally for Obama in Parma, Ohio.
Ticket to Bill Clinton-Bruce Sprinsteen rally for Obama in Parma, Ohio.
Bill Clinton greeting Bruce Springsteen on stage at Parma, Ohio Obama rally.
Bill Clinton greeting Bruce Springsteen on stage at Parma, Ohio Obama rally.

     By October 13th, the White House was reporting that Springsteen would campaign for Obama.  “Bruce Springsteen’s values echo what the President and Vice President stand for: hard work, fairness, integrity,” said Jim Messina, Obama for America’s campaign manager.  “His appearances will help with our get out the vote effort in these critical swing states and we are thrilled with his ongoing support.” 

     On October 17, 2012, Springsteen took to his website to explain his support for the President.  “A message from Bruce” noted in part: “Right now, there is a fight going on to help make this a fairer and more equitable nation.  For me, President Obama is our best choice to get us and keep us moving in the right direction…”  In the message, Springsteen also voiced support for “sterling candidates” Sen. Sherrod Brown (D-Ohio) and Elizabeth Warren, the Massachusetts Democrat seeking a U.S. Senate seat.

     On the following day, October 18th, 2012, Springsteen joined former president Bill Clinton at an Obama campaign rally in Parma, Ohio, near Cleveland.  A crowd of 3,000 fill a gymnasium at Cuyahoga Community College, with 700 more in an overflow area.

     Rosalind Helderman of the Washington Post filed her story on the event with the opening: “President Obama brought the big guns — Bubba and the Boss — to Ohio Thursday to shore up his slim edge in the key battleground state.”  Bill Clinton, for his part, said during the rally, as reported by the New York Times: “This is the first time in my life I ever got to be the warm-up act for Bruce Springsteen… I am qualified ’cause I was born in the U.S.A.,” said Clinton, “and unlike one of the candidates for president, I keep all my money here!”

     Springsteen told the Ohio crowd that he’d spent three decades “writing about the distance between the American dream and the American reality” and believed Obama was the man to help close the gap between the two.  Voting, he said, was “the principle way we get to determine that distance and that equation… Voting matters.  Elections matter.” 

Bruce Springsteen performing with acoustic guitar at Obama rally in Parma, Ohio.
Bruce Springsteen performing with acoustic guitar at Obama rally in Parma, Ohio.
     Springsteen performed a set of four songs in Parma, and on the same day, he also appeared at another Obama event in Ames, Iowa.  After that, there were more appearances by Springsteen at Obama events in Virginia, Pittsburgh and Wisconsin.

On Saturday afternoon, October 27th in Pittsburgh, for example, he performed for Obama before a capacity crowd at the Soldiers and Sailors Memorial Hall and Military Museum. 

     In late October, however, as Hurricane Sandy began its destructive trek up the East Coast, the presidential campaign was temporarily overshadowed. But this event, too, figured into the Obama-Springsteen interplay and national politics.


Hurricane Sandy

President Barack Obama hugs marina owner Donna Vanzant as he tours hurricane-damaged Brigantine, N.J., with Gov. Chris Christie, Oct. 31, 2012.  Photo, Larry Downing /Reuters.
President Barack Obama hugs marina owner Donna Vanzant as he tours hurricane-damaged Brigantine, N.J., with Gov. Chris Christie, Oct. 31, 2012. Photo, Larry Downing /Reuters.
     On the evening of October 29th, 2012, Hurricane Sandy made landfall at Atlantic City in southern New Jersey, and soon ravaged the NewYork-New Jersey area with severe flooding and extensive damage to coastal areas.  The hurricane occurred in the final weeks of the presidential election campaign, putting both the Obama and Romney campaigns into a temporary lull.  But the catastrophe brought President Obama to the storm-damaged New York-New Jersey area, raising his national leader visibility as full state and national emergency efforts were launched to deal with the devastation.  The President came to the hard hit areas, and joined with New York Governor Cuomo, New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg, and New Jersey Governor Chris Christie to commit government help to the devastated communities.  New Jersey Governor Chris Christie had praise for the president during the crisis – a sore point with the Republicans and the president’s opponent, Gov. Mitt Romney.  “It’s really important to have the President of the United States acknowledge all the suffering that’s going on here in New Jersey and I appreciate it very much,” Christie said during Obama’s October 31st visit to the Brigantine Beach Community Center in Brigantine, N.J., north of Atlantic City.  Christie and the President stayed in contact by phone in the days following the disaster.

Steven Tyler, Jimmy Fallon, Mark Rivera & Bruce Springsteen perform during NBC's Hurricane Sandy telethon which raised 32 million dollars. Photo, Heidi Gutman/NBC
Steven Tyler, Jimmy Fallon, Mark Rivera & Bruce Springsteen perform during NBC's Hurricane Sandy telethon which raised 32 million dollars. Photo, Heidi Gutman/NBC
     Meanwhile, Bruce Springsteen, a New Jersey native who came to fame in Asbury Park, also became involved in Sandy relief effort.  He was doing his scheduled concert appearances during this time as well, and on October 31, 2012, two days following the storm, he dedicated his performance at a concert in Rochester, New York to those affected by the storm and those helping with the recovery effort.  At another concert at Penn State University on November 1st, he gave a shout out to Governor Christie for his hurricane work.

     On Friday November 2nd, 2012, Springsteen and Jon Bon Jovi, also a New Jersey native, joined Sting, Christina Aguilera and other music stars for an NBC-organized televised benefit concert to raise funds for victims of Sandy.  The show, titled “Hurricane Sandy: Coming Together” was organized by NBC as a commercial-free one- hour benefit. In addition to Bon Jovi, Sting, Springsteen and Agulera were other performers and celebrities, including: Billy Joel, Jimmy Fallon, Steven Tyler, Mary J. Blige, Tina Fey, Jon Stewart, Whoopi Goldberg, Danny DeVito and NBC News’ Brian Williams. Today show co-anchor Matt Lauer was the host.  During the show, Springsteen joined Billy Joel, Steven Tyler and Jimmy Fallon for a performance of “Under the Boardwalk.” Springsteen and the E Street Band closed the show on a message of hope with a rousing rendition of their tune “Land of Hope and Dreams.”  The telethon raised some $32 million.  All money was donated to the American Red Cross.

Gov. Christie & Bruce Springsteen back- stage at NBC's Hurricane Sandy telethon.
Gov. Christie & Bruce Springsteen back- stage at NBC's Hurricane Sandy telethon.
     Backstage at this event, Springsteen had a moment with one of his biggest fans, Governor Chris Christie, where according to Christie, “we hugged and he told me, ‘it’s official, we’re friends’.” A quick photo of this meeting, capturing a handshake between the two backstage, was taken by Al Roker of NBC, shown at left. 

A few days later, when Springsteen was traveling with Obama to make a few final campaign stops, the President was getting a post-Sandy telephone update from Christie when he told the governor he had someone who wanted to talk with him, bringing Springsteen on the line. “We had a good conversation today,” said Christie of the call.  “It was great to talk to the president and even better to talk to Bruce.”

Poster for final campaign event in Des Moines, Iowa for Nov 5, 2012 with the President, Michelle Obama & Bruce Springsteen.
Poster for final campaign event in Des Moines, Iowa for Nov 5, 2012 with the President, Michelle Obama & Bruce Springsteen.


Campaign Resumes

     As the presidential race resumed in early November, the Obama campaign announced that Springsteen would be making more appearances at Obama rallies in Wisconsin, Ohio, and Iowa on November 5th, 2012, the day before the election.  Springsteen then appeared on that day at three rallies for Obama – one in Madison, Wisconsin; one in Columbus, Ohio with Jay-Z; and a final appearance in Des Moines, Iowa with the president and Michelle Obama. 

     Other entertainers would also appear for Obama the final weekend before the election – John Mellencamp, Saturday, November 3rd in Iowa; Dave Matthews the same day in Virginia; and Stevie Wonder on Sunday November 4th in Cincinnati.  Springsteen and his wife Patti, meanwhile, would travel with Obama on Air Force One for at least part of the tour on November 5th.  Reportedly, the President even remarked: “I’m going to be flying with Bruce Springsteen on the last day I’ll ever campaign, that’s not a bad way to bring it home.”

     On that day, November 5th, the first of three stops was Madison, Wisconsin, the state capital, and home to the University of Wisconsin.  The rally took place in the streets near the capitol building.  Some 18,000 supporters had gathered there in the cold as early as 6:30 a.m., four hours before Obama would arrive.

President Barack Obama greeting Bruce Springsteen at Madison, WI campaign rally.
President Barack Obama greeting Bruce Springsteen at Madison, WI campaign rally.
     Springsteen opened the rally with his “No Surrender” song.  Helene Cooper of the New York Times, reporting on the final day’s itinerary, noted that Obama aides, David Plouffe, David Axelrod and Robert Gibbs had positioned themselves atop a crane to get a better view of Springsteen, who also played “The Promised Land.”  Springsteen also added commentary between songs, saying at one point: “It’s crunch time now, the president’s job, our job, yours and mine – whether you’re a Republican, a Democrat, an independent, rich, poor, black, brown, white, gay, straight, soldier, civilian – is to keep that hope alive.”  Springsteen’s final song was “Land of Hope and Dreams,” after which Obama came up on the stage, greeting Springsteen with a bear hug.  Obama had been on whirlwind cross-country jaunt of swing states and was then drinking warm tea in between appearances to soothe an overworked voicebox.  “We have come too far to turn back now…,” Obama told the Madison gathering.  “Now is the time to keep pushing forward.”

     On the way to the next rally, in Columbus, Ohio, Springsteen sat with Obama aboard Air Force One as the two discussed the Hurricane Sandy recovery effort then underway in New Jersey.  That’s when the President was also speaking on the phone with Governor Chris Christie, and when he brought Springsteen on the line to chat briefly with the governor.

President Barack Obama on stage at Columbus, Ohio rally Nov. 5, 2012, flanked by Jay-Z and Bruce Springsteen.
President Barack Obama on stage at Columbus, Ohio rally Nov. 5, 2012, flanked by Jay-Z and Bruce Springsteen.
     In Columbus, more than 15,000 turned out for the Obama event at the Nationwide Arena that included both Springsteen and rapper Jay-Z.   But before the two artists would perform, a series of local and state politicians made various introductions and short statements, including Columbus mayor Michael Coleman, Ohio Governor Ted Strickland, and U.S. Senator Sherrod Brown.  Then came Springsteen followed by Jay-Z.  Springsteen did a short set of abridged versions of “No Surrender” and “The Promised Land,” as well as a campaign sing-along for the Obama campaign’s “Forward” slogan.  Jay-Z followed with some animated rap that the crowd loved, adapting his “99 Problems” song for to fit the President’s rival: “I got 99 problems,” he rapped, “but Mitt ain’t one…”  Jay-Z also introduced the president in Columbus.  Obama, addressing the crowd, said: “Ohio, after four years, you know me by now… You may be frustrated with the pace of change but that’s O.K., so am I…”  Obama also said of Jay-Z and Springsteen that day: “Not only are they on my iPod – and yes, the president has an iPod – both of them tell an American story.” 

Jay-Z on the cover of the Forbes 400 "rich list" issue for 2010, along with Warren Buffett.
Jay-Z on the cover of the Forbes 400 "rich list" issue for 2010, along with Warren Buffett.
     Jay-Z, whose real name is Shawn Carter, grew up in Brooklyn and had earlier struggles with crime, but went on become a very successful recording artist, music producer and wealthy businessman, marrying pop star Beyoncé Knowles and recently becoming a father.  

     During the Columbus rally, Obama remarked of some similarities between he and Jay-Z: 

“Nobody would expect us to be where we are today if they had met us as younger men, both of us have daughters, and both of us have wives who are more popular than we are.” 

Obama also told the crowd that Jay-Z and Springsteen were examples of “what our country is about” – two guys who rose from humble beginnings to go on to fame and fortune. 

     Their music that day, in any case, helped bring out a diverse and appreciative crowd.  Karmesha Hicks, a 20-year-old student from Berea, Ohio attending the rally told a reporter on the way out : “It was very inspirational… I love that he brought two very different artists together.  It shows what he [Obama] is about.”

Jay-Z, President Obama & Bruce Sprinsteen have one last wave to the crowd in Columbus, Ohio.
Jay-Z, President Obama & Bruce Sprinsteen have one last wave to the crowd in Columbus, Ohio.


Ohio: 29th Time

     For Obama, the Columbus rally marked his 29th political appearance in Ohio for 2012.  The president had also done a number of taped radio interviews that day, dropped in for a visit at his Columbus campaign office, and appeared on ESPN during halftime of “Monday Night Football” that evening, as did Mitt Romney. 

     A few hours later that same day, also in Columbus,  Romney and his wife Ann appeared before an enthusiastic crowd in a large airport hangar at Port Columbus.  At that rally, the Marshall Tucker Band helped stir the crowd for Romney and he also had two well-known Ohio athletes speak there before he took the podium – ice skater Scott Hamilton and pro golfer Jack Nicklaus.

     Back at the Obama rally at the Nationwide Arena, President Obama, after he gave his speech, brought Springsteen and Jay-Z back up to the stage (along with the prior speakers as well) for one last wave to crowd  — this as a recorded version of “We Take Care of Our Own” played in the background.  Then it was on to Iowa.

Bruce Springsteen escorted first lady Michelle Obama to the stage in Des Moines, 5 Nov `12.
Bruce Springsteen escorted first lady Michelle Obama to the stage in Des Moines, 5 Nov `12.

Des Moines

     According to a New York Times report, Air Force One arrived at the Des Moines airport at 8:59 p.m. Central Time.  This was to be Obama’s last campaign stop that day before going home to Chicago where he and his family owuld await the election returns.  His motorcade waited on the tarmac at Des Moines since the flight with first lady Michelle Obama arrived about 15 minutes later, when the president got out of his car to greet and hug his wife as she exited the plane.  From there, the motorcade made its way to downtown Des Moines where some 20,000 supporters were waiting in a section of town lit up with floodlights for the event.  At about 9:30 p.m., Bruce Springsteen made his introduction and played ‘The Promised Land.”

     He closed out his 25-minute mix of songs and commentary with “Land of Hope and Dreams,” finishing just before 10 p.m., when he introduced First Lady Michelle Obama to the crowd.  Mrs. Obama thanked the “great state of Iowa” for launching the Obama bid to “change the country four years ago” and not long thereafter, introduced her husband.

Michelle & Barack Obama wave to the crowd in Des Moines, Iowa, Nov. 5, 2012.
Michelle & Barack Obama wave to the crowd in Des Moines, Iowa, Nov. 5, 2012.
     President Obama underscored the fact that it was in Des Moines where his campaign in 2008 really got its start.  He reminisced with the crowd about how his improbable bid back in the winter of 2008, with its upset victory over Hilary Clinton and John Edwards in the Iowa Democratic primary, sent him on his way. 

     The President teared up a bit as he recalled those days, but went on to give a rousing 30-minute speech, telling the crowd, “I‘ve come back to Iowa one more time to ask for your vote,” adding that his campaign would “finish where we started.” 

     Beyond the nostalgia, Iowa was also a key state in the President’s Midwestern campaign strategy.  Victories in Iowa, Wisconsin and Ohio would put the president over the required 270 electoral votes needed for reelection.

     Obama was up by about five points in the state according to most of the Iowa polls, but his campaign was taking nothing for granted.  The Des Moines Register had endorsed him in 2008, but this time the leading Iowa newspaper had sided with Mitt Romney.  After the Iowa stop, the Obama campaign moved on to Chicago where, among other things, the President was scheduled to have a bit of exercise in a traditional election-day pick-up basketball game.

November 6, 2012: Election day edition of the “State Journal” newspaper in Madison, WI showing President Obama greeting Bruce Springsteen at rally a day earlier.
November 6, 2012: Election day edition of the “State Journal” newspaper in Madison, WI showing President Obama greeting Bruce Springsteen at rally a day earlier.


Election Day

     On election day, voter turnout was heavy in a number of states, with polling places extending hours in some cases as long lines had formed.  The ongoing tabulation of results remained close well into the night, with special attention focused on some seven key swing states, Ohio chief among them.  Sometime after 11:15 pm Eastern Time, various news organizations called Ohio and Iowa for President Obama, and not long thereafter, at about 11:30 pm, they began calling the presidential election for Obama.

     The final election results revealed that Obama took 50.96 percent of the popular vote with 65,464,068 votes, while Mitt Romney had 47.31 percent with 60,781,275 votes.  The electoral talley was 332 for Obama and 206 for Romney. 

     In the various election post-mortems of how each candidate had performed, there were analysts who noted the help Obama had received from Hollywood and music industry celebrities.  One post-election piece from Slate writer Ron Rosenbaum suggested that Bruce Springsteen’s appearances, in particular, might have played a key role in swaying undecided souls in key battleground states like Ohio:

…Indeed, in the final days, with Bruce riding around with Obama on Air Force One, it was almost as though he was on the ticket, Obama’s spiritual VP.  Or at least ambassador from Asbury Park….  And the concerts and especially that song [“We Take Care of Our Own”] —the guy knows how to go straight for the heart, like a laser-guided drone.  He knows how to make you feel, for at least an instant, we could all be better than we are.  That’s a talent.

And with the election coming down to the last minutes, the last few votes, it can’t be insignificant that the demographic of attendees drawn to Obama campaign events by all those free Bruce concerts was the heart of the heart of the undecided voter segment that would eventually give Obama the election.  After all, once you consider that Obama won Ohio by fewer than 2 percent, don’t try to tell me the combination of Sandy, Christie, and above all Bruce wasn’t the decider.  In fact the Wall Street Journal post-election analysis of the Ohio vote put Obama’s margin in swing counties in Ohio at 16,176—about the total for a couple of small Bruce concerts…


Bruce Not Alone

2010: President Obama talks with actor George Clooney outside Oval Office. Clooney hosted a Los Angeles fundraiser for the president in May 2012. Photo, Pete Souza/White House
2010: President Obama talks with actor George Clooney outside Oval Office. Clooney hosted a Los Angeles fundraiser for the president in May 2012. Photo, Pete Souza/White House
     But Bruce Springsteen was certainly not alone among high-profile celebrities who helped Obama in his reelection bid. While Springsteen was performing with Obama in November, for example, John Mellencamp was doing the same with Vice President Joe Biden and Jill Biden in Virginia.

     In fact, throughout the 2012 campaign, a number of musicians helped Obama with concerts, rallies, and other support.  In April, the Red Hot Chili Peppers gave a private performance for 1,200 campaign staffers in Cleveland; in July, Alicia Keys headlined a rally for women voters in Philadelphia; and in early October, Stevie Wonder, Katy Perry, Jon Bon Jovi and Jennifer Hudson all performed at a campaign event in Los Angeles.  Dave Matthews performed at an Obama rally in Bristow, Virginia and also in Aurora, Colorado.  In North Carolina, James Taylor undertook an eight-show tour on behalf of Obama, and Pearl Jam’s Eddie Vedder appeared at a $20,000-per-ticket fund-raiser in Tampa, Florida.

Actor Morgan Freeman was among five celebrity donors who each contributed one million dollars to support the Obama campaign.
Actor Morgan Freeman was among five celebrity donors who each contributed one million dollars to support the Obama campaign.
     Beyond the musicians and high-profile endorsers at campaign rallies there was also the matter of campaign money. Lots of celebrities from Hollywood and the broader entertainment industry gave generously to the Obama campaign and related Political Action Committees (PACs). According to a review of federal election documents by OpenSecrets.org, run by the nonpartisan Center for Responsive Politics, more than 200 celebrities donated a total of some $712,000 to Obama’s re-election bid in the 2012 campaign cycle. Among these donors were, for example: Tom Hanks, Magic Johnson, Ben Stiller, Eva Longoria, Will Smith, Scarlett Johansson, Barbara Streisand, Aaron Sorkin, Steven Spielberg, Gwen Stefani, Quentin Tarantino, Melanie Griffith, Quincy Jones, Cameron Crowe, Don Henley, Ellen DeGeneres, Nancy Sinatra, Jack Black, Jamie Foxx, Randy Newman, Jennifer Garner, Leonardo DiCaprio, Robert Downey Jr., Mariska Hargitay, Jamie Lee Curtis, Marlo Thomas, John Legend, Emmylou Harris, Sam Waterston, and others. Another 90 or so celebrities donated to the Democratic National Committee. Five, including Morgan Freeman and Bill Maher, donated $1 million each to Priorities USA Action, a super PAC supporting Obama. Among Hollywood “bundlers” for Obama – those who pull together multiple donations in one bundle – were Jeffrey Katzenberg of DreamWorks Animation, Obama’s top bundler, pulling together some $2.3 million, and Barry and Wendy Meyer of Warner Brothers, bundling $1.9 million.

Music power couple Beyoncé & Jay-Z, shown here at a New Jersey Nets basketball game, hosted a special fundraiser for Obama in New York in Sept 2012.
Music power couple Beyoncé & Jay-Z, shown here at a New Jersey Nets basketball game, hosted a special fundraiser for Obama in New York in Sept 2012.
     Actor George Clooney hosted a fundraiser at his Los Angeles home in May 2012 that Obama attended which raised over $15 million.  In August, the president attended a fundraiser on Long Island, New York hosted by movie mogul Harvey Weinstein, actress Anne Hathaway, Vogue editor Anna Wintour, and filmmaker Aaron Sorkin.  Actresses Julianne Moore and Sarah Jessica Parker also hosted separate fundraisers for the president in 2012.  In September, Jay-Z and Beyoncé hosted a $40,000-per-seat Manhattan fundraiser for the president at Jay-Z’s 40/40 club.  Jay-Z also released a campaign video for Obama in October, and as noted above, campaigned with Bruce Springsteen and the president in Columbus, Ohio.  Other celebrities made pro-Obama videos that circulated on the web, including Will Ferrell, Cher, and Kathy Griffin.  Morgan Freeman narrated a pro-Obama campaign ad.  Still, this is not a full accounting of all the campaign assistance the Obama effort received from actors, musicians, playwrights, professional athletes, and other celebrities.

Actor Jon Voight – known for his roles in films such as “Midnight Cowboy” (1969), “Coming Home” (1978), and “Mission Impossible” (1996) – supported Mitt Romney.
Actor Jon Voight – known for his roles in films such as “Midnight Cowboy” (1969), “Coming Home” (1978), and “Mission Impossible” (1996) – supported Mitt Romney.
     Romney and the Republicans had their share of celebrities too.  Detroit musician Kid Rock performed at Romney rallies and the Romney campaign used Rock’s “Born Free” song as one of its regular campaign anthems for much of 2012.  Randy Owen, the lead singer of the group Alabama, and Johnny Van Zant, frontman for Lynyrd Skynyrd, also endorsed Romney, as did country music star Trace Adkins, who performed at campaign rallies for Romney.  John Elway, former quarterback for the Denver Broncos, endorsed Romney in Colorado a few days before the first debate.  Donnie and Marie Osmond were Romney supporters, as was Gene Simmons of the rock group Kiss.  Actors Jon Voight, Kelsey Grammar, Robert Duvall, Check Norris and Jeff Foxworthy endorsed Romney too, as did Clint Eastwood, famously, at the Republican National Convention. Obama out-raised Romney by nearly 5-to-1 among donors from the “TV/ movies/music” segment.  Cindy Crawford appeared in a video on behalf of Romney, and comedian Dennis Miller and former pro golfer Jack Nicklaus also endorsed the Republican candidate.

     But in terms of celebrity campaign donations, Romney had a relatively small share of the Hollywood/ music industry money pot, receiving some $46,500 from donors including: playwright Neil Simon, Olympic figure skater Kristi Yamaguchi, actor Orson Bean, producer Jerry Bruckheimer, professional football player Peyton Manning, and World Wrestling Entertainment CEO Vince McMahon and his wife, Linda, a Republican candidate herself, then running for the U.S. Senate seat in Connecticut being vacated by retiring Sen. Joe Lieberman.  The McMahons were also among those donating to Restore Our Future, a conservative super PAC backing Romney’s bid.  And the Republican National Committee picked up $78,886 from celebrity donors who included the McMahons, Jerry Bruckheimer, singer Pat Boone, New York Yankee baseball star, Alex Rodriguez, and others.  But over the 2010-2012 election cycle, according to one count, Obama out-raised Romney by nearly a 5-to-1 margin among donors from the “TV/ movies/music” segment, receiving roughly $4.5 million in donations from that group compared to something under $1 million for the Romney campaign.


Springsteen Stood Out

November 6, 2012 election-day edition of the Wilmington,  Delaware “News Journal” newspaper, also ran the Obama-Springsteen photo on its front page.
November 6, 2012 election-day edition of the Wilmington, Delaware “News Journal” newspaper, also ran the Obama-Springsteen photo on its front page.
     But Bruce Springsteen, because of his following in the swing-state and rust-belt Midwest – and also among working-class voters broadly – appears to have played a more-than-normal celebrity role in the final weeks of the 2012 election.  And perhaps for that reason alone, his front-page notice in the Washington Post and a few other newspapers on election day was right on target. 

But Springsteen has also shown himself to be one of the more thoughtful celebrities when he does become involved in political campaigning, not entering the fray lightly.  In 2004, when he decided to take up the cause for John Kerry, he wrote an Op-Ed piece in the New York Times explaining his views on the candidate. And he has also used his website to post longer statements explaining his political views and the backing of particular candidates. But for most of his fans– Democrat, Republican, or Independent – his message is already transparent in his music, which normally conveys a determined, though sometimes angry but usually hopeful, American patriotism.

     For other stories at this website with content related to Bruce Springsteen see, for example: “Steinbeck to Springsteen,” “Springsteen & Reagan,” and “Streets of Philadelphia.”  Additional story choices on politics can be found at the “Politics & Society” category page. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 14 December 2012
Last Update: 20 September 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Barack & Bruce, 2008-2012,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 14, 2012.

____________________________________


Related Books at Amazon.com


Barack Obama’s best-selling book, “Dreams From My Father: A Story of Race and Inheritance,” Click for copy.
Barack Obama’s best-selling book, “Dreams From My Father: A Story of Race and Inheritance,” Click for copy.
“Empire State of Mind: How Jay Z Went From Street Corner to Corner Office,” 336 pp. Click for Amazon.
“Empire State of Mind: How Jay Z Went From Street Corner to Corner Office,” 336 pp. Click for Amazon.
Bruce Springsteen’s “Born to Run,” 2017 paperback, illustrated; Simon & Schuster; 528 pp. Click for copy.
Bruce Springsteen’s “Born to Run,” 2017 paperback, illustrated; Simon & Schuster; 528 pp. Click for copy.



Sources, Links & Additional Information

2021 book by Barack Obama and Bruce Springsteen, “Renegades: Born in the USA,” Crown Books, 326pp. “Two longtime friends share an intimate and urgent conversation about life, music, and their enduring love of America...featuring more than 350 photographs, exclusive bonus content, and never-before-seen archival material.” Click for copy.
2021 book by Barack Obama and Bruce Springsteen, “Renegades: Born in the USA,” Crown Books, 326pp. “Two longtime friends share an intimate and urgent conversation about life, music, and their enduring love of America...featuring more than 350 photographs, exclusive bonus content, and never-before-seen archival material.” Click for copy.
Notice posted on the internet about Jay-Z performing at Obama campaign rally in Columbus, OH, 5 Nov 2012.
Notice posted on the internet about Jay-Z performing at Obama campaign rally in Columbus, OH, 5 Nov 2012.
Rapper and music mogul Jay-Z performing at Obama campaign rally in Columbus, Ohio, 5 November 2012.
Rapper and music mogul Jay-Z performing at Obama campaign rally in Columbus, Ohio, 5 November 2012.
Nov 2012: Poster advertising Obama rally with former President Bill Clinton and musician Dave Matthews.
Nov 2012: Poster advertising Obama rally with former President Bill Clinton and musician Dave Matthews.
Stevie Wonder with President Obama at the White House.  Wonder performed at Obama campaign rallies in 2008 & 2012 and at the president’s 2009 inauguration.
Stevie Wonder with President Obama at the White House. Wonder performed at Obama campaign rallies in 2008 & 2012 and at the president’s 2009 inauguration.
Katy Perry performing at October 2012 Obama rally in Las Vegas wearing her latex “election ballot” dress –  with the Obama-Biden box filled in.
Katy Perry performing at October 2012 Obama rally in Las Vegas wearing her latex “election ballot” dress – with the Obama-Biden box filled in.
John Mellencamp performed at Obama and Vice President Joe Biden campaign rallies in 2008 and 2012.
John Mellencamp performed at Obama and Vice President Joe Biden campaign rallies in 2008 and 2012.
Nov 2012: Bruce Springsteen sharing a joke with audience at Des Moines, Iowa rally about late-night Obama phone calls.
Nov 2012: Bruce Springsteen sharing a joke with audience at Des Moines, Iowa rally about late-night Obama phone calls.
Of his ride on Air Force One with President Obama in Nov 2012, Bruce Springsteen rated the experience as “pretty cool” – here with wife, Patti Scialfa.
Of his ride on Air Force One with President Obama in Nov 2012, Bruce Springsteen rated the experience as “pretty cool” – here with wife, Patti Scialfa.
August 5, 2002: Bruce Springsteen on Time magazine cover with a feature story that includes “an intimate look at how Springsteen turned 9/11 into a message of hope.”
August 5, 2002: Bruce Springsteen on Time magazine cover with a feature story that includes “an intimate look at how Springsteen turned 9/11 into a message of hope.”
October 2004: Presidential candidate John Kerry with Bruce Springsteen at campaign rally in Madison, Wisconsin. Photo, Mike DeVries /Capital Times.
October 2004: Presidential candidate John Kerry with Bruce Springsteen at campaign rally in Madison, Wisconsin. Photo, Mike DeVries /Capital Times.
Lauren Wright’s 2019 book, “Star Power: American Democracy in the Age of the Celebrity Candidate,” Routledge, 148 pp. Click for Amazon.
Lauren Wright’s 2019 book, “Star Power: American Democracy in the Age of the Celebrity Candidate,” Routledge, 148 pp. Click for Amazon.

Associated Press, “Springsteen Endorses Obama for President,”USA Today, April 16, 2008.

John Soeder, “Springsteen Plays New ‘Working on a Dream’ Tune at Obama Rally in Cleveland,” The Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), November 2, 2008.

Eliot Van Buskirk, “Recording Artists’ Eleventh-Hour Campaigns – Mostly for Obama,” Wired.com, November 3, 2008.

“Bruce Springsteen,” Wikipedia.org.

Jennifer Roche, “Inauguration Opening Celebration 2009 -‘We Are One’,” About .com.

Steve Hendrix and Jonathan Mummolo, “Jamming on the Mall for Obama,” Washington Post, January 18, 2009.

Office of the Press Secretary, The White House, “Remarks by the President at Reception for Kennedy Center Honorees,” East Room, The White House, December 6, 2009.

“Kennedy Center Honors: Obama On Bruce Springsteen, 2009,” YouTube.com.

David M. Halbfinger, “In New Jersey, Would-Be Boss Is Big Boss Fan,” New York Times, September 29, 2009.

David M. Halbfinger, “He Ain’t There on Business, Baby, He’s Only There for Fun,” New York Times, September 29, 2009.

Editorial, “Bruce Springsteen, Bring New Jersey Together and Play Gov.-elect Chris Christie’s Inauguration,” The Star-Ledger (Newark, NJ), Saturday, November 7, 2009.

David M. Halbfinger, “Christie’s 123rd Bruce Springsteen Concert Won’t Be at His Inauguration,” New York Times, December 9, 2009.

Stephen C. Webster, “Springsteen Drops Video for Obama 2012 Song: ‘We Take Care of Our Own’, RawStory.comFriday, February 10, 2012.

Gloria Goodale, “As Election 2012 Nears, Hollywood Republicans Are Braving the Limelight,” CSMonitor.com, February 29, 2012.

Amy Bingham, “Celebrity Endorsers: Stars Align Behind Presidential Hopefuls,” ABC News, March 4, 2012.

Joyce Jones, “Jay-Z and Beyoncé to Host Obama Fundraiser; Tickets Cost $40,000 a Pop to Attend the New York City Event,” BET.com, September 12, 2012.

“Bruce Springsteen & Barack Obama: Boss Gets DNC Bump For ‘We Take Care Of Our Own’,” HuffingtonPost.com, September 13, 2012. 

David Corn, “Secret Video: Romney Tells Millionaire Donors What He Really Thinks of Obama Voters,” MotherJones.com, Monday, September 17, 2012.

Matt Donnelly, “Obama Thanks Jay-Z, Praises Beyonce at Exclusive NYC Fundraiser,” Los Angeles Times, September 19, 2012.

Ben Yakas,”We Take Care Of Our Own: Bruce Springsteen To Campaign For Obama,” Gothamist.com, October 13, 2012.

“Bruce Springsteen To Campaign for Obama in Ohio,” NBCNews.com, October 13, 2012.

Brad Knickerbocker, “Bruce Springsteen Rocks Out for Barack Obama,” Christian Science Monitor, October 13, 2012

David Nakamura, “In Ohio, Bill Clinton and Bruce Springsteen Will Lend a Hand to Obama / After a Rocky Month, Campaign Looks To Tap an Infusion of Star Power,” Washington Post, Sunday October 14, 2012, p. A-11.

“Jay-Z Stumps for Obama in New Campaign Clip; President Embodies the ‘Hope of All the People Across the Country’,” Rolling Stone, October 15, 2012.

Steve Knopper, “Rockers Rally to Obama in Campaign’s Final Days; Why Bruce Springsteen, Jay-Z and Other Stars Are Stumping for the President,” Rolling Stone, October 17, 2012.

Bruce Springsteen, “A Message From Bruce,” BruceSpringsteen.net, October 17, 2012.

Helene Cooper, “Springsteen Helps Obama Lure Blue-Collar Votes in Ohio,” New York Times, October 18, 2012.

Associated Press, “Springsteen Explains Why He’s Supporting Obama,” Salon.com, Thursday, October 18, 2012.

Jim Rutenberg, The Caucus, “Springsteen Makes It Official: He’s for Obama,” New York Times, October 18, 2012.

Rosalind S. Helderman, “Bruce Springsteen, Bill Clinton Campaign for Obama at Ohio Rally,” Washington Post, October 18, 2012.

Chris Cillizza, “Bruce Springsteen, Barack Obama and the Fix Endorsement Hierarchy,” Washington Post, October 18, 2012.

Madeline Boardman, “Bruce Springsteen Imitates Obama And Improvises A Campaign Song At Virginia Rally,” HuffingtonPost .com,  October 24, 2012.

William La Jeunesse, “Do Hollywood Endorsements Matter?,” FoxNews.com, October 25, 2012

“Bruce Springsteen Dedicates Song to Jersey Storm Victims at Penn State Gig; Rocker Sings ‘My City of Ruins’ for Asbury Park, Praises First Responders,” Rolling Stone, November 2, 2012.

Reuters & NBC Staff, “Stars Perform to Help Victims of Sandy,” NBCNews.com, Nov. 2, 2012.

James Sullivan, “Springsteen Leads Stars in Sandy Benefit,”Rolling Stone, November 3, 2012.

“NBC Hurricane Sandy Telethon Raises $23 Million; All-star Benefit Scores Big for Red Cross Disaster Relief,” Rolling Stone, November 5, 2012

“‘The Boss’ Joins the President in Wisconsin” Chicago Tribune (video), November 5, 2012.

Michael Leland, “The President and The Boss in Wisconsin,” Wisconsin Public Radio, November 5, 2012.

John Nichols, “Today Comes the Referendum: Will We ‘Take Care of Our Own’?” The Nation.com, November 5, 2012.

Rachel Weiner, “Springsteen and Obama Discussed Sandy on Flight,” Washington Post, November 5, 2012.

David Sarasohn, “Barack Obama’s Presidential Power — Mobilizing The Boss…” The Oregonian, November 6, 2012.

David Nakamura and Rachel Weiner, “The Boss Sings His Support,” Election 2012, Washington Post, November 6, 2012, p. A-4.

David Nakamura, “A Nostalgic Obama Returns to Iowa for The End of His Last Campaign,” Washington Post, November 6, 2012, p. A-7.

Associated Press, “Now ‘Friends,’ Christie & Springsteen Hug; NJ’s Governor Meets NJ’s Favorite Son as Both Pledge to Help Repair the Garden State,” NBC Philadelphia.com, Tuesday, November 6, 2012.

“Springsteen and Christie Are Total BFFs Now, Thanks to Sandy,” MSN.com, Nov. 6, 2012.

“Newspaper Front Pages Have One Message On Election Day,”HuffingtonPost.com, Nov. 6, 2012.

Ron Rosenbaum, “How Bruce Springsteen Elected Barack Obama,” Slate.com, Friday, November 9, 2012.

“Wrecking Ball” (Bruce Springsteen album), Wikipedia.org.

Bruce Springsteen (Op-Ed),”Chords for Change” New York Times, August 5, 2004.

“Newspaper Articles,” The Bruce Spring- steen Special Collection, Monmouth University, West Long Branch, New Jersey.

Bruce Springsteen Website.

Cavan Sieczkowski, “Republican Hollywood: Celebrities Who May Vote For Mitt Romney In November Election,”HuffingtonPost .com,  September 5, 2012.

“Bruce’s Speech From Madison, WI,” Bruce Springsteen.net, November 5, 2012.

Matt Orel, “Bruce Joins President Obama and Jay Z in Ohio,” BruceSpringsteen.net, November 5, 2012.

Tom Nettleton, “Bruce Joins President & Mrs. Obama in Iowa,” BruceSpringsteen.net, November 5, 2012.

Henry J. Gomez, “Obama Rallies with Springsteen and Jay-Z in Columbus, Calls out Republicans for ‘Cynicism’.” Plain Dealer (Cleveland, Ohio), November 5, 2012

Joe Hallett and Joe Vardon, “Candidates Give Celebrity-Studded Farewells to Columbus,” The Columbus Dispatch (Columbus, Ohio), Monday, November 5, 2012.

Deirdre Shesgreen, “Obama Columbus Rally: ‘Inspirational’,” Cincinnati.com, November 5, 2012.

Helene Cooper, “Campaign Diary: Candidates Spending Final Day in Swing States,” New York Times, November 5, 2012.

Brent Johnson, “Bruce Springsteen Joins Obama on Final Campaign Day,” The Star-Ledger, November 5, 2012.

Ali Weinberg, “Obama, Springsteen Wrap Up Wisconsin Campaign,” NBCNews.com, November 5, 2012.

Jim Kuhnhenn, Associated Press, “Obama Lines Up Stevie Wonder, Lady Gaga, Billie Jean King, Jay-Z & More In Campaign’s Final Days,” HuffingtonPost.com, November 5, 2012.

Zack O’Malley Greenburg, “Jay-Z, Barack Obama, Mitt Romney And The Politics Of Music,” Forbes.com, November 5, 2012.

“Bruce Springsteen For Obama: ‘Let’s Go To Work’ – In an Eloquent Speech, He Says the Election Decides the Difference Between the American Dream and American Reality,” Salon.com, Tuesday, November 6, 2012.

Helene Cooper, “A Bit of Quiet Optimism, and Some Superstition, Before a Tight Victory,” New York Times, November 6, 2012.

David Dolmage, “President and Michelle Obama, Bruce Springsteen Rally Iowa Voters One Last Time” (photos), West Des Moines Patch, November 6, 2012.

Associated Press, “AP Calls the Presidential Race – State by State,” AP.org, November 7, 2012.

Adam Nagourney and Jim Rutenberg, “Obama’s New Courting of Hollywood Pays Off,” New York Times, May 9, 2012.

Mackenzie Weinger, “Hollywood Stars Open Wallets for Obama,” Politico.com, July 12, 2011.

Anna M. Tinsley, “Stars Shine Again in 2012 Campaigns,” Star-Telegram.com (Ft. Worth, Texas), Monday, October 1, 2012.

Michael Janofsky, Reuters, “Hollywood Votes with its Wallet: Obama Holds 16-1 Advantage in Fund-Raising,” Chicago Tribune.com, October 27, 2012.

“List of Barack Obama Presidential Campaign Endorsements, 2012” (entertainment group), Wikipedia.org.

“Contributions from Celebrities – 2012 Presidential,” OpenSecrets.org, accessed, December 8, 2012.

________________________________


Politics & Celebrity Books at Amazon.com


2016 book, “Liking Ike: Eisenhower, Advertising, and the Rise of Celebrity Politics,” 298 pp.  Click for copy.
2016 book, “Liking Ike: Eisenhower, Advertising, and the Rise of Celebrity Politics,” 298 pp. Click for copy.
2022 book, “Celebrities in American Elections: Case Studies in Celebrity Politics,” 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
2022 book, “Celebrities in American Elections: Case Studies in Celebrity Politics,” 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
2018 book, “Celebrity Influence: Politics, Persuasion, and Issue-Based Advocacy,” Univ. Press, KS; 272 pp. Click for copy.
2018 book, “Celebrity Influence: Politics, Persuasion, and Issue-Based Advocacy,” Univ. Press, KS; 272 pp. Click for copy.





“Microsoft & Too Close”
2012

Screen shot from Microsoft's "Welcome To A More Beautiful Web" TV ad for its Explorer 9 web browser, March 2012.
Screen shot from Microsoft's "Welcome To A More Beautiful Web" TV ad for its Explorer 9 web browser, March 2012.
Screen shot from Microsoft's "Welcome To A More Beautiful Web" TV ad for its Explorer 9 web browser, March 2012.
Screen shot from Microsoft's "Welcome To A More Beautiful Web" TV ad for its Explorer 9 web browser, March 2012.
Another screen shot from Microsoft's March 2012 Explorer TV ad using "Too Close" song clips in its soundtrack. Click photo to view the first version of the ad at YouTube.
Another screen shot from Microsoft's March 2012 Explorer TV ad using "Too Close" song clips in its soundtrack. Click photo to view the first version of the ad at YouTube.

     In March 2012, Microsoft began using a song titled “Too Close” by an unknown British singer-songwriter named Alex Clare to help advertise its Explorer 9 web browser. Microsoft’s ad succeeded in turning heads, providing a “look-at-me” moment courtesy of the song’s powerful sound. But this  wasn’t the first time that Microsoft sought to use pop music to help sell its wares.


Music Player
“Too Close”-Alex Clare
[scroll down for lyrics]


     Nearly 20 years ago, company founder Bill Gates spent millions to use a well-known Rolling Stones song, “Start Me Up,” as a musical theme to kick off the release of Microsoft’s Windows 95 PC software.  But in 2012 when the new Explorer ad was being offered, the stakes were a little bit different.

     In 1995 Microsoft was then the top computer software company in the world and Windows 95 was a much anticipated release.  In 2012, Microsoft was engaged in a battle for browser market share with tough competition coming from Google’s Chrome and Mozilla’s Firefox. 

     Google, in fact, had used the Lady Gaga song, “The Edge of Glory,” to promote its Chrome browser in a well-done and upbeat 2011 TV ad starring Lady Gaga that generated a sizable following.   However, the music Microsoft chose to run with its Explorer ad in 2012 — being from a relatively unknown artist and not a recognized hit — was something of a gamble.

     And perhaps the bigger story here is what the Microsoft ad did for the music and the artist rather than the other way around.  In fact, by some accounting, the one-minute Explorer ad – which aired in at least two variations – did more for the artist than it did for the Explorer browser, sending Clare’s song to the top of the pop music charts.

Alex Clare, singer-songwriter.
Alex Clare, singer-songwriter.
     Alex Clare’s song, “Too Close,” was first released in the U. K. on April 15, 2011.  It was the second single from his debut album, The Lateness of the Hour.  The track, written by Clare, had good pedigree, being produced by Mike Spencer and two electronic/dance music producer/DJs known as “Diplo & Switch” – Diplo being Thomas Pentz, a Philadelphia-based producer, rapper, and songwriter; and Switch being David Taylor, a UK-based songwriter, sound engineer and record producer.

     Still, upon release, Clare’s album struggled for traction and nothing much happened.  But nearly a year later, in March 2012, “Too Close” was selected as the soundtrack to Microsoft’s TV ad.  In March and April, the ad began running.  It aired during prime-time TV broadcasts and also in movie theater spots that ran before feature films such as “The Hunger Games.” 

     Not long thereafter people began making internet queries asking about “that song with the Explorer ad.”  Over the summer, the Explorer ad ran during the Summer Olympics, and into the fall, during the baseball playoffs and early football season.  The ad’s exposure sent Clare’s song soaring on music charts, achieving international recognition in the early weeks of the ad’s airing. 

Cover art for Alex Clare single, “Too Close.” Click for digital.
Cover art for Alex Clare single, “Too Close.” Click for digital.
     On April 15, 2012, one year after its initial release, the single debuted at No. 37 on the U.K. Singles Chart.  In the U.S., the revived song debuted around the same time at No. 68 on the Billboard Hot 100.  By May 16th,  “Too Close” song peaked at No. 4 on the U.K. Singles Chart and its also topped the German charts at No.1.  Sales totaled over 100,000 downloads after the first weeks of release.  By late September 2012, “Too Close” peaked at No. 8 on Billboard chart, remaining on that chart for more than 26 weeks.

     “I’d been nowhere to being on the top 10 on the pop charts,” recalled Clare in one interview after his song had become a hit.  “And then I was flying into Germany and… I had this really weird experience in Berlin of being told, ‘Your record is the number one record in the country’.”

     Music Video.  When “Too Close” was first released in March 2011, before the Explorer ad, it had an earlier associated music video on YouTube.  That video featured Clare singing his song in a chair intermixed with scenes of a Kendo fight between two heavily-padded athletes in black uniforms.  The video takes place in a deserted factory building.

“Too Close”
Alex Clare

You know I’m not one to break promises
I don’t want to hurt you but I need to breathe
At the end of it all, you’re still my best friend
But there’s something inside that I need to release
Which way is right, which way is wrong
How do I say that I need to move on
You know we have is separate way

And it feels like I am just too close to love you
There’s nothing I can really say
I can’t lie no more, I can’t hide no more
Got to be true to myself
And it feels like I am just too close to love you
So I’ll be on my way

You given me more that I can return
Yet there’s so much that you deserve
Nothing to say, nothing to do,
I’ve nothing to give
I must leave without you
You know we have is separate way

And it feels like I am just too close to love you
There’s nothing I can really say
I can’t lie no more, I can’t hide no more
Got to be true to myself
And it feels like I am just too close to love you
So I’ll be on my way
So I’ll be on my way

And it feels like I am just too close to love you
There’s nothing that I can really say
I can’t lie no more, I can’t hide no more
Got to be true to myself
And it feels like I am just too close to love you
So I’ll be on my way

So I’ll be on my way
So I’ll be on my way

Initial viewings of the video, prior to the Explorer ad, found very small numbers.  But two months after the Internet Explorer 9 ad began running, pageviews on the You Tube video jumped to more than 3 million, and by late September 2012, to more than 25 million.  A music discovery app named Shazam – which was used 150 million times by one count to help identify the song by those making queries – also helped push the growth of “Too Close.”

     As for the Explorer ad, it appears that the song choice was the call of Keith Rivers, a Seattle-based film maker who made the decision to use clips from “Too Close” in the ad.  Rivers had come across the song after friend and former “American Idol” contestant Blake Lewis introduced him to Clare’s music shortly before Rivers started working on the Explorer ad project.  Rivers became captivated by Clare’s sound and believed the song would work well in the ad.

     “It was the emotional intensity of Clare’s song coupled with the depth and richness of sound that made film director Keith Rivers feel that ‘Too Close’ was the perfect complement to the visuals and message of the Internet Explorer TV spot…,” according to a Microsoft statement. 

One primary focus of the ad was to “make an emotional connection” with viewers.  Rivers found Clare’s song to be  “filled with uplifting energy and vocals…”

     The style of music heard in “Too Close” is called “dubstep,” and in the case of this particular song, also described as “dub-soul fusion.”  Dubstep is a genre of electronic dance music that originated in South London, England. 

     Allmusic has described the overall sound of dubstep as “tightly coiled productions with overwhelming bass lines and reverberant drum patterns, clipped samples, and occasional vocals.”

     The earliest dubstep releases date back to 1998, and some of the music has verged on darker instrumental treatments.  The genre also uses experimental tracks with  dub remixes of instrumental music.  Clare has described “Too Close” as “an electronic song” with live elements – live drums and live guitars – “a mix of live music and electronic music.”

Alex Clare, without beard, in February 2007 with Amy Winehouse at the Brit Awards in London.
Alex Clare, without beard, in February 2007 with Amy Winehouse at the Brit Awards in London.
     As for the “Too Close” message and lyrics, the song was inspired, according to Clare, by a particular relationship with a close friend that turned romantic. “One thing led to another, but it didn’t really work out and that felt too close,” he says. 

Clare had a brief relationship with the late singer Amy Winehouse in 2006.  They met while he performed and worked as a chef at a bar she frequented, The Hawley Arms in Camden, North London.  They dated for less than a year, and after the romance ended, they remained on good terms.  But Clare has stated that his relationship with Winehouse had nothing to do with “Too Close.”


Cover art for Alex Clare album, “The Lateness of the Hour.”
Cover art for Alex Clare album, “The Lateness of the Hour.”
     Alex Clare was born and raised Southeast London, birthplace to other notable artists, such as H.G. Wells and David Bowie.  Clare grew up listening to his father’s jazz records and was drawn to blues and soul and artists such as Donny Hathaway, Stevie Wonder, and others.  His childhood surroundings, as well as his love for literature, are credited with inspiring some of his songs, but personal relationships and their stories also help fuel his writing.  He has described his music career as kind of an accidental hobby.  “Most of my friends grew up playing in bands because there was literally nothing else to do.  It was just a gig.”  Though Clare took up the trumpet and drums as a youngster, he eventually placed an emphasis on guitar and songwriting, playing open mike nights with original material, and moving toward dubstep and U.K. garage music.

     After his debut album The Lateness of the Hour had faltered in 2011, Clare was dropped by his record label and he then started to re-evaluate his career.  Clare, an orthodox Jew, then went back to school in Israel and generally took a few months off to consider his options.  Then his fortunes changed.  “I got an email from someone at Microsoft asking permission to use [the song].  I said yes, not thinking much more of it.”  Not long thereafter, Universal Republic signed Clare to a new record deal that also brought his Lateness of the Hour album to U.S. audiences.

     In May 2012, an instrumental version of  “TooClose” was used in an advertisement for the U.K. version of the television series Revenge.  The song also appears in the end credits of the Liam Neeson film, Taken 2, released in October 2012.  “Too Close” meanwhile, became a multiplatinum single all over the world, and by October 2012, had sold over 2 million digital downloads in the U.S. alone.

Danny Espinosa of the Washington Nationals baseball team chose “Too Close” for his “entrance music.”
Danny Espinosa of the Washington Nationals baseball team chose “Too Close” for his “entrance music.”
     Ball Park Music.  During the spring and summer of 2012, as the song was being heard more frequently in the U.S., it began to be used by several professional baseball players of Major League teams as their “entrance music” – that is, music clips used as the player comes on the field or comes to bat.  Among players choosing “Too Close” for such entrance mucic were, for example: Zack Cozart of the Cincinnati Reds; Laynce Nix’s of the Philadelphia Phillies; and Danny Espinosa of the Washington Nationals.  Microsoft’s Explorer ad using the song also aired on TV during Major League Baseball’s playoff games in September and October 2012.  A second version of the Explorer ad had also been running since July 2012.  This version of the ad continued to use “Too Close” as its soundtrack, but incorporated some new video sequences, including a clip from The Avengers superhero film produced by Marvel Studios and distributed by Walt Disney Pictures.  That version of the ad is sampled below.


Ad Critique

     As for the content of the Explorer ad, there were a few folks out there paying attention – some offering critiques and at least one website posting a humorous video parody. One web article, appearing under the title, “That IE9 Advert…,” at Rob Dudley.co.uk, investigated some of the quotes used in the ad extolling Explorer 9, such as: “IE9 is fast, lean and modern” –Wired magazine; “IE9 is amazingly fast”–New York Times; “IE9 Smoked the competition”–The Next Web; and others.  The reviewer found a few of those statements to be stretches or taken out of context. 


One reader of the Dudley review, posting under the name “Yup,” offered the following:

…I find this commercial so annoying I had to look it up on the web.  I think mostly it’s due to nothing being shown in the commercial having anything to do with browsers?  I mean Marvel?  The Avengers?  Okay so there’s Vimeo.  But when did Vimeo become the litmus test for having an awesome browser?  It’s not the Crysis of websites, for goodness sake.  Then there’s the background lyrics “I think that I am too close to love you / I can’t lie no more / Got to be true to myself” implying what?  That all the years IE was considered the worst browser because of the security and stability issues was just hubris?  We strayed from the best of IE for Opera, Firefox, and Chrome because of their trendiness?

I don’t know — I’ve used every one of these browsers and Opera is consistently faster and more stable for my needs.  It works no matter whether I’m on my beefy desktop or my 7 year old laptop that struggles along on 1 gig ram.  That said I will always use Firefox when I can because of the add-ons.  I am looking forward to trying IE9 because I’ve heard they’ve really made some improvements, but I don’t appreciate bullshit marketing.

Alex Clare performing with guitar. Photo, Jay Tilles.
Alex Clare performing with guitar. Photo, Jay Tilles.
     Another critic felt that the use of dubstep soundtracks in advertising was trendy and that marketers were rushing to use it to sell just about anything to the dubstep target demographic.  This trend was ill-fated, the critic charged, and the music’s place in pop culture would likely die a quick death.  This particular critic also cited the Explorer ad using “Too Close” as one of those cases “gone wrong” with dubsetp, and that the Explorer ad took its soundtrack “too far.”

     Still, by early November 2012, some internet analysts were reporting that Microsoft’s Explorer browser was gaining market share from Google’s Chrome and Mozilla’s Firefox, with at least part of the reason being the 2012 advertising campaign that used the “Too Close” music.  Alex Clare, in any case, was happy that Microsoft chose his song to run with the ad – probably the one clear winner in the whole enterprise.

     Readers of this story may also find other related stories at this website of interest, including, for example: “Google & Gaga, 2011” (profile of Google’s Chrome browser ad campaign using Lady Gaga, Dan Savage & others); “The iPod Silhouettes, 2000-2011” (Apple’s very successful iPod ad campaign using silhouette dancers); “Start Me Up, 1995” ( Microsoft Windows 95 ad campaign using Rolling Stones music); and “Big Chill Marketing, 1980s-1990s” (how the soundtrack from The Big Chill film changed advertising).  Other story choices can be found at the Annals of Music or Madison Avenue category pages.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you see here, please consider supporting this website with a donation. Thank you. – Jack Doyle 


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 7 November 2012
Last Update: 11 February 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Microsoft & Too Close: 2012,”
PopHistoryDig.com, November 7, 2012.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover art for sheet music for Alex Clare song, "Too Close."
Cover art for sheet music for Alex Clare song, "Too Close."
Another photo of Alex Clare, without beard, in February 2007 escorting Amy Winehouse at the Brit Awards in London, the British equivalent of the Grammy Awards. Winehouse won Best British Female Artist that year.
Another photo of Alex Clare, without beard, in February 2007 escorting Amy Winehouse at the Brit Awards in London, the British equivalent of the Grammy Awards. Winehouse won Best British Female Artist that year.
 

“A More Beautiful Web Is… Internet Explorer TV Commercial,” YouTube.com, March 5, 2012 by internetexplorer.

“Welcome to a More Beautiful Web – 60 Second Internet Explorer Commercial,” YouTube.com, Other version of ad (with Avengers clip), published on July 8, 2012 by internetexplorer.

Andrew Hampp, “Alex Clare Talks Microsoft Ad, Amy Winehouse & Career Re-Start,” Billbaord.com, April 14, 2012.

“The Web Comes to Life With New Internet Explorer Ad Featuring Singer Alex Clare,” Microsoft.com, March 05, 2012.

Alex Clare, Wikipedia.org.

“Alex Clare Sails Into Top 100 Electronic After MS IE 9 Commercial,” MusicMetric. com, May 30, 2012.

Maeve McDermott, “Meet Alex Clare, the Voice Behind ‘Too Close’,” USA Today, July 15,2012.

“Alex Clare Reflects On His Rocky Ride To Success,” CBSLocal.com, July 17, 2012

Bill Lamb, “Top 10 Hot Pop Songs,” About.com , July 31, 2012 (#4).

Kia Makarechi, “Alex Clare & ‘Too Close’: Singer Talks New Fame, Working With Diplo & Dating Amy Winehouse,” HuffingtonPost. com, July 24,2012.

“That IE9 Advert…,” RobDudley.co.uk, August 15, 2012.

Tom Lanham, “Alex Clare Happy with Commercial Success,” SFExaminer.com, August 22, 2012.

Maeve McDermott, “Internet Explorer Ad Gets a Hit for Alex Clare’s Song “Too Close,” Chicago Sun-Times, August 30, 2012

“Discover Alex Clare: The Man Behind That Dubstep Internet Explorer Song,” JustDoHits. com, September 29, 2012.

Steven J. Vaughan-Nichols, “IE Gains in Latest Browser War Results,” ZDNet.com, November 1, 2012.

Chris Matyszczyk, “Microsoft’s IE9 Suffers Vicious Parody Treatment – You’ve Seen That Rather Dynamic Internet Explorer 9 Ad, Haven’t You? The One That’s Pulsating and Powerful? Well, Here’s a Slightly Different Take,” CNet.com, October 6, 2012.

“Internet Explorer 9 Commercial (The Honest Version),” YouTube.com, October 4, 2012, by
wwideinterweb (parody of Explorer TV ad).

“Too Close (Alex Clare song),” Wikipedia.org.

__________________




“What A Wonderful World”
Louis Armstrong:1967-68

Louis Armstrong photo from cover of “Louis Armstrong Gold” CD, issued September 2006. Click for Amazon.
Louis Armstrong photo from cover of “Louis Armstrong Gold” CD, issued September 2006. Click for Amazon.
     In 1967, at the age of 66, jazz master Louis Armstrong recorded a now-famous song titled, “What A Wonderful World.” Armstrong’s very poignant, gravelly-voiced version of this song – brimming with his ebullient character and optimism – is regarded as a classic, and is dearly loved by listeners and music critics alike.

Music Player
“What A Wonderful World”
Louis Armstrong

However, this song, sampled above, had something of an uncertain beginning, as an ABC Records executive was opposed to its release. More on that later. First, some background and context.

By the mid-1960s Louis Armstrong was already a music legend, having been one of the paramount names of American jazz since the 1920s. Known for his trumpet playing, scat singing, and irrepressible smile, Armstrong by the 1960s had compiled a long list of hits, and also some movie credits. In his early years, Armstrong was best known for his virtuosity with the cornet and trumpet, with notable jazz renditions from his early years on his Hot Five and Hot Seven recordings.

“West End Blues” by Louis Armstrong & His Hot Five, Aug 1928 on OKeh label. Click for digital.
“West End Blues” by Louis Armstrong & His Hot Five, Aug 1928 on OKeh label. Click for digital.
A sample from that earlier era can be heard below in his famous and much-praised 1928 hit, entitled “West End Blues”, which also includes a bit of Armstrong scat vocals.

Music Player
“West End Blues”-1928

“West End Blues” was written by King Oliver as a blues song, named for the West End of New Orleans, Louisiana, a popular picnic and entertainment area on Lake Pontchartrain. But it was Armstrong’s version of the song, made a few weeks after Oliver’s, that made it a landmark jazz recording.

In liner notes for the Ken Burns CD, The Definitive Louis Armstrong, jazz historian and music critic Doug Ramsey says of “West End Blues”:

“Mozart, Bartok, or Stravinsky would have been grateful for the inspiration to compose the nine-bar cadenza [Armstrong] improvised to open ‘West End Blues.’ In every element of conception and execution, the recording was a monumental achievement. It gave notice that jazz was capable of artistry at the highest level of human expression.”

In 1928, “West End Blues” also captured a feel for the times — laid back a bit, pre-Great Depression. The song was later inducted into the Grammy Hall of fame in 1974.

Armstrong was considered a jazz innovator who pushed the boundaries of the genre and his craft, later passing the baton to Lester Young, Charlie Parker and others.  Among Armstrong’s hit recordings are:  “Stardust”, “When The Saints Go Marching In,” “Dream a Little Dream of Me,” “Ain’t Misbehavin’,”  “You Rascal You,” and “Stompin’ at the Savoy.”  During his long career he played and sang with some of the most important instrumentalists and vocalists of the time; among them: Bing Crosby, Duke Ellington, Billie Holiday, Fletcher Henderson, Earl Hines, Jimmie Rodgers, Bessie Smith, and perhaps most famously, Ella Fitzgerald.  Armstrong recorded three albums with Fitzgerald.

Louis Armstrong’s “Hello, Dolly!” became No. 1 hit in 1964, upending the Beatles. Click for CD
Louis Armstrong’s “Hello, Dolly!” became No. 1 hit in 1964, upending the Beatles. Click for CD
     But by the mid-1960s, rock ’n roll and groups like the Beatles were all the rage. Old line jazz performers had become somewhat less visible. Yet Armstrong, in the midst of the rock `n roll tsunami, was having something of a renaissance.

In December 1963, at the behest of his manager, Armstrong made a demo recording of “Hello, Dolly!” to promote the stage show which opened in New York in January 1964. Kapp Records released Armstrong’s demo as a commercial single and it became a surprise pop hit reaching No. 1 on the U.S. Billboard Hot 100. He was 63 when “Hello, Dolly!” topped the charts the week of May 9, 1964. 

Armstrong’s “Hello, Dolly,” in fact, ended The Beatles’ streak of three No. 1 hits in a row over 14 consecutive weeks. It also spent nine weeks atop the adult contemporary chart. “Hello Dolly” became a giant hit for Armstrong, followed by a gold-selling album of the same name.

“Hello, Dolly!” also won the Song of the Year Grammy for 1965, and Armstrong received a Grammy for Best Vocal Performance. He would later perform the song in the popular 1969 film, Hello, Dolly!, which starred Barbra Streisand.

Louis Armstrong and Barbra Streisand in a scene from the film version of “Hello, Dolly!” Click for DVD.
Louis Armstrong and Barbra Streisand in a scene from the film version of “Hello, Dolly!” Click for DVD.
     “What A Wonderful World” was a song that came a few years after the success of “Hello, Dolly!” However this song had a somewhat difficult road – both in its recording and finding its audience.

The song was written by Bob Thiele and George David Weiss. Thiele was a record producer, and earlier as head of Impulse Records, he had issued recordings for jazz artists such as John Coltrane, Charles Mingus, Dizzy Gillespie, and others.  Weiss was a songwriter who wrote or co-wrote many songs, including the hit version of “The Lion Sleeps Tonight.” Initially, Thiele and Weiss had pitched “What A Wonderful World” to Tony Bennett, who turned them down. 

Then in the summer of 1967, another producer, Artie Butler, suggested the song might be offered to Louis Armstrong, who was then working on material for a prospective album. Armstrong agreed to do the song and in mid-August 1967, Thiele, Weiss and Butler traveled to Las Vegas where they would meet Armstrong for a late-night recording session.

Louis Armstrong, on the cover of Life magazine in April 1966, where he is quoted saying, “I never did want to be no Big Star.” Click for copy.
Louis Armstrong, on the cover of Life magazine in April 1966, where he is quoted saying, “I never did want to be no Big Star.” Click for copy.

Raucous Session

Armstrong was then appearing in performance at the Tropicana Hotel.  After one of his midnight shows, a recording session was arranged at Bill Porter’s United Studios in Las Vegas.  Armstrong, Theile, Weiss and Butler all met there along with a group of studio engineers and musicians.  By the time they began recording it was around 2 a.m.

However, another person, ABC Records President Larry Newton, had also come to Las Vegas to meet with Armstrong, who had just signed with ABC Records. Newton had come to Las Vegas to have some publicity photos taken of his new star. Newton had high hopes for Armstrong’s music, as “Hello, Dolly!” had stormed the pop charts two years earlier, and Newton expected more of the same.

But Newton was not very excited about the slow-tempo ballad that was “What A Wonderful World.” Newton was opposed to Armstrong doing the song. In fact, he came to the late night recording session and tried to stop it – to the point where he had to be locked out of the studio while the session proceeded.

Music arranger/composer Artie Butler shown at work with Louis Armstrong, Las Vegas, Aug 1967.
Music arranger/composer Artie Butler shown at work with Louis Armstrong, Las Vegas, Aug 1967.
Artie Butler and Louis Armstrong at work in a late-night Las Vegas recording session that was reportedly made easier by Armstrong's good-natured levity.
Artie Butler and Louis Armstrong at work in a late-night Las Vegas recording session that was reportedly made easier by Armstrong's good-natured levity.

Recordings in those days were done “live” – with vocalist, band or orchestra, and any background vocals all recorded at the same time.  A recording session could run through dozens of takes to get everything just right.  Overdubbing was still rare then.  That night in Las Vegas, however, proved to be very challenging as the session was interrupted twice by the sounds of a coming and going Union Pacific freight train near the studio, blowing its horn. And fuming ABC exec Larry Newton was still locked outside the studio, but making his presence known. The session could have gone bad at the point, given all the interruptions and tension with Newton. But according to one account, Armstrong himself lightened the load, by shaking his head at one point and laughing at the craziness involved, with others joining in. The work then proceeded with renewed determination.

Despite the interruptions, Armstrong and group eventually got the song they wanted, finishing their work around 6 a.m. Since the session had run longer than planned the musicians were due extra pay, and Armstrong only accepted the basic scale of $250 to make sure the orchestra members were paid.

Artie Butler, the arranger and composer who was also at the session, is shown in the two photos here at work with Armstrong that night.  Butler, at the invitation of Theile, wrote the arrangement for “A Wonderful World.”  Butler recalls that at the end of the late night session, “we were all starving so we went for breakfast,” during which they exchanged stories about their music and life experiences, and also shared a few jokes.  Butler  adds of that evening and the breakfast session:

…At the end of our breakfast, Louis grabbed me by my shoulders and pulled me over and kissed me on the head and said “Artie its been a real pleasure working with you and a gas laughing with you.  Let’s do more.”

I will never ever forget the few hours I got to spend with Louis Armstrong.  Every time I hear “What A Wonderful World” on the radio or TV it truly brings a warm feeling all over me as I reflect back to that special recording session and breakfast.  These photos were taken at the recording session in Las Vegas … sometime between freight trains.

U.K. single of Louis Armstrong's "What A Wonderful World." Click for MP3 version.
U.K. single of Louis Armstrong's "What A Wonderful World." Click for MP3 version.

 
Song Held Back

Meanwhile, ABC’s Larry Newton – the guy who was locked out of the studio – would have his revenge apparently.  The tapes for the recording of “What A Wonderful World” languished at ABC Records in New York for months, only being released in the U.K. in early 1968 to ABC Records’ partner there, EMI.  “What A Wonderful World” came out there on one of EMI’s record labels named “His Masters Voice” (HMV), as shown in the photo at left.

The song first charted in the U.K. in February 1968 at No. 45, rising to No. 1 by April, staying there for four weeks.  In fact, “What A Wonderful World” became the top-selling UK single in 1968.  Back in the states, ABC’s Larry Newton refused to promote the song, and it reportedly sold only 1,000 copies.

But 1968 in the U.S. was turning out to be a very tumultuous year, with racial and political havoc added to the Vietnam War.  It was also a presidential election year.  Martin Luther King, Jr. and Robert Kennedy were both assassinated that spring and summer, and there was growing civil and racial unrest with urban riots and Viet Nam War protests.Some thought Armstrong’s song could be a positive antidote for the troubled world of 1968.  In the midst of all this, songwriters Thiele and Weiss saw Armstrong as “the perfect ambassador to restore race relations” during America’s tumultuous summer.  Yet since the 1950s, Armstrong had been charged by some as being an “Uncle Tom,” catering to white America with his music.  But Armstrong’s appeal at the time extended to all races, and the hope was that a 66-year-old singing a tune of goodwill on the airwaves might make a difference.  Armstrong also felt the song needed to be heard in the country to promote a sense of hope and optimism.  He loved the song and performed it everywhere, including numerous television appearances, and its popularity began to grow.  At one performance, he reportedly introduced the song with this explanation:

“Some of you young folks been saying to me: ‘Hey, Pops – what do you mean, what a wonderful world? How about all them wars all over the place, you call them wonderful?’ …But how about listening to old Pops for a minute?  Seems to me it ain’t the world that’s so bad but what we’re doing to it, and all I’m saying is: see what a wonderful world it would be if only we’d give it a chance.  Love, baby, love.  That’s the secret…”

     In October 1968, EMI forced ABC to release a U.S. album with the recording, but like the original single, it was never promoted for radio or retail, and did not do well.  After Armstrong passed away in July 1971, dying of heart failure at the age of 69, the record was re-released and enjoyed modest success.  But it wasn’t until 1988, more than 20 years after its first recording, that the song found a bigger audience and grew in stature.

 

Movie poster for 1987-88 “Good Morning, Vietnam” film. Click for DVD.
Movie poster for 1987-88 “Good Morning, Vietnam” film. Click for DVD.
“Good Morning, Vietnam”

In Hollywood, director Barry Levinson was then working on Good Morning, Vietnam, a film that would star Robin Williams as Airman Second Class Adrian Cronauer, a military disc jockey who comes to work for the Armed Forces Radio Service in Saigon during the war. Levinson needed a song to use as a musical backdrop for a montage of Vietnam War images. He considered dozens of songs, but when he heard Armstrong’s version of “What A Wonderful World,” he found it to be the perfect choice for the counterpoint he had in mind. The poignant lyrics and Armstrong’s gravelly voice stood in stark contrast to the images of war Levinson would screen, a paradox of sight and sound – not exactly the imagery Thiele, Weiss, and Armstrong had in mind at the song’s creation. Still, the music made its political points in the film, but the song also struck an emotional chord with audiences. 

As a result of this exposure, Armstrong’s 20 year-old recording of “What A Wonderful World” was re-released as a single, hitting No. 32 on the Billboard chart in February 1988. In Australia, the single charted at No. 1 for a brief period in late June 1988.

French single of “What a Wonderful World” from movie. Click for soundtrack.
French single of “What a Wonderful World” from movie. Click for soundtrack.
     Since then, the song has also found its way into other film and television uses. In 1989, Armstrong’s version of “What a Wonderful World” was used as a theme song for the opening credits of the first five episodes of the ABC-TV show Family Matters. And according to Thiele and Weiss credits listed at the Internet Movie Database, the song has also been used variously in at least 50 other TV shows and films.

In 1999, Armstrong’s recording of “What A Wonderful World” was inducted in the Grammy Hall of Fame.  In December 2011, a BBC promotion celebrating its many years of Natural History on BBC with David Attenborough, offered a collage of footage from Attenborough’s  shows as his spoken-word recording of “What a Wonderful World” ran behind it.

 

Louis Armstrong, performing.
Louis Armstrong, performing.
Fan Favorite

To this day, Armstrong’s version of “What A Wonderful World” remains a popular fan favorite.  Although regarded by some critics as overly sentimental, an internet query using the song’s title plus “my favorite song” on any of the search engines will usually yield postings from folks who have kind things to say about the song.  Family historians crafting slide shows and video remembrances use the song in their home-made soundtracks.  It’s also popular at weddings, especially for the father-daughter dance.  And it is valued generally for its upbeat and optimistic outlook.  In 2012, Neil McCormick, chief rock music critic at The Telegraph in London, writing about the song in a piece entitled “What Is the Happiest Song of All Time?,” had this say:

“…My vote, although it seems almost too obvious, would go to ‘What A Wonderful World,’ performed by Louis Armstrong.  It’s got a beautiful rolling melody, and simple, life-affirming lyrics, but what makes it so powerful is Armstrong’s vocal, which is not smug or avuncular, his voice is so old and cracked that it contains a sense of loss within it, the bittersweet tinge of a man looking back, who has already lived a long life and is acutely aware of how precious it is.  So, curiously, it seems to me there is an almost invisible shadow of melancholia in the song that actually magnifies its happiness.  You can put that song on in any context, and people stop and smile.”

What A Wonderful World
Geo. D. Weiss & Robert Thiele

I see trees of green, red roses too
I see them bloom, for me and you
And I think to myself, what a wonderful world.

I see skies of blue, and clouds of white
The bright blessed day, the dark sacred night
And I think to myself, what a wonderful world.

The colors of the rainbow, so pretty in the sky
Are also on the faces, of people going by
I see friends shaking hands saying, ‘how do you do’
They’re really saying, ‘I love you.’

I hear babies cry, I watch them grow
They’ll learn much more, than I’ll never know
And I think to myself, what a wonderful world

Yes I think to myself, what a wonderful world.
Oh yeah…

Armstrong himself stated in the late 1960s that he recalled “three generations” of children he watched growing up in his own Corona/Queens, NY neighborhood where he lived with his wife Lucille for 28 years — part of his own “life reservoir” that he brought to the song.

Add to that the “slings and arrows” suffered by a black man in America over decades during segregation and the civil rights struggle, and Armstrong’s singing of this song takes on even more depth. 

Of course, every listener brings their own life experience to the song. Yet it is Armstrong’s rendition that provides the powerful starting point. And given the song’s simple yet enduring sentiments, it is likely one that will live for the ages.

Throughout his career, and after his passing, Louis Armstrong  was recognized for his musical contributions.  In 1972,  he was posthumously awarded the Grammy Lifetime Achievement Award by the Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences – issued to performers who have made creative contributions of outstanding artistic significance to the field of recording.  In 2002, his Hot Five and Hot Seven recordings from 1925–1928 were selected for the National Recording Registry at the Library of Congress.

Statue of Louis Armstrong near the Mahalia Jackson Theater in Louis Armstrong Park, New Orleans.
Statue of Louis Armstrong near the Mahalia Jackson Theater in Louis Armstrong Park, New Orleans.
     At least ten of Armstrong’s recordings – some performed with other artists such as Bessie Smith, Earl Hines and Ella Fitzgerald – have been inducted into the Grammy Hall of Fame. This class of Grammys, established in 1973, honors recordings that are at least twenty-five years old and have “qualitative or historical significance.”  In 2001, at the centennial of his birth, New Orleans renamed its airport in his honor, the Louis Armstrong International Airport.

For additional stories on the history of music and its impact on culture, see the “Annals of Music” page, or visit the Home page for other choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 7 November 2012
Last Update: 6 January 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “What A Wonderful World – Louis Armstrong:
1967-1968,” PopHistoryDig.com, November 7, 2012.

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

A younger Louis Armstrong in his trademark mug.
A younger Louis Armstrong in his trademark mug.
“Louis Armstrong Gold,” issued Sept 2006. Click for CD.
“Louis Armstrong Gold,” issued Sept 2006. Click for CD.
1947: Louis Armstrong and Billie Holiday.
1947: Louis Armstrong and Billie Holiday.
Ricky Riccardi’s 2011 book: “What A Wonderful World: The Magic of Louis Armstrong’s Later Years.” Click for book.
Ricky Riccardi’s 2011 book: “What A Wonderful World: The Magic of Louis Armstrong’s Later Years.” Click for book.

“Louis Armstrong’s Music Has Been Shaping History for Almost 30 Years,” New York Times, January 29, 1950.

John S. Wilson, “Home Town Hails Armstrong; 5,000 at Jazz Fete in New Orleans Cheer Trumpeter,” New York Times, Monday, May 20, 1968.

John S. Wilson, “Louis Armstrong Takes to Horn In His Comeback at the Waldorf,” New York Times, Sunday, March 7, 1971.

Albin Krebs, “Louis Armstrong, Jazz Trumpeter and Singer, Dies in His Home at 71,” New York Times, July 7, 1971, p. 1.

“Music: Last Trumpet for the First Trumpeter,” Time, Monday, July 19, 1971.

Myrna Oliver, “Bob Thiele; Record Label Owner, Producer of Top Jazz Musicians,” Los Angeles Times, February 2, 1996.

Doug Ramsey, Liner Notes, The Definitive Louis Armstrong (CD Booklet), May 2000.

“Hello, Dolly! (song),” Wikipedia.org.

Cecil Van Houten, “What A Wonderful World,” Family Life, September 22, 2011.

“What A Wonderful World,” ArtieButler. com.

“What a Wonderful World,” Wikipedia.org.

“Smashed Hits: How Political is What A Wonderful World?, BBC News Magazine, December 10, 2011.

Neil McCormick, “What Is the Happiest Song of All Time?, The Telegraph, February 1, 2012.

“Louis Armstrong,” Wikiquote.org.

“David Attenborough-Wonderful World – BBC,” YouTube.com.

“What a Wonderful World – Louis Arm- strong,” YouTube.com, sanny6667, Dec. 23, 2010.

John Burnett, “West End Blues,” National Public Radio, NPR.org, August 6, 2000.

“Louis Armstrong, Artist Page,” National Public Radio, NPR.org.

“Louis Armstrong: Biography- Jazz: A Film By Ken Burns,” PBS.org.

“Louis Armstrong,” Wikipedia.org.

William Ruhlmann, “Louis Armstrong, Biog- raphy,” AllMusic.com.

Terry Teachout, Pops: A Life of Louis Armstrong (hardcover), Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2009, 496pp.

K. Smith, “What a Wonderful World: The Drummer’s Difference,” BroadStreetReview. com, September 25, 2011.

Cornell Thomas, “What a Wonderful World…,” PowerofPositivity.net, January 14, 2012.

“Louis Armstrong: What A Wonderful World/Cabaret,” ChartArchive.org.

Carla A. Fellers, “What a Wonderful World: The Rhetoric of the Official and Unoffical in Good Morning Vietnam,”War, Literature & The Arts, pp.232-242.

_____________________________

 

 

“Life Is Beautiful”
2006: Vega 4

2006 single, “Life is Beautiful,” by Vega 4. Click for digital.
2006 single, “Life is Beautiful,” by Vega 4. Click for digital.
     In May-June 2012, a PBS television station in the Washington, D.C. area was using snippets from pop songs in a series of short TV promos to hype its programming.  Whoever was doing the song mixing at the station during that time had a pretty good ear for evocative music.  One selection for the PBS spots used a couple of lines from the 2006 song, “Life is Beautiful,” a song by a U.K. pop group named Vega 4.  More on the group in a moment.

     The snippet used in the PBS spot — which ran behind a series of emotionally-charged video clips from various PBS shows – was offered by a male tenor, singing in part: “We let all these moments pass us by”– followed by a pause, then thunderous, driving, heart-in-your-throat power guitar. The music clip used was out of its whole-song context, but the short segment was still quite effective in the PBS spot, conveying the intellectual curiosity and life-affirming upside of PBS programs.  What follows here is some fuller exploration of that song, sampled later below, and its musicians. Full lyrics for the song also appear later below.

     The group which made this song, Vega 4, apparently was short lived, and is no more, as they reportedly disbanded in 2008.  Originally, the members of Vega 4 came together in 1999 as a four-piece band in London, each coming from a different part of the world, giving the group something of an international flavor.  Johnny McDaid of Northern Ireland was the band’s lead vocalist, guitarist, and songwriter.  He was joined by guitarist Bruce Gainsford of New Zealand; Bryan McLellan of Canada on drums; and Simon Walker of England on bass.  Gavin Fox later joined Vega 4 as the bassist when Walker left the group in December 2006.  Vega 4 signed with Columbia Records in the U.K. and Epic Records in the U.S.  Their first album, Satellites, was released in 2001 followed by several singles during 2002-2006.  Their second album, You and Others of October 2006, which includes “Life is Beautiful,” was produced by Jacknife Lee who had also worked with U2, Snow Patrol, and other groups.  The sound and style of Vega 4 has been described by All Music as “part of the relentlessly polite school of dad rock that flowered in Great Britain after Coldplay,” and also similar to groups such as Snow Patrol, Muse and Travis. In 2011, Johnny McDaid joined Snow Patrol.

The Vega 4 U.K. rock group as of 2006-2007.
The Vega 4 U.K. rock group as of 2006-2007.
     Vega 4 premiered in the U. S. when “Life is Beautiful” was featured as background music on a November 2006 episode of ABC TV’s popular show, Grey’s Anatomy.  The song was also used in an episode of the TV program One Tree Hill, and has since been used in connection with several other TV shows, including Ghost Whisperer, Raising the Bar, and Pushing Daisies.  “Life is Beautiful” was also used in some films and trailers, including:  the 2008 teen comedy Sex Drive, the 2010 hit British film Streetdance, and in trailers during 2011 for My Sister’s Keeper and Disney’s African Cats.  Vega 4 received U.S. media attention while “Life Is Beautiful” was getting radio air play and also when rumors appeared that the group’s guitarist, Bruce Gainsford, was involved in on-again, off-again romance with movie star, Scarlett Johansson.  During 2007, “Life Is Beautiful” had a 12-week run in the Top 40 of the U.S. Adult Contemporary radio charts.  That year, the group also played at the South-by-Southwest (SXSW) festival and completed a U.S. tour that ended in San Diego.

“Life is Beautiful”
Vega 4 – 2006


Life is beautiful
We live until we die

When you run into my arms
we steal a perfect moment
Let the monsters see you smile
let them see you smiling
Do I hold you too tightly?
When will the hurt kick in?

Life is beautiful, but it’s complicated
We barely make it
We don’t need to understand
There are miracles, miracles

Yeah, life is beautiful
Our hearts, they beat and break

When you run away from harm
Will you run back into my arms
Like you did when you were young?
Will you come back to me?
I will hold you tightly
When the hurting kicks in

Life is beautiful, but it’s complicated
We barely make it
We don’t need to understand
There are miracles, miracles

Stand where you are
We let all these moments pass us by

It’s amazing where I’m standing
There’s a lot that we can give
This is ours just for the moment
There’s a lot that we can give

It’s amazing where I’m standing
There’s a lot that we can give
This is ours just for the moment
There’s a lot that we can give

     Vega 4’s album of 2006, You and Others, includes the “Life is Beautiful” track and several others done in a similar vein.

     “We didn’t feel the need to hide behind technology or the urge to create songs that ‘please’ or follow fashion,” explained frontman Johnny McDaid of the album in one interview. “The most important thing is that the songs connect with people. That’s something that can’t be worked at. It just is…” And in the case of “Life is Beautiful,” the song does connect with people.


Music Player
“Life is Beautiful”-Vega 4
2006

     Part all-purpose “life celebration” song, “Life is Beautiful” is also a love song – of parents to children, young lovers in relationships, love of nature – and whatever listeners bring to it. The song also hints of life’s trials and difficulties, in lines such as: “Life is beautiful, but it’s comp- li- ca-ted.” The song also speaks to the beauty of life’s details and everyday occurrences, whether simple hand holding, a sunset, an embrace of a loved one, a child’s innocence, and more. On this score, it’s in the same league, generally, with Louis Armstrong’s “What A Wonderful World.”

     The lyrics in “Life is Beautiful” are simple but full of meaning, as in “our hearts, they beat and break,” or of the struggle amidst the beauty, as in “…we barely make it.”  Yet there is a respect and awe in other lines, such as: “We don’t need to understand,” also expressed in musical emphasis with the drawn-out words in: “There are mir-a-cles, mir-a-cles.”

     The song also appears to suggest just standing still and looking around, as this life really is quite amazing.  Yet “we let all these moments pass us by.”  Somehow, that shouldn’t be, and a remedy is offered at the end the song that appears to be saying that even though all of life’s beauty is “ours just for the moment,” we can and should give back, presumably by sharing the beauty, acknowledging it, teaching it to the next generation. 

     All in all, “Life is Beautiful” is quite a profound little piece of music. Too bad the group that made it is no longer together. On YouTube, meanwhile, a few enterprising videographers have put together their favorite images to run with the song – those of family, children, nature, etc,.

     Additional stories at this website on the use of poignant and powerful music in film scores, for example, include: Samuel Barber’s “Adagio for Strings” in Platoon and other films; Bruce Springsteen and Neil Young songs in the film Philadelphia; Carly Simon’s “Let The River” run in Working Girl; and Bill Conti’s song, “Philadelphia Morning” (and others) used in the first Rocky film. For additional stories on the history of music, artist and song profiles, impacts on culture, etc., see the “Annals of Music” category page, or visit the Home page for other story choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 7 November 2012
Last Update: 5 April 2020
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Life Is Beautiful, 2006: Vega 4,”
PopHistoryDig.com, November 7, 2012.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover of Vega 4 album, "Satellites," 2001. Click for CD.
Cover of Vega 4 album, "Satellites," 2001. Click for CD.
“Life Is Beautiful”(Vega4 song), Wikipedia.org.

“Vega4,” Wikipedia.org.

“Vega 4 Biography,” Yahoo Music.

“Vega 4,” Designer Magazine.

Stewart Mason, review of Vega 4 album, “You and Others,” AllMusic.com, October 2006.

Stewart Mason, “Vega 4 Biography,” AllMusic. com, October 2006.

“Vega 4-Life Is Beautiful,” YouTube.com (with  photo collage, mostly people), 5:51, uploaded by blue90714 on Jun 27, 2009.

“Vega 4 – Life Is Beautiful,” YouTube.com (lots of nature, canyons, sky, etc. ), 6:19.







“21 of 23 Giants”
…Smoke Camels

This full-page newspaper ad – with the New York Giants endorsing  R.J. Reynolds’ Camel cigarette brand – appeared in the New York Times and other papers in early October 1933.
This full-page newspaper ad – with the New York Giants endorsing R.J. Reynolds’ Camel cigarette brand – appeared in the New York Times and other papers in early October 1933.
     In the annals of audacious tobacco advertising, the 1933 newspaper ad at right for Camel cigarettes ranks pretty close to the top.

Indeed, the claims and endorsements made in this ad seem pretty outrageous by today’s standards –stating, for example, that “21 of 23 Giants …smoke Camels.” In other words, an entire sports team – or very nearly that – was used in this ad to endorse the Camel cigarette brand.  And this was no ordinary team, but rather, professional baseball’s Word Series champions that year, the victorious New York Giants.

     Tobacco advertising in the 1930s was in its heyday – and from the 1920s through the 1950s there was little restriction on the over-the-top claims being made about tobacco’s safety or its human health effects.  This ad, in fact, suggested health benefits – i.e., “healthy nerves,” with several endorsing stars making similar statements.

     Baseball players and other sports figures had appeared in tobacco ads before, but in the 1930s their appearance in such ads became more common.  It was also in the 1930s that tobacco companies began depicting medical doctors in ads, touting the safety of cigarettes.  Still, to see an ad like the one shown here, invoking nearly an entire sports team to promote cigarette sales, and making health claims to boot, is pretty striking.  Yet this was a much different era, and health-effects knowledge was not what it is today.

Enlarged section from above ad showing pack of Camel cigarettes.
Enlarged section from above ad showing pack of Camel cigarettes.
     A few years prior to this ad, R. J. Reynolds, the producer of Camels, had fallen to No. 2 among  cigarette brands.  Lucky Strike,  a cigarette brand produced by the American Tobacco Co., was the No. 1. brand.  The competition for cigarette sales and market share had become keen.  It was in 1933 that R. J. Reynolds began using sports stars in its advertising.  Baseball was then the nation’s most popular professional sport, with more than 10 million people attending games annually.  Enlisting the World Series champs to your brand would indeed provide a helpful boost.  In 1933, however,  the Great Depression was ravaging the nation.

     Franklin D. Roosevelt had been elected president in the November 1932 elections, but was not sworn in until March of 1933, then the inaugural custom.  Roosevelt faced an unemployment rate of more than 23 percent, thousands of bank failures, and a GNP that had fallen by more than 30 percent.  FDR would launch his New Deal in the years that followed, with a flurry of actions and new agencies coming in 1933.

The official program for the 1933 World Series, depicting managers Joe Cronin of Washington, left, and Bill Terry of New York, right.
The official program for the 1933 World Series, depicting managers Joe Cronin of Washington, left, and Bill Terry of New York, right.
     Despite the hard times, there was optimism that a “Roosevelt recovery” was on the way.  Congress had also introduced a bill to repeal prohibition, meaning alcohol would flow again, as it did legally by year’s end.  Baseball, meanwhile, continued pretty much as it always had, though adding for the first time that July, an All Star game with the best players from National and American league teams in an annual game against one another.  Then that fall came the 1933 World Series.


1933 World Series

     The 1933 World Series pitted the National League’s Giants against the American League’s Washington Senators, also known as the Washington Nationals.  The Giants had 91 wins and 61 losses in the regular season that year, while the Senators had compiled a 99 – 53 record.  The Senators were the surprise victors of the American League that year, breaking a seven-year hold on winning the pennant by either the New York Yankees or the Philadelphia Athletics.

     The New York Giants’ venerable and long-standing manager, John McGraw, had retired the previous year, with the Giants’ regular first baseman, Bill Terry, taking on the manager’s job.  For the Senators, the equally venerable Walter Johnson, the famous pitcher, had also retired from managing in 1932, as the Senators’ regular shortstop, Joe Cronin, became their manager.  Both Cronin and Terry are shown at right on a game program from the 1933 World Series.  The World Series games that year were carried on NBC and CBS radio.

Oct 5 1933:  Franklin D. Roosevelt prepares to throw ceremonial baseball at Griffith Stadium in Washington, D.C. at Game 3 of the 1933 World Series. Directly right of FDR is Washington manager Joe Cronin and New York manager Bill Terry.  AP photo.
Oct 5 1933: Franklin D. Roosevelt prepares to throw ceremonial baseball at Griffith Stadium in Washington, D.C. at Game 3 of the 1933 World Series. Directly right of FDR is Washington manager Joe Cronin and New York manager Bill Terry. AP photo.
     When the Series moved to Washington, D.C. for Game 3 after the first two games had been played at New York’s Polo Grounds, President Roosevelt threw out the ceremonial first pitch at Griffith Stadium.

Throughout the Series, the Giants’ pitching proved the difference, with Carl Hubbell and Hal Schumacher turning in stellar performances. The Giants took the best–of-seven Series in five games, winning their first championship since 1922.

The final game of the 1933 World Series was played on Saturday, October 7th at Griffith Stadium, with the Giants winning 4-3. Mel Ott hit two home runs that game, the final one coming in the top of the tenth inning, providing the margin for victory. Two days later, the Camel cigarette ad shown above began appearing in newspapers around the country.


The Camel Ad

Enlarged baseball with Camels endorsement from ad above.
Enlarged baseball with Camels endorsement from ad above.
     The main headline in the Camel ad proclaims, “It Takes Healthy Nerves To Win The World Series,” with copy to follow that suggests cigarette smoking provided a beneficial help to the World Series victors.  An enlarged baseball directly left of the headline states, “21 out of 23 Giants – World Champions – Smoke Camels,” suggesting there must be some connection and/or advantage to smoking Camels and winning championship games, especially since nearly the whole team is involved.  A Giants team photo also appears at the top of the ad, followed below by a series of photos of individual Giants’ stars making Camel testimonials.  More on those in a moment.  At the bottom of the ad, is the company’s narrative message, which runs as follows:

Well, the returns are in.  Congratulations to the new World Champions—the Giants!  Rated by the experts as a hopeless contender, this amazing team, playing under inspired leadership, fought successfully through one of the hardest National League races in years. . .and again the under dog, went on to win the World Series.  It takes healthy nerves to play “better baseball than you know how.”  It takes healthy nerves to go on winning day after day through crucial series after series. . .delivering time after time in the pinches.  It means something when you discover that 21 out of 23 Giants smoke Camel cigarettes.  These men, to whom healthy nerves are all-important, have found that Camel’s costlier tobaccos not only taste better, but also they never interfere with training. . .never jangle the nerves.

New York Giants’ players featured in the Oct 1933 Camel ad: Bill Terry top, and from left, ‘Blondy’ Ryan, Hal Schumacher, Carl Hubbell & Mel Ott.
New York Giants’ players featured in the Oct 1933 Camel ad: Bill Terry top, and from left, ‘Blondy’ Ryan, Hal Schumacher, Carl Hubbell & Mel Ott.
     At the center of this ad, below the team photo and the enlarged baseball, photographs of five of the Giants’ players appear, each offering a sentence or two endorsing the Camel brand, beginning with Giants’ player/ manager Bill Terry, shown in the circular photo.  Considered one of the game’s greatest players, Bill Terry (1898-1989), was inducted into the Hall of Fame in 1954. 

     Terry is most remembered for being the last National League player to hit .400, a feat he accomplished in 1930, hitting .401.  The Giants would retire Terry’s uniform No. 3 in 1984, and it is posted today at AT&T Park in San Francisco.  In the Camel ad, Terry, then team manager, is quoted as saying: “Great Team Work and healthy nerves carried us to the top.  A check-up of the team shows that 21 out of 23 of the World Champion Giants smoke Camels.”

Carl Hubbell would become one of the game’s great pitchers.
Carl Hubbell would become one of the game’s great pitchers.
     Next in the sequence of Camel endorsers, comes “Blondy” Ryan. John Collins Ryan (1906-1959) played shortstop in the major leagues from 1930 to 1938, and is remembered primarily for his fielding and excellent play in the 1933 World Series. Ryan was also ninth in MVP voting for the 1933 regular season. In the Camel ad, he is the first player shown on the left offering his testimonial.

“I long ago learned that Camels are the cigarette for me,” says Ryan in the ad. “I like Camels better, and they don’t get on my nerves.” 

Harold “Hal” Schumacher (1910-1993), one of the key Giants’ pitchers through the 1933 season and the World Series, comes next in the Camel ad: “I prefer Camels,” he says. “I am a steady smoker of Camels and they never give me jumpy nerves or a ‘cigarettey’ aftertaste.” Schumacher played with the Giants from 1931 to 1946, compiling a 158-121 win–loss record.  He was also a two-time All Star selection.

     Carl Hubbell (1903-1988), shown in the photo above right, was a valuable left-handed pitcher for the Giants and a key player in their 1933 World Series championship. Hubbell comes next in the Camel ad. “I can’t risk getting ruffled nerves so I smoke Camels,” he is quoted as saying. “I like their mildness and I know they won’t interfere with healthy nerves.” Hubbell played with the Giants from 1928 to 1943, and remained with the team in various capacities for the rest of his life, even after the Giants moved to San Francisco. Hubbell, a nine-time All Star, was twice voted the National League’s Most Valuable Player.  He was inducted into the Hall of Fame in 1947. Hubbell is also remembered for his appearance in the 1934 All-Star Game, when he struck out five of the game’s great hitters in succession – Babe Ruth, Lou Gehrig, Jimmie Foxx, Al Simmons and Joe Cronin – setting a longstanding All-Star Game record for consecutive strikeouts. Hubbell was the first NL player to have his number retired, which is also displayed at AT&T Park.

The New York Giants’ Mel Ott, one of baseball’s greatest hitters.
The New York Giants’ Mel Ott, one of baseball’s greatest hitters.
     Next in the line of five Giants’ players endorsing Camel cigarettes is Mel Ott (1909-1958), the hitting star of the 1933 World Series. In game 1 of that Series, he had four hits, including a two-run home run. In game 5, he drove in the Series-winning run with two outs in the top of the 10th inning, driving a pitch into the center-field bleachers for a home run.  “Jumpy nerves and home runs don’t go together,” Ott is credited with saying in the 1933 Camels ad. “So I stick to my Camels when I get a minute to enjoy a smoke.” Ott played his entire career (1926-1947) with the New York Giants as an outfielder. At 5′ 9″and 170 lbs, he was a surprisingly powerful hitter. He was the first National League player to surpass 500 home runs. In his 22-year career, Ott compiled a .304 batting average with 2,876 hits, 511 home runs, 1,860 runs batted in (RBIs), a .414 on base percentage, and a .533 slugging average.

     Key Celebrities.  Baseball stars such as Mel Ott and Carl Hubbell – and other famous athletes of that era – were among the most publicly-visible and sought-after celebrities of their day.  Broadway and Hollywood also had their share of stars, and these celebrities were also sought for product endorsements, including tobacco, and some of those are covered elsewhere at this website.  Still, the “celebrity factor” in the 1930s wasn’t quite as intense or ubiquitous as it is today, as there was no television, no internet, no “Dancing With Stars” or “American Idol”– and no 24-7 media machine.  In that era, in fact, World Series baseball stars were regarded as top-of-the-line celebrities, considered among the biggest “gets” of their day, prized by marketers. And as admired stars, they were also a key gateway to American youth, who no doubt tried tobacco products because their heroes endorsed them.

Following the 1934 World Series, with the St. Louis Cardinals as champions, a similar Camel advertising pitch was used.
Following the 1934 World Series, with the St. Louis Cardinals as champions, a similar Camel advertising pitch was used.
     St. Louis, Too. In the following year, 1934, the same “World Series baseball team” pitch for Camels was used again by R.J. Reynolds, this time featuring the 1934 St. Louis Cardinals, who won the Series that year. As in the Giant’s ad, the same “21-of-23-players-smoke-Camels” phrase was used, and five St. Louis players made endorsements, including” the famous pitching brothers, “Dizzy” Dean and Paul Dean; Joe “Ducky” Medwick, power hitter; and “Pepper” Martin and “Rip” Collins.

Player Manager Frank Frisch provided the set-up in this ad, also given a by-line as if reporting:

“They sure made it hot for us this year, but the Cardinals came through in great style clear to the end when we needed every ounce of energy to win. We needed it—and we had it. There’s the story in a nutshell. It seems as though the team line up just as well on their smoking habits as they do on the ball field. Here’s our line-up on smoking: 21 out of 23 of the Cardinals prefer Camels.” 

2012 book on the history of the cigarette catastrophe.  Click for copy. See below Sources for other tobacco books.
2012 book on the history of the cigarette catastrophe. Click for copy. See below Sources for other tobacco books.
Pepper Martin added: “I like Camels because when I light one I can actually feel all tiredness slip away.” And Rip Collins claimed: “A Camel has a way of ‘turning on’ my energy. And when I’m tired I notice they help me to snap back quickly.” Dizzy Dean added: “A Camel sure brings back your energy after a hard game or when you’re tired, and Camels never frazzle the nerves.”

     R.J. Reynolds, for its part, was then engaged in a fierce advertising battle with American Tobacco for the top spot of the cigarette market, and its move in the 1930s to use baseball players and other athletes endorsing the Camel cigarette brand, helped the company regain its top-of-the-market position.

The public health establishment, meanwhile, has waged a decades long battle against the evils of tobacco, and in recent years some landmark litigation has uncovered documents that the tobacco industry has long known of the addictive and health-damaging effects of tobacco products. Yet the battle with big tobacco is still ongoing.

     For other stories at this website on athletes and advertising see, for example: “Vines for Camels, 1934-1935” (Ellsworth Vines, tennis star); “Babe Ruth & Tobacco, 1920s-1940s” (Ruth in tobacco ads); “Gifford For Luckies, 1961-1962” (Frank Gifford, football star, in cigarette ad); “Wheaties & Sport, 1930s” (cereal advertising with mostly baseball stars); “Vuitton’s Soccer Stars, June 2010” (celebrity advertising with soccer stars); and, “…Keeps on Ticking, 1950s-1990s” (Timex watch advertising with sports stars).  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 27 October 2012
Last Update: 4 July 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “21 of 23 Giants…Smoke Camels”
PopHistoryDig.com, October 27, 2012.

____________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored  in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Tennis star, Ellsworth Vines, in 1934 Camel cigarette ad. Click for story.
Tennis star, Ellsworth Vines, in 1934 Camel cigarette ad. Click for story.
Football star, Frank Gifford, in early 1960s Lucky Strike cigarette ad. Click for story.
Football star, Frank Gifford, in early 1960s Lucky Strike cigarette ad. Click for story.

“It Takes Healthy Nerves to Win the World Series,” October 1933 New York Times advertisement, Stanford.edu, Page visited, October 2012.

“It Takes Healthy Nerves to Win the World Series,” TobaccoDocuments.org, Page visited, October 2012.

Gene Borio, “Tobacco Timeline: The Twentieth Century 1900-1949–The Rise of the Cigarette,” Tobacco.org.

Leah Lawrence, “Cigarettes Were Once ‘Physician’ Tested, Approved; from the 1930s to the 1950s, ‘Doctors’ Once Lit up the Pages of Cigarette Advertisements,” HemOncToday, March 10, 2009.

Tracie White, “Tobacco-Movie Industry Financial Ties Traced to Hollywood’s Early Years in Stanford/UCSF Study,” Stanford.edu, September 24, 2008.

“Not a Cough in a Carload,” Extensive On-Line Exhibit of Tobacco Ads, Lane Medical Library & Knowledge Management Center, Stanford.edu.

Advertisement, “It Takes Healthy Nerves to Win the World Series,” NewspaperArchive.com, Chester Times (Pennsylvania), October 9, 1933, p. 7.

Advertisement, “It Takes Healthy Nerves to Win the World Series,” Plattsburgh Daily Press (New York), October 9, 1933, p. 8.

“Bill Terry,” Wikipedia.org.

“Hal Schumacher,” Wikipedia.org.

“Carl Hubbell,” Wikipedia.org.

“Mel Ott,” Wikipedia.org.

Advertisement, “21 Out Of 23 St. Louis Cardinals Smoke Camels,” San Jose News, October 11, 1934, p. 3.

Advertisement, “21 Out Of 23 St. Louis Cardinals Smoke Camels, by Frank Fritch,” The Miami Daily News, October 11, 1934, p. 10.

Scott Olstad, “A Brief History Of Cigarette Advertising,” Time, Monday, June 15, 2009.

Fred Stein, Mel Ott: The Little Giant of Baseball, McFarland & Co. Inc., 1999, 240 pp.

Fritz A. Buckallew, A Pitcher’s Moment: Carl Hubbell and the Quest for Baseball Immortality, Forty-Sixth Star Press, 2010, 204 pp.

_________________________________


Tobacco History at Amazon.com


Richard Kluger's book, “...America's Hundred-Year Cigarette War,” won Pulitzer Prize. Click for Amazon.
Richard Kluger's book, “...America's Hundred-Year Cigarette War,” won Pulitzer Prize. Click for Amazon.
Allan Brandt’s 2009 book, “The Cigarette Century,” Pulitzer Prize finalist, Basic Books, Click for Amazon.
Allan Brandt’s 2009 book, “The Cigarette Century,” Pulitzer Prize finalist, Basic Books, Click for Amazon.
Robert Proctor’s 2012 book, “Golden Holocaust,” University of California Press. Click for Amazon.
Robert Proctor’s 2012 book, “Golden Holocaust,” University of California Press. Click for Amazon.




“The Yogi Chronicles”
1940s-2012

Artist Earl Mayan’s cover illustration of NY Yankee catcher Yogi Berra in action for April 20, 1957 'Saturday Evening Post' is based in part on Mayan's sketches of Berra. Click for Yogi's Amazon page.
Artist Earl Mayan’s cover illustration of NY Yankee catcher Yogi Berra in action for April 20, 1957 'Saturday Evening Post' is based in part on Mayan's sketches of Berra. Click for Yogi's Amazon page.
     “Yogi” Berra, the Hall of Fame baseball catcher who played with the New York Yankees during the 1950s and early 1960s, is shown at right on the cover of The Saturday Evening Post magazine – the April 20th, 1957 edition. Berra is shown here in his catcher’s regalia, going for a foul ball. 

     In 1957, baseball and Yogi Berra were both in prime time, also a golden age for large-format magazines; a time when illustration was still a popular cover art style.  In this case, the artist was Earl Mayan, whose rendering features Berra in action, with fans looking on and rival Red Sox players in their dugout also watching. 

     Mayan, who had separately sketched Berra for the illustration and traveled to Boston for a Yankees-Red Sox game, did other Saturday Evening Post covers in that era, as well as work for other magazines.  The Post was then one of the nation’s most widely read weekly magazines, with a circulation then exceeding 2-to-3 million copies per week.

     At the time this cover appeared, the 1957 baseball season was just beginning; only a few games had been played.  Yogi Berra and the Yankees, in any case, were the sports celebrities of their day.  Berra in 1957 was in the prime of his career, having won the Most Valuable Player award in 1954 and 1955.  The Yankees had won the previous year’s World Series, besting the Brooklyn Dodgers in 7 games, with Don Larsen in game six of that series pitching an historic perfect game with Yogi Berra behind the plate.

Yogi Berra, New York Yankee, March 1953.
Yogi Berra, New York Yankee, March 1953.
     What follows here is a story about Yogi Berra; a story about his baseball career and also about how sports celebrity was then taking form in the culture of that era.  For Berra’s story is not only of interest as baseball history, since Yogi, a Hall-of-Famer, became one of the game’s better players who made solid contributions as a hitter, catcher and manager.  It is also a story about what Berra (and his family) did off the field, both during his baseball career and after, parlaying his celebrity into multiple business ventures.  Some of these were fortuitous and had to do with happenstance and luck, with Berra’s sports celebrity seeping into popular culture in a novel way that presented him with even further opportunities. 

Yet Yogi Berra’s celebrity is now in its eighth decade – something of a record in itself – having served him well in sport,  publishing, business and advertising, leaving a distinctive mark both on baseball and the larger culture.

Yogi Berra, Sport magazine, Aug 1951. Click for Yogi Berra page.
Yogi Berra, Sport magazine, Aug 1951. Click for Yogi Berra page.
Yogi Berra, Sport magazine, Oct 1955. Click for Yogi Berra page.
Yogi Berra, Sport magazine, Oct 1955. Click for Yogi Berra page.

     Perhaps most famously, Yogi Berra became known for his comic fracturing of the English language – or what is called “malapropism,” the usually unintentional misuse or distortion of words or phrases, or the wrongful use of similar-sounding words – which in Yogi’s case, led to humorous effect.  During his baseball career and after, Berra would become known for a selection of phrases – such as: “It ain’t over till it’s over” and “It’s déj vu all over again,” or, “When you come to the fork in the road, take it.”  These “Yogi-isms,” as they came to be called – a few with an element of truth to them – have entered the culture as universally recognized phrases and are widely quoted in a veriety of contexts.  In fact, something of a small cottage industry grew up around Yogi’s sayings, as books and advertising helped to make him a “malaprop celebrity” – which would lead to additional advertising opportunities in his later years.  Yogi Berra, it turns out, may have the last laugh in all of this – all the way to the bank.  More on that part of Berra’s career later; first, the baseball.

July 1950: Yankee All-Stars, from left: Phil Rizzuto, Joe DiMaggio, Yogi Berra and Gerry Coleman.
July 1950: Yankee All-Stars, from left: Phil Rizzuto, Joe DiMaggio, Yogi Berra and Gerry Coleman.
     Lawrence Peter “Yogi” Berra was born in the Hill district of St. Louis, Missouri in 1925.  His parents and two older brothers were born in Italy and his father, who worked in a brickyard, had little use for sports.  In the neighborhood, Bera played sandlot baseball, football, and something they called “cartball,” which was a kind of baseball played with bottlecaps and broomsticks.  They also played a lot of soccer.  Berra grew up in that community with another famous baseball player, Joe Garagiola, who years later would become a noted sports announcer.  By age 14, Berra was forced to quit school after the eighth grade and go to work to help his immigrant parents.  He worked for a time as a time on the assemply line at the Johansson Shoe Company and also in a coal yard.  But he also played American Legion baseball, along with Garagiola, and both were brought to the attention of Branch Rickey, then the general manager of the St Louis Cardinals.  Rickey offered Garagiola $500 a week to sign, but Berra was offered half that amount, which he declined.  Berra later signed with the New York Yankees at age 17, and began play with their farm team in Norfolk.  In one game there, Berra showed signs of a prodigious hitting talent, driving in 23 runs in a single game.

1940s: Yogi Berra in his U.S. Navy uniform during WWII.
1940s: Yogi Berra in his U.S. Navy uniform during WWII.
1947 sports card for “Larry” Berra from TipTop Bread.
1947 sports card for “Larry” Berra from TipTop Bread.

     With World War II, Berra joined the Navy, serving in North Africa and Europe. He also trained in 38-foot amphibious vehicles armed with rockets and machine guns.

     Berra, in fact, was part of the D-Day invasion at Normandy on June 6, 1944. His landing craft went to about 300 yards off shore where they fired rockets into suspected machine gun nests. Berra, then 19, also manned one of the boat’s machine guns. For his heroics during the war, Berra earned a Purple Heart, a Distinguished Unit Citation, two battle stars, and a European Theater of Operations ribbon.

     After his discharge, he returned to Yankees’ farm system briefly, during which rival New York Giants manager Mel Ott offered the Yankees $50,000 for Berra’s contract.  They declined, and before long, Berra moved up in the Yankees’ farm system and by the fall of 1946 he joined the Yankees’ Major League team.

1954 Yogi Berra Topps baseball card. Click for Yogi Berra page.
1954 Yogi Berra Topps baseball card. Click for Yogi Berra page.
     Once in the majors, Yogi was not regarded as the best defensive man in the business, and was used in various position, mostly in the outfield.  Then there was also the matter of his looks, with some New York reporters complaining he didn’t fit the expected Yankee pedigree; he didn’t “look like a Yankee” or wasn’t “photogenic enough.” 

     Berra, in fact, was given all manner of offensive nicknames, most in fun but still hurtful to be sure.  One biographer, Carlo DeVito, has written:

“Berra was first tormented by his own team, then later by other teams, and then by the press. … In his first few years he was called ugly, Neanderthal, caveman, gorilla, ape, nature boy, freak, Quasimodo, and many other names.  Worse yet, was his own manager calling him ‘the ape.'”

     Berra’s rejoinder to the malingers would be that good looks had nothing to do with one’s baseball success.  “You don’t hit with your face,” he is known to have said.  And on the field and at the plate, Berra soon proved his mettle.

Yogi Berra and Mickey Mantle with reporters following a game in the 1950s.
Yogi Berra and Mickey Mantle with reporters following a game in the 1950s.
     For ten consecutive seasons, 1949 through 1958, he hit 20 or more home runs a year, with at least 80 or more runs batted in each of those years.  One of Berra’s best years was 1950 – compiling a .322 batting average with 28 home runs and 124 runs batted in (RBIs).  He was named the American League’s most valuable player three times – 1951, 1954, and 1955.  In fact, he received MVP votes almost every year he played, from 1947-61. 

     Between 1949 and 1955, on a team filled with stars such as Mickey Mantle and Joe DiMaggio, it was Yogi Berra who led the Yankees in RBIs for seven consecutive seasons.  He was also a 15-time All-Star selection.  Berra played his entire 19-year career (1946–1965) with the Yankees as catcher, outfielder, and manager.  In 1972, he was elected to the Baseball Hall of Fame.

1960 All Stars: From left, Roger Maris, Yogi Berra, Mickey Mantle, and Moose Skowran.
1960 All Stars: From left, Roger Maris, Yogi Berra, Mickey Mantle, and Moose Skowran.

     Berra was known as something of a free-swinging hitter, going after balls outside of the strike zone – and sometimes hitting them for homers. “If I can see it, I can hit it,” he would say. Pitchers found him almost impossible to strike out.

Despite being tagged a “wild swinger,” Berra didn’t strike out often.  In 1950 he struck out only 12 times in 597 batting appearances.  Paul Richards, former player and manager of the Chicago White Sox and Baltimore Orioles during the 1950s and early 1960s, said of Yogi: “He is the toughest man in baseball in the last three innings.”

Yogi Bera, No. 8, having a few words with Boston Red Sox great, Ted Williams.
Yogi Bera, No. 8, having a few words with Boston Red Sox great, Ted Williams.

     Yogi Berra also became an outstanding catcher, a skill he credits to the coaching of former Yankee great and Hall of Fame catcher, Bill Dickey.

“I was a lousy catcher ’til they got Bill Dickey there [as coach].  Dickey worked me hard.  And, I liked it though, what he did for me. I owe everything to Bill Dickey, I really do.”

Behind the plate Berra went on to set his share of records. He led all American League catchers eight times in games caught and in chances accepted, six times in double plays (a major league record), eight times in putouts, three times in assists, and once in fielding percentage. Berra left the game with the AL record for catcher putouts at 8,723, and also another for 148 consecutive games without an error. 

     Yogi would often talk to the opposing batters in order to distract them.  Hank Aaron tells the story about the 1958 World Series, with Yogi behind the plate.  Yogi kept telling Aaron to “hit with the label up on the bat.”  Finally, Aaron turned and said, “Yogi, I came up here to hit, not to read.”

1956: Yogi Berra & Don Larsen. Click for book.
1956: Yogi Berra & Don Larsen. Click for book.
     Among the more famous games that Berra caught, was the only perfect no-hit game in post-season history—catching Don Larsen in Game 5 of the 1956 World Series against the crosstown Brooklyn Dodgers.  One of the game’s more iconic photos is Berra leaping into the arms of Don Larsen following the final pitch.  In the 1960 World Series, when the underdog Pittsburgh Pirates faced the powerhouse New York Yankees, Berra also was attached to a notable moment in sports history.  With all the sports pundits having forecast an easy Yankee victory over Pittsburgh, the Pirates held their own and battled to the very end, as the series was taken to a surprising 7th game.

1960: Berra at Forbes Field.
1960: Berra at Forbes Field.
     In that famous final game, Berra had hit a 3-run homer in the sixth inning, helping to overcome Pittsburgh’s 4-1 lead as the Yanks then went ahead 5-4, and then 7-4 in the top of the eighth inning.  But Pittsburgh fought back, scoring five runs in the eighth inning, taking a 9-7 lead.  Then the Yankees rallied for two-runs in the top of the ninth, tying the score at 9-9.  But leading off in bottom of the ninth came second baseman Bill Mazeroski, who hit a long drive to left field.  Berra was then playing the outfield, photographed that day watching the ball go over the-ivy covered left field wall at Forbes Field in Pittsburgh.  “Yogi Berra backed up in left field,” read one account of the Mazeroski drive, “then he circled away from the wall, watching the ball go over his head and over the wall.  Then Yogi dropped to his knees in despair and anger.”  The Pirates had won the World Series; their first since 1925.

____________________________________________________________


“Jackie Steals Home”
1955 World Series

 

1955 World Series: Jackie Robinson of the Brooklyn Dodgers charges home plate and catcher Yogi Berra.
1955 World Series: Jackie Robinson of the Brooklyn Dodgers charges home plate and catcher Yogi Berra.
Famous photo of Jackie Robinson stealing home as Yogi Berra applies the tag. Photo, Mark Kauffman. Click for framed print.
Famous photo of Jackie Robinson stealing home as Yogi Berra applies the tag. Photo, Mark Kauffman. Click for framed print.
Umpire signals "safe" as Berra turns. Click for photo.
Umpire signals "safe" as Berra turns. Click for photo.
1955: Jackie Robinson “safe,” says the umpire, as Yogi Berra argues the call. Photo, Grey Villet.
1955: Jackie Robinson “safe,” says the umpire, as Yogi Berra argues the call. Photo, Grey Villet.
1955: Yogi Berra continues to show his displeasure with Robinson call, pressing his case, but to no avail.
1955: Yogi Berra continues to show his displeasure with Robinson call, pressing his case, but to no avail.

     Perhaps one of the most famous baseball plays with Yogi Berra came when he and Jackie Robinson tangled at home plate in September 1955. It was Game No. 1 of the 1955 World Series with the Yankees facing the Brooklyn Dodgers. 

     The afternoon game that September 28th was being played at Yankee Stadium in the Bronx before a crowd of some 63,800 fans. Don Newcombe was the starting pitcher for the Dodgers. Newcombe had won 20 games that year. Whitey Ford, with an 18-7 record that year, was pitching for the Yankees.

     In the early innings, the game had see-sawed back and forth with each side taking the lead.  In the top of the 8th inning, with the Yankees ahead, 6-to-4, Carl Furillo came first to bat.  He singled to center field, followed by Gil Hodges who flied out with Furillo remaining at 1st base.

     Jackie Robinson came next, and reached base on a ground ball error, sending Furillo to 3rd base and Robinson going to 2nd. Next up was Don Zimmer who hit a sacrifice fly, scoring Furillo and advancing Robinson to 3rd base.  There were then two outs.

     Jackie Robinson – known for his base running exploits – suddenly takes off from third base as unwary Yankee catcher Yogi Berra was getting set behind the plate with Dodger pinch hitter, Frank Kellert, coming to hit.  Robinson by then was barreling down the third-base line heading for home, as Berra by now saw him coming and was preparing for action, waiting for the pitch from Whitey Ford. 

     As Berra receives the ball from Ford, Robinson goes into his slide in front of home plate. It’s a very close play.

     The home plate umpire, Bill Summers, calls Robinson safe, and thereupon, Berra jumps up into the umpire’s face complaining about the call. 

     Berra continues in a rage, following the umpire, complaining to no avail as Robinson walks off and the score is recorded at 6-to-5. The Dodgers are now within one run of tying the game.

     In the end, the Yankees would win the game. They had two homers from Joe Collins and one by rookie Elston Howard. Whitey Ford was the winning pitcher, with relief help in the ninth inning from Bob Grim. For the Dodgers that game, Carl Furillo and Duke Snider had homered.

     The Dodgers, however, would win the World Series in Game 7, beating the Yanks, 2-0. For the first time in Series history, an MVP was selected—Johnny Podres, who won Games 3 and 7, pitching two complete games with a shut out in the latter game and posting a series ERA of 1.00. But also long lived in memory from that Series is the controversy over Jackie Robinson’s theft of home.

     Several photographers captured the action of the game that day, including Robinson stealing home.  Grey Villet captured the scene with a series of photographs, two of which are shown here (#’s 4 & 5).  Mark Kauffman, a photographer with Sports Illustrated magazine also captured the scene in the 2nd photo above.

     Brad Mangin, a San Francisco freelance sports photographer who specializes in shooting baseball with clients such as Sports Illustrated and Major League Baseball, rates the Kauffman photo – No. 2 in this sequence – as one of the top all-time World Series photos.  Adds Mangin of the famous Robinson-Berra controversy:

…I have seen the video replay over and over and it is still hard to see if Jackie was safe or out.  The only thing I definitely know about this play is it made a great picture that was captured so beautifully by Mark Kauffman of Sports Illustrated.  One thing that makes this image so special to me is the fact that it is one of the first great telephoto pictures made with a long lens from the field level. Until this time most of the baseball pictures shot during the regular season and World Series with long lenses were made from overhead baskets with Big Bertha cameras.

     Mangin adds that “the great peak action and expression on Jackie’s face, combined with the unique (for the time) low-to-the-ground angle, make this picture special.”

     Yogi Berra, meanwhile, to this day, maintains that Jackie Robinson was “out” at home.

 

*  *  *  *  *

________________________________

 


Yogi Berra hitting a 3-run home run for the New York Yankees against the Pittsburgh Pirates at Forbes Field in the 6th inning of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series. Photo: Neil Leifer / Sports Illustrated.
Yogi Berra hitting a 3-run home run for the New York Yankees against the Pittsburgh Pirates at Forbes Field in the 6th inning of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series. Photo: Neil Leifer / Sports Illustrated.

     Yogi Berra wasn’t a big guy – about 5′-8″ and 185 lbs in his prime – but he played the game with a fierce tenacity and workman’s diligence that won the respect of his opponents and teammates. He had a long and productive career with the Yankees and gave his all on the field. In June 1962, at the age of 37, Berra showed his endurance by catching an entire 22-inning, seven-hour game against the Detroit Tigers.  Berra played on more pennant-winning teams (14), and on more World Series winners (10) than any player in the history of the game.  He was elected to the Hall of Fame in 1972, and his New York Yankee jersey, No. 8, was also retired that year.

October 1963: Yogi Berra, beaming at news that he will manage the Yankees.
October 1963: Yogi Berra, beaming at news that he will manage the Yankees.
     After his playing days, Yogi became a coach and manager.  “Oh, I think I watched the game pretty good,” Berra would say of his baseball smarts and coaching credentials.  “I watched the pitcher.  You see how many catchers are managers today, don’t you?  They know the game.  They know when the pitchers are a little tired…” 

     Berra was hired to manage the Yankees in 1964, and he took them to the World Series, though losing to the Cardinals in seven games. Fired by the Yankees after that World Series, Berra then made a brief return to the field as a player-coach for the New York Mets, playing in just a few games in April-May 1965 before becoming a Mets coach and remaining in that position for the next eight years, including the Mets’ 1969 World Championship season.

In 1972, following the sudden death of Mets manager Gil Hodges, Berra became the Mets manager.  Midway through the following 1973 season, the Mets were mired in last place, but still within striking distance.

Yogi Berra as the New York Mets' first base coach, 1969.
Yogi Berra as the New York Mets' first base coach, 1969.
     In July that year, the Mets trailed the Chicago Cubs by 9½ games in the National League East.  When Berra was quizzed by the press if the season was over for the Mets, Yogi famously replied: “It ain’t over till it’s over.” And indeed, it wasn’t over, as the Mets rallied to win the division title on the final day of the season.

Yogi’s Mets went on to defeat the highly favored Cincinnati Reds’ “Big Red Machine” in five games to capture the National League pennant. In the 1973 World Series that followed, Berra’s Mets had a 3-games-to-2 lead on the Oakland Athletics, but lost games 6 and 7. Berra was fired as Mets manager in August 1975.

     The next year, he rejoined the Yankees as a coach, remaining in that post as the Yankees won three consecutive American League titles as well as the 1977 and 1978 World Series.  He continued as a Yankee coach through 1983, named manager in 1984.

Berra had agreed to stay with the Yankees for 1985 after receiving assurances that he would not be fired, but owner George Steinbrenner fired Berra early in the 1985 season, the message delivered through a third party, creating a rift between the two men.  Indeed, for what must have been a painful time for Berra, who loved the Yankee organization and its players, he did not set foot in Yankeedom for 14 years. 

Yogi Berra with wife Carmen in Mets attire.
Yogi Berra with wife Carmen in Mets attire.

     In 1986, Berra joined the Houston Astros as bench coach, remaining there until 1989.  Berra is one of only six managers to lead both American and National League teams to the World Series.  As a player, coach, or manager, Berra appeared in 21 World Series.

     In Berra’s private life, he married his wife, Carmen, in January 1949. They had three children and lived in Montclair, New Jersey during Berra’s playing days. Two of their sons also played professional sports – Dale played shortstop for the Pittsburgh Pirates, New York Yankees, and Houston Astros, and Tim played pro football for the Baltimore Colts.

Yogi Berra’s life off the field, with his business ventures and through his celebrity, is at least as interesting as his baseball life, and that part of the story is next.

Early Advertising

Brand Berra: Pt. 1

June 1951: Prest-O-Lite ad with Yogi Berra.
June 1951: Prest-O-Lite ad with Yogi Berra.
     In the early 1950s, baseball players were not paid the exorbitant salaries they receive today.  In fact, many ball players, even the stars, worked to supplement their income by taking off-season and part-time jobs or venturing into small businesses.  Yogi Berra worked in the hardware section of a Sears Roebuck store in the off season and also as a head waiter.  And with his best friend on the Yankees, Phil Rizzuto, the two Yankees worked at The American Shop in Newark, New Jersey selling mens clothing during the 1951 off-season.  The two men also bought and ran a bowling alley together in North Jersey.  And Berra, like other popular players, also became involved with advertising and product endorsements.

     Among the first product ads he did was one in the early 1950s for Prest-O-Lite Battery with Berra quoted in as saying, “I Add Water Only 3 Times a Year.”  In his earlier product endorsements, Yogi and other Yankees were often given token gifts such as wrist watches for their appearances rather than payments.  After Yankee traveling secretary Frank Scott learned in the early 1950s that the players weren’t getting paid for their advertising work, he quit his Yankee job and began representing players for contract payment in their endorsement deals.  But Yogi Berra would do o.k. for himself in other endorsement arrangements.

     In 1955, on a golf course in Haworth, New Jersey, Berra met two members of the Oliveri family whose father, Natale Oliveri, had invented the Yoo-Hoo chocolate drink years earlier.  Yogi was soon appearing in print ads for the product.  By February 1956, he was made a vice president at the company.  Yogi took no compensation for the Yoo-Hoo ads, but was advised to take stock in the company instead, which he did.  According to some accounts, Berra also took initiative in suggesting he could do more for the company than merely appear in ads, and helped to bring in other investors.  He also convinced a number of his Yankee teammates to endorse and help advertise the product.  A series of Yogi Berra Yoo-Hoo ads followed through the 1950s, some that also featured Yogi with Mickey Mantle and/or multiple Yankee teammates.  One of the ads at left – “Yoo-Hoo Wants You” – also has Berra pitching to prospective bottlers for the company.  He became, in effect, the face of the franchise during the 1950s.  The impact of Berra’s and the Yankee involvement with the company was almost instant.  Within a few years, You-Hoo became one of the fastest growing soft-drink brands in America.  Berra’s contract with the Yoo-Hoo was slated at one point to run for about 15 years.  The Yoo-Hoo work, in any case, put him in a someting of new spotlight, with his name sometimes appearing in the New York Times business section.  Madison Avenue now knew the name.

Berra salad dressing ad.
Berra salad dressing ad.
     With his Yoo-Hoo business activities, Yogi Berra became one of a new breed of baseball players who were making good money off the field.  The Oliveris, meanwhile, became family friends, even godparents in one case to Dale Berra, Yogi’s youngest son.  But some years later, after the company had been sold a few times, and the quality of drink changed, Berra decided to end his association, also selling his stock.

     In addition to his involvement with Yoo-Hoo, Berra also did a number of other print and/or TV ads during the 1950s and 1960s for an assortment of sponsors, among them: Kraft Foods, Entenmann’s, Stove Top stuffing, Shelby bicycles, White Rock sparkling beverages, Spencer Chemicals, Spalding baseball equipment, Camel cigarettes, Acme Markets, Ballantine beer and others.  In subsequent years, he also did ads for Miller Lite beer, Pepsi-Cola, Jockey underwear and others. 

     One notable advertising success for Berra came in 1960, after he met George Lois, a rising New York advertising man.  Lois was working on advertising for the Quaker Oats Company and its cat food brand, Puss ‘n Boots, and he began developing Berra as a character in the ads.  One of these ads shows a cat “working out” at a gym, jumping over a pummel horse and using a trampoline, after which Yogi and the cat having a “conversation” about the cat’s fitness and diet, extolling the virtues of Puss ‘n Boots cat food.  The ads became a success and won awards for George Lois who went on to develop other famous TV spots, including “I Want My MTV” ads of the 1980s. 

     Berra has also mentioned Frank Scott, one of the first sports agents, who helped book Berra in TV commercials and appearances on programs such as The Phil Silvers Show and The Ed Sullivan Show.  In any case, by the end of the 1960s or so, Yogi Berra was one of the most successful sports celebrity product endorsers around.

Yogi Berra in a 1957 ad about leather products for the Diamond Chemicals Co.
Yogi Berra in a 1957 ad about leather products for the Diamond Chemicals Co.
     Yogi also did ads for some unlikely sponsors.  In 1957, for example, he appeared in a magazine ad for Diamond Chemicals, an ad that pitched the company’s involvement in making the chemicals used in leather processing.  “Lawrence Berra, Esq., Does A Job For Leather,” reads the headline, with the ad’s text explaining that Berra and baseball were very much involved with leather, and so was Diamond Chemicals:

Yogi has a lot to do with leather.  Catches it.  Catches with it.  Hits it.  Wears it.  Even autographs it.  Like most athletes, he couldn’t do without it, since no other substance does certain tough jobs so well.

Notice that Yogi’s pretty fan favors leather, too.  A fashion trend that’s no accident.  The American leather industry has developed new tanning methods, new processes that make leather soft as velvet, pliant as jersey.  You’ll see them in the new fall style – for indoors and out.  Feel good.  Look wonderful.

All of which is pleasing to us at Diamond Alkali, since we are a leading supplier of chemicals to the American leather industry.  Think of Diamond’s “Chemicals you live by” next time you see a baseball
– or a prettily filled leather jacket.

Yogi Berra in 1964 Ballantine Beer ad.
Yogi Berra in 1964 Ballantine Beer ad.
     Ballantine Beer.   In the 1940s, Ballantine Beer became the New York Yankees’ first TV sponsor.  Ballantine Beer ads became part of the scenery at Yankee Stadium.  Sports writer and announcer Mel Allen, became the voice of the Yankees on radio and TV, and he would also plug Ballantine Beer during the play-by-play, calling each Yankee home run a “Ballantine Blast.”  By 1964, when the Ballantine Beer ad at left appeared, Yogi Berra was managing the team.  This ad, which appeared in several forms, features a smiling Yogi Berra and the words, “Catch Yogi and the Yankees on radio and TV.”  Interestingly, by 2012, one version of this ad could be found as a collectible item for sale at online locations such as the New York Times store, where a 36″ x 36″ version of the ad, signed by Berra, was offered for sale in a wood frame.  “Only two available!,”said the description in September 2012.  “When they are sold, they are gone forever!”  The description also explained that the framed ad came with “a certificate of authenticity from Brigandi Coins & Collectibles of New York, a leader in collectibles since 1959.”  The ad also came with “a letter of authenticity from the Berra Family.”  The asking price for the ad at the NYT store site was $6,700.


Publishing

Brand Berra: Pt. 2

Yogi Berra on the cover of Sport magazine, May 1958.
Yogi Berra on the cover of Sport magazine, May 1958.
Yogi Berra & Micky Mantle on the cover of Sport, May 1963.
Yogi Berra & Micky Mantle on the cover of Sport, May 1963.

     During his playing years, there had been a number of magazine covers, articles, and sports books about Yogi Berra the ball player.  These were nothing special or out of the ordinary – that is, nothing special beyond the normal realm of books about popular sports figures that typically appear during their careers.  Among early publications were also a few short, pulp paperbacks such as, Yogi Berra: Baseball Hero (Fawcett, 32pp) by Charles Dexter, and Yogi Berra: The Muscle Man (Barnes, 25pp) by Ben Epstein – both from 1951.  Yogi Berra also received front-cover play from major sporting magazines through the late 1950s and early 1960s.  Two such covers from Sport magazine, for example, are shown here above – one from May 1958 with Berra at bat, and another from May 1963 with he and Micky Mantle on the cover featuring a story by Mantle – “The Yogi Berra I Know.”  There had also been more substantial baseball biographies featuring Berra as well.

The Yogi Berra Story, 1960.
The Yogi Berra Story, 1960.
Yogi Berra book, 1965.
Yogi Berra book, 1965.

     In 1952, Joe Trimble did a book on Yogi, titled, Yogi Berra, which appeared in revised editions through the 1960s – a book which grew to 224 pages for the Grosset Sports Library edition of 1965, shown here second from left, published by Grosset & Dunlap.

     In 1958, Gene Roswell also wrote a substantial book on Berra, published by Julian Messner in New York, The Yogi Berra Story, which also went into multiple printings through the 1960s.  That book is shown here at far left in its 1960 edition.



Yogi’s 1961 autobiography with Ed Fitzgerald. Click for copy.
Yogi’s 1961 autobiography with Ed Fitzgerald. Click for copy.
Then in 1961 came Yogi’s first autobiography under his own name, written with the help of sports writer and editor Ed Fitzgerald.  That book, running more than 230 pages, was published by Doubleday with the title, Yogi: The Autobiography of a Professional Baseball Player.  Ed Fitzgerald had been the former editor of Sport magazine in the 1950s and by 1960 was president of Doubleday’s book division.  Berra was still an active player when the book came out, then in his last few years with the Yankees. 

The New York Times did a story on Berra at an author’s book signing event at a Macy’s department store in New York city.  Berra was photographed behind a stack of books with pen in hand.  However, when he was asked to write the full name of a person for a gift-book salutation with his autograph, he begged off, saying:  “I don’t believe last names should be included in autographs.  That makes it too formal… Anyway, I’m a lousy speller.”  The book, in any case, went though several printings, helping keep Yogi Berra’s name in some prominence among sports celebrities.  He also continued to appear occasionally in sporting magazines.  Berra would retire from active play with the Yankees two years later.


1973-74 edition of “The Wit and Wisdom of Yogi Berra” by Phil Pepe. Click for copy.
1973-74 edition of “The Wit and Wisdom of Yogi Berra” by Phil Pepe. Click for copy.

“Yogi-isms”

Brand Berra: Pt. 3

     By the 1970s, however, a whole new level of Yogi Berra marketing began once his “famous sayings” became part of the mix.  And that episode of his life appears to have begun in earnest in 1973-74 with the publication of The Wit and Wisdom of Yogi Berra by author Phil Pepe, published by Belmont Tower paperbacks.

     Berra’s rising fame on the notoriety of his “Yogi-isms”– as his humorous phrases and malaprops are sometimes called – appears to have begun, according to some sources, in 1947.  In that year, the Yankees had come to play a ball game in Berra’s home town of St. Louis, and on the occasion, the city decided to honor their hometown boy.  Nervous about what he would say in the pre-game ceremony, Yogi asked one of his teammates to draft some short opening remarks, which included the line, “I want to thank all the people who made this day possible.”  But as Yogi recalls, when he rose to speak at the mike, he stated instead: “I wanna‘ thank everybody here for making this night necessary.”  That was the beginning of Yogi’s twisted profundities, as some see it.  However, others note that in 1946, as a minor league player, Yogi was admonished about taking wild swings at the plate and was counseled to “think, think think” about what he was doing up there at bat.  So he did, and promptly struck out, concluding that one could not “think and hit at the same time” – or words to that effect.  In any case, it would be such phrases – and their stories – that began gaining wider and repeated currency in the sporting press and beyond.

A 1954 Spencer Chemicals magazine ad asks: “What’s That You’re Saying, Yogi?”
A 1954 Spencer Chemicals magazine ad asks: “What’s That You’re Saying, Yogi?”
     Another source for the origin of some of the Yogi-isms appears to have been Yogi’s boyhood friend, Joe Garagiola, who after his own distinguished baseball career with the St. Louis Cardinals, moved into the broadcast booth where he told Yogi stories from their boyhood past — stories that went out over the TV and radio airwaves, gaining notice with a wider national audience.  And for any number of the Yogi-isms, the origins are muddy to say the least, with even Yogi admitting, true to form, “I didn’t really say everything I said.”  Yet there is evidence, that Yogi’s utterances were noticed and incorporated into public lore, even in the early 1950s.  One Spencer Chemicals magazine ad from 1954 featuring a smiling Yogi Berra in his catcher’s gear is headlined: “What’s That You’re Saying, Yogi?,” suggesting some generally recognized befuddlement with his observations.  In the early 1960s, referring to Mickey Mantle and Roger Maris repeatedly hitting back to back home runs, he is reported to have remarked, “It’s like déj vu all over again” — which has become one of most often quoted sayings.  And in October 1963, as he was signing his contract to manage the Yankees, a New York Times piece included mention of several of his quips: of the October shadows in Yankee stadium’s left field, Yogi said, “It gets late out there early”;  Of seeing a performance of Tosca in Milan, he observed, “It was pretty good. Even the music was nice.”  And on finding the hypothetical million dollars in the street, he said, “I’d return it if the guy who lost it was poor.”  By 1973, certainly, after his famous pronouncement on the Mets’ pennant chances – “It ain’t over ‘til it’s over” – Yogi Berra had become a well-recognized English language contortionist.

1988 version of Pepe book.
1988 version of Pepe book.
1989 book w/Tom Horton.
1989 book w/Tom Horton.

     Phil Pepe’s The Wit and Wisdom of Yogi Berra, in any case, arrived at an apparently receptive time in the mid-1970s.  Pepe’s book, which blended Berra biography with Berra sayings, did well and went into subsequent printings and cover revisions for many years.  A 1988 version of that book is shown at near right.  The idea of doing books on Yogi Berra wisdom was picked up by other authors as well.  And by the late 1980s, Yogi himself got into the act with his own book, this one in 1989 with Tom Horton and McGraw Hill using one of Yogi’s famous sayings as the title – Yogi: It Ain’t Over… This volume appeared first in hardback followed by a 1990 HarperTorch paperback.  Yogi-isms also circulated beyond Yogi’s own works, of course, found in various books and magazines.  In 1992, for example, Dick Schaap and Mort Gerberg complied Joy in Mudville: The Big Book of Baseball Humor, published by Doubleday, which included a generous selection of Yogi’s phrases.

     LTD Enterprises.  In 1993, Berra’s three sons, Larry, Tim and Dale, and daughter-in-law Betsy, began thinking they needed a special company to take care of their father’s growing publishing and endorsement deals.  Baseball memorabilia was then becoming more of a business opportunity as well.  Yogi Berra was then receiving about 100 letters a week in the mail, most seeking his autograph.  So Berra’s sons – believing they were just as good if not better suited to protecting and promoting their father’s image than commercial agents – decided to form LTD Enterprises to help manage and market Yogi Berra.  They soon created a mail-order business and a Yogi Berra website which now has a Yogi store with baseball memorabilia and links to other sports sites.  Berra also continued to have endorsement and advertising deals, including those with Hardee’s food chain and Pringles potato chips, among others.  More Yogi books followed as well.

     In 1997, came The Yogi Book: I Really Didn’t Say Everything I Said!, with Workman Publishing – a volume that would see a number of printings and new editions through the 2000s.  By early 1999, The Yogi Book had sold some 300,000 copies and had become a best-seller.  Other titles on Yogi-isms – and most with a Yogi Berra by-line – came almost yearly in the 2000s.  In 2001, When You Come to a Fork in the Road, Take It!: Inspiration and Wisdom from One of Baseball’s Greatest Heroes, was published, first as Hyperion hardback, followed in 2002 by a paperback.  In 2003 came, What Time Is It? You Mean Now?: Advice for Life from the Zennest Master of Them All, published by Simon and Schuster.  In 2008, Yogi published with Dave Kaplan, You Can Observe a Lot by Watching: What I’ve Learned About Teamwork From the Yankees and Life with John Wiley & Sons.  In 2010, came another edition of The Yogi Book.

     In recent years, Yogi Berra sayings have popped up in some surprising places, including business newsletters, magazines,  business media, and various websites.  A few financial analysts have taken some of Yogi’s sayings an applied them to investing, including one with a short article entitled, “Yogi Berra’s 7 Secrets to Building Wealth.”  No word, however, if Yogi has associated with or endorsed these.  But even in conversations with his wife, Carmen, Yogi could come up with unexpected quips for sometimes hilarious effect.  In one case, for example, Carmen reportedly asked her husband: “Yogi, you are from St. Louis, we live in New Jersey, and you played ball in New York. If you go before I do, where would you like me to have you buried?” – to which Yogi replied: “Surprise me.”


1998-1999

Yogi’s Museum

Yogi Berra Museum logo.
Yogi Berra Museum logo.
     In their adopted hometown of Montclair, New Jersey, Yogi Berra and family had put down roots since the 1950s.  The Berra boys had gone to school there.  And Yogi was a regular celebrity in local events and played on the local golf links there as well, establishing an annual golf tournament that has raised well over $1 million to benefit special need boy scouts, educational programs, and scholarships.  He also opened a local business there in 1978, with son Tim Berra  — the Yogi Berra Racquetball Club.  However, by the 1990s a bigger idea grew out of Yogi’s connections with Montclair State University.  According to university president, Dr. Irvin D. Reid in remarks to the New York Times:  “One evening [in 1996]…eight of us sat down at a restaurant in town, including Yogi and his wife, Carmen.  We’d been looking at our athletic needs, long term, and I presented to Yogi the concept of building a stadium in recognition of his contributions to athletics in Montclair… At the time this all went forward, the focus was on Yogi, for no other reason that his relationship with the university had been established.  He’s always been our friend, in our golf outing, our fund-raising…”

Yogi Berra Museum & Learning Center, located on Berra Drive in Little Falls, NJ at Montclair State University.
Yogi Berra Museum & Learning Center, located on Berra Drive in Little Falls, NJ at Montclair State University.
     What followed were plans for a 3,500-seat Yogi Berra Stadium to be used by the Montclair State college baseball team and a new minor league baseball team, the New Jersey Jackals.  A Yogi Berra baseball memorabilia museum was also part of the proposal.  It all became part of a $10 million sports complex project in the university’s expansion of its athletic facilities and two ice skating rinks.  The project was jointly funded by the New Jersey Education Facilities Authority and a private company, Floyd Hall Enterprises.  The Yogi Berra Stadium opened for business in time for the Jackals’ inaugural game in May 1998, although some construction was still ongoing.  The Yogi Berra Museum and Learning Center opened in late October 1998.  Among those attending the museum opening were Joe Torre, then manager of the New York Yankees who had just won the World Series, and Boston Red Sox legend and Hall-of-Famer, Ted Williams.

Dec 2009: Yogi Berra pointing out some detail at one of the exhibits at his baseball museum in Little Falls, NJ. Bergen Record photo.
Dec 2009: Yogi Berra pointing out some detail at one of the exhibits at his baseball museum in Little Falls, NJ. Bergen Record photo.
     One 1999 review of the museum shortly after it opened noted that among its displays were exhibits on baseball history, great catchers, how the Yankees adopted New York as a hometown, segregation in baseball, early New York stadiums, baseball during World War II, changes in baseball and major-league milestones, the catcher’s mitt Berra used in Don Larsen’s perfect game in the 1956 World Series, and exhibits on players including Lou Gehrig, Joe DiMaggio, and of course, Yogi Berra.  A film series then running in the museum’s Canon Theater – built with the look of a stadium – included profiles of Joe DiMaggio and of Yogi Berra’s life.  The 1978 and 1998 World Series trophies, on loan from the Museum of the City of New York, were also then on display.  With the Jersey Jackals playing their games at the new stadium next door, the museum proved to have a steady stream of visitors during summer home games.  The Berra museum’s Learning Center also holds conferences and seminars to help teach children about life lessons they can learn through sports.  “We really focus on character,” explained museum director Dave Kaplan in one interview some years later.  “We try to tell Yogi’s life story through examples of how you persevere.  We also teach the importance of respect, humility and how to overcome adversity.”

George Steinbrenner, owner of the New York Yankees, making a statement in an undated photo.
George Steinbrenner, owner of the New York Yankees, making a statement in an undated photo.
     Yankee Apology.  Berra by this time had also patched up his differences with the New York Yankees.  In early January 1999, George Steinbrenner – owner of the New York Yankees, and the source of ill felling between he and Berra after Steinbrenner had sent an emissary to fire Berra from his 1985 Yankee manager’s job – had come to the Yogi Berra Museum where he made a formal apology to Berra for his past mis-handling of the firing.  And with that, the 14-year feud, and Berra’s boycott of the Yankee organization, ended.  On July 18, 1999, Berra was honored with “Yogi Berra Day” at Yankee Stadium – a part of the celebration to mark the return of Berra to the stadium and the Yankee organization.  Pre-game that day, Don Larsen threw the first pitch to Berra, to honor the perfect game from the 1956 World Series.  The following year, Berra would resume his involvement at Yankee spring training sessions in Florida.

Old Friends
Baseball Memories

     One day in June 1999, Yogi Berra, then 74 years old, went to the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York to look at baseball cards. The world-renowned museum is also a repository for a collection of more than 300,000 baseball cards dating from 1887. Every six months or so the museum’s American Wing rotates the display of the cards, offering a new theme or subject or period. Berra had come to visit to see the display on one of his former Yankee teammates, Joe DiMaggio, who had died that March. Among the cards displayed were also images of Honus Wagner, Dizzy Dean and Ty Cobb.Yogi Berra had outlived many of his Yankee team- mates.  But there were seven of DiMaggio.  A New York Times note on Berra’s visit at the museum that day reported, that “Mr. Berra viewed the DiMaggio cards reverently…”.  In the museum display, there was also one card of Berra arrayed with three of his other 1953 teammates: Billy Martin, Phil Rizzuto and Mickey Mantle.  Yogi Berra had outlived many of his Yankee teammates, and his remembrances on seeing old baseball cards like these were no doubt tinged with sadness of his departed friends. Billy Martin died at age 61 in December 1989; Mickey Mantle died at the age of 63 in August 1995; and Joe DiMaggio died at age 84 in March 1999. Phil Rizzuto, also a former business partner to Berra in their early years, would die some years later in August 2007 at age 89. Another former teammate, Elston Howard (MVP 1963), who was the first black player on the Yankees and would replace Berra at catcher, died at age 51 in 1980. Some years later, in February 2005, when Yogi was 79 years old, he came to speak at an exhibit honoring Elston Howard at Westchester County during Black History Month, where Yogi, accompanied by his wife Carmen, became emotional over his old teammate. Berra had written an introduction to a 2001 book on Howard by his wife Arlene Howard titled, Elston and Me: The Story of the First Black Yankee.


     PBS Documentary.  In August 1999, a PBS-TV documentary on Berra’s career, Yogi Berra: Deja Vu All Over Again, was hosted by sportscaster Bob Costas. During the show, Costas and Berra visited Berra’s childhood neighborhood in St. Louis.  Former baseball greats Ted Williams and Jackie Robinson both appeared in segments of the film praising Berra for his “clutch” hitting.One of Yogi’s boyhood friends in the film said that Yogi hadn’t changed and “never went uptown.”  Jeffrey Peisch, the PBS producer-director, observed that during the making of the film he was “really touched seeing Yogi with guys he grew up with.”  He noted that Yogi’s old friends “still called him Lawdie [a nick name from Berra’s mother who could not pronounce Larry].  One told me that Lawdie hadn’t changed; that Lawdie never went uptown.”  Meanwhile, back in the New York city region a few years later, following the unsettling weeks after the 9/11 terrorist attack in 2001, Berra appeared in one of a series of New York TV ads meant to lure tourists back to Manhattan.  In the spot, after conducting the New York Philharmonic in Ravel’s La Valse, Berra turns to the camera in deadpan saying, “Who in the heck is this guy Phil Harmonic?”  Berra also continued to be in demand for commercial TV advertising.


The AFLAC Ad

     In late May 2002, during ESPN’s Sunday Night Baseball game with the New York Yankees and the Boston Red Sox, the AFLAC insurance company debuted a new TV commercial titled “Berra at the Barber.”  The 30- second spot began with Yogi Berra in the barber’s chair getting a haircut while another man waits his turn.  “Not too close,” Yogi says, as the barber clips a bit too close to his ear.

“Whatta ya’ think I got that insurance?,” Yogi says to the barber.  “What insurance is that, Yogi?” asks the waiting customer in the next chair as the AFLAC Duck waddles into the scene, making his trademark AFLAC sqawk.  Yogi then proceeds to answer the question, explaining the insurance plan with a series of Yogi-isms: “The one ya’ really need to have if you don’t have it.  That’s why you need it.” 

Cut to waiting customer asking “Need what?,” as the duck chimes in again with his “AFLAC” phrase while Yogi explains: “Well, if you get hurt and miss work, it won’t hurt to miss work.”  Cut to puzzled customer and befuddled duck.  “And they give ya’ cash,” adds Yogi, “which is just as good as money.”  Cut again to puzzled barber, puzzled customer, and frustrated duck, leaving the shop.

Yogi Berra, between takes, with his co-star.
Yogi Berra, between takes, with his co-star.
     The spot was created by the Kaplan Thaler Group, the inventor of the AFLAC Duck series.  The Berra ad marked the first time a celebrity had ever appeared in an AFLAC commercial.  It was the tenth ad in the Duck series, which had boosted AFLAC sales by some 65% since the ads first appeared in 2000-2001.  With Yogi in the mix, AFLAC was hoping for added benefit.  “Yogi Berra is as famous for what he says as for all of the amazing things he has done in his career,” said Linda Kaplan Thaler, CEO of the ad group, at the ad’s release.  “We were thrilled when Yogi agreed to accompany our feathered friend in this newest commercial.  Here’s our AFLAC Duck, who is desperately trying to be heard, with the man who is legendary for what he says.  It’s a perfect fit.”  In the ad, Yogi succeeds at perplexing the duck and making the message stick in a novel way. It became one of that year’s more popular ads, also burnishing Berra’s everyman image.  “That Aflac commercial speaks to who Yogi is, a regular guy in a barber’s chair,” offered Dave Kaplan, director of the Yogi Berra Museum.  “I think people connect to that…”  AFLAC was then spending in the neighborhood of $70 million annually for major media advertising, so it’s likely Yogi Berra was well compensated for his time at the barber shop.

Yogi’s image at new Yankee stadium.
Yogi’s image at new Yankee stadium.
     “Sex-and-The-City” Ad.   Although he has had a long career in advertising, when it comes to advertising that uses his name in a not-so-family-friendly way, Yogi draws the line.  In 2005, he filed a $10 million lawsuit against Turner Broadcasting for using his name without his permission in an advertisement for Sex and the City TV reruns.  The advertisement asked people to define the word “Yogasm,”with one of the multiple choice answers being “sex with Yogi Berra.”  Berra objected, saying he was an 80-year-old “married man and has children and grandchildren.”  An out-of-court settlement was reached for an undisclosed amount.

     Elsewhere, however, the Berra legend and image continued to be lauded, especially in Yankee land.  At the July 2008 All-Star Game at Yankee Stadium, Berra had the honor of being the last of the 49 Hall of Famers in attendance to be announced.  The hometown favorite received the loudest standing ovation of the group.  During 2008, Berra also appeared at the closing ceremonies for the old Yankee Stadium and the New York Mets’ Shea Stadium.  And in the new stadiums that emerged in their place for each team, Yogi Berra’s image appeared in displays. 

     At the Mets’ new home at Citi Field Stadium, Berra appears in a photograph on a video board reaching to tag Jackie Robinson as he stole home in the 1955 World Series.  At the new Yankee stadium too, Berra appears in a large wall-size version of the iconic photo of he and Don Larsen embracing at the famous 1956 World Series perfect game.  He is also on view in the new Yankee Stadium museum, in statue form, catching a pitch from Larsen.

2008: Carlo DeVito’s “life & times” of Yogi. Click for copy.
2008: Carlo DeVito’s “life & times” of Yogi. Click for copy.
2009: “...Eternal Yankee” by Allen Barra. Click for copy.
2009: “...Eternal Yankee” by Allen Barra. Click for copy.

     During the 2000s, there were also more books about, or written by, Yogi Berra. In 2003, with Dave Kaplan, Berra published Ten Rings: My Championship Seasons. In 2004 came, Yogi Berra’s Favorite Baseball Radio Shows, by Mike Stewart and Mike Kennedy. And in 2006 under Yogi’s name came Let’s Go, Yankees! 

In the latter half of the decade, two more biographies appeared – one in 2008 by Carlo DeVito, titled, Yogi: The Life and Times of an American Original, published in hardcover by Triumph Books, and another in March 2009 by Allen Barra titled, Yogi Berra: Eternal Yankee. But wait, there’s still more.

2010

The iXP Deal

2010: Yogi Berra, a trusted sports legend, called upon to help to sell public safety & security services for the iXP Corporation.
2010: Yogi Berra, a trusted sports legend, called upon to help to sell public safety & security services for the iXP Corporation.
     In May 2010, Berra’s LTD Enterprises made a 3-year advertising deal with iXP Corporation, a consulting firm that specializes in helping public safety and security organizations with emergency-response systems.  The budget for the campaign over three years was estimated at between $6 million and $9 million, depending on the types of ads and where they ran, with Berra and LTD paid some undisclosed amount.

     The ads feature photos of Berra accompanied by one or more of his Yogi-isms which fit a theme being touted in the particular ad.  Some of the sayings have been quoted for many years, while others have been written for the campaign.  The idea the campaign sought to convey generally was that iXP was a consistent, reliable and trustworthy performer — just as Hall-of-Famer Yogi Berra was, with decades of baseball achievement under his belt.  The  campaign was crafted by Stimulus Brand Communications of Ewing, N.J.  There was also a separate PR effort by Ink Media of New York to promote the ad campaign.  As of May 2010, the ads had appeared on billboards, at airports, and on the iXP website.  Additional print advertising and possible TV spots were also in the offing.

     William E. Metro, president and chief operating officer at iXP in Cranbury, N.J. explained to New York Times writer, Stuart Elliott, that many of his company’s potential clients were in law enforcement, and so they couldn’t pick just any celebrity.  They needed someone who was “squeaky clean” and someone their clients could relate to.  Law enforcement officials, mayors, city managers and fire chiefs, Metro explained , were experienced individuals and often middle-aged.Madison Avenue puts Yogi Berra in a special category of sports star endorsers – trusted and established older stars who are less risky than younger super- stars.  Older, former professional athletes are a known quantity to them.  And with someone like Berra, who evokes the feelings of the good old days, that was an added plus.  Madison Avenue types, in fact, put Yogi Berra in a special category of sports-star endorsers – in league with baseball’s Cal Ripken Jr., football’s Joe Montana, or golfers like Jack Nicklaus and Arnold Palmer – trusted and established older stars who are less risky than younger superstars capable of unexpected scandal or controversy, as occurred a few years ago with Tiger Woods.  Although Berra might be expensive, using him in the iXP campaign was also a way “to get immediate name recognition,”said Metro.  In making their choice iXP “immediately gravitated to Yogi’s character: he’s humble, he’s self-effacing and he was a team leader; as catcher, he controlled the game,” said Metro.  iXP, as a personal-services organization, needed to build a level of trust and confidence with their clients, Metro explained – “to get them to put their riskiest operations into our hands,” he said.  “They have to know we’re serious from the beginning.”

     And as part of the iXP campaign, they would also integrate Berra’s famous sayings into the ads.  Many of the Yogi-isms fit messages that iXP wanted to get out, Metro explained.  One example was Berra’s, “the future ain’t what it used to be” – which fit a changing approach to public safety because of new terrorism threats.  “A nickel ain’t worth a dime anymore,” works for iXP as well, said Metro, since municipal governments are trying to supply emergency response with less public money.  And finally, stating the obvious in Yogi-ese: “If it’s an emergency, it’s usually urgent.”


Driving Mr. Yogi

2012: Harvey Araton’s book on Yogi Berra and Ron Guidry, “Driving Mr. Yogi.” Click for copy.
2012: Harvey Araton’s book on Yogi Berra and Ron Guidry, “Driving Mr. Yogi.” Click for copy.
     In 2012 came a somewhat different Yogi book; one that told a more human story of Yogi in his continuing baseball world as he moved into his eighties.  That book’s title is, Driving Mr. Yogi: Yogi Berra, Ron Guidry and Baseball’s Greatest Gift.  Witten by Harvey Araton, a sports writer for the New York Times, Driving Mr. Yogi tells the story of the long-running friendship between Berra and Guidry, and how Guidry became an unofficial helper and chauffeur to Berra during their visits to the Yankee’s spring training camp in Florida over a decade or so that began in the year 2000.

     Berra and Guidry had first met at Yankee spring training in 1976 when Guidry was 25, and Berra 51, then returning as Billy Martin’s bench coach.  Guidry was an up-and-coming southpaw trying to build a future for himself.  It happened the two men had adjacent lockers in the Yankee clubhouse, and Guidry began seeking’s Berra’s advice about how to approach hitters, and from there something of a friendship began.  Guidry would play his entire career with the Yankees, helping them with the World Series in 1977 and 1978.  He won the Cy Young Award in 1978, compiling a 25-3 record that year with a 1.74 ERA.  Guidry and Berra saw each other only sporadically during Berra’s self–imposed, 14-year exile from the organization through 1999.  But when Yogi returned with his spring training visits in 2000, his former old-timer mates were no longer around, but he and Guidry began eating meals together and their friendship began anew.

     The common bond between the two was baseball, but Araton’s story also covers the foibles and demands of an aging sports figure, and is therefore an account of growing old in America, too.  As Araton explains, the book is also “an examination of a man who refuses to surrender to human frailty.”  Berra in this book is still the well-known Yankee celebrity, of course, but he is also, as Araton explains, “an Everyman, much like our grandfathers and grandmothers and parents, who clings to his identity however he can because it makes him feel not only happy, but vital and alive.”  Guidry, the attentive friend and helper, sees the moody, demanding, and cantankerous side of Berra along the way, but is also an enabler of purpose and dignity for the aging Berra.

Spring training, 2011: Ron Guidry left, Yogi Berra, right.  Photo, Barton Silverman/New York Times.
Spring training, 2011: Ron Guidry left, Yogi Berra, right. Photo, Barton Silverman/New York Times.
     In February 2011, in a precursor to his book, Harvey Araton, writing in the New York Times, offered the following passage about Guidry and Berra, a telling vignette about how the game lives inside long retired players and what it means to them – as well as what it means to continue to be alive and contributing:

… During exhibition games, [Berra and Guidry] sit on the bench together, in the corner by the water cooler, studying the game.  “Every once in a while, Yogi will see something about a guy and think that he can help,” Guidry said.

Last season [2010], Berra noticed that pitchers were getting Nick Swisher out with breaking balls and mentioned to Guidry that he thought Swisher might try moving up in the batter’s box to attack the pitch sooner.

“Tell him, not me,” Guidry said.

“Nah, I don’t want to bother him,” Berra said.

After Swisher grounded out, he walked past Guidry and Berra in the dugout.  Guidry stood up, pointed at Berra.  “He wants to talk to you,” Guidry said.  Swisher sat down, heard Berra out and doubled off the wall in his next at-bat.  After he scored, he returned to the dugout and parked himself alongside Berra.

“For Yogi, that meant everything,” Guidry said.  “Now who knows if that had anything to do with the great season Swisher had?  But in Yogi’s mind, he made a friend and he felt, ‘O.K., that justifies me being here,’ even though everybody loves having him here anyway.

“But that’s the thing — for Yogi, spring training is his last hold on baseball,” Guidry added.  “When he walks through that door in the clubhouse, sits at the locker, puts on his uniform, talks to everybody, jokes around, watches batting practice, goes back in, has something to eat, and then he and I will go on the bench and watch the game, believe me, I know how much he really looks forward to it.”

Sept 22, 2008: During turbulent time, the New York Times put Yogi Berra on the front page, waving to the crowd during “last game” ceremonies at Yankee Stadium.
Sept 22, 2008: During turbulent time, the New York Times put Yogi Berra on the front page, waving to the crowd during “last game” ceremonies at Yankee Stadium.
     In September 2008, Yogi was among famous Yankees honored at “final game” ceremonies at old Yankee Stadium. In May 2012, at his 87th birthday at new Yankee Stadium, Berra was honored with a video tribute and a rendition of “Happy Birthday,” sung by the crowd. Through his final years, Yogi Berra was no doubt following every pitch and the play-by-play action of his beloved team through each baseball season.

     For additional baseball stories at this website please visit “Baseball Stories: 1900s-2000s,” or go to the Sports directory page for more stories in that category.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Note: Yogi’s wife, Carmen, passed away in early March 2014. They had recently celebrated their 65th wedding anniversary. She was 85. A new photo of she and Yogi appears midway below in “Sources, Links & Additional Information”. Yogi died not long thereafter, on September 22, 2015. He died in his sleep of natural causes at age 90. During major league play at that time, the Yankees added a number “8” patch to their uniforms in honor of Berra, and at a number of games – including those of the Yankees, Dodgers, Astros, Mets, Nationals, Tigers, Pirates, and his hometown St. Louis Cardinals – a moment of silence was held. In New York, the Empire State Building was lit with vertical blue and white Yankee “pinstripes” and the city lowered all flags to half-staff in tribute.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 21 October 2012
Last Update: 8 February 2023
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Yogi Chronicles: 1940s-2012”
PopHistoryDig.com, October 21, 2012.

____________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored  in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Oct 6, 1950: Yogi Berra making tag at the plate on Philadelphia Phillies’ Granny Hamner in 9th inning, Game 1, 1950 World Series. AP photo.
Oct 6, 1950: Yogi Berra making tag at the plate on Philadelphia Phillies’ Granny Hamner in 9th inning, Game 1, 1950 World Series. AP photo.
1951: Yogi Berra rounding the bases to home plate after what appears to have been a home run.
1951: Yogi Berra rounding the bases to home plate after what appears to have been a home run.
May 1955: Yogi Berra holding three baseballs and bat in clubhouse.
May 1955: Yogi Berra holding three baseballs and bat in clubhouse.
1957 Topps baseball card in collector’s case depicting “Yankees' Power Hitters” Mickey Mantle / Yogi Berra, with authenticated autographs. Robert Edwards Auctions reports this card sold for twelve hundred dollars in 2005.
1957 Topps baseball card in collector’s case depicting “Yankees' Power Hitters” Mickey Mantle / Yogi Berra, with authenticated autographs. Robert Edwards Auctions reports this card sold for twelve hundred dollars in 2005.
Dec 1963: NY Yankees then-manager, Yogi Berra, dances with wife Carmen at the annual Baseball Writers' dinner in NY City. (AP photo).
Dec 1963: NY Yankees then-manager, Yogi Berra, dances with wife Carmen at the annual Baseball Writers' dinner in NY City. (AP photo).
Yogi Berra reading from his 1961 autobiography at Yankee spring training camp. Tony Kubek photo for Life.
Yogi Berra reading from his 1961 autobiography at Yankee spring training camp. Tony Kubek photo for Life.
Elston Howard and Yogi Berra photo from a Bronx Museum exhibit titled "Baseball in the Bronx."
Elston Howard and Yogi Berra photo from a Bronx Museum exhibit titled "Baseball in the Bronx."
March 1964: NY Yankee manager Yogi Berra, and NY Mets manager Casey Stengel, on the cover of Sports Illustrated in “battle for New York” feature story.
March 1964: NY Yankee manager Yogi Berra, and NY Mets manager Casey Stengel, on the cover of Sports Illustrated in “battle for New York” feature story.
April 16, 1964: New York Yankee manager Yogi Berra, and Boston Red Sox manager Johnny Pesky, have a few laughs before season-opening game in New York.  AP photo/John Lindsay.
April 16, 1964: New York Yankee manager Yogi Berra, and Boston Red Sox manager Johnny Pesky, have a few laughs before season-opening game in New York. AP photo/John Lindsay.
March 2004: Derek Jeter and Yogi Berra during a pre-game warm-up session for Yankess and Devil Rays game in Tokyo, Japan.
March 2004: Derek Jeter and Yogi Berra during a pre-game warm-up session for Yankess and Devil Rays game in Tokyo, Japan.

Ed Fitzgerald, “The Fabulous Yogi Berra,” Sport, August 1951.

James P. Dawson, “Happy Yanks Heap Praise on Stengel, Mantle, Woodling, Berra and Martin; Victory Sets off Explosion of Joy..,” New York Times, October 8, 1952, Sports, p. 38.

“Berra Solid Man of Bomber Crew; Yogi Quiet and Shy, But His Bat Is Noisy,”New York Times, Thursday, October 11, 1956.

William J. Briordy, “Berra’s Four Hits Pace 10-4 Verdict; Yanks Get 16 Blows as Ford Goes Route Against A’s for His 6th…,” New York Times, Wednesday, July 31, 1957.

Yogi Berra, Official Website.

Yogi Berra Profile — Academy of Achieve- ment.

Yogi Berra, “My Boyhood Idol,” Parade Magazine (with photos of Berra and Joe Medwick), March 20, 1960.

Louis Effrat, “Author Berra Signs Yankees’ Pact; Once Bashful Yogi at Work Writing Autobiography; His 16th Contract With Club Calls for Pay Rise,” New York Times, January 13, 1961, p. 18.

“Yanks’ Homer Derby Goes West And Berra Ponders a New Pitch; Yogi Asks: What Happens if One Star Hits 61 in 154 Games but the Other Finishes With More in 162?,” New York Times, August 22, 1961.

Yogi Berra with Til Ferdenzi, Behind the Plate, Argonaut Books, 1962.

UPI, “Yogi Doesn’t Draw Laughs,” Kingsport Times (Tenn.) January 24, 1963, p.15, and (same story),”No One Has Laughed at Yogi Berra In A Long Time,” Lodi News Sentinel (Calif), Thursday, February 21, 1963, p. 15.

Robert Lipsyte, “The Man and the Myth; A View That Berra Is a Bit of Each: A Lovable Myth and a Sensitive Man,” New York Times, October 25, 1963, Sports, p. 20.

“Baseball: The Myth Becomes a Manager,” Time, Friday, November 1, 1963.

Joe Trimble, Yogi Berra (hardback), New York: Grosset & Dunlap, 1965, With forward by Casey Stengel Yogi Berra (Author),

Phil Pepe, The Wit and Wisdom of Yogi Berra, Hawthorn, June 1974, 183pp.

Phil Linz, Book Review: “Yogi And the Harmonica; The Wit and Wisdom of Yogi Berra By Phil Pepe,” New York Times, June 9, 1974, Sports, p.2.

Joseph Durso, “Yogi and the Snipers,” New York Times, August 12, 1975, p. 23.

Paul Wilner, “Yogi Berra: At Bat In Montclair,” New York Times, New Jersey Weekly, January 8, 1978.

Ira Berkow, “Players; Some Words From Berra,” New York Times, Tuesday, December 6, 1983.

George Vecsey, “Yogi’s Back in Style,” New York Times, December 17, 1983, p. 19.

Murray Chass, “All Jokes Aside, Berra Is Back on Top” New York Times, February 13, 1984.

Yogi Berra with Tom Horton, Yogi: It Ain’t Over, McGraw-Hill, 1989.

Steve Jacobsen, “For Yogi Berra, It Still Ain’t Over, And That’s Refreshing,” Los Angeles Times April 2, 1989.

Richard Sandomir, “For Yoo-Hoo and Yogi, It’s Deja Vu All Over Again,” New York Times, April 20, 1993.

“The Wisdom of Casey Stengel…and Yogi Berra,” Geoffrey C. Ward and Ken Burns, Baseball: An Illustrated History, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1994, p. 314.

Yogi Berra, The Yogi Book: I Really Didn’t Say Everything I Said!, Workman Publishing, 1997.

Harvey Araton, “There’s Room for More Than One Local Hero,” New York Times, April 27, 1997.

Harvey Araton, “Sports of The Times; On the Other Side of the River, Another Hailing of Champions,” New York Times, October 25, 1998.

Harvey Araton, “Yogi and the Boss Complete Makeup Game,” New York Times, January 6, 1999, p. 1.

Yogi Berra, The Yogi Book (hardback), Workman Publishing Co., March 1999, 128pp.

Patricia Winters Lauro, The Media Business: Advertising; “One of Baseball’s Most Colorful Figures Finds He Is in Demand Again,” New York Times, April 30, 1999.

Yogi Berra with Howard Liss and Bob Powell, Yogi Berra’s Baseball Book: The Game and How to Play It, Lion Books, June 1999.

Charles Strum with Amy Waldman, “Public Lives: Baseball Greats Shine in New Fields,” New York Times, June 23, 1999

Dulcie Leimbach, “Jerseyana; In the Galleries, Baseball Hits a Homer, New York Times, August 8, 1999.

Carolyn Olson, “Yogi Berra Comes Home: The Making of a PBS Documentary About the Hall of Fame Catcher Brought Him to His Childhood Home on the Hill,” Everyday Magazine, St Louis Post-Dispatch, August 10, 1999.

“Where’s Yogi? Everywhere, It Seems,” The Sporting News, October 25, 1999, p. 68.

AFLAC, “Yogi Berra Teams Up With AFLAC in Newest Commercial,” PRNewsWire.com, May 22, 2002.

“Yogi Pitches Fresh Malaprops in AFLAC Campaign,”Brandweek, May 27, 2002.

Yogi Berra with Dave Kaplan, What Time Is It? You Mean Now?: Advice for Life from the Zennest Master of Them All, Simon & Schuster, 2002.

Yogi Berra, When You Come to a Fork in the Road, Take It!: Inspiration and Wisdom from One of Baseball’s Greatest Heroes, Hyperion, 2002

Yogi Berra with Dave Kaplan, Ten Rings: My Championship Seasons, New York: Harper Collins, 2003.

Marek Fuchs, “Yogi Gets 100% Emotional, and Then Some, for a Pal,” New York Times, February 19, 2005.

Dave Anderson, Sports of The Times; “Berra, 80, a Folk Hero and a Philosopher, Has Observed a Lot by Watching,” New York Times, May 12, 2005.

Yogi Berra Interview, Baseball Hall of Fame, June 1, 2005, New York, NY.

Christopher Hann, Yogi Berra, Dave Kaplan, “It Ain’t Over,” New Jersey Monthly, February 1, 2008.

Carlo DeVito, Yogi: The Life and Times of an American Original, Triumph Books (hardcover), 2008.

Pete Hausler, “The Man Behind the Malaprop,” Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2008.

Carlo DeVito, Book Excerpt, ” ‘Yogi: The Life and Times of an American Original’,” Wall Street Journal, April 29, 2008.

Yogi Berra, You Can Observe a Lot by Watching: What I’ve Learned About Teamwork From the Yankees and Life, John Wiley & Sons, 2008.

“Number of Days Until Spring Training: Yogi Berra (#8),” Fack Youk, Thursday, February 5, 2009.

Steven V. Roberts, “Book Review: ‘Yogi Berra: Eternal Yankee’ by Allen Barra,” Washington Post, Sunday, March 22, 2009.

King Kaufman, “The Genius of Yogi Berra,” Salon.com, Wednesday, March 25, 2009.  Biographer Allen Barra talks about his new book, in which the lovable, quotable old catcher comes off as intelligent, shrewd and decent.

“Jackie Robinson Steals Home” (0:38),” YouTube.com, Uploaded April 2, 2009.

Glenn Altschuler, Book Review, “‘Yogi Berra: Eternal Yankee’ by Allen Barra,”Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, April 12, 2009.

Joe Lapointe,”Berra, At 83: A One-of-a-Kind Common Man,” New York Times, April 16, 2009

Larry Dorman, “Berra Calls ’em as He Sees ’em,” New York Times, January 19, 2010.

Stuart Elliott, Campaign Spotlight, “For Berra, It Ain’t Over Till … Well, You Know the Rest,” New York Times, May 24, 2010.

“iXP Corporation Launches National Advertising Campaign,”Reuters.com, May 25, 2010.

Yogi Berra, The Yogi Book (paperback), Workman Publishing Co., May 28, 2010, expanded edition, 175 pp.

“Two Area Firms Land Yogi Berra Account – US1 Home,” PrincetonInfo.com, 2010.

“55 Years Ago: Jackie Robinson Steals Home Base – Game One, The 1955 World Series,” Monroe Gallery, Friday, September 24, 2010.

Brad Mangin, “The 10 Greatest World Series Photos of All Time,” PhotoShelter.com, October 26, 2010.

“Yogi Berra,” Wikiquote.org.

Harvey Araton, “For Berra and Guidry, It Happens Every Spring,” New York Times, February 23, 2011.

Ben Shpigel, “When Yogi Berra Speaks, Yankees’ Cervelli Listens,” New York Times, Saturday February 26, 2011.

WFAN/AP, “Joe Torre, Bob Costas Help Yogi Berra Reopen His Montclair, NJ Museum,” CBS New York, June 24, 2011.

“Berra, Teixeira to Be Honored at Thurman Munson Awards Dinner,” Bombers Beat.mlblogs.com, January 31, 2012.

Harvey Araton, Driving Mr. Yogi: Yogi Berra, Ron Guidry and Baseball’s Greatest Gift, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, 2012.

“Harvey Araton on Driving Mr. Yogi,” Amazon.com.

Barbara Chai, Media & Marketing: “With Ad Push, Publisher Is Aiming for a Home Run on Yogi Berra Book,” Wall Street Journal, March 25, 2012.

David Mielach, TMN, “Yogi Berra on Baseball and Business,” CNBC.com, Wednesday, 4 April 4, 2012.

“Yogi Berra Signed Ballantine Beer Ad in Frame-1964,” NYTStore.com, 2012.

“Yogi, The Legendary ‘Say What’ Kid,” PSACard.com, 2012.

“Yogi Berra, Baseball Great” (with Harvey Araton, Ron Guidry and Yogi Berra), The Charlie Rose Show, May 10, 2012.

Zach Berman, “Yankee Stadium Welcomes Berra for His 87th Birthday,” New York Times, May 12, 2012.

“Don Larsen, Yogi Berra Reunite On 56th Anniversary Of World Series Perfect Game,” CBS New York, October 8, 2012.

The Yogi Berra Museum & Learning Center, Yogi Berra Drive, Little Falls, NJ.




_____________________________








“Love Me Do”
1962-2012

Beatles shown on a Parlophone record sleeve for “Love Me Do” – the boys touted as “a great new group from Liverpool.”
Beatles shown on a Parlophone record sleeve for “Love Me Do” – the boys touted as “a great new group from Liverpool.”
     On October 5th, 1962 – more than 50 years ago – the Beatles’ first major hit song was released, “Love Me Do.” It was recorded by the famous group during some of their first sessions at EMI’s Abbey Road studios in London during June and September 1962.

EMI was then regarded as one of the most prestigious recording companies in the U.K., and the Beatles, through the persistent efforts of their manager, Brian Epstein, were fortunate to even have had a chance with EMI.

“Love Me Do” was also among the first of the “Lennon-McCartney” hit songs – those written jointly by Beatles’ singer-songwriters, John Lennon and Paul McCartney. In this case, “Love Me Do” had originated in 1958 from Paul’s schoolboy song scribblings – something both he and Lennon did in their dreaming about musical stardom.

Some years later, John Lennon would say that “Love Me Do” was “Paul’s song.”  Lennon explained that McCartney had written it when he was about 15-16 years old, adding, “I might have helped on the middle eight, but I couldn’t swear to it…”  Lennon did say, however, that the song had been around awhile, and the Beatles had used it in their early performing – “in Hamburg even, way, way before we were songwriters.”

McCartney, was more generous about Lennon’s involvement with the song, saying that “Love Me Do” was “completely co-written.  It might have been my original idea, but some of them really were 50-50s, and I think that one was.  It was just Lennon and McCartney sitting down without either of us having a particularly original idea.”

Beatles’ 1962 hit “Love Me Do” on Parlophone 45rpm label, produced by George Martin. Click for digital.
Beatles’ 1962 hit “Love Me Do” on Parlophone 45rpm label, produced by George Martin. Click for digital.
In any case, the song would rise on the British music charts during October and November 1962, reaching No. 17, making it the Beatles’ first Top 20 hit. However, the song wouldn’t officially arrive in the American market until late April 1964. But for the Beatles, that wasn’t even a consideration at the time. They were just thrilled to have their first major recording.
 

Music Player
“Love Me Do” – 1962 (UK), 1964(US)

     “For me that was more important than anything else,” Ringo Starr would say of their breakthrough hit.  “That first piece of plastic. You can’t believe how great that was. It was so wonderful. We were on a record!” John Lennon put it this way: “In Hamburg we clicked. At the Cavern we clicked. But if you want to know when we ‘knew’ we’d arrived, it was getting in the charts with ‘Love Me Do’. That was the one. It gave us somewhere to go.” George Harrison recalled it as the song that opened the doors:

“First hearing ‘Love Me Do’ on the radio sent me shivery all over.  It was the best buzz of all time.  We knew it was going to be on Radio Luxembourg at something like 7:30 on a Thursday night.  I was in my house in Speke and we all listened in.  That was great, but after having got to 17 [on the charts] I don’t recall what happened to it.  It probably went away and died, but what it meant was that the next time we went to EMI, they were more friendly:  ‘Oh, hello lads.  Come in.'”

Brian Epstein, Beatles manager & Liverpool record store owner.
Brian Epstein, Beatles manager & Liverpool record store owner.
     “Love Me Do” – with “P.S. I Love You” on the B side – became the Beatles debut single in the U.K.  The song’s production had the guiding hand of George Martin, then manager of one of four record labels at EMI, his being Parlophone, on which “Love Me Do” first appeared, as shown above.  Martin, however, had not produced much pop music, though he had done well with some show tunes and comedy recordings, and had also worked with artists such as Shirley Bassey.

The Beatles wanted to record their own material, something which was almost unheard of at that time.  George Martin would help them do that, but not initially, as Martin had been schooled in the “Tin Pan Alley” tradition where outside professional writers provided the songs for performers.  “Tin Pan Alley” refers both to an actual area of New York city where a concentration of professional writers and music publishers worked, and also to that particular style of music business and production, found in other major cities as well.

George Martin had first met with Beatles manager, Brian Epstein, in February 1962, after putting him off repeatedly.  Martin listened to a tape the Beatles had recorded at Decca, one of several recording labels which had turned down the group.  Martin found the Beatles’ tape “rather unpromising,” but he liked the sound of Lennon and McCartney’s vocals.  After another meeting with Epstein in May at the Abbey Road studios, Martin was impressed with Epstein’s enthusiasm and verbally agreed to sign the unknown Beatles without having met them or seen them play live.  Turns out, EMI wasn’t gambling much on that commitment, as the terms offered  were decidedly in EMI’s favor.

1963: George Martin in a sound booth at Abbey Road studios with the Beatles in the background.
1963: George Martin in a sound booth at Abbey Road studios with the Beatles in the background.
     A first audition came in June 1962, with the arriving Beatles described as being “in awe” of the studio.  That audition yielded a tape that Martin – who had not been at the session – listened to at the session’s end.  He found their original songs lacking, and also lectured them about what it would take to make it, during which they listened politely and were silent.  Acknowledging he was a bit harsh on them, Martin then asked if there was anything troubling them, or if  there was something they were not happy with, to which George Harrison replied, “Well, there’s your tie, for a start.”  That remark, reportedly, became a turning point for Martin, as John Lennon and Paul McCartney joined in with jokes and comic wordplay as well, which made Martin think they should be signed for their wit alone.  He would later say that it was the Beatles’ “cheeky charm” that won him over.

Martin would also later acknowledge that Brian Epstein was key to the Beatles’ signing at EMI and their early success.  “Individually [the Beatles] may have written and published a few songs,” Martin would say of the Beatles without Epstein’s early help.  And they would have been very popular in Liverpool.  But without Epstein, Martin believed, they wouldn’t have risen to worldwide fame.  “His faith [in the Beatles] never wavered.”  Epstein, who was also from Liverpool, had discovered the Beatles through his work at the family business, North End Music Stores (NEMS), which he had turned into a top regional record retailer, and later, through NEMS Enterprises, managed other artists as well.  Tragically, Epstein died of a an accidental barbiturate sleeping pill-and-achohol combination in August 1967 at the age of 43.

The Beatles at work, EMI studios, Abbey Road, London, England, Tuesday, 4 September 1962. From left: Ringo, George, John and Paul. Photo: Dezo Hoffmann.
The Beatles at work, EMI studios, Abbey Road, London, England, Tuesday, 4 September 1962. From left: Ringo, George, John and Paul. Photo: Dezo Hoffmann.

At the time of the Beatles’ first sessions at Abbey Road, Martin wanted the group to record “How Do You Do It?,” a song written by Mitch Murray and Peter Callender — a song that had been offered to British teen star, Adam Faith, but rejected.  The Beatles rehearsed the song, but weren’t thrilled about recording it.  However, Martin told them unless they could write something as commercial as “How Do You Do It?,” the Tin Pan Alley formula of using outside material would prevail.  So the Beatles recorded it along with a few of their own songs.

Sheet music, "P.S. I Love You".Click for Amazon.
Sheet music, "P.S. I Love You".Click for Amazon.
Although Martin would be proven right about “How Do You Do It ?” – which later became a hit for Gerry and the Pacemakers – in the end he allowed the Beatles’ own material to go out on their first single, with “Love Me Do” being the primary tune.

Music Player
“P.S. I Love You” – 1962

The Beatles also wanted “Please, Please Me” to be the “B” side of that single, but “P.S. I Love You” was used instead – a somewhat overlooked song in Beatles history. “P.S. I Love You” – also a Lennon-McCartney composition – was composed with female listeners in mind.  The Beatles had used the song as part of their Cavern Club set list and it had become a fan favorite. The tune includes some innovative mixing and interspersing of background vocals

 

Harmonica Sound

A part of the sound that distinguished “Love Me Do,” however, and one that would become a part of the Beatles’ early trademark on several of their early songs, was the harmonica – played by John Lennon. Some accounts credit George Martin with urging that the harmonica be used in the song, while others report that it was the harmonica sound that had attracted Martin to the song, and was already part of how the Beatles had been performing it in the clubs. Lennon had learned to play the harmonica after his Uncle George gave him one as a young boy.

U.K. poster for June 21,1962 concert with Bruce Channel and The Beatles.
U.K. poster for June 21,1962 concert with Bruce Channel and The Beatles.
But in 1962, around the time the Beatles were recording “Love Me Do,” there were two popular songs out with harmonica parts that had caught Lennon’s attention – “Hey Baby” by U.S. singer Bruce Channel (No. 1 U.S. March 1962) and “I Remember You” by Frank Ifield (No. 1, U.K. July 1962). 

Music Player
“Hey Baby”- Bruce Channel

Brian Epstein, in fact, also handled a booking for Bruce Channel at a NEMS concert in Wallasey, England on June 21, 1962, just a few weeks after Channel’s “Hey Baby” had charted.  The Beatles would be on that bill as well, at second billing, a prestigious slot at the time.  But Lennon was quite taken with Channel’s harmonica player, Delbert McClinton, and during their joint billing, Lennon asked McClinton for advice on how to play the instrument.  At any rate, the harmonica sound would become a featured and background instrument on other Beatles songs including: “Please Please Me,” “From Me to You,” “I Should Have Known Better,” “Chains,” “There’s a Place,” “Thank You Girl,” “I’ll Get You,” “Little Child,” I’m A Loser,” “The Fool On The Hill” and “Rocky Raccoon.”

“Love Me Do,” meanwhile, was not promoted by EMI. Brian Epstein, however, did what he could to generate interest, both in the song and on the news that the Beatles had signed with EMI. In one press release for the single that was sent out, there were several exaggerated claims about the Beatles’ rising popularity, and also an amusing passage from John Lennon describing how the Beatles determined their name:  “…It came to us in a vision. A man descended unto us astride a flaming pie and spake these words unto us saying ‘From this day on you are Beatles with an ‘A’. Thus it did come to pass thus.”

 
Chart Rise

Top half of U.K. “Mersey Beat” front page, January 1962. Copyright, Bill Harry.
Top half of U.K. “Mersey Beat” front page, January 1962. Copyright, Bill Harry.
     “Love Me Do” rose on the U.K. music charts within days of its release, with sales initially concentrated in and around Liverpool, the Beatles’ hometown, and where they had also received the attention of a music newspaper named Mersey Beat, published by Bill Harry.  Liverpool was also home to the Beatles manager, Brian Epstein, who owned record stores there.  In fact, rumors have persisted over the years that Epstein had bulk- ordered some 10,000 copies or more of the song to increase its chart ranking.  Yet some of the Beatles, including John Lennon, denied that happened.  Bill Harry of Mersey Beat also wrote a piece in his paper explaining how chart computations were made and why he found the charge without merit.

“Love Me Do” did well on regional U.K. music charts, including a No. 1 showing at Mersey Beat.  It also appeared on other U.K. charts, including New Musical Express (NME), Record Mirror, and DiscMelody Maker was also an important chart in the U.K, and one of the longest-running.  “Love Me Do” entered that chart on November 27, 1962 at No. 48, eventually rising to No. 21, remaining on that chart life of sixteen weeks. U.K. music critic Ian Mac- Donald found that “Love Me Do,” with its working- class sound, “rang the first faint chime of a revolu- tionary bell” compared to Tin Pan Alley fare. On December 20, 1962, “Love Me Do” peaked at No. 17 on the Record Retailer chart.  The Record Retailer was the trade publication the U.K. record industry regarded its official publication, and its music chart was compiled by the British Market Research Bureau and used by the BBC.

Meanwhile, back in the recording studio, on November 26, 1962 the Beatles and George Martin re-recorded “Please Please Me,” a John Lennon tune.  Lennon and McCartney had besieged Martin to record and release another of their original songs.  Martin agreed, and appears to have played an important role in changing the song for the better, as he had them speed up what initially had been a slow ballad.  “Please, Please Me,” released in January 1963, hit No. 1 on some of the British music charts February 22, 1963.

Other hit singles followed.  “From Me To You,” for example, hit No. 1 on May 2 1963, holding there for seven weeks.  The Beatles’ first U.K. album – titled Please Please Me – came out in April 1963 and within a month was the No.1 album, remaining in that position for 30 weeks.  A second U.K. album — With the Beatles — came next.  From then on, there came a string of more No. 1 U.K. Beatles’ singles – at least eleven more by one count – and more No. 1 albums as well.

Martin Creasey’s 2011 book on the Beatles’ UK tours. Click for book.
Martin Creasey’s 2011 book on the Beatles’ UK tours. Click for book.
     “Beatlemania” by this time was in full gale throughout the U.K. In November 1963, the Beatles performed at the Odeon Cinema in Cheltenham, Gloucestershire. On the following day, The Daily Mirror newspaper used the headline: “Beatlemania!,” exclaiming, “It’s happening everywhere. . . even in sedate Cheltenham.”

The Beatles’ popularity in the U.S., however, would lag behind the U.K. somewhat, owing in part to EMI’s own American subsidiary, Capitol Records, whose executives declined to take on Beatles songs in early 1963, saying, “We don’t think the Beatles will do anything in this market.”  Lesser known labels, including Vee Jay and Swan then began picking up the Beatles’1963 songs for limited U.S. release, as well as Capitol’s Canadian arm.  Still, even with these, there was not much American notice of Beatles music in 1963, although a few U.S. news stories and some TV coverage had appeared about their success in the U.K.  But that was about to change in a big way as Brian Epstein had negotiated some Beatles’ TV appearances with Ed Sullivan for the following February.  By December 1963, meanwhile, EMI’s U.S. subsidiary, Capitol Records, began to see the light and released “I Want to Hold Your Hand” to the American market.  See “Beatles in America” story at this website for 1963-1964 timeline.

1964 U.S. single of "Love Me Do"/ "P.S I Love You" on Tollie Records. Click for original edition.
1964 U.S. single of "Love Me Do"/ "P.S I Love You" on Tollie Records. Click for original edition.
1964

“Love Me Do” – U.S.

By the time “Love Me Do” formally entered the U.S. market as a single in late April 1964, the song was almost an afterthought.  By then, America was in full Beatles swoon, as the group had appeared on The Ed Sullivan Show three times, performed live in Washington, D.C. and New York city, and had at least 14 of their songs among the Top 100 on the Billboard music chart.

When “Love Me Do” began to enter the U.S. charts in the spring of 1964, it was due initially to sales of imported copies from Canada.  On April 27th, 1964 the single “Love Me Do”/ “P.S I Love You” was formally released in the U.S. by Vee-Jay’s Tollie Records subsidiary.  A month later, by May 30th, “Love Me Do” was the No. 1 hit on the U.S. Billboard music chart, remaining in the Top 100 for 14 weeks.

1982: Beatles on record sleeve cover of 20 anniversary edition of “Love Me Do.”
1982: Beatles on record sleeve cover of 20 anniversary edition of “Love Me Do.”
1982

20 Years Later

In 1982, at the 20th anniversary of “Love Me Do,” the song was re-issued in the U. K. in a special 12-inch edition, featuring both versions of the song recorded on September 4th and September 11th, 1962.  With the re-issue, “Love Me Do” rose to No. 4 on the music charts, making an even better showing than it did 20 years earlier.  In the Netherlands, a 20th anniversary EP was issued featuring “Love Me Do” along with two other early ’60s Beatles’ hits – “Please Please Me” and “From Me To You.”  The Beatles by 1982, however, were no longer together, having broken up in 1970.  John Lennon was dead by then as well, shot by a deranged fan in New York city in December 1980.  Paul, George and Ringo were each involved in solo careers and/or working with other artists.  Beatles music, however, was still doing well.  Music technology was beginning to change by 1982, as compact discs were then just emerging, though not yet widely available.  Beatles music would not be released on CD until the late 1980s, due in part to litigation between the Beatles and EMI.

2012

50 Years Later

Cover art for the 2012 E-book, “Love Me Do,” by Bill Harry, published by Miniver Press.
Cover art for the 2012 E-book, “Love Me Do,” by Bill Harry, published by Miniver Press.
     At the 50th anniversary of the “Love Me Do” single, Miniver Press published an E-book about the behind-the-scenes making of the song, written by Bill Harry, editor and publisher of several Beatles books, a Beatles encyclopedia, and the former Mersey Beat newspaper.  Harry was a long time friend of the Beatles, and in the E-book he reveals an inside account of the song’s making and its release in October 1962, including: how Pete Best was replaced by Ringo Starr on drums after the first recording session; the role George Martin played in the recording sessions and his influence on the Beatles; the behind-the scenes persistence, skill and efforts of Beatles manager, Brian Epstein, on behalf of the group; details on the U.K. charting of “Love Me Do;” and several other accounts.  Also on the 50th anniversary, there were special celebrations in the U.K. marking the ocassion, including a commemoration of the song and the “Fab Four” in the Beatles’ hometown of Liverpool, England.

“Love Me Do” of 1962 was, in any case, the opening salvo in a worldwide Beatles music revolution that  would spark changes not only in music, but also in fashion, film and cultural mores affecting millions of people, and generating billions in business activity.

For additional Beatles stories at this website see “Beatles History: Ten Stories,” a directory page with links to those stories and additional background on the group’s rise and its members. Other stories on the history of popular music and its impact on society can be found at the Annals of Music category page or visit the Home Page for additional choices. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 7 October 2012
Last Update: 11 February 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Love Me Do: 1962-2012”
PopHistoryDig.com, October 7, 2012.

____________________________________


Beatles Music at Amazon.com


The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Beatles photo, November 1963, Associated Press.
Beatles photo, November 1963, Associated Press.
Capitol Records 45 rpm of “Love Me Do” via Canada.
Capitol Records 45 rpm of “Love Me Do” via Canada.
John Lennon & Paul McCartney working on their music at Abbey Road studios, London, September 1962.
John Lennon & Paul McCartney working on their music at Abbey Road studios, London, September 1962.
EMI ad for the Beatles’ first song, “Love Me Do,” placed in “The Record Retailer and Music Industry News” trade magazine, September 27, 1962.
EMI ad for the Beatles’ first song, “Love Me Do,” placed in “The Record Retailer and Music Industry News” trade magazine, September 27, 1962.

Bill Harry, Love Me Do: Behind The Scenes at The Recording of the Beatles’ First Single, September 2012, Minivera Press.

“The Beatles,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 56-59.

Katie Hickox, “George Martin Signed The Beatles For Peanuts,” What Goes On News (BeatlesNews.com), July 12, 2008.

“Love Me Do,”Wikipedia.org.

“The Beatles 100 Greatest Songs,” Rolling Stone, November 2010.

Photos of Beatles at EMI Studios, Abbey Road, London, England, Tuesday, 4 September 1962 — Photographer: Dezo Hoffmann, BeatleSource.com.

“Love Me Do,” RateYourMusic.com, Oct. 2012.

“The Beatles’ Recording Sessions,” Wiki- pedia.org.

Brian Epstein, “Beatles Record At EMI,” Mersey Beat, September 20, 1962 (with note from editor Bill Harry).

Bill Harry, “The Beatles Mythology Two: Epstein & The ‘Love Me Do’ Moun- tain,”Triumphpc.com.

Bill Harry, The Beatles Encyclopedia: Revised and Updated. London: Virgin Publishing, 2000.

“Mersey Beat,”Wikipedia.org.

“Beatles:Love Me Do,” YouTube.com, Uploaded by tukkerenflits, October 3, 2007.

“P.S. I Love You (song),” Wikipedia.org.

“The Beatles Love Me Do,” When I’m 64, Sunday, September 25, 2011.

“George Martin,” Wikipedia.org.

Bob Spitz, The Beatles: The Biography, Little, Brown & Co., 2005.

“Hey Baby,” Wikipedia.org.

“Parlophone 45 Labels,” TheBeatles-Collec-tion.com.

George Martin, All You Need Is Ears, New York: St. Martin’s Press, 1995.

Jack Doyle, “Beatles’ Closed-Circuit Gig, March 1964″( Beatles’ first U.S. concert appearance in Washington, DC & related U.S. theater showings), PopHistoryDig .com, July 9, 2008.

Jack Doyle, “Dear Prudence, 1967-1968″(Beatles retreat in India & song trove developed thereafter), PopHistory Dig.com, July 27, 2009.

Jack Doyle, “Beatles in America, 1963-1964” (frenetic early years of Beatles’ popularity & music success) PopHistoryDig.com, Sep-tember 20, 2009.

Jack Doyle, “Watching The Wheels, 1980-1981” (John Lennon song; his New York “house-husband” years & 1980 shooting death), PopHistoryDig.com,  October 19, 2010.

Jack Doyle, “The Paul-is-Dead Saga, 1969-1970,”(rumored death of Paul McCartney & Beatles break up), Pop HistoryDig.com, March 7, 2011.

 

 

 


“Empire Newhouse”
1920s-2012

Note: Since this story was originally posted in September 2012, some Advance Publications properties, such as Parade magazine and The Times-Picayune/NOLA.com, have been sold to new owners. – j.d., 6/12/20


     If you read Wired magazine, The New Yorker, or Vanity Fair, you’re reading material produced by a company named Advance Publications. And if you read Parade, the largest circulation Sunday supplement magazine in the U.S., or Golf Digest, or Glamour, these magazines are also published by Advance – as are Vogue, The Sporting News, Architectural Digest, and several others. In addition, Advance owns newspapers found in more than twenty-five American cities, including: Newark, NJ; Cleveland, OH; Portland, OR; New Orleans, LA; and Syracuse, NY.  Another 40 weekly titles are published by Advance through its American City Business Journals. Cable television outlets owned by Advance serve 2.4 million customers in Florida, California, Michigan, Indiana and Alabama. On the web, Advance Internet operates more than 100 websites, most of which serve and extend the company’s print and cable operations. Reddit.com, the popular user-generated “social news” website, is one of Advance Internet’s properties.

     Advance Publications was formed and is owned by the Newhouse family of Long Island, New York.  In recent years the Newhouse /Advance empire has ranked among the 50 largest private companies in the U.S.  The company dates to the early 1920s, and grew to fame in the heyday of the newspaper business when its founder, Samuel I. Newhouse – “Sam” – steadily went about acquiring all manner of America newspapers during the 1950s, 1960s and 1970s.  Today, as of September 2012, Advance Publications is run at the corporate level by Sam’s two sons — S.I. Newhouse, Jr. (84), known as “Si,” and brother Donald Newhouse (81).  Assorted other Newhouse family members assist in the management of various divisions and subsidiaries.  Si and Donald will soon turn over control of the company to the next generation of Newhouse executives.

     Yet, some say the Newhouse empire is “yesterday’s media company,” and will succumb to the albatross and high-cost of print in a digital age.  Others believe the Newhouse empire will not only survive, but will thrive, continuing to be a dominant cultural force and contemporary story teller, setting trends in fashion, literature, and style as it goes.  Whatever the outcome, there is 90 years of rich history here – a publishing and cultural time capsule of sorts, reflecting changes in publishing and media generally over that period.  What follows is a narrative and visual look at some of that Newhouse history, and by extension, media and publishing history as well.  First, Sam Newhouse, the founding father, circa 1920s.


Life magazine photo of Sam Newhouse, 1963.
Life magazine photo of Sam Newhouse, 1963.
Sam Newhouse

     Having left school at about the age of 13 due to his family’s poverty, Samuel I. Newhouse landed a job with a local judge in Bayonne, New Jersey.  There, he was given the task of minding a local newspaper named the Bayonne Times which his employer had acquired in payment for a bad debt.  Newhouse succeeded in making the paper profitable, and along the way, attended evening classes at the New Jersey Law School at Newark, receiving a degree in 1916.  Newhouse was 21 by this time, and his boss, Judge Lazarus, paid him $30,000 a year, and gave him a 25 percent share the Bayonne Times.  In 1922, with Judge Lazarus, Newhouse purchased the Staten Island Advance, one of the first newspapers he acquired – the property from which “Advance Publications” got its name.  When Judge Lazarus died in 1924, Newhouse acquired the rest of the Staten Island Advance.  He then focused on the idea of expanding newsstands in the region as a way to grow his newspaper – newsstands at the St. George Ferry Terminal on Staten Island and others throughout Manhattan, at LaGuardia and Newark airports, and at the Port Authority Bus Terminal in New York city, which became the world’s largest and most lucrative newsstand.  Then came other newspaper acquisitions: the Long Island Press in 1932; the Newark Star Ledger in 1933, the long Island Star Journal in 1938; the Syracuse Journal in 1939; the Syracuse Herald-Standard in 1941; the Jersey Journal in 1945; and the Harrisburg Patriot of Pennsylvania in 1948.

Dec 1955: Newhouse makes Alabama deal.
Dec 1955: Newhouse makes Alabama deal.
     Newhouse soon moved beyond the Northeast in prospecting for additional newspapers to buy.  In 1950, he purchased The Oregonian for $5.6 million, then the largest newspaper sale ever.  Five years later, in 1955, Newhouse purchased St. Louis Globe-Democrat for $6.5 million, another record.  In the same year in Alabama he acquired the Birmingham News and Huntsville Times, along with one TV property and 2 radio stations for a combined $18.7 million.  This deal set another record, surpassing Cyrus McCormick’s $18 million purchase of The Philadelphia Inquirer in 1930. 

     In buying up newspapers, Newhouse adopted a low-key, non-threatening approach with the companies acquired.  He usually kept the existing management and editors and was reluctant to upset the status quo, believing the papers should remain local institutions run by people in those communities.

March 1958: “Glamour” shortly before the Newhouse acquisition.
March 1958: “Glamour” shortly before the Newhouse acquisition.
     But Newhouse also expanded his growing publishing business with new magazine properties.  By 1959, he acquired the Condé Nast magazine group, which then included seven magazines – Vogue, Glamour, Bride, and House & Garden among themAt the time, these magazines had sales in the neighborhood of $20 million a year.  Added to this group in August 1959 were more magazines through another Newhouse acquisition – this time, buying up Street & Smith Publications which held titles such as Mademoiselle magazine and several sports annuals, including: College Football, Pro Football, Baseball, Pro Basketball, and College/Prep Basketball.  In some cases, Newhouse took the less viable magazines in one company and rolled them into the better version in another company, often helping his bottom line.  The Condé Nast group had been losing money when Newhouse acquired it, but within one year under his management it turned a $1.6 million profit.  Within the Newhouse family, meanwhile, Sam’s sons were chosen to help run the business – S. I., Jr. ran the Condé Nast group, while younger brother Donald managed the newspapers and broadcasting in Newark, NJ.

     The wealth of the Newhouse family at this point approached $200 million.  Some began wondering exactly how Newhouse was generating the funds for his deals.  A few even speculated that he was laundering money, using his newspapers as a front for a local mob organization’s illegal booze operations during prohibition.  But it wasn’t that at all.  Newhouse had just hired smart attorneys and accountants who figured out ways to pay the absolute least amount of corporate taxes while costing every expense they could and depreciating assets to the limit.  They also structured each newspaper as its own operation, each attributed its own separate profits, avoiding a much higher commulative total under one, single-owned Newhouse entity.  There was also a Newhouse Foundation created early on as an additional tax dodge, which some believe was also used to help finance the $18 million deal for the Alabama newspapers in 1955.


The 1960s

1962: Newhouse buys Louisiana newspapers.
1962: Newhouse buys Louisiana newspapers.
     In the 1960s, Sam Newhouse continued building his newspaper empire, but he didn’t appear to use his growing publication power in the political arena.  The Newhouse newspapers appeared to follow their own political inclinations, and were not told to endorse specific candidates.  Newhouse himself was a registered Democrat, and he voted for John F. Kennedy in the 1960 presidential race.  Eight of the Newhouse newspapers, however, endorsed Nixon.  In New York, Mr. Newhouse favored Republican Nelson Rockefeller for governor.

     Back on the newspaper acquisition trail, Newhouse acquired the Oregon Journal in 1961 for $8 million.  By then he owned 16 newspapers.  But in 1962, having failed to buy the Houston Post after he had made a generous offer to that paper’s owner  — Ms. Hobby, who refused to sell — Newhouse was still itching to buy a paper, any paper.  So he telephoned a newspaper broker named Allen Kander in Washington, D.C.  Newhouse, then continuing his travels in the South, asked Kander where he might buy a newspaper in the region.  Try New Orleans, Kander suggested.  Newhouse did.  Two weeks later, he set another record, paying $42 million for both of New Orleans’ newspapers: the morning Times-Picayune and its evening companion, the States-Item.  The larger of these two, the Times Picayune, then had a daily circulation in excess of 195,000, with more than 300,000 sold on Sundays.  The States-Item was an evening paper with a circulation of about 163,000.

S.I. “Sam” Newhouse on the cover of Time magazine, July 27th, 1962.
S.I. “Sam” Newhouse on the cover of Time magazine, July 27th, 1962.
     The Louisiana deals that Newhouse had made, not only set a record, but also sent his company into the upper echelons of the newspaper industry.  Newhouse by then had collected 19 newspapers with a combined daily and Sunday circulation of 5.7 million.  He now owned, in whole or part, more newspapers than anyone else in the U.S.  The Scripps Howard organization was right behind him with 18, followed by Hearst newspapers with 13.  However, Scripps-Howard and Hearst both had bigger total circulation numbers than did Newhouse.  But  Newhouse was growing in size, even as Scripps-Howard, Hearst, and most of the U.S. newspaper industry was contracting.  And Sam Newhouse appeared to be the better businessman of the bunch, having a special knack for making newspapers profitable.  By late July 1962, Sam Newhouse appeared on the cover of Time magazine, depicted with a stream of acquired newspapers behind him, shown generating a flow of cash.

     In the fall that year, Newhouse set out again to bag another newspaper.  On October 12, 1962, The Wall Street Journal reported that Newhouse was planing to buy The World-Herald newspaper in Omaha, Nebraska.  And a few weeks later Newhouse made a $40 million bid for the paper, which appeared to be accepted.

1967: Sam Newhouse acquired ‘The Cleveland Plain Dealer’ newspaper.
1967: Sam Newhouse acquired ‘The Cleveland Plain Dealer’ newspaper.
     However, a local Omaha construction magnate, Peter Kiewit, bid higher at $40.5 million, which the World-Herald board accepted, preferring to keep the paper in local hands.  Back in New York, meanwhile, in 1964 Newhouse made the largest gift to Syracuse University by a living donor as the university dedicated its new School of Communications Center, which was named for Samuel Newhouse.

     In 1966, Newhouse acquired three newspapers in Springfield, Massachusetts – The Springfield Morning  News, The Republican, and The Morning Union – followed by three more in the south;  The Mobile Register, The Mobile Press and The Mississippi Press-Register.  The following year he set another industry record when he paid $54.2 million for the Cleveland Plain-Dealer.

     As he went about his business, Newhouse gained a reputation as a tight-fisted owner and manager known for cost cutting.  He also resisted unions and did not pay high salaries to his reporters.  Nor did he impose any particular ideology or editorial line on his managers and editors, and for the most past, he maintained political neutrality.  Said he in 1968: “My papers have different philosophies, and they’re about as wide apart as they can get.  Some are Democratic, some are Republican.  I am not going to try to shape their thought.”  Many others in the business followed his “hands off” example.


The 1970s

     By the mid-1970s, Sam Newhouse, then 80 years old, was still looking for more newspaper properties.  In February 1975 he had acquired 25 percent of the stock in the Booth Newspaper group, a chain of eight small newspapers all within 200 miles of Detroit, Michigan.  Booth also owned Parade magazine, a popular Sunday supplement. Local newspapers with monopoly positions like those in the Booth chain, were described by one 1975 analyst as offering  “practically a licence to print money.” The eight papers – The Grand Rapids Press, The Flint Journal, The Kalamazoo Gazette, The Saginaw News, The Muskegon Chronicle, The Bay City Times, The Ann Arbor News and The Jackson Citizen Press – then had a combined circulation of about 506,000.  But Newhouse wasn’t the only party interested in this newspaper group.  The Times Mirror Company – then owner of the Los Angeles Times, Newsday, The Dallas Times Herald, and The Orange Coast Daily Pilot – was also interested.  In the fall of 1976, Times Mirror made an offer to buy the Booth chain at $40 a share, which was more than double Booth’s stock price at the time.  But Newhouse made a counter offer of $47 a share, which the Booth group accepted.  In the end, Newhouse gained total ownership of the eight Booth newspapers and Parade magazine for $305 million.

The look of Parade magazine in August 1977, not long after being acquired by Newhouse.
The look of Parade magazine in August 1977, not long after being acquired by Newhouse.
     The deal was seen in the industry as an investor’s dream, as the eight Booth newspapers were the sole papers in their respective communities, each offering a monopoly source for local advertising.  Observed one newspaper analyst at the time: “It has developed over the years that small-to-medium sized newspapers with a monopoly are the Cadillacs of newspaper stocks.  These are steady, reliable, profitable businesses and that is practically a licence to print money.”

     But in addition to the eight local newspapers, there was also something else.  No small part of the deal was Parade magazine.  Parade, in fact, gave Newhouse a window into many other newspapers, as it was then one of the leading Sunday supplement inserts – used by some 111 newspapers with a combined circulation of more than 19 million.  And under the Newhouse umbrella, Parade would only grow in the years ahead.  Elsewhere in the magazine business, in February 1979, Newhouse also purchased Gentlemen’s Quarterly from Esquire and rolled it into the Condé Nast magazine group, later renaming it GQ.

1974: Sam Newhouse.
1974: Sam Newhouse.
     The Newhouse empire, however, was about to change.  In August 1979, at the age of 84, Sam Newhouse passed away.  He died of complications following a stroke.  At the time of his death, what had begun as a single Long Island newspaper 50 years earlier, had become a nationwide communications empire that included not only newspapers but magazines, radio and television stations, printing companies and delivery services. 

     By1979, the Newhouse operation held 31 daily newspapers with a total readership of more than 3 million, then the third largest U.S. newspaper chain behind Gannett and Knight-Ridder.  With Sam’s passing, his two sons began running the company – S.I., Jr., known as “Si,” would head up the company’s magazine operations, and Donald Newhouse would run the newspapers.

The banners of the two main newspapers in New Orleans ran together for a time after Newhouse consolidated the them. But in 1986, The States-Item name was dropped.
The banners of the two main newspapers in New Orleans ran together for a time after Newhouse consolidated the them. But in 1986, The States-Item name was dropped.


The 1980s

     In the 1980s, although no newspapers were acquired, some were consolidated, especially in cities where Newhouse owned both the morning and afternoon papers.  In New Orleans, The Times-Picayune was combined with The States-Item.  Newhouse had bought both papers in 1962.  On June 2, 1980, The States-Item was gone but the surviving paper shared a joint banner using both names.  Six years later, The States-Item name was dropped altogether, and the newspaper of New Orleans became The Times-Picayune.

     In Portland, Oregon, The Oregon Journal was merged with the Oregonian in 1982.  That same year, the Cleveland Press ceased operation.  The Newhouse-owned Cleveland Plain-Dealer then became the city’s only daily newspaper.  Allegations were made that Newhouse management had paid The Press’ owner to go out of business, and in 1985, a grand jury began an anti-trust investigation into the Newhouse role, but charges were never filed.  In other newspaper business, Newhouse also sold the St. Louis Globe-Democrat in 1984.

The Random House logo.
The Random House logo.
     In other ventures, Newhouse scored big when he acquired Random House in 1980, then one of the world’s top book publishers.  He bought the premier publisher from RCA for $70 million.  Two years later Fawcett Books was acquired from CBS and placed in the Ballantine Books division of Random House.  In that deal, Newhouse inherited Fawcett’s mass market paperback list with established authors such as: William Bernhardt, Amanda Cross, Stephen Frey, P. D. James, William X. Kienzle, Anne Perry, Daniel Silva, Peter Straub and Margaret Truman.  Fawcett also became the official home of Ballantine’s mass market mystery books program.  Later in the 1980s, Fodor’s Travel Guides (1986) and the Crown Publishing Group (1988) would be acquired and rolled into Random House as well.

     In 1980 Newhouse also sold five television stations to the Times Mirror Company for $82 million.  He sold the stations primarily because his company then held newspapers in those same cities and he feared the government would eventually order the sale on anti-trust grounds.  Newhouse used part of the money from that sale to buy up other cable TV systems, and by 1981 or so had over 500,000 cable television subscribers.  Forbes magazine around this time observed: “By the most conservative standards, the Newhouse properties are worth well over $1 billion.  They are unencumbered by a penny of debt and except for a 49% interest in a paper mill, are 100% owned by the Newhouse family or by trusts they control.”

     In the magazine business, meanwhile, the early 1980s at Newhouse were a time of revamping and relaunching some of the company’s acquired properties.  Among these was Gentleman’s Quarterly, or GQ, a men’s fashion magazine dating to 1931.  At the time Newhouse acquired it, GQ had become known as a gay men’s magazine.  But at the Newhouse Condé Nast shop during the early 1980s, the decision was made to give GQ a more masculine focus, as the company wanted to reach a broader market and become a competitor to Esquire.  The covers in the early 1980s began featuring male movie stars and athletes, among them, actors such as Jack Nicholson, Mel Gibson, and Harrison Ford and athletes such as Washington Redskins quarterback, Joe Theismann.  Advertising pages in the magazine featured male models with admiring females.

 

     In early 1983, Newhouse also made a major move with the re-launch of Vanity Fair as a glossy celebrity magazine focused on literature, the arts, politics and popular culture.  Some $10 million was invested in strengthening the magazine editorially.  It was also redesinged to give it a new look and a new start, hoping to restore it as the central publication within the Condé Nast group.  The first new issue included some 290 pages with a short novel by Gabriel Garcia Márquez, winner of the 1982 Nobel Prize for literature, and also articles by writer Gore Vidal and paleontologist Stephen Jay Gould.  Photographer Irving Penn, described as “one of the greatest portrait photographers of the 20th century”, was enlisted in the Vanity Fair re-launch during 1983.  Penn, who began shooting for Vogue magazine in 1943, did six successive covers for Vanity Fair in 1983, August through December 1983.  Four of those cover shots, which featured celebrity authors and actors, are shown here at right – from top left: novelist Philip Roth, September 1983; writer and playwright Susan Sontag, October 1983; European writer, Francine du Plessix Gray, November 1983; and comedian-in-disguise, Woody Allen, December 1983.  A round of reviews followed the Vanity Fair makeover, including some that were sharply negative, as those that came from Time and The New Republic.  ”We never believed we were producing a perfect magazine when we relaunched Vanity Fair,” said Si Newhouse at the time.  He acknowledged there was much work ahead — “before we get the wonderful, seamless quality a mature magazine has.”

     One step to getting Vanity Fair on the right track, Newhouse hoped, was the January 1984 hiring of Tina Brown, the former editor of The Tatler, society magazine in London.  Brown, an Oxford University graduate, had given The Tatler a more modern and satirical edge, and it appeared that’s what Newhouse had in mind for Vanity Fair as well.  Time would tell.

The New Yorker, Feb 25, 1985, featuring famous mascot, Eustace Tilley, about the time S. I. Newhouse acquired it.
The New Yorker, Feb 25, 1985, featuring famous mascot, Eustace Tilley, about the time S. I. Newhouse acquired it.
     Then in November 1984, Newhouse took another big bite in the magazine industry, spending $25 million to acquire a 17 percent ownership position in the The New Yorker magazine, one of the nation’s most venerable magazines of style and literary excellence, published for some 60 years.  By February 1985, Newhouse had acquired the whole company, which then also included a few other magazines

     The acquisition of The New Yorker stunned the publishing world.  At the time, many worried for the fate of the magazine’s vaunted literary quality, which showcased some of the finest writers in America, might suffer under the Newhouse cost-conscious management style.  An unsigned article published in the magazine during the management change questioned whether the new ownership would result in erosion of The New Yorker’s long tradition of editorial independence. Fears escalated when the long standing editor of some 32 years, William Shawn, was fired by Newhouse.  Depsite the concerns, things at The New Yorker continued pretty much as they had, as the magazine’s integrity and quality were not compromised.

     In the business world, however, there were those who believed that buying up The New Yorker made no economic sense, as the magazine was seen as “old media” and on the way out – especially as television’s “quick take” and “sound bite” stylistic tendencies began encroaching on the print world.  But Si Newhouse was a careful student of the magazine business.  In September 1988 he told Geraldine Fabrikant of the New York Times that The New Yorker was then “one of the greatest things in journalism and the most interesting thing I am involved in.”  He added: ”People have been convinced that no one is reading any more, so that bringing The New Yorker back is a fascinating challenge,” he said.  ”When I study the health of magazines, I study renewal rates,” he explained.  ”That tells you whether a magazine is right for its readers.  Once you have a good reader base, advertisers invariably follow.”  The New Yorker at the time had a renewal rate of 72 percent, which was then 2 points above the industry average.

     Vanity Fair, meanwhile, under Tina Brown, faced a make-or-break situation, with 1984 circulation of 200,000 and very little advertising.  Rumors circulated that Si Newhouse might decide to take the barely-surviving magazine and fold it into The New Yorker.  But under Brown’s direction, Vanity Fair began to show itself in a new way, offering a range of new cover subjects, stories and photography. 

     Three Vanity Fair cover stories during 1985 are sometimes credited as the turning point.  First was the Vanity Fair cover of Ronald and Nancy Reagan dancing in the White House by photographer Harry Benson for the June 1985 issue.  Then came the August 1985 cover story of accused murderer Claus von Bulow with his mistress Andrea Reynolds on the cover and in other photos by Helmut Newton of von Bülow and Reynolds in matching leather jackets that made them look, as Reynolds put it, like “S&M people.”  And finally, there was Tina Brown’s own cover story on Princess Diana of October 1985 titled “The Mouse that Roared,” which examined how marriage and a public life had changed young Diana, a former preschool teacher.  Princess Di was photographed in full House of Windsor regalia for the issue.  But perhaps more notably, the Princess Diana story also broke news of the royal couple’s fractured marriage.  The issue boosted Vanity Fair newsstand sales by 100,000 copies.

Vanity Fair editor Tina Brown with Si Newhouse, 1990.
Vanity Fair editor Tina Brown with Si Newhouse, 1990.
     The von Bülow and Princess Diana issues set Vanity Fair sales records and helped convince Newhouse to stick with the venture.  Vanity Fair’s fortunes generally rose thereafter, as sales began rising, especially on the newsstands, a very good bellweater of consumer acceptance and magazine success.  By 1988, Tina Brown was named Magazine Editor of the Year by Advertising Age and Vanity Fair’s advertising pages were on the rise as well.  Tina Brown’s Vanity Fair cover subjects continued to reflect leading edge culture, with figures such as Madonna and Michael Jackson featured on issues in the second half of the 1980s.  The magazine also used current events to its advantage.  “I brought in the news gene,” Tina Brown would later explain to writer Steve Fishman in a 2009 New York magazine interview.  “Newhouse came to understand that news was a key to connection to the culture.”  News meant buzz, politics, and culture.  As New York’s Steve Fishman, would put it: “Brown had an instinct, and an unrestrained affection, for power, and she set about glamorizing it, whether in politics, Hollywood, business, or crime.  The notion that a magazine could borrow celebrity power to increase its own, such a truism now, was revelatory at the time.”

2010 edition of “Condé Nast Traveler,” launched in 1987.
2010 edition of “Condé Nast Traveler,” launched in 1987.
“Details” magazine in 1992 after a Newhouse overhaul.
“Details” magazine in 1992 after a Newhouse overhaul.

     Si Newhouse, meanwhile was also adding other magazines during the late 1980s.  Among these was a magazine that would later become the Condé Nast Traveler, a monthly magazine for affluent readers and travelers that was acquired from American Express as Signature magazine, but was vastly upgraded and relaunched by Newhouse in the fall of 1987 with an infusion of about $40 million.  In early 1988, Details magazine was acquired, which was originally a somewhat quirky chronicle of Manhattan’s downtown art and club scene when Newhouse acquired it for $2 million, but was transformed into a young men’s fashion and lifestyle magazine.  Later the same year, Woman magazine was acquired, an eight-year-old magazine with a circulation of 525,000.  Somewhat less sophisticated than others in the Newhouse / Condé Nast group, Woman would target a newer market segment.  Meanwhile, an older but reliable magazine on the newspaper side, Parade, was enjoying a growing readership base.  By 1989 the Sunday supplement was included in some 330 newspapers with a circulation of more than 35 million readers.  A full-page color ad in Parade at this time would cost its sponsor about $420,000.

     Elsewhere in the late-1980s Newhouse empire, Random House in 1988 added Crown Publishing to its growing group of imprints.  The IRS about this time filed charges against the Newhouse family, claiming taxes due on the estate of Sam Newhouse.  The family had filed an estimated amount of $48 million.  The IRS, however, said the amount due was more in the neighborhood of $600 million, plus $300 million more in penalties.  However, the courts later found in favor of the Newhouse family.  By 1989, Forbes magazine, in its annual listing of the richest Americans, found the Newhouse empire to be worth some $5.2 billion.  Fortune magazine estimated Newhouse wealth a bit higher, at $7.7 billion.  In any case, by the close of the decade, Newhouse was the nation’s the No. 1 publisher of general books, the third largest magazine publisher, the fourth largest newspaper chain, and one of the top 15 cable TV providers.


The 1990s

     Vanity Fair continued to be a pop culture trend-setter in the early 1990s, featuring cutting-edge stories, Hollywood celebrities, and sometimes controversial covers, not the least of which was a nude and very pregnant Demi Moore on the cover of the August 1991 issue.  “More Demi Moore,” read the cover tag line, with the featured subject photographed by Annie Leibovitz, as Moore was then seven months pregnant with her daughter.  The cover was intended to be “anti- Hollywood” and “anti-glitz,” according to some accounts, and it succeeded in sparking intense controversy and debate, receiving wide media coverage in the process.  Other Vanity Fair covers through 1992 featured Hollywood celebrities, rock stars, and enticing cover stories, among them: Jessica Lange in October 1991, Goldie Hawn in March 1992, and Mick Jagger in April 1992.

     Vanity Fair’s circulation had jumped to 1.2 million by 1991.  Advertising pages were also up in 1991, to about 1,440 pages.  Revenues from circulation rose, especially from profitable single-copy sales at $20 million.  Vanity Fair was then selling some 55 percent of its copies on the newsstand, well above the industry average of 42 percent.  Tina Brown had done so well at Vanity Fair that Si Newhouse decided in July 1992 to make her editor of The New Yorker, hoping to give that magazine a bit of Vanity Fair’s sharper edge.  Graydon Carter was hired by Newhouse to replace Brown at Vanity Fair, which continued with engaging cover art, such as the August 1993 issue with Cindy Crawford and k. d. Lang, photographed by Herb Ritts.  Vanity Fair stories had cultural and current affairs impact, too.  In 1996, journalist Marie Brenner wrote a Vanity Fair exposé on the tobacco industry entitled “The Man Who Knew Too Much,” an article later adapted for the 1999 film, The Insider, with Al Pacino and Russell Crowe.

1996: “Allure,” Sharon Stone.
1996: “Allure,” Sharon Stone.
October 1995: “Bon Appétit.”
October 1995: “Bon Appétit.”

     Beyond Vanity Fair and The New Yorker, the Newhouse enterprise continued to extend its reach in the magazine business.  In 1991, it added Allure and others through the 1993 acquisition of Knapp Publications including, Architectural Digest and Bon Appétit.  The following year, Newhouse acquired a 25 percent share of Wired, a San Francisco based monthly magazine focusing on new technology and how it affects culture, the economy, and politics.  Newhouse had also offered some $500 million in backing to QVC, then in a 1993 bid for Paramount film studios, which QVC later lost to Viacom.  On the newspaper side, the American City Business Journals were acquired by Newhouse in 1995 for about $270 million, adding business newspapers in some 40 cities with names such as the Atlanta Business Chronicle, the Cincinnati Business Courier, the Denver Business Journal, and others.  Still, newspapers continued to be the cash cow for Newhouse, generating the largest revenue stream for the company through the mid-1990s, usually north of $1.5 billion annually.  In cable TV, meanwhile, Newhouse and Time-Warner Cable combined cable systems in a joint venture.  That deal brought Newhouse Broadcasting’s 1.4 million subscribers together with Time-Warner systems in New York, North Carolina and Florida at a time when the cable industry was undergoing consolidation in preparation for the battle-to-come with phone companies.  Newhouse was also then a part owner of the Discovery cable TV channel.

October 12, 1962 issue of The New Yorker with Malcolm X portrait.
October 12, 1962 issue of The New Yorker with Malcolm X portrait.
     Over at the The New Yorker, meanwhile, Tina Brown broke tradition with her second issue of the magazine – for its October 12, 1992 edition – running a portrait of Malcolm X on the cover, as well as a full-page photograph of the slain black leader inside the magazine.  It was the first time in the magazine’s 67-year history that an article had received such treatment.  The cover painting was by artist Josh Gosfield, which also featured a background collage of other smaller drawings and photos around the Malcolm portrait, including imagery related to the Los Angeles beating of Rodney King and a smaller photo by Richard Avedon of Malcolm X with Martin Luther King Jr. in 1963.  Inside the magazine, there was a related story by Marshall Frady entitled, “The Children of Malcolm.”  It was also the first time the cover subject had been related to an article inside the magazine.  A New York Daily news story, noting the change, observed: “this is not your father’s New Yorker.”

      Inside the magazine, Brown also made changes.  She introduced color and photography giving the magazine a more modern layout with less type on each page.  There was also more coverage of current events and hot topics, featuring more celebrities and business tycoons.  The “Goings on About Town” section included short pieces throughout and a column about Manhattan nightlife.  A new letters-to-the-editor page and the addition of authors’ bylines to the “Talk of the Town” section had the effect of making the magazine more personal.

Two Newhouse Books
1994 & 1998

1997 edition of Thomas Maier’s book on Newhouse family. Click for copy.
1997 edition of Thomas Maier’s book on Newhouse family. Click for copy.
     The Newhouse family and its rising media holdings had long been of interest to enterprising journalists.  And in October 1994, one of the first books examining the Newhouse empire appeared, titled: Newhouse: All the Glitter, Power & Glory of America’s Richest Media Empire & The Secretive Man Behind It.  The 446-page book was written by Thomas Maier, a reporter for Newsday, the New York newspaper.  The unauthorized investigative volume is centered mostly on Si Newhouse, who Maier calls at one point, “the most powerful private citizen in America.”  The book examines the internecine warfare among owner and editors and some of the lavish partying, expense accounts, and excesses.  Maier makes clear that he is no fan of the Newhouse empire, which he charges with promoting celebrity and gossip over social responsibility.  The book also featured a few long-standing family friends, such as Roy Cohn, and the magic he worked for some politicians in selected Newhouse publications (including JFK and Ronald Reagan).  Cohn also helped Newhouse land literary stars like Norman Mailer and aided the family in their battle with the IRS.  Maier’s book raised warnings about a media monopoly in America, and how powers like Newhouse were changing journalism.  The book won the Frank Luther Mott Award as best media book of the year in 1995 and excerpts appeared in the Columbia Journalism Review, Worth, and The London Telegraph.  An updated paperback was published in 1997.

Carol Felsenthal’s 1998 book, “Citizen Newhouse.” Click for copy.
Carol Felsenthal’s 1998 book, “Citizen Newhouse.” Click for copy.
     In December 1998, a second unauthorized biography appeared – Citizen Newhouse: Portrait of a Media Merchant.  It was written by Carol Felsenthal who had written an earlier controversial volume on Washington Post owner, Katharine Graham.  Citizen Newhouse  covers the Newhouse story mostly by way of Si Newhouse.  However, this book’s publication became something of a story in its own right when Newhouse worries gripped the book’s editor at Viking Press, causing her to cancell Felsenthal’s book contract.  The book was finally published with Seven Stories Press.  

     Felsenthal worked for five years on the Newhouse book, conducting some 430 interviews and producing a volume that offers a vast compendium of facts, quotes, and anecdotes.  Her book includes great detail on Si Newhouse’s editorial proclivities and the lavish perks he bestowed on his editorial elite, with former editors and publishers talking candidly about their dealings with Newhouse, who is cast as cold and uncaring by several long-time editors.  Still, Felsenthal portrays Newhouse as a businessman who made few mistakes, taking his father’s newspaper company to new heights with successful expansions in book and magazine publishing.

     By March 1998, the Newhouse family appeared to be streamlining its operation, and cutting away properties which had underperformed.  One of these was the Random House publishing group, which by then included many well known and well respected imprints including: Alfred A. Knopf, Crown Publishing, Ballantine Books, Fawcett Books, Fodor’s, Modern Library, Pantheon Books, Orion, Vintage Books, and others. During its 18 years of ownership, the Newhouse family had expanded Random House from a $200 million-a-year publishing house with no properties overseas to world’s largest English language trade publisher with ports in England and Australia.  But like others in the industry, Random House had struggled with heavy returns of unsold titles and marginal profitability.  In 1996 it’s profits were generously estimated at $1 million on $1 billion in sales. However, as part of the privately-held Advance Publications empire, and not having to worry about quarter-to-quarter pressures of a publicly-held company, the Newhouse family could and did take the long view with Random House.Some believe Newhouse played a key role in pushing Random to bring on celebrity authors and blockbuster books that would do well in a more entertainment-driven marketplace.  Random also went after celebrity authors, and paid them well to write their books with big advances – $2.5 million to former Clinton presidential adviser, Dick Morris; $5 million for Marlon Brando’s autobiography, and more than $6 million for Colin Powell’s autobiography.

     Still, in Random House, the Newhouse organization did not find the cross-business opportunities – or “synergies” as some described them – that might have moved between the magazine and book businesses.  One Newhouse editor at The New Yorker told the The New York Observer in March 1998: “The idea that The New Yorker has drawn any intellectual sustenance from Random House is ludicrous.  There has never been an exchange of ideas and, even in business matters, like first serial rights.  Random House has always been as firmly self-interested as the next publisher.”  During the 18-year Newhouse tenure, Random House and the book business had changed, and with the web and new retailing patterns, more change was ahead.  Si Newhouse and family, some believed, were just more comfortable in the magazine and newspaper business.  “Si loves the media business and he loves it for the right reasons,” one publishing source told The Observer.  “He genuinely loves owning things that make a contribution to a high level of intellectual discussion.  But he is at core a businessman….”  By 1997, Si and family had decided to sell Random, but they would not sell it to just anybody; there would have to be a genuine interest in the book business.  When German bookseller Bertelsmann approached Newhouse with an interest in the company, negotiations began.  Bertelsmann wanted a foothold in the American publishing business, and in the end paid more than $1 billion for Random House – $1.3 billion by one estimate.

     “I think Si deserves a lot of credit,” said Thomas Maier, author of the 1994 book, Newhouse, summing up the Newhouse ownership of Random House to New York Times reporter Doreen Carvajal.  “He…grew the business through acquisitions and by hiring some terrifically talented people.  I think it’s very debatable whether they improved the quality or not.  In some ways they did, and in other ways they ended a genteel, writer-oriented era in publishing in favor of a celebrity, media-driven realm.  Was that a tide that could be bucked?  Probably not.”  Newhouse, in Maier’s view, played a key role in pushing Random to bring on more celebrity authors and blockbuster-type books that would do well in a more entertainment-driven marketplace.  And that change helped draw in even bigger players like Disney and Murdoch.

Sept 2001: Gwyneth Paltrow.
Sept 2001: Gwyneth Paltrow.
April 2011: Liv Tyler.
April 2011: Liv Tyler.

     In the magazine business, meanwhile, the Newhouse enterprise was still buying.  In May 1998, the company acquired full control of Wired magazine, the San Francisco based technology/life style magazine.  In 1999, additional magazines were bought from Disney through Fairchild Publications, a company Disney had acquired when it bought Cap Cities /ABC in 1995.  Newhouse acquired three magazines in the Disney deal – W, Jane, and Women’s Wear Daily.  W and Women’s Wear were fashion magazines, while Jane was oriented to the 18-to-34 year old market.  Newhouse reportedly offered $650 million in the Disney/Fairchild magazine deal, outbidding the Hearst Corporation, a big rival in the magazine business.  With the three mostly fashion additions, Newhouse now had control of more fashion advertising revenue than any of its rivals — worth hundreds of millions of dollars annually.  Covers in these magazines during 1999, for example, featured celebrities such as: Lisa Kudrow, Natalie Portman, Courtney Love, Minnie Driver, Mariah Carey, Claire Danes —  with others in that vein continuing through the early 2000s, such as the Gwyneth Paltrow and Liv Tyler covers shown above.


2000s: New World

Actress Rachel Bilson on the cover of the March 2008 issue of “Lucky” magazine, a Newhouse success story in the otherwise tough 2000s.
Actress Rachel Bilson on the cover of the March 2008 issue of “Lucky” magazine, a Newhouse success story in the otherwise tough 2000s.
     Through the first decade of the new millennium, Newhouse faced something of a new world, with changing technology, and later, tougher economic times.  Still, at the beginning of the decade, the Newhouse enterprise continued what it had been doing in the past – acquiring more properties.  In July 2000, Newhouse acquired a group of newspapers in New Jersey and Pennsylvania from the Media News Group, including: The Gloucester County Times, Today’s Sunbeam, Bridgeton Evening News – all in New Jersey – and The Express-Times of Easton, Pennsylvania.  However, Newhouse also closed down the Syracuse Herald- Journal in 2001.

     On the magazine side, there were also additions, as well as a few subtractions.  Lucky, a new creation, was launched in December 2000, cast as a shopping guide and style magazine primarily for women.  Its articles focused on fashion – what to wear and how to wear it – and each issue featured a spread on some the cover girl’s favorite clothes and trends.  Another magazine, Modern Bride, was acquired from Primedia for $52 million in 2002, and fit another slice of the Condé Nast upscale audience.  In early 2003, Teen Vogue was launched as a another new Condé Nast magazine with Gwen Stafani on the cover of the first issue.  Teen Vogue was basically conceived as a teenage version of Vogue magazine aimed at teenage girls.  Focusing on teen fashion and celebrities, with related news and entertainment feature stories, it became a successful new magazine in the Newhouse/Condé Nast stable, soon reaching a circulation of more than one million.  At the same time, three other magazines were closed in 2001 – Mademoiselle, Golf World, and Golf Digest.  In the Cable TV arena, Advance and AOL/Time-Warner ended their cable partnership in 2002, as Advance changed the name of its cable operations to Bright House.  By early 2008, before the economy went south, the Newhouse empire had revenues of more than $7 billion with more than 20,000 employees.  The combined worth of Si and Donald Newhouse had been estimated by Forbes a few years earlier at around $15 billion.

     Image & Style.  Newhouse magazines during the 2000s continued with their celebrity-centric and fashion offerings, as well as their socially-trendy reporting.  Vanity Fair had established itself since the 1990s as perhaps the top New York magazine on pop culture, fashion, and current affairs, and continued with that mix of fare through the 2000s.

Vogue’s Sept 2007 fashion issue, featuring actress and model Sienna Miller on its cover.
Vogue’s Sept 2007 fashion issue, featuring actress and model Sienna Miller on its cover.
In 2002, for example, it offered a formal portrait of President George W. Bush’s Afghan War Cabinet. In 2005, came some juicy celebrity exclusives – “the big post-prison interview” with diva Martha Stewart in August, followed by the first interview with Jennifer Anniston after her divorce from Brad Pitt in September titled, “The Unsinkable Jennifer Aniston,” with Anniston on the cover. In January 2006, Vanity Fair published a cover feature and interview with Lindsay Lohan.

     Fashion, of course, is a core part of the Newhouse /Condé Nast publishing and advertising world, with the venerable Vogue magazine and its iconic editor, Anna Wintour, among its biggest stars. Wintour, in fact, was famously played by Meryl Streep in the 2006 film, The Devil Wears Prada.

If that weren’t enough, a documentary film was made about Vogue’s famous annual fall fahion issue. The film, bearing the title, The September Issue, was released in 2009. It chronicled the production of what was then the largest issue in Vogue magazine history, the September 2007 issue, running some 840 pages thick, 727 pages of which were ads. The cover of that issue featured Sienna Miller along with its proudly proclaimed page count.

     “We stand for a certain world,” Anna Wintour would later tell New York magazine writer Steve Fishman in a 2009 interview. “Women want to have pretty clothes. I mean, it’s a question of self-respect too.” In his New York article Fishman also quoted Wintour describing Vogue’s place in the publishing world as she pointed to some of the wares her magazine promoted:  “… Wintour tells me about Ralph Lauren’s new collection of watches, which inspires her. They cost more, but they will last. ‘He wants to be part of the culture, and I feel the same way about Vogue: I want Vogue to be there, part of the culture,’ she says.”

     Over at The New Yorker, meanwhile, the engaging stories and cover art of that magazine continued to be much-loved features, though occasionally generating notice with cover art that hit certain sensitive political or controversial  subjects.  Among these, perhaps most famously, was a July 2008 cover, meant as satire, that used cartoon renditions of then presidential candidate Barack Obama and his wife, depicting them as flag-burning, fist-bumping radicals —  she dressed as a revolutionary and he in muslim garb.  The artist, Barry Blitt, defended his work, saying “the idea that the Obamas are branded as unpatriotic in certain sectors is preposterous.  It seemed to me that depicting the concept would show it as the fear-mongering ridiculousness that it is.”  Editor David Remnick explained that the satire was deliberate and purposely overboard in order to mock all the phony smears that were being leveled at the Obamas.  Still, others – and notably Obama’s campaign at the time – thought the imagery was harmful.  Rachel Sklar writing in the Huffington Post, noted: “presumably the New Yorker readership is sophisticated enough to get the joke,” but she worried about those who might use the “handy illustration” to continue to spread the very scare tactics and misinformation depicted.  Other New Yorker covers during the 2000s captured economic problems such as “Red Death on Wall Street,” by artist Robert Risko that ran in the October 20, 2008 issue, or “S.O.S.,” by Christoph Niemann, that ran in the August 15/22, 2011 issue.  Two New Yorker covers in 2010 hit BP’s Gulf of Mexio oil spill – one from the June 7, 2010 issue that showed a man in a suit testifying before a Congressional-like panel of oil-saturated marine animals, and five weeks later, offering a visual play on Escher-like imagery, titled “After Escher: Gulf Sky and Water,” by artist Bob Staake, which reportedly “lit up the blogosphere,” as Staake cleverly modified the original Escher to include oil-drenched Gulf wildlife, with a pelican at the top and a turtle at the bottom.

Creating The Buzz
Si Newhouse

Si Newhouse, buzz-maker.
Si Newhouse, buzz-maker.
     With the Condé Nast group of publications in the last few decades there is no question that Si Newhouse has left a substantial stamp on contemporary culture.  New York Times reporter Richard Pérez-Pena, writing on Newhouse in July 2008 observed: “Over three decades, Si Newhouse has built Condé Nast from an elite boutique into one of the largest, most successful American media companies, an upscale arbiter of popular culture from fashion to fiction.”  He is sometimes compared to old-line publishers like TimeLife’s Henry Luce or newspaper baron William Randolph Hearst who also pursued personal interests through publishing.  But Si Newhouse also became known for focusing on the details of his magazines, and some say he ran his shop like a Hollywood producer, also personally taken with the film industry.  Graydon Carter, editor in chief of Vanity Fair, has said that the magazine’s annual “Hollywood issue” was Si Newhouse’s idea.  Over at Vogue, whenever Si Newhouse offered advice, according to editor Anna Wintour, “he’s always made the surprising choice rather than the safe choice.”  David Remnick, The New Yorker editor, has said much the same, describing Si Newhouse as the Babe Ruth of magazines, swinging for the fences.

Part of the sequence of 20 “celebrity pairs” used in Vanity Fair’s special Africa edition, July 2007.
Part of the sequence of 20 “celebrity pairs” used in Vanity Fair’s special Africa edition, July 2007.
     Si Newhouse enjoys having his magazines at the center of the cultural swirl, no question.  As New York Times reporter Richard Pérez-Pena, has observed: “More than almost anything else, acquaintances say, Mr. Newhouse delights in the buzz his magazines routinely create.  He welcomes controversies, like the recent brouhaha about the Obamas-as-terrorists cover of The New Yorker.  What tickles him often challenges convention, often embraces the new or novel, and often sells.”  Anna Wintour at Vogue has made similar comments:  “He likes the buzz, there’s no question.  If you have lunch with a celebrity or political figure, he’s thrilled to hear about it.”  Magazines in the Condé Nast group will sometimes go the extra mile to get attention and create the buzz their leader loves.  In July 2007, for example, Vanity Fair printed 20 different versions of its cover each featuring a famous celebrity pair.  The issue was guest-edited by U-2 rock star Bono and was dedicated to fighting poverty in Africa.  Each famous celebrity pair, in varying poses, was photographed by Annie Leibovitz, including: Maya Angelou, Desmond Tutu, Brad Pitt, Condoleezza Rice, George W. Bush, George Clooney, Iman, Jay-Z, Warren Buffet, Bill and Melinda Gates, Muhammad Ali, and a young Illinois senator named Barack Obama.  The project was shot at locations around the globe and cost million do. But in the end, it paid for itself, according to Vanity Fair editor, Graydon Carter, as the buzz resulted in increased newsstand sales.

 

Hard Times at Newhouse

June 2009: New York magazine ran a cover story on part of the Newhouse empire, subtitled “Si Newhouse’s Condé Nast, a Good-Times Empire in a Hard-Times World.”
June 2009: New York magazine ran a cover story on part of the Newhouse empire, subtitled “Si Newhouse’s Condé Nast, a Good-Times Empire in a Hard-Times World.”
     In June 2009, New York magazine published a cover story titled, “The Last Old-Media Tycoon,” alluding to changes then assaulting the Newhouse empire.  The piece, written by Steve Fishman, focused mostly on the trendy magazine side of the business, referring to it as “Si Newhouse’s Dream Factory,” further elaborating with a subtitle that explained: “Condé Nast’s own stars compare their glossy empire to the MGM of Old Hollywood. But no one would wish it the same fate.”

     Yet hard times were taking a toll on the Newhouse publications and the family fortune.  In the first three months of 2009, The New Yorker’s ad pages were down 36 percent, and at Vogue and Vanity Fair, around 30 percent.  Wired’s  were down by almost 60 percent.  Between 2007 and 2009 Newhouse had closed nearly a dozen magazines, among them: Jane, House & Garden, Men’s Vogue, Golf for Women, Domino, Portfolio, Modern Bride, Elegant Bride, Gourmet, and Cookie.  Some of these, however, retained an on-line presence.  Fishman’s New York piece explained how Si Newhouse had grown up in the magazine business and loved magazines, and how it pained him personally to close them down.  But the nature of the Newhouse business was changing, as Fishman;s piece explained.  Some 40 percent of the family fortune now came from its stake in Discovery Communications, which ran cable and satellite TV networks with programs such as Discovery Channel, Animal Planet and TLC.

     Cash Cow Blues.  Newspapers – the stock and trade of the Newhouse rise – were also in trouble by this time.  What was once the reliable center of the Newhouse empire – at least with respect to its revenue-generating power – had become something of an albatross by the mid- and late 2000s.  Hit hard by the realities of the internet, some big Newhouse newspapers were bleeding badly.  In 2008, the Newark Star-Ledger for one may have lost as much as $40 million.  Circulation there had fallen by nine percent to 223,000 copies and newsroom staff cuts of 40 percent followed.  In 2009, The Ann Arbor News was reduced more or less to a website, AnnArbor.com, with a print edition appearing just two days a week using a fraction of its former staff to run the website.  Revenues for the Newhouse newspaper group plummeted 26 percent in 2009, to $1.3 billion, according to Ad Age.  In 2010, the slide continued at some papers, as circulation at The Plain Dealer in Cleveland — one of the biggest of the Newhouse papers — was down 7 percent during the six-months of March-August 2010 to an average of 253,000 copies.  More recently, in May 2012, it was revealed that The Times-Picayune daily newspaper in New Orleans, founded in 1837, would be reducing its print schedule, publishing a print edition three days a week while shifting more coverage on-line.

May 2012: The Times-Picayune of New Orleans announces print edition cutback and move to digital.
May 2012: The Times-Picayune of New Orleans announces print edition cutback and move to digital.
     Painful News Hits.  With the newspaper adjustments Newhouse has made in recent years, seasoned writers, reporters and columnists have lost their jobs. Layoffs at The Times-Picayune and three Newhouse-owned Alabama newspapers, for example, were pretty devastating.  At The Times- Picayune, 84 people in the newsroom were laid off, including some of the paper’s best-known reporters and columnists.  At the Alabama papers, 400 people lost jobs.  Some re-hires occurred at the papers, as new digital positions opened, but those positions were not the same.  In Alabama, for example, John Archibald, a columnist for The Birmingham News – known for the zingers he leveled at city and state political figures – was told he could return as a “local buzz reporter.”  Joey Kennedy, a Pulitzer Prize-winning editorial writer for that same paper, was told he could return as a “community engagement specialist.”  These are obviously not happy transitions for seasoned news journalists.  And given the sizeable contingent of Newhouse-owned newspapers around the country, it is likely this trend will continue in the years ahead.  Newhouse newspapers, however, are still capable of turning out nationally-important investigative stories, as demonstrated in 20011-2012 by The Patriot-News of Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Curiously, among buyers of newspapers recently has been Warren Buffett, the billionaire investor.  In April 2012, the Patriot- News and its reporter, Sara Ganim, received a Pulitzer Prize for “courageously revealing and adeptly covering the explosive Penn State [University] sex scandal involving former football coach Jerry Sandusky.”

     And at least in certain markets, newspapers still make good business sense.  Curiously, among buyers of newspapers recently has been Warren Buffett, the billionaire investor who has frequently had a keen eye for what’s likely to make money in the future.  His purchase of the Omaha World-Herald, where Buffett lives, may have been “one for the home town.”  Yet, his May 2012 acquisition of Media General’s 63 newspapers in the southeast U.S. may suggest that local advertising revenue is alive and well, and possibly more.  If nothing else, newspapers offer good bases for digital development and website expansion.

     Back at Newhouse, meanwhile, “Advance Digital” is growing alongside of, and in some cases may eventually supplant, much of the company’s newspaper empire.  The focus there is to build out a local news and information network of websites, each in alliance with one or more of the 25 Newhouse-owned newspapers presently affiliated with Advance Publications.  The Advance Digital websites provide local information, breaking news, local sports, travel destinations, weather, dining, bar guides and health and fitness information.  In its pitch to advertisers, showing a U.S. map with links to its 12 websites, Advance Digital says: “We are a leading network of local websites – we are affiliated with over 25 newspapers; we reach over 18.9 million consumers every month; and we have a large and diverse audience of educated and affluent professionals.” 

Reddit.com logo.
Reddit.com logo.
     Newhouse & The Web.   The Newhouse organization, however, and especially Si Newhouse, have been criticized for not making quicker and better use of the web.  Initially, Newhouse kept editors away from the web and viewed it simply as a vehicle for selling magazine subscriptions and little else.  For nearly a decade, Newhouse opposed purchasing Wired.com.  But after Donald Newhouse’s son, Steve Newhouse, pulled the deal together in 2006, the Wired website actually proved the more valuable piece of the business, outpacing the magazine itself, reaping sixteen times more unique visitors than the magazine had in circulation.  Still, according to Advertising Age, by 2008, only about 3 percent of Condé Nast ad revenues came from digital, among the lowest in its class.  Steve Newhouse, however, now in his early 50s, has been responsible for some web initiatives that may show the way forward, such as Epicurious.com and Style.com, both conceived as new brands for the company.  Other Newhouse managers and executives have also helped bring in iPad applications, which can showcase Newhouse magazine design strengths. In 2010, GQ magazine became the first Condé Nast title available on the iPad.  And as mentioned earlier, Reddit.com, the popular user-generated “social news” website, is now owned by Advance Publications, having been acquired by Condé Nast in October 2006 for an estimated $10-to-$20 milion.  Today Reddit.com has some 35 million users.

Actor Hugh Grant on the cover of Vanity Fair, Italy (Feb 2010), one of more than100 international Newhouse editions.
Actor Hugh Grant on the cover of Vanity Fair, Italy (Feb 2010), one of more than100 international Newhouse editions.
     More Video & TV.   In October 2011, Newhouse created Condé Nast Entertainment, an entity that will produce more video-styled content — including TV shows, web series and films — content derived from Newhouse journalists and its magazines, ranging from Vogue and GQ to The New Yorker and Vanity Fair.  Having long admired the ways of the Hollywood studios, the Newhouse Condé Nast entities may actually become more studio-like in their outlook and content development.  The chase for advertising dollars will be among the key drivers moving the Newhouse entities to more video and digital media. 

     Whether the Newhouse magazines can make this move with success, however, is an open question, as other publishers have tried similar moves in the past attempting to link to television and film that have failed.  One advantage in their favor, however,  may be the top-shelf nature of the Newhouse magazines and their premium-brand content, offering strong appeal to upscale consumers and advertisers.

     International Business.  In the last few years, another Newhouse manager, Si’s cousin Jonathan Newhouse, now in his early 60s, has made Condé Nast International a Newhouse growth area.  As of November 2010, he added Vogue in India and GQ in China.  Condé Nast International now has more than 100 editions.  The division also recently launched Condé Nast Restaurants, which plans to license the Vogue and GQ brands as eateries overseas.


Culture-Maker Still

The Newhouse-owned Vogue magazine released its record-breaking, 916-page fall fashion issue in September 2012 with Lady Gaga on the cover.
The Newhouse-owned Vogue magazine released its record-breaking, 916-page fall fashion issue in September 2012 with Lady Gaga on the cover.
     In the new swirl of media and technological change currently sweeping through print and publishing, the Newhouse empire is likely to roll on, both as a successful business entity and a continuing force in contemporary culture.  It will likely make the necessary digital adjustments and internal management changes to weather the most serious business threats.  The Condé Nast magazines, in particular, have been setting the cultural tone among the wealthier classes and avant- garde for the last three decades or more, and will not likely yield much ground in that arena to competitors.  Any doubt on that score, and what likely lies ahead, can be seen in the Vogue record-breaking tome of September 2012 – a 120th anniversary edition to boot! At 916 pages, featuring Lady Gaga on its cover, this issue of Vogue suggests – as Washington Post writer Ned Martel put it – “that even in bad times, someone is up for a good time.”  In the pages of Vogue, he says, “the forecast is always a little sunnier…”  And judging from the number of ad pages – 658, with single page rates in the September 2012 edition going for as much as $165,000 – the Newhouse empire would appear to be holding its own.

For additional stories at this website on newspaper and magazine history, see for example: Newsweek Sold!, 1961″ (on the Washington Post’s acquisition of Newsweek, Ben Bradlee/Phil Graham role, and more recent history from Newsweek’s demise to the Jeff Bezos acquisition of the Post); “FDR & Vanity Fair, 1930s” (politics & publishing during the New Deal era); “Murdoch’s NY Deals, 1976-1977″ (Rupert Murdoch’s newspaper & magazine growth, including his takeover of Clay Felker’s New York Magazine); and “Rockwell & Race, 1963-1968,” (exploring Norman Rockwell’s art on this topic at The Saturday Evening Post and Look magazine). Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 18 September 2012
Last Update: 6 December 2020
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Empire Newhouse:1920s-2010s”
PopHistoryDig.com, September 18, 2012.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Sam Newhouse Sr. and wife Mitzi, possibly early 1970s.
Sam Newhouse Sr. and wife Mitzi, possibly early 1970s.
Vogue magazine, 15 August 1960, about a year after Newhouse acquired it and others.
Vogue magazine, 15 August 1960, about a year after Newhouse acquired it and others.
A sample cover of "Glamour" magazine, January 1971.
A sample cover of "Glamour" magazine, January 1971.
March 1981: Actor Jack Nicholson on cover of Newhouse-owned “GQ” magazine.
March 1981: Actor Jack Nicholson on cover of Newhouse-owned “GQ” magazine.
Actor Clint Eastwood on the cover of "Parade," the Sunday supplement magazine, October 23rd, 1983.
Actor Clint Eastwood on the cover of "Parade," the Sunday supplement magazine, October 23rd, 1983.
Inaugural March 1991 issue of “Allure,” a Condé Nast publication that  focuses on beauty, fashion, and women’s health, now with a circulation of 1 million plus.
Inaugural March 1991 issue of “Allure,” a Condé Nast publication that focuses on beauty, fashion, and women’s health, now with a circulation of 1 million plus.
November 1992: Democratic candidates Bill Clinton and Al Gore are featured on CQ’s cover with a story by Gore Vidal –  “Gore Vidal Punches the Ticket.”
November 1992: Democratic candidates Bill Clinton and Al Gore are featured on CQ’s cover with a story by Gore Vidal – “Gore Vidal Punches the Ticket.”
August 1993 Vanity Fair cover with model Cindy Crawford “shaving” famous lesbian singing star, k.d. Lang in drag, meant as a controversial statement.
August 1993 Vanity Fair cover with model Cindy Crawford “shaving” famous lesbian singing star, k.d. Lang in drag, meant as a controversial statement.
Vogue magazine cover with Hillary Clinton, December 1998, a tough time for the First Lady. Click for copy.
Vogue magazine cover with Hillary Clinton, December 1998, a tough time for the First Lady. Click for copy.
In 1998, Newhouse gained full control of “Wired” magazine, which focuses on a range of science & technology issues, often with stories in the life style and cultural realms, here featuring Pixar, June  2010. Click for copy.
In 1998, Newhouse gained full control of “Wired” magazine, which focuses on a range of science & technology issues, often with stories in the life style and cultural realms, here featuring Pixar, June 2010. Click for copy.
New Yorker cover of November 15, 2010, titled “Bumped,” by artist Barry Blitt, follows mid-term elections depicting President Obama in the Oval Office with Rep. John Boehner (R-OH), then  expected to replace Nancy Pelosi as Speaker of the House.  Boehner is shown offering his fist, while Obama extends his hand for a handshake.
New Yorker cover of November 15, 2010, titled “Bumped,” by artist Barry Blitt, follows mid-term elections depicting President Obama in the Oval Office with Rep. John Boehner (R-OH), then expected to replace Nancy Pelosi as Speaker of the House. Boehner is shown offering his fist, while Obama extends his hand for a handshake.
 

Milton Moskowitz, Michael Katz & Robert Levering, “Newhouse,” Everybody’s Business, An Almanac: The Irreverent Guide to Corporate America, San Francisco: Harper & Row Publishers, 1980, pp. 385-387.

“Condé Nast Publications,” Wikipedia.org.

“Buys Portland Oregonian; Newhouse Adds Coast Paper to Chain for $5,000,000,” New York Times, December 11, 1950.

“Newhouse Buys Alabama Papers; Pub-lisher Pays $18.7 Million for 2 Dailies, TV Outlet, and 3 Radio Stations,” New York Times, December 2, 1955.

“Newhouse Buys Oregon Journal; Estimated Price is $8 Million for Daily in Portland,” New York Times, August 5, 1951.

“The Newspaper Collector,” Time, July 27, 1962.

“Newhouse Buys Paper in Omaha; $40 Million World-Herald Bid is Accepted by Director,” New York Times, October 30, 1962.

U. S. Congress, House of Representa- tives, “Federal Responsibility for a Free and Competitive Press,” Hearings before the Antitrust Subcommittee of the House Committee on the Judiciary (investiga- tion of monopoly practices in the newspaper industry), 1963.

John A Lent, Newhouse, Newspapers, Nuisances: Highlights in the Growth of a Communications Empire, New York: Exposition Press, 1966.

“S.I. Newhouse and Sons: America’s Most Profitable Publisher,” Business Week, January 26, 1976.

Philip H. Dougherty Advertising; Condé Buys A Men’s Magazine,” New York Times, February 16, 1979, p. D-12.

“Samuel I. Newhouse, Publisher, Dies at 84; …Builder of an Empire in Newspapers and Broadcasting…,” New York Times, August 30, 1979, p. 1.

“Advance Publications, Inc.,” Funding Universe.com.

“Newhouse Acquires Booth Chain of Newspapers for $305 Million,” New York Times, November 9, 1979.

Jane Perlez, “Vanity Fair Sparks Sharp Reaction,” New York Times, Wednesday, March 30, 1983, p. C-20.

Richard H. Meeker, Newspaperman: S.I. Newhouse and the Business of News, New Haven, Connecticut: Ticknor & Fields, 1983.

Jonathan Friendly, “Newhouse’s Private Empire,” New York Times, Wednesday, October 12, 1983, p. D-1.

Frederick Ungeheuer, John Greenwald & David Beck, “Auditing the Grand Inquisitor,” Time, October 24, 1983.

Pamela G. Hollie, “Newhouse to Acquire 17% of The New Yorker,” New York Times, Wednesday, November 14, 1984, p. D-1.

Eric N. Berg, “Newhouse Makes Offer for the New Yorker,” New York Times, Wednesday, February 13, 1985, p. D-1.

Katherine Roberts and Walter Goodman, “Newhouse Wants The New Yorker,” New York Times, Sunday, February 17, 1985, Week in Review, p. 7.

Eric N. Berg, “Newhouse Purchasing the New Yorker,” New York Times, Saturday, March 9, 1985, p.1.

“Tina Brown,” Wikipedia.org.

Carol J. Loomis & Rosalind Klein Berlin, “The Biggest Private Fortune: Media Magnates Si and Don Newhouse Control a $7.5-Billion Empire. It’s a Tightly Private Show, But There’s No Hiding Wealth This Big,” Fortune, August 17, 1987, p. 60.

Herbert Mitgang, “Random House Buys Crown,” New York Times, August 16, 1988.

Geraldine Fabrikant, “Si Newhouse Tests His Magazine Magic,” New York Times, September 25, 1988.

Albert Scardino, “Big Spender at Vanity Fair Raises the Ante for Writers,” New York Times, April 17, 1989.

N. R. Kleinfield, “The Media Business; Heads Have a History of Rolling at Newhouse,” New York Times, November 2, 1989.

Maggie Mahar, “All in the Family,” Barron’s, November 27, 1989.

Milton Moskowitz, Michael Katz & Robert Levering, “Newhouse,” Every- body’s Business: A Field Guide to the 400 Leading Companies in America, New York: Doubleday/Currency, 1990, pp. 359-361.

Deirdre Carmody, “Tina Brown to Take Over at The New Yorker,” New York Times, July 1, 1992.

Geraldine Fabrikant, “The Media Business; Vanity Fair Is Hot Property, But Profit Is Open Question,” New York Times, July 13, 1992.

“New Yorker’s New Face: Malcolm X,” New York Daily News, Monday, October 5, 1992.

“GQ,” Wikipedia.org.

Geoffrey Foisie and Rich Brown, “Time Warner Entertainment: A Big MSO Gets Bigger,” Broadcasting & Cable, September 19, 1994, p. 12.

Tim Jones, “Unwanted Biography Reveals Newhouse,” Chicago Tribune, November 29, 1994.

Patrick J.Pain & James R. Talbot (eds), “Advance Publications, Inc.,” Hoover’s Handbook of American Companies 1996, Austin, Texas: The Reference Press, Inc., August 1995, pp.48-49.

Thomas Maier, Newhouse: All the Glitter, Power, & Glory of America’s Richest Media Empire & the Secretive Man Behind It, New York: St. Martin’s Press,1995, 446pp.

Linda Fibich (Newhouse News Service’s national editor), Book Review, “The Newhouse Media Empire,” American Journalism Review, January/February 1995.

Sandra McElwaine, “Newhouse: Book Reviews,” Washington Monthly, Jan-Feb, 1995.

“American City Business Journals,” Wiki-pedia.org.

Jeannine F. Hunter, “Cox Communica- tions May Swap Myrtle Beach, S.C., System to Time Warner,” Knight-Ridder/Tribune Business News, March 28, 1996.

Geraldine Fabrikant, “Disney to Sell Publications Inherited With Capital Cities,” New York Times, January 29, 1997.

Geraldine Fabrikant, “Book Deal: The Seller; ‘Planning Our Future,’ Newhouse Brothers Say,” New York Times, March 24, 1998.

Paul D. Colford, “Newhouse Magazines Bask in Glow of Multiple Nomina- tions,”Los Angeles Times, March 26, 1998.

Doreen Carvajal, “Media; Newhouse’s Legacy Lives In Publisher,” New York Times, March 30, 1998.

Nora Rawlinson, “The Random House Acquisition: An Interview with S.I. Newhouse,” Publisher’s Weekly, April 3, 1998.

Warren St. John, “So Why Did Newhouse Sell Random House to Bertelsmann Boys?,” The New York Observer, March 30, 1998.

Lori Leibovich,. “Wired Nests with Condé Nast: Will the Magazine’s New Owners Dull its Edge?,” Salon.com, May 8, 1998.

Advance Publications, International Directory of Company Histories, Vol. 19. St. James Press, 1998.

Carol Felsenthal, Citizen Newhouse: Portrait of a Media Merchant , New York: Seven Stories Press, 1998, 608pp.

Carol Felsenthal, Citizen Newhouse: Portrait of a Media Merchant, Chapter One, New York Times.

“Citizen Newhouse,” (Autor, Carol Felsenthal on her book), C-SPAN Video.org, January 27, 1999.

Felicity Barringer, The Media Business, “Fashion Magazine Industry Consolidates with a Big Deal,” New York Times, August 25, 1999.

Christine Schiavo, “Chain Buys Express-times Of Easton In Newhouse Group, Newspaper Joins Star-Ledger, Parade Magazine,” The Morning Call (Allentown, PA), July 6, 2000.

Alex Kuczynski, “The Media Business; Goodbye to Mademoiselle: Condé Nast Closes Magazine,” New York Times, October 2, 2001.

Leslie Bennetts, “The Unsinkable Jennifer Aniston,” Vanity Fair, Septem- ber 2005.

Matthew Flamm, “Advance Publications at Crossroads: Newhouse Family’s Business Units Fight to Keep up with Times as Succession Changes Loom,” CrainsNew York.com, November 21, 2010.

“Samuel I. Newhouse: Publishing Giant, Staten Island Legacy,” Staten Island Advance, Sunday, March 27, 2011,

“Staten Island Advance,” Wikipedia.org.

Richard Pérez-Pena, “Can Si Newhouse Keep Condé Nast’s Gloss Going?,” New York Times, July 20, 2008.

“Vanity Fair at 25: The Covers,” VanityFair .com, September 26, 2008.

“Condé Nast Publications,” Wikipedia.org.

W ( magazine),” Wikipedia.org.

Howard Kurtz, “When Art Gives Offense,” Washington Post, Tuesday, July 15, 2008.

Stephanie Clifford, “Condé Nast Closes Gourmet and 3 Other Magazines,” New York Times, October 5, 2009.

“Shrinking Condé Nast “(a nifty interactive graphic on Condé Nast publications), New York Times, October 6, 2009.

Michael Hogan, “Our Man Dominick,” Vanity Fair, November 2009.

“Sexy Celeb Magazine Covers,” NY Post.com, September 10, 2010.

“Top 10 Nude Magazine Covers,” Time.com, February 28, 2012.

Jeff Bercovici, “Condé Nast Swaggers Into the Entertainment Business,” Forbes, October 11, 2011.

Jeff Bercovici, “Condé Nast’s Open Secret: SI Newhouse No Longer In Charge,” Forbes, November 21,2011.

Ivey DeJesus, “Sara Ganim, Patriot-News Staff Awarded Pulitzer Prize for Coverage of Jerry Sandusky Case,” The Patriot-News, Tuesday, April 17, 2012.

Steve Jordon, World-Herald Staff Writer, “Buffett to Buy 63 Newspapers,” Omaha .com, May 18, 2012.

Ned Martel, “The Hope of Heft: In Tough Times, Vogue’s Fantasies and Huge Size Life Spirits – And Forecasts,” Washington Post, August 29, 2012, p. C-1.


Other Stories at This Website on Newspaper & Magazine Topics:

Jack Doyle, “Newsweek Sold!, 1961” (history of Washington Post’s acquisition of News-week), PopHistoryDig.com, April 16, 2008.

Jack Doyle, “FDR & Vanity Fair, 1930s” (politics & publishing during the New Deal era), PopHistoryDig.com, November 2, 2009.

Jack Doyle, “Murdoch’s NY Deals, 1976-1977” (Rupert Murdoch’s newspaper & magazine growth), PopHistoryDig.com, Septem-ber 25, 2010.

Jack Doyle, “Rockwell & Race, 1963-1968” (Rockwell art at Saturday Evening Post & Look magazines), PopHistoryDig.com, Sep-tember 23, 2011.

Jack Doyle, “John Clymer’s America: The Saturday Evening Post,” PopHistoryDig .com, March 30, 2020 (history & selection of John Clymer’s cover art).

Jack Doyle, “Falter’s Art, Rising: Saturday Evening Post” (1940s-1960s), PopHistory Dig.com, April 19, 2015 (cover art of John Falter, whose work has been featured on Antiques Roadshow and appraised at Sothebys and other auction houses).

Jack Doyle, “U.S. Post Office, 1950s-2011,” (magazine cover art from the 1950s helps frame community role & importance in “postal values” politics, etc.), PopHistoryDig .com, September 29, 2011.

Jack Doyle, “Rockwell & Race, 1963-1968,” (Norman Rockwell, civil rights & related magazine cover art history), PopHistoryDig .com, September 23, 2011.

Jack Doyle, “Lucy & TV Guide: 1953-2013,” PopHistoryDig.com, January 26, 2015 (story featuring history Lucille Ball’s 43 TV Guide covers that helped make Walter Annenberg’s TV magazine one of the top sellers in the country).








“Brian’s Song”
C-SPAN

Brian Lamb, founder & creator of C-SPAN, also hosted the weekly “Booknotes” and “Q&A” shows at C-SPAN.
Brian Lamb, founder & creator of C-SPAN, also hosted the weekly “Booknotes” and “Q&A” shows at C-SPAN.
     Among his fans and admirers, Brian Lamb is regarded as something of a national treasure. In case you’ve never heard of him, he’s the guy who came up with the idea for C-SPAN, the public affairs television network that covers Congress and much more.

Lamb is part policy wonk, part activist, and part educator. Among other things, he’s a staunch believer in the public’s right to know, and that’s basically what led him to create C-SPAN. 

He also holds a healthy disdain for power centers of any kind, especially those that might try to monopolize information or manipulate or twist the truth.  And this too, figures into Lamb’s motivation for creating C-SPAN. More on that later. But in addition to his TV network-creating skills, Brian Lamb is also a guy who is forever curious; a guy whose enthusiasm for learning has become a Sunday-night staple for millions of C-SPAN viewers. Lamb is not the “star” of these shows, nor does he want to be, preferring to stay off camera. For more than two decades, Lamb has hosted hundreds of authors and power players in engaging one-hour sessions on his “Booknotes” and “Q&A” TV shows. All manner of topics are explored on these shows, most within the general orbit of public affairs and related cultural territory.  Yet Lamb is not the “star” of these shows, nor does he want to be. Lamb prefers to stay in the background and ask the questions and is usually off camera.  If anything, it is the content of these shows that is the “star;” Lamb revels in simply being the provider. Whether it’s the key moments of discovery from a famous author, the most challenging decisions of an American president, or the quirky strategies of a twenty-something Capitol Hill web videographer, Brian Lamb delights in bringing new information and new people into public view. His quiet enthusiasm and inquisitiveness on these shows, and others, has been contagious, as his viewers and fans will attest.

Early C-SPAN logo, which stands for the "Cable Satellite Public Affairs Network."
Early C-SPAN logo, which stands for the "Cable Satellite Public Affairs Network."
     However, in March 2012, after 34 years at the helm of C-SPAN, Lamb at age 70, announced his plan to step down, though his Sunday night “Q&A” show would continue. With the announcement, well-deserved national kudos began rolling in, not only for Lamb’s work in prying open Congress, but also for the civil tone he has offered in the national dialogue.  Especially in his book and interview programs, Lamb has consistently shown with his eclectic range of subjects and guests, how television can be used to inform citizens and elevate learning, doing so without bombast or celebrity fanfare. Through it all, Lamb and C-SPAN have created a kind of  “public learning commons” for millions. What follows here is some of that story, using Lamb’s career as the primary conduit.

Brian Lamb in earlier clip from C-SPAN’s “Washington Journal,” where journalists, public policy makers & call-in audience discuss events of the day.
Brian Lamb in earlier clip from C-SPAN’s “Washington Journal,” where journalists, public policy makers & call-in audience discuss events of the day.
     Back in the 1960s, when Brian Lamb was a young naval officer stationed at Washington’s Navy Yard, he would visit Capitol Hill periodically to watch floor debates in the House and Senate.  It may have been during those visits that Lamb first began ruminating on the idea that more people ought to be able to see what he saw from the visitor’s gallery.  But the full vision of what Lamb began to see then, wouldn’t really jell for another decade or more.  Years later, in the mid-1970s, after much experience in the ways of Washington and learning about the changing communications industry, Brian Lamb seized the opportunity to offer a bold idea – a non-profit TV channel, funded by the cable industry, that would cover Congress and do public affairs television.  Lamb’s idea came to be known as C-SPAN, an alphabet-soup label that could stand alongside the big brand TV network of ABC, CBS, and NBC.  C-SPAN stood for “Cable Satellite Public Affairs Network.”

Typical scene on C-SPAN 2, here showing U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders (I-VT) making a point on the floor of the U.S. Senate in 2010.
Typical scene on C-SPAN 2, here showing U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders (I-VT) making a point on the floor of the U.S. Senate in 2010.
     More than 30 years later, a “should-be-grateful” nation now has C-SPAN  television covering the U.S. House of Representatives, the U.S. Senate, Congressional committee hearings, Capitol Hill press conferences, political campaigns across the country, and much more.  C-SPAN coverage today is 24/7 with a steady diet of politics, public affairs, American history, books and authors, book fairs, speeches, policy wonk conferences, interviews, public building and museum tours, and more.  There are now three C-SPAN TV channels, a radio station, 20 information-packed websites, C-SPAN buses that travel the country, and assorted and ongoing C-SPAN specials.  C-SPAN’s video archives now hold more than 190,000 hours of content dating from 1987, and its TV channels reach into more than 100 million homes served by cable and satellite.  C-SPAN radio is broadcast on FM radio in Washington, D.C., and is also available on XM Satellite Radio and over the internet.  And C-SPAN programs, of course, have no commercials or pledge drives.

Brian Lamb at the Abraham Lincoln Presidential Library & Museum, Springfield, IL, April 2005.
Brian Lamb at the Abraham Lincoln Presidential Library & Museum, Springfield, IL, April 2005.
     C-SPAN’s coverage of politics and government is unedited and unfiltered – what might be called the ultimate in reality TV. And most importantly, the network operates independently; neither the cable industry nor Congress has power over content or programming. 

Congress does, however, control the cameras in the main House and Senate chambers, a policy Lamb and C-SPAN have consistently sought to change.

As Lamb has explained elsewhere: “There are eight cameras in each chamber. They’re remote-controlled cameras. They’re operated in the basement of the Capitol. And we have nothing to say about this.”

The C-SPAN networks, meanwhile, have broadened their public affairs programming over the years, adding more depth and variety. At its core, however, C-SPAN is still focused on policy makers, government officials, journalists, editors, and others who work in and around the public policy process.

Brian Lamb in C-SPAN control room. In recent years, he has been mistaken for John Glenn or John McCain.
Brian Lamb in C-SPAN control room. In recent years, he has been mistaken for John Glenn or John McCain.
     Still, Lamb acknowledged to Los Angeles Times reporter James Rainey in 2012 that many people not familiar with C-SPAN might not get it, or that they see C-SPAN programs as “a little bit weird.”  Yet the contrast with network and regular cable TV is clear.  “Everyone else is about making money,” Lamb explained, “and the emphasis is on personalities and, nowadays, it’s so much an emphasis on having a point of view.  That’s just not what we do.”  The decibel level on C-SPAN is part of its civility as well.  There are no “shout shows” at C-SPAN.  In fact, Lamb and colleagues have been described as practicing  “a different kind of journalism.”   As John Sullivan has written:  “The style would be conversational not confrontational.  No ‘gotcha’ questions would be heard on C-SPAN.”

     Much of what has become C-SPAN over the last three decades bears the stamp of Lamb.  In his 34 years at the helm, Lamb has conducted over 1,000 interviews, taken thousands of phone calls from viewers, and discussed the issues of the day with leading authors, journalists and politicians.  “…We’re the antithesis of everything you see on commercial television.”
                   – Brian Lamb
He has interviewed every president since Lyndon Johnson and many world leaders such as Margaret Thatcher and Mikhail Gorbachev.

     But one thing is for certain: neither Lamb nor C-SPAN are in it for the limelight.  As Washington Post writer Paul Farhi noted of Lamb in March 2012 – that although he had appeared in thousands of hours of interviews and call-in programs, Lamb “has never once uttered his own name on the air.  Too showy.  Too much like regular TV…”  Lamb and his people have avoided that kind of attention.  “No one does that here,” Lamb explained to Farhi.  “We just don’t do it.  It’s always been part of our mission not to make us the center of attention…We’re the antithesis of everything you see on commercial television.”  Nor does Lamb take credit for C-SPAN, typically deflecting personal kudos that come his way, pointing out that many others make it all possible.


Midwest Roots

Brian Lamb was born and raised in Lafayette, Indiana, in the west-central part of the state.
Brian Lamb was born and raised in Lafayette, Indiana, in the west-central part of the state.
     One thing to remember about Brian Lamb is that he is from the Midwest.  He was born and raised in Lafayette, Indiana.  And he takes great stock in his Midwest roots, often lauds his high school teachers for their influence, and speaks highly of the Midwest values that sent him on his way, as he relayed in one interview:

“I think being from a small town, being from the middle of the country, being from a relatively small family with parents who were alive and alert but not heavily educated, being from an area where people allowed you to do anything you wanted to do–you could fail…  If you succeeded, they didn’t overdo the praise.  There was a great skepticism in the middle of the country about a lot of things, but yet there was a genuineness about it that you often don’t find on the two coasts.  Everything I lived back in Lafayette, Indiana, has had a tremendous impact on what I’ve tried to do here….”

Brian Lamb at WASK radio.
Brian Lamb at WASK radio.
     As a Catholic school boy, he served early morning mass in the traditional Latin, but later attended public high school.  Interested more in radio than sports as a young boy, Lamb remembers listening to the broadcast shows that came in from Chicago and other cities.  He also built crystal radio sets to pick up local signals.  At the age of 17 he held a radio disc jockey job at WASK radio station in Lafayette.  Henry Rosenthal, the station’s owner, helped him along.  Lamb traveled to Chicago on occasion to interview musicians such Louis Armstrong, Duke Ellington, and others.  He also interviewed Nat King Cole, Count Basie, The Kingston Trio and Brenda Lee.

     Lamb at one point had set his sights on becoming an entertainer.  After he began college at Purdue University, located in West Lafayette, Indiana, he did stints as a drummer in a few local bands while getting his degree.  At Purdue, Lamb was also attuned to current events and national politics.  In the spring of 1960, the university held mock political conventions in which Lamb participated.  On the Democratic side, there were a number of candidates then vying for the presidency, still months away from the national convention that would formally nominate U.S. Senator John Kennedy as the nominee.

Early 1960s: Brian Lamb hosting his TV show, “Dance Date.”
Early 1960s: Brian Lamb hosting his TV show, “Dance Date.”
Early 1960s: Program card for the “Dance Date” TV show with Brian Lamb.  Source: Cable Center video.
Early 1960s: Program card for the “Dance Date” TV show with Brian Lamb. Source: Cable Center video.
Early 1960s: Brian Lamb, left, with musical guests on “Dance Date” TV program. Cable Center video.
Early 1960s: Brian Lamb, left, with musical guests on “Dance Date” TV program. Cable Center video.

     Purdue students that spring nominated Kennedy, but as Lamb recalls: “It wasn’t just that we nominated Kennedy.  It was also that we paired him with Lyndon Johnson, which no one nationally was doing at that early stage.”  Lamb today remains an advocate of mock elections on college campuses, adding, “I learned so much by going through that process.”

     By his junior year at Purdue in 1961-62, Lamb got a taste of the television business after he pitched an idea for an American Bandstand type TV dance show to a local station owner Dick Shively.  Dick Clark’s American Band- stand had become a wildly popular show, which had gone national on the ABC- TV in August of 1957.  “I loved Dick Clark and what he did with American Bandstand when I was a kid,” explained Lamb.  “When you’re young you copy everybody else.”

     Lamb titled his TV dance show, Dance Date, which he hosted.  It was telecast weekday afternoons for a half-hour on a UHF station in Lafayette —  WLFI, channel 19.  But Lamb ran the whole show at Dance Date and he took responsibility well beyond just handling the microphone. 

     “I built the sets, hosted the show, got the dancers, sold it to advertisers,” he explained in one interview.  “It was a very important experience.” 

     Some fans of the show remember Lamb holding up the Beatles’ first album and talking about the group during one of the shows, as this was the era when the Beatles’s music was first being introduced in the U.S.  Brian Lamb’s television future, however, would be quite different from Dance Date.

     Back at Purdue in 1963, meanwhile, Lamb finished his college education with a Bachelor’s degree in Speech. He thought about law school briefly, and actually attended class a few days in Bloomington at Indiana University, but then joined the Navy for four years.

Naval officer, Brian Lamb, 1960s.
Naval officer, Brian Lamb, 1960s.
1960s: Naval officer Brian Lamb with President Lyndon B. Johnson.
1960s: Naval officer Brian Lamb with President Lyndon B. Johnson.
 
Student protest against Vietnam War in Madison ,Wisconsin, 1960s.
Student protest against Vietnam War in Madison ,Wisconsin, 1960s.
 

     Lamb’s tour in the Navy included two years at sea on the USS Thuban, and two years back in Washington, with time spent both at the Pentagon and at the White House as a social aide to President Lyndon Johnson.  Among other duties there, Lamb would announce the names of visitors to the President so the President could then address each person by name as they were introduced. 

     One notable event for Lamb as White House social aide came in 1967 when he became the down-the-aisle escort for Lady Bird Johnson at the wedding of her daughter, Lynda Bird Johnson, to Chuck Robb.

     But at the Pentagon’s public affairs office during those years, Lamb saw how the big broadcast news networks worked and got to know what news correspondents did.  He noticed that while they all had different personalities and styles, they were basically covering the same stories.  He also had other experiences at the Pentagon that contributed to his C-SPAN idea.

     During the Vietnam War, a group of anti-war demonstrators had come to the Pentagon to protest, and they were given access to the building by Defense Secretary Robert McNamara in a show of goodwill.  The group had spread itself across a corridor and gathered peacefully.  Then an ABC News correspondent arrived and turned on the cameras. 

     As Lamb recalls: “These kids who had been quiet and serene stood up with their placards… What [television viewers] saw was not what was actually happening.  They saw a minute-and-a-half story on the evening news.  It was misleading.  I said to myself, ‘It’s too bad the public can’t see the whole thing and let them make up their own mind.’” 

     C-SPAN coverage in later years would become known, in fact, for leaving the cameras on both before events convened and after they concluded, whether committee hearings or expert conclaves, so viewers could also get a taste for the milling around, and what was going on beyond the main event.

     Another media-related experience Lamb had about the same time was when he went to hear a speech by civil rights leader Stokely Carmichael at a Baptist church in Washington, D.C.  Lamb listened to the 30-minute speech by Carmichael and found it to be mostly thoughtful and intelligent. But NBC News that night telecast only a part of the speech. 

“What made it on [the broadcast] was the fire and brimstone,” Lamb would later explain.  During those years Lamb also had some exposure to urban unrest (see “The Detroit Riots” sidebar below).

     At the Pentagon during the Vietnam War, Lamb also realized the public wasn’t getting the full truth about the war, and that the government was lying to the American people.

 

“The Detroit Riots”
July 1967

     During Brian Lamb’s Navy hitch, when he worked in the Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Public Affairs, he was sent on one assignment in the summer of 1967 which he later recalled in a longer interview:

I was in the audiovisual office, which was responsible for staying in touch and answering queries by the networks: ABC, NBC, and CBS.

In July of 1967, one of the deputy assistant secretaries came in and said to me, “Go home and pack your bag and take this tape recorder with you and fly to Detroit and report to the chief of police’s office.” “…Even though we were in the middle of the Vietnam War and I was in the military, I had never quite seen anything like this…”
                      – Brian Lamb
Every time there was a news conference with the governor of the state, George Romney, I was to record it and then feed it back over a telephone line to the White House situation room.  They would transcribe it and get it to the president.

I’ll never forget it.  There were race riots and forty-three blacks were killed in Detroit in July of 1967, and two hundred people were injured.  I arrived in the city with, I think, the 82nd Airborne.

There were tanks on the street corners.  There were fatigues-wearing military people in the Cadillac Hilton, where we were all staying.  It was a bit overwhelming.  Even though we were in the middle of the Vietnam War and I was in the military, I had never quite seen anything like this.

I reported for duty in this small room, and in that room were Cyrus Vance, the deputy secretary of defense at the time; Warren Christopher, who was the deputy attorney general; John Doar, who was then an assistant attorney general and who went on later to be the Watergate counsel; a man named Dan Henkin, who was the deputy assistant secretary of defense; and Roger Wilkins, who was the top civil rights man in the Justice Department; and me.


“I got a firsthand education [during those Pentagon years] about how the media interacts with the government, and it led me to think that there could be a better way,”  he would later say.  Lamb was envisioning a kind of TV coverage that would have no censorship or manipulation by the government, but also no commentary from media pundits.

     In December 1967, after his Navy hitch, Lamb interviewed for a job as a personal aide to Richard Nixon, who was then beginning his 1968 presidential campaign.  But Lamb did not get the job – a good result as it turned out – and he returned briefly to local television work in Lafayette, Indiana. 

“Nixon-Agnew Gig”
1967

     In 1967, Brian Lamb was briefly a field representative in the Midwest for “United Citizens for Nixon-Agnew.”  His main task was to tape record voter comments about political and social issues.  At the end of each week the tapes were dispatched to Washington where the candidates would supposedly listen to them.  “I was naive and gullible enough to think this was an honest effort,” Lamb would say in recalling his experience.  “Later I was told all the tapes were edited down to an hour that Nixon and Agnew heard – which was a total lie.”  After that, Lamb vowed that some day he would go back to the community and go on the street corner and ask people what they really thought about Nixon and Agnew.  The experience also influenced his thinking on C-SPAN’s call-in programs, open to all citizen views, and have become one of C-SPAN’s strengths.  But for Lamb, his 1967 stint wasn’t the end of his Nixon-Agnew experience.  In 1986, at a roast for Walter Cronkite during the Society of Professional Journalists’ convention, CBS commentator Andy Rooney leveled some sarcastic comments at Lamb.  “Rooney attacked me personally,” Lamb would later recall.  “He said, ‘Brian Lamb worked for the Nixon-Agnew White House and we know what Nixon and Agnew thought of the First Amendment.”‘  Lamb is typically quick to point out that he has never been a member of a political party, nor has he ever contributed to any party.  He does acknowledge his conservative heritage, however.  “Certainly, being from Indiana I was not raised in a liberal environment.”

     But Lamb soon came back to Washington.  There,  he ran into Howard Baker, a young U.S. Senator from Tennessee who Lamb had met earlier at a White House social event.  Baker helped Lamb find a short-term job in the Nixon-Agnew campaign, where Lamb spent ten weeks, including some time on the road in the Midwest (see sidebar).

     Lamb then worked as a reporter for UPI radio, but in 1969 became press secretary for Republican Senator Peter H. Dominick of Colorado.  Lamb had also been thinking about politics and cable TV, as he later relayed in an interview with the Cable Center:  “I remember in 1969, before I went to work on Capitol Hill, that I wrote a letter to a friend of mine, Dick Shively, who used to own Telesis [cable system], which is based in Indiana.  I remember proposing to him that we create a Washington bureau for cable television where we would do information and interviews.  That was my way of throwing my oar in the water, saying this is something that this industry ought to do and something that I want to do.”

     By 1971, Lamb was working as a media and congressional assistant to the director of the White House Office of Telecommunications Policy.  This experience  came at a time when a national strategy was being developed for reforming communications policy — policy that would open the doors to satellite and cable television, enabling a new competition with the big broadcast networks.  Lamb had a front row seat to this policy development, and among others in that office, got to know Antonia Scalia, who was then general counsel for the Telecommunications Office, and with whom Lamb would later spar when Scalia rose to the U.S. Supreme Court where he objected to C-SPAN cameras.

     After working in the White House telecommunications office, Lamb returned to journalism as the editor of his own biweekly newsletter called The Media Report.  By May of 1974, he also began writing for CATV Weekly, a small cable industry magazine/newsletterLamb would later explain how important that job became in terms of getting to know key players in the fledgling cable TV industry:

By covering the new cable TV industry and inter- viewing its executives, Brian Lamb became a familiar face throughout the industry.

“…I remember Barbara [Ruger, editor] saying to me: ‘You come write for us, and we’ll put your picture in the column.  You want to do this network that you’re talking about, this picture and this column in this little magazine…will introduce you to the industry.’  And it worked.  It was the beginning of my introduction to the people in this business.  Every week in the magazine I would go out and interview a leader, and I’d take their picture and we’d put it on the front page of the magazine.  I would interview them, just like you’re doing right now.  I’d transcribe it myself and we’d run the interview the next week in the magazine.  I’d write my column with my picture on it.  And it took a long time, but a couple years later everybody knew who I was in the business.  And then I started to go to them and say what do you think about my idea for C-SPAN?”

1970s: Brian Lamb became Washington bureau chief at Cablevision magazine. Sample cover, 1979.
1970s: Brian Lamb became Washington bureau chief at Cablevision magazine. Sample cover, 1979.
     He also covered telecommunications issues as Washington bureau chief for CableVision, a biweekly magazine dealing with cable television news owned by Titsch Publishing.  By this time, Lamb’s idea for a cable TV public affairs bureau in Washington had sharpened but only a few people knew about it, and those who knew about it weren’t all that excited by what they heard.  “I had pitched it to a whole bunch of people, and they’d said, kind of, ‘Hey kid, go away, we’re not interested.’”  But in August of 1977, he came upon another chance to pitch the idea to a group of about 40 cable owners organized under the name Cable Satellite Access Entity.  This group would periodically entertain ideas for new programming.  That August they gathered at the Mayflower Hotel in Washington where Lamb made his pitch.

     Cable television at this time, at least in the mainstream sense, was in its very early stages.  Home Box Office had started in 1975, the same year that RCA’s Satcom II satellite was launched and put into operation.  In mid-December 1976, Ted Turner’s “superstation,” WTCG in Atlanta (later renamed WTBS), beamed its first signals via satellite to four cable providers beyond Atlanta.  Turner’s Cable News Network – CNN – would not come into existence until June 1980. Lamb pitched “more interviews with members of Congress”–and longer interviews–something cable television could do. Only a few other systems were up and running in 1977.  Pat Robertson had a channel in Portsmouth, Virginia and Bob Rosencrans had a Madison Square Garden offering of sporting events at night. 

      So when Lamb came to Mayflower to make his pitch in August 1977, he was springing his idea on a group that wasn’t quite ready for what he was proposing.  As Lamb later recalled in a Cable Center interview: “…I said to the group, ‘My idea is that we figure out a way to do public affairs.  That we do our own ‘Meet the Press’ type program, because cable has no identity with this.  They’ve never done any public service.”  Lamb told the group what he had in mind was “public affairs”and not news.  “Not anchor people sitting at desks telling you what’s happening.  More interviews with members of Congress — long-form interviews– something that cable television could do.”

Brian Lamb in a later photograph with Bob Rosencrans.
Brian Lamb in a later photograph with Bob Rosencrans.
     After the meeting was over at the Mayflower, “it was a resounding dud,” Lamb recalled.  “Most people looked at me like I was smoking something, like, ‘What is he doing here?  This is not real, is it?’”  But then, when all seemed lost, two of the cable owners — Bob Rosencrans and Ken Gunter– walked over to Lamb and said: “Boy, that sounded interesting.  We’d like to help you.  We’d like to do something.  Let’s talk.”  And they did.  Rosencrans and Gunter told Lamb they thought they could help get something started and could raise “$150,000 a year for you.”  After some on-again, off-again moments, Rosencrans and Gunter helped Lamb get the ball rolling.  Rosencrans was first with his check of $25,000.  And from there, Lamb went one by one to other cable and satellite operators who followed suit, collecting some 22 checks and eventually forming C-SPAN’s first board of directors.  But Lamb would later praise Rosencrans and Gunter for their genuine commitment to the C-SPAN idea as a public service, and not as a cable industry PR gimmick.

1970s: Bob Rosencrans & Brian Lamb near satellite dish for C-SPAN in early years. Cable Center video.
1970s: Bob Rosencrans & Brian Lamb near satellite dish for C-SPAN in early years. Cable Center video.
     Lamb, meanwhile, was still formulating next steps.  By this time he was also doing short videos on Capitol Hill taping short segments with members of Congress for a “Cable Video” program.  In the fall of 1977, while interviewing Congressman Lionel Van Deerlin, a Democrat from San Diego, Lamb noticed a small black-and-white TV screen in the congressman’s office transmitting from a security camera in the U.S. House of Representatives. It was showing the live debate of members on the House floor.  For some years in the House, there had been committee discussion about the possibility of using TV cameras for broadcast,  but  such proposals went nowhere.  But Lamb, seeing this feed in Van Deerlin’s office, suggested to the congressman that it could be used to send a live signal out to cable stations all across the nation.  Van Deerlin liked Lamb’s idea so much he offered it on the House floor that same day.

     Although telecasts of opening sessions of Congress and presidential speeches to Congress had occurred from time to time dating to the late 1940s, Congress was generally cautious about incorporating television into its operations. In 1952, House Speaker Sam Rayburn banned TV coverage from regular floor sessions and com- mittee hearings. Occasionally, hearings such as the Kefauver Senate crime hearings of 1950-51 were broadcast.  Yet in 1952, House Speaker Sam Rayburn banned TV coverage from regular floor sessions and committee hearings.  But even with that, special circumstances, such as the Army-McCarthy hearings of 1954, would bring TV coverage.  And in the mid-1970s,with the Watergate hearings and the prospect of impeachment proceedings against President Richard M. Nixon, the House authorized broadcast coverage of floor debate, which did not occur since Nixon resigned.  Still, the 1974 network telecasts of the Senate Watergate hearings and House Judiciary Committee’s impeachment probe proved that Congressional TV watching could be compelling – though driven by extraordinary events in this case.

Tip O’Neill, Speaker of the House, was key in opening up Congress to C-SPAN in late 1970s.
Tip O’Neill, Speaker of the House, was key in opening up Congress to C-SPAN in late 1970s.
     But in October 1977, Congressman Van Deerlin’s resolution to put the House debate on TV came quite suddenly and unexpectedly.  In fact, Van Deerlin called Brian Lamb from off the House floor to get his help.  “You’re not going to believe this,” said Van Deerlin to Lamb over the telephone, “but this thing’s on the floor right now.  If you want this stuff on the record, give it to me over the phone, and I’ll…go out on the floor and make a speech.”  And that’s exactly what happened.  Van Deeriln’s House Resolution 866 was adopted by an overwhelming vote of 342 to 44.  Soon Van Deerlin received a call for the office of Speaker of the House, Rep. Tip O’Neill (D-MA).  “The Speaker wants to known what the hell you were talking about yesterday,” said a staffer, asking Van Deerlin about his resolution.  Van Deerlin then put the Speaker’s office in touch with Lamb.  In January 1978, Lamb met with O’Neill and his staff, and he pitched the cable idea, noting in part, it would be a chance to “spit in the eye” of the big networks, which was said to have appealed to O’Neill.  Lamb left the meeting with a handshake agreement. 

     In terms of opening up Congress to the TV cameras, Lamb gives O’Neill “150 percent credit for being the one that opened the doors.”  O’Neill “took the barriers down,” says Lamb, and was the one guy who could also have stopped it in its tracks.  But he didn’t.  And the reason, in part, was politics.  At the time, the U. S. Senate was getting all the attention in the media, or at least the lion’s share.  And according to Lamb, “Tip O’Neill’s younger colleagues kept saying, ‘We’ve got to open this place up. If we don’t…, we’re going to be forgotten.’  And so Tip O’Neill eventually said, ‘OK, I’m ready, let’s go’.”

Al Gore, Democrat of Tennessee, had the distinction of delivering the first C-SPAN speeches in both the House, March 19, 1979, and, shown here, in the Senate on June 2, 1986.
Al Gore, Democrat of Tennessee, had the distinction of delivering the first C-SPAN speeches in both the House, March 19, 1979, and, shown here, in the Senate on June 2, 1986.
     By May 1978, Lamb had assembled broad support among cable operators for his C-SPAN venture.  In 1979, with a budget of $450,000, Lamb and his four employees set up shop across the Potomac River in Virginia in a small room near Washington’s National Airport.

They shared the space with Cablevision magazine in a building that initially had no cable reception.  They had one phone line in those days and would later share satellite access with Bob Rosencrans’ Madison Square Garden sports shows, as C-SPAN programs were sometimes bumped to make room for professional wrestling. 

But in March 1979, C-SPAN sent out its first live views of a U.S. House of Representatives session to its network – then some 3.5 million homes served by 350 cable systems. At that time, only about 19 percent of American homes were wired for cable TV.

Brian Lamb with Republican National Committee chairman, Bill Brock on C-SPAN, 1979.
Brian Lamb with Republican National Committee chairman, Bill Brock on C-SPAN, 1979.
1980: Brian Lamb at Sen. Edward Kennedy’s campaign offices in Philadelphia, PA. Photo: Cable Center
1980: Brian Lamb at Sen. Edward Kennedy’s campaign offices in Philadelphia, PA. Photo: Cable Center
Brian Lamb, far right, hosting C-SPAN’s first viewer call-in show at the National Press Club, October 1980.
Brian Lamb, far right, hosting C-SPAN’s first viewer call-in show at the National Press Club, October 1980.
Brian Lamb, right, interviews former Oklahoma Rep. Dave McCurdy on early C-SPAN set. AP photo.
Brian Lamb, right, interviews former Oklahoma Rep. Dave McCurdy on early C-SPAN set. AP photo.
1981: Brian Lamb with President Ronald Reagan.
1981: Brian Lamb with President Ronald Reagan.


First Speech

     The first U.S. House of Representatives speech C-SPAN sent out to its cable viewers came from a 30-year-old, second-term congressman from Tennessee named Al Gore.  Speaking from the members’ front-and-center podium on the House floor, Gore made note of the historic event: “The marriage of this medium and of our open debate have the potential, Mr. Speaker, to revitalize representative democracy.”  Gore further praised the coming of television to Congress as “a solution for the lack of confidence in government,” also adding that “television will change this institution.”

     Once the House cameras were rolling, Lamb and C-SPAN would turn their attention to the Senate, but that would entail a much longer fight.  In the meantime, other kinds of public affairs programming were pursued, including one-on-one interviews with members of Congress, coverage of speeches from the National Press Club, the beginning of call-in shows involving C-SPAN viewers, and early political campaign coverage.

     In the early days, Lamb worked from a small table and a basic set, with room divider behind him as he interviewed politicians.  In the first photo at right, Lamb is interviewing Republican Bill Brock from Tennessee , believed to be from 1979 when Brock chaired the Republican National Committee (RNC).  Brock had served in the House from 1963-1971, the U.S. Senate through 1977, RNC chairman 1977-1981, U.S. Trade Representative (1981-1985), and was appointed Sec. of Labor by President Reagan 1985-1987.

     By early 1980, the first National Press Club speech covered by C-SPAN was that by Paul Volcker, chairman of the Federal Reserve Board.  By then, C-SPAN had also begun some public education activity, such as its student seminars with the Close-Up Foundation, which brings high school students to Washington to meet with politicians and government officials. 

     Lamb and C-SPAN also began tracking political campaign activity outside of Washington.  In the summer of 1980, for example, Lamb interviewed campaign workers at Senator Edward Kennedy’s campaign headquarters in Philadelphia, as Kennedy was them mounting a nomination challenge to incumbent president Jimmy Carter.

Also in 1980, C-SPAN began a series it called “A Day in The Life,” a program that followed a day’s worth of activity of someone who worked in politics, journalism, or public affairs.  The first offering in this series came in October 1980 following Larry King, who then had a radio show with Mutual Radio – before he became a TV personality.  The first federal agency hearing was also covered by C-SPAN around this time.

              On October 7, 1980, Lamb and C-SPAN broadcast their first call-in show from the National Press Club, the beginning of what became the three-hour morning show known as “Washington Journal.”  On that show, Lamb and his staff adopted a standard for themselves to make sure they took 50 to 60 calls during that program, to make sure the program stayed faithful to being a place where average people to ask questions of policy makers and offer their own views.  The 50-to-60 calls rule was also used to discourage show hosts from talking too much.  Lamb also hosted a Saturday morning round table with two or three Washington journalists, which was also open to viewer call-ins.

Brian Lamb, jack-of-all trades, on C-SPAN rooftop with antenna, wintry day, 1983. Photo, Cable Center.
Brian Lamb, jack-of-all trades, on C-SPAN rooftop with antenna, wintry day, 1983. Photo, Cable Center.
     C-SPAN gradually lengthened and broadened its coverage of Congress, adding coverage of congressional hearings and expanding its coverage to eight hours a day in 1981; then 16 hours a day in early 1982, to full 24-hours-a-day coverage by September 1982.  In 1983, it started occasional coverage of the Canadian House of Commons.  By 1984, C-SPAN  began covering the full U.S. election process, including the early presidential primaries.  In early 1984, Lamb and C-SPAN began sampling voter sentiment in some primary states, as Jack Frazee, an early C-SPAN chairman relayed in one Cable Center video clip:  “I can remember being with Brian Lamb in New Hampshire during the [1984] primary thinking about ways to show what was going on there.  We decided to go into a supermarket and have Brian start interviewing people… These people opened up… to Brian, told him what they thought about the election and the candidates.  It was powerful and humorous at the same time…”

     In February 1984, C-SPAN also covered for the first time ever, an Iowa caucus event live and uninterrupted.  In July and August that year it offered, also for the first time, full, live and uninterrupted coverage of the Democratic and Republican National Conventions.  Back in the House, meanwhile, members of Congress were beginning to learn how to use C-SPAN to their advantage, with some making speeches that would be aired and taped for later use in their home districts or in campaigning.  And some members also used the TV cameras to build a following beyond their own districts.


“C-SPAN Star”

1984: Rep. Newt Gingrich (R-GA), a rising young Congressman, used C-SPAN to enhance his career.
1984: Rep. Newt Gingrich (R-GA), a rising young Congressman, used C-SPAN to enhance his career.
     In 1984, Newt Gingrich, then a two-term Republican congressman from Georgia, recognized that the C-SPAN cameras in the House could help him gain national exposure.  Gingrich began using them regularly to make speeches to an empty chamber in off hours, often attacking the Democrats as he did. In May 1984, his staff had worked up a particularly critical document implicating Democrats in their own words in various foreign policy blunders in Vietnam, Cuba, and Nicaragua.  Gingrich read the document for the C-SPAN audience, accusing the Democrats of believing that “America does nothing right.”   That brought House Speaker Tip O’Neill to a full boil, who a few days later left his speaker’s station and strode angrily onto the floor, pointing at Gingrich, “You challenged their patriotism, and it is the lowest thing that I have ever seen in my 32 years in Congress!”  Gingrich had made all the network news shows, some reporting that with his C-SPAN performances, “a star was born.”  Even Gingrich himself at one point told the press, “I am now a famous person.”  Gingrich would continue to use C-SPAN throughout his career, rising to Speaker in 1994 after toppling the Democrats from power in the House.  Gingrich later resigned from that post under pressure after Republicans took a drubbing in 1998 elections.  As of April 2012, Gingrich was among candidates competing for the Republican Presidential nomination.

August 1985: Brian Lamb, C-SPAN Chairman & CEO, with Paul Fitzpatrick, President.
August 1985: Brian Lamb, C-SPAN Chairman & CEO, with Paul Fitzpatrick, President.
     In 1985, C-SPAN, was still only covering half of Congress, as the U.S. Senate had been recluctant to televise their proceedings.  But they soon began to see that the House was becoming better recognized across the country because of their coverage.  As Lamb later put it, “The Senate went on television because the House went on television.”  Senator Howard Baker from Tennessee was an early ally in that fight, but other Senators thought Baker was advocating for C-SPAN because he was going to run for President, and so had little success.  The Senator who actually became the key C-SPANN supporter was Robert Byrd, Democrat of West Virginia.  Byrd initially had been among the most fierce opponents of TV in the senate.  However, Byrd deeply loved the U.S. Senate and was a student of its history and procedures.  By the mid-1980s, he saw that the House was getting all the media attention, so he agreed to help bring TV to the U.S. Senate.  Byrd, minority leader at the time, was given the issue by Republican Bob Dole, then majority leader, and Byrd became key to approval since he could disarm southern Democrats who would otherwise filibuster to block it.

Brian Lamb at left with Sen. Robert Byrd (D-WV), far right, flipping the switch for C-SPAN 2 on June 2, 1986. Paul Fitzpatrick, center, was then president of C-SPAN.
Brian Lamb at left with Sen. Robert Byrd (D-WV), far right, flipping the switch for C-SPAN 2 on June 2, 1986. Paul Fitzpatrick, center, was then president of C-SPAN.
     By June 1986, the second C-SPAN channel, C-SPAN 2 launched to cover the U.S. Senate.  June 2nd was the first day of televised coverage, and like the House, the position of the camera was controlled by the Senate.  At that time, C-SPAN 2 was carried in 6.7 million homes. 

     The photo at right shows C-SPAN founder Brian Lamb at left with Sen. Robert Byrd (D-WV) far right flipping the switch for C-SPAN2, on June 2, 1986.  In the middle is Paul Fitzpatrick, then-president of C-SPAN.  As he had done in the House, now U.S. Senator Al Gore (D-TN) made the first televised floor speech.  On July 29, 1986 the Senate voted in favor of permanent televised coverage of its proceedings.  By January 1987, C-SPAN 2 was offering 24-hours of programming.

1986 cartoon from Connecticut’s “Hartford Courant” newspaper on C-SPAN coming to the U.S. Senate.
1986 cartoon from Connecticut’s “Hartford Courant” newspaper on C-SPAN coming to the U.S. Senate.


     With the coming of television in the Senate, there were fears that some members would resort to theatrical performances or engage in “grandstanding,” and a few in the media poked fun at the Senate.  The cartoon at left appeared in Connecticut’s Hartford Courant newspaper.  It shows a Senator dancing on Senate President’s desk, as an advisor or colleague off to the side reminds him, “C-SPAN Senator, Not MTV.”  In the mid-1980s, the popular “Music TV” or MTV cable channel was known for its rock music videos.  The members of the U.S. Senate, however, maintained their decorum, even with the cameras.  Generally, the presence of cameras improved the level of debate.  Members used more visual material – charts, graphs, enlarged newspaper stories, etc – during their remarks.  But to be sure, there was a share of “playing to the cameras” and Senators using the medium for their own political purposes, as members on the House side were doing.  Elsewhere in Washington, C-SPAN helped change the nature of work for lobbyists, journalists and others who worked in and around Congress.  Lobbyists could now monitor what was going from their offices by staying tuned to C-SPAN and C-SPAN 2.  Journalists could also follow floor action via C-SPAN for breaking news on legislative stories.  C-SPAN coverage of Congressional hearings could also draw a crowd, depending on topic.  In 1987, the Iran-Contra hearings, which covered a military-arms-for-hostages scandal implicating senior Reagan Adminstration officials and the routing of funds to support Nicaraguan Contra fighters, drew in many new C-SPAN viewers. 

ABC-TV analyst Jeff Greenfield being interviewed on C-SPAN by Brian Lamb, January 1988.
ABC-TV analyst Jeff Greenfield being interviewed on C-SPAN by Brian Lamb, January 1988.
     But C-SPAN by the mid-1980s had become more that just a televised window on House and Seante proceedings, as its coverage and public affairs programming reached out to more venues.  In July 1987, for example, C-SPAN Classroom was launched, an expansion of  C-SPAN’s outreach in public education.

     Brian Lamb and other C-SPAN hosts by this date were also doing dozens of interviews with journalists, historians, TV producers, and other professionals involved with public policy and public affairs.  In January 1988, for example, Lamb interviewed Jeff Greenfield, an ABC TV analyst who covered politics, and also author Gail Sheehy, a contributing editor for Vanity Fair magazine who had written about the 1988 presidential candidates.  These interviews were part of a C-SPAN series profiling New York city’s political and communications leaders.

C-SPAN's 1988 book offering viewer profiles, anecdote & demographics. Click for book at Amazon.
C-SPAN's 1988 book offering viewer profiles, anecdote & demographics. Click for book at Amazon.
     Also in 1988, Brain Lamb, Susan Swain, and the C-SPAN staff published the first book about their network. Titled America’s Town Hall, the book’s subtitle asked: “What Links Frank Zappa, Ronald Reagan and Kay Cutcher… and You?”  Answer: they all watch C-SPAN.  The book, in fact, was a “who-watches-us” assessment of the network at its ten-year mark.  It was also C-SPAN “taking stock” of its operation, using profiles of 100 or so famous and no-so-famous viewers, why they watched, what they liked, etc.  Among C-SPAN viewers profiled in the book were the three mentioned in the subtitle – Frank Zappa, then a controversial rock musician; U.S. President Ronald Reagan; and Kay Cutcher an Iowa activist.  Among others included were former Congressman and civil rights leader, Andrew Young; TV talk show host Phil Donahue; Congressman Dick Armey (R-TX); Princeton basketball coach Pete Carril; U.S. Senator Howard Baker (R-TN); U.S. Naval Academy political science professor Stephen Frantzich; U.S. Congressman Newt Gingrich (R-GA); “Friends of C-SPAN” activist Shirley Rossi; and others.  These and other viewers offered accounts of why they liked C-SPAN or how its programming figured into their work or other activities.  The title for America’s Town Hall came from a speech that Congressman Jim Wright(D-TX) had given praising the network, saying Lamb and staff had created “a town hall for the nation.”  At the book’s release, Lamb and other panelists convened at the Washington Metropolitan Cable Club to introduce it, along with a short video by C-SPAN staff explaining the book’s content and characters, all of which is available at C-SPAN today (see Sources).


Booknotes

Brian Lamb’s five-part interview with Neil Sheehan, author of “A Bright Shining Lie,” the beginning of what became C-SPAN’s “Booknotes” TV series. Click for Amazon book link.
Brian Lamb’s five-part interview with Neil Sheehan, author of “A Bright Shining Lie,” the beginning of what became C-SPAN’s “Booknotes” TV series. Click for Amazon book link.
     In the fall of 1988, Brian Lamb and C-SPAN experimented with some new programming focused on books and authors.  Lamb had seen a short TV interview with Neil Sheehan, who had written a controversial book – A Bright Shining Lie: John Paul Vann and America in Vietnam.  Sheehan had covered the Vietnam War as a New York Times reporter and he used the career of U.S. Army Lieutenant Colonel John Paul Vann to trace the history of U.S. involvement in the war.  Lamb was frustrated by the short TV program he had seen with Sheehan and wanted to know more.  So he invited Sheehan to C-SPAN for an interview.  What followed were five 30-minute segments with Sheehan that focused on various parts of the book and Sheehan’s career.  Sheehan’s book would become a national best-seller, win a Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award.  Strong viewer response to Lamb’s interview with Sheehan on this book led to the decision to start producing a weekly author interview program.  It became one of C-SPAN’s most popular and successful programs – Booknotes.

July 1989: Jeanne Simon’s book.
July 1989: Jeanne Simon’s book.
Oct 1989: Harrison Salisbury’s book.
Oct 1989: Harrison Salisbury’s book.
Oct 1989: Ralph Abernathy’s book.
Oct 1989: Ralph Abernathy’s book.
Mar 1990 - Sen. Abourezk's book.
Mar 1990 - Sen. Abourezk's book.

     Lamb began hosting Booknotes in April 1989 as a regular Sunday evening show featuring non-fiction books and their authors.  He would interview each author for an uninterrupted hour – “one book, one author, one hour,” is how he would sometimes describe his show.  The set was simple: black background, two chairs, coffee table, two cups.  Lamb asked basic questions: “Why did you write this?” “Where do you do your writing?” or “What caused you to take that approach?”  Lamb’s formula on this and other C-SPAN shows was simple: “stay out of the way” and let the author give full and complete answers without interruption.  What Lamb did on these shows was carefully listen to his guest, sometimes formulating next questions on the what the guest offered in reply.  Substance and style were both covered, and viewers rarely went away disappointed.

     Talking with National Endowment for the Humanities chairman Bruce Cole in 2003, Lamb allowed a peek into how reading and books got hold of him a few years prior to the creation of Booknotes:

…Until I was about forty-five I usually read the mass circulation books that everybody was talking about.  I remember reading a book by Stewart Alsop and was intrigued by him, and there were some others.  But Tom Wolfe’s book, Bonfire of the Vanities [1987], to me was just so real.  I remember getting up in the middle of the night to finish it.  In 1986 Warren Burger [the chief justice of the United States] had introduced me to a book called Miracle in Philadelphia, by Catherine Drinker Bowen.  I was a member of a committee that Warren Burger headed on the bicentennial of the Constitution.  He handed everybody this book, and I read it, and I loved it.  [Bowen] was able to write about the Constitutional Convention in a way that I could understand. I just have gone crazy ever since then.  I can’t explain it…


Books & Authors

     The first Booknotes program on April 2, 1989 featured former President Jimmy Carter’s national security adviser, Dr. Zbigniew Brzezinski, talking about his book, The Grand Failure: The Birth and Death of Communism in the Twentieth Century.  Here’s a sampling of some of the other authors and books from Booknotes’  first year:

Sunday, May 7, 1989
Col. David Hackworth, About Face: The Odyssey of an American Warrior.

Sunday, June 4, 1989
James MacGregor Burns, The Crosswinds of Freedom.

Sunday, June 18, 1989
U. S. Senator Robert Byrd, The Senate: 1789-1989.

Sunday, June 25, 1989
Elizabeth Colton, The Jackson Phenomenon: The Man, The Power, The Message.

Sunday, July 23, 1989
Jeanne Simon, Codename: Scarlett—Life on the Campaign Trail by the Wife of a Presidential Candidate.

Sunday, August 27, 1989
Jack Germond, Jules Witcover, Whose Broad Stripes & Bright Stars—The Trivial Pursuit of the Presidency 1988.

Sunday, September 10, 1989
Thomas Friedman, From Beirut to Jerusalem.

Sunday, October 15, 1989
Harrison Salisbury, Tiananmen Diary: Thirteen Days in June.

Sunday, October 29, 1989
Rev. Ralph David Abernathy, And the Walls Came Tumbling Down

Sunday, November 19, 1989
Robin Wright, In the Name of God: The Khomeini Decade.

Sunday, March 25, 1990
Former U.S. Senator James Abourezk, Advise and Dissent: Memoirs of South Dakota and the U.S. Senate.

Sunday, May 6, 1990
Morley Safer, Flashbacks On Returning to Vietnam.

May 1990: CBS newsman Morley Safer being interviewed on “Booknotes". Click for Amazon book link.
May 1990: CBS newsman Morley Safer being interviewed on “Booknotes". Click for Amazon book link.
    

Booknotes, of course, wasn’t all Lamb did.  He still had time for other interviews, some under the rubric: “The Life and Career of…[xyz]”  In June 1989, for example, he interviewed Eric Sevareid, the veteran broadcast journalist who had worked at CBS since 1939, an original member of Edward R. Murrow’s news team.  “The Life and Career of Howard K. Smith,” an ABC newsman, was another in this vein.  Booknotes, in any case, would become one of C-SPAN’s most important shows, and one where C-SPAN’s audience became most familiar with Brian Lamb and his style.  The show would run for more than 15 years and involve some 800 interviews.  More on Booknotes and its C-SPAN progeny a bit later; now back to C-SPAN’s history in the 1990s.


Expanding Audience

June 1990: Brian Lamb & John J. Rigas of Adelphi Communications, Inc., celebrating C-SPAN’s 50 millionth household.  Cable Center photo.
June 1990: Brian Lamb & John J. Rigas of Adelphi Communications, Inc., celebrating C-SPAN’s 50 millionth household. Cable Center photo.
     By June 1990, C-SPAN celebrated the addition of its 50 millionth household to its audience.  Brian Lamb is shown at right with John J. Rigas of the Adelphi Communications with a cake celebrating the milestone.  Adelphi at the time was among the largest cable TV companies in the United States.

     C-SPAN continued to break new ground with its programming.  In 1990-91, it gained notice for attaching lapel microphones to campaigning presidential candidates, following them around for hours at a time, documenting both the drama and mundane nature of running for office.  In early 1991, with the outbreak of Gulf War, C-SPAN 2 reported a spike of 9.3 million new subscribers and the addition of 240 cable systems as congressional debate on the use of military force began. 

     By 1992, it began covering its fourth presidential campaign, then reaching some 55 million cable households.  Established journalists in Washington by then were singing its praises.  The late Tim Russert, former NBC Vice President and Bureau Chief called C-SPAN “the video resource of record.”  Chuck Lewis, then Washington Bureau Chief of Hearst newspapers, praised C-SPAN as a “terrific concept that brings us ‘inside-the-Beltway’ types smack into reality with the public outside of Washington.”  C-SPAN also took its show on the road in 1993, launching the C-SPAN bus with a production team that would travel the country, covering local events, visiting schools and more, generating local press as it did.

1996: One of the first books exploring C-SPAN’s creation and impact is published, “The C-SPAN Revolution,” by Stephen Frantzich and John Sullivan. Click for book at Amazon.
1996: One of the first books exploring C-SPAN’s creation and impact is published, “The C-SPAN Revolution,” by Stephen Frantzich and John Sullivan. Click for book at Amazon.
     In 1994, at its 15th anniversary, C-SPAN launched a series of re-enactments of the seven historic Lincoln-Douglas debates of 1858, which were televised from August to October in the Illinois communities where they originally took place.  Back in Congress, meanwhile, the Republicans became the majority in the House after the fall elections of 1994, making New Gingrich their speaker.  C-SPAN cameras that year also captured some humorous moments, such as “Saturday Night Live” comedian Chris Farley’s special appearance impersonating Newt Gingrich in his presence at a Republican congressional caucus meeting.  Among embarrassing moments for C-SPAN’s live and unedited coverage in 1996, which then extended to certain social events, was a raunchy performance by a radio talk show host Don Imus at the Radio & Television Correspondents Dinner in which Imus insulted the President and First Lady, among others.

     In October 1996, one of the first outside books on the C-SPAN experience appeared – The C-SPAN Revolution – written by Stephen Frantzich and John Sullivan, which examines the history and inside politics of setting up C-SPAN on Capitol Hill, how that coverage affected the inside-the-beltway game of politics, as well as the relationship with voters and those beyond Washington.  C-SPAN by the mid-1990s had become the national public affairs network that Lamb had envisioned from the start.  Its Booknotes and history components, among others, were also substantial elements by then.  In 1998, Lamb would explain that House and Senate floor debate then amounted to “between ten and fifteen percent of what C-SPAN offers…in a year’s time.”  He also noted, “we own 45 cameras, and now we go all over the world, showing different events … in the public affairs arena, not in the news business.”  C-SPAN, he emphasized was “not in the news business and never wanted to be in the news business,” as there were lots of people in the news business.  “There’s no one else in public affairs business,” he said.

In September 1998, “Book TV” was added to C-SPAN 2 to provide more book-related programming. Click to visit BookTV.org.
In September 1998, “Book TV” was added to C-SPAN 2 to provide more book-related programming. Click to visit BookTV.org.
     By 1999, Booknotes, then in its tenth year, had established quite a following.  C-SPAN, in fact, then created additional book-related programing with BookTV, a program that would expand the network’s coverage of non-fiction books, authors, and related events to 48 hours every weekend on C-SPAN 2.  When asked about why Book TV was launched, Lamb explained:

…Well, there are a number of reasons… One, there was the word-of-mouth success of Booknotes, then a five-hour-a-week edition a couple years ago called “About Books,” and then the full 48 hours of Book TV.  There was not much more thought given to it than that.  People just liked it.  We got a lot of feedback from it.

Secondly, …there is a $25 billion-a-year business in the book industry.  There are over 1,000 superstores and 13,000 independent bookstores in the United States.  It matters out there to somebody, and nobody else is doing anything more than short spots on television…

Oct 2006: Author David Cannadine appeared on C-SPAN’s “Book TV” from the Strand Book Store in New York City for his biography, “Mellon: An American Life.” Click to view.
Oct 2006: Author David Cannadine appeared on C-SPAN’s “Book TV” from the Strand Book Store in New York City for his biography, “Mellon: An American Life.” Click to view.
     Book TV guests are often not nationally-known authors, and C-SPAN cameras cover authors presenting their work at local book stores and other venues all over the country.  

     In mid-January 2001, for example, Nick Mangieri, a 72 year-old self-published author with two autobiographical books about his days as a crusading cop – Broken Badge and Frozen Shield – appeared at a Barnes & Noble store in Newport News, Virginia for a book discussion covered by C-SPAN.  Hundreds of other authors have appeared on BookTV programs at bookstores throughout the country.

     C-SPAN also created other programming in 1999, launching its “American Presidents” series in March that year, a series with three-hour treatments of each of the nation’s 41 presidents.  Aaron Barnhart of the Knight Ridder/Tribune news group wrote of that show:  “If you want to catch TV’s most captivating series this summer, don’t look to HBO. Don’t look to MTV.  Look to C-SPAN[’s]… ‘American Presidents: Life Portraits.’”  Aside from its obvious value to history buffs, Barnhart observed, “what makes ‘American Presidents’ so compelling are the unexpected, often contentious debates that take place between the program’s featured historians and its viewers who call in and offer very different takes on the American presidents….”

C-SPAN executive v.p., Susan Swain, shown hosting a C-SPAN 3 “American History TV” program.
C-SPAN executive v.p., Susan Swain, shown hosting a C-SPAN 3 “American History TV” program.
     By August 2000, some 28.5 million people said they watched C-SPAN programming each week, a number that had grown 17 percent over 1996 levels.  By late January 2001, C-SPAN 3 had been added to the network, offering more live coverage of national public policy and related events during the week.  C-SPAN 3 would later add 48 hours of “American History TV” on the weekends, but not until January 2011.


Booknotes End

     Brian Lamb, meanwhile, was still going strong with his one-on-one author interviews at Booknotes.  By December 2004, however, he decided to end that program and try something different.  Through 15 years of Booknotes, however, Lamb had rendered something of an Iron Man, Lou Gehrig performance, reading 800 books, most on his own time, and never missing a single Sunday night, for 52 weeks every one of those years.  His guests had ranged from Dr. Cornel West, to former President Richard Nixon, New York Times columnist, Maureen Dowd, and many others. Brian Lamb’s Booknotes program, which ran for 15 years, has been described fondly as “a little piece of television sanity.” Guest authors weren’t determined by complicated formula, but rather by Lamb’s belief they would be of interest to his audience, have something novel to say, or have insight or information the public should know about.  Lamb avoided celebrity-type books on his show, believing them to be commercially motivated, and also covered extensively elsewhere.  Politicians who wrote books, or had them ghost written, were also avoided, as these were seen as campaign vehicles.  Lamb’s fans, meanwhile, would describe his Booknotes show as “a little piece of television sanity.”  His interview method was guided by the basic journalism questions of who, what, when, where, why and how.  He would also ask his author guests: How do you work?, Where do your work?, Who are your influences?, and others in that vein.  His goal was to give the author plenty of time and room to answer – and keep himself out of the picture.  Most of a Booknotes hour was filled with the author talking, not Lamb.


C-SPAN's "Q&A" show logo.
C-SPAN's "Q&A" show logo.
Q&A

     After Booknotes ended, Lamb began hosting a new program titled “Q&A,” which featured interviews with notable figures from politics, technology, education, and the media, as well as authors and historians.  Q&A premiered in mid-December 2004.  Among early guests were Fox News president Roger Ailes, NBC Nightly News anchor Brian Williams, and Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute president Shirley Ann Jackson.  Other guests have included former Arkansas Governor Mike Huckabee, Wikipedia co-founder Jimmy Wales, former CIA Director Michael V. Hayden, and others.  When it comes to his Q&A guests, Lamb follows his instincts mostly, just as he did with Booknotes.

NBC’s Brian Williams was among early guests interviewed on Brian Lamb’s “Q&A” show.
NBC’s Brian Williams was among early guests interviewed on Brian Lamb’s “Q&A” show.
     In his Q&A session with Brian Williams, C-SPAN cameras went to the NBC Studios in Rockefeller Center for the show.  Williams was interviewed two days before he was to begin as anchor of NBC News following the retirement of Tom Brokaw.  With Lamb asking the questions, Williams talked about his childhood, his early interest in politics and history, and his collection of political memorabilia, and that like Lamb, he had an interest in presidential history and was writing a book about the death of President Garfield.  During the interview, Williams also discussed his internship in the Carter White House, his political leanings, his love of books, and the rigors of the thirty-minute television news show.

     Lamb’s guests on his Q&A show were not then, and still to this writing, all well-known faces like Williams, as he continued seeking out those with novel stories.  In 2006, for example, he interviewed Adonal Foyle, a basketball player with San Francisco’s Golden State Warriors.  Foyle also happened to be an interesting America political player, though not in the conventional sense.  He is the founder, President, and primary funder of Democracy Matters, a nonprofit foundation that focuses on grass-roots, pro-democracy reforms.  But Foyle is also a native of the Caribbean island of St. Vincent, can’t vote in America.  Still, his foundation focuses on increasing voter participation and leveling America’s political playing field.  Foyle has spent millions of his own money on the foundation, part of his effort to return the favor of his good fortune in America.  That’s the kind of guest Lamb loves to have on his show, an outsider tweaking the power centers.

Historian David McCullough being interviewed on “Q&A,” May 2011, for his book, “The Greater Journey.” Click to view.
Historian David McCullough being interviewed on “Q&A,” May 2011, for his book, “The Greater Journey.” Click to view.
     Lamb’s guests over more than 30 years have come from the left, right, center, and sometimes a few that are entirely off the charts.  He does acknowledge a favorite category, however, as he allowed in one interview.  “I really like the historians,” he told Ronald Kessler in 2008.  “Richard Norton Smith, Robert Caro, Doug Brinkley, David McCullough, and Harold Holzer.  They are resourceful; they do primary source work; they are engaging; and they know something.”  In his tenure at C-SPAN, Lamb has become something of American historian in his own right, and is a keen student of American presidential history.  He has also been an instigator/architect of several C-SPAN history programs and series, some of which have traveled off-site to various universities, institutes, presidential homes, and other venues for their filming and/or broadcast.

U.S. News & World Report caricature of Brian Lamb seeking Supreme Court access.
U.S. News & World Report caricature of Brian Lamb seeking Supreme Court access.
     Back at C-SPAN, meanwhile, Lamb has continued to fight more battles for open government.  In April 2009, for example, he was fighting to expand C-SPAN’s reach to federal courts and closed-door press events.  A big target remains the U.S. Supreme Court and also some bastions of professional journalism that remain closed to cameras, such as the annual Gridiron gathering of journalists.

     In its own shop, however, C-SPAN has been attuned to the web and the use of the social media.  In 2007, it changed its copyright policy to allow online posting of its videos.  In 2009, Twitter users began submitting questions live to C-SPAN programs.  In January 2011, C-SPAN’s Facebook page added live streaming.


Kudos for Brian

     Brian Lamb has been collecting kudos for sometime now – from serious readers, policy analysts, media pundits, politicians, publishers, and just plain old everyday folks who have acknowledged his contribution to their better-informed worlds.  Lamb has received all manner of awards and honors: the National Press Club’s Fourth Estate Award in 2002; the National Humanities Medal, the Harry S. Truman Good Neighbor Award, and The Media Institute’s Freedom of Speech Award – all in 2003; the Theodore Roosevelt-Woodrow Wilson Award in 2004 from the American Historical Association–this one  “for extraordinary contributions to the study, teaching, and public understanding of history.”  In November 2007 at the White House, with President George Bush doing the honors, he received the Medal of Freedom, the highest civilian award in the United States.  The Medal’s citation reads in part: “…As the driving force behind the creation of C-SPAN, Brian Lamb has elevated our public debate and helped open up our government to citizens across the Nation….”

Stephen Frantzich’s 2008 biography, “Founding Father: How C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb Changed Politics in America.” Click for book at Amazon.
Stephen Frantzich’s 2008 biography, “Founding Father: How C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb Changed Politics in America.” Click for book at Amazon.
     As more national recognition came Lamb’s way, it didn’t go to his head.  When a biography about him was proposed, he protested, saying he didn’t think he was all that interesting.  “I’m just too normal,” he said, “and normality seldom sells.”  Still, he decided to co-operate with Stephen E. Frantzich a political science professor who had co-authored an earlier book, The C-SPAN Revolution.  In May 2008, Founding Father: How C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb Changed Politics in America, was published by Rowman & Littlefield.

     His alma mater, Purdue University, was one of the first to recognized him back in the mid-1980s with an honorary degree.  Purdue also awarded him its Distinguished Alumni Award in 1987, and he has returned there occasionally for other events.  In April 2011, Purdue’s communications department was renamed the Brian Lamb School of Communication.  That fall, as part of the establishment of that new center, Lamb also did a Q&A session with Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels at the university.

     In October 2011, Lamb received the Al Neuharth Award for Excellence in the Media at a ceremony in South Dakota.  Al Neuharth, founder of USA Today and the Freedom Foundation, and making the award, said in part: “For three decades, Brian Lamb and his colleagues have pulled back the curtain on our democratic system, resulting in a more informed electorate …  The C-SPAN networks, created under Brian Lamb’s leadership, allow millions of interested citizens to be watchdogs of Washington through the fair, unfiltered and comprehensive coverage of government and the political process.”


“The Lamb Collection”
George Mason University

Brian Lamb taking a look at his own “book notes” at George Mason University exhibit.
Brian Lamb taking a look at his own “book notes” at George Mason University exhibit.
     In April 2011, Lamb donated his entire collection of books featured on the Booknotes series (1989-2004) to the rare books collection of George Mason University in Northern Virginia.  The university is using the books to create an academic archive.  At first glance, this may not seem to be all that significant.  However, most of the books Lamb used on the show contain his personal marginalia and preparatory “reminders” and questions he used for each author interview — notes and questions that often fill the front and back blank pages of the books that Lamb read.

     The Brian P. Lamb Booknotes Collection at the George Mason University Libraries contains the full set of the 801 books that Lamb read for his author interviews on the Booknotes show.  The university celebrated the new acquisition with an exhibit and reception on September 21st, 2011.  The exhibit, “Beyond the Book: An Exhibition of the Brian Lamb Booknotes Collection,” displayed a selection of the books showing their marginalia along with other interesting items found in the collection, as well as selected excerpts from Lamb’s interviews with various authors.  The goal of the exhibit is to capture Lamb’s engagement with the books and the content of the interviews rathern than highlight the content of specific books.  “What is so unique about this collection,” according to the George Mason Libraries’ description, “is that it lends insight into how Lamb structured his interviews and interpreted the different works.  It’s truly a valuable resource for students and researchers who conduct interviews themselves.”  A digital component of the exhibit can be viewed online.

     In March 2012, when Lamb announced he was stepping down as CEO, there came a new round of praise, some of it quite thoughtful.  Susan Milligan, a journalist at U.S. News & World Report, who in the early days, prior to internet and the 24/7 news cycle, remembered Lamb hosting weekly journalist roundtables, and how at 7:00 am on a Saturday he had already read a number of newspapers, including those of his journalist guests.  But Milligan also noted how Lamb handled call-in viewers and the respectful tone he set:

Brian Lamb, professional, informed, and courteous, was a big part of the reason for the demeanor of the callers.  Bipartisan doesn’t even begin to describe his approach.  He listened to everyone, didn’t goad or insult viewers, and had the nonjudgmental expression that must have made him a phenomenal poker player….

Television news—or news and commentary—has acquired an aggressive and combative tone in our Attention Deficit Disorder political culture.  Public relations officers at think tanks will report that their knowledgeable and erudite guests are not welcome on cable TV unless they are willing to get into a verbal joust with someone.  The dialogue becomes less about the details of an issue and more of a Sharks versus Jets standoff, where the “liberal” or “conservative” moniker is assigned to a position not based on the substance itself, but on the people who espouse it.  It reduces serious matters to cheap personality conflicts…

Brian Lamb and his network have never given in to that kind of marketing…

Brian Lamb at Purdue University during "Q&A" interview with Indiana Gov. Mitch Daniels, Sept 2011. Click to view video.
Brian Lamb at Purdue University during "Q&A" interview with Indiana Gov. Mitch Daniels, Sept 2011. Click to view video.
     Editorials about Lamb also appeared in newspapers, magazines and at various websites.  Editors at The Economist wrote, for example, “…he never violated the simplicity principle,” adding that “C-SPAN remained an island of sanity in a media world increasingly dominated by braying bigots.”  In an earlier column, Los Angeles Times writer Andrew Malcolm has called Lamb “America’s Alistair Cooke.”  On the web and in the blogosphere, more praise is found from some of Lamb’s most ardent and loyal fans.  “[H]is intelligent oversight has kept C-SPAN as the only really truly fair and balanced network out there in TV land,” writes one.  Another adds: “He is very much a demythologizer of political and media processes, and treats Joe Schmoe American with the same respect as he treats heads of state and Nobel laureates.”  And there is lots more like this both online and elsewhere from Lamb’s fans and admirers.

     It is clear that America is much better off for having had Brian Lamb of Lafayette, Indiana come to work in Washington, D.C.  He became, in one sense, the Frank Capra/public affairs version of  “Mr Smith Goes To Washington” – but in this case, the real thing, not the film version. If you’ve never seen one of Brian Lamb’s programs, his shows are all available in the C-SPAN archive. (Note: Since this story was written, Brian Lamb retired from his CEO position and Q&A show at C-SPAN).

     For more stories at this website on Media & Society or Politics, please visit those category pages for thumbnail sketches of posted stories, or see the Home Page for additional choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 30 April 2012
Last Update:  12 October 2021
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Brian’s Song: C-SPAN,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 30, 2012.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Brian Lamb interviewed Ben Bradlee about this book & other topics, October 29, 1995. Click photo for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Ben Bradlee about this book & other topics, October 29, 1995. Click photo for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Anne Applebaum about this book & related topics, May 25, 2003. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Anne Applebaum about this book & related topics, May 25, 2003. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Shelby Foote about this book & related topics, including his popularity following the PBS Civil War series, Sept 1994. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Shelby Foote about this book & related topics, including his popularity following the PBS Civil War series, Sept 1994. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Ken Auletta about this book & related topics, October 6, 1991. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Ken Auletta about this book & related topics, October 6, 1991. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Peter Jennings about his book “The Century” December 28, 1998. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Peter Jennings about his book “The Century” December 28, 1998. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Douglas Brinkley about this book April 18, 1993. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Douglas Brinkley about this book April 18, 1993. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Robert Caro in his New York office December 19, 2008 about his books on Robert Moses and LBJ. Click to visit that “Q&A” interview.
Brian Lamb interviewed Robert Caro in his New York office December 19, 2008 about his books on Robert Moses and LBJ. Click to visit that “Q&A” interview.
Brian Lamb interviewed Don Hewitt of CBS about this book & related topics, April 1, 2001. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Don Hewitt of CBS about this book & related topics, April 1, 2001. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed young, Wash., DC video journalist Michelle Fields on “Q&A” November 30, 2011.  Click photo to visit.
Brian Lamb interviewed young, Wash., DC video journalist Michelle Fields on “Q&A” November 30, 2011. Click photo to visit.
Brian Lamb interviewed Isaac Stern about this book & other topics, October 29, 1995. Click for book at Amazon.
Brian Lamb interviewed Isaac Stern about this book & other topics, October 29, 1995. Click for book at Amazon.

Jim Keller, “Brian Lamb Interview,” The Hauser Oral and Video History Collection, CableCenter.org, Au- gust 26, 1998.

Bruce Cole, “Changing the Channel: A Conversation with Brian Lamb,” Humanities (National Endow-ment for the Humanities), March / April 2003, Volume 24/Number 2.

“C-SPAN Milestones,” C-Span.org.

“C-SPAN’s Booknotes: Television’s Longest-Running Book Program,” Booknotes.org.

John Sullivan, “Brian Lamb: U.S. Media Executive, Founder of C-SPAN,” Encyclopedia of Television, Vol. 1, 2004, pp. 1305-1307.

“C-SPAN,” Wikipedia.org.

“Brian Lamb & C-SPAN Video,” Cable Hall of Fame Video, at CableCenter.org.

David Crook, “A One-Man Campaign for C-SPAN,” Los Angeles Times, May 11, 1982, p. H-1.

David Crook, “Video File: Brian Lamb Is Bullish on Outlook for C-SPAN; He Wants Network to Be a Neutral Conduit Between the Governing and the Governed,” Los Angeles Times, June 21, 1983, p. G-1.

T.R. Reid, “Congress: Best Little Soap Opera on Cable,” Washington Post, April 29, 1984, p. B-1.

“Profile of C-SPAN Book America’s Town Hall,” Brian Lamb and Panel at Washington Metropolitan Cable Club, Discussing Book (includes 7 minute staff video on book’s content and compilation), C-SpanVideo.org, June 22, 1988.

Lou Prato, “The Man Behind C-SPAN,” American Journalism Review, September 1992.

Lou Prato, “Politics In the Raw,” American Journalism Review, September 1992.

Neil MacNeil, “Tip Topped!,” Time, May 28, 1984.

John Herbers, “The World According to C-Span,” New York Times, Tuesday, August 13, 1985, p. B-6.

Russell Baker, Observer; “The C-Span Miracle,” New York Times, October 29, 1994.

James J. Unger, “A Conversation with Brian Lamb,” June 1995.

“C-SPAN Founder Says His Network Is Based on ‘A Simple Concept’,” Columbia University Record, October 27, 1995, Vol. 21, No. 8.

Stephen Frantzich and John Sullivan, The C-SPAN Revolution, University of Oklahoma Press, October 1996, 448 pp.

Elizabeth Taylor, The Chat Room, “The Cult Of No Personality; Talking With Brian Lamb, Master Of The Unobtrusive Interview,” Chicago Tribune, August 17, 1997.

Joe Klein, The Political Scene, “The Town That Ate Itself,” The New Yorker, November 23, 1998.

Brian Lamb, Booknotes: America’s Finest Authors on Reading, Writing, and the Power of Ideas, New York: Times Books, 1998.

Michael H. Ebner, “Bringing Democracy to Television” (Interview With Brian Lamb), Organization of American Historians, Indiana.edu, June 1999.

“Newt Gingrich: Rise to Power,” C-SPAN (with Eleanor Clift and Rep. Robert Walker), July 30, 1999.

“C-SPAN Founder and CEO, Brian Lamb,” Live On-Line, WashingtonPost.com, Thursday, April 20, 2000.

Brian Lamb, Booknotes Life Stories: Notable Biographers on the People Who Shaped America, New York: Times Books, 2000.

Mark Leibovich, “Brian Lamb’s Flock: The Unassuming C-SPAN Founder and Host Has a Faithful Audience,” Washington Post, July 11, 2002, p. C-1.

Brian Lamb, Booknotes: Stories From American History, New York: Penguin, 2002, 576 pp.

Brian Lamb and Richard Norton Smith, Who’s Buried in Grant’s Tomb? A Tour of Presidential Gravesites, Johns Hopkins University Press, 2003.

Rob Armstrong, “A Conversation with Brian Lamb,” in Covering Politics: A Handbook for Journalists, John Wiley & Sons, 2004.

Matthew May, “Reality TV,” American Thinker.com, August 12, 2004.

“The Last Booknotes”(C-SPAN video on the process of creating a Booknotes TV program, including comments throughout by Brian Lamb; scroll to bottom of page for video) Booknotes.org, October 27, 2004.

“Q & A,” Past Programs, By Date and Guest, Q-and-A.org, 2004-2012.

“Abraham Lincoln Presidential Museum,” ScholarWorks.GVSU.edu, May 2005.

Kane Citizen, “C-Span’s 25 Years of Call-In Shows,” NewsOnTheMarch.Blogspot, Saturday, October 8, 2005

Brian Lamb, Booknotes: On American Character, New York: Public Affairs, 2005.

The White House, “President Bush Honors Medal of Freedom Recipients,” November 5, 2007.

Stephen E. Frantzich, Founding Father: How C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb Changed Politics in America, Rowman & Littlefield, Publishers, 2008.

Ronald Kessler, “C-SPAN’s Lamb: Americans Feel Manipulated,” Newsmax.com, January 30, 2008.

Guest: Brian Lamb, “Inside Media: C-SPAN on the Air,” Newseum.org, May 25, 2008.

Brian Lamb and Susan Swain, Abraham Lincoln: Great American Historians on Our Sixteenth President, New York: PublicAffairs, 2008.

Patrick Gavin, “Lamb’s C-SPAN Turns 30” (Audio interview), Politico.com, March 25,2009.

Bob Titsch Interview at 30th Anniversary of C-SPAN,” C-SPAN Video Library, April 9, 2009.

Paul Bedard, Washington Whispers, “Even at 67, C-SPAN Boss Brian Lamb Isn’t Slowing Down,” U.S.News.com, April 11, 2009.

Bob Kemper, “Brian Lamb: An Outsider Inside Washington,” WashingtonExaminer.com, May 2009.

Andrew Malcolm, “C-SPAN pleads with Reid, Pelosi to open final drafting sessions for Obama’s healthcare bill (Updated), Los Angeles Times, January 5, 2010

Andrew Malcolm, “C-SPAN: this Program Lasts 31 Years, with No End in Sight,” Los Angles Times, March 16, 2010.

Nick Gillespie “The Democratizer,” Reason.com, December 2010.

Brian Lamb and Susan Swain, The Supreme Court: A C-SPAN Book, Featuring the Justices in Their Own Words, New York: PublicAffairs, 2010.

Maura Pierce, “Access Maker,” Think Magazine, Purdue University, Spring 2011.

“C-SPAN Founder, Chairman and CEO Brian Lamb to Receive Al Neuharth Award at University of South Dakota on Oct. 6,” FreedomForum.org, Tuesday, August 23, 2011

Brian Lamb Bio & C-SPAN Segment, at: “The 2011 Al Neuharth Award for Excellence in the Media,” YouTube.com [ segment starts at minute 21:50, runs 6 minutes], South Dakota Public Broadcasting, 2011.

“Beyond the Book: An Exhibition of the Brian Lamb Booknotes Collection,”Virtual Exhibit Hall, George Mason University Libraries, September 2011.

Thomas Heath, “Value Added: A 46-year Career Built on Letting Viewers Make up Their Own Minds,” Washington Post.com, September 18, 2011.

Thomas Heath, “Creating An Innovative Format for Distributing Information,” Washington Post, September 19, 2011, p. A-13.

Images, “Sept. 29 Brian Lamb Interviews Mitch Daniels Fowler Hall,” The Exponent, Purdue University, September 2011.

Leah Donnelly Richardson,”George Mason University Libraries Welcomes the Brian Lamb Booknotes Collection,” The Academic Archivist – Winter 2012

Brian Stelter, “C-Span Founder to Step Down as Chief Executive,” New York Times, March 18, 2012

Press Release, “C-SPAN Board Announces Executive Leadership Transition; Effective April 1, 2012: Rob Kennedy & Susan Swain Named Co-CEO’s,” C-SPAN.org, March 19, 2012.

Associated Press, “C-SPAN’s Founding CEO to Hand Reins to 2 Co-CEOS After 34 Years, Become Executive Chairman,” Washington Post, March 18, 2012.

Paul Farhi, “C-SPAN Founder Lamb Steps Down After 34 Years,” Washington Post, March 19, 2012.

James Rainey, “C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb, Master of Nonpartisanship, Stepping Down,” Los Angeles Times, March 19, 2012.

“Brian Lamb,” SixDegreesofMillicent.com, March 19, 2012.

Patrick Gavin, “5 of Brian Lamb’s Best TV Moments,” Politico.com, March 19, 2012.

Editorial, “C-SPAN Founder Going Out Like a Lamb,” USA Today, March 20, 2012.

Susan Milligan, “Media Should Emulate C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb,” U.S. News & World Report, March 20, 2012.

Neal Conan, Host, Talk of the Nation, “After 34 Years With C-SPAN, Brian Lamb Steps Down,” NPR.org, March 21, 2012 (transcript).

Lisa, “C-SPAN Superhero Brian Lamb Stepping Down as CEO after 33 Years!,” The Flaming Nose TV Blog, Wednesday, March 21, 2012

Jenny Rogers, “Great Moments in C-SPAN History With Brian Lamb,” Washington Examiner, March 2012.

Patrick Gavin, “Brian Lamb looks back on C-SPAN,” Politico.com, March 22, 2012.

Adrienne LaFrance, “How the Rest of the World Caught up to What C-SPAN Founder Brian Lamb Started in 1979,” NiemanLab.org, March 22, 2012.

Henry Geller, “C-SPAN’s Brian Lamb: A National Treasure,” Letter to the Editor, Washington Post, March 22, 2012.

Editorial, “The Up-Close Genius of Brian Lamb,”jconline.com, March 23, 2012.

“C-Span: I Am a Camera,” The Economist, March 24, 2012.

___________________________




 


“Bandstand Performers”
1963

Dick Clark on the "American Bandstand" TV show from Philadelphia, appears with teens around him as he reads mail. AP photo.
Dick Clark on the "American Bandstand" TV show from Philadelphia, appears with teens around him as he reads mail. AP photo.
     In 1963, American Bandstand, the popular Philadelphia-based TV dance show with Dick Clark, was still going strong, having been broadcast nationally since August 1957.  The show was still seen mid-afternoons five days a week on the ABC television network.  However, by 1963, Bandstand’s format had been shortened to 30 minutes per show.  Not long thereafter, it began broadcasting taped shows rather than live broadcasts.  Then, in September 1963, ABC moved Bandstand to  Saturdays-only for one hour.  But even with those changes, American Bandstand was still a place where many aspiring recording artists came for national exposure to help launch and/or advance their careers.

     During 1963, there were more than 200 guest appearances on American Bandstand, with a number of artists making their national television debuts.  Among some of the more notable performers appearing in 1963 with one or more hit songs were: Dionne Warwick, Paul & Paula, the Ronettes, the Righteous Brothers, Peter Paul & Mary, Franki Valli & The Four Seasons, The Chiffons, Dion, Bobby Rydell, Skeeter Davis, Nancy Sinatra, Lesley Gore, Frankie Avalon, Gene Pitney, Dee Dee Sharp, Jan & Dean, Neil Sedaka, Darlene Love, Bobby Vinton, Link Wray, and others.

Cover sleeve for Dionne Warwick’s single, “Don't Make Me Over,” a hit song in 1962-63. Click for CD.
Cover sleeve for Dionne Warwick’s single, “Don't Make Me Over,” a hit song in 1962-63. Click for CD.
     In January 1963, Dionne Warwick made what may have been her first national TV appearance on American Bandstand performing her hit song, “Don’t Make Me Over.”  Released in October 1962, Warwick’s song had broken through nationally after receiving heavy radio play in San Francisco. It debuted on the Billboard chart December 8, 1962, rising to No.21 on that chart and to No. 5 on the R&B chart in January 1963. 

Warwick would follow this hit with others, including, “Anyone Who Had a Heart,” released in December 1963 and “Walk On By” in April 1964, a major international hit and million seller. 

Dionne Warwick went on to stardom and a long career of many hits, including those in collaboration with the writer/producer team of Burt Bacharach and Hal David during the 1962 -1971 period.  Warwick, in fact, would put 56 singles on the Billboard Hot 100 chart between 1962 and 1998, making her one of the that era’s leading female recording stars.

Frank Valli & The Four Seasons appeared twice on “American Bandstand” in 1963. Click for CD.
Frank Valli & The Four Seasons appeared twice on “American Bandstand” in 1963. Click for CD.
     The Four Seasons, a quartet of singers from New Jersey with front man Franki Valli and his famous falsetto voice, appeared on American Bandstand at least twice in 1963.  These “Jersey Boys” as they would come to be known years later from a famous stage production of that name, formed their group in 1960 as The Four Lovers.  They eventually became The Four Seasons, with Frankie Valli on lead, Bob Gaudio keyboards and tenor vocals, Tommy DeVito on lead guitar and baritone vocals, and Nick Massi on bass guitar and bass vocals.  By the time they appeared on American Bandstand in 1963, they were already stars, having released their first album in 1962 with the No. 1 hit single “Sherry,” followed by their second No. 1 hit, “Big Girls Don’t Cry” – both million-sellers.  The Four Season appeared twice on Bandstand in 1963 – once in February and once in March – performing “Walk Like a Man” on both occasions.  That song had been released in January 1963, but by March 2nd that year it had hit No. 1 on the Billboard Hot 100, remaining there for three weeks and in the Top 40 for 12 weeks.  The Four Seasons would go on to become one of the more popular musical groups of that era, and for years thereafter, selling some 175 million records worldwide.

Lesley Gore, shown at 1964 TAMI concert, appeared on Bandstand, May 1963, singing “It’s My Party.” Click for 'Best of' CD.
Lesley Gore, shown at 1964 TAMI concert, appeared on Bandstand, May 1963, singing “It’s My Party.” Click for 'Best of' CD.
     In late May 1963, a 17 year-old New Jersey teenager named Lesley Gore (Lesley Sue Goldstein) made her first appearance on American Bandstand singing her soon-to-be No.1 hit, “It’s My Party.”  Just three months earlier, she was virtually unknown, performing locally at a Manhattan nightclub.  That’s when Quincy Jones, a producer with Mercury Records, had caught her performance.  By late February 1963, Jones came to Gore’s family home where she chose a demo song named “It’s My Party” to record for his label.  Six weeks later, the recording was finished and sent to record stores.

     But by June 1, 1963, after Gore made her national TV debut on Bandstand performing “It’s My Party,” the song shot to No. 1 on the pop charts, remaining there for two weeks.  Gore would also have big subsequent follow-up hits, including “Judy’s Turn To Cry” and “You Don’t Own Me.”  And years, later, she would also be nominated for an Oscar for co-writing the 1980 song, “Out Here On My Own” from the movie Fame.

     The Righteous Brothers appeared on Bandstand in June 1963, but this was before their major stardom, coming at a time when they worked with a small recording company and then using the Moonglow label. Under that label, they produced two moderate hits: “Little Latin Lupe Lu” and “My Babe.”  Their big hit – “You’ve Lost That Lovin’ Feelin,” produced with studio wizard Phil Spector – would not come until 1965. 

The Righteous Brothers duo of Bill Medley and Bobby Hatfield. Click photo for separate story.
The Righteous Brothers duo of Bill Medley and Bobby Hatfield. Click photo for separate story.
     Among others appearing on Bandstand in June of 1963, were: Frankie Avalon, Chubby Checker, Bobby Vinton, and Nancy Sinatra.  James Brown also appeared that month performing his “Prisoner of Love,” as did Barbara Lewis with her hit, “Hello Stranger” and The Essex, with their hit,”Easier Said Than Done.”  The Essex were an interesting group for that time, composed as they were of five U.S. Marines: Walter Vickers, Rodney Taylor, Billy Hill, Rudolph Johnson, and female Marine, Anita Humes.  Stationed at Camp LeJeune in North Carolina, they cut a demo that landed them a contract with Roulette Records.  Their hit song, “Easier Said Than Done,” was written by William Linton and Larry Huff, recorded by the group in 20 minutes, and released in May 1963.  To the group’s surprise, it soared to No. 1 on the Billboard Hot 100 chart on July 6, sold more than one million copies, and garnered a gold disc from the recording industry.  In September1963, The Essex had another hit, “A Walkin’ Miracle,” which rose to No.12 on the pop charts.  The group appeared on American Bandstand June 7th, 1963.

Little Stevie Wonder appeared on Bandstand July 8, 1963.  Click photo for separate story.
Little Stevie Wonder appeared on Bandstand July 8, 1963. Click photo for separate story.
     Stevie Wonder, a young blind teenager out of Detroit, made his network television debut on American Bandstand on July 8, 1963, with a performance of his harmonica-with-vocals song, “Fingertips, Part 2.”  Wonder would go on to become a very popular music artist for decades, winning many Grammy awards, and continuing his success into the 21st century.  Major Lance appeared on Bandstand in September 1963 with a popular dance song called “Monkey Time,” written by Curtis Mayfield, a song that had risen to No. 8 on the pop charts that August. 

     In the latter part of 1963, Dick Clark’s American Bandstand had a contingent of “girl group” recording artists on the show– i.e., groups that were girl-led, all-girl composed, or had a “girl group” sound.  Among these were the Jaynetts, the Chiffons, Darlene Love, Dee Dee Sharp, Martha Reeves and the Vandellas, and the Ronettes.  Clark also gave local groups continued opportunity on his show such as The Dreamlovers, a Philadelphia doo-wop group that once backed Chubby Checker on “The Twist” and other songs.  This group appeared several times on Bandstand in 1963.

Dick Clark interviewing a young Little Richard on American Bandstand sometime in 1963 or 1964. Click for 'Best Of' CD.
Dick Clark interviewing a young Little Richard on American Bandstand sometime in 1963 or 1964. Click for 'Best Of' CD.
     Although American Bandstand was still an important force in the music industry of that day, its power wasn’t what it had been in the 1950s.  By September 1963, when the show went to its Saturday-only format, it wasn’t playing new recordings every day, which had been one of Bandstand’s big selling points in the music industry.  With its reduced air time and song plugging, the show lost some of its influence in the industry.  Still, through 1963 American Bandstand was the place where aspiring artists came to launch or enhance their music careers.  Bandstand would have many years remaining as a TV dance show, extending into the 1980s.

     The 1963 season, in any case, was the last year that American Bandstand would be broadcast from Philadelphia.  In early 1963, the live broadcasts were replaced by previously-taped shows, though still running five days a week.  In August, Bandstand ended its weekday broadcasts and instead, went to a Saturdays-only show for one hour, ending its years in Philadelphia with its final broadcasts in December 1963.  By February 1964, the show resumed broadcasting from Los Angeles, California, near Hollywood.  Clark by then had also been serving as a game show host, a part of his career that would grow in the years ahead.  At the time of Bandstand’s move west, Dick Clark was still a young man at age 34.

The Jaynetts appeared on Bandstand in 1963 with "Sally, Go Round the Roses." Click for CD.
The Jaynetts appeared on Bandstand in 1963 with "Sally, Go Round the Roses." Click for CD.
     The move to California and the show’s location near the growing music industry in the Los Angeles area, was beneficial in terms of Bandstand landing more musical guests. And in terms of the youth culture at that time, California was becoming an important center of attention.

It was “where the action was,” as Clark would later explain. “Everything was going on there. The surfing craze was high on everybody’s list of things to do, whether you lived near water or not.  Everybody wanted to have bleached-blonde straight hair… So I figured I’d better get out [there].”

     Still, the 1963-1964 period became something of dividing line for Bandstand and the nation.  With the assassination of President John F. Kennedy on November 22, 1963, America fell into a period of mourning and national soul-searching.  And with the turn of the new year in 1964, the music began to change as well.  In February 1964, after the Beatles performed on The Ed Sullivan Show, “Beatlemania” swept the country.  Plain Vanilla rock ‘n roll was heading into some new territory, not the least of which would be drug and psychedelic influences. 

1962: Top left to right -  Martha Reeves, Annette Beard, Mary Wells & Dick Clark. Click for Martha & The Vandellas story.
1962: Top left to right - Martha Reeves, Annette Beard, Mary Wells & Dick Clark. Click for Martha & The Vandellas story.
     Although Clark and American Bandstand were then in California and would adapt with the changing times and fashion, after Bandstand left Philadelphia it would never again have quite the same dominance it enjoyed during the late 1950s and early 1960s.  As author John Jackson has put it in his American Bandstand book, 1964 became the year in which “Clark’s epic production began its steady diminution…to becoming…just another television show.”  Dick Clark, in any case, while continuing to host the Bandstand show for many years in California, was building his career in other areas, including game shows, television productions, and related entertainment businesses through his Dick Clark Productions, which he formed in 1957.

     What follows below is a listing of artists who appeared on American Bandstand in 1963 – the final Philadelphia year — along with a few Bandstand “top ten” lists from that year. Artists appearing on Bandstand are listed by date, and in some cases, with the song each performed. Other Bandstand-related stories at this website include, “At the Hop, 1957-1958,” “Bandstand Performers, 1957,” and “American Bandstand, 1956-2007,” a general history of the show, Dick Clark, and his related businesses. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.

 

“American Bandstand”
Selected Guests & Performers
1963

Dion DiMucci appeared on Bandstand in January 1963 showcasing “Ruby Baby.” Click for his story.
Dion DiMucci appeared on Bandstand in January 1963 showcasing “Ruby Baby.” Click for his story.
Skeeter Davis appeared twice on Bandstand in 1963, performing her song “The End of the World” in February. Click for her story.
Skeeter Davis appeared twice on Bandstand in 1963, performing her song “The End of the World” in February. Click for her story.
Surfing music was popular in the early 1960s, and Jan & Dean had a hit with “Surf City,” appearing on ‘Bandstand’ in March 1963. Click for this CD.
Surfing music was popular in the early 1960s, and Jan & Dean had a hit with “Surf City,” appearing on ‘Bandstand’ in March 1963. Click for this CD.
James Brown appeared on Bandstand in June 1963 showcasing “Prisoner of Love.” Click for his website.
James Brown appeared on Bandstand in June 1963 showcasing “Prisoner of Love.” Click for his website.
Folk group Peter Paul & Mary, appeared on Bandstand May 2, 1963. Click for 'Very Best of' CD.
Folk group Peter Paul & Mary, appeared on Bandstand May 2, 1963. Click for 'Very Best of' CD.
Bobby Vinton performed “Blue on Blue” when he appeared on Bandstand, June 14, 1963. Click for Greatest Hits CD.
Bobby Vinton performed “Blue on Blue” when he appeared on Bandstand, June 14, 1963. Click for Greatest Hits CD.
The Chiffons appeared on Bandstand October 12, 1963. Click for "Girl Groups" story.
The Chiffons appeared on Bandstand October 12, 1963. Click for "Girl Groups" story.
Link Wray appeared on Bandstand July 10, 1963 performing hit, “Jack the Ripper.” Click for his story.
Link Wray appeared on Bandstand July 10, 1963 performing hit, “Jack the Ripper.” Click for his story.
The Ronettes appeared on ‘Bandstand’ 2x in 1963 w/ big hit “Be My Baby.” Click on photo for their story.
The Ronettes appeared on ‘Bandstand’ 2x in 1963 w/ big hit “Be My Baby.” Click on photo for their story.

January 1963

Jan 2:  D. Warwick- “Don’t Make Me Over”
Jan 4:  Johnny Thunder- “Loop de Loop”
Jan 10:  B. Lynn- “You’re Gonna Need Me”
Jan 11:  Freddy Cannon- “Four Letter Man”
Jan 15:  The Dreamlovers
Jan 17:  Dion – “Ruby Baby”
Jan 18:  Paul & Paula- “Hey Paula”
Jan 22:  Barbara Lynn
Jan 23:  J. Mathis- “What Will Mary Say?”
Jan 28:  Steve Alaimo
Jan 29:  Conway Twitty- “The Pickup”
Jan 31:  Bobby Comstock & The Counts

February 1963

Feb 1:  The Dreamlovers
Feb 4:  Bobby Rydell- “Love is Blind”
Feb 6:  J. Darren- “Pin A Medal on Joey”
Feb 8:  Lou Christie- “The Gypsy Cried”
Feb 12:  Sandy Stewart
Feb 14:  S. Davis- “End Of The World”
Feb 19:  J. Ray- “Look Out, Chattanooga”
Feb 20:  Lou Christie- “The Gypsy Cried”
Feb 21:  Nancy Sinatra
Feb 22:  Four Seasons- “Walk Like A Man”
Feb 24:  N. Sedaka- “Alice in Wonderland”
Feb 25:  J. Tillotson-“Out of My Mind”
Feb 27:  Marcie Blaine
Feb 28:  Marcie Blane- “Bobby’s Girl”

March 1963

Mar 1: Four Seasons- “Walk Like a Man”
Mar 5: Bobby Comstock- “Let’s Stomp”
Mar 6: Connie Francis- “Follow the Boys”
Mar 8: Nancy Sinatra- “Like I Do”
Mar 12: Johnny Thunder
Mar 14: Jo Ann Campbell- “Mother…”
Mar 18: Anita Bryant- “Our Winter Love”
Mar 19: Timi Yuro- “Insult to Injury”
Mar 22: Wayne Newton
Mar 26: The Dreamlovers
Mar 28: Wayne Newton- “Heart…”
Mar 29: Jan & Dean- “Linda”

April 1963

Apr 2: B. Vinton- “Over the Mountain”
Apr 12: J. Soul- “If You Wanna Be…”
Apr 17: S. Alaimo- “Lifetime of…”
Apr 18: Al Martino- “I Love You Because”
Apr 19: Johnny Cymbal- “Mr Bass Man”
Apr 23: Bobby Lewis- “Intermission”
Apr 25: Freddy Cannon- “Patty Baby”
Apr 26: Frankie Avalon

May 1963

May 1: Mickey Callan
May 2: Peter, Paul & Mary- “Puff…”
May 3: Jimmy Clanton
May 7: N. Sedaka- “Let’s Go Steady…”
May 8: D. Love- “Today I Met Boy…”
May 14: Rockin’ Rebels
May 24: S. Davis- “…Saving My Love”
May 30: Lesley Gore- “It’s My Party”
May 31: B. Hyland- “…Afraid to Go Home”

June 1963

Jun 5: The Righteous Brothers
Jun 6: Dee Dee Sharp
Jun 7: Essex – “Easier Said Than Done”
Jun 10: Ray Stevens- “Harry The Ape”
Jun 11: Frankie Avalon
Jun 12: Chubby Checker- “Black Cloud”
Jun 13: T. Yuro- “Make the World…”
Jun 14: Bobby Vinton- “Blue on Blue”
Jun 17: Miami Beach Show
Jun 18: Nancy Sinatra- “One Way”
Jun 19: Steve Alaimo
Jun 20: Bill Anderson- “Still”
Jun 21: Guest info unavailable
Jun 26: James Brown- “Prisoner of Love”
Jun 27: Barbara Lewis- “Hello Stranger”
Jun 28: Paul & Paula- “First Quarrel”

July 1963

Jul 3: Dean Randolph- “False Love”
Jul 4: Joey Dee- “Dance, Dance, Dance”
Jul 5: Dee Dee Sharp- “…Cradle of Love”
Jul 8: Stevie Wonder – “Fingertips, Pt 2”
Jul 10: Link Wray- “Jack the Ripper”
Jul 11: Doris Troy
Jul 17: Freddy Cannon
Jul 22: Bobby Vinton
Jul 23: F. Cannon- “Everybody Monkey”
Jul 24: Roy Orbison- “Falling”
Jul 25: B. Hyland- “Afraid to Go Home”
Jul 26: Jimmy Clanton
Jul 29: Patty Duke (Patty Duke Show)
Jul 30: Mel Carter- “When a Boy…”
Jul 31: Frankie Avalon

August 1963

Aug 1: The Dovells- “Betty in Bermudas”
Aug 2: Freddie Scott- “Hey Girl”
Aug 5: Eddie Hodges- “Halfway”
Aug 6: D. D. Sharp- “Rock Me in The…”
Aug 7: Jo Ann Campbell
Aug 8: Wayne Newton- “Danke Schoen”
Aug 9: Steve Alaimo- “Don’t Let Sun…”
Aug 12: Al Martino- “Painted, Tainted…”
Aug 13: Roy Clark- “Tips of My Fingers”
Aug 14: Dick & Dee Dee- “Love is…”
Aug 15: Bandstand Fans Special
Aug 19: Duane Eddy- “… Lonely Guitar”
Aug 22: Dick & Dee Dee
Aug 23: B. Lynn- “…Laura’s Wedding”
Aug 29: Fats Domino- “Red Sails in Sunset”
Aug 30: Final Daily Show- Dick Clark

 
Bandstand “Top Ten” List
(30 August 1963)

1. “My Boyfriend’s Back!”- The Angels
2. “Hello Mudduh…”- Allan Sherman
3. “Fingertips”- Little Stevie Wonder
4. “Candy Girl”- The 4 Seasons
5. “Blowin’ in Wind”- Peter, Paul & Mary
6. “If I Had A Hammer”- Trini Lopez
7. “Judy’s Turn to Cry”- Lesley Gore
8. “Mockingbird”- Inez & Charlie Foxx
9. “More”- Kai Winding
10.”Denise”- Randy & The Rainbows

September 1963
(Saturday shows begin)

Sep 7: Neil Sedaka- “The Dreamer”
Sep 7: The Jaynetts- “Sally Go…Roses”
Sep 14: Dion- “Donna the Prima Donna”
Sep 14: Major Lance- “Monkey Time”
Sep 21: Skt. Davis- “Can’t Stay Mad…”
Sep 21: Garnett Mimms- “Cry Baby”
Sep 28: B. Rydell- “Let’s Make Love…”
Sep 28: The Ronettes- “Be My Baby”

October 1963

Oct 5: Dee Dee Sharp- “Wild”
Oct 5: Linda Scott- “Let’s Fall in Love”
Oct 12: The Chiffons– “A Love So Fine”
Oct 19: Peggy March- “…Follow Him”
Oct 19: Bill Anderson- “8 x 10”
Oct 26: The Busters- “Bust Out”
Oct 26: Freddy Cannon- “That’s What…”

 
Bandstand “Top Ten” List
(12 October 1963)

1. “Sugar Shack”- J. Gilmer & Fireballs
2. “Be My Baby”- The Ronettes
3. “Blue Velvet”- Bobby Vinton
4. “Cry Baby”- G. Mimms & Enchanters
5. “Sally, Go ‘Round…”- The Jaynetts
6. “Busted”- Ray Charles
7. “My Boyfriend’s Back”- The Angels
8. “Mean Woman Blues”- Roy Orbison
9. “Heat Wave”- Martha & Vandellas
10. “Donna the Prima Donna”- Dion

 
November 1963

Nov 2: Dale & Grace- “…Up to You”
Nov 2: Wayne Newton- “Shirl Girl”
Nov 9: Gene Pitney- “24 Hrs From Tulsa” 
Nov 9: Sunny & Sunglows- “Talk to Me”
Nov 16: Bobby Bare- “500 Miles…”
Nov 16: Brian Hyland- “Let Us Make…”
Nov 30: Dick Clark’s Celebrity Party

 
December 1963

Dec 7: Neil Sedaka – “Bad Girl”
Dec 7: Vito & Salutations- “Unchained…”
Dec 7: Chubby Checker- “Hooka Tooka”
Dec 21: Chubby Checker- “Lody Lo”
Dec 21: Donald Jenkins- “Adios”
Dec 28: Bobby Vinton- “Blue Velvet”
Dec 28: Patty Duke- Dick Clark interview

 
Bandstand “Top Ten” List
(21 December 1963)

1. “Dominique”- The Singing Nun
2. “Louie Louie”- The Kingsmen
3. “Don’t Have to Be a…” – Caravelles
4. “There! I Said it Again”- Bobby Vinton
5. “Since I Fell for You”- Lenny Welch
6. “Be True to Your School”- Beach Boys
7. “Drip Drop”- Dion
8. “…Leaving it Up to You” – Dale & Grace
9. “Everybody” – Tommy Roe
10. “Popsicles & Icicles” – The Murmaids

______________________________
 
Note:  This is not a complete list of all
1963 American Bandstand guests, as some
dates, artists and/or songs are missing.
Available sources have incomplete,
conflicting, or uncertain information.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

 
Date Posted: 30 April 2012
Last Update: 6 August 2023
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Bandstand Performers: 1963,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 30, 2012.

____________________________________

 
Books at Amazon.com

John Jackson’s 1997 book on Bandstand & “making of a rock ‘n roll empire”. Click for copy.
John Jackson’s 1997 book on Bandstand & “making of a rock ‘n roll empire”. Click for copy.
Matt Delmont’s 2012 book on Bandstand & civil rights struggle in 1950s Philadelphia. Click for copy.
Matt Delmont’s 2012 book on Bandstand & civil rights struggle in 1950s Philadelphia. Click for copy.
Dick Clark's 1976 autobiography & early years of “Bandstand”. Click for copy.
Dick Clark's 1976 autobiography & early years of “Bandstand”. Click for copy.

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Roy Orbison appeared on “American Bandstand” June 24, 1963 performing “Falling.” Click for 'Ultimate Collection' CD.
Roy Orbison appeared on “American Bandstand” June 24, 1963 performing “Falling.” Click for 'Ultimate Collection' CD.
Barbara Lewis appeared on Bandstand, June 27, 1963, performing “Hello Stranger.” Click for separate story.
Barbara Lewis appeared on Bandstand, June 27, 1963, performing “Hello Stranger.” Click for separate story.

John A. Jackson, American Bandstand: Dick Clark and the Making of a Rock ‘n’ Roll Empire, New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

Associated Press, “‘American Bandstand’ Honored for Its Age,” New York Times, September 16, 1987.

Hank Bordowitz, Turning Points in Rock and Roll, Citadel Press, 2004.

“Dionne Warwick,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 1046-1047.

“Don’t Make Me Over,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Four Seasons,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 346-347.

“The Four Seasons,” Wikipedia.org. 

“May 30, 1963: Lesley Gore Sings ‘It’s My Party’ on Bandstand,” History.com.

“Lesley Gore,” Wikipedia.org.

R. Buxton, “Dick Clark,” The Museum of American Broadcast Communications.

“American Bandstand,” The Museum of American Broadcast Communications.

“Dick Clark,” The Radio Hall of Fame.

American Bandstand articles at New York Daily News.

The Essex,”Wikipedia.org.

“Dick Clark Interview with Bobby Darin, 1963,” BobbyDarin.net.

“American Bandstand – Season 6 Episode Guide,” TV.com.

“American Bandstand – Season 7 Episode Guide,” OVGuide.com.

________________________________________________

 

Among dance shows that Dick Clark did in 1963 was the one photographed above –  a “Dick Clark Parade of Stars” show undertaken with CHUM radio in Toronto, Canada on July 19, 1963 at the Maple Leaf Gardens.
Among dance shows that Dick Clark did in 1963 was the one photographed above – a “Dick Clark Parade of Stars” show undertaken with CHUM radio in Toronto, Canada on July 19, 1963 at the Maple Leaf Gardens.

 

 

“Reagan & Springsteen”
1984

President Ronald Reagan speaking at the Reagan-Bush campaign rally in Hammonton, NJ, 19 September 1984.
President Ronald Reagan speaking at the Reagan-Bush campaign rally in Hammonton, NJ, 19 September 1984.
     It was mid-September 1984.  U.S. President Ronald Reagan was on the campaign trail bidding for reelection in a race against Democrat and former vice president, Walter Mondale. 

Reagan was leading in the national polls at the time and had come to Hammonton, New Jersey for a Reagan-Bush campaign rally to give a campaign speech.  Hammonton, known for its blueberry production, is located in southeastern New Jersey in Atlantic County, not far from Atlantic City. 

     The town had gone all out for Reagan’s visit, staged in an outdoor venue.  Patriotic bunting decorated the buildings and a local band with cheerleaders was in place on the stage.

A giant American flag filled a large wall behind where Reagan would speak. And a large printed banner running along that wall offered a patriotic slogan that read: “America: Prouder, Stronger & Better.”  A crowd of more than 30,000 had come out in Hammonton to hear Reagan, many of them waving hand-held American flags. 

Ronald Reagan, barely visible in this photo, center left, approaching rostrum for 1984 speech at Hammonton, NJ, September 19th.  Photo, PerOwer, flicker.com.
Ronald Reagan, barely visible in this photo, center left, approaching rostrum for 1984 speech at Hammonton, NJ, September 19th. Photo, PerOwer, flicker.com.
     Ronald Reagan typically had optimistic and upbeat things to say in his speeches, and his remarks in Hammonton that day were no exception.  This time, however, in part of his speech, he made reference to a popular rock and roll singer known to many in New Jersey and elsewhere.

     “America’s future rests in a thousand dreams inside your hearts,” President Reagan said in his speech.  “It rests in the message of hope in songs so many young Americans admire: New Jersey’s own Bruce Springsteen.  And helping you make those dreams come true is what this job of mine is all about.”

     Bruce Springsteen at the time was about as popular as a rock ‘n roll singer could be, and it certainly wouldn’t hurt a politician – even an incumbent president – to be identified with that popularity.  Springsteen then had a very successful album, Born in the U.S.A., with a popular song of the same name.  The album had been released in June 1984 and was No.1 on the Billboard album chart by July 1984, remaining on the chart for 139 weeks.  It would also spawn seven Top-10 hit singles and become one of the best-selling albums of Springsteen’s career with over 15 million copies sold in the U.S. alone.  It was a monster hit, as was its title song, “Born in the U.S.A.”  The release of the song as a single had followed the album.  It was the third single from the album, and peaked at No.9 later that year on the Billboard Hot 100 singles chart.

Cover of Bruce Springsteen’s 1984 single, “Born in The U.S.A.,” which rose into Billboard’s Top Ten. Click for digital single.
Cover of Bruce Springsteen’s 1984 single, “Born in The U.S.A.,” which rose into Billboard’s Top Ten. Click for digital single.
     By late August 1984, the Born in the U.S.A. album was selling quite well.  Songs from the album, including the title track, were receiving frequent radio play.  And on top of that, Springsteen was on a live concert tour promoting the album and getting lots of national press.  One stop on the tour was the concert at the Capital Center outside of Washington, D.C., which received some prominent media coverage.  CBS Evening News correspondent, Bernard Goldberg,   reporting on September 12, 1984,  cast Springsteen as a modern-day Horatio Alger:  “His shows are like old-time revivals with the same old-time message: If they work long enough and hard enough, like Springsteen himself, they can also make it to the promised land.”  The next day, on September 13, 1984, nationally-syndicated Washington Post columnist, George Will, wrote a column entitled “Bruce Springsteen U.S.A.” (also titled, “Yankee Doodle Springsteen” in some editions; see Will’s full column as it appeared, posted here, beneath “Sources” at end of article).  Will had attended one of Springsteen’s Washington performances at the invitation of Springsteen’s drummer, Max Weinberg and his wife Rebecca.  In Will’s newspaper column, which ran in numerous papers all across the country, he praised Springsteen as an exemplar of classic American values.  Wrote Will, in part:

“I have not got a clue about Springsteen’s politics, if any, but flags get waved at his concerts while he sings songs about hard times.  He is no whiner, and the recitation of closed factories and other problems always seems punctuated by a grand, cheerful affirmation: ‘Born in the U.S.A.!'”

Washington Post columnist, George Will, took Bruce Springsteen’s rock music the wrong way. (see his full column at end).
Washington Post columnist, George Will, took Bruce Springsteen’s rock music the wrong way. (see his full column at end).
     President Reagan’s 1984 reelection campaign, then a few months before the national elections, was in full stride. George Will, a conservative Republican, had some friends and connections in the Reagan White House. Will got the idea that bringing Springsteen, or his songs, and the Reagan-Bush campaign into closer alignment might not be a bad idea, and he suggested this to some of his White House friends, including Michael Deaver, Reagan’s long-time advisor. Deaver staffers then made inquiries to Springsteen’s people, asked if the song could be used for the campaign. They were politely rebuffed. Still, the idea that Reagan should somehow try to associate with the popular Springsteen did not die, and seems to have reached Reagan’s speechwriters, which accounted for Reagan’s remarks about Springsteen in his September 1984 speech at Hammonton.

     The national campaign press, meanwhile, after hearing Reagan’s mention of Springsteen at Hammonton, were skeptical that Reagan knew anything at all about Springsteen or his music.  Some asked what Reagan’s favorite Springsteen song was, for example. After a time, came the answer: “Born to Run.”  Late night talk show host Johnny Carson began making jokes about Reagan’s new favorite music.

Bruce Springsteen performing in 1985.
Bruce Springsteen performing in 1985.
     Springsteen himself was on tour as the George Will piece ran in the papers, and also when Reagan gave his speech in Hammonton. But a few days after Reagan’s speech, during a September 22, 1984 concert in Pittsburgh, Springsteen responded. He was on stage introducing his song, “Johnny 99,” a song about an unemployed auto worker who turns to murder. “The President was mentioning my name the other day,” said Springsteen, as he moved into his song, “and I kinda got to wondering what his favorite album musta been. I don’t think it was the Nebraska album [about hard times in America]. I don’t think he’s been listening to this one” [“Johnny 99”].

     Meanwhile, Democratic presidential challenger Walter Mondale would say sometime later while campaigning, “Bruce Springsteen may have been born to run but he wasn’t born yesterday,” referring to Reagan’s use of the Springsteen association. Mondale later claimed to have been endorsed by Springsteen. But Mondale, too, was off the mark.  Springsteen manager, Jon Landau, denied any such endorsement, and the Mondale campaign issued a retraction.

     Springsteen, in an interview with Rolling Stone magazine, had a bit more to say about Reagan:

“I think people have a need to feel good about the country they live in.  But what’s happening, I think, is that that need — which is a good thing — is getting manipulated and exploited.  You see it in the Reagan election ads on TV, you know, ‘It’s morning in America,’ and you say, ‘Well, it’s not morning in Pittsburgh.'”

Cover of Bruce Springsteen’s “Born in the U.S.A.” album  –  No.1 on the Billboard chart in July 1984. Click for CD or digital.
Cover of Bruce Springsteen’s “Born in the U.S.A.” album – No.1 on the Billboard chart in July 1984. Click for CD or digital.
     George Will and Reagan’s speechwriters had misinterpreted Springsteen’s music.  True, they may have mistook the energy of the song and its rousing chorus for a kind of pro-America flag-waving, when actually the message was about how the system beat people down, and in the case of “Born in the U.S.A,” a local guy who goes off to fight in Vietnam, and returns to find no job, no hope, no respect. It’s the working class disconnected from government and certainly from foreign policy.

Springsteen himself would later explain that the song is about a working-class man in the midst of a spiritual crisis, trying to find his way:  “…It’s like he has nothing left to tie him into society anymore. He’s isolated from the government. Isolated from his family…to the point where nothing makes sense.” 

At the time of George Will’s column, some who had read his thoughts on Springsteen’s music took exception to his interpretation, charging that he was trying to refashion Springsteen as a “hero of the right.” Yet there are strains of patriotic craving in the song. Some social scientists have scored “Born in the U.S.A.” as a lamentation on the loss of true national pride and a critique of a hollow patriotism – a cry for a patriotism that was once there but no longer exists.

Sept 1984: President Ronald Reagan acknowledging the crowd at Hammonton, New Jersey. AP photo.
Sept 1984: President Ronald Reagan acknowledging the crowd at Hammonton, New Jersey. AP photo.
     Ronald Reagan, in any case, was re-elected in 1984, as the Reagan-Bush ticket soundly beat Walter Mondale and running mate Geraldine Ferraro. The American economy continued to limp along for a few more years with unemployment in the 7-to-7.5 percent range. Springsteen, meanwhile, was in the midst of one his most popular periods, having continued success in performing and songwriting. Ronald Reagan, however, would not be the only politician to try to associate with Springsteen’s music.  In 1996, U.S. Senator Bob Dole, then running for president against Bill Clinton, briefly used “Born in The U.S.A.” in his campaign a few times until Springsteen objected.  And in the year 2000, Republican Pat Buchanan, also mounting a campaign for president, used “Born in the USA” as intro music to open his campaign.

     For other stories at this website on music and politics, see for example: “I’m A Dole Man,” “I Won’t Back Down,” and “Baracuda Politics.” For additional stories on Springsteen at this website, see the following: “Barack & Bruce, 2008-2012”; “Streets of Philadelphia, 1993-1994”; “Steinbeck to Springsteen, 1939-2006”; and, “Music Rights Deals: Selected Artists, 2020s”.

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

First Posting: 14 April 2012
Last Update: 4 June 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: https://bsky.app/profile/jackdoyle.bsky.social
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Reagan & Springsteen, 1984,”
PopHistoryDig.com, April 14, 2012.

____________________________________


Books on Bruce Springsteen at Amazon.com


Jean-Michel Guerdon & Philippe Mar-gotin, “Bruce Springsteen: All the Songs,” 2020, 672pp. Click for copy.
Jean-Michel Guerdon & Philippe Mar-gotin, “Bruce Springsteen: All the Songs,” 2020, 672pp. Click for copy.
Bruce Springsteen, “Born to Run,” his best-selling memoir, 2016-17, Simon & Schuster, 528 pp.  Click for Amazon.
Bruce Springsteen, “Born to Run,” his best-selling memoir, 2016-17, Simon & Schuster, 528 pp. Click for Amazon.
Barack Obama & Bruce Springsteen, “Renegades: Born in the USA,” 2021, Crown, 320 pp. Click for Amazon
Barack Obama & Bruce Springsteen, “Renegades: Born in the USA,” 2021, Crown, 320 pp. Click for Amazon


Sources, Links & Additional Information

“Born in The U.S.A.”
Bruce Springsteen – 1984

Born down in a dead man’s town
The first kick I took was when I hit the ground
You end up like a dog that’s been beat too much
Till you spend half your life just covering up

Born in the U.S.A.
I was born in the U.S.A.
I was born in the U.S.A.
Born in the U.S.A.

Got in a little hometown jam
So they put a rifle in my hand
Sent me off to a foreign land
To go and kill the yellow man

Born in the U.S.A.
I was born in the U.S.A.
I was born in the U.S.A.
Iwas born in the U.S.A.
Born in the U.S.A.

Come back home to the refinery
Hiring man says “Son if it was up to me”
Went down to see my V.A. man
He said “Son, don’t you understand”
I had a brother at Khe Sahn
      fighting off the Viet Cong
They’re still there, he’s all gone

He had a woman he loved in Saigon
I got a picture of him in her arms now

Down in the shadow of the penitentiary
Out by the gas fires of the refinery
I’m ten years burning down the road
Nowhere to run ain’t got nowhere to go

Born in the U.S.A. I was born in the U.S.A.
Born in the U.S.A.
I’m a long gone Daddy in the U.S.A.
Born in the U.S.A.
Born in the U.S.A.
Born in the U.S.A.
I’m a cool rocking Daddy in the U.S.A.

“Born in the U.S.A. (song),” Wikipedia.org.

“Bruce Springsteen,” Wikipedia.org.

Bernard Goldberg, “Bruce Springsteen,” CBS Evening News, September 12, 1984.

George Will, “A Yankee Doodle Springsteen,” Washington Post, September 13, 1984.

George F. Will, “Bruce Springsteen’s U.S.A.,” Washington Post, Thursday, September 13, 1984, p. A-19.

Ron Collins, “A Curious Piece,” Washington Post, September 17, 1984, p. A-14.

Nora Leyland, “Will on Springsteen (Cont’d.),” Washington Post, September 19, 1984, p. A-26.

Francis X. Clines, “President Heaps Praise on Voters in the Northeast,” New York Times, Thursday, September 20, 1984, p. B-20.

Francis X. Clines, “Mondale Assails Reagan on Arms,” New York Times, Tuesday, October 2, 1984, p. A-22.

Joseph F. Sullivan, “Politics; Rally in Middlesex Lifts Mondale Spirits,”New York Times, Sunday, October 7, 1984, Section 11, p. 1.

Robert Palmer, “What Pop Lyrics Say to Us Today,” New York Times, Sunday, February 24, 1985.

Jon Pareles, “Bruce Springsteen – Rock’s Popular Populist,” New York Times, August 18, 1985.

Nicole Colson, “Sing a Song of Hypocrisy; Do the Political Candidates Pick the Songs That Fit Them?,” SocialistWorker.org, March 28, 2008, Issue 667.

Todd Leopold, “Analysis: The Age of Reagan, President Loomed over the ’80s, an Era at Odds with Itself,” CNN.com,  June 16, 2004.

Jeff Vrabel, “1984 Bruce Springsteen: “Born in The U.S.A,” PopMatters Picks: Say It Loud! 65 Great Protest Songs, Pop Matters.com, July 19, 2007.

Bruce Springsteen on the cover of People magazine in September 1984, about the time of President Ronald Reagan’s remarks about him in Hammonton, NJ. Click for copy.
Bruce Springsteen on the cover of People magazine in September 1984, about the time of President Ronald Reagan’s remarks about him in Hammonton, NJ. Click for copy.
Cahal Milmo and Andy McSmith, “Musical Fallout: Pop Goes the Politician…,” The Independent, (UK.), Friday, May 16, 2008.

Jack Sanders, “Springsteen, Walmart, Populism &Republicans,” IssueOriented.com  March 19, 2009.

Jefferson R. Cowie and Lauren Boehm, “Dead Man’s Town: ‘Born in the U.S.A.,’ Social History, and Working-Class Identity,” American Quarterly – Volume 58, Number 2, June 2006, pp. 353-378.

“America’s Future Rests in a Thousand Dreams Inside Your Hearts,” September 19, 1984 speech of President Ronald Reagan at Hammonton, New Jersey, formerly displayed at My Hammonton.com, since removed.

Associated Press, “Music and Candidates: An Uneasy Alliance,” KLEW-TV.com, May 29, 2008, updated, November 20, 2008.

John Perich, “Born In The USA: Our Most Misappropriated Patriotic Song?,” Over ThinkingIt.com, July 3, 2009.

Randall E. Auxier and Doug Anderson (eds.), Bruce Sprinsteen and Philosophy: Darkness on the Edge of Truth, Open Court Books, 2008.

Rob Kirkpatrick, The Words and Music of Bruce Springsteen, Greenwood Publishing Group, 2007,198 pp.

“Ronald Reagan Rock,” Hammonton, New Jersey, RoadsideAmerica.com.



“Bruce Springsteen, U.S.A”
By George Will, Washington Post
September 13, 1984

     What I did on my summer vacation: My friend Bruce Springsteen…Okay, he’s only my acquaintance, but my children now think I am a serious person.  I met him because his colleague Max Weinberg and Max’s wife Rebecca invited me to enjoy Max’s work, which I did.  He plays drums for Springsteen, who plays rock and roll for purists, of whom there are lots.  For 10 shows in New Jersey, he recently sold 16,000 $16 tickets in the first hour, all 202,000 in a day.  His albums can sell 1 million copies on the first day of release.

     There is not a smidgen of androgyny in Springsteen, who, rocketing around the stage in a T-shirt and headband, resembles Robert DeNiro in the combat scenes of “The Deerhunter.”  This is rock for the United Steelworkers, accompanied by the opening barrage the battle of the Somme.  The saintly Rebecca met me with a small pouch of cotton — for my ears, she explained.  She thinks I am a poor specimen, I thought.  I made it three beats into the first number before packing my ears.  I may be the only 43-year-old American so out of the swim that I do not even know what marijuana smoke smells like.  Perhaps at the concert I was surrounded by controlled substances.  Certainly I was surrounded by orderly young adults earnestly — and correctly — insisting that Springsteen is a wholesome cultural portent.

     For the uninitiated, the sensory blitzkrieg of a Springsteen concert is stunning.  For the initiated, which included most of the 20,000 the night I experienced him, the lyrics, believe it or not, are most important.

     Today, “values” are all the rage, with political candidates claiming to have backpacks stuffed full of them. Springsteen’s fans say his message affirms the right values. Certainly his manner does. Many of his fans regarded me as exotic fauna at the concert (a bow tie and double-breasted blazer is not the dress code) and undertook to instruct me. A typical tutorial went like this:

Me: “What do you like about him?”
Male fan: “He sings about faith and traditional values.”
Male fan’s female friend, dryly: “And cars and girls.”
Male fan: “No, no, it’s about community and roots and perseverance and family.”
She: “And cars and girls.”

     Let’s not quibble.  Cars and girls are American values, and this lyric surely expresses some elemental American sentiment: “Now mister the day my number comes in I ain’t never gonna ride in no used car again.”

     Springsteen, a product of industrial New Jersey, is called the “blue-collar troubadour.”  But if this is the class struggle, its anthem — its “Internationale” — is the song that provides the title for his 18-month, worldwide tour: “Born in the U.S.A.”

     I have not got a clue about Springsteen’s politics, if any, but flags get waved at his concerts while he sings songs about hard times.  He is no whiner, and the recitation of closed factories and other problems always seems punctuated by a grand, cheerful affirmation: “Born in the U.S.A.!”

     His songs, and the engaging homilies with which he introduces them, tell listeners to “downsize” their expectations — his phrase, borrowed from the auto industry, naturally.  It is music for saying good-bye to Peter Pan: Life is real, life is earnest, life is a lot of work, but . . .

     “Friday night’s pay night, guys fresh out of work/Talking about the weekend, scrubbing off the dirt. . ./In my head I keep a picture of a pretty little miss/Someday mister I’m gonna lead a better life than this.”

     An evening with Springsteen — an evening tends to wash over into the a.m., the concerts lasting four hours — is vivid proof that the work ethic is alive and well.  Backstage there hovers the odor of Ben-Gay: Springsteen is an athlete draining himself for every audience.

     But, then, consider Max Weinberg’s bandaged fingers.  The rigors of drumming have led to five tendinitis operations.  He soaks his hands in hot water before a concert, in ice afterward, and sleeps with tight gloves on.  Yes, of course, the whole E Street Band is making enough money to ease the pain.  But they are not charging as much as they could, and the customers are happy.  How many American businesses can say that?

     If all Americans — in labor and management, who make steel or cars or shoes or textiles — made their products with as much energy and confidence as Springsteen and his merry band make music, there would be no need for Congress to be thinking about protectionism.  No “domestic content” legislation is needed in the music industry.  The British and other invasions have been met and matched.

     In an age of lackadaisical effort and slipshod products, anyone who does anything — anything legal — conspicuously well and with zest is a national asset.  Springsteen’s tour is hard, honest work and evidence of the astonishing vitality of America’s regions and generations.  They produce distinctive tones of voice that other regions and generations embrace.  There still is nothing quite like being born in the U.S.A.

______________
George F. Will, “Bruce Springsteen’s U.S.A,” Washington Post, Thursday, September 13, 1984, p. A-19.



“Baseball Stories”
1900s-2000s

Politics & Baseball

“Jack & Stan”

JFK-Musial: 1960

Politician & ballplayer
form campaign alliance
and a friendship.

Baseball Legends

“The Mazeroski Moment”

1960 World Series

In a dramatic Game 7,
the Pittsburgh Pirates
beat the NY Yankees.

Baseball History

“Gehrig vs. Ruth, 1927”

Home Run Race

Yankee sluggers in battle
for home run title deliver
awesome hitting display.

Participant Journalist

“Paper Lion”

George Plimpton

Author who tried football
QB role also pitched to
pro baseball All-Stars.

Baseball History

“The M&M Boys”

Summer of 1961

Mickey Mantle & Roger Maris
in “home run race” seeking
Babe Ruth’s record.

Baseball & Race

“A Season of Hurt”

Aaron Chasing Ruth

How Henry Aaron rose
above racial bigotry to
become one of baseball’s best.

Baseball Book

“The Babe Ruth Story

Book & Film: 1948

The story behind the
book & film made during
the Babe’s final days.

Baseball Hero

“Mickey Mantle Day”

18 Sept 1965

50,000 fans at Yankee
Stadium honor one
of baseball’s best.

Sport & Civil Rights

“Reese & Robbie”

1945-2005

Baseball statue recalls a
teammate’s support during
racial heckling by fans.

Sports & Marketing

“Wheaties & Sport”

1930s

A cereal maker becomes
an advertising icon
using sports celebrities.

Baseball Legends

“Pitcher Perfect”

1963-1966

Brooklyn’s Sandy Koufax
becomes baseball standout;
wins three Triple Crowns.

Annals of Sport

“Babe Ruth Days”

1947-1948

The Bambino being
honored & remembered
at Yankee Stadium.

Baseball & Advertising

“21 of 23 Giants”

…Smoke Camels

Tobacco company uses
entire World Series team in
1933 ad to hawk cigarettes.

Baseball Legend

“The Yogi Chronicles”

1940s-2012

The life & times of
Yogi Berra, a NY Yankee
legend and a lot more.

Baseball History

“Baseball, 1929”

Jimmie Foxx

One of baseball’s
finest in the year
of the Great Crash.

Baseball Legends 

“Mantle’s Griffith Shot”

April 1953

Mickey Mantle hits a
monster 562′ home run
in Washington, D.C.

Celebrity Advertising

“…Keeps on Ticking”

1950s-1990s

Mickey Mantle & other
sports celebrities appear
in Timex watch ads.

Icons & Advertising

“Christy Mathewson”

Hancock Ad: 1958

Baseball star of 1900s
appears in “historic
figures” ad campaign.

Statues & Icons: Sport

“Ruth at Oriole Park”

1930s-2009

Sultan of Swat comes
home to Baltimore’s
Camden Yards.

Baseball Celebrity 

“Babe Ruth & Tobacco”

1920s-1940s

Famous Yankee slugger
used to sell cigars, cigarettes,
pipe & chewing tobacco.

Sport, Icons & Money

‘$2.8 Million Baseball Card’

1909 Honus Wagner

A great baseball player
and the story of a very
valuable baseball card.

Baseball Legends

“Mickey Mantle’s 535th”

19 September 1968

With two good legs, this
Yankee slugger might have
hit 600 career home runs.

Baseball Standout

“Pitcher Perfect”

1963-1966

Brooklyn’s Sandy Koufax
becomes baseball standout;
wins three Triple Crowns.

Baseball & Basketball

“Two-Sport Man”

Pittsburgh’s Dick Groat

MVP for the Pittsburgh Pirates
was also an All-American
hoop star at Duke.

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 22 March 2012
Last Update: 22 September 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Baseball Stories, 1900s-2000s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 22, 2012.

____________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored  in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.




“Barracuda Politics”
2008

Sarah Palin and John McCain on stage, Sept 4, 2008 at the Republican National Convention in St. Paul, MN.
Sarah Palin and John McCain on stage, Sept 4, 2008 at the Republican National Convention in St. Paul, MN.
     During the 2008 presidential election campaign, the Republican Vice Presidential candidate, Sarah Palin, then governor of Alaska, had a nickname that followed her from her high school basketball heroics.  She was called “barracuda,” or “Sarah Barracuda,” for her intense style of play when she was a point guard for the Wasilla Warriors in 1982. 

     By the 1990s, SarahPalin was on her way up in Alaska politics.  After she took down a three-term incumbent in a local race there, some of her opponents revived the “Sarah barracuda” nickname.  That was 1996 when she became mayor of her hometown, Wasilla.

     By 2008, the Republicans liked the barracuda moniker so much they decided to use the popular 1977 song “Barracuda” by rock group Heart to promote their new political star. 

     “Barracuda” was played at the 2008 Republican National Convention in early September 2008 on two occasions – when Palin gave her own speech at the convention when nominated to the VP slot, and a second time, when Palin came on stage after John McCain had given his speech, as friends and family joined them on stage.  It was also used a time or two following the convention.

     The song proved a lively addition to the McCain-Palin campaign, but not everybody was happy about it – including two of the song’s principal authors, Ann and Nancy Wilson.

Sarah Palin, Mayor, Wasilla, Alaska, 1996-2002.
Sarah Palin, Mayor, Wasilla, Alaska, 1996-2002.
     Politicians for decades have used music to help win voters and burnish their images with the general public.  In recent years, political campaigns have scoured the pop, country, rap and hip hop charts for tunes they think appropriate for their candidate or will somehow strike a chord with their would-be supporters.  They often “borrow” these tunes and use them as theme music during political rallies, playing them before and after speeches on the campaign trail.  Sometimes, however, they don’t bother asking the artist’s permission to use the songs or acquire all the requisite legal rights.  In the case of the McCain-Palin campaign’s use of “Barracuda,” Heart group musicians and singers Ann and Nancy Wilson were not happy with the use of their song.  More on that and Sarah Palin in a moment.  First, a little background on Heart, the Wilson sisters, and the history of the “Baracuda” song.

 

Heart History

Early photo of Ann and Nancy Wilson, circa 1970s.
Early photo of Ann and Nancy Wilson, circa 1970s.
     The roots of the Heart band began in the Pacific Northwest area of Seattle, Washington and Vancouver, British Columbia.  The band had started in that area under varying names in the 1960s.  It was initially formed as an all-male group by bassist Steve Fossen and brothers Roger and Mike Fisher, both guitarists.  The group also had a lineup of other male musicians in those years.  However, by 1974, when singer Ann Wilson joined the group, the band was then using the name Heart.  The group would become one of the first rock bands to be led by female performers and songwriters – Ann and Nancy Wilson.

     The Wilson sisters, born in the early 1950s, grew up in Southern California and Taiwan before the family settled in Seattle.  As young girls, both became interested in folk and pop music.  Ann never took formal music lessons as a child, though she later learned to play several instruments.  Nancy took up guitar and flute.  After both sisters spent time at college, they decided to try their hand as professional musicians.  Nancy began performing as a folksinger, while Ann joined the Heart group, later followed by Nancy.

Heart’s “Little Queen” album of 1977 from which the highly successful single, “Barracuda” came. Click for album CD.
Heart’s “Little Queen” album of 1977 from which the highly successful single, “Barracuda” came. Click for album CD.
     Initial success for Heart came in Canada, but soon spread to the U.S.  Their first album, Dreamboat Annie of 1975, was produced by Canadian label, Mushroom Records.  After it sold more than 30,000 copies in Canada, and thousands more in Seattle, a full release followed throughout in the U.S.  Two 1976 hit singles from Dreamboat Annie were also successful – “Crazy on You” (No. 35) and “Magic Man” ( No.9) – which helped the album sell more than 1 million copies.  By 1977, Heart was with the CBS-affiliate label, Portrait, and produced a follow-up album, Little Queen, also a million-seller.  “Barracuda” was released as a single from this album and it also became a massive hit, becoming Heart’s second Top-20 hit, peaking at No. 11 on the Billboard Hot 100.  “Barracuda” is an aggressive, hard-rock tune, distinguished by its galloping guitar riff, leaving some to describe it as a kind of “a rocked-up William Tell Overture…”  There are novel sounds in the song’s introduction, described by some as “bent” harmonics with the help of the guitar’s tremolo arm.  Ann Wilson’s vocals throughout the song’s performance are driving and powerful.  The Wilson sisters were admirers of Led Zeppelin’s music and this tune has Led Zeppelin influence.

Single of Heart's 1977 hit song, "Barracuda," shown in Australian pressing. Click for digital single.
Single of Heart's 1977 hit song, "Barracuda," shown in Australian pressing. Click for digital single.

Ann Wilson had written “Barracuda” partly in angry reaction to a promoter who made disparaging remarks backstage about she and her sister Nancy being lesbians, a situation charged by an advertisement run by their Canadian music label at the time.


Music Player
“Barracuda” – Heart
1977 


The offending ad used a photo of the two sisters bare-shouldered, back-to-back with the caption “This is our first time.” Wilson was enraged by her label’s use of the advertisement and the promoter’s remark. She wrote ‘Barracuda’ as a rant against the soulless, corporate nature of the music business, especially for women – ‘barracuda’ being her intentionally disparaging term for the music business. Some of the song’s lyrics, include, for example:

…No right no wrong, selling a song-
A name, whisper game.

If the real thing don’t do the trick
You better make up something quick
You gonna burn, burn, burn it to the wick
Ooooooh, barracuda.

Sell me sell you the porpoise said
Dive down deep down to save my head
You…I think you got the blues too.

All that night and all the next
Swam without looking back
Made for the western pools – silly fools!

If the real thing don’t do the trick
No, you better make up something quick
You gonna burn, burn, burn, burn, it to the wick
Ooooooohhhh, barra barracuda.

     Although Ann wrote the lyrics, Nancy helped set it to music along with guitarist Roger Fisher and drummer Michael DeRosier.  “Barracuda” soon became one of the band’s signature tunes and is still heard on American classic rock radio stations.  In subsequent years, the song also appeared on several “best” lists – ranked 34th, for example, among VH-1’s “best hard rock songs” in 2009.

Ann and Nancy Wilson of Rock group Heart, 1970s.
Ann and Nancy Wilson of Rock group Heart, 1970s.
     Heart, meanwhile, had continued success over a four-decade career, charting songs in hard rock, heavy metal, and folk rock.  In addition to its hard-rock hits, Heart was also successful with acoustic songs such as “These Dreams,” “Dog & Butterfly,” and “Dreamboat Annie.”  In recent years they have turned out albums including Jupiter’s Darling in 2004 and Red Velvet Car in 2010, returning to their hard rock/acoustic roots of the late 1970s.  To date, Heart has sold over 35 million albums worldwide.


McCain-Palin

Sarah Palin, VP acceptance speech, Republican Nat’l Convention, 2008. Click for Palin page at Amazon.
Sarah Palin, VP acceptance speech, Republican Nat’l Convention, 2008. Click for Palin page at Amazon.
     In early September 2008, the Republican National Convention convened at the Xcel Energy Center in Saint Paul, Minnesota.  The convention began on Labor Day, September 1st, and ran through September 4th.  Limited activity occurred on the first day given national concern over the arrival of Hurricane Gustav in the Gulf of Mexico.  Planned appearances by President George Bush and Vice President Dick Cheney were cancelled.  Republican governors Bobby Jindal of Louisiana and Rick Perry of Texas remained in their states as the storm made landfall.  The hurricane eventually weakened and the RNC proceeded.  One of the highlights of the convention was the Vice Presidential candidacy of Alaska Governor Sarah Palin, who only weeks earlier had been the surprise running-mate pick of Senator John McCain.  Palin’s speech at the convention was a much anticipated event, as she was unknown to most of the nation,

     On September 3rd, 2008, the night of her speech, Rudy Giuliani, former Mayor of New York City, was one of those who spoke prior to Palin, generally attacking the Democrats and warming up the crowd.  The former mayor also praised Sarah Palin in his remarks as “one of the most successful governors in America—and the most popular… She already has more executive experience than the entire Democratic ticket.”  And before Palin came on to give her acceptance speech, Heart’s classic song, “Barracuda,” was played to help energize the crowd.

     In Palin’s speech, she introduced her family and described her life in Alaska, saying she was just “an average hockey mom.”  However, she also portrayed herself as a reformer and a fighter for change, and commented on some negative publicity that had already come her way: “Here’s a little news flash for all those reporters and commentators: I’m not going to Washington to seek their good opinion.  I’m going to Washington to serve the people of this great country” – a line that drew great crowd reaction, as did others.

Sarah Palin, during acceptance speech, RNC, Sept 2008.
Sarah Palin, during acceptance speech, RNC, Sept 2008.
     Palin’s speech, in fact, was well received by convention delegates and the media.  Mark Halperin, reporting on the speech for Time magazine, wrote, in part: “…The Alaska Governor was poised, stirring, charming, confident, snarky, cozy, well-rehearsed, biting, utterly fearless, unflappable, and self-assured.  She read the teleprompter like a champ, with fine, varied pacing and conversational projection.  Touched on her family story and then veered into a forceful political presentation, going hard after Barack Obama and selling John McCain with flowing admiration.  She rocked the hall (and likely the country) with a tough, conservative message, steely offense, glowing optimism, and boundless charisma.  The start of something truly big — or the best night of her candidacy.”

John McCain and Sarah Palin on stage at the RNC on September 4th, 2008 after McCain’s acceptance speech.
John McCain and Sarah Palin on stage at the RNC on September 4th, 2008 after McCain’s acceptance speech.
     Then on the next night, the closing night of the convention, John McCain gave his speech accepting the GOP’s presidential nomination.  It was September 4th.  According to Nielsen Media Research, 38.9 million Americans watched McCain deliver his acceptance speech—a half million more than tuned in the previous week to watch Barack Obama and the Democrats at their convention. 

     After McCain finished his speech, Palin joined him on stage. (see video below).  As the two candidates and their families and core supporters gathered on stage as is customary, the red white and blue confetti and balloons began falling.  And after about a minute-and-a-half or so into the closing event, during which some patriotic-sounding music had played, the unmistakable guitar riff of Heart’s “Barracuda” could be heard, and the song continued to play in its entirety as the TV cameras panned the candidates, their families, and the crowd.

     The lively song energized the crowd. Boston Globe writer David Beard later observed: “The song seemed a much better fit than several played during the Democratic convention in Denver.”   A week earlier, the house band at the Democratic convention had played “Still The One,” the 1970s hit from Orleans, as tribute to U.S. Senator Ted Kennedy after his pro-Obama speech, and also the 1985 song, “Addicted to Love” by Robert Palmer, after former President Bill Clinton’s speech.  The video of the RNC gathering at left captures the convention’s closing moments as “Barracuda” played, with some delegates on the convention floor bouncing up and down to the Heart song.  Palin and McCain strolled out on the end of the cat walk together at one point while the song played.  Other music followed toward the end of this session, as McCain and Palin fanned out into the audience in different directions shaking hands.


Wilsons Object

Heart’s Ann and Nancy Wilson during earlier times in their careers.
Heart’s Ann and Nancy Wilson during earlier times in their careers.
     After watching Sarah Palin’s speech on September 3rd at the Republican National Convention on television, and first hearing “Barracuda” played, the Wilson sisters sent out a statement the following day, Thursday, September 4th regarding the use of their song:  “The Republican campaign did not ask for permission to use the song, nor would they have been granted that permission,” the statement read.  “We have asked the Republican campaign publicly not to use our music.  We hope our wishes will be honored.”  But then that evening came the second use of the song following John McCain’s speech on Thursday night, September 4th when Palin joined him on stage as “Barracuda” played in its entirety amid a blizzard of balloons.

     An angry Nancy Wilson went to the media to respond. “I think it’s completely unfair to be so misrepresented,” she said in a phone call to Entertainment Weekly after McCain’s speech and the second use of “Barracuda.”  Wilson was clearly bothered by the association of the Heart song with Sarah Palin and said so in a statement she e-mailed to EW.com:

Sarah Palin "Barracuda" campaign pin, 2008.
Sarah Palin "Barracuda" campaign pin, 2008.
Fake record sleeve for Heart's single, 'Barracuda'.
Fake record sleeve for Heart's single, 'Barracuda'.

“Sarah Palin’s views and values in NO WAY represent us as American women.  We ask that our song ‘Barracuda’ no longer be used to promote her image. The song ‘Barracuda’ was written in the late 70s as a scathing rant against the soulless, corporate nature of the music business, particularly for women. While Heart did not and would not authorize the use of their song at the RNC, there’s irony in Republican strategists’ choice to make use of it there.”

     The Wilson sisters, who generally disagreed with Palin’s politics, sent a cease-and-desist letter to McCain-Palin campaign. McCain’s people, however, claimed that they had purchased the rights to use the song. “Prior to using Barracuda at any events, we paid for and obtained all necessary licenses,” spokesman Brian Rogers told Reuters.

McCain-Palin campaign rally in Lebanon, Ohio on Sept 9, 2008 where Heart’s “Barracuda” song was played, despite protests of Ann & Nancy Wilson. AP photo.
McCain-Palin campaign rally in Lebanon, Ohio on Sept 9, 2008 where Heart’s “Barracuda” song was played, despite protests of Ann & Nancy Wilson. AP photo.

     Meanwhile, other former members of the Heart group did not appear to be that concerned over the McCain-Palin use of the song.  In an appearance on a Seattle talk show, song co-writer and lead guitarist Roger Fisher announced he was thrilled with the RNC’s use of the song because it resulted in royalties for the band and gave him an opportunity to publicly point out that he was a “staunch” supporter of Barack Obama.  Michael DeRosier, lead drummer on the recording and song co-writer, also supported the use of the song by the RNC.

Campaign placard supporting Sarah Palin in the Lebanon, Ohio crowd, September 9, 2008.
Campaign placard supporting Sarah Palin in the Lebanon, Ohio crowd, September 9, 2008.
     The McCain-Palin campaign, in any case, ignored Heart’s request to stop using “Barracuda.”  CNN reported that on Tuesday morning, September 9th, 2008, Heart’s 1977 hit song was blaring across the town square of Lebanon, Ohio as throngs of supporters gathered to hear McCain and Palin at a large outdoor rally.  In reporting on this use of the song, the New York Times quoted Brian Rogers, spokesman for the campaign, who explained: “The McCain campaign respects intellectual property rights.  Accordingly, prior to using ‘Barracuda’ at any events, we paid for and obtained all necessary licenses.”

     Apparently, the McCain-Palin campaign did have the correct license.  Like thousands of other songs, “Barracuda” is distributed by the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers (ASCAP).  Any entity licensed with the ASCAP can play a song without getting the artist’s explicit permission.  The McCain- Palin campaign paid a blanket fee to the ASCAP in order to obtain licensing to use the song.  That being the case, the Wilson sisters didn’t have much legal recourse.

Sept 2008: Republican Presidential and Vice Presidential candidates, Senator John McCain and Gov. Sarah Palin, enjoying the crowd & music on stage at their convention.
Sept 2008: Republican Presidential and Vice Presidential candidates, Senator John McCain and Gov. Sarah Palin, enjoying the crowd & music on stage at their convention.
     But if the campaign had used the song in an ad or a promotional video, that would be a different situation, as a separate “synchronization license” would be needed to put the song in an ad.  Additionally, if “Barracuda” had been played so much by the campaign that it became identified with Palin, the Wilsons might then have had a legal claim as a privacy violation in that their identity would be appropriated for marketing purposes.  However, this avenue is generally used for commercial products and not political messages, and the proviso varies from state to state.  Former Heart band member, Roger Fisher, meanwhile, told Reuters that he planned to contribute part of the royalties he received from the McCain-Palin’s campaign use of the song to Barack Obama’s campaign.  “With my contribution to Obama’s campaign,” Fisher told Reuters, “the Republicans are now supporting Obama.”

     Heart’s Nancy Wilson later reported in a 2010 interview with Classic Rock magazine that there were some tense times on the road with fans following the controversy over the McCain-Palin use of the Barracuda song. “Some of the fans decided they didn’t like us and didn’t like our music anymore.  At least for a while.  We were out on the road, and the next show that we played after that was somewhere in Florida — which is not where you wanna be if you’re a Democrat. “Some of the fans decided they didn’t like us and didn’t like our music anymore. At least for a while….We were kinda nervous, but we upped our security…” We were kinda nervous, but we upped our security and kept a close watch on people walking in.  Luckily — knock on wood — of all the crazies who have threatened to take us down, nobody so far has done that.”

     The Heart-Palin incident with “Barracuda,” however, wasn’t the only example of music-related controversy during the 2008 presidential campaign. Right before McCain introduced Palin in Dayton, Ohio in late August 2008, the campaign played the song “Right Now” by Van Halen. A few hours later, Van Halen’s publicist told MTV News that McCain was never granted permission to use the track, and had permission been sought, it would never have been granted. Earlier that year, in February 2008, John Mellencamp requested that McCain stop using his songs, “Our Country” and “Pink Houses,” on the campaign trail. The Foo Fighters, Frankie Valli, ABBA, and Bon Jovi had also lodged objections with the McCain-Palin campaign over the use of their music. Jackson Browne brought legal action against the Ohio Republican Party for using “Running on Empty” during an attack ad on Obama. Nor were the Democrats free of music-use controversy in the 2008, as Barack Obama’s campaign caught some criticism for its use of Brooks & Dunn’s “Only in America” after his nomination-acceptance speech. The Obama campaign also had a fight with Sam Moore, of the former Motown group Sam & Dave, when the Obama campaign used “Hold On, I’m Comin’” at rallies, which they voluntarily quit playing.


2025: Trump Use

In June 2025, at President Donald Trump’s military parade in Washington, DC, celebrating the Army’s 250 anniversary and the President’s 79th birthday, the Wilson’s song, “Barracuda,” was included along with other rock songs, although without the Wilsons’ permission or authorization. Nancy Wilson, in particular, called out the President in an Instagram post for the unapproved use of the song, adding that “Barracuda” is a “powerful piece of music that was never intended for political use.”

Wearing a ball cap in a photo with her Instagram post that read, “No Kings But Us,” Wilson was in apparent agreement with, and support of, the “No Kings” anti-Trump protests that were being held that same weekend all across the country. She further explained her objection to Trump’s use of the song at the military parade, offering some family context.

Headline for story that ran in Billboard magazine, June 2025.
Headline for story that ran in Billboard magazine, June 2025.
“As daughters of a U.S. Marine Corps major, we hold a deep and abiding respect for the men and women who serve in our Armed Forces,” Wilson wrote. “On a day meant to honor that service, it’s important that music used in such settings reflects not only the tone of the event but also the wishes of the artists who created it.” Approvals aside, in terms of the song’s original intended critique, Wilson noted that its commentary on misogyny was “even more relevant” today, particularly given “the salacious billionaire culture with the grab-them-by-the-[expletive] mentality.” Both Nancy and Ann Wilson have been critical of Trump for years, noting in 2018 comments to The Hill, that they opposed any Trump use of their music during the 2020 presidential campaigns. And Heart, of course, isn’t the only rock group to take issue with Trump’s use of their music in the 2020s. According to BuzzFeed.com, as of September 2024, at least 30 artists, including Abba, Foo Fighters, Celine Dion, Beyoncé and The White Stripes, have complained when Trump or his campaigns have used their songs at rallies or in social media posts. For more history on Donald Trump at this website, see, for example, “The Trump Dump: New York Magazine, 2016” and “Trump on Film: A Partial Listing, 1990-2024.”

     Other stories at this website dealing with music and politics include, for example: “I’m A Dole Man,” “I Won’t Back Down,” and “Ray Sings America.”  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

First Posting: 10 March 2012
Last Update: 17 June 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Barracuda Politics, 2008,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 10, 2012.

____________________________________


 
Books & Film at Amazon.com

Ann & Nancy Wilson w/ Charles Cross, “Kicking & Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll,” 2013. Click for copy.
Ann & Nancy Wilson w/ Charles Cross, “Kicking & Dreaming: A Story of Heart, Soul, and Rock and Roll,” 2013. Click for copy.
John Heilemann & Mark Halperin, “Game Change: Obama and the Clintons, McCain and Palin, and the Race of a Lifetime.” Click for copy.
John Heilemann & Mark Halperin, “Game Change: Obama and the Clintons, McCain and Palin, and the Race of a Lifetime.” Click for copy.
“Game Change,” 2012 film w/ Julianne Moore, Woody Harrelson & Ed Harris. Click for Prime video, DVD or Multi-Format.
“Game Change,” 2012 film w/ Julianne Moore, Woody Harrelson & Ed Harris. Click for Prime video, DVD or Multi-Format.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Headlines from August 2008 after Republican Presidential candidate and U.S. Senator John McCain, picked Alaska Governor Sarah Palin to be his running mate.
Headlines from August 2008 after Republican Presidential candidate and U.S. Senator John McCain, picked Alaska Governor Sarah Palin to be his running mate.
Rolling Stone magazine cover of July 1977 featuring Nancy & Ann Wilson of the rock group Heart.
Rolling Stone magazine cover of July 1977 featuring Nancy & Ann Wilson of the rock group Heart.
John Street’s 2011 book, “Music and Politics,” 208 pp. Click for Amazon.
John Street’s 2011 book, “Music and Politics,” 208 pp. Click for Amazon.

Whitney Pastorek, “Exclusive: Heart’s Nancy Wilson Responds to McCain Campaign’s Use of ‘Barracuda’ at Republican Convention,” EW.com, September 5, 2008.

David Beard, “Heart to McCain/Palin: Back off on ‘Barracuda’,” Boston Globe, September 5, 2008.

Daniel Kreps, “Heart Lash Out At McCain Campaign’s Use of “Barracuda’,” Rolling Stone.com, September 5, 2008.

Jason Ankeny, “Heart,” Biography, All Music.com.

“Heart (band),” Wikipedia.org.

“Barracuda”(song),Wikipedia.org.

Denise Sullivan, “Barracuda,” Song Review, AllMusic .com.

“Heart: The First Sisters of Rock & Roll,” VH1.com, March 2010, “Behind The Music” Series, Episode 59.

Mark Halperin, “Sarah Palin, Grade: A+,” The Republicn Naitonal Convention, Time, 2008.

Ashby Jones, “McCain Campaign to Go Heart-less?,” Law Blog, Wall Street Journal, September 5, 2008.

Gina Serpe, “Republicans Take Heart; Heart Takes It Back,” Eonline.com, Friday, September 5, 2008.

“Heart to Sarah Palin: Don’t Play ‘Barracuda’,” Fox News, Friday, September 5, 2008.

Claire Suddath, “John McCain: Take a Chance on Me; Barracuda” (with video), Time.com, “A Brief History of Campaign Songs.”

“Heart’s Roger Fisher Thrilled With RNC ‘Barracuda’ Play,” Summary of Interview with Roger Fisher, by Dori Monson, KIRO Radio, 97.3 FM, Seattle, WA.

David Hinckley, “Campaign Song High Notes and Low Notes,” NYDailyNews.com, September 9, 2008.

J. Vena, “McCain-Palin Campaign Continues Playing Heart’s ‘Barracuda,’ Despite Band’s Protest; Republican presidential campaign says it obtained proper license to use the song,” MTV.com, September 9, 2008.

“McCain and Palin Once Again Play ‘Barracuda’,” CNN, September 9, 2008.

Ben Werschkul, The Caucus, “Despite Heartfelt Protest, Barracuda Plays On,” New York Times, September 9, 2008.

“Best part of last night of GOP Convention,” YouTube.com.

Chris Wilson, “Will McCain’s Heart Stop? Whether the Campaign Needs Permission to Play “Barracuda’,” Slate.com, September 2008.

“Nancy Wilson Recalls Heart’s Pro-Palin Backlash From ‘Crazies’,” WMMR.com, (Bala Cynwyd, PA), August 23, 2010.

Sarah Schacter, “The Barracuda Lacuna: Music, Political Campaigns, and the First Amendment,” The Georgetown Law Journal, February 14, 2011.

“2008 Republican National Convention,” Wikipedia.org.

Carly Thomas, “Why Heart’s Nancy Wilson Says It’s ‘More Embarrassing’ to Be an American Now Than During Vietnam War; The Guitarist and Singer Gets Candid about the Current Political Climate under the Trump Administration,” Hollywood Reporter.com, March 27, 2025.

Nikki McCann Ramirez, Naomi LaChance, Asawin Suebsaeng, Andrew Perez & Stephen Rodrick, “Trump’s Military Birthday Parade Was a Gross Failure; The President’s Military Parade, Which Reportedly Cost up to $45 Million, Was Short on Attendees, Long on Political Speeches,” RollingStone.com, June 14, 2025.

Gil Kaufmann, “Heart’s Nancy Wilson Blasts Donald Trump For Playing ‘Barracuda’ Without Permission During D.C. Military Parade; The Rock Hall of Famer said the song is a “powerful piece of music that was never intended for political use,” Billboard.com, June 16, 2025.

Li Zhou, “Heart’s Nancy Wilson Calls Out Trump’s Use Of ‘Barracuda’ In His Military Parade,” HuffPost.com, June 16, 2025.

______________________________



“Dylan’s Hard Rain”
1962-1963

Bob Dylan at work making music and poetry in 1962.
Bob Dylan at work making music and poetry in 1962.
     It was early fall 1962 when Bob Dylan’s song, “A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall,” was first heard by a New York café audience. Those were anxious times in America, with the Cold War in high gear.  A Cuba-Soviet Union alliance was getting cozy that summer, making some Pentagon and State Department analysts nervous.


Music Player
“A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall”

By late August of 1962, there had been reporting in the New York Times and Washington Post/Times Herald that the Russians had increased their military aid to Fidel Castro’s Cuba, located just 90 miles from Florida. The Russians increased the flow of conventional arms to Cuba, as the Kennedy Administration kept a wary eye on the island nation. Though not publicly revealed at the time, on August 29, 1962, a U-2 spy plane over Cuba would reveal that eight missile installations were under construction.

     Bob Dylan, meanwhile, was in the midst of a very productive period of song writing, penning nearly 40 songs in 1962.  One of these was “A Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall,” which Dylan appears to have written sometime that summer, possibly influenced by the gathering storm clouds over Cuba.  The song would become a classic protest song, one filled with forebodings on war, social injustice, and other dreads.  Dylan first performed the song in September at the Gaslight Café in Greenwich Village, and then more publicly a week or so later on September 22nd at Carnegie Hall as part of a hootenanny show sponsored by Sing Out magazine.  Dylan by then had also been working in studio sessions with his recording label, Columbia Records, which would record “Hard Rain” as part of his second album, The Freewheelin’ Bob Dylan, not released for sale until late May 1963.

     Dylan patterned “A Hard Rain…” after a British folk ballad, “Lord Randall,” Child Ballad No. 12, from the late 19th century, in which a mother repeatedly questions her son, beginning with “Where have you been?,” as the ballad later reveals the son has been poisoned and dies.  Dylan’s “Hard Rain” embraces a broad message with themes and imagery relevant to injustice, suffering, pollution and warfare – a song well-suited for its times and beyond.

“A Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall”
Bob Dylan, 1962-1963


Oh, where have you been, my blue-eyed son?
And where have you been my darling young one?
I’ve stumbled on the side of twelve misty mountains
I’ve walked and I’ve crawled on six crooked highways
I’ve stepped in the middle of seven sad forests
I’ve been out in front of a dozen dead oceans
I’ve been ten thousand miles in the mouth of a graveyard
And it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard, and it’s a hard
It’s a hard rain’s a-gonna fall.

Oh, what did you see, my blue eyed son?
And what did you see, my darling young one?
I saw a newborn baby with wild wolves all around it
I saw a highway of diamonds with nobody on it
I saw a black branch with blood that kept drippin’
I saw a room full of men with their hammers a-bleedin’
I saw a white ladder all covered with water
I saw ten thousand talkers whose tongues were all broken
I saw guns and sharp swords in the hands of young children
And it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard, and it’s a hard
It’s a hard rain’s a-gonna fall.

And what did you hear, my blue-eyed son?
And what did you hear, my darling young one?
I heard the sound of a thunder, it roared out a warnin’
I heard the roar of a wave that could drown the whole world
I heard one hundred drummers whose hands were a-blazin’
I heard ten thousand whisperin’ and nobody listenin’
I heard one person starve, I heard many people laughin’
Heard the song of a poet who died in the gutter
Heard the sound of a clown who cried in the alley
And it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard
It’s a hard rain’s a-gonna fall.

Oh, who did you meet my blue-eyed son?
Who did you meet, my darling young one?
I met a young child beside a dead pony
I met a white man who walked a black dog
I met a young woman whose body was burning
I met a young girl, she gave me a rainbow
I met one man who was wounded in love
I met another man who was wounded in hatred
And it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard
It’s a hard rain’s a-gonna fall.

And what’ll you do now, my blue-eyed son?
And what’ll you do now my darling young one?
I’m a-goin’ back out ‘fore the rain starts a-fallin’
I’ll walk to the depths of the deepest black forest
Where the people are a many and their hands are all empty
Where the pellets of poison are flooding their waters
Where the home in the valley meets the damp dirty prison
And the executioner’s face is always well hidden
Where hunger is ugly, where souls are forgotten
Where black is the color, where none is the number
And I’ll tell and think it and speak it and breathe it
And reflect it from the mountain so all souls can see it
Then I’ll stand on the ocean until I start sinkin’
But I’ll know my songs well before I start singin’
And it’s a hard, it’s a hard, it’s a hard, and it’s a hard
It’s a hard rain’s a-gonna fall.


     By October 1962, the “Cuban missile crisis,” as it came to be called, had the full attention of a nervous nation.  The young Presidency of John F. Kennedy was brought to the brink of war in a showdown with Russia.  On October 16th, Kennedy was shown new U-2 photos revealing fully-equipped missile bases in Cuba capable of attacking the U.S. with nuclear warheads.  Plans were drawn up for a possible U.S. invasion of Cuba, as a massive mobilization of military personnel and hardware began.  Troops and equipment were assembled in Florida. 


JFK on TV

President Kennedy appeared on television to inform Americans of the crisis and the possibility of a confrontation.  A Naval blockade was placed around Cuba to prevent the Russians from delivering more missiles. 

In the end, Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev turned his ships around, averting what some believe could have become World War III.  The Soviets agreed to dismantle the missile sites and the U.S. agreed not to invade Cuba.  The crisis was the closest the world ever came to nuclear war in the 1960s.


Dylan’s Fears

     Bob Dylan no doubt, like the rest of the country at the time, wasn’t sure what those days might bring.  In the liner notes on Dylan’s Freewheelin’ album of May 1963, music writer Nat Hentoff would  reveal that Dylan wrote “A Hard Rain” under some dread at the time – certainly in the shadow of Cold War tensions generally, whether or not the summer-of-1962 events on Cuba were the spur for the song:

“Every line in it [i.e. ‘Hard Rain’] is actually the start of a whole new song,” Dylan told Hentoff.  “But when I wrote it, I thought I wouldn’t have enough time alive to write all those songs so I put all I could into this one.”

     Certainly in the aftermath of the Cuban missile crisis, as the nation had faced the possibility of a nuclear exchange, Dylan’s “Hard Rain” dread – and similar songs that would arrive with his Freewheelin album, including “Blowin in the Wind,” and “Masters of War” – gave Dylan a kind of philosophical currency he did not have before. 

But Dylan did add some clarification when it was suggested that the refrain of “Hard Rain” was meant to convey nuclear fallout.  In a 1963 radio interview with Studs Terkel, Dylan stated: “No, it’s not atomic rain, it’s just a hard rain.  It isn’t the fallout rain.  I mean some sort of end that’s just gotta happen… In the last verse, when I say, ‘the pellets of poison are flooding the waters’, that means all the lies that people get told on their radios and in their newspapers.”

Early 1960s: Bob Dylan performing and/or recording.
Early 1960s: Bob Dylan performing and/or recording.
     The Dylan song had an impact on leading thinkers and cultural leaders of that era.  The first time Beatnick poet Allen Ginsburg heard Dylan’s “Hard Rain” he marked it as a changing of the guard in the social protest movement,  believing that “the torch had been passed to another generation from earlier Beat illumination and self-empowerment.”

     “A Hard Rain,” said one review in Rolling Stone, “is the first public instance of Dylan grappling with the End of Days, a topic that would come to dominate his work.”  The verses, continued that review, are examples of Dylan describing his task as an artist: “to sing out against darkness wherever he sees it.”  Bob Weir of the 1960s’ Grateful Dead rock group said of the song: “It’s beyond genius… I think the heavens opened and something channeled through him.”

“The Freewheelin’ Bob Dylan” album, released in May 1963, included “A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall.” Click for CD.
“The Freewheelin’ Bob Dylan” album, released in May 1963, included “A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall.” Click for CD.
     Blogger Teri Tynes, reviewing “Hard Rain” in March 2010 at Walking Off The Big Apple.com, noted that the song’s series of  “mostly disturbing apocalyptic visions” were  “like something out of Dante’s Inferno.”  Tynes also noted the call to action that comes with, “What will you do now my blue-eyed son?” in the final verse.  “Taken in the historical context of 1962,” Tynes wrote, “the song could be interpreted to mean the arms race, nuclear threats, the power elite, the struggle for civil rights and racial justice, or even environmental pollution, the latter just emerging into consciousness with the [September 1962] publication of Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring.”

     Dylan himself writes about that period of his life in his book, Chronicles, where he explains that he was then reading a lot about the pre-Civil War period at the New York Public Library, and finding little to be cheery about.  That, no doubt, coupled with the angst of his own times, pushed the artist to his own inner revelations and the poetry he then produced.  Dylan was 21 years old in 1962, with a lot more ahead.

“What Does It Mean?”
Critic & Fan Interpretation


Bob Dylan in Washington, D.C., August 1963.
Bob Dylan in Washington, D.C., August 1963.
     The lyrics in Dylan’s “Hard Rain,” meanwhile, have touched off years of interpretive comment and analysis by all manner of critics, fans, Dylan lovers and Dylan detractors.  A sampling of such opinion and critique in more recent times can be found online at various blogs and websites such as SongFacts.com, where a free-ranging conversation on this song and others is posted for all to see.  Some comment from that site is sampled here below.  In one post there, a writer named “jerrybear” of Flint, Michigan offers this interpretation, among others:

…The “white ladder all covered with water” could refer to the popular capitalist myth of the ladder of success that everyone is supposed to be able to climb if only they work hard enough, blah blah yadda yadda.  Only some people may be so poor and beaten down that they cannot climb the ladder… For them the ladder is symbolically “covered with water” and no matter how hard they try to climb it they just keep slipping down….

     Tim, of Charlotte, North Carolina, offers his view on another “Hard Rain” line: “‘I saw a black branch with blood that kept drippin’– I always thought this was a reference to the Billie Holiday song ‘Strange Fruit,’ which referred to the lynchings of black people in the South…”  Bob of Boston has a different take on the same line:With Dylan’s work, like all poetry, “there are a myriad interpretations…” “I believe the line ‘I saw a black branch with blood that kept drippin’ is a reference to Dante’s Inferno where a group of sinners are doomed for eternity to be trapped in black trees.  When Dante breaks one of the branches the tree bleeds and cries out…”

     “This song is, indeed, about the threat of nuclear annihilation,”writes James of Wakefield, Massachusetts, citing the line, “the roar of a wave that could drown the whole world.”  But James also adds: “that is far too simplistic an analysis.  Bob Dylan’s work is as close as popular music ever came to approaching real poetry and, like all poetry, there are a myriad interpretations.  Some of the themes addressed in this work include the general injustice of the world, the unrealized ‘better society’ (‘a highway of diamonds with nobody on it’), the guilt and fear in leaving a dangerous and damaged world to the next generation (‘I saw a new-born baby with wild wolves all around it’),…the artist’s fear of ‘shouting in the wilderness,’ and so on…”

MCA single of “A Hard Rain's A Gonna Fall” by Edie Brickell & New Bohemians from 1989 film, “Born on The Fourth of July.”
MCA single of “A Hard Rain's A Gonna Fall” by Edie Brickell & New Bohemians from 1989 film, “Born on The Fourth of July.”
     Still others mentioned that a cover version of “Hard Rain” by Edie Brickell that is heard on the soundtrack of the 1989 Vietnam-era film, Born on the Fourth of July, was also quite moving for them.” …I love the song,” wrote “James” of Boerne, Texas. “It really made the movie, Born on the Fourth of July, for me. I know that this song has been used in many tribute videos to honor our service men and women.” Born on the Fourth of July, directed by Oliver Stone and starring Tom Cruise as Ron Kovic, the all-American boy who is paralyzed during combat in Vietnam and becomes an antiwar activist on his return to America, was nominated for eight academy awards. In 2017, Ken Burns and Lynn Novick used Dylan’s original version of the “Hard Rain” song for the opening of their epic PBS Vietnam War TV series — part of a `60s soundtrack backing the film that would resonate with many viewers.

     Meanwhile, another of the “Hard Rain” interpreters suggested that the highway-of-diamonds line “referred to the carbon in asphalt converted to diamonds under intense (nuclear) heat.” Amanda, from Fayetteville, Arkansas wrote: “I believe the line about the woman whose body was burning is in reference to Joan of Arc, and the young girl who gave him a rainbow is Dorothy from the Wizard of Oz. Just my opinion.” And Mark from Washington, D.C. called Dylan “an empath, channeling the late 50’s and early 60’s mood and culture into lyrics.” These, of course, are only a small sampling of opinion and interpretation on Dylan’s song from various sources.


Cover art for Mark Edwards’ 2006 book, “Hard Rain.”
Cover art for Mark Edwards’ 2006 book, “Hard Rain.”
     In 1969, photographer Mark Edwards hit upon the idea of trying to compile photographs to illustrate each line of the Dylan’s “Hard Rain” song.  In May 2006, an exhibition of Edwards’ photos, following up on this idea, began to be shown at various venues around the world, followed by a book titled, Hard Rain: Our Headlong Collision with Nature.  This work offers photographic images to help illustrate the “sad forests” and “dead oceans” that Dylan’s tune invoked, as well as the places “where the people are many and their hands are all empty” – and more.  Edwards’ intention was to highlight and go beyond many of interconnected problems that Dylan alluded to with his musical imagery – environmental degradation, poverty, the wasteful use of resources, and more.  The exhibition has been seen by some 15 million people at over 100 venues.  Similar work continues today with the Hard Rain Project and subsequent photographs and exhibition to help illustrate solutions to the problems highlighted in “Hard Rain.”

Cover art for Bob Dylan’s 2008 version of “a Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall,” produced for Expo Zaragoza.
Cover art for Bob Dylan’s 2008 version of “a Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall,” produced for Expo Zaragoza.
     Bob Dylan, too, has used his song for some environmental-related work.  In 2008 he recorded a new version of “Hard Rain” exclusively for Expo Zaragoza 2008 – a World’s fair focused on water resource issues and sustainable development.  Zaragoza is the capital city of the Zaragoza Province of Spain and the autonomous community of Aragon.  Zaragoza hosted Expo 2008. 

     Dylan also chose a local-band, Amaral, to record a version of the song in Spanish.  The new version of “Hard Rain” ended with a brief Dylan comment that he was “proud to be a part of the mission to make water safe and clean…”

 


Handwritten Lyrics

A portion of the page of Bob Dylan’s handwritten lyrics for the song “A Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall,” that reportedly sold at auction in August 2009 for $51,363.60. Click for auction site.
A portion of the page of Bob Dylan’s handwritten lyrics for the song “A Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall,” that reportedly sold at auction in August 2009 for $51,363.60. Click for auction site.
     In 2009, an on-line auction site, Gotta Have Rock and Roll.com, obtained some of Bob Dylan’s handwritten lyrics for the song “A Hard Rain’s A Gonna Fall.”  According to the website, these working lyrics were given to Dylan’s long-time friend Peter McKenzie by Dylan’s first manager, Kevin Krown.  The website also had a signed and dated letter from forensic document examiner, James A. Blanco, giving his opinion that the writing was Dylan’s.  Described by the site as “an incredible rock and roll artifact showing the working of Dylan’s mind as he worked out the lyrics to this classic song, ” the item went up for bid in August 2009 with an estimated value of $30,000-$40,000.  On August, 6th 2009, after 11 bids, the handwritten lyrics were sold for $51,363.60.

     Since then, additional handwritten lyrics of Dylan’s have gone to the auction block, with collectors bidding even higher amounts.  Dylan‘s handwritten lyrics to “The Times They Are A-Changin’,” with most of the verses appearing on a weathered sheet of ruled paper — which also included Dylan’s lyrics for “North Country Blues” on the back — sold at an auction for $422,500, according to a Sotheby’s representative.  The winning bidder in this case was Adam Sender, identified as an American collector and a hedge fund trader.  Mr. Sender also owns the guitar that John Lennon was using when he met Paul McCartney.  Sotheby’s was “banking on there being a rich person out there who came of age in the 1960s for whom this [Dylan’s lyrics] would mean a great deal,” said Sean Wilentz, a history professor at Princeton University and author of Bob Dylan in America.

2005: Paperback edition of Bob Dylan’s memoir, “Chronicles,” Vol. 1, published by Simon & Schuster. Click for book.
2005: Paperback edition of Bob Dylan’s memoir, “Chronicles,” Vol. 1, published by Simon & Schuster. Click for book.
     The two sets of hand-written Dylan lyrics originate from a batch of documents that have been described as “The MacKenzie-Krown Papers,” according to Dylan historian Clinton Heylin.  Eve and Mac MacKenzie and Kevin Krown were friends of Dylan’s during his early New York years.  Together, they came to possess a number of Dylan’s early songs — some handwritten, some typed out with chords.  Kevin Krown, also a folk singer in the those years, introduced Dylan to the New York music scene in 1960, and the two became friends.  Krown came to have a number of Dylan’s lyrics sheets.  After Krown’s death in the 1990s, the lyrics were given to Eve and Peter MacKenzie, in whose New York apartment Dylan sometimes stayed and composed music.  The handwrittten notes for “The Times They Are-A Changin'” were first sold by the MacKenzies’ son, Peter, about 10 years ago to a private collector.

     Bob Dylan’s musical cannon, meanwhile, continues to be heard and played around the world.  To date, his “Hard Rain,” for example, has more than two dozen cover versions, including those by Pete Seeger, Joan Baez, Leon Russell, Bryan Ferry, Robert Plant, Jimmy Cliff, and others.  As a songwriter and musician, Dylan has received numerous awards over the years including Grammy, Golden Globe, and Academy Awards; he has also been inducted into the Songwriters Hall of Fame, the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame, and the Nashville Songwriters Hall of Fame.  He is considered to be one of the most influential musicians of the 20th century and has produced 34 studio albums, 13 live albums, and 14 compilation albums.  Seven of his albums were No. 1 hits on the U.K. album charts; five topped the charts in U.S.  In 2008, the Pulitzer Prize jury awarded him a special citation for “his profound impact on popular music and American culture, marked by lyrical compositions of extraordinary poetic power.”

     See also at this website, “…Only A Pawn in Their Game,”another story of Dylan’s protest music from the early 1960s.  Additional stories on music at this website may be found at the “Annals of Music” category page, or go to the Home Page for other story choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. —  Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 6 March 2012
Last Update: 19 June 2023
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Dylan’s Hard Rain, 1962-1963,”
PopHistoryDig.com, March 6, 2012.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Rolling Stone magazine’s cover story tribute to Bob Dylan at his 70th birthday, May 24, 2011. Click for copy.
Rolling Stone magazine’s cover story tribute to Bob Dylan at his 70th birthday, May 24, 2011. Click for copy.
“Live at The Gaslight 1962" is a CD with 10 songs from Bob Dylan performances at the Gaslight cafe in New York's Greenwich Village; Columbia Records, 2005. Click for CD.
“Live at The Gaslight 1962" is a CD with 10 songs from Bob Dylan performances at the Gaslight cafe in New York's Greenwich Village; Columbia Records, 2005. Click for CD.
The Original Mono Recordings box set of Dylan's first 8 studio albums in mono on 9 CDs, released in October 2010 on Legacy Recordings with 56-page booklet. Click for CD.
The Original Mono Recordings box set of Dylan's first 8 studio albums in mono on 9 CDs, released in October 2010 on Legacy Recordings with 56-page booklet. Click for CD.
Bob Dylan’s “Highway 61 Revisited” album, released in Aug. 1965, rose to No. 3 in the U.S., No. 4 in the U.K. Click for CD.
Bob Dylan’s “Highway 61 Revisited” album, released in Aug. 1965, rose to No. 3 in the U.S., No. 4 in the U.K. Click for CD.
Clinton Heylin’s “Revolution in the Air: The Songs of Bob Dylan, 1957-1973,” Chicago Review Press, 2009. Click for book.
Clinton Heylin’s “Revolution in the Air: The Songs of Bob Dylan, 1957-1973,” Chicago Review Press, 2009. Click for book.

“Bob Dylan,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, New York: Rolling Stone Press, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp.286-288.

Alan Light, “Bob Dylan,” in Anthony DeCurtis and James Henke (eds), The Rolling Stone Illustrated History of Rock n Roll, New York: Random House, 1992, pp.299-308.

Bob Dylan, Writings and Drawings by Bob Dylan, New York: Borozi/Alfred A Knopf, 1973.

“A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall,” Wikipedia .org.

Associated Press, “Cuba Charges U.S. With Air Violations,” Washington Post, Times Herald, July 2, 1962, p. B-19.

“Raul Castro Sees Khrushchev,” Washington Post, Times Herald, July 4, 1962, p. A-8.

“Experts Doubt Landing Of Red Forces in Cuba,” The Washington Post, Times Herald, August 9, 1962, p. A-17.

“Cuba Says Sub Violated Waters; U.S. Denies It,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 16, 1962, p. A-16.

“Red Technicians Landing in Cuba,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 17, 1962, p. A-1.

“U.S. Studying Red Influx in Cuba,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 23, 1962, A-17.

“15 Communist Ships Head for Cuba, Probably With Arms, Technicians,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 24, 1962, p. A-8.

“Guns to Cuba,” Washington Post, Times Herald, August 24, 1962, p. A-12.

Joseph A. Loftus, “Russians Step Up Flow of Arms Aid to Castro Regime; More Technical Personnel Sent In–U.S. Aides Doubt Rise in Offensive Power; Soviet Increases Aid Flow to Cuba,” New York Times, August 25, 1962, p. 1.

Robert Shelton, “Songs a Weapon in Rights Battle; Vital New Ballads Buoy Negro Spirits Across the South; Music Is New Force in Bolstering Morale, Leaders Declare,” New York Times, August 20, 1962, p. 1.

“Carnegie Is Still Going Strong: Capacity Crowd at Hootenanny,” New York Times, September 24, 1962.

“The Freewheelin’ Bob Dylan,” Wikipedia .org.

“The Ten Greatest Bob Dylan Songs,” Rolling Stone.com.

Greil Marcus, Like a Rolling Stone: Bob Dylan at the Crossroads, Public Affairs, 2005.

Song List & Liner Notes by Nat Hentoff, The Freewheelin’ Bob Dylan, May 1963.

Teri Tynes, “New York Notes on Bob Dylan’s ‘A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall’,” Walking Off The Big Apple, March 31, 2010.

“A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall by Bob Dylan,” SongFacts.com.

Evan Schlansky, “The 30 Greatest Bob Dylan Songs: #7, ‘A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall’,” American Songwriter.com, May 1, 2009.

Bob Dylan, Chronicles: Volume One, New York: Simon & Schuster, 2004, Paperback, 2005.

Mark Edwards, Lloyd Timberlake, Bob Dylan, Hard Rain: Our Headlong Collision with Nature, Publisher: Still Pictures Moving Words, 2006.

The Hard Rain Project.

“Born on the Fourth of July (film),” Wiki- pedia.org.

Lot #171: Bob Dylan “A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall” Handwritten Working Lyrics, GottaHaveRockandRoll, Bidding ended  on: August 6, 2009.

Dave Itzkoff, “Sign of the `Times’: Dylan’s Lyrics for Sale,”Arts Beat, New York Times, November 29, 2010.

“Bob Dylan’s Handwritten Lyrics on View in NYC,” The Independent (UK), December 4, 2010.

Dave Itzkoff, “Accept It: Dylan’s Lyrics Are Sold at Auction,”Arts Beat, New York Times, December 10, 2010.

“Bob Dylan’s Handwritten ‘Times They Are a-Changin” Lyrics Sell for $422,500; Hedge-Fund Trader Buys Document at Sotheby’s Auction,” Rolling Stone, December 10, 2010.

Katya Kazakina, “Dylan’s ‘Times They Are A-Changin’ Fetches $422,500,” Bloom- berg.com, December 10, 2010.

See also a new journal devoted to Bob Dylan’s art named Montague Street and also a related blog at GardenerIsGone.

_____________________________




“Kent State Reaction”
May 1970

     On May 4th, 1970,  four students at Kent State University in Ohio were killed by National Guard troops during protests over President Richard Nixon’s military incursion into Cambodia during the Vietnam war.  In reaction to the Kent State shootings, college campuses all across the country erupted in further protest.  One such protest was captured in the photo below as University of Washington students, on their way to a protest site in downtown Seattle, assembled on a local freeway.

May 5, 1970: Thousands of University of Washington students occupying and blocking Intersate Highway 5 (I-5) and facing state troopers in riot gear as they protested the killings at Kent State Universtiy and the invasion of Cambodia. Photo, Museum of History & Industry, Seattle.
May 5, 1970: Thousands of University of Washington students occupying and blocking Intersate Highway 5 (I-5) and facing state troopers in riot gear as they protested the killings at Kent State Universtiy and the invasion of Cambodia. Photo, Museum of History & Industry, Seattle.

     On May 5, 1970, the day after four students were killed at Kent State, students at the University of Washington in Seattle called for their school to take a stand against the shootings and the Vietnam War.  That morning, thousands of the university’s students gathered on campus at a common square for a rally.  Student leaders and others spoke to the assembled crowd about why students at the University of Washington should protest the Cambodia invasion and the Kent State shootings.  The crowd decided to strike, with the support of university President Charles Odegaard, who closed the university the next day.

1970: University of Washington students during May 5th Seattle freeway protest.
1970: University of Washington students during May 5th Seattle freeway protest.
     Later in the day on May 5th, the University of Washington rally turned into a march from campus traveling to downtown Seattle. This route had been taken before by protesters, and typically ended back on campus. However, on May 5th the crowd of student protesters headed west towards the freeway, Interstate-5 (I-5). 

Nearly 5,000 people marched onto the interstate, heading to an antiwar rally downtown. The photo above shows a stand-off between demonstrators and state troopers in riot gear. In this case, the outcome was peaceful as the crowd eventually dissipated and left the freeway. A student strike and other subsequent protest at the University of Washington continued through much of May 1970. See additional sources at the bottom of this article for more detail about the University of Washington activity.

     The Seattle student protest in reaction to the Kent State killings was one of many at that time, as demonstrations and protests ensued all across the country. Two days after the Kent State incident, on May 6th, police wounded four demonstrators at the University of Buffalo. On May 8, eleven people were bayoneted by the New Mexico National Guard during protests at the University of New Mexico. Also on May 8th, some 100,000 protesters – angered over Kent State and the Cambodian invasion – gathered in Washington.

A sample flyer from May 1970 urging student demonstrations following Kent State shootings.
A sample flyer from May 1970 urging student demonstrations following Kent State shootings.
     Another 150,000 protested in San Francisco.  Nationwide, four million students and 450 universities, colleges, and high schools would become involved in the student strike.  While opposition to the Vietnam War had been simmering on many American campuses for several years, the Kent State shootings seemed to provide a spark for students across the country to adopt a strike action and become more active. 

     A variety of alerts and flyers, such as the one shown at left were also distributed on many campuses at the time, advocating the strike action and further anti-war demonstrations.  Most of the actions resulted in peaceful protests and walkouts.  However, on some campuses, ROTC buildings were attacked or set on fire, and 26 schools witnessed clashes between students and police.  National Guard units were mobilized on 21 campuses in 16 states.  On May 14th at Jackson State College in Jackson, Mississippi, two students were killed and at least twelve wounded during demonstrations there that followed the Kent State shootings.

     For a longer story at this website on the Kent State shootings and its aftermath, including additional photos and the genesis of a protest song commemorating the tragedy, see, “Four Dead in O-hi-o, 1970.” Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. —  Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted:  29 February 2012
Last Update:   6 May 2017
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Kent State Reaction, May 1970,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 29, 2012.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Front page of Cleveland Plain Dealer newspaper in Cleveland, Ohio, following the Kent State shootings of May 1970.
Front page of Cleveland Plain Dealer newspaper in Cleveland, Ohio, following the Kent State shootings of May 1970.
Picture of the Week: UW Students Protest the Kent State Shootings,” University District Museum Without Walls, Posted February 22, 2008.

“Weeks of Protests Erupt in Seattle Beginning on May 1, 1970…,” HistoryLink.org (with photos & timeline ).

“May 5, 1970: The UW Freeway March,” Radical Seattle Remembers, May 5, 2010.

Antiwar and Radical History Project – Pacific Northwest, University of Washington, 2009-2012

“Kent State Shootings,” Wikipedia.org.

Jim Mann, “Students Set Nationwide Strikes Today,” Washington Post, Times Herald, May 5, 1970, p. A-1.

Joseph Lelyveld, “Protests on Cambodia and Kent State Are Joined by Many Local Schools,” New York Times, May 6, 1970.

Robert C. Maynard, “Reagan Closes State’s Colleges As More Campuses Join in Protest,” Washington Post, Times Herald, May 7, 1970, p. A-1.

William N. Wallace, “Athletes Joining Campus Protest; Some Colleges Halt Events to Back Antiwar Move,” New York Times, May 7, 1970.

Robert D. McFadden, “College Strife Spreads; Over 100 Schools Closed And Up to 350 Struck,” New York Times, May 8, 1970, front page.

Robert D. McFadden, “Students Step up Protests on War; Marches and Strikes Held Amid Some Violence 200 Colleges Closed,” New York Times, May 9, 1970, front page.

William Chapman, “450 Campuses Remain Struck After Protest,” Washington Post, Times Herald May 12, 1970, p. A-4.

“At War With War”(cover story on student protest & Kent State shootings), Time, Monday, May. 18, 1970.

“Cambodian Campaign – Repercussions,” Wikipedia.org.



“Gekko Nixes Greed”
FBI Ad: 2012

1987: This fake issue of Fortune magazine featuring Gordon Gekko on the cover as “The King of Wall Street” was used as a prop in the film “Wall Street.”
1987: This fake issue of Fortune magazine featuring Gordon Gekko on the cover as “The King of Wall Street” was used as a prop in the film “Wall Street.”
     Gordon Gekko, the fictional Wall Street character who Michael Douglas made famous with his “greed is good” speech in 1987’s Wall Street, is now working for the FBI.

     Gekko, or rather Douglas, is appearing in a public service announcement (PSA) for the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation that began airing in February 2012 to help fight securities fraud and insider trading on Wall Street. 

Douglas, who brought believable form and swagger to Gekko with his 1987 “best actor” performance, appears in the PSA as himself, making clear that Gekko was a fictional character, but that the wheeling and dealing he did in the film were crimes.

     “I played a greedy corporate executive who cheated to profit while innocent investors lost their savings,” Douglas says in the ad, which also uses a clip of the Gekko greed speech at its beginning. 

“The movie was fiction, but the problem is real,” says Douglas. “Our economy is increasingly dependent on the success and integrity of the financial markets. If a deal looks too good to be true, it probably is.”

As the PSA cuts to a screen with the FBI logo, Douglas continues speaking off camera: “For more information on how you can help identify securities fraud, or to report insider training, contact your local FBI office. Or submit a tip online at www.fbi.gov.”

2012: Michael Douglas appearing in FBI’s public service announcement.  Click on image to view clip.
2012: Michael Douglas appearing in FBI’s public service announcement. Click on image to view clip.
     Reportedly, Douglas was quite willing to do the one-minute spot for the FBI, which was shot in November 2011. 

In fact, for some years after the Wall Street film had appeared, Douglas and the film’s producer, Oliver Stone, were both quite amazed and frustrated by the reaction of some film goers who expressed admiration for the rapacious Gekko character. Some viewers had even told Douglas they entered business or began Wall Street careers inspired by Gekko. That is, they viewed Gekko as their model, and planned to emulate his values. 

Yet the whole point of the Wall Street film had been to show how repugnant Gekko and his values were; that the “greed-is-good” mindset and behaviors such as asset stripping, insider trading, defrauding investors, wrecking companies, and all the rest, were not to be emulated. Rather, these were the very worst and most reckless kinds of business and investment activities – the kind, in fact, that helped bring America to its 2008 financial crisis.  One recent book at least, written by former Goldman Sachs trader, Anthony Scaramucci, tries to dispel some of this errant Gekko legacy and is titled, Goodbye Gordon Gekko: How To Find Your Fortune Without Losing Your Soul.

Michael Douglas, inhabiting the character of the ruthless  Gordon Gekko in Oliver Stone’s 1987 film “Wall Street.” Click for story.
Michael Douglas, inhabiting the character of the ruthless Gordon Gekko in Oliver Stone’s 1987 film “Wall Street.” Click for story.
     FBI Special Agent David Chaves supervises one of the FBI’s securities and commodities fraud units in New York that has been involved in an insider-trading initiative in which they teamed up with the Manhattan U.S. Attorney’s office and the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to investigate the sources of inside tips and those profiting from them.  A five-year enforcement effort has resulted in criminal charges against more than 60 people.  But Chaves and his unit thought even more could be done.  And that’s when they went to Michael Douglas.  “We thought one of the most revered actors of our time would be a great voice for combating crime on Wall Street,” Chaves explained to Bloomberg/ Business Week.  They were also looking to raise the Bureau’s visibility.  “It’s important for us to have the F.B.I. brand out on Wall Street,” Chaves told the New York Times.  “The more people out there aware of the problem, the more opportunities we have to get tips,” said Richard T. Jacobs, another supervisory special agent at the F.B.I.

Anthony Scaramucci’s book, “Goodbye Gordon Gekko.” Click for copy.
Anthony Scaramucci’s book, “Goodbye Gordon Gekko.” Click for copy.
     Meanwhile, the PSA with “Mr Gekko” – which has aired on CNBC and Bloomberg Television – will be broadcast on other national cable television channels, especially those covering business news.  FBI spokesman Bill Carter said the PSA would be distributed to 15 cities — Atlanta, Boston, Charlotte, Chicago, Dallas, Denver, Los Angeles, Miami, New York, Newark, Philadelphia, San Francisco, Seattle, Washington and New Haven, Connecticut — where there has been a proliferation of fraud cases or evidence of potential trouble.

     But the FBI-Douglas union in the current PSA campaign is also interesting as another example of the Washington-Hollywood axis at work, and how celebrity and celluloid characters are sometimes brought to bear on real world problems.

     For a longer story at this website on the history of the 1987 Wall Street film, the Gordon Gekko character, the film’s storyline, film photos and trailer, as well as reactions to the film and other information, see “Wall Street’s Gekko, 1987-2010.” 

Additional business-related stories at this website can be found at the “Business & Society” category page, and include, for example: “Flash Boy Lewis” (covering Wall Street’s “flash trading” and Michael Lewis’s publishing history); “Celebrity Buffett” (Warren Buffett investing history and his rise to mainstream notice); “Empire Newhouse”( history of the Newhouse publishing empire through 2012 and Reddit.com); and “Murdoch’s NY Deals” (covering the rise and 1970s American expansion of the Rupert Murdoch media empire).

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You


____________________________________

Date Posted:  29 February 2012
Last Update:  18 February 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Gekko Nixes Greed, FBI Ad: 2012,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 29, 2012.

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

“Flash Boys” by Michael Lewis. Click for copy. See also this link, https://pophistorydig.com/topics/michael-lewis-1989-2014/   for separate story on the book, Lewis, and his career.
“Flash Boys” by Michael Lewis. Click for copy. See also this link, https://pophistorydig.com/topics/michael-lewis-1989-2014/ for separate story on the book, Lewis, and his career.

The Federal Bureau of Investigation, “FBI Announces Public Service Announcement by Michael Douglas on Securities Fraud and Insider Trading,” New York, February 27, 2012.

FBI — Financial Fraud Public Service Announce-ment (video), February 2012.

Kevin Johnson, “Michael Douglas, aka Gordon Gekko, Helps FBI Fight Fraud, USA Today, February 27, 2012.

Patricia Hurtado, “Douglas’s Gordon Gekko Is FBI’s Latest Insider-Trading Crusader,” Bloom-berg Business Week, Tuesday, February 28, 2012.

“New Role For Michael Douglas…,” CBS This Morning, February 28, 2012

Ben Protess and Azam Ahmed, “Michael Douglas Tackles Greed for F.B.I.,” Deal Book, New York Times, February 27, 2012.

Jason Rodrigues, “Michael Douglas, aka Gordon Gekko, Recants: Greed Is Not Good. Michael Douglas Has Been Recruited by the FBI to Front a Campaign Against Insider Trading and Fraud,” TheGuardian.com, February 28, 2012.

Jack Doyle, “Flash Boy Lewis: 1989-2014,” Pop HistoryDig.com, April 19, 2014.

“Business & Money” Category Page, PopHistory Dig.com.




“Elvis Riles Florida”
1955-56

Poster advertising Elvis Presley shows at the Florida Theater in Jacksonville, FL, August 10 &11th, 1956. Click for wall print.
Poster advertising Elvis Presley shows at the Florida Theater in Jacksonville, FL, August 10 &11th, 1956. Click for wall print.
     In the mid-1950s, as strange as it may seem by today’s standards, wiggling one’s hips on stage while performing rock ‘n roll music could get you thrown in jail.  Such were the threats made in August 1956 when Elvis Presley and his band rolled into Jacksonville, Florida for a few shows at the Florida Theater. 

Elvis and band were scheduled to play six shows there over a two-day period, on Friday, August 10th, and Saturday, August 11th, 1956.

     America was then beginning its post-WWII baby boom. In June 1956, President Dwight D. Eisenhower signed the Federal Aid Highway Act, creating the Interstate Highway System; Hollywood actress, Marilyn Monroe, had just married playwright Arthur Miller; and heavyweight boxing champion Rocky Marciano retired from his amazing professional boxing career having never lost a match.

     Elvis Presley by this time was becoming something of a national pop music sensation.  In the previous year, Presley and his band had toured much of the country, especially in the south, getting rave reviews.

On January 28th, 1956, Elvis made his first national television appearance on Stage Show, a CBS TV series then hosted by big band leaders Tommy and Jimmy Dorsey.

Elvis Presley and a portion of his band performing on TV for the Dorsey Brothers Stage Show, March 17, 1956 -- their 5th show.
Elvis Presley and a portion of his band performing on TV for the Dorsey Brothers Stage Show, March 17, 1956 -- their 5th show.
     On that first Dorsey show appearance, Presley and band performed three songs, including “Shake, Rattle and Roll” and “I Got A Woman.” That show was so successful that Presley and band were signed to make five more appearances on Stage Show in February and March of that year. 

     Meanwhile, by late February 1956 his song “Heartbreak Hotel” had entered the national music charts for the first time. A month later he released his first album, titled Elvis Presley

     By June 5th, 1956, Presley introduced his new song, “Hound Dog” during a national TV appearance on The Milton Berle Show,  “scandalizing the audience with his suggestive hip movements,” according to one report.

August 1956: Look magazine cover includes upper left-hand corner tagline, “Elvis Presley: What? Why?,” with full story inside. Click for copy.
August 1956: Look magazine cover includes upper left-hand corner tagline, “Elvis Presley: What? Why?,” with full story inside. Click for copy.
     Then, about a week before Elvis and his band were slated to appear in Jacksonville, the August 7th, 1956 edition of Look magazine, with Prince Philip on the cover, appeared on newsstands.  Look’s story about Presley appeared inside the magazine, but the cover included an Elvis story tagline at the top that read: “Elvis Presley: What? Why?” 

     Inside the magazine, a series of photographs showed Elvis performing during a Dayton, Ohio concert, some capturing his on-stage gestures and movements as he performed, others of screaming and smiling female fans.  There were also some shots of Presley at leisure, shooting a game of pool and visiting with friends.  But the narrative accompanying the photo spread was not very charitable toward Presley, calling him, “a wild troubadour who wails rock ’n roll tunes, flails erratically at a guitar and wriggles like a peep-show dancer…”  Look did admit, however, that Presley had become “a U. S. entertainment sensation.”  Here’s more of the Elvis description Look included in its story:

     …He is 21-year-old Elvis Presley, a former Memphis, Tenn., truck driver whose sullen sweetness, ducktail haircut and long sideburns send girls (and women) into hysterics.  His RCA-Victor records (Heartbreak Hotel, Blue Suede Shoes, etc.) have grossed almost $6 million.  Presley’s fans adore him; some trample each other in the effort to tear off his ‘cool’ zoot suits.  They send him 3,000 letters a week.  His unprecedented success seems incredible to a public devoted to languid crooners.  They say, ‘He can’t be!’  But he is, and he has landed on top…

“…But Presley is mostly nightmare. On stage, his gyrations…are vulgar… He has also dragged ‘big beat’ music to new lows in taste…”
              Look magazine, 1956

     Elvis Presley’s fame is a legend of the ‘American Dream’ of success that is overshadowed by a nightmare of bad taste.

     Here are some of the ‘Dream’ elements:  Elvis never took a lesson on his guitar, cannot read music.  He paid $4 to make his first record and a twister of reaction began; he was a smash hit on the hillbilly circuit by 1955, without strong promotion.  It seems certain that his 1956 income will top $500,000.  He does not smoke or drink and night clubs bore him.  He is devoted to his parents and bought them a $40,000 air-conditioned home (with swimming pool) in Memphis.  He is unusually polite and softspoken.  He does everything on impulse, much like the mixed-up teenagers in his favorite movie, Rebel Without a Cause. (Elvis’ film idol is the late James Dean.)

     But Presley is mostly nightmare.  On-stage, his gyrations, his nose wiping, his leers are vulgar.  When asked about the sex element in his act, he answers without blinking his big brown eyes:  “Ah don’t see anything wrong with it.  Ah just act the way ah feel.”  But Elvis will also grin and say,  “Without mah left leg, ah’d be dead.”  Old friends, like the Memphis Press-Scimitar’s Bob Johnson, advise him to clean up his ‘dances.’  Elvis listens and then goes out and does the same, very old things.  His naive intransigence threatens his future.

     Presley has taken the rock ‘n’ roll craze to new sales heights.  He has also dragged “big beat” music to new lows in taste…

Aug 1956: Elvis Presley fans in Jacksonville, Fl wait for ticket box office to open. Photo, R. Kelley, Life magazine.
Aug 1956: Elvis Presley fans in Jacksonville, Fl wait for ticket box office to open. Photo, R. Kelley, Life magazine.
Aug 1956: Members of the Jacksonville, FL Optimist Club meeting with Judge Gooding (reading Elvis material), to discuss curbing Presley's concert. Life photo.
Aug 1956: Members of the Jacksonville, FL Optimist Club meeting with Judge Gooding (reading Elvis material), to discuss curbing Presley's concert. Life photo.
 
Baptist preacher Robert Gray, holding Elvis poster, denounces singer in Jacksonville, FL. Photo, R. Kelley/Life.
Baptist preacher Robert Gray, holding Elvis poster, denounces singer in Jacksonville, FL. Photo, R. Kelley/Life.
 

     Back in Florida, meanwhile, Elvis Presley had received some flattering press in the St Petersburg Times.  In Jacksonville, posters advertising his forthcoming shows (sample shown at top of this article) had been plastered all around town. 

The posters featured Presley in action performing with guitar, billing him as an “RCA Victor Recording Star.”  They invited readers to “hear him sing ‘Heartbreak Hotel,’ ‘Hound Dog,’ and his other great recording hits.”

     Presley had performed previously in Jacksonville in 1955 with some notable results – both for his music and for the local keepers of moral turpitude.


Mob Scene

It seems that on that visit there had been a little bit of a mob scene when mostly female fans rushed Presley backstage after his performance, tearing at his clothes and creating quite a disturbance. So the town fathers and some local clergy weren’t too happy about Presley coming back to their town again in 1956. But the kids of Jacksonville had eagerly come to the theater to get their tickets.

     When Presley and his band finally arrived in Jacksonville for their August performance dates, they were faced with the possibility of arrest.  Arrest warrants had been drawn up and stood as a threat to Elvis, prepared by Juvenile Court Judge Marion Gooding. 

     Charges of “impairing the morals of minors” were included in the warrants and the judge told Elvis and crew that he was quite upset over what had happened on their previous visit and he wanted to prevent a recurrence of those events. 

     So if Elvis did any of his hip-gyrations during his performance, the Judge said, he would issue those warrants and send Elvis straight to the slammer.  He and Elvis had a sit down at one point and came to some agreement.

Aug 1956: Elvis Presley meeting with Judge Gooding in Jacksonville, FL, discussing gyration limitations.
Aug 1956: Elvis Presley meeting with Judge Gooding in Jacksonville, FL, discussing gyration limitations.
     But Judge Gooding wasn’t Elvis’ only problem on that August visit.  A few local churches expressed concern about the upcoming performance as well.  At one, the Murray Hill Methodist Church, a session was held titled, “Hot Rods, Reefers and Rock and Roll.” 

At another service, Rev. Robert Gray, holding a prayer meeting at Trinity Baptist Church told teenagers in attendance that Presley had achieved “a new low in spiritual degeneracy” and might not be offered salvation. 

At that service, Rev. Gray asked the teens to pray for Elvis’ redemption.  Later, when Elvis learned of this, he was quite offended, noting that had been a church-going person all of his life —  “since I could walk.”  Elvis would later say, “I feel the preacher was just looking for publicity.”

Elvis Presley performing on stage at the Florida Theater in Jacksonville, Florida, August 10th, 1956.
Elvis Presley performing on stage at the Florida Theater in Jacksonville, Florida, August 10th, 1956.
     When Elvis and his band did their shows, the police were in attendance, some using movie cameras.  A few police were also seated in the orchestra pit in front the stage during performances, presenting something of a “Maginot line” of defense to keep screaming teens from storming the stage during Elvis’ final song.  Throughout the performances, for the most part, Elvis refrained from wild gyrations as ordered by the judge, who was in attendance along with a few citizen committee members.

     But Elvis did have a little fun with the judge during his performances by wiggling his little finger.  “That’s where the curled lip and the little finger thing really got started,” later explained Elvis’ band member Scotty Moore.  But mostly, Elvis was a good boy during the shows.  “He stood there flat footed and did the whole show,” Moore said of Elvis’ performances.  Judge Gooding was reportedly satisfied with the performances as well.  But later, Elvis, who professed to being upset over the whole controversy, explained to reporters that he didn’t do “dirty body movements.”

     In late August, after Elvis had performed in Jacksonville, Life magazine also included the controversy in a story it did on Elvis.  The cover for that August 27th issue of Life, shown below, featured the Democratic Party’s National Convention that summer, along with a photograph of presidential nominee Adlai Stevenson with Eleanor Roosevelt and other admirers.  But also in the upper right-hand corner of that cover was a headline announcing the Elvis story — “The Impact of Elvis Presley.”

August 1956 cover of Life magazine, featuring Adlai Stevenson and the Democrats, and also, “The Impact of Elvis Presley” story. Click for copy.
August 1956 cover of Life magazine, featuring Adlai Stevenson and the Democrats, and also, “The Impact of Elvis Presley” story. Click for copy.
     On its table of contents page, Life introduced the Elvis story with the following:  “Bringing his audiences to the point of hysteria as he howls his songs, Elvis Presley is a disturbing variation on the familiar teen-age idol.”  But the Life story was mostly photos, spread over several pages, and was not nearly as harsh or as judgmental as the earlier Look piece had been.  Life reported on Elvis’ rise in America and how much money he was making, also covering the Jacksonville controversy and the showdown with Judge Gooding, but noting that in the end, Elvis had toned down his act.  Life added in its account that neither the judge’s threats nor the clergy’s denunciation of Elvis, had any effect on the Jacksonville turnout.  All six of Elvis’ Jacksonville performances were sold out over the two-day period.  As Life put it: “Elvis left town richer in pocket and with the prayers of devout citizens following him.”

     On September 9th, 1956, a few weeks after the Jacksonville shows, Elvis appeared on The Ed Sullivan Show for the first time, and from that point on his stardom rocketed to even greater national and international notice.

     See also at this website, “Elvis on The Road, 1955-1956,” and “Drew Pearson on Elvis, 1956,” a video with a brief background summary. Additionally, another story, “They Go To Graceland”, is about Presley’s former home and now historic site in Memphis, Tennessee. This story uses a July 2006 visit to Graceland by former U.S. President George Bush and visiting Japanese Prime Minister Junichiro Koizumi as a segue into the history of Graceland, why it has become such a fan-based and tourist mecca, and how some big business interests have taken hold there. For other stories on music-related topics, visit the “Annals of Music” page or the Home Page for additional story choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website.  Thank you.  – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 29 February 2012
Last Update: 5 September 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Elvis Riles Florida, 1955-56,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 29, 2012.

____________________________________


Elvis music at Amazon.com

“The Essential Elvis Presley” album. Click for copy.
“The Essential Elvis Presley” album. Click for copy.
Elvis Album: 30 No 1 Hits. Click for copy.
Elvis Album: 30 No 1 Hits. Click for copy.
Elvis: Gospel Songs; 3 CDs, 87songs. Click for copy.
Elvis: Gospel Songs; 3 CDs, 87songs. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information 

Aug 1956: Elvis Presley backstage, Jacksonville, Florida.
Aug 1956: Elvis Presley backstage, Jacksonville, Florida.
“Rock ‘n Roll King Wows Suncoast (And One Fan In Particular),” St. Petersburg Times, Monday August 6, 1956.

Anne Rowe, “Broom-Sweeping Elvis A Regular Guy,” St. Petersburg Times, Monday August 6, 1956.

Gereon Zimmerman, “Elvis Presley: What? Why?”Look, August 7, 1956.

Edwin Miller, “Elvis Presley: Rising Star or Passing Fad?,Some Say He’s a Passing Fad, but Hollywood Thinks He’s Another Marlon Brando,”Seventeen, October 1956.

“Fort Homer W. Hesterly Armory,” Scotty Moore.net (includes photos & information on Elvis Presley & band performances).

“CBS TV Studio 50,” ScottyMoore.net (includes photos and information on Elvis Presley & band performances).

“Elvis Presley: What? Why?,” ScottyMoore.net (Look magazine article and photos).

“Radio & TV: Sunday at 8 (re: Steve Allen Show with Presley beats Ed Sullivan Show),” Time, Monday, July 16, 1956.

“Elvis Presley: Jacksonville, FL, Florida Theater, August 10-11, 1956,” ElvisPresleyMusic.com.

Joseph A. Tunzi, Photographs & Memories, JAT Productions, 1998.

“Elvis Aaron Presley 1956: The King of Rock ‘n’ Roll,” ElvisPresleyMusic.com.

“Elvis – A Different Kind of Idol; Presley’s Impact Piles Up Fans, Fads and Fears,” Life (Adlai Stevenson on cover), August 27, 1956, p. 101-109.

_____________________________________________________________________


Books & film at Amazon.com

Peter Guralnick’s bestseller, “Last Train to Memphis.” Click for copy.
Peter Guralnick’s bestseller, “Last Train to Memphis.” Click for copy.
“Elvis” - The 2023 film. Click for DVD or prime video.
“Elvis” - The 2023 film. Click for DVD or prime video.
Priscilla Presley’s book, “Elvis and Me.”  Click for copy.
Priscilla Presley’s book, “Elvis and Me.” Click for copy.



 


“Power in the Pen”
Silent Spring: 1962

     In three successive issues of The New Yorker magazine in June of 1962, a series of  articles under the title “Silent Spring” began appearing.  The covers of those New Yorker editions — June 16th, 23rd and 30th,  and one story page — are shown at right.  The articles were written by “reporter at large” Rachel Carson, a scientist and published author.  Carson by then had worked at the U.S. Department of the Interior and had written earlier best-selling nonfiction books on the biology of the sea and coastal environments – including the award-winning The Sea Around Us of 1951.  But the articles she offered in the New Yorker that June of 1962 were more hard-hitting than anything she had previously written.  This time, Rachel Carson was sounding an alarm and delivering a critique. 

     Her articles offered disturbing accounts of how synthetic chemical pesticides – then used widely in agriculture and sprayed elsewhere for insect control – had become, in her words, “elixirs of death,” contaminating the environment, killing wildlife,  and threatening human health.  Carson’s articles were excerpted from a forthcoming book, also called Silent Spring; a book that would have a profound impact on society, environmental science, and public understanding of the natural world.  Within one month of The New Yorker series, Carson and her book were making news and creating an uproar in the chemical industry.  On July 22nd, 1962 a front-page New York Times story on the book used the headlines: “Silent Spring is Now a Noisy Summer; Pesticide Industry Up in Arms Over New Book; Rachel Carson Stirs Conflict – Producers Cry ‘Foul’.”  The book itself, however, had yet to be released, with a publication date set for late September 1962.

Rachel Carson shown here in a 1950s photograph alongside the cover of her landmark 1962 book, “Silent Spring,” Houghton Mifflin hardback.
Rachel Carson shown here in a 1950s photograph alongside the cover of her landmark 1962 book, “Silent Spring,” Houghton Mifflin hardback.
     Silent Spring targeted the dangers of chemical pesticides but it was also a masterful story about the natural world.  In some ways, it was one of the first books on ecology to permeate popular culture.  Though it was an indictment of chemical abuse, it also told the story of the web of life and the nuances of biology and life-sustaining ecological systems.  Chemical pesticides had intruded on these systems, and according to Carson, upset “the balance of nature.”  She would show how that was happening, why it should be halted in some cases, and how other alternatives might offer better solutions.  At the very least, Carson would argue, much more oversight and “look-before-we-leap” caution were in order.  She and her book took on some very powerful interests, as the chemical industry, for one, was then at the center of economic growth; a popular and positive force in society, making all manner of new, chemically-derived goods – from plastics to pharmaceuticals – providing “the good life” and feeding the world.  But Carson was not only railing at the chemical industry; her critique also shook up establishment science and much of agriculture as well.  Still, despite these formidable bastions of the status quo, Carson and her book would set in motion forces that helped broaden society’s perspective on new technology, while laying the groundwork and popular support for modern-day environmentalism and environmental protection.

     What follows here – in this 50th anniversary year of Silent Spring’s publication – is a partial recounting of the book’s history, including pressures brought to bear on author and publisher, how society received Silent Spring, and how it helped change thinking and advance public understanding of ecology.  First, some background on Rachel Carson – an unlikely and reluctant crusader – and how she came to the pesticide issue.


Rachel Carson

1929: College graduate Rachel Carson aboard boat at Woods Hole Biological Laboratory, Massachusetts.
1929: College graduate Rachel Carson aboard boat at Woods Hole Biological Laboratory, Massachusetts.
     Rachel Carson was born in western Pennsylvania in May 1907.  The youngest of three children, Carson had a rugged upbringing in a simple farmhouse near the Allegheny River town of Springdale, northeast of Pittsburgh.  As a young girl, she spent time in the outdoors of rural Pennsylvania encouraged by her mother. She had also spent time by the sea during summer visits to the coast of Maine. And as her biographer Linda Lear reports, Carson once found a fossil shell while digging in the hills above the Allegheny River which made her curious about the creatures of the oceans that had once covered the area. But Lear also notes that the town of Springdale was sandwiched between two huge coal-fired electric plants, leaving the area as something of a grimy wasteland, its air and water fouled by industrial pollution. According to Lear, Carson once observed “that the captains of industry took no notice of the defilement of her hometown and no responsibility for it” – a perspective Carson would carry into her later years.

Early 1930s: Rachel Carson photo from Johns Hopkins University.
Early 1930s: Rachel Carson photo from Johns Hopkins University.
     After Carson graduated from Parnassus High School, she enrolled in the Pennsylvania College for Women in Pittsburgh, now Chatham College.  It had been her plan to become a writer, starting out in English composition. But biology had always fascinated her and in her junior year, she switched to that field. Following college graduation, Carson spent six weeks in the summer of 1929 at Woods Hole, Massachusetts, becoming a novice investigator in zoology.

     That fall, she began graduate study at Johns Hopkins University, where she would also teach for a time, returning to Woods Hole in subsequent summers. By 1931 she worked in zoology at the University of Maryland, remaining there for five years.  She completed her Master’s degree at Johns Hopkins in 1932 then did some post-graduate work at the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole.

1941: First edition of Rachel Carson’s “Under The Sea Wind,” published by Simon & Schuster. Click for book.
1941: First edition of Rachel Carson’s “Under The Sea Wind,” published by Simon & Schuster. Click for book.
     Carson wanted to continue her study and pursue a Ph.D, but there was little money available to her during the Depression and family responsibilities also called, as her father and sister died, leaving her to help support her mother and two school-aged nieces.  She was hired part-time by the U.S. Bureau of Fisheries in Baltimore to write radio scripts during the Depression and supplemented her income writing articles on natural history for the Baltimore Sun and the Atlantic Monthly

     By 1936 at the age of 29, she had become a junior aquatic biologist at the Fisheries Bureau, only the second woman to be hired by the Bureau for a full-time, professional position.

     Writing became a part of what Carson did in her job at the Fisheries Bureau and also for outside publications. In September 1937 she published an article entitled, “Undersea,” in The Atlantic Monthly magazine. This led to her first book in 1941, Under the Sea-Wind, described by Carson as a series of descriptive narratives building in sequence on the life of the shore, the open ocean, and the sea bottom.  The book featured the sanderling, a common sea bird, facing the rhythms of nature and an arduous migration.  The book was published by Simon and Schuster.  However, arriving in bookstores the day after the Japanese bombed Pearl Harbor, it received little notice.  Back at the Fisheries Bureau, meanwhile, she rose to chief editor of publications in 1949.

Rachel Carson, 1944, U.S. Bureau of Fisheries.
Rachel Carson, 1944, U.S. Bureau of Fisheries.
     During the late 1940s, in her quest to learn more about the sea, she sought to be taken on a trip aboard the Albatross III, a Fisheries Bureau research vessel at Woods Hole. Her request was denied as women then were not allowed on research ships. 

     She then contacted the Fisheries Bureau director in Washington and in 1949 was granted permission for a ten-day cruise in the rough waters of the George’s Bank off coastal Maine.  That cruise helped Carson in writing what would become her second book, The Sea Around Us.  Meanwhile, in 1950, Carson had something of a personal scare as a confirmed breast tumor was found and removed, with no further treatment then called for.

     Carson continued to work on her new book about the sea. However, getting to the final product wasn’t easy.  A proposed article from the book’s research was rejected by numerous magazines, including the Saturday Evening Post and National Geographic.

1951: Rachel’s Carson’s “The Sea Around Us” became her first bestseller, winning several book awards. Click for book.
1951: Rachel’s Carson’s “The Sea Around Us” became her first bestseller, winning several book awards. Click for book.
     Carson’s work on this book eventually came to William Shawn at The New Yorker, who saw its quality and decided to run much of it as a serial in 1951 under the title, “A Profile of the Sea.”  The full book was published in July 1951 as The Sea Around Us.  It soon reached the national bestsellers list for non-fiction that September, remaining on the list for 86 weeks, 39 of them at No. 1.  By December 1951 the book was selling more than 4,000 copies a day.  Carson had shown herself to be a writer of some considerable talent, able to take dry scientific material and turn it into interesting reading suitable for the general public.  The Sea Around Us was also excerpted in Reader’s Digest.  The book sold over 250,000 copies in 1951 and received numerous awards, among them: the Gold Medal of the New York Zoological Society, the John Burroughs Medal, the Gold Medal of the Geographical Society of Philadelphia, and the National Book Award.  Eventually, this book would be published in 30 languages.

     “If there is poetry in my book about the sea,” she wrote upon receiving the National Book Award, “it is not because I deliberately put it there, but because no one could write truthfully about the sea and leave out the poetry.”  A film version of The Sea Around Us was also produced as a documentary in 1953, which won the Oscar award that year for Best Documentary.  Carson, however, was not happy with the result and would never sell film rights to her work again.

1951: Rachel Carson, Woods Hole dock at Sam Cahoon's Fish Market, just after  publication of “The Sea Around Us.” Photo E. Gray, Lear Collection.
1951: Rachel Carson, Woods Hole dock at Sam Cahoon's Fish Market, just after publication of “The Sea Around Us.” Photo E. Gray, Lear Collection.
     During July and August of 1951, while on leave from the Bureau of Fisheries, Carson retreated to Woods Hole where she would respond to the queries she was receiving about her popular book, but also to do some research at Woods Hole that would later appear in her third book, The Edge of the Sea.  By 1952, she left her position at the Bureau of Fisheries, spending time at Southport Island, Maine and Woods Hole, investigating the beach, tide pools and coastal ecology there for The Edge of the Sea.  She returned to Woods Hole in summer 1952 to continue research and also bought land and built a cottage on the Sheepscot River near West Southport on the coast of Maine, where she and her mother had visited years earlier.

1955: "The Edge of the Sea."
1955: "The Edge of the Sea."
     Meanwhile, in 1953, her earlier book, Under the Sea-Wind, was republished and also became a bestseller.  Her third and final book on the sea and sea coast, The Edge of Sea, was excerpted in The New Yorker and published in 1955.  On the home front at this time, Carson continued to raise her adopted niece and provide care to her elderly mother. She also later adopted her five year-old grandnephew Roger Christie, son of her niece, Marjorie Christie who had died in 1957.  Carson moved to Silver Spring, Maryland that year to begin raising Roger, and would share summers with him exploring the rocky coast of Maine.  These outings figured in a 1956 magazine article, titled “Help Your Child to Wonder,” later expanded and published as a book.  But by the late 1950s, Rachel Carson was being pulled into something of a new calling.  She and other scientists became worried by what they were learning about synthetic chemicals used throughout the environment.

“Go-Go Chemistry”
1940s-1950s

1955: "Synthetics...why they spell a better life for you." - Union Carbide.
1955: "Synthetics...why they spell a better life for you." - Union Carbide.
     Following World War II, “Better Living Through Chemistry” became one of the touchstone phrases and advertising slogans that told of a beneficent new chemistry that was making life better.  Numerous chemical and oil companies – Mobil, Dow, DuPont, Stauffer, Shell, American Cyanamid, Union Carbide, and others – were all enthusiastically engaged in the new chemical cornucopia.

     The 1955 magazine ad at right – one of a number of Union Carbide’s  “giant hand” ads from that era – touts the benefits of “synthetics” in building the good life.  In July 1950, during a Dow Chemical Company open house for the media, the Detroit Free Press gave a gushing review of Dow’s “hidden house of wonders,” describing an amazingly inventive company turning out all manner of products for America’s every need:  “The clothes you are wearing, the ice cream you had for lunch, your wife’s permanent wave, the pharmaceuticals in your medicine chest, your children’s toys and your automobile all most likely have ingredients in them which came from Dow.”  Indeed, by 1958, Dow was the fourth largest chemical company in the U.S., turning out an array of several hundred chemical and plastic products.

June 1947 Dow Chemical ad for “Dow DDT.”
June 1947 Dow Chemical ad for “Dow DDT.”
     Chemical pesticides produced by Dow and other companies were among the “wonder” products helping subdue insects and weeds, raise farm productivity, and increase food production for a hungry world.  One of the first popularly known pesticides was DDT, an insecticide invented by the Swiss in 1939.  DDT was used with much success in combating a typhus epidemic in Italy in 1943, as well as by the U.S. Army in fighting mosquitoes and malaria in the Pacific during WWII.  By late 1944, DDT was receiving rave reviews in advance of its first domestic applications.  By 1945, chemical companies were also selling herbicides such as 2,4-D, first sold to home gardeners, then to farmers, ranchers, utility companies, and railroads.  Pesticide advertising and government brochures helped spread the word.  One DDT ad from Dow Chemical Company in 1947 announced: “Freed From Flies, Stock Thrives—Most Pests Surrender to Dow DDT.” By the spring of 1948, some chemical companies were also selling another war research herbicide known as 2,4,5-T.  Beyond the farm, DDT and other pesticides sprays were used to fight mosquitos and any number of other pests, some sprayed aerially or by trucks moving through residential communities.

Cover of a March 1947 brochure on DDT from the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Cover of a March 1947 brochure on DDT from the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
     Throughout industry and government in the post WWII era there was a confident certainty about the efficacy and beneficence of the new products flowing from modern chemistry; little attention was paid to the possibility of any problems.  Some observers of that period, such as Cathy Trost, author of Elements of Risk, say the cavalier approach to new products was just part of the culture, the generally-accepted industrial and social creed of the times:

…There was little room in the 1950s for the advocates of the slow, thoughtful approach in any portion of life—business, science, or politics.  The country was so firmly in control of itself and had tied technology so tightly to patriotism that to be skeptical, to be Robert Oppenheimer working to “retard” the hydrogen bomb program or an “alarmist” scientist warning of potential dangers of radioactive fallout, was to be a traitor.  Nationwide publicity linking cigarettes to heart disease for the first time in 1954 was countered by advertisements that pointed out reassuringly that “More Doctors Smoke Camels Than Any Other Cigarette.”  “The deadliest sin was to be controversial,” observed William Manchester in describing a generation that wanted “the good, sensible life” and that was “proud to be conservative, prosperous, conformist and vigilant defenders of the American way of life.”  The largest group of college undergraduates were business majors, and industry leaders were lionized (General Motors president Harlow Curtice was Time’s Man of the Year in 1956). A free market, left to its own devices, was thought to be the most efficient path to productivity. In 1957 the Soviets simultaneously launched Sputnik 1 and the space race by taunting Americans with the specter of Russian superiority. Obeisance to technocracy took on patriotic as well as religious overtones.

     It was generally in the context of this world view that Rachel Carson stepped forward with her research on pesticides and what effect these chemicals were having on the natural world.


1945: Rachel Carson looking for raptors at Hawk Mountain, Berks County, Pennsylvania.
1945: Rachel Carson looking for raptors at Hawk Mountain, Berks County, Pennsylvania.
Reluctant Crusader

     Rachel Carson did not set out to write a book about pesticides or do battle with the chemical industry.  Rather, events of that era had drawn her into the fight, both professionally as a scientist and personally as a lover of the natural world.  In her marine studies with the Bureau of Fisheries, she had begun to gather data on the effects of DDT and other pesticides on marine life.  Since abnormalities often show up first in fish and wildlife, biologists were among the first to see the ill effects of chemicals in the environment.

Carson had also learned about  various predator and pest control programs that were freely spreading pesticides in the environment with little regard for consequences beyond the target pest.  In one of her earliest forays on the chemical issue, Carson had proposed an article to Reader’s Digest on evidence about DDT’s environmental damage, but the magazine turned her down.  Carson at the time was still focused primarily on the ocean and costal environments, and writing her books on those topics.

National wildlife artist Bob Hines and Rachel Carson search out marine specimens in the Florida Keys around 1955. The two spent time in the field for the USFWS visiting Atlantic coast refuges gathering material for agency publications. Hines’ drawings also appear in “The Edge of the Sea.”
National wildlife artist Bob Hines and Rachel Carson search out marine specimens in the Florida Keys around 1955. The two spent time in the field for the USFWS visiting Atlantic coast refuges gathering material for agency publications. Hines’ drawings also appear in “The Edge of the Sea.”
     By January 1958, however, Carson’s friend, Olga Huckins, sent her a copy of a letter she’d written to to the Boston Herald, complaining about DDT spraying and that many birds had died on her private, two-acre bird sanctuary in southeastern Massachusetts.  There had been aerial spraying of pesticides in that area to kill mosquitoes in December 1957 and Huckins hoped that Carson would be able to find someone in Washington who could help stop further spraying.  The following month, in February 1958 Carson wrote to New Yorker editor E.B. White suggesting that he write an article about the dangers of pesticides.  He, in turn, suggested that Carson write the article.  “I think this whole vast subject of pollution, of which this gypsy moth business is just a small part, if of the utmost interest and concern to everybody,” White said in his reply to Carson.  “It starts in the kitchen and extends to Jupiter and Mars.  Always some special group or interest is represented, never the earth itself.”

     With that, Carson then huddled with Paul Brooks, her editor at Houghton Mifflin and then, William Shawn at The New Yorker.  She agreed to start work on what might be a magazine piece and possibly something suitable for a chapter in a book on the same subject.  That was all she had in mind at the time.  She then set out to complete the work by the summer of 1958.

1951: DDT headlines in the “Dallas Morning News” reporting on a Texas scientist testifying in Congress.
1951: DDT headlines in the “Dallas Morning News” reporting on a Texas scientist testifying in Congress.
     Rachel Carson wasn’t the only scientist concerned about the effects of pesticides on the environment.  Others had also raised red flags about DDT, some from its earliest days of use.  Among those first concerned was Edwin Teale, who wrote in March 1945: “A spray as indiscriminate as DDT can upset the economy of nature as much as a revolution upsets social economy.  Ninety percent of all insects are good, and if they are killed, things go out of kilter right away.”  In 1948, the American Medical Association warned that chronic toxicity to humans of most new pesticides , including DDT, was “entirely unexplored.”  But such warnings rarely surfaced outside scientific circles.  Congress, too, had held hearings on the safety of food additives in 1950 and 1951, during which DDT residues in food became a concern, resulting in some new registration and testing requirements for chemicals.  But DDT and other pesticides continued to be used in any case.

Aerial pesticide spraying over livestock, 1950s.
Aerial pesticide spraying over livestock, 1950s.
DDT spraying, beach area, in the 1950s.
DDT spraying, beach area, in the 1950s.

     In 1957, landowners on Long Island, New York – including Robert Cushman Murphy, a retired ornithologist at the American Museum of Natural History, and Archibald Roosevelt, a son of former President Teddy Roosevelt – had brought a lawsuit to stop the spraying of DDT to kill gypsy moths in their area.  Their lawsuit had some success, but the case went all the way to the Supreme Court which refused to hear it, although Justice William O. Douglas dissented in that decision, feeling the alarms that had been raised by experts warranted the court’s taking the case. 

     Rachel Carson had followed the proceedings of this case and was the beneficiary of a windfall of documents and scientific contacts that resulted.  She was also following the Department of Agriculture’s “fire ant eradication program” which began in 1957 and used two potent insecticides, dieldrin and heptachlor, in a spraying campaign that wildlife experts would later call a fiasco. 

     Carson had also written a letter to the editor, published in the spring of 1959 in The Washington Post, that attributed a recent decline in bird populations—she called it the “silencing of birds”—to pesticide overuse.  In late 1959, a great national furor also arose after cranberries were found to contain high levels of the herbicide aminotriazole, as the sale of all cranberry products was halted.  Carson attended the ensuing FDA hearings and came away dismayed by the testimony and tactics of the chemical industry – which contradicted the scientific data she was finding.

     “The more I learned about the use of pesticides, the more appalled I became,” Carson later wrote. “I realized that here was the material for a book.  What I discovered was that everything which meant most to me as a naturalist was being threatened, and that nothing I could do would be more important.”  Carson corresponded and met with other scientists who were documenting the environmental effects of pesticides in their own fields.  Her connections with government scientists sometimes yielded confidential information.  She also went into the federal agencies and national research libraries to do her digging, such as the Library of Medicine of the National Institutes of Health, and letter writing to other scientists as well.

July 1961: Rachel Carson seaside, examining specimen in jar.  Life photo, A. Eisenstaedt.
July 1961: Rachel Carson seaside, examining specimen in jar. Life photo, A. Eisenstaedt.
     Carson became the right messenger at the right time, and one who could see the larger picture unfolding in many different corners of the environment, and knew how that story could be told, using the scientific information she could access and compile.  She carefully sourced her work, as she and her editor fully expected the book would get close scrutiny by scientists and critics.  She had scientists review her chapters as she went.  In May 1962, before The New Yorker series ran, Carson attended the White House Conference on Conservation where Houghton Mifflin distributed proof copies to selected delegates.  Carson had also sent a proof copy to U.S. Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas, who had recently argued against the court’s refusal to hear the Long Island DDT spraying case.

     Carson was a careful writer and would later explain that writing was hard work for her, sometimes working in longhand with difficult material before it was typewritten. By March 1960 a good portion of her book was finished in rough form, but that’s when she had a medical set back. An earlier breast tumor had actually been malignant, leading to a mastectomy in April 1960. Carson, in fact, was plagued by recurring personal illnesses, including arthritis, an ulcer, staphylococcus infections, and a continuing battle with cancer. Still, even as she battled these medical problems, with setbacks in her writing, she persevered through early 1962, working toward completion of the book.  After consultation with her editor and agent, she settled on a title for the book – which earlier had been “The Control of Nature,” later changed to “Man Against the Earth,” and then changed again to something else.  Paul Brooks, her editor at Houghton Mifflin, suggested using “Silent Spring, ” which he had proposed initially for the book’s chapter on birds. But “Silent Spring” suited the overall theme Carson was trying to get at, with chemicals not only “silencing spring” but also throwing the “balance of nature” out of kilter.

     In early June 1962, the first of Carson’s articles appeared in The New Yorker magazine.

 

Initial Reaction

July 1962: New York Times front-page story and headlines on Rachel Carson’s then-forthcoming book, “Silent Spring.”
July 1962: New York Times front-page story and headlines on Rachel Carson’s then-forthcoming book, “Silent Spring.”
     Among the earliest reactions to Carson’s Silent Spring as it appeared in the New Yorker, and prior to the full book’s publication, was the front-page story that ran in the New York Times on July 22, 1962.  “The $300,000,000 pesticides industry has been highly irritated by a quiet woman author…,” began that story, which proceeded to report how that industry and the agricultural establishment were “up in arms” over what Carson had to say about their chemicals.

     P. Rothberg, president of the Montrose Chemical Corporation of California, an affiliate of the Stauffer Chemical Company and then the nation’s largest producer of DDT, was quoted in the New York Times saying that Carson wrote not “as a scientist but rather as a fanatic defender of the cult of the balance of nature.”  Carson’s New Yorker series had caught the attention of Chemical Week, one of the industry’s trade magazines, as soon as those pieces appeared.  On July 14th, 1962, that magazine ran an editorial noting that Carson’s articles could not be dismissed as a “the work of a crank,” but that her technique was “more reminiscent of a lawyer preparing a brief…than of a scientist conducting an investigation.”  Some chemical companies had assigned staff to reading the New Yorker articles line-by-line to find possible flaws.  But one company, Velsicol Chemical Corporation, went straight to the ramparts.

Velsicol Chemical sent a letter to “Silent Spring’s” publisher.
Velsicol Chemical sent a letter to “Silent Spring’s” publisher.
     Louis A. McLean, the company’s secretary and general counsel, wrote to Carson’s publisher, Houghton Mifflin, suggesting they may want to reconsider the book’s publication, then scheduled for the end of September.  Velsicol’s five-page registered letter arrived at Houghton Mifflin on August 2, 1962 and noted, in particular, the book’s “inaccurate and disparaging statements” about two pesticides – chlordane and heptachlor – then solely manufactured by Velsicol.  Houghton Mifflin then decided to have the book reviewed by an independent toxicologist on the points raised by Velsicol.  The reviewing toxicologist found Carson’s statements accurate.  The publisher then informed Velsicol that the book would be published as planned.

     Meanwhile, other reaction to the Silent Spring stories in The New Yorker had been positive.  In Washington, Congressman John Lindsay (later to become mayor of New York and a presidential candidate), wrote to Carson telling her he found The New Yorker pieces to be “a persuasive contribution to public awareness of the dangers of our present pest control policy.”  Lindsay inserted a portion of the one of the New Yorker articles into the Congressional Record.

President John F. Kennedy, shown here at an earlier January 15, 1962 press conference, did acknowledge Carson’s book at a later press conference, August 29, 1962.
President John F. Kennedy, shown here at an earlier January 15, 1962 press conference, did acknowledge Carson’s book at a later press conference, August 29, 1962.
     President John F. Kennedy, known to be a reader of The New Yorker, was questioned by a reporter during an August 29, 1962 press conference. In his question, the reporter noted: “there appears to be a growing concern among scientists as to the possibility of dangerous long-term side effects from the use of DDT and other pesticides.  Have you considered asking the Department of Agriculture or the Public Health Service to take a closer look at this?”  Kennedy answered, “Yes, and I know they already are.  I think particularly, of course, since Miss Carson’s book, but they are examining the matter.”  A few days later, a special panel of experts was set up to see whether government agencies were doing all they could to reduce or eliminate human and wildlife dangers of pesticide programs.

     Also in late August 1962, the CBS television network announced that it was planning to run a show on the book the following year for its “CBS Reports” documentary news show.  Newspaper and magazine stories had also appeared reacting to The New Yorker series.  In Business Week magazine, a September 8th story used the title, “Are We Poisoning Ourselves?”  In Atlantic City, New Jersey, at a September 12th gathering of chemical industry officials and government scientists, Dr. C. Glen King, head of the Nutrition Foundation, charged that “one-sided” books like Silent Spring was whipping up public sentiment “bordering on hysteria.”  Silent Spring, meanwhile, had yet to reach the book stores.

________________________________________________

Method & Message
Book and Author

     Rachel Carson began Silent Spring with a short two-page “Fable for Tomorrow,” describing a fictional pastoral place of productive farm fields, fish-filled streams, and abundant wildlife.  But this bucolic scene is suddenly and mysteriously transformed into a desolate place, as Carson describes:

“…There was once a town in the heart of America where all life seemed to live in harmony with its surroundings…  Then a strange blight crept over the area and everything began to change…  There had been several sudden and unexplained deaths, not only among adults, but even among children…  There was a strange stillness…  The birds for example – where had they gone?…  On the farms the hens brooded, but no chicks hatched…  Anglers no longer visited [the streams], for all the fish had died…  [A] white granular power still showed a few patches; some weeks before it had fallen like snow upon…the fields and streams…”

“Elixirs of Death”
Chapter 3

     “For the first time in the history of the world, every human being is now subjected to contact with dangerous chemicals, from the moment of conception until death.  In the less than two decades of their use, the synthetic pesticides have been so thoroughly distributed throughout the animate and inanimate world that they occur virtually everywhere. They have been recovered from most of the major river systems and even from streams of groundwater flowing unseen through the earth. Residues of these chemicals linger in soil to which they have been applied a dozen years before. They have entered and lodged in the bodies of fish, birds, reptiles, and domestic and wild animals so universally that scientists carrying on animal experiments find it almost impossible to locate subjects free from such contamination. They have been found in fish in remote mountain lakes, in earthworms burrowing in the soil, in the eggs of birds — and in man himself. For these chemicals are now stored in the bodies of the vast majority of human beings, regardless of age. they occur in mother’s milk, and probably in the tissues of the unborn child…”
_______________________
Excerpt from the beginning of Chapter 2 in Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring, 1962.

     This description, Carson told her readers, was indeed fictional, but the very damages described in the fable had actually occurred in separate instances all across America.  Carson then went about showing her readers, chapter-by-chapter, “what has already silenced the voices of spring in countless towns in America.”  She proceeded to show how pesticides were taking their toll on air, land and water, birds and fish, farmers and farmworkers, and public health.  Her chapter titles pointed the way, and some did not mince words.  They included, for example: “Elixirs of Death”(excerpt at right), “Surface Waters and Underground Seas,” Realms of The Soil,” “Earth’s Green Mantle,” “Needless Havoc,” “And No Birds Sing,” Rivers of Death,” Indiscriminately From The Skies,” “The Human Price,” “The Rumblings of An Avalanche,” and more.

     She showed how insufficiently tested pesticides were being widely released into the environment, killing hundreds or even thousands of beneficial species; how the chemicals concentrated or “bio-magnified” through the food chain from plants and earthworms to birds, fish, and larger predators.  Carson also showed that the progression in chemical making had gone well beyond pesticidal substances made from minerals in earlier times, and were now man-made substances that were chemically synthesized in the laboratory, and that this might be a problem for the biological world and the human body:

…The chemicals to which life is asked to make its adjustment are no longer merely the calcium and silica and copper and all of the rest of the minerals washed out of the rocks; . . . they are the synthetic creations of man’s inventive mind, brewed in laboratories, and having no counterpart in nature. To adjust to these chemicals would require time on the scale that is nature’s; it would require not merely the years of a man’s life, but the life of generations.  And even this, were it by some miracle possible, would be futile, for the new chemicals come from our laboratories in an endless stream; almost five hundred annually find their way into actual use in the United States alone [Note: today it’s more like 1,000s annually].  The figure is staggering and its implications are not easily grasped—500 new chemicals to which the bodies of men and animals are required somehow to adapt each year, chemicals totally outside the limits of biologic experience…

     Still, Carson was careful to say early on in her book, and often repeated in later public appearances, “it is not my contention that chemical insecticides may never be used.  I do contend that we have put poisonous and biologically potent chemicals indiscriminately into the hands of persons largely or wholly ignorant of their potentials for harm…”

1962: Rachel Carson with microscope on porch at her home in Silver Spring, Maryland.
1962: Rachel Carson with microscope on porch at her home in Silver Spring, Maryland.
     The genius in Carson’s book – then and now – is that it mixed good science with good story-telling, using specific, real-world examples to make her points, some of which illustrated larger concepts, such as how food-chains and ecological systems work. 

     In Chapter 8 – “And No Birds Sing” – Carson included the story how DDT spraying of elm trees on the campus of Michigan State University in the mid-1950s to fight Dutch Elm disease was also killing a large number of robins.  That spraying was aimed at eradicating the bark beetle which spread Dutch Elm disease.  However, the trees’ DDT-coated leaves fell to earth, where they were eaten by earthworms who absorbed the DDT.  The worms in turn, were eaten by the robins, a number of which died of DDT poisoning. 

     Similarly, in Chapter 9 – “Rivers of Death” – Carson used the Miramachi River of New Brunswick Canada to show how a DDT spraying to protect balsam forests from the spruce budworm also killed the aquatic insects that young salmon fish in the river depended upon for food.  So then by Chapter 12 – “The Human Price” – she then describes the larger biological systems that society depends upon, she writes:

…For each of us, as for the robin in Michigan, or the salmon in the Miramichi, this is a problem of ecology, of interrelationships, of interdependence.  We poison the caddis flies in the stream and the salmon runs dwindle and die. . . . We spray our elms and following springs are silent of robin song, not because we sprayed the robins directly but because the poison traveled, step by step, through the now familiar elm leaf-earthworm-robin cycle.  These are matters of record, observable, part of the visible world around us.  They reflect the web of life-or death-that scientists know as ecology…

     All in all, Carson’s book was, and still is with few exceptions, a taut 260 pages of reporting with engaging stories, some from everyday people who were dealing with chemical problems in their communities to which Carson would add scientific information and/or further explanation.  Her book also had plenty of documentation, with nearly 30 pages of mostly scientific citations to support her reporting.

 _________________________________________________


Publication & Reviews

Book-of-the-Month Club edition of “Silent Spring” included a “report” insert by Supreme Court justice, William O. Douglas.
Book-of-the-Month Club edition of “Silent Spring” included a “report” insert by Supreme Court justice, William O. Douglas.
     By the time Silent Spring was published in late September 1962, advanced sales had already reached 40,000 copies.  The New Yorker series also resulted in more than 50 newspaper editorials and numerous news accounts and other stories.  The book became an instant best-seller, and soon appeared on the New York Times’ bestseller list where it would remain for many weeks.

     Silent Spring had also been selected by the Book-of-the-Month Club for October 1962, which meant at least another 150,000 copies in sales.  Book-of-the-Month-Club selection also meant that Silent Spring would reach rural and Main Street America, an audience well beyond those who read The New Yorker.  The Book Club edition also included a special “report” from U.S. Supreme Court Justice, William O. Douglas introducing the volume.

     As Silent Spring arrived in book stores that fall, more news stories and book reviews appeared.  CBS television newsman, Eric Sevareid, who would later host and narrate a TV show on the book, published a piece in the Los Angeles Times on September 23rd entitled, “Pests vs. Men: The Big Battle Is Raging Again; Is Pesticide Use Tinkering With Nature Balance?” 

     Other publicity on the book included a positive editorial in The New York Times.  Excerpts of the book were also published in the National Audubon Society’s magazine, Audubon, as well as various newspapers and magazines. Her book was attacked as “biased,” “emotional” and “alarmist.” Others called it a hoax, science fiction, and in a league with “The Twilight Zone” TV show. Carson herself was labeled a communist, hysterical woman, a nature nut, and worse. A Chicago Daily News review stated: “…Silent Spring may well be one of the great and towering books of our time.  This book is must reading for every responsible citizen.”  But not all the reviews and publicity were glowing.

     In fact, critical reviews appeared in popular mainstream magazines of the day, including Time, Newsweek, Life, and The Saturday Evening Post.  One Time magazine review of September 28, 1962 deplored Carson’s “oversimplifications and downright errors…Many of the scary generalizations–and there are lots of them–are patently unsound.”  Another late September 1962 review by Edwin Diamond appearing in the Saturday Evening Post, stated: “Thanks to an emotional, alarmist book called ‘Silent Spring,’ Americans mistakenly believe their world is being poisoned.”  In Chemical & Engineering News of October 1, 1962, under the title, “Silence, Miss Carson,” Dr. William J. Darby, a nutritionist at Vanderbilt University School of Medicine, wrote: “Her ignorance or bias on some of the considerations throws doubt on her competence to judge policy.”  Darby suggested that the public could be misled by Carson’s book.  He also added at the end of his review: “The responsible scientist should read this book to understand the ignorance of those writing on the subject and the educational task which lies ahead.”

Monsanto’s “Desolate Year” insect plague story, was sent out to thousands of reviewers, editors and journalists to counter “Silent Spring.”
Monsanto’s “Desolate Year” insect plague story, was sent out to thousands of reviewers, editors and journalists to counter “Silent Spring.”
     Life magazine’s reviewer said of Carson and Silent Spring, “there is no doubt that she has overstated her case,” but also pointed out that the chemical manufacturers were just as one-sided in the other direction.  And while there were some instances where Carson had strayed or made a weak point or two, those who had carefully reviewed her work found these too little to quibble about, and did not detract from her larger purpose.  LaMont Cole, a professor of ecology at Cornell, wrote in Scientific American: “Errors of fact are so infrequent, trivial, and irrelevant to the main theme that it would be ungallant to dwell on them.”

     The chemical industry, meanwhile, had been planning their fight against Carson and book even before The New Yorker series had appeared, as word of the book had leaked out early on.  Through the summer and fall of 1962, the chemical industry continued its attacks on the book and Carson.  The National Agricultural Chemical Association (NACA) doubled its budget and distributed thousands of copies of negative book reviews for Silent Spring, and also issued warnings to newspaper and magazine editors that favorable reviews of the book could result in diminished advertising revenue.  NACA reportedly spent more than $250,000 in their campaign against the book.  The Monsanto Chemical Co. published a short story titled “The Desolate Year” – an answer to Carson’s “Fable for Tomorrow” chapter.  In the Monsanto version, the failure to use pesticides results in an insect plague that devastates America.  Five thousand copies of “The Desolate Year” were sent out to book reviewers, science and gardening writers, magazine editors, and farm journalists.  “This was, for us,” said one Monsanto man, “an opportunity to wield our public relations power.” 

Monsanto was one of the chemical companies to actively campaign against “Silent Spring.”
Monsanto was one of the chemical companies to actively campaign against “Silent Spring.”
     In November 1962, the Manufacturing Chemists Association began mailing out monthly feature stories to news media that stressed the positive side of pesticide use.  In 1963, The Nutrition Foundation, a trade group then comprised of 54 companies involved in food, chemical, and agriculture-related industries, began sending out Silent Spring “fact kits” that essentially contained materials, letters and book reviews that were critical of the book and/or Carson.  These kits went out to a wide array of colleges and universities, researchers, state agricultural experiment stations, the membership of the American Public Health Association, librarians, state and county public officials, and nursing and women’s organizations.

     In the chemical industry, a few scientists became especially visible in the attack on Silent Spring.  One scientist from American Cyanamid, Robert White-Stevens, stated: “If man were to follow the teachings of Miss Carson, we would return to the Dark Ages, and the insects and diseases and vermin would once again inherit the earth.”  White-Stevens made 28 such speeches by the end of 1962, charging, among other things, that Silent Spring was “littered with crass assumptions and gross misrepresentations” and that Carson was “a fanatic defender of the cult of the balance of nature.”

     Another former Cyanamid chemist, Thomas Jukes, also became a critic of Carson and Silent Spring.  George C. Decker, an entomologist at the Illinois Natural History Survey and Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station who had been a frequent consultant to the chemical industry, called the book a “hoax” and “science fiction,” to be read, he said, “in the same way that the TV program ‘Twilight Zone’ is to be watched.”  Other attacks on Carson were more personal, questioning her character or her mental stability; some called her a communist, an hysterical woman, a nature nut, and more.

LaMont Cole of Cornell gave an important positive review of  "Silent Spring” in Scientific American magazine.
LaMont Cole of Cornell gave an important positive review of "Silent Spring” in Scientific American magazine.
     Throughout the onslaught, Carson remained steadfast and confident in her findings, though somewhat above the fray, choosing not to debate every last detractor, in part because she was then receiving treatments for her battle with cancer.  She did, however, take comfort in a series of positive reviews from nationally and internationally known scientists, including: Loren Eiseley, an anthropologist at the University of Pennsylvania; LaMont C. Cole, professor of ecology at Cornell University; biologist Roland C. Clement of the National Audubon Society; and zoologist Robert L. Rudd of the University of California, among others.  And in the court of public opinion, Silent Spring appeared to be doing quite well.

      By year’s end 1962, and after less than three months on the market, Silent Spring had sold well over 100,000 copies and continued to appear on the New York Times’ bestsellers list, where it would remain for 31 weeks.  In addition, in state legislatures by that date more than 40 bills had been introduced aimed at governing the use of pesticides.  But the fight over pesticide policy in Washington, D.C. was just beginning. In 1963, Carson and Silent Spring would receive still more national attention and some important affirmation.


CBS Reports

Sample “CBS Reports” title card screenshot
Sample “CBS Reports” title card screenshot
     On April 3, 1963, the CBS television network ran a one-hour telecast on Rachel Carson and her book in its highly-regarded documentary series, “CBS Reports,” the news program made famous by Edward R. Murrow.  The title of that show was “The Silent Spring of Rachel Carson.”  Portions of the show with Carson on camera were filmed at her home in Silver Spring, Maryland, with CBS newsman, Eric Sevaried as host.  But even before the program aired, a letter writing campaign, orchestrated by the chemical industry, was directed at CBS urging the network not to air the program.  When that failed, several advertising sponsors – Standard Brands, the makers of Lysol, and Ralston Purina, a major producer of livestock feeds– withdrew their advertising prior to the broadcast.  The show still went on the air in any case. 

Eric Sevareid, who became a notable newsman in his own right, hosted the April 1963 show on “Silent Spring.”
Eric Sevareid, who became a notable newsman in his own right, hosted the April 1963 show on “Silent Spring.”
     In the TV report, Sevareid offered some basics on the issue, noting the rise of the postwar pesticide industry and that each year by then some 900 million pounds of pesticides were being used.  Sevaried also read from newspaper and report excerpts and noted that Silent Spring had touched off a controversy:  “In Silent Spring Miss Carson stresses the possibility that pesticide chemicals may be working to harm man in ways yet undetected – perhaps contributing to cancer, leukemia, genetic damage.  In the absence of proof, her critics concede that these are possibilities but not probabilities and they accuse Miss Carson of alarmism.  Yet few scientists deny that some risk may be involved.”  Film footage included shots of planes applying pesticides to agricultural fields and kids walking along a street behind a mosquito-fogging truck.  During the program, an array of government officials appeared, including: Luther Terry, U.S. Surgeon General; George Larrick, Commissioner of the U.S. Food & Drug Administration; John Buckley, Director, U.S. Fish & Wildlife Research Center; Page Nicholson of the U.S. Public Health Service; Wayland Hayes, a toxicologist with the Public Health Service; and Arnold Laymond, Chief Toxicologist, Food & Drug Administration.  A number of the federal officials stated the chemicals were important and helped curb disease and save lives.  But some of the public officials seemed to confirm points made by Carson.  Dr. Page Nicholson, water pollution expert, Public Health Service, wasn’t able to answer how long pesticides persist in water or the extent to which pesticides contaminated groundwater supplies.

Rachel Carson being interviewed at her home by CBS correspondent Eric Sevareid.
Rachel Carson being interviewed at her home by CBS correspondent Eric Sevareid.
     Carson appeared several times, as in one scene shown at right with Sevareid in her study with shelves of books behind her.  At the time, Carson was undergoing radiation therapy and was in a weakened state.  Some may have noticed a change in her hair style, as during this filming, and other public appearances, she wore a wig due to her treatments.  But her message came across nonetheless.

     “It is the public that is being asked to assume the risks,” she said at one point.  “The public must decide whether it wishes to continue on the present road, and it can do so only when in full possession of the facts….”  She further explained that “we still talk in terms of conquest.  We still haven’t become mature enough to think of ourselves as only a tiny part of a vast and incredible universe.”  Man’s attitude toward nature, she continued, “is today critically important simply because we have now acquired a fateful power to alter and destroy nature…”

Rachel Carson on “CBS Reports,” 1963.
Rachel Carson on “CBS Reports,” 1963.
     During the show, Carson read selected passages from her book to illustrate how widespread pesticide use was on farms, forests, and home gardens; how the chemicals were “non-selective” in the damage they did, killing good and bad insects as well as birds and fish; and how some lingered in the environment for long periods.  “All this,” said Carson, “though the intended target may be only a few weeds or insects.”  Carson emphasized that “the major barrage of chemicals being laid down on the earth” had unknown consequences.  “We have to remember that children born today are exposed to these chemicals from birth, perhaps even before birth,” she said during the interview.  “Now what is going to happen to them in adult life as a result of that exposure?  We simply don’t know.”

Robert White-Stephens of the American Cyanamid Co. as he appeared on “CBS Reports,” April 1963.
Robert White-Stephens of the American Cyanamid Co. as he appeared on “CBS Reports,” April 1963.
     Robert White-Stevens, the American Cyanamid scientist who had already been speaking on Silent Spring around the country, also appeared on camera during the “CBS Reports” show.  He was interviewed in a laboratory setting, in white lab coat surrounded by beakers and other lab equipment.

“When pesticides, registered pesticides, are used in accordance with label instructions and recommendations, then there is no danger to either man or to animals and wildlife,” he stated at one point. Of Carson and her book he said: 

“The major claims in Miss Rachel Carson’s book, Silent Spring, are gross distortions of the actual facts, completely unsupported by scientific experimental evidence and general practical experience in the field. If man were to faithfully follow the teachings of Miss Carson, we would return to the Dark Ages, and the insects and diseases and vermin would once again inherit the Earth.”

White House report on pesticides of May 15, 1963 helps vindicate Rachel Carson.
White House report on pesticides of May 15, 1963 helps vindicate Rachel Carson.
In the telecast, with Carson and White-Stevens cast as the primary focal points, Carson came across as the more rational messenger, and certainly not the “hysterical woman” she was portrayed to be by some of her critics. The show was seen by 10-to-15 million TV viewers, and was especially important for those who had not read the book or had little knowledge of the pesticide issue.

     Several weeks later, on May 15, 1963, Carson and Silent Spring received further affirmation when the President’s Science Advisory Committee (PSAC) released a report entitled, “The Use of Pesticides.” 

The PSAC report, which had been instigated in part by Silent Spring, and reportedly urged along by President Kennedy, was the result of eight months of wrangling by the government’s top scientists and regulators, who held a series of meetings with Carson, industry representatives, and Department of Agriculture officials. 

     The PSAC report concluded that while pesticides were scrutinized thoroughly for their agricultural effectiveness, they generally were not given the same level of review for environmental and public safety.  And for many pesticides in use, the PSAC report found there was little knowledge of chronic effects over a lifetime. 

The report also acknowledged that “until publication of Silent Spring by Rachel Carson, people were generally unaware of the toxicity of pesticides.”  The PSAC report recommended that pesticide residues be tracked and monitored in the environment – in air, water, soil, fish, wildlife, and humans.  Importantly, the report also stated that “elimination of the use of persistent toxic pesticides should be the goal.”“Until publication of Silent Spring by Rachel Carson, people were generally unaware of the toxicity of pesticides.”
                  – PSAC Report, 1963.

     On the day following the report’s release, the headline in The Christian Science Monitor newspaper declared, “Rachel Carson Stands Vindicated!”  In that evening’s CBS news telecast, commentator Eric Sevareid referring to the report, said that Carson had succeeded in her stated goals, one of which was “to build a fire under the government.”  Dan Greenberg, writing for Science magazine, found the PSAC report to be a temperate document, carefully balanced in its assessments of risks versus benefits, but that it “adds up to a fairly thorough-going vindication of Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring thesis.…”  Greenberg added that “Carson can be legitimately charged with having exceeded the bounds of scientific knowledge for the purpose of achieving shock; but her principal point—that pesticides are being used in massive quantities with little regard for undesirable side effects—permeates the PSAC report and is the basis for a series of recommendations…”


Before Congress

June 1963: Rachel Carson testifying, U.S. Senate.
June 1963: Rachel Carson testifying, U.S. Senate.
     In June 1963, on two separate occasions, Carson testified before Senate committees holding hearings on the pesticide-related issues – once on June 3rd at Senator Ribicoff’s hearings before the U.S. Senate Subcommittee of Government Operations, and then three days later on June 6th before the U.S. Senate Committee on Commerce.

     In her appearances before the two committees, Carson generally called for establishment of a “pesticide commission” or some type of independent regulatory agency to protect people and the environment from chemical hazards.  In her testimony, Carson asserted that one of the most basic human rights was the “right of the citizen to be secure in his own home against the intrusion of poisons applied by other persons.”  In her appearance at Senator Ribbicoff’s hearings, Carson called for strict control of aerial pesticide spraying,  reduction and eventual elimination of the use of persistent pesticides, and more research devoted to non-chemical methods of pest control.

     Some of what Carson had to say before the Senate Commerce Committee on June 6th is offered below in rough transcription:

“…The most disturbing of all such reports however concerns the finding of DDT in the oil of fish that live far out at sea… Oil from some of these marine fish contains DDT in concentrations exceeding 300 parts per million… All this gives us reason to think deeply and seriously about the means by which these residues reach the places where we are now discovering them… No one can answer this question with complete assurance…Upper atmosphere may be carrying chemical particles and the pesticide contamination of such remote places may be the result of a new kind of fallout…. If we are ever to solve problem of contamination we must begin to count the many hidden costs of what we are doing…A strong and unremitting effort must be made to eliminate pesticides that leave residues…No other way to control rapidly spreading contamination…”

Rachel Carson, 1963 hearings.
Rachel Carson, 1963 hearings.
     Before both Senate committees, Carson acquitted herself with a high degree of professionalism, presenting her arguments carefully and rationally, demonstrating again that earlier charges of “hysteria” and being an “emotional woman” had no basis in fact.  Still, that did not stop some at those same hearings from leveling remarks at Carson.  Dr. Mitchell R. Zavon, a professor of Industrial Medicine at the University of Cincinnati, and a consultant for the Shell Oil Company, stated: “Miss Carson is talking about health effect that will take years to answer.  In the meantime, we’d have to cut off food to people around the world.  These peddlers of fear are going to feed on the famine of the world…”

     Carson’s appearances before the congressional committees were among her last in public.  In December 1963, she received some national recognition with her induction into the American Academy of Arts and Letters and she also received the National Audubon Society Medal. 

Paperback editions of “Silent Spring” sold through the 1960s
Paperback editions of “Silent Spring” sold through the 1960s
     By the close of 1963, the more vitriolic attacks on Silent Spring had begun to subside.  The book was now available in paperback editions, adding to its circulation.  However, in Carson’s personal life she was losing her battle with cancer.  On April 14, 1964, less than a year after she had testified before Congress, Rachel Carson died in Silver Spring, Maryland.  She was 56 years old.  Carson biographer, Linda Lear, has noted one poignant story about Carson in her final days:

…Shortly before her death, Sierra Club director David Brower played host to Carson in California, fulfilling a dream of hers to visit Muir Woods and see the Pacific Ocean.  Brower recalls that he took Carson down to the shore at Rodeo Lagoon where he first gave her several handfuls of Pacific beach sand which she examined minutely commenting on the different colored crystals.  Then as Brower pushed Carson in her wheelchair around a beach cove they came upon the biggest flock of brown pelicans he had ever seen.  The birds had only recently been near extermination.  Brower later said it was as if the pelicans were there that day to thank Carson…

     Carson’s funeral service was held in Washington, D.C.’s National Cathedral and among her pallbearers were Stewart Udall, U.S. Secretary of the Interior and U.S. Senator Abraham Ribicoff.

     Only weeks before Carson’s death, the U.S. Public Health Service had announced that the periodic huge fish kills on the lower Mississippi River over the previous four years had been traced to toxic ingredients in three kinds of pesticides.  The chemicals had drained into the river from neighboring farm lands.  Yet even today, more than 50 years after Carson’s warnings, there is still abundant evidence of chemical toxicity in the environment and beyond.  In recent years, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) in Atlanta, Georgia has been tracking chemicals found in human blood and urine.  The Fourth National Report on Human Exposure to Environmental Chemicals, for example, issued in 2009, measured some 212 chemicals in humans, 75 of which CDC measured for the first time.


Rachel Carson’s Legacy

1961. Rachel Carson at the seashore. Life photo; A. Eisenstaedt.
1961. Rachel Carson at the seashore. Life photo; A. Eisenstaedt.
     In 1962, there was no “environmental movement” to speak of – at least not as that term came to be understood in more modern times.  There was, of course, and had been since the days of John Muir, Teddy Roosevelt, Gifford Pinchot and others, a conservation movement.  And while conservation had its champions and feisty warriors, the primary focus was about conserving and managing natural resources, often for the purpose of sustaining industrial growth, as in sustained timber yields and soil conservation for agriculture.  Some of the latter efforts had grown out of the Dust Bowl era and New Deal programs of the 1930s.  Another wing of conservationists focused on parks and wildlife, setting aside special places for permanent protection.  But building popular concern for an environmental ethic and a broader defense against environmental and ecological threats – that was something quite new.  And it was Rachel Carson who helped lay the groundwork for that with Silent Spring.

     Although birds and wildlife were a prominent focus in Silent Spring, Carson made clear the connection between what happens in the environment and all of life – all the way to humans.  Moreover, Carson was the first to signal, in a popular way, a new kind of pollution, the unseen kind; the chemical toxicity that could infiltrate biology at the cellular and molecular levels, and along with it, bring cumulative and generational harms to birds, fishes and us.  Carson’s ecological tableaus showed that “we’re- all-in-this-together;” that the fate of beneficial insects was also our fate.  Silent Spring “set the table” as well for a new kind of thinking about the environment, so that soon-to-come major incidents such as the burning of the Cuyohaga River, the Santa Barbara oil spill, and recurring smog alerts would each add weight and galvanizing force to embedding a more permanent environmental ethic in society.  And by linking environmental and human health in her story, Carson helped elevate the political standing of environmental issues; she helped popularize and politicize environmentalism.

Rachel Carson’s “Silent Spring” helped create the EPA in 1970.
Rachel Carson’s “Silent Spring” helped create the EPA in 1970.
     Silent Spring produced tangible results, too.  Of the 12 pesticides mentioned in her book eight were eventually banned in the United States – DDT, chlordane, dieldrin, aldrin, endrin, toxaphene, pentachlorophenal, and benzene hexachloride.  Two more remain severely restricted – heptachlor and lindane.  And one, parathion, is considered severely hazardous.  In the wake of Silent Spring, new environmental organizations were born as well.  In 1967 the Environmental Defense Fund took form following the Long Island fight against DDT and soon went national, bringing lawsuits to “establish a citizen’s right to a clean environment.”  And not least, in 1969, the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) was passed, which not only established the White House level Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ), but also required that all major federal actions that could affect the environment first conduct “look-before-you-build” environmental assessments – known as environmental impact statements.  By April 1970, the President’s Commission on Executive Reorganization issued a report recommending the establishment of an independent federal agency to deal with environmental matters.  A plan for that agency was submitted to Congress in July 1970, and by December that year the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) was created.  Carson and Silent Spring were not the sole actors in all of this certainly, but they provided a critical and timely push.

Frank Graham’s “Since Silent Spring” was published in 1970. Clilck for book.
Frank Graham’s “Since Silent Spring” was published in 1970. Clilck for book.
     Numerous honors have since come to Rachel Carson, some beginning a few years following her death.  In Maine, the Rachel Carson National Wildlife Refuge, consisting mostly of coastal salt marsh, was dedicated in 1970.  More journalists took up the pen for environmental causes as well, including some already established nature writers such as Frank Graham who didn’t want Carson’s hard work to go for naught.  Graham wrote Since Silent Spring in 1970, the first book to bring the story of how and why Rachel Carson wrote Silent Spring, as well as what had happened in those first eight years after the book’s publication. 

     In 1972, Paul Brooks, Carson’s editor at Houghton Mifflin published The House of Life: Rachel Carson at Work.  In July 1973, CBS rebroadcast its 1962 CBS Reports TV show, “The Silent Spring Of Rachel Carson.”  By June 1980, President Jimmy Carter awarded Rachel Carson the Presidential Medal of Freedom, inscribed in part: “…she created a tide of environmental consciousness that has not ebbed.”  The following year, a Rachel Carson postage stamp was issued in her honor, part of the Great Americans Series.

1981: Rachel Carson stamp.
1981: Rachel Carson stamp.
     As for Carson’s book, one year after its release, Silent Spring was published in 15 countries, and would also have an impact on pesticide oversight in those countries.  By October 1987, after being in print for 25 years, Silent Spring had sold some 165,000 hardback copies and 1.8 million paperbacks.  In 1991, Rachel Carson’s former residence in Silver Spring, Maryland, was named a National Historic Landmark, and today houses the Rachel Carson Council, a pesticide watchdog group. 

     A number of conservation areas, trails, schools, and landmarks have been named in Carson’s honor – a 650 acre conservation park in Montgomery County, Maryland; a bridge in Pittsburgh; an estuary in North Carolina; an elementary school in Sammamish, Washington; among others. 

     In 1993, the documentary “Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring,” was produced for the PBS American Experience series, with actress Meryl Streep narrating the voice of Carson. And through the 1990s, several books on Carson appeared, including Linda Lear’s 1997 biography, Rachel Carson: Witness for Nature.

DVD cover for 1993 PBS TV special, “Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring,” in the American Experience series. Click for DVD.
DVD cover for 1993 PBS TV special, “Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring,” in the American Experience series. Click for DVD.
     In later editions of Silent Spring, prominent Americans and renowned scientists have added new commentary on the book and its history.  Former U.S. Vice President, Al Gore, wrote the introduction to the 1994 reissue of Silent Spring, and in 2002, eminent Harvard biologist and Pulitzer Prize winning author, Edward O. Wilson, wrote an afterward that included his expert observations on the fire ant problem, noting that Rachel Carson was right about that fiasco.

     Silent Spring, meanwhile, may never be out of print, and certainly in e-book form it will likely travel well into the future.  Print copies, nonetheless, continue to sell at a rate of about 20,000 or so a year.  The book has been included on a number of lists compiling the “100 most influential books of the 20th century,” and Carson has been named to various lists of “most influential people,”  including Time magazine’s “100 Most Influential People of the 20th Century.”

In 1993, when PBS ran its American Experience TV show on Rachel Carson, historian David McCollough’s introduction summed up Carson’s impact: “A single book changes history only rarely.  There was Harriet Beecher Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin, Upton Sinclair’s The Jungle, and Ralph Nader’s Unsafe at Any Speed.  And then there was Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring. . . Rachel Carson changed our lives, changed the way we think about the world and our place in it.”

Also of interest at this website may be the story profiling Union Carbide pesticide advertising in the 1960s, which also tells a larger story about toxic chemicals and the horrific 1984 Bhopal, India toxic gas catastrophe there, as well as related leaks in West Virginia. See also “Environmental History,” a topics page with additional stories on air pollution, oil spills, river pollution, strip mining, and other issues. For stories on “Print & Publishing,” please visit that category page or go to the Home Page for further choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you.  – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 22 February 2012
Last Update: 20 February 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social
Twitter: https://twitter.com/PopHistoryDig

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Power in the Pen, Silent Spring: 1962,”
PopHistoryDig.com, February 21, 2012.

____________________________________


Sources, Links & Additional Information

2016 two-hour PBS / American Experience documentary on Rachel Carson, covers her entire career and “Silent Spring.” Click for Amazon.
2016 two-hour PBS / American Experience documentary on Rachel Carson, covers her entire career and “Silent Spring.” Click for Amazon.
Cover of Paul Brooks’ book, “Rachel Carson: The Writer at Work,” 1998, formerly published as “The House of Life,” 1972. Click for book.
Cover of Paul Brooks’ book, “Rachel Carson: The Writer at Work,” 1998, formerly published as “The House of Life,” 1972. Click for book.
1992-1994 edition of “Silent Spring” with intro-duction by then U.S. Vice President, Al Gore.
1992-1994 edition of “Silent Spring” with intro-duction by then U.S. Vice President, Al Gore.
Historian Douglas Brinkley’s 2022 book, “Silent Spring Revolution: John F. Kennedy, Rachel Carson, Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, and the Great Environmental Awakening,” Harper hardback, 854pp. Click for copy.
Historian Douglas Brinkley’s 2022 book, “Silent Spring Revolution: John F. Kennedy, Rachel Carson, Lyndon Johnson, Richard Nixon, and the Great Environmental Awakening,” Harper hardback, 854pp. Click for copy.
Craig Waddell’s book of essays on Rachel Carson’s ‘Silent Spring,’ with foreword by Paul Brooks, Carson’s editor at Houghton Mifflin, and afterword by her biographer, Linda Lear. Published in 2000.
Craig Waddell’s book of essays on Rachel Carson’s ‘Silent Spring,’ with foreword by Paul Brooks, Carson’s editor at Houghton Mifflin, and afterword by her biographer, Linda Lear. Published in 2000.
Paperback version of ‘Silent Spring’ published October 2002 by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt with introduction by Linda Lear and afterword by Edward O. Wilson. Click for book.
Paperback version of ‘Silent Spring’ published October 2002 by Houghton Mifflin Harcourt with introduction by Linda Lear and afterword by Edward O. Wilson. Click for book.
Linda Lear’s 1997 biography, “Rachel Carson: Witness for Nature,” published by Henry Holt & Co.
Linda Lear’s 1997 biography, “Rachel Carson: Witness for Nature,” published by Henry Holt & Co.
“Rachel Carson: Legacy and Challenge,” edited by Lisa H. Sideris and Kathleen Dean Moore, 2008.
“Rachel Carson: Legacy and Challenge,” edited by Lisa H. Sideris and Kathleen Dean Moore, 2008.
“What a Book Can Do: The Publication and Reception of Silent Spring,” Priscilla Murphy, Univ. of Massachusetts Press, 2005. Click for book.
“What a Book Can Do: The Publication and Reception of Silent Spring,” Priscilla Murphy, Univ. of Massachusetts Press, 2005. Click for book.
Peter Matthiessen (Ed.), “Courage for the Earth: Writers, Scientists, and Activists Celebrate... Rachel Carson,” 2007. Click for book.
Peter Matthiessen (Ed.), “Courage for the Earth: Writers, Scientists, and Activists Celebrate... Rachel Carson,” 2007. Click for book.
Paul Brooks, “Speaking for Nature: How Literary Naturalists from Henry Thoreau to Rachel Carson Have Shaped America,” 1983. Click for book.
Paul Brooks, “Speaking for Nature: How Literary Naturalists from Henry Thoreau to Rachel Carson Have Shaped America,” 1983. Click for book.
U.S. State Department's Bureau of Int'l Information Programs published "Rachel Carson: Pen Against Poison." Click for publication.
U.S. State Department's Bureau of Int'l Information Programs published "Rachel Carson: Pen Against Poison." Click for publication.
Jack Doyle's 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” Common Courage Press. Click for book.
Jack Doyle's 2004 book, “Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century,” Common Courage Press. Click for book.

“Rachel Carson Papers,1921-1989,” Beinecke Rare Book and Manuscript Library, Yale University, New Haven, CT.

“The Life & Legacy of Rachel Carson,” Rachel Carson.org.

“Rachel Carson,” Wikipedia.org.

Rachel L. Carson, Under The Sea-Wind, New York: Oxford University Press, 1941.

Edwin Way Teale, “DDT: It Can Be a Boon or a Menace,” Nature Magazine, March 1945

“The Sea Around Us,” Wikipedia.org.

Rachel Carson, “Why Our Winters Are Getting Warmer,” Popular Science, November 1951 (excerpt from Carson’s The Sea Around Us, about ocean currents and climate).

Rachel Carson, “The Edge of the Sea” (excerpts from earlier book, Under The Sea Wind), Life, April 14, 1952, pp. 64-68.

“New Elite of American Naturalists Heirs of a Great Tradition,” Life, December 22, 1961, p. 103.

“Pollution May Kill Us, Marine Biologist Warns; Rachel Carson Declares Man May Destroy Himself by His Vast Assortment of Wastes,”Los Angeles Times, June 13, 1962, p. A-2.

Rachel Carson, A Reporter at Large, “Silent Spring,” The New Yorker, June 16, 1962, pp, 35-40.

Rachel Carson, A Reporter at Large,”Silent Spring,” The New Yorker, June 23, 1962, pp. 31-36.

Rachel Carson, A Reporter at Large, “III-Silent Spring,” The New Yorker, June 30, 1962, pp. 35-42.

Editorial, “The Chemicals Around Us,” Chemical Week, July 14, 1962, p. 5.

John M. Lee, “‘Silent Spring’ is Now Noisy Summer; Pesticides Industry Up In Arms Over a New Book; Rachel Carson Stirs Conflict — Producers Are Crying ‘Foul’,” New York Times, July 22, 1962.

“Nature is for the Birds,” Chemical Week, July 28, 1962, p. 5.

“Reponse to Criticism,” Chemical Week, August 11, 1962, p. 42.

Thomas Jukes, “A Town in Harmony,” Chemical Week, August 18, 1962, p. 5.

Louis Cassels, “Man’s Struggle Against Pests May Endanger Life; New Book Stirs Controversy Over Use of Insecticides to Protect Trees, Plants,” Los Angeles Times, August 19, 1962, p. E-8.

Val Adams, “‘C.B.S. Reports’ Plan a Show On Rachel Carson’s New Book,” New York Times, August 30, 1962, p. 42.

Marjorie Hunter, “U.S. Sets Up Panel to Review The Side Effects of Pesticides; Controls Studied–Kennedy Finds Work Spurred by Rachel Carson Book,” New York Times, August 31, 1962, p. 9.

Nate Haseltine, “Experts Studying Pesticide Dangers To Man, Wildlife,” Washington Post / Times Herald, September 1, 1962, p. A-4.

“Are We Poisoning Ourselves?,” Business Week, September 8, 1962, pp. 36-38.

Brooks Atkinson, Critic at Large, “Rachel Carson’s Articles on the Danger of Chemical Sprays Prove Effective,” New York Times, September 11, 1962, p. 30.

“Rachel Carson Book Is Called One-Sided,” New York Times, September13, 1962.

Walter Sullivan, “Chemists Debate Pesticides Book; Industry Fears Public Will Turn Against Its Products,” New York Times, September 13, 1962, p. 34.

“Monsanto Dissects Pesticide Criticism,” New York Times, September 22, 1962.

Eric Sevareid, “Pests vs. Men: The Big Battle Is Raging Again; Is Pesticide Use Tinkering With Nature Balance?,” Los Angeles Times, September 23, 1962, p. F-2.

Lorus and Margery Milne, “There’s Poison All Around Us Now; The Dangers in the Use of Pesticides Are Vividly Pictured by Rachel Carson,” The New York Times Book Review, September 23, 1962.

“Bird Haven Spurs a Pesticide War; Spray Casualties Brought Book That Caused Furor,” New York Times, September 23, 1962.

“Pesticides: The Price for Progress,” Time, September 28, 1962, pp. 45-48.

I.L. Baldwin, “Chemicals and Pests,” Science, September 28, 1962, pp.1042-1043.

Loren Eiseley, “Using a Plague to Fight a Plague,” Saturday Review, September 29, 1962, pp. 18-19, 24.

William Vogt, “On Man the Destroyer,” Natural History, September 1962, pp. 3-5.

Letters to the Editor (response to Silent Spring review), Time, October 5, 1962.

William J. Darby, “Silence, Miss Carson” (Book Review), Chemical & Engineering News, October 1, 1962, pp. 60-63.

“The Desolate Year,” Monsanto Magazine, October 1962, pp. 4-9.

“Bracing for Broadside,” Chemical Week, October 6, 1962, p. 23.

“The Gentle Storm Center: Calm Appraisal of Silent Spring,” Life, October 12, 1962, pp.105-106.

Ovid A. Martin, “Agriculture Defends Use Of Chemicals,” Washington Post/Times Herald, Octo-ber 19, 1962, p. A-7.

“Review of Silent Spring,” The Economist (London), October 20,1962, pp. 248-251.

Robert L. Rudd, “The Chemical Countryside: A View of Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring,” Pacific Discovery (California Academy of Sciences), Nov-Dec 1962, pp.10-11.

LaMont C. Cole, “Rachel Carson’s Indictment of the Wide Use of Pesticides” (Silent Spring Book Review), Scientific American, December 1962, pp.172-180.

Jean M. White, “Rachel Carson Hints Industry Filters Facts,” Washington Post / Times Herald, De-cember 6, 1962, p. A-13.

“The Furor Over Pesticides,” Senior Scholastic, December 12, 1962.

Robert C. Toth, “Pesticides Study Found Difficult; U.S. Panel Trying to Assess Chemical Perils to Body, But the Facts Are Few; Poisons Work Subtly; Dangers in Compounds Must Be Scaled Against Their Benefits, Expert Says,” New York Times, December 7, 1962, p. 41.

Clarence Cottam, “A Noisy Reaction to Silent Spring,” Sierra Club Bulletin, January 1963, pp. 4-5,14-15.

John Davy, Weekend Review, “Menace in the Silent Spring,” The Observer (U.K.), February 17, 1963, p. 21.

Val Adams, “2 Sponsors Quit Pesticide Show; Withdraw From TV Report on ‘Silent Spring’ Book,” New York Times, April 3, 1963, p. 95.

Jack Gould, “TV: Controversy Over Pesticide Danger Weighed; ‘C.B.S. Reports’ Gives Both Sides of Dispute ‘Silent Spring’ Author Answers Her Critics,” New York Times, April 4, 1963, p. 95.

The Paley Center for The Media (video), The Silent Spring of Rachel Carson, CBS Reports, 1963 (show is offered in three video segments).

Daniel S. Greenberg, “Pesticides: White House Advisory Body Issues Report Recommending Steps to Reduce Hazard to Public,” Science, May 24, 1963, pp. 878-879.

The White House,  “Use of Pesticides,” Report of The President’s Science Advisory Committee, Washington, D.C., May 15, 1963, JFKlibrary.org.

“Pests and Poisons: Rachel Carson Before Senate Investigative Subcommittee,” Newsweek, June 17, 1963, p. 86.

“Biology: The Pest-Ridden Spring,” Time, Friday, July 5, 1963.

Rachel Carson, “Rachel Carson Answers,” Audubon, September 1963, pp. 262-265.

E. Diamond, “The Myth of the ‘Pesticide Menace’,” Saturday Evening Post, September 28, 1963, pp.16, 18.

“Rachel Carson Dies of Cancer; ‘Silent Spring’ Author Was 56,” New York Times, April 15, 1964.

Bruce H. Frisch, “Was Rachel Carson Right?,” Science Digest, August 1964, pp. 39-45.

Frank Graham, Jr., Since Silent Spring, Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1970.

K.S. Davis, “The Deadly Dust: The Unhappy History of DDT,” American Heritage, February 1971, pp. 44-47.

“Silent Spring,” Wikipedia.org.

“The Story of Silent Spring,” NRDC.org.

Paul Brooks, The House of Life: Rachel Carson at Work, Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1972.

Frank Graham, Jr., “Rachel Carson,”EPA Journal, November/December, 1978.

Cathy Trost, Elements of Risk: The Chemical Industry and its Threat To America, New York: Times Books, 1984.

“‘Silent Spring’; A Plea From 1962,” New York Times, October 11, 1987.

Jules Janick, History of Horticulture, Department of Horticulture and Landscape Architecture, Purdue University, Reading 31-3: “Rachel Carson, Silent Spring, and the Environmental Movement,”

Patricia H. Hynes, “Unfinished Business: `Silent Spring’ on the 30th Anniversary of Rachel Carson’s Indictment of DDT, Pesticides Still Threaten Human Life,” Los Angeles Times, September 10, 1992.

Linda J. Lear, “Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring,” Environmental History Review, Summer 1993, pp. 23-48.

Linda Lear, Rachel Carson: Witness for Nature, New York: Holt & Co., 1997.

Linda Lear, Chapter One: “Wild Creatures Are My Friends,” Rachel Carson: Witness for Nature, at WashingtonPost.com.

Bill McKibben, “A Voice For the Wilderness” ( Review of Linda Lear’s Rachel Carson: Witness for Nature),Washington Post, Sunday, September 14, 1997.

Peter Matthiessen, “Environmentalist Rachel Carson, Time, Monday, March 29, 1999.

Michael Lipske, “How Rachel Carson Helped Saved the Brown Pelican,” National Wildlife, December 1, 1999.

Rachel Carson, Lost Woods: The Discovered Writing of Rachel Carson, Boston: Beacon Press, 1999.

Craig Waddell, Paul Brooks and Linda Lear, And No Birds Sing: Rhetorical Analyses of Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring, Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 2000.

“Rachel Carson and the Fish and Wildlife Service,” FWS.gov.

“Rachel Carson at the MBL,” Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts.

“Rachel Carson (1907-1964),” Rachel Carson National Wildlife Refuge, Northeast Region, National Wildlife Refuge System, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

Rachel Carson Institute, Chatham College.

“Rachel Carson: Other Resources,” Jennie King Mellon Library, Chatham College.

Commemorating Carson, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.

Silent Spring of Rachel Carson, SilentSpring Movie.com.

John H. Cushman, Jr., “After ‘Silent Spring,’ Industry Put Spin on All It Brewed,” New York Times, March 26, 2001.

Arlene Rodda Quaratiello, Rachel Carson: A Biography, Greenwood Publishing Group, 2004, 138 pp.

Jack Doyle, Trespass Against Us: Dow Chemical & The Toxic Century, Monroe, Maine: Common Courage Press, 2004.Click for Amazon.

Priscilla Coit Murphy, What a Book Can Do: The Publication and Reception of Silent Spring, University of Massachusetts Press, 2005 – 254 pages

Booklist Center, “100 Best Nonfiction Books of the Twentieth Century,” National Review, 2005.

“100 Most Influential Books of The Century,” Boston Public Library, 2005.

Douglas Allchin, “Historical Simulation, Debating Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring, The President’s Advisory Committee on Pesticides, UMN.edu, 2006-2009.

Mark H. Lytle, Gentle Subversive: Rachel Carson, Silent Spring, and the Rise of the Environmental Movement, Oxford University Press, 2007, 288pp.

“Rachel Carson 100th Birthday: ‘Mother’ of Environmentalism Celebrated,” Washington Post, March 7, 2007.

Linton Weeks, “The CBS Report That Helped ‘Silent Spring’ Be Heard,” Washington Post, Wednesday, March 21, 2007, p. C-1.

Deborah G. Scanlon, “Summers in Woods Hole Spur Rachel Carson’s Love of Ocean,” Falmouth Enterprise, June 8, 2007.

Linda Lear, “Rachel Carson and the Awakening of Environmental Consciousness,” George Washington University.

Christian H. Krupke, Renée Priya Prasad, and Carol M. Anelli, “Professional Entomology and the 44 Noisy Years Since Silent Spring,” Part 2: Response to Silent Spring, American Entomologist, Spring 2007, pp. 16-26.

“Rachel Carson,” Bill Moyers Journal, PBS.org, September 2007.

Thalia Assuras, “The Price Of Progress” (video), CBSNews.com, September 19, 2007 ( video on Rachel Carson’s impact, with footage of early spraying and excerpts from 1963 “CBS Reports” show; run time: 9:43).

Frank Graham, Jr., “Nature’s Protector and Provocateur,” Audubon, Sept-Oct 2007.

Peter Matthiessen (ed.), Courage for the Earth: Writers, Scientists, and Activists Celebrate the Life and Writing of Rachel Carson, Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co., 2007, 208 pp.

“DDT Blast from the Past: 1951,” Millard Fillmore’s Bathtub, May 16, 2008.

Lisa H. Sideris and Kathleen Dean Moore (eds), Rachel Carson: Legacy and Challenge, Albany: Statue University of New York Press, 2008, 287 pp.

“Rachel Carson’s Silent Spring and the Beginning of the Environmental Movement in the United States,” Indiana.edu.

Jamin Creed Rowan, “The New York School of Urban Ecology: The New Yorker, Rachel Carson, and Jane Jacobs,” American Literature, Volume 82, Number 3, 2010, Duke University Press, pp. 583-610.

A. Macgillivray, Understanding Rachel Carson’s  Silent Spring, Rosen Publishing, 2010, 128pp.

Jack Doyle, “Sixty Years Ago, Pittsburgh’s Rachel Carson Was More Right Than She Knew,” Pittsburgh Post Gazette, OP-Ed, June 23, 2022.

Kara Holsopple, “Rachel Carson’s ‘Silent Spring’ Turns 60. Why It Still Resonates,” Allegheny Front,org / WESA, 90.5 FM, Pittsburgh, PA, Radio Interview with Jack Doyle, Broadcast September 16 and December 23, 2022.

_____________________________________




“Beatles History”
1960s-2000s

Music & Pop Culture

“Beatles in America”

1963-1964

New rock ‘n roll group
brings “pop explosion” in
music, business, culture.

Annals of Music

“Dear Prudence”

1967-1968

The history of a beautiful
Beatles’ song and a
productive retreat in India.

Beatles’ Song History

“Love Me Do”

1962-2012

Story of the song that
became the Beatles’ first
hit in the U.K. (#17).

Beatles’ First No.1

“Please Please Me”

1962-1964

The song with a unique
“Beatles’ sound” marked
beginning of their fame.

Beatles Under Siege

“Burn The Beatles”

Bigger Than Jesus?

Lennon’s 1966 remarks
spawn U.S. protests;
threaten concert tour.

Of Places & Friends

“In My Life”

Lennon-1965

Lennon & the Beatles
plumb the memory banks to
craft an all-time favorite.

Music History & Pop Rumor

“Paul-is-Dead Saga”

1969-2008

Rumor that Paul McCartney
died in auto crash touches
off media frenzy for “clues.”

Beatlemania & Music Biz

“Beatles’ D.C. Gig”

Feb-March 1964

The Beatles’ first-ever,
live U.S. concert was held
in Washington, D.C.

Psychedelic Beatles

“Tomorrow Never Knows”

1966

Psychedelic influences
pervade Beatles song
on Revolver album.

Music & Sculpture

“Eleanor Rigby”

1966

Beatles music departs
from pop; ventures into
loneliness & old age.

Solo Beatles

“Watching The Wheels”

1980-1981

John Lennon sings about
his family life & time away
from the music biz.

Music, Money, History

“Michael & McCartney”

1980s-2009

Michael Jackson, Paul McCartney & The Beatles’
1960s song catalog.

Music & Marketing

“Nike & The Beatles”

1987-1989

Nike finds ideal song
to promote athletic shoes,
but Beatles file a lawsuit.

Solo Beatles

“McCartney: Amazed”

The Paul & Linda Story

Paul & Linda history; Beatles
break-up; Paul’s song; Linda’s
photos; Wings & more.

 

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

Date Posted: 15 December 2011
Last Update: 4 October 2021
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Beatles History: 1960s-2000s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 15, 2011.

____________________________________


Beatles Music at Amazon.com


The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles: 1967-1970, “The Blue Album,” 28 songs. Remastered. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
“The Beatles 1,” Remastered (2000), 27 songs. Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs.  Click for Amazon.
The Beatles, “Abbey Road” album, Remastered (2009). 17 songs. Click for Amazon.


 



“The iPod Silhouettes”
2000-2011

Apple "silhouette"-style advertising for the iPod digital music player, circa 2003-2005.
Apple "silhouette"-style advertising for the iPod digital music player, circa 2003-2005.
     In the opening decade of the 21st century, Steve Jobs and Apple, Inc. created a number of enduring cultural images with their Apple products and marketing campaigns. And perhaps none of these is more visually memorable than the “dancing silhouettes” used in the 2003 – 2008 iPod and iTunes advertising campaigns.

Initiated first with the iPod digital music player, the ads – which soon appeared globally in print, on TV, the web, and in various outdoor venues – proved to be one of the most effective marketing campaigns of the early 21st century. The dancing iPod silhouettes permeated the culture of their day and left their mark on the advertising industry as well.

     The silhouette ads were particularly notable for the evocative effect they had on culture, fashion, and “hipness”– reaching Apple customers and well beyond.  The distinctive marketing art used in these ads also helped Apple to sell tens of millions of iPods and also billions of songs through Apple’s iTunes music store.  And this advertising, in some ways, helped Apple move its business to another level, sending it in into the superstar stratosphere of the world’s most elite and profitable companies.

Another silhouette ad from Apple, this one touting "The new iPod -- The best just got better."
Another silhouette ad from Apple, this one touting "The new iPod -- The best just got better."
     In the year 2000, before the iPod player and the iTunes music store were a part of its business, Apple was having some hard times, as it had reported declining fourth-quarter revenues and profits as an economic slowdown hit computer sales.  Still, for that year, Apple had earnings of $786 million on nearly $8 billion in revenue.  It then ranked at No. 236 on the Fortune 500 list, between R. J. Reynolds Tobacco and the Pepsi Bottling Group, and well below companies such as IBM(#8), Hewlett Packard(#19), Intel(#41), and Microsoft (#79).  By 2011, however, Apple was No. 35 on the Fortune 500 list, three notches above Microsoft, with annual revenues of $65.2 billion and annual profits of $14 billion.  And a big part of the reason for this phenomenal rise was the sale of iPod music players and iTunes music.  Since October 2001, more than 300 million iPods of one kind or another have been sold worldwide and more than 10 billion songs have been sold via iTunes.

An iPod silhouette ad with the tagline: “10,000 songs in your pocket. Mac or PC.”
An iPod silhouette ad with the tagline: “10,000 songs in your pocket. Mac or PC.”
     The silhouettes advertising campaign proved to be a key component in Apple’s decade-long surge to the top of the world’s business elite – or at the very least, became the “tipping point” campaign that put Apple on the map in a new way.  The ads drew in millions of new consumers and pointed the business in a substantially new direction.  For it was the simple but powerful imagery of the free-spirited dancers in these ads that helped imprint “the Apple style” around the world. 

     The Apple silhouettes danced their way across the American cultural landscape and beyond, having a “pied piper” effect on many who saw them, sending legions straight into Apple stores and Apple websites.  By 2007 Apple dropped the word “computer” from its official corporate moniker, thereafter known simply as Apple, Inc.

     During the decade of the 2000s, Apple was able to build out its business in a new way, not only with the iPod and iTunes, but by the end of the decade, also with the iPhone and the iPad, rising upon the marketing success of the iPod.  As for the innovative advertising, Apple didn’t automatically hit upon the silhouettes campaign at the iPod’s creation, but eventually came to it after a few years into its music marketing.  That story – which offers both a compelling visual/cultural record and a very successful marketing tale – continues below.


Music in your pocket: 1960s Lincoln 6 Transistor Radio.
Music in your pocket: 1960s Lincoln 6 Transistor Radio.
Sony Sports Walkman of 1990s was used by joggers.
Sony Sports Walkman of 1990s was used by joggers.

Portable Music

     Portable music in modern times dates to the 1950s and the early hand-held and pocket-size transistor radios.  First invented in 1954, billions of transistor radios were produced and sold through the 1960s and 1970s.  They were the first devices to allow people on the move to listen to music anywhere they went.  Then came the early cassette tape players in the mid-1960s.  The Sony Walkman compact cassette player soon became the ascendant model and very popular, dominating the market through the 1980s.  The Walkman, in fact, then defined the portable music market, selling 300 million units in two decades, as cassette sales overtook those of vinyl LPs recordings.  With the compact disc came portable CD players, such as the Sony Discman and others.  By the mid-1990s, however, a new form of digital music, made possible by MP3 files, began to substantially change the underlying nature of the music business.  Internet file sharing and peer-to-peer (P2P) networks for digital music files – regarded as an illegal practice – soon followed.  In June 1999 a file-sharing website named Napster emerged to become a dominant music power, and along with others such as Kazaa, facilitated illegal digital music sharing, upending the global music industry.

     The Apple Computer Co. around this time was just getting up off the mat after some hard times.  Former Apple founder, Steve Jobs, who had been fired from his own company after an inventive first run there during 1976-1985, had been re-hired at Apple in 1997.  Once he returned to the helm at Apple, Jobs soon revived the company’s flagging computer business and charted a new course for the company.Steve Jobs envisioned a music player and a music store as two satellite parts in a multi-faceted “digital hub” strategy built around the Macintosh desktop computer. He envisioned a “digital hub” strategy with Apple desktop computers at the center and other peripheral devices — MP3 players, digital cameras, camcorders – plugging into and using the computer as editor, manager, and storage central, whether for photos, movies, or music. Jobs instructed Apple programmers to come up with software for all of these activities. The iPod music player grew out of this strategy, as did a plan for selling the music itself. By January 2001, Jobs and Apple launched an early version of something they called iTunes for the Macintosh computer, a program that allowed Mac users to organize digital music files on their computers, convert audio CDs into compressed digital files, and play internet radio music. iTunes would become a very successful music-selling business and a key component in the iPod’s success – but not at first.  There’s a bit more history before this occurs.


First generation iPod music player, 2001.
First generation iPod music player, 2001.
Birth of the iPod

     By early 2000, Jobs and Apple had also surveyed the field of existing MP3 music players and found them lacking.  Most fell into one of two categories: “big and clunky” or “small and useless.”  They were also not very user friendly.  So Jobs asked one of his top hardware guys, Jon Rubinstein, to see if Apple could come up with something better.  Rubinstein picked an outside engineer and music lover named Tony Fadell to be team leader, heading up a group of about 30 people.  Fadell, who had shopped his own idea for improved music players to other companies with no takers, was given the task of creating a digital music player that had to be ready by fall for the 2001 Christmas season.  The desired music player, Fadell was told, would need to have very fast computer connectivity to enable quick uploading of songs, and work seamlessly with Apple’s new iTunes software.  This music player would also need to be easy to use and be cleanly and attractively designed.  In building their first music player, Fadell and Apple engineers had the benefit of some “on-the-shelf” and Apple-acquired technology – a 1.8-inch hard drive from Toshiba, a battery from Sony, and microchips from Texas Instruments.  Still, amazingly, in about six months’ time, the first iPod digital music player was produced.  A freelance writer named Vinnie Chieco who was helping Apple on the project and had seen a prototype of the all-white music player, was reminded of a scene in the Stanley Kubrik movie. 2001:A Space Odyssey and the phrase, “Open the pod bay door, Hal!”  He suggested they call the music player a “Pod.”  Jobs, who had already named things iMac and iTunes, added the “i” to Pod, and so it was.

Steve Jobs on stage, October 23, 2001, introducing the first iPod digital music player.
Steve Jobs on stage, October 23, 2001, introducing the first iPod digital music player.
     On October 23, 2001, the iPod was unveiled by Steve Jobs at one of his technology-revealing, turtleneck-and-blue-jeans stage  presentations.  It was three months after the illegal file-sharing service Napster had been shut down.  The iPod was priced at $399, and with Jobs on the side of the music industry, he specified that every one be wrapped with a sticker reading: “Don’t Steal Music.”

     Still, this was not the most propitious of times to launch a new consumer gadget, as the country was still reeling from the 9/11 terrorist attacks and the economy was in recession. Nonetheless, Jobs and Apple pushed forward.

“Music is a part of everyone’s life,” he explained to his audience of journalists, Apple engineers, and technology enthusiasts. “And because it’s a part of everyone’s life, it’s a very large target market all around the world. It knows no boundaries.”

Steve Jobs showing off the thinness of the new iPod music player, October 2001.
Steve Jobs showing off the thinness of the new iPod music player, October 2001.


Jobs then walked his audience through the virtues of the new device with the aide of a slide show on a giant screen behind him and why Apple was now targeting the music business. Flashed on the screen during his talk were some bulky portable CD players.

The iPod, by comparison, was small and sleek, weighing about 6.5 ounces. Roughly equivalent to the size of a deck of playing cards or a pack of cigarettes, the iPod would fit easily into a shirt pocket. It was similar, in size, to an old 1950s transistor radio, but thinner and more elegantly designed. Jobs called the iPod a “breakthrough digital device.” It had a 5 GB hard drive – enough capacity to put “1,000 songs in your pocket.” Critics, however, were not initially bowled over.  Some blanched at the high price. Others suggested it as a ploy to sell more Mac computers. Business Week said it wasn’t a good business strategy.

     The iPod, however, would prove to be in a category all its own.  It offered an innovative click-wheel scrolling device to fine songs quickly, had impressive battery life, lots of storage capacity, and a very fast download capability thanks to something called FireWire.  The Apple iPod, Jobs explained, could download an entire CD in under 10 seconds and 1,000 songs in less than 10 minutes.  “You can put your whole music library into your pocket,” he said at the time – a phrase that would become one of the new music player’s selling points.

     The advertising for the first iPod, however, wasn’t anything special.  In fact, a single TV commercial featured a geeky-looking guy in his apartment dancing and moon-walking to an techno-instrumental song “Take California” by the band the Propellerheads.  The message in the ad was simple: plug this thing into your ears and you’ll soon be enjoying your favorite music.  The ad showed the geeky guy easily downloading music from his Mac computer into his iPod, then putting the thing into his shirt pocket as he exited his apartment wired for sound on-the-move.  Message: you can take all your music with you.  This ad signed off with Apple’s earlier “Think Different” advertising slogan.  Jobs had favored a traditional type ad to introduce the new product, to show the download step and the iPod’s ease of use, and also its portability.  But this ad, while adequate for the moment, may have been confusing to some, showing it working with a Macintosh computer.  Still, after a few months on the market, by December 31, 2001, Apple had sold 125,000 iPods.  But this was just the beginning.


Bill Gates had helped Steve Jobs in 1997, but Jobs was reluctant at first to make iPods and iTunes compatible with Windows PCs.
Bill Gates had helped Steve Jobs in 1997, but Jobs was reluctant at first to make iPods and iTunes compatible with Windows PCs.
Windows & Oprah

     Early on in the iPod story, Jobs and Apple came to realization that what they had might be a lot bigger than just something for those who used Macintosh computers.  Mac users then constituted only a small part of the personal computer universe.  The overwhelming majority of the world’s personal computers then ran on Microsoft’s Windows software.  However, Steve Jobs and Microsoft’s Bill Gates, were not exactly bosom buddies.  Their companies had been rivals, but in 1997, Gates and Microsoft made a key $150 million investment in Apple at a crucial time after Jobs had resumed control.  Still, in this new realm of music-related business, Jobs was generally resistant to the idea of Windows compatibility for iTunes, as he had preferred an “Apple walled garden” of internal Apple-only technologies.  However, he eventually came around to the business imperative of the giant Windows market.  On July 17th, 2002, Jobs introduced second generation update of the iPod at MacWorld Expo in New York City.  It was now compatible with Windows computers, first through Musicmatch Jukebox – a temporary solution until Apple could write its own “iTunes-for-Windows” software (that would come in October 2003).  Jobs would later acknowledge that Apple “decided that the iPod was too big to keep in the Mac universe, which turned out to be the right decision.”  By October 2002, iPods were being sold in major retail outlets such as Best Buy, Dell, and Target.  And in December 2002, the iPod also had its first link with celebrity, as Apple issued limited-edition iPods featuring engraved signatures of pop music’s Madonna, skateboard star Tony Hawk, and singer-songwriter Beck.  By the end of 2002, Apple had sold 600,000 iPods.

Oprah gave away 350 iPod music players to her TV audience on a May 2003 show.
Oprah gave away 350 iPod music players to her TV audience on a May 2003 show.
     In late April 2003, Jobs and Apple released “third-generation”(3G) iPods and other new developments.  Among the most important technical change on the iPod was the switch from Firewire to USB which made the iPod compatible with vast numbers of Windows PCs.  That development helped boost sales well beyond the Mac universe.  iPod models by this time also came in a range of increasing capacities: 2,000 songs (10GB/$299), 3,700 songs (15GB/$399) and 7,500 song (30GB/$499).  In May 2003, Apple and the iPod received a little boost and PR from Oprah Winfrey as she named the iPod one of “Oprah’s Favorite Things” and gave away 350 of the music players – the 15GB/$399 version – to members of her TV show audience.  It was one in her series of product giveaway shows.  In this case, however, Apple donated the iPods for the Oprah giveaway.  Apple’s iTunes music store around this time also expanded its library of songs to some 200,000 with pricing at 99 cents per song or $9.99 per album.  Within a week, one million songs were sold.  By June 2003, Apple would ship out it millionth iPod, which Jobs would later acknowledge, “wouldn’t have been possible without the Windows market.”  Yet even selling a million iPods was a drop in the bucket in terms of the much bigger business yet to come.  And that’s when the silhouettes advertising campaign began to emerge as an important factor.

The tagline at bottom reads: “10,000 songs in your pocket. Works with Mac or PC. The new iPod.”
The tagline at bottom reads: “10,000 songs in your pocket. Works with Mac or PC. The new iPod.”


The Silhouettes

     The silhouettes advertising campaign for the iPod really didn’t take hold until the fall of 2003.  It was developed and coordinated by Apple’s ad agency, TBWA/Chiat/Day.  In the late 1960s, Lee Chiat and Guy Day formed the Chiat/Day agency in California, a firm that would later merge with TBWA in 1995. 

     Apple began working with Chiat/Day in 1981, and the agency quickly helped Apple grow its early computer business with some famous campaigns – the 1984 “Big Brother” Superbowl TV ad, the “Think Different” campaign in 1998, and also later advertising for the iMac computer and the “Get A Mac” campaign. 

     Lee Clow, Chiat/Day’s director, became a close friend to Steve Jobs, with Jobs giving Clow and his agency the artistic freedom to design Apple campaigns.  But Jobs himself often had his own ideas about advertising, and like all things at Apple, could be quite forceful in pushing his views and shaping Apple campaigns.  In the case of the silhouettes campaign, however, Lee Clow’s agency held its own.

iPod silhouette ad with yellow background.
iPod silhouette ad with yellow background.
     Sometime in 2003, the TBWA/Chiat/Day team of Lee Clow, James Vincent, a former DJ and musician, and art director Susan Alinsangan, came to a meeting at Apple with Steve Jobs to set the iPod advertising campaign.  They had worked up a sampling of poster art, photographs, and outdoor billboard proposals that they spread out before Jobs on the conference room table.  These samples offered a range of imagery, some of traditional photographic images on white background and others with silhouetted figures that emphasized the white iPods and their white wires.  Some of the photographic images offered stills commemorating musical moments of the past which were overlain with spoken-word poems about the importance of music.“…I moved $75 million of advertising money to the iPod… We outspent every- body by a factor of about a hundred.”           – Steve Jobs  Jobs was first attracted to some of the photographic images, but he saw that the ad agency team favored the silhouettes.  Jobs shook his head, not certain the silhouettes would work, according to Walter Isaacson’s account of the meeting in his book, Steve Jobs.  “It doesn’t show the product,” said Jobs, perhaps thinking that more computer-type imagery was needed.  “It doesn’t say what it is.”  At that point, James Vincent told Jobs the silhouette images could include a tagline such as, “1,000 Songs in Your Pocket.”  That apparently satisfied Jobs and he gave the go-ahead for the silhouettes.  And as Isaacson points out, even though Jobs at first had his doubts, he was soon “claiming that it was his idea to push for the more iconic ads.”

Row of outdoor iPod silhouette ad posters.
Row of outdoor iPod silhouette ad posters.
     In 2002, Apple had spent about $125 million on advertising for all of its products.  But Jobs decided that his company might sell as many Macintosh computers by advertising iPods as it would iPods themselves.  He also thought the iPod would position Apple as an innovative company and one appealing to youth. 

     “So I moved $75 million of advertising money to the iPod, even though the category didn’t justify one hundredth of that,” he would later tell Walter Isaacson.  “That meant that we completely dominated the [advertising] market for music players.  We outspent everybody by a factor of about a hundred.”


September 2003: iPod billboard in Los Angeles, CA.
September 2003: iPod billboard in Los Angeles, CA.
Campaign Begins

     In early September 2003, TBWA/Chiat/ Day, launched the iPod “silhouette” ad campaign featuring anonymous, black-silhouetted dancing figures holding white iPods with their free flowing connecting ear-bud wires, also white.  The figures were cast against brightly colored backgrounds of tropical-like colors – lime green, yellow, fuchsia, bright blue, and pink.  The first ads were placed on outdoor billboards in Los Angels, California.  By September 15th the ads were also running in newspapers.  By October, iPod silhouette ads were appearing in music and sports magazines, and a number of others, including Entertainment Weekly, MacWorld, Wired, and Newsweek.  The silhouette print ads used taglines such as “Welcome To The Digital Music Revolution” and “10,000 Songs in Your Pocket.”  The campaign also included posters in public places, building broadsides, and “wrap advertising” used on buses, trains and subway cars.

     The print ads were followed by TV spots that put the same silhouetted figures in motion, each backed with very energetic and danceable rock, pop, and hip hop music.  The first television spot featured silhouetted dancers and performers  wearing iPods while moving to the music of  a group named the Black Eyed Peas.  Their song “Hey, Mama,” was used in the TV ad, shown at right.  

     The Black Eyed Peas — a hip hop/rap/pop group from Los Angeles — were not well known at the time, and the iPod TV spot helped improve their notice. 

     The iPod silhouette TV spots at this time also included the tagline, “Now for Windows” or “iPod+ iTunes.”  Two other TV ads followed using different groups and their songs –  “Are You Gonna Be My Girl,” by Australian rock band Jet (shown below), and another featuring “Rock Star” by N.E.R.D.

     The silhouette ads soon became ubiquitous and were beginning their rise to iconic status.  Helping to do that was the sharp contrasting imagery of the white iPod unit, white earbuds, and the connecting, free-flowing white wires.  This “whiteness” turned out to be a marketing masterstroke, focusing attention on the product in a unique way, while also becoming an iconic part of the image. 

     In production, however, the white earbuds and white wires were a happy accident, and were only white and not black because the iPod itself was white.  In the ads, it was the white color that detailed and set off the gadget — the thing to be coveted and acquired.  One observer would later say that Apple had “stolen” the color white – or at least hi-jacked it to good commercial advantage.  In 2003, Apple also ran versions of the silhouette ads on the web at music sites and elsewhere, aimed in part at those illegally downloading music, trying to coax them over to iTunes, using taglines such as “Download Music,” and “Join the Digital Music Revolution.”

Cover of an Ad Age magazine special report in December 2003 on Apple becoming “Marketer of the Year” for its iPod and iTunes ad campaign.
Cover of an Ad Age magazine special report in December 2003 on Apple becoming “Marketer of the Year” for its iPod and iTunes ad campaign.
     The silhouette TV ads featured a number of different music genres and artists to appeal to as large a base as possible.  Some of the silhouette ads used the closing tagline “iPod+iTunes.”  The ads were soon doing as much to promote the sale of digital music through the iTunes music store as they were the iPods themselves.  By September 2003, iTunes downloads had surpassed 10 million songs.

     In October 2003, when Steve Jobs announced the availability of Apple’s iTunes-for-Windows software and also gave a screening of the first silhouette TV ads, he was joined in his presentation with on-screen visits from music artists, including Mick Jagger of the Rolling Stones, Bono of U2, and hip-hop’s Dr. Dre.  U2’s Bono called the iPod and iTunes “a very cool thing for musicians and music.”   After three months of  silhouettes advertising, iPod sales were up by 50 percent over that of the previous quarter.  In the U.S. by then, the iPod also had the biggest market share of all MP3 players.

     Apple, meanwhile, was doing a full-court press, pushing for a media “buzz effect” on its iPod + iTunes music and marketing.  By December 2003, according to one account, the Apple publicity machine has secured 6,000 iPod and iTunes stories in major publications worldwide.  Advertising Age magazine would name Apple “marketer of the year” based largely on the success of its iPod advertising campaign.  The cover of a special Ad Age report featured Apple (shown above), also mentinong a story on the ‘museum styling” of Apple’s brick-and-motor retail stores, which were also coming on around that time.   By the end of 2003 Apple had sold over two million iPods, and iTunes more than 50 million songs.

     In 2004, between January and August, Apple reportedly spent $49.6 million on the iPod “silhouette” campaign, with ads and posters out everywhere.  Duke University that fall, 2004, began handing out iPods to all incoming freshmen.  One TV spot released in 2005, titled “Wild Postings” (shown at left), used the silhouette style in part and was cast using street scenes in an urban setting.   The song in the ad was “Ride” by The Vines.  The ad’s “story”  involved a man leaving a building and walking along an urban street, passing a wall of iPod silhouette posters along the way.  The iPod silhouette ads were by this time  familiar to many.  In the TV ad, as the young man passes the posters with his iPod playing, the poster figures come to life and dance inside their frames.  But when the young man hits the stop button on his iPod and looks around momentarily, the figures freeze, coming to life once again as he hits “play” and resumes his walk.


The Urban Ad

iPod silhouette billboard ad, New York City.
iPod silhouette billboard ad, New York City.
Aug 2005: Large posters of iPod dancers adorn buildings above shoppers in Hong Kong.
Aug 2005: Large posters of iPod dancers adorn buildings above shoppers in Hong Kong.
Illuminated iPod poster ad at Chicago bus stop kiosk, June 2008.
Illuminated iPod poster ad at Chicago bus stop kiosk, June 2008.
2004: iPod ads on underground subway columns.
2004: iPod ads on underground subway columns.
2008: iPod building broadside, Chicago, Illinois.
2008: iPod building broadside, Chicago, Illinois.
2007: iPod billboard ad at night, Berlin, Germany.
2007: iPod billboard ad at night, Berlin, Germany.
July 2006: iPod building broadside, parking lot, Toronto, Canada.
July 2006: iPod building broadside, parking lot, Toronto, Canada.
2004: Giant iPod silhouette ad on the side of a building, Osaka, Japan.
2004: Giant iPod silhouette ad on the side of a building, Osaka, Japan.
“Bus wrap” - iPod silhouette outdoor advertising.
“Bus wrap” - iPod silhouette outdoor advertising.
2003-2004: iPod outdoor advertising.
2003-2004: iPod outdoor advertising.
2007: Apple iPod silhouette outdoor ad, Boston, MA.
2007: Apple iPod silhouette outdoor ad, Boston, MA.
Apple iPod silhouette advertising on Japan Railway cars.
Apple iPod silhouette advertising on Japan Railway cars.

     Urban settings, in fact, became a particularly important part of the iPod silhouette campaign, as billboard ads, bus kiosk posters, building broadsides, bus and train “wraps,” hanging banners, poster walls, and other forms of outdoor and “guerrilla” advertising appeared throughout major cities.  Outdoor advertising has gone on for decades, of course, yet Apple’s silhouette campaign – featured in major cities including New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, Paris, London, Amsterdam, San Francisco, Shanghai Hong Kong, Toronto, Oska, and more – offered something of both a new look and a new intensity.  Some cities were simultaneously flooded with iPod billboards, posters and banners outside, while also running print ads and TV commercials in those markets, the message being, “iPod is everywhere.”

     iPod ads appeared in giant proportion on entire walls of huge buildings, and also in brightly-lit bus stop kiosks.  In the latter case, the sharply-illuminated iPod ads in their vivid tropical colors stood out as beacons in the darkness.  They offered a near luminescent quality, and could be seen at some distance, with curious, first-time onlookers no doubt drawn to them.

     In some cities, Apple made creative use of big spaces, as in train stations and other commuter locations.  In November 2003, one blogger, reporting on the scene at Philadelphia’s busy 30th Street Station of trains and subway system, noted: “There were two of those huge [wall size murals] in the lobby, and on the SEPTA platform they bought every single Viacom billboard.  The Amtrak platform was also covered pretty well.”  By March 2004, in Paris, iPod ads were used extensively in the St-Lazare train station, where iPod silhouette banners were suspended from the ceiling every few meters.  Elsewhere in the station, larger 10 foot-by-30-foot panels were used atop escalator platforms.  In Amsterdam, outside the Leidsestraat station, an enormous blue iPod billboard greeted commuters as they came and went at the station.

     In Canada, at the McGill subway terminal in Montreal, iPod silhouette ads were practically everywhere, at ticket stands, waiting platforms, and at turnstiles.  Stairways leading out of the station have also been converted into colored iPod murals, with the front of each step making up the canvas.  In Toronto, building broadsides and buildings and walls adjacent to parking lots were painted with huge iPod silhouette figures.  Toronto subway stations and subway cars were also painted with iPod silhouette figures.  By one account, the St. George subway station in downtown Toronto in 2004 had been turned into an “Apple dreamland.”  Toronto resident Jonathan Ta-Min, who photographed some of the station, noted that iPod ads adorned nearly every object in the station – posts, walls, stairs, and even newspaper recycle bins.  “It definitely brought a smile to my face,” said Ta-Min of the iPod advertising display.

     In the U.K., iPod ads appeared in Virgin’s music megastores, bus shelters, and throughout the London Underground.  By April 2004, in Japan and France, iPod TV spots also appeared, some around the time the time the iPod mini was shipping.

     Back in the U.S., iPod ads appeared in subway stations and on buildings in Boston, New York, Chicago, and a number of other cities.  One writer at AAPL Investors.net, who had posted photos of various iPod ads in Chicago, observed:

“Chicago is a music town — hot blues, cool jazz, hard rock and many cultural varieties.  So walking the town, where just about every street corner has a bus shelter, you are likely to be joined by colorful dancers groovin’ to their favorite tunes…”

“…In ads so iconic they require no copy more than the Apple iPod logo, we get to enjoy the art.  Art that makes a bus shelter or bare wall come alive.  Art that makes you smile.”


iPod Psych

     Apple and TBWA/Chiat/Day were in effect, insinuating Apple technology into the urban tableau as both fashion and must-have “cool” technology.  And their silhouette ads – from train stations and bus kiosks to magazine and TV ads – sent that message out perfectly and in some locations, incessantly, imprinting fashion and “coolness” onto the psyches of millions of potential consumers.  And this was especially the case for the young.

     Dr. Z. John Zhang, professor of marketing at the Univ. of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School, commenting on the fad that iPod had created, said: “All MP3 players do the same thing, but nobody else has the ‘cool’ factor of iPod.  It’s a status symbol: You’re young, cool, and vigorous if you have one.”

     Others observed that the silhouettes conveyed to people that they could “be” the person in the ad, dancing, moving, singing, etc.,.  One analyst at AdWizard, looking at the effectiveness of the silhouettes campaign, summed it up this way:

“In advertising, we’re taught that the target audience is almost as important as the product itself.  It’s common practice to show a representative of the target audience.  Someone who the target audience can look at and picture themselves as being.  The idea is that if the target audience can imagine themselves in the ad, there’s a better chance of them purchasing the product.  The downside is that the ad may dissuade potential customers outside the target audience because the product is ‘not for them.’  But what Apple’s ad agency, TBWA/Chiat/Day, did was allow the target audience put itself in their ads.  The silhouetted image is literally a blank canvass that anyone can be placed in.”

     Michael Shur and Tyler Reed, business students at the University of St. Thomas writing a paper on Apple’s iPod marketing, suggested a kind of Apple/iPod consumer psychology was at work with the silhouette ads, promoting a type of personality and a “way of being” as much as a product to buy:

“…Over time though, the iPod ads begin to formulate a theme which provides insight into Apple’s psychographic profile of a typical consumer.  The dancing loner, stylish, lost in her own world, white earbuds tucked safely in, grooving against bursts of vivid color.  These ads transmit a definite sense that there is a personality being promoted, a way of being as much as a thing to buy; a renegade, leading the charge, marching to the beat of her own drummer—which by the way [ in video ad form] is mixed to a completely unique soundtrack.  Further, the soundtrack on your own iPod will be better than anyone else’s (certainly better than non-iPod users), and besides, whether it is or not, you are in control of your own destiny; no one else is telling you what to do.  These ads have the effect of creating desire, awareness, brand loyalty, and oddly, satisfaction.”

     Then again, there have been some observers who felt that Apple was creating something a little too self-important.  This view was expressed in March 2004 by Seth Stevenson writing in Slate.com, who had also acknowledged and praised the artistic and marketing effectiveness of the silhouette ads.  He wrote, nonetheless:

“…My distaste for these ads stems in part from the fact that… the marketing gives me a sneaking sense that the product thinks it’s better than me.  More attractive, far more timeless, and frankly more interesting, too.  I feel I’m being told that, without this particular merchandise, I will have no tangible presence in the world.  And that hurts.  I’m a person, dammit, not a featureless shadow-being!…

…the iPod is designed and marketed to draw attention to itself, and I think (I realize I’m in a minority here) I prefer my consumer goods to know their place…”

     Still others would observe that the silhouettes advertising campaign was generally quite effective, taking a product that initially started out as “a gadget for geeks,” as Google Sites writer Justin D. Salsburey described it, and making it “one of the most universally desired products on the market…”  That was no mean feat, given society’s proclivity for niche markets and personal individualism. 

     The silhouettes campaign managed, nonetheless, to give the iPod an appeal that transcended age, ethnicity and social class while not exclusively catering to one group at the expense of others. In its later stages, the campaign also used a wide selection of musical genres in its ads – rock, hip hop, jazz, folk, Latin and other styles.


TBWA/Chiat/Day

     Apple’s ad agency meanwhile, TBWA/ Chiat/Day, soon began picking up awards for the iPod silhouette campaign.  In June 2004, it won $100,000 Grand Prize Kelly Award, given to ad campaigns that demonstrate creativity and effectiveness. 

     Mike Hughes, president of The Martin Agency in Richmond, Virginia and a Kelly judge, said of the silhouettes campaign: “It demonstrated to people that you don’t have to spend a lot of time talking about [product] features to get people to make a human connection with your product… Also, one of the core values for Apple is design.  To reinforce that without ever talking about it, just by art direction, is an incredibly smart and effective device.”

     Apple’s engineers and its iPod team, meanwhile, were continually updating and improving the iPod with new versions.  In January 2004, the iPod Mini came out, which was smaller that the original iPod but with the same capacity and about the same price.  The Mini became popular with joggers and other active people and would further improve the iPod’s market share.  The iPod Mini came in five colors, offered 4GB of storage and featured a solid-state, touch-sensitive scroll wheel.


“Silhouette History”
Art & Advertising

1947: “Icarus” by Henri Matisse.
1947: “Icarus” by Henri Matisse.
     The details of “who came up with what” in the making of the iPod silhouette campaign is perhaps only known by a few insiders at Apple, its advertising agency, and contract artists.  But clearly, the campaign did its job and was a smashing success.  Yet, as some observers have noted elsewhere, there is “silhouette style” history in art and advertising, some of which may have had an influence on the iPod silhouettes campaign, if only subconsciously.  One blogger, Lexie Brown, writing in 2010, noticed some similarities between the iPod silhouettes and the work of artist Henri Matisse, and especially as seen in some of his cut-outs, such as Icarus from 1947.  Matisse, this blogger noted, was quite influential with the paper cut-out technique he developed, characterized by bold, simplified shapes and pure, bright colors.

1990s TV ad: “A Diamond is Forever.”
1990s TV ad: “A Diamond is Forever.”
     Another writer, Seth Stevenson of Slate.com, was reminded of a mid-1990s campaign for DeBeers diamonds, one in which a couple is shown as shadows, but only the jewelry – ring or necklace typically – is highlighted.  These ads ran regularly on TV for a time, and usually showed a man in shadow bearing the jeweled gift for his beloved as a classical soundtrack rich in strings swelled in the background, bringing the closing pitch: “A Diamond Is Forever.”

     The silhouette style, in fact, dates to early portrait techniques that became popular in the mid-18th century, cutting out portraits and profiles of subjects from black card paper.  But the term “silhouette” itself wasn’t used much until the early decades of the 19th century. 

1970s: “Mudflap Girl.”
1970s: “Mudflap Girl.”
     Silhouette images have been created in many artistic media and used for many purposes, from high-end photography to everyday road signs.  Of the more common variety, for example, is “mudflap girl” or “trucker girl,” an iconic silhouette of a shapely woman sitting on the ground and leaning back on her hands, with hair blowing in the wind.  The image was created in the 1970s by Bill Zinda of Wiz Enterprises, and modeled from an exotic dancer, to promote a line of truck and auto accessories.

     Apple’s ad agency, TBWA/Chiat/Day, was the lead group on the iPod silhouettes campaign, which also used a variety of subcontractors.  The TV ads were created by TBWA/ Chiat/Day art director Susan Alinsangan and Tom Kraemer, the same team that originated the print campaign, which also involved artists Alex Brodie and Stefan Sonnenfeld of Company 3 of Santa Monica, California.  Brodie and Sonnenfeld were also involved in the TV ads, as were director Dave Meyers of @radical.media, Chris Davis of Cosmo Street, and Glenn Martin of Nomad, and others.  Lee Clow, Duncan Milner, and Eric Grunbaum of TBWA/Chiat/Day were also principals in the campaign.  Among other artists who worked on the silhouette campaign was Casey Leveque of Rocket Studio in Santa Monica.


iPod Breakout

Apple CEO Steve Jobs on the cover of Newsweek magazine, July 26, 2004, as the iPod phenomenon began to take off in a big way.
Apple CEO Steve Jobs on the cover of Newsweek magazine, July 26, 2004, as the iPod phenomenon began to take off in a big way.
     By July 2004, when Newsweek put Steve Jobs on its magazine cover holding an iPod with the tagline, “iPod, Therefore i Am” the iPod revolution was fully in progress.  Steve Levy’s story inside the magazine, titled “iPod Naiton,” captured the cultural moment and the tsunami in progress with his lead paragraph:

Steve Jobs noticed something earlier this year in New York City.  “I was on Madison,” says Apple’s CEO, “and it was, like, on every block, there was someone with white headphones, and I thought, ‘Oh, my God, it’s starting to happen’.”  Jonathan Ive, the company’s design guru, had a similar experience in London: “On the streets and coming out of the tubes, you’d see people fiddling with it.”  And Victor Katch, a 59-year-old professor of kinesiology at the University of Michigan, saw it in Ann Arbor.  “When you walk across campus, the ratio seems as high as 2 out of 3 people,” he says…

     Apple and its super-product, the iPod, had moved to a new level of public notice and economic power, and the silhouettes campaign – which by then had washed over large swaths of urban territory – was part of the reason why.  With the release of the iPod 4G in 2004, Apple launched additional silhouette TV commercials.  Among these were commercials featuring: Gorillaz’s “Feel Good Inc,” Daft Punk’s “Technologic,” Feature Cast’s “Channel Surfing,” Stereogram’s “Walkie Talkie Man,” and Ozomatli’s “Saturday Night.”  iTunes downloads also surpassed 100 million songs in 2004.  Yet more was still ahead as the iPod advertising campaign, and Apple’s involvement in the music industry, began to snowball in a new way.


Bono, lead singer and front man for the Irish rock group U2.
Bono, lead singer and front man for the Irish rock group U2.
Bono,U2 & Apple

     Sometime in 2004, Bono, the lead singer for the Irish rock band U2, came to Steve Jobs with something of a novel proposal.  At the time, U2 was one of the world’s best known rock bands, but the music business was then changing, and getting new material noticed wasn’t always a sure thing.  U2 had been working on a new album and they had one particular song in the album, titled “Vertigo,” a song with a featured segment by U2’s lead guitarist known as “The Edge.”  The song, in Bono’s view, was especially good, but it needed exposure to make it a hit. 

     This was a time, it should be remembered, when MTV — the music television cable channel that helped promote rock music through short videos — had mostly stopped showing promotional rock videos.  And YouTube at this point wasn’t yet invented.  The avenues for getting new music out were limited.  And that’s why Bono came to talk with Steve Jobs at his home in Palo Alto, California.  He suggested to Jobs that U2 appear in an iPod TV commercial, and that U2 would do the commercial at no charge to Apple.  This was unusual since it normally worked the other way around: i.e., companies would court and pay artists to appear in commercials. 

Bono performing in screenshot from U2 iPod ad, 2004.
Bono performing in screenshot from U2 iPod ad, 2004.
     Apple at this point was using mostly unknown and “indie” bands in its iPod ads, or those with niche followings.  U2, on the other hand, was a band with a huge global following.  Jobs, who was no stranger to the music scene and music personalities, knew that Bono’s proposal wasn’t a casual offer.  He would later explain to biographer Walter Isaacson: “They [U2] had never done a commercial before.  But they were getting ripped off by free downloading, they liked what we were doing with iTunes, and they thought we could promote them to a younger audience.”  Indeed, U2 was known as a band that didn’t “sell out;” a band that had turned down multi-million-dollar commercial offers. 

     Still, the proposal Bono made to Jobs didn’t take off immediately, with both sides having their doubts, as the devil is always in the contract details.  Jobs, for one, immediately raised the fact that silhouettes advertising campaign used only anonymous forms in its ads.  No faces were seen.  And this was part of the campaign’s psychology, to put the viewer – and potential “Apple life-style customer” – in that anonymous place.  So wouldn’t putting a celebrity in that silhouette space be wrecking one of the key selling pillars of the campaign?  Bono suggested the campaign might naturally evolve to “silhouettes of artists.”

     A series of meetings and conversations then ensued with Jobs, Bono, other members of the band, business people, and TBWA/Chiat/Day.  As the makings of deal went forward, although U2 would not be paid for the ad, Bono and U2 would get a special edition iPod from which they would get royalties.  The ad was filmed in London and it showed the band in partial silhouette with cut-aways to iPod dancers in the normal silhouette style.  But as the filming proceeded there were second thoughts on both sides, as Bono and band worried they might still get an adverse reaction from their fan base for doing the ad, while Jobs worried about some of the generous economics in the deal and the precedent it might be set for other artists in the future.  But with a little help from James Vincent at TBWA/Chiat/Day and Jonny Ive at Apple, the requisite compromises and adjustments were made and the deal held.

     In late October 2004, Jobs rented a theater in San Jose for the debut of the U2 TV commercial and unveiling of the U2-edition iPod in its special black-and-red color scheme.  Jobs was joined on stage by Bono and The Edge.  The final TV spot featured Bono and band performing the song “Vertigo” with Bono and band partially silhouetted against fuchsia, green, yellow, and blue backgrounds.  Although shaded in the ad, U2 members Bono, The Edge, Adam Clayton, and Larry Mullen were still partly visible.  In cutaway frames focused on the dancers, iPods and silhouetted figures with flowing white wires appeared.  In the band segments, Bono’s microphone cord and The Edge’s guitar wires are also white, retaining the series’ artistic trademark.  The U2 special-edition iPod, meanwhile, shipped to customers with a $50 coupon toward the download of iTune’s The Complete U2, a collection of 25 years of U2 albums.  Within days of the U2 endorsement, Apple’s stock reached a 52-week high of $53.20 per share, adding $2 billion to the company’s overall market value.  In the end, Apple spent $20 million worldwide to promote the U2 silhouette spot.  But the collaboration seemed to work well for both parties.

San Jose, 2004: Bono, The Edge and Jimmy Iovine on stage with Steve Jobs receiving U2 special-edition iPods.
San Jose, 2004: Bono, The Edge and Jimmy Iovine on stage with Steve Jobs receiving U2 special-edition iPods.
     “Thanks to a smart decision to cross-promote two well-known entertainment brands…” wrote Thomas Mucha of Business 2.0, “each side contributed an edgy dose of cool to the advertising effort.”  The cross-promotional deal also granted Apple exclusive rights to sell “Vertigo” on iTunes and all the songs from the U2 album, How to Dismantle an Atomic Bomb for the first few weeks following its release.  The album went to the top of the iTunes chart, selling 840,000 copies in its first week alone, nearly twice that of the group’s previous U.S. album release in the same period.  It also debuted on the Billboard albums chart at No. 1 and kept selling well for weeks thereafter.  The album would go on to be the fourth best-selling album of 2004 with more than 9 million copies sold.  In 2005, the album and its singles won nine Grammy Awards; “Vertigo” won best rock song. 

U2's Bono in screen shot from iPod TV ad.
U2's Bono in screen shot from iPod TV ad.
     Explaining why U2 had chosen the iPod for its first endorsement, Bono told the Chicago Tribune: ‘‘We looked at the iPod commercial as a rock video.  We chose the director.  We thought, how are we going to get our single off in the days when rock music is niche?  When it’s unlikely to get a three-minute punk-rock song on top of the radio?  So we piggy-backed this phenomenon to get ourselves to a new, younger audience, and we succeeded.’’  Also asked by the press if he had made a deal with the devil, Bono responded, in part, as follows: “The ‘devil’ here is a bunch of creative minds, more creative than a lot of people in rock bands.  The lead singer is Steve Jobs.  These men have helped design the most beautiful art object in music culture since the electric guitar.  That’s the iPod.  The job of art is to chase the ugliness away.”  The iPod, meanwhile, had something like a 90 percent share of the digital player market by the end of 2004.


Evolving iPod & Ads

2005: iPod Shuffle model did away with the navigation window, featuring all-random play.
2005: iPod Shuffle model did away with the navigation window, featuring all-random play.
     Back at Apple, meanwhile, the iPod line of music players was going through another change.  One feature in the iPod – that which played songs randomly from stored songs – was called the shuffle.  The shuffle had become quite popular among iPod users who didn’t always take time to build their own playlists and others who simply liked to be surprised by randomly selected songs.  In fact, articles in The New Yorker, Wired and The Guardian had specifically praising this feature.  Steve Jobs at one point surprised his iPod team, then working on a new version and struggling with the size of the navigation window.  Jobs suggested just getting rid of the navigation screen altogether, especially since all the songs in the player were selected by the user in the first place.  All that was really needed was a skip button to move on to another song if the one selected wasn’t desired.  And with that, the iPod Shuffle was born in January 2005, the first model sold for under $100.

2005: Screen shot from iPod Shuffle TV ad featuring the song "Jerk It Out" by The Caesars. Click to view on YouTube.
2005: Screen shot from iPod Shuffle TV ad featuring the song "Jerk It Out" by The Caesars. Click to view on YouTube.
     New iPod silhouette ads followed, some  with silhouette dancers performing on moving floors of the crossing double arrow symbol that represented the “shuffle” icon.  The dancers wore the very visible elongated white iPod Shuffle models with wires dangling from their bodies.  One of the TV commercials in this series featured the song “Jerk It Out” by The Caesars.  Both print and TV ads in this series used appropriate shuffle language, with taglines such as “Embrace Uncertainty,” “Life is Random,” and “Enjoy Uncertainty.”  By April 2005, it was revealed that none other than the President of the United States, George Bush, had an iPod.  An article in the New York Times by Elisabeth Bumiller noted that among tunes the President had stored on his player were “Brown Eye Girl” by Van Morrison and “Centerfield” by John Fogerty.

2005: Screen shots from Apple iPod TV ad featuring rap singer Eminem. Click to view on YouTube.
2005: Screen shots from Apple iPod TV ad featuring rap singer Eminem. Click to view on YouTube.
     In September 2005, Steve Jobs shocked some of his fans by killing off the successful iPod Mini in favor of the iPod Nano, which among other features offered a color screen for viewing photos.  A month later, the fifth generation iPod was released following another redesign, yielding a slimmer profile and a larger screen for videos.

     As the iPod technology continued to evolve and change at Apple, so did the iPod silhouette advertising campaign.  Some of the ads began to move away from the solid-color backgrounds and completely silhouetted figures to more mixtures of color schemes and recognizable faces, especially when featuring artists in the ads, as occurred more frequently following the U2 commercial.  But for some of the artists used, like rap songster, Eminem, Jobs had to be coached on the music, as he acknowledged rap wasn’t among his favorites.  Still, in October 2005, at the release of the fifth-generation iPod during a press event, Jobs showed a new silhouette TV commercial featuring Eminem singing “Lose Yourself.”  In this ad, the artist used a white microphone against background colors of fiery yellows and oranges.  A dancer in this ad could also be seen with white iPod wires.  Near the end of 2005, in November, some new outdoor ads in the yellow-orange silhouette style were prepared by TBWA/Chiat/Day, including one called “Stripey T-Shirt” featuring a break dancer (shown in “Sources” below).  By year’s end 2005, Apple had sold more than 20 million iPods for the year, more than five times the number it had sold in 2004.

     In January 2006, the big news at the Macworld conference in San Francisco was Steve Jobs unveiling of the iPhone.  But silhouette ads carrying the “iPod + iTunes” tagline were still holding forth in outdoor venues, and could be seen across the land.  A few TV ads in the silhouette style came out as well.  One featured jazz musician, composer and trumpeter Wynton Marsalis and his quartet doing the song “Sparks.”  In this ad, like others featuring musical artists, the camera shots alternate between the artists and iPod-attired dancers.  The ad is done using classy, shades-of-blue silhouettes.  Marsalis’ trumpet is white and his drummer uses white drumsticks, while in other frames traditional silhouette figures dance with their white-wired iPods.  The ad was first shown during Steve Jobs’ presentation at the San Francisco Mac World conference in January 2006.  Marsalis and his quartet were also live artist guests at the Apple conference in San Jose, October 2005.  Prior to that, Marsalis had also visited with Jobs at his home in Palo Alto, and when he visited, he found Jobs absorbed in his technology intent on showing Marsalis the latest iTunes features.  “After a while,” Marsalis would later explain of the meeting with Jobs to Walter Isaacson, “I started looking at him and not the computer, because I was so fascinated with his passion.”

     As of March 2006, according to Forbes magazine, Apple had spent more than $100 million marketing the iPod to digital media lovers around the globe.


Bob Dylan Ad

2006: Bob Dylan in Apple iPod+iTunes TV ad singing “Someday Baby.”  Click to view on YouTube.
2006: Bob Dylan in Apple iPod+iTunes TV ad singing “Someday Baby.” Click to view on YouTube.
     Then in mid-2006 came an Apple deal with Bob Dylan; a deal hatched and overseen by Steve Jobs himself who had a special fondness for Dylan’s music.  Sometime in 2005 Jobs came up with the idea that iTunes should sell a special digital boxed set of all Dylan’s music – an immense trove of more than 700 songs.  Jobs thought iTtunes could sell the set for $199, which brought objection from Dylan’s label, Sony, and its CEO, Andy Lack who felt that price cheapened Dylan’s music, referring to the artist as a “national treasure.”  Lack also objected to the power Apple was gaining in establishing price.  Still, Jobs persisted, but Lack managed to block him for a time.  By 2006, however, Lack was no longer CEO at Sony, and Jobs came back at Dylan with the offer, including an iTunes +iPod TV ad hyping Dylan’s latest album, Modern Times.  But Jobs also ran into resistance internally at Apple among some younger staff who wondered whether Dylan was still “cool” enough to do such an ad.  Jobs hawked the making of the ad himself, rejecting one version, with Dylan having to re-film a second spot that Jobs approved.

Dancer in the Bob Dylan iPod TV ad holding an iPod while listening & dancing.
Dancer in the Bob Dylan iPod TV ad holding an iPod while listening & dancing.
     In August 2006, the 30-second iPod TV commercial appeared.  It departed from the solid-color background of the older ads and featured a partially shadowed but recognizable Bob Dylan sitting on a stoll singing “Someday Baby” from his Modern Times album.  The camera cut back and forth a few times between Dylan singing and a female dancer attired in a newsboy cap with her white iPod and free flowing white lanyards. 

     With this ad, Apple was apparently able to attract baby boomers and their college-age kids, as Dylan’s Modern Times hit No. 1 on the Billboard charts in its first week, topping rival albums, including those of artists Christina Aguilera and Outkast.  Dylan had not had a No. 1 album since Desire in 1976.  Madison Avenue’s Advertising Age magazine described the new chemistry as follows: “The iTunes spot wasn’t just a run-of-the- mill celebrity endorsement deal in which a big brand signs a big check to tap into the equity of a big star.  This one flipped the formula, with the all-powerful Apple brand giving Mr. Dylan access to younger demographics and helping propel his sales to places they hadn’t been since the [President Gerald] Ford administration.”  By mid-September 2006, Apple had 88 percent of the legal music download market in the U.S., and the iTunes music stored had surpassed 1.5 billion downloads.


Later 2000s

2007: Screen shot from “iPod + iTunes” TV ad with The Fratellis. Click to view on YouTube ad.
2007: Screen shot from “iPod + iTunes” TV ad with The Fratellis. Click to view on YouTube ad.
     In January 2007, iPod music players accounted for fully one half of Apple’s revenues.  Apple was then selling the players at a rate of 20 million a year.  There were also more iPod and iTunes ads in the works, some now featuring a reverse color scheme with colored silhouettes on a black background, and others with colored silhouettes against multi-colored backgrounds. 

     This style was visible in two January 2007 iPod/iTunes TV ads that featured an “indie” band from Glasgow, Scotland named The Fratellis.  The two spots, titled, “Party Animated” and “Party Color,” were set to the Fratellis’ song “Flathead” taken from their debut album, Costello Music

     Later that year, former Beatle Paul McCartney starred in a non-silhouette “iPod + iTunes” ad, walking along while strumming a mandolin, performing his song “Dance Tonight”, as animations of shapes and colors appeared around him. 

     In May 2007, Apple released another in its silhouette TV ad series for the iPod+iTunes campaign, this time with a Puerto Rican flavor.  Dancers of all ages could move to the sounds of the song “Mi Swing Es Tropical”, by Nickodemus & Quantic.  By early September 2007 the iPod Touch came out, utilizing the revolutionary touch interface first developed for the iPhone.  Within four years’ time, the iPod Touch would account for half of all iPod sales.  In mid-November 2007, an “iPod + iTunes” TV ad in the silhouette style featured artist Mary J. Blige performing an excerpt of the song, “Work That” from her album Growing Pains.  The ad ran just ahead of the album’s December 18, 2007 release, but was available for pre-order on iTunes while the single was immediately available.  Apple’s use of songs in their television ads – both of the silhouette and non-silhouette varieties – proved to be a good deal for artists, old and new.  Little-known artists who were used in the ads sometimes found instant fame.  Established artists, too, like Dylan or U2, reaped good returns and sometimes new fans or renewed interest. 

2008: The rock band Coldplay in screenshot from their Apple iPod+iTunes TV ad. Click to view on YouTube.
2008: The rock band Coldplay in screenshot from their Apple iPod+iTunes TV ad. Click to view on YouTube.
     Another popular rock group who did a shadow-style ad for Apple, was the group Coldplay, appearing in an iTunes commercial that aired in May 2008.  The ad was used to promote the group’s new album on iTunes, Viva la Vida, performing a selection from the song of that name in the commercial.  The Coldplay ad featured the band in a slight silhouette effect against a dark background while using brightly-colored effects.  No iPods were shown in the commercial.  In April 2008, a new iPod ad was released in the more original style with iPod-attired silhouette dancers, but with animated backgrounds and more detailed silhouettes.  The song was “Shut Up and Let Me Go” by the U.K. band, The Ting Tings.  It would be the last one to use the signature silhouette style with dancers in their white-wired iPod regalia.  iTunes, meanwhile, had become the No.1 music retailer in the U.S.  By June 2008, some five billion iTunes songs had been sold.

April 2008: Last of the silhouette ads; Ting Tings doing “Shut Up & Let Me Go.”  Click to view on YouTube.
April 2008: Last of the silhouette ads; Ting Tings doing “Shut Up & Let Me Go.” Click to view on YouTube.
     In addition to the silhouette ads used throughout the decade, Apple also ran non-silhouette ads to pitch various iPod and iTunes products, and in later years, more videos, video games, and also the iPhone and iPad.  By late March 2010, the big news was Apple’s release of the iPad, its trend-setting tablet computer.  Some 15 million would be sold by the end of the year.  But “new & improved” iPods continued to come as well.  In September 2010, new versions of the iPod Touch, iPod Nano, and iPod Shuffle were released.  Apple by this time had sold 275 million iPods and held 77 percent of the MP3 player market.  Its closest competitor was SanDisk, accounting for just 8 percent of the market.  In digital music sales, Apple’s iTunes music store then accounted for 70 percent of all U.S. music downloads, with Walmart and Amazon each claiming a 12 percent share.

2010-2011: Billboard ads and building broadsides announcing availability of Beatles music on iTunes ran in major cities, this one along Sunset Blvd, Los Angeles, CA, November 2010.
2010-2011: Billboard ads and building broadsides announcing availability of Beatles music on iTunes ran in major cities, this one along Sunset Blvd, Los Angeles, CA, November 2010.
     In 2010, Apple was still adding to its iTunes music store, and importantly for Steve Jobs, Apple finally got the right to sell the Beatles’ music on iTunes.  That came in November 2010.  Apple ran a series of billboard and poster ads in major cities through early 2011 touting the availability of the Beatles’ music.  Apple also ran five TV ads on the Beatles’ music at iTunes, some showing old period photographs and video clips as the music played.  Each of the TV ads were named for the featured song: “I Want To Hold Your Hand,” “Yesterday,” “Here Comes the Sun,” “All You Need is Love,” and “Let It Be.”   Two million Beatles songs were sold in the first week they were available on iTunes.  Apple, of course, wasn’t slowing down on its ad spending.  In fact, for the first ten months of 2010, Apple boosted its U.S. ad spending by 13.6 percent, according to Kantar Media, rising to about $220.2 million.  Some analysts, however, were then predicting a decline in iPod sales going forward, as more competitors arose and other devices, including the iPhone and the iPad, incorporated the music function.

iPod silhouettes advertising helped establish Apple as a major player & trend setter in the digital music industry.
iPod silhouettes advertising helped establish Apple as a major player & trend setter in the digital music industry.
     Apple, in any case, was deeply ensconced in the digital music industry by 2010, with every indication there was much more music business ahead, whether the enabling devices be iPods, iPhones, iPads, or new devices yet to be conjured. 

Apple also continued to experiment with new music features such as iTunes LP.  Inspired by the 1970’s-style album covers, iTunes LP offered some musical “extras”  to  iTunes customers, providing  album liner notes, lyrics, artwork, and exclusive photos and video. 

And it also appeared likely there would be new arrangements to come from Apple in terms of music storage with what is called the iCloud.


The Silhouette Sell

     Looking back on Apple’s business in the 2001-2010 period, it is clear that the iPod digital music player and the iTunes digital music store helped change the music industry and music culture the world over.  And for Apple, its move into the music business – essentially, a completely new business direction – turned out to be more of an economic mainstay than its founding computer business.The iPod silhouettes ad campaign appears to have played a very central role in sending Apple rocketing into the big business pantheon.  As for the advertising, it appears the iPod/iTunes silhouettes campaign – and its progeny – played a very central role in sending Apple rocketing into the big business pantheon.  For it was that campaign’s imagery and social messaging that were readily absorbed by consumers and the culture in quite dramatic ways, helping increase sales initially of Mac computers and iPods, and later, many, many more iPods and lots of iTunes digital music.  What first appeared as a modicum of iPod sales in the 2002-2004 period soon became more tsunami-like in the 2005-2010 period.  iPods sold generally below 1 million units per year during 2002-2004.  But between 2005 and 2011, Apple was selling 20 million or more iPods a year, and during the peak years from 2007 through 2010, annual sales of iPods ran at 50 million or more each year.  Likewise, Apple’s stock value soared: in March 2003 it was $7 per share.  By July 2008 it was $180 per share. Between 2005 and 2011, Apple sold 20 million or more iPods a year, peaking during 2007 – 2010, when it sold 50 million or more each year. During that 2003-2008 period, Apple’s share value increased a spectacular 2,500 percent, making Apple stockholders very happy indeed.  There is no doubt that the iPod became the main driver in Apple’s phenomenal success during that period, providing the swelling coffers that enabled the company to continue doing great things through 2011.  And while there were numerous factors involved in that successful business run, built upon great feats of engineering and design with hundreds of people playing key roles, it is clear that the advertising and marketing campaign conveyed a certain something about Apple products and Apple style – call it “coolness,” “hipness,” “joie de vie,” or whatever – that gave those products and the company a winning edge in both the marketplace and popular culture.  And for that, iPod’s dancing silhouettes of the 2003-2008 period will surely remain distinguished stars in the annals of advertising for some time to come.  They are no doubt dancing still; out there somewhere in the musical ether grooving to their favorite tunes.

Apple iPod billboard ad in evolving silhouette style.
Apple iPod billboard ad in evolving silhouette style.

     See also at this website, “Apple Rising, 1976-1985,” on Apple’s founding and early history with Steve Jobs and Steve Wozniak, covering the early computer biz, early Apple advertising, etc., up through Jobs being fired from his own company.

For other stories on music and/or technology, please see the category navigation bar at the top left corner of this page. 

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.



Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted:  9 December 2011
Last Update:  31 August 2023
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The iPod Silhouettes: 2000-2011,”
PopHistoryDig.com, December 9, 2011.

____________________________________


Books at Amazon.com

 

Walter Isaacson’s 2011 biography of Steve Jobs.  Simon & Schuster 656 pp. Click for copy.
Walter Isaacson’s 2011 biography of Steve Jobs. Simon & Schuster 656 pp. Click for copy.
Scott Galloway;’s 2017 book, “The Four...Amazon, Apple, Facebook & Google. Click for copy.
Scott Galloway;’s 2017 book, “The Four...Amazon, Apple, Facebook & Google. Click for copy.
Leander Kahney’s, “Jony Ive: The Genius Behind Apple's Greatest Products,” 336 pp. Click for copy.
Leander Kahney’s, “Jony Ive: The Genius Behind Apple's Greatest Products,” 336 pp. Click for copy.

 


Sources, Links & Additional Information

May 2003: Steve Jobs on Fortune magazine cover with rocker Sheryl Crow, in prescient story that hints of bigger things to come with Apple & music.
May 2003: Steve Jobs on Fortune magazine cover with rocker Sheryl Crow, in prescient story that hints of bigger things to come with Apple & music.
1984: Steve Jobs in earlier photo with friend & advertising guru Lee Clow, whose firm helped craft brilliant marketing campaigns for Apple, including the iPod silhouettes.
1984: Steve Jobs in earlier photo with friend & advertising guru Lee Clow, whose firm helped craft brilliant marketing campaigns for Apple, including the iPod silhouettes.
2007: iPod banners & posters, So. Station, Boston, MA.
2007: iPod banners & posters, So. Station, Boston, MA.
2005: iPod silhouette billboards, Taipei, Taiwan.
2005: iPod silhouette billboards, Taipei, Taiwan.
June 2008: iPod building broadside, Chicago, Ill.
June 2008: iPod building broadside, Chicago, Ill.
2008: iPod billboard, Chinatown, New York, NY.
2008: iPod billboard, Chinatown, New York, NY.
iPod silhouettes are used widely on iTunes gift cards.
iPod silhouettes are used widely on iTunes gift cards.
June 2008: iPod silhouette ad, Chicago bus kiosk.
June 2008: iPod silhouette ad, Chicago bus kiosk.
Sept 2006: Giant iPod silhouette display at the Yerba Buena Center for the Arts, San Francisco, CA.
Sept 2006: Giant iPod silhouette display at the Yerba Buena Center for the Arts, San Francisco, CA.
May 2004: Giant iPod silhouettes on building broadside, Santa Monica Blvd, Los Angeles.
May 2004: Giant iPod silhouettes on building broadside, Santa Monica Blvd, Los Angeles.
2007: iPod silhouette-style ad on Seattle, WA bus.
2007: iPod silhouette-style ad on Seattle, WA bus.
April 2007: Giant Apple iPod ad adorns construction scaffolding, Lafayette St., NY, NY.
April 2007: Giant Apple iPod ad adorns construction scaffolding, Lafayette St., NY, NY.
Nov 2003: Giant iPod silhouette wall posting at the 30th Street Station, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Nov 2003: Giant iPod silhouette wall posting at the 30th Street Station, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
iPod silhouette building ad using multi-colored style.
iPod silhouette building ad using multi-colored style.
iPod ad draws notice against a gray Toronto skyline.
iPod ad draws notice against a gray Toronto skyline.

Dennis Lloyd, “Instant Expert: A Brief History of iPod,” iLounge.com, Saturday, June 26, 2004.

“iPod,” Wikipedia.org.

“Apple Music Event 2001-The First Ever iPod Introduction,” (with Steve Jobs), You Tube.com.

Ian Fried, “Apple’s iPod Spurs Mixed Reactions,” CNet.com, October 23, 2001.

Matt Richtel, “Technology; Apple Intro- duces What It Calls an Easier to Use Portable Music Player,” New York Times, October 24, 2001.

“iPod Advertising,”Wikipedia.org.

Chris Taylor, “And The Pod Played On,” Time, Monday, November 12, 2001.

Josh Quittner with Rebecca Winters, “Apple’s New Core: How Steve Jobs Made a Sleek Machine That Could Be the Home-Digital Hub of the Future” Time, Monday, January 14, 2002.

Anita Hamilton, “The Digital Jukebox: Downloading Is Looking Up,” Time, Monday, May 12, 2003.

David Leonard, “Steve’s New Act: How He Plans to Save the Music Biz and Make Apple Rock,” Fortune (cover story), May 19, 2003.

Mae Anderson, “Print Silhouettes Come to Life in iPod TV,” AdWeek.com, Wed.,  October 8, 2003.

Wilson Rothman, “Sound Check: The New Napster,” Time, Monday, October 20, 2003.

“Apple- iTunes Music Event – ‘Hell Froze Over’ – 2003,” YouTube.com (Steve Jobs presentation on iPod, iPod silhouette ads, iTunes, and iTunes for Windows),  Moscone West, San Francisco, CA, October 2003.

John Borland and Ina Fried, “Apple Launches iTunes for Windows,” CNet News, October 16, 2003.

“iTunes 4.1” (a review), EarthlingSoft.net, October 17, 2003.

“Apple Stepping Up with iTunes Internet Ads; Apple Pushing iTunes for Windows,” ChaosMint.com, Tuesday, October 21, 2003.

Chris Taylor, “Invention of the Year: iTunes Music Store,” Time, Sunday, November 16, 2003.

“iPod Ad Here, iPod Ad There, iPod Ads  Are Everywhere!” (30th Street Station, Philadelphia), WYSZ.com, November 30, 2003.

Rob Walker, “The Guts of a New Machine,” New York Times Magazine, November 30, 2003.

“Ad Breakdown: Apple Emerges From the Pod,” BBC News, December 16, 2003.

“The Evolution of Apple Ads,” Web Designer Depot.com.

Theresa Howard, “Ads for iPods Offer Big Music Gift in Small Package; Big Part of Device’s Appeal Is ‘Cool’ Factor,” USA Today, January 5, 2004, p. B-8.

News, “Company 3’s Alex Brodie Rocks with Apple’s iPod,” DigitalProducer.com, Santa Monica, CA, January 5, 2004.

Kasper Jade, “Apple Heats Up World-Wide iPod Advertising,” AppleInsider.com, Tues.,  March 9, 2004.

Seth Stevenson, “You and Your Shadow; The iPod Ads Are Mesmerizing. But Does Your iPod Think It’s Better Than You?,” Slate.com, Tuesday, March 2, 2004.

Dennis Lloyd, “The Man Behind the iPod Ad Silhouettes,” iLounge.com, Tuesday, March 16, 2004.

Laurie J. Flynn, “Profit at Apple Almost Triples On a Sharp Rise in iPod Sales,” New York Times, April 15, 2004.

“Apple iPod ‘Silhouette’ Ad Campaign Takes Grand Kelly Award,” MacDaily News, Friday, June 11, 2004.

Steve Levy, “iPod Nation,” Newsweek, July 25, 2004.

Terril Yue Jones, “iPod’s ‘Halo Effect’ Lifts Apple Profit; The Company Credits the Music Player with Drawing New Customers to Apple Retail Stores and Boosting Sales of its Macs,” Los Angeles Times, October 14, 2004, p. C-1.

Apple, Inc., Apple Press Info,”Apple Introduces the U2 iPod; U2 and Apple Partnership Fuses Art, Technology & Commerce,”Apple.com, October 26, 2004.

Thomas Mucha, “Silhouettes and Synergy”  (Business 2.0), CNN.com, Jan. 1, 2005.

Brent Schlender, “How Big Can Apple Get?,” Fortune, February 21, 2005.

Catharine P. Taylor, “Apple Unveils New Silhouette Ads,” AdWeek.com, October 13, 2005

Tariq, “Apple Pulls New Eminem Ad Spot,” AppleInsider.com, Thursday, October 13, 2005.

Mae Anderson, “TBWA\C\D’s ‘Silhouettes’ Alternative,” AdWeek.com, October 17, 2005

Leah Hoffmann, “Apple’s Iconic Ads,” Forbes.com, March 31, 2006.

“LAist Interview: Casey Leveque,” LAist .com, May 22, 2006.

“Dylan Gets ‘Modern,’ Stars in iPod Ad,” Spin.com, August 31, 2006.

Paul Boutin, “Live from the Steve Jobs Keynote — “It’s Showtime,” Engadget. com, September 12, 2006.

Matthew Creamer, “Bob Dylan Tops Music Chart Again–And Apple’s A Big Reason Why,” Advertising Age, October 8, 2006.

Philip Michaels, “Timeline: iPodding Through the Years: from Humble Beginnings Five Years Ago to Headliner Status Today,” Playlist Magazine, MacWorld.com, October 23, 2006.

Duncan, “Apple iPod Color Flathead Party with The Fratellis,” TheInspiration Room.com, January 12, 2007.

Duncan, “Apple iPod Goes Tropical on iTunes Island,” TheInspirationRoom.com, May 26, 2007.

Tom Hormby and Dan Knight, “A History of the iPod: 2000 to 2004,” LowEndMac .com, October 14, 2005, revised, September 2007.

Arnold Kim, “Mary J. Blige iPod + iTunes Ad,” MacRumors.com, Monday, November  19,  2007.

“Silhouette Campaign,” Marketing Cam- paign Case Studies, Thursday, February 28, 2008.

Project Team: Michael Shur and Tyler Reed, “iPod: The Marketing of An Idea,” University of St. Thomas – Marketing 300 / Dr. James Heyman. April 26, 2008.

Leander Kahney, Inside Steve’s Brain, New York: Portfolio/Penguin Group, 2008.

Cory Bohon, “New iPod Ad, Now Featuring Silhouettes,” TUAW.com, April 27, 2008.

Duncan, “Apple iPod Gamma to Shut Up and Let Me Go,” TheInspiration Room.com, April 29, 2008.

Charles Starrett, “Apple Airs New Coldplay iPod + iTunes TV Spot,” iLounge.com, Wednesday, May 21, 2008.

“iPod Campaign” AAPL Investors.net, ( iPod silhouette ad photos, Chicago, IL ), June 2008.

JR Ordonez, “The Music That Saved Apple: Comprehensive List of Songs from Ipod Commercials,” TouchTip.com, September 5th, 2008.

“The iPod and Advertising: A Case Study In It’s Evolution,” SlideShare.net, 2009.

Neil Hughes, “iTunes a Quarter of Music Sales; Apple a Third of Wi-fi Use,” AppleInsider.com, Tuesday, August 18, 2009

Saurabh Sharma, “Apple iPod Commu- nication Strategy,” Scribd.com, Roll No: 34PGDM: 2009-11.

Jack Doyle, “Apple, Rising, 1976-1985,” PopHistoryDig.com, May 10, 2010.

“The Best Songs Ever Used in iPod Commercials,” EdibleApple.com, Thurs.,  August 12, 2010.

Ian Paul, “Apple: The King of Digital Music,” PCWorld.com, September 3, 2010.

Lexie Brown “Is Advertising Art?,” September 5, 2010.

“The 10 Best Ads to Come Out of Steve Jobs’ Reign at Apple: As Legendary Marketer Steps Down, Ad Age and Creativity Pick Their Top Spots,” AdAge.com, August 24, 2011.

Sean Highkin, “Assessing the Influence of U2 and Those Silhouette Ads on the iPod’s Success,” SFWeekly.com, Thursday., August 25, 2011.

Andrew Hampp, “10 Songs Steve Jobs Made Famous: From the Black Eyed Peas to Chilly Gonzales, a Look Back at Silhouettes, Shuffles and iPads,” AdAge .com, August 26, 2011.

David Greenwald, “Steve Jobs & Apple: 10 Pitch-Perfect Music Ads (Video),” Holly- wood Reporter.com, October 6, 2011.

Jennifer Bergen”Ten Years of Apple iPod Commercials,” PCmag.com, October 25, 2011.

Andy Cush, “10 Years of iPod Commercials Reveal Apple’s Trajectory: From Techie to Sassy,” Evolver.fm, October 28, 2011

Andy Cush, “10 Years of iPod Ads: From Techie to Sassy,” Wired.com, October 29, 2011

Walter Isaacson, Steve Jobs, New York: Simon & Schuster, November 2011, 630 pp.

“iPod Poster for Sale, Blue – U.S. Edition, circa 2004,” Vintage & Modern Posters From Around the World, International Poster.com, viewed, December 7, 2011.

Justin D. Salsburey, “Semiotic Analysis of iPod Advertisements,” Sites.Google.com.

“Topics: Apple iPod Silhouette Commer- cials,” YouTube.com.

“iPod Advertisements” (photo gallery), Dipity.com.

“iTunes,” Wikipedia.org.

“iTunes Store,” Wikipedia.org.

“List of Music Used by Apple Inc.,” Wiki- pedia.org.

Eric Lewis, “Offical iPod Song Commercial List,” iLounge.com, March 30, 2007.

“Apple Commercial Music,” AAPL Investors  .net.

“iPod Sales Per Quarter,” Wikipedia.org.

__________________

iPod T.V. Ads – Sample List
(debut, iPod vintage, ad type, song, artist)

2001, first iPod ad, “Take California,” Propellerheads (not a silhouette ad), You Tube.com.

2003, iPod+iTunes, Now for Windows: “Hey Mama,” Black Eyed Peas, YouTube  .com.

2003, iPod 3G, “Rock Star (Jason Nevins Remix), N.E.R.D., YouTube.com.

2003/2004 iPod, “Are You Gonna Be My Girl?,” Jet, YouTube.com.

2004, iPod 4G, iPod + iTunes,”Channel Surfing” by Feature Cast, YouTube.com.

2004, iPod 4G, iPod + iTunes, “Walkie Talkie Man” by Stereogram, YouTube .com.

2004, iPod 4G, “Saturday Night” by Ozomatli, YouTube.com.

2004, iPod + iTunes, “Vertigo” by U2, You Tube.com (2 minute version).

2004, iPod + iTunes, “Vertigo” by U2, You Tube.com (30 second version).

2005, iPod 4G, “Technologic” by Daft Punk, YouTube.com.

2005, iPod 4G, “Ride” by The Vines, You Tube.com.

2005, iPod Shuffle 1G, “Jerk It Out” by The Caesars, YouTube.com.

2005, iPod 4G, “Feel Good Inc” by Gorillaz, YouTube.com.

2005, iPod + iTunes, “Lose Yourself” by Eminem, YouTube.com.

2005, “Sparks,” Wynton Marsalis, You Tube .com.

2006, iPod 5G, iPod+iTunes, “LoveTrain,” Wolfmother, YouTube.com.

2006, iPod & iTunes, “Someday Baby,” Modern Times album, Bob Dylan, You Tube.com.

2007, iPod + iTunes, “Mi Swing Es Tropical,” Quantic and Nickodemus, You Tube.com.

2007, iPod, “Flathead,” The Fratellis, You Tube .com.

2007, iPod + iTunes, “Dance Tonight,” Paul McCartney, YouTube.com.

2008, iPod + iTunes, “Shut Up and Let Me Go,” The Ting Tings, YouTube.com.

2008, iTunes, “Viva la Vida,” Coldplay (sil-houetted artists w/ white wires), YouTube.com.

____________________________





“Ray Sings America”
1972-2011

Ray Charles performing “America the Beautiful” at Fenway Park prior to a Boston Red Sox baseball game, April 2003.  AP photo.
Ray Charles performing “America the Beautiful” at Fenway Park prior to a Boston Red Sox baseball game, April 2003. AP photo.
     There is probably no more soulful a version of “America The Beautiful” than the one by legendary bluesman Ray Charles.  

Also an accomplished jazz, gospel, and country-and-western virtuoso, Ray Charles shone through movingly whenever he performed “America The Beautiful” — as he did in many of his performances generally.  But with this song in particular his spirited interpretation often moved listeners to tears and/or deep patriotic feeling.

     Charles’ version of the song, or part of it, was featured in a 2011 General Motors TV advertisement that ran during the 2011 World Series. It was used as the soundtrack for a Chevrolet ad touting the car company’s 100th anniversary.

The 60-second ad, offered below, shows a sequence of hand-held family-album photos of older Chevrolet car and truck models juxtaposed against more recent American scenes and iconic moments.

With Charles providing the requisite “American” music in the ad, Chevy was trying to imbue itself and its models with a sense of American history — and viewers of the ad with a patriotic feeling.  And with Ray’s help, they may well have succeeded. Chevrolet has a long history of trying to associate its name and products with American patriotism, and with Ray Charles singing “America the Beautiful” in this ad, they were certainly hitting some persuasive notes. But the story that follows here is more about Ray’s history with this particular song than Chevrolet cars and trucks.

 

     The Ray Charles version of “America the Beautiful” is a much-loved song by many Americans, and is generally regarded as something of a classic. His version of the song  dates to the early 1970s when he and friend Quincy Jones, the music producer, first recorded it. Since then, and over the last 40 years, Charles’ version of  “America The Beautiful” has had periods of notable popularity and political use. During his career, Charles performed the song numerous times, and in later years, often in prime-time televised venues such as presidential conventions, 4th-of-July gatherings, the Super Bowl, World Series, and other major events. More on the history of these performances and the Ray Charles song in a moment. First, a brief look at “America the Beautiful’s” origin and creation.

 

1890s

“Purple Mountains…”

Professor Katharine Bates was inspired by America’s beauty.
Professor Katharine Bates was inspired by America’s beauty.
     “America the Beautiful” was first published as a poem by Katharine Lee Bates in 1895.  Bates was a professor of English Literature at Wellesley College in Massachusetts who in the summer of 1893 visited Pike’s Peak in Colorado’s Rocky Mountains.  There she was struck by the views of the mountains and landscape laid before her, which helped inspire the opening lines of her poem.  Bates had traveled across the country that summer, visited the World’s Columbian exposition in Chicago, and crossed the American agricultural heartland on her way to Colorado.

Statue of Katherine Lee Bates on grounds of  Falmouth, MA library.
Statue of Katherine Lee Bates on grounds of Falmouth, MA library.
     Her poem first appeared under the name “America” in the July 4th 1895 edition of The Congregationalist, a church periodical.  The poem was later revised by Bates in 1904 and 1914.  Separately, Samuel A. Ward, a church organist and choirmaster, had earlier written some music for other purposes.  In 1910, his music and Bates’ poem were combined and published as the song “America the Beautiful.”  The song caught on with the American people and became popular.

     However, another American song, “The Star-Spangled Banner,” would become the national anthem.  That song had been written in 1814 by Francis Scott Key after Key had witnessed the British bombardment of Fort McHenry during the War of 1812.  By 1889, the song was in official use by the U.S. Navy, and by 1916, also by the President. It was made the national anthem by a congressional resolution in March 1931. 

However, over the years, some have argued that “America the Beautiful” would serve as a better national anthem, and periodically the song has been proposed to replace “The Star-Spangled Banner” as National Anthem. And for some, the Ray Charles version of “America the Beautiful” makes a persuasive case for making that song the National Anthem.


1972

Ray’s Version

Cover art for CD of the Ray Charles album, “A Message From the People,” 1972. Click for CD.
Cover art for CD of the Ray Charles album, “A Message From the People,” 1972. Click for CD.
     Ray Charles had become a popular rhythm and blues artist by the 1960s, with a number of hit songs topping the music charts of that day.  In 1972 Charles was with the ABC recording company, and had set out to record an album of songs about America and its people, which later became, A Message From The People.  It included ten songs, among them, “Lift Every Voice and Sing,” “Abraham, Martin and John,” and “America The Beautiful,” all produced by Quincy Jones. 

On that album, Charles sang “America the Beautiful” in a slow, rocking tempo, removing and/or reordering some verses, and emphasizing sections of the song that focus on the bravery of  American heroes. “Then I put a little country church backbeat on it and turned it my way,” said Charles of the song in one interview.  On the 1972 album cover, shown at right, the cover art includes sketches of martyred American leaders – Robert F. Kennedy, Abraham Lincoln, Martin Luther King, and John F. Kennedy — seen in light background.

“America the Beautiful” single,  “arranged & adapted” by Ray Charles.
“America the Beautiful” single, “arranged & adapted” by Ray Charles.
     Of the album, Charles explained that he approached it with the intention of including songs “about some of the wrongs of our country” but also “wanted to show what was beautiful and great” about it.  The album was recorded on the ABC/Tangerine label (Tangerine being Charles’ label that ABC distributed).  It was released along with a single of “America the Beautiful.”  The album hit No. 52 on the Billboard albums chart in 1972, but Charles’ version of “America the Beautiful” did not attract much attention at the time.  He did, however, perform the song on national TV in 1972, appearing on the The Dick Cavett Show in September that year – a performance that can be found on DVD and on YouTube.  Thereafter, and gradually over the years, Charles began performing the song more often during his concerts, depending on the audience and context.  By 1984, however, the Charles version of “America the Beautiful” received some major national exposure.


1980s

Republican Convention

1981 Inauguration.  First Lady Nancy Reagan and President Ronald Reagan with Ray Charles after his performance.
1981 Inauguration. First Lady Nancy Reagan and President Ronald Reagan with Ray Charles after his performance.
     A victim of racial prejudice during his life and musical career, Ray Charles had supported the civil rights movement in the 1960s and also provided financial support to the work of Dr. Martin Luther King.  But Ray Charles was also his own man politically and often hard to pigeonhole.  At times he called himself a Hubert Humphrey Democrat (moderate-centrist), but he also became involved with the Republicans.  In the early 1970s, he appeared in performance at Richard Nixon’s White House.  In 1981, he played at President Ronald Reagan’s inaugural festivities.  And as a spokesman for disability issues during the early 1980s, he worked with Reagan who signed a proclamation on behalf of the disabled.  Reagan helped launch the National Organization On Disability’s Ad Council campaign which featured Ray Charles in its ads.  The Reagans also appeared briefly with Charles after he performed at some Country Music Association events in 1983, one of which was held at the White House.

President and Nancy Reagan with Ray Charles after President Reagan’s acceptance speech at the Republican National Convention, Dallas, Texas. August 23, 1984.
President and Nancy Reagan with Ray Charles after President Reagan’s acceptance speech at the Republican National Convention, Dallas, Texas. August 23, 1984.
     By August 1984, as President Reagan and vice president, George H.W. Bush ran for their second term, Ray Charles appeared and performed at the Republican Party National Convention in Dallas, Texas.  Charles appeared at least a couple of times performing.  He sang “God Bless America” at one point, and during the week of the convention, NBC-TV also did a special focus piece, with interview, on his music and career. At the convention, Charles also appeared arm-in-arm with the President Reagan and First Lady Nancy Reagan on August 23rd after Reagan had made his acceptance speech. But the high point of Charles’ involvement at the 1984 convention came on August 23rd when he sang “America the Beautiful” to close convention in a rousing, emotional finale that was seen by millions on television. An extensive NBC clip of that performance, introduced by NBC anchorman at the time, Tom Brokaw, is available at NBCuniversalarchives.com. The high point of Charles’ involvement at the 1984 convention came on Aug. 23rd when he sang “America the Beautiful” to close convention in a rousing, emotional finale seen by millions on TV. A similar TV excerpt of that performance at this website — “Ray At The 1984 RNC” — shows delegates in the audience waving flags and placards. During this and other network segments of the Charles performance, there are camera shots of President and Nancy Reagan and Vice President Bush and wife Barbara, on stage admiring Charles’ performance, and occasionally singing along as he played his piano. As Charles sings his song, the camera cuts back-and-forth between Charles, the president’s party on stage, and delegates in the audience, with close-up shots of various people in the audience – of groups of convention attendees swaying back and forth, of a man in a cowboy hat waving an American flag, of the President’s daughter Maureen Reagan, and others. At the end of the performance, President Reagan and Vice President Bush shake hands with Charles. After his convention appearance in 1984 convention, Charles also played at Reagan’s Inaugural Ball in January 1985, and would visit Reagan a couple of times that year at the White House related to work involving the Red Cross and/or disability issues. In 1986, the Reagans attended a Kennedy Center national awards ceremony which featured Charles as one of the honored artists that year. Meanwhile, at the Democrat’s National Convention in 1988, a Jesse Jackson video concluded with the Ray Charles version of “America the Beautiful.”


Ray Charles shown on CD cover for 2005 album featuring “America the Beautiful” and other songs for Madacy Records. Click for CD.
Ray Charles shown on CD cover for 2005 album featuring “America the Beautiful” and other songs for Madacy Records. Click for CD.
Popular Appeal

     Regardless of politics, the Ray Charles version of  “America the Beautiful” has grown on people over the years, with many finding it especially moving.  On the web, for example, one blogger writes: “Hearing his rendition of ‘America The Beautiful’ never fails to move me to tears.”  That kind of comment is not unusual.  In fact, some regard the Charles version as the singular version, and in class all its own. 

     Ed Bradley, the late 60 Minutes correspondent, called it “the definitive version…an American anthem – a classic, just as the man who sang it.”  Others have suggested that Congress should “retire” the song in Charles’ honor.  Another writes that Charles’ performance of the song “is an awesome, noteworthy, modern, musical achievement” for which Charles should be “forever honored.”

     Still others have gone somewhat deeper into how Charles sings the song – namely how he would often lead his performance with the less-well known third verse:

Cover of CD for 2002 album, “Ray Charles Sings For America,” Rhino/Wea. Click for CD.
Cover of CD for 2002 album, “Ray Charles Sings For America,” Rhino/Wea. Click for CD.

O beautiful for heroes proved
in liberating strife
Who more than self their country loved
And mercy more than life

America, America
May God thy gold refine
Till all success be nobleness
And every gain divine

     According to some accounts, the poem’s original author, Katherine Bates, was making some pointed critique in this verse of the materialistic and self-serving robber barons of the 1890s, and was urging America to live up to its more nobler self and ideals. She was also honoring the memory of those who died for their country. Charles too, in his selection of the third verse as lead, is making this emphasis as well and more, as Newark Star-Ledger columnist Charles Taylor explains in a 2004 article for Salon.com:

“…Think about what that reordering does, what it means to hear those words before the familiar ‘O beautiful, for spacious skies…’  Beginning with images of sacrifice and death, then moving on to a prayer that asks — with no guarantee of being answered — that those sacrifices not be in vain, Ray Charles implies that America must earn the verse that follows.”

     In his performances, Charles would often get to the first verse of the poem somewhat later, explaining to his audience as he went:  “…And you know when I was in school we used to sing it something like this…,” then singing the familiar verse.Ray Charles’ version of the song “teaches… a new humility.”
                           – C. Taylor, Salon.com
.  Charles Taylor, in Salon.com, continues making his point:

“…So the purple mountains’ majesty above the fruited plains are introduced as a legend we hear as children.  They are not, in this [Ray Charles] version, God’s bounty there for our taking, but the reward of a collective dream, a dream all the sweeter, all the more worth working toward because it will never fully be realized.  God may or may not reward that striving, but as Charles sings it, the striving is where the concrete beauty of the country lies.”

“‘America the Beautiful’ is the least boastful of patriotic songs, and even so, Ray Charles’ version teaches it a new humility. ….”


After 9/11

“America The Beautiful” poster showing the fourth and final verse of the song.
“America The Beautiful” poster showing the fourth and final verse of the song.
     Charles’ performance of the song struck a special resonance with many across America after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. One observer commenting at SongFacts.com– “Jay from New York city” – explains his reaction upon hearing the song shortly after 9/11:

“On September 13, 2001, the radio station I listened to went back to playing music after nearly two days of news reports.  This was the first song I heard that morning after getting into my car, and it almost moved me to tears. Charles begins with what is traditionally the third verse:  ‘Oh beautiful for heroes proved in liberating strife, who more than self their country loved, and mercy more than life.’  Given the events of two days earlier, it was incredibly powerful and almost eerily poignant. I have only rarely heard this song — it is not the type of song that is typically played on the radio — but I feel that Charles’ rendition is the definitive version of the song, and it provided for me a musical memory I will never forget.”

Also in the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks, on October 28th, at the opening of Game 2 of the delayed 2001 World Series (New York Yankees vs. Arizona Diamondbacks), Ray performed a moving version of “America the Beautiful” at the Diamondbacks’ ballpark in Phoenix, shown below, beginning with his favored third verse.

“Music really and truly is my bloodstream you know  — my breathing, my respi- ratory system. And as long as the public is willing to listen to me, there ain’t no retiring until the day when they put me away.”
                        -Ray Charles

     In September 2002, Charles produced another “American songs” album — Ray Charles Sings For America, by Rhino records (shown earlier above). This compilation, coming a year after the terrorist attacks, was a collection of American tribute songs with a few new tracks from Charles, including a spoken version, “Ray Reflects On America” and “God Bless America Again.” The collection also includes “America The Beautiful.” The following spring, on Friday, April 11, 2003, Charles sang “America The Beautiful” at Fenway Park in Boston at the Red Sox opening day baseball game against the Baltimore Orioles (photo at top of this story).


In Ray Charles’ birthplace of Albany, Georgia, a revolving, illuminated, bronze statue of Charles seated at a baby grand piano (by sculptor Andy Davis) is the centerpiece of the Ray Charles plaza and park.
In Ray Charles’ birthplace of Albany, Georgia, a revolving, illuminated, bronze statue of Charles seated at a baby grand piano (by sculptor Andy Davis) is the centerpiece of the Ray Charles plaza and park.
     Also in 2003, at what may have been his final performance in public, Charles  sang “Georgia On My Mind” and “America the Beautiful” at a televised gathering of journalists in Washington, D.C.  In 2004, New York Times writer Bob Herbert, describing Ray Charles’ style and impact as part religious, wrote: “Listen to the way he transforms ‘America the Beautiful’ from an anthem to a hymn…” 

Ray Charles, at age 73, passed on in 2004.  However, he leaves behind a giant musical legacy for the ages, of which “America the Beautiful” is just one part — though an important and enduring interpretation that will continue to move people for many years to come.

Also at this website,Ray’s version of the Beatles song, “Eleanor Rigby,” is included as a full audio file in that story. See also the “Annals of Music” page for additional stories in that category. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 5 November 2011
Last Update: 3 July 2020
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Ray Sings America, 1972-2011,”
PopHistoryDig.com, November 5, 2011.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover of “Ray, Rare Genius” CD, 2010. Click for CD.
Cover of “Ray, Rare Genius” CD, 2010. Click for CD.
2006 CD featuring Ray Charles & Count Basie. Click for CD.
2006 CD featuring Ray Charles & Count Basie. Click for CD.
Ray Charles’ early recordings, 1949-1952. Click for CD.
Ray Charles’ early recordings, 1949-1952. Click for CD.

Stuart Elliott, “Chevy Turns to Pictures to Celebrate a Centennial,” New York Times, October 19, 2011.

Ray Charles, “America The Beautiful,” in performance, Dick Cavett Show, Sept. 18, 1972.

“Ray Charles Albums,” RayCharles.com.

“Ray Charles,”Wikipedia.org.

“America The Beautiful by Ray Charles,” SongFacts.com.

“Ray Charles Bio,” SwingMusic  .net.

“Ray Charles Sings ‘America the Beautiful’ to Close GOP Convention,” NBC Nightly News, August 24, 1984.

Tom Shales, “Battle Hymn Of the Republicans,” Washington Post, August 24, 1984, p. B-1.

Philip H. Dougherty, “Advertising; Campaign Set to Aid Disabled,” New York Times, April 19, 1985

Ray Charles, “America The Beautiful,” in performance, McCallum Theater, 1991.

Jon Pareles and Bernard Weinraub, “Ray Charles, Bluesy Essence of Soul, Is Dead at 73,” New York Times, June 11, 2004.

Charles Taylor, “The Genius Hits the Road,” Salon.com, Friday, June 11, 2004.

Bob Herbert, “Loving Ray Charles,” New York Times, June 14, 2004.

“An Appreciation of Ray Charles,” The Charlie Rose Show, Interviews with Phil Ramone, Marcus Roberts, Anthony Decurtis, June 14, 2004.

“Ray Charles At Republican Party Convention in 1984,” Ray Charles Video Museum, May 30 2010.

CBS Evening News, “The Deaths of Ronald Reagan and Ray Charles – June 2004 (4:45),” YouTube.

Rebecca Leung, “The Genius Of Ray Charles,” CBSNews.com, February 18, 2009.

“Ray Charles,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 165-167.

____________________________







“See The U.S.A.”
Video:1952


Note: This 2:05 minute video shows Dinah Shore singing the famous
“See-The-U.S.A.- in-Your-Chevrolet” jingle. In the piece, she sings the
entire song, adding her famous goodbye kiss at the finish. This ad
appears to be from the early 1950s — likely the fall of 1952, as the
Chevy models featured are for the 1953 model year. On YouTube
and elsewhere, there are several other Dinah Shore videos that she
made on behalf of Chevrolet.



Short Story
See related story at this website on the history of Dinah Shore and her
1950s & 1960s involvement with General Motors and Chevrolet, and
how she helped make Chevrolet a household word and America’s best-
selling car. See story at, “Dinah Shore & Chevrolet, 1951-1963.”



Video Source
The original source for this video is found at YouTube.com

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________

Date Posted: 23 March 2009
Last Update: 23 February 2019
Comments to:  jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

_________________________








“Google & Gaga”
2011

     In May 2011, an upbeat and energetic Google TV ad starring pop music phenom Lady Gaga began running on mainstream TV channels, drawing lots of attention and praise.  In the ad, Gaga and her fans are featured in what is essentially a 90-second music video that uses her upbeat song, “The Edge of Glory,” as its soundtrack.  But the ad, which is quite well done, also provides a window on the technology powerhouse that is Google and how that company is changing — both in terms of its public image and how it may use its powers in the future.  More on that part of the story a bit later.  First, the video, and following that, a more detailed look at the ad, isolating some of its screenshots below to provide a somewhat “slower” look at its elements and composition.



The Google Ad

Lady Gaga jogging on the Brooklyn Bridge, Google ad. Click for her Amazon page.
Lady Gaga jogging on the Brooklyn Bridge, Google ad. Click for her Amazon page.
Google’s logo for its “Chrome” internet browser.
Google’s logo for its “Chrome” internet browser.
Lady Gaga attending to decorative details.
Lady Gaga attending to decorative details.
This fan-submitted video on YouTube titled “want to be a monster,” appears in the Gaga-Google ad.
This fan-submitted video on YouTube titled “want to be a monster,” appears in the Gaga-Google ad.
Shots of Lady Gaga on the Brooklyn Bridge are interspersed with fan videos in Google’s Chrome ad.
Shots of Lady Gaga on the Brooklyn Bridge are interspersed with fan videos in Google’s Chrome ad.
Another fan-submitted YouTube video covering Gaga’s song in the Google Chrome TV ad.
Another fan-submitted YouTube video covering Gaga’s song in the Google Chrome TV ad.
Lady Gaga sends internet messages in Google TV ad.
Lady Gaga sends internet messages in Google TV ad.
Lady Gaga fan in the Google ad singing to his dog.
Lady Gaga fan in the Google ad singing to his dog.
Lady Gaga dancing with others in Google ad.
Lady Gaga dancing with others in Google ad.
Lady Gaga appears to be scrolling on hand-held device in this screenshot from Google’s Chrome ad.
Lady Gaga appears to be scrolling on hand-held device in this screenshot from Google’s Chrome ad.
Lady Gaga sends encouragement to her fans.
Lady Gaga sends encouragement to her fans.
Lady Gaga in her own “paws up” pose.
Lady Gaga in her own “paws up” pose.
Gaga continues her workout on the Brooklyn Bridge.
Gaga continues her workout on the Brooklyn Bridge.
Gaga and black guy dancing in Google ad.
Gaga and black guy dancing in Google ad.
Gaga message: "Unleash your inner monster!"
Gaga message: "Unleash your inner monster!"
Gaga in pensive moment in Google Chrome ad.
Gaga in pensive moment in Google Chrome ad.
Guy in Google ad showing off Gaga-like costume.
Guy in Google ad showing off Gaga-like costume.
Handicapped guitarist playing Gaga cover song.
Handicapped guitarist playing Gaga cover song.
Lady Gaga in closing frames of Google ad.
Lady Gaga in closing frames of Google ad.
In the final frames of the ad, clicking on the Chrome icon yields a display of other Google icons,  each representing other web possibilities.
In the final frames of the ad, clicking on the Chrome icon yields a display of other Google icons, each representing other web possibilities.

     Ostensibly, this TV commercial — which was also posted as a YouTube video – is an advertisement for Google’s  “Chrome” internet  browser. For those who may not know, a browser is a piece of software that enables internet users to do many wondrous and varied things on the web, from viewing websites to sharing videos and more.  Other companies — Google competitors — also offer browsers, such as Microsoft’s “Explorer” or Mozilla’s “Firefox.”  Interestingly, however, in market research Google discovered that many people had no idea of what a browser was, nor did they realize they had a choice of browsers and could download a different browser than those pre-loaded on phones, laptops and PCs.

     Google’s Lady Gaga ad, however, is more than just a marketing pitch for the Chrome browser; it’s actually more like a celebration of the internet and its many powerful possibilities, casting Google and its tools in a very positive light.  Not least,  of course, is that Google also wins the implied endorsement of Lady Gaga — and as Google is hoping, millions of her fans as well.  Google also gets a share of brand-name affirmation here.  But the ad, in any case, is quite entertaining and captivating, even for those who see it by accident – and even for those not knowing a thing about Google, Chrome, Lady Gaga, browsers, or the internet.

     Lady Gaga, of course, is the star of this commercial and, in a showcase of web interactivity, so are her fans, whom she affectionately calls “Little Monsters.”

     The ad opens with a shot of Google’s Chrome logo, and then moves to a frame showing a message from Lady Gaga being typed into the Chrome browser with the title, “listen up, little monsters!”  The scene then cuts to Lady Gaga jogging on New York’s Brooklyn Bridge with Manhattan in the background.  Gaga is attired in a black leather bra and shorts with black hoodie, looking a bit like a female version of Rocky Balboa.  The camera cuts back and forth between Gaga’s workout on the bridge and her fans’ videos several times during the ad.

     For some viewers, and even her ardent fans, Lady Gaga has not often been seen apart from her stage acts or other highly-managed public appearances where she is typically dressed in some exotic new costume and engaged in an extravagant music production.  And non-fans  may only know her from magazine covers or TV appearances.  So to see the pop star cast as an average person jogging in the real world  may provide a new perspective.

     Back in the video, Gaga is shown in one frame with two assistants in a dressing area as the scene cuts quickly through a series of fan-generated YouTube videos – a guy doing “monster”-like facial makeup; a female fan with guitar singing the Gaga tune; a black guy in a stairwell singing; a couple of kids dancing in their bedroom, and more.  A fan in a white wig appears next doing an acoustic ukulele cover of Gaga’s song, followed by other imitators, prompting a Gaga typed-in message, “You are ALL beautiful.”

     Then come more dance scenes from fans on YouTube – a couple of kids in their bedroom, a guy in his kitchen, a middle-age lady outside her home, and a fan holding up a Gaga’s CD, Born This Way.  A Gaga query on YouTube follows, yielding more video clips, including one guy who looks to be in his 30s singing the Gaga tune to a little black dog he is holding.  Gaga clicks on several more choices to view them, then types, “You’re all superstars. You inspire me!”

     More frames whiz by; one with a girl dancing with abandon as her father scoots by to one side, not sure of what he’s seeing.  Then comes a quick shot of Gaga and a black guy dancing, then Gaga alone, boxer style, jumping side-to-side with feet together, all in sync with the music.

     A few frames later Gaga appears to be sitting alone or riding in car viewing a hand-held device of some kind, presumably surfing the web or reading her mail.  Then comes the message, “PAWS UP!,” followed by fans showing their best “claw pose,” then Gaga doing the same in a deadpan pose.

     Back on the Brooklyn Bridge briefly, Gaga is seen doing some footwork, Manhattan behind her in a bright blue-sky day as the music beats away.  More fan videos follow – among them, the “Lady Gaga Dance Squad” in a mirrored studio, followed by a young guy on a rooftop smiling and making his best Gaga-like dance moves; then cut to Gaga again, in her hoodie, dancing side-by-side with a black guy.  Another typed message to fans: “Unleash your inner monster!”

     Then come more YouTube videos of dancing Gaga fans, including one couple who appear to be performing on an inside window sill with some abandon; a guy alone in a hallway shaking his butt in sync with the music; Gaga back on the bridge putting down a few wild steps; then another Gaga message – “this is our moment” – followed by Gaga in a quiet, pensive cool-down moment back on the bridge looking out over the city.

     More scenes follow of Gaga’s dancing inter-cut with fan videos, including a guy twirling around with a giant floral decoration on his shoulder, and another of a handicapped young man performing a Gaga song on an electric guitar with a prosthetic aid.  Then cut to Gaga in a salmon-beige-colored dress who appears to be performing somewhere, followed by a YouTube fan video from a teenage boy titled, “Gaga Wear” — i.e,  Gaga-inspired “clothing”  he made — part of which appears to be a cork-type facial decoration this kid wears across his eyes, along with a wavy red-ribbon material as a shirt.

     Then back to Gaga on the Brooklyn Bridge, dance-running and skipping, followed by a scene of about 30 young elementary school kids in a studio room dancing and jumping to the song and then a shot of a teenage girl in a YouTube video twirling around in her bedroom alone amid falling confetti.

     A screenshot of Gaga’s sign-off message appears: “Stay Strong Little Monsters!”  Close-up shots of Gaga back on the bridge follow, her face filing the screen, one of her throwing a kiss to fans Dinah-Shore style, and another, smiling.

     A final sequence of frames then appears, one with the words, “Lady Gaga, Mother Monster,”  followed by another that reads, “The web is what you make of it.”  Then there’s a click sound as the cursor hits the Chrome logo, sending out a little explosion of other Google icons in a concentric array around the Chrome icon, each representing other Google tools and/or web possibilities.

     The 90 seconds in this ad race by quickly, but on the whole the ad leaves the viewer feeling pretty buoyant and upbeat, if only for the music and the energy of all those dancing fans.


Google’s Message

     The Google ad, however, has multiple purposes, the most important of which is to show Google products as web enablers – whether search, e-mail, video posting, blogging, and more.  Each frame has Gaga or her fans making use of a Google product, whether it’s the Chrome browser, Google search, G-mail, or YouTube.  Gaga is shown as an artist who relies on the web and how she uses it to communicate directly with her fans around the world, building one of the world largest fan bases in the process.  As Google itself has explained of this ad:

“This film celebrates Lady Gaga’s special and unmediated relationship with her fans, the Little Monsters.  The making of this film is a demonstration of the power of the web in its own right.  The entire project, beginning with Lady Gaga’s shoot in NYC on May 8th [2011], to shipping materials to the television networks for air, took 10 days.  Within hours of the release of her new single “Edge of Glory” on May 9th, fans began uploading videos on YouTube, making the song their own by dancing to it, singing it and playing it on all kinds of instruments.  Lady Gaga then posted a message on her website asking for more videos to be used in the film project.  Fans responded within minutes and uploaded hundreds more videos.  Back in the editing room, in real time as fan videos streamed in, editors were putting them into the film.  The film was completed on May 18th in time to air during Lady Gaga’s performance on the season finale of Saturday Night Live, and to also live on the web.”

     Gaga’s guest appearance on NBC’s Saturday Night Live that evening helped pull in millions of viewers who also saw the Google ad premiere.  With Justin Timberlake hosting and Lady Gaga as the musical guest, SNL garnered its highest ratings for a season finale in seven years.  Nielsen reported that the show averaged a 7.0 rating in major local markets — meaning about 7 percent of homes with televisions watched the episode — up from a 5.8 rating for the same episode the previous year.  And Lady Gaga did her part that night as well, alerting her followers via Twitter that there was something special coming that night beyond the show:  “To everyone watching TimberGagaSNL tonight, I have a GLORIOUS surprise!  Watch the commercial breaks little monsters.  This is our moment!”   The next night, Sunday May 22nd,  the Google ad with Lady Gaga was seen by millions more, as it ran during the 2011 Billboard Music Awards,  broadcast live on the ABC television network.

     For those not experienced with the web there is a quite a lot going on in this ad that will be missed or not fully understood.  But Google is primarily targeting young people with the ad, and specifically the “Lady Gaga market” – i.e, her 10 million-plus loyal fan base.  Still, given the quality of this ad, gains beyond the Gaga market have already arrived and more will come.  As of October 2010, for example, the YouTube posting of this ad on Google’s Chrome page has received a steadily rising share of visitors, with more than 4.2 million pageviews.

     The net effect of the ad appears to be more emotional and impressionistic than it is hard-core marketing – and for Google, that is not a bad thing.  All in all, strung together as it is,  the ad offers a kind of celebration of  human potential.  A positive feeling seeps out of it; even dare say a bit of viewer pride on behalf of those portrayed, as each of the clips shows someone with an inspired bit of spontaneity, or otherwise letting loose with their inner creative selves in some form, be that through dance, art or music. And all of that expression is given voice by way of the web and web tools like Google Chrome.

Of course, that’s what good advertising is supposed to do: make us feel something with creative arrangements of sight and sound.  Still, kudos to Google and their team for this ad and the others in this series, which is further explored below.


More Human

     The Lady Gaga ad, however, is one of a series of ads Google has used since May 2011 to promote its Chrome browser.  These ads, like the Gaga ad, are also part statement on Google the brand and part statement on the technology’s potential – even if not the intention.  And for Google, this series of ads also took the company into new territory, as they began presenting the company with a much more human face.

     Google, it must be remembered, is a geek-born entity and proud of it – no knock there, as their engineering focus has certainly changed the world for the better.  Secondly, Google is primarily about selling advertising, not using it.  For most of the company’s short existence – founded in 1998 – it had not really seen the need to do major mainstream advertising about itself or its wares.  Google grew to fame by that old tried-and-true method, word of mouth.  What little advertising the company did was mostly on-line, and not well known beyond that, and certainly not on prime-time television.


“Parisian Love”

     Then in early 2010, for the Super Bowl, Google ventured into the more mainline advertising arena with “Parisian Love,” an ad that tells the story of an American exchange student falling in love with a woman in Paris. 

     This “story,” however, is “told” entirely in 30 seconds using Google’s search page as the sole visual, with a series of typed-in search queries as storyline – e.g., “how to impress a French woman,” “what are Truffles?” “Churches in Paris,” and finally, sometime after the honeymoon, “how to assemble a crib.” The final screenshot says simply: “search on.” 

     This Google ad uses a spare piano score as background and makes its point about the power and possibilities of search in modern life, but also importantly includes the human element in its storyline. Google’s “Parisian Love” Superbowl ad of 2010 told a love story in 30 seconds using only Google’s search page and a series of typed-in queries as the storyline. It was really Google’s first foray into more mainstream TV advertising, and the forerunner of the ads it launched in May of 2011, including the Lady Gaga Chrome ad.

     Google appears to have become more involved with mainstream advertising around 2007 when it hired former Ogilvy advertising executive Andy Berndt to build a new creative unit internally.  A year later, the company added Robert Wong, formerly an Arnold advertising director who had also worked at Starbucks.  Today, Google’s Creative Lab is a 50-person shop – powered in part by younger creatives whom Google has recruited and is schooling as it goes – that works closely with Google marketing and outside ad agencies such as Bartle Bogle Hegarty ( who worked on the Gaga ad), Cutwater, and Johannes Leonardo, among others.  Robert Wong, creative director of the Lab, has stated that among the Lab’s main tasks are: to “remind the world what it is that they love about Google;” to communicate the company’s innovations, intentions and ideals; and to “manage and steward” the brand.


“Dear Sophie”

Screenshot from "Dear Sophie" Google Chrome ad.
Screenshot from "Dear Sophie" Google Chrome ad.
     Google’s first round of Chrome ads — which come across more like “internet potential” ads than browser ads — appeared with two spots in early May 2011.  And most importantly, these ads, like the Lady Gaga ad, with their emotional content, also cast the company in a more human light.  The first of these, “Dear Sophie,” features a father creating a scrapbook for his far-too-cute Asian baby daughter as she grows up, principally using Google’s e-mail service, Gmail, sending her notes, photos and videos as she grows, also employing Google tools such as Picasa and YouTube to upload and store her photos.  This video/ad, which is based on a true story, has the father creating a Gmail login for his daughter, composing messages for her which appear on screen for the viewer to read during the ad, some of which are quite touching.  The viewer also sees a series of Sophie birthday photos, Sophie in ballet class, Sophie losing teeth, etc. as Dad writes his tender notes to her.  “Kudos to Google for having us reaching for the tissues at 13 seconds in,” wrote one reviewer.

Journalist Dan Savage appeared in a May 2011 Google TV ad about the “It Gets Better Project."
Journalist Dan Savage appeared in a May 2011 Google TV ad about the “It Gets Better Project."
     The second Google Chrome ad, titled “It Gets Better,” also began appearing on mainstream TV in May 2011.  It features Dan Savage, a journalist who writes a syndicated column and does radio commentary offering advice on human relationships and sex.  Savage made an inspiring YouTube video about gay bullying, telling gay teens who were being bullied that, in fact, it does get better and they are not alone.   He also founded the “It Gets Better Project” in September 2010, and with that project,  encouraged others from all walks of life to make their own YouTube videos encouraging  and supporting gay teens.  Google’s  TV ad tells that story, showing how the “It Gets Better Project” website soon had more than 10,000 user-created videos, some quite moving, such as that from “Gay Cop, Gay Vet” saying, “you are perfect and wonderful just the way you are.”  Google’s TV ad includes snippets from some of those videos, and in the process, also shows how easy it is to use the Chrome browser and other Google tools to create, upload, and share videos.  But like the Sophie and Gaga ads, it is the human dimension in this Google ad that carries the day and leaves the more powerful message.

Lady Gaga wanted to be involved with the company that was sending out “It-Gets-Better” messaging.

     The ads first aired during the TV shows “One Tree Hill” and “Glee” in early May 2011 on a Tuesday evening.  Wrote reviewer Jennifer Bergen from Geek.com: “After watching two commercials from Google advertising its Chrome browser, I’m pretty choked up, and I kind of want to give someone a hug.”

     Lady Gaga, in fact, decided to do her Google Chrome ad after she had seen “It Gets Better.”  The Google ad team met her backstage after a concert to show her some samples of what they were doing, and according to her manager, Troy Carter, “It Gets Better” had an emotional impact on Gaga.  She decided then she wanted to be involved with the company that was making those kinds of statements.  And so they teamed up for the ad, which Gaga did for free; that is, Google did not pay her.  But Gaga is obviously reaping benefit from the ad, reaching beyond her normal fan base and getting more publicity and exposure in a broader arena.  Google’s Creative Lab developed the ad campaign along with ad agency Bartle Bogle Hegarty (BBH).

Teen idol Justin Bieber also appeared in a Google TV ad.
Teen idol Justin Bieber also appeared in a Google TV ad.
     In addition to the Gaga ad, Google also involved another entertainer in its ad series, teen idol Justin Bieber.  The Bieber ad shows how YouTube postings were used when Bieber was very young to help him gain exposure and subsequent success.  The ad also displays how the internet is a continuing asset to Bieber’s career. 

     Ads like those for Bieber and Gaga are potentially “two-fers” for Google – i.e., gaining ground with a target audience, whether Gaga or Bieber fans, the gay/lesbian community, or some other specific audience.   And they also reach a more general mainstream TV audience.  Some of the ads also remain on line at YouTube and are often shared and embedded on numerous websites where they continue to be viewed as well.

     Google has since made other similar TV ads — one showcasing a young couple in the restaurant business and another using the popular “angry birds” video game as a hook.  Yet clearly, Google’s messages using more human themes and emotional content have received popular notice and have taken the company to a new level of public appreciation, consistent in one sense with its guiding moto of  “don’t do evil.”

“The Edge of Glory”
Lady Gaga: May 2011

     In a May 2011 interview with New York Times writer Jon Pareles, Lady Gaga was asked about her song, “The Edge of Glory,” which is used, in part, in the Google Chrome ad.  The exchange  between them went as follows:

Q: Can you tell me more about “The Edge of Glory”?

A: I wrote that song about my grandpa when he passed away, and it means a lot to me. And Clarence Clemons played saxophone, and I listened to him growing up so it represents my youth. The song was about how when my grandma was standing over my grandfather while he was dying, there was this moment where I felt like he had sort of looked at her and reckoned that he had won in life. Like, I’m a champion. We won. Our love made us a winner. They were married 60 years. And then we left and he died. And I thought about that idea, that the glorious moment of your life is when you decide that it’s O.K. to go, you don’t have any more words to say, more business, more mountains to climb. You’re on the cliff, you tip your hat to yourself and you go. That’s what it was for me in that moment when I witnessed it.

And then, as I began to write the song, I thought about, you know, living on the edge of your life in a way that when you reach that moment it is glorious. The lyric is it’s hot to feel the rush, to brush the dangerous, being unafraid to fall deeply in love, being unafraid to go out all the way to the brink of your imagination.

Q: It has a long, long coda.

A: The coda is full-out. It’s so sexy, and it’s like the sax is singing for me, I don’t need to sing, I just need to throw on an emerald green dress and twirl around on a street corner.


Gaga Ad a Hit

     Lady Gaga’s TV ad for Google meanwhile — now on You Tube at four-million plus visitors and climbinghas obviously struck a chord with many of her fans.  But it has also reached beyond her fan base, provoking some  thoughtful commentary in a few places.  For example, author Grant McCracken writing in his blog at the Harvard Business Review observes:

…In part, the Chrome ad is a message from Lady Gaga to her fans… [It ] is an explicit call to arms, asking fans to embrace their otherness, their eccentricity, their most exuberant, expressive selves.

…Kids dancing like maniacs in the kitchen.  People find their way out of conventional selves into more vivid ones.  Life as a reckless pursuit of the sublime.  That is what America is for.  Or to use the more solemn language of Daniel Bell, the great American sociologist, this is our expressive individualism, the right of every American to be whoever they want to be.  This is one of the faces of American liberty…

…I know some readers believe that Lady Gaga is bad news.  I was giving a talk to a roomful of [business] managers about contemporary culture the other day, and someone asked darkly what I thought of the “dissoluteness.”  I got what he was saying.  If you are a CFO for a large company, Lady Gaga’s videos and that Chrome ad looks like an affront to civic virtue and private decency.  The gender bending, the embrace of the other, the extravagant makeup, it all looks like trouble, an end to civilization as we know it.

I understand the alarm… The good news, anthropologically speaking, is that there is no danger.  Lady Gaga and her fans are “monsters” only in the sense that they depart from the soft rules of social life, the ones that govern self-expression.  They are not threatening to break the hard rules of social life, to commit crimes against the person or the state.  We may treat the liberty Lady Gaga urges on her fans as a “thing indifferent.”  It does not remove people from goodness or decency.  It does not put the body politic at risk.  It does not signal immorality, or the collapse of public order…

_______________________________________________

“Ms. Germanotta”
2005-2011

Photo of Stefani Germanotta prior to her “Lady Gaga” stardom.
Photo of Stefani Germanotta prior to her “Lady Gaga” stardom.
     Lady Gaga, whose real name is Stefani Germanotta, began performing in the rock music scene of New York City’s Lower East Side around 2005.  She rose to prominence in 2008 after her debut studio album, The Fame, achieved international popularity, rising to No. 1 in six countries, topping the Billboard Dance/Electronic albums chart, and also hitting to No. 2 on the Billboard 200 albums chart.  Since then, she has rocketed to superstardom, and has sold an estimated 13 million albums and 51 million singles, making her one of the best-selling music artists worldwide.  In the U. S., she is among the best-selling digital artists, with nearly 30 million digital singles sold so far.  Her second studio album released in 2011, Born This Way, powered by three singles “Born This Way,” “Judas” and “The Edge of Glory,” has topped the charts in many countries.  “Born This Way” became the fastest-selling iTunes song in history, selling one million copies in five days.

Flare magazine, 2009.
Flare magazine, 2009.
Gaga performing, 2009.
Gaga performing, 2009.
Roling Stone, 2010.
Roling Stone, 2010.
Vogue, March 2011.
Vogue, March 2011.

     Although she has developed her own singular style, artists said to have influenced her are dance-pop stars like Madonna and Michael Jackson and “glam rock” singers such as David Bowie and Freddie Mercury.  Gaga has developed a penchant for controversial showmanship and sometimes over-the-top outfits.  Yet, in the fashion world, she has become a welcomed player and something of an economic stimulus.  With her rise to stardom she has appeared on the covers of numerous magazines, was named to Time magazine’s 100 most influential people in 2010, and is listed among the highest-earning celebrities by Forbes,  taking in some $90 million in 2010.

     Life, however, wasn’t always so kind to Stefani Germanotta.  In high school, according to a Rolling Stone interview, Gaga was teased mercilessly.  “Being teased for being ugly, having a big nose, being annoying,” she explained… “‘Your laugh is funny, you’re weird, why do you always sing, why are you so into theater, why do you do your make-up like that?’ . . . I used to be called a slut, be called this, be called that, I didn’t even want to go to school sometimes.”  Gaga today, has become a champion to kids being bullied or shunned, and her music, with songs like “Born This Way,” helps some kids get through those tough times.

May 2010: Lady Gaga on the cover of “The Time 100” with Ivory Coast soccer star Didier Drogba and former U.S. President Bill Clinton. Click for copy.
May 2010: Lady Gaga on the cover of “The Time 100” with Ivory Coast soccer star Didier Drogba and former U.S. President Bill Clinton. Click for copy.
     Lady Gaga’s public reception to date has been mixed, receiving scathing critiques from some writers such as Camille Paglia, who has called her a “manufactured personality.”  Others see her as a necessary pop culture change agent.  At least one U.S. college course is titled “Lady Gaga and the Sociology of Fame.”  Among her heroes are the former Beatle John Lennon and German poet Rainer Maria Rilke.

     In recent years, Lady Gaga has injected herself into the political arena, taking up issues such as, “don’t ask, don’t tell,” gay and lesbian rights generally, and teen bullying.  In her political work on behalf of overturning the U.S. military’s “don’t ask, don’t tell” policy – which had prohibited gay and lesbian service members from serving openly because of their sexuality – she released three YouTube videos urging her fans to contact their Senators in an effort to overturn the policy.  In September 2010, she also spoke at a Servicemembers Legal Defense Network rally in Portland, Maine.

     Gaga has also contributed to the fight against HIV and AIDS.  She teamed up with MAC Cosmetics to launch a line of lipstick under her Viva Glam Gaga line, the proceeds from which are donated to HIV and AIDS prevention worldwide – and according to Forbes magazine, $202 million so far from lipstick and lipgloss.  Gaga has also become quite involved with her music business and related internet technologies.

_______________________________________

“Gaga @Google”
March 2011

Lady Gaga visit at Google, headquarters, March 2011.
Lady Gaga visit at Google, headquarters, March 2011.
      Lady Gaga and Google had hooked up prior to her May 2011 involvement with the Chrome ad.  In March 2011, Google hosted a live Lady Gaga visit at the “GooglePlex,”as the company’s Mountain View, California headquarters is sometimes called.  This session was one in a long line of talk show-like programs that Google has sponsored in recent years, bringing in celebrities, politicians,  authors and others.  Each of these sessions is filmed, posted online, and archived for YouTube.  The Gaga event, billed as “Google Goes Gaga,” was part of the company’s “Musicians@Google”series.  Gaga made the visit just before a scheduled performance in Oakland for her Monster Ball tour.  She was also there, in part, to promote her album, Born This Way.

Lady Gaga at “Googleplex” session in Mountain View, CA, with Google V.P. Marissa Mayer, March 2011.
Lady Gaga at “Googleplex” session in Mountain View, CA, with Google V.P. Marissa Mayer, March 2011.
     Before Lady Gaga actually sat down to talk with Google’s Marissa Mayer, V.P. of consumer products, Gaga was introduced by a short video on a large screen in the room.  The 30-second video showed various Google tools at work on Lady Gaga’s rising career: charting the rising surge of Gaga search queries, her followers, a sampling of fan-inspired YouTube videos, and a Google translations program working on Gaga lyrics in various languages.  That video, or something like it, could also serve as a stand-alone Google ad.

     Sitting with Mayer on stage, the pop star talked about a range of subjects including being bullied as a kid, her vocal training, dealing with the paparazzi, and being a woman working in the pop music business.  She also mentioned the millions of fan and search hits she gets on Google, and the millions of views her videos get on YouTube

Lady Gaga with Google co-founder Larry Page, a photo she uploaded to the web the day of her visit in March 2011.
Lady Gaga with Google co-founder Larry Page, a photo she uploaded to the web the day of her visit in March 2011.
     During the Google session, Gaga also took questions from Google employees, some of whom dressed up in Gaga-like costumes for the event.  Mayer also fielded questions for her via Twitter and Google Moderator during the session.  Gaga had earlier asked fans to submit questions through Twitter and YouTube.  More than 54,000 video questions were submitted and more than 220,000 YouTube users voted on which questions should be used in the Google session.

     At Google that day, Gaga also met briefly with Google co-founder Larry Page, whom she calls “Larry Google.”  After her visit, she sent a Twitter message to her followers, also posting a photo of her and Page taken that day.  “Just left Google,” she tweeted, “what a genius team.”

     Stay tuned; the Google-Gaga relationship may be just getting started.


Entertainment Networks

     Google’s advertising and networking, especially around entertainment superstars like Lady Gaga, also highlights a new kind of business and communications model that appears to be taking form, not only with possibilities at Google, but throughout the technology-entertainment community.  Simple advertising campaigns, as the Gaga TV ad and others like it now show, can very quickly generate and build a connection to millions of fans – fans who are responsive to related messages and possibly much more.

Lady Gaga’s “Born This Way” album helped set a digital sales record at Amazon.com, where fan response to a promotional special crashed the company's servers. Click for CD or digital.
Lady Gaga’s “Born This Way” album helped set a digital sales record at Amazon.com, where fan response to a promotional special crashed the company's servers. Click for CD or digital.
     Lady Gaga, for example, is huge in social media – approaching 35 million followers on Facebook, and more than 10 million on Twitter.  On YouTube, her videos have received more than 1 billion views.  And others on the web have seen first-hand the power of Gaga’s fan base.  On May 23, 2011, Amazon .com, in a heavily-publicized move to promote its music service, offered digital copies of Lady Gaga’s latest album, Born This Way for 99 cents.  Gaga’s fan base went “gaga” over the deal and crashed Amazon’s servers on the first day of sales.  Gaga would proceed to sell 1.1 million copies of the album in the U.S. during its debut week, the most for any artist since 2005.  Lady Gaga is also no stranger to endorsement deals, some of which will live on the web, such as her deal with internet game company Zynga to add a “GagaVille” to that company’s wildly popular FarmVille social game.  She also has involvements with Polaroid and Starbucks, is a Best Buy Mobile partner, a sponsor for Monster energy drink, and has her own Beats-branded headphones, a perfume line, and more.  She has also had various promotional or other deals with iTunes, HBO, Livestream, VEVO, and Amazon Cloud Player.  Going forward, new kinds of celebrity and entertain- ment networks–becoming valuable internet business hubs–will emerge as key economic winners. Gaga’s team of managers and marketers are among the best and most web-savvy in the business, and understand the importance of integrating social and traditional media and keeping current with their fan base

     Gaga and her managers have also been investigating other high-tech possibilities – and related business opportunities – for better ways to manage their powerful fan base.  In 2010, after Apple began a music-based social network called Ping, Steve Jobs arranged for a meeting with Lady Gaga and her business manager, Troy Carter.  Reports on that meeting, held at Apple headquarters in Cupertino, California, indicate that Lady Gaga quizzed Jobs about Ping’s design, and both she and Carter expressed concerns about the lack of Ping’s integration with other social networks like Facebook.  Carter, in fact, came away thinking about a new kind of platform for entertainers that could help them manage their fan base across all major social networks.  That idea has since become a new start-up company called Backplane, which will help to build platforms and communities of interests on the web around specific interests, such as those for musicians and sports teams – platforms that will work with Facebook, Twitter, and other such sites.

     Carter, 38, has been Gaga’s manager for four years, and he knows first-hand how the internet has helped Gaga’s fan base grow.  “There was a time when radio stations wouldn’t play Gaga’s music, because it was considered dance,” he explained in a June 2011 New York Times interview.  “Outside of live performances, the internet became our primary tool to help people discover her music.”  Carter’s new venture, meanwhile, Backplane, has raised more than $1 million from a group of investors led by Tomorrow Ventures, the investment firm of Google’s chairman, Eric E. Schmidt.  Lady Gaga is also a major shareholder in Backplane with a 20 percent stake.  Google, from its perch at the center of search and information technology, will have powerful new opportunities in social networking, advertising, film production, and entertain-ment. Observes Gary Briggs, a vice president at Google, who worked with Lady Gaga’s team on the Chrome TV commercial: “Troy and Gaga are doing things with communications and fan relationships that we haven’t really seen before.”

     Google, meanwhile, has already begun to create special features with some of its web tools.  In May 2011 it launched a music chart for videos called the YouTube 100 that charts song popularity in user-generated and professional music videos.  Google is also building its own social networking site, known as “Google+,” which opened to the general public in late September 2011 and has surpassed 50 million users since then.  Still, it has a ways to go to catch Facebook at 750 million users.  However, Google has noticed that celebrities like Hollywood actor Ashton Kutcher helped Twitter reach stratospheric numbers of new members.  After Kutcher’s high-profile usage and large number of followers made news — he soared to 1 million followers very quickly — Twitter received lots of press and new users.  Google+ has already announced it will verify celebrity pages on its new site so celebrities will be confident of their identities, a policy that will also help to thwart the rise of imposter pages.  Lady Gaga, and/or other high-profile luminaries may well be in line to help Google boost enrollment at its new Google+ site. Going forward, whether at Google or elsewhere, new kinds of celebrity and entertainment networks – and really quite valuable business hubs as well – will emerge as key economic winners.

     In any case, the old media-entertainment complex is changing pretty dramatically these days, with internet technology increasingly paramount.  And Google it seems, from its perch at the center of search and information technology, will have powerful new opportunities in advertising, social networking, film production, and entertainment.

     Additional stories at this website on the history of media, celebrity, and advertising are listed at those category pages, with others found in the Archive or on the Home Page.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle.

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 13 October 2011
Last Update: 17 February 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Google & Gaga, 2011,”
PopHistoryDig.com, October 13, 2011.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Lady Gaga on the October 2011 cover of Harper's Bazaar without makeup. "Whether I'm wearing lots of makeup or no makeup, I'm always the same person inside," says she, 25 years old. Click for copy.
Lady Gaga on the October 2011 cover of Harper's Bazaar without makeup. "Whether I'm wearing lots of makeup or no makeup, I'm always the same person inside," says she, 25 years old. Click for copy.
Lady Gaga throwing a kiss to fans, Google Chrome ad.
Lady Gaga throwing a kiss to fans, Google Chrome ad.
2010: Gaga speaking to repeal "Don't Ask, Don't Tell."
2010: Gaga speaking to repeal "Don't Ask, Don't Tell."
September 2010: Lady Gaga on the cover of Vanity Fair.
September 2010: Lady Gaga on the cover of Vanity Fair.
Stefani Germanotta, before her Lady Gaga days.
Stefani Germanotta, before her Lady Gaga days.
 

Claire Cain Miller, “Google Takes to TV to Promote Browser,” New York Times, May 3, 2011.

Jared Newman, “Google Chrome TV Ads Tug at the Heartstrings,” PCWorld, May 4, 2011.

Emma Bazilian, “Google Kicks Off TV Campaign to Promote Chrome,” Ad Week.com, May 4, 2011.

Jennifer Bergen, “Google Chrome TV Ads May Bring a Tear to Your Eye,” Geek.com, May. 5, 2011.

Katharine Mieszkowski, The Bay Citizen, “At Google, The Book Tour Becomes Big Business,” New York Times, May 12, 2011.

GlamourZooombie, Google Chrome Ad, “Lady Gaga,” YouTube.com, May 21, 2011.

Jon Pareles, “Q. and A. With Lady Gaga on Her ‘Freedom Ride’,” New York Times, May 20, 2011.

Brian Stelter and Rachel Lee Harris, “Pop Stars Lift ‘SNL’ Ratings,” New York Times, May 22, 2011.

Amy Sciarretto, “‘The Web Is What You Make of It’ in Lady Gaga’s Google Chrome Commercial,” PopCrush.com, May 22, 2011.

“We’re Going a Bit Crazy for Lady Gaga in the Google Chrome Advert!,” Sugar Scape.com, May 29, 2011.

Grant McCracken, “Paws Up, Little Monsters,” HBRBlog (Harvard Business Review), Tuesday, May 31, 2011.

Jocelyn Vena, “Lady Gaga, Justin Bieber Pay Homage To Internet Roots In Google Chrome Ads,” MTV.com, June 30, 2011.

Jeffrey Van Camp, “Lady Gaga Stars in New Google Chrome Commercial,” Digital Trends.com.

Musicians@Google Presents: “Google Goes Gaga,” YouTube .com, March 2011.

Evelyn M. Rusli, “A Force Behind the Gaga Effect,” New York Times, June 6, 2011.

“The Edge of Glory,” Wikipedia.org.

Teressa Iezzi, “Meet the Google 5, the Team Behind ‘Parisian Love’ Super Bowl Spot,” AdAge.com, September 27, 2010.

“Google Goes Gaga: Lady Gaga Takes Questions on YouTube and Twitter and From Google Employees,” LATimes.com, March 23, 2011.

Michael Learmonth, “‘Dear Sophie’ Played on TV, but ‘Savage Love’ Won the Web for Google’s Chrome,” AdAge.com, May 12, 2011.

Google Chrome, “Dear Sophie,” You Tube.com, May 2, 2011.

Google Chrome, “It Gets Better,” You Tube.com, May 2, 2011.

“Dan Savage,” Wikipedia.org.

Google Chrome, “Justin Bieber,” You Tube.com, June 28, 2011.

“Lady Gaga,” Wikipedia.org.

Joe Thompson, “Gaga for Gaga – Watch Lady Gaga’s Google Chrome Commercial,” Gay.net, May 2011.

Chloe Albanesius, “Lady Gaga Stops By Google, Announces Directorial Debut,” PCMag.com, March 23, 2011.

“Troy Carter on Lady Gaga’s Brand Alliances”(video), AdAge.com, September 21, 2011.

“Lady Gaga Becomes First Twitter User with 10 Million Followers,” LATimes.com, May 16, 2011.

“Lady Gaga to Put Her Style, Music into Zynga’s Farmville Game with GagaVille,” LATimes.com, May 10, 2011.

Mark Milian”Google+ Has a ‘Celebrity Acquisition Plan’,” CNN.com, July 19, 2011.

“Lady Gaga’s Best Looks,” Photo Gallery (236 photos), Rolling Stone.com.

“Lady Gaga Discusses Her Struggles and Connection to Fans in Rolling Stone Cover Story,” Rolling Stone.com, May 25, 2011.

“Don’t Be Evil,” Wikipedia.org.

“Lady Gaga Fans Crash Website In Album Frenzy,” ContactMusic.com, May 24, 2011.

___________________________




“The U.S. Post Office”
1950s-2011

“Coastal Post Office” by artist Stevan Dohanos published by the “Saturday Evening Post” magazine on August 26th, 1950. Click for Saturday Evening Post wall art.
“Coastal Post Office” by artist Stevan Dohanos published by the “Saturday Evening Post” magazine on August 26th, 1950. Click for Saturday Evening Post wall art.
     In this day and age of Facebook, Twitter, and e-mail, when information travels at the speed of light, the U.S. Post Office system seems a quaint and costly anachronism – and an easy target for government budget cutters.

Yet despite the technological changes that have swirled around this seemingly “old world” communication system in recent decades — and the sometimes carping about rising postage, slow service, or overpaid workers — the U.S. Post Office is still highly regarded in the American community.

Whether remote rural outpost or big-city neighborhood branch, the local U. S. Post Office is still a much-loved part of the American scene, and a key community institution. And over the years, in the nation’s cultural tableau and social register, the local Post Office has been portrayed fondly as a valued place and integral part of the community.

     Take, for example, how the Saturday Evening Post magazine portrayed a local post office scene on one of its covers from August 26, 1950.  This rendering, shown at right, by artist Stevan Dohanos (1907- 1994), is titled “Coastal Post Office.”  It portrays the “Menemsha Post Office” – an actual place on Martha’s Vineyard Island, MA.

Detail from Stevan Dohanos’ “Coastal Post Office.”
Detail from Stevan Dohanos’ “Coastal Post Office.”
     Dohanos depicts this post office as something of a busy community hub in 1950, with people coming and going.  A line of patrons is queued up, extending out through the entrance doorway, each person awaiting his or her turn at the postal services window.  Outside, a local artist has set up a display of one of his paintings, being admired by two onlookers.  A couple of other locals are simply biding their time at the front of the building, one leaning on a cane, and another siting on the porch. 

     A close-up portion of Dohanos’ painting  displayed at left reveals a bit more detail about the postal patrons and the services being offered — a woman reading her mail on the way out; signs in the post office window announcing, “Skiffs Rented” and “Home Baked Goods,” and another higher up for a local “bake” of some kind on “Friday.”  True to form, and as suggested by Dohanos in this rendering, the thousands of local post offices that stood across mid-20th century America were active community hubs — and many remain so today. Thousands of post offices that stood across mid-20th century America were and still are active community hubs. Then and now, they have been and continue to be important gathering places and information centers, offering multiple services beyond just the mail, also as Dohanos relayed of Menemsha in 1950.

     Those were surely the halcyon days of the U.S. postal system; a time when letter writing, mail, and the local post office were all a more central part of everyday American life.  Yet still today, the U.S. Post Office system is a major player in American communities and the American economy.  In 2010 it had revenues of $67 billion, which if it were a private company, would place it at roughly No. 29 on the Fortune 500 list.  The U.S. post office system has more domestic locations – i.e., some 31,800 post offices – than Walmart, Starbucks, and McDonald’s combined.  And despite the system’s current financial woes and the rapidly changing nature of information culture, the long-standing community place known as the local post office is still a welcomed and valued presence in many communities.

Recent photo, Menemsha Post Office.
Recent photo, Menemsha Post Office.
     Artist Stevan Dohanos, meanwhile, were he alive today, might be pleased to know that the Menemsha Post Office – which is actually located in the town of Chilmark, Massachusetts on the southern end of Martha’s Vineyard Island – appears to be still operating today as a combination grocery story and Postal Service substation.  It’s open for business mid-May thru mid-September, Monday through Saturday, 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. 

     The structure, shown at left, appears somewhat differently than it did in the time Dohanos did his rendering more than 60 years ago, but the resemblance is still there.  A story about its local operation and one of its long-time postmasters and store owners appears as a link in “Sources” below.  It is not known, however, if the Menemsha Post Office is on the latest list of targeted post office closings.

A Stevan Dohanos illustration, “Rural Post Office at Christmas,” provides seasonal cover art for Saturday Evening Post of December 13, 1947. Click for illustration in various sizes of canvas wall art.
A Stevan Dohanos illustration, “Rural Post Office at Christmas,” provides seasonal cover art for Saturday Evening Post of December 13, 1947. Click for illustration in various sizes of canvas wall art.
     Another post office rendering by Stevan Dohanos for The Saturday Evening Post  appeared on the cover of the magazine’s December 13, 1947 issue.  This one, entitled “Rural Post Office at Christmas,”  shown at right, depicts a wintry scene with a rural resident, likely a farmer, who has parked his truck out front with a cow riding in back and a dog in the cab.  The farmer is carrying several packages – Christmas presents, no doubt – to the entrance of the red brick post office building.  The overhead sign at the building’s entrance says “Post Office, Georgetown.”  It is believed the model for this rendering was the actual Georgetown, Connecticut post office which in those years was located on North Main Street in that town from about 1920 to sometime in the 1950s, when it then moved to a new location.

     A somewhat crisper portion of this Dohanos painting, displayed below, reveals a bit more detail in the scene.  A sign on the ground at the corner of the post office building features a Santa Claus on the move with mail sack over his shoulder, also bearing the seasonal admonition: “Don’t Delay, Mail Today.” 

Through the doorway, an older man in a white shirt can be seen, likely the postmaster waiting to help with the packages. Behind the postmaster, and beyond the doorway, rows of postal boxes can be seen. Also visible through the window at left, and tacked to a wall, are various notices and announcements. 

Prints of this particular Dohanos painting – both in its Saturday Evening Post edition, and as the painting by itself – can be found for sale online.  The painting used for the Saturday Evening Post cover was offered for sale at Sothebys in March 2010 with an estimated price of between $15,000 and $20,000.

Detail from "Rural Post Office at Christmas," S. Dohanos.
Detail from "Rural Post Office at Christmas," S. Dohanos.
     At the Saturday Evening Post, Stevan Dohanos – along with J. C. Leyendecker and Norman Rockwell – was one of the magazine’s most prolific and popular cover artists, doing more than 100 covers there as well as others for story composition. 

     Dohanos also worked for Esquire and Medical Times magazines and provided advertising art for Caterpillar, Four Roses Whiskey, Maxwell House coffee, Pan Am airlines, Cannon Towels, Olin Industries, John Hancock Insurance, and others.  In addition, Dohanos illustrated WWII posters, did Christmas Seal art, film art for White Christmas, and also wall murals for a number of federal buildings from West Virginia to the Virgin Islands.

“Wanted Posters,” cover scene title for the February 21, 1953 Saturday Evening Post, by artist Stevan Dohanos.
“Wanted Posters,” cover scene title for the February 21, 1953 Saturday Evening Post, by artist Stevan Dohanos.
     Another Dohanos rendering of post office activity in the American community came on the cover of the February 21, 1953 edition of The Saturday Evening Post.  Entitled “Wanted Posters,” the scene shows a group of three young boys in their cowboy attire, complete with hats and six-shooter guns, looking up at the latest FBI wanted posters on a wall in the post office lobby.  The “most wanted” posters have been regular fare in many post office lobbies for decades, and have typically included unflattering mug shots of the nation’s most notorious criminals. 

The boys in this rendering appear somewhat in awe of what they are viewing and reading.  They have apparently taken a break from their play, and wandered into the free and open lobby of the local post office, deciding to take a look at the posted information on the nation’s real criminal element. They are not likely contemplating a try for the reward money, but perhaps they may add to their play fantasy by what they read. And who knows, maybe one of them might even be inspired to go into criminal justice work.  

But surely, such cold and stark “money-on-your-head” public postings must have helped make real for this young band of play bandits that a life of crime might not be all that glamorous. Meanwhile, the postal worker at the stamp window in this scene is watching the boys with seemingly amused approval.

Detail from “Wanted Posters” reveals that one of the offenders is wanted for “mail fraud” the other “bank robbery.”
Detail from “Wanted Posters” reveals that one of the offenders is wanted for “mail fraud” the other “bank robbery.”
     The FBI’s “most wanted” poster program came about after a reporter for the International News Service asked the FBI in 1950 for the names and descriptions of the “toughest guys” the Bureau wanted to capture.  The resulting story generated so much publicity and had so much appeal that then FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover began the “Ten Most Wanted Fugitives” program.  The program at post offices, however, has done its share, as at least 14 of the “Ten Most Wanted” FBI criminals between 1950 and 1999 were apprehended as the result of folks recognizing the criminals from postings they saw at their local post offices.


Mailmen & The Mail

“Mailman” cover for May 13th, 1944 edition of Saturday Evening Post by Stevan Dohanos. Click for book about Dohanos and his art.
“Mailman” cover for May 13th, 1944 edition of Saturday Evening Post by Stevan Dohanos. Click for book about Dohanos and his art.
     Other Saturday Evening Post covers by Stevan Dohanos featuring postal themes  includes his “Mailman” cover  for the May 13th, 1944 edition.  This illustration shows an umbrella-covered mailman slogging through an early spring rain making his appointed rounds, bulging mailbag in tow.  And today, more than 60 years later, there are thousands of letter carriers that continue to make their daily rounds, rain or shine.

     The U.S. Postal Service currently has something on the order of 570,000 full-time workers, making it the country’s second largest employer.  All of these folks are not letter carriers, or course, as many work in various other parts of the mail system.  Still, only Wal-Mart employs more people in the U.S. than the Postal Service.  And the U.S. mail system still handles an enormous amount of “product.”

     As of 2010, the U.S. Postal Service was delivering an average 560 million pieces of mail each day; more than 170 billion annually, accounting for about 40 percent of all global mail.  However, in recent years, the composition of the U.S. mail bag has been changing in major ways.  In the late 1970s, for example, Congress prevailed upon the Postal Service to allow private companies to carry letters needing urgent delivery.  As a result, Federal Express and the United Parcel Service (UPS) built enormously valuable businesses on what was once Post Office turf.  Today, UPS and FedEx have respectively 53 and 32 percent of the American express and ground-shipping market, while the Postal Service has about 15 percent.

“Mailman” detail – What’s in the U.S. mail sack today?
“Mailman” detail – What’s in the U.S. mail sack today?
     Then came e-mail in the 1990s, which has since devastated first-class mail – the primary funder of most U.S. mail operations and the Postal Service’s most profitable form of mail.  With e-mail’s ascendancy, “old-fashioned,” physical-form letter-writing declined fairly dramatically, pushing first-class mail volume way down, declining from 103.7 billion pieces in 2001 to 78.2 billion pieces in 2010.

     By 2005, junk mail had surpassed first-class mail for the first time.  Yet junk mail, per piece, is only a third as valuable as a first-class letter.  And junk mail rises and falls with the vagaries of the economy.  Recently in the U.S., when times were flush with booming real estate sales and easy credit, banks deluged mailboxes with mortgage deals and credit-card offers.  But when the recession hit in 2006-2010, total mail volume plunged 20 percent.


Stamp Collecting

Stevan Dohanos did this “Stamp Collecing” cover for the Saturday Evening Post of  February 27, 1954.
Stevan Dohanos did this “Stamp Collecing” cover for the Saturday Evening Post of February 27, 1954.
     Back at the Saturday Evening Post in the 1950s, artist Stevan Dohanos did another postal-related cover illustration, this one depicting a father and son engaged in stamp collecting, shown at right.  Stamp collecting then and now, is a fairly huge global enterprise.  There are some 200 million stamp collectors world wide, 25 million of those in the U.S.  The first U.S. postage stamps were authorized by Congress in 1847, with Benjamin Franklin and George Washington appearing on some of the earliest known issues in July 1847.  Commemorative stamps have also been issued in the U.S. since 1893, when a set of 16 were issued to celebrate the 400th anniversary of Christopher Columbus’s arrival in the New World (1492-1892).  Those were $1 stamps and the first one depicted a scene entitled “Isabella pledging her jewels” — to finance Columbus’s first expedition.  Since then the U.S. commemorative and postage stamp universe has expanded broadly to include many different categories of stamps along with collectors who partake of them — stamps of presidents, statespersons, and politicians; stamps of famous places, historic events, and famous battles; stamps of birds and other wildlife; stamps of sports figures, film stars, and celebrities of all stripes; and more.  Among notable stamp collectors have been, for example, Franklin Roosevelt, who also designed several American commemorative stamps while he was U.S. President.  Libertarian author Ayn Rand revived her childhood interest in stamps to become an avid collector in later life.  And even some rock stars such as Freddie Mercury, lead singer of the band Queen, and John Lennon of The Beatles, were childhood stamp collectors.

“Stevan Dohanos”
1940s-1960s

Photograph of Artist Stevan Dohanos at work, undated.
Photograph of Artist Stevan Dohanos at work, undated.
     Stevan Dohanos, it turns out, was not just a casual observer of the American postal scene.  In later life he would become quite involved with art for U.S. postage stamps and would also do some post office wall murals during his career. Born in Lorian, Ohio. Dohanos was the son of Hungarian immigrants.  A childhood admirer of Norman Rockwell, Dohanos’ own talent was noticed by his family and those he worked with at a local steel mill.  After a two-year home study course in art, he enrolled at the Cleveland Art School as a ful-time student, graduating to become a commercial artist in Cleveland.  He later settled in the Westport, Connecticut area and began submitting his work to The Saturday Evening Post, his first cover appearing there in the March 7, 1942 edition, depicting a WWII search-light team.  During the next fifteen years he became one of the Post’s regular cover artists, his work categorized as “American realist,” influenced by Edward Hopper.  He also painted some wall murals for the government during the Great Depression.

“Legend of James Hamilton--Barefoot Mailman” (mural study, West Palm Beach Post Office), 1940, S. Dohanos, panel 2. Click for novel.
“Legend of James Hamilton--Barefoot Mailman” (mural study, West Palm Beach Post Office), 1940, S. Dohanos, panel 2. Click for novel.
     Dohanos, it turns out, also had a role depicting some of the lore surrounding “remote delivery” mailmen. Postal carriers, especially in the early years of the postal system in the late nineteenth century, were often known for their heroics delivering mail in difficult and out-of-the way places. In 1939 the Treasury Department’s Section of Fine Arts contracted Dohanos to paint six murals depicting the “Legend of James Edward Hamilton, Mail Carrier” in the West Palm Beach, Florida Post Office. (The murals now appear in the new West Palm Beach post office on Summit Blvd). Hamilton was one of the “barefoot mailmen,” letter carriers who worked a remote stretch of rural Florida in the 1880s – a 68-mile roadless and part-by-boat route from Palm Beach to Miami, much of it by beach walking. The round trip of 136 miles from Palm Beach to Miami and back took six days. Hamilton mysteriously disappeared on the route, either drowned, taken by alligator, or some say, murdered. In conducting his work on the murals, Dohanos corresponded with Charles W. Pierce, postmaster in Boynton Beach, Florida who had also been one of the carriers on the “barefoot route,” which ended in 1892 after a rough road was installed. Pierce first used the term “barefoot mailman” in conversation with Dohanos, the term then applied to the murals Dohanos produced. In 1943, the novel, The Barefoot Mailman, by Theodore Pratt, was based on the story of James Hamilton, and a film followed in 1951 starring Robert Cummings and others. Some of the studies for the Dohanos post office wall murals are now in the Smithsonian’s American Art Museum and have also been displayed at the Library of Congress. More on the barefoot mailman can be found in South Florida History.

Stevan Dohanos helped design this 1967 JFK stamp.
Stevan Dohanos helped design this 1967 JFK stamp.
     In 1959, Dohanos was asked by the U.S. Post Office to design a stamp commemorating the 10th anniversary of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.  In the 1960s, after the Saturday Evening Post ceased to use artist illustrations on its covers, Dohanos took a position as chairman of the National Stamp Advisory Committee where he helped design and select art for postage stamps.  Dohanos worked with stamp art during the administration of seven U.S. presidents and nine postmaster generals, and he knew from his own experience how much the public display art work meant to its creators.  “Artists are always interested in seeing their art reproduced,” he said at one point during his Stamp Advisory Committee years.  “Imagine seeing your work reproduced four and a half billion times.”  Dohanos designed 46 stamps for the U.S. Postal Service, including one honoring John F. Kennedy in 1967.  Among others he designed were those commemorating the statehood of Alaska and Hawaii, another on the Food for Peace Campaign in 1963, and one featuring duck decoys with the caption, “Folk Art U.S.A.”  As a design coordinator Dohanos also oversaw the art work for more than 300 other stamps.  In 1984, the Postal Service’s Hall of Stamps in Washington was dedicated in his honor.  He died of pneumonia in 1994 at the age of 87.

     Stevan Dohanos’ paintings today can be found in the collections of the Avery Memorial of Hartford, The Cleveland Museum, New Britain Museum of American Art, the Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts, and the Whitney Museum of American Art.


“The End of Mail” cover story illustration, Bloom-berg Business Week, May-June 2011.
“The End of Mail” cover story illustration, Bloom-berg Business Week, May-June 2011.


     Today’s magazine cover art featuring the U.S. Postal system has not been in the tradition of those old Saturday Evening Post covers capturing community bustle at a picturesque post office in a coastal town, or of Christmas cheer a-coming in December’s mail.  Rather, today’s magazines are now focused on the financial side of the story, as Bloomberg Business Week did with its May-June 2011 cover story displayed at left. 

     Yet for millions of Americans there is still something of the Stevan Dohanos and Saturday Evening Post imagery and vitality that survives in today’s real world postal system – and a longing among many that something like it should survive into the future.  But how to do that has been the major problem facing Congress and country in recent years, as a variety of bills proposing major changes have been offered and debated.  And as this is written in September 2011, more than 3,600 U.S. Post Offices across the land have been slated for shut down.

Yvonne Rennolds stops by the Arrow Rock, Arkansas post office in August 2011 to get her mail and bring postmaster Tempe McGlaughlin a container of pasta salad. The post office is among those slated for closing.  Sarah Hoffman.
Yvonne Rennolds stops by the Arrow Rock, Arkansas post office in August 2011 to get her mail and bring postmaster Tempe McGlaughlin a container of pasta salad. The post office is among those slated for closing. Sarah Hoffman.
     The U.S. postal system it would seem — as Stevan Dohanos’ historic renderings remind us – is about more than just money.  The post office, especially at the community level, is also about social connection – people-to-people and community-to-government.  Like Facebook and Twitter, the local post office is a kind of social networking –  the actual on-the-ground physical network that is out there working every day, connecting people to government, or at least extending that opportunity.  These brick-and-mortar places then, are a kind of connective national tissue.  Post offices still help to “bind a nation together” – words from the founding language and Congressional debate to justify the system.  So what sense is there in tearing apart this connective tissue?

Kim Billington of Waverly, WA, a city council member, at her town's post office which serves 100 residents in southern Spokane County. Billington says the post office is the only building in town that is staffed every day.  Photo, AP.
Kim Billington of Waverly, WA, a city council member, at her town's post office which serves 100 residents in southern Spokane County. Billington says the post office is the only building in town that is staffed every day. Photo, AP.
       Those American small towns and remote rural regions now targeted for post office closings will surely become future assets; places that can and will absorb future growth.  Why disconnect them now? 

     Paring down far-flung networks and centralizing services may seem an efficient accounting at the moment.  Yet if it costs the nation citizen connectedness today and imposes a future capital replacement cost tomorrow, isn’t that really a false economy?  Rather, if a network of connectedness exists out there now, why take it apart?  Why dismantle something that connects people to their government, is in place now, and can serve the future?

Some 60 post offices may close in Mississippi...
Some 60 post offices may close in Mississippi...
     Would it not be better to rebuild and repurpose this network – or even expand or combine it with other government services, old and new – but at all costs, keeping it in place? Why not refurbish these places and bolster their networking capability by adding community services – from worker training, counseling, and housing assistance, to energy conservation outreach and computer training? Surely with all that the government is doing now – or should be doing – to help American communities and lift local economies, there ought to be a way to keep and revitalize today’s national network of local postal locations.

     Additional stories at this website on magazine history and magazine cover art can be found at the “Magazine History” topics page, which includes, for example: “FDR & Vanity Fair,” (cover art & politics); “Murdoch’s NY Deals” (New York magazine history); “Remington’s West” and “Christy Mathewson” (John Hancock magazine ads); and “Rockwell & Race” (cover art & civil rights). See also the “Politics & Culture” page for stories in that category. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. — Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted:  29 September 2011
Last Update:  25 December 2020
Comments to:  jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The U.S. Post Office, 1950s & Today”,
PopHistoryDig.com, September 29, 2011.

____________________________________


 
Books on Post Office History at Amazon.com

W. Gallagher, 2017 book, “How the Post Office Created America: A History,” Penguin, 336 pp. Click for Amazon.
W. Gallagher, 2017 book, “How the Post Office Created America: A History,” Penguin, 336 pp. Click for Amazon.
Devin Leonard’s book, “Neither Snow Nor Rain: A History of the U.S. Postal Service,” updated, 2021, Grove Press; 364 pp. Click for copy.
Devin Leonard’s book, “Neither Snow Nor Rain: A History of the U.S. Postal Service,” updated, 2021, Grove Press; 364 pp. Click for copy.
C. Shaw / R. Nader (foreword), “First Class: The U.S. Postal Service, Democ-racy, and the Corporate Threat,” 2021, 240pp. Click for copy.
C. Shaw / R. Nader (foreword), “First Class: The U.S. Postal Service, Democ-racy, and the Corporate Threat,” 2021, 240pp. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Stevan Dohanos wasn’t the only cover artist at the Saturday Evening Post who did postal- or mail-related cover art. This one, titled  “Letter From Overseas,” by artist John Falter, appeared May  8, 1943. Click for copy.
Stevan Dohanos wasn’t the only cover artist at the Saturday Evening Post who did postal- or mail-related cover art. This one, titled “Letter From Overseas,” by artist John Falter, appeared May 8, 1943. Click for copy.
December 8, 1945:  “Post Office Sorting Room,” also by John Falter. Click for separate story on Falter's art & SEP covers.
December 8, 1945: “Post Office Sorting Room,” also by John Falter. Click for separate story on Falter's art & SEP covers.
February 22, 1936: “Reading Her Mail at the Greenville Post Office,” by artist Ellen Pyle for the Saturday Evening Post.
February 22, 1936: “Reading Her Mail at the Greenville Post Office,” by artist Ellen Pyle for the Saturday Evening Post.
February 18, 1922: “Sorting The Mail,” by artist Norman Rockwell for the Saturday Evening Post.
February 18, 1922: “Sorting The Mail,” by artist Norman Rockwell for the Saturday Evening Post.

“Stevan Dohanos,” Artist Gallery, Curtis Publishing.com.

“S. Dohanos,” AmericanIllustration.org.

“Stevan Dohanos Biography,” Ilustration -House.com.

“Stevan Dohanos,” Wikipedia.org.

Stevan Dohanos, selected Saturday Evening Post covers, FullTable.com.

“The Saturday Evening Post, Stevan Doha-nos,” MyMags.com.

“U. S. Postal Service,” Wikipedia.org.

“Barbara F. Seward” (with photo), The Martha’s Vineyard Times, January 2011.

“Barbara Seward, Last Menemsha Post-master,” The Vineyard Gazette, January 14, 2011.

Devin Leonard, “The U.S. Postal Service Nears Collapse,” Bloomberg Business Week, May 30-June 5, 2011.

Sandra Taylor Smith and Mark K. Christ, “Arkansas Post Offices & Treasury Dept.’s Section Art Program, 1938-1942,” Arkansas Historic Preservation Program, 1500 Tower Building, 323 Center Street, Little Rock, AR 72201.

Lot 171, Stevan Dohanos, “Georgetown Post Office (Don’t Delay, Mail Today),” American Paintings, Drawings & Scuplture, Cata-logues, Sothebys, March 2010.

“History of Georgetown, Connecticut,” HistoryofRedding.com.

“U.S. Presidents on U.S. Postage Stamps,” Wikipedia.org.

Panel 2, Legend of James Edward Hamilton–Barefoot Mailman (mural study, West Palm Beach, Florida Post Office), 1940, Stevan Dohanos, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

“Barefoot Mailman,” Wikipedia.org.

Stevan Dohanos, Artwork Sampler, Ameri-can Art Archives.

“Chronological Listing of the FBI’s ‘Ten Most Wanted Fugitives’,” FBI.gov.

“Stevan Dohanos, A Stamp Designer And Illustrator, 87,” New York Times, July 6, 1994.

Eleanor Charles, “Illustrator’s Works in Retrospective Opening Today,” New York Times, Connecticut Weekly Desk, Sunday, November 10, 1985, Section 11CN, p.32.

William Zimmer, Art; “Illustrator’s Show: ‘Images of America’,” New York Times, December 8, 1985.

Robert Hood, “Rural America Feels the Sting of Post Office Closings,” MSNBC.MSN.com, July 12, 2011.

Carly Mallenbaum, Postal Service lists 3,700 branches for possible closing,” USA Today, July 27, 2011.

Susan Meeker, “Grimes Community Hub on List of Possible U.S. Postal Service Closures,” Colusa County Sun-Herald  (California), Friday, July 29, 2011.  

Harry R. Weber/ Associated Press, “Rural America Worried About Post Office Closings,” Detroit News, July 31, 2011.

Monte Whaley, Photos by RJ Sangosti, “New Raymer Post Office Closure Would Shut down Tiny Town’s Community Hub,” The Denver Post, July 31,2011.

Clarke Canfield and Renee Elder, Associated Press, “Post Office Closings Threaten Appalachian Trail Hikers,” USA Today, August 1, 2011.

Sarah Hoffman, “Small-town Residents Saddened by Prospect of Post Offices Closing,” ColumbiaMissourian.com,  Aug 3, 2011.

Melissa Shriver, “Post Office Closure in Chambersburg,” ConnectTri-States, Sep-tember 8, 2011.

“Save the Post Office,” SaveThePost Office.com, Re: Closures, Consolidations, Suspensions, Stories, Analysis, Opinion.

Monica Hesse, “In a Post-Postal World, Christmas Still Delivers,” Washington Post, December 22, 2011, p. A-1.

American Realist, January 1980 book by Stevan Dohanos (North Light hardback, 128pp), surveys his life, career, and approach to art, with work samples from SEP covers to postage stamp & calendar art. Click for copy.






“Rockwell & Race”
1963-1968

     In June 2011 at the White House, Norman Rockwell’s 1963 painting, The Problem We All Live With, depicting a famous school desegregation scene in New Orleans, began a period of prominent public display with the support of President Obama. The White House exhibition of Rockwell’s piece, which ran most of 2011, drew national attention to an iconic moment in America’s troubled civil rights history.

Norman Rockwell’s famous painting of six year-old Ruby Bridges being escorted into a New Orleans school in 1960, was printed inside the January 14, 1964 edition of Look magazine, and also displayed at the White House in 2011. Click for wall print.
Norman Rockwell’s famous painting of six year-old Ruby Bridges being escorted into a New Orleans school in 1960, was printed inside the January 14, 1964 edition of Look magazine, and also displayed at the White House in 2011. Click for wall print.

     Rockwell’s painting focuses on an historic 1960 school integration episode when six year-old Ruby Bridges had to be escorted by federal marshals past jeering mobs to insure her safe enrollment at the William Frantz Elementary School in New Orleans. Ruby was the first African American child to enroll at the school, and the local white community – as elsewhere in the country at that time – was fiercely opposed to the court-ordered desegregation of public schools then occurring. Rockwell’s rendering focuses on the little girl in her immaculate white dress, carrying her ruler and copy book, as the four U.S. marshals escort her. The painting also captures some of the contempt of those times with the scrawled racial epithet on the wall and the red splattering of a recently thrown tomato.

Norman Rockwell at work, mid-career.
Norman Rockwell at work, mid-career.
     Rockwell’s portrayal first appeared to wide public notice in January 1964 when it ran as a two-page centerfold illustration on the inside pages of Look magazine.  The painting ran as an untitled illustration in the middle of Look’s feature story on how Americans live, describing their homes and communities. 

     The context of the Ruby Bridges scene rendered by Rockwell had been heavily reported in print and on television in November 1960, with the anger of the mobs that day burnished deeply in the public mind.

Magazine readers viewing Rockwell’s piece in 1964 would likely recall the unhappy context of young school children being heckled and needing federal protection.

July 15, 2011: President Obama with Ruby Bridges (girl in painting), Rockwell Museum CEO, Laurie Moffatt, and behind Obama, Rockwell Museum President, Anne Morgan, viewing Rockwell’s painting at the White House near the Oval Office.  White House photo, Peter Souza.
July 15, 2011: President Obama with Ruby Bridges (girl in painting), Rockwell Museum CEO, Laurie Moffatt, and behind Obama, Rockwell Museum President, Anne Morgan, viewing Rockwell’s painting at the White House near the Oval Office. White House photo, Peter Souza.
     In 2011, President Obama had a hand in bringing Rockwell’s original painting to the White House, as did others, according to the Washington Post, including Ruby Bridges herself, the Norman Rockwell Museum which owns the painting, Rep. John Lewis (D-GA), and U.S. Senator Mary Landrieu (D-LA). Some quiet lobbying helped bring the painting to the White House, suggesting it be displayed there at the 50th anniversary of Ruby Bridges’ admission to the Frantz school.

“The President likes pictures that tell a story and this painting fits that bill…,” explained a statement in the White House blog. “In 1963 Rockwell confronted the issue of prejudice head-on…” 

However, at the time of the painting’s White House display, some reporting had erroneously stated the Rockwell piece had initially appeared on the cover of the January 14th, 1964 Look magazine. That is a forgivable mistake given the fact that so much of Norman Rockwell’s work frequently did appear on magazine covers, most notably at the Saturday Evening Post. But the error raises an important question, nonetheless.  Why didn’t the Rockwell painting of the famous civil rights incident run on the cover of Look magazine or some other magazine?

Norman Rockwell, circa 1940s.
Norman Rockwell, circa 1940s.
     Well, therein lies a whole other tale, or at least a part of the story not often told – about how depictions of race and civil rights evolved in American art and popular magazines during those times.  By way of presenting some of that story here, the article that follows will look at the history of Rockwell’s Ruby Bridges piece; three other works he did related to race and civil rights; and how Rockwell, his magazine sponsors, and popular magazine publishing dealt with race and civil rights in the 1940s-thru-1960s period.  First, some background on the artist.


Norman Rockwell

     Born in 1894, Norman Rockwell grew up in New York city, and as a boy dreamed of becoming an artist.  By the time he was ten he was drawing constantly.  He soon dropped out of high school and enrolled in art school, first at the National Academy School, but by 1910, at the prestigious Art Students League.  After graduation he did some of his first work for Boy’s Life magazine.  In 1916, Rockwell did his first cover for Saturday Evening Post, then one of America’s premiere weekly magazines.  For nearly the next fifty years, he would continue making much-loved Saturday Evening Post covers, most depicting everyday scenes of 20th century Americana.  Rockwell in fact, would do more than 320 covers for the Saturday Evening Post through 1963.  But that’s only part of his story.

1929: Girl & Doll's Heart.
1929: Girl & Doll's Heart.
1949: Game Called, Rain.
1949: Game Called, Rain.
1954: Girl in The Mirror.
1954: Girl in The Mirror.
1958: The Runaway.
1958: The Runaway.

     Rockwell’s cover subjects for the Post ranged across American daily life – from a young boy in a doctor’s office awaiting a curative needle or teenage girls gossiping at a soda fountain, to a rookie baseball player reporting to play his first game or a worn-out politician at the end of a hard day of campaigning.  Some of Rockwell’s covers dealt with aspirational themes and democratic values.  In 1942, in response to a speech given by President Franklin Roosevelt, Rockwell made his famous “Four Freedoms” series, each of which also ran as a Saturday Evening Post cover – Freedom of Speech (Feb 20, 1943), Freedom of Worship (Feb 27, 1943), Freedom from Want (March 6, 1943), and Freedom from Fear (March 13, 1943). 

     During this period as well, his Rosie the Riveter cover for the May 29th, 1943 edition of The Saturday Evening Post, and another depicting a “liberty girl” for the September 4th, 1943 edition, helped the government recruit female workers for the war effort during WWII.  Some of these paintings traveled around the country in the mid-1940s, shown in conjunction with the sale of government war bonds.  “The Four Freedoms” series reportedly brought in a tidy sum of $132,992,539 in war bond funds.  Rockwell also did poster art for the U.S. Office of War Information in conjunction with the war bond drives.

Norman Rockwell at work on a 1953 painting for Saturday Evening Post cover, “Soda Jerk.”
Norman Rockwell at work on a 1953 painting for Saturday Evening Post cover, “Soda Jerk.”
     While Rockwell’s name became practically synonymous with the Saturday Evening Post, he also did art for other publications, including: Ladies’ Home Journal, McCall’s, Literary Digest, Look, Country Gentleman, Popular Science, and others.  Rockwell’s art appeared on the covers of some 80 magazines.  His work also appeared in numerous advertisements and he became well known for illustrating the Boy Scouts of America annual calendar. (Galleries of Rockwell’s covers for the Saturday Evening Post are found at a number of very good websites, a few of which are listed at the end of this article in “Sources, Links & Additional Information”).  In the 1950s and 1960s, Rockwell in particular — and other artists at the Saturday Evening Post as well — became chroniclers of American culture and America’s culture past as nostalgia.  Rockwell worked at the heyday of the Saturday Evening Post’s reign as a magazine powerhouse, when circulation reached 4-to-5 million copies a week, and when a Rockwell cover alone could boost non-subscription sales by 250,000.  For millions of magazine readers in those years, Norman Rockwell became a household name in America, even if many art critics at the time didn’t regard his work as “serious art.”


Civil Rights Subjects

“Freedom of Speech” was one of a Rockwell’s “Four Freedoms” series admired by African American activist Roderick Stephens, who urged Rockwell in 1943 to do a similar series to promote racial tolerance. Click for wall print.
“Freedom of Speech” was one of a Rockwell’s “Four Freedoms” series admired by African American activist Roderick Stephens, who urged Rockwell in 1943 to do a similar series to promote racial tolerance. Click for wall print.
     Rockwell appears to have been first nudged toward civil rights as subject matter in June 1943 when Roderick Stephens, an African-American activist and head of the Bronx Interracial Conference, wrote to Rockwell urging him to do a series of paintings to promote interracial relations.

Stephens had been moved by Rockwell’s “Four Freedoms” and was worried at the time that urban race riots would ensue in major cities like his own New York, touched off by the migration of southern blacks to major cities. Race riots, in fact, had then already occurred in Houston, Los Angeles, and Detroit. 

Although Stephens expressed his admiration to Rockwell for his “Four Freedoms,” he noted that two of the freedoms – “Freedom From Want” and “Freedom From Fear” – were, for most blacks at the time, freedoms denied. Stephens proposed that Rockwell do a series of paintings to be printed and circulated as posters, just as the “Four Freedoms” had been, to promote racial tolerance, featuring subject matter that would illustrate the contributions of blacks to American society and how they helped realize the Four Freedoms. 

Stephens believed Rockwell was an artist who could make a difference at the time, and could help “advance racial goodwill by years,” offering art to point up what was then in American practice, a restricted conception of freedom.  Rockwell is believed to have replied to Stephens, but he never embarked on Stephens’ proposal, more or less rejecting the series idea, explaining to Stephens  the difficulties he had encountered creating the “Four Freedoms” series.  But there may have been more to it than that, as Rockwell was then laboring under restrictions imposed by The Saturday Evening Post.

Dec 7 1946: “NY Central Diner,” Saturday Evening Post cover by Norman Rockwell.
Dec 7 1946: “NY Central Diner,” Saturday Evening Post cover by Norman Rockwell.
     Rockwell’s venturing into controversial material such as race and civil rights did not come until later in his career, after he had left the Post.  Like other artists of the 1940s and 1950s who did commercial art and magazine illustrations, Rockwell was bound by certain publishing covenants and restrictions, written and unwritten, that determined what could and could not appear in magazine covers and illustrations. The Saturday Evening Post, for example, would only allow minorities to be shown in servile roles. 

     In a 1971 interview with writer Richard Reeves, Rockwell explained the unwritten rule laid down by his first editor at the Post: “George Horace Lorimer, who was a very liberal man, told me never to show colored people except as servants.” Lorimer was Rockwell’s editor at the Post for his first twenty years there. 

The Rockwell cover illustration at left from the December 7th, 1946 Saturday Evening Post illustrates the rule in practice. The scene, which is also known as Boy in Dining Car, shows a young boy in a railroad dining car studying the menu with purse in hand, trying to determine the proper payment and tip for the black waiter.

Rockwell’s “Full Treatment” SEP cover of May 1940 includes black shoe shine boy.
Rockwell’s “Full Treatment” SEP cover of May 1940 includes black shoe shine boy.
     In addition to the 1946 Post cover above, Rockwell also did other magazine covers and illustrations from the mid-1920s through mid-1940s that depicted African Americans in various roles, usually in minor or servile roles, and sometimes not facing the viewer. Among a few of these Rockwell pieces, for example, are:

The Banjo Player, an illustration for a Pratt & Lambert varnish advertisement appearing inside The Saturday Evening Post of April 3rd, 1926;

Thataway, a March 17th, 1934 cover illustration for The Saturday Evening Post depicting a young black boy pointing to the direction taken by a thrown rider’s horse;

Love Ouanga, a June 1936 illustration for a short story in American Magazine depicting a beautiful, stylishly-dressed young African American woman in a church scene contrasted against more coarse and country dress of other farming and working African Americans also in the scene;

Full Treatment, a May 18th, 1940 cover for The Saturday Evening Post (at right) depicting a wealthy man being attended to by a barber, manicurist, and a black shoe shine boy;

The Homecoming, a May 26th, 1945 cover for The Post depicting a returning military veteran arriving home to a scene of welcoming family and neighbors that also includes an African American worker; and

Roadblock, a July 9th, 1949 cover for The Saturday Evening Post depicting a moving van that is blocked by a small dog in an urban alley scene with a variety on onlookers, including some black children.

     Continuing into the 1950s and early 1960s, publishing art and mainstream magazines generally were slow to portray African American success stories and the civil rights struggle.


Cover Art, 1950s

1947: Jackie Robinson.
1947: Jackie Robinson.
1954: Dorothy Dandridge.
1954: Dorothy Dandridge.
1954: Segregation story.
1954: Segregation story.
1955: Thurgood Marshall.
1955: Thurgood Marshall.

     During the 1950s and early 1960s, a time when the civil rights movement was struggling for recognition, the American art community – then involved with modern art and abstract expressionism – was generally not doing battle with racial discrimination. Nor, for the most part, were America’s most popular magazines in that era featuring African Americans on their covers or doing prominent stories on civil rights.

In its May 8th, 1950 edition, Life magazine featured a photograph of baseball player Jackie Robinson on its cover, the first individual African American to be so featured by that magazine. Robinson had become the first African American to break the color barrier in professional baseball three years earlier with the Brooklyn Dodgers. Time magazine, for its part, had used an artist’s rendering of Robinson on an earlier cover in September 1947.

Back at Life, meanwhile, actress Dorothy Dandridge became the first African American woman to be featured on a cover at that magazine, for the November 1st, 1954 edition.  Dandridge was then appearing in her Academy Award-nominated best actress film role in Carmen Jones.

A few stories on segregation also appeared on major magazine covers in the mid-1950s. On September 13, 1954, Newsweek ran a cover story on segregation in schools, showing a white and a black child in a Washington, D.C. school. Time magazine put Thurgood Marshall on the cover of its September 19th, 1955 issue, Marshall then having risen to notice as chief counsel for the NAACP arguing the landmark Brown vs. Board of Education school desegregation case before the U.S. Supreme Court. (see “Brown vs Board…” sidebar, later below, for more details).

A portion of the January 24, 1956 cover of Look magazine showing  “Approved Killing” story tagline.
A portion of the January 24, 1956 cover of Look magazine showing “Approved Killing” story tagline.

Emmett Till & Look

     Look, another pictorial magazine similar to Life, and also popular in the 1950s, had rarely if ever used cover art that solely featured an African American. There were black sports stars shown on Look covers occasionally – such as Jackie Robinson, Joe Louis, and Sugar Ray Robinson – but usually as one among five whites in a framed, six-photo layout. Look did give cover billing to a few of its stories on racial issues in the 1950s. One of these came on the cover of its January 24th, 1956 issue, when Look ran the cover tagline, “The Shocking Story of Approved Killing in Mississippi.” 

     There was no mention of race in the story tagline, and it ran on a somewhat incongruous cover featuring the U.S. teenager (shown at left). But the “shocking story” inside the magazine was truly shocking. It featured the August 1955 murder of Emmett Till, a 14 year-old Chicago boy who was savagely beaten, shot, and mutilated by white men in Mississippi while the boy was visiting relatives there. Till, a brash kid who knew nothing about the mean realities of the segregated South, made the mistake of whistling at a white woman at a country store. Later abducted from his relatives’ home, Till was brutally pistol-whipped and dumped into a river, his body tied to a heavy metal fan.

     Two white suspects – Roy Bryant and J. W. Milam – were tried in September 1955 and acquitted by an all-white jury in less than two hours. Their defense attorney had called on the jurors to honor their forefathers by not convicting white men for killing a black person. Back in Chicago, at the insistence of his mother, Till’s mutilated body was displayed at an open-casket viewing. And photos of Till’s disfigured and bloated face were published in the September 1955 edition of Jet magazine and also in The Chicago Defender, both African American publications.

Look magazine’s layout of the first two pages (46-47) of the “Mississippi Killing” story (Emmet Till) of January 24, 1956. Click image to read or view full layout of that story.
Look magazine’s layout of the first two pages (46-47) of the “Mississippi Killing” story (Emmet Till) of January 24, 1956. Click image to read or view full layout of that story.

Beyond Jet magazine, no mainstream print publication in America at that time published the gruesome Till photos. And in fact, the Look of January 1956, and much of the subsequent mainstream media treatment of the Till murder, came after the Jet photos were circulated and seen. Some years later, Time magazine selected one of the Till photos as among the 100 “most influential images of all time” (click for YouTube video).

     At Look magazine, meanwhile, the January 24th, 1956 story by William Bradford Huie covered the Till murder and also interviewed the two suspects, Roy Bryant and J. W. Milam, who were paid $4,000 to tell their story. In fact, in the article, the two suspects – then safe from conviction after having been acquitted in their friendly Mississippi trial – actually confessed to the Till murder. A year later, in its January 22nd, 1957 edition, Look published a follow-up article, “What’s Happened to the Emmett Till Killers?” That story reported that blacks in the local community stopped using stores owned by the Milam and Bryant families, putting them out of business, as both men were also ostracized by the white community. Both later died of cancer; Milam in 1980, Bryant in 1994. In March 2018, the U.S. Department of Justice stated that it was reopening the investigation into Till’s death due to unspecified new information, but in December 2021 announced it had closed the investigation. Additional material on Emmett Till can be found at this PBS link.


1956: Slavery/Segregation.
1956: Slavery/Segregation.
1957: MLK bus boycott.
1957: MLK bus boycott.
1961: Freedom Riders.
1961: Freedom Riders.
1963: James Baldwin.
1963: James Baldwin.
1963: Univ. of Alabama.
1963: Univ. of Alabama.
1963: Negro in America.
1963: Negro in America.
1963: March on D.C.
1963: March on D.C.
1965: Selma protest march.
1965: Selma protest march.

Cover Art ( cont’d)

In many ways, the outrage over the Emmett Till murder, and the injustice that followed, helped energize the civil rights movement in the late 1950s and early 1960s. And at that time as well, some popular magazine coverage – and cover art subjects – began reflecting that change.

     On September 3rd, 1956, Life magazine featured a cover story related to slavery and segregation – “Beginning A Major Life series – Segregation,” stated Life at the top of the cover. In the September 24th, 1956 edition of Life, inside the magazine, a 12-page spread of photos and story focusing on a black family and racial discrimination in the south were featured. That story was titled, “The Restraints: Open and Hidden.” The photos were those of Gordon Parks, who would become famous for his work as the first African American photographer at Life and other accomplishments. Parks would also do a later special photo essay and cover story for Life in March 1968 on race and poverty titled, “The Cycle of Despair: The Negro and the City.”

In 1957, Time magazine featured Martin Luther King on its cover February 18th, 1957, as King was then in the news for his leadership in the Montgomery, Alabama bus boycott. Later that year, on October 7th, 1957, Time and Life both featured the school integration conflict at Little Rock, Arkansas with National Guard troops shown on their covers. By the time of the Freedom Riders in 1961, a Newsweek cover story featured photos and quotes from three key players in the controversy: U.S. Attorney General Robert F. Kennedy, Martin Luther King, and Mississippi Governor, John Patterson. 

In May 1963, Time’s cover featured author and activist James Baldwin, whose novel, The Fire Next Time, was then popular, portions of which had also been published in The New Yorker magazine. Newsweek’s cover of June 1963, featured Vivian Malone on the cover with a quote from President John F. Kennedy: “We owe them – and we owe ourselves – a better country….” Malone was one of the first two black students to enroll at the all-white University of Alabama in 1963, made famous when George Wallace, the Governor of Alabama, attempted to block her and James Hood from enrolling.

For its June 28th, 1963 edition, Life featured a cover photograph of the wife and child of slain civil rights activist Medgar Evers at his Arlington National Cemetery funeral. Evers, a Mississippi organizer, was shot in the back in his own driveway by a Ku Klux Klan member. In July 1963, Newsweek published a special issue on “The Negro in America,” picturing an unnamed black man on the cover. In smaller type on the cover, Newsweek further explained the focus of its series with the following: “The first definitive national survey – who he is, what he wants, what he fears, what he hates, how he lives, how he votes, why he is fighting … and why now?” 

For its September 6th, 1963 issue, Life magazine featured a cover story on the historic August 1963 “march on Washington” with a photograph of two of its leaders, A. Phillip Randolph and Bayard Rustin, shown standing in front of the Lincoln Memorial. In March 1965, Life also ran a cover feature on the civil rights march at Selma, Alabama; the march that resulted in the “Bloody Sunday” clash. And as the civil rights movement received more national notice throughout the 1960s, more mainstream magazine coverage and cover features followed.


13 Feb 1960: Norman Rockwell, cover feature. Click for related book.
13 Feb 1960: Norman Rockwell, cover feature. Click for related book.
Rockwell & The Post

     Norman Rockwell, meanwhile, was experiencing change at The Saturday Evening Post. By the early 1960s, the frequency of his covers there had slowed – down to a half dozen or so a year – and the magazine was experimenting with new formats. Still, after more than 40 years of his cover art being featured for millions of Post readers, Rockwell was clearly an asset to the magazine. 

In fact, for the February 13th, 1960 issue of the magazine and its cover story, he was the featured star and title subject. The cover used his famous “triple self-portrait” and gave full billing to a beginning series of articles about him for the magazine taken from a new autobiography written with the help of his middle son, Thomas Rockwell. 

Shown at right, the cover taglines for that issue of the Post explained: “Beginning in this issue: America’s Best Loved Artist Finally Tells His Own Story… My Adventures As An Illustrator.”  Yet Rockwell was chafing at the Post by this time, and his days there were numbered.

1960: Window Washer.
1960: Window Washer.
1961: Artist at Work.
1961: Artist at Work.
1962: Art Connoisseur.
1962: Art Connoisseur.
1963: Nehru of India.
1963: Nehru of India.

     Through the early 1960s, Rockwell continued doing Post covers.  In 1960, for example he did five more Post covers in addition to “triple self portrait,” shown above,  three of  which offered traditional subjects: “Repairing Stained Glass,” April 16, 1960; “University Club,” August 27, 1960; and “Window Washer,” September 17, 1960 (with the washer ogling the secretary). Two more Rockwell covers that year were portraits of the 1960 presidential candidates – U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy and Vice President Richard M. Nixon.

The magazine by then had begun shifting to more portraits of famous people as cover material, and was also using more cover photography rather than illustrations or paintings. Rockwell cover portraits, in any case, held their own at the Post, and included others in the early 1960s, among them: Indian prime minister, Jawaharlal Nehru, January 19, 1963; Jack Benny, entertainer, March 2, 1963; a serious portrait of President John F. Kennedy to accompany a cover story on his foreign policy challenges, April 6, 1963; and Egypt’s Gamal Abdel Nasser, May 25, 1963. 

Other more traditional Post covers by Rockwell in the early 1960s included: “Artist at Work,” Sept 16, 1961; “Cheerleader,” Nov 25, 1961; and “Art Connoisseur” of January 13 1962, showing a middle-aged man in a museum observing a Jackson Pollack-type painting (this issue also had cover billing for a story inside the magazine entitled, “The Little Known World of Our Negro Aristocracy.”).

Rockwell’s “Golden Rule,”  Saturday Evening Post, April 1, 1961. Click for canvas wall art.
Rockwell’s “Golden Rule,” Saturday Evening Post, April 1, 1961. Click for canvas wall art.
     One interesting departure for Rockwell from his normal Saturday Evening Post fare during the early 1960s – and a sign of  his more liberal inner concerns – came with the April 1st, 1961 cover that appeared under the title “The Golden Rule.”  This illustration actually had its genesis, in part, during the late 1940s when Rockwell had set out to do a painting honoring the United Nations (UN), an organization he admired and found hopeful for solving world problems.  For the UN painting, Rockwell had in mind something that would highlight the cultural, racial, and religious tolerance of the organization, and he had visited the UN Security Council Chamber for ideas and sketches.  His first efforts yielded a charcoal drawing of several major-nation delegates debating from their seats in a brightly lit foreground.  Behind the delegates, in the shadows, was a crowd of more than sixty people – a cross-section of men, women, and children from around the world, some in native dress.  But Rockwell had difficulty with the UN delegates agreeing to sit for the drawings, and he also had his own dissatisfactions with his art, so he set the project aside.  Some years later, in 1960, he resurrected the project, then changing its composition somewhat and using “the golden rule” as theme.  He also incorporated the phrase “Do Unto Others As You Would Have Them Do Unto You” directly into the painting using gold lettering.

Rockwell at work on “Golden Rule,” 1960.
Rockwell at work on “Golden Rule,” 1960.
     The painting – which ran as a Saturday Evening Post cover on April 1st, 1961 – became a further expression of Rockwell’s inner values and interests, marking something of a turning point in his relationship with the Post, not the least of which was his depiction of people of color.  African Americans were also included in the painting and placed in prominent positions – one as a Ruby Bridges-type young girl in the foreground holding her schoolbooks to her chest, and another as a middle-aged black man in a white shirt in the upper right corner looking out at the viewer. 

Art critics have noted that these African American depictions were positive portrayals that broke with the traditional servile stereotypes at the Saturday Evening Post.  And along with the other Asians and Africans shown, were Rockwell’s way of following his conscience and “integrating” a Saturday Evening Post cover on his own.

Rockwell also incorporated a portrayal of his second wife, Mary, in the painting. Mary was the mother of their three sons and had passed away in 1959. She is shown in the right middle of the painting holding their grandson she never saw. Rockwell is believed to have completed this painting in November 1960. He was later presented with the Interfaith Award from the National Conference of Christians and Jews for the painting, a citation he treasured.

Rockwell’s last cover for the Post, Dec 1963, an earlier JFK portrait.
Rockwell’s last cover for the Post, Dec 1963, an earlier JFK portrait.
     By late 1963, Rockwell was about to embark on a career change.  He was in his 60s by this time.  The cover art at the Saturday Evening Post pretty much continued to focus on Americana and everyday life as it had in the past.  Inside the magazine, however, there were contemporary stories of the day; the magazine was slowly changing.

     Still, Rockwell had become frustrated by the limits the Post had imposed upon his art, especially regarding political themes and social concerns.  By then he had begun thinking about and moving on to other subject matter.  So in December 1963, he ended his near half-century with the Saturday Evening Post. 

     Rockwell’s final cover for the magazine appeared in mid-December 1963.  It was actually an earlier portrait of John F. Kennedy he had done during the 1960 presidential campaign which the Post republished in a special memoriam issue that ran after Kennedy’s assassination.


Look magazine at the time Rockwell signed on, Dec 1963, then featuring Hollywood’s Cary Grant & Audrey Hepburn, and 'The Negro Faces North'.
Look magazine at the time Rockwell signed on, Dec 1963, then featuring Hollywood’s Cary Grant & Audrey Hepburn, and 'The Negro Faces North'.
Rockwell at Look

     In December 1963, at the age of 68, Norman Rockwell signed on with Look magazine. Look covers at the time dealt with contemporary subjects, celebrities, and general topics of the day, using mostly photographs. A sample cover from December 1963 appears at left, this one also mentioning a civil rights story inside that edition.

     Major circulation magazines in the early 1960s were beginning to feel the competition of television.  Collier’s had ceased publication in 1956, and even the Saturday Evening Post was feeling the heat. Yet, Life and Look – the “picture magazines,” as they were sometimes called – remained strong, with solid advertising revenue. Look by the mid-1960s would have some of its best years for sales and circulation. 

     When Rockwell began doing work for Look, Dan Mich was editor there. Mich was a supporter of thought-provoking journalism, and along with art director Allen Hurlburt, they gave Rockwell freedom to pursue his “bigger picture” interests, as he called them. Look wanted to use Rockwell’s art as a compliment to current reportage and that gave Rockwell opportunity to pursue subject matter that interested him.

     Rockwell’s third wife, Mary L. “Molly” Punderson, a fervent liberal, was an influence on Rockwell’s work through the 1960s, as was his friend and psychiatrist Erik Erickson. And Rockwell himself, despite being tagged “conservative” by association with his Saturday Evening Post covers, had his own internal guideposts and values, as already noted above. Rockwell was clearly more liberal/progressive than many of his Saturday Evening Post followers might have realized. Some who knew him described him as a “strict constructionist,” especially so when it came to American values. No surprise then, if given a subject and a free hand where American ideals such as freedom and equality of opportunity were at stake, his brush would be on the right side of those concerns.

Ruby Bridges exiting the William Frantz school in New Orleans,  November 1960, with U.S. marshals.
Ruby Bridges exiting the William Frantz school in New Orleans, November 1960, with U.S. marshals.
     And so it was with the Ruby Bridges episode from 1960.  Rockwell came to this particular controversy somewhat after the actual event had occurred.  The date of his painting, The Problem We All Live With, is 1963 and its use in the illustration in Look magazine appeared in January 1964.  So the Ruby Bridges painting was a studied affair for Rockwell; a project he had worked on for some time and given considerable thought to.  In November 1960, at the time of the actual incident, there had been television and news reporting of the event. Rockwell no doubt made use of this reporting and the news photographs of the event.  He also employed models to work from as he painted.

      Prior to the first integration actions in New Orleans – and there were two schools involved and several black students; three at another school – politicians in Louisiana, including the state’s governor at the time, segregationist Jimmie Davis, had maneuvered to prevent and forestall the integration.  In September 1960, the schools there opened initially as segregated.  By November, however, the courts had set a deadline to begin school integration, but parents did not know which schools would be involved

“Brown vs. Board…”
Landmark Case: 1954

Ruby Bridges being escorted into school, November 1960.
Ruby Bridges being escorted into school, November 1960.
     The racial integration of American public schools was triggered by a Kansas welder named Oliver Brown who wanted a better education for his children.  Brown had sought the opportunity for his daughter to attend a whites-only school that was closer to his home than the local school for blacks.  An earlier U.S. Supreme Court decision dating from 1896 had allowed for the establishment of racially-segregated schools, which the court had then deemed acceptable under the constitution, calling them “separate but equal.”  Yet most of these schools were not equal.  A long legal battle – a court fight consolidated with other similar cases using the name Brown vs. Board of Education – eventually went to the U.S. Supreme Court, where the case was argued by Thurgood Marshall, chief counsel for the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (and who later became a Supreme Court justice).  The court unanimously ruled in Brown’s favor on May 17, 1954, and the case became a landmark ruling in ending segregation, not only in schools but throughout a wide variety of public venues.

A federal marshal driving first grader Gail Etienne to McDonogh 19 school in New Orleans, November 14, 1960, one of four black children who entered two previously all-white schools in the city. Times-Picayune photo.
A federal marshal driving first grader Gail Etienne to McDonogh 19 school in New Orleans, November 14, 1960, one of four black children who entered two previously all-white schools in the city. Times-Picayune photo.
     Putting the new law into effect, however, would take years.  Initially, as Southern states and counties resisted integrating schools, federal marshals — and sometimes federal troops — had to be used to enforce the law, as in the case of Ruby Bridges in New Orleans. In 1956, U.S. District Court Judge J. Skelly Wright ordered the desegregation of the New Orleans public schools. After appeals, Wright in 1960 set down a plan to require integration on a grade-per-year basis, beginning with the first grade. The New Orleans School Board then tested black kindergartners to determine the best candidates. Six-year-old Ruby Bridges was one of six children selected; four agreed to proceed. On November 14th 1960, Bridges integrated the William Frantz School (three others were assigned to the McDonogh 19 School).


Rockwell’s Ruby Bridges

Sidewalk protest in New Orleans over school integration, November 15th,1960.
Sidewalk protest in New Orleans over school integration, November 15th,1960.
     Once it was revealed which schools in New Orleans were the ones chosen for the court-ordered integration, sidewalk protests ensued and white parents promptly removed their children from those schools.  However, at Ruby Bridges’ school – the William Frantz school — there were also two white parents who chose to keep their children in the school: a Christian minister’s five-year old daughter, Pamela Foreman, in kindergarten, and another white child, Yolanda Gabrielle, age six.  In addition to the jeering of Ruby, these white kids and their parents were also jeered and harassed, even beyond the school grounds.  Neighbor turned against neighbor and it got pretty ugly in those communities.

     Rockwell, no doubt knew about all of this and likely read news accounts of the protests.  On November 15, 1960, The New York Times reported the greeting Ruby and her mother received as they arrived that day: “Some 150 white, mostly housewives and teenage youths, clustered along the sidewalks across from the William Franz School when pupils marched in at 8:40 am. One youth chanted ‘Two, Four, Six, Eight, we don’t want to integrate’…”

Detail from Rockwell painting showing young Ruby in escort and portions of scrawled epithets on wall.
Detail from Rockwell painting showing young Ruby in escort and portions of scrawled epithets on wall.
     As four U.S. marshals arrived with Ruby and her mother, they walked hurriedly up the steps to the school’s entrance as onlookers jeered and shouted taunts.  On the sidewalk that day, assembled mothers and school students were yelling at police, some carrying signs, one held by a young boy that said, “All I Want For Christmas is a Clean White School.”  Another placard that day read: “Save Segregation, Vote States Rights Pledged Electors.” 

     The white parents kept up their boycott of the schools the entire year, and the protests and jeering continued periodically.  On December 2nd, 1960, for example, housewives demonstrated at the William Frantz school, one standing with a placard that read “Integration is a Mortal Sin,” citing a biblical scribe as source.

     Rockwell’s painting, of course, does not capture all of this, nor was it intended to.  His focus appears to be solely on the girl, placed at center, giving no special notice to the marshals, other than they were needed, as he portrays them as anonymous and headless, from mid-torso down.  The setting around the little girl is ugly and threatening, but she is innocent and perfect, as her white dress and ribbon-tied hair suggest.  As far as she is concerned, she is just going to school.

1962: Steinbeck book.
1962: Steinbeck book.
     One description of the 1960 New Orleans school integration protests that Rockwell may have read prior to or during his work on the Ruby Bridges painting was John Steinbeck’s observations of the episode, offered in his 1962 best-seller, Travels with Charley: In Search of America.  “Charley” was Steinbeck’s dog and traveling companion during his road trip around the United States.  Travels With Charley was published by Viking Press in the mid-summer of 1962, reaching No.1 on the New York Times nonfiction best- seller list October 21, 1962.  In part four of that book, Steinbeck recorded his reactions on coming to the New Orleans communities where the school integration controversy had flared, and he came away gravely saddened by what he saw.  In his book, Steinbeck offered a detailed account of Ruby Bridges’ arrival at the elementary school and her handling by the U.S. marshals:

“…The show opened on time.  Sound of sirens.  Motorcycle cops.  Then two big black cars filled with big men in blond felt hats pulled up in front of the school.  The crowd seemed to hold its breath.  Four big marshals got out of each car and from somewhere in the automobiles they extracted the littlest Negro girl you ever saw, dressed in starchy white, with new white shoes on feet so little they were almost round.  Her face and little legs were very black against the white…The little girl did not look back at the howling crowd but from the size the whites of her eyes showed like those of a frightened fawn.  The men turned her around like a doll, and then the strange procession moved up the broad walk toward the school, and the child was even more a mite because the men were so big…”

November 1960: Demonstrators during school integration in New Orleans, Louisiana;  one holding sign that reads, “Integration is A Mortal Sin.”
November 1960: Demonstrators during school integration in New Orleans, Louisiana; one holding sign that reads, “Integration is A Mortal Sin.”
     Steinbeck had come to New Orleans in part to see the “cheerleaders,” as he called those then protesting New Orleans’ school integration, and he describes what he found first hand, as he witnessed some of the protests:

“…No newspaper had printed the words these women shouted.  It was indicated that they were indelicate, some even said obscene. . . . But now I heard the words, bestial and filthy and degenerate.  In a long and unprotected life I have seen and heard the vomitings of demoniac humans before.  Why then did these screams fill me with a shocked and sickened sorrow?…”

     Steinbeck wrote that he knew “something was wrong and distorted and out of drawing” in what he had seen in New Orleans.  He had formerly counted himself as a friend of New Orleans; knew the city fairly well, had his favorite haunts there, and also had many treasured friends there – “thoughtful, gentle people, with a tradition of kindness and courtesy.”  Where were they now, he wondered – “the ones whose arms would ache to gather up a small, scared, black mite?”  Answering his own question, he wrote:

“…I don’t know where they were.  Perhaps they felt as helpless as I did, but they left New Orleans misrepresented to the world.  The crowd, no doubt, rushed home to see themselves on television, and what they saw went out all over the world, unchallenged by the other things I know are there….”

     Another influence on Rockwell at this time was likely Erik Erikson, a psychoanalyst at the Riggs Center in Stockbridge, Massachusetts where Rockwell then lived and worked.  Erikson treated Rockwell occasionally for bouts of depression, was Rockwell’s friend, and also had a passion for civil rights.  Erikson was a colleague and mentor to a younger child psychiatrist named Robert Coles, who had begun working with Ruby Bridges and other children in the early school desegregation cases in 1961.  Coles had found that segregation had damaged the self-esteem of the little girls, and by 1963 he had written a series of articles beginning in March for The Atlantic Monthly magazine profiling Ruby Bridges’s experiences during integration of the Frantz school.  He also published The Desegregation of Southern Schools: A Psychiatric Study, a short book.  Erikson may well have made Rockwell aware of these at the time he was painting The Problem We All Live With.

Look magazine’s cover story of January 14, 1964 focused on “How We Live” – American’s homes and communities – city, farm & suburb. Rockwell's Ruby was inside.
Look magazine’s cover story of January 14, 1964 focused on “How We Live” – American’s homes and communities – city, farm & suburb. Rockwell's Ruby was inside.
     It appears Rockwell began working on the Ruby Bridges painting sometime in 1963, also finishing it that year.  The editors at Look decided to use it in their January 14th, 1964 edition.  On the cover of that issue, a portion of which is shown at right, Look featured photos of American homes in various urban and suburban settings, along with a few family shots, billing its cover story as: “How We Live: Up in the city, Down on the farm, Out in the suburbs.  In homes packed with pride, prejudice and love.” 

     On the Look cover there was no special mention or billing of Norman Rockwell’s painting. The illustration would be found in the middle of the magazine as a full two-page spread with no accompanying text. In the table of contents it was billed under “art” with the title “The Problem We All Live With.” It appeared amidst a series of articles with titles such as: “Their First Home,” “Down On The Farm,” and “Their Dream House Is On Wheels.”  One of the stories focused on Theodore and Beverly Mason, a black family living in a mixed community in Ludlow, Ohio.

Detail from “The Problem We All Live With.”
Detail from “The Problem We All Live With.”
     Rockwell’s former Saturday Evening Post fans, coming upon this painting in Look, may have been quite surprised.  In fact, the painting did elicit reaction from Look’s readers, as the magazine received letters from those who were deeply moved by it, as well as those who were angered by it.  Some analysts would later note that precisely because Rockwell was an artist dear to the hearts of many conservatives for his renderings of Americana and American values, that his “new” work on civil rights subjects may have made some of these same fans think twice about America’s racial problem at that time, helping them face up to racism.  Rockwell himself would later say of his change in subject matter: “For 47 years, I portrayed the best of all possible worlds – grandfathers, puppy dogs – things like that.  That kind of stuff is dead now, and I think it’s about time.”

March 23, 1965, Look cover.
March 23, 1965, Look cover.
     Rockwell appears to have been quite comfortable with what he offered in the Ruby Bridges painting.  In fact, in a letter he later wrote to the NAACP, Rockwell offered the illustration to the civil rights group, suggesting they reproduce the illustration as a poster to publicize their progress and accomplishments.  It is not known here what the NAACP made of this offer, or if the illustration was ever used as Rockwell suggested.  Rockwell, in any case, had more work to come on civil rights issues; work that would also be published by Look magazine, two of which are explored below. 

     Apart from Rockwell’s work, Look also published cover stories on civil rights issues in that period.  On March 23, 1965 the magazine featured “The Negro Now” story by Robert Penn Warren on its cover, describing its content with a series of questions, also on the cover: “How far has the Negro come?,” “What is the South ready to concede?,” “What happens next in the North?,” “Can we move forward without violence?,” and “Who speaks for the Negro now?”

 

Rockwell’s “Southern Justice” painting of 1965, also known as “Murder in Mississippi,” depicting the killings of three civil rights workers murdered in June of 1964.
Rockwell’s “Southern Justice” painting of 1965, also known as “Murder in Mississippi,” depicting the killings of three civil rights workers murdered in June of 1964.
“Southern Justice”

     Another step that Norman Rockwell took with his civil rights painting in the 1960s, came when he ventured into depicting violence then occurring in the civil rights movement.  In 1964, he began work on a painting inspired by the murder of three young civil rights workers in Mississippi in June of 1964. 

     The three young men – James Chaney, a 21 year-old black man from Meridian, Mississippi; Andrew Goodman, a 20 year-old white Jewish anthropology student from New York; and Michael Schwerner, a 24 year-old white Jewish organizer and former social worker also from New York – were helping to register black voters in Mississippi.   Initially, the three men were reported missing. 

     Within days of their disappearance, the story made national headlines, as President Lyndon Johnson ordered a massive search.  However, it turned out that shortly after midnight on June 21, 1964, the three civil rights workers were murdered by local members of the Ku Klux Klan, aided in their plot by a local police chief.  All three were beaten and then shot, and their bodies not located until August 8, 1964, found buried beneath an earthen dam.

Michael Schwerner, James Chaney and Andrew Goodman – the three civil rights workers who were murdered in Mississippi, June 1964. FBI photos. Click for related book.
Michael Schwerner, James Chaney and Andrew Goodman – the three civil rights workers who were murdered in Mississippi, June 1964. FBI photos. Click for related book.
     Rockwell began work on his “Murder in Mississippi” in 1964, a painting which later used the name of the Look article that it ran with, “Southern Justice.”  Rockwell typically worked on several projects at once, but with this project, he bore in on the work exclusively for five weeks straight.  The painting, which depicts the horror endured by the three young men as they were being beaten, uses a barren, isolated rural scene as its setting, likely at the end of some dirt road in the middle of nowhere in the middle of the night.  The scene is lit only by an unseen torch.  One man is portrayed by Rockwell lying on the ground, presumably beaten, but trying, with one arm, to push himself up from the ground.  Another is standing in the glow of the attacker’s torch trying to help his colleague, who appears beaten and near death.  Analysts of this painting have noted that Rockwell, rather than actually showing the murderers in the scene, casts them instead as six ominous shadows approaching from the right, indicating that the young men are outnumbered, and also perhaps, symbolically, indicating the problem is a larger societal issue.

Norman Rockwell’s rough study sketch of beaten civil rights workers as it ran with article in Look magazine, June 29, 1965.
Norman Rockwell’s rough study sketch of beaten civil rights workers as it ran with article in Look magazine, June 29, 1965.
     In considering this piece, the editors of Look were more taken with Rockwell’s initial sketch for the illustration and favored it over the finished painting, using it in the magazine.  The editors felt the coarser version offered a more powerful, emotional interpretation.  Rockwell at first disagreed with their choice but he did allow the sketch to be printed.  In the June 29, 1965 edition of Look, it ran as a single-page illustration alongside a one-page article by Charles Morgan titled, “Southern Justice,” which focused on “segregated justice” in the South, the Schwerner-Chaney-Goodman murders, other civil rights murders and beatings in the South, and the absence of black judges in Southern courts.  Rockwell’s illustration was captioned as “Philadelphia, Miss., June 21, 1964.”

      As with the Ruby Bridges episode, Rockwell no doubt learned of this civil rights story through the media accounts and newspaper reporting of that day.  On June 22, 1964, for example, the New York Times ran a front-page story on the incident using the following headlines and description: “3 In Rights Drive Reported Missing; Mississippi Campaign Heads Fear Foul Play–Inquiry by F.B.I. Is Ordered….”  After the three workers were found dead, however, local officials in Mississippi refused to prosecute the suspected killers.  The U.S. Justice Department then charged eighteen individuals with conspiring to deprive the three workers of their civil rights (by murder).  Seven were found guilty on October 20, 1967, but with appeals, did not begin serving their 3-to-10 year sentences until 1970, with none serving more than six years.  Three other suspects had been acquitted, but no further legal action ensued in the case until pressure was brought decades later, in June 2005, when the state of Mississippi prosecuted and convicted Edgar Ray Killen – who planned and directed the killing – on three counts of murder.

May 3, 1966: KKK cover.
May 3, 1966: KKK cover.
June 14, 1966: Peace Corps.
June 14, 1966: Peace Corps.

     Look magazine, meanwhile, went on to do other stories on civil rights issues.  Less than a year later, on May 3, 1966, Look ran a cover story on the Ku Klux Klan showing a hooded Klansman on the cover wielding two flaming torches.  Rockwell had done some other work for Look in 1965 following his Southern Justice illustration.  For the July 27, 1965 edition of Look, Rockwell did an illustration to accompany an article on President Lyndon Johnson’s War on Poverty program for the poor, entitled “How Goes the War on Poverty.” Rockwell’s illustration featured a “helping hand” clasped to another’s seeking help, superimposed over a background of diverse faces with a quote from President Johnson lettered into the painting: “Hope for the Poor, Achievement for Yourself, Greatness for Your Nation.”  In the following year, for the June 14, 1966 edition of Look, Rockwell did the cover art and four other pieces inside the magazine helping to illustrate a story on The Peace Corps – “J.F.K.’s Bold Legacy.”  Rockwell’s cover piece included a profile of John F. Kennedy and others who actually served in the Peace Corps (some of whom also modeled for Rockwell as he did the painting), including one African American female.  All were shown on the cover in profile looking left, with Kennedy in front (see cover above).  Rockwell had thrown himself into the Peace Corps project, actually visiting Peace Corps volunteers in action in Ethiopia, India, and Colombia during 1966 as he created several narrative scenes of them at work.  But Rockwell would also do more civil rights work the following year, also published in Look.

Look, Nay 1967: "Suburbia."
Look, Nay 1967: "Suburbia."
Story: Negro in the Suburbs.
Story: Negro in the Suburbs.


“New Kids…”

     The May 16th, 1967 issue of Look magazine was billed as “A Report on Suburbia” – with added tagline, “The Good Life In Our Exploding Utopia.”  Look’s cover for that edition also listed the line-up of suburban-related stories inside: “Parties and Prejudices,” “New Styles and Status,” Morals and Divorce, and “Teenagers in Trouble.”  One of the stories to follow was by Jack Star, entitled “Negro in the Suburbs.”  Mrs. Jacqueline Robbins, a young black housewife who then lived in the all-white Chicago suburb of Park Forest, Illinois with her chemist husband, Terry, 32, and their two sons, was quoted as saying, “Being a Negro in the middle of white people is like being alone in the middle of a crowd.”  A Rockwell illustration — entitled New Kids in the Neighborhood — ran in the middle of that article.  “Although Negroes are still a rarity in the green reaches of suburbia,” reported the Look article, “they are emerging from nearly all the large metropolitan ghettos with increasing frequency.”  In Chicago during 1966, the story explained, 179 Negro families moved into white suburbs – more than twice as many as in the previous year, seven times as many as in 1963…”

Norman Rockwell’s “New Kids in the Neighborhood” ran as full two-page centerfold in Look magazine, May 16, 1967. Click for print.
Norman Rockwell’s “New Kids in the Neighborhood” ran as full two-page centerfold in Look magazine, May 16, 1967. Click for print.
     Rockwell’s full, two-page illustration inside this suburban-themed issue focused on a “moving-in” day scene for a new black family freshly arrived in some unnamed white suburb.  In his painting, Rockwell uses black and white children as his focal point.  The two sets of children are standing in front of a moving van sizing one another up.  The two African American kids are presumably brother and sister.  The three white kids – two boys and a girl – are kids from the neighborhood.  Rockwell has included common elements for all the kids – the boys have baseball gloves, the girls each wear ribbons in their hair, and both groups have a pet.  For the viewer, meanwhile, there is little escape, as Rockwell involves them quite directly with the central question, essentially asking them to complete the picture; asking them to think about how the interaction between these kids, their parents, their community and the larger society will unfold.

Child models used by Rockwell for “New Kids,” 1967.
Child models used by Rockwell for “New Kids,” 1967.
     Students of Rockwell have noted that he often used kids in his illustrations, sometimes as neutral arbiters and non-judgmental conveyors of life situations – but also as a means of reaching out to mainstream audiences to prod, send a needed message of some kind, or raise a pointed question.  Rockwell’s two groups of kids in this painting might be seen as surrogates for the larger society, each group trying to decide what to do and whether or how to conquer that middle distance.  The issue in the New Kids painting, of course, is not only the relationships that may ensue between the kids in the weeks and months ahead, but also the larger slate of societal and democratic issues that integration then posed for the nation and its future.  The kids, in any case, are usually not the problem.  As Ruby Bridges has remarked from her own experience with integration in Louisiana, “none of us knows anything about disliking one another when we come into the world.  It is something that is passed on to us.”  Rockwell, it seems, also tried to convey some of that, featuring childhood innocence amid adult turmoil, or just letting children be children.  But Rockwell was also capable of more direct messages, using tougher themes and subject matter.


“Blood Brothers”

A black and white copy of Norman Rockwell’s “Blood Brothers” painting which he later gave to CORE.
A black and white copy of Norman Rockwell’s “Blood Brothers” painting which he later gave to CORE.
     In June 1968, during a conversation at a party, Norman Rockwell hit upon an idea for a painting. Following the assassination of Dr. Martin Luther King in April that year, there had been rioting in more than 100 U.S. cities, with a number of people killed and injured. Rockwell was thinking of a scene resulting from this urban unrest, and he called his editor at Look, Allen Hurlburt, to get preliminary approval and begin work. 

What Rockwell began to sketch were two dead men on the ground – one black and one white – both bloodied and beaten, found on a ghetto street after a riot lying parallel to one another, their blood co-mingling in a pool on the ground. According to the Norman Rockwell Museum, “Rockwell hoped to show the superficiality of racial differences – that the blood of all men was the same.”  

Norman Rockwell, 1968, in front of easel with his “Blood Brothers” painting as shown in photograph from Ben Sonder book, “The Legacy of Norman Rockwell.” Click for that book.
Norman Rockwell, 1968, in front of easel with his “Blood Brothers” painting as shown in photograph from Ben Sonder book, “The Legacy of Norman Rockwell.” Click for that book.
     Rockwell continued working on the project though June 1968 when Allen Hurlburt at Look suggested that Rockwell change the ghetto scene to a Vietnam battlefield scene. Rockwell then had the two men in essentially the same position, now dressed in military uniform, presumably killed in action during the Vietnam War, their helmets cast beside them on the ground. In battle, of course, there is no discrimination; death and injury come to all soldiers the same way, no matter if they were black or white. At this point the painting began to be known as Blood Brothers. Later that fall, however, the editors at Look decided not to use the painting.

     Rockwell wasn’t happy with the decision, did some soul searching and talked with friends about the painting, but set it aside and moved on to other work.  But later that year, Rockwell received an invitation from the Congress on Racial Equality (CORE), a civil rights group founded by students at the University of Chicago in 1942.  CORE was active in desegregation protests and sits-in from its founding, and became a leading civil rights group in the 1960s, especially in the South, and also helped sponsor the 1963 March on Washington and other events.  CORE wanted Rockwell to do an illustration for a Christmas card that the organization likely planned to use to send to its membership or perhaps for fundraising.  But Rockwell did not send the group a typical Christmas or Holiday-themed illustration.  Instead, he sent them the Blood Brothers painting.  CORE, in any case, was happy to have Blood Brothers.  However, it is not known how CORE used the painting or whether the group reproduced it for other purposes.  One account has reported that the painting is missing from the CORE collection.  The earlier studies and sketches Rockwell did for the painting are still held at the Norman Rockwell Museum in Stockbridge.

Rockwell RFK sketches.
Rockwell RFK sketches.
     Rockwell, in any case, had been a very busy man in 1968.  He had done portraits of all the presidential candidates for Look magazine that year – President Lyndon Johnson and U.S. Senators Eugene McCarthy, Hubert Humphrey and Bobby Kennedy for the Democrats, and Ronald Regan, Nelson Rockefeller and Richard Nixon for the Republicans. 

     Also in 1968, Rockwell’s Right to Know – a painting of a diverse group of citizens addressing their government – was published in Look’s August 20th edition.  The 74 year-old artist had a number of other projects ongoing that year as well, including advertising work and illustrations for a children’s book.  He also found time that year to appear on the Joey Bishop Show and the Tonight Show with Johnny Carson.


Belated Recognition

     Norman Rockwell continued painting through his 70s.  However, it was only in his latter years that his work began to be recognized for its artistic value.  During much of his professional life, especially during his Saturday Evening Post years, Rockwell’s work was dismissed by many art critics who regarded his portrayals of American life to be idealistic or too sentimental.  They did not consider him a “serious painter;” others believed his talents were wasted or put to frivolous purpose.  Yet time would work in Rockwell’s favor.

Norman Rockwell, later years.
Norman Rockwell, later years.
     Today, his body of work, stretching over more that 60 years, is highly regarded and continues to be studied by scholars while  thousands flock to Rockwell exhibitions wherever they appear.  During his lifetime Rockwell completed some 4,000 original works, some lost to fire.  In addition to his several hundred magazine illustrations and covers for Saturday Evening Post, Look, and other publications, he also did illustrations for more than 40 books including Tom Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn; made annual contributions to the Boy Scouts of America calendars between 1925 and 1976; did illustrations for the Brown & Bigelow publishing and advertising firm between 1947 and 1964; completed numerous illustrations for booklets, catalogs, movie posters, sheet music, stamps, and playing cards; and also painted a few wall murals.  His portrait work in later years would involve a number of famous figures, among them, Judy Garland, Bob Hope, Arnold Palmer, Frank Sinatra, and John Wayne.  He also did a few unexpected pieces, such as a 1968 album cover portrait of Mike Bloomfield and Al Kooper for their rock-blues recording, The Live Adventures of Mike Bloomfield and Al Kooper.

     In 1969, having lived in Stockbridge, Massachusetts for last quarter of his life, he agreed to lend some of his works to the Stockbridge Historical Society for a permanent exhibition.  Word soon spread that his works were on display there and attendance grew annually, into the thousands.  By 1973, then in his late 70s, Rockwell established a trust to preserve his collection, placed initially in a custodianship that would later became the Norman Rockwell Museum of Stockbridge.  In 1977, Rockwell was awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom by then-President Gerald R. Ford, recognizing his “vivid and affectionate portraits of our country.”  The following year, on November 8, 1978, Rockwell died at his Stockbridge home at the age of 84.  An unfinished painting remained on his easel.

Rockwell’s “Rosie the Riveter” became a WWII & women’s rights icon. The original painting sold for $4.95 million in 2002. Click for Rosie's story.
Rockwell’s “Rosie the Riveter” became a WWII & women’s rights icon. The original painting sold for $4.95 million in 2002. Click for Rosie's story.
     In July of 1994, the United States Postal Service issued a commemorative series of five Rockwell works including “Triple Self Portrait” and “The Four Freedoms.”  In 1999, New Yorker art critic Peter Schjeldahl said of Rockwell in ArtNews: “Rockwell is terrific. It’s become too tedious to pretend he isn’t.”  Rockwell’s work was exhibited at the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum in New York city from November 1999 through February 2002. 

     Today, Norman Rockwell originals fetch millions at auction, and in recent years the values have been jumping.  Rockwell’s Rosie the Riveter painting, used for a Saturday Evening Post cover in 1943 shown at right, was sold twice in recent years – once in 2000 for $2 million, and when resold again in May 2002, escalated to $4.95 million. 

In May 2006, Rockwell’s Homecoming Marine sold for $9.2 million at auction. And in November 2006 at Sotheby’s in New York, his Breaking Home Ties sold for $15.4 million. 

Collectors of Rockwell art today include the Metropolitan Museum of Art, The Smithsonian, The National Portrait Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, George Lucas, Steven Spielberg, and others.

Book cover, Norman Rockwell, “My Adventures as an Illustrator: The Definitive Edition,” as told to his son, Tom Rockwell, 2019, Abbeville Press, 536 pp. Click for Rockwell page at Amazon.
Book cover, Norman Rockwell, “My Adventures as an Illustrator: The Definitive Edition,” as told to his son, Tom Rockwell, 2019, Abbeville Press, 536 pp. Click for Rockwell page at Amazon.
     The Norman Rockwell Museum  in Stockbridge, MA – with visitors now trending upwards of 160,000 annually – holds the world’s largest collection of original Rockwell art, including some 574 original works as well as the Norman Rockwell Archives of photographs, fan mail, and other documents.

Rockwell’s Ruby Bridges painting – The Problem We All Live With – featured at the top of this story, was on display at the White House from June 22nd thru October 31st, 2011. Thereafter it was scheduled to rejoin the Rockwell museum’s traveling exhibition, “American Chronicles: The Art of Norman Rockwell.”

For additional stories at this website on magazine history, magazine cover art, and magazine advertising, see “Magazine History,” a topics page with links to 18 stories. For civil rights history, see “Civil Rights Topics,” a directory page listing 14 stories in that category. Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted:  September 23, 2011
Last Update:  February 3, 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Rockwell & Race, 1963-1968,”
PopHistoryDig.com, September 22, 2011.

____________________________________


 
Books at Amazon.com

2001 book, “The Black Image in the White Mind: Media and Race in America,” Univ. of Chicago Press, 340 pp.  Click for Amazon.
2001 book, “The Black Image in the White Mind: Media and Race in America,” Univ. of Chicago Press, 340 pp. Click for Amazon.
2022 book, “Norman Rockwell: Drawings, 1911–1976,” Abbeville Press, 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
2022 book, “Norman Rockwell: Drawings, 1911–1976,” Abbeville Press, 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
“Circulating Jim Crow: The Saturday Evening Post and the War Against Black Modernity,” 2024, Columbia Univ., Click for Amazon.
“Circulating Jim Crow: The Saturday Evening Post and the War Against Black Modernity,” 2024, Columbia Univ., Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

1940s: Norman Rockwell at work on a magazine cover.
1940s: Norman Rockwell at work on a magazine cover.
"Thataway" - March 1934 Saturday Evening Post cover; example of early "rule" on African American depiction.
"Thataway" - March 1934 Saturday Evening Post cover; example of early "rule" on African American depiction.
Nov 29, 1960: White parent, Rev. Lloyd Foreman (left) walks his five-year-old daughter Pam to the newly integrated William Frantz School where they were blocked by jeering crowd. At right is AP reporter Dave Zinman. AP photo.
Nov 29, 1960: White parent, Rev. Lloyd Foreman (left) walks his five-year-old daughter Pam to the newly integrated William Frantz School where they were blocked by jeering crowd. At right is AP reporter Dave Zinman. AP photo.
Nov 30, 1960: White parent Mrs. James Gabrielle, with police escort, is harassed by protestors as she walks her young daughter home after day in the newly integrated William Frantz school in New Orleans. Crowd wanted total white boycott. AP photo.
Nov 30, 1960: White parent Mrs. James Gabrielle, with police escort, is harassed by protestors as she walks her young daughter home after day in the newly integrated William Frantz school in New Orleans. Crowd wanted total white boycott. AP photo.
Rockwell’s “Breaking Home Ties,” SEP cover art of Sept 25, 1954, depicts father and son sitting on automobile running board as son departs for college, sold for $15.4 million at Sotheby's auction in 2006. Click for print.
Rockwell’s “Breaking Home Ties,” SEP cover art of Sept 25, 1954, depicts father and son sitting on automobile running board as son departs for college, sold for $15.4 million at Sotheby's auction in 2006. Click for print.
Norman Rockwell’s “Saying Grace,” SEP cover art of Nov 24, 1951 and a fan favorite, depicts an older women and young boy giving thanks for their meal at a shared table amid busy scene in a working class restaurant. Click for print.
Norman Rockwell’s “Saying Grace,” SEP cover art of Nov 24, 1951 and a fan favorite, depicts an older women and young boy giving thanks for their meal at a shared table amid busy scene in a working class restaurant. Click for print.
Norman Rockwell’s "Truth About Santa" or "Discovery,” captures the complete surprise of a crestfallen young boy who has discovered Dad’s Santa suit. SEP cover, December 29, 1956.
Norman Rockwell’s "Truth About Santa" or "Discovery,” captures the complete surprise of a crestfallen young boy who has discovered Dad’s Santa suit. SEP cover, December 29, 1956.

DeNeen Brown, “Iconic Moment Finds a Space at White House,” Washington Post, Monday, August 29, 2011, p. C-1.

“Norman Rockwell,” Wikipedia.org.

Richard Reeves, “Norman Rockwell is Exactly Like a Norman Rockwell,” New York Times Magazine, Sunday, February 28, 1971, p. 42.

“Norman Rockwell Saturday Evening Post Covers in Order of Publication,” My-Mags.com.

Katy Reckdahl, “Fifty Years Later, Students Recall Integrating New Orleans Public Schools,” Times-Picayune (New Orleans, LA), Saturday, November 13, 2010 (with photo gallery).

Angelo Lopez, “Norman Rockwell and the Civil Rights Paintings,” EveryDay Citizen .com, February 11, 2008.

Kirstie L. Kleopfer, “Norman Rockwell’s Civil Rights Paintings of the 1960s,” Master of Arts Thesis, University of Cincinnati, Department of Art History of the School of Art, College of Design, Architecture, Art & Planning, Cincinnati, Oho, May 16, 2007.

“Killers’ Confession: The Confession in Look,PBS.org (Reprint of January 1956 Look article, “The Shocking Story of Approved Killing in Mississippi,”by William Bradford Huie).

“Freedom Summer: Newsweek Civil Rights Covers,” DailyBeast.com, 2011.

Richard Halpern, Norman Rockwell: The Underside of Innocence, University of Chicago Press, 2006, 201pp.

“Rockwell’s Four Freedoms: The Historical Context,” Fulbright American Studies Institute, University of Illinois at Chicago.

“Rockwell’s Four Freedoms: The Paintings Evolve,” Fulbright American Studies Institute, University of Illinois at Chicago.

“Four Freedoms (Norman Rockwell),” Wikipedia.org.

“Building Bridges,” Teachers College, Columbia University, June 1, 2004.

Ken Laird Studios, “The Problem We All Live With” – The Truth About Rockwell’s Painting,” HubPages.com, 2009.

Leoneda Inge, “Norman Rockwell And Civil Rights,” North Carolina Public Radio, WUNC, Friday, December 17, 2010.

Andy Brack, “Rockwell Painting Nudged Nation,” LikeTheDew.com, January 18, 2010

Robert Coles, “In the South These Children Prophesy,” Atlantic Monthly, March 1963.

Robert Coles, The Story of Ruby Bridges. New York: Scholastic Press, 1995 [ Tells the story of Ruby Bridges’ first year of school through words & illustrations; for children, ages 4-8 ].

Ruby Bridges, Through My Eyes, New York: Scholastic Press, 1999.

“Ruby Bridges,” Wikipedia.org.

“‘Brown v. Board at Fifty’- When School Integration Became the Law of the Land,” Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

Claude Sitton, “3 In Rights Drive Reported Missing; Mississippi Campaign Heads Fear Foul Play–Inquiry by F.B.I. Is Ordered…,” New York Times, June 24, 1964, p. 1.

Joseph Lelyveld, “A Stranger In Philadelphia, Mississippi,” New York Times Magazine, December 27, 1964, p. 139.

William Bradford Huie, Three Lives for Mississippi, Jackson, MS: University of Mississippi Press, 2000 (first published in 1965).

Shaila Dewan, “Former Klansman Guilty of Manslaughter in 1964 Deaths,” New York Times, June 22, 2005.

“Look Magazine on ‘Suburbia’,” America on the Move, National Museum of American History, Smithsonian Inst., Washington, D.C.

Louie Lamone (American, 1918–2007). Photographs for New Kids in the Neighborhood, Exhibitions: “Norman Rockwell: Behind the Camera,” Brooklyn Museum.

Laura Claridge, Norman Rockwell: A Life, New York: Random House, 2001.

Brian Lamb, Conversation with Laura Claridge, author, Norman Rockwell: A Life, Booknotes-TV (video), C-Span.org, October 11, 2001.

“Norman Rockwell, Cover Gallery, 1920s,” CurtisPublishing.com.

“Norman Rockwell, Cover Gallery, 1940s,” CurtisPublishing.com.

“Norman Rockwell Biography,1953 Through 1978,” Best-Norman-Rockwell-Art.com.

Thomas S. Buechner, Norman Rockwell, Artist and Illustrator, New York: Abrams, 1970. (includes reproductions of 600 Rockwell’s illustrations).

Norman Rockwell, My Adventures as an Illustrator: An Autobiography, Indian-apolis: Curtis Publishing, 1979.

Anistatia R. Miller, “Norman Rockwell,” Illustration, 1994 Hall of Fame, Art Directors Club, 1994.

Maureen Hart-Hennessey and Anne Knutson (eds), Norman Rockwell: Pictures for the American People, New York: Abrams, 1999.

G. Jurek Polanski, Review, “Norman Rockwell: Pictures for the American People” (at Chicago Historical Society, Feb 26 – May 21, 2000), ArtScope.net.

“The U.S. Civil Rights Movement,” Photo Gallery, State.gov.

Linda Szekely Pero, “Norman Rockwell, Year by Year – 1968,” Portfolio, Magazine of the Norman Rockwell Museum, Autum, 2004, pp. 8-14.

Carol Vogel, “$15.4 Million at Sotheby’s For a Rockwell Found Hidden Behind a Wall,” New York Times, November 30, 2006.

Jack Doyle, “Rosie The Riveter, 1941-1945” (WWII & women’s rights icon), PopHistory Dig.com, February 28, 2009.

Ted Kreiter, “Norman Rockwell: Getting the Real Picture,” SaturdayEvening Post.com, 2009.

Carol Kino, “The Rise of the House of Rockwell,” New York Times, February 4, 2009.

“The Art of Rockwell” (Gallery), New York Times.com, February 2009.

CBS News, “Lucas and Spielberg on Norman Rockwell,” CBS.com, July 10, 2010.

Brooklyn Museum, Teacher Resource Packet, Norman Rockwell: Behind the Camera, November 19, 2010–April 10, 2011.

Life Covers: Civil Rights,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

See Also, These Stories:

Jack Doyle, “Dylan: Only A Pawn…, 1963” (Bob Dylan’s Medgar Evans song & other civil rights music, w/video link), PopHistory Dig.com, November 23, 2010.

Jack Doyle, “Strange Fruit, 1939” (Billie Holiday song history & bio), PopHistory Dig.com, March 7, 2011.

Jack Doyle, “Motown’s Heat Wave, 1963-1966″(Motown music history), PopHistory Dig.com, November 7, 2009.

Jack Doyle, “Reese & Robbie, 1945-2005” (Brooklyn baseball statue of Jackie Robinson & Pee Wee Reese), PopHistory Dig.com, June 29, 2011.

Jack Doyle, “When Harry Met Petula, April 1968″(television, music & civil rights history), PopHistoryDig.com, February 7, 2009.

______________________________




“The Jack Pack”
1958-1960

Rat Pack members without Joey Bishop, from left: Peter Lawford, Frank Sinatra, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Dean Martin. Photo, Life magazine, 1960. Click for Life “rat pack” edition.
Rat Pack members without Joey Bishop, from left: Peter Lawford, Frank Sinatra, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Dean Martin. Photo, Life magazine, 1960. Click for Life “rat pack” edition.
     “The Jack Pack” was the name briefly attributed to a famous group of 1960s entertainers who supported U.S. Senator John F. “Jack” Kennedy (JFK) in his 1960 run for president. “The Jack Pack” moniker was actually a variant of “The Rat Pack,” a nickname for a coterie of Hollywood stars and Las Vegas entertainers that included: Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., Joey Bishop and Peter Lawford.

In 1960, this group was temporarily dubbed “the Jack Pack” by Sinatra when they worked in various ways to support Kennedy’s election bid. Kennedy had socialized with Sinatra and the group on occasion and liked the camaraderie, which later turned to political and financial support on his behalf.

What follows here is Part 1 of a two-part story featuring “Jack Pack” history, primarily with Frank Sinatra at the center. Part 1 covers Sinatra’s politics, the Rat Pack scene in Las Vegas, and some of the group’s friends during Kennedy’s presidential run – mostly from 1958 through Kennedy’s election in November 1960.

Part 2 of this story – a separate post at this website – begins with JFK’s presiden-tial inauguration in January 1961, and also covers selected Sinatra, Rat Pack, and Kennedy Administration history through JFK’s assassination in November 1963, plus a few related outcomes beyond those years. First, some background on the Rat Pack.

     In the late 1940s, film star Humphrey Bogart had a loyal group of friends and drinking buddies in an area of Los Angeles known as Holmby Hills.  Then Hollywood rookie, Frank Sinatra, who had moved his family into that area in 1949, became a nearby neighbor to Bogart, and then a member of his group.  Legend has it that Bogart’s wife and film star Lauren Bacall, saw the drunken crew of friends all together one night at a casino and remarked that they looked like a “rat pack.”

Life magazine “rat pack” photo, from left: Peter Lawford, Sammy Davis, Jr., Frank Sinatra, Joey Bishop, and Dean Martin.
Life magazine “rat pack” photo, from left: Peter Lawford, Sammy Davis, Jr., Frank Sinatra, Joey Bishop, and Dean Martin.
     Sometime after Bogart passed on in 1957, Sinatra established his own inner group of cavorting buddies, all from Hollywood and the world of enter- tainment.  Sinatra’s “Rat Pack” – not initially called that at first – came about gradually from their work in Las Vegas and their Hollywood contacts.  The late-1950s-early-1960s “Rat Pack” era appears to have begun in Las Vegas in January 1959 when Sinatra and Dean Martin – then performing separately at The Sands lounge and casino – began appearing in each other’s acts.  Sinatra knew Joey Bishop from the early 1950s on the east coast, when Bishop performed at the Latin Quarter in Manhattan.  He later asked Bishop to open for him at Bill Miller’s Riviera club in Fort Lee, New Jersey, and soon thereafter Bishop was regularly opening for Sinatra, becoming known as “Sinatra’s comic.”  Bishop also began appearing in first-rate clubs even when Sinatra was not on the bill. 

Dean Martin, Sammy Davis & Frank Sinatra having a good time.
Dean Martin, Sammy Davis & Frank Sinatra having a good time.
     Sinatra was singing with Tommy Dosey’s band in 1941 when he first met Sammy Davis, Jr., then an aspiring dancer with the Will Mastin Trio.  They reconnected some time later after Sammy was discharged from the U.S. Army, and Sinatra would later help Davis in his career.  Peter Lawford and Sinatra had worked in a few films together in the 1940s, but Sinatra came to know him much better as Jack Kennedy’s brother-in-law.  More on that relationship a bit later.

     By the early 1960s in any case, the Rat Pack became known for its multiple-person stage acts – with all five of the principals on stage together, plus others occasionally.  The Sands, in fact, would sometimes advertise the horseplay on its outdoor marquee with billings such as: “Dean Martin – Maybe Frank – Maybe Sammy.” 

Others from Hollywood and the entertainment world would also occasionally appear and/or hang out with the Rat Pack group.  Shirley MacLaine, for example who starred with Sinatra and Dean Martin in 1959’s Some Came Running, would also become a Rat Pack “associate” from time to time.

Dean Martin on stage at The Sands in Las Vegas, where Rat Pack performances drew large crowds of celebrities & VIPs from Hollywood and elsewhere.
Dean Martin on stage at The Sands in Las Vegas, where Rat Pack performances drew large crowds of celebrities & VIPs from Hollywood and elsewhere.
     The core group of the Rat Pack, however – consisting of Sinatra and his co-performing buddies – basically set up shop in Las Vegas during the late 1950s and early 1960s. Las Vegas at the time was still growing, and the Rat Pack helped bring in the notice, the visitors, and the money. The Rat Pack’s nightclub act evolved into an entertaining and popular song, dance and comedy act with a lot of cutting up on stage, a rolling bar of alcoholic beverages, along with a measure of social commentary thrown in from time to time. 

     The Rat Pack “schtick” was part Vaudeville, part Hollywood, and part “bad boys.”  It became a unique stage genre and vintage Las Vegas. But it only lasted a few years before it burned out and was eclipsed by a fast-changing cultural scene.  In its day, however, the Rat Pack did the trick and fit the national mood.  Musically and culturally, it occupied the transition period between the first surge of rock `n roll in the 1950s by the likes of Chuck Berry, Elvis Presley, and Buddy Holly – music which Sinatra initially derided – and the arrival of the Beatles in 1964.

Rat Pack stage act with rolling beverage cart, early 1960s.
Rat Pack stage act with rolling beverage cart, early 1960s.
     In addition to their stage act, the Rat Pack compadres also made films together – some shot in Las Vegas. Ocean’s Eleven of 1960 was among the more famous of the Rat Pack films, but there were also nearly a dozen others. Through the early-1960s period, Sinatra and his Rat Pack group reigned supreme in contemporary culture; they became the “cool guys” of their generation, bringing a good share of business to both the Las Vegas nightclub scene and Hollywood’s box office.  Their network of contacts, friends, and business partners ranged across Hollywood, Vegas, and beyond, including some underworld figures like Sam Giancana of Chicago and also various Hollywood stars such as Tony Curtis, Marilyn Monroe, Janet Leigh, Angie Dickinson, and others.

Rat Pack film, "Sergeants 3," 1962.
Rat Pack film, "Sergeants 3," 1962.
     The “Rat Pack network” of that era could also be a potent fundraising and vote-getting machine, a fact not lost on Kennedy family patriarch, Joseph P. Kennedy, an old hand when it came to Hollywood stars and the film business.  The Rat Pack in 1960 became intertwined with the Kennedy family – especially by way of Peter Lawford’s marriage to Jack Kennedy’s sister, Patricia.

     However, for some Rat Packers like Dean Martin, politics was a bit of a side show, not to be taken too seriously.  Martin, in fact, had met and caroused with a young Congressman Jack Kennedy in Chicago one night 1948 when he and Jerry Lewis were working as a comedy team at the Chez Paree club – a meeting that left “Dino” unimpressed. 

     But in 1960, Jack Kennedy and politics became very central to Rat Pack leader, Frank Sinatra.


Sinatra’s Politics

Frank Sinatra with then-U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy outside of The Sands hotel in Las Vegas, NV, Feb 1960, when Kennedy stayed there during a campaign swing.
Frank Sinatra with then-U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy outside of The Sands hotel in Las Vegas, NV, Feb 1960, when Kennedy stayed there during a campaign swing.
     Frank Sinatra, from his days as a young boy growing up in New Jersey, had been involved in politics by proximity if nothing else.  His mother had worked as a Democratic Party committee woman in New Jersey, and as a boy he marched in political parades.  But once he became famous as a young singer in the 1940s and caught the national limelight, politicians soon noticed and sought him out.  In 1944 he received an invitation to the White House from Franklin Roosevelt, then in his third term.  At the time, Roosevelt was under fire from conservatives in the press, especially the Hearst newspapers owned by William Randolph Hearst.  Sinatra, too, had also received some unflattering ink from the Hearst papers.  At his meeting with FDR, the two shared stories with Sinatra giving the president some insight on the music business.  But Sinatra was awe struck by the White House attention and couldn’t believe how far he’d come.  Roosevelt, he told the press, was “the greatest guy alive today, and here’s this little guy from Hoboken shaking his hand.”

Sheet music cover for song, “The House I Live In,” from the RKO short film of the same name starring Frank Sinatra, 1940s. Chappell & Company. Click for digital recording.
Sheet music cover for song, “The House I Live In,” from the RKO short film of the same name starring Frank Sinatra, 1940s. Chappell & Company. Click for digital recording.
     Sinatra supported FDR and contributed to the Democratic Party.  He also appeared at the party’s rally at Madison Square Garden that campaign season.  He would also become a close friend to Eleanor Roosevelt and years later would invite her to appear on his television show.  Sinatra was also active in certain causes, particularly fighting racism and segregation. 

In 1945, he appeared in, produced, and won an Oscar for the 1945 short film and song, The House I Live In – a plea for ethnic and religious tolerance.  In the film role, Sinatra intercedes to protect a Jewish kid being attacked by a gang of bullies.  Sinatra appeals to them through the lyrics of the film’s song: “The faces that I see / All races and religions / That’s America to me.”  This short film was scripted by Albert Maltz, a person who would later come into Sinatra’s life when he became involved with Jack Kennedy. 

Sinatra would sing “The House I Live In” on various occasions during his career, and sometimes at political gatherings, as he did at a 1956 Democratic party rally in Hollywood.  Sinatra would also put his career at risk at times when he refused to play clubs and hotels that discriminated against blacks.  Actress Angie Dickinson, who sometimes cavorted with the Rat Pack, would later call Sinatra, “a very powerful, subtle force in civil rights…[and] not only in Las Vegas.”

Frank Sinatra and Ava Gardner at Los Angeles political rally for presidential candidate Adlai Stevenson, 1955.
Frank Sinatra and Ava Gardner at Los Angeles political rally for presidential candidate Adlai Stevenson, 1955.
     After World War II, Sinatra became publicly associated with left-wing groups and supported organizations that were later identified by Congress as Communist front groups during inquiries by the House Un-American Activities Committee (HUAC).  Though Sinatra was named in some committee documents, he was never brought before HUAC. 

The Hearst newspapers, however, gave him a rough time over his left-wing involvements. And Sinatra’s career, like others in Hollywood at the time, suffered. 

According to one account, Columbia records asked Sinatra to return advance money and MGM released him from a film contract.  He was also dropped from his radio show.  But Sinatra remained politically involved.

Frank Sinatra with former President Harry Truman (center) and toastmaster George Jessel in November 1957 at Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner and fundraiser, Biltmore Hotel, Los Angeles.
Frank Sinatra with former President Harry Truman (center) and toastmaster George Jessel in November 1957 at Jefferson-Jackson Day Dinner and fundraiser, Biltmore Hotel, Los Angeles.

     In 1947, he urged former FDR vice president Henry Wallace to run for President, which Wallace did as a Progressive Party candidate.  But in 1948, Sinatra also campaigned for the re-election of FDR successor, Harry S. Truman.  In 1952 and 1956, he supported the unsuccessful presidential bids of Democratic nominee Adlai Stevenson.  He campaigned for Stevenson in 1956, also the year he came into contact with the Kennedy family for the first time.  At the 1956 Democratic convention he sang the National Anthem, but remained at the convention to observe some of the politicking that occurred after Adlai Stevenson had thrown open the vice presidential nomination to the full convention.  A young new Senator, John F. Kennedy, was making a run for that spot.  Kennedy lost to Senator Estes Kefauver, but Sinatra had watched the Kennedy machine in operation on the convention floor.  From that point on Sinatra took an interest in the rising young senator he believed was heading places.  But it was British actor Peter Lawford, a subsequent “rat pack” member, who would help Sinatra become much closer to Kennedy and the Kennedy family.


Lawford-Kennedy

Patricia Kennedy Lawford and Peter Lawford, 1960s.
Patricia Kennedy Lawford and Peter Lawford, 1960s.
     Frank Sinatra and Peter Lawford had known each other from working in Hollywood, dating to the 1947 musical comedy film, It Happened in Brooklyn, in which they both appeared.  But their paths crossed again in the early 1950s under somewhat less cordial circumstances.  Sinatra had been angered by a 1953 gossip column account of Lawford’s meeting with Ava Gardner, who Frank had recently broken up with.  Some bad blood reportedly flowed between the two over the incident.  Sinatra later discovered he’d overreacted to the Ava Gardner story, and he and Lawford more or less went their separate ways.  Lawford, meanwhile, married Patricia Kennedy in 1954, the sister of then U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy.

     In August 1958, at a dinner party at Gary Cooper’s home, Sinatra came to know Peter and Pat Kennedy Lawford somewhat better.  By New Year’s Eve 1958, the Lawfords were celebrating at a private party with Sinatra at Romanoff’s in Beverly Hills, a popular spot with Hollywood stars.The Lawfords soon had a regular bedroom at Frank Sinatra’s Palm Springs place, where they made frequent visits.  They were all together that night, seated at Sinatra’s table with Natalie Wood and Robert Wagner.  In July 1959, the same group would return to Romanoff’s along with Dean Martin and others at a Sinatra-sponsored 21st birthday party for Natalie Wood.  The friendship between Sinatra and Lawfords grew to the point where the Lawfords frequently visited Sinatra’s Palm Springs estate, making the 120-mile drive there from Los Angeles on many weekends.  In fact, the Lawfords had a regular bedroom at Sinatra’s place where they kept clothing for return visits.  Sinatra and the Lawfords also traveled to Europe together on vacation.  Pat Lawford was so charmed by Sinatra she middle-named her daughter “Frances.”  Sinatra also helped Peter Lawford land film work in Hollywood, including a role in the 1959 film Never So Few.  The two men also became partners in a Beverly Hills restaurant named Puccini’s and Lawford soon became a full-time member of Sinatra’s Rat Pack in Las Vegas.


Frank & Jack

Kennedy’s dramatic bid for the VP slot at the 1956 Democratic Convention – and his charisma –  had been seen by millions of TV viewers.
Kennedy’s dramatic bid for the VP slot at the 1956 Democratic Convention – and his charisma – had been seen by millions of TV viewers.
     Some sources date Frank Sinatra’s first meeting with Jack Kennedy to 1955 when Kennedy attended a Democratic Party rally where Sinatra had also appeared.  And in 1956, as mentioned earlier, Sinatra was quite taken with what he saw in the young Kennedy seeking the VP slot at the Democratic convention that year.  But through the Lawfords, Sinatra came to know Jack Kennedy more on a personal level.  The Lawfords owned a large beach front house in Malibu – the former mansion of Hollywood mogul Louis B. Mayer – a place, it would turn out, where “rat packers,’ Kennedy campaigners, and other political and Hollywood “glitterati” would gather occasionally for parties and other events.

     Jack Kennedy and Sinatra appear to have spent time together in the summer of 1958, whether at the Lawfords or elsewhere.  Some sources have Sinatra endorsing Kennedy for president as early as October 1958, though Kennedy was more than a year away from formally announcing his candidacy at that point.Sinatra visited Kennedy at his Mayflower Hotel “hide away” suite in D.C., and Kennedy, when traveling in the U.S. West, would sometimes visit Sinatra.  Sinatra was also quoted in the press about that time calling the young Senator “a friend of mine.”  Meanwhile, on trips east, Sinatra would sometimes visit Kennedy in Washington, D.C. at a “hide-away” suite that Kennedy kept at the Mayflower Hotel where he would have dinner parties for celebrities and private guests.  Likewise, Kennedy, when traveling west on political business, would sometimes visit Sinatra.  In early November 1959, after a Democratic fundraiser in Los Angeles, JFK and his aide Dave Powers were Sinatra’s guests at his Palm Springs estate for a couple of nights.  On that visit, before coming to Palm Springs, Sinatra and JFK had earlier attended a Democratic Party fundraiser in Los Angeles and had dined at Pucinni’s restaurant in Beverly Hills – the restaurant owned by Sinatra and Peter Lawford.  Kennedy and Powers stayed at Sinatra’s Palm Springs house for two nights on that visit.  Reportedly, after Kennedy’s stay there, Sinatra began calling the room JFK had used “the Kennedy room” and later had a nameplate put on the door noting “John F. Kennedy Slept Here.”  JFK’s father — clan patriarch and former Ambassador, Joseph P. Kennedy — also stayed at Sinatra’s place on at least one occasion during 1959-1960.  But JFK  at this point, in late 1959, was a recently re-elected U.S. Senator, not yet a formal presidential candidate.

 

JFK announcing his presidential bid, U.S. Senate Caucus room, January 2, 1960.
JFK announcing his presidential bid, U.S. Senate Caucus room, January 2, 1960.
Campaign Begins

     On Saturday, January 2, 1960 at the Senate Caucus room in Washington, D.C., Kennedy officially announced his candidacy for the Democratic presidential nomination.  Kennedy had already been campaigning, of course, meeting with party officials and traveling the country.  But after his formal announcement, and a January 14th speech at the National Press Club in Washington, Kennedy’s campaign would begin to target primary election states and other locations where he needed to improve his standing.  One early campaign stop Kennedy made was in New Hampshire, where the first primary election would be held in March.

     On Monday, January 25, 1960, Kennedy and wife Jackie, visited Nashua, New Hampshire, one of the state’s larger towns.  On that wintry afternoon, Kennedy walked down Main Street by himself and went into several local stores, shaking hands as he went.  One of the shop owners gave Kennedy a pair of golashes to wear, as it was pretty slushy in the streets that day.  It was a different era in primary politics then, as Kennedy had no entourage of body guards and handlers.  Local folks were meeting him face to face.  At one point, as he rounded the corner of Main and West Pearl streets in Nashua, continuing to shake hands, he made he way to one of the town’s downtown landmarks, Miller’s Department Store.  At about that point he was joined by his wife, Jackie, and put his arm around her and they continued down the street, arm-in-arm.

Kennedy headlines from Nashua, New Hampshire, January 1960.
Kennedy headlines from Nashua, New Hampshire, January 1960.
     There was a rally that day at the Nashua City Hall Plaza, with participants in winter coats holding Kennedy placards as the candidate told the crowd he was running for president.  Kennedy would also meet and be photographed with City Hall employees that day, and give a talk at the local Roatary Club as well.  The next day in The Nashua Telegraph newspaper, the Kennedy visit was front-page news, as would be the case in other towns and cities as Kennedy campaigned that year for his party’s nomination.  “Crowds Out To See Kennedy,” said the headline.  And from that point on, it was regular campaigning, sometime with his wife Jackie along, and/or other members of the Kennedy clan.


The Sands marquee, 1960, highlighting Rat Pack appearance. Click for 2020 book on The Sands.
The Sands marquee, 1960, highlighting Rat Pack appearance. Click for 2020 book on The Sands.

 

Las Vegas

     Frank Sinatra and his Rat Pack, meanwhile, began filming the original Ocean’s Eleven movie, a film about a plot to rob several Las Vegas casinos.  While filming, Rat Pack members would also perform in the Copa Room at The Sands, doing two or more stage shows each night and sometimes partying with friends thereafter into the wee hours.  One famous run of their show – from January 26 through February 16, 1960 – was billed the “Summit at the Sands,” a title that played on an international summit meeting in Paris at the time between President Dwight Eisenhower, Russia’s Nikita Khrushchev, and French President Charles De Gaulle.  The Rat Pack “summit” was an “anything goes” stage act of song, dance, and cutting up that became quite popular.

     The Sands act with Sinatra and his Rat Pack drew high-rolling and well-known Hollywood royalty – actors, actresses, and producers such as: Lucille Ball, Desi Arnaz, Kim Novak, Jack Benny, Cole Porter, Red Skelton, Lauren Bacall, Kirk Douglas, Cary Grant, Rosalind Russell, Gregory Peck, Cyd Charisse, Peter Lorre, and others.  Sinatra, who had been singing at The Sands since 1953, already had a Hollywood following.  “He drew all the big money people,” Las Vegas lounge singer Sonny King would later say of Sinatra.  “Every celebrity in Hollywood would come to Las Vegas to see him, one night or another.”  Sinatra and the Rat Pack, in fact, are given credit in some quarters for putting Las Vegas on the “big time” entertainment map, and helping spawn the frenetic economic growth and building boom that occurred there through the 1960s and beyond.  At one point in February 1960 – at the height of the Rat Pack’s “Summit” shows – the Sands had received eighteen thousand reservation requests for its two hundred rooms.


Kennedy Visit

JFK meeting Rat Pack members & others outside the Sands Hotel, Las Vegas, Feb 1960. From left, clockwise: film director Lewis Milestone (back turned) Dean Martin left of Milestone, shaking hands with JFK, Buddy Lester, Joey Bishop center, Sammy Davis, Jr., partially hidden by Kennedy's arm, Kennedy, and Frank Sinatra.
JFK meeting Rat Pack members & others outside the Sands Hotel, Las Vegas, Feb 1960. From left, clockwise: film director Lewis Milestone (back turned) Dean Martin left of Milestone, shaking hands with JFK, Buddy Lester, Joey Bishop center, Sammy Davis, Jr., partially hidden by Kennedy's arm, Kennedy, and Frank Sinatra.
     In early 1960, one of Jack Kennedy’s part-campaign/ part-recreation visits was to Las Vegas, Nevada, where he would hook up with his friend, Frank Sinatra.  On Sunday, February 7, 1960, the candidate and his entourage – including a young Ted Kennedy, then Western states coordinator for the campaign – were stumping through the American West for political support and fundraising before the big eastern primaries were to begin.  They set up shop in the Sands Hotel, holding press conferences there and fundraisers, but also taking in the stage shows of Frank Sinatra and friends during their stay.  Whenever Jack Kennedy came to a show, he was usually seated up front near the stage.  And Sinatra, at some point during the act, would single him out for recognition.  “Ladies and gentlemen,” he would say with microphone in hand, gesturing toward Kennedy, “Senator John F. Kennedy from the great state of Massachusetts, the next President of the United States.”  Sinatra would often add laudatory lines, calling him “one of the brightest persons here or anywhere…”  Kennedy would rise briefly to a standing ovation from the audience.

Judith Campbell, in earlier photo, who was in her late 20s when she first met John F. Kennedy. Click for her book.
Judith Campbell, in earlier photo, who was in her late 20s when she first met John F. Kennedy. Click for her book.
     There were also a few private gatherings at the Sands between the Kennedy campaign group, Sinatra’s Rat Pack group, and various Sinatra friends during JFK’s February visit. On the evening of February 7, 1960, they gathered for dinner at Frank Sinatra’s table in the Garden Room. Among Sinatra’s guests that evening was a woman in her late 20s named Judith Campbell, who was introduced to Senator Kennedy and his entourage. Campbell was formerly married to actor William Campbell, and for a time had been seeing Frank Sinatra.

Campbell joined the group and sat next to Ted Kennedy. Jack Kennedy sat directly across from her. Campbell would later recall Teddy as a rosy-cheeked young man, “who was very good looking” and a great teaser, with “eyes that never stopped flirting.” But Campbell, according to her own later account of that evening, was more taken with the charm, sophistication, and “plain likability” of Jack Kennedy. The following day, Jack Kennedy invited Judith Campbell for lunch on the patio of Frank Sinatra’s suite at the Sands. Kennedy would later rendezvous with Judith Campbell in New York in early March prior to the New Hampshire primary.

Years later, there would be all manner of reports and allegations about Kennedy meetings with Campbell and other women, some of whom were introduced to Kennedy by Frank Sinatra and/or Peter Lawford, including Marilyn Monroe.

     Years later, there would be all manner of reports and allegations about Kennedy meetings with Campbell and other women, some of whom were introduced to Kennedy by Frank Sinatra and/or Peter Lawford, including Marilyn Monroe.  FBI files would also include reports of showgirls visiting and/or partying with Kennedy and his entourage at the Sands in February 1960.  Still other reports and books mention possible Kennedy-female liaisons at the Cal-Neva resort at Lake Tahoe, Nevada, a resort part owned by Sinatra and frequented by Rat Pack members and friends.  Some reports also note an effort by the Kennedy campaign in 1960 to “clean things up” after the Sands visit (and possibly others) to collect all available photographs, etc., lest they become public.  On the topic of JFK partying and female companions there is an extensive, but not always credible collection of books, magazine stories, and other sources found on-line and elsewhere.

JFK shaking hands with Jack Entratter, manager & entertainment chief at the Sands, February 1960.
JFK shaking hands with Jack Entratter, manager & entertainment chief at the Sands, February 1960.
     But on Kennedy’s February 1960 swing West, and during his stay at The Sands, he did quite well by most accounts.  Beyond the introduction to Campbell, Kennedy left the Sands, according to one account, with “satchels full of cash,” referring to fundraising gains made in part through Sinatra’s friends and connections, including the owners of the The Sands hotel and casino.  Frank Sinatra by this time was well on board to help JFK win his party’s nomination and the national election beyond.  He would work hard for Kennedy throughout 1960.  And while Hollywood and politics had certainly mingled before, this was something of a new mixture between nationally-popular entertainment titans and a rising political star.  Sinatra, in particular, pulled out all the stops for his new political friend, and apart from any personal advantage he stood to gain from the association, Sinatra appears to have sincerely believed that Jack Kennedy would be good for the country.


Record label for Kennedy campaign song, “High Hopes,” by Frank Sinatra, recorded, Feb 1960.
Record label for Kennedy campaign song, “High Hopes,” by Frank Sinatra, recorded, Feb 1960.
“High Hopes”

     Among other things, Sinatra lent his voice to the Kennedy campaign.  He refashioned one of his earlier songs for Kennedy campaign use – “High Hopes” – a song first popularized by Sinatra in the 1959 film, A Hole in the Head, a comedy directed by Frank Capra in which Sinatra, Edward G. Robinson, Eleanor Parker, Keenan Wynn, and others appeared.

The original song was written by Jimmy Van Heusen with lyrics by Sammy Cahn, who also helped to rework the new version for the Kennedy campaign.

The original “High Hopes” had been a hit song, featured with a children’s choir and lyrics that described animals doing seemingly impossible acts.  The song appeared on pop music charts of its day, was nominated for a Grammy, and also won an Oscar for Best Original Song at the 32nd Academy Awards — all of which made it a highly recognizable tune.

“High Hopes”
JFK Version, 1:49

Everyone is voting for Jack.
‘Cause he’s got what all the rest lack.
Everyone wants to back, Jack.
Jack is on the right track.

‘Cause he’s got High Hopes!
He’s got High Hopes!
1960’s the year for his High Hopes!

Come on and vote for Kennedy.
Vote for Kennedy,
and we’ll come out on top!
Oops! There goes the opposition, ker…
Oops! There goes the opposition, ker…
Kerplock!

K-E-double N-E-D-Y
Jack’s the nation’s favorite guy.
Everyone wants to back, Jack.
Jack is on the right track.

‘Cause he’s got High Hopes!
He’s got High Hopes!
1960’s the year for his High Hopes!

Come on and vote for Kennedy
Vote for Kennedy,
Keep America Strong
Kennedy, he just keeps rolling along
Kennedy, he just keeps rolling along
Kennedy, he just keeps rolling along
Vote for Kennedy !
_______________________
Listen to full song at JFK Library.

Sinatra recorded a special promotional 45rpm version of “High Hopes” in February 1960 for use on the campaign trail, throughout key primary states, and into the general election.  This tune, with special “elect-Jack-Kennedy” lyrics, and backed by a chorus version of “all the way,” pretty much became the JFK campaign theme song. Frank Sinatra, however, wasn’t always available to make personal appearances on behalf of Kennedy — though he did his share. Still, his presence permeated the campaign nationwide by virtue of this campaign song. And on some occasions, “High Hopes” received a little bit of extra help.


Juke Box Fix

       Leading up to the West Virginia Democratic primary election in May, juke boxes in that state, which were controlled through an organized crime network,  were updated with copies of the “High Hopes” recording. 

     Kennedy aides also went through the state paying tavern and restaurant owners a small stipend to assure that the new jukebox version of “High Hopes” was played frequently.  Beyond West Virginia, the special recording was widely circulated and used during Kennedy’s election run, played at campaign rallies, on jukeboxes, and also heard in some TV ads.  The Sinatra song for JFK was heard all across the country.

     During the primary election season, however, Kennedy handlers became nervous about Sinatra and the Rat Pack becoming too overtly connected to the campaign, as Democratic rivals, including Hubert Humphrey and Lyndon Johnson, would try to cast those associations in a negative light. 

So, Sinatra and other Rat Packers did limited public campaigning for Kennedy during the primaries.  And not long after the New Hampshire primary– in which Kennedy had won the state’s Democratic Party nomination on March 8, 1960 – there came some controversy with Frank Sinatra.


The Maltz Affair


1950, photo from film clip, Albert Maltz.
     In February 1960, Sinatra planned to hire Albert Maltz to write the screenplay for a film he was making about an army deserter during WWII using the title, the Execution of Private Slovick.  But Maltz was one of the famous “Hollywood Ten” – alleged communist party members who appeared before the House UnAmerican Activities Committee in November 1947.  Maltz was one of those jailed in 1951 for contempt of Congress, refusing to tell the committee whether he had ever been a member of communist organizations.  When word of Sinatra’s plan to use Maltz was reported by the New York Times on March 12, 1960, the reaction, especially in some conservative corners, began to reach into Sinatra’s involvement with the Kennedy campaign.  Sinatra fought back, claiming his critics were hitting “below the belt.”  At one point he even took out an ad in the Hollywood trade papers saying he was his own man and could hire who ever he wanted.  General Motors, however, then a giant economic power, had been lined up to sponsor some of Frank’s TV specials, and threatened to withdraw over the Maltz connection.

Frank Sinatra & Elvis Presley on Sinatra’s May 1960 “Welcome Home Elvis” TV special. Click for DVD.
Frank Sinatra & Elvis Presley on Sinatra’s May 1960 “Welcome Home Elvis” TV special. Click for DVD.
     One of Sinatra’s planned TV specials at the time was to “welcome home” Elvis Presley, the young rock ’n roll star whose earlier U.S. Army enlistment was then ending.  But Presley’s manger, Colonel Parker, also called Sinatra, saying Presley might have to pull out.  Then the Catholic Church, including a Boston cardinal, began suggesting that if JFK were perceived as soft on communism, this might cost him some Catholic votes.  With that, patriarch Joe Kennedy weighed in, telling Sinatra he felt the controversy would hurt Jack’s presidential bid.  In early April 1960s, Sinatra finally agreed let Maltz go, but he paid him in full.  Sinatra also had a bit of dust up with fellow Hollywood star and then Richard Nixon supporter John Wayne over the Maltz affair.  Wayne and Sinatra had attended a benefit dinner at the Moulin Rouge club in Los Angeles later that spring, and they nearly came to blows over Maltz, according to one account.  The incident arose over earlier negative comments Wayne had made about Kennedy and Sinatra’a hiring of Maltz.  Wayne reportedly told a reporter, “I wonder how Sinatra’s crony, Senator John F. Kennedy, feels about Sinatra hiring such a man.”  In any case, neither Kennedy nor Sinatra appeared mortally wounded by the Maltz affair.  Sinatra, for his part, was then having a good run on broadcast television.  His “Welcome Home Elvis” TV special – the final show in a series of four successful Sinatra TV specials – was broadcast in May 1960, and according to reports at the time it earned “massive viewing figures.”  That special, and others that preceded it, also typically included other Rat Pack members, Sammy Davis Jr., Joey Bishop, Peter Lawford, and at the Elvis show, Sinatra’s daughter, Nancy.


Wisconsin

Hubert Humphrey and John F. Kennedy shown on Life magazine cover, March 28, 1960.
Hubert Humphrey and John F. Kennedy shown on Life magazine cover, March 28, 1960.
     Kennedy, meanwhile, in March and April of 1960, was facing a formidable challenger in the Wisconsin Democratic Presidential primary, fellow U.S. Senator Hubert Humphrey, a popular liberal from Minnesota.  The two senators had squared off in Wisconsin.  Both men had campaigned extensively in the state.  Kennedy used his family members and wife, Jackie, to help cover the state.  Kennedy sisters Eunice, Jean and Pat were there, as were brothers Bobby and Ted.  The March 28, 1960 edition of Life magazine did a feature piece on the two candidates spread over several pages with photos of their respective campaigns in the state.  There was also a small photo of Frank Sinatra included in Life’s story with the caption “voice Sinatra,” referring to his Kennedy “High Hopes” recording, but also mentioning that he did not appear in the state for Kennedy in person.  On April 5, 1960, the day of the primary election, Kennedy emerged the victor, beating Humphrey by a count of 478,118 to 372,034.  It was an important primary win for Kennedy.  However, Kennedy’s margin of victory in Wisconsin had came mostly from heavily Catholic areas, and that left party bosses unconvinced of his appeal to non-Catholic voters.  So the next primary state of West Virginia – a heavily Protestant state where Kennedy would also face Humphrey, but where anti-Catholic bigotry was said to be widespread – would be crucial.


Poster announcing April 26, 1960 campaign event with Senator John F. Kennedy and his wife, Jackie, during West Virginia primary.
Poster announcing April 26, 1960 campaign event with Senator John F. Kennedy and his wife, Jackie, during West Virginia primary.


West Virginia

     West Virginia turned out to be a critical state that Kennedy needed to win for the Democratic Presidential nomination.  Without a primary win there, he faced the prospect of a brokered convention decided by Democratic Party bosses where competing candidates such as Lyndon B. Johnson, Adlai Stevenson, and/or Hubert Humphrey might do quite well.  Initially, Kennedy thought he would not need to run in the West Virginia primary, as earlier polling in the state in 1958 had shown him to be well ahead of the likely Republican nominee, Richard Nixon.  It also appeared there would be no Democratic challenger to run in the primary.  But after Hubert Humphrey decided to run there, another Lou Harris Poll found Kennedy running well behind Humphrey.  Kennedy’s Catholic religion also became a factor in West Virginia.  But on May 8th, two days before the election, Kennedy’s campaign brought Franklin Roosevelt’s son into the state to help, and in a radio broadcast paid for by the campaign, FDR, Jr. asked JFK how his Catholicism would effect his presidency.  Kennedy replied that taking the oath of office required swearing on the Bible that the president would defend separation of church and state.  Any candidate that violated this oath, Kennedy said in the broadcast, not only violated the Constitution but “sinned against God.”Kennedy patriarch Joseph Kennedy reportedly asked Frank Sinatra to seek election help in West Virginia from Chicago mob leader Sam Giancana.  Kennedy also framed the religion issue one of tolerance versus intolerance, and this in particular, helped put Humphrey on the defensive, since Humphrey had long prided himself a champion of tolerance.  Kennedy defeated Hubert Humphrey in the West Virginia primary.  In addition to Kennedy’s own deft maneuvering in that campaign, he reportedly also had other help.

     Kennedy patriarch Joseph P. Kennedy reportedly asked Frank Sinatra to seek election help in West Virginia from Chicago mob leader Sam Giancana.  Giancana allegedly helped spread cash around the state and also influenced certain unions to help get out the vote in the primary election.  In any case, Kennedy defeated Hubert Humphrey in the West Virginia primary with more than 60 percent of the vote, helping dispel doubts that he could win in Protestant territory and that Americans would support a Roman Catholic nominee.  It was Kennedy’s seventh victory in the primaries.  On the following day, Humphrey conceded and withdrew from the presidential race.  However, there were still other Democratic rivals who could challenge Kennedy at the convention.  Chief among these was U.S. Senator Lyndon B. Johnson of Texas.

U.S. Senator Lyndon Johnson would announce his candidacy in July 1960.
U.S. Senator Lyndon Johnson would announce his candidacy in July 1960.
     Later that summer, in the week before the Democratic National Convention, former U.S. President Harry S. Truman said at a July 2nd, 1960 news conference in Independence, Missouri, that John F. Kennedy lacked the maturity to be President, and that he should decline the nomination.  Truman may have been trying to help some of the other Democratic candidates, such as Lyndon Johnson or Adlai Stevenson, who might fare better at a brokered convention.  Truman also had tangled with Joseph P. Kennedy in his political past, so there may have been some bad blood there as well.  But a few days after Truman made his remarks, Lyndon Johnson on July 5, 1960, announced that he would seek, and said he expected to win, the presidential nomination at the upcoming convention.  Johnson asserted Kennedy had less than 600 of the required 701 delegates needed for a nomination.  Johnson claimed he had at least 500.  Adlai Stevenson, the party’s nominee in 1952 and 1956, had also announced his candidacy about a week before the convention.  But Johnson was the bigger threat, and he challenged Kennedy to a TV debate which was apparently held during or leading up to the convention before a joint meeting of the Texas and Massachusetts delegations, and which most observers believed Kennedy won.  After that, Johnson was not able to expand his delegate support beyond the South.


Democratic Convention

John F. Kennedy arriving at the Democratic National Convention on July 9, 1960, at the Sports Arena in Los Angeles, California.
John F. Kennedy arriving at the Democratic National Convention on July 9, 1960, at the Sports Arena in Los Angeles, California.
     As the Democratic National Convention opened in Los Angeles, California at the Sports Arena in July 1960, Frank Sinatra and friends helped fill a “big donors” fundraising dinner on Sunday evening, July 10th at the Beverly Hilton Hotel.  Sinatra and Judy Garland performed that evening at the event.  More than 2,800 guests attended, with a number of Hollywood attendees recruited by Sinatra, among them: Milton Berle, Tony Curtis, George Jessel, Janet Leigh, Shirley MacLaine, Joe E. Louis, Mort Sahl, and others.  Then, as the convention got down to the business at hand, it was formally opened on Monday, July 11th, 1960.  On stage, and as part of the opening ceremony, was Frank Sinatra and some of his friends – Sammy Davis, Janet Leigh, and Tony Curtis, and Peter Lawford.  Also in attendance were Nat “King” Cole, Shirley MacLaine, Lee Marvin, Edward G. Robinson, Hope Lange, Lloyd Bridges and Vincent Price.  Some of these celebrities were introduced to the convention one by one.  However, when Sammy Davis, Jr. came forward, he was booed by the Mississippi and Alabama delegations.  Davis was devastated.  Choked up, he managed to sing through the National Anthem with Sinatra and others, but left the convention hall shortly thereafter.

Sammy Davis, Jr. and May Britt, undated. Photo, Brian Duffy. Click for Davis book.
Sammy Davis, Jr. and May Britt, undated. Photo, Brian Duffy. Click for Davis book.


Sammy Davis, Jr.

     Sammy Davis, as part of Sinatra’s team, had worked hard for Kennedy.  On the campaign trail, the Kennedy people would give Davis a list of rallies and cocktail parties in cities and towns where Davis would be playing. Davis would attend these gatherings, sometimes to sing a song or just mingle with the guests. He would later report that he enjoyed doing it and being involved in the excitement of the campaign. Yet politically, inside the Kennedy campaign, Davis was seen as a potential liability in some parts of the country, especially in the south.  And Kennedy needed southern Democratic support to win the election. The south at that time was still deeply mired in its segregated ways.  In fact, in 1960, most Southern states still had on their books anti-miscegenation laws, which prohibited marriage between whites and blacks. The Supreme Court would not strike down those laws until 1967.

Tony Curtis & Frank Sinatra share a happy moment with Patricia Kennedy Lawford and Peter Lawford at the Democratic  Convention, July 1960. Photo: Life/Ed Clark
Tony Curtis & Frank Sinatra share a happy moment with Patricia Kennedy Lawford and Peter Lawford at the Democratic Convention, July 1960. Photo: Life/Ed Clark
Earlier that year, Sammy Davis had become involved with Swedish actress and Hollywood movie star May Britt.  The two had fallen in love and made plans for marriage.  Davis, in fact, had announced in May 1960 that the couple would be married in mid-October 1960.  Frank Sinatra agreed to be Davis’ best man at the wedding.  A torrent of bad press, with all manner of ugly public and private displays of hatred and threats came at Davis for the pending biracial union between he and Britt.  Soon, Kennedy was being hit by some critics as approving interracial marriage.  Sinatra was being singled out as well.  Newspaper stories about Sinatra being Davis’ best man sometimes ran next to stories about Sinatra campaigning for Kennedy.  Reportedly, Joe Kennedy sent word to Davis to postpone the wedding.  In any case, Davis began to feel the pressure, and he knew that Sinatra was feeling it too.  He decided to postpone the wedding until November 13, 1960.  But at the Democratic Convention that July evening as he tried to sing the National Anthem after the southern booing, Sammy Davis was a deeply wounded man. “Delegates Boo Negro,” read one news headline in the New York Times the next day – accompanied by a smaller sub head that noted, “But Sammy Davis Jr. Is Also Applauded at Convention.”

Frank Sinatra & JFK huddle during a dinner at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles, July 1960.
Frank Sinatra & JFK huddle during a dinner at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles, July 1960.
     Interestingly, however, on July 10, 1960 — the day before Davis was booed — JFK appeared at a rally of the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People (NAACP) that was held at the Shrine Auditorium in Los Angeles.  Kennedy was cooly received there, but won the crowd over when later in his remarks he vowed to end segregation. 

     Two days later in the inner workings of the convention, Kennedy’s team did push through a civil rights plank calling for the end of segregation.  Martin Luther King, Jr at the time called it “the most positive, dynamic and meaningful civil rights plank that has ever been adopted by either party.” 

However, it would take another four years before some of those provisions would become law.

Patricia Kennedy Lawford, left, looks on as her brother, John F. Kennedy makes his remarks at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles, July 1960.
Patricia Kennedy Lawford, left, looks on as her brother, John F. Kennedy makes his remarks at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles, July 1960.


Working The Floor

Meanwhile, back at the Democratic convention on the evening Davis was booed, Sinatra and other friends helped to work the floor of the convention for Kennedy delegates. He, Judy Garland, Kay Thompson, and others worked to persuade Democratic delegates to support Kennedy for the nomination.

On July 13th, Sinatra joined JFK and the Kennedy clan monitoring the early convention activity by TV from the Beverly Hills mansion of Joe Kennedy’s Hollywood friend, Marion Davis.  There were meetings and comings and goings there that day with labor leaders and party bosses from all over the country, preparing for the convention vote.  The formal casting of delegate votes for the candidates would occur the following day.

Jackie Kennedy reading about JFK’s nomination in the “Boston Globe” newspaper back home in Hyannis Port, MA, July 14, 1960. AP photo.
Jackie Kennedy reading about JFK’s nomination in the “Boston Globe” newspaper back home in Hyannis Port, MA, July 14, 1960. AP photo.
     On the evening of Wednesday, July 13, 1960, John F. Kennedy won his party’s nomination for President on the first ballot.  Wyoming’s 15 delegates gave him the two-thirds majority.  With 761 votes needed to nominate, Kennedy received 806.  U.S. Senate Majority Leader Lyndon Johnson came in second with 409 votes.  Sinatra at that time was quite excited with JFK’s victory, reportedly back-slapping Peter Lawford and saying, “We’re on our way to the White house, buddy boy…”

     Back at the convention the next day at 9 a.m., Kennedy asked Lyndon Johnson to be his running mate, and to the surprise of many, Johnson accepted.  Johnson was not the preferred candidate of many in JFK’s camp, including his brother, Bobby.  But Johnson would prove to be an important pick on election night.  Meanwhile, after hours, as the political business of that day’s convention activities subsided, Peter and Pat Lawford threw a nomination party for JFK at their Santa Monica home, with Frank Sinatra and various other celebrities attending, among them, Marilyn Monroe.

A Jack Kennedy-Lyndon Johnson campaign poster for the 1960 presidential election.
A Jack Kennedy-Lyndon Johnson campaign poster for the 1960 presidential election.
     On a late Friday afternoon, July 15, 1960, Democratic Presidential nominee John F. Kennedy appeared before a crowd of some 80,000 people in the Los Angeles Memorial Coliseum to deliver his formal acceptance speech.  At the time, the gathering was touted as the largest crowd ever to hear a political speech.  It was in this speech that the phrase “The New Frontier” was first used.  In his remarks, Kennedy cited the American West as the “last frontier,” saying “we stand today on the edge of a new frontier— the frontier of the 1960s.”  As the convention concluded, the Democrats had their ticket ready to do battle with the Republicans: Jack Kennedy for President and Lyndon Johnson for Vice President — “Leadership for The 60’s,” as one campaign poster put it.


Ocean’s 11

The Rat Pack film, “Ocean's 11,” premiered with a street party in Las Vegas, Nevada, August 1960.
The Rat Pack film, “Ocean's 11,” premiered with a street party in Las Vegas, Nevada, August 1960.
     As the Democrats made plans for their fall campaign, the Republicans convened their convention in Chicago, Illinois at the International Amphitheatre from July 25 to July 28, 1960, nominating Richard Nixon.  The attention of the Rat Pack, meanwhile, shifted to the premiere opening of their new film, Ocean’s 11.  Frank Sinatra had already attended a New York meeting in June with film director Lewis Milestone and Warner Brothers executives to plan a big August 1960 grand opening and film premier in Las Vegas.  That summer, Sinatra had also arranged to have a private showing of the film at his Palm Springs home for Jack and Jackie Kennedy.  In Las Vegas at the film premier that August, Sinatra and various Rat Packers were on hand to meet with the press to promote the film and also to do their stage act.

A 1960 "Oceans 11" movie poster billing Rat Pack members plus Angie Dickinson. Click for film at Amazon.com.
A 1960 "Oceans 11" movie poster billing Rat Pack members plus Angie Dickinson. Click for film at Amazon.com.
     All five of the Rat Pack core group appeared in the film – Peter Lawford, Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Joey Bishop.  A number of other stars also appeared, some briefly, among them: Angie Dickinson, Cesar Romero, Richard Conte, Buddy Lester, Shirley MacLaine, Red Skelton, and George Raft.  The plot of the film involves a group World War II veterans recruited by Danny Ocean (Frank Sinatra) and Jimmy Foster (Peter Lawford) to rob five different Las Vegas casinos in an elaborate New Years eve heist.  The film was among the top ten grossing films that year but was not widely cheered by all film critics.  Bosley Crowther of the New York Times,  writing in August 1960, observed: “A surprisingly nonchalant and flippant attitude toward crime — an attitude so amoral it roadblocks a lot of valid gags — is maintained through “Ocean’s 11…”.  Still, the film was popular because of its stars.  And over the years, it would become a signature “Rat Pack” film – remade in 2001with George Clooney, Brad Pitt and others.  Sinatra and his Rat Packers, in various combinations, would appear in at least nine other Hollywood films made between 1958 and 1970.  Sergeants 3, for example, another film with all five Rat Pack members, would come out in 1962.  Back at the 1960 Kennedy campaign, meanwhile, the effort was now focused on the fall contest with Richard Nixon and the Republicans.  Sinatra and friends would continue to help out where they could.


Fall Campaign

Frank Sinatra appearing at a gathering of Kennedy supporters at the home of Janet Leigh, September 1960.
Frank Sinatra appearing at a gathering of Kennedy supporters at the home of Janet Leigh, September 1960.
     As the general election campaign began, Sinatra persuaded some of his Hollywood friends to hold small receptions for prospective Kennedy supporters.  Sinatra was friends with Tony Curtis and Janet Leigh, both successful film stars who had been married to each other since 1951.  Leigh had co-starred with her husband in five films through the 1950s, including Houdini (1953) and had just appeared in the Alfred Hitchock classic Psycho, released in June 1960, in which she is murdered in one of Hollywood’s most famous shower scenes.  Leigh and Curtis had also attended the Democratic National Convention that July.

     In early September 1960, Janet Leigh and Tony Curtis agreed to use their home for a “Key Women for Kennedy” campaign event.  On September 7th, a crowd estimated at 2,000 turned out at Leigh’s place  for quite a successful gathering.  Ted Kennedy, then the western states coordinator for his brother’s campaign, was also on hand for the event.  Frank Sinatra, shown at left, appeared there as well.

     Out on the campaign trail, the issue of Kennedy’s Catholic religion had not gone away.  Many still feared that government under Kennedy would be unduly influenced by religious interests, and the issue was still seen as a distinct liability for the candidate.  As Kennedy made a campaign swing through Texas, he decided to take on the religion issue directly.  On September 12, 1960, he spoke before the Greater Houston Ministerial Association in Houston, Texas where he famously told his audience: “I am not the Catholic candidate for President.  I am the Democratic Party candidate for President who also happens to be a Catholic.  I do not speak for my Church on public matters – and the Church does not speak for me.”   Also that September, in Hawaii, which had only recently become a state, Frank Sinatra and Peter Lawford were on location filming The Devil at 4 O’ Clock.  While in the state, both did some campaigning for Kennedy, including one performance before an audience of about 9,000 at the Waikiki Shell.

Richard Nixon & JFK debate on television, 1960. Click for book on Kennedy-Nixon debates.
Richard Nixon & JFK debate on television, 1960. Click for book on Kennedy-Nixon debates.
     By late September 1960, the Presidential race was capturing mainstream public attention, as the first of the Kennedy-Nixon televised debates was broadcast nationally on Monday, September 26, 1960.  The debate was telecast from the studios of WBBM-TV in Chicago.  The one-hour debate demonstrated the power of image over substance, as Kennedy came across cool and collected, while Nixon, due in part to poor makeup and a recent illness, appeared tense and ill at ease on camera.  Although Kennedy was given the edge by many who watched the debate on TV, others who only listened on radio believed Nixon won.  Additional TV debates between the two would follow – one on Friday, October 7th from Washington, D.C.; a third on Thursday, October 13th with the candidates appearing on a split-screen telecast, Kennedy in New York and Nixon in Los Angeles; and a fourth on October 21st from New York.

Oct 31 1960: JFK tells Temple University students in Philadelphia he’d like to have a 5th TV debate with Nixon, who could “bring President Eisenhower along, too.” Photo: TSutpen.Blogspot.com
Oct 31 1960: JFK tells Temple University students in Philadelphia he’d like to have a 5th TV debate with Nixon, who could “bring President Eisenhower along, too.” Photo: TSutpen.Blogspot.com
     Through October 1960, Frank Sinatra continued to help Kennedy and the Democrats where he could, serving, for example, as a host for the Democratic Governor’s Ball in New Jersey in late October, and also appearing jointly with Eleanor Roosevelt in a radio appeal for Kennedy.  Sinatra and his Rat Pack friends weren’t the only Hollywood glitteratti helping Kennedy.  Singer Harry Belafonte appeared in one campaign TV ad. with Kennedy aimed at African-American voters.  In other radio and TV commercials, Lena Horne, Milton Berle, Gene Kelly, Ella Fitzgerald, Henry Fonda, and Myrna Loy also made pitches for Kennedy or performed on his behalf. The candidate, of course, was doing his share too, making appearances in major cities during the closing days of the campaign.  In late October, there were campaign stops in Philadelphia and New York.  On Friday November 4th,1960, Kennedy appeared at the Chicago Stadium for a big pre-election rally where more than 1.5 million people came out.

     Richard Nixon and the Republicans, meanwhile, were pulling out all the stops as well.  On Sunday, November 6th, Nixon ran 32-page advertising supplements in Sunday newspapers, and later that evening pre-empted the General Electric Theater on CBS-TV for a 30-minute appeal to voters.  On the day before the election, Monday, November 7th, Nixon appeared on ABC-TV for four hours (2-6 pm) in the first telethon in presidential campaign history, assisted by Hollywood celebrities Ginger Rogers, Lloyd Nolan, and Robert Young.  Kennedy appeared on ABC-TV that evening too, following Nixon, from 6:00-to-6:30 pm.  As election day approached, some polls had Kennedy leading by a slight edge, others had Nixon in the lead.  Most believed it was too close to call.


Election Night

Nov. 1960: JFK & aides watching returns on TV after the election. From left: artist Bill Walton, Pierre Salinger, unidentified man on stairs, Ethel Kennedy, Robert Kennedy, Jack Kennedy, RFK. secretary Angie Novello, and campaign aide Bill Haddad. Photo, Jacques Lowe. Click for Jacques Lowe photo book, “Remembering Jack”.
Nov. 1960: JFK & aides watching returns on TV after the election. From left: artist Bill Walton, Pierre Salinger, unidentified man on stairs, Ethel Kennedy, Robert Kennedy, Jack Kennedy, RFK. secretary Angie Novello, and campaign aide Bill Haddad. Photo, Jacques Lowe. Click for Jacques Lowe photo book, “Remembering Jack”.
     On the day before the election, Jack Kennedy spoke at city hall in Providence, Rhode Island before thousands of supporters, returning to his home in Boston following the speech.  On election day, November 8th, 1960, he and his then pregnant wife Jackie, voted at a branch library near their Boston home.  From there they joined Kennedy family members, friends and a few campaign staff at the family compound in Hyannis Port, Massa-chusetts, where several Kennedy homes were used in monitoring the election returns.

     Frank Sinatra, meanwhile, watched the voting on the West coast from the home of Tony Curtis and Janet Leigh, along with other Hollywood stars and movie people, including Bill Goetze, Billy Wilder, Milton Berle, Dick Shepherd and others. 

The Curtis-Leigh home that evening served as a “clearinghouse” for Hollywood Democrats all around the country who had worked for Kennedy. 

Calls that evening were coming in from Henry Fonda in New York, Sammy Cahn in Las Vegas, Peter Lawford in Hyannis Port with the Kennedy family, and also Sammy Davis, Jr., who was then performing at the Huntington Hartford Theater in Hollywood, but giving his audience updates on the election returns.

Peter Lawford & Pierre Salinger following teletype returns, election night, Nov 1960.
Peter Lawford & Pierre Salinger following teletype returns, election night, Nov 1960.
     In the voting that night, Illinois proved to be a crucial state, having 27 electoral votes.  Nixon had taken most of the state’s 103 counties, rural and suburban.  But Kennedy would take Cook County by a slender margin, and Chicago, where reportedly, Sinatra and Joe Kennedy had prevailed upon Sam Giancana for assistance.  Democratic Chicago Mayor Richard Daley was also believed to have been helpful on Kennedy’s behalf in Illinois.  Other states, including Texas, were also at issue with suspected election-night shenanigans on both sides.  The Nixon camp too, in downstate Illinois and elsewhere, had its share of suspected vote manipulations.

     On election night, as the early returns came in from large cities in East and Midwest – Boston, New York, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Detroit, and Chicago – Kennedy initially amassed a large lead in the popular and electoral vote.  It appeared he had certain victory.  However, after some early and premature TV declarations of Kennedy wins in selected states – and some retractions – an hours-long “too-close-to-call” contest set in, stretching late into the night.  As later returns came in – especially from the rural and suburban Midwest, the western states, and Pacific Coast states, Nixon began to catch up.  Some newspapers, including the New York Times, had even prepared “Kennedy elected” headline copy.  But the election was still too close to call.  Nixon made an appearance at about 3:00 a.m. that hinted toward concession, but he did not formally concede.  It would not be until the afternoon of the following day, Wednesday, November 9th,  that Nixon finally conceded and Kennedy claimed victory.

New York Times of November 10th, 1960 announcing JFK victory in presidential election. JFK shown with wife Jackie and family members at Hyannis Port, MA press event.
New York Times of November 10th, 1960 announcing JFK victory in presidential election. JFK shown with wife Jackie and family members at Hyannis Port, MA press event.
     Kennedy had defeated Nixon in one of the closest presidential elections of the twentieth century.  In the national popular vote Kennedy led Nixon by just two-tenths of one percent (49.7% to 49.5%), while in the electoral vote Kennedy won 303 votes to Nixon’s 219 (269 were needed to win). 

     Back on the west coast the next day, Frank Sinatra went to work at an MGM set in Hollywood where they were making the film, The Devil at 4 O’Clock with Spencer Tracy and others. The film’s director was Mervyn LeRoy, a Republican, with whom Sinatra had made a friendly wager on the election outcome.

A photo reportedly exists of Sinatra riding atop a donkey with LeRoy leading them around the MGM lot, apparently a result of Sinatra winning the wager. 

After the election, Rosalind Wyman, who served as the co-chair of the 1960 California Kennedy-Johnson campaign and Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles, singled out Sinatra for his campaign help, saying he went wherever he was needed.  Sinatra, of course, was elated with JFK’s victory, and looked forward to a continuing friendship with the president-elect in the years ahead.

Life magazine features “the victorious young Kennedys” on the cover of its November 21, 1960 edition.
Life magazine features “the victorious young Kennedys” on the cover of its November 21, 1960 edition.
     Part 2 of this story continues with Frank Sinatra and Peter Lawford playing a major role in the Kennedy inaugural festivities of January 1961. Part 2 also covers the changing relationship between Sinatra, JFK and the Kennedy family as the Kennedy Administration moved into governing the country. Sinatra’s reaction to JFK’s assassination is also covered there, as well as Sinatra’s later turn toward the Republicans and what became of the Rat Pack members and a few of their friends beyond the 1960s. 

See also at this website, for example: “1968 Presidential Race–Democrats” and “1968 Presidential Race – Republicans,” both of which also focus on the Hollywood/politics mixture; “Barack & Bruce, 2008-2012,” covering Bruce Springsteen and other celebrity supporters of Barack Obama’s presidential bids; or visit the “Politics & Culture” category page for other choices. Additional Kennedy family stories can be found at: “Kennedy History: 1954-2013.”

The 1960 campaign is also covered with town-by-town itinerary at, “JFK’s 1960 Campaign.” Stories with Frank Sinatra content include: “The Sinatra Riots, 1942-1944,” “Ava Gardner, 1940s-1950s,” and “Sinatra: Cycles, 1968.”.

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research, writing, and continued publication of this website. Thank you. —Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted:  20 August 2011
Last Update:  14 September 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Jack Pack, 1958-1960,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 20, 2011.

____________________________________


JFK History at Amazon.com


Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Tom Oliphant & Curtis Wilkie's book, “The Road to Camelot: Inside JFK's Five-Year Campaign.” Click for copy.
Theodore White’s classic, “The Making of the President 1960,” Harper Perennial, 432 pp. Click for copy.
Theodore White’s classic, “The Making of the President 1960,” Harper Perennial, 432 pp. Click for copy.
Michael Sheridan’s 2016 book, “Sina-tra and the Jack Pack...”,  Skyhorse, 276 pp. Click for copy.
Michael Sheridan’s 2016 book, “Sina-tra and the Jack Pack...”, Skyhorse, 276 pp. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

August 29, 1955: Time magazine cover story features Frank Sinatra’s rise to acting fame. Already a famous singer, Sinatra in 1954 won an acting Oscar for his role in the film, “From Here To Eternity.” Click for that film at Amazon.
August 29, 1955: Time magazine cover story features Frank Sinatra’s rise to acting fame. Already a famous singer, Sinatra in 1954 won an acting Oscar for his role in the film, “From Here To Eternity.” Click for that film at Amazon.
John F. Kennedy, who was first elected to Congress in 1946, is featured on Time’s cover, December 2, 1957, as the “Democrat's Man Out Front.”
John F. Kennedy, who was first elected to Congress in 1946, is featured on Time’s cover, December 2, 1957, as the “Democrat's Man Out Front.”
Frank Sinatra performing at the Desert Inn, 1950s.
Frank Sinatra performing at the Desert Inn, 1950s.
U.S. Senators John F. Kennedy, Hubert H. Humphrey, and Albert Gore Sr. in conversation during the 1956 Democratic Convention.
U.S. Senators John F. Kennedy, Hubert H. Humphrey, and Albert Gore Sr. in conversation during the 1956 Democratic Convention.
Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Frank Sinatra on stage during one of their performances, 1960s.
Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Frank Sinatra on stage during one of their performances, 1960s.
John F. Kennedy and wife Jackie campaigning in Appleton, Wisconsin, March 1960. Photo, Jeff Dean.
John F. Kennedy and wife Jackie campaigning in Appleton, Wisconsin, March 1960. Photo, Jeff Dean.
John F. Kennedy, presidential candidate, meeting with West Virginia coal miners, 1960.
John F. Kennedy, presidential candidate, meeting with West Virginia coal miners, 1960.
John F. Kennedy, campaigning in West Virginia coal country, 1960.
John F. Kennedy, campaigning in West Virginia coal country, 1960.
May 1960: John F. Kennedy at home in Washington, D.C. reading newspaper about his victory in the West Virginia primary and rival Hubert Humphrey quitting the race.
May 1960: John F. Kennedy at home in Washington, D.C. reading newspaper about his victory in the West Virginia primary and rival Hubert Humphrey quitting the race.
July 1960: Ted Kennedy, center, on the floor of the Democratic National Convention as the Wyoming delegation gives JFK the votes needed for the party's presidential nomination. Photo, L.A. Times.
July 1960: Ted Kennedy, center, on the floor of the Democratic National Convention as the Wyoming delegation gives JFK the votes needed for the party's presidential nomination. Photo, L.A. Times.
Actress Janet Leigh, left, listens to JFK campaign coordinator Edward M. Kennedy, far right, at rally for his brother at Janet Leigh’s home, Sept 1960.
Actress Janet Leigh, left, listens to JFK campaign coordinator Edward M. Kennedy, far right, at rally for his brother at Janet Leigh’s home, Sept 1960.
Frank Sinatra talking with Edward M. Kennedy, lower left at "Key Women for Kennedy” rally at Janet Leigh’s house,  Beverly Hills, Sept 1960.  Photo: Ralph Crane.
Frank Sinatra talking with Edward M. Kennedy, lower left at "Key Women for Kennedy” rally at Janet Leigh’s house, Beverly Hills, Sept 1960. Photo: Ralph Crane.
Oct 1960: U.S. Rep. Adam Clayton Powell, Jr. with John F. Kennedy and Eleanor Roosevelt in New York city during Kennedy's presidential campaign.
Oct 1960: U.S. Rep. Adam Clayton Powell, Jr. with John F. Kennedy and Eleanor Roosevelt in New York city during Kennedy's presidential campaign.
Nov 8, 1960: Los Angeles Times headlines on "down-to-the-wire" presidential election.
Nov 8, 1960: Los Angeles Times headlines on "down-to-the-wire" presidential election.
Ted Kennedy with sisters Eunice and Pat and Ethel Kennedy watching election-night returns at Hyannis Port, MA. AP photo/Henry Griffin.
Ted Kennedy with sisters Eunice and Pat and Ethel Kennedy watching election-night returns at Hyannis Port, MA. AP photo/Henry Griffin.

Cinema: The Kid from Hoboken,” Time (cover story), Monday, August 29, 1955.

“$15 Dinner to Climax Democrats’ Busy Day; Candidates to Be Endorsed for Two Posts Before Kennedy Speaks at Fete,” Los Angeles Times, February 28, 1958, p. C-10.

JFK Speech, Los Angeles, CA, November 1959, YouTube.com (w/introductory com-ments by Frank Sinatra).

Dorothy Kilgallen, “Sinatra Fails to Show for Kennedy,” Washington Post/Times Herald, December 15, 1959, p. C-7.

“Kennedy Hits Johnson for Avoiding Primaries; Senator in New Mexico Bid for Support Raps Candidates Who Skip Popular Test,” Los Angeles Times, February 8, 1960, p. 1.

John C. Bowes, “The Reign of King Frankie,” Washington Post/Times Herald   February 28, 1960, p. AW-8.

“Nixon, Kennedy Score Big Victories in N.H.,” Los Angeles Times, March 9, 1960, p. 1.

“Strategic Warpath in Wisconsin; Kennedy Bandwagon, Challenged By Humphrey, Heads For First Big Test,” Life, March 28, 1960, pp. 22-27.

Robert Ajemian, “Jack’s Campaign Aids: Hard Working Family, Enthusiastic Catholics,” Life, March 28, 1960, pp. 28-29.

Associated Press, “Controversial Writer Is Fired by Sinatra,” Washington Post, Times Herald, April 9, 1960, p. A-3.

“Principals in Near Battle At Benefit Party,” Los Angels Times, May 15, 1960.

The West Virginia Primary,” The Eleanor Roosevelt Papers, GWU.edu, 2006.

“Sammy Davis Jr. to Wed; Plans to Marry May Britt After Her Divorce in Fall,” New York Times, June 7, 1960.

“Cheers and Boos Greet Kennedy at Rights Rally; Senator Calls for Action Against Racial Discrimination at White House Level,” Los Angeles Times, July 11, 1960, p. 3.

“Delegates Boo Negro; But Sammy Davis Jr. Is Also Applauded at Convention,” New York Times, July 12, 1960.

“Demos Decide Today; Kennedy Out in Front,” Los Angeles Times, July 13, 1960, p. 1.

“Significant Planks in Party Platform,” Los Angeles Times, July 13, 1960.

Kyle Palmer, “Liberals Nail Kennedy To Their Platform,” Los Angles Times, July 13, 1960.

“Sen. Kennedy’s Father Watches in Hideaway,” Los Angeles Times, July 14, 1960, p. 2.

“1960 Democratic National Convention,” Wikipedia.org.

“Kennedy Wants to Cast off Sinatra, London News Says,” Los Angeles Times, July 21, 1960, p. 2.

“Giant Jazz Show to Boost Kennedy,” Washington Post, Times Herald, July 25, 1960, p. 21.

Philip K Scheuer, “Sinatra Premieres ‘Ocean’s Eleven’; Las Vegas Hotels Host Stars; Film Enjoyable…,” Los Angeles Times, August 5, 1960, p. A-7.

“Frankie’s ‘Clan’ Sticking Together,” Washington Post/Times Herald, August 6, 1960, p. D-10.

Bosley Crowther, “The Screen: ‘Ocean’s 11’; Sinatra Heads Flippant Team of Crime,” New York Times, August 11, 1960, p. 19.

Richard Griffith, “‘Ocean’s 11’ Fails to Awe N.Y. Critics,” Los Angeles Times, August 30, 1960, p. A-9.

“Key Women for Kennedy to Be Feted,” Los Angeles Times, September 6, 1960, A-4. 

Murray Schumach, “Hollywood Wing in Kennedy Drive; Janet Leigh Opens Home to 2,000 Women as Group Kicks Off Its Campaign,” New York Times, September 8, 1960, p. 40.

“2,000 Open Kennedy Fund Drive,” Los Angeles Times, September 8, 1960, p. A-1.

“Kennedy Confers With Southland Democrats; Candidate Rests at Sister’s Home After Breakfasting With Congress Candidates,” Los Angeles Times, Sept. 11, 1960, p. 1.

“Nixon, Kennedy Meet Face to Face on TV,” Los Angeles Times, September 27, 1960, p.1.

“Kennedy’s Victory Won By Close Margin; He Promises Fight For World Freedom; Eisenhower Offers ‘Orderly Transition’,” New York Times, Nov. 10, 1960, p. 1.

Army Archerd, “1960: Sinatra on Politics” (From the Army Archerd Archive), Variety, November 10, 1960 (with 2008 update).

Gladwin Hill, “Election Pleases the Movie World; Even Hollywood Republicans Are Gratified by Role of TV and Films in Victory,” New York Times, November 11, 1960.

“Sammy Davis Jr. Weds; He and May Britt Married in His Hollywood Home,” New York Times, November 14, 1960.

Paul Schutzer, “Election Night Tension Inside Kennedy House,” Life, November 21, 1960, pp. 36-37.

“Hollywood: Happy as a Clan,” Time, Monday, December 5, 1960.

“Democrats: The Most,” Time, Monday, December 19, 1960.

“Electors Certify Kennedy Victory,” New York Times, December 20, 1960, p.1.

“Campaign of 1960,” John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum.

1960 Election Year Chronology, DavidPietrusza.com.

Theodore White, The Making of the President 1960, New York: Atheneum Publishers, 1961.

Richard Gehman. Sinatra And His Rat Pack: The Irreverent, Unbiased, Uninhibited Book About Frank and “The Clan”, New York: Belmont Books, 1961, 220pp.

Steve Pond, “Frank Sinatra and Politics: His Impact on the Presidency, Then and Now,” Sinatra.com.

Bill Zehme, Mecca With A Dress Code, “The Birth of the Rat Pack,” Sinatra .com.

Earl Wilson. Sinatra: An Unauthorized Biography, New York: MacMillan Co., 1976.

Judith Exner, My Story, New York: Grove Press, 1977.

John Rockwell, Sinatra: An American Classic, New York: Random House, 1984.

Anthony Summers, “JFK, RFK, And Marilyn Monroe: Power, Politics And Paramours?,” The Sun-Sentinel (Fort Lauderdale, Florida), October 27, 1985.

Kitty Kelley, His Way: The Unauthorized Biography of Frank Sinatra, New York: Bantam, 1986.

Patricia Seaton Lawford with Ted Schwarz, The Peter Lawford Story, New York: Carol & Graf, 1988.

Ronald Brownstein, The Power and the Glitter: The Hollywood-Washington Connection., New York: Pantheon, 1990, 437pp.

James Spada, Peter Lawford: The Man Who Kept The Secrets, New York: Bantam, 1991.

Stephen Holden, “Dean Martin, Pop Crooner And Comic Actor, Dies at 78,” New York Times, December 26, 1995.

Nancy Sinatra, Frank Sinatra: An American Legend, Santa Monica: General Publishing Group, and London: Virgin, 1995.

Richard Lacayo, Adam Cohen, Ratu Kamlani, Elizabeth Rudulph, Michael Duffy and Mark Thompson, “Smashing Camelot,” Time, Monday, November 17, 1997.

Pete Hamill, Why Sinatra Matters, Boston: Little, Brown & Co., 1998, 185pp.

Stephen Holden, “Frank Sinatra Dies at 82; Matchless Stylist of Pop,” New York Times, May 16, 1998.

Bernard Weinraub, “Requiem for Rats: Ring-a-Ding-Ding, Baby,” New York Times, April 13, 1998.

Shawn Levy, Rat Pack Confidential: Frank, Dean, Sammy, Peter, Joey, and the Last Great Showbiz Party, New York: Broadway Books/Random House, 1998.

Karlyn Barker, “Masterful Singer, Chorus of Praise,” Washington Post, Saturday May 16, 1998, p. A-1.

Max Rudin, “Fly Me to the Moon: Reflections on The Rat Pack,” American Heritage, December 1998.

The Rat Pack, HBO film,1998.

Jeff Leen, “A. K. A. Frank Sinatra,” Washington Post Magazine, Sunday, March 7, 1999, p. M-6.

Lawrence J. Quirk, William Schoell, The Rat Pack: Neon Nights with the Kings of Cool, Harper-Collins, 1999, 368pp.

A&E Documentary Film Series, Vol. 4, “Camelot and Beyond,” The Rat Pack: True Stories of the Original Kings of Cool, 1999.

Alan Schroeder (Northeastern Univ., School of Journalism), Presidential Debates: Forty Years of High-Risk TV, Columbia University Press, 2000.

Peter Carlson, “Another Race To the Finish; 1960’s Election Was Close But Nixon Didn’t Haggle,” Washington Post, Friday, November 17, 2000, p. A-1.

Geoffrey Perrett, Jack: A Life Like No Other, New York: Random House, 2002.

George Jacobs & Willian Stadiem, “Sinatra and The Dark Side of Camelot,” Playboy, June 2003.

J. Hoberman, Film; “A Co-Production Of Sinatra and J.F.K.,” New York Times, September 14, 2003.

Gus Russo, The Outfit: The Role of Chicago’s Underworld in the Shaping of Modern America, New York: Blooms- bury, 2003, 496pp.

Alan Schroeder, “Shall We Dance,”  (Northeastern Univ., School of Journalism), Northeastern Univ. Alumni Magazine, September 2004.

Alan Schroeder, Celebrity-in-Chief: How Show Business Took Over the White House, Cambridge, MA: Westview Press, 2004.

Charles Pignone, The Sinatra Treasures: Intimate Photos, Mementos, and Music from the Sinatra Family Collection, Bulfinch, 2004, 192pp.

Max Rudin,”The Rat Pack,” Las Vegas: An Unconventional History, PBS companion book, 2005.

Anthony Summers and Robbyn Swan, Sinatra: The Life, Alfred Knopf: New York, 2005.

Brian Dakss, “Sinatra: The Mob, JFK, Women – Authors Chronicle Roles They Say Each Played In His Life,” The Early Show: CBS News, NewYork, May 17, 2005.

Gary Donaldson, The First Modern Campaign: Kennedy, Nixon, and the Election of 1960, Rowman & Littlefield, 2007, pp. 79–80.

Mary Manning, “Rat Pack Reveled in Vegas; Revered by the World,” LasVegasSun.com, Thursday, May 15, 2008.

Mike Weatherford, “Frank Sinatra: The Swinger and the Strip,” Las Vegas Review-Journal, From Series, “The First 100 Persons Who Shaped Southern Nevada.”

Jon Wiener, “Frank Sinatra: His Way,” The Nation, June 15, 2009.

“The Rat Pack,” Department of Special Collections, University Libraries, Univ. of Nevada at Las Vegas, 2009.

David Robb, “50 Years Ago, Sammy Davis Jr. at Center of Racial Divide,” Reuters .com, Monday, June 28, 2010.

David Ng, “A Photographic History of Frank Sinatra and the Rat Pack,” LATimes.com, October 25, 2010.

Sam Irvin, Kay Thompson: From Funny Face to Eloise, New York: Simon & Schuster, 2010, 416pp.

Tony Nourmand, Shawn Levy, and Graham Marsh, The Rat Pack, Limited Edition, Book of Rat Pack Photos by Sid Avery, Bob Willoughby & others, London: Reel Art Press, 2010, 448 pp.

“Caught on Camera: The Intimate Photos That Show the Rat Pack in Full Swing,” Daily Mail Reporter (U.K,), January 21, 2011.

Benjamin Wideman, “Kennedy’s 1960 Visit ‘Not Something You Ever Forget’,” HTRNews.com, January 25, 2011.

Dean Shalhoup, “High School Kids Benefit from Living History Lesson about JFK,” NashuaTelegraph.com, Saturday, Feb. 26, 2011.

“United States Presidential Election, 1960,” Wikipedia.org.

Rat Pack Photos.

“JFK: Life Before Camelot,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

Jack Doyle, “JFK’s Profiles in Courage, 1954-2008,” PopHistoryDig.com, Feb. 11, 2008.

Jack Doyle, “JFK, Pitchman?, 2009,” PopHistoryDig.com, August 29, 2009.

WGBH, Boston, “The Kennedys: John F. Kennedy, 35th President,” PBS.org, 1992/1998.

“JFK: The Run for the White House,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

“JFK: Unpublished, Never-Seen Photos,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

“The Kennedy Brothers,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Book by JFK aides, Kenny O'Donnell & Dave Powers, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye.” Click for copy.
Book by JFK aides, Kenny O'Donnell & Dave Powers, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.





“The Jack Pack”
Pt.2: 1961-1990s

The Rat Pack on stage together in a 1960s' performance.
The Rat Pack on stage together in a 1960s' performance.
     This is the second part of a two-part story on the history of Frank Sinatra and his Rat Pack and their dealings with the 1960 presidential campaign of John F. Kennedy, his inauguration in January 1961, and his early Administration. 

The “Rat Pack” was a nickname for a coterie of Hollywood stars and Las Vegas club entertainers that included Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., Joey Bishop and Peter Lawford.  For a time in 1960, this group and some of their friends were dubbed “The Jack Pack” when they helped the Kennedy-for-President campaign. 

     Through the early 1960s, Sinatra and his Rat Pack reigned supreme in contemporary culture; they became the “cool guys” of their generation. They brought record-breaking crowds to the Las Vegas nightclub scene and made millions for Hollywood’s box office  through the movies they made. 

The Rat Pack’s network of contacts, friends, and business partners ranged across Hollywood, Las Vegas, and beyond, including movie stars such as Tony Curtis, Marilyn Monroe, Janet Leigh, Angie Dickinson, and Shirley MacLaine, and also some underworld figures such as Sam Giancana of Chicago.

“Rat Pack” members early 1960s, from left: Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., Peter Lawford and Joey Bishop.
“Rat Pack” members early 1960s, from left: Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Jr., Peter Lawford and Joey Bishop.
     Sinatra and the Rat Pack became intertwined with the Kennedy family in part through Peter Lawford’s marriage to Jack Kennedy’s sister, Patricia, and later through Sinatra’s friendship with U.S. Senator John F. Kennedy.  But the Rat Pack’s Hollywood and business network in the entertainment world also made it a potent force for fundraising and voter turnout, which soon become apparent in the 1960 presidential election and beyond.

     Part 1 of the story covers Rat Pack history and the group’s involvement with the 1960 Kennedy campaign, up to and including John F. Kennedy’s election in November 1960.  Part 2 of the story picks up here as plans for the 1961 Kennedy inauguration festivities are being made.  This part of the story will also cover Frank Sinatra’s falling out with JFK and the Kennedy family during the early 1960s, as well as what became of various Rat Pack members and friends and Kennedy family members in the years following the Kennedy election.


Washington Gala

Jan 1961: Frank Sinatra escorting Jackie Kennedy to her box at the National Guard Armory for a pre-inaugural gala staged by Sinatra to help pay off JFK & Democratic Party campaign debt.
Jan 1961: Frank Sinatra escorting Jackie Kennedy to her box at the National Guard Armory for a pre-inaugural gala staged by Sinatra to help pay off JFK & Democratic Party campaign debt.
     In December 1960, Frank Sinatra and Peter Lawford began planning a big, star-studded gala and party fundraiser to be staged at the National Armory in Washington, D.C. on January 19th, 1961, the night before JFK’s formal inauguration. 

Among the performers and notables Sinatra and Lawford would gather for this event were: Harry Belafonte, Milton Berle, Nat King Cole, Tony Curtis, Janet Leigh, Ella Fitzgerald, Gene Kelly, Frederic March, Ethel Merman, Jimmy Durante, Mahalia Jackson, Bette Davis, Laurence Olivier, Leonard Bernstein, Fredric March, Sidney Poitier, Bill Dana, Kay Thompson, Roger Edens and others. 

     Sinatra was responsible for personally recruiting many of the stars, some flying in from filming and performing locations abroad.  He and Lawford also convinced several Broadway producers to shut down for one night so actors such as Anthony Quinn, Ethel Merman and Laurence Olivier could attend. 

One account had it that Sinatra personally bought out the theater tickets for the performances of the Broadway plays in conflict so the those actors could partake in the Kennedy gala.

National Armory in D.C. hosted two inaugural events: the Pre-Inaugural Gala (Jan19th) & Post-Inaugural Ball (Jan 20th).
National Armory in D.C. hosted two inaugural events: the Pre-Inaugural Gala (Jan19th) & Post-Inaugural Ball (Jan 20th).
     Several thousand seats at the National Armory would be sold for $100 each and 72 ringside boxes for small groups were sold at $10,000 apiece.  “We’ve already sold out the 72 boxes,” Peter Lawford told Time magazine in early December.  Sinatra added, “This will be the biggest take in show-business history for a one-nighter.  We expect to raise $1,700,000 for the one night…”  In January, Sinatra and Lawford flew to Washington on Kennedy’s private Convair plane to begin work on the gala.  The Hollywood stars, producers, directors, conductors, and musicians involved were housed at the Statler-Hilton Hotel in Washington, reportedly taking over the top floor or so.  Sinatra also hired a Hollywood photographer named Phil Stern to document the entire enterprise, later giving each of the participants their own photo albums.


Sammy Snubbed

Sammy Davis, Jr., 1960s.
Sammy Davis, Jr., 1960s.
     But in arranging the gala there was also some nastiness for Frank’s friend, Sammy Davis, slated to be one of the gala performers.  Davis had planned to take leave from his engagement at the Latin Casino near Philadelphia in order to perform at the gala. But given his recent mid-November 1960 mix-race marriage to Swedish actress May Britt, Sammy was still too hot politically for the Kennedys.  Reportedly, there had been discussions with Bobby, Jack and Peter Lawford on Sammy’s participation in the gala, concern being that Southern Democrats would object to Sammy and his new wife attending.  Three days before the gala, after Sammy had bought a new tux and his wife a new gown, he received a call from the White House.  It was Evelyn Lincoln, JFK’s personal secretary.  She told Sammy the president didn’t want him at the inauguration, a decision by the president described as being forced upon him by the politics of the moment, and counterproductive to fight.  Sammy said he understood.  Peter Lawford called Davis to try to smooth things over, but Sammy was crushed.

Gene Kelly performing at JFK gala, January 19, 1961.
Gene Kelly performing at JFK gala, January 19, 1961.
     On gala day, there was a snow storm in Washington, dumping eight inches on the city through the evening.  But the show went on.  There was singing, dancing, poetry, stage skits, dramatic readings, and tributes to the presidential and vice-president.

Gene Kelly danced; Sydney Poteir read poetry, and Pat Suzuki sang. Kelly sang “The Hat Me Dear Old Father Wore” and did an amazing dance routine. Fredric March did a recitation invoking God’s help to “give us zest for new frontiers, and the faith to say unto mountains, whether made of granite or red tape: Remove.” 

Bill Dana, famous in that era for portraying a fictional Chicano character known as José Jiménez, did a well-received comic routine with Milton Berle.  Nat King Cole sang and so did a young, 34 year-old Harry Belafonte, whose 1956 Calypso album had become the first long-playing album in history to sell over one million copies.

Frank Sinatra & Peter Lawford enjoy a lighter moment at the 1961 gala for President-elect John F. Kennedy.
Frank Sinatra & Peter Lawford enjoy a lighter moment at the 1961 gala for President-elect John F. Kennedy.
     Jimmy Durante sang a version of the “September Song,” a JFK favorite. Sinatra sang twice that evening, once with “You Make Me Feel So Young,” and also “That Old Black Magic,” putting a few new twists on the old standard with lines like: “That old Jack magic had them in its spell / That old Jack magic that he weaves so well…”  There was also a long biographical tribute sung to Kennedy describing his rise to power, using a parody of popular songs composed by Jimmy Van Heusen and Sammy Cahn.  This skit began with Sinatra and Berle doing a send up of that era’s famous news team of Chet Huntley and David Brinkley.“…[I]t may have marked the moment when popular entertainment became an indispensable part of modern politics.”
                                       – Todd Purdum
  “High Hopes,” was also used in this segment, now reworked by Sinatra with new lines that included: “Jack and Lyndon B /… Let’s follow their lead / They’re the men that our America needs!”

     Todd Purdum, writing a Vanity Fair retrospective on the famous JFK gala 50 years later, summed it up this way: “It was an only-in-America blend of high culture and low comedy, of schmaltz and camp, and it may have marked the moment when popular entertainment became an indispensable part of modern politics.”  In fact, Bette Davis said as much during the show in part of skit she did, reading from a script by radio dramatist Norman Corwin: “The world of entertainment—show-biz, if you please—has become the Sixth Estate…”

JFK with Frank Sinatra at the pre-inaugural gala, Jan 19, 1961, the night before JFK’s formal inauguration.
JFK with Frank Sinatra at the pre-inaugural gala, Jan 19, 1961, the night before JFK’s formal inauguration.
     At one point near the show’s end, with an introduction from Sinatra, JFK rose to speak as a single spotlight shone on him.  “We saw excellence tonight,” Kennedy said, while  commending Sinatra and Peter Lawford for their work on the gala.  “The happy relationship between the arts and politics which has characterized our long history I think reached culmination tonight,” he said. 

     Of Sinatra’s role in the gala Kennedy said, “You can not imagine the work he has done to make this show a success.”  Kennedy called Sinatra “a great friend,” and added: “Long before he could sing, he used to poll a Democratic precinct back in New Jersey.  That precinct has grown to cover a country, but long after he has ceased to sing, he’s going to be standing up and speaking for the Democratic Party, and I thank him on behalf of all of you tonight.”

1961: Inaugural dancing at the Armory.
1961: Inaugural dancing at the Armory.
     The gala would raise millions to help reduce the Democratic campaign debt, and despite the snow and difficult logistics, Sinatra had pulled off one of the greatest Hollywood-on-the-Potomac fetes the city had ever witnessed.


JFK’s Late Night

     Even though it was nearly 1:30 a.m. when the gala ended, and Jackie Kennedy had long since gone home as she was still recovering from the Cesarean birth of John Jr., JFK went to another party that night given by his father, Joseph Kennedy, at Paul Young’s restaurant in downtown D.C.  JFK didn’t get home until 3:30 a.m. 

     However the next morning, Inauguration Day, Kennedy was up at eight, reviewing his speech and preparing for a full slate of official and ceremonial meetings with outgoing President Dwight D. Eisenhower, and then on to Capitol Hill for his swearing in and one of the more memorable inaugural speeches in U.S. history.

President John F. Kennedy delivering his inaugural address at the Capitol in Washington, D.C., January 20, 1961. Click for book.
President John F. Kennedy delivering his inaugural address at the Capitol in Washington, D.C., January 20, 1961. Click for book.
     On the evening of the inauguration, as the President and first lady were making the rounds to the various inaugural balls being held in Washington, Sinatra threw a party at the Statler-Hilton Hotel for all the cast and crew who had been involved in the preceding night’s gala. The President, on a visit to the Statler-Hilton for one of the balls that evening, managed to slip away to join Sinatra’s party and mingle with the guests there.

Frank Sinatra was very pleased, and went home to California feeling pretty good about himself and his friend in the White House.


The Sinatra File

     Following the inauguration, however, the ties between Frank Sinatra and the Kennedy’s – especially those involving JFK and the White House – would gradually become strained and eventually would be severed.  But this would not occur for another year or so. 

FBI director, J. Edgar Hoover, center, meeting with JFK and Attorney General Robert Kennedy, January 1961. Click for book.
FBI director, J. Edgar Hoover, center, meeting with JFK and Attorney General Robert Kennedy, January 1961. Click for book.
     Sinatra had been monitored by the FBI stretching back to 1946 when he attended social gatherings in Cuba as a guest of some organized crime figures.  The FBI had an active file on Sinatra which continued for years (Sinatra’s full FBI file would not be released publicly until December 1998, ultimately revealing nothing criminal, subversive, or unpatriotic; a file filled with mostly unsubstantiated complaints and anonymous sources). 

     But in February 1961, within weeks of JFK’s inauguration, FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover sent a pointed memo to the new U.S. Attorney General, Robert F. Kennedy.  The memo detailed Sinatra’s extensive connections to organized crime figures.  Robert Kennedy would later impress upon his brother, the President, that he needed to distance himself from Sinatra.

Frank Sinatra, Peter Lawford & Robert Kennedy wait for helicopter en route to a Cedars-Sinai Hospital charity event in Hollywood, July 1961.
Frank Sinatra, Peter Lawford & Robert Kennedy wait for helicopter en route to a Cedars-Sinai Hospital charity event in Hollywood, July 1961.
     Still, exchanges between the Kennedy family, Sinatra, and members of his Rat Pack continued through 1961 and beyond.  In early July, Sinatra and Peter Lawford joined U.S. Attorney General, Robert Kennedy to attend benefit dinner for the Cedars-Sinai Hospital at the Beverly Hilton in Hollywood.  Another report had Sinatra, the Dean Martin family, Peter Lawford and family, Sammy Davis and May Britt, and Janet Leigh using the French Riviera home of Joseph P. Kennedy during a ten-day vacation in August 1961. 

     Then, in late September 1961, ten months after the election, Joe Kennedy threw a thank-you party for Frank Sinatra at the family’s Hyannis Port, MA compound.  At that point, JFK as president was still talking with Sinatra, as Sinatra would approach the president during the Hyannis Port visit to ask for a small favor.

Screenwriters in Hollywood had come to Sinatra about starring in a film, The Manchurian Candidate, based on a 1959 novel by Richard Condon.

Sinatra sought JFK’s help to lobby Arthur Krim to make film. Click for film.
Sinatra sought JFK’s help to lobby Arthur Krim to make film. Click for film.
     The Manchurian Candidate is a story about a Korean War hero, brainwashed by the Chinese Communists, who then returns home programmed to assassinate the president as part of a larger conspiracy to take over the White House.  In addition to starring the film, Sinatra also had business interests in its distribution.  However, the head of Universal Studios at the time, Arthur Krim, was queasy about the film project and its Cold War politics.  Krim was also then national finance chairman of the Democratic Party.  So, when Sinatra was visiting the Kennedys in Hyannis Port in September 1961, he told Jack Kennedy of the plan for the film and Arthur Krim’s reluctance to make it.  President Kennedy called Krim and the movie project went forward, with Krim later saying that Kennedy’s call had made the difference.

     Despite Kennedy’s help on the Manchurian Candidate, Sinatra’s access to the President and the White House would soon be ending.  Later in the fall of 1961, Sinatra visited the White House as part of a larger group that included Peter Lawford and others.  And during that year, press Secretary Pierre Salinger had been questioned by members of the press about Sinatra’s relationship with the president.  The inner circle around Kennedy – including Robert Kennedy and the President himself – became less comfortable having Sinatra around the White House.  But soon, J. Edgar Hoover’s FBI would provide some additional information on Sinatra.


Rat Pack Popularity

Richard Gehman’s 1961 book on Sinatra & the Rat Pack. Click for copy.
Richard Gehman’s 1961 book on Sinatra & the Rat Pack. Click for copy.
     Meanwhile, the Rat Pack in 1961 seemed to gain in popularity and public notice. The first book arrived that year using the term “Rat Pack” in its title.  

A writer from Lancaster, Pennsylvania named Richard Gehman published a paperback volume with Belmont Books in New York titled, Sinatra and His Rat Pack. The book sold reasonably well and went into at least three printings according to one source.

In the fall that year, a late night talk show hosted by David Suskind featured a Rat Pack roundtable on one of its shows with a mix of journalists and Hollywood celebrities who debated the Rat Pack’s merits and maladies. Even a New Yorker cartoon appeared with a psychiatrist addressing the concerns of a middle-aged man lying on the treatment couch, with the psychiatrist saying: “What makes you think Frank Sinatra, Dean Martin and all that bunch are so happy?” 

     There were also continued stage and club performances of the Rat Pack as a group, or in various combinations.  Work on films with one or more members of the group continued as well, and Sinatra had a film or two of his own.  The Devil at Four O’Clock, a volcano disaster film with Sinatra and Spencer Tracey came out in October 1961.  Sinatra’s music continued to be popular.  Dean Martin, Sammy Davis, Joey Bishop and Peter Lawford would have their notices as well.

President Kennedy points to map of Laos at press conference in March 1961.
President Kennedy points to map of Laos at press conference in March 1961.
     The Kennedy Administration, meanwhile, had a full plate of activities in 1961.  In March, Kennedy announced the establishment of the Peace Corps.  The president also held a press conference that month to discuss communist involvement in Laos.  In April, in his first international and military crisis, U.S.-backed invasion of Cuba ended in disaster at the Bay of Pigs.  Kennedy appeared on TV taking full responsibility for the fiasco, an operation inherited from the Eisenhower Administration.  The Soviet Union that month put the first human in space, as cosmonaut Yuri Gagarin orbited the Earth in a Soviet spacecraft.  In May, speaking before the U.S. Congress, Kennedy committed the U.S. to landing a man on the moon by the end of the decade.  In June, Kennedy and Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev held a summit in Vienna.  Cold war tensions escalated in August, as construction on what came to be known as “the Berlin Wall” began; an actual brick-and-block wall that would divide East and West Berlin with the purpose of preventing people from fleeing communist-held areas of the country for sanctuary in the west.  Elsewhere in the world, Kennedy Administration officials were working on foreign policy initiatives such as the “Alliance for Progress,” a joint U.S./Latin American economic development program.  In December  the President traveled to Columbia, Puerto Rico, and Venezuela.


Stay At Frank’s?

     As JFK’s presidential schedule for early 1962 was being plotted out, it was revealed he would be making a trip west to California in March of 1962.  Early on, it was decided Kennedy would have an overnight visit at Frank Sinatra’s Palm Springs estate on March 24th, 1962.  This planned JFK visit became a big event for Sinatra; a very prideful moment – much more than the pre-election partying the two had shared.Sinatra went all-out for the anticipated JFK visit – remodeling the house, adding new cottages, extra rooms, communications gear, and more. . . He even had a helicopter landing pad installed.  This was now the President of the United States who was coming to stay overnight.  Sinatra had initially built this Palm Springs residence in 1954.  It included a main house, a movie theater, guest houses, a barbershop/sauna, two swimming pools, tennis courts, and a personal art studio.  But now, he would make improvements.

     Sinatra went all-out for the anticipated JFK visit – remodeling the house, adding new cottages, extra rooms, communications gear, and more to accommodate a president and his staff.  He even had a concrete heliport landing pad installed.  But within days of the planned visit – on March 22nd, two days ahead of the planned arrival at Sinatra’s – Peter Lawford was told by JFK and Bobby Kennedy to inform Sinatra that the President would not be staying at Sinatra’s place.  Lawford tried to convince the President and Bobby not to cancel the visit, to no avail.  It was then arranged that the President would stay at singer Bing Crosby’s place.  Lawford then called Sinatra, fabricating a story about how Sinatra’s place was more open and more vulnerable and that the Secret Service had instead approved Bing Crosby’s “more secure” place, backing up against a mountain.  Sinatra was stunned by the news, and tried appealing to Bobby Kennedy with no success.  At one point, Sinatra reportedly took a sledge hammer to the heliport he had built to vent his frustration, and he was quite unforgiving of Lawford and others even remotely connected to the cancellation.  From that point on, Sinatra and JFK pretty much parted ways.

JFK, J. Edgar Hoover & Robert Kennedy.
JFK, J. Edgar Hoover & Robert Kennedy.
     Bobby Kennedy and the President had both heard from J. Edgar Hoover about Sinatra and the fact that Sam Giancana – who Bobby’s Justice Department was then investigating – had stayed at Sinatra’s place.  Hoover had lunch with the President only a few days before his scheduled March 1962 trip West, and it is believed he discussed Sinatra and Judith Campbell with the President, among other things.  JFK knew Hoover played hardball and he wasn’t about to give him any more ammunition by staying with Sinatra.  But Sinatra was wounded badly by the cancellation.  Years later, Sinatra would say he would have understood if JFK had personally spoken with him about why, politically, he could not be seen with him, given his ties, etc.  Sinatra said he would have accepted that.  But Kennedy never did that, and Sinatra remained forever hurt by the slight.  JFK, meanwhile, had a pleasant visit at Bing Crosby’s place on March 24th, 1962, where guests at that time reportedly included Marilyn Monroe.


“Happy Birthday”

Marilyn Monroe sings “Happy Birthday, Mr. President,” May 19, 1962. Photo, UPI.
Marilyn Monroe sings “Happy Birthday, Mr. President,” May 19, 1962. Photo, UPI.
     Less than two months later, on May 19, 1962, Monroe made a famous public appearance singing “Happy Birthday, Mr. President” to JFK at a Madison Square Garden event for the President’s 45th birthday.  It was a huge gala affair, with a number of Hollywood entertainers.  Monroe, who arrived late to sing the birthday greeting, was introduced by Peter Lawford.  Her appearance came toward the middle-end of the program, and she performed the song in her very best, most sexiest voice.  More than 15,000 people attended the JFK gathering, also a Democratic fundraising event, with many VIPs and politicians in the audience.  It was hosted by New York Mayor Robert Wagner with Jack Benny as emcee.  Among those performing were: Robert Merrill, Ella Fitzgerald, Danny Kaye, Henry Fonda, Maria Callas, Peggy Lee, Jimmy Durante & Eddie Jackson, Mike Nichols & Elaine May, Diahann Carroll, and Bobby Darin. Richard Adler, a composer and lyricist, famous for Broadway musicals such as The Pajama Game and Damn Yankees, produced the show.  Jerome Robbins, of The King and I and West Side Story fame, choreographed a big dance number.  Monroe, in addition to “Happy Birthday, Mr. President,” also continued her musical tribute to the president, adding a few lines of thanks — “for all you have done, the battles you have won” — to the tune of “Thanks for the Memories.”  Monroe wore a sleek, form-fitting, specially-designed dress for the occasion, made for her by designer Jean Louis.  Kennedy remarked at the podium later that evening that he could “now retire from politics after having had Happy Birthday sung to me in such a sweet, wholesome way.”  Kennedy would later be photographed briefly talking to Monroe with brother Bobby and others at an after party.

Robert F. Kennedy, Marilyn Monroe, and John F. Kennedy in rare photo taken at private “after party,” May 19, 1962. Advisor Arthur Schlesinger, with glasses, shown at right. 
 Photo, Cecil Stoughton
Robert F. Kennedy, Marilyn Monroe, and John F. Kennedy in rare photo taken at private “after party,” May 19, 1962. Advisor Arthur Schlesinger, with glasses, shown at right. Photo, Cecil Stoughton
     According to some reports, Kennedy had first met Monroe at his sister’s house – Peter and Patricia Lawford’s Santa Monica beach house – sometime in 1959-1960 (although some reports say Kennedy knew Monroe as early as 1954-55). Reportedly, other JFK and Monroe get-togethers occurred around the time of Kennedy’s nomination at the Democratic National Convention in Los Angeles on July 12th and July 13th, 1960, including a dinner at Puccini’s restaurant in Beverly Hills, owned by Sinatra and Lawford, and also at a private party at the Lawford’s Santa Monica home the night of Kennedy’s nomination at the Los Angeles 1960 Democratic National Convention. But Monroe’s appearance at the President’s birthday party in New York on May 19th, 1962 would be her last public appearance.

     Frank Sinatra, not long after the President’s cancelled overnight visit, began a world concert tour in a dozen or more cities to raise money for various children’s charities.  On that trip, Sinatra did concerts in China, Israel, Greece, Italy, London, Los Angeles, Milan, Tel Aviv and Japan and raised more than one million dollars for various benefits.  He returned to the U.S. in late June 1962.


Marilyn’s Fall

Marilyn Monroe in happier times with Frank Sinatra & club manager Bert Grober, Cal-Neva Resort, 1959. Photo: D. Dondero, Reno Gazette.
Marilyn Monroe in happier times with Frank Sinatra & club manager Bert Grober, Cal-Neva Resort, 1959. Photo: D. Dondero, Reno Gazette.
     In late July 1962, according to author J. Randy Taraborrelli, Frank Sinatra invited Peter and Patricia Lawford for a weekend visit to his Nevada resort, the Cal-Neva Lodge at Lake Tahoe.  Marilyn Monroe, a friend of the Lawfords and also of Frank Sinatra, joined them.  The Lawfords and Monroe traveled together and arrived by private plane.  Monroe, however, was not well by then, suffering from depression and taking medication.  Sinatra, in fact, upon seeing her, was shocked and angry about her condition and called her doctor on the spot to relay his concern.  But at one point during the visit, Monroe did some self-medication and Pat Lawford later found her in her room collapsed.  Sinatra, meanwhile, became worried over the incident, concerned she might die at his resort.  He told his valet, George Jacobs, to get Monroe out of the resort.  One guest who happened to be in the Cal-Neva lobby at the time reported seeing Peter and Pat Lawford on either side of Monroe helping to carry her out of the resort to a private plane that took her back to Los Angeles.

Marilyn Monroe, center, at Peter & Pat Lawford’s home in 1960-61, with Peter Lawford left and Frank Sinatra next to Monroe looking at a photograph. May Britt is standing at right.
Marilyn Monroe, center, at Peter & Pat Lawford’s home in 1960-61, with Peter Lawford left and Frank Sinatra next to Monroe looking at a photograph. May Britt is standing at right.
Patricia Kennedy Lawford, now visible in another photo from that same time, is seen standing at left. Seated woman may have been Shirley MacLaine. Click photo for separate history on Marilyn Monroe.
Patricia Kennedy Lawford, now visible in another photo from that same time, is seen standing at left. Seated woman may have been Shirley MacLaine. Click photo for separate history on Marilyn Monroe.

     Other accounts of that weekend at the Cal-Neva report that Dean Martin and Monroe’s former husband, baseball great Joe DiMaggio, were also at the resort.  DiMaggio had never been happy about some of Marilyn’s Hollywood friends.  Still other accounts have Peter Lawford telling Monroe at that point that all communication with JFK and Bobby Kennedy was to be cut off.  Monroe reportedly had been upset over some things JFK had said to her in private, and she had also seen Robert Kennedy.  Monroe that summer was also working on the film Something’s Got to Give, which was never finished.


August 1962

     After the Lawford’s returned home from their weekend visit with Sinatra, Peter Lawford called Monroe on August 4, 1962, concerned about her health.  He found that she was still not well, sounding quite depressed.  He later tried calling her again but couldn’t get through.  He then thought about going directly to her home.  However, he was advised, that as the President’s brother-in-law, he should  not go there. On August 5, 1962, Monroe was found dead in her Brentwood home.  She was 36 years old.  Her death was ruled to be “acute barbiturate poisoning” by Los Angeles coroner Dr. Thomas Noguchi  and listed as a “probable suicide”.

Late 1962

Scene from “The Manchurian Candidate,” in which Frank Sinatra, as Korean War veteran Bennett Marco, attempts to help a fellow veteran who's been brainwashed. Click for film at Amazon.
Scene from “The Manchurian Candidate,” in which Frank Sinatra, as Korean War veteran Bennett Marco, attempts to help a fellow veteran who's been brainwashed. Click for film at Amazon.
     Through the remainder of 1962, Frank Sinatra continued his work.  In August and September he was busy making a filmed adaptation of the Neil Simon play, Come Blow Your Horn, which would not be in theaters until the following year.  In October 1962, Capitol Records released a new three-record set of his recordings – Sinatra, the Great Years.  A few weeks later, near the end of October, The Manchurian Candidate, the film Sinatra starred in and had gone to JFK for help with producer Krim, began playing in theaters.  JFK, in fact, had viewed the film at a special White House screening on August 29, 1962, the day a U-2 spy plane over Cuba would discover eight missile installations under construction– information that would lead, two months later, to the “Cuban missile crisis” and a showdown with the Soviet Union.

     By October 16th, a day the New York Yankees would beat the San Francisco Giants in game seven of the 1962 World Series, Kennedy was shown new U-2 photos revealing fully-equipped missile bases capable of attacking the U.S. with nuclear warheads.  Plans were drawn up for a possible U.S. invasion of Cuba.  A massive mobilization of military hardware began, and more than 150,000 active duty troops from the Marines, Army and Air Force were either positioned in Florida or put on high alert, while additional reservists were ordered to report for duty.

Cuban “missile crisis” headlines, Oct 1962.
Cuban “missile crisis” headlines, Oct 1962.
     On Monday, October 22, 1962, President Kennedy appeared on television to inform Americans of the Soviet missiles in Cuba.  He explained that a Naval blockade had been placed around Cuba to prevent any further Soviet deliveries. 

The President also stated that any nuclear missile launched from Cuba would be regarded as an attack on the United States by the Soviets and he demanded the missiles be removed from Cuba. 

     The “missile crisis,” as it came to be called, was the closest the world ever came to nuclear war in the 1960s.  In the end, Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev turned his ships around.  The Soviets agreed to dismantle the weapon sites and, in exchange, the U.S. agreed not to invade Cuba and remove its missiles from Turkey.


1963

April 1963: Frank Sinatra hosts the Academy Awards ceremony, shown here escorting actress Donna Reed.
April 1963: Frank Sinatra hosts the Academy Awards ceremony, shown here escorting actress Donna Reed.
     Frank Sinatra hosted the Academy Awards ceremony in 1963.  Earlier that year, Playboy magazine ran an interview with Sinatra that revealed him to be quite well-informed on a range of domestic and international issues, and in which he mentioned the Kennedy Administration a few times in the context of policy issues. 

     Sinatra also recorded a new LP in April 1963, titled Sinatra’s Sinatra.  This was an album of Sinatra songs from the 1940s and 1950s, updated with new versions for Sinatra’s own label, Reprise.  The album did quite well, reaching No. 9 on the Billboard and U.K. album charts.  The film Come Blow Your Horn, in which Sinatra starred, was also a major box office success that summer, garnering him a Golden Globe acting nomination.

     President Kennedy that spring, among other things, visited Hollywood briefly for a Democratic Party fundraiser.  This affair, however, was a limited VIP gathering of about one hundred of Hollywood’s biggest stars, among them: Marlon Brando, Cary Grant, Burt Lancaster, Charlton Heston, Gene Kelly, Dean Martin, Rock Hudson, Jack Webb and others.  “Instead of offering a formal speech the president table-hopped, impressing his guests with a wide-ranging knowledge of movies in general and their careers in specific,” explains Alan Schroeder of Northeastern University who has written on the presidency and Hollywood.  Kennedy was a life-long fan of Hollywood, and remained intrigued about its inner working and even its gossip.

June 1963: JFK delivering his famous speech in West Berlin. Click for book.
June 1963: JFK delivering his famous speech in West Berlin. Click for book.
     Back in Washington, meanwhile, JFK had a full agenda of pressing issues, domestic and international, with both difficult and hopeful signs for the future.  In June 1963, Alabama Gov. George Wallace refused to allow two black students to enter the University of Alabama forcing Kennedy to use the National Guard to ensure the students’ safety.  On June 11, Kennedy gave a nationally-televised evening speech announcing a civil rights proposal, a speech that helped calm tensions while also putting front and center the “moral issue” then confronting the nation.  “It is as old as the scriptures and is as clear as the American Constitution,” he said.  “The heart of the question is whether all Americans are to be afforded equal rights and equal opportunities …[T]his Nation, for all its hopes and all its boasts, will not be fully free until all its citizens are free …”  Also in June, some eight months after the height of the Cuban Missile Crisis, Kennedy spoke at the American University commencement in Washington, D.C. urging a reexamination of Cold War stereotypes and calling for a strategy of peace.  In the final months of his presidency, the Limited Nuclear Test Ban Treaty was negotiated and signed.  June 1963 was also the month that President Kennedy arrived in the partitioned city of Berlin, Germany, delivering his famous “Ich bin ein Berliner” speech in West Berlin.

August 1963: Martin Luther King on the Mall in Washington, DC, “I have a dream.” Click for book.
August 1963: Martin Luther King on the Mall in Washington, DC, “I have a dream.” Click for book.
     In popular culture that July, the Beatles’ had become a sensation in Britain, but not yet in the U.S.  On August 28, 1963, Martin Luther King Jr. delivered his “I Have a Dream” speech on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial in Washington, D.C.  A few weeks later, on September 12, 1963 in New York’s Carnegie Hall, Frank Sinatra sang “Ol’ Man River” at a benefit gathering for Martin Luther King’s Southern Christian Leadership Conference.  Frank Sinatra’s son, Frank, Jr., who was sitting in the balcony for that performance, later observed: “Here was the greatest black leader in history watching this white man sing a song about slavery, and there were tears on his cheeks.”

     Elsewhere, however, Frank Sinatra had his problems.  In Las Vegas, Nevada, the state’s Gaming Control Board recommended in September 1963, that Sinatra’s casino gambling license be revoked for allowing Chicago crime boss Sam Giancana to visit Sinatra’s part-owned Cal-Neva Lodge at Lake Tahoe.  The Gaming Control Board had a published “List of Excluded Persons” who were not allowed in casinos even as customers, and Giancana was on that list.  Sinatra never understood the stigma of his friendship with Giancana and others like him, as he had been friends of theirs since the 1940s.  Still, Sinatra had to give up his casino license and sell his interests in the Cal-Neva and the Sands. ( Later, however, Sinatra would have his Las Vegas bona fides restored in 1981 when he applied for license as an entertainment consultant at Caesars Palace, listing President Ronald Reagan as a character reference and having Gregory Peck testify on his behalf. The Gaming Commission voted their approval, 4-1 ).

Nov 22, 1963: JFK, Jackie, and Texas Governor John Connolly in Dallas moments before shots were fired. Click for book.
Nov 22, 1963: JFK, Jackie, and Texas Governor John Connolly in Dallas moments before shots were fired. Click for book.
      Jack Kennedy, in November 1963, was scheduled to visit Texas to make a series of political speeches across the state.  On November 21, 1963, Kennedy flew to Texas making three visits that day in San Antonio, Houston, and Forth Worth.  The next day, as his car drove slowly past cheering crowds in Dallas, shots rang out.  Kennedy was mortally wounded and died a short time later.
 
Within hours of the shooting, police arrested 24 year-old Lee Harvey Oswald as the prime suspect.  Vice President Lyndon B. Johnson – with a shaken Jackie Kennedy beside him aboard Air Force One – was sworn in as President.  The nation went into deep shock and weeks of mourning.


An Era’s End

New York Times front page, November 23, 1963.
New York Times front page, November 23, 1963.
     In late November 1963, Frank Sinatra was filming a scene for Robin and the 7 Hoods in a Burbank, California cemetery when he learned that Kennedy had been assassinated.  Stunned by the news, Sinatra reportedly became very quiet and took a series of long walks away from the set, thinking about the tragedy.  He also called the White House from the set, and spoke briefly to a staffer there.  He then returned to the waiting film crew and said, “Let’s shoot this thing, ’cause I don’t want to come back here anymore.”  After the scene was finished Sinatra went to his home in Palm Springs and, according to his daughter, Nancy Sinatra, “virtually disappeared” for three days while the Kennedy family and nation mourned.  Sinatra would later say of Kennedy: “For a brief moment, he was the brightest star in our lives. I loved him.”

Washington Post front page, Nov 23, 1963.
Washington Post front page, Nov 23, 1963.
     Kennedy’s assassination marked seminal changes for the nation’s character and its culture. America became a less innocent, more somber place. Numerous turning points, public and personal, followed. 

For the Rat Pack, Kennedy’s death also marked the end of an era. Rat Pack hijinks-type entertainment would gradually fade from the scene. By 1964, with the arrival of the Beatles, the music had changed as well.  Yet Frank Sinatra, for one, would hold his own. 

In 1965, Sinatra turned 50, but he still had years of hit music ahead of him.  In that year alone, he recorded the retrospective album, September of My Years and starred in the Emmy-winning television special Frank Sinatra: A Man and His Music.  In early 1966 he scored a recording hit with the blockbuster single, “Strangers in the Night,” a song that would later win three Grammy awards.

Frank Sinatra shown in a room at his home that includes framed photos and other memorabilia from his Kennedy-era years.  Date unknown.
Frank Sinatra shown in a room at his home that includes framed photos and other memorabilia from his Kennedy-era years. Date unknown.
     In July 1966 Sinatra married Mia Farrow, a short-lived relationship that ended in divorce less than two years later.  Back in Las Vegas, meanwhile, things were also changing.  In 1967, Howard Hughes became the owner of the Sands.  Frank Sinatra’s politics would change, too, but not right away.


Sinatra Politics II

     In the 1968 national elections, during the Democratic presidential primaries, a number of Hollywood celebrities became engaged in those contests, generally hoping to change national policy as the Vietnam War divided the country.  Paul Newman and others were backing Democratic candidates such as Senator Eugene McCarthy, Bobby Kennedy, or Hubert Humphrey, then Vice President to incumbent Lyndon Johnson who had decided not to run for re-election in a shocking announcement.  McCarthy appeared to have the early momentum, then Bobby Kennedy jumped in and was headed for victory before his tragic assassination in June 1968.  However, Kennedy had done quite well with Hollywood supporters.  But one entertainer noticeably absent from the Kennedy bandwagon was Frank Sinatra.

Frank Sinatra backed Hubert Humphrey in the 1968 election.
Frank Sinatra backed Hubert Humphrey in the 1968 election.
     Sinatra’s go-round with the Kennedys in 1960 had left its mark, plus the fact that as Attorney General, Bobby Kennedy had initiated actions against the Las Vegas gambling scene where Sinatra had friends and interests.  In 1968, Sinatra supported Vice President Hubert Humphrey for the Democratic nomination.  The old Rat Pack was split among the Democratic candidates: Peter Lawford, Sammy Davis, Jr., and Shirley MacLaine had endorsed Robert Kennedy during the primaries; Sinatra, Dean Martin, and Joey Bishop backed Humphrey.  Sinatra had met with Humphrey in Washington in early May 1968, pledging to make campaign appearances for him.  In Oakland, California, on May 22nd, 1968, Sinatra headlined a gala supporting Humphrey and a delegate slate that opposed RFK in the California primary.  At the Oakland fundraiser, Sinatra gave an extensive live performance.  He also performed for Humphrey at an August 1968 gala at Cobo Hall in Detroit; appeared for Humphrey at the Houston, Texas Astrodome with President Lyndon Johnson; made a TV ad for Humphrey that fall; and re-stated his support for Humphrey on a live election-eve national telethon.  However, the Humphrey-Muskie ticket that emerged in that politically volatile season of 1968 was not enough to beat Richard Nixon.


Shift to Republicans

Jan. 1971: Frank Sinatra with California Governor Ronald Reagan, Vikki Carr, Nancy Reagan, Dean Martin, Jack Benny (obscured), John Wayne & Jimmy Stewart.
Jan. 1971: Frank Sinatra with California Governor Ronald Reagan, Vikki Carr, Nancy Reagan, Dean Martin, Jack Benny (obscured), John Wayne & Jimmy Stewart.
     By 1970, however, Frank Sinatra began shifting his politics to the Republicans.  The first signs came when he spoke out in support of former actor Ronald Reagan, then running for re-election as California’s governor.  In fact, Sinatra urged his old Hollywood friend Reagan to move more to the center.  Sinatra, however, remained a registered Democrat who broke with Reagan on issues like abortion.  But in 1971, the Republicans nationally were being drawn to Sinatra’s potential star appeal.  A memo then circulating among  some of Richard Nixon’s presidential aides on Sinatra noted: “He has the muscle to bring along a lot of the younger lights.”  Nixon aide Charles W. Colson wrote of Sinatra: “If we are going to cultivate him, as I believe we should (I also recognize the negatives) then he should very shortly be invited to the White House to entertain.”

Frank Sinatra’s April 1973 performance at the Nixon White House on Red Cab Records, 2010.
Frank Sinatra’s April 1973 performance at the Nixon White House on Red Cab Records, 2010.
     In July 1972, prior to that year’s presidential election, Frank Sinatra announced his support for Richard Nixon. 

“The older you get the more conservative you get,” he explained to his daughter Tina, who at the time was working for the Democratic candidate George McGovern. Sinatra’s old Rat Pack pal, Sammy Davis, Jr., also supported Nixon in 1972. 

     In April 1973, a time when Sinatra’s “comeback album” Ol’ Blue Eyes Is Back had appeared, he was invited by President Richard Nixon to perform at the White House, the first president to do so.  Following a state dinner for Italian Prime Minister Guiulio Andreotti, Sinatra performed a number of his songs for more than 200 guests in the East Room of the White House. 

During Nixon’s presidency, Sinatra visited the White House several times.  He also supported Nixon’s moves to recognize the People’s Republic of China.

Frank Sinatra, left, campaignng with Ronald & Nancy Reagan, 1984.
Frank Sinatra, left, campaignng with Ronald & Nancy Reagan, 1984.


For Ronald Reagan

     By 1979, when Ronald Regan ran for president, Sinatra campaigned for him, saying at one point he worked harder for Regan than he had since 1960 when he backed Jack Kennedy.  And as Sinatra had done for Kennedy 20 years earlier, in January 1981, he now also produced Reagan’s Inaugural Gala, lining up a slate of performers that included Johnny Carson, Bob Hope, Dean Martin and Charlton Heston.  “I don’t view the inaugural as political,” he said when asked about producing Reagan’s show.  “If Walter Mondale had won, and if he had asked me to do [his gala], I’d have been there.”  Sinatra also campaigned for Regan in 1984.  In fact, during October and early November of that election season, Sinatra went to Chicago, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Hartford, Westchester, New York, Washington, D.C., Sacramento, and San Diego doing Republican receptions and/or fundraisers on behalf of Reagan.

May 23, 1985, Sinatra received the Presidential Medal of Freedom from President Ronald Reagan. Cabinet member Jeane Kirkpatrick is seen in the background.
May 23, 1985, Sinatra received the Presidential Medal of Freedom from President Ronald Reagan. Cabinet member Jeane Kirkpatrick is seen in the background.
Throughout Reagan’s presidency, Sinatra made frequent trips to the White House, as well as serving on the President’s Committee on the Arts and Humanities.  In 1985, Reagan presented him with the Congressional Medal of Freedom at a White house ceremony.  It was, according to friends and family, one of the proudest days of his life.  Sinatra remained friends with both Ronald and Nancy Reagan, and later sang at the inaugural gala for George H.W. Bush as well.  And although he identified more with Republican presidents in his later years, Sinatra met Bill Clinton at a small dinner party in Los Angeles after Clinton became president.  At that meeting, Clinton later recalled, Sinatra spoke about his admiration for the Kennedys and his pride in having been a part of the Kennedy campaign and JFK’s White House years.

Flashback: Frank Sinatra, January 1961, at Carnegie Hall benefit concert for the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, with Sy Oliver (left) conducting. Dean Martin and Sammy Davis also participated.
Flashback: Frank Sinatra, January 1961, at Carnegie Hall benefit concert for the Southern Christian Leadership Conference, with Sy Oliver (left) conducting. Dean Martin and Sammy Davis also participated.

On Race…

     On July 4, 1991, Sinatra, at the age of 75, wrote an opinion piece that ran in the Los Angeles Times and summed up one of his life’s major social concerns – race relations:

“[W]hy do I still hear race- and color-haters spewing their poisons?… Why do I still flinch at innuendos of venom and inequality? Why do innocent children still grow up to be despised? Why do haters’ jokes still get big laughs when passed in whispers from scum to scum? …Why do so many among us continue in words and deeds to ignore, insult and challenge the unforgettable words of Thomas Jefferson, who drafted the Declaration of Independence’s promise to every man, woman and child — the self-evident truth that all men are created equal?”

     Sinatra passed away in 1998, ten years before the election of Barack Obama.  Yet, had he been around at the time, he might well have returned to the Democrats and supported Obama.

_________________________________________


Rat Pack Postscript
1960s-2008


1965: Rat Packers D. Martin, S. Davis & F. Sinatra with Johnny Carson subbing for J. Bishop in St. Louis.
1965: Rat Packers D. Martin, S. Davis & F. Sinatra with Johnny Carson subbing for J. Bishop in St. Louis.
     The glory days for the Rat Pack had been mostly in the early-and-mid-1960s. Thereafter, there were occasional reunions, benefit shows, some continued film making, and revival tours involving one or more of the group. Some of these gigs involved guest participants, as with Johnny Carson in 1965, shown at left. A few of their later reunion attempts even  extended into the 1980s.  

As individual performers, however, the Rat Packers of the 1960s pretty much went their separate ways in later years. And for the most part, each fared moderately well, at least initially.

Feb 7, 1960: Peter Lawford & Sammy Davis, Jr. on stage at Four Chaplin’s Benefit, Las Vegas Convention Center.  Photo, University of Nevada, Las Vegas.
Feb 7, 1960: Peter Lawford & Sammy Davis, Jr. on stage at Four Chaplin’s Benefit, Las Vegas Convention Center. Photo, University of Nevada, Las Vegas.
     Peter Lawford had appeared in the film the Longest Day in 1962 and two Rat Pack- related films with Sammy Davis –Salt and Pepper (1968) and One More Time (1970). He also had some continuing success on his own in film and on a television series in the 1970s. 

But things began unraveling for him after his divorce from Patricia Kennedy in February 1966.  They had four children together.

     Lawford, who liked the ladies and partying, married three more times after Pat Kennedy, each time to a woman half his age.

Lawford died at Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles on Christmas Eve 1984 of cardiac arrest complicated by kidney and liver failure after years of drug and alcohol abuse.

Sammy Davis / Click for the “Definitive Collection”.
Sammy Davis / Click for the “Definitive Collection”.

     Sammy Davis had continued success in Las Vegas through the 1960s, as well as in film and on stage.  During his career, Davis appeared in 39 movies, four Broadway plays, and released some 47 albums and 38 singles.  His 1962 song, “What Kind of Fool Am I,” was Grammy-nominated for both song of the year and best male solo performance.  In the Broadway musical Golden Boy of 1964 he received a Tony nomination for best actor.  He would also host his own TV show on NBC in 1966 and had top music hits, such as “I’ve Gotta Be Me” in 1968-69 and “Candy Man” in 1972.  Davis also had film and TV roles through the 1970s and 1980s.  After reuniting with Sinatra and Dean Martin in 1987, Davis toured with them and Liza Minnelli internationally.  Davis, who suffered from throat cancer, succumbed to the disease in May 1990.  He was 64 years old.  At his death, Davis was in debt to the IRS and his estate was the subject of legal battles.  On May 18, 1990, two days after Davis’ death, the neon lights of the Las Vegas strip were darkened in tribute to him.

DVD cover for collection of Dean Martin’s TV shows, 1965-1974. Click for DVD.
DVD cover for collection of Dean Martin’s TV shows, 1965-1974. Click for DVD.
     Apart from the performing and films he did with Sinatra and other Rat Packers, Dean Martin had his own successful film, singing, and TV career.  His 1964 song “Everybody Loves Somebody” was a million-selling top hit.  In fact, between 1964 and 1969 Martin released 11 albums that were certified “gold,” which at the time meant sales of more than 500,000 each.  All eleven of Martin’s albums were recorded for Reprise, a label founded by Sinatra in which Martin was an investor.  Martin also had a sizable holding of RCA stock.  He released his final Reprise album, Once In A While, in 1978.  Thereafter recording became less prominent in his career.  In television, The Dean Martin Show, a variety-comedy series in which he starred, ran from 1965 to 1974 for 264 episodes, often in the top ten.  Following that series, The Dean Martin Celebrity Roast, which he hosted for NBC, and during which Martin and friends would “roast” a celebrity, ran from 1974 to 1984.  A late 1980s tour with Sinatra and Sammy Davis was attempted, but did not go well.  Martin gave some of his last solo performances in Las Vegas at Bally’s Hotel in 1990.  A life-long smoker, he was diagnosed with lung cancer at Cedars Sinai Medical Center in September 1993.  Dean Martin died at home on December 25, 1995.  He was 78 year old.

Joey Bishop, Frank Sinatra, and Dean Martin during a Rat Pack stage act in the 1960s.
Joey Bishop, Frank Sinatra, and Dean Martin during a Rat Pack stage act in the 1960s.
     In the 1950s, Frank Sinatra asked comic Joey Bishop to become his opening act.  Soon thereafter, he was opening regularly for Sinatra and also began finding work in first-rate clubs even when Sinatra was not on the bill.  After becoming a member of the Rat Pack, he also became a Sinatra loyalist.  In mid-1960, Bishop received an invitation from then vice president Richard Nixon to perform at the Republican Convention, which he turned down.  Bishop would later acknowledge  Sinatra’s help in his his career, including roles in Rat Pack movies.  Bishop appeared in 14 films, including Ocean’s Eleven and Sergeants 3, and served as master of ceremonies at JFK’s inaugural gala.  However, Bishop felt he was more mascot than full-fledged Rat Pack member, revealed in a 2002 biography by Michael Seth Starr titled, Mouse in the Rat Pack.  Still, Sinatra regarded Bishop as central to the Rat Pack’s success, crediting him with writing most Rat Pack jokes and quips, material assumed to be ad-libbed, but much of which was actually scripted.  Bishop also went on to star in two of his own TV shows, a sit com on NBC (1961-65) and a late night talk show ABC (1967-1969), both called The Joey Bishop Show.  Regis Philbin got his start as Bishop’s sidekick on the later talk show.  Joey Bishop died of heart failure in October 2007.  He was 89 and at the time, the last surviving member of the 1960s Rat Pack.

Frank Sinatra on the cover of Newsweek, September 6, 1965.
Frank Sinatra on the cover of Newsweek, September 6, 1965.
     For nearly three decades beyond his Rat Pack years, Frank Sinatra had a full recording, acting, and performing career.  His recordings alone — with some 296 singles and 69 albums – span almost 60 years.  He began his professional singing career in the 1940s with the Harry James and Tommy Dorsey orchestras.  Singers in the 1940s began to manipulate the microphone for detail and nuance, and Sinatra learned to do it better than most.  And throughout his career, Sinatra would become a master of rhythm, timing, and phrasing and also re-interpreting older standards.  By the mid-1940’s he had become a successful solo artist and had made his film acting debut.  He would win a Golden Globe and Academy Award for his 1953 performance in From Here to Eternity, and would later win other Academy and Grammy Awards for his music. 

Frank Sinatra on 2008 U.S. postage stamp.
Frank Sinatra on 2008 U.S. postage stamp.
     In television, from the 1950s through the 1970s, he hosted both his own variety shows and various TV specials, winning an Emmy for the November 1965 special, Frank Sinatra: A Man and His Music. In addition to other songs, Sinatra’s “My Way” of 1969 – a song written by Paul Anka with Sinatra in mind – became a blockbuster hit on the U.S. and U.K. music charts, especially in the U.K, where it stayed inside the Top 40 for 75 weeks, from April 1969 to September 1971.

     Sinatra flirted with retirement briefly in the early 1970s, but by 1973 had a gold-selling album and a television special.  He also returned to live performing Las Vegas and elsewhere.  Still recording in his later years, he recorded Duets in 1993, an album of old standards he made with other prominent artists which became a best seller.  Sinatra died May 14,1998, he was 82 years old.  Included among the many honors he received over the years were: Kennedy Center Honors in 1983, the earlier-mentioned Presidential Medal of Freedom in 1985, and a Congressional Gold Medal in 1997.  Sinatra was also the recipient of eleven Grammy Awards during his career, including the Grammy Trustees Award, the Grammy Legend Award and the Grammy Lifetime Achievement Award.  The U.S. Postal Service issued a 42-cent stamp in his honor in May 2008.

     Other stories at this website that deal with and/or touch upon the life of Frank Sinatra include: “The Sinatra Riots, 1942-1944,” “Ava Gardner, 1940s-1950s,” and “Mia’s Metamorphases, 1966-2010.”  Other Kennedy family stories include: “Kennedy History–12 Stories: 1954-2013,” “JFK’s 1960 Campaign,” and “JFK, Pitchman?, 2009.”  Beyond these, see also the various category pages, archive, or the Home Page for additional story choices. 

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. —Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted:  21 August 2011
Last Update:  12 September 2024
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Jack Pack, Pt. 2: 1961-2008,”
PopHistoryDig.com, August 21, 2011.

____________________________________


Related Books at Amazon.com


“The Peter Lawford Story: Life with the Kennedys, Monroe & Rat Pack,” 2015, Click for copy.
“The Peter Lawford Story: Life with the Kennedys, Monroe & Rat Pack,” 2015, Click for copy.
James Kaplan’s best-selling 2011 book, “Frank: The Voice,” Anchor, 800 pp, Click for copy.
James Kaplan’s best-selling 2011 book, “Frank: The Voice,” Anchor, 800 pp, Click for copy.
2023 book, “Dancing Down the Barricades: Sammy Davis Jr. and the Long Civil Rights Era,” Click for copy.
2023 book, “Dancing Down the Barricades: Sammy Davis Jr. and the Long Civil Rights Era,” Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Jan 1961: Peter Lawford & Frank Sinatra at airport en route to work on JFK inaugural show. Photo, Phil Stern.
Jan 1961: Peter Lawford & Frank Sinatra at airport en route to work on JFK inaugural show. Photo, Phil Stern.
Nat King Cole and Tony Curtis preparing for show at JFK inauguration.  Photo, Phil Stern.
Nat King Cole and Tony Curtis preparing for show at JFK inauguration. Photo, Phil Stern.
January 1961: Frank Sinatra rehearsing for JFK Inaugural Gala.  Photo, Phil Stern.
January 1961: Frank Sinatra rehearsing for JFK Inaugural Gala. Photo, Phil Stern.
Jan. 19, 1961: Jackie Kennedy stepping out into the snowfall en route to Inaugural Gala with JFK behind her.
Jan. 19, 1961: Jackie Kennedy stepping out into the snowfall en route to Inaugural Gala with JFK behind her.
Jan 20, 1961: Ted Kennedy & family patriarch, Joseph P. Kennedy, on JFK Inauguration Day. (Paul Schutzer).
Jan 20, 1961: Ted Kennedy & family patriarch, Joseph P. Kennedy, on JFK Inauguration Day. (Paul Schutzer).
Jan 20, 1961: Frank Sinatra, JFK & Peter Lawford at one of the inaugural balls. Photo, Phil Stern.
Jan 20, 1961: Frank Sinatra, JFK & Peter Lawford at one of the inaugural balls. Photo, Phil Stern.
1961: President Kennedy walking with Defense Secretary Robert McNamara at Hyannis Port, MA.
1961: President Kennedy walking with Defense Secretary Robert McNamara at Hyannis Port, MA.
July 8, 1961: Frank Sinatra, Peter Lawford and U.S. Attorney General, Robert Kennedy attending benefit dinner for Cedars-Sinai Hospital at Beverly Hilton, L.A.
July 8, 1961: Frank Sinatra, Peter Lawford and U.S. Attorney General, Robert Kennedy attending benefit dinner for Cedars-Sinai Hospital at Beverly Hilton, L.A.
May 19, 1962: Peter Lawford introducing Marilyn Monroe at JFK’s birthday gala in New York city.
May 19, 1962: Peter Lawford introducing Marilyn Monroe at JFK’s birthday gala in New York city.
JFK birthday cake being carried into hall as Monroe & Lawford leave stage.  Photo, Life/Bill Ray.
JFK birthday cake being carried into hall as Monroe & Lawford leave stage. Photo, Life/Bill Ray.
August 6, 1962: New York Daily News front page, reporting on the death of Marilyn Monroe.
August 6, 1962: New York Daily News front page, reporting on the death of Marilyn Monroe.
June 27, 1963: President John F. Kennedy in Ireland.
June 27, 1963: President John F. Kennedy in Ireland.
Dec. 3, 1963: Look magazine ran a special picture story on JFK & his son shortly after the president’s death.
Dec. 3, 1963: Look magazine ran a special picture story on JFK & his son shortly after the president’s death.
 

“Sinatra To Appear With Other Stars At Inaugural Gala,” Washington Post/ Times  Herald, December 3, 1960, p. A-10.

“Sinatra Vetoes Planners, Insists on Giving Party,” Washington Post / Times Herald, December 23, 1960, p. B-7.

Vernon Scott, “Sinatra Is Sartorial Star,” Washington Post/Times Herald, Dec. 31, 1960, p. B-4.

Maxine Cheshire, “Frankie Would Have Done The Same Thing for Nixon,” Washington Post/Times Herald, Jan. 7, 1961, p. D-6.

“People,” Time, Friday, January 13, 1961.

“Frank and Ella Win Jazz Poll,” Washington Post/Times Herald, Jan. 13, 1961, p. B-12.

James Bacon, “Sinatra Show Set for Kennedy Inauguration; Actor Hopes Event Planned by Himself and Clan Will Cut Democratic Deficit,” Los Angeles Times, January 15, 1961, p. F-13.

Marie Smith, “There Will Be F-I-V-E (Count ‘Em) Five Balls,” Washington Post / Times Herald, January 18, 1961, p. C-1.

Richard L. Coe, “Friendly, Competent Rehearsal Shows Pros Are at Work on Gala,” Washington Post / Times Herald, January 19, 1961, p. D-1.

Don Shannon, “Sinatra’s Clan Out to Raise Million Tonight,” Los Angeles Times, January 19, 1961, p. 2.

Russell Baker, “Show People Help Democratic Coffers,” New York Times, January 20, 1961, p. 1.

“Snow Added Frosting To All That Gala Glitter,” Washington Post/Times Herald, Jan. 21, 1961, p. B-12.

“Joey to Emcee Kennedy Dinner,” Washington Post/Times Herald, Feb. 25, 1961, p. A-17.

“Rare and Unseen: JFK’s Inauguration,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

Steve Pond, “Frank Sinatra’s Inaugural Galas,” Sinatra.com.

Todd S. Purdum, “From That Day Forth,” Vanity Fair, February 2011.

“Sinatra and Lawford Cruise With Kennedys,” Los Angeles Times, September 24, 1961, p. D-1.

Richard Gehman, Sinatra and His Rat Pack, New York: Belmont, 1961.

Richard Gehman, “Peter Lawford & The Clan: A Member’s-Eye View of Sinatra and His Merry Group,” American Pictorial Magazine, 1961.

“Officials Divided on Sinatra’s Heliport Plea,” Los Angeles Times, January 17, 1962, p.18.

“Marilyn Monroe Dead, Pills Near; Star’s Body Is Found in Bedroom of Her Home on Coast; Police Say She Left No Notes–Official Verdict Delayed,” New York Times, August 6, 1962.

“Film Capital Stunned by Blond Star’s Death; ‘I Am Deeply Shocked,’ Says Gene Kelly Who Planned Project With Actress in ’63,” Los Angles Times, August 6, 1962.

“Marilyn Monroe Dead; Victim of Sleeping Drug,” Washington Post/Times Herald August 6, 1962, p. A-1.

“Star’s Friends Blame Pressure Of Hollywood for Her Death,” New York Times, August 6, 1962.

“In 12 Years, 23 of Marilyn Monroe’s Pictures Grossed $200 Million,” Los Angeles Times August 6, 1962, p. 2.

“Marilyn Monroe’s Death,” News Coverage, New York Daily News & others.

Bosley Crowther, “Actress as a Symbol,” New York Times, August 6, 1962, p. 13.

“First Scene Put Her in Limelight; Actress Enjoyed Immense Popularity but Said She Was Seldom Happy,” New York Times, August 6, 1962.

“Lawford: I Phoned MM on Death Nite,” Daily News (New York), August 9, 1962.

Carl Sandburg, “Tribute to Marilyn Monroe,” Look, September 11, 1962.

Joe Hyams & William Read Woodfield, “Interview: Sinatra Speaks His Mind,” Playboy, February 1963.

“Frank Sinatra’s 1963 Playboy Magazine Interview,” Sinatra Family Forum.

Murray Schumach, “Hollywood Pauses in Mourning; Industry Deeply Feels Loss of Its Friend, President Kennedy; Sincere Affection Testimonial,” New York Times, December 1, 1963.

Sammy Davis, Jr., and Jane & Burt Boyar, Yes I Can: The Story of Sammy Davis, Jr., New York: Farrar, Straus & Giroux, 1965.

Laura Deni, “Retirement Isn’t The Life For Francis Albert,” Billboard, Nov. 24, 1973, p. FS-3.

Benjamin C. Bradlee, Conversations With Kennedy, New York: W. W. Norton & Company, 1975.

John Rockwell, Sinatra: An American Classic, New York: Random House, 1984.

Anthony Summers, “JFK, RFK, And Marilyn Monroe: Power, Politics And Paramours?,” The Sun-Sentinel (Fort Lauderdale, Florida), October 27, 1985.

Kitty Kelley, His Way: The Unauthorized Biography of Frank Sinatra, New York: Bantam, 1986.

Anthony Summers, Goddess: The Secret Lives of Marilyn Monroe, New York: Onyx, 1986.

Patricia Seaton Lawford with Ted Schwarz, The Peter Lawford Story, New York: Carol & Graf, 1988.

Sammy Davis, Jr., and Jane & Burt Boyar, Why Me? The Story of Sammy Davis, Jr., New York: Warner, 1990.

James Spada, Peter Lawford: The Man Who Kept The Secrets, New York: Bantam, 1991.

Nick Tosches, Dino: Living High in the Dirty Business of Dreams, New York: Doubleday, 1992.

WGBH, Boston, “The Kennedys: John F. Kennedy, 35th President,” PBS.org, 1992/1998.

Stephen Holden, “Dean Martin, Pop Crooner And Comic Actor, Dies at 78,” New York Times, December 26, 1995.

Nancy Sinatra, Frank Sinatra: An American Legend, Santa Monica: General Publishing Group, 1995.

Guy Rocha, former Nevada State Archivist, “Myth #21 – Marilyn Monroe: Mystery and Myth,” Nevada State Library & Archives (originally appeared in Sierra Sage, Carson City/ Carson Valley, Nevada, September 1997; repeated May 2006 ).

Thomas Powers, “The Sins of a President” (Review of The Dark Side of Camelot, By Seymour M. Hersh), New York Times, November 30, 1997.

Bernard Weinraub, “Requiem for Rats: Ring-a-Ding-Ding, Baby,” New York Times, April 13, 1998.

Stephen Holden, “Frank Sinatra Dies at 82; Matchless Stylist of Pop,” New York Times, May 16, 1998.

Shawn Levy, Rat Pack Confidential: Frank, Dean, Sammy, Peter, Joey, and the Last Great Showbiz Party, New York: Broadway Books/Random House, 1998.

Karlyn Barker, “Masterful Singer, Chorus of Praise,” Washington Post, Saturday May 16, 1998, p. A-1.

Richard Harrington, “Frank Sinatra, on the Record,” Washington Post, Sunday, May 17, 1998, p. G-1.

David Montgomery and Jeff Leen, “The Sinatra Files: Forty Years of the FBI’s Frank Talk,” Washington Post, Dec. 9, 1998, p. A-1.

A&E, Documentary Film Series, Vol. 4, “Camelot and Beyond,” The Rat Pack: True Stories of the Original Kings of Cool, 1999.

Jeff Leen, “A. K. A. Frank Sinatra,” Washington Post Magazine, Sunday, March 7, 1999, p. M-6.

“Frank Sinatra Biography: 1960s,” Sinatra Family.com.

“Frank Sinatra,” SolarNavigator.net.

“Peter Lawford,” Wikipedia.org.

“Sammy Davis, Jr.,” Wikipedia.org.

“Joey Bishop,” Wikipedia.org.

“Dean Martin,” Wikipedia.org.

Wil Haygood, In Black and White: The Life of Sammy Davis, Jr., New York: Knopf, 2003.

Thurston Clarke, Ask Not: The Inauguration of John F. Kennedy and the Speech That Changed America, New York: Henry Holt & Co., 2004, 253pp.

Alan Schroeder, “Shall We Dance,” Northeastern Univ. Alumni Magazine, September 2004.

Max Rudin, “The Rat Pack,” Las Vegas: An Unconventional History, PBS book, 2005.

Mary Manning, “Rat Pack Reveled in Vegas; Revered by the World,” LasVegasSun.com, Thursday, May 15, 2008.

David Pietrusza, 1960: LBJ vs. JFK vs. Nixon: The Epic Campaign That Forged Three Presidencies, New York: Union Square Press/Sterling, 2008, 544pp.

Associated Press, “A Friend Of Presidents,” CBSNews.com, February 11, 2009.

J. Randy Taraborrelli, “How Ice-Cold Sinatra Sent Marilyn Away to Die,” The Daily Mail (London, U.K.), September 2, 2009.

J. Randy Taraborrelli, The Secret Life Of Marilyn Monroe, New York: Grand Central Publishing, August 2009, 576pp.

Martin Griffith, Associated Press, “Frank Sinatra’s Lake Tahoe Casino Shuts Down,” USA Today, March 31, 2010.

John Berman, “JFK and Marilyn Monroe: The Story Behind the Image,” Good Morning America/ABCNews.com, June 1, 2010

“JFK and Marilyn Monroe Snapped Together,” ABC News-“Good Morning America,” video.

“The Night Marilyn Sang to JFK,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

Eleanor Clift, “Inside Kennedy’s Inauguration, 50 Years On,” Newsweek, January 20, 2011.

“JFK’s 50th Rremembered at Govinda Gallery,” February 7, 2011.

Jack Doyle, “1968 Presidential Race – Democrats,” PopHistoryDig.com, August 14, 2008.

Jack Doyle, “1968 Presidential Race – Republicans,” PopHistoryDig.com, March 11, 2009.

“JFK: The Run for the White House,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

“JFK: Unpublished, Never-Seen Photos,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.

“The Kennedy Brothers,” Photo Gallery, Life.com.


JFK History at Amazon.com


Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Fredrik Logevall’s 2021 book, “JFK: Coming of Age in the American Century, 1917-1956.” Click for copy.
Book by JFK aides, Kenny O'Donnell & Dave Powers, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye.” Click for copy.
Book by JFK aides, Kenny O'Donnell & Dave Powers, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.
James W. Douglass’s 2010 book, “JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters.” Click for copy.




“Reese & Robbie”
1945-2005

Note: Recent historical research has cast doubt on where, when, and whether the “arms-around-the-shoulders” moment between Pee Wee Reese and Jackie Robinson — as described below and in many other accounts — actually occurred. Ken Burns in his April 2016 PBS Jackie Robinson film, and others, have challenged the accuracy of the story. But readers can judge for themselves.++ — j.d., 3/20/16


Brooklyn, NY sculpture of Pee Wee Reese left and Jackie Robinson, commemorating Reese’s May 1947 "arm-around-the-shoulders" support of Robinson during racial heckling by fans at a Cincinnati Reds game.  Photo: MLB.com.
Brooklyn, NY sculpture of Pee Wee Reese left and Jackie Robinson, commemorating Reese’s May 1947 "arm-around-the-shoulders" support of Robinson during racial heckling by fans at a Cincinnati Reds game. Photo: MLB.com.
     On May 13, 1947 a professional baseball game was about to be played at Cincinnati’s Crosley Field between the Brooklyn Dodgers and the Cincinnati Reds. A new ball player for the Dodgers named Jackie Robinson was taking infield practice with the rest of his mates before the game was about to start. 

Robinson, however, wasn’t just any player. He was the first African American to play on a professional baseball team. Baseball then was still an all-white affair, as black ballplayers played in the “separate and apart” Negro League, as it was called. Robinson, however, was chosen by Brooklyn Dodgers general manager, Branch Rickey, to be the first black player to play for a professional team in Major League baseball. 

Robinson had been signed by the Dodgers in 1945 and had played for the Dodger’s minor league team a year earlier in Montreal, Canada. He had made his major league debut with the Dodgers at Brooklyn’s Ebbets Field on April 15th, 1947. So this game in Cincinnati was among the earliest of the Dodgers’ road games that year, with Robinson being introduced for the first time to fans beyond Brooklyn. In Cincinnati that day, however, they were not particularly welcoming of Robinson.

The Pee Wee Reese-Jackie Robinson monument is a work by sculptor William Behrends. Photo, Ted Levin.
The Pee Wee Reese-Jackie Robinson monument is a work by sculptor William Behrends. Photo, Ted Levin.
     During the pre-game infield practice, the fans were heckling and taunting Robinson, who was then playing first base.  Robinson had also received death threats prior to the game, as he had elsewhere; threats that would continue to dog him for several years. 

Also taking infield practice that day was Dodger shortstop, Harold “Pee Wee” Reese, a veteran player and team captain. But Reese on this day walked diagonally across the field to join Robinson, where he began a conversation with the rookie and put his arm around Robinson’s shoulders as he spoke with him. 

Reese then, according to sportswriter Roger Kahn, “looked into the Cincinnati dugout and the grandstands beyond,” as the slurs and heckling were coming from both Cincinnati ballplayers and fans. Some were shouting out terms like “shoeshine boy” and “snowflake” and worse. Reese, however, did not call out at the taunters or the Cincinnati dugout. But he kept his arm around Robinson’s shoulder while talking to him, which soon helped quiet the crowd and defuse the hostility. It was a moment for many who saw it say they will never forget, as a hush fell over the field and stadium. For Robinson and Reese, the moment became an important bonding experience that helped forge a long friendship. Years later Robinson would tell Roger Kahn: “After Pee Wee came over like that, I never felt alone on a baseball field again.”

Pee Wee Reese, Brooklyn Dodgers, on a 1953 Topps baseball card.
Pee Wee Reese, Brooklyn Dodgers, on a 1953 Topps baseball card.
     Reese, in many ways, was an unlikely candidate to ally with Robinson’s strife.  He was born in 1918, in Ekron, Kentucky, and moved with his family to racially segregated Louisville when he about eight years old.  Louisville, not far away from Cincinnati, was then part of the old south; the south that had practiced institutionalized racial discrimination with all its outward manifestations of separate “colored” facilities.  As a boy growing up, Reese had seen and experienced racial discrimination.  His father had memorably marked one particular spot for him as a boy, pointing out a local tree where lynchings had occurred.  Reese, however, had little contact with blacks during his youth.  “When I was growing up, we never played ball with blacks because they weren’t allowed in the parks,” he would later explain.  “And the schools were segregated, so we didn’t go to school with them….”

     Reese was still finishing up his World War II military tour in the U.S. Navy in 1946 when Jackie Robinson was signed to the Dodgers’ baseball organization.  Robinson would begin his play that year with the Dodgers’ minor league team in Montreal, Canada.  But in 1947, when Robinson reported to the main Brooklyn Dodger’s spring training camp, Reese was the first Dodger to walk across the field and shake his hand.  “It was the first time I’d ever shaken the hand of a black man,” Reese would later say.  “But I was the captain of the team. It was my job, I believed, to greet the new players.”

Jackie Robinson, Brooklyn Dodgers.
Jackie Robinson, Brooklyn Dodgers.
     Jackie Robinson made his debut in major league baseball when he stepped onto Ebbets Field that April 1947 day in Brooklyn, New York.  Branch Rickey had carefully selected Robinson for this day.  Rickey thought he had found in Robinson a candidate who could weather the storm of taunts and abuse that was certain to come to the first black player in major league baseball.  Rickey had the support of  Happy Chandler, baseball’s commissioner, at the time.  Chandler, in fact,  had stated that if African Americans could fight and die on Okinawa, Guadalcanal, and in the South Pacific during WWII, they could play ball in America.  There was also political support for Rickey in New York, as both the city council and Mayor Fiorello La Guardia’s Committee on Baseball backed a resolution against discrimination in professional baseball.  And in March 1945, the state of New York had passed the first state Fair Employment Practices law forbidding “discrimination because of race, creed, color or national origin.”  Jackie Robinson, meanwhile, was an exceptional athlete.  At UCLA, he had become the first ever to earn a varsity letter in four sports in one year – baseball, football, basketball, and track.  But Rickey selected Robinson not only for his athletic capability, but also for his character, competitiveness, and determination.  Robinson, however, was no patsy; he had a strong rebellious streak in him and a temper that could be provoked.

Jackie Robinson & Brooklyn Dodger’s general manager, Branch Rickey, shown in a 1948 photograph. Click for photo.
Jackie Robinson & Brooklyn Dodger’s general manager, Branch Rickey, shown in a 1948 photograph. Click for photo.
     Rickey knew the going would be tough for Robinson and he warned him early on that there would be few supporters for what they were about to do: “No owners, no umpires, very few newspaper men – and I’m afraid that many fans will be hostile,” Rickey told Robinson.  “We can win,” he said, “only if we can convince the world that I’m doing this because you’re a great ballplayer, a fine gentleman.”  

     Rickey wanted a candidate who had the guts not to strike back.  He asked Robinson to promise he would not fight back for his first three seasons – even though he would surely hear every imaginable kind of slur and insult.  However, Robinson’s first test at the major league level – he already had a season’s worth of taunts at the minor league level in 1946 – came not from fans, but from his own Brooklyn Dodger teammates. 

Jackie Robinson & Pee Wee Reese, circa 1950s.
Jackie Robinson & Pee Wee Reese, circa 1950s.
     A petition had been drawn up in early 1947 by a group of Dodgers that stated they would not take the field with a black man.  Pee Wee Reese, however, refused to sign it. Reese later downplayed his role in the refusal. “I wasn’t thinking of myself as the Great White Father,” Reese would later tell a reporter. “I just wanted to play baseball.  I’d just come back from serving in the South Pacific with the Navy during the Second World War, and I had a wife and daughter to support.  I needed the money.  I just wanted to get on with it.”

     But Pee Wee Reese became one of the most popular players of his day, known among fans and teammates as the “Little Colonel.”  Not only was he the Dodgers’ captain in those years, he almost appeared to be their manager on occasion, bringing out the line-up card to the umpires at the start of games, a practice usually reserved for managers.

Brooklyn Dodgers players on opening day, April 15, 1947, from left: John Jorgensen, Pee Wee Reese, Ed Stanky and Jackie Robinson.
Brooklyn Dodgers players on opening day, April 15, 1947, from left: John Jorgensen, Pee Wee Reese, Ed Stanky and Jackie Robinson.
     Robinson, meanwhile, was stepping into a very visible and very contentious arena.  Blacks had struggled for decades against every imaginable kind of discrimination and indignity and had to use separate rest rooms, drinking fountains, and waiting areas; could not stay in most hotels or eat in public restaurants; and had designated seating areas on buses and trains.  In the late 1940s, segregation and discrimination were common throughout the U.S., north and south.  On Long Island, New York, returning WWII veterans in the late 1940s were snapping up Levittown homes, but not black veterans.  Developers refused to sell to African Americans.  In fact, in 1950 there were state laws and/or local ordinances in effect in 48 states and the District of Columbia that mandated racial segregation of some kind; laws requiring African Americans, Latino Americans, Native Americans, and/or Asian Americans to go to segregated schools, work at segregated jobs, and live in segregated parts of town.  Racially motivated violence still occurred throughout the country during the 1940s and 1950s,  as Congress had refused to pass an anti-lynching law to quell racial violence.  But soon the modern civil rights movement had a new spark – and as some would come to believe, a prime moving event pushing civil rights ahead – when Jackie Robinson took to Ebbets Field in April 1947.  Yet the indignities and prejudices would not yield overnight, and Jackie Robinson in the limelight, bore a heavy load over many, many games and too many years.

Pee Wee Reese, Jackie Robinson, and pitcher, Elwin Charles “Preacher” Roe, celebrating after beating the New York Yankees in game 3 of the 1952 World Series.
Pee Wee Reese, Jackie Robinson, and pitcher, Elwin Charles “Preacher” Roe, celebrating after beating the New York Yankees in game 3 of the 1952 World Series.
     White fans, in particular, were upset that black fans would be coming to see Robinson play; coming into stadiums in which they had previously been denied admission.  Players from opposing teams also heckled Robinson mercilessly.  And on the field during games, he was purposely spiked and spit on, while pitchers sometimes threw at his head.  He also received hate mail and threats from fans, like those in Cincinnati.

     That first year for Robinson, his teammates, and the Dodger organization was a rough time.  Reese, who was also Robinson’s roommate when they traveled, did what he could to help buoy Robinson through the worst of insults and hard times.  But in the end, it was Robinson’s play that won the day and would gradually win fan support.  Still, under great pressure in that first year, Robinson’s play was outstanding, and he won the Rookie of the Year award.

     “Thinking about the things that happened,” Reese would later say of Robinson’s ordeal, “I don’t know any other ballplayer who could have done what he did.  To be able to hit with everybody yelling at him.  He had to block all that out, block out everything but this ball that is coming in at a hundred miles an hour.  To do what he did has got to be the most tremendous thing I’ve ever seen in sports.”

 

“Pee Wee” Reese

Pee Wee Reese of the Brooklyn Dodgers.
Pee Wee Reese of the Brooklyn Dodgers.
     Harold H. “Pee Wee” Reese began his baseball career in 1938 when he was signed by the Pittsburgh Pirates, playing first with their Louisville Colonels minor league team.  He then went briefly to the Boston Red Sox who sold him to the Brooklyn Dodgers where he made his big league playing debut in April 1940. That year Reese hit .272 in 84 games sharing shortstop duties with player-manager Leo Durocher. 

By 1942, Reese made National League All-Star team at age 24. Then with World War II, he went off to serve in the U.S. Navy for two years. Back with the Dodgers in 1946, Reese was named to the National League All-Star team again, a distinction he would win in eight more consecutive seasons.

Pee Wee Reese of the Dodgers shown on 1957 Topps baseball card. Click for his page at Amazon.
Pee Wee Reese of the Dodgers shown on 1957 Topps baseball card. Click for his page at Amazon.
     In 1947 and 1948, Reese led National League shortstops in double plays.  In 1949, Reese topped the National Leaguers with 132 runs scored as the Dodgers won the pennant.  He also led the National League that year in fielding average at .977.  In the 1949 World Series, the Dodgers lost to the Yankees despite Reese’s .316 series batting average.  In 1952, Reese led the National League in stolen bases with 30, and in the World Series that year compiled a .345 batting average with 10 hits, one home run and four RBIs.  In Game 3 of that World Series, Robinson and Reese pulled off a double steal, with both later scoring on a passed ball.

     In 1953 Reese again was an important player in the Dodgers’ National League pennant run, compiling a .271 batting average and scoring 108 runs.  The Dodgers went 105–49 that year but again lost the world Series to the Yankees.  In 1954, now 36 years old, Reese compiled a .309 batting average.  The following year he scored 99 runs as the Dodgers won their first World Series with Reese garnering two RBIs in Game 2 while also making some outstanding defensive plays.  By 1957, Reese was playing less as starter, and after moving with the Dodgers to Los Angeles in 1958 as a backup infielder, he retired.  In 1959, he coached with the Dodgers, a year they won the World Series.  After that, Reese enjoyed a broadcasting career for a time, working with CBS, NBC, and the Cincinnati Reds.  He later became director of the college and professional baseball staff at Hillerich & Bradsby, maker of Louisville Slugger bats.  Reese was inducted into the Hall of Fame in 1984.  Reese passed away in 1999.  At Reese’s funeral, Joe Black, another African American ballplayer who helped integrate baseball, spoke of how he and others had been moved by Reese’s support for Robinson when the insults were flying:

“…When Pee Wee reached out to Jackie, all of us in the Negro League smiled and said it was the first time that a white guy had accepted us. When I finally got up to Brooklyn, I went to Pee Wee and said, ‘Black people love you. When you touched Jackie, you touched all of us.’ With Pee Wee, it was No. 1 on his uniform and No. 1 in our hearts.”


Jackie Robinson

Among other things, Jackie Robinson had been a track star at UCLA in 1940.
Among other things, Jackie Robinson had been a track star at UCLA in 1940.
     Jackie Roosevelt Robinson was born in 1919 to a family of sharecroppers in Cairo, Georgia .  Robinson’s father left while young Jackie was still a toddler, and the family then moved to Pasadena, California where Robinson’s mother worked various odd jobs to support the family.  At John Muir High School, Robinson became a star athlete in several sports – at shortstop and catcher on the baseball team, quarterback on the football team, and guard on the basketball team.  In track he won awards in the broad jump and also won a junior boys singles tennis championship.

     Following high school, Robinson attended Pasadena Junior College, where he continued his athletic career excelling in basketball, football, baseball, and track.  After junior college, he transferred to UCLA, where he became the school’s first athlete to win varsity letters in four sports: baseball, basketball, football, and track. 

In 1939, he was one of four black players on the UCLA football team, a time when mainstream college football had only a few blacks in the game.  In 1940, Robinson won the NCAA Outdoor Track & Field Championship long jump event, baseball then being his “worst sport.”

Jackie Robinson in his U.S. Army officer’s uniform, was acquitted in a court martial for a “back-of-the-bus” incident & false charges. Click for photo.
Jackie Robinson in his U.S. Army officer’s uniform, was acquitted in a court martial for a “back-of-the-bus” incident & false charges. Click for photo.
     In 1941, Robinson played semi-professional football briefly with the racially-integrated Honolulu Bears in Hawaii, and had plans to continue with the Los Angeles Bulldogs of the Pacific Coast Football League.  However, following the Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, Robinson’s football career ended as he was drafted into the U.S. Army and assigned to a segregated Army unit in Fort Riley, Kansas.  At Fort Riley, Robinson and several other black soldiers applied for admission to an Officer Candidate School, but admission to the program was blocked until help came by way of heavyweight boxing champion Joe Louis and others.  Robinson was admitted to OCS school, and in January 1943 he was commissioned an officer, second lieutenant, in the U.S. Army.  Then came an incident on a military bus where Robinson was ordered to sit in the back of the bus, which he refused to do, leading to an arrest, some trumped-up charges, and a court martial, in which Robinson was acquitted in August 1944 by an all-white panel of officers.

Jackie Robinson with the Kansas City Monarchs of the Negro Baseball League, 1945. Click for photo.
Jackie Robinson with the Kansas City Monarchs of the Negro Baseball League, 1945. Click for photo.
     By early 1945, while Robinson was serving as athletics director at Sam Houston College in Texas, the Kansas City Monarchs baseball team of the Negro baseball leagues sent him a written offer to play for the team.  Robinson accepted a contract roughly equal to $4,800 a month in today’s money.  In April 1945, Robinson also attended a tryout that the Boston Red Sox major league team had arranged for a few black players; a tryout that turned out to be a farce to appease an anti-segregation city councilman.  At the tryout, with largely Red Sox management in attendance, there were racial slurs and epithets hurled at the black players, leaving Robinson and others humiliated.

     Meanwhile, Branch Rickey of the Brooklyn Dodgers had been searching for a prospective black ball player to help break the color barrier in professional baseball, and in August after meeting with several prospects, he began meeting with Robinson.  Satisfied that Robinson would commit to not fighting back, Rickey signed him to a contract of roughly the equivalent of $7,300 a month in today’s money.  The deal was formally announced in late October 1945 that Robinson would be playing for the Dodgers’ Montreal Royals minor league team for the 1946 season.

Jackie Robinson at his first minor league game, Jersey City, N.J., April 18, 1946.
Jackie Robinson at his first minor league game, Jersey City, N.J., April 18, 1946.
     In his year with Montreal, Robinson faced racial difficulties from the start.  In spring training in Florida local hotels refused to lodge him. But it wasn’t just the hotels. In fact, some baseball parks in Florida at the time, typically eager to host spring training teams, refused to let the Montreal Royals use their parks. 

In March 1946 the Triple-A Royals were scheduled to play an exhibition against their parent club, the Dodgers. However, both Florida towns of Jacksonville and Sanford refused to allow the game to be played in their parks, citing segregation laws. Daytona Beach, however, agreed, and the game was played on March 17, 1946. 

The Dodgers, however, didn’t forget the incident, as the following year they shifted their spring training from Jacksonville, their previous spring training home, to Daytona.

Jackie Robinson at his Major League debut with the Brooklyn Dodgers, April 15,1947.
Jackie Robinson at his Major League debut with the Brooklyn Dodgers, April 15,1947.
     Robinson, meanwhile, throughout his minor league season with Montreal, was taunted and heckled.  His play on the field, however, was superior, leading the league in batting and fielding with a .349 batting average and .985 fielding percentage, also named the league’s Most Valuable Player while helping set league attendance records.  More than one million people attended minor league games involving Robinson in 1946, a very large number at the time.  In fact, at one point in Montreal, after winning the league championship, Robinson was chased – in a good way – by a crowd of jubilant fans.

     Next came the big leagues.  But some of the Dodgers’ players weren’t happy to be playing with a black man, as some had signed a petition saying they would not play.  Rickey delegated team manager Leo Durocher to address the problem head on, which he did in a locker room speech. 

“I do not care if the guy is yellow or black, or if he has stripes like a … zebra,” he told his players.  “I’m the manager of this team, and I say he plays.  What’s more, I say he can make us all rich.  And if any of you cannot use the money, I will see that you are all traded.”

Example of hate mail Jackie Robinson received, May 20, 1950, Cincinnati, Ohio. Photo: National Baseball Library.
Example of hate mail Jackie Robinson received, May 20, 1950, Cincinnati, Ohio. Photo: National Baseball Library.
     On opening day with the Dodgers at Ebbets Field in April 1947, Robinson did not have an exceptional playing debut, but more than 26,600 fans had come out, with about 14,000 of them black fans.  But Robinson soon had an early test of his pledge to Branch Rickey when the Philadelphia Phillies came to Brooklyn that April for a three-game series.  The taunts hurled at Robinson came from the players and the Phillies’ manger, Ben Chapman, most embellished with the “n” word.  “We don’t want you here, n____,” and, “N___, go back to the cotton fields.”  And worse.  Robinson nearly lost it with the Phillies, and was ready to throw in the towel then and there, but some of his teammates began rising to his defense, a positive  development that Durocher and Rickey were happy to see.

     There were also lots of incidents on the road, like that at Crosley Field where Pee Wee Reese interceded.  In August 1947 in St. Louis, Cardinals player Enos Slaugher purposely slid high into Robinson at first base, spikes first, slicing open Robinson’s thigh.  Still, even with this onslaught of taunts, rough play, and death threats, Robinson finished the 1947 season with a .297 batting average, 125 runs scored, 12 home runs, and a league-leading 29 stolen bases.  His performance earned him the inaugural Rookie of the Year Award, then a single award covering both leagues.  Robinson’s play that year also helped the Dodgers win the National League Pennant, then meeting the New York Yankees in the 1947 World Series, though losing to the Yankees in seven games.  The taunts and threats for Robinson, however, would continue for years.

Jackie Robinson, “Time” cover, Sept 22, 1947. Click for his Amazon page.
Jackie Robinson, “Time” cover, Sept 22, 1947. Click for his Amazon page.
     In 1948, Robinson played second base with a .980 fielding average.  He hit .296 that year with 22 stolen bases.  In one game against the St. Louis Cardinals in late August 1948, Robinson “hit for the cycle,” a rare batting feat of a home run, a triple, a double, and a single in the same game.  The Dodgers finished third in the league that year.  By this time, other black players had joined professional baseball, including Larry Doby who joined the Cleveland Indians in the American League in July 1947 and Satchel Paige, who also played for Cleveland.  The Dodgers, too, had added three additional black players.

     In 1949, after working with retired Hall-of-Famer and experienced batsman George Sisler, Robinson improved his batting average to.342.  He also had 124 runs batted in (RBIs) that year, 122 runs scored, 37 stolen bases, and was second in the league for doubles and triples.  Robinson became first black player voted into the All-Star Game that year, and also the first black player to receive the league’s Most Valuable Player (MVP) award.  A popular song was also made in Robinson’s honor that year – a song by Buddy Johnson that was also recorded by Count Basie and others – “Did You See Jackie Robinson Hit That Ball?”  The song became a pop hit, with the Buddy Johnson version reaching No. 13 on the music charts in August 1949.  The Dodgers, meanwhile, won the pennant again, but also lost again to the Yankees in the World Series.

Jackie Robinson, once on base, was always a stealing threat, having very quick feet, a good sense of timing, and smart base running.
Jackie Robinson, once on base, was always a stealing threat, having very quick feet, a good sense of timing, and smart base running.
     By 1950, Robinson was the highest paid Dodger, making nearly $320,000 in today’s money. He finished the year with a .328 batting average, 99 runs scored, and 12 stolen bases. He also led the National League in double plays by a second baseman with 133. A Hollywood film biography of Robinson’s life, The Jackie Robinson Story, was released that year as well, with Robinson playing himself in the film. 

Branch Rickey, then with an expired contract and no chance of replacing Walter O’ Malley as Dodger president, cashed out his one-quarter ownership interest in the team and became general manager of the Pittsburgh Pirates.

In 1951, Robinson had another good year, finishing with a .335 batting average, 106 runs scored, and 25 stolen bases.  He also again led the National League in double plays made by a second baseman with 137. Robinson kept the Dodgers in contention for the 1951 pennant with a clutch hitting performance in two at bats in an extra inning game that forced a playoff against the New York Giants – that later game ending badly for the Dodgers with the famous Bobby Thomson home run giving the Giant’s the pennant.

Pee Wee Reese & Jackie Robinson featured on the October 1952 cover of “Sport” magazine turning a defensive “double play” .
Pee Wee Reese & Jackie Robinson featured on the October 1952 cover of “Sport” magazine turning a defensive “double play” .
     In 1952, Robinson had what became for him an average year, finishing with a .308 batting average, 104 runs scored, and 24 stolen bases.  Sport magazine that fall put Robinson and Reese on the cover, shown in “double play” action.  The Dodgers won the National League pennant in 1952, but lost the World Series to the Yankees in seven games.

     By 1953 Robinson began playing other positions, as Jim Gilliam, another black player, took over at second base.  Robinson’s hitting, however, was a good as ever, compiling a .329 batting average, scoring 109 runs, and 17 steals. The Dodgers again took the pennant and again lost the World Series to the Yankees, this time in six games. 

During the 1953 season, a series of death threats were made on Robinson’s life. Still, on the road, he would speak out and criticize segregated hotels and restaurants that poorly served the Dodger organization, including the five-star Chase Park Hotel in St. Louis, which later changed its practices. 

In 1954, Robinson had a .311 batting average, scored 62 runs, and had 7 steals.  His best day at the plate that year came on June 17th when he hit two home runs and two doubles.

Jackie Robinson’s steal of home in Game 1 of the 1955 World Series still angers Yogi Berra who claims Robinson was out. Photo: Mark Kauffman/SI. Click for related photo.
Jackie Robinson’s steal of home in Game 1 of the 1955 World Series still angers Yogi Berra who claims Robinson was out. Photo: Mark Kauffman/SI. Click for related photo.
     In 1955, Robinson missed 49 games and his performance slipped below his usual standard, hitting .256 that year with 12 stolen bases.  He was now 37, playing either in the outfield or at third base.  The Dodgers took the pennant that year and finally beat the Yankees in the World Series.  In the following year, 1956, Robinson hit .275, scored 61 runs, and had 12 stolen bases.  Around this time, he also began to exhibit the effects of diabetes.  After the season ended, the Dodgers started to arrange a trade of Robinson to their arch-rivals, the New York Giants.  However, the deal was never completed, as Robinson retired, announcing his retirement in a pre-arranged exclusive story in Look magazine.  Robinson had also arranged for a business position with the Chock-Full-o’-Nuts coffee company.

     Over ten seasons, Jackie Robinson had helped the Dodgers win six National League pennants, taking them to the World Series in each of those years, winning the Series in 1955.  He was selected for six consecutive All-Star games from 1949 to 1954, received the inaugural MLB Rookie of the Year award in 1947, and won the National League Most Valuable Player award in 1949.  But Jackie Robinson’s career, of course, was marked by much more than his outstanding play; as he became a powerful impetus for, and one of the most important figures in, the American civil rights movement that grew through the 1950s and 1960s.

Pee Wee Reese-Jackie Robinson statue at the entrance of KeySpan Park, Coney Island, Brooklyn, NY. Photo: Ted Levin.
Pee Wee Reese-Jackie Robinson statue at the entrance of KeySpan Park, Coney Island, Brooklyn, NY. Photo: Ted Levin.
     In the years following his retirement from baseball, Robinson was honored in innumerable ways for his pioneering role in breaking baseball’s color barrier.  He also became a tireless civil rights proponent in baseball and elsewhere, but especially pushing Major League Baseball to do more minority hiring in the managerial and front-office ranks. Jackie Robinson passed on in October 1972. He was 53 years old. 

Since then, Jackie Robinson’s life and legacy have since been commemorated on postage stamps and presidential citations; special anniversary commemorations and also having his playing numeral, 42, retired by all Major League baseball teams. 

In 1973, his wife Rachel created the Jackie Robinson Foundation, which has since awarded higher education scholarships to more than 1,200 minority students and is also involved in other baseball history and leadership development programs.

     In 1999, Time magazine named Robinson among the world’s 100 most influential people of the 20th century, while Sporting News placed him on its list of Baseball’s 100 Greatest Players. He was posthumously awarded the Presidential Medal of Freedom and the Congressional Gold Medal. Yet among all the Jackie Robinson commemorations and honors — and there are many others enumerated elsewhere — the 2005 Reese-Robinson sculpture in Brooklyn commemorating that moment in May 1947 when the two ballplayers made a powerful social statement by simply standing together, remains one of the more interesting and instructive honors, capturing a moment that stands out in baseball as well as the nation’s social history.


The Statues

Reese-Robinson sculpture in Brooklyn sits atop a pedestal with descriptive engraving about the 1947 incident in Cincinnati. Photo Ted Levin.
Reese-Robinson sculpture in Brooklyn sits atop a pedestal with descriptive engraving about the 1947 incident in Cincinnati. Photo Ted Levin.
     The Reese-Robinson sculpture is located at the entrance to KeySpan Park, home of the New York Mets’ Class A minor league baseball team, the Brooklyn Cyclones.  The likenesses of Reese and Robinson are eight-foot-tall bronze figures standing on an engraved pedestal with descriptive passages.  The sculpture is the work of William Behrends.  The monument was unveiled on November 1, 2005 by New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg, Rachel Robinson, Dorothy Reese, and a number of other VIPs.

     The genesis of the project came about shortly after Pee Wee Reese’s death in August 1999, with some fans looking for a way to commemorate Reese’s playing career.  Stan Isaacs, a columnist with Newsday, suggested that instead of naming a parkway or highway after Reese, that a statue in Brooklyn honoring the famous Reese-Robinson moment in 1947 would be a fitting tribute to Reese.  Isaacs’ suggestion was subsequently mentioned during a TV broadcast of a Mets baseball game.  Then New York Post writer, Jack Newfield, picked up the idea, writing about it in several columns.  By December 1999, then Mayor Rudolph W. Giuliani embraced the proposal and a committee was formed study the project.  Giuliani became one of the lead donors for the project, making a $10,000 gift after he left office.  The project then lapsed for a time following September 11, 2001 attacks on the World Trade Center.

Close-up of Pee Wee Reese-Jackie Robinson sculpture. Photo: “Mets Guy in Michigan” website.
Close-up of Pee Wee Reese-Jackie Robinson sculpture. Photo: “Mets Guy in Michigan” website.
     Mayor Michael Bloomberg resurrected the project after taking office, with Deputy Mayor for Administration, Patricia Harris, taking lead on the project.  The KeySpan Park location was chosen, with the monument erected on public parkland, making it accessible to everyone.  Some $1.2 million was raised to build and maintain the monument, with 110 donors contributing – ranging from Ted Forstmann, senior partner of Forstmann Little & Co. and Bob Daly, former Chairman and CEO of Warner Brothers and former managing partner of the Los Angeles Dodgers, to the New York Mets and New York Yankees baseball teams and a group of students at P.S. 7 Brooklyn Abraham Lincoln school who contributed a portion of their collected pennies to the project.  The largest gift of $200,000, which helped complete the fundraising for the project, was made by Bob Daly, who had grown up in Brooklyn and had been a Dodger fan as a young boy, had been impressed by both players and Reese’s friendship with Robinson.

At the dedication ceremony for the Reese-Robinson sculpture in 2005 are, from left: Rachel Robinson, NY Mayor Michael Bloomberg, Dorothy Reese, and NY city councilman, Mike Nelson . Photo: Ted Levin.
At the dedication ceremony for the Reese-Robinson sculpture in 2005 are, from left: Rachel Robinson, NY Mayor Michael Bloomberg, Dorothy Reese, and NY city councilman, Mike Nelson . Photo: Ted Levin.
     On the pedestal of the sculpture are six panels, which include an engraved description with the following explanation:

“This monument honors Jackie Robinson and Pee Wee Reese: teammates, friends, and men of courage and conviction.  Robinson broke the color barrier in Major League Baseball, Reese supported him, and together they made history.  In May 1947, on Cincinnati’s Crosley Field, Robinson endured racist taunts, jeers, and death threats that would have broken the spirit of a lesser man.  Reese, captain of the Brooklyn Dodgers, walked over to his teammate Robinson and stood by his side, silencing the taunts of the crowd.  This simple gesture challenged prejudice and created a powerful and enduring friendship.”

     At the dedication ceremony in November 2005, there were a number of speeches given by Mayor Michael Bloomberg, various baseball dignitaries, local officials, and Reese-Robinson family members.  They all had good things to say.

     “The Reese family is extremely proud to be able to share in the unveiling of this very special statue with the Robinson family,” said Reese’s wife, Dorothy. 

“Pee Wee didn’t see Jackie Robinson as a symbol, and, after a while, he didn’t see color. He merely saw Jackie as a human being, a wonderful individual who happened to be a great ball player. My husband had many wonderful moments in his life, but if he were alive today, I know he’d say this honor was among the greatest in his life. I share in that sentiment.”

Michael Long’s 2021 book, “42 Today: Jackie Robinson and His Legacy,” includes 13 essays from sportswriters, cultural critics, and scholars on Robinson’s legacies on civil rights, sports, nonviolence and more. 256 pp, NYU Press. Click for copy.
Michael Long’s 2021 book, “42 Today: Jackie Robinson and His Legacy,” includes 13 essays from sportswriters, cultural critics, and scholars on Robinson’s legacies on civil rights, sports, nonviolence and more. 256 pp, NYU Press. Click for copy.

     “When Pee Wee Reese threw his arm around Jackie Robinson’s shoulder in this legendary gesture of support and friendship,” said Brooklyn Borough President Marty Markowitz, “they showed America and the world that racial discrimination is unacceptable. Pee Wee and Jackie showed the courage to stand up for equality in the face of adversity, which we call the Brooklyn attitude.  It is a moment in sports, and history that deserves to be preserved forever here in Brooklyn, proud home to everyone from everywhere.”

     Jackie Robinson’s wife, Rachel, also spoke at the ceremony. “The Robinson Family is very proud to have the historic relationship between Jackie Robinson and Pee Wee Reese memorialized in the statue being dedicated at KeySpan Park,” she said. “We hope that it will become a source of inspiration for all who view it, and a powerful reminder that teamwork underlies all social progress.”

     See also at this website, “A Season of Hurt: Aaron Chasing Ruth,” about the career of Milwaukee /Atlanta Braves star, Henry “Hank” Aaron, including the racial torment he endured during 1972-74 as he pursued and surpassed, Babe Ruth’s career home run mark.

Additional baseball history at this website can be found at “Baseball Stories, 1900s-2000s,” a topics page with links to 14 baseball-related stories. For sports generally, see the “Annals of Sport” category page.

Other “statue-related” stories at this website include, for example: “RFK in Brooklyn,” “The Rocky Statue” (at the Philadelphia Art Museum), and “The Jackson Statues” (Michael Jackson). Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle.


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 29 June 2011
Last Update: 8 March 2025
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Reese & Robbie, 1945-2005,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 29, 2011.

____________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored  in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.

Sources, Links & Additional Information

The late 1940s-early 1950s were the heyday of "stadium pins” or “pinbacks,” produced for sale at stadium concession stands to depict and support favorite players; collectables today. Jackie Robinson is shown in this 1947 Rookie-of-the-Year pin. According to one source, no player aside from Babe Ruth has been the subject of more pins than Jackie Robinson.
The late 1940s-early 1950s were the heyday of "stadium pins” or “pinbacks,” produced for sale at stadium concession stands to depict and support favorite players; collectables today. Jackie Robinson is shown in this 1947 Rookie-of-the-Year pin. According to one source, no player aside from Babe Ruth has been the subject of more pins than Jackie Robinson.
Newspaper coverage of Jackie Robinson’s major league debut by the black-owned “Pittsburgh Courier” (Wash., D.C. edition), Saturday, April 19, 1947.
Newspaper coverage of Jackie Robinson’s major league debut by the black-owned “Pittsburgh Courier” (Wash., D.C. edition), Saturday, April 19, 1947.
CD cover of Natalie Cole’s version of “Did You See Jackie Robinson Hit That Ball?,” 1994 release, Elektra.; also used in Ken Burns “Baseball” film. Click for CD.
CD cover of Natalie Cole’s version of “Did You See Jackie Robinson Hit That Ball?,” 1994 release, Elektra.; also used in Ken Burns “Baseball” film. Click for CD.
Sept 1953: Jackie Robinson & Pee Wee Reese, center, in the Brooklyn Dodgers dugout. Look Collection, U.S. Library of Congress.
Sept 1953: Jackie Robinson & Pee Wee Reese, center, in the Brooklyn Dodgers dugout. Look Collection, U.S. Library of Congress.
Pee Wee Reese & Jackie Robinson turning a double play during March 1950 spring training in Vero Beach, FL. Photo Phil Sandlin, AP.
Pee Wee Reese & Jackie Robinson turning a double play during March 1950 spring training in Vero Beach, FL. Photo Phil Sandlin, AP.

Tim Cohane, “A Branch Grows in Brooklyn,” Look, March 19, 1946, p. 70.

“Sport: Rookie of the Year,” Time (cover story) Monday, September 22, 1947.

“Jackie Robinson’s First Year As a Dodger,” Look, January 6, 1948.

Jackie Robinson, “My Future,” Look, January 22, 1957.

Red Barber, 1947, When All Hell Broke Loose in Baseball, Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday, 1982.

Roger Kahn, The Boys of Summer, New York: Perennial Library, 1987.

Maury Allen, Jackie Robinson: A Life Remembered, New York: F. Watts, 1987.

Geoffrey C. Ward and Ken Burns, Baseball: An Illustrated History, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1994, pp. 285-300.

Ben Couch, “Robinson, Reese Now Together Forever; Statue of Former Brooklyn Dodgers Teammates is Unveiled,” MLB.com, November 1, 2005.

Rachel Robinson and Lee Daniels, Jackie Robinson: An Intimate Portrait, New York: Abrams, 1996.

Jules Tygiel, Baseball’s Great Experiment: Jackie Robinson and His Legacy, New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

Arnold Rampersad, Jackie Robinson,” New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1997, 448pp.

“Pee Wee Reese,” Wikipedia.org.

“Baseball, the Color Line, and Jackie Robinson, “Online Exhibit, Library of Congress.

“Jackie Robinson Timeline,”MLB.com.

Ira Berkow, Sports of the Times, “Standing Beside Jackie Robinson, Reese Helped Change Baseball,” New York Times, March 31, 1997

“Rachel Robinson Recalls How the Late Pee Wee Reese Helped Jackie Robinson Integrate Baseball,” Jet Magazine, September 13, 1999.

Press Release, “Mayor Bloomberg and Brooklyn Borough President Markowitz Unveil Jackie Robinson and Pee Wee Reese Monument,” Office of the Mayor, New York, NY, November 1, 2005.

Ted Levin Photos, “A Monument for Tolerance: Jackie Robinson and Pee Wee Reese,” pBase.com, November 2005.

“Keyspan Park,” Mets Guy In Michigan, website.

Scott Simon, Jackie Robinson and the Integration of Baseball,

Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2007, 176pp.

“Jackie Robinson,” Wikipedia.org.

“Jackie Robinson and Dr. Martin Luther King: They Changed America,” Padre steve’s World, January 18, 2010

“The Glory Days: New York Baseball, 1947-1957,”Exhibit, Museum of the City of New York.

“Remembering Jackie Robinson, 1946,” MiLB.com, 2006.

Roger Kahn, Letter to the Editor, “The Day Jackie Robinson Was Embraced,” New York Times, April 21, 2007.

Jonathan Eig, Opening Day: The Story of Jackie Robinson’s First Season, New York: Simon & Schuster, 2007, 336 pp.

Barry M. Bloom, “Jackie Robinson: Gone But Not Forgotten; Dodgers Legend Continued to Be a Force after His Playing Days,” MLB.com, June 4, 2007.

“Jackie Robinson: An American Icon,” DefinitiveTouch.com, October 31, 2009.


Reese-Robinson re: “arms-around-the -shoulders” moment:

“Robinson Movie and Incident at Crosley Field,” From The Reds Hall (The Official Blog of the Cincinnati Reds Hall of Fame and Museum), April 12, 2013.

Joe Posnanski, “The Embrace,” NBCSports .com.

Brian Cronin, “Did Reese Really Embrace Robinson in ’47?,” ESPN.com, April 15, 2013.

Craig Calcaterra, “Today in Baseball History: Pee Wee Reese Allegedly Puts His Arm Around Jackie Robinson,” NBCSports.com, May 13, 2020.

_________________________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


Robert Peterson’s book, “Only the Ball Was White” a history of black baseball players & teams, 1992. Oxford Univ. Press, 416 pp. Click for book.
Robert Peterson’s book, “Only the Ball Was White” a history of black baseball players & teams, 1992. Oxford Univ. Press, 416 pp. Click for book.
2011baseball film, “Moneyball,” based on a true story, starring Brad Pitt, Jonah Hill & others. Click for film at Amazon.
2011baseball film, “Moneyball,” based on a true story, starring Brad Pitt, Jonah Hill & others. Click for film at Amazon.
Joe Posnanski’s 2007 book, “The Soul of Baseball: A Road Trip Through Buck O'Neil's America,”  William Morrow,  304 pp. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2007 book, “The Soul of Baseball: A Road Trip Through Buck O'Neil's America,” William Morrow, 304 pp. Click for copy.




“The Love Story Saga”
1970-1977

Ryan O’Neal and Ali MacGraw in 1970 studio photo: Harvard ice-hockey star & hot head meets wise-cracking Radcliffe beauty in popular novel & Hollywood film, “Love Story”. Click for film.
Ryan O’Neal and Ali MacGraw in 1970 studio photo: Harvard ice-hockey star & hot head meets wise-cracking Radcliffe beauty in popular novel & Hollywood film, “Love Story”. Click for film.
     Shown at right is a 1970 photo of actors Ryan O’Neal and Ali MacGraw.  At the time, these two were the “easy-on-the-eye” film stars du jour; the star couple in Hollywood’s Love Story, a film that swept the nation off its feet in 1970-71. Ali MacGraw stole the hearts of millions as Ms. Jenny Cavilleri, the bright and sassy working-class Italian kid from Providence, Rhode Island who goes off to Radcliffe and finds her rich Harvard Hunk. 

     There, in the undergraduate idyll, these two beautiful people, full of promise and intelligence, fall in love and begin their storybook life together – or so it seems. But alas, the fates intercede in this too perfect union, providing a tragic and unhappy ending. Indeed, there are plenty of Kleenex moments in this film as the likeable and quick-witted Jenny is stricken with an unnamed cancer, eventually succumbing to the disease in a heart-wrenching hospital scene one cold winter’s night. 

     This story, however – rising first as a best-selling novel – became commercial gold.  Though some would call it sappy by today’s standards, in the early 1970s both book and film were perfectly timed, and they permeated popular culture through and through. Millions succumbed to the Love Story spell, in print and on screen.  Novel and film each made bundles of money. The story’s success marks one of those moments in popular culture when a simple love story sweeps through society as something of a gale force phenomenon, though sometimes, as in this case, to the disdain of more highbrow literary and film critics. What follows here is a recounting of the Love Story tale, novel and film, covering story recap, cultural and business impact, and some biographical follow-up on the principal players.

"Love Story," hardback, 1970. Click for copy.
"Love Story," hardback, 1970. Click for copy.


Erich Segal

     Love Story began its journey with a somewhat unlikely creator – a Yale University classics professor named Erich Segal. Born in Brooklyn, New York, the son of a rabbi, Erich Segal studied Hebrew and other languages at an early age, becoming fluent in German, French, Latin, and Greek. He attended Brooklyn’s Midwood High School where Woody Allen was among his contemporaries.

     At Harvard, Segal received a bachelor’s degree in 1958 and was both class poet and Latin salutatorian.  Two more Harvard degrees followed: a master’s in classics in 1959 and a Ph.D in comparative literature in 1965.

Erich Segal became a scholar of Greek and Latin literature, publishing books on the Greek writer Euripides and the Roman playwright Plautus before writing Love Story.

Outside of his scholarship, Segal was also something of a long-distance runner.  He first ran the Boston Marathon in 1955, and once finished in a respectable time of 2:56:30. By the 1960s, he was still running ten miles a day.

Professor Erich Segal, 1970s.
Professor Erich Segal, 1970s.
     Segal became a professor of comparative literature at Yale University and throughout his career would also serve as a visiting professor at Princeton, Dartmouth, and other schools. But Segal was not only an academic.

In the 1960s he became involved with screen writing. In fact, by 1967, he wrote the screenplay – adapted from a story by Lee Minoff – for the Beatles’ hit 1968 animated film, Yellow Submarine.  He also collaborated on other screenplays through the late 1960s. 

One of Segal’s own screenplays was about a romance between a Harvard University student and a Radcliffe College co-ed. Yet this story initially went nowhere. A William Morris literary agent, Lois Wallace, suggested to Segal that he turn the love story script into a novel – the novel that became Love Story.

Segal’s story was sold to Harper & Row publishers in New York, and it became a best-selling hardback in early 1970. It was quickly followed by a paperback, which by then was also being used to tout the forthcoming Paramount film which had been in production even before the hardback was issued. The film came out in mid-December 1970. More on Segal and the marketing of both book and film a bit later. First, an overview of the story, aided here by book-and-film storyline, plus screen shots from the film.


The Story

Nerdy librarian aide, Jenny Cavilleri, meets Harvard jock, “Ollie” Barrett IV in the Radcliffe library.
Nerdy librarian aide, Jenny Cavilleri, meets Harvard jock, “Ollie” Barrett IV in the Radcliffe library.
Jenny succeeds in getting Ollie to take her for coffee.
Jenny succeeds in getting Ollie to take her for coffee.
Love Story: Jenny Cavilleri at Harvard ice hockey game, cheering on new found friend, Ollie Barrett.
Love Story: Jenny Cavilleri at Harvard ice hockey game, cheering on new found friend, Ollie Barrett.
Jenny, inquiring about Ollie’s stay in the penalty box.
Jenny, inquiring about Ollie’s stay in the penalty box.
Ollie & Jenny on campus at Barrett Hall sign.
Ollie & Jenny on campus at Barrett Hall sign.
Jenny & Ollie in more intense conversation.
Jenny & Ollie in more intense conversation.
Ollie & Jenny becoming better acquainted.
Ollie & Jenny becoming better acquainted.
"Love Story" snow scene with Jenny & Ollie.
"Love Story" snow scene with Jenny & Ollie.
Love Story: Ollie & Jenny studying.
Love Story: Ollie & Jenny studying.
Ollie & Jenny on the road to meet Ollie’s folks.
Ollie & Jenny on the road to meet Ollie’s folks.
Jenny Cavilleri meeting Oliver Barrett (Ray Milland).
Jenny Cavilleri meeting Oliver Barrett (Ray Milland).
Despite his father’s disapproval, Ollie marries Jenny anyway.
Despite his father’s disapproval, Ollie marries Jenny anyway.
Ollie meets Jenny at her kids beach camp.
Ollie meets Jenny at her kids beach camp.
Ollie & Jenny talking at Jen's school.
Ollie & Jenny talking at Jen's school.
Love Story 1970: Jenny Cavilleri & her dad “Phil,” played by John Marley, attending Ollie’s graduation.
Love Story 1970: Jenny Cavilleri & her dad “Phil,” played by John Marley, attending Ollie’s graduation.
Jenny congratulating her husband on his law degree.
Jenny congratulating her husband on his law degree.
Ollie & Jenny facing Jen's prognosis.
Ollie & Jenny facing Jen's prognosis.
At Central Park skating rink cafe after their outing,
At Central Park skating rink cafe after their outing,
Ollie & Jen crossing snow-covered park to hospital.
Ollie & Jen crossing snow-covered park to hospital.
Final screen shot of “Love Story” with a grieving Ollie (tiny figure just below “y”) staring into the deserted ice rink, where the story began with Ollie’s flashback.
Final screen shot of “Love Story” with a grieving Ollie (tiny figure just below “y”) staring into the deserted ice rink, where the story began with Ollie’s flashback.

     The featured romance in Love Story is that between Jenny Cavilleri, music major at Radcliffe College and Harvard ice hockey jock, Oliver “Ollie” Barrett, IV.  It all begins in the Radcliffe library.  That’s where the two first meet.  Jenny works there to help pay her college tuition.  Ollie Barrett has come to that library rather than Harvard’s because it’s quieter there and easier to find books.  Ollie is a somewhat cocky kid who comes from a wealthy, old line, upper crust New England family – a well-respected family with its own history of Harvard alumni.  Jenny is the only child of a widowed baker – a working-class Dad whom she calls “Phil”. 

At the outset of the film Jenny appears somewhat nerdy and very much into her music.  It’s Bach and Beethoven for her, music which is heard in the film’s score.  And as we learn from the narrator’s opening line, Jenny also loves the Beatles. 

The story is introduced in flashback mode by Ollie, who is shown in the film’s opening scene seated on a bench staring into a deserted New York city Central Park ice skating rink in a wintry, snow-covered setting.  This scene comes full circle as the film’s closing sequence (more on this later).

     Back at the Radcliffe library, meanwhile, it’s Jenny who makes the first move, displaying her snappy repartee with Ollie, who she labels “preppie” from the start.  Ollie is on the hunt for a book he needs for an upcoming history exam, so he heads over to the reserve desk to inquire about the book.  He opts for one of the two girls working there – the “bespectacled mouse type,” as he describes her – “Minnie Four-Eyes.”  Here’s their exchange:

Ollie:  “Do you have The Waning of the Middle Ages!”
Jenny:  “Do you have your own library?” she asked.
Ollie:  “Listen, Harvard is allowed to use the Radcliffe library.”
Jenny:  “I’m not talking legality, Preppie, I’m talking ethics.  You guys have five million books.  We have a few lousy thousand.”
Ollie:  [ to himself.  Christ, a superior-being type!  The kind who think since the ratio of Radcliffe to Harvard is five to one, the girls must be five times as smart.  I normally cut these types to ribbons, but just then I badly needed that goddamn book.]
Ollie:  “Listen, I need that goddamn book.”
Jenny:  “Wouldja please watch your profanity, Preppie?”
Ollie:  “What makes you so sure I went to prep school?”
Jenny:  “You look stupid and rich,” she said, removing her glasses.
Ollie:  “You’re wrong,” I protested.  “I’m actually smart and poor.”
Jenny:  “Oh, no, Preppie. I’m smart and poor.”
Ollie:  [ in narration:  She was staring straight at me.  Her eyes were brown.  Okay, maybe I look rich, but I wouldn’t let some ‘Cliffie—even one with pretty eyes—call me dumb.]
Ollie:  “What the hell makes you so smart?”
Jenny:  “I wouldn’t go for coffee with you.”
Ollie:  “Listen—I wouldn’t ask you.”
Jenny:  “That is what makes you stupid.”

     Ollie does take her for coffee, where the two continue their sharp repartee with Ollie becoming frustrated with her barbs and the fact, that apparently, she does not know that he, Ollie, is “big-man-on-campus” Harvard ice hockey star.

Ollie:  “Hey, don’t you know who I am?”
Jenny:  “Yeah,” she answered with kind of disdain.  “You’re the guy that owns Barrett Hall.”
Ollie:  “I don’t own Barrett Hall.  My great-grandfather happened to give it to Harvard.”
Jenny:  “So his not-so-great grandson would be sure to get in!”
Ollie:  “Jenny, if you’re so convinced I’m a loser, why did you bulldoze me into buying you coffee?” [ She looked me straight into the eyes and smiled.]
Jenny:  “I like your body.”

     After their initial get together over coffee, they soon begin their romance on the Harvard campus, she attending his hockey games, the two studying together, frolicking in the snow, and later, consummating their love.  

In one scene  they are walking across the Harvard campus, by then deep into their emotional tangle, taking measure of each other. They are talking about their relationship. Ollie has been more forthcoming at that point than Jenny, and he unloads on her for her smart-ass style:

Ollie: “Look, Cavilleri, I know your game, and I’m tired of playing it.  You are the supreme Radcliffe smart-ass – the best – you can put down anything in pants.  But verbal volleyball is not my idea of a relationship.  And if that’s what you think it’s all about, why don’t you just go back to your music wonks, and good luck.  See, I think you’re scared.  You put up a big glass wall to keep from getting hurt.  But it also keeps you from getting touched.  It’s a risk, isn’t it, Jenny?  At least I had the guts to admit what I felt.  Someday, you’re gonna have to come up with the courage to admit you care.”

     In that scene, they stop walking as she quietly replies, “I care,” leading to a kiss, then cut to Ollie’s dorm room and the couple making love.  Shortly later in the film, in a wintry montage, they end up playing in the snow, throwing snowballs and tossing a football at each other, and wrestling in the snow together.

     After several months together, Jenny tells Oliver that she has received a scholarship to study music in Paris the next year.  Ollie, afraid of losing her, decides to propose marriage.  Jenny after some thought, accepts the offer, and soon the couple is off to “meet the parents” — first, his.


Meet The Parents

     On the drive to the Barrett family place, Jenny is somewhat taken aback as they approach the estate, with its giant mansion and extensive grounds.  It is then she begins to realize just how truly wealthy the Barretts are. 

The family gathering to meet the bride-to-be becomes a tense affair, as Ollie’s father does not react well to Jenny’s background.  Father and son, already in a testy relationship, come to the brink when Ollie’s father tells him he will be disinherited if he marries Jenny. 

The drive back to campus is not a happy one.  Ollie later meets his father for dinner to try again, but this also ends badly as Ollie loses his temper.  Ties between father and son from that point on are pretty much severed.

     Jenny and Ollie continue to plan their wedding, traveling to Providence, Rhode Island to receive the blessing of Jenny’s Dad, “Phil.”  Here too, they upset tradition, informing Phil they are not planning a traditional ceremony, with church and God.  Phil is not entirely pleased, but he’s on their side in any case.

     Upon graduation, Oillie and Jenny marry against the wishes of Ollie’s father.  Ollie then plans to enter law school, while Jenny goes to work as a teacher.  The couple struggles to pay Ollie’s way through Harvard Law School.  They rent the top floor of a house near the law school.  Ollie had applied for financial aid, but his Barrett Hall fame and family wealth disqualified him.


“Love Means…”

     Along the way and in their marriage, the new couple have a few spats here and there, one coming after Ollie refuses to attend his father’s 60th birthday party.  Jenny has been trying to move Ollie to speak to his father, but after Ollie explodes, she leaves their apartment in tears. Guilt getting the best of him, Ollie searches the Harvard campus for Jenny, visiting the all the music rooms and other places she might be. Then, having arrived back home, he finds her sobbing on their outside porch steps in the cold without her keys.  As Ollie moves to apologize, Jenny stops him, delivering one of the film’s classic (and now much-parodied) lines: “Love means never having to say you’re sorry.”

     Things get patched up, of course, and life goes on.  Scenes of beach visits and boating flash by, and another in winter of  Ollie selling Christmas trees on a city lot.  Jenny and “Phil,” meanwhile, do what they can to bring the Barrett father and son back together, but the Barrett men remain at war.  Ollie soon finishes his stint at Harvard Law, graduating third in his class.  Phil and Jenny attend the ceremony, and life for the young couple begins to change.

     Now a Harvard lawyer, Ollie takes a position at a respectable New York law firm, though one with at least part of its practice in civil liberties. The couple move to New York, and begin to plan for a family.  The two twenty-somethings try to have a child, but fail.  Jenny then has a series of tests.  


Devastating News

     One day, Ollie is called in to see Jenny’s doctor, who tells him that Jenny is dying.  The tests have revealed that Jenny has a serious and deadly disease, assumed to be some kind of leukemia, though never stated. Jenny does not have long to live. Ollie is devastated, and is shown in the film taking a long and dazed walk through the city on his way home. 

Reaching their apartment, he tries to act normal as he is greeted by an upbeat Jenny.  Ollie tries to hide the truth from Jenny, attempting a normal life. At one point he buys two airline tickets to Paris to surprise Jenny. But Jenny soon discovers the truth about her disease, and has suspected for some time.

     Somber and intimate scenes follow as the couple tries to deal with Jenny’s  prognosis.  She insists that he will be a “merry widower” and makes him promise that he will carry on in good form.  As the disease weakens Jenny, the couple tries to spend some happy time together. 


Central Park

     At one point they have a brief outing in Central Park and stop at an outdoor public skating rink, where Ollie skates with the crowd as Jenny watches approvingly from the bleachers. After Ollie’s skating they stop briefly at a café near the rink where Jenny makes it known its time to go to the hospital. 

From the outdoor café they make their way slowly to the hospital across the park in the snow. A weakened Jenny moves with halting steps in Ollie’s arms as they go. The Love Story piano theme rises in the background as the camera pulls back high above the couple, slowly trekking through the snowy, winter scene — a season once of happier and playful times for the couple on the Harvard quad.

 

Music Player
“Love Story Theme”-Francis Lai

 

With Jenny now in the hospital, Ollie makes a trip to Boston to see his father, asking him for $5,000 — money he needs to cover Jenny’s therapies. Ollie lies to his father saying he needs money for an affair which has led to a pregnancy. The father has no idea that Jenny is ill and in the hospital. Father and son still have their differences, but Ollie thanks his Dad for the check and heads back to New York.


Hospital Scenes

     In a near-the-end deathbed scene at Mount Sinai Hospital, Jenny tells Ollie her illness “doesn’t hurt,” describing it “like falling off a cliff in slow-motion.” Jenny sees that Ollie is pained and tries to buck him up in her trademark sassy manner – “stop blaming yourself, you god-damn stupid preppie. It’s nobody’s fault. It’s not your fault… That’s the only thing I’m gonna ask you…” 

Jenny also assures him that he really didn’t “take away” her trip to Paris or her music career — “and all that stuff you thought you stole from me….”  But she does insist that he quit blaming himself or leave her bedside. She then asks him to hold her, beside her in bed, which he does.  Jenny then slips away.

     Afterwards in the hallway, Ollie speaks with Jenny’s father Phil briefly then leaves the hospital in a daze.  On his way out, he meets his own father who has rushed down from Boston, learning the real reason why his son had asked him for money. “Why didn’t you tell me?,” says the father.  “…I want to help.”  Ollie simply replies: “Jenny’s dead.” His father begins to offer his condolences, saying “I’m sorry…,” at which point Ollie interrupts him, with tears in his eyes, quoting Jenny’s famous line: “Love means never having to say you’re sorry.”  It is the last line of dialogue in the film.

     As a devastated Ollie walks across the street to a snow-covered Central Park, the camera slowly pans out for a few minutes as the “Love Story” piano theme plays in the background. Ollie is left sitting on a bench staring into the ice rink contemplating life without Jenny as the story comes full circle back to the scene where the film began.

     Love Story, however, also has an interesting publishing and box office history, as well as the twists and turns that befell its principle stars and creator, some of which follow below. First, the book.

A paperback version of “Love Story,” with Ryan O’Neal & Ali MacGraw on the cover, was used to promote the film in 1970-71. Click for copy.
A paperback version of “Love Story,” with Ryan O’Neal & Ali MacGraw on the cover, was used to promote the film in 1970-71. Click for copy.


The Book

     Love Story was first serialized in the Ladies Home Journal magazine in February of 1970.  About the same time, Harper & Row published the book in a slim 131-page hardback edition, releasing it for sale on February 14, 1970, Valentine’s Day.

According to Mel Zerman, a former Harper & Row executive who was interviewed in 2006 for The American Legends website, “Harper didn’t realize exactly what they had.” The first printing was going to be in the low-to-normal range of 5,000-to-7,500 copies, which in retrospect, Zerman said, “was laughable.” Harper later bumped up the print run to 57,000 hardbacks. But even that wasn’t enough. Television soon helped create a giant demand for the book. According to Zerman:

“…The book burst on the scene one morning when Barbara Walters, who was a TV hostess, began her program by saying: ‘I was up most of the night reading a book I couldn’t put down, and when I finished it, I was sobbing. I cried and cried.’ That’s all the women of America had to hear. By the time bookstores were opening all over the United States they were getting calls for a book called Love Story by someone you never heard of named Erich Segal. Harper went crazy. We were out of stock within hours….”

     By mid-May 1970, Love Story was No. 1 on the New York Times bestsellers list and by early 1971 there were 1 million hardbacks in print.  A paperback edition came out in 1970 too, with more than 4.3 million copies printed by mid-November 1970, then the largest print order in publishing history.  These copies sold so well that within a week another 600,000 were printed.  A month after the paperback was released, the hardbacks were still selling at 2,000 copies a week. One 1971 Gallup poll found that Love Story was read by one out of every five Americans; it would eventually sell more than 21 million copies. Erich Segal would later say that he set out to make people cry with the book, adding that if he could get women to cry, he knew it would be a commercial success.  As a New York Times No. 1 best- seller for most of 1970, Love Story became the year’s top-selling work of fiction in the U.S.

     Then came the film, released by Paramount on December 16th, 1970, as the book was still being widely read.  The film had the effect of selling more books and keeping Love Story on the bestsellers list.  According to one 1971 Gallup poll, the book was read by one out of every five Americans.  Love Story would eventually sell more than 21 million copies and was translated into more than 20 languages worldwide.  But not everyone was smitten by Love Story, especially literary critics.  When the book was up for the 1971 National Book Award, some judges threatened to resign from the award process unless Love Story was withdrawn from nomination.  “It is a banal book which simply doesn’t qualify as literature,” said novelist William Styron, the head judge of the fiction panel.  “Simply by being on the list it would have demeaned the other books.”  So, Love Story was rejected.

1970 newspaper ad for the 'Love Story' film features upbeat review quotes from Vincent Canby and Time magazine.
1970 newspaper ad for the 'Love Story' film features upbeat review quotes from Vincent Canby and Time magazine.

     Still, in popular culture Love Story was a big hit, and it rode atop the bestseller list for more than year. In the process, Segal – already a rich man from 1968’s Yellow Submarine – was deluged with offers for movies, plays and more books. Segal told a Time magazine reporter he was no wunderkind, but had worked hard and learned from past failures.

Segal’s new-found success put the 32 year-old squarely in the celebrity firmament and he became a hot property for a time. But at the initial planning for the film – like the book’s uncertain publishing prospects – there were only modest expectations.


The Film

     Segal’s screenplay, in fact, had been turned down by every studio in Hollywood.  However, his agent, Howard Minsky of the William Morris agency, had faith in the story and really went to bat for Segal, convincing Paramount to take a chance on it. Segal also had another supporter in his corner: Ali MacGraw. She was a friend of Segal’s and was also then the wife of Paramount executive vice president, Robert Evans.

It was MacGraw who had discovered the Love Story screenplay, and even though several studios had turned it down, Evans agreed to produce it for his wife, casting her in the role as leading lady. Evans thought the story might prove to be a small profitable film that might just buck the rough sex-and-violence trend then prominent in film.

     Still, there was no expectation the film would be a blockbuster hit. In later interviews, Arthur Hiller, the film’s director, also acknowledged that the film was not originally conceived as a high-profile property.  It had a limited budget, and the producers had to use a number of existing locations as sets to save money.  One early problem that confronted the film’s producers was finding the male lead to play Ollie.  Initially, Ryan O’Neal had turned down the role, as did Robert Redford, Michael York, and Beau Bridges. At its film debut, Love Story received glowing reviews and set movie- house records all over the country. Eventually, O’Neal agreed to take the part.  Other actors in the film included Ray Milland, who played O’Neal’s father, and John Marley, Jenny’s father.  To prepare for their roles, O’Neal learned to ice skate and MacGraw took harpsichord lessons.

     When the film was released on December 16, 1970, it wasn’t known exactly what would follow.  The best-selling book had certainly set the stage.  And as it turned out, there was little to worry about.  The reviews that came in right before Christmas that year were quite flattering and enthusiastic.  “Love Story is probably as sophisticated as any commercial American movie ever made!,” wrote Vincent Canby of The New York Times.  “Perfection!  It is beautiful!  And romantic!” Time magazine’s review was a big booster, too:

Love Story is wrapped in glittering Ali MacGraw and Ryan O’Neal just in time for holiday giving!  Ali MacGraw promises to become the closest thing to a movie star of the 40’s!  She is genuinely touching!  When a Radcliffe girl chooses to die on screen the Academy Awards can be heard softly rustling like ‘Kleenexes in the background!’  Ryan O’Neal gives the character of Oliver Barrett IV warmth and vulnerability!  Love Story…glows like gold!”

"Love Story" photo: Ryan O'Neal & Ali MacGraw at kids camp beach scene.
"Love Story" photo: Ryan O'Neal & Ali MacGraw at kids camp beach scene.
     On Christmas Day, when the film publicly opened across the country, it broke movie house records at 159 of 165 locations.  In three days it earned $2.5 million – more than it cost to make.  Love Story enjoyed the largest opening-week grosses in the history of American cinema at that time.  And within a week or two, by mid-January 1971, it continued to set records.  Arthur Hiller, the film’s director, later noted, “…The movie caught on like wildfire.  I remember driving past one theater where it was playing and seeing a line four blocks long!”  Love Story would become the No. 1 box office attraction of 1971.  And during its run, it continued to generate press.

     One Time magazine writer in January 1971 was quite taken with Ali MacGraw, and when she explained in one interview that she wasn’t quite “hungry enough” to be a star, or even a serious actress, he wrote:

“…She doesn’t have to be hungry or an actress.  She just has to stand there, and people buy tickets. The clean-boned, finishing-school face, the large, liquid eyes that cannot express doubt, the barely upholstered model’s body, the metallic purr….In two pictures, she has managed to suggest the incarnate campus heroine, full of itchy, bitchy resolve. … In short, she is the kind of girl a boy would want to take home even if his parents were there, but especially if they were not.”

Ali MacGraw and “the return to romance” Time magazine, January 11, 1971. Click for copy.
Ali MacGraw and “the return to romance” Time magazine, January 11, 1971. Click for copy.
     Time’s writer also suggested that MacGraw’s performance in Love Story might represent a return to something basic in the U.S. cinema: “To a fresh flowering of the romance and sentimentalism of the ’30s and ’40s.  To a time when pictures told a story, when you could go to the movies and take the family, when you could lose yourself in fantasy, when you got chills at the final fadeout….”  Movie critic, Roger Ebert, taking on those who felt the film a little too weepy, wrote:

“…I would like to consider, however, the implications of Love Story as a three-, four-or five-handkerchief movie, a movie that wants viewers to cry at the end.  Is this an unworthy purpose?  Does the movie become unworthy, as Newsweek thought it did, simply because it has been mechanically contrived to tell us a beautiful, tragic tale?  I don’t think so.  There’s nothing contemptible about being moved to joy by a musical, to terror by a thriller, to excitement by a Western.  Why shouldn’t we get a little misty during a story about young lovers separated by death?”

     Love Story won an Oscar for best music and was nominated in six other categories.  At the Golden Globe ceremony it took five awards, including Best Picture (drama), Best Director, and Best Screenplay for Segal.  At the box office, the film grossed more than $48 million (roughly $263 million in today’s dollars)Love Story out-grossed other popular films that year, among them, Patton, MASH, Catch 22 and Woodstock.. Of U.S. film’s released in 1970, Love Story was No. 1 at the box office, out-grossing other films that year including: Airport (No. 2) with Burt Lancaster; MASH (No. 3) with Donald Sutherland and Eliott Gould; Patton (No. 4) with George C. Scott; Little Big Man (No. 7 ) with Dustin Hoffman and Faye Dunaway; Ryan’s Daughter (No. 8 ) with Robert Mitchum; and Catch 22 (No. 10) with Alan Arkin.  Love Story’s gross was three times that of Warner Brothers’ Woodstock (No. 6), a popular film on the famous 1969 rock concert.  At the Academy Awards that year, Patton won Best Picture and George C. Scott, Best Actor.  Glenda Jackson won Best Actress for her role in Women in Love.  Paramount studios, meanwhile, then on the brink financially, was “saved” by Love Story’s very profitable box office, enabling the studio to live another day and turn out several other winners that decade, including Chinatown, The Godfather, and others.


Love Story Music

Cover of sheet music for Francis Lai's piano version of the "Theme From Love Story," with photo of Henry Mancini. Click for Lai's soundtrack.
Cover of sheet music for Francis Lai's piano version of the "Theme From Love Story," with photo of Henry Mancini. Click for Lai's soundtrack.
     Love Story’s Oscar-winning film score by Francis Lai became one of the most familiar movie love themes of that era.  Lai had done other popular film scores around that time, including A Man and a Woman of 1966.  However, his “Theme from Love Story” was quite the hit, reaching No.39 on the U.S. music charts. 

The Love Story soundtrack album also did well, and spent six weeks at No. 2 on the Billboard album chart.  One of the tracks on the album, “Skating in Central Park,” which plays over a sequence of MacGraw and O’Neal romping in the snow and ice skating, was written by John Lewis of the Modern Jazz Quartet.  In fact, the Love Story soundtrack orchestra featured several jazz notables, including Milt Jackson (vibraphone), Percy Heath (bass), Connie Kay (drums), Bill Evans (piano) and Jim Hall (guitar). 

     Francis Lai’s simple melody for the Love Story piano theme, however, did not have lyrics, which was soon remedied after Carl Sigman, a lyricist, penned words for the song. That theme then became “Where Do I Begin?,” and with singer Andy Williams, the Love Story song took on a second life, as his version rose on the popular charts for several weeks in early 1971 – peaking at No. 9 on the Hot 100 and No. 1 on the Easy Listening chart. Since then, countless others have recorded cover versions of the song.  Henry Mancini also had an instrumental version that did well on the music charts. For a time, in the wake of the film, the song seemed to be everywhere.

Erich Segal, shown speaking at a 1980 news conference in West Germany. Photo: AP/ M. Langsdorff.
Erich Segal, shown speaking at a 1980 news conference in West Germany. Photo: AP/ M. Langsdorff.
     In addition to its varied music sales, Love Story also had an impact on fashion, featuring MacGraw and O’Neal in their various preppie outfits – especially MacGraw, described as a “fashion plate” by one reviewer.  A run on preppie clothes and the preppie look briefly followed.


Success & Loss

     Professor Erich Segal, meanwhile, at the height of the Love Story run, continued to be well-received on the celebrity circuit. At one point, he appeared on The Tonight Show with Johnny Carson four times in a single month. He also appeared on the Today Show and the Dick Cavett Show

In the film world, he became a judge at the Cannes Film Festival. Segal, in fact, was making weekend trips to Paris and London while continuing to teach at Yale. His course there became quite popular, filling a 600-seat auditorium. “I’m kind of a folk hero there,” he told the Washington Post at one point in 1970 “– the closest thing they have to a Beatle.”

Segal also took a job as an ABC-TV commentator for the 1972 Olympic Games, using both his personal experience as a runner and his classical knowledge of ancient Greece in the broadcast booth. Back at Yale, however, his academic peers were not amused (or were jealous), and despite his scholarly publications and his doctorate earned at Harvard, Yale denied him tenure in 1972.

Erich Segal's 1977 novel, "Olivers-Story," also a bestseller. Click for copy.
Erich Segal's 1977 novel, "Olivers-Story," also a bestseller. Click for copy.
     By about 1973, Segal and Love Story had receded into the cultural background. However, he would continue to receive mention in the press when he published his subsequent work.

Segal had followed up after Love Story with other novels, including Jennifer on My Mind in 1971 and Fairy Tale in 1973. But it wasn’t until Oliver’s Story of 1977  — billed as “the book that begins where Love Story ends”– that another movie was attempted the following year. That film cast Ryan O’Neal as the struggling widower who meets a new lady, Candice Bergen. Although the book, Oliver’s Story made it to the bestsellers list, neither it nor the movie by the same name repeated the success of Love Story. In fact, many regarded the film as a flop.

     Segal, meanwhile, continued writing through the 1980s and early 1990s, turning out more titles, among them: Man, Woman and Child (1980), A Change of Seasons (1981), The Class (1985), Doctors (1988), and Acts of Faith (1992).

Around the time of Segal’s publication of The Class in 1985, he was still being asked about Love Story, the harsh views of some critics, and that he lost tenure at Yale over it. “But am I really sorry I wrote ‘Love Story’?, he offered in reply to similar questions at People Weekly, “Bullshit. I’m overjoyed I did.” And many readers found his subsequent books to be quite good – a number of which also became bestsellers. 

When the body of his popular works is looked at as a group, Segal is seen, in some ways, as the patriarch of a particular genre, which some call “bereavement fiction,” similar in content to contemporary novelists such as Nicholas Sparks, though Segal’s work is regarded as somewhat weightier. 

In the 1980s Segal contracted Parkinson’s disease. He died of a heart attack in January 2010. He was 72 year old.

“Al, Tipper & Tommy Lee”
1997

Al & Tipper Gore, wedding day, May 19, 1970, National Cathedral, Washington, D.C.
Al & Tipper Gore, wedding day, May 19, 1970, National Cathedral, Washington, D.C.
     Love Story received some renewed publicity in 1997 in the run-up to the 2000 Presidential election campaign.  That’s when a Time magazine report surfaced regarding then vice-president Al Gore who had remarked to reporters that he and wife, Tipper, were the inspiration for Segal’s love-struck Ollie and Jenny.  Segal later conceded in statements made to the New York Times in December 1997 that he did use Gore as partial inspiration for the character of Oliver Barrett, a character who in Segal’s creation was something of composite it seems, as actor Tommy Lee Jones, who was also Gore’s actual roommate at Harvard, figured into that character as well.  Segal knew both Gore and Jones at Harvard, as well as Tipper, when he was on sabbatical there in 1968.  Tipper was then attending Boston University, as she and Al Gore were then dating.  Segal did say that Gore’s father was used in part to model the domineering Barrett father, as Segal suggested there was family pressure on Al Gore to follow in his father’s political footsteps.  But Tipper Gore, according to Segal, was not in any way the model for Jenny Cavilleri.

Tommy Lee Jones made his film debut in "Love Story" in a brief role.
Tommy Lee Jones made his film debut in "Love Story" in a brief role.
     The Gore story took on some “legs” in the press in December 1997 after a Gore spokesperson, trying to clarify Gore’s remarks, told New York Times columnist Maureen Dowd that the book was “loosely based” on the Gores.  Segal and Gore eventually spoke about the press reports on the phone, and Gore later acknowledged a “miscommunication” in the matter.  The part of the Oliver Barrett character that was inspired by Gore, Segal later explained, was that Gore, like Ollie Barrett,  “was always under pressure to follow in his father’s footsteps, and that was the conflict, to keep up the family tradition…”  The Tommy Lee Jones contribution to the Ollie Barrett character,  according to Segal, “was the tough, macho guy who’s a poet at heart.”  Tommy Lee Jones, independent of this contribution, also made his film debut in Love Story as Ollie’s Harvard roommate. 

Al & Tipper Gore, circa 1980s.
Al & Tipper Gore, circa 1980s.
     Al Gore, meanwhile, did catch some flak from the press for exaggerating his and Tipper’s contribution to Segal’s characters.  However, there had also been an earlier 1970 Nashville Tennessean newspaper story covering an Erich Segal book tour — a story that had also exaggerated the Gore contribution, independently of Gore.  But Karen Tumulty — the Time reporter who was present when Vice President Gore made the 1997 remarks while meeting informally with a group of reporters on board Air Force Two – said that Gore had brought up the story and in no way tried to knock it down, then or later.

     In 1970, Segal said that the novel’s basic story came from one of his students, whose wife had died, and that the model for Jenny was a woman Segal had dated in his own student days at Harvard. And in fact, that part of the story surfaced in 1997 as well, when a woman named Janet Sussman told Maureen Dowd of the New York Times that she was the real life model for Jenny, and that Segal had written her love letters for years. Sussman also told her story to Oprah Winfrey in 2010.

Segal’s daughter, Francesca Segal, later noted on an Amazon.com page for a 50th anniversary edition of Love Story, that when Segal first set out to write the story, he had learned that a former student of his from Harvard had lost his wife to cancer at age twenty-five. “My father, a few years older and still grieving the death of his own father, was consumed by the story.”


O’Neal & MacGraw

Ryan O’Neal began dating Farrah Fawcett in the early 1980s. Click for his book on Fawcett.
Ryan O’Neal began dating Farrah Fawcett in the early 1980s. Click for his book on Fawcett.
     Given the notices Ryan O’Neal and Ali MacGraw received in the aftermath of Love Story, there were great expectations for their respective careers. And O’Neal and MacGraw both had their successes, to be sure. In 1972, O’Neal starred with Barbra Streisand in the comedy, What’s Up, Doc? and in 1973 alongside his Oscar-winning ten-year old daughter, Tatum, in Paper Moon.

In 1973, Ryan O’Neal was ranked No. 2 in the annual Top Ten Box Office Stars list, behind Clint Eastwood that year. Other subsequent films for O’Neal, included: Nickelodeon (1976, also with Tatum), Barry Lyndon (1975), A Bridge Too Far (1977), Oliver’s Story (1978), The Driver (1978), and Irreconcilable Differences (1984). 

Twice previously married and divorced, O’Neal had a long-term on-and-off relationship with actress Farrah Fawcett until her death in June 2009. O’Neal had been diagnosed with chronic myelogenous leukemia in 2001, which as of 2006, was in remission.

Steve McQueen & Ali MacGraw, 1970s. Click for their film.
Steve McQueen & Ali MacGraw, 1970s. Click for their film.
     Ali MacGraw, before Love Story, had gained notice for her role as Radcliffe student Brenda Patimkin in the 1969 film Goodbye, Columbus.  That year, she also married Paramount exec Robert Evans in 1969, who was something of a Hollywood wunderkind, having risen to head paramount in 1966 at the age of 34.  In 1972, MacGraw co-starred in the action adventure film The Getaway with Steve McQueen, whom she married in 1973.  She turned down subsequent film roles after promising McQueen that she would help take care of him during his “semi-retirement.”  However, she and McQueen divorced in 1978.  She then returned to film, appearing in Convoy (1978), Players (1979), and Just Tell Me What You Want (1980).  In 1983 she appeared in television miniseries China Rose and The Winds of War, the latter with Robert Mitchum.  Then came her role as Lady Ashley Mitchell in the prime-time ABC-TV soap opera hit Dynasty in 1984-85.  In 1991, People magazine chose her as one of the “50 Most Beautiful People” in the World.

MacGraw's 1991 book.
MacGraw's 1991 book.
     MacGraw’s 1991 autobiography, Moving Pictures, revealed her struggles with alcohol and men.  In her fifties, she became a Yoga devotee and in 1994 produced the video – Ali MacGraw Yoga, Mind and Body, which became a bestseller, credited with influencing yoga’s U.S. popularity in the 2000s.

     In October 2010, Oprah Winfrey arranged a “Love Story Reunion” on her popular TV show, marking the 40th anniversary of the film, reuniting MacGraw and O’Neal.  On the show, the two discussed their roles in the movie and O’Neal admitted he had a crush on MacGraw throughout the film’s production, asking her to go away with him at one point even though both were then married.  O’Neal and daughter Tatum also appeared in a 2011 Oprah Winfrey Network TV reality show.


Postscript

     Love Story today, both book and film, are often parodied and seen as dated and sappy.  Even in 1970-71, critics found weaknesses in the story and its context.  There was little mention of politics or the concerns of the day in the storyline, which some found lacking, especially at a place like Harvard.  As one blogger put it:

The title page for the 1970 book, "Love Story."
The title page for the 1970 book, "Love Story."

“…There’s no urban grit, no Nixonian paranoia, no disillusionment, no radical politics.  No politics at all, actually!  There are oblique references to the feminism and “the troops,” but it all happens in a fairly timeless vacuum, where the characters are totally unaffected by the tumult of the 1960s.  Harvard was, like many American schools, a hotbed of radicalism and antiwar activity; there was a student strike in 1969 on campus when the movie was being filmed, and yet you’d never know such radicalism was afoot in these snowy, photogenic environs….”

     In the late 1960s and early 1970s the U.S. was at war in Vietnam and the country was divided.  Social values were being challenged at every turn. The country in late 1970 was less than two years removed from the tumultuous events of 1968, including the assassinations of Martin Luther King and Robert F. Kennedy, and the bloody Democratic national presidential convention in Chicago. 

But at the time, there was also a kind of “moral exhaustion” setting in; a bit of retreat from all the chaos and upheaval that had transpired; a lull on campus, if only temporary, and a turning inward, toward the personal. The popularity of heavy, social-awareness type books seemed to have slowed around that time as well. “I think black study books and women’s lib books have shot their wad,” remarked one Simon & Schuster advertising director to a Time magazine reporter in January 1971. “The kids want romance. They’re discovering again that going to college is a wonderful little world….”

Ryan O’Neal & Ali MacGraw in “Love Story” photo, 1970.
Ryan O’Neal & Ali MacGraw in “Love Story” photo, 1970.
     In the movie theaters too, there had also been a barrage of harder-edge films with rough language; exploitation films that pushed the boundaries of sex, drugs and violence.  Some films, like 1969’s Easy Rider, explored drug use and U.S. social tensions, introducing a genre that heralded a new generation of film makers in Hollywood.  Many wondered how a film like Love Story could succeed in such an environment, but succeed it did.  Romance, it turns out, never goes out of fashion and is always just below the surface.  Hollywood veteran Lou Wasserman observing Love Story’s success in 1971 noted: “The audience that many [film] companies felt was no longer there has been there all the time.  I don’t think the romantic interest went away.  We went away.”

     Love Story, of course, never really promised politics or social context, or actually any depth beyond its central theme.  Love Story was just what its title said it was, nothing more.  And the public ate it up.  “I think people were ready for it,” explained Love Story director Arthur Hiller in a 2001 interview looking back on that time.  “Many moviegoers wanted a respite from the [rough] type of films… A change of pace.  Love Story was just what the title indicated, just what we promised; Erich [Segal] called it ‘an affirmation of the human spirit.’  He was right, and at that particular moment in time we were all looking for that affirmation.” 

In the U.K., “Love Story” made a run as a stage play in 2010.
In the U.K., “Love Story” made a run as a stage play in 2010.
     Sometimes when society is grappling with tough issues, groping for meaning and direction, a respite or retreat from the troubles can be welcomed.  Love Story, in this sense, may have served as an oasis of simplicity in its time, which despite its own tragic ending, also offered a kind of optimism, even positivism on “the virtues of love,” as one writer put it. 

     Still, to this day, Love Story remains a popular film, at least in memory.  As of June 2002, it was ranked No. 9 on the American Film Institute’s 100 greatest love stories in American cinema.  Love Story also remains one of the most successful films in Hollywood history, among the top 40 in adjusted box office gross.

     For a somewhat similar story at this website see, “Of Bridges & Lovers,” an account of the 1992 book and 1995 film, Bridges of Madison County. See also at this website, “Doctor Zhivago,” a detailed review of the classic, award-winning 1965 Hollywood film starring Omar Sharif and Julie Christie. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 29 June 2011
Last Update: 9 December 2023
Comments to:++ jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Love Story Saga, 1970-1977,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 29, 2011.

____________________________________


Other Film Choices at Amazon.com


Special 2010 Blu-ray anniversary edition of 1965 Hollywood film, “Doctor Zhivago”. Click for Amazon.
Special 2010 Blu-ray anniversary edition of 1965 Hollywood film, “Doctor Zhivago”. Click for Amazon.
1942 classic love story in a time of war starring Humphrey Bogart & Ingrid Bergman. Click for film.
1942 classic love story in a time of war starring Humphrey Bogart & Ingrid Bergman. Click for film.
Bradley Cooper and Lady Gaga in the 2018 Hollywood film, “A Star is Born.” Click for film.
Bradley Cooper and Lady Gaga in the 2018 Hollywood film, “A Star is Born.” Click for film.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

Love Story: Ollie Barrett & Jenny Cavilleri on campus.
Love Story: Ollie Barrett & Jenny Cavilleri on campus.
Jenny Cavilleri & Ollie Barrett in "Love Story."
Jenny Cavilleri & Ollie Barrett in "Love Story."
Ollie & Jenny arriving at the Barrett estate to “meet the parents.”
Ollie & Jenny arriving at the Barrett estate to “meet the parents.”
Love Story: meeting the parents not going well.
Love Story: meeting the parents not going well.
Ollie & Jenny beginning marriage ceremony.
Ollie & Jenny beginning marriage ceremony.
Love Story: Jenny & Ollie, beach camp scene photo.
Love Story: Jenny & Ollie, beach camp scene photo.
Love Story: Ollie taking break from Central Park ice skating, looking up at Jenny, sitting in bleachers.
Love Story: Ollie taking break from Central Park ice skating, looking up at Jenny, sitting in bleachers.
Jenny watching Ollie skate in Central Park from bleachers, shortly before they walk to the hospital.
Jenny watching Ollie skate in Central Park from bleachers, shortly before they walk to the hospital.
Ali MacGraw, Vogue cover girl, March 1970.
Ali MacGraw, Vogue cover girl, March 1970.

“All This and Terence Too,” Time, May 18, 1970.

Vincent Canby, “Love Story (1970) – Screen: Perfection and a ‘Love Story’: Erich Segal’s Romantic Tale Begins Run,” New York Times, December 18, 1970.

Charles Champlin, ‘Love Story’ Tells It Like It Always Was,” Los Angeles Times, December 20, 1970, p. M-1.

Robert McG. Thomas, Jr., “Love (and Success) Story,” New York Times, December 20, 1970.

“Love Story,” New York Times, December 21, 1970, p. 51.

Erich Segal, Love Story, New York: Harper & Row, 1970.

Gary Arnold, “‘Love Story’,” Washington Post/ Times Herald, December 26, 1970, p. B-1.

Richard Corliss, “Who Says All the World Loves a ‘Love Story’?,” New York Times, January 10, 1971, p. D-11.

Ali MacGraw: A Return to Basics,” Time (cover photo & story), Monday, January 11, 1971.

Henry Raymont, “Book Unit Rejects ‘Love Story’,” New York Times, January 22, 1971, p. 16.

“‘Not Literature’: ‘Love Story’ Bounced From Fiction Contest,” Los Angeles Times, January 23, 1971, p. A-12.

“Banal ‘Love Story’,” Washington Post/ Times Herald, January 25, 1971, p. D-7.

Wayne Warga, “‘Love Story’ Gets Seven,” Los Angeles Times, February 23, 1971, p. A-3.

Associated Press, “‘Airport,’ ‘Patton’ Top Oscar Entries, Win 10 Nominations Each; ‘Love Story’ Garners 7,” New York Times, February 23, 1971.

“Segal the Scholar,” Time, Monday, March 15, 1971.

Wayne Warga, “Why He’s in Love With ‘Love Story’,” Los Angeles Times, March 28, 1971, p. N-1.

Neil Amdur, “Erich Segal and the Boston Marathon: ‘Love Story’ of a Long-Distance Runner,” New York Times, April 4, 1971.

“‘Love Story’ Criticized; Vatican Weekly Criticizes Both Book and Film Versions…,” New York Times, April 22, 1971.

“Erich Segal Is on Riviera As Juror at Film Festival,” New York Times, May 8, 1971.

Cynthia Grenier, “Erich Segal, at Cannes, Links Press to Departure From Yale,” New York Times May 22, 1971.

“Erich Segal’s Identity Crisis,” New York Times, June 13, 1971.

Martin Arnold, “Erich Segal Denied Tenure as Yale Professor,” New York Times, April 12, 1972.

Charles T Powers, ” ‘Love Story’ Letdown; Erich Segal Untracked,” Los Angeles Times, April 11, 1973, p. H-1.

“Segal Resigns From Yale,” New York Times, November 5, 1973.

“Erich Segal,” Wikipedia.org.

“Love Story (novel),” Wikipedia.org.

Tim Dirks, “Love Story,” FilmSite.org.

“Love Story,” TCM.com.

“Love Story (film),” Wikipedia.org.

Melinda Henneberger, “Author of ‘Love Story’ Disputes a Gore Story,” New York Times, December 14, 1997.

“Gore Apologizes for Confusion Over ‘Love Story’,” Los Angeles Times, December 15, 1997, p. 31.

Maureen Dowd, “Liberties; Is Janet Jenny?,” New York Times, December 17, 1997.

“Meet the Real Jenny From Love Story”(video), Oprah.com, October 12, 2010.

Michael Kelly, “The Artful Dodger and the Good Son,” Washington Post, December 17, 1997, p. A-25.

Daniel S. Fettinger and Lisa Warner, “Film Rewind: Revisiting Love Story,” June 18, 2005

Roger Ebert, Movie Glossary, “Ali MacGraw’s Disease.” Movie illness in which the only symptom is that the sufferer grows more beautiful as death approaches. (This disease claimed many screen victims, often including Greta Garbo),” RogerEbert. SunTimes.com.

Arthur Hiller, Artist Interview: Recalls the Inauspicious Beginnings of His Moment-Defining Love Story,” BarnesAndNoble.com, April 17, 2001.

“Behind the Scenes: Mel Zerman on The Marketing of Erich Segal’s Love Story,” American Legends.com.

“Ali MacGraw,” Wikipedia.org.

“Ryan O’Neal,” Wikipedia.org.

Meryl Gordon, “A Long-Lost Love: Ali MacGraw Comes out of Hiding to Appear on Broadway for the First Time,” New York Magazine, March 26, 2006.

Ty Burr, “Reel Boston,” Boston Globe, February 27, 2005.

Andy Sturdevant, “Love Story 1970, Grit-Free: 70s Cinema Without The 70s,” Tumblr.com.

Nick Owchar, Jacket Copy, “‘Love Story’ Author Erich Segal Dies at 72,” Los Angles Times, January 19, 2010.

James K. McAuley, ” ‘Love Story’ Author Erich Segal Dies at 72,” The Harvard Crimson, Wednesday, January 20, 2010.

Margalit Fox, “Erich Segal, ‘Love Story’ Author, Dies at 72,” New York Times, January 20, 2010.

Brian McCoy, “Forty Years Later, Recalling the Hidden Jazz of ‘Love Story’,” Examiner.com, December 14th, 2010.

Lou Lumenick, “Still in ‘Love’: 40 Years On, Here’s the True Story Behind ‘Story,” New York Post, December 16, 2010.

“Love Story (1970) – Official Trailer,” You Tube,  (2:49 film synopsis along with Francis Lai piano theme).

The Kid Stays in the Picture, 1994 book and 2002 film on the life story of Hollywood producer and studio chief Robert Evans, former husband of Ali MacGraw.  See Wikipedia.org.

Love Story” as play in the U.K, 2010-2011.

Love Story @ Google Books.

Some folks still discovering the book in the 2000s; see for example: “Marginalia || Love Story, by Erich Segal,” Sasha & The Silverfish.

__________________




“Iron Butterfly”
1968-2007

Cover of Iron Butterfly’s June 1968 Atco album which includes the famous 17-minute ''In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida'' track.
Cover of Iron Butterfly’s June 1968 Atco album which includes the famous 17-minute ''In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida'' track.
     Iron Butterfly.  That’s the name of a rock group – a rock group from 1968.  The name made eminent sense then, of course.  It was the time of psychedelic music – music associated with mind-altering, hallucinogenic drugs.  Butterfly imagery was cool at the time, part of the “counter-cultural” fare and quite acceptable.  As for the “iron” part, well yes, that was psychedelically appropriate, too.  But perhaps you had to be doing drugs to grasp the full meaning and context of how “heavy” it all was….

     In any case, Iron Butterfly was a group that made the music of its day.  Four California musicians established the group in 1966.  Vocalist, organist, and bandleader, Doug Ingle, formed the first version of the group in San Diego with drummer Ron Bushy and two others.

     The Iron Butterfly sound was long and heavy.  The group’s style was similar to that of acts such as Blue Cheer and Steppenwolf.  Iron Butterfly’s music helped provide a bridge of sorts from the “psychedelia sound” to the heavy metal music that followed, influencing groups from Deep Purple to Led Zeppelin.  “Now remembered as a passing fancy of the acid-rock era,” observes one writer describing the group in the Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock and Roll, “at its peak Iron Butterfly was considered a leading hard rock band.” 

Record sleeve for single version of Iron Butterfly’s “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida.” Click for digital version.
Record sleeve for single version of Iron Butterfly’s “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida.” Click for digital version.
     The most famous of Iron Butterfly’s songs that emerged in June-July 1968 was “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida,” a 17-minute, mostly instrumental feast of organ and electric guitar that typified the psychedelic sound that summer.

 

Music Player
“In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” – Iron Butterfly
(shortened version)

The song — sampled above in its radio-shortened version — uses some repeating lyrics built around the song’s title line. That title was derived, by some counts, from “in the garden of Eden.” The track was written by vocalist, organist, and bandleader, Doug Ingle.

     Legend has it that Ingle wrote the song when he was in his cups, or worse, spending the day drinking red wine, as former band mate Ron Bushy recounted in a 2006 interview. But when Ingle was asked about the song’s title, he couldn’t pronounce it correctly, so Bushy wrote it down as he heard it, phonetically. “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” was the translation, and the name stuck. As for the music, in its day, the song hit the mark – especially in extended play. And that was important in the event its listeners were in an “altered state,” as some might have called it back then, also known as “stoned.” In such condition, devotees of the band could listen to “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” for hours. But that was 1968.

     Called a one-hit wonder by some, and worse by others, “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” is a tune that can’t be dismissed or laughed off, however. For in its day, this song and its album by the same name, sold millions and millions of copies. The album was released by Iron Butterfly in mid-June 1968, with the song “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” comprising the entire first side of the vinyl edition. It sold more than 4 million copies right out of the gate – and millions more later that year.“In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” is no joke; it has been ranked among the world’s best-selling albums, and by Iron Butterfly’s count, has sold more than 30 million copies.  According to some listings, the album version of In-A-Gadda -Da-Vida, is ranked among best-selling albums worldwide. Iron Butterfly’s website reports the album has sold more than 30 million copies worldwide, although others dispute this claim. In July 1968, a shortened version of the song, adapted for radio play, was released by ATCO in a 2:53 minute format. The single also climbed into the Top 30. The album stayed on the Billboard albums chart for 140 weeks, 81 of them in the Top 10. Part of Iron Butterfly’s initial national exposure was attributed to being an opening act for The Doors and Jefferson Airplane, two major and more popular groups of that era. Iron Butterfly’s album, meanwhile, broke sales records and far exceeded the music industry’s then “gold album” standard, selling eight million copies in its first year. In fact, In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida received the industry’s first “platinum album” award for exceeding one million in sales. The award was created and presented by then-president of ATCO Records, Ahmet Ertegun, a famous record executive who helped advance the careers of many artists.


The Fidelity Ad

      “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” left enough of a psychic imprint on the boomer generation that Fidelity Investments found it worthy of use as a musical hook in one of its 2006 retirement planning TV ads.  The song would be one of several in the Fidelity pantheon of rock-driven commercials the firm would use around that time to pitch its financial products to baby boomers.  Known by some as the “Flower Power” ad, the Fidelity commercial uses an animated scene of 1960s-style psychedelic flowers and butterflies as a brief, 30-second  selection from the song plays. 

     As the flowers grow in the scene and the music plays, Fidelity begins its pitch in print with a question:  “Is your IRA blooming?”  The ad then continues to another scene with more flowers branching out.  “It can help to plant the right fund,” appears next on the screen.  The music continues.  “Consider the Fidelity Strategic Income Fund,” says the next scene, followed by a frame which shows that fund as a plant branching out with various numeric rates of income yield.  Then comes the narrator with the final punchline: “Need a little flower power?”  His answer: “Our retirement specialists can help.  Call 1-800-Fidelity.  Smart move.”  As the animation continues, the words “No Loads.  No IRA Fees” appear in a hedgerow.  Then on the final screen, “Fidelity Investments, Smart Move” appears amid the flowers as the ad ends.

1968 French record sleeve for Iron Butterfly’s “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida,” single.
1968 French record sleeve for Iron Butterfly’s “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida,” single.
     Other versions of the ad for different Fidelity funds used somewhat different visuals.  But the lyrics heard in the commercials – certainly not “investment grade,” some might say – typically used the following lines:

In-a-gadda-da-vida, honey
Don’t you know that I love you?
In-a-gadda-da-vida, baby
Don’t you know that I’ll always be true?

     In September 2005, Fidelity had begun using rock music to reach boomers, beginning with former Beatle Paul McCartney, who launched the Fidelity ad series using some Wings music on ABC-TV’s widely-watched Monday Night Football program.  In March and April 2006, as Fidelity continued to air its campaign, Fidelity spokeswoman Jenny Engle explained that her company chose “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” for use in the campaign specifically to target boomers, calling the song “a classic anthem for a lot of people” in that age group.  “The key is to catch people’s attention,” Engle said at the time. The spot was created by Arnold Worldwide in Boston, MA.  The Fidelity “Flower Power” TV ad also appeared during the February 2007 Grammy Awards show.


Boomer Bucks?

     After the ad’s initial run in 2006, San Diego Union Tribune reporter Michael Stetz tracked down some of the band’s founders, by then in their mid-60s.  “I guess the method to their madness,” said former Iron Butterfly drummer Ron Bushy,     …Fidelity must have thought that “all the baby boomers who got stoned listening to that song are now all grown up and have money.” referring to Fidelity’s use of the music, “is that all the baby boomers who got stoned listening to that song are now all grown up and have money.”  Bushy, 64, was then living in the Los Angeles area.  Bushy’s investments, however, were not with Fidelity.  Bushy and Lee Dorman, another band member, didn’t know that “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida” was going to be used to sell mutual funds and IRAs until they saw the ad on TV.  Meanwhile, Iron Butterfly the band – although in somewhat different form as of 2006 – was still touring occasionally, and Bushy and Dorman figured the ad could only spread their music around to their benefit.  More royalties would come in for band members, and as Bushy pondered the possibilities: “Maybe we’ll get a lot more gigs,” he offered.  No word on how many new accounts came to Fidelity as a result of its boomer campaign.

Poster for March 1968 “St. Paddy's Medicine Show,” Pasadena Exhibition Hall, featuring Iron Butterfly, Peanut Butter Conspiracy, Steppenwolf, Jackson Browne & others.
Poster for March 1968 “St. Paddy's Medicine Show,” Pasadena Exhibition Hall, featuring Iron Butterfly, Peanut Butter Conspiracy, Steppenwolf, Jackson Browne & others.
     Over the years, “In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida,” has also found its way into a number of other commercial uses, including as background music in various TV series — from The Simpsons to Seinfeld. In House M.D., the song is heard in Episode 23 of Season 3, after a patient ingests some magic mushrooms as treatment for cluster headaches. In the TV series Supernatural, it is used in episode 6, “Skin,” of season 1.  The song was also used in television’s Criminal Minds series, season 1, episode 16, titled “The Tribe” in the opening scene. In Hollywood, the song has been used in films such as Manhunter in 1986 and Resident Evil: Extinction in 2007. And in video games, the song was scheduled to appear in 2009’s Band Hero, an expansion game in the Guitar Hero and Rock Band series of music video games.  In 2011, the song was among those used on ESPN’s Monday Night Football program.

     Other stories at this website on the use of popular music in advertising include, for example, “Madonna’s Pepsi Ad,” “Nike & The Beatles,” “Sting & Jaguar,” “Selling Janis Joplin,” and, “Big Chill Marketing.” 

Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 29 June 2011
Last Update: 22 February 2019
Comments to: jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Iron Butterfly, 1968-2006,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 29, 2011.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

A late 1960s-early 1970s poster, psychedelic style, announcing Iron Butterfly appearance at the Santa Rosa, CA Fairgrounds.
A late 1960s-early 1970s poster, psychedelic style, announcing Iron Butterfly appearance at the Santa Rosa, CA Fairgrounds.
Ticket stub from Aug 24, 1968 concert at Merriweather Post Pavilion, in Maryland.
Ticket stub from Aug 24, 1968 concert at Merriweather Post Pavilion, in Maryland.

“Iron Butterfly,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp.465-466.

Michael Stetz, “Iron Butterfly’s in An IRA Ad? Bummer,” San Diego Union-Tribune, April 2, 2006.

“Iron Butterfly,” FavoriteMusicians.com, 2008.

Steve Huey, “Iron Butterfly – Biography,”All Music Review.

“In-A-Gadda-Da-Vida”(song), Wikipedia.org.

Brian Steinberg and Ethan Smith, “Advertisers Are Hunting for Fresh Pop Hits,” Wall Street Journal, Friday, June 9, 2006.

Iron Butterfly Website.

“Animated Flowers,”Fidelity TV ad, YouTube.com.

“List of Best-Selling Albums Worldwide,” Wiki- pedia.org.

A Mad Peck Studios Poster announcing an Iron Butterfly appearance in June 1970 in the Providence, Rhode Island area.

Michael Paoletta, Making The Brand: “Flower Power,” Billboard, April 15, 2006, p. 21.

Mark Caro, “In-a-Gadda-Da-Grammys,” Chicago Tribune .com, Feburary 11, 2007.

“Music on ESPN NFL Broadcasts,” ESPN.com, September 11, 2011.

_____________________________













“Christy Mathewson”
Hancock Ad:1958

Close-up artist’s rendition of baseball great, Christy Mathewson, for John Hancock Insurance Co. ad, 1958.
Close-up artist’s rendition of baseball great, Christy Mathewson, for John Hancock Insurance Co. ad, 1958.
     In the 1950s and 1960s, the John Hancock Life Insurance Co. of Boston, Massachusetts ran a series of low-keyed advertisements that touted historic figures from the nation’s past, including some sports figures and other notables.  These ads, which typically ran in large-size weekly magazines of that era, such as Life magazine and The Saturday Evening Post, primarily laid out a short story about some significant person, place, or historic event of national interest.  The company ran scores of such ads, sometimes venerating notable Americans – scientists, inventors, political leaders, historic events, and even the family doctor. 

     John Hancock,  to be sure, was basking in a kind of positive association for telling the much-loved tales, and some of the ads ran with a shorter, adjacent-page column from a John Hancock official making a soft-sell pitch for life insurance.  Still, the featured full-page ads were classy pieces of advertising; often done with a handsome original color illustration using known and unknown artists, some venerating history, individualism, character, etc., and most offering educational benefit as well.  They appeared only once or a few times at most in the magazines of the day.  Consequently, today, original copies of these ads are regarded as collector’s items, often showing up at auction houses or on E-bay.  One of the John Hancock ads from the late 1950s features the famous baseball player Christy Mathewson, shown above.  The image is a close-up from its full-page layout, which is shown below.  In the narrative copy for this ad, also included  below, John Hancock offers a commentary on Mathewson’s career and personality.  Mathewson was one of the all-time great baseball pitchers who played most of his storied career with the New York Giants (also called the Nationals) between1900–1916.  He was also one of the first five players to be inducted into the baseball Hall of Fame.  More about Mathewson follows shortly, but first the John Hancock ad as it ran in 1958.

“He had more on the ball than a ‘fade away’…”
Life magazine, September 22, 1958

In the 1940s and 1950s, John Hancock Life Insurance ads used history and famous people from sports, business, politics & the arts to help burnish its reputation.
In the 1940s and 1950s, John Hancock Life Insurance ads used history and famous people from sports, business, politics & the arts to help burnish its reputation.
     The John Hancock ad on Mathewson features an artist’s rendition of the famous pitcher standing on the pitching mound in his distinctive hands-over-the-head wind-up preparing to deliver a pitch.  Beneath that scene, and to introduce its story, the Hancock ad uses the tagline: “He had more on the ball than a ‘fade-away’….”  The “fade-away” refers to a term used to describe a rare pitch known today as a screwball, or a reverse curve; a pitch that “breaks” or curves into right-handed batters, and away from left-handed hitters.  Here’s the rest of John Hancock’s copy on Mathewson:

     “Part of the story is in the record books.  Oddly enough, it began in the football book.  Walter Camp made an exception and put an 11th man known as “kicker” on his 1900 All-American [football team].  The name of the man filling the position was…Christopher Mathewson!

     “He’s all over the baseball book, of course.  A couple of no-hitters.  The only man ever to pitch three shut outs in one World Series.  An average of 17 big league victories a year for 12 straight years! … If you were a youngster in those years and dreamed of being a big league pitcher, you always imagined in your dream that you looked like Matty.  For he was the image of all the story-book heroes rolled into one.  You’d lean back on the haymow and close your eyes and see yourself on the mound… tall, trim, good looking, confident.  Then, while the crowd hushed, you’d wind up and send one ‘swish’ right over the heart of the plate for strike three.  Just like Matty.

Life magazine cover, Sept 22, 1958, featuring George & Gracie Allen.
Life magazine cover, Sept 22, 1958, featuring George & Gracie Allen.
     “No one could control, as Matty could, the direction a baseball would go.  They say he could stand 20 paces from a barn door and hit a knot in the door 9 times out of 10.  In three games in one World Series he walked only a single batter.  One season he pitched 391 innings and gave up just 42 base on balls.

     “But Christy Mathewson also learned to control himself.  And that was probably a bigger contribution to baseball than the figures he left in the record books.  His clean life, his ideals, his religious scruples (he never played a game on Sunday) had tremendous influence on all baseball, and all America.  He proved to millions of youngsters of his day that you didn’t have to be a rowdy to be a big league hero.”

     “Christy died in middle age, his lungs damaged by poison gas in France during World War I.  A few years later organized baseball built a memorial for him.  The last word on the bronze plaque has a splendid message for every sports-minded boy in America.  It reads… Christopher Mathewson: Athlete, Soldier, Gentlemen.” 

– John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co.
   Boston, Massachusetts
___________________________________

John Hancock's "pitch"...
John Hancock's "pitch"...
     Then, on the facing magazine page, in a slender column directly opposite the full-page ad, comes a sales pitch from John Hancock’s president, Byron K. Elliott.  It features a smaller Mathewson-on-the-mound picture along with the header, “The Cornerstone Character…”  That column reads as follows:

     “One quality seems to be common to most of the men who have been featured in our series about great Americans.  In their lives, you can see CHARACTER.  Most of these men who accomplished great deeds were also men of decency and honesty, and of perseverance.

     “We have always believed that character is all-important in the life insurance business.  Counseling a family on its life insurance needs is a serious affair. . . We go to great lengths to make sure that John Hancock agents have skill and knowledge.  We are them with the finest, most modern policies.  Above all, in their selection, we seek character.

     “When a man buys life insurance for his family, this too is a mark of character. . . of how seriously he considers his family’s well being…how willingly he looks beyond today, to provide for tomorrow.”
                                                                                                      – Byron K. Elliott, President.  


Christy Mathewson

Photograph of a young Christy Mathewson, circa early 1900s, in his New York uniform.
Photograph of a young Christy Mathewson, circa early 1900s, in his New York uniform.
     The John Hancock Insurance Company, certainly, was in the business of selling its policies in 1958, riding on the good name and reputation of Christy Mathewson and others like him. Still, the company did well in choosing to highlight Mathewson’s career in one of its ads, for he was truly one of the all-time great pitchers in professional baseball. 

During a 17-year career, Mathewson won 373 games and lost 188 for an outstanding .665 winning percentage.  His career ERA – earned run average – of 2.13 and 79 career shutouts are among the best all-time for pitchers.  And his 373 wins is still No. 1 in the National League, tied with Grover Cleveland Alexander.

     Using his famous fade-away pitch, “Matty” won at least 22 games twelve straight years beginning in 1903 – winning 30 games or more four times.  A participant in four World Series, Mathewson set an especially distinctive World Series mark in 1905 when he threw three shutouts in six days against the Philadelphia Athletics.  He also set the modern National League record for most games won in a single season; 37  in 1908 – quite extraordinary, then and now.

1901 Bucknell University baseball team with Christy Mathewson in the back row, second from right.
1901 Bucknell University baseball team with Christy Mathewson in the back row, second from right.
     Christy Mathewson, however, was not typical of the “rough-and-tumble” baseball era in which he played – a time when many players were known more for carousing and fighting than playing.  For one thing, Mathewson was a college man; and a college man who had a range of interests beyond baseball.  In fact, while attending Pennsylvania’s Bucknell University – in addition to playing football and baseball – he sang in the glee club and belonged to a literary society.  A forestry major in his studies, Mathewson was also class president and a member of the Phi Gamma Delta fraternity.  Football, however, was Mathewson’s main sport in college, putting in three years as the team’s first-string fullback, punter, and drop kicker.  And those were years when Bucknell played top football powers such as Penn State, Army, and Navy.  Sports writer Walter Camp, the originator of the All-America team referenced in the John Hancock ad, called Mathewson “the best all-around football player I ever saw.”  In fact, in 1902 after he had turned a pro baseball player with the New York Giants, he briefly played football as a “punting fullback” for the Pittsburgh Stars of the new national Football League.  However, for whatever reason, he did not last the season there, either because the baseball New York Giants objected, or a better fullback took his place.

Christy Mathewson & spare mitt...
Christy Mathewson & spare mitt...
     Mathewson had begun playing minor league baseball in the summer following his freshman year at Bucknell, and would continuing doing so in subsequent summers.  He played first in the New England League and then Virginia-North Carolina League in 1900, where he posted a 20–2 record, drawing the attention of big league teams. 

     In his first years in the major leagues, he bounced around for a time between the New York Giants and the Cincinnati Reds, but finally settled in the with the Giants where he would remain until 1916.  With the Giants, he played under manager John McGraw, one of baseball’s feistiest competitors, but a manager who also took a special liking to Mathewson.  Through the years, though quite different, the two men became friends and would help change the game of baseball.  Mathewson, for his part, would become a role model to young boys, a charge he took quite seriously, as noted in one statement he made:

“First of all, no one can live up to everything that’s been written or said about me.  And, I keep to myself. I’m a private man.  Yet, because I pitch for the New York Giants, I realize that I’m able to reach more young men than the President of the United States.  That’s not due to the fact that I’m more popular than Mr. Taft – I don’t believe – but, it’s a fact boys would rather read about yesterday afternoon’s event at the Polo Grounds.  Because of that, I feel very strongly that it is my duty to show those youth the good, clean, honest values that I was taught by my Mother when I was a youngster.  That, really, is all I can do.”

Christy Mathewson, further along in his baseball career, in his New York Giants uniform.
Christy Mathewson, further along in his baseball career, in his New York Giants uniform.
     Mathewson was a tall and handsome young man, with blond hair and blue-eyes.  Many believe he provided the basis for a fictional character in a popular reading series of that day – an heroic character named Frank Merriwell who excelled at football, baseball, basketball, crew, and track at Yale University while solving mysteries and righting wrongs.  Merriwell’s tenure, in fact, tracked quite closely with the early years of Christy Mathewson’s career.  The popular Merriwell series – many featured in Tip Top Weekly, a popular weekly reader for youth – began in April 1896 and continued through 1912.

     Mathewson was also a devout Christian, never pitching on a Sunday, and was sometimes called “The Christian Gentleman.”  Others  lauded Mathewson’s “model citizen” status and off-the-field contributions.  Grantland Rice, the famous sportswriter whose work appeared in the New York Herald Tribune and elsewhere, noted: “Christy Mathewson brought something to baseball no one else had ever given the game.  He handed the game a certain touch of class, an indefinable lift in culture, brains and personality.”  Mathewson’s various character qualities, his college education, his good looks, and his moral stance on no Sunday pitching, gave him a much-admired standing  in American public opinion.

Christy Mathewson at work.
Christy Mathewson at work.
     But it was on the pitcher’s mound that Mathewson’s baseball reputation would rise.  In his first full season for the Giants, 1901, he won 20 games.  On July 15th that year, he threw a no-hitter against the St. Louis Cardinals.  Mathewson finished that year with a 20-17 record and a 2.41 earned run average (ERA).  The Giants, however, finished in seventh place.  At around this time, New York fans began calling him “The Big Six.”  Mathewson believed the nickname came because of his height (6′, 1″, then on the tall side).  But a sportswriter named Sam Crane once compared him to New York City’s Big Six Fire Co., described as “the fastest to put out the fire.”  In any case, Mathewson’s “big six” nickname, as well as “Matty,” were used in later advertising, book promotions, and other product marketing endeavors.

     In 1903, 1904, and 1905 Christy Mathewson won 30 or more games each year.  In 1903, he had 267 strikeouts, a National League record that stood until Sandy Koufax broke it with 269 strikeouts in 1961.  But 1905 was an especially impressive year for Mathewson, as he won the National League Triple Crown for pitchers that year – i.e., wins (31-9), strikeouts (206) and ERA (1.28).  He also threw his second no-hitter that year.  But in the World Series that fall against the Philadelphia Athletics, the 25 year-old pitching ace was even more impressive.  He was the starting pitcher for the Giants in Game 1 and pitched a four-hit shutout for the victory.  Three days later, with the series tied at 1–1, he pitched another four-hit shutout.  Then, two days after than, in Game 5, he threw a six-hit shutout to clinch the series for the Giants.  In a span of six days, Mathewson had pitched three complete games without allowing a run.

Baseball’s Christy Mathewson in his notable over-the-head windup.
Baseball’s Christy Mathewson in his notable over-the-head windup.
     As a national sports star in the nation’s most notable city, New York, Mathewson was a very popular figure.  He received numerous offers to advertise and endorse products, ranging from tobacco, safety razors, bubble gum, and clothing to athletic equipment, Coca-Cola, and various  other products.  In later years, 1922-23, he also had an indoor baseball board game  called “Big Six Baseball,” sold with his nickname and pitching image on the box lid.  His name, image and endorsement also appeared in several Tuxedo tobacco ads – sometimes with other players in group endorsements.  Tuxedo tobacco was used for pipe smoking or rolling one’s own cigarettes.  Mathewson was a cigarette smoker himself, and said at that time he saw no harm in it.  But he apparently drew the line at putting his name on a pool hall/saloon after his mother suggested he might not want to have his name “associated with a place like that.”

     In 1906 Mathewson came down with diphtheria and nearly died.  Still, he finished the baseball season that year with a 22-12 record.  His best year was still to come.  In 1908, he recorded his record-setting 37 wins in a single season, also claiming the Triple Crown that year.  His ERA that year was an incredible 1.43.  The Giants, however, finished behind the Chicago Cubs.

Christy Mathewson, circa 1916-17, with the Cincinnati Reds.
Christy Mathewson, circa 1916-17, with the Cincinnati Reds.
     In the next six years, 1909-1914, Mathewson won 20 or more games each year; 25 or more in four of those years.  His pitching during that six-year span helped the Giants win four more National League pennants.  Famed Philadelphia Athletics manager, Connie Mack, who had felt the sting of Mathewson’s pitching prowess more than a few times, would later say of him: “Mathewson was the greatest pitcher who ever lived.  He had knowledge, judgement, perfect control, and form.  It was wonderful to watch him pitch – when he wasn’t pitching against you.”  Christy Mathewson compiled a lifetime win-loss record of 373-188, with an ERA of just 2.13.  His last few playing appearances in 1916 were with the Cincinnati Redlegs, where he became manager in 1917 and 1918.  Then, in August 1918 during World War I, Mathewson became the only manager in professional baseball history to volunteer for military service.  He was 38.  He served in the Chemical Services Division of the U. S. Army along with another baseball great, Ty Cobb.  Mathewson served overseas as a Captain for that year.  However, he was gassed in a training accident in France, exposed to mustard gas, with his lungs taking a terrible hit.  He later developed tuberculosis.

     In 1919-1920, he returned to baseball, serving as a coach for the New York Giants.  At about this time, he also began spending time in upstate New York at clean-air “cure cottages” in Saranac Lake fighting his lung disease.  In 1923, Mathewson served as part-time president of the Boston Braves.  Two years later, in October 1925, he died at Saranac Lake.  He was 45 years old.  Christy Mathewson is buried at Lewisburg Cemetery in Lewisburg, Pennsylvania.


Frank Deford’s book explores how Christy Mathewson and John McGraw influenced modern baseball. Click for copy.
Frank Deford’s book explores how Christy Mathewson and John McGraw influenced modern baseball. Click for copy.
Modern Baseball

     Although Christy Mathewson played in what is sometimes known as the dead ball era – before home run hitting and offense generally became prominent in a more lively ball era – his pitching, combined with the managing of John McGraw at the New York Giants, helped produce what some have called the modern baseball era, and along with it, some of the game’s first stars and heroes.  Mathewson was certainly among a handful of “star” players in those years; stars who were helping improve the popular appeal of baseball.  This was occurring just as an American middle class was taking form.  Baseball was becoming more of a bigger business by then — especially championship baseball.  Between 1904 and 1913, Mathewson and McGraw took the Giants to five National League pennants, boosting attendance and revenue for the  Giants’ franchise, suggesting new business possibilities for all of baseball.  In those years, Mathewson and  McGraw — as well as other “stars” then engaged in  pennant races and World Series play — became famous Americans.  McGraw would outdistance Mathewson in the game, completing a 31-year career as manager in 1933, taking his teams to 10 National League pennants and three World Series.  But Christy Mathewson was McGraw’s shining star in the first part of that era.  Between them — along with other stars of that era —  they helped elevate baseball to its national pastime stature, and they also helped to make baseball more a part of popular culture,  drawing more general interest in the game and its players.  At least one book of recent vintage, The Old Ball Game by Frank Deford, displayed above, explores some of that history, and there are no doubt others as well.

The October 1949 issue of “Sport” magazine did a cover story on Christy Mathewson.
The October 1949 issue of “Sport” magazine did a cover story on Christy Mathewson.
     After his passing, Christy Mathewson would earn a range of professional kudos for his play.  In 1936, he was voted into the Baseball Hall of Fame – one of the famous “First Five’” inductees, along with Babe Ruth, Ty Cobb, Walter Johnson and Honus Wagner.  Mathewson was the only one of the five who didn’t live to see his induction.  But other recognition also came.  In 1943, during WW II, a 422-foot Liberty Ship, built in Richmond, California, was named in his honor, the S.S. Christy Mathewson.  And periodically, the sports press would do retrospective pieces on Mathewson’s career, such as an October 1949 piece in Sport magazine by Jack Sher entitled, “Christy Mathewson — The Immortal ‘Big Six’.”   In 1957, the Christy Mathewson Little League was formed in District 17 of his home state and home town of Factoryville, Pennsylvania.  Baseball historians, meanwhile, have marked him among the sport’s greatest players.  In 1999, he was ranked No. 7 on The Sporting News list of the 100 Greatest Baseball Players, the highest-ranking National League pitcher on that list.  ESPN selected his pitching performance in the 1905 World Series as the greatest playoff performance of all time.  Today, in the left-field corner of the San Francisco Giants’ AT&T Park in San Francisco, a replica of his baseball jersey – which in his day, bore no numeral – is formally retired with the designation “NY.”


A somewhat weathered and worn cover to Christy Mathewson’s 1912 book, “Pitching in a Pinch,” G.P.Putnam & Sons. Click for Kindle edition.
A somewhat weathered and worn cover to Christy Mathewson’s 1912 book, “Pitching in a Pinch,” G.P.Putnam & Sons. Click for Kindle edition.
Baseball Books

     Christy Mathewson also became something of a writer during his career – or at least had his name attached to several baseball books that appeared and sold quite well in the 1910s.  In the winter of 1911 and 1912, Mathewson, wrote a series of baseball stories with the help of newspaper man named John Wheeler.  That series was called “Baseball from the Inside.”  In 1912, while still an active pitcher, Mathewson compiled the stories with Wheeler for publication as a book, Pitching in a Pinch.  Mathewson had described pivotal points in a baseball games as “being in the pinch,” with the outcomes of games often decided on what pitchers especially would do in those moments, thus his book title, Pitching In A Pinch.  The Mathewson book, at 304 pages, was first published by G. P. Putnam’s Sons, New York and London.  Grosset & Dunlap also did a 1912 dust jacket for the book – believed to be the one displayed at left.  One reviewer in the New York Times noted when the book first came out:  “Mr. Mathewson uses his pen with cleverness and tells a story remarkably well.”  Pitching in a Pinch, in fact, is still in publication today, “rediscovered” in 1977 when it was published in hardcover and paperback editions by Stein and Day.  It survives today as a baseball memoir from a professional player providing an inside perspective on the game in those years.  Original editions of this book can sometimes do quite well among sports memorabilia collectors.  According to Robert Edward Auctions of Watchung, NJ, a copy of a 1912 Putnam edition of Pitching in Pinch, with Christy Mathewson’s signature, sold for $26,437.00 in 2007.  Certain vintage Christy Mathewson baseball cards have also been known to fetch substantial amounts at auction.

A promotional advertisement for Christy Mathewson’s 1911 book, “Won in the Ninth.”
A promotional advertisement for Christy Mathewson’s 1911 book, “Won in the Ninth.”
     Mathewson also wrote a series of other baseball books for young readers. Won in the Ninth, for example, is a fictional account of a college ballplayer whose supporting cast were modeled after real-life major leaguers. In this book, Mathewson drew from his college experiences at Bucknell, but he also included some instruction to his young readers on the finer points of playing the game. 

     Won in the Ninth was praised by the critics when it first appeared in 1911, and Mathewson intended the book to be the first of a series.  Several others followed, including, First Base Faulkner, Second Base Sloan and Pitcher Pollock

However, these books appear to have been a collaboration between Mathewson and sportswriter W.W. Aulick, and were more the products of publishers capitalizing on Mathewson’s popularity than they were the writer’s works of art. The publishers, however, appear to have launched some considerable promotional efforts around these books, one example of which is displayed at right. Most of the books can still be found today at online booksellers.


John Hancock, Inc.

     The John Hancock Insurance Company, the sponsor of the 1958 Christy Mathewson ad which began this piece, is itself something of a historic entity.  The company’s origins date to the 1860s in Boston, Massachusetts.  The Hancock name derives from the famous American patriot and first signer of the Declaration of Independence, noted for his large “John Hancock” signature on that document – a term since used generically to describe anyone’s signature.  The Boston-based John Hancock operated as its own company for many years, moving through a series of changes. 

The John Hancock company logo as seen in 2010.
The John Hancock company logo as seen in 2010.
     By 1976, the John Hancock company was one of the largest corporations in America, occupying the gleaming-glass, 62-story John Hancock Tower in Boston designed by I.M. Pei.  By the late 1970s, the company was collecting more than $2 billion a year from its policyholders.  In 1978, they were the nation’s fifth largest life insurance company.  By 1990 they had slipped to ninth place, about to be passed by Northwestern Mutual.  In 2004 the John Hancock company was acquired for $10 billion by Canada’s largest insurance company, Manulife Financial.  Today, John Hancock continues to sell insurance and other services as a Manulife subsidiary.

     John Hancock’s advertising and image-making, meanwhile, has its own history.  In the 1860s, an early president of the company installed 1,000 tin signs at railroad depots and grocery stores touting the company’s business.  During the Great Depression of the 1930s, John Hancock agents went door-to-door throughout America retailing their policies, collecting premiums and passing out booklets on American history.  And during the 1940s-through-1950s period, its advertising “stories”– such as the one presented here on Christy Mathewson – could be found in mainstream magazines of those years.

 

Hancock’s Ad Series

Hancock's Frederic Remington ad & his art of the Old West; click for story.
Hancock's Frederic Remington ad & his art of the Old West; click for story.
     By all accounts, the John Hancock 1940s-1950s advertising series that featured historic figures was a big hit in America.  In the art and advertising worlds, too, the series had its admirers and supporters, praised by many.  Today the series, or parts of it, can sometimes be found in museums and art auction houses.  But even in its day, the John Hancock series brought positive reviews.  Here’s one commentary by Ben Stahl of the McCann-Erickson New York advertising house that appeared in a 1949 McCann-Erickson advertisement on the importance of art in advertising, offered under the title, “Does It Belong.”

“Next time somebody asks you, “Does fine art have a place in advertising?” — show them the John Hancock Life Insurance campaign.  Rarely in the history of advertising has a campaign more consistently held to the fine arts level.  Rarely has one achieved more favorable recognition for the advertiser.  These messages have been hung in schoolrooms, factories, and offices.  Reprint requests have run into hundreds of thousands.  Statesmen have commended them; citizens have been stirred by them.  They have won awards.  And they purchased readership at well below average cost for the insurance field.  We see a moral in all this.  It proves, we think, that everything which has the power to move people has a place in advertising’s kit of tools.  The art of the cartoon belongs; so does the art of the museum; and so does every form of artistic expression in between.  The craft of the art director lies in being able to pick, from his broad workbench of persuasion, the right tool for the job every time.”

     Stay tuned to this website for more stories on the John Hancock advertising series, the history of magazine publishing, and other stories about publishing and popular culture. See also, “Baseball Stories, 1900s-2000s,” a topics page with links to additional stories on baseball history. For additional selections in “Sports” or “Advertising”, please visit those category pages or go to the Home Page or the Archive for other story choices.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 6 June 2011
Last Update: 27 August 2019
Comments to:  jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Twitter: JackDoyle/PopHistoryDig
BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Christy Mathewson, Hancock Ad: 1958,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 6, 2011.

____________________________________


Christy Mathewson Books at Amazon.com


Philip Seib’s 2003 book, “The Player: Christy Mathewson, Baseball, and the American Century,” Da Capo Press, 304 pp.  Click for Amazon.
Philip Seib’s 2003 book, “The Player: Christy Mathewson, Baseball, and the American Century,” Da Capo Press, 304 pp. Click for Amazon.
Michael Hartley’s 2004 book, “Christy Mathewson: A Biography,” publisher, McFarlane, 207 pp. Click for Amazon.
Michael Hartley’s 2004 book, “Christy Mathewson: A Biography,” publisher, McFarlane, 207 pp. Click for Amazon.
Alan D. Gaff’s 2025 book, “Baseball's First Superstar: The Lost Life Story of Christy Mathewson,” Univ of Nebraska Press, 248 pp. Click for copy.
Alan D. Gaff’s 2025 book, “Baseball's First Superstar: The Lost Life Story of Christy Mathewson,” Univ of Nebraska Press, 248 pp. Click for copy.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

An American Tobacco Co. baseball card of Christy Mathewson in 1911; “gold border” series issued by AT’s cigarette brands.
An American Tobacco Co. baseball card of Christy Mathewson in 1911; “gold border” series issued by AT’s cigarette brands.
Reverse side of above 1911 Christy Mathewson baseball card, with description & stats, from American Tobacco’s Hassan cigarette brand.
Reverse side of above 1911 Christy Mathewson baseball card, with description & stats, from American Tobacco’s Hassan cigarette brand.
Christy Mathewson’s “Won in the Ninth,” first in a series of stories on sports known as “The Matty Books” – original edition, 1910. Click for copy.
Christy Mathewson’s “Won in the Ninth,” first in a series of stories on sports known as “The Matty Books” – original edition, 1910. Click for copy.

John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. Advertisement, “He Had More on the Ball than a ‘Fade Away’…,” and, “The Cornerstone of Character…,”Life, Sept 22, 1958, pp. 125-126.

“New York Shuts Out Pittsburgh, 4-0; Mathewson in Fine Form and Holds His Opponents to Four Hits…,” New York Times, May 9, 1907.

“Mathewson Curves Defeat Brooklyn; Giants’ Crack Pitcher Strikes Out Twelve Players and Wins Opening Game; Record Crowd in the Park…,” New York Times, April 19, 1908.

“25,000 Persons See Giants Blank Cubs; Peerless Mathewson Strikes Out Six Batsmen, Allows Three Hits…,” New York Times, June 21, 1908.

“Brooklyn Gets No Hit Off Mathewson; ‘Big Six’s’ Pitching Perfect and Only Twenty-Nine Batsmen Face Him,” New York Times, May 3, 1910.

“Giants Defeat Yankees, 5 to 1; Christy Mathewson Pitches One of the Greatest Games of His Long Career in Baseball; Strikes Out Fourteen Men…,” New York Times, October 14, 1910.

“Mathewson Beats Yanks Fourth Time; Famous Pitcher Practically Wins Manhattan Championship for Giants,” New York Times, October 22, 1910.

“St. Louis Helpless Before Mathewson…,” New York Times, July 23, 1911.

“Mathewson on Pitching,” Book Review, New York Times, A Review of: Pitching in a Pinch: Or, Baseball From the Inside, By Christy Mathewson. Illustrated. G.P. Putnam’s Sons. $1, June 30, 1912.

“Mathewson Good as Ever Against Cubs; Past Master at Pitching Allows Them Three Hits — Fifth Game Without a Pass,” New York Times, May 13, 1913.

“Phillies Recover at Giants’ Expense; Christy Mathewson’s “Fadeaway” Fails to Prevent Score of 4 to 2,” New York Times, May 2, 1915, Sports, p. S-1.

“Mathewson Is Now Manager of Reds,” New York Times, July 21, 1916.

Geoffrey C. Ward and Ken Burns, Baseball: An Illustrated History, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1994, pp. 70-73.

Eddie Frierson, “Christy Mathewson,” The Baseball Biography Project.

“Christy Mathewson, Biography,” Electro-Mech.com, June 8, 2009.

“Quiz #83,”(Christy Mathewson), Forensic Geneal-ogy.info, October 29, 2006.

“Christy Mathewson,” Wikipedia.org.

Frank Deford The Old Ball Game: How John McGraw, Christy Mathewson, and the New York Giants Created Modern Baseball, New York: Grove Press, 2006, 256 pp.

Michael Hartley, Christy Mathewson: A Biography, McFarland, 2004, 197pp.

Ronald A. Mayer, Christy Mathewson: A Game-by-Game Profile of a Legendary Pitcher

Jonathan Yardley, “Christy Mathewson’s Book Is Back, After 65 Years Of Gathering Dust,” Sports Illustrated, November 7, 1977.

Jack Sher, “Christy Mathewson – The Immortal ‘Big Six’,” Cover Story, Sport, October 1949.

“Baseball Cards, 1887-1914,” Library of Congress.

Alan Schwarz, Book Review, ” ‘The Old Ball Game’: On the Shoulders of Giants,” New York Times, May 1, 2005.

“John Hancock Insurance,” Wikipedia.org.

John Hancock Financial website.

“What is Illustration and Why Does It Irritate the Intelligentsia So?,” AmericanArtArchives .com.

Ben Stahl and the art directors of McCann-Erickson, Inc., “Does it Belong?,” 1949 magazine adver-tisement.

Roberta J. Newman’s 2019 book, Here’s the Pitch: The Amazing, True, New, and Improved Story of Baseball and Advertising, University of Nebraska Press, 352 pp. Click for copy.

__________________________________


Baseball Books & Film at Amazon.com


“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored  in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
“Baseball: A Film By Ken Burns,” – the definitive history; fully restored in high definition, 2021, blue-ray or DVD. Click for Amazon.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Ben Lindbergh & Travis Sawchik’s best-selling 2020 book, “The MVP Machine,” building baseball talent. Basic Books, 416 pp. Click for book.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.
Joe Posnanski’s 2020 best seller, “The Baseball 100,” the 100 greatest players, with foreword by George Will. Simon & Schuster. Click for copy.




“Come Softly to Me”
1959-1963

1959: The Fleetwoods with American Bandstand's Dick Clark, receiving gold records for “Come Softly to Me” and “Mr. Blue.”
1959: The Fleetwoods with American Bandstand's Dick Clark, receiving gold records for “Come Softly to Me” and “Mr. Blue.”
     In April of 1959, a singing group from the Pacific Northwest named the Fleetwoods rose briefly to the top of the pop music scene with a No. 1 hit titled, “Come Softly To Me.”  The Fleetwoods were high school kids from Olympia, Washington – Gretchen Christopher, Barbara Ellis, and Gary Troxel.

For a time in 1959-1963, the songs of The Fleetwoods – and in particular, “Come Softly to Me” and another hit, “Mr. Blue” – shot to the top of the music charts and were very popular. 

The sound of The Fleetwoods was sweet and melodic with good harmonies, engaging arrangement, and tender lyrics; a style that flourished briefly amid the more raucous rock ’n roll of Jerry Lee Lewis and other hard rockers of that day. 

But several years later, the pop music landscape would be transformed with the arrival of the Beatles and other British groups – the “British invasion,” as it was sometimes called – which would take popular music in a new direction.  But for a time, The Fleetwoods’ sound became very popular.

Dolphin record label 45rpm for Fleetwoods No. 1 hit, "Come Softly to Me.". Click for digital.
Dolphin record label 45rpm for Fleetwoods No. 1 hit, "Come Softly to Me.". Click for digital.
     As teenagers in Olympia, Washington, Gretchen Christopher, Barbara Ellis, and Gary Troxel attended Olympia High School. One of the songs they had written and performed at school functions – then named “Come Softly” – had struck a cord with their classmates who wanted copies. The group was then known as “Two Girls and A Guy.” 
 

Music Player
“Come Softly to Me” – 1959
The Fleetwoods

Within six months or so they managed to make a recording of their song, and soon met Bob Reisdorff, owner of Dolphin Records.  Reisdorff suggested two changes: adopt a new group name, which they did, choosing “The Fleetwoods,” based on a local telephone exchange, and rename their song to “Come Softly to Me,” which they also did.

The year 1959 had something of an era-ending aura about it. Dwight Eisenhower was still president of the United States, completing his second term. U.S. Senators Jack Kennedy and Hubert Humphrey were then maneuvering to be considered for the Democratic Party’s 1960 Presidential nomination, as incumbent Vice President Richard Nixon was the likely Republican candidate. In film that year, Ben Hur, North By Northwest, and Some Like It Hot were among the top box office attractions. Exodus, Dr. Zhivago and The Ugly American were among the best-selling books.

Early 1959 had seen pop music hits such as “Smoke Gets in Your Eyes” by the Platters and “Stagger Lee” by Lloyd Price. Musically, this was still the era of the crooners, but a few teen idols such as Frankie Avalon had hits, too.  Avalon had the No. 1 “Venus” in March 1959. The Fleetwoods, meanwhile, released their song, “Come Softly to Me,” in the spring of 1959. It rose steadily on the Billboard music chart, reaching No. 1 on April 13, 1959, staying there for four weeks through May 10, 1959. The success of this song for the Fleetwoods, and a few others to follow, marked one of the first big national success stories for a Pacific Northwest pop music group.

 

Bob Reisdorff and Bonnie Guitar of Dolphin Records with The Fleetwoods in the background, “Cash Box” magazine, March 5, 1960. Click for Cash Box book.
Bob Reisdorff and Bonnie Guitar of Dolphin Records with The Fleetwoods in the background, “Cash Box” magazine, March 5, 1960. Click for Cash Box book.

 
Back Story

The rise of the Fleetwoods’ first song came about, in part, after a former singer named Bonnie Guitar – a Northwest pop star who in 1957 had a Top Ten hit called “Dark Moon” – joined Dolphin records as a vice president.  During her Hollywood years before returning to Seattle she had learned the ins and outs of record production, and after hearing “Come Softly” she agreed it had “a hit sound.”  The song was recorded on February 18th, 1959 at the Seattle studio of Joe Boles Custom Recorders, with Bonnie Guitar helping in production.  She trimmed the song’s length to a shorter pop form and contributed her own background guitar work to the song.  A sparse musical arrangement was also used to highlight the innocent sound and harmonies.

The newly-minted Dolphin single (Dolphin label later became Dolton) was then taken around to Seattle’s King radio stations and others, including KOL, KJR, KUTI, and KAYO.  “Come Softly to Me” soon built to a statewide following becoming a hit, and then proceeded to move down the West Coast.  As “Come Softly To Me” rose on U. S. national pop and R&B charts, and also abroad in the U.K., it became the first million-seller ever in the Pacific Northwest. Bob Reisdorff of the Dolphin/Dolton label then cut a distribution deal with a Los Angeles-based label, Liberty Records.  The Seattle Post-Intelligencer wrote that the song had become a surprise-hit, shipping over 100,000 copies.  It was also No. 1 in the Miami and Cleveland markets.  The Fleetwoods, meanwhile, quit their day jobs and college courses in order to begin their first national tour.  Suddenly, they found themselves making TV appearances on American Bandstand, The Dick Clark Show, and The Ed Sullivan Show.  They made their first national appearance on March 14, 1959, on The Dick Clark Show.  They appeared on the Sunday night Ed Sullivan Show on April 5, 1959.  “Come Softly To Me” now started to sell in even larger quantities.  It moved swiftly up the charts, into the Top Twenty in two weeks and to No. 1 by mid-April.  As “Come Softly To Me” rose on U. S. national pop and R& B charts, and also abroad in the U.K., it became the first million-seller ever in the Pacific Northwest.

 

An album of Fleetwood songs titled “Mr. Blue” was also released by Dolton Records. Click for CD.
An album of Fleetwood songs titled “Mr. Blue” was also released by Dolton Records. Click for CD.

 
“Mr. Blue”

The Fleetwoods weren’t able to immediately produce a follow-up single as successful as “Come Softly,” but they soon found another hit in their third single, “Mr. Blue.” Released in August 1959, this song, written by DeWayne Blackwell, also became a million seller. 
 

Music Player
“Mr. Blue” – 1959
The Fleetwoods

“Mr. Blue” became a No. 1 pop hit and No. 5 R&B hit in the U.S., staying near the top of the charts through the end of 1959.  “Mr. Blue’s” ascendancy to No. 1 helped mark the Fleetwoods with a singular distinction at the time, becoming the first vocal group to have multiple No.1 hits on the Billboard Hot 100 in single year.  Other individual singers and groups in the 1950s had accomplished that prior to the onset of the Billborad Hot 100, among them Eddie Fischer and Pat Boone.  The Everly Brothers also had two No. 1 hits in 1958, straddling the Billboard era.  Elvis Presley, of course, also pre-Billboard Hot 100, had multiple No. 1 hits in a single year – five in 1956, four in 1957, and two in 1958.  By 1962, the Four Seasons would also notch two No. 1 hits – “Sherry” and “Big Girls Don’t Cry.”  And in 1964, the Beatles would set a new record, posting six No. 1 hits in a single year.

Back in 1959, however, at the height of the Fleetwoods’ popularity, Gary Troxell was drafted into the Navy.  He was replaced for a time, by Vic Dana, who would later have a string of his own hit singles.  In the spring of 1961, The Fleetwoods had another Top Ten hit with “Tragedy.” Troxel, during his Navy hitch, was stationed alternately at San Diego and Alameda near Oakland, and had been meeting the other Fleetwoods in Hollywood for recording sessions during shore leaves. This arrangement lasted until 1962, as the quality of their recording material faltered, unable to spend the time needed to assure top hits.  The group would disband in 1963 after releasing their final single, a cover of Jesse Belvin’s “Goodnight My Love.” Still, between 1959 and 1963, The Fleetwoods had scored three Top Ten hits and another six songs that charted in the Top 40. The British Invasion of the mid-1960s ended the public’s taste for sweet, melodic music.  An album attempt by the Fleetwoods in 1973 was unsuccessful.

A Capitol Records CD featuring ‘the very best of’ the Fleetwoods, issued in 1993, decades after their big 1959 hit, ‘Come Softly To Me.’ Click for copy.
A Capitol Records CD featuring ‘the very best of’ the Fleetwoods, issued in 1993, decades after their big 1959 hit, ‘Come Softly To Me.’ Click for copy.
     By the late 1970s, Gary Troxel was working in a plywood plant, Ellis was managing a trailer park in Canada, and Christopher was a housewife and modern dance teacher.  Ellis later retired from performing.  In the 1980s, Troxel formed a new Fleetwoods group and Christopher also resumed her music career as “Gretchen Christopher of the Fleetwoods.”

Over the next three decades, the Fleetwoods reunited occasionally to perform at concerts and in oldies revues.  In 1990, a reassembled Fleetwoods group featuring Christopher and Troxell, plus new member Cheryl Huggins, played a round of American cities on an oldies tour after Rhino Records released their compact disc collection, The Best of the Fleetwoods.

The Fleetwoods’ two big hits have had periodic revivals through their use in various film soundtracks. “Come Softly To Me” was used in Stand by Me (1986), Clean and Sober (1988), and Crossing Delancey (1988). “Mr. Blue” was used in American Graffiti (1973), Return to Macon County (1975), American Hot Wax (1978, in which The Fleetwoods are portrayed as “Timmy & The Tulips”), and Diner (1982). In more recent years, “Mr. Blue” was featured in the 2018 television series, Watchmen. It was also featured in the 2025 Marvel-related film, Captain America: Brave New World, in which the song “Mr. Blue” is used by Dr. Samuel Sterns to activate a form of mind control on various characters.

 

Made Their Mark

Studio photo of the Fleetwoods from the 1950s.
Studio photo of the Fleetwoods from the 1950s.
     In the pantheon of pop music, the three high school kids from Olympia, Washington had their moment in the sun, and they left their mark on popular music.  “The Fleetwoods had a sound and it was unique,” explains radio dis jockey, Brian Lee, also a historian of that period.  “There were certainly other groups before them that had a soft and sweet sound: The Paris Sisters, Teddy Bears, and several un-credited vocal groups… But it wasn’t the same.  The Fleetwoods had a new sound. …Their own sound.  And, it took the country by storm…”

For more stories on the history of pop music at this website, see the “Annals of Music” category page, or go to the Archive for a broader selection of stories.
Thanks for visiting. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 6 June 2011
Last Update: 8 April 2022
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Come Softly to Me, 1959-1963,”
PopHistoryDig.com, June 6, 2011.

____________________________________

 

 

Sources, Links & Additional Information

Cover of Fleetwoods’ “Runaround” EP issued under the Dolton record label.
Cover of Fleetwoods’ “Runaround” EP issued under the Dolton record label.
45 rpm of the Fleetwoods' "Come Softly to Me" on the Liberty record label.
45 rpm of the Fleetwoods' "Come Softly to Me" on the Liberty record label.

Charles Russell, “Teenagers Set To Start 3-Week Tour,” Seattle Post-Intelligencer, February 1959.

Peter Blecha,”Dolton: The Northwest’s First Rock ‘n’ Roll Record Company,”March 14, 2006, at: HistoryLinks.org, Essay #7636, Washington State Department of Archeology and Historic Preservation.

“The Fleetwoods,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 337-338.

“Come Softly to Me,” Wikipedia.org.

“Fleetwoods Record Label Shots,” Color Radio.com, Disc jockey Brian Lee’s “Color Radio” is heard every Saturday evening from 4-6 PM Pacific coast time on community radio KVMR-FM. Nevada City, CA.

Howard A. DeWitt, “Teen Angst and Soft Rock ‘n Roll,” Rock & Blues News, 1999 (good, detailed article on The Fleetwoods’ history).

Steven Thomas Erlewine, “The Fleetwoods,” All Music Guide.

“The Fleetwoods,” HistoryofRock.com.

TheFleetwoods.com, Website (G. Christopher).

The Fleetwoods.us, Website.

“List of Number-One Singles of 1959 (U.S.),” Wikipedia.org.

______________________________ 

 

 

 

“Enemy of the President”
1970s

Portion of a larger Paul Conrad cartoon from the 1970s showing President Richard Nixon caught up in a Watergate spider web.
Portion of a larger Paul Conrad cartoon from the 1970s showing President Richard Nixon caught up in a Watergate spider web.
     Paul Conrad, an American political cartoonist who distinguished himself in the 1970s by being named to President Richard Nixon’s infamous “enemies list,” did his best with his art to get under Nixon’s skin. 

In the 1970s, Conrad was among cartoonists who chronicled Nixon’s troubles during his presidential demise via the Watergate scandal.

Watergate was the office complex in Washington, DC where the attempted electronic bugging of Democratic Party headquarters by a Nixon White House-led team of burglars, would lead to a White House slush fund, an attempted cover up, and ultimately Nixon’s resignation from office.

Conrad’s spider web cartoon at right, for example, reveals a Nixonian web of Watergate co-conspirators, their names cleverly spelled out in the web’s structure — “Ehrlichman”, “Haldeman”, “Magruder”, “Dean”, and others. These were the men involved with Nixon in the Watergate scandal who, by their actions and participation, helped incriminate and ensnare President Nixon in the end.

     Paul Conrad was also probably the first cartoonist to associate the Watergate break-in with Nixon, publishing the cartoon below on June 18, 1972, the day after the Watergate break-in was reported as a minor burglary.  At the time, only a handful of people even suspected there might be a White House connection.  Conrad by then was an established national political cartoonist and known as an “equal opportunity offender,” lampooning all manner of politicians and public figures regardless of affiliation.

In this June 1972 Paul Conrad cartoon, Democrats are peeking out their doorway, looking at a Nixon-caricatured repair man, saying: “He says he’s from the phone company...”
In this June 1972 Paul Conrad cartoon, Democrats are peeking out their doorway, looking at a Nixon-caricatured repair man, saying: “He says he’s from the phone company...”
     Political cartoons, of course, have been an important part of the cultural landscape and print media for centuries.  They have often proven to be especially illuminating of current events, educating the public, and becoming historic guideposts to what happened and when it happened.  Paul Conrad’s work did its share of illuminating and educating, and as such his work was part of that time’s cultural tableau.  Some of  Conrad’s work is briefly reviewed here, mostly with examples from the Nixon years. Conrad’s cartoons, however, covered a range of politicians and he also used his pen to bring attention to social injustice, environmental pollution, civil rights, homelessness, corruption, war, and other subjects.

     “Throughout our history…,” Conrad explained to the Des Moines Register’s Tom Longden in 2009, “it’s always come down to the friction between the haves and have-nots, or between the average Joes and the large corporations. So that’s a recurring theme in my work.”

     In his career, Conrad skewered 11 presidents – Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, Nixon, Ford, Carter, Reagan, Clinton and the two Bushes.  He also won three Pulitzer Prizes for this work of poking fun at politicians during a 50-year career.  He spent 30 years at the Los Angeles Times, where his lampooning helped raise the newspaper’s national profile.

Paul Conrad working on a drawing at his desk, 1970s.
Paul Conrad working on a drawing at his desk, 1970s.
     Paul Conrad was born in 1924, in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, and grew up in Des Moines.  He has often said his first drawings appeared on the bathroom stalls of his Catholic elementary school.  After high school he and his twin brother went to Alaska, where Paul drove a truck and played piano in a brothel.  During World War II, he served in the U.S. Army and fought at Guam and Okinawa, Japan.  After the war he enrolled at Iowa State University to play in a dance band, but later dropped out, then enrolling at the University of Iowa.  There, he began drawing cartoons for the student newspaper.  After graduating in 1950 with an art degree, he moved to Denver and soon became recognized as one of the country’s leading young political cartoonists working at the Denver Post, where he stayed for 14 years.  Conrad won his first Pulitzer there in 1964.  He joined the Los Angeles Times that year after being contacted by it publisher, Otis Chandler, who was then trying to make his paper less conservative.  The liberal Conrad gladly obliged.  He spent the next 30 years there ruffling feathers of politicians and others.  Frank Sinatra once called him “a disgrace to responsible journalism,” and in 1968, Los Angeles mayor Sam Yorty sued him for libel over a cartoon that suggested the mayor he had lost his mind.  That suit was dismissed.  Paul Conrad drew cartoons at the Los Angles Times six days a week, wining two of his Pulitzers there — one in 1971 and another in 1984.  He retired from the Los Angeles Times  (but not drawing) in 1993.  In the 1970s,  especially, Conrad’s favorite target was President Richard Nixon.


Nixon’s Enemies List

Paul Conrad’s caricature of President Richard Nixon sitting amid pages and pages of his infamous “enemies list.”  Caption reads: “His own worst enemy.” Date: 1973.
Paul Conrad’s caricature of President Richard Nixon sitting amid pages and pages of his infamous “enemies list.” Caption reads: “His own worst enemy.” Date: 1973.
     In 1973, it was revealed in Congressional Watergate hearings that Richard Nixon’s White House team had amassed a listing of political enemies. The list of major political opponents was first compiled by presidential assistant Charles Colson special counsel to the White House, in September 1971. The list was part of a campaign officially known as the “Opponents List” or the “Political Enemies Project.” 

The existence of such a list first became public when former White House lawyer and Nixon ally, John Dean, mentioned them during the Senate Watergate hearings. In his testimony, Dean then noted that a list existed containing names of those the president did not like.

On June 27, 1973, the Senate Watergate Committee released the first White House Enemies List in two parts, a top 20 list for special attention and another list of about 200 “Political Opponents.” Together, these names comprise what is also known as “Nixon’s First Enemies List.” 

The official purpose of the list, as described by the White House Counsel’s Office in one 1971 memo, was to “screw” Nixon’s political enemies by means of IRS tax audits and/or other means, such as manipulating grant availability and federal contracts, or through litigation and prosecution. In an August 1971 memorandum from John Dean to Lawrence Higby, Dean explained the purpose of the list:

“This memorandum addresses the matter of how we can maximize the fact of our incumbency in dealing with persons known to be active in their opposition to our Administration; stated a bit more bluntly—how we can use the available federal machinery to screw our political enemies….”

     Later, a much longer list consisting of some 576 names was also revealed – a list which included hundreds of names that had been sent by Nixon’s people to the IRS in 1972 for possible tax audits.  That’s the list on which Paul Conrad’s name appeared. Conrad, however, was in good company, as the full list included many political notables, selected publications, and celebrities, among them: Paul Newman, Gregory Peck, Ted Kennedy, Shirley Chisholm, Joe Namath, Jane Fonda, Bella Abzug, Barbra Streisand, Carol Channing, The New York Times, The Washington Post, and many others.

A Paul Conrad 1970s cartoon depicting President Nixon as a criminal barricaded in the White House with caption, “If you want me, you’re gonna have to come in and get me!” – reminiscent of some Hollywood movie scenes.
A Paul Conrad 1970s cartoon depicting President Nixon as a criminal barricaded in the White House with caption, “If you want me, you’re gonna have to come in and get me!” – reminiscent of some Hollywood movie scenes.
     For Paul Conrad, however, being on Nixon’s enemies list was no idle threat. The IRS audited Conrad’s tax returns for tax years 1968 to 1973. Conrad, in fact, had been in Nixon’s sights for some time. In any case, Conrad continued his Nixon drawings, some of which during the Watergate era became so strong that the Los Angeles Times moved them off the editorial page and onto the op-ed page. 

As Nixon faced an almost certain impeachment in House of Representative and likely conviction in the Senate, Conrad did an Easter Sunday cartoon of Richard Nixon nailing himself to a large cross that the Los Angeles Times refused to run, believing it too offensive. 

After the White House tape recording system came into play, helping incriminate Nixon, Conrad drew Nixon in a cartoon pinned down by audiotapes, after a scene from Jonathan Swift’s Gulliver’s Travels, with Gulliver (Nixon) among the Lilliputians. 

Near Nixon’s end in the White House, Conrad had Nixon in very dark cartoon with crown on his head quoting Shakespeare’s King Richard II:  “O that I were as great as my grief, or lesser than my name. Or that I could forget what I have been. Or not remember what I must be now.” Later, at Nixon’s resignation and his famous departure by helicopter, Conrad drew Nixon’s helicopter flying over the White House with the caption: “One flew over the cuckoo’s nest.” Some years later, in 1977-78, Conrad savored some irony when he was chosen that year to hold the Richard M. Nixon lecture chair at Whittier College, the president’s alma mater. 

Conrad would also skewer President Gerald Ford in September 1974 for pardoning Richard Nixon.  That cartoon has Gerald Ford looking out at the reader, holding an official looking, scroll-type piece of paper with seal, etc. that is titled “Pardon” and reads: “I herewith pardon Gerald R. Ford for the presidential pardon granted to former president Richard M. Nixon by President Gerald R. Ford. – (signed), Gerald R. Ford.” Said Ford of Conrad: “Laugh and the world laughs with you. Cry and you’ve been the subject of a Paul Conrad cartoon.”


Democrats, Too

Paul Conrad, “We're Gonna' Make History, Hubert!!,” Los Angeles Times, 1968, Re: Continued Bombing of Vietnam. Syracuse University Library’s Special Collections Research Center.
Paul Conrad, “We're Gonna' Make History, Hubert!!,” Los Angeles Times, 1968, Re: Continued Bombing of Vietnam. Syracuse University Library’s Special Collections Research Center.
     Conrad, mostly a liberal Democrat, was not partial to political party. In fact, in the 1950s, he voted for Republican Dwight Eisenhower, but later soured on Ike’s policies. 

Conrad’s cartoons weren’t all critical, and could also be praiseworthy, as one he did in 1958 lauding Eisenhower’s enforcement of the Supreme Court’s school desegregation order.  Ike had sent army troops to enforce the law and help integrate Little Rock Central High School in Arkansas.  Conrad also went after the Democrats. 

In the 1960s, he lampooned Democratic President Lyndon B. Johnson and became quite critical of Johnson. Conrad believed Johnson’s policies during the Vietnam War were despicable, drawing one 1964 cartoon showing Congress supplying the president with a “blank check” to wage war on Vietnam.

“I really detested Lyndon Johnson,” Conrad said. “For the Vietnam thing, that’s the one you could really get your teeth into. That was wrong, man, from the word go.” 

Another of Conrad’s LBJ cartoons from 1968, shown above right, came at the time Johnson was bombing North Vietnam.  The cartoon has Johnson with his vice-president, Hubert Humphrey, riding a bomb similar to a scene from the Dr. Stranglove film in which actor Slim Pickens rides a bomb in similar fashion. The caption reads: “We’re gonna’ make history, Hubert!”

Paul Conrad’s Nancy & Ronald Reagan in send up of “American Gothic” during 1980s farm crisis.
Paul Conrad’s Nancy & Ronald Reagan in send up of “American Gothic” during 1980s farm crisis.
     Conrad also did some notable cartoons on Ronald Reagan. In fact, he first took after Reagan in the 1960s when Reagan was governor of California. Conrad’s cartoons often had Reagan in over his head, and he sometimes cast him as a clown. Los Angeles Times publisher Otis Chandler reportedly received a number of early-morning calls from Reagan or Nancy complaining of Conrad’s portrayals. But after Reagan became President, Conrad continued his lampooning.

He once had the president shown as “Reagan Hood,” stealing from the poor to give to the rich. Another, shown at left, had Ronald and Nancy Reagan in a send up of Grant Wood’s classic American Gothic pose, made during the 1980s farm crisis when thousands of farm families were losing their farms to foreclosures, and as some charged, to Reagan policies. Conrad also skewered Reagan’s foreign policies; one cartoon had the president in a bathtub playing with warships and a rubber duck. In 1993, Conrad accepted a buyout from the Los Angeles Times, but he continued to draw syndicated cartoons for more than 15 years.

In 1994, Paul Conrad cast Bill Clinton as playing the Republican's song.
In 1994, Paul Conrad cast Bill Clinton as playing the Republican's song.

In the early 1990s, Conrad came after President Bill Clinton with a few hits as well.  “Clinton was a disappointment,” Conrad would later say.  “I mean, he became more of a Republican than most Republicans.  He sold out the Democratic party, as far as I can tell.”  One 1994 cartoon by Conrad, shown at right, has Clinton kow-towing to the Republican agenda, playing his saxophone into the Republican elephant’s trunk, with the caption, “Young man with a horn.”

     In his career, Paul Conrad also did some sculpture, and he designed limited-edition bronze figures depicting Ronald Reagan, Richard Nixon, John F. Kennedy, Robert F. Kennedy, Golda Meir and Martin Luther King Jr.  One of his sculptures, entitled “Chain Reaction,” made of chains depicting the dangers of a nuclear war, was placed in front of the Santa Monica Civic Center in California. His cartoons have also been published in a number of books, including: When in the Course of Human Events (1973, with Malcolm Boyd), The King and Us (1974), Pro and Conrad (1979), Drawn and Quartered (1985), Conartist (1993), Drawing the Line (1999), and I, Con (2006).

Paul Conrad's Sarah Palin, post-election 2008, slaying the Republican elephant.
Paul Conrad's Sarah Palin, post-election 2008, slaying the Republican elephant.
     Paul Conrad turned out more than 20,000 political cartoons in his career, many of which were syndicated by the Los Angeles Times Syndicate and seen by millions. In 1993, he was the subject of a PBS documentary, Paul Conrad: Drawing Fire. After the 2008 election, he depicted Sarah Palin with a smoking machine gun in one hand as she held up the trunk of a slain Republican Party elephant in the other. Paul Conrad died of natural causes in September 2010. He was 86 years old. He leaves behind an important time capsule of 50 years of political and social observation.

     Other stories at this website on Richard Nixon include: “Nixon’s Checker’s Speech, 1952,” 1968 Presidential Race – Republicans,” and “The Frost-Nixon Biz, 1977-2009.” See also the “Politics & Culture” page for stories in that category, or visit the Home Page for further choices. Thanks for visiting — and if you like what your find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 19 May 2011
Last Update: 1 April 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Enemy of the President, 1970s,”
PopHistoryDig.com, May 19, 2011.

____________________________________



Sources, Links & Additional Information

Paul Conrad’s 1975 book, “The King and Us,” with Nixon on the cover as Shakespeare’s King Richard II, from a 1973  Conrad cartoon. Click for book.
Paul Conrad’s 1975 book, “The King and Us,” with Nixon on the cover as Shakespeare’s King Richard II, from a 1973 Conrad cartoon. Click for book.
Another Paul Conrad “American Gothic” send up, this one charging Ronald Reagan’s policies with driving small farmers out of business & killing their communities.
Another Paul Conrad “American Gothic” send up, this one charging Ronald Reagan’s policies with driving small farmers out of business & killing their communities.

Matt Schudel, “Paul Conrad, 86: Pulitzer-Winning Political Cartoonist,” Washington Post, September 6, 2010, p. B-4.

James Rainey, “Cartoonist Had A Sharp Pen: His Drawings Bedeviled Nixon, Reagan and Others in Power. He Worked at the Los Angeles Times for Nearly 30 Years” (front-page obituary, at his death), Los Angeles Times, September 5, 2010.

 Tom Longden, “Paul Conrad’s Cartoons Carry Strong Messages,” Des Moines Register, March 25, 2009.

“Master List of Nixon’s Political Opponents,” Wikipedia.org.

William Claiborne, “IRS Ignored Bid to Audit ‘Enemies’ List,” Washington Post, December 21, 1973, p.1.

“The Complete, Annotated Nixon’s Enemies List,” EnemiesList.info.

Yvonne French, “Afflicting the Comfortable:  Cartoonist Paul Conrad Puts Words Behind the Pictures,” Library of Congress.

Paul Conrad, Drawing the Line: The Collected Works of America’s Premier Political Cartoonist, Los Angles: Los Angeles Times, 1999  (this collection of 200 Conrad pieces spans his career from the 1960s to the 1990s).

Paul Conrad, Conartist: Paul Conrad: 30 Years With the Los Angeles Times, Los Angeles: Los Angeles Times, 1993 (a three-decade retrospective of Conrad’s work at the Los Angeles Times).

Paul Conrad: Drawing Fire, Independent Lens/PBS Documentary, PBS.org, Independent Television Service (ITVS), October 2006.

James Preston Allen, Publisher, “Censored in LA: Paul Conrad Speaks on Why His Cartoons Won’t Be Seen by Angelenos,” Random LengthNews.com, July 8, 2005

Michael Dooley, “Conrad, Mauldin and Nast: A Personal Perspective on Editorial Cartoons, Past and Present,” Aiga.org, September 21, 2010

“I Con, The Brilliant Work of Paul Conrad,” Exhibition Photographs, College of the Canyons, Santa Clarita, CA, September 1 – September 30, 2010.

 _____________________________




“Love is Strange”
1956-2007

Mickey Baker and Sylvia Vanderpool Robinson of “Mickey & Sylvia” fame, had 1957 hit, “Love is Strange.”
Mickey Baker and Sylvia Vanderpool Robinson of “Mickey & Sylvia” fame, had 1957 hit, “Love is Strange.”
     In mid-January 1957, a new song with the title “Love is Strange” by two artists known as “Mickey & Sylvia” was being heard on the radio.   This was the era prior to the modern Billboard music charts, as songs were then charted on the Best Seller list, the Jockey list, the Top 100, and/or the Juke Box list.  In any case, Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange,” in early 1957, rose into the Top 20 on all of these charts, reaching No. 11 on the Best Seller and Jockey charts and No.1 on the rhythm and blues (R&B) chart.  “Love is Strange” also became a million seller and it stayed in the Top 40 for more than three months.

     “Mickey” was Mickey Baker, a well-known “session guitarist” in music circles of that day – playing background music for other artists.  Baker, in fact, was considered the “go to” session guitar player of the 1950s and early 1960s.  He performed on dozens of rock ‘n roll hits and on many recordings.  “Sylvia” was Sylvia Vanderpool, formerly billed in her earlier singing career as “Little Sylvia” Vanderpool, who later in the 1980s became an important promoter in advancing Sugar Hill Records, a major player in the emergence of rap music.

Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange” hit song of 1957 on Groove recording label. Click for digital.
Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange” hit song of 1957 on Groove recording label. Click for digital.
     Mickey & Sylvia first formed their duo in the mid-1950s. Baker, who then gave guitar lessons to make ends meet, teamed up with Sylvia Vanderpool, one of his students. Sylvia later became Sylvia Robinson after she married Joe Robinson, and they would continue together in later years in the music business.
 

Music Player
“Love is Strange” – 1957 – Mickey & Sylvia

But Mickey and Sylvia first tried their hand as a duo at a Brooklyn-based record label named Rainbow where they cut a few recordings without much success. They later signed with RCA’s Groove records. Their first recording there, titled “No Good Lover,” which according to one report, was “a wild, upbeat, two guitar and washboard rocker.” However, their second recording at Groove was “Love Is Strange,” the one that became a smash hit and brought them into national prominence.

     “Love is Strange” has a distinctive guitar riff to it, and was adapted by Mickey and Sylvia from “Billy’s Blues,” a Bo Diddley and Billy Stewart song.  “Love is Strange,” however, had its own unique sound and guitar licks, and would go on to influence a number of other artists and recordings in the years ahead.  The Mickey & Sylvia single was released in late November 1956.  It hit No. 1 on the rhythm and blues (R&B) singles chart in January 1957 and held that spot for two weeks.  On the other charts of that day, “Love is Strange” rose into the Top 20 and generally remained in the Top 40 for more than three months.  Mickey and Sylvia also made some TV appearances with this song, including on Dick Clark’s American Bandstand prime-time evening show in November 1957.

Cover of “Mickey & Sylvia” EP that included their 1957 charting hit, “There Oughta’ Be A Law”. Click for 24-song CD.
Cover of “Mickey & Sylvia” EP that included their 1957 charting hit, “There Oughta’ Be A Law”. Click for 24-song CD.
     However, after the success of “Love is Strange,” Mickey & Sylvia never quite got back to the Top 10 again, but they did have two more charting hits – “There Oughta’ Be A Law”of 1957 ( #15 R&B,# 46 Pop) and “Baby You’re So Fine of 1961 (#27 R&B, # 52 Pop).  They also played back up guitar on Ike & Tina Turner’s 1961 hit song, “It’s Gonna Work Out Fine,” which rose to No. 2 on the R&B charts.  However, the duo basically split up in 1961, but they continued to record together off and on until the mid-1960s.  They also put out an extended play disc with four of their songs under the Vik label, titled Mickey & Sylvia.  There were also recordings for other labels including Willow, Cat, Rainbow, King, RCA Victor, and RCA Camden.

     Mickey Baker – who some regard as one of the best guitarists of his day – recorded as a solo artist for a time and went to France where he found some success playing as a session guitarist.  He would also write some best-selling guitar instruction books, among them, Jazz Guitar.  Sylvia married Joe Robinson in 1964, and would co-write some songs in the 1970s.  She had a No. 3 hit with “Pillow Talk” in 1973, and would continue to hit the R& B charts with a few recordings though the late 1970s, when she also became involved in the music business.  About this time she co-founded an early rap music label named Sugar Hill and helped launch the Sugar Hill Gang rap group with its top hit of 1979, “Rappers’ Delight” (#4 R&B, #26 pop).  She would also help produce other rap groups.  But then in the 1980s came the film Dirty Dancing, bringing Mickey & Sylvia’s famous 1950s tune back on the scene.


Dirty Dancing

Patrick Swayze & Jennifer Grey in “lover boy” practice dance scene from 1987 film “Dirty Dancing” using the 1957 Mickey & Sylvia song, “Love is Strange.” Click for film options at Amazon.
Patrick Swayze & Jennifer Grey in “lover boy” practice dance scene from 1987 film “Dirty Dancing” using the 1957 Mickey & Sylvia song, “Love is Strange.” Click for film options at Amazon.
     “Love is Strange” had a bit of a revival in 1987 when the Patrick Swayze-Jennifer Grey film Dirty Dancing came out.  The plot line of this film involves an innocent young female nicknamed “Baby” (Jennifer Grey) from the big city who is visiting the Catskill resorts with her family.  Baby sets up the film in an early flashback:  “That was the summer of 1963 – when everybody called me Baby, and it didn’t occur to me to mind.  That was before President Kennedy was shot, before the Beatles came, when I couldn’t wait to join the Peace Corps, and I thought I’d never find a guy as great as my dad.  That was the summer we went to Kellerman’s….”

     Baby has her eyes opened early on when she happens into an “employees only” dirty dancing venue where she first sees, and soon falls for, male dance instructor hunk, “Johnny,” played by Patrick Swayze.  Opportunity soon presents itself for Baby when Swayze’s normal partner (not his girfriend) can’t perform in a major dance routine ( she’s pregnant, but not by Swayze).  The plot thickens when Baby tries to help by borrowing money for an illegal abortion for the partner from her doctor father, to whom she lies.  But it all works out in the end, with even Dad helping to save the day… Swayze and friends, meanwhile, turn to non-dancer Baby to fill the role of his pregnant partner, making Baby into a substitute dancing star.  In the process of Baby’s “up-close-and-personal” make-over and dance instruction, she and Johnny become an item.

Original 1987 "Dirty Dancing" soundtrack; includes Mickey & Sylvia's "Love is Strange." Click for CD.
Original 1987 "Dirty Dancing" soundtrack; includes Mickey & Sylvia's "Love is Strange." Click for CD.
     Dirty Dancing also happens to be filled with a great rock ‘n roll background score of 1950s and 1960s music, including songs such as  “Be My Baby,” “Do You Love Me,” “Stay,” “In the Still of the Night,” and others.  In one scene, shown above, the two dancers are practicing their routine in a sun-lit studio one afternoon to the music of Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange.”  Johnny and “Baby” by this time have become more than just friends.  As they practice, they proceed to play-act using the Mickey & Sylvia “lover boy” banter from the song, each lyp-synching their respective male and female roles to fit the song.  It is one of the film’s more playful and memorable scenes.

     Dirty Dancing became a massive box office hit at the time, and has since surpassed some $215 million in gross box office revenue worldwide as of 2010.  It also collected a variety of film and music accolades.  The film’s soundtrack was credited with starting an oldies music revival in the late 1980s.  The original Dirty Dancing soundtrack album of August 1987 had 12 songs, including “Love is Strange.”  Demand for the album caught RCA Records by surprise.  It became a colossal commercial success in the U.S., as it landed at No. 1 on the Billboard albums chart, spending 18 weeks there.  It went on to sell more than 42 million copies worldwide (later, a subsequent album, More Dirty Dancing, issued in February 1988, also sold millions of copies ).

“Love is Strange” appeared on “B” side of 1987 single, “I’ve Had The Time of My Life,” by Bill Medley & Jennifer Warnes. Click for digital 'Time of My Life'.
“Love is Strange” appeared on “B” side of 1987 single, “I’ve Had The Time of My Life,” by Bill Medley & Jennifer Warnes. Click for digital 'Time of My Life'.
     In August 1987, as part of the music frenzy around Dirty Dancing, the song “Love is Strange” was also re-issued on one side of a 45 rpm single. It became the “B” side of the recording with Dirty Dancing’s top hit song, “The Time of My Life,” by Bill Medley and Jennifer Warnes.  This song won a 1988 Grammy Award, an Academy Award, and a Golden Globe Award. Although “Love is Strange” didn’t have these accolades, it did “go along for the ride,” so to speak, being played and heard by millions who purchased the single. 

In the U.S., “The Time of My Life” topped the Billboard Hot 100 chart in November 1987 for one week and also reached No. 1 on the Adult Contemporary chart for four weeks. In the U.K., the song hit the Top Ten twice: once in November 1987 after the film’s initial release, peaking at No. 6, and then again in January 1991 after the film was shown on television, reaching No. 8.  There were also maxi-single editions of “The Time of My Life” that included Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange.”

Cover art from the 20th anniversary edition of the “Dirty Dancing” soundtrack album, 2007. Click for CD.
Cover art from the 20th anniversary edition of the “Dirty Dancing” soundtrack album, 2007. Click for CD.
     In 1989-90, RCA separately issued a Mickey & Sylvia R&B compilation CD,  Love is Strange and Other Hits.  In any case, “Love is Strange”  and the work of Mickey & Sylvia had increased exposure through the 1980s and beyond as a result of the Dirty Dancing film. 

     In addition to the singles and albums, there was also a “Dirty Dancing Tour” that ran for ten-months which was seen by some two million fans in eight countries.  This tour included, at some locations, 1960s stars such as Ronnie Spector of The Ronettes, Bill Medley of the Righteous Brothers, members of the Contours group, and others.  It’s not clear whether Mickey Baker or Sylvia Robinson did any performing or made any appearances as part of this tour.  There were also subsequent editions of the Dirty Dancing soundtrack album issued.  In October 2007, RCA re-released a 20th anniversary edition of the soundtrack with remastered versions of the original songs, plus a DVD with promotional material.  The remastered disc includes Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange.”

Cover of Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange” from Rainbow label. Click for other CD.
Cover of Mickey & Sylvia’s “Love is Strange” from Rainbow label. Click for other CD.
     Over the years, “Love is Strange” has also had a long list of famous duos covering the song.  Chubby Checker and Dee Dee Sharp covered it in 1960; Sonny and Cher in 1964; Peaches & Herb had a 1967 Top 20 hit with their cover; Paul McCartney and his former wife Linda covered it in1971; Buck Owens and Susan Raye had a Top 20 country hit with the song in 1975; and Kenny Rogers and Dolly Parton did a cover version that hit No. 21 on the country singles chart in 1990.  In addition to these, Buddy Holly did a cover that surfaced in 1969; the British group Everything but the Girl had a Top 20 hit with the song in 1992; and in 1998, a synthetic-pop band from Germany named Wolfsheim also did a cover version.  But for many, the original Mickey & Sylvia version is still the gold standard.  In 2004 “Love Is Strange” was inducted into the Grammy Hall of Fame for its influence as a rock `n roll single.

     Additional stories on music at this website can be found at the “Annals of Music” category page, or go to the Home Page for other story choices.  Thanks for visiting — and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle

Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 19 May 2011
Last Update: 29 July 2019
Comments to: jackdoyle47@gmail.com

BlueSky: jackdoyle.bsky.social

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “Love is Strange, 1956-2007,”
PopHistoryDig.com, May 19, 2011.

____________________________________


1950s-Related Reading at Amazon.com


J.C. De Ladurantey’s 2016 book, “Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop...” 1950s & Early 1960s. 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
J.C. De Ladurantey’s 2016 book, “Rock & Roll and Doo-Wop...” 1950s & Early 1960s. 256 pp. Click for Amazon.
Richard Aquila’s 2016 book, “Let's Rock!: How 1950s America Created Elvis and the Rock and Roll Craze,” 368 pp. Click for Amazon.
Richard Aquila’s 2016 book, “Let's Rock!: How 1950s America Created Elvis and the Rock and Roll Craze,” 368 pp. Click for Amazon.
David Halberstam’s best seller, “The Fifties,” w/fascinating profiles of Madison Avenue, Ricky Nelson, Elvis Presley, etc. Click for Amazon.
David Halberstam’s best seller, “The Fifties,” w/fascinating profiles of Madison Avenue, Ricky Nelson, Elvis Presley, etc. Click for Amazon.


Sources, Links & Additional Information

The “Rev-O-La” label has issued a 31-song retrospective of Mickey Baker songs titled: “Mickey Baker in the 1950s: Hit, Git & Split.” Clilck for CD.
The “Rev-O-La” label has issued a 31-song retrospective of Mickey Baker songs titled: “Mickey Baker in the 1950s: Hit, Git & Split.” Clilck for CD.
Sylvia Robinson shown on cover of her 1973 hit, “Pillow Talk.”
Sylvia Robinson shown on cover of her 1973 hit, “Pillow Talk.”

“Mickey and Sylvia,” in Holly George-Warren and Patricia Romanowski (eds), The Rolling Stone Encyclopedia of Rock & Roll, Rolling Stone Press, New York, 3rd Edition, 2001, pp. 646-647.

Joel Whitburn, “Mickey and Sylvia,” The Billboard Book of Top 40 Hits, 8th Edition, Billboard Books: New York, p. 424.

“Love Is Strange,” Wikipedia.org.

“Mickey ‘Guitar’ Baker,” TheHoundBlog, January 9, 2008.

Richie Unterberger, “Biography, Mickey & Sylvia,” AllMusic.com.

“Mickey & Sylvia,” Biography, iTunes

“Sylvia Robinson,” Wikipedia.org.

Ed Hogan,” ‘Little’ Sylvia Robinson Biography,” The Roots of R&B.

“Mickey & Sylvia Record Label Shots,” ColorRadio.com.

Samuel G. Freedman, “‘Dirty Dancing’ Rocks to an Innocent Beat,” New York Times, August 16, 1987, p. A-19.

“(I’ve Had) The Time of My Life,” Wikipedia,org.

Vincent Canby, “Film: ‘Dirty Dancing,’ A Catskills Romance in 1963,” New York Times, August 21, 1987.

“Sylvia Robinson,” Lounging at the Waldorf .blogspot.com, October 10, 2011.

Bruce Weber, “Mickey Baker, Guitarist, Is Dead at 87,” New York Times, November 29, 2012.

_________________________





“The Green Berets”
1965-1968

Green Beret, Barry Sadler, on  record sleeve for his 1966 No. 1 hit, “The Ballad of the Green Berets.” Click for CD.
Green Beret, Barry Sadler, on record sleeve for his 1966 No. 1 hit, “The Ballad of the Green Berets.” Click for CD.
     In 1966, the most popular song of the year in America wasn’t from the Beatles or the Rolling Stones.  Nor was it from the Beach Boys or any of the hot Motown soul singers or famous girl groups like the Ronettes or the Supremes.  No, in 1966, the most popular song was about a U.S. military Special Forces fighting group called the Green Berets.

     Between March 5th and April 2nd, 1966, “The Ballad of the Green Berets,” an RCA single by Special Forces soldier Barry Sadler, was the No. 1 song on the U.S. Billboard pop music charts. The song, whose record sleeve is shown at right, commemorated the fighting men of the U.S. Special Forces then doing battle in the Vietnam War. 

“The Ballad of the Green Berets” became a monster hit, selling more than two-million copies in its first five weeks of release.  The song spent five weeks at No. 1, and on some lists it was also rated the top single for the entire year of 1966. 

Sadler’s Green Berets tune rose to the top of the music charts at a time when America’s pop music scene was dominated mostly by rock, soul, and various British groups.  Among those with top hits at the time were the Mamas & the Papas, The Association, The Supremes, The Four Tops, The Lovin’ Spoonful, the Beatles, the Rolling Stones, and others.  The arrival of “The Ballad of the Green Berets” on the American music scene also came at time when American involvement in the Vietnam War had popular support – before mainstream opposition to the Vietnam War had taken hold.  More on that later.

     There’s more to this story, however, than just the music.  Some politics are involved, a paperback book, additional music, and a Hollywood film.  Two of the 1960s most famous politicians – John F. Kennedy and Robert F. Kennedy were involved, and so was legendary Hollywood actor, John Wayne.  This story may also hold some parallels for the Navy SEALs who took out Osama bin Laden in 2011, as similar cultural attention will surely follow them in the wake of their success.  What is covered below, however, is primarily about the 1960s’ Green Beret “moment” in popular culture.  First, a little history.


JFK & Green Berets

     The U.S. Army Special Forces was created in 1952, and like today’s elite forces, it was kept in somewhat low profile.  By 1961, however, newly elected President John F. Kennedy became interested in using the Special Forces to help challenge Communist influence, bolster pro-American regimes, and to counter guerrilla fighters in Vietnam.  In May 1961, Kennedy sent 400 American Green Beret “special advisers” to South Vietnam to train South Vietnamese soldiers in “counter-insurgency” to fight Viet Cong guerrillas.  The Green Berets would also help establish remote outposts made up of fierce mountain fighters known as the Montagnards, to help thwart North Vietnamese infiltration.

October 12, 1961. Brigadier General William P. Yarborough speaks with President John F. Kennedy, Fort Bragg, North Carolina.
October 12, 1961. Brigadier General William P. Yarborough speaks with President John F. Kennedy, Fort Bragg, North Carolina.
     Kennedy was also influential in pushing the official adoption and wearing of the green beret by Special Forces units.  Preparing for an October 12, 1961 visit to the Special Warfare Center at Fort Bragg, North Carolina, Kennedy sent word to the center’s commander, Brigadier General William P. Yarborough, that all Special Forces soldiers should wear the beret as part of their uniform.  Kennedy felt that since they had a special mission, the Special Forces units should have something to set them apart.  In 1962, he called the green beret “a symbol of excellence, a badge of courage, a mark of distinction in the fight for freedom.” (In 2012, the JFK-Yarborough meeting was commemorated with a statue of the two men at the U.S. Army John F. Kennedy Special Warfare Center and School at Fort Bragg. The statue was commissioned by Ross Perot).

     In November 1963, after Kennedy was assassinated, Special Forces troopers wearing their green berets formed part of Kennedy’s funeral honor guard.  A Green Beret soldier in the Kennedy funeral detail later placed a green beret on Kennedy’s gravesite, which became a famous photo.  The Green Berets, meanwhile, were soon to receive more prominent mainstream cultural attention following publication of a popular book in 1965, which was then followed by some Green Beret music in 1966-67, and a Hollywood film in 1968.

     But in 1965 and 1966, American public opinion on the Vietnam War had not yet turned against U.S. involvement there – nearly 60 percent of Americans in one March 1966 Gallup poll felt that sending troops to Vietnam was not a mistake.  Anti-war demonstrations and college protests had begun, but had yet to affect broader, mainstream public opinion.  That would change, however, and change most decidedly after the Tet offensive in Vietnam in 1968, when American public opinion began shifting the other way, helping convince President Lyndon Johnson not to run for reelection.  But in 1965-66, most Americans still supported U.S. involvement in Vietnam.  It was in this climate that the American military, and the Green Berets in particular, would enjoy a period of popularity and public support.


The Book

Later paperback edition of Robin Moore’s book, “The Green Berets.” Click for book.
Later paperback edition of Robin Moore’s book, “The Green Berets.” Click for book.
     Robin Moore of Boston, Massachusetts had flown some combat missions over Germany during the closing days of World War II.  After returning to the States and graduating from Harvard in 1949, he helped produce a few television shows in New York.  Then he went to work in Boston for the Sheraton Hotel chain, a company co-founded by his father.  Moore was also writing novels at the time, and had published a few without great notice. 

In 1963, Moore became interested in writing about the U.S. Special Forces, and wanted to get up close and personal with the units in Vietnam.  The Army, however, was not keen on the idea.  But Moore had been a friend in former Harvard classmate Robert F. Kennedy, then U.S. Attorney General. 

Kennedy made it possible for Moore, 38 years old, to join the Special Forces as a civilian.  The Army agreed on condition that Moore go through Airborne and Special Forces training before he could join Special Forces in South Vietnam.  Moore completed the training and went to Vietnam, living with Special Forces units there to get the material he needed for his book. 

In 1965, Moore published The Green Berets as fiction since he had covered some sensitive material about America’s presence in North Vietnam and Cambodia.  The Army, in any case, was still not happy with Moore’s book.

A later paperback edition of Moore’s “Green Berets” used photo of “Ballad” songwriter Barry Sadler on cover. Click for book.
A later paperback edition of Moore’s “Green Berets” used photo of “Ballad” songwriter Barry Sadler on cover. Click for book.
     “The Green Berets has stirred a fuss in Washington,” wrote Hanson W. Baldwin in a New York Times  review of the book.  “The official objection to the book apparently is that it is too close to fact.”  Others praised the book for its true grit. A St. Louis Post Dispatch reviewer wrote: “Almost unbearably real and vivid… An honest book, one that respects the individuals in it, and never loses sight of the larger issues and implications of the struggle.”  The London Sunday Telegraph described it as, “One of the most exciting war books of recent years… gives the first intelligible account of what is going on in Vietnam.”

     Readers of  Moore’s book found it to be fact-based while reading like a fast-paced thriller.  He included stories of Green Berets defending remote outposts against over- whelming odds; one account of a lone Green Beret who “went native” fighting with local Laotian tribesmen; and another of Green Berets recruiting a beautiful Vietnamese woman to help lure and capture a Viet Cong Colonel.

     The hardback edition of The Green Berets appeared in May 1965 and it became a best-seller, followed by an even more successful paperback version in 1966.  Some paper- back versions of the book by Avon used a photo of Green Beret balladeer, Barry Sadler on the cover.  The book would go on to sell millions of copies.  In fact, Moore was quoted in the press in early March 1966 saying  the reason Americans had then bought nearly 3 million copies of his book was because of the need for a “hero image” in the confusing Vietnam War situation.  Moore, who would go on to write other books on the Special Forces and other topics, including The French Connection,  also wrote a 1965 newspaper comic strip under the title, Tales of the Green Beret, which was also published in paperback book form.  Dell Publishing  would also issue a “Green Berets” comic book a few years later.


The Ballad

RCA 45 rpm record label for Barry Sadler’s 1966 hit song, “The Ballad of the Green Berets.” Click for vinyl or digital.
RCA 45 rpm record label for Barry Sadler’s 1966 hit song, “The Ballad of the Green Berets.” Click for vinyl or digital.
     At about the time Moore’s book began its climb on the best-seller list, something else happened to elevate Green Beret lore and also help give Moore’s book an additional boost. 

A Special Forces Staff Sergeant named Barry Sadler, while leading a patrol in Vietnam in 1965, was injured in a jungle booby trap (punji sticks treated with feces). Sadler’s leg became badly infection and he nearly had it amputated.

During his recuperation, Sadler, who had been aspiring musician prior to the war, sang and wrote songs, sometimes performed for the other wounded soldiers in the hospital.  Sadler also submitted one of his songs – a 12-verse epic military ballad – to music publishers.  This ballad made its way in printed form to The Green Berets book author Robin Moore, who worked with Sadler to cut his original song down to a shorter length suitable for pop radio play (Moore’s name appears with Sadler’s on the recording).

Barry Sadler with TV host, Ed Sullivan.
Barry Sadler with TV host, Ed Sullivan.
     Sadler recorded the song himself in late 1965, and it had limited distribution at first, only within the military, where it became quite popular.  Another report includes an account of a TV news crew filming Sadler during his hospital stay singing “The Ballad of the Green Berets” to fellow patients.  When this TV news segment was aired, Sadler gained increased public notice.  RCA, in any case, signed Sadler to a recording contract, re-recorded and released his single, and also recorded a full-length album, Ballads of the Green Berets, which was released in early 1966.  Sadler debuted “The Ballad of the Green Berets” on the nationally-televised Ed Sullivan Show of January 30, 1966, viewed by millions.

“Ballad Of The Green Berets”
SSgt Barry Sadler – 1965

Fighting soldiers from the sky
Fearless men who jump and die
Men who mean just what they say
The brave men of the Green Beret

Silver wings upon their chest
These are men, America’s best
One hundred men we’ll test today
But only three win the Green Beret

Trained to live, off nature’s land
Trained in combat, hand to hand
Men who fight by night and day
Courage deep, from the Green Beret

Silver wings upon their chest
These are men, America’s best
One hundred men we’ll test today
But only three win the Green Beret

Back at home a young wife waits
Her Green Beret has met his fate
He has died for those oppressed
Leaving her this last request

Put silver wings on my son’s chest
Make him one of America’s best
He’ll be a man they’ll test one day
Have him win the Green Beret

     Within two weeks of its major-label release, “The Ballad of the Green Berets” had sold more than a million copies.  Sadler and his song also received favorable coverage in Life, Time, Newsweek, Variety, Billboard and Cash Box magazines.  The song became one of RCA’s fastest-selling ballads ever, with only some of Elvis Presley’s 1950s songs doing better.  The song also became Billboard magazine’s No. 1 single for all of 1966.  Sadler’s album of Green Beret ballads topped the charts as well.

     “The Ballad of the Green Berets” was a top hit  during a time when British rock groups, led by the Beatles and the Rolling Stones, dominated the charts.  At least one chart historian and analyst, Fred Bronson, ranking top 100 hits year-by-year in the book, Billboard’s Hotest 100 Hits, puts “The Ballad of The Green Berets” at No. 2 for 1966, ahead of such well-known songs from that year including: “We Can Work It Out” by the Beatles, “Cherish” by the Association, “Good Vibrations” by the Beach Boys, and “Monday Monday” by the Mamas & the Papas.  Only “I’m A Believer” by the Monkees was ranked higher by Bronson as the year’s top song.  As mentioned above, Billboard magazine ranked “The Ballad of The Green Berets” as the top song for 1966.  On another list, the song was also ranked as the No.21 song, by sales, for the entire decade of the 1960s.  The song is also heard, as a choral version, in the 1968 John Wayne film The Green Berets, which was based on Robin Moore’s book.  More about the film follows below.  There was also a children’s album titled, The Story of the Green Beret, released by Hanna-Barbera Records. This recording was available to members of the G.I. Joe club, as the album was also a “tie-in” for a G.I. Joe Green Beret “action figure” that appeared in 1966.

Sadler’s 1967 album, “The ‘A’ Team”. Click for CD.
Sadler’s 1967 album, “The ‘A’ Team”. Click for CD.
     Sadler, meanwhile, had other TV appearances, too – on The Jimmy Dean Show, NBC’s Home Front, and Martha Raye’s ABC-TV Hollywood Palace program.  On Martha Raye’s show, Sadler received two industry gold records – which marked sales of one million copies each for both the single and the album.

     Sadler also had a second minor hit with a follow-up single, “The ‘A’ Team.”  Two more albums were produced as well: Back Home in 1967 and The ‘A’ Team album in 1968.

In addition to his music, Sadler published an autobiography, I’m a Lucky One, which was reportedly dictated to author Tom Mahoney.  Robin Moore wrote an introduction for this book, which was published by MacMillan in 1967.

SSgt Barry Sadler appears on the cover of KRLA Radio’s “Beat” magazine, July 1966, Los Angeles, CA.
SSgt Barry Sadler appears on the cover of KRLA Radio’s “Beat” magazine, July 1966, Los Angeles, CA.


Sadler, meanwhile, became a symbol of American patriotism in a turbulent era.  His songs, however, didn’t really make political or social statements, only praise for the Green Berets and patriotic sentiments, which proved to have wide appeal.  In one July 1966 interview with Beat magazine, published by Los Angeles radio station KRLA, Sadler did offer some comments on the times and his musical preferences.  He acknowledged that he wasn’t particularly fond of rock ‘n roll music, calling it loud and not his style.  He preferred ballads and country music. 

Sadler told KRLA writer John Michaels that he disapproved of Vietnam War protests and the burning of draft cards.  He said such actions had provided part of the motivation for writing his “Ballad of the Green Berets,” a song that was also popular in communist East Germany, where it was banned. 

Beat magazine also noted that Sadler accepted no fees, or gave such fees to charity, when he traveled around the country performing in uniform with the Army.  However, on private tours in civilian clothes, plus his recording income, Sadler was then making an estimated $500,000 in earned income.  Sadler joined the USO tour for a time, but he would fade from the music scene and move on to other endeavors.

Cover of Barry Sadler’s 1967 autobiography, “I’m A Lucky One.” Click for book.
Cover of Barry Sadler’s 1967 autobiography, “I’m A Lucky One.” Click for book.
     And by 1967, the music had changed as well, as more songs were turning toward protesting the war.  In January 1967, a Stephen Stills song by the singing group Buffalo Springfield was released using the title “For What It’s Worth,”  also known from part of its verse as, “Stop, Children, What’s That Sound?”  That song became something of an anti-war anthem, as did any number of others expressing the general angst of the times, some with specific anti-war and/or peace themes. 

     Protest music had been in the air before and after Sadler’s “Green Berets” tune – including some songs by Joan Baez and Bob Dylan, as well as others such as Barry McGuire’s “Eve of Destruction” dating to July 1965.  There is, in fact, quite a cannon of protest music that came out at that time, as well as songs with patriotic themes and/or pro-military sentiments. 

“The Ballad of the Green Berets,” in any case, was certainly one of the more prominent examples of patriotic music in that era.  It was a song that hit the times and the public sentiment at just the right moment, with lyrics and appeal that made it a top hit and a giant commercial success, and certainly part of that period’s cultural milieu.


The Film

Cover art from recent Blue ray DVD version of John Wayne’s 1968 film, “The Green Berets.” Click for DVD.
Cover art from recent Blue ray DVD version of John Wayne’s 1968 film, “The Green Berets.” Click for DVD.
     The final part of the Green Beret culture-fest in the 1965-1968 period came with the Hollywood film, The Green Berets, which also used a choral version of the Barry Sadler song.  Interest in making a Holly- wood movie on the Green Berets began when Columbia Pictures purchased the film rights to Robin Moore’s book even before the book was published.  The idea initially was to develop a story around the training of a Special Forces team and their deployment in Southeast Asia.  However, Columbia dropped the project after the U.S. Army put a number of conditions on the making of the film, plus the fact that public disfavor with the Vietnam War was then growing.  Still, another producer, David L. Wolper, purchased the film rights, but he backed out as well, much for the same reasons.  Wolper later did produce The Devil’s Brigade in 1968, a film that also depicted Special Forces soldiers.  Then came John Wayne.

John Wayne as Green Beret.
John Wayne as Green Beret.
     Wayne had gone to South Vietnam in 1965, and had thought then about a film to honor the Special Forces men fighting there.  By then, Wayne already had a long history as an anti-communist.  In the 1950s he had joined Clark Gable,Walt Disney, James Stewart and other entertainers to aid the House Un-American Activities Committee in investigating alleged Communists working in the film industry.  He joined political organizations like the Motion Picture Alliance for the Preservation of American Ideals to support causes he deemed worthy.  He also played film roles which fit his political beliefs such as that in the 1952 film Big Jim McLain.

     In the 1960s, Wayne was bothered by the social unrest and rising protest over the war, and by 1966-67, he had purchased the film rights to Moore’s Green Berets book.  In 1967, he then wrote U.S. President Lyndon Johnson requesting military assistance to do the film.  Jack Valenti, an adviser to Johnson, told the President, “Wayne’s politics are wrong, but if he makes this film he will be helping us.”  Wayne would later tell Variety magazine,“I think our picture will help reelect LBJ because it shows that the war in Vietnam is necessary.”
                        – John Wayne
“I think our picture will help reelect LBJ because it shows that the war in Vietnam is necessary.”  Wayne was then still a prominent Hollywood movie star, having recently appeared, for example, in two World War II films — The Longest Day in 1962 and In Harms Way of 1963.  But Wayne still had trouble getting his Green Berets film into production.  The Army would not allow Robin Moore, The Green Berets author, to work on or be associated with the film. (However, in the end, the film was still advertised in ways that referenced the book).  In addition, Universal Pictures and Paramount Pictures would not film the movie, and Wayne’s preferred film composer refused to work on the project as well.  But Wayne, a conservative and strong anti-communist, was determined to make a pro-war film.  He finally used his own money and production company to make the film.  Wayne, also the film’s director, shot much of The Green Berets in the summer of 1967 at Fort Benning, Georgia.  The U.S. Army provided several helicopters and a light transport for use in the film, while the U.S. Air Force also supplied two C-130 transports.  Authentic uniforms and jungle fatigues were also supplied to the actor by the U.S. Army.  Warner Brothers released the film on the 4th of July, 1968, but Wayne had attended an earlier special premier in Atlanta on June 25, 1968.

John Wayne with young Vietnamese boy, Hamchunk, in part of final scene from 1968 film, “The Green Berets.”
John Wayne with young Vietnamese boy, Hamchunk, in part of final scene from 1968 film, “The Green Berets.”
     The film begins with a choral version of “Ballad of the Green Berets” that plays during the opening title frames.  As the music tails off, the first scene shows a group of Special Forces soldiers putting on a stateside demonstration for journalists, including actor David Janssen, who plays a skeptical journalist, not convinced of the war’s merit.  Colonel Mike Kirby, played by John Wayne, suggests Janssen should go to Vietnam and see for himself.  In Vietnam, Kirby heads up a bunch of young, tough Green Berets who hold their own and then some in battle, and also capture an important enemy general.  Skeptical reporter Janssen meanwhile, becomes a believer and patriot as he witnesses the Green Berets’ combat abilities and humanitarian actions in the field.  He even files glowing news stories, though worried his liberal editors may fire him for his pro-involvement accounts.  There are also some human touches in the film, including an orphaned Vietnamese boy named Hamchunk and his dog, wandering around a Green Beret camp, where a young Sgt. Petersen, played by Jim Hutton, takes the kid under his wing and protects him.  Hamchunk’s dog, however is killed in one scene.  And Petersen doesn’t come back one day in the returning helicopters, as Hamchunk waits for his friend.  Wayne and his forces, however, have the enemy in retreat as the film winds down.  A final scene has Hamchunk with Wayne on the beach at sunset, with the kid asking Wayne “what will happen to me now?”  Wayne gives the kid Petersen’s Green Beret, saying, “You let me worry about that, Green Beret.  You’re what this thing’s all about.”  The two walk off together along the beach, hand-in-hand.

     Although The Green Berets made money for Warner Brothers, John Wayne reportedly lost “a small fortune” on the project.  And that wasn’t all.  Critics savaged the film.  Wayne, who was sometimes known as “America’s soldier” from his many fine WWII film roles, was roundly criticized for an “errant sense of patriotism” and worse in the film. In 1968, evening news TV broadcasts of the war  contrasted sharply with John Wayne’s film version of the Green Berets. Many viewed his film as propaganda and an oversimplification of the Green Berets story and covert military operations in Southeast Asia.  And certainly by mid-1968, evening  news TV broadcasts of the Vietnam War had been exposing Americans to the horrors of that war for months.  These broadcasts contrasted sharply with Wayne’s film version, which many saw as romantic, “gung-ho,” and out of touch with the realities of the Vietnam conflict.  By then, the anti-war movement was also much stronger.  In fact, at the film’s opening in New York, Los Angeles, Paris, and London, demonstrations were held.  Still, the controversy was believed to have helped the film.  Wayne’s film had also arrived right the middle of one of America’s most turbulent and contentious political seasons – the 1968 presidential elections, infused primarily by the Vietnam War.  Sitting Democratic president Lyndon Johnson, wounded badly by the war,  had surprised his party by deciding not to run for re-election in March of that year.  And Democratic candidate Robert F. Kennedy would be assassinated the night of his California primary victory, June 5th, 1968.  In August of that year came the raucous and bloody Democratic National Convention in Chicago.  John Wayne by then was a supporter of Republican candidate Richard M. Nixon and would speak at the Republican National Convention that August in Miami, Florida.  As for The Green Berets film, nearly twenty years later in 1986, Oliver Stone, who had served in Vietnam, would make the film Platoon, which for many viewers presented a more realistic portrayal of the Vietnam War and American involvement there.  John Wayne, meanwhile, returned to acting and starred in another 1968 film that fall, Hellfighters, about oil well fire-fighter Red Adair.  In 1969, Wayne would win the Best Actor oscar for his role in True Grit.


Green Beret comic book, Jan 1967.
Green Beret comic book, Jan 1967.
In Pop Culture

     The 1965-1968 surge of popular interest in the Green Berets and Special Forces wasn’t the first or the last time such interest would occur in American culture.  It was, however, one of the most intense and wide-ranging such episodes, rising to fad proportions in some cases, including not only the book, music and film already reviewed, but also newspaper comic strips and comic books, action figures and toys, “Men of the Green Berets” trading cards, other Green Beret songs ( Nancy Ames’ “He Wore The Green Beret,”1966), and one or two other movies or TV shows that used or made reference to Green Beret characters.  Prior to Robin Moore’s first book in 1965, which kicked off the 1960s surge, there had been only snippets of Green Beret reference and image in TV shows, toys, and other venues.  And as the public disenchantment over the Vietnam War grew, the Green Berets went out of favor in the late 1960s and 1970s.  However, they would return in popular culture in the 1980s with Sylvester Stallone and the “Rambo” movie franchise.  That film series got its start in 1982 with the film First Blood (based on the 1972 David Morrell novel of that name), which introduced the John Rambo character, a Special Forces soldier who has a hard time adjusting to civilian life after his Vietnam tour of duty.  In the 1982-2008 period, the Rambo series and its tie-in products became highly successful, with four films to date.  And there have been various other TV shows and films that have also referenced or featured Special Forces characters.

Robin Moore’s 2003 book, “The Hunt For Bin Laden.” Click for book.
Robin Moore’s 2003 book, “The Hunt For Bin Laden.” Click for book.


PostScript

     Robin Moore, author of The Green Berets book in 1965, would return to Special Forces writing with other books in later years on global terrorism and Special Forces operations in Afghanistan and Iraq.  In 2003, he published The Hunt for Bin Laden, an account of how a vastly outnumbered U.S. Army Special Forces unit in Afghanistan in late 2001, working alongside the Northern Alliance, were able to overcome a force of nearly 100,000 entrenched al-Qaida and Taliban. This book also became a New York Times best seller.  It was followed in 2004, by Hunting Down Saddam: The Inside Story of the Search and Capture, which covered some crucial operations in the Iraq war.

At the age of 78, Moore had gone to Iraq and followed a Special Operations task force there working with Kurdish armed forces, as well another task force group that was infiltrating southern Iraq. This book also covered some infantry operations at Tikrit and Saddam Hussein’s capture outside Tikrit.  Critics felt the book contributed knowledgeable portrayals of Special Forces work in Iraq and how Special Ops were being integrated with regular units.

Barry Sadler wrote 22 "Casca" books in the 1980s. Click for book.
Barry Sadler wrote 22 "Casca" books in the 1980s. Click for book.
     Barry Sadler, meanwhile, who rose to heights of fame and fortune with his Green Berets song in 1966, disappeared from the music scene a few years after his initial success.  However, he went on to publish a series of paperback books – called the Casca series – focused on the life and continuing adventures of Casca Rufio Longinus, a soldier in the Roman legions.  Casca is cursed to immortality by Jesus Christ for driving a spear into him at his crucifixion on Calvary or Golgotha outside the ancient city of Jerusalem.  He is thereafter doomed to wander the Earth aimlessly, always as a soldier.  Sadler ended up writing some 22 of the Casca novels between 1979 and 1989, a series later continued by other authors.  Sadler was also an occasional contributor to Soldier of Fortune magazine.  At one point in the late 1970s, however, Sadler was convicted of voluntary manslaughter for shooting another person in a dispute over a woman, but after appeal, and due to circumstances in the case, his sentence was reduced to time served, which at the time was less than month.  Sadler moved to Guatemala City in the mid-1980s, but was shot in the head in a taxi in 1988 under less than fully explained circumstances and never fully recovered.  Friends from Soldier Of Fortune magazine had him hospitalized in the U.S., where he remained in a coma for several months.  He died at the Alvin C. York Medical Center in Murfreesboro, Tennessee in November 1989.  Barry Sadler was 49 years old.

Cover for National Geographic DVD film of 2007, “Inside the Green Berets.” Click for DVD.
Cover for National Geographic DVD film of 2007, “Inside the Green Berets.” Click for DVD.
     The Green Berets, meanwhile, have remained a subject of more serious media attention in recent years.  In 2007, the Pentagon allowed the National Geographic Channel to chronicle the lives of Green Beret Special Forces in Afghanistan for ten days.  National Geographic filmed a division of the U.S. Army Special Forces charged with protecting local civilians from the Taliban.  Part of the film, entitled Inside The Green Berets, shows Green Berets at work at a remote outpost in south-central Afghanistan known as Firebase Cobra.  The documentary film was released in November 2007 as a DVD and is also available at the National Geographic Channel and website.

     In October 2008, an explanatory and promotional Green Beret film, entitled Why We Fight Now, was released by the U.S. Army, in part, to help explain counterinsurgency and the new kind of war being fought in Afghanistan.  Initially, this film was co-produced by Frank Capra Jr. (who died just as the film was being completed). Capra’s father, famed Hollywood filmmaker Frank Capra, had also done a World War II film series for the U.S. War Department titled, Why We Fight.  The 2008 version features Green Berets talking about their service and responsibilities in the new era of fighting.  The film is directed by Mark Benjamin, a 62-year-old Manhattan filmmaker whose life was altered by the 9/11 terrorist attacks.  “I’ve always been anti-war and never thought I would ever work for the military,” Benjamin has stated about his latest project.  “Because of Sept. 11,” he explained, “I became this liberal hawk.  My own political perspective on global conflicts, democracy, capitalism, human rights — everything changed.  I certainly became more militant.  I think we should go after terror wherever it is, you know.  I support that.”  Why We Fight Now was broadcast on the Armed Forces network on September 11, 2008, and the Army was also then considering a broader release.  Versions of the film can be downloaded online, and clips can also be found through Google query or on You Tube.

Barry Sadler on album cover for “Ballads of The Green Berets,” which came out about the same time as the single. As of 2011, both single & album have sold more than 9 million copies. Click for CD.
Barry Sadler on album cover for “Ballads of The Green Berets,” which came out about the same time as the single. As of 2011, both single & album have sold more than 9 million copies. Click for CD.

     Also of possible interest at this website are the following stories: “The Saddest Song,” which features, in part, a section on Oliver Stone’s 1986 Vietnam War film, Platoon; “Kennedy History, 1954-2013,” a topics page of additional stories on JFK and other Kennedys; two stories on the 1968 presidential campaign – one each on the Democrats and Republicans that year; and, “Four Dead in O-HI-O,” on the 1970 Kent State protests and shootings of students there during the Vietnam War.

See also “The Pentagon Papers, 1967-2018,” about the top secret Pentagon history of the Vietnam War that was leaked to the New York Times and Washington Post in June 1971, touching off one of the country’s fiercest battles over freedom of the press vs. government secrecy.

Thanks for visiting – and if you like what you find here, please make a donation to help support the research and writing at this website. Thank you. – Jack Doyle


Please Support
this Website

Donate Now

Thank You

____________________________________

Date Posted: 19 May 2011
Last Update: 20 July 2019
Comments to:  jdoyle@pophistorydig.com

Article Citation:
Jack Doyle, “The Green Berets, 1965-1968,”
PopHistoryDig.com, May 19, 2011.

____________________________________




Sources, Links & Additional Information

Marc Leepson’s book on Barry Sadler, “Ballad of The Green Beret,” with subtitle that adds: “From The Vietnam War and Pop Stardom to Murder and An Unsolved, Violent Death”. Click for book.
Marc Leepson’s book on Barry Sadler, “Ballad of The Green Beret,” with subtitle that adds: “From The Vietnam War and Pop Stardom to Murder and An Unsolved, Violent Death”. Click for book.
Charles Simpson’s history of the Green Berets, Presido Press, 1983. Click for book.
Charles Simpson’s history of the Green Berets, Presido Press, 1983. Click for book.
One of a series of paperback books that compiled the 1960s' Green Berets comic strips of Robin Moore and artist Joe Kubert. Click for related book.
One of a series of paperback books that compiled the 1960s' Green Berets comic strips of Robin Moore and artist Joe Kubert. Click for related book.

Hanson W. Baldwin,  “Book on U.S. Forces in Vietnam Stirs Army Ire,” New York Times, May 29, 1965, p. 4.

Louis Calta, “Wounded Veteran Writes Song on Vietnam War; ‘Ballad of Green Berets’ Best-Selling Record,” New York Times, February 1, 1966, p. 27.

Jack Smith, “Green Berets Offer Vietnam ‘Hero Image’,” Los Angeles Times, March 11, 1966, p. A-1.

Associated Press, “20 at U. of Minnesota Fight Broadcasting of War Song,” New York Times, March 2, 1966.

This Day in History, “March 5, 1966: Staff Sergeant Barry Sadler Hits #1 With ‘Ballad Of The Green Berets’,” History.com.

John Michaels, “Sadler Sounds Off,”Cover Story, The Beat, KRLA-Radio Magazine (Los Angeles, CA),Vol. 2 No. 17, July 9, 1966.

“Ballad of the Green Berets,” Wikipedia.org.

Robert Windeler, “Defiant Wayne Filming ‘Green Berets’,” New York Times, September 27, 1967, p. 41.

Renata Adler, “Screen: ‘Green Berets’ as Viewed by John Wayne,” New York Times, June 20, 1968.

“Far From Viet Nam and Green Berets,” Time, Friday, June 21, 1968.

Roger Ebert, “Film Review: The Green Berets,” Chicago Sun-Times, June 26, 1968

William Rice, “Wayne Leads Green Beret Into Vietnam,” Washington Post/Times Herald, June 27, 1968, p. 53.

UPI, “‘Berets’ Triggers Sydney Protest,” Washington Post/Times Herald, August 3, 1968, p. A-3.

“200 Picket London Opening Of Wayne’s ‘Green Berets’,” New York Times, August 16, 1968.

Gene Roberts, “Green Berets Pleased by Renewed Attention; John Wayne Film and Recent Attacks on Their Camps Seem to Raise Spirits,” New York Times, August 31, 1968, p. 4.

“Theater Is Closed Over ‘Green Berets’,” Washington Post/Times Herald, August 31, 1968, p. A-14.

“Italians Protest ‘Green Berets’,” Washington Post/Times Herald, September 22, 1968, p. A-19.

“‘Green Berets’ Film Banned in Beirut,” Washington Post/Times Herald, September 27, 1968, p. B-4.

David Bowling, BlogCritics.org, “Music Review: S Sgt. Barry Sadler – Ballads Of The Green Berets,” SeattlePI.com, Tuesday, April 26, 2011.

“Barry Sadler,” Wikipedia.org.

James E. Perone, Songs of the Vietnam Conflict (Music Reference Collection), August 30, 2001.

“The Green Berets” (film), Wikipedia.org.

“Biography for John Wayne,” The Internet Movie Data Base.

David C. Barnett, ” ‘Next Stop Is Vietnam’: A War In Song,” NPR.org, November 11, 2010.

Randy Roberts and James Stuart Olson, John Wayne: American, New York: Simon and Schuster,1995.

“United States Army Special Forces in Popular Culture,” Wikipedia.org.

Robin Moore, The Hunt for Bin Laden, New York: Random House Publishing Group, March 2003, 400pp.

Robin Moore, Tales of the Green Berets (Signet, 1966), 144pp. Click for copy.

Jon Kalish, “Film Puts Spotlight On Green Berets,” NPR.org , December 1, 2009 (Review of 2009 Green Beret film, Why We Fight Now; also includes links to six 10-minute clips of Why We Fight Now on YouTube ).

U.S. Army Special Forces Command (Airborne), Press Release, “USASFC(A) Premiers New Documentary – ‘Why We Fight Now: The Global War on Terror’,” October 2, 2008.

“The Casca Books,”Wikipedia.org.

“Why We Fight Now,” Download Site.

_______________________________






<-- Added by Birgit Pauli-Haack August 12, 2022 - only works when Auto-Ads are turned on. -->